Congress by the enactment of the Foreign Service Act of 1946, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, 60 Stat. 999, classified principally to chapter 14 (§801 et seq.) of this title, consolidated and revised the laws relating to the administration of the Foreign Service. The Foreign Service Act of 1980, Pub. L. 96–465, Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2071, classified principally to chapter 52 (§3901 et seq.) of this title, repealed the Foreign Service Act of 1946 and further consolidated and revised the laws relating to the Foreign Service.
See notes preceding section 1 of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense.
Section 1, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §8, formerly §1, 43 Stat. 140; renumbered §8 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1207, related to establishment of Foreign Service.
Section 1a, act May 3, 1945, ch. 105, §1, 59 Stat. 102, related to Congressional declaration of purpose.
Section 2, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §9, formerly §2, 43 Stat. 140; renumbered §9 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1207, related to definition of a Foreign Service officer and assignment to duty generally.
Section 3, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §10, formerly §3, 43 Stat. 140; renumbered §10 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1207; Apr. 24, 1939, ch. 84, §2, 53 Stat. 583; May 3, 1945, ch. 105, §§4, 5, 59 Stat. 102, 103, related to grading, classification, and compensation of officers.
Section 3a, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §33, as added Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1215; amended Apr. 24, 1939, ch. 84, §4, 53 Stat. 588, related to salary increases.
Section 4, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §11, formerly §4, 43 Stat. 140; renumbered §11 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1215; June 29, 1935, ch. 337, 49 Stat. 436, related to appointment and commission of officers.
Section 5, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §12, formerly §5, 43 Stat. 141; renumbered §12 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1208, related to examination and appointment on probation of officers.
Section 6, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §12, formerly §5, 43 Stat. 141; renumbered §12 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1208, related to appointment to a class and not to a particular post.
Section 7, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §14, as added Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1208; amended May 3, 1945, ch. 105, §6, 59 Stat. 103, related to reports and recommendations for promotions.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946, see section 1141 of act Aug. 13, 1946.
Section, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §7, 43 Stat. 141, related to recommissioning diplomatic and consular officers on July 1, 1924.
Section, acts Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §4, 34 Stat. 100; May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §17, formerly §10, 43 Stat. 142, renumbered §17 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1209, related to inspection of diplomatic and consular offices.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946.
Section, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §14, formerly §8, 43 Stat. 142; renumbered §14 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1208, abolished grade of consular assistant and provided against reduction of salaries of certain consuls.
Section 11, R.S. §§1697, 1698, as amended acts Dec. 21, 1898, ch. 36, §§1, 2, 30 Stat. 770, 771; May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §16, formerly §9, 43 Stat. 142, renumbered §16 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1208; May 3, 1945, ch. 105, §7, 59 Stat. 103, related to bonds of officers.
Section 12, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §19, formerly §12, 43 Stat. 142; renumbered §19 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1209; May 3, 1945, ch. 105, §8, 59 Stat. 104, related to living, representation, and post allowances.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946, see section 1141 of act Aug. 13, 1946.
Section, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §18, formerly §11, 43 Stat. 142; renumbered §18 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1209, which related to receipt of official fees and method of accounting therefor, was transferred to section 4224 of this title.
Section 14, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §20, formerly §13, 43 Stat. 143; renumbered §20 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1209, related to private secretaries to ambassadors.
Section 15, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §21, formerly §14, 43 Stat. 143; renumbered §21 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1209; May 3, 1945, ch. 105, §9, 59 Stat. 104, related to assignment of officers for duty in Department of State or any other department or agency of the Government.
Section 16, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §21, formerly §14, 43 Stat. 143; renumbered §21 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1209; May 3, 1945, ch. 105, §9, 59 Stat. 104, related to assignment to special details.
Section 17, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §22, formerly §15, 43 Stat. 143; renumbered §22 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1210; Mar. 17, 1941, ch. 20, 55 Stat. 44, related to ordering of personnel to United States on statutory leave.
Section 17a, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §22, as added Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1210, related to leave of absence and sick leave.
Section 18, acts July 1, 1916, ch. 208, 39 Stat. 252; May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §23, formerly §16, 43 Stat. 143; renumbered §23 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1210, related to appointment of Foreign Service officer as counselor of embassy or legation.
Section 19, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §24, formerly §17, 43 Stat. 143; renumbered §24 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1210, related to Foreign Service officers acting as commissioner, charge�AE1 d'affaires, etc.
Section 20, R.S. §1685; acts Mar. 2, 1909, ch. 235, 35 Stat. 673; Feb. 5, 1915, ch. 23, §3, 38 Stat. 805; May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §17(25), 43 Stat. 143; Feb. 27, 1925, ch. 364, title I, 43 Stat. 1016; Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1210, related to compensation of officer acting as charge�AE1 d'affaires ad interim.
Section 21, acts May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §26, formerly §18, 43 Stat. 144; July 3, 1926, ch. 798, §1, 44 Stat. 902; renumbered §26 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1211; Apr. 24, 1939, ch. 84, §3, 53 Stat. 584; July 19, 1939, ch. 330, 53 Stat. 1067; Aug. 5, 1939, ch. 441, 53 Stat. 1208; Apr. 20, 1940, ch. 118, §1, 54 Stat. 143; Oct. 14, 1940, ch. 859, §4, 54 Stat. 1118; May 13, 1941, ch. 115, §1, 55 Stat. 189, eff. Aug. 1, 1941, related to retirement and disability system.
Section 21a, act July 3, 1926, ch. 798, §2, 44 Stat. 903, related to retirement and disability rights of Chief of Division of Western European Affairs.
Section 22, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §27, formerly §19, 43 Stat. 146; renumbered §27 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1213, related to recall to active duty of retired officers.
Section 23, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §28, formerly §20, 43 Stat. 146; renumbered §28 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1213, related to making other laws applicable to Foreign Service officers.
Section 23a, acts Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §1, 46 Stat. 1207; May 3, 1945, ch. 105, §2, 59 Stat. 102, related to administrative, fiscal, and clerical personnel of Foreign Service.
Section 23b, act Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §2, 46 Stat. 1207, related to appointment to grade of senior clerk.
Section 23c, acts Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §3, 46 Stat. 1207; Apr. 24, 1939, ch. 84, §1, 53 Stat. 583; May 3, 1945, ch. 105, §3, 59 Stat. 102, related to allowances at all posts to clerks to meet excessive costs of living.
Section 23d, act Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §4, 46 Stat. 1207, related to appointment of clerks to serve in a diplomatic mission.
Section 23e, act Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §5, 46 Stat. 1207, related to regulations governing clerks.
Section 23f, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §31, as added Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1214; amended May 3, 1945, ch. 105, §10, 59 Stat. 105, related to Board of Foreign Personnel.
Section 23g, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §31, as added Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1214; amended May 3, 1945, ch. 105, §10, 59 Stat. 105, related to Chief of Division of Foreign Service personnel and Director of Office of Foreign Service.
Section 23h, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §32, as added Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1214; amended July 3, 1946, ch. 539, §5, 60 Stat. 427, related to Division of Foreign Service Personnel, efficiency ratings, etc.
Section 23i, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §33, as added Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1215; amended Apr. 24, 1939, ch. 84, §4, 53 Stat. 588, related to separation of officers from Service, retirement pay, and annuities.
Section 23j, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §34, as added Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1216, related to reduction of salary upon promotion to a higher grade.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946, see section 1141 of act Aug. 13, 1946.
Section 23k, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §35, as added Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1216, which related to establishment and maintenance of fiscal accounting and disbursing offices, was transferred to section 4225 of this title.
Section 23l, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §36, as added Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1216, which related to fees and official monies from diplomatic missions, was transferred to section 4226 of this title.
Section, act May 3, 1945, ch. 105, §12, 59 Stat. 105, related to restriction on transaction of business by officers and employees.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946, see section 1141 of act Aug. 13, 1946.
Section 31, act Mar. 2, 1909, ch. 235, 35 Stat. 672, related to restriction against creation of new ambassadorships.
Section 32, R.S. §1675; acts Mar. 3, 1875, ch. 153, 18 Stat. 483; Feb. 27, 1925, ch. 364, 43 Stat. 1015; Jan. 21, 1931, ch. 42, 46 Stat. 1040, related to appointment and salaries of ambassadors, ministers, etc.
Section 32a, act Jan. 21, 1931, ch. 42, 46 Stat. 1040, related to salary of minister to Liberia.
Section 33, R.S. §1744, related to citizenship as prerequisite to payment of compensation.
Section 34, act Sept. 29, 1919, ch. 72, 41 Stat. 291, related to appointment of an ambassador to Belgium.
Section 34a, act Jan. 22, 1930, ch. 22, 46 Stat. 57, related to appointment of an ambassador to Poland.
Section 34b, act June 5, 1930, ch. 404, 46 Stat. 502, related to appointment of a minister to Union of South Africa.
Section 34c, act June 1, 1922, ch. 204, title I, 42 Stat. 600, related to appointment of a minister to Egypt.
Section 35, acts Feb. 27, 1925, ch. 364, title I, 43 Stat. 1016; Apr. 29, 1926, ch. 195, title I, 44 Stat. 331; Feb. 24, 1927, ch. 189, title I, 44 Stat. 1180; Feb. 15, 1928, ch. 57, title I, 45 Stat. 65; Jan. 25, 1929, ch. 102, title I, 45 Stat. 1096; Apr. 18, 1930, ch. 184, title I, 46 Stat. 175, related to clerks at embassies and legations.
Section 36, R.S. §1686, related to compensation of persons filling two offices.
Section 37, act June 11, 1874, ch. 275, §1, 18 Stat. 67, related to special allowance to embassy messenger in Paris.
Section 38, act Feb. 5, 1915, ch. 23, §7, 38 Stat. 807, related to transaction of business by diplomatic officers.
Section 39, R.S. §1688, related to prohibition against uniforms and official costumes.
Section 40, R.S. §1674; acts Feb. 5, 1915, ch. 23, §6, 38 Stat. 806; July 1, 1916, ch. 208, 39 Stat. 252; May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §2, 43 Stat. 140, related to definition of diplomatic offices.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946, see section 1141 of act Aug. 13, 1946.
Section, act July 5, 1946, ch. 541, title I, 60 Stat. 448, which related to ambassadors or ministers unable to serve because of emergent conditions abroad, was transferred and set out as a note under section 901 of this title and subsequently omitted from the Code.
Section 51, R.S. §1674; act Feb. 5, 1915, ch. 23, §6, 38 Stat. 806, related to official designations in consular service.
Section 51a, R.S. §1695; acts Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §3, 34 Stat. 100; Feb. 5, 1915, ch. 23, §6, 38 Stat. 806, related to appointment of vice-consuls and consular agents.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946, see section 1141 of act Aug. 13, 1946.
Section, act Feb. 5, 1915, ch. 23, §6, 38 Stat. 806, abolished offices of vice consul general, deputy consul general, and deputy consul.
Section, R.S. §1689, which related to various provisions applicable to particular classes of consular officers, was transferred to section 4191 of this title.
Section, act Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §3, 34 Stat. 100, abolished grade of commercial agent.
Section 55, R.S. §1695, related to limits of consulates.
Section 56, acts Feb. 27, 1925, ch. 364, 43 Stat. 1017; Apr. 29, 1926, ch. 195, title I, 44 Stat. 333; Feb. 24, 1927, ch. 189, title I, 44 Stat. 1182, related to appointment of consular clerks.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946, see section 1141 of act Aug. 13, 1946.
Section, act Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §5, 34 Stat. 101, related to citizenship requirements of consular clerks.
Section, R.S. §1696, related to expenses of vice consulate or consular agency.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946, see section 1141 of act Aug. 13, 1946.
Section, R.S. §1714, related to construction of powers and duties of consular officers.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946, see section 1141 of act Aug. 13, 1946.
Section 72, R.S. §4082, which related to solemnization of marriages, was transferred to section 4192 of this title and subsequently repealed.
Section 73, R.S. §1707, which related to receipt of protests and declarations by consuls and vice-consuls, was transferred to section 4193 of this title.
Section 74, R.S. §1708, which related to lists and returns of seamen and vessels, was transferred to section 4194 of this title.
Section 75, R.S. §1709, which related to handling of estates of decedents by consular officers, was transferred to section 4195 of this title and subsequently repealed.
Section 76, R.S. §1710, which related to notification of death of a decedent by a consular officer, was transferred to section 4196 of this title.
Section 77, R.S. §1711, which related to following testamentary directions by a consular officer, was transferred to section 4197 of this title.
Section 78, act June 30, 1902, ch. 1331, §1, 32 Stat. 546, which related to appointment of a consular officer as a trust officer for settlement or conservation of an estate, was transferred to section 4198 of this title.
Section 79, act June 30, 1902, ch. 1331, §2, 32 Stat. 547, which related to failure of a consular officer to post bond prior to appointment as an administrator, was transferred to section 4199 of this title.
Section 80, R.S. §1712; acts June 18, 1888, ch. 393, 25 Stat. 186; Feb. 9, 1889, ch. 122, §§1, 4, 25 Stat. 659; July 14, 1890, ch. 707, 26 Stat. 288; Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §3, 34 Stat. 100, related to commercial and agricultural reports.
Section 81, acts Jan. 27, 1879, ch. 28, §1, 20 Stat. 273; Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §3, 34 Stat. 100, related to reports on exports, imports, and wages.
Section 82, R.S. §1713; acts June 18, 1888, ch. 393, 25 Stat. 186; Feb. 9, 1889, ch. 122, §§1, 4, 25 Stat. 659, related to reports on current prices of merchandise, etc.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946, see section 1141 of act Aug. 13, 1946.
Section 83, R.S. §1715, which related to certification of invoices, was transferred to section 4200 of this title.
Section 84, act Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §9, 34 Stat. 101, which related to fees for certification of invoices, was transferred to section 4201 of this title.
Section 85, R.S. §1716, which related to exaction of excessive fees for verification of invoices, was transferred to section 4202 of this title.
Section 86, act Feb. 24, 1903, ch. 753, 32 Stat. 854, which related to destruction of old invoices, was transferred to section 4203 of this title.
Section 87, R.S. §1717, which related to granting of a certificate for goods shipped from countries adjacent to the United States, was transferred to section 4204 of this title.
Section 88, R.S. §1718, which related to retention of papers of American vessels until payment of demands and wages, was transferred to section 4205 of this title.
Section 89, act June 26, 1884, ch. 121, §12, 23 Stat. 56, which related to fees for official services to American vessels or seamen, was transferred to section 4206 of this title.
Section 90, R.S. §1719, which related to profits from dealings with discharged seamen, was transferred to section 4207 of this title.
Section 91, R.S. §1722, which related to valuation of foreign coins in payment of fees, was transferred to section 4208 of this title.
Section 92, R.S. §1723, which related to exaction of excessive fees generally, was transferred to section 4209 of this title.
Section 93, R.S. §1724, which related to liability for uncollected fees, was transferred to section 4210 of this title.
Section 94, R.S. §1725, which related to returns as to fees by officers compensated by fees, was transferred to section 4211 of this title.
Section 95, R.S. §§1726, 1727, which related to receipt for fees, was transferred to section 4212 of this title.
Section 96, R.S. §1727, which related to registry of fees, was transferred to section 4213 of this title.
Section 97, R.S. §1728, which related to account of fees, was transferred to section 4214 of this title.
Section 98, act Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §7, 34 Stat. 101, which related to notarial acts, oaths, affirmations, affidavits, and depositions, was transferred to section 4215 of this title.
Section 99, acts Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §8, 34 Stat. 101; Feb. 5, 1915, ch. 23, §§3, 6, 38 Stat. 805, 806; May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §11, 43 Stat. 142; Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title XI, §1131(26), 60 Stat. 1037, which related to general duty to account for fees, was transferred to section 4223 of this title.
Section 100, act Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §10, 34 Stat. 102, which related to use of official fee stamps on documents involved in performance of any consular or notarial act, was transferred to section 1196 of this title and was subsequently repealed by act June 28, 1955, ch. 196, 69 Stat. 187.
Section 101, R.S. §1731, which related to posting rates of fees, was transferred to section 4216 of this title.
Section 102, R.S. §1734, which related to embezzlement of fees or of effects of American citizens, was transferred to section 4217 of this title.
Section 103, R.S. §§1735, 1736, which related to liability for neglect of duty or malfeasance, was transferred to section 1199 of this title.
Section 104, R.S. §1737, which related to false certificates as to ownership of property, was transferred to section 4218 of this title.
Section, R.S. §1738, related to restriction of diplomatic functions by consular officers.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946, see section 1141 of act Aug. 13, 1946.
Section 106, R.S. §1699; act Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §6, 34 Stat. 101, related to restriction of transaction of private business by consular officer.
Section 107, R.S. §1700; act Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §6, 34 Stat. 101, related to extension of restriction as to transaction of business.
Section 108, R.S. §1701; act Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §3, 34 Stat. 100, related to penalty for violation of restriction and action on bond.
Section, R.S. §1706; act Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §3, 34 Stat. 100, related to allowance for office rent of consulates.
Section 121, R.S. §1740; acts Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §3, 34 Stat. 100; Feb. 5, 1915, ch. 23, §6, 38 Stat. 806; Feb. 27, 1925, ch. 364, 43 Stat. 1017, related to commencement of salary of officers.
Section 122, act June 11, 1874, ch. 275, §4, 18 Stat. 70, related to fixing of travel time allowances.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946, see section 1141 of act Aug. 13, 1946.
Section, R.S. §1742, related to salary during absence.
Section 124, R.S. §1741; acts June 17, 1874, ch. 294, 18 Stat. 77; Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §3, 34 Stat. 100, related to absence without leave.
Section 125, R.S. §1743, related to extra compensation.
Section 126, R.S. §1751; act June 17, 1874, ch. 294, 18 Stat. 77, related to private correspondence on affairs of foreign governments.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946, see section 1141 of act Aug. 13, 1946.
Section 127, R.S. §1745, which related to regulation of fees by President, was transferred to section 4219 of this title.
Section 128, R.S. §1746, which related to medium for payment of fees, was transferred to section 4220 of this title.
Section 129, R.S. §1748; act Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §3, 34 Stat. 100, related to office paraphernalia.
Section 130, R.S. 1749, related to allowances of widows. See section 1082 of this title.
Section 130a, acts Apr. 27, 1938, ch. 180, title I, 52 Stat. 250; June 29, 1939, ch. 248, title I, 53 Stat. 887; May 14, 1940, ch. 189, title I, 54 Stat. 183; June 28, 1941, ch. 258, title I, 55 Stat. 268; July 2, 1942, ch. 472, title I, 56 Stat. 471; July 1, 1943, ch. 182, title I, 57 Stat. 273; June 28, 1944, ch. 294, title I, 58 Stat. 398; May 21, 1945, ch. 129, title I, 59 Stat. 172; July 5, 1946, ch. 541, title I, 60 Stat. 449, related to expenses of bringing home remains of personnel dying abroad.
Section 130b, acts Apr. 27, 1938, ch. 180, title I, 52 Stat. 250; June 29, 1939, ch. 248, title I, 53 Stat. 887; May 14, 1940, ch. 189, title I, 54 Stat. 183; June 28, 1941, ch. 258, title I, 55 Stat. 267; July 2, 1942, ch. 472, title I, 56 Stat. 470; July 1, 1943, ch. 182, title I, 57 Stat. 273; June 28, 1944, ch. 294, title I, 58 Stat. 398; May 21, 1945, ch. 129, title I, 59 Stat. 171; July 5, 1946, ch. 541, title I, 60 Stat. 449, related to expenses of transporting personnel, families, and their effects to and from posts.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946, see section 1141 of act Aug. 13, 1946.
Section, R.S. §1750, which related to depositions and notarial acts, was transferred to section 4221 of this title.
Section, R.S. §1752, related to general regulations by President.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946, see section 1141 of act Aug. 13, 1946.
Section, act Feb. 17, 1911, ch. 105, 36 Stat. 917, provided for purchase of buildings for Diplomatic and Consular Service.
Section, act Mar. 2, 1921, ch. 113, 41 Stat. 1215, related to acceptance of gifts of lands, buildings, etc., for use of the Service.
Repeal effective three months after Aug. 13, 1946, see section 1141 of act Aug. 13, 1946.
Section 135, act June 10, 1933, ch. 57, 48 Stat. 122, which related to protection of diplomatic codes, was transferred to section 815 of this title, and was subsequently repealed by act June 25, 1948, ch. 645, §21, 62 Stat. 862.
Section 136, act July 5, 1946, ch. 541, title I, 60 Stat. 452, which related to temporary assignment of American citizens in Foreign Service to Department of State during national emergencies, was transferred and set out as a note under section 909 of this title and subsequently omitted from the Code.
Act Aug. 1, 1956, repealed sections 141 to 143 effective upon the date which the President determined to be appropriate for the relinquishment of jurisdiction of the United States in Morocco. Jurisdiction of the United States in Morocco was relinquished by memorandum of President Eisenhower dated Sept. 15, 1956. Notice was given to Morocco on Oct. 6, 1956, and all pending cases were disposed of by 1960. See Bulletin of the State Department Vol. 35:909, page 844.
Section 141, R.S. §§4083, 4125, 4126, 4127; act June 14, 1878, ch. 193, 20 Stat. 131, related to judicial authority generally of ministers and consuls of United States in China, Siam, Turkey, Morocco, Muscat, Abyssinia, Persia, and territories formerly part of Ottoman Empire including Egypt.
Section 142, R.S. §4084, related to general criminal jurisdiction of ministers and consuls of United States.
Section 143, R.S. §4085, related to general jurisdiction of ministers and consuls of United States and venue in civil cases.
Section, acts Mar. 2, 1909, ch. 235, 35 Stat. 679; Mar. 4, 1915, ch. 145, 38 Stat. 1122, related to exercise of judicial functions by vice consul at Shanghai.
Act Aug. 1, 1956, repealed sections 145 to 174 effective upon the date which the President determined to be appropriate for the relinquishment of jurisdiction of the United States in Morocco. Jurisdiction of the United States in Morocco was relinquished by memorandum of President Eisenhower dated Sept. 15, 1956. Notice was given to Morocco on Oct. 6, 1956, and all pending cases were disposed of by 1960. See Bulletin of the State Department Vol. 35:909, page 844.
Section 145, R.S. §4086, related to system of laws to be applied.
Section 146, R.S. §4117, related to rules and regulations for consular courts generally.
Section 147, R.S. §4118, related to assent or dissent of consuls to, and publication of, rules, regulations, decrees, and orders.
Section 148, R.S. §4119, related to transmission of rules, regulations, orders and decrees to Secretary of State.
Section 149, R.S. §4087, related to warrant, arrest, trial, and sentence by consul.
Section 150, R.S. §4105, related to jurisdiction of consul sitting alone in criminal cases and finality of decision.
Section 151, R.S. §4089, related to jurisdiction of the consul sitting alone in criminal cases and appeal to minister.
Section 152, R.S. §4106, related to calling in by consul of associates in criminal cases and reference to minister upon disagreement.
Section 153, R.S. §4107, related to jurisdiction of consuls in civil cases, finality of decision, calling in of associates, and reference to minister upon disagreement.
Section 154, R.S. §4097, related to evidence and how it was to be taken.
Section 155, R.S. §4101, related to punishment generally and contempt.
Section 156, R.S. §4102, related to capital offenses, requisites for conviction, and conviction of lesser offenses.
Section 157, R.S. §4104, related to punishment for contempt of court.
Section 158, R.S. §4103, related to execution of criminals and pardons.
Section 159, R.S. §4120, related to fees for judicial services, application of moneys and rendition of accounts.
Section 160, R.S. §4099, related to settlement of criminal cases.
Section 161, R.S. §4098, related to arbitration, reference, and compromise of civil cases.
Section 162, R.S. §4100, related to invoking the aid of local authorities.
Section 163, R.S. §4108, related to jurisdiction of minister.
Section 164, R.S. §4109, related to appellate and original jurisdiction of minister.
Section 165, R.S. §4091, related to appellate jurisdiction of minister and new trials.
Section 166, R.S. §4090, related to jurisdiction of minister to try capital and felony cases.
Section 167, R.S. §4090, related to prevention of American citizens from enlisting with foreign countries.
Section 168, R.S. §§1693, 4111; act June 30, 1906, ch. 3934, §8, 34 Stat. 816, related to marshals of consular courts and their appointment and salary.
Section 169, R.S. §4112, related to execution and return of process by a marshal.
Section 170, R.S. §4113, related to bond of a marshal.
Section 171, R.S. §4114, related to suit on bond of marshal.
Section 172, R.S. §4115, related to necessity for production of original bond.
Section 173, R.S. §4116, related to service of rules, orders, writs, and processes of every kind in suit on bond of marshal.
Section 174, R.S. §§4121, 4122; act June 25, 1948, ch. 646, §39, 62 Stat. 992, related to expenses of prisons in foreign countries.
Section, act Mar. 2, 1901, ch. 802, 31 Stat. 893, which appropriated funds for feeding and keeping of prisoners, was repeated in subsequent appropriation acts down to and including act Mar. 3, 1917, ch. 161, 39 Stat. 1058, but was not repeated thereafter.
Act Aug. 1, 1956, repealed sections 176 to 181 effective upon the date which the President determined to be appropriate for the relinquishment of jurisdiction of the United States in Morocco. Jurisdiction of the United States in Morocco was relinquished by memorandum of President Eisenhower dated Sept. 15, 1956. Notice was given to Morocco on Oct. 6, 1956, and all pending cases were disposed of by 1960. See Bulletin of the State Department Vol. 35:909, page 844.
Section 176, R.S. §4128, related to the exercise of judicial duties by the Secretary of State in the absence of a minister.
Section 177, R.S. §§4127, 4129; act June 14, 1878, ch. 193, 20 Stat. 131, related to the general extension to unnamed countries with which the United States may after July 1, 1870 enter into treaty relations, of the provisions relating to the jurisdiction of consular and diplomatic officers.
Section 178, R.S. §4130; acts Feb. 1, 1876, ch. 6, 19 Stat. 2; Feb. 5, 1915, ch. 23, §6, 38 Stat. 806, related to the definition of the words “minister” and “consul”.
Section 179, R.S. §4110, related to the responsibility of diplomatic and consular officers as judicial officers.
Section 180, R.S. §4088; act Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §3, 34 Stat. 100, related to the power of consuls in uncivilized countries or countries not recognized by treaties.
Section 181, R.S. §4125, related to the applicability of other laws to Turkey.
Section, act Mar. 23, 1874, ch. 62, §1, 18 Stat. 23, related to consular courts in Turkey and Egypt. Such courts in Turkey were abolished Oct. 14, 1949, and such courts in Egypt were abolished by the Treaty of Oct. 28, 1931.
Section, R.S. §4126, related to the extension of other laws to Persia and suits between American citizens and subjects of Persia and other countries.
Act Aug. 1, 1956, repealed section 183 effective upon the date which the President determined to be appropriate for the relinquishment of jurisdiction of the United States in Morocco. Jurisdiction of the United States in Morocco was relinquished by memorandum of President Eisenhower dated Sept. 15, 1956. Notice was given to Morocco on Oct. 6, 1956, and all pending cases were disposed of by 1960. See Bulletin of the State Department Vol. 35:909, page 844.
Section 191, acts June 30, 1906, ch. 3934, §1, 34 Stat. 814; June 24, 1936, ch. 757, 49 Stat. 1909, related to establishment of court.
Section 192, act June 30, 1906, ch. 3934, §2, 34 Stat. 814, related to jurisdiction of consular courts.
Section 193, act June 30, 1906, ch. 3934, §2, 34 Stat. 814, related to administration of estates of decedents.
Section 194, acts June 30, 1906, ch. 3934, §3, 34 Stat. 815; Mar. 3, 1911, ch. 231, §291, 36 Stat. 1167; Jan. 31, 1928, ch. 14, §1, 45 Stat. 54, related to appeals and writs of error.
Section 195, act June 30, 1906, ch. 3934, §4, 34 Stat. 815, related to law applicable to determination of cases.
Section 196, act June 30, 1906, ch. 3934, §5, 34 Stat. 816, related to procedure generally.
Section 197, acts June 30, 1906, ch. 3934, §6, 34 Stat. 816; May 29, 1928, ch. 904, §§1, 2, 45 Stat. 997, related to officers of court.
Section 197a, act May 29, 1928, ch. 904, §§1, 2, 45 Stat. 997, related to salaries of judge.
Section 197b, act June 30, 1906, ch. 3934, §11, as added Aug. 7, 1935, ch. 452, §1, 49 Stat. 539, related to appointment and compensation of special judge.
Section 197c, acts Mar. 2, 1909, ch. 235, 35 Stat. 679; Mar. 4, 1915, ch. 145, 38 Stat. 1122, related to vice consul at Shanghai exercising judicial functions.
Section 198, act June 4, 1920, ch. 223, 41 Stat. 746, related to commissioner for court.
Section 198a, act June 30, 1906, ch. 3934, §10, as added Aug. 7, 1935, ch. 452, §1, 49 Stat. 538, related to commissioner for the court.
Section 199, act June 30, 1906, ch. 3934, §7, 34 Stat. 816, related to tenure of office of judge.
Section 200, act June 30, 1906, ch. 3934, §8, 34 Stat. 816, related to bond of marshal.
Section, acts Feb. 27, 1925, ch. 364, title I, 43 Stat. 1025; Apr. 29, 1926, ch. 195, title I, 44 Stat. 341; Feb. 24, 1927, ch. 189, title I, 44 Stat. 1192; Feb. 15, 1928, ch. 57, title I, 45 Stat. 76, related to expenses of judge and district attorney at sessions other than in Shanghai. By the Treaty of Jan. 11, 1943, 57 Stat., pt. 2, 767, between the United States and the Republic of China, the United States relinquished all of its extraterritorial rights in China.
Section, act June 30, 1906, ch. 3934, §9, 34 Stat. 816, related to fees of marshal and clerk.
Section, R.S. §4075; act June 14, 1902, ch. 1088, §1, 32 Stat. 386, provided for issuance of passports. See section 211a of this title.
The Secretary of State may grant and issue passports, and cause passports to be granted, issued, and verified in foreign countries by diplomatic and consular officers of the United States, and by such other employees of the Department of State who are citizens of the United States as the Secretary of State may designate, and by the chief or other executive officer of the insular possessions of the United States, under such rules as the President shall designate and prescribe for and on behalf of the United States, and no other person shall grant, issue, or verify such passports. Unless authorized by law, a passport may not be designated as restricted for travel to or for use in any country other than a country with which the United States is at war, where armed hostilities are in progress, or where there is imminent danger to the public health or the physical safety of United States travellers.
(July 3, 1926, ch. 772, §1, 44 Stat. 887; Pub. L. 95–426, title I, §124, Oct. 7, 1978, 92 Stat. 971; Pub. L. 103–236, title I, §127(a), Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 394; Pub. L. 103–415, §1(b), Oct. 25, 1994, 108 Stat. 4299.)
1994—Pub. L. 103–415, §1(b)(1), substituted “such other employees” for “such employees”.
Pub. L. 103–415, §1(b)(2), which directed the amendment of this section by substituting “United States” for “United States,” was executed by making the substitution after “who are citizens of the”, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Pub. L. 103–236 substituted “by diplomatic and consular officers of the United States, and by other employees of the Department of State who are citizens of the United States,” for “by diplomatic representatives of the United States, and by such consul generals, consuls, or vice consuls when in charge,”.
1978—Pub. L. 95–426 inserted provision prohibiting passport restrictions except for countries with which the United States is at war, where armed hostilities are in progress or there is imminent danger to the public health or physical safety of United States travellers.
Pub. L. 109–167, §1, Jan. 10, 2006, 119 Stat. 3578, provided that: “This Act [amending section 214 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Passport Services Enhancement Act of 2005’.”
Pub. L. 100–440, title VI, §617(b), Sept. 22, 1988, 102 Stat. 1755, provided that: “None of the funds made available by this or any other Act with respect to any fiscal year may be used to procure paper for passports granted or issued pursuant to the first section of the Act entitled ‘An Act to regulate the issue and validity of passports, and for other purposes’, approved July 3, 1926 (22 U.S.C. 211a), if such paper is manufactured outside of the United States or its possessions or is procured from any corporation or other entity owned or controlled by persons not citizens of the United States. This subsection shall not apply if no domestic manufacturer for passport paper exists.”
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation act:
Pub. L. 100–202, §101(m) [title VI, §622(b)], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–390, 1329–428.
Section 125 of Pub. L. 95–426 provided that: “It is the sense of the Congress that a diplomatic or official United States passport should be issued only to, and used only by, a person who holds a diplomatic or other official position in the United States Government or who is otherwise eligible for such a passport under conditions specifically authorized by law.”
Ex. Ord. No. 11295, Aug. 5, 1966, 31 F.R. 10603, provided:
By virtue of the authority vested in me by Section 301 of Title 3 of the United States Code, and as President of the United States, it is ordered as follows:
(1) Executive Order No. 7856 of March 31, 1938, entitled “Rules Governing the Granting and Issuing of Passports in the United States.”
(2) Executive Order No. 8820 of July 11, 1941, entitled “Amending the Foreign Service Regulations of the United States.”
Lyndon B. Johnson.
No passport shall be granted or issued to or verified for any other persons than those owing allegiance, whether citizens or not, to the United States.
(R.S. §4076; June 14, 1902, ch. 1088, §2, 32 Stat. 386.)
R.S. §4076 derived from act May 30, 1866, ch. 102, 14 Stat. 54.
1902—Act June 14, 1902, substituted “those owing allegiance, whether citizens or not, to the United States” for “citizens of the United States”.
Following any conviction of an individual for a violation of section 2423 of title 18, the Attorney General shall notify in a timely manner—
(1) the Secretary of State for appropriate action under subsection (b); and
(2) the Secretary of Homeland Security for appropriate action under the Immigration and Nationality Act [8 U.S.C. 1101 et seq.].
The Secretary of State shall not issue a passport or passport card to an individual who is convicted of a violation of section 2423 of title 18 during the covered period if the individual used a passport or passport card or otherwise crossed an international border in committing the offense.
The Secretary of State shall revoke a passport or passport card previously issued to an individual described in subparagraph (A).
Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the Secretary of State may issue a passport or passport card, in emergency circumstances or for humanitarian reasons, to an individual described in paragraph (1)(A).
Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the Secretary of State may, prior to revocation, limit a previously issued passport or passport card only for return travel to the United States, or may issue a limited passport or passport card that only permits return travel to the United States.
In this subsection—
(A) the term “covered period” means the period beginning on the date on which an individual is convicted of a violation of section 2423 of title 18 and ending on the later of—
(i) the date on which the individual is released from a sentence of imprisonment relating to the offense; and
(ii) the end of a period of parole or other supervised release of the covered individual relating to the offense; and
(B) the term “imprisonment” means being confined in or otherwise restricted to a jail, prison, half-way house, treatment facility, or another institution, on a full or part-time basis, pursuant to the sentence imposed as the result of a criminal conviction.
(Pub. L. 110–457, title II, §236, Dec. 23, 2008, 122 Stat. 5082.)
The Immigration and Nationality Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(2), is act June 27, 1952, ch. 477, 66 Stat. 163, which is classified principally to chapter 12 (§1101 et seq.) of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1101 of Title 8 and Tables.
Before a passport is issued to any person by or under authority of the United States such person shall subscribe to and submit a written application which shall contain a true recital of each and every matter of fact which may be required by law or by any rules authorized by law to be stated as a prerequisite to the issuance of any such passport. If the applicant has not previously been issued a United States passport, the application shall be duly verified by his oath before a person authorized and empowered by the Secretary of State to administer oaths.
(June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title IX, §1, 40 Stat. 227; Pub. L. 90–428, §3, July 26, 1968, 82 Stat. 446.)
Second sentence of act June 15, 1917, which related to fees for taking application for passport, was omitted as superseded by sections 214 to 217a of this title.
1968—Pub. L. 90–428 substituted provisions requiring that the initial passport application be duly verified under oath before a person authorized and empowered by the Secretary of State to administer oaths for provisions requiring that each passport application be duly verified under oath before a person authorized and empowered to administer oaths.
Amendment by Pub. L. 90–428 effective on thirtieth day following July 26, 1968, see section 4 of Pub. L. 90–428, set out as a note under section 217a of this title.
Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title II, §236], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–430, provided that:
“(a)
“(1)
“(2)
“(A) Both parents, or the child's legal guardian, must execute the application and provide documentary evidence demonstrating that they are the parents or guardian; or
“(B) the person executing the application must provide documentary evidence that such person—
“(i) has sole custody of the child;
“(ii) has the consent of the other parent to the issuance of the passport; or
“(iii) is in loco parentis and has the consent of both parents, of a parent with sole custody over the child, or of the child's legal guardian, to the issuance of the passport.
“(b)
(a) There shall be collected and paid into the Treasury of the United States a fee, prescribed by the Secretary of State by regulation, for the filing of each application for a passport (including the cost of passport issuance and use) and a fee, prescribed by the Secretary of State by regulation, for executing each such application except that the Secretary of State may by regulation authorize State officials or the United States Postal Service to collect and retain the execution fee for each application for a passport accepted by such officials or by that Service. Such fees shall not be refundable, except as the Secretary may by regulation prescribe. No passport fee shall be collected from an officer or employee of the United States proceeding abroad in the discharge of official duties, or from members of his immediate family; from an American seaman who requires a passport in connection with his duties aboard an American flag-vessel; from a widow, widower, child, parent, grandparent, brother, or sister of a deceased member of the Armed Forces proceeding abroad to visit the grave of such member or to attend a funeral or memorial service for such member; or from an individual or individuals abroad, returning to the United States, when the Secretary determines that foregoing the collection of such fee is justified for humanitarian reasons or for law enforcement purposes. No execution fee shall be collected for an application made before a Federal official by a person excused from payment of the passport fee under this section.
(b)(1) The Secretary of State may by regulation establish and collect a surcharge on applicable fees for the filing of each application for a passport in order to cover the costs of meeting the increased demand for passports as a result of actions taken to comply with section 7209(b) of the Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004 (Public Law 108–458; 8 U.S.C. 1185 note). Such surcharge shall be in addition to the fees provided for in subsection (a) of this section and in addition to the surcharges or fees otherwise authorized by law and shall be deposited as an offsetting collection to the appropriate Department of State appropriation, to remain available until expended for the purposes of meeting such costs.
(2) The authority to collect the surcharge provided under paragraph (1) may not be exercised after September 30, 2010.
(3) The Secretary of State shall ensure that, to the extent practicable, the total cost of a passport application during fiscal years 2006 and 2007, including the surcharge authorized under paragraph (1), shall not exceed the cost of the passport application as of December 1, 2005.
(June 4, 1920, ch. 223, §1, 41 Stat. 750; Feb. 10, 1956, ch. 31, 70 Stat. 11; Pub. L. 90–428, §2, July 26, 1968, 82 Stat. 446; Pub. L. 92–14, §1, May 14, 1971, 85 Stat. 38; Pub. L. 93–417, Sept. 17, 1974, 88 Stat. 1151; Pub. L. 97–241, title I, §116(a), Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 279; Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(a) [title IV, §407], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009, 3009–55; Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title II, §233(a)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–426; Pub. L. 109–167, §2, Jan. 10, 2006, 119 Stat. 3578; Pub. L. 109–210, §1, Mar. 24, 2006, 120 Stat. 319; Pub. L. 109–472, §5, Jan. 11, 2007, 120 Stat. 3555.)
2007—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 109–472 substituted “from a widow” for “or from a widow” and inserted “; or from an individual or individuals abroad, returning to the United States, when the Secretary determines that foregoing the collection of such fee is justified for humanitarian reasons or for law enforcement purposes” after “memorial service for such member”.
2006—Pub. L. 109–167 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and added subsec. (b).
Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 109–210 substituted “or from a widow, widower, child, parent, grandparent, brother, or sister of a deceased member of the Armed Forces proceeding abroad to visit the grave of such member or to attend a funeral or memorial service for such member” for “or from a widow, child, parent, brother, or sister of a deceased member of the Armed Forces proceeding abroad to visit the grave of such member”.
1999—Pub. L. 106–113, in first sentence, substituted “the filing of each application for a passport (including the cost of passport issuance and use)” for “each passport issued” and “each such application except” for “each application for a passport; except” and inserted after first sentence “Such fees shall not be refundable, except as the Secretary may by regulation prescribe.”
1996—Pub. L. 104–208 inserted “; except that the Secretary of State may by regulation authorize State officials or the United States Postal Service to collect and retain the execution fee for each application for a passport accepted by such officials or by that Service” before period at end of first sentence and struck out after first sentence “Nothing contained in this section shall be construed to limit the right of the Secretary of State by regulation (1) to authorize State officials to collect and retain the execution fee, or (2) to transfer to the United States Postal Service the execution fee for each application accepted by that Service.”
1982—Pub. L. 97–241 substituted provision that the Secretary of State prescribe by regulation the fee for passports for provision that a fee of $10 be charged for each passport and that the fees be collected and paid into the Treasury quarterly.
1974—Pub. L. 93–417 substituted provisions authorizing the Secretary of State to prescribe fees for execution of applications for passports by regulation for provisions prescribing a fixed fee of $2, substituted “United States Postal Service” for “Postal Service”, and struck out references to the fee of $2 in the proviso relating to the rights of the Secretary of State.
1971—Pub. L. 92–14 authorized the United States Postal Service to receive the fee of $2 for execution of an application for a passport.
1968—Pub. L. 90–428 increased from $1.00 to $2.00 and from $9.00 to $10.00, respectively, the fees for the execution and the issuance of passports, struck out “to a citizen or person owing allegiance to or entitled to the protection of the United States” after “for each passport issued”, restricted the exemption for seamen to American seamen requiring a passport in connection with duties aboard an American flag-vessel, and inserted provision excusing a person exempted from a passport fee from paying an execution fee.
1956—Act Feb. 10, 1956, increased from $1 to $2 the fee for executing passport applications, and reworded authorization of State officials to collect and retain $2 fee.
Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title II, §233(c)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–426, provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section and repealing section 216 of this title] shall take effect on the date of issuance of final regulations under section 1 of the Passport Act of June 4, 1920 [22 U.S.C. 214], as amended by subsection (a).” [Final regulations issued Feb. 23, 2000, effective May 15, 2000, see 65 F.R. 14211.]
Section 2 of Pub. L. 92–14, as amended by Pub. L. 93–126, §8, Oct. 18, 1973, 87 Stat. 453, provided that: “The amendment made by this Act [amending this section] shall become effective on the date of enactment [May 14, 1971] and shall continue in effect until June 30, 1974.”
Amendment by Pub. L. 90–428 effective on thirtieth day following July 26, 1968, see section 4 of Pub. L. 90–428, set out as a note under section 217a of this title.
Pub. L. 103–317, title V, Aug. 26, 1994, 108 Stat. 1760, provided in part “That hereafter all receipts received from a new charge from expedited passport processing shall be deposited in this account as an offsetting collection and shall be available until expended”.
Pub. L. 101–604, title II, §203(d), Nov. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 3083, provided that: “Notwithstanding any other provision of law, to the extent provided in appropriation Acts, for each fiscal year not more than $5,000,000 in passport fees collected by the Department of State may be credited to a Department of State account. Amounts credited to such account shall be available only for the costs associated with the acquisition and production of machine-readable United States passports and visas and compatible reading equipment. Amounts credited to such account are authorized to remain available until expended.”
Whenever a fee is erroneously charged and paid for the issue of a passport to a person who is exempted from the payment of such a fee by section 214 of this title, the Department of State is authorized to refund to the person who paid such fee the amount thereof, and the money for that purpose is authorized to be appropriated.
(July 3, 1926, ch. 772, §3, 44 Stat. 887.)
Effective July 1, 1935, enumerated appropriation accounts appearing on the books of the Government were abolished and in lieu thereof there was established an account to be designated “Refund of Moneys Erroneously Received and Covered.” See section 1322 of Title 31, Money and Finance.
Section, act June 4, 1920, ch. 223, §2, 41 Stat. 750, provided for fees of $1 for each application for a visa and $9 for each visa. It was superseded by sections 2(h) and 7(h) of the Immigration Act of 1924 (act May 26, 1924, ch. 190, 43 Stat. 154, 157) which provided for fees in the same amounts. The 1924 Act was repealed by section 403(a)(23) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (act June 27, 1952, ch. 477, 66 Stat. 279). See section 1351 of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality, and section 9701 of Title 31, Money and Finance.
Section, act June 4, 1920, ch. 223, §4, 41 Stat. 751, authorized return of fees on refusal to vise�AE1.
For effective date of repeal, see section 1000(a)(7) [div. A, title II, §233(c)] of Pub. L. 106–113, set out as an Effective Date of 1999 Amendment note under section 214 of this title.
Section, act June 4, 1920, ch. 223, §3, 41 Stat. 751, limited time as to validity of passport or vise�AE1. See section 217a of this title.
A passport shall be valid for a period of ten years from the date of issue, except that the Secretary of State may limit the validity of a passport to a period of less than ten years in an individual case or on a general basis pursuant to regulation.
(July 3, 1926, ch. 772, §2, 44 Stat. 887; July 1, 1930, ch. 782, 46 Stat. 839; May 16, 1932, ch. 187, 47 Stat. 157; Pub. L. 86–267, Sept. 14, 1959, 73 Stat. 552; Pub. L. 90–428, §1, July 26, 1968, 82 Stat. 446; Pub. L. 97–241, title I, §116(b)(1), Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 279.)
1982—Pub. L. 97–241 substituted provision that a passport be valid for a period of ten years from issuance and that the Secretary of State could limit the period to less than ten years in an individual case or on a general basis by regulation for provision that a passport be limited to a period of not more than five years, that the Secretary of State could limit the passport to a shorter period, and that a valid passport outstanding as of the effective date of Pub. L. 90–428 be valid for a period of five years from the date of issue, except where such passport was limited to a shorter period by the Secretary.
1968—Pub. L. 90–428 substituted provisions that passport be limited to a period of not more than five years, though the Secretary of State may limit it to a shorter period and provisions as to the length of validity of passports outstanding as of the effective date of Pub. L. 90–428 for provisions that a passport or passport visa be limited to a period of three years, that a passport be renewed pursuant to regulations of the Secretary for a period not to exceed two years, provided that the final date of expiration not be more than five years from the original date of issue, that the Secretary be authorized to limit the validity of a passport, passport visa, or period of renewal of a passport to less than two years, and that the charge for the issue of an original passport be $9.00 and the charge for the renewal be $5.00.
1959—Pub. L. 86–267 substituted “three years” for “two years”, and “five years” for “four years”.
1932—Act May 16, 1932, among other changes, increased payment for renewals from $2 to $5, for issue of original passport from $5 to $9, and restored final expiration date of renewal passport to four years from six-year period.
1930—Act July 1, 1930, among other changes, provided for $2 payment for renewal of passport, $5 payment for issue of an original passport, and changed from four to six years the final expiration date of renewal passport.
Section 116(b)(2) of Pub. L. 97–241 provided that: “The amendment made by this subsection [amending this section] applies with respect to passports issued after the date of enactment of this Act [Aug. 24, 1982].”
Section 4 of Pub. L. 90–428 provided that: “This Act [amending this section and sections 213 and 214 of this title] shall take effect on the thirtieth day following the date of its enactment [July 26, 1968].”
All persons who shall be authorized to grant, issue, or verify passports, shall make return of the same to the Secretary of State, in such manner and as often as he shall require; and such returns shall specify the names and all other particulars of the persons to whom the same shall be granted, issued, or verified, as embraced in such passport.
(R.S. §4077.)
R.S. §4077 derived from act May 30, 1866, ch. 102, 14 Stat. 54.
Section 219, R.S. §4078; act June 14, 1902, ch. 1088, §3, 32 Stat. 386, related to issuance of false passports. See section 1541 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section 220, acts June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title IX, §2, 40 Stat. 227; Mar. 28, 1940, ch. 72, §7, 54 Stat. 80, related to false statements in application for passports. See section 1542 of Title 18.
Section 221, acts June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title IX, §3, 40 Stat. 227; Mar. 28, 1940, ch. 72, §7, 54 Stat. 80, related to unlawful use of passports. See section 1544 of Title 18.
Section 222, acts June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title IX, §4, 40 Stat. 227; Mar. 28, 1940, ch. 72, §7, 54 Stat. 80, related to forging or altering of passports. See section 1543 of Title 18.
Section 223, acts May 22, 1918, ch. 81, §1, 40 Stat. 559; June 21, 1941, ch. 210, §1, 55 Stat. 252, related to wartime restrictions generally. See section 1185 of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality.
Section 224, act May 22, 1918, ch. 81, §2, 40 Stat. 559, related to requirement of passport for citizens during wartime restrictions. See section 1185 of Title 8.
Section 225, acts May 22, 1918, ch. 81, §3, 40 Stat. 559; June 21, 1941, ch. 210, §2, 55 Stat. 253, related to penalty for violation of wartime restrictions. See section 1185 of Title 8.
Section 226, acts May 22, 1918, ch. 81, §4, 40 Stat. 559; June 21, 1941, ch. 210, §2a, 55 Stat. 253, related to definition of “United States” and “person” as used in wartime restriction. See section 1185 of Title 8.
Section 226a, act May 22, 1918, ch. 81, §5, as added June 21, 1941, ch. 210, §3, 55 Stat 253, related to permit as guarantee of admission to the United States. See section 1185 of Title 8.
Section 226b, act May 22, 1918, ch. 81, §6, as added June 21, 1941, ch. 210, §3, 55 Stat. 253, related to proclamation, rule, etc., as bar to prosecution. See section 1185 of Title 8.
Section 227, act Mar. 2, 1921, ch. 113, §1, 41 Stat. 1217, related to continuation of regulations as to alien passport requirements.
Sections 228 and 229, act June 20, 1941, ch. 209, §§1, 2, 55 Stat. 252, related to refusal of vise�AE1s to aliens whose admission might endanger the public safety, and to rules and regulations governing this refusal. See section 1102 of Title 8.
Section 1 of Joint Res. Mar. 31, 1953, ch. 13, 67 Stat. 18, provided for the extension of certain emergency provisions (previously extended to April 1, 1953 by Joint Res. July 3, 1952, ch. 570, §1(b), 66 Stat. 333) until July 1, 1953. Section 2 of Joint Res. Mar. 31, 1953, provided that the extension did not apply to the provisions of sections 223 to 226b of this title.
Section 231, acts June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VIII, §1, 40 Stat. 226; Mar. 28, 1940, ch. 72, §6, 54 Stat. 80, related to false statements to influence conduct of foreign governments toward the United States. See section 954 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section 232, acts June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VIII, §2, 40 Stat. 226; Mar. 28, 1940, ch. 72, §6, 54 Stat. 80, related to wrongful assumption of character of diplomatic or consular officer. See section 915 of Title 18.
Section 233, act June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VIII, §3, 40 Stat. 226, as amended, which related to acting as a foreign agent without notice to Secretary of State, was transferred to section 601 of this title and was subsequently repealed by act June 25, 1948, ch. 645, §21, 62 Stat. 862. See section 951 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section 233a, act June 8, 1938, ch. 327, §1, 52 Stat. 631, as amended, which related to defining, various terms included in provisions relating to foreign agents and propaganda, was transferred to section 611 of this title.
Section 233b, act June 8, 1938, ch. 327, §2, 52 Stat. 632, as amended, which related to registration statements, was transferred to section 612 of this title.
Section 233c, act June 8, 1938, ch. 327, §3, 52 Stat. 632, as amended, which related to exemptions, was transferred to section 613 of this title.
Section 233d, act June 8, 1938, ch. 327, §4, 52 Stat. 632, as amended, which related to filing and labeling political propaganda, was transferred to section 614 of this title.
Section 233e, act June 8, 1938, ch. 327, §5, 52 Stat. 633, as amended, which related to books and records, was transferred to section 615 of this title.
Section 233f, act June 8, 1938, ch. 327, §6, 52 Stat. 633, as amended, which related to public examination of official records, was transferred to section 616 of this title.
Section 233g, act June 8, 1938, ch. 327, §§12, 13, as added Apr. 29, 1942, ch. 263, §1, 56 Stat. 258, which related to separability of provisions and effect on existing law, was transferred and set out as a note under section 611 of this title.
Section 234, act June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VIII, §5, 40 Stat. 226, related to conspiracy to injure property of foreign government. See section 956 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section 235, act June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VIII, §4, 40 Stat. 226, related to definition of “Foreign government”. See section 11 of Title 18.
Section 236, act Jan. 31, 1922, ch. 44, §1, 42 Stat. 361, which related to prohibition against exportation of arms to American countries or countries under American jurisdiction in a state of domestic violence, was transferred to section 409 of this title and was repealed by act June 25, 1948, ch. 645, §21, 62 Stat. 862.
Section 237, act Jan. 31, 1922, ch. 44, §2, 42 Stat. 361, which related to penalties, was transferred to section 410 of this title and was repealed by act June 25, 1948, ch. 645, §21, 62 Stat. 862.
Section 238, act June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VI, §1, 40 Stat. 223, as amended, which related to illegal exportation of war materials, was transferred to section 401 of this title.
Section 239, act June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VI, §2, 40 Stat. 224, which related to issuance of warrant for detention of seized property, was transferred to section 402 of this title and was repealed by act Aug. 13, 1953, ch. 434, §2, 67 Stat. 577.
Section 240, act June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VI, §3, 40 Stat. 224, which related to filing petition for restoration of seized property, was transferred to section 403 of this title and was repealed by act Aug. 13, 1953, ch. 434, §2, 67 Stat. 577.
Section 241, act June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VI, §4, 40 Stat. 224, as amended, which related to institution of libel proceedings and sale of seized property, was transferred to section 404 of this title and was repealed by act Aug. 13, 1953, ch. 434, §2, 67 Stat. 577.
Section 242, act June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VI, §5, 40 Stat. 224, which related to method of trial and bond for redelivery, was transferred to section 405 of this title and was repealed by act Aug. 13, 1953, ch. 434, §2, 67 Stat. 577.
Section 243, act June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VI, §6, 40 Stat. 225, which related to interference with foreign trade, was transferred to section 406 of this title.
Section 244, act June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VI, §7, 40 Stat. 225, which related to the President's discretion to release seized property, was transferred to section 407 of this title and was repealed by act Aug, 13, 1953, ch. 434, §2, 67 Stat. 577.
Section 245, act June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VI, §8, 40 Stat. 225, which related to use of land and naval forces to prevent exportation, was transferred to section 408 of this title.
Sections 245a to 245i, Joint Res. Aug. 31, 1935, ch. 837, 49 Stat. 1081; acts Feb. 29, 1936, ch. 106, 49 Stat. 1153; May 1, 1937, ch. 146, 50 Stat. 121, constituted the Neutrality Act of 1935. See the Neutrality Act of 1939, sections 441, 444, 445, 447 to 451, and 453 to 457 of this title.
Section 245j, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §1, 54 Stat. 4, which related to a proclamation of a state of war between foreign states, was transferred to section 441 of this title.
Section 245j–1, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §2, 54 Stat. 4, which related to commerce with states engaged in armed conflict, was transferred to section 442 of this title and was repealed by Joint Res. Nov. 17, 1941, ch. 473, §1, 55 Stat. 764.
Section 245j–2, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §3, 54 Stat. 7, which related to combat areas, was transferred to section 443 of this title and was repealed by Joint Res. Nov. 17, 1941, ch. 473, §1, 55 Stat. 764.
Section 245j–3, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §4, 54 Stat. 7, as amended, which related to American Red Cross vessels, was transferred to section 444 of this title.
Section 245j–4, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §5, 54 Stat. 7, which related to travel on vessels of belligerent states, was transferred to section 445 of this title.
Section 245j–5, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §6, 54 Stat. 7, which related to the arming of American merchant vessels, was transferred to section 446 of this title and was repealed by Joint Res. Nov. 17, 1941, ch. 473, §2, 55 Stat. 764.
Section 245j–6, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §7, 54 Stat. 7, as amended, which related to financial transactions, was transferred to section 447 of this title.
Section 245j–7, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §8, 54 Stat. 8, which related to solicitation and collection of funds and contributions, was transferred to section 448 of this title.
Section 245j–8, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §9, 54 Stat. 8, which related to American republics, was transferred to section 449 of this title.
Section 245j–9, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §10, 54 Stat. 9, which related to restrictions on use of American ports, was transferred to section 450 of this title.
Section 245j–10, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §11, 54 Stat. 9, which related to submarines and armed merchant vessels, was transferred to section 451 of this title.
Section 245j–11, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §12, 54 Stat. 10, which related to National Munitions Control Board, was transferred to section 452 of this title and was repealed by act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, title V, §542(a)(12), 68 Stat. 861.
Section 245j–12, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §13, 54 Stat. 11, which related to regulations, was transferred to section 453 of this title.
Section 245j–13, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2. §14, 54 Stat. 11, which related to unlawful use of the American flag, was transferred to section 454 of this title.
Section 245j–14, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §15, 54 Stat. 11, which related to penalties, was transferred to section 455 of this title.
Section 245j–15, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §16, 54 Stat. 12, as amended, which defined terms used in neutrality provisions, was transferred to section 456 of this title.
Section 245j–16, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §17, 54 Stat. 12, which related to separability of provisions, was transferred to a note set out under section 441 of this title.
Section 245j–17, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §18, 54 Stat. 12, which related to appropriations, was transferred to section 457 of this title.
Section 245j–18, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §19, 54 Stat. 12, which related to repeal of earlier Joint Resolutions, was transferred and set out as a note under section 441 of this title.
Section 245j–19, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §20, 54 Stat. 12, which related to short title of this resolution, was transferred and set out as a note under section 441 of this title.
Section, act July 8, 1918, ch. 138, 40 Stat. 821, related to wearing of foreign nation's uniform without authority. See section 703 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section, act Sept. 22, 1922, ch. 414, 42 Stat. 1028, which related to foreign traveling salesmen, was transferred to section 503 of this title.
Section, act June 20, 1936, ch. 635, §§1, 2, 49 Stat. 1557, related to prohibition against commercial use of arms of Swiss Confederation. See section 708 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section 249, act Aug. 9, 1939, ch. 616, §1, 53 Stat. 1290, which related to utilization of services of government agencies to promote inter-American relations, was transferred to section 501 of this title.
Section 249a, act Aug. 9, 1939, ch. 616, §2, 53 Stat. 1290, which related to creation of advisory committees, was transferred to section 502 of this title.
Section 250, act June 15, 1940, ch. 365, §1, 54 Stat. 396, which related to military and naval assistance to governments of American republics, was transferred to section 521 of this title.
Section 250a, act June 15, 1940, ch. 365, §2, 54 Stat. 396, which related to transmission of information relating to implements of war, was transferred to section 522 of this title.
Section 250b, act June 15, 1940, ch. 365, §3, 54 Stat. 397, which related to contract restrictions against disposal of implements of war, was transferred to section 523 of this title.
Section 250c, act June 15, 1940, ch. 365, §4, 54 Stat. 397, which related to information on shipments to be given chairman of National Munitions Control Board, was transferred to section 524 of this title.
Section 250d, act June 15, 1940, ch. 365, §5, 54 Stat. 397, which related to appropriations and dispositions of receipts, was transferred to section 525 of this title.
Section 250e, act June 15, 1940, ch. 365, §6, 54 Stat. 397, which related to protection of patent rights, was transferred to section 526 of this title.
Section 250f, act June 15, 1940, ch. 365, §7, 54 Stat. 397, which related to purchases of implements of war from American republics, was transferred to section 527 of this title.
Section, R.S. §4062, related to violation of safe conduct. See sections 112 and 1545 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section 252, R.S. §4063, related to the immunity of any ambassador or public minister of any foreign prince or State, or any domestic or domestic servant of any such minister against arrest, imprisonment, or seizure of his goods or chattels.
Section 253, R.S. §4064, related to imprisonment for not more than three years of anyone suing out a writ or process in violation of the provisions of former section 252 of this title, granting diplomatic immunity to certain persons.
Section 254, R.S. §§4065, 4066, related to suits against persons in the service of an ambassador or public minister founded upon a debt contracted before entering such service, and registration of the names of persons serving as domestic servants of an ambassador or a public minister with the State Department.
Repeal effective at end of ninety-day period beginning on Sept. 30, 1978, see section 9 of Pub. L. 95–393, set out as an Effective Date note under section 254a of this title.
Pub. L. 95–148, title V, §510(1), (2), Oct. 31, 1977, 91 Stat. 1240, provided that it was the sense of the Congress that the Secretary of State should prepare and submit to the Speaker of the House of Representatives and to the President of the Senate: (1) not later than six months after Oct. 31, 1977, a report on the adequacy of insurance provided by the accredited diplomatic missions to the United States to cover loss or injury arising from the wrongful acts or omissions of the employees of such missions in the United States; and (2) not later than one year after Oct. 31, 1977, a report on what efforts the President and the Secretary of State had made to encourage the provision of such coverage.
As used in this Act—
(1) the term “members of a mission” means—
(A) the head of a mission and those members of a mission who are members of the diplomatic staff or who, pursuant to law, are granted equivalent privileges and immunities,
(B) members of the administrative and technical staff of a mission, and
(C) members of the service staff of a mission,
as such terms are defined in Article 1 of the Vienna Convention;
(2) the term “family” means—
(A) the members of the family of a member of a mission described in paragraph (1)(A) who form part of his or her household if they are not nationals of the United States, and
(B) the members of the family of a member of a mission described in paragraph (1)(B) who form part of his or her household if they are not nationals or permanent residents of the United States,
within the meaning of Article 37 of the Vienna Convention;
(3) the term “mission” includes missions within the meaning of the Vienna Convention and any missions representing foreign governments, individually or collectively, which are extended the same privileges and immunities, pursuant to law, as are enjoyed by missions under the Vienna Convention; and
(4) the term “Vienna Convention” means the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations of April 18, 1961 (T.I.A.S. numbered 7502; 23 U.S.T. 3227), entered into force with respect to the United States on December 13, 1972.
(Pub. L. 95–393, §2, Sept. 30, 1978, 92 Stat. 808; Pub. L. 97–241, title II, §203(b)(1), Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 290.)
This Act, referred to in text, means Pub. L. 95–393, Sept. 30, 1978, 92 Stat. 808, as amended, known as the Diplomatic Relations Act. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note below and Tables.
1982—Par. (1)(A). Pub. L. 97–241 substituted “those members of a mission who are members of the diplomatic staff or who, pursuant to law, are granted equivalent privileges and immunities” for “members of the diplomatic staff of a mission”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 97–241 effective Oct. 1, 1982, see section 204 of Pub. L. 97–241, set out as an Effective Date note under section 4301 of this title.
Section 9 of Pub. L. 95–393 provided that: “This Act [see Short Title note below] shall take effect at the end of the ninety-day period beginning on the date of its enactment [Sept. 30, 1978]”.
Section 1 of Pub. L. 95–393 provided that: “This Act [enacting this section, sections 254b to 254e of this title, and section 1364 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure, amending sections 1251 and 1351 of Title 28, repealing sections 252 to 254 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as a note under this section] may be cited as the ‘Diplomatic Relations Act’.”
With respect to a nonparty to the Vienna Convention, the mission, the members of the mission, their families, and diplomatic couriers shall enjoy the privileges and immunities specified in the Vienna Convention.
(Pub. L. 95–393, §3(b), Sept. 30, 1978, 92 Stat. 808; Pub. L. 97–241, title II, §203(b)(2), Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 291.)
1982—Pub. L. 97–241 substituted “With respect to a nonparty to the Vienna Convention, the mission, the members of the mission, their families, and diplomatic couriers” for “Members of the mission of a sending state which has not ratified the Vienna Convention, their families, and the diplomatic couriers of such state,”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 97–241 effective Oct. 1, 1982, see section 204 of Pub. L. 97–241, set out as an Effective Date note under section 4301 of this title.
Section effective at end of ninety-day period beginning on Sept. 30, 1978, see section 9 of Pub. L. 95–393, set out as a note under section 254a of this title.
The President may, on the basis of reciprocity and under such terms and conditions as he may determine, specify privileges and immunities for the mission, the members of the mission, their families, and the diplomatic couriers which result in more favorable treatment or less favorable treatment than is provided under the Vienna Convention.
(Pub. L. 95–393, §4, Sept. 30, 1978, 92 Stat. 809; Pub. L. 97–241, title II, §203(b)(3), Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 291.)
1982—Pub. L. 97–241 substituted “immunities for the mission, the members” for “immunities for members” and “diplomatic couriers which” for “diplomatic couriers of any sending state which”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 97–241 effective Oct. 1, 1982, see section 204 of Pub. L. 97–241, set out as an Effective Date note under section 4301 of this title.
Section effective at end of ninety-day period beginning on Sept. 30, 1978, see section 9 of Pub. L. 95–393, set out as a note under section 254a of this title.
Ex. Ord. No. 12101, Nov. 17, 1978, 43 F.R. 54195, as amended by Ex. Ord. No. 12608, Sept. 9, 1987, 52 F.R. 34617, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President of the United States of America by the Diplomatic Relations Act (Public Law 95–393, 92 Stat. 808; 22 U.S.C. 254a et seq.) and Section 301 of Title 3 of the United States Code, in order to implement the liability insurance and other requirements relating to diplomatic personnel, I hereby designate and empower the Secretary of State to perform, without the approval, ratification, or other action of the President, the functions vested or to be vested in the President by Section 4 of Diplomatic Relations Act (92 Stat. 809; 22 U.S.C. 254c).
(a) It is the sense of the Congress that the numbers, status, privileges and immunities, travel, accommodations, and facilities within the United States of official representatives to the United States of any foreign government that engages in intelligence activities within the United States harmful to the national security of the United States should not exceed the respective numbers, status, privileges and immunities, travel accommodations, and facilities within such country of official representatives of the United States to such country.
(b) Omitted.
(Pub. L. 98–618, title VI, §601(a), (b), Nov. 8, 1984, 98 Stat. 3303.)
Subsec. (b) of this section, which required the President to prepare and transmit to the Committee on Foreign Relations and Select Committee on Intelligence of the Senate and the Committee on Foreign Affairs and Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence of the House of Representatives a report on the numbers, status, privileges and immunities, travel, accommodations, and facilities within the United States of official representatives to the United States of any foreign government that engages in intelligence activities within the United States harmful to the national security of the United States and the respective numbers, status, privileges and immunities, travel, accommodations, and facilities within such country of official representatives of the United States to such country, and any action which may have been taken with respect thereto, terminated, effective May 15, 2000, pursuant to section 3003 of Pub. L. 104–66, as amended, set out as a note under section 1113 of Title 31, Money and Finance. See, also, page 33 of House Document No. 103–7.
Section, Pub. L. 100–178, title V, §501, Dec. 2, 1987, 101 Stat. 1014, related to annual report of Attorney General to congressional committees regarding admissions to United States over objections of the Federal Bureau of Investigation of Soviet nationals employed by or assigned to foreign mission or international organization in United States.
Any action or proceeding brought against an individual who is entitled to immunity with respect to such action or proceeding under the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations, under section 254b or 254c of this title, or under any other laws extending diplomatic privileges and immunities, shall be dismissed. Such immunity may be established upon motion or suggestion by or on behalf of the individual, or as otherwise permitted by law or applicable rules of procedure.
(Pub. L. 95–393, §5, Sept. 30, 1978, 92 Stat. 809.)
Section effective at end of ninety-day period beginning on Sept. 30, 1978, see section 9 of Pub. L. 95–393, set out as a note under section 254a of this title.
Each mission, members of the mission and their families, and individuals described in section 19 of the Convention on Privileges and Immunities of the United Nations of February 13, 1946, shall comply with any requirement imposed by the regulations promulgated by the Director of the Office of Foreign Missions in the Department of State pursuant to subsection (b) of this section.
The Director of the Office of Foreign Missions shall, by regulation, establish liability insurance requirements which can reasonably be expected to afford adequate compensation to victims and which are to be met by each mission, members of the mission and their families, and individuals described in section 19 of the Convention on Privileges and Immunities of the United Nations of February 13, 1946, relating to risks arising from the operation in the United States of any motor vehicle, vessel, or aircraft.
The Director of the Office of Foreign Missions shall take such steps as he may deem necessary to insure that each mission, members of the mission and their families, and individuals described in section 19 of the Convention on Privileges and Immunities of the United Nations of February 13, 1946, who operate motor vehicles, vessels, or aircraft in the United States comply with the requirements established pursuant to subsection (b) of this section.
(Pub. L. 95–393, §6, Sept. 30, 1978, 92 Stat. 809; Pub. L. 98–164, title VI, §602, Nov. 22, 1983, 97 Stat. 1042.)
1983—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 98–164, §602(1), substituted “Director of the Office of Foreign Missions in the Department of State” for “President”.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 98–164, §602(2), inserted provision respecting adequate compensation to victims, and substituted reference to Director for reference to President.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 98–164, §602(3), substituted reference to Director for reference to President.
Section effective at end of ninety-day period beginning on Sept. 30, 1978, see section 9 of Pub. L. 95–393, set out as a note under section 254a of this title.
Except as otherwise provided, Secretary of State to have and exercise any authority vested by law in any official or office of Department of State and references to such officials or offices deemed to refer to Secretary of State or Department of State, as appropriate, see section 2651a of this title and section 161(d) of Pub. L. 103–236, set out as a note under section 2651a of this title.
Section, R.S. §4062, related to assaulting, etc., a foreign minister. See sections 112 and 1545 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Sections, act Feb. 15, 1938, ch. 29, §§1, 2, 52 Stat. 30, which related to protection for officers and buildings, jurisdiction of offenses and penalties, and permitted picketing, are of particular application to the District of Columbia.
Whenever it is stipulated by treaty or convention between the United States and any foreign nation that the consul general, consuls, vice consuls, or consular or commercial agents of each nation, shall have exclusive jurisdiction of controversies, difficulties, or disorders arising at sea or in the waters or ports of the other nation, between the master or officers and any of the crew, or between any of the crew themselves, of any vessel belonging to the nation represented by such consular officer, such stipulations shall be executed and enforced within the jurisdiction of the United States as declared in sections 257 and 258 of this title. But before this section shall take effect as to the vessels of any particular nation having such treaty with the United States, the President shall be satisfied that similar provisions have been made for the execution of such treaty by the other contracting party, and shall issue his proclamation to that effect, declaring this section to be in force as to such nation.
(R.S. §4079.)
R.S. §4079 derived from act June 11, 1864, ch. 116, §1, 13 Stat. 121.
In all cases within the purview of section 256 of this title the consul general, consul, or other consular or commercial authority of such foreign nation charged with the appropriate duty in the particular case, may make application to any court of record of the United States, or to any judge thereof, or to any United States magistrate judge, setting forth that such controversy, difficulty, or disorder has arisen, briefly stating the nature thereof, and when and where the same occurred, and exhibiting a certified copy or extract of the shipping articles, roll, or other proper paper of the vessel, to the effect that the person in question is of the crew or ship's company of such vessel; and further stating and certifying that such person has withdrawn himself, or is believed to be about to withdraw himself, from the control and discipline of the master and officers of the vessel or that he has refused, or is about to refuse, to submit to and obey the lawful jurisdiction of such consular or commercial authority in the premises; and further stating and certifying that, to the best of the knowledge and belief of the officer certifying, such person is not a citizen of the United States. Such application shall be in writing and duly authenticated by the consular or other sufficient official seal. Thereupon such court, judge, or magistrate judge shall issue his warrant for the arrest of the person so complained of, directed to the marshal of the United States for the appropriate district, or in his discretion to any person, being a citizen of the United States, whom he may specially depute for the purpose, requiring such person to be brought before him for examination at a certain time and place.
(R.S. §4080; May 28, 1896, ch. 252, §19, 29 Stat. 184; Mar. 2, 1901, ch. 814, 31 Stat. 956; Pub. L. 90–578, title IV, §402(b)(2), Oct. 17, 1968, 82 Stat. 1118; Pub. L. 101–650, title III, §321, Dec. 1, 1990, 104 Stat. 5117.)
R.S. §4080 derived from act June 11, 1864, ch. 116, §2, 13 Stat. 121.
Act Mar. 2, 1901, provided in part that all acts or parts of acts applicable to commissioners of the circuit court, except as to appointment and fees, shall be applicable to United States commissioners.
Act May 28, 1896, abolished the circuit court and required the district court to appoint persons to be known as United States commissioners.
“United States magistrate judge” and “magistrate judge” substituted in text for “United States magistrate” and “magistrate”, respectively, pursuant to section 321 of Pub. L. 101–650, set out as a note under section 631 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure. Previously, “magistrate” substituted for “commissioner” pursuant to Pub. L. 90–578. See chapter 43 (§631 et seq.) of Title 28.
If, on such examination, it is made to appear that the person so arrested is a citizen of the United States, he shall be forthwith discharged from arrest, and shall be left to the ordinary course of law. But if this is not made to appear, and such court, judge, or magistrate judge finds, upon the papers referred to in section 257 of this title, a sufficient prima facie case that the matter concerns only the internal order and discipline of such foreign vessel, or whether in its nature civil or criminal, does not affect directly the execution of the laws of the United States, or the rights and duties of any citizen of the United States, he shall forthwith, by his warrant, commit such person to prison, where prisoners under sentence of a court of the United States may be lawfully committed, or, in his discretion, to the master or chief officer of such foreign vessel, to be subject to the lawful orders, control, and discipline of such master or chief officer, and to the jurisdiction of the consular or commercial authority of the nation to which such vessel belongs, to the exclusion of any authority or jurisdiction in the premises of the United States or any State thereof. No person shall be detained more than two months after his arrest, but at the end of that time shall be set at liberty and shall not again be arrested for the same cause. The expenses of the arrest and the detention of the person so arrested shall be paid by the consular officers making the application: Provided, That nothing in this section or section 257 of this title shall authorize the arrest or imprisonment of officers and seamen deserting or charged with desertion from merchant vessels of foreign nations in the United States and Territories and possessions thereof, and the cooperation, aid, and protection of competent legal authorities in effecting such arrest or imprisonment.
(R.S. §4081; Mar. 4, 1915, ch. 153, §§16, 17, 38 Stat. 1184; Pub. L. 90–578, title IV, §402(b)(2), Oct. 17, 1968, 82 Stat. 1118; Pub. L. 101–650, title III, §321, Dec. 1, 1990, 104 Stat. 5117.)
R.S. §4081 derived from act June 11, 1864, ch. 116, §2, 13 Stat. 121.
Words “magistrate judge” substituted in text for “magistrate” pursuant to section 321 of Pub. L. 101–650, set out as a note under section 631 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure. Previously, “magistrate” substituted for “commissioner” pursuant to Pub. L. 90–578. See chapter 43 (§631 et seq.) of Title 28.
The district courts and the United States magistrate judges shall have power to carry into effect, according to the true intent and meaning thereof, the award or arbitration or decree of any consul, vice consul or commercial agent of any foreign nation, made or rendered by virtue of authority conferred on him as such consul, vice consul, or commercial agent, to sit as judge or arbitrator in such differences as may arise between the captains and crews of the vessels belonging to the nation whose interests are committed to his charge, application for the exercise of such power being first made to such court or magistrate judge, by petition of such consul, vice consul, or commercial agent. And said courts and magistrate judges may issue all proper remedial process, mesne and final, to carry into full effect such award, arbitration, or decree, and to enforce obedience thereto by imprisonment in the jail or other place of confinement in the district in which the United States may lawfully imprison any person arrested under the authority of the United States, until such award, arbitration or decree is complied with, or the parties are otherwise discharged therefrom, by the consent in writing of such consul, vice consul, or commercial agent, or his successor in office, or by the authority of the foreign government appointing such consul, vice consul, or commercial agent. The expenses of the said imprisonment and maintenance of the prisoners, and the cost of the proceedings, shall be borne by such foreign government, or by its consul, vice consul, or commercial agent requiring such imprisonment. The marshals of the United States shall serve all such process, and do all other acts necessary and proper to carry into effect the premises, under the authority of the said courts and magistrate judges.
(Mar. 3, 1911, ch. 231, §271, 36 Stat. 1163; Pub. L. 90–578, title IV, §402(b)(2), Oct. 17, 1968, 82 Stat. 1118; Pub. L. 101–650, title III, §321, Dec. 1, 1990, 104 Stat. 5117.)
Section was formerly classified to section 393 of Title 28 prior to the general revision and enactment of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure, by act June 25, 1948, ch. 646, §1, 62 Stat. 869.
“United States magistrate judges”, “magistrate judge”, and “magistrate judges” substituted in text for “United States magistrates”, “magistrate”, and “magistrates”, respectively, pursuant to section 321 of Pub. L. 101–650, set out as a note under section 631 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure. Previously, “magistrate” substituted for “commissioner” pursuant to Pub. L. 90–578. See chapter 43 (§631 et seq.) of Title 28.
Section, act May 31, 1939, ch. 161, 53 Stat. 795, authorized Secretary of Army to sell supplies to aircraft operated by any foreign military or air attache�AE1 accredited to United States. See sections 4626, 4629, 9626, and 9629 of Title 10, Armed Forces.
It is declared to be the policy of the United States to adjust and settle its international disputes through mediation or arbitration, to the end that war may be honorably avoided. It looks with apprehension and disfavor upon a general increase of armament throughout the world, but it realizes that no single nation can disarm, and that without a common agreement upon the subject every considerable power must maintain a relative standing in military strength.
(Aug. 29, 1916, ch. 417, 39 Stat. 618.)
Pub. L. 111–158, §1, Apr. 26, 2010, 124 Stat. 1121, provided that: “This Act [enacting section 262p–12 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Haiti Debt Relief and Earthquake Recovery Act of 2010’.”
Section 1 of Pub. L. 95–118, as added by Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1361(a), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 745, provided that: “This Act [enacting sections 262c, 262d, 262e to 262g–3, 282i, 284n, 285s, 285t, 286e–1f, and 290g–10 of this title, repealing sections 283y, 284m, and 290g–9 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under 262c and 282i of this title] may be cited as the ‘International Financial Institutions Act’.”
The Executive shall not extend or accept any invitation to participate in any international congress, conference, or like event, without first having specific authority of law to do so.
(Mar. 4, 1913, ch. 149, 37 Stat. 913.)
The United States shall not become a party to any new international criminal tribunal, nor give legal effect to the jurisdiction of such a tribunal over any matter described in subsection (b) of this section, except pursuant to—
(1) a treaty made under Article II, section 2, clause 2 of the Constitution of the United States on or after October 21, 1998; or
(2) any statute enacted by Congress on or after October 21, 1998.
The jurisdiction described in this section is jurisdiction over—
(1) persons found, property located, or acts or omissions committed, within the territory of the United States; or
(2) nationals of the United States, wherever found.
Nothing in this section precludes sharing information, expertise, or other forms of assistance with such tribunal.
The term “new international criminal tribunal” means any permanent international criminal tribunal established on or after October 21, 1998, and does not include—
(1) the International Tribunal for the Prosecution of Persons Responsible for Serious Violations of International Humanitarian Law in the Territory of the Former Yugoslavia, as established by United Nations Security Council Resolution 827 of May 25, 1993; or
(2) the International Tribunal for the Prosecution of Persons Responsible for Genocide and Other Serious Violations of International Humanitarian Law Committed in the Territory of Rwanda and Rwandan Citizens Responsible for Genocide and Other Such Violations Committed in the Territory of Neighboring States, as established by United Nations Security Council Resolution 955 of November 8, 1994.
(Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. B, title XXV, §2502, Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–836.)
Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title VII, §705], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–460, formerly set out as a note under this section, was transferred and is classified to section 7401 of this title.
Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title VII, §706], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–461, formerly set out as a note under this section, was transferred and is classified to section 7402 of this title.
All financial contributions by the United States to the normal operations of the international organizations covered by this Act, which member states are obligated to support annually, shall be limited to the amounts provided in this Act: Provided, That contributions for special projects not regularly budgeted by such international organizations shall not be subject to the above limitation.
All financial contributions by the United States to international organizations in which the United States participates as a member shall be made by or with the consent of the Department of State regardless of the appropriation from which any such contribution is made.
(Sept. 21, 1950, ch. 976, §2, 64 Stat. 903; Pub. L. 107–228, div. A, title IV, §405(b)(1), Sept. 30, 2002, 116 Stat. 1391.)
This Act, referred to in text, is act Sept. 21, 1950, ch. 976, 64 Stat. 903, which enacted section 262a of this title, and amended sections 269b, 272a, 279a, 280b, 290b of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
The international organizations covered by this Act, referred to in text, are the Inter-American Children's Institute, the International Labor Organization, the United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization, the South Pacific Commission, and the World Health Organization.
2002—Pub. L. 107–228 struck out at end “The Secretary of State shall report annually to the Congress on the extent and disposition of such contributions.”
No representative of the United States Government in any international organization hereafter shall make any commitment requiring the appropriation of funds for a contribution by the United States in excess of 331/3 per centum of the budget of any international organization for which the appropriation for the United States contribution is contained in this Act: Provided, That in exceptional circumstances necessitating a contribution by the United States in excess of 331/3 per centum of the budget, a commitment requiring a United States appropriation of a larger proportion may be made after consultation by United States representatives in the organization or other appropriate officials of the Department of State with the Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and House of Representatives: Provided, however, That this section shall not apply to the United States representatives to the Inter-American organizations, Caribbean Commission and the Joint Support program of the International Civil Aviation Organization.
(Oct. 22, 1951, ch. 533, title VI, §602, 65 Stat. 599; Aug. 5, 1953, ch. 328, title I, 67 Stat. 368.)
This Act, referred to in text, is act Oct. 22, 1951, ch. 533, title VI, 65 Stat. 599, popularly known as the Departments of State, Justice, Commerce and Judiciary Appropriation Act of 1952. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
Section is comprised of first paragraph of section 602 of act Oct. 22, 1951. Second par. of such section 602 contained a fiscal year provision.
1953—Act Aug. 5, 1953, inserted proviso that this section is not to apply to the United States representatives to the Caribbean Commission and the Joint Support program of the International Civil Aviation Organization.
Provisions similar to this section were contained in act July 10, 1952, ch. 651, title I, 66 Stat. 550.
It is the sense of the Congress that—
(1) for humanitarian, economic, and political reasons, it is in the national interest of the United States to assist in fostering economic development in the less developed countries of this world;
(2) the development-oriented international financial institutions have proved themselves capable of playing a significant role in assisting economic development by providing to less developed countries access to capital and technical assistance and soliciting from them maximum self-help and mutual cooperation;
(3) this has been achieved with minimal risk of financial loss to contributing countries;
(4) such institutions have proved to be an effective mechanism for sharing the burden among developed countries of stimulating economic development in the less developed world; and
(5) although continued United States participation in the international financial institutions is an important part of efforts by the United States to assist less developed countries, more of this burden should be shared by other developed countries. As a step in that direction, in future negotiations, the United States should work toward aggregate contributions to future replenishments to international financial institutions covered by this Act not to exceed 25 per centum.
The Congress recognizes that economic development is a long-term process needing funding commitments to international financial institutions. It also notes that the availability of funds for the United States contribution to international financial institutions is subject to the appropriations process.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title I, §101, Oct. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 1067.)
This Act, referred to in subsec. (a)(5), is Pub. L. 95–118, Oct. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 1067, known as the International Financial Institutions Act, which enacted sections 262c, 262d, 262e to 262g–3, 262m to 262p–12, 262r to 262t, 282i, 284n, 285s, 285t, 286e–1f, and 290g–10 of this title, repealed sections 283y, 284m, and 290g–9 of this title, and enacted provisions set out as notes under sections 262c and 282i of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1977 Amendment note set out under section 261 of this title and Tables.
Section effective Oct. 3, 1977, see section 1001 of Pub. L. 95–118, set out as a note under section 282i of this title.
Pub. L. 96–536, §101(b) [H.J. Res. 637, §101(b); H.R. 4473, title I], Dec. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3167, provided in part that: “It is the sense of the Congress that the United States share of contributions to future replenishments of the International Financial Institutions should not exceed the percentages enumerated below for each of the respective accounts within these institutions:
“Asian Development Bank:
“Paid-in capital, 16.3 percent;
“Callable capital, 16.3 percent;
“Asian Development Fund, 22.2 percent;
“African Development Bank:
“Special Fund, 18 percent;
“Inter-American Development Bank:
“Paid-in capital, 34.5 percent;
“Callable capital, 34.5 percent;
“Fund for Special Operations, 40 percent;
“International Bank for Reconstruction and Development:
“Paid-in capital, 24 percent;
“Callable capital, 24 percent;
“International Development Association, 25 percent;
“International Finance Corporation, 23 percent.”
Similar provisions were contained in the following appropriation acts:
Pub. L. 96–123, §101(a) [incorporating Pub. L. 95–481, title III], Nov. 20, 1979, 93 Stat. 923.
Pub. L. 95–481, title III, Oct. 18, 1978, 92 Stat. 1599.
Pub. L. 95–148, title III, Oct. 31, 1977, 91 Stat. 1238.
Section 703 of Pub. L. 95–118 provided that:
“(a) The Secretary of State and the Secretary of the Treasury shall initiate a wide consultation designed to develop a viable standard for the meeting of basic human needs and the protection of human rights and a mechanism for acting together to insure that the rewards of international economic cooperation are especially available to those who subscribe to such standards and are seen to be moving toward making them effective in their own systems of governance.
“(b) Not later than one year after the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 3, 1977], the Secretary of State and the Secretary of the Treasury shall report to the President of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives on the progress made in carrying out this section.”
The United States Government, in connection with its voice and vote in the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, the International Finance Corporation, the Inter-American Development Bank, the African Development Fund, the Asian Development Bank, the African Development Bank, the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, and the International Monetary Fund, shall advance the cause of human rights, including by seeking to channel assistance toward countries other than those whose governments engage in—
(1) a pattern of gross violations of internationally recognized human rights, such as torture or cruel, inhumane, or degrading treatment or punishment, prolonged detention without charges, or other flagrant denial to life, liberty, and the security of person; or
(2) provide refuge to individuals committing acts of international terrorism by hijacking aircraft.
Further, the Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct each Executive Director of the above institutions to consider in carrying out his duties:
(1) specific actions by either the executive branch or the Congress as a whole on individual bilateral assistance programs because of human rights considerations;
(2) the extent to which the economic assistance provided by the above institutions directly benefit the needy people in the recipient country;
(3) whether the recipient country—
(A) is seeking to acquire unsafeguarded special nuclear material (as defined in section 6305(8) of this title) or a nuclear explosive device (as defined in section 6305(4) of this title);
(B) is not a State Party to the Treaty on the Non-Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons; or
(C) has detonated a nuclear explosive device; and
(4) in relation to assistance for the Socialist Republic of Vietnam, the People's Democratic Republic of Laos, Russia and the other independent states of the former Soviet Union (as defined in section 5801 of this title), and Democratic Kampuchea (Cambodia), the responsiveness of the governments of such countries in providing a more substantial accounting of Americans missing in action.
(1) The Secretary of the Treasury shall report annually on all loans considered by the Boards of Executive Directors of the institutions listed in subsection (a) of this section to the Chairman and ranking minority member of the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives, or the designees of such Chairman and ranking minority member, and the Chairman and ranking minority member of the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate.
(2) Each report required by paragraph (1) shall—
(A) include a list of all loans considered by the Board 1 of Executive Directors of the institutions listed in subsection (a) of this section and shall specify with respect to each such loan—
(i) the institution involved;
(ii) the date of final action;
(iii) the borrower;
(iv) the amount;
(v) the project or program;
(vi) the vote of the United States Government;
(vii) the reason for United States Government opposition, if any;
(viii) the final disposition of the loan; and
(ix) if the United States Government opposed the loan, whether the loan meets basic human needs;
(B) indicate whether the United States has opposed any loan, financial assistance, or technical assistance to a country on human rights grounds;
(C) indicate whether the United States has voted in favor of a loan, financial assistance, or technical assistance to a country with respect to which the United States had, in the preceding 2 years, opposed a loan, financial assistance, or technical assistance on human rights grounds; and
(D) in cases where the United States changed its voting position from opposition to support or from support to opposition, on human rights grounds—
(i) indicate the policy considerations that were taken into account in the development of the United States voting position;
(ii) describe human rights conditions in the country involved;
(iii) indicate how the United States voted on all other loans, financial assistance, and technical assistance to such country during the preceding 2 years; and
(iv) contain information as to how the United States voting position relates to the overall United States Government policy on human rights in such country.
The United States Government, in connection with its voice and vote in the institutions listed in subsection (a) of this section, shall seek to channel assistance to projects which address basic human needs of the people of the recipient country.
In determining whether a country is in gross violation of internationally recognized human rights standards, as defined by the provisions of subsection (a) of this section, the United States Government shall give consideration to the extent of cooperation of such country in permitting an unimpeded investigation of alleged violations of internationally recognized human rights by appropriate international organizations including, but not limited to, the International Committee of the Red Cross, Amnesty International, the International Commission of Jurists, and groups or persons acting under the authority of the United Nations or the Organization of American States.
The United States Executive Directors of the institutions listed in subsection (a) of this section are authorized and instructed to oppose any loan, any extension of financial assistance, or any technical assistance to any country described in subsection (a)(1) or (2) of this section, unless such assistance is directed specifically to programs which serve the basic human needs of the citizens of such country.
The Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate shall consult frequently and in a timely manner with the chairmen and ranking minority members of the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives and of the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate to inform them regarding any prospective changes in policy direction toward countries which have or recently have had poor human rights records.
In determining whether the government of a country engages in a pattern of gross violations of internationally recognized human rights, as described in subsection (a) of this section, the President shall give particular consideration to whether a foreign government—
(1) has engaged in or tolerated particularly severe violations of religious freedom, as defined in section 6402 of this title; or
(2) has failed to undertake serious and sustained efforts to combat particularly severe violations of religious freedom when such efforts could have been reasonably undertaken.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title VII, §701, Oct. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 1069; Pub. L. 96–259, title V, §501(a), (b), June 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 431, 432; Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1342(b), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 743; Pub. L. 97–375, title II, §211, Dec. 21, 1982, 96 Stat. 1826; Pub. L. 98–181, title X, §1004, Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1286; Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(c), (d)(4), (e)(8), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2517–2519; Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(b)(2), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2034; Pub. L. 102–511, title X, §1008, Oct. 24, 1992, 106 Stat. 3361; Pub. L. 103–236, title VIII, §823(b), Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 512; Pub. L. 105–292, title IV, §422, Oct. 27, 1998, 112 Stat. 2810; Pub. L. 106–569, title XI, §1103(g), Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3031.)
2000—Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 106–569 substituted “The Secretary of the Treasury shall report annually” for “Not later than 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter, the Secretary of the Treasury shall report quarterly”.
1998—Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 105–292 added subsec. (g) relating to violations of religious freedom.
1994—Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 103–236 amended par. (3) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (3) read as follows: “whether the recipient country has detonated a nuclear device or is not a State Party to the Treaty on Nonproliferation of Nuclear Weapons or both; and”.
1992—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 102–511, §1008(a), substituted “the African Development Bank, the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, and the International Monetary Fund,” for “and the African Development Bank,”.
Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 102–511, §1008(b), inserted “Russia and the other independent states of the former Soviet Union (as defined in section 5801 of this title),” after “Laos,”.
1990—Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 101–513 struck out “(2)” before “The Secretary” and substituted “of the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives and of the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate” for “specified in paragraph (1)”.
1989—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 101–240, §541(c), amended subsec. (c) generally, substituting provisions relating to quarterly reports by Secretary of the Treasury not later than 30 days after end of each calendar quarter for provisions relating to annual reports by Secretaries of State and the Treasury, and quarterly reports by Secretary of the Treasury.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 101–240, §541(e)(8), struck out at end “The annual report required under subsection (c) of this section shall include a listing of categories of such assistance granted, with particular attention to categories that address basic human needs.”
Subsec. (g)(1). Pub. L. 101–240, §541(d)(4), struck out par. (1) which related to quarterly reporting requirements by Secretary of the Treasury in consultation with Secretary of State.
1983—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 98–181 substituted “pattern” for “consistent pattern”.
Subsec. (g)(1). Pub. L. 98–181 substituted “Not later than thirty days after the end of each calendar quarter, the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary of State, shall report.” for “The Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary of State, shall report quarterly”.
1982—Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 97–375 inserted “excluding section 262e of this title and”.
1981—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 97–35 inserted reference to the African Development Bank.
1980—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 96–259, §501(a), designated existing provisions as par. (1) and added par. (2).
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 96–259, §501(b), added subsec. (g).
Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
Amendment by Pub. L. 103–236 effective 60 days after Apr. 30, 1994, see section 831 of Pub. L. 103–236, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6301 of this title.
Section 801 of Pub. L. 101–240 provided that: “Except as otherwise provided in this Act, this Act and the amendments made by this Act [enacting sections 262m–7, 262p–4g to 262p–4k, 262r to 262r–2, 262s–1, 262t, 283z–5 to 283z–8, 286e–12, 286kk, and 2281 to 2286 of this title and section 3904a of Title 12, Banks and Banking, amending this section, sections 262m–7, 262p–1, 262p–5, 262s–2, 282b, 283b, 283cc, 284b, 285b, 286b, 286e–9, 286k–1, 286s, 290g–2, 290i–3, and 290k–5 of this title, and sections 635 and 635i–3 of Title 12, transferring former section 262q of this title to section 262s of this title and former section 4722 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, to section 262s–2 of this title, repealing sections 262i, 262m–6, 276c–3, 283i, 286b–1, and 286b–2 of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 283z–6, 2151, and 2291 of this title and sections 635, 3901, and 3904a of Title 12, amending provisions set out as a note under section 262l of this title, and repealing provisions set out as notes under sections 262g–2 and 283 of this title] shall take effect on the date of the enactment of this Act [Dec. 19, 1989].”
Amendment by Pub. L. 97–35 effective Aug. 13, 1981, see section 1372 of Pub. L. 97–35, set out as an Effective Date note under section 290i of this title.
Section effective Oct. 3, 1977, see section 1001 of Pub. L. 95–118, set out as a note under section 282i of this title.
Pub. L. 95–118, title VII, §705, as added by Pub. L. 96–259, title V, §501(c), June 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 432, provided that: “The President shall direct the United States Governor of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the United States Governor of the International Finance Corporation, the United States Governor of the International Development Association, the United States Governor of the Inter-American Development Bank, the United States Governor of the Asian Development Bank, and the United States Governor of the African Development Fund, to consult with the other Governors of those institutions concerning adoption of an amendment to the Articles of Agreement of their respective institutions to establish human rights standards to be considered in connection with each application for assistance.”
Pub. L. 95–481, title VI, §611, Oct. 18, 1978, 92 Stat. 1602, provided that: “The President shall direct the United States Governor of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the United States Governor of the International Finance Corporation, the United States Governor of the International Development Association, the United States Governor of the Inter-American Development Bank, the United States Governor of the Asian Development Bank, and the United States Governor of the African Development Fund, to propose and seek adoption of an amendment to the Articles of Agreement for their respective institutions to establish human rights standards to be considered in connection with each application for assistance.”
1 So in original. Probably should be “Boards”.
2 So in original. Two subsecs. (g) have been enacted.
It is the sense of the Congress that, where other means have proven ineffective in promoting international human rights, and except where the President determines that the cause of international human rights is served more effectively by actions other than voting against such assistance or where the assistance is directed to programs that serve the basic needs of the impoverished majority of the country in question, United States representatives to the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, the African Development Fund, the Asian Development Bank, and the Inter-American Development Bank should oppose loans and other financial or technical assistance to any country that persists in a systematic pattern of gross violations of fundamental human rights.
(Pub. L. 95–148, title V, §507, Oct. 31, 1977, 91 Stat. 1240.)
The President shall direct the United States Executive Directors of such international financial institutions to take all appropriate actions to keep the salaries and benefits of the employees of such institutions to levels comparable to salaries and benefits of employees of private business and the United States Government in comparable positions.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title VII, §704, Oct. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 1071.)
Section effective Oct. 3, 1977, see section 1001 of Pub. L. 95–118, set out as a note under section 282i of this title.
The United States Government, in connection with its voice and vote in the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, the International Finance Corporation, the Inter-American Development Bank, the African Development Fund, the Asian Development Bank, and the African Development Bank, shall promote the development and utilization of light capital technologies, otherwise known as intermediate, appropriate, or village technologies, by such international institutions as major facets of their development strategies, with major emphasis on the production and conservation of energy through light capital technologies.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title VIII, §801, Oct. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 1071; Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §§1342(c), 1371(b)(1), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 743, 746.)
1981—Pub. L. 97–35 redesignated subsec. (a) as entire section, inserted reference to African Development Bank, and struck out subsec. (b) which related to an annual report to Congress on progress toward achieving goals of this section.
Amendment by Pub. L. 97–35 effective Aug. 13, 1981, see section 1372 of Pub. L. 97–35, set out as an Effective Date note under section 290i of this title.
Section effective Oct. 3, 1977, see section 1001 of Pub. L. 95–118, set out as a note under section 282i of this title.
The Congress declares it to be the policy of the United States, in connection with its voice and vote in the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, the International Finance Corporation, the Inter-American Development Bank, the African Development Fund, the Asian Development Fund, and the Asian Development Bank, to combat hunger and malnutrition and to encourage economic development in the developing countries, with emphasis on assistance to those countries that are determined to improve their own agricultural production, by seeking to channel assistance for agriculturally related development to projects that would aid in fulfilling domestic food and nutrition needs and in alleviating hunger and malnutrition in the recipient country. The United States representatives to the institutions named in this section shall oppose any loan or other financial assistance for establishing or expanding production for export of palm oil, sugar, or citrus crops if such loan or assistance will cause injury to United States producers of the same, similar, or competing agricultural commodity.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title IX, §901, Oct. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 1071; Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1371(b)(2), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 746.)
1981—Pub. L. 97–35 redesignated subsec. (a) as entire section and struck out subsec. (b) which related to an annual report to Congress on the progress towards achieving the goals of this section.
Amendment by Pub. L. 97–35 effective Aug. 13, 1981, see section 1372 of Pub. L. 97–35, set out as an Effective Date note under section 290i of this title.
Section effective Oct. 3, 1977, see section 1001 of Pub. L. 95–118, set out as a note under section 282i of this title.
The Congress finds that there is a need for concerted international efforts to deal with the problems of malnutrition, low life expectancy, childhood disease, underemployment, and low productivity in developing countries.
The Congress notes with approval that the Inter-American Development Bank, under the terms of its Fifth Replenishment, has adopted the target that 50 percent of its lending benefit the poorest groups and has developed a usable methodology for determining the proportion of its lending which benefits such groups.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XI, §1101, as added Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1361(b), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 745.)
Section effective Aug. 13, 1981, see section 1372 of Pub. L. 97–35, set out as a note under section 290i of this title.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall consult with representatives of other member countries of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, the Asian Development Bank, the African Development Fund, and the African Development Bank (if the United States becomes a member of that Bank), for the purpose of establishing guidelines within each of those institutions which specify that, in a manner consistent with the purposes and charters of those institutions, a specified proportion of the annual lending by each institution shall be designed to benefit needy people, primarily by financing sound, efficient, productive, self-sustaining projects designed to benefit needy people in developing countries, thus helping poor people improve their conditions of life.
The Congress finds that projects to construct basic infrastructure, to expand productive capacity (including private enterprise), and to address social problems can all meet the objectives of this section if they are designed and implemented properly. For the purposes of this title, “needy people” means those people living in “absolute” or “relative” poverty as determined under the standards employed by the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XI, §1102, as added Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1361(b), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 745.)
This title, referred to in subsec. (b), is title XI (§§1101–1103) of Pub. L. 95–118, as added by Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1361(b), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 745, which enacted sections 262g–1 and 262g–2 of this title and enacted a provision set out as a note below. For complete classification of title XI to the Code, see Tables.
Section effective Aug. 13, 1981, see section 1372 of Pub. L. 97–35, set out as a note under section 290i of this title.
Section 1103 of Pub. L. 95–118, as added by Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1361(b), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 746, required reports on the progress being made toward achieving the goals of this section, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(d)(4), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2518.
The Secretary of the Treasury or his designee shall consult with the Chairman and the Ranking Minority Member of—
(1) the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives, the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives, and the appropriate subcommittee of each such committee, and
(2) the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate, the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate, and the appropriate subcommittee of each such committee,
for the purpose of discussing the position of the executive branch and the views of the Congress with respect to any international negotiations being held to consider future replenishments or capital expansions of any multilateral development bank which may involve an increased contribution or subscription by the United States. Such consultation shall be made (A) not later than 30 days before the initiation of such international negotiations, (B) during the period in which such negotiations are being held, in a frequent and timely manner, and (C) before a session of such negotiations is held at which the United States representatives may agree to such a replenishment or capital expansion.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XII, §1201, as added Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1361(b), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 746.)
Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
Section effective Aug. 13, 1981, see section 1372 of Pub. L. 97–35, set out as a note under section 290i of this title.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, the International Finance Corporation, the Inter-American Development Bank, the International Monetary Fund, the Asian Development Bank, the Inter-American Investment Corporation, the African Development Bank, and the African Development Fund to use the voice and vote of the United States to oppose any assistance by such institutions, using funds appropriated or otherwise made available pursuant to any provision of law, for the production or extraction of any commodity or mineral for export, if—
(1) such commodity or mineral, as the case may be, is in surplus on world markets; and
(2) the export of such commodity or mineral, as the case may be, would cause substantial injury to the United States producers of the same, similar, or competing commodity or mineral.
(Pub. L. 99–472, §22, Oct. 15, 1986, 100 Stat. 1210.)
Pub. L. 111–117, div. F, title VII, §7026(c), Dec. 16, 2009, 123 Stat. 3354, provided that: “The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, the International Finance Corporation, the Inter-American Development Bank, the International Monetary Fund, the Asian Development Bank, the Inter-American Investment Corporation, the North American Development Bank, the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the African Development Bank, and the African Development Fund to use the voice and vote of the United States to oppose any assistance by these institutions, using funds appropriated or made available pursuant to titles III through VI of this Act [div. F of Pub. L. 111–117, 123 Stat. 3323–3343, see Tables for classification], for the production or extraction of any commodity or mineral for export, if it is in surplus on world markets and if the assistance will cause substantial injury to United States producers of the same, similar, or competing commodity.”
Similar provisions were contained in the following appropriation acts:
Pub. L. 111–8, div. H, title VII, §7026(c), Mar. 11, 2009, 123 Stat. 871.
Pub. L. 110–161, div. J, title VI, §614, Dec. 26, 2007, 121 Stat. 2318.
Pub. L. 109–102, title V, §514, Nov. 14, 2005, 119 Stat. 2200.
Pub. L. 108–447, div. D, title V, §514, Dec. 8, 2004, 118 Stat. 2995.
Pub. L. 108–199, div. D, title V, §514, Jan. 23, 2004, 118 Stat. 171.
Pub. L. 108–7, div. E, title V, §514, Feb. 20, 2003, 117 Stat. 184.
Pub. L. 107–115, title V, §514, Jan. 10, 2002, 115 Stat. 2142.
Pub. L. 106–429, §101(a) [title V, §514], Nov. 6, 2000, 114 Stat. 1900, 1900A–25.
Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(2) [title V, §514], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1535, 1501A–85.
Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(d) [title V, §514(a)], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–150, 2681–173.
Pub. L. 105–118, title V, §514, Nov. 26, 1997, 111 Stat. 2409.
Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(c) [title V, §514], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–121, 3009–143.
Pub. L. 104–107, title V, §514, Feb. 12, 1996, 110 Stat. 725.
Pub. L. 103–306, title V, §514, Aug. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 1628.
Pub. L. 103–87, title V, §514, Sept. 30, 1993, 107 Stat. 948.
Pub. L. 102–391, title V, §521, Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1661.
Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §522, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2007.
Pub. L. 101–167, title V, §522, Nov. 21, 1989, 103 Stat. 1221.
Pub. L. 100–461, title V, §522, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2268–25.
Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title V, §522], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–157.
Pub. L. 99–500, §101(f) [title V, §522], Oct. 18, 1986, 100 Stat. 1783–213, 1783–229, and Pub. L. 99–591, §101(f) [title V, §522], Oct. 30, 1986, 100 Stat. 3341–214, 3341–229.
Pub. L. 99–190, §101(i) [title V, §523], Dec. 19, 1985, 99 Stat. 1291, 1306.
Pub. L. 98–473, title I, §101(1) [title V, §524], Oct. 12, 1984, 98 Stat. 1884, 1899.
Pub. L. 98–151, §101(b)(1) [incorporating Pub. L. 97–121, title V, §522], Nov. 14, 1983, 97 Stat. 964.
Pub. L. 97–377, title I, §101(b)(1) [incorporating Pub. L. 97–121, title V, §522], Dec. 21, 1982, 96 Stat. 1831.
Pub. L. 97–121, title V, §522, Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1656.
Pub. L. 96–536, §101(b) [H.J. Res. 637, §101(b); H.R. 4473, title V, §522A], Dec. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3167.
Pub. L. 96–123, §101(a) [incorporating Pub. L. 95–481, title VI, §609], Nov. 20, 1979, 93 Stat. 923.
Pub. L. 95–481, title VI, §609, Oct. 18, 1978, 92 Stat. 1601.
Section, Pub. L. 96–259, title IV, §401, June 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 431, related to communication and dissemination of information respecting export opportunity enhancement.
The United States Government, in connection with its voice and vote in the Inter-American Development Bank, the African Development Fund, and the Asian Development Bank, shall encourage such institutions—
(1) to promote the decentralized production of renewable energy;
(2) to identify renewable resources to produce energy in rural development projects and determine the feasibility of substituting them for systems using fossil fuel;
(3) to train personnel in developing technologies for getting energy from renewable resources;
(4) to support research into the use of renewable resources, including hydropower, biomass, solar photovoltaic, and solar thermal;
(5) to support an information network to make available to policymakers the full range of energy choices;
(6) to broaden their energy planning, analyses, and assessments to include consideration of the supply of, demand for, and possible uses of renewable resources; and
(7) to coordinate with the Agency for International Development and other aid organizations in supporting effective rural energy programs.
For purposes of this section, the term “renewable resource” means any energy resource which—
(1) meets the needs of rural communities;
(2) saves capital without wasting labor;
(3) is modest in scale and simple to install and maintain and which can be managed by local individuals;
(4) is acceptable and affordable; and
(5) does not damage the environment.
(Pub. L. 96–259, title VI, §602, June 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 433; Pub. L. 97–375, title I, §112, Dec. 21, 1982, 96 Stat. 1821.)
1982—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 97–375 struck out subsec. (c) which directed the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Director of the United States International Development Cooperation Agency, to report to Congress not later than six months after June 3, 1980, and annually thereafter on the progress toward achieving the goals set forth in this title.
Section 601 of Pub. L. 96–259 provided that: “The Congress finds that—
“(1) without an adequate supply of energy at affordable prices the world's poor will continue to be deprived of jobs, food, water, shelter, and clothing, and poor countries will continue to be economically and politically unstable;
“(2) dependence on increasingly expensive fossil fuel resources consumes too much of the capital available to poor countries with the result that funds are not available to meet the basic needs of poor people;
“(3) in many developing countries the cost of large central generators and long distance electrical distribution makes it unlikely that rural energy by means of a national grid will contribute to meeting the needs of poor people;
“(4) only one of eight rural inhabitants lives in an area which has access to electricity and even fewer rural inhabitants actually have or can afford electricity;
“(5) wood, animal and agricultural waste, and other ‘noncommercial’ fuels still supply about half the total energy in developing countries and all but a seventh in rural sectors;
“(6) growing dependence of the world's poor on wood for heating and cooking has forced the overcutting of forests and as a consequence erosion and loss of available agricultural land; and
“(7) recent initiatives by the international financial institutions to develop and utilize decentralized solar, hydro, biomass, geothermal, and wind energy should be significantly expanded to make renewable energy resources increasingly available to the world's poor on a wide scale.”
United States active participation in international financial institution activity is based on our national objective of furthering the economic and social development of the nations of the world, in particular the developing nations. The attainment of this national objective is most effectively realized through a world economic and financial system which is both free and stable. Therefore, it is the intent of the United States Congress that United States financial assistance to the international financial institutions should be primarily directed to those projects that would not generate excess commodity supplies in world markets, displace private investment initiatives or foster departures from a market-oriented economy.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the representatives of the United States to the international financial institutions described in subsection (d) of this section to take into account in their review of loans, credits, or other utilization of the resources of their respective institutions, the effect that country adjustment programs would have upon individual industry sectors and international commodity markets in order to—
(1) minimize any projected adverse impacts on such sector or markets of making such loans, credits, or utilization of resources; and
(2) avoid whenever possible government subsidization of production and exports of international commodities without regard to economic conditions in the markets for such commodities.
More specifically, the following criteria should be considered as a basis for a vote by the respective United States Executive Director to each of the international financial institutions described in subsection (d) of this section against a project proposal involving the creation of new capacity or the expansion, improvement, or modification of mining, smelting, refining, and fabricating of minerals and metal products:
(1) Analysis shows that the risks, returns, and incentives of a project are such that it could be financed at reasonable terms by commercial lending services.
(2) Analysis by the United States Bureau of Mines indicates that surplus capacity in the industry for the primary product of the defined project would exist over half the period of the economic life of the project because of projected world demand and capacity conditions.
(3) United States imports of the commodity constitute less than 50 percent of the domestic production of the primary product in those cases where the United States is the substantial producer of such commodities.
The international financial institutions referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of this section are the International Monetary Fund, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, the Inter-American Development Bank, the Asian Development Bank, and the African Development Bank.
(Pub. L. 99–88, title I, §502, Aug. 15, 1985, 99 Stat. 330; Pub. L. 102–285, §10(b), May 18, 1992, 106 Stat. 172.)
“United States Bureau of Mines” substituted for “Bureau of Mines” in subsec. (c)(2) pursuant to section 10(b) of Pub. L. 102–285, set out as a note under section 1 of Title 30, Mineral Lands and Mining. For provisions relating to closure and transfer of functions of the United States Bureau of Mines, see note set out under section 1 of Title 30, Mineral Lands and Mining.
Section 501 of Pub. L. 99–88 provided that: “The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, the International Finance Corporation, the Inter-American Development Bank, the International Monetary Fund, the Asian Development Bank, the Inter-American Investment Corporation, the African Development Bank, and the African Development Fund to use the voice and vote of the United States to oppose any assistance by these institutions, using funds appropriated or made available pursuant to this Act or any other Act, for the production of any copper commodity for export or for the financing of the expansion, improvement, or modernization of copper mining, smelting, and refining capacity.”
Beginning three years after September 30, 1996, the Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of each international financial institution to use the voice and vote of the United States to oppose any loan or other utilization of the funds of their respective institution, other than to address basic human needs, for the government of any country which the Secretary of the Treasury determines—
(1) does not have in place a functioning system for reporting to civilian authorities audits of receipts and expenditures that fund activities of the armed forces and security forces;
(2) has not provided to the institution information about the audit process requested by the institution.
For purposes of this section, the term “international financial institution” shall include the institutions identified in section 532(b) of this Act.
(Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(c) [title V, §576], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–121, 3009–168; Pub. L. 105–118, title V, §572, Nov. 26, 1997, 111 Stat. 2430.)
Section 532(b) of this Act, referred to in subsec. (b), is section 532(b) of Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(c) [title V], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–121, 3009–152, which is not classified to the Code.
1997—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 105–118, §572(a), amended par. (1) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (1) read as follows: “does not have in place a functioning system for a civilian audit of all receipts and expenditures that fund activities of the armed forces and security forces;”.
Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 105–118, §572(b), amended par. (2) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (2) read as follows: “has not provided a summary of a current audit to the institution.”
Beginning 1 year after September 30, 1996, the Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of each international financial institution to use the voice and vote of the United States to oppose any loan or other utilization of the funds of their respective institution, other than to address basic human needs, for the government of any country which the Secretary of the Treasury determines—
(1) has, as a cultural custom, a known history of the practice of female genital mutilation; and
(2) has not taken steps to implement educational programs designed to prevent the practice of female genital mutilation.
For purposes of this section, the term “international financial institution” shall include the institutions identified in section 532(b) of this Act.
(Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(c) [title V, §579], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–121, 3009–170.)
Section 532(b) of this Act, referred to in subsec. (b), is section 532(b) of Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(c) [title V], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–121, 3009–152, which is not classified to the Code.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the Multilateral Development Banks to—
(1) vigorously promote a commitment of these institutions to—
(A) add professionally trained staff with experience in ecology and related areas to undertake environmental review of projects, and strengthen existing staff exercising environmental responsibilities;
(B) develop and implement management plans to ensure systematic and thorough environmental review of all projects and activities affecting the ecology and natural resources of borrowing countries, including—
(i) creation of a line unit to carry out such reviews as part of the normal project cycle,
(ii) appointment of an environmental advisor to the Presidents of the Multilateral Development Banks,
(iii) institution of a regular program of monitoring all ongoing projects to ensure that contract conditions and general bank policies to protect the environment and indigenous peoples are fully complied with;
(C) create career and other institutional incentives for all professionally trained bank staff to incorporate environmental and natural resources concerns into project planning and country programming activities;
(2) vigorously promote changes in these institutions in their preparation of projects and country programs that will prompt staff and encourage borrower countries to—
(A) actively and regularly involve environmental and health ministers, or comparable representatives, at the national, regional and local level, in the preparation of environmentally sensitive projects and in bank-supported country program planning and strategy sessions;
(B) actively and regularly seek the participation of non-governmental indigenous peoples and conservation organizations in the host countries at all stages of project planning and strategy sessions;
(C) fully inform local communities and appropriate non-governmental organizations with interests in local development projects of all project planning sufficiently in advance of project appraisal to allow informed participation of local communities and non-governmental organizations that may be adversely affected by them;
(3) establish a regular integrated multidisciplinary planning process to conduct land use capability analyses in reviewing potential loans. Such plans shall include, but not be limited to, a review of ongoing or other potential resource utilization efforts in and adjacent to the project area;
(4) vigorously promote a commitment of these institutions to develop and implement plans for the rehabilitation and management of the ecological resources of borrower nations on a sustained basis. Special attention shall be paid to soil conservation, wildlife, wetlands, estuaries, croplands, grasslands, forests, and fisheries, including—
(A) long-term programs of research designed to manage ecosystems properly;
(B) provision of adequate extension workers, park rangers, social forestry experts, and other appropriate personnel; and
(C) improved programs of training in environmental science and land-use planning;
(5) vigorously promote a commitment of these institutions to increase the proportion of their programs supporting environmentally beneficial projects and project components, such as technical assistance for environmental ministries and institutions, resource rehabilitation projects and project components, protection of indigenous peoples, and appropriate light capital technology projects. Other examples of such projects include small scale mixed farming and multiple cropping, agroforestry, programs to promote kitchen gardens, watershed management and rehabilitation, high yield wood lots, integrated pest management systems, dune stabilization programs, programs to improve energy efficiency, energy efficient technologies such as small scale hydro projects, rural solar energy systems, and rural and mobile telecommunications systems, and improved efficiency and management of irrigation systems.1
(6) place an increased emphasis on upgrading the efficient use of energy and other resources by borrower nations. Such efforts shall include, but not be limited to—
(A) significantly increasing the proportion of energy project lending for energy efficiency improvements, and decentralized small scale facilities such as solar, wind, or biomass generating facilities; and
(B) conducting an analysis of the comparative costs of any new energy generating facilities with the cost of increasing the energy efficiency in the project service area;
(7) seek a commitment of these institutions to fund projects to protect and preserve crucial wetland systems and to avoid expenditures for projects designed to convert major wetland systems. Development proposals which may affect these areas should be the subject of detailed impact assessments so as to avoid detrimental impacts to fisheries, wildlife and other important resources;
(8) vigorously promote the establishment within the Economic Development Institute of the World Bank of a component which provides training in environmental and natural resource planning and program development;
(9) regularly raise, at meetings of the Boards of Directors of these institutions, the issue of their progress in improving their environmental performance, with specific focus on the measures set forth above; and
(10) require at least a four week project review period between the time when staff recommendations are presented to the board and board action on any projects.
The Secretaries of Treasury and State, and the Administrator of the Agency for International Development, shall ensure and coordinate a thorough evaluation within the United States Government of the potential environmental problems, and the adequacy of measures to address these problems, associated with all proposed loans for projects involving large impoundments of rivers in tropical countries; penetration roads into relatively undeveloped areas; and agricultural and rural development programs. The potential environmental problems to be addressed in such evaluations shall include those relating to deterioration of water quality; siltation; spread of waterborne diseases; forced resettlement; deforestation; threats to the land, health and culture of indigenous peoples; wetlands disruption; topsoil management, water logging and salinization in irrigation projects; and pesticide misuse and resistance.
The Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of State shall regularly undertake and continue diplomatic and other initiatives, in addition to those mentioned in subsection (a)(5), to discuss measures to improve the environmental performance of the Multilateral Development Banks with the representatives to these institutions, and with ministries from which they receive their instructions, of borrower and donor nations. In particular, joint efforts shall be undertaken with borrowers and donors to ensure cooperative implementation of the reforms described above.
The Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of State shall propose formally that the Boards of Governors of each Multilateral Development Bank hold a special meeting within the next twelve months, focused specifically on environmental performance and better implementation of multilateral development policies designed to protect the environment and indigenous peoples.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall prepare and submit to the Committees on Appropriations by January 15, 1987, and annually thereafter, a report documenting the progress the Multilateral Development Banks have made in implementing the environmental reform measures described in paragraphs one through eight of subsection (a).
In the report of the Secretary of the Treasury required by subsection (e), regarding the implementation of staffing measures suggested in subsection (a)(1)(A), the Secretary of the Treasury shall specifically discuss the progress of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development in upgrading and adding environmentally trained professionals to each of its six regional offices to review projects for their prospective ecological impacts.
The Administrator of the Agency for International Development in conjunction with the Secretaries of Treasury and State shall—
(1) instruct overseas missions of the Agency for International Development and embassies of the United States to analyze the impacts of Multilateral Development Bank projects proposed to be undertaken in the host country well in advance of a project's approval by the relevant institution. Such reviews shall address the economic viability of the project; adverse impacts on the environment, natural resources, and indigenous peoples; and recommendations as to measures, including alternatives, that could eliminate or mitigate adverse impacts. If not classified under the national security system of classification, such information shall be made available to the public;
(2) in preparation of reviews required by subsection (g)(1), compile a list of categories of projects likely to have adverse impacts on the environment, natural resources, or indigenous peoples. The list shall be developed in consultation with interested members of the public and made available to the Committee on Appropriations by December 31, 1986 and semiannually thereafter; and
(3) study the feasibility of creating a cooperative “early warning system” for projects of concern with other interested donors.
If a review required by subsection (g)(1) identifies adverse impacts to the environment, natural resources, or indigenous peoples, the Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the Multilateral Development Bank to seek changes to the project necessary to eliminate or mitigate those impacts.
The Administrator of the Agency for International Development shall appoint a Committee on Health and the Environment to examine opportunities for assisting countries in the proper use of agricultural and industrial chemicals and processes and alternatives such as integrated pest management. The committee shall be broadly representative of industry, agriculture, labor, health and environmental interests and shall report its preliminary findings to Congress before hearings on the fiscal year 1988 budget.
(Pub. L. 99–500, §101(f) [title V, §539], Oct. 18, 1986, 100 Stat. 1783–213, 1783–232, and Pub. L. 99–591, §101(f) [title V, §539], Oct. 30, 1986, 100 Stat. 3341–214, 3341–232.)
Section is from the Foreign Assistance and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 1987.
Pub. L. 99–591 is a corrected version of Pub. L. 99–500.
A prior section 262l, Pub. L. 102–391, title V, §532, Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1666, which related to environmental and energy initiatives, benchmarks, Global Warming Initiative, and appropriations, was transferred to section 262l–3 of this title.
Another prior section 262l, Pub. L. 101–167, title V, §533, Nov. 21, 1989, 103 Stat. 1225, is set out as a note below.
Another prior section 262l, Pub. L. 100–461, title V, §535, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2268–28, which related to sustainable use of natural resources and use of agricultural and industrial chemicals, was transferred to section 262l–2 of this title.
Another prior section 262l, Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title V, §537], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–161; Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(d)(8), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2518, which related to sustainable economic growth and management of natural resources, environmental impact of loans, pest management, addition of trained professionals, and “early warning system”, was transferred to section 262l–1 of this title.
Similar provisions were contained in the following appropriation acts:
Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §533, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2013, as amended by Pub. L. 102–27, title III, §308, Apr. 10, 1991, 105 Stat. 152.
Pub. L. 99–190, §101(i) [title V, §540], Dec. 19, 1985, 99 Stat. 1291, 1309.
Pub. L. 101–167, title V, §533, Nov. 21, 1989, 103 Stat. 1225, provided that:
“(a) It is the policy of the United States that sustainable economic growth must be predicated on the sustainable management of natural resources. The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of each multilateral development bank (MDB) to promote vigorously within each MDB the expansion of programs in areas which address the problems of global climate change through requirements to—
“(1) augment and expand the professional staff of each MDB with expertise in end-use energy efficiency and conservation and renewable energy;
“(2) develop methodologies which allow borrowing countries to include investments in end-use energy efficiency and renewable energy as explicit alternatives in the ‘least cost’ energy sector investments plans they prepare with MDB assistance. Such plans shall give priority to projects and programs which support energy conservation, end-use efficiency and renewable energy sources in major economic sectors, and shall compare the economic and environmental costs of those actions with the economic and environmental costs of investments in conventional energy supplies;
“(3) provide analysis for each proposed loan to support additional power generating capacity, comparing the economic and environmental costs of investments in demand reduction, including energy conservation and end-use energy efficiency, with the economic and environmental costs of the proposal;
“(4) assure that systematic, detailed environmental impact assessments (EIA) of proposed energy projects, or projects with potential significant environmental impacts, are conducted early in the project cycle. Assessments should include but not be limited to—
“(A) consideration of a wide range of alternatives to the proposed project including, where feasible, alternative investments in end-use energy efficiency and non-conventional renewable energy; and
“(B) encouragement and adoption of policies which allow for public participation in the EIA process;
“(5) include environmental costs in the economic assessment of the proposed projects with significant potential environmental impacts, or power projects, and if possible for all projects which involve expansion of generating capacity of more than 10 MW, develop a standard increase in project cost as a surrogate for the environmental costs;
“(6) encourage and promote end-use energy efficiency and renewable energy in negotiations of policy-based energy sector lending, and MDBs should consider not proceeding with policy-based sector loans which do not contain commitments from the borrowing country to devote a significant portion of its sector investments toward energy efficiency and renewable energy;
“(7) provide technical assistance as a component of all energy sector lending to help borrowing countries identify and pursue end-use energy efficiency investments. This technical assistance shall include support for detailed audits of energy use and the development of institutional capacity to promote end-use energy efficiency and conservation;
“(8) work with borrowing countries, with input from the public in both borrowing and donor countries, to develop loans for end-use energy efficiency and renewable energy, where possible ‘bundling’ small projects into larger, more easily financed projects; and
“(9) seek the convening of a special seminar for board members and senior staff of each MDB concerning alternate energy investment opportunities and end-use energy efficiency and conservation.
“(b) The Secretary of the Treasury as a part of the annual report to the Congress shall describe in detail, progress made by each of the MDBs in adopting and implementing programs meeting the standards set out in subsection (a), including in particular—
“(1) efforts by the Department of Treasury to assure implementation by each of the MDBs of programs substantially equivalent to those set out in this section, and results of such efforts;
“(2) progress made by each MDB in drafting and implementing least cost energy plans for each recipient country which meets requirements outlined in subsection (a)(2);
“(3) the absolute dollar amounts, and proportion of total lending in the energy sector, of loans and portions of loans, approved by each MDB in the previous year for projects or programs of end-use energy efficiency and conservation and renewable energy.
“(c) Not later than April 1, 1990, the Secretary of the Treasury shall request each MDB to prepare an analysis of the impact its current forestry sector loans will have on borrowing country emissions of CO2 and the status of proposals for specific forestry sector activities to reduce CO2 emissions.
“(d)(1) The Administrator of the Agency for International Development shall issue guidance to all Agency missions and bureaus detailing the elements of a ‘Global Warming Initiative’ which will emphasize the need to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases, especially CO2, through strategies consistent with their continued economic development. This initiative shall emphasize the need to accelerate sustainable development strategies in areas such as reforestation, biodiversity, end-use energy efficiency, least-cost energy planning, and renewable energy, and shall encourage mission directors to incorporate the elements of this initiative in developing their country programs.
“(2) The Agency for International Development shall—
“(A) increase the number and expertise of personnel devoted to end-use energy efficiency, renewable energy, and environmental activities in all bureaus and missions;
“(B) devote increased resources to technical training of mission directors, in energy planning, energy conservation, end-use energy efficiency, renewable energy, reforestation, and biodiversity;
“(C) accelerate the activities of the Multi-Agency Working Group on Power Sector Innovation to enable completion of case studies of at least ten countries in fiscal year 1990; and
“(D) devote at least 10 percent of the resources allocated for forestry activities to the preservation and restoration (as opposed to management for extraction) of natural forests.
“(3) Funds appropriated by this Act [see Tables for classification] to carry out the provisions of sections 103 to 106 of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2151a to 2151d] may be used to reimburse the full cost of technical personnel detailed or assigned to, or contracted by, the Agency for International Development to provide expertise in the environmental sector.
“(4)(A) [Amended section 2151q of this title.]
“(B) Not less than $10,000,000 of the funds appropriated to carry out the provisions of sections 103 through 106 of such Act [22 U.S.C. 2151a to 2151d] (including funds for sub-Saharan Africa) shall be made available for biological diversity activities, of which $2,000,000 shall be made available for the Parks in Peril project, pursuant to the authority of section 119(b) [of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, 22 U.S.C. 2151q(b)] and $1,000,000 shall be available for the National Science Foundation's international biological diversity program.
“(C) Funds obligated in prior fiscal years pursuant to the authority of section 119(b) may be expended in fiscal year 1990 pursuant to the authority of such section as amended by subparagraph (A).
“(e) The Secretary of the Treasury shall—
“(1) instruct the United States Executive Directors to the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, the Inter-American Development Bank, the African Development Bank, the Asian Development Bank, and the International Monetary Fund, to actively support lending portfolios which allow debtor developing countries to reduce or restructure debt in concert with the sustainable use of their natural resources. As a part of any such debt restructuring program, the United States Executive Director should require a thorough review of opportunities this initiative may offer for providing additional financial resources for the management of natural resources. The Secretary shall submit a report to the Committees on Appropriations on the progress of this program by April 30, 1990;
“(2) instruct the United States Executive Directors to the international financial institutions to seek the support of other donor countries in the implementation of this policy; and
“(3) instruct the United States Executive Director to the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development to actively seek the implementation by the World Bank of the recommendations set forth in its April 1, 1988, report on ‘Debt-for-Nature swaps’, including the setting up of a pilot debt-for-nature swap program in one or more interested countries. The Secretary shall submit a progress report on the implementation of this program to the Committees on Appropriations by April 1, 1990.
“(f) The Secretary of the Treasury shall seek to incorporate natural resource management initiatives throughout the implementation of the Brady Plan. The Secretary shall submit to the Committees on Appropriations a report by April 15, 1990, describing how such initiatives have been incorporated into the Brady Plan and identifying any such initiatives undertaken to date.
“(g) The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director to the Inter-American Development Bank to—
“(1) seek implementation of the environmental reform measures agreed to as part of the Bank's 7th Replenishment;
“(2) seek adoption of Bank policies regarding indigenous people, relations with nongovernmental organizations, and the protection of wildlife and unique natural and cultural features;
“(3) require the Bank to demonstrate how it has improved, and will improve, the monitoring of environmental and social components of loans; and
“(4) within four months after the date of enactment of this Act [Nov. 21, 1989] report to the Committees on Appropriations on the progress the Bank has made in implementing each of these reforms.”
1 So in original. The period probably should be a semicolon.
It is the policy of the United States that participation in international financial institutions is predicated on the implementation of programs to promote environmentally sustainable economic growth and sustainable management of natural resources. The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the Multilateral Development Banks (MDB's) to continue to vigorously promote a commitment of these institutions to—
(1) add appropriately trained professional staff with expertise, and rigorously strengthen existing staffs’ training in ecology and related areas;
(2) develop and implement management plans to ensure systematic environmental review of all projects;
(3) fully inform and involve host country environmental and health officials (Federal and local) and nongovernmental environmental and indigenous peoples organizations at all stages of the project cycle in environmentally sensitive projects as well as in policy based lending to ensure the active participation of local communities and non-governmental organizations in the planning of projects that may adversely affect them;
(4) substantially increase the proportion of lending supporting environmentally beneficial projects and project components, including but not limited to technical assistance for environmental ministries and institutions, resource rehabilitation projects and project components, protection of indigenous peoples, and appropriate light capital technology projects. Other examples of such projects include small scale mixed farming and multiple cropping, agroforestry, programs to promote kitchen gardens, watershed management and rehabilitation, high yield wood lots, integrated pest management systems, dune stabilization programs, programs to improve energy efficiency, energy efficient technologies such as small scale hydro projects, solar, wind and biomass energy systems, rural and mobile telecommunications systems, and improved efficiency and management of irrigation systems; and
(5) conduct analyses of the comparative costs of new generating facilities with the cost of increasing energy efficiency in the project service area.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the MDB's and, where appropriate, the International Monetary Fund (IMF) to—
(1) promote the requirement that all country lending strategies, policy based loans and adjustment programs contain analyses of the impact of such activities on the natural resources, potential for sustainable development, and legal protections for the land rights of indigenous peoples;
(2) promote the establishment of programs of policy-based lending in order to improve natural resource management, environmental quality, and protection of biological diversity;
(3) seek a commitment of these institutions to promote the conservation of wetlands, tropical forests, and other unique biological and highly productive ecosystems.
In order to promote sustainable and non-chemical dependent agriculture, the Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the MDB's to initiate discussions with other directors of the MDB's to propose that policies be established that integrated pest management and biological control of pests be a preferential and priority approach to pest management on all bank sponsored agricultural projects.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director to the International Monetary Fund to promote the requirement that the IMF conduct an in-depth analysis of the impact of its adjustment policies and conditionality of its lending facilities on the environment, public health, natural resources and indigenous people.
No later than March 30, 1988, the Secretary of State and the Administrator of the Agency for International Development shall initiate discussions with other donor nations, to explore ways in which said donor nations can support the addition of professionals trained in environmental and socio-cultural impact analysis to the Inter-American Development Bank, Asian Development Bank and African Development Bank. On the basis of such discussions the Secretary of State and the Administrator of the Agency for International Development shall provide resources, including professional staff on loan, and/or financial support, to ensure with other donor nations the addition of sufficient staff trained in environmental and socio-cultural impact analysis to each of the above named regional development banks.
The Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of State, in cooperation with the Administrator of the Agency for International Development, shall conduct bilateral and multilateral discussions with other members of the MDB's to further strengthen the environmental performance of each bank. These discussions shall include, but not be limited to organizational, administrative and procedural arrangements to remove impediments to the efficient and effective management of assistance programs necessary to protect and ensure the sustainable use of natural resources and to carry out such assistance programs in consultation with affected local communities.
The Administrator of the Agency for International Development, in consultation with the Secretaries of Treasury and State, shall continue, and work to enhance, the operation of the “early warning system”, by—
(1) instructing overseas missions of the Agency for International Development and embassies of the United States to analyze the impacts of Multilateral Development Bank loans well in advance of a loan's approval. Such reviews shall address the economic viability of the project; adverse impacts on the environment, natural resources, public health, and indigenous peoples; and recommendations as to measures, including alternatives, that could eliminate or mitigate adverse impacts. If not classified under the national security system of classification, such information shall be made available to the public;
(2) compiling a list of proposed Multilateral Development Bank loans likely to have adverse impacts on the environment, natural resources, public health, or indigenous peoples. The list shall contain the information identified in paragraph (1), shall be updated in consultation with interested members of the public, and shall be made available to the Committees on Appropriations by April 1, 1988 and semiannually thereafter; and
(3) creating a cooperative mechanism for sharing information collected through the “early warning system” with interested donor and borrowing nations and encouraging the Multilateral Development Banks to institute a similar system.
If a review required by subsection (h) identifies adverse impacts to the environment, natural resources, or indigenous peoples, the Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the appropriate MDB to seek changes to the project necessary to eliminate or mitigate those impacts.
The Committee on Health and Environment of the Agency for International Development, called for in section 262l(i) of this title, shall report its findings to the Committees on Appropriations by February 1, 1988.
The Secretary of State, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, the Administrator of the Agency for International Development, other appropriate Federal agencies, and interested members of the public, shall prepare and submit to the Committees on Appropriations and the appropriate authorizing committees by August 1, 1988, a report on a comprehensive strategy for maximizing the use of foreign assistance provided by the United States through multilateral and bilateral development agencies to address natural resources problems, such as desertification, tropical deforestation, the loss of wetlands, soil conservation, preservation of wildlife and biological diversity, estuaries and fisheries, croplands and grasslands. The report shall include, but not be limited to—
(1) an identification of the multilateral and bilateral agencies funded in part or in whole by the United States Government, whose activities have, or could have, a significant impact on sustainable natural resource use, and the rights and welfare of indigenous people, in the developing countries;
(2) a description of the internal policies and procedures by which each of these agencies addresses these issues, as well as a description of their own organizational structures for doing so;
(3) an assessment of how the funds contributed by the United States to these agencies can best be used in the future to address these issues.
(Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title V, §537], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–161; Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(d)(8), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2518.)
Section is from the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 1988.
Section was formerly classified to section 262l of this title.
1989—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 101–240 struck out subsec. (c) which related to “debt for conservation” initiatives.
It is the policy of the United States that sustainable economic growth must be predicated on sustainable use of natural resources. The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the Multilateral Development Banks (MDB's) to—
(1) promote the adoption of internal guidelines requiring the use of least-cost planning techniques in evaluating proposed energy loans, and consider refusal to support power generation, utilization or energy sector loans unless cost-effective conservation measures have been fully evaluated and considered;
(2) encourage each MDB to offer technical assistance to borrower nations in preparing national energy plans. Special emphasis shall be given to least-cost analysis in making decisions on energy use and development, and such analyses shall take into account all demand-side as well as supply-side options;
(3) promote expansion of MDB expertise in the areas of energy conservation and renewable energy sources;
(4) promote the adoption of lending strategies which place increased emphasis on energy conservation and efficiency as opposed to merely increasing generating capacity;
(5) promote adoption of policies which minimize emissions of greenhouse gases;
(6) promote the adoption of lending strategies that place increased emphasis on energy efficient transportation programs. Such strategies shall consider alternatives to conventional mechanized transport such as nonmotorized vehicles, public transport and increased energy and cost efficiency of transportation systems; and
(7) promote the use of existing and the development of new mechanisms to promote conservation of biological diversity. Existing resources to be consulted shall include but not be limited to Conservation Data Centers.
The Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of State, in cooperation with the Administrator of the Agency for International Development, shall conduct bilateral and multilateral discussions with other members of the MDB's to further strengthen the environmental performance of each bank. These discussions shall include, but not be limited to organizational, administrative and procedural arrangements to remove impediments to the efficient and effective management of assistance programs necessary to protect and ensure the sustainable use of natural resources and to carry out such assistance programs in consultation with affected local communities.
The Administrator of the Agency for International Development shall—
(1) in the submission of future “early warning system” reports, as required by the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 1988, make use of resources that promote the conservation of biological diversity, such as Conservation Data Centers;
(2) submit a report to the Committees on Appropriations, by January 15, 1989, on the Agency's activities and practices which encourage or discourage the use of renewable energy technologies overseas, and on ways to correct or refocus those efforts. This report shall include but is not limited to Agency activities which could be directed to develop a stronger interface with the private sector through the establishment of a United States Renewable Energy Industry Advisory Council;
(3) issue guidance to all Agency missions stating that renewable energy resources and conservation are to be the centerpiece of its energy efforts, and meeting energy needs through these means shall be discussed in every Country Development Strategy Statement; and
(4) take steps to implement recommendations set forth by a report of the Committee on Health and Environment on opportunities for the Agency to assist developing countries in the proper use of agricultural and industrial chemicals.
(Pub. L. 100–461, title V, §535, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2268–28.)
The Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 1988, referred to in subsec. (c)(1), is Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e), Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131. The “early warning system” reports refer to the reports required by section 537(h)(1) of the Act (Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title V, §537(h)(1)]), which is classified to section 262l–1(h)(1) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
Section is from the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 1989.
Section was formerly classified to section 262l of this title.
It is the policy of the United States that sustainable economic growth must be predicated on the sustainable management of natural resources. The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of each multilateral development bank (MDB) to continue to promote vigorously the environmental and energy initiatives established in section 533(a) of the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 1991 (Public Law 101–513). The Secretary of the Treasury, in cooperation with the Secretary of State, shall also undertake direct, bilateral discussions with appropriate officials of the governments of the member nations of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development with a goal of building greater international support for the environmental goals established in subsection (d) of this section. The Secretary of the Treasury shall submit a report to the Committees on Appropriations by March 1, 1993, which describes the progress of these bilateral discussions.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall, not later than March 1, 1993, submit a report to the Congress containing the same information as requested in section 533(b) of Public Law 101–513.
(1) In furtherance of the policies contained in section 533(a) of Public Law 101–513 and section 1308 1 of the International Development and Finance Act of 1989 (Public Law 101–240), and as a basis for measuring more effectively progress by the MDBs toward improved environmental performance, the Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the MDBs to encourage each MDB, at a minimum, to meet the benchmarks established in paragraph (2) in the areas of sustainable energy development, forest conservation, forced displacement of populations, and environmental impact assessment. On March 1, 1993 and March 1, 1994, the Secretary of the Treasury shall submit a report to the Congress describing in detail the progress being made by the MDBs in meeting these benchmarks.
(2) For the purposes of paragraph (1), benchmarks are as follows:
(A) In the area of sustainable energy development—
(i) all loans in the energy sector should be based on, or support development of, “least-cost” integrated resource plans. Such plans shall include analyses of possible end-use energy efficiency measures and nonconventional renewable energy options, and such plans shall reflect the quantifiable environmental costs of proposed energy developments;
(ii) a substantial portion of loans and grants in the energy, industry, and transportation sectors shall be devoted to end-use energy efficiency improvements and nonconventional renewable energy development; and
(iii) all organizational units within the MDBs should create staff positions in a management role in end-use efficiency and renewable energy, which positions shall be staffed by individuals with professional experience in program design and management and educational degrees in relevant technical disciplines.
(B) In the area of forest conservation—
(i) forestry loans should not support commercial logging in relatively undisturbed primary forests, nor should loans result in any significant loss of tropical forests;
(ii) forestry loans should not be disbursed until legal, economic, land tenure, and other policy conditions needed to ensure sustainability are in place;
(iii) loans should not support mineral, petroleum, or other industrial development in, or construction or upgrading of roads through, relatively undisturbed primary forests unless adequate safeguards and monitoring systems, developed in consultation with local populations, are already in place to prevent degradation of the surrounding forests;
(iv) loans should be consistent with and support the needs and rights of indigenous peoples and other long-term forest inhabitants and should not be made to countries which have shown an unwillingness to resolve fairly the territorial claims of such people; and
(v) support for protection of biological diversity, in close consultation with local communities, should be increased to account for a larger proportion of MDB lending.
(C) In the area of forced displacement of populations—
(i) the World Bank, Inter-American Development Bank, and Asian Development Bank should maintain a listing, available to the Secretary of the Treasury, of all ongoing projects involving forced displacement of populations, including the number of people displaced and a report on the status of the implementation of their resettlement policy guidelines for each such project, and obtain agreements with borrowers to ensure that all ongoing projects involving forced displacement will be in full compliance with their resettlement policy guidelines by mid-1993; and
(ii) the African Development Bank should adopt and implement policy guidelines on forced displacement similar to such guidelines of the other MDBs.
(D) In the area of procedures for environmental impact assessment (EIA)—
(i) each MDB should require that draft and final EIA reports be made available to the public in borrowing and donor countries and that the public be offered timely opportunities for comment on the EIA process, including initial scoping sessions, review of EIA categories assigned to individual projects, and opportunities to comment on draft and final EIA reports;
(ii) each MDB should apply EIA requirements to all sector loans and develop and apply the methodology for environmental assessment of structural adjustment loans;
(iii) each MDB should require that the EIA process include analyses of the potential impacts of proposed projects on the global environment; and
(iv) each MDB should require the head of the appropriate environmental unit, rather than project officers, determine the appropriate type of environmental analysis required under the bank's EIA procedures.
The Administrator of the Agency for International Development shall instruct all Agency missions and bureaus to continue to implement all elements of the “Global Warming Initiative” as defined in, and which may continue under, the authorities of sections 2 533(c)(1) through (4) of Public Law 101–513. The Initiative shall continue to emphasize the need to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases through strategies consistent with continued economic development, such as forest conservation, end-use energy efficiency, least-cost energy planning, and renewable energy development. The Administrator shall direct Agency mission directors to incorporate these strategies in their country programs.
Of the funds appropriated by this Act under the headings in title II of this Act under “Agency for International Development”, not less than $650,000,000 shall be made available for environment and energy activities, including funds earmarked under section 533 of this Act, including the following—
(1) Not less than $20,000,000 of the aggregate of the funds appropriated to carry out the provisions of sections 103 through 106 and chapter 10 of part I of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2151a–2151d; 2293 et seq.] shall be made available for biological diversity activities, of which $5,000,000 shall be made available for the Parks in Peril project pursuant to the authority of section 119(b) of that Act [22 U.S.C. 2151q(b)]; $1,500,000 shall be for the National Science Foundation's international biological diversity program; $750,000 shall be for the Neotropical Bird Conservation Initiative of the National Fish and Wildlife Foundation; and up to $2,000,000 shall be for Project Noah;
(2) Not less than $15,000,000 of the funds appropriated for the Development Assistance Fund and to carry out the provisions of chapter 10 of part I of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2293 et seq.] shall be made available to support replicable renewable energy projects, and the Agency for International Development shall initiate at least five significant new activities in renewable energy during fiscal year 1993;
(3) Not less than $7,000,000 of the funds appropriated for the Development Assistance Fund and to carry out the provisions of chapter 10 of part I of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2293 et seq.] shall be made available for assistance in support of elephant conservation and preservation;
(4) Not less than $25,000,000 of the funds appropriated for the Development Assistance Fund shall be made available for the Office of Energy of the Agency for International Development; and
(5) Up to $50,000,000 of the funds appropriated to carry out the provisions of chapter 4 of part II of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2346 et seq.] may be made available to carry out the “Forests for the Future Initiative” and to achieve a Global Forest Agreement.
Of the funds appropriated by this Act to carry out the provisions of part I and chapter 4 of part II of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2151 et seq.; 2346 et seq.], the Agency for International Development should, to the extent feasible and inclusive of funds earmarked under subsection (e) of this section, target assistance for the following activities:
(1) $50,000,000 for projects associated with the Global Environment Facility;
(2) a total of $10,000,000 for CORECT, the Environmental Technology Export Council, and the International Fund for Renewable Energy Efficiency; and
(3) $55,000,000 for activities consistent with the Global Warming Initiative.
Funds appropriated by this Act or any subsequent Act for the Development Assistance Fund and the Development Fund for Africa may be used for expenses (including related support costs) relating to the environment and energy sectors, of individuals detailed to or employed by the Agency for International Development, particularly those involved with the “Global Warning 3 Initiative” described in this subsection.4
Of the funds appropriated by this Act to carry out the provisions of section 2763 of this title, not less than $15,000,000 shall be made available to countries in Africa for programs which support conservation and biological diversity.
(Pub. L. 102–391, title V, §532, Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1666.)
Section 533 of the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 1991, referred to in subsecs. (a), (b), (c)(1), and (d), is section 533 of Pub. L. 101–513, which was formerly classified to section 262l of this title.
Section 1308 of the International Development and Finance Act of 1989 (Public Law 101–240), referred to in subsec. (c)(1), probably means a reference to the section 1308 of Pub. L. 95–118, the International Financial Institutions Act, which was added by section 521 of Pub. L. 101–240, and subsequently renumbered section 1307 of Pub. L. 95–118 by section 541(f)(4) of Pub. L. 101–240, and is classified to section 262m–7 of this title. Pub. L. 101–240 does not contain a section 1308.
This Act, referred to in subsecs. (e) to (h), is Pub. L. 102–391, Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1633, known as the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 1993. Provisions under the headings in title II of this Act under “Agency for International Development” appear at 106 Stat. 1638 et seq. and are not classified to the Code except for an undesignated par. that was formerly set out as a note under section 2151u of this title. Section 533 of the Act is not classified to the Code. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
The Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, referred to in subsecs. (e)(1) to (3), (5) and (f), is Pub. L. 87–195, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 424. Part I of the Act is classified generally to subchapter I (§2151 et seq.) of chapter 32 of this title. For provisions deeming references to subchapter I to include parts IV (§2346 et seq.), VI (§2348 et seq.), and VIII (§2349aa et seq.) of subchapter II of chapter 32, see section 202(b) of Pub. L. 92–226, set out as a note under section 2346 of this title, and sections 2348c and 2349aa–5 of this title. Sections 103 to 106 of the Act are classified to section 2151a to 2151d of this title. For provisions deeming references to sections 2151a to 2151d of this title to include a reference to section 2293 of this title, see section 2293(d)(1) of this title. Chapter 10 of part I of the Act is classified generally to part X (§2293 et seq.) of subchapter I of chapter 32 of this title. Chapter 4 of part II of the Act is classified generally to part IV (§2346 et seq.) of subchapter II of chapter 32 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2151 of this title and Tables.
Section is from the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 1993.
Section was formerly classified to section 262l of this title.
1 See References in Text note below.
2 So in original. Probably should be “section”.
3 So in original. Probably should be “Warming”.
4 So in original. Probably should be “section.”
The Congress finds that—
(1) United States assistance to the multilateral development banks should promote sustainable use of natural resources and the protection of the environment, public health, and the status of indigenous peoples in developing countries;
(2) multilateral development bank projects, policies, and loans have failed in some cases to provide adequate safeguards for the environment, public health, natural resources, and indigenous peoples;
(3) many development efforts of the multilateral development banks are more enduring and less costly if based on consultations with directly affected population groups and communities;
(4) developing country governments sometimes do not ensure that appropriate policies and procedures are in place to use natural resources sustainably or consult with affected population groups and communities, where costs could be reduced or benefits made more enduring; and
(5) in general, the multilateral development banks do not yet provide systematic and adequate assistance to their borrowers to encourage sustainable resource use and consultation with affected communities, where costs could be reduced or benefits made more enduring.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XIII, §1301, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section 1301 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 701 of title VII of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
The Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of State, in cooperation with the Administrator of the Agency for International Development, shall vigorously promote mechanisms to strengthen the environmental performance of these banks. These mechanisms shall include strengthening organizational, administrative, and procedural arrangements within the banks which will substantially improve management of assistance programs necessary to ensure the sustainable use of natural resources and the protection of indigenous peoples.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XIII, §1302, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section 1302 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 701 of title VII of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
The definition in section 262p of this title applies to this section.
(1) In the course of reviewing assistance proposals of the multilateral development banks, the Administrator of the Agency for International Development, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of State, shall ensure that other agencies and appropriate United States embassies and overseas missions of the Agency for International Development are instructed to analyze, where feasible, the environmental impacts of multilateral development loans well in advance of such loans’ approval by the relevant institutions to determine whether the proposals will contribute to the sustainable development of the borrowing country.
(2) To the extent possible, such reviews shall address the economic viability of the project, adverse impacts on the environment, natural resources, public health, and indigenous peoples, and recommendations as to measures, including alternatives, that could eliminate or mitigate adverse impacts.
(3) If there is reason to believe that any such loan is particularly likely to have substantial adverse impacts, the Administrator of the Agency for International Development, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of State, shall ensure that an affirmative investigation of such impacts is undertaken in consultation with relevant Federal agencies. If not classified under the national security system of classification, the information collected pursuant to this paragraph shall be made available to the public.
(1) The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the Executive Directors representing the United States at the multilateral development banks as defined in section 262m–7(g) of this title to urge the management and other directors of each such bank, to provide sufficient time between the circulation of assistance proposals and bank action on those proposals, in order to permit their evaluation by major shareholder governments.
(2) The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct such Executive Directors to work with other countries’ Executive Directors and multilateral development bank management to—
(A) improve the procedures of each multilateral development bank for providing its board of directors with a complete and accurate record regarding public consultation before they vote on proposed projects with significant environmental implications; and
(B) revise bank procedures to consistently require public consultation on operational policy proposals or revisions that have significant environmental or social implications.
(3) Progress under this subsection shall be incorporated into Treasury's required annual report to Congress on the environmental performance of the multilateral development banks.
Based on the information obtained during the evaluation referred to in subsection (a) of this section and other available information, the Administrator of the Agency for International Development, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of State, shall identify those assistance proposals likely to have adverse impacts on the environment, natural resources, public health, or indigenous peoples. The proposals so identified shall be transmitted to the Committee on Appropriations and the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Appropriations and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate, not later than June 30 and December 31 of each year following December 22, 1987.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall forward reports concerning information received under subsection (a) of this section to the Executive Director representing the United States in the appropriate bank with instructions to seek to eliminate or mitigate adverse impacts which may result from the proposal.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XIII, §1303, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134; amended Pub. L. 108–447, div. D, title V, §593(b), Dec. 8, 2004, 118 Stat. 3037.)
Section 1303 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 701 of title VII of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
2004—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 108–447, §593(b), designated existing provisions as par. (1) and added pars. (2) and (3).
Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 108–447, §593(b)(1), which directed amendment of par. (1) by substituting “multilateral development banks as defined in section 262m–7(g) of this title” for “International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Inter-American Development Bank, the Asian Development Bank, the African Development Bank”, was executed by making substitution for “International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Inter-American Development Bank, the Asian Development Bank, and the African Development Bank”, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
The Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary of State and the Administrator of the Agency for International Development, shall create a system for cooperative exchange of information with other interested member countries on assistance proposals of the multilateral development banks.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XIII, §1304, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section 1304 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 701 of title VII of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the multilateral development banks to support the strengthening of educational programs within each multilateral development bank to improve the capacity of mid-level managers to initiate and manage environmental aspects of development activities, and to train officials of borrowing countries in the conduct of environmental analyses.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XIII, §1305, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section 1305 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 701 of title VII of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of each multilateral development bank to vigorously and continuously urge that each bank identify and develop methods and procedures to insure that in addition to economic and technical considerations, unquantified environmental values be given appropriate consideration in decisionmaking, and include in the documents circulated to the Board of Executive Directors concerning each assistance proposal a detailed statement, to include assessment of the benefits and costs of environmental impacts and possible mitigating measures, on the environmental impact of the proposed action, any adverse environmental effects which cannot be avoided if the proposal is implemented, and alternatives to the proposed action.
(b) The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of each multilateral development bank to vigorously and continuously promote—
(1) increases in the proportion of loans supporting environmentally beneficial policies, projects, and project components;
(2) the establishment of environmental programs in appropriate policy-based loans for the purpose of improving natural resource management, environmental quality, and protection of biological diversity;
(3) increases in the proportion of staff with professional training and experience in ecology and related areas and in the areas of anthropological and sociological impact analysis to ensure systematic appraisal and monitoring of environmental and sociocultural impacts of projects and policies;
(4) active and systematic encouragement of participation by borrowing countries nongovernmental environmental, community and indigenous peoples’ organizations at all stages of preparations for country lending strategies, policy based loans, and loans that may have adverse environmental or sociocultural impacts; and
(5) full availability to concerned or affected nongovernmental and community organization, early in the preparation phase and at all subsequent stages of planning of full documentary information concerning details of design and potential environmental and sociocultural impacts of proposed loans.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XIII, §1306, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section 1306 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 701 of title VII of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
Section, Pub. L. 95–118, title XIII, §1307, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134, required annual reports to Congress on environmental policies.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of each multilateral development bank not to vote in favor of any proposal (including but not limited to any loan, credit, grant, guarantee) which would result or be likely to result in significant impact on the environment, unless the Secretary, after consultation with the Secretary of State and the Administrators of the United States Agency for International Development and the Environmental Protection Agency, determines that for at least 120 days before the date of the vote—
(1) an assessment analyzing the environmental impacts of the proposed action, including associated and cumulative impacts, and of alternatives to the proposed action, has been completed by the borrower or the bank and has been made available to the board of directors of the bank; and
(2) such assessment or a comprehensive summary of the assessment (with proprietary information redacted) has been made available to affected groups, and local nongovernmental organizations and notice of its availability in the country and at the bank has been posted on the bank's website.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall seek the adoption of policies and procedures, through discussions and negotiations with the other member countries of the multilateral development banks and with the management of such banks, which result in access by governmental agencies and interested members of the public of such member countries, to environmental assessments or documentary information containing comprehensive summaries of such assessments which discuss the environmental impact of prospective projects and programs being considered by such banks. Such assessments or summaries should be made available to such governmental agencies and interested members of the public at least 120 days before scheduled board action, and public participation in review of the relevant environmental information should be encouraged.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall—
(1) ensure that an environmental impact assessment or comprehensive summary of such assessment described in subsection (a) of this section accompanies loan proposals through the agency review process; and
(2) take into consideration recommendations from all other interested Federal agencies and interested members of the public.
The Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with other Federal agencies, including the Environmental Protection Agency, the Department of State, and the Council on Environmental Quality, shall—
(1) instruct the United States Executive Director of each multilateral development bank to initiate discussions with the other executive directors of the respective bank and to propose that the respective bank develop and make available to member governments of, and borrowers from, the respective bank, within 18 months after December 19, 1989, a procedure for the systematic environmental assessment of development projects for which the respective bank provides financial assistance, taking into consideration the Guidelines and Principles for Environmental Impact Assessment promulgated by the United Nations Environmental Programme and other bilateral or multilateral assessment procedures; and
(2) in determining the position of the United States on any action proposed to be taken by a multilateral development bank, develop and prescribe procedures for the consideration of, among other things—
(A) the environmental impact assessment of the action described in subsection (a) of this section;
(B) interagency and public review of such assessment; and
(C) other environmental review and consultation of such action that is required by other law.
The Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary of State, the Secretary of the Interior, the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency, the Chairman of the Council on Environmental Quality, the Administrator of the Agency for International Development, and the Administrator of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, shall—
(1) make available to the multilateral development banks, without charge, appropriate United States Government personnel to assist in—
(A) training bank staff in environmental impact assessment procedures;
(B) providing advice on environmental issues;
(C) preparing environmental studies for projects with potentially significant environmental impacts; and
(D) preparing documents for public release, and developing procedures to provide for the inclusion of interested nongovernmental organizations in the environmental review process; and
(2) encourage other member countries of such banks to provide similar assistance.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall submit to the Committees on Foreign Relations and Environment and Public Works of the Senate and the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives—
(A) not later than the end of the 1-year period beginning on December 19, 1989, a progress report on the efficacy of efforts by the United States to encourage consistent and timely environmental impact assessment of actions proposed to be taken by the multilateral development banks and on the progress made by the multilateral development banks in developing and instituting environmental assessment policies and procedures; and
(B) not later than January 1, 1993, a detailed report on the matters described in subparagraph (A).
The reports required by paragraph (1) shall be made available to the member governments of, and the borrowers from, the multilateral development banks, and to the public.
In this title,1 the term “multilateral development bank” means the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, the International Finance Corporation, the Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency, the African Development Bank, the African Development Fund, the Asian Development Bank, the Inter-American Development Bank, the Inter-American Investment Corporation, any other institution (other than the International Monetary Fund) specified in section 262r(c)(2) of this title, and any subsidiary of any such institution.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XIII, §1307, formerly §1308, as added and renumbered §1307, Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §§521, 541(f)(4), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2511, 2519; amended Pub. L. 105–118, title V, §560(b), Nov. 26, 1997, 111 Stat. 2426; Pub. L. 108–447, div. D, title V, §593(a), Dec. 8, 2004, 118 Stat. 3037.)
This title, referred to in subsec. (g), is title XIII of Pub. L. 95–118, which is classified to sections 262m to 262m–7 of this title. For complete classification of title XIII to the Code, see Tables.
2004—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 108–447, §593(a)(1), added subsec. (a) and struck out former subsec. (a) which related to assessments required before favorable vote on action proposed to be taken by banks that would have a significant effect on the human environment.
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 108–447, §593(a)(2), amended heading and text of subsec. (g) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: “For purposes of this section, the term ‘multilateral development bank’ means any of the institutions named in section 262m–2(b) of this title, and the International Finance Corporation.”
1997—Subsec. (a)(1)(A). Pub. L. 105–118, §560(b)(1), substituted “borrower” for “borrowing country”.
Subsec. (a)(2)(A). Pub. L. 105–118, §560(b)(2), struck out “country” after “borrower”.
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 105–118, §560(b)(3), added subsec. (g).
Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
1 See References in Text note below.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall seek to ensure that multilateral development banks (as defined in section 262r(c)(4) of this title) adopt and implement greenhouse gas accounting in analyzing the benefits and costs of individual projects (excluding those with de minimus greenhouse gas emissions) for which funding is sought from the bank.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall work to ensure that the multilateral development banks (as defined in section 262r(c)(4) of this title) expand their activities supporting climate change mitigation by—
(1) significantly expanding support for investments in energy efficiency and renewable energy, including zero carbon technologies;
(2) reviewing all proposed infrastructure investments to ensure that all opportunities for integrating energy efficiency measures have been considered;
(3) increasing the dialogue with the governments of developing countries regarding—
(A) analysis and policy measures needed for low carbon emission economic development; and
(B) reforms needed to promote private sector investments in energy efficiency and renewable energy, including zero carbon technologies; and
(4) integrate low carbon emission economic development objectives into multilateral development bank country strategies.
Not later than 1 year after June 24, 2009, and annually thereafter, the Secretary of the Treasury shall submit a report on the status of efforts to implement this section to the Committee on Foreign Relations and the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services and the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XIII, §1308, as added Pub. L. 111–32, title XI, §1111, June 24, 2009, 123 Stat. 1903.)
A prior section 1308 of Pub. L. 95–118 was renumbered section 1307 and is classified to section 262m–7 of this title.
The Congress hereby finds the following:
(1) The financing of certain programs and projects by multilateral development banks has been of great concern insofar as the programs and projects have been detrimental to the interests of American farmers and the agribusiness sector.
(2) An increase in rural income in developing countries will generally result in an increase in exports of United States agricultural and food products.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XIV, §1401, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section 1401 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 701 of title VII of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury, after consultations with the Secretary of Agriculture and the Secretary of the Interior (to the extent appropriate) on markets and prices for commodities, shall periodically instruct the United States Executive Director of each multilateral development bank to work with other executive directors of the respective bank to continue to—
(1) support activities which result in broad increases in income and employment and enhance purchasing power in developing countries, particularly among the rural poor; and
(2) encourage diversification away from single crop or product economies in developing countries to help reduce wide fluctuations in commodity prices and the adverse impact of abrupt changes in the terms of trade.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XIV, §1402, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section 1402 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 701 of title VII of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury shall take all appropriate steps to discourage multilateral development banks from financing projects which will result in the production of commodities, products, or minerals for export that will be in surplus in world markets at the time such production begins.
(b) The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the multilateral development banks to use the voice and vote of the United States in the respective banks—
(1) to oppose financing by the respective bank of projects which produce, or will produce, commodities, products, or minerals for export if—
(A) the commodity, product, or mineral is subsidized in a manner which is inconsistent with Article XVI.3 of the GATT 1994 as defined in section 3501(1)(B) of title 19, or Article 3.1(a) of the Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures referred to in section 3511(d)(12) of title 19; and
(B) support from financial sources other than multilateral development banks does not accompany such financing; and
(2) to oppose financing by the respective bank for production of a commodity, product, or mineral for export which—
(A) is likely to be in surplus on world markets at the time such production begins; and
(B) when exported, is likely to cause injury to United States producers within the meaning of Article 15 of the Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures referred to in subparagraph (A).
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XIV, §1403, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134; amended Pub. L. 106–36, title I, §1002(b), June 25, 1999, 113 Stat. 133.)
Section 1403 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 701 of title VII of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
1999—Subsec. (b)(1)(A). Pub. L. 106–36, §1002(b)(1), substituted “GATT 1994 as defined in section 3501(1)(B) of title 19, or Article 3.1(a) of the Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures referred to in section 3511(d)(12) of title 19” for “General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade or Article 10 of the Agreement on Interpretation and Application of Articles VI, XVI, and XXIII of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade”.
Subsec. (b)(2)(B). Pub. L. 106–36, §1002(b)(2), substituted “Article 15 of the Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures referred to in subparagraph (A)” for “Article 6 of the Agreement on Interpretation and Application of Articles VI, XVI, and XXIII of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade”.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director at the International Monetary Fund to use aggressively the voice and vote of the United States to vigorously promote policies to encourage the opening of markets for agricultural commodities and products by requiring recipient countries to make efforts to reduce trade barriers.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XIV, §1404, as added Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(d) [title VI, §611], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–150, 2681–228.)
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
(a) In any negotiations concerning replenishment or an increase in capital for any multilateral development bank, the Secretary of the Treasury shall propose, as a principal point for negotiations, the following institutional reforms:
(1) The establishment of a unified program within each multilateral development bank to assess the extent to which bank lending benefits the least advantaged members of society, particularly women and the poor, and to increase the extent to which such members benefit from future bank lending.
(2) The establishment of an office or other administrative procedures within each multilateral development bank to—
(A) provide in-country liaison services for nongovernmental organizations operating at the community level;
(B) monitor the impact of project and nonproject lending on local populations; and
(C) ensure compliance with loan conditionalities, especially loan conditionalities relating to the protection of the quality of life of the poor and the rights of aboriginal minorities.
(3) A major increase in the number of members of the professional staff of each regional multilateral development bank with training in environmental or social impact analysis or natural science, including—
(A) recruitment of additional permanent professional staff; and
(B) training programs for existing staff members in these subject areas.
(4) With respect to the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the establishment of a program for policy-based lending to promote the sustainable use of renewable resources and the protection of the environment in borrowing countries.
(5) An increase in the length of any review period established by any multilateral development bank for board review of staff recommendations by such time as would be sufficient to allow the governments of member countries to review and comment on the staff recommendations before any action is taken by the board of directors of such bank on the recommendations.
(b) The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of each multilateral development bank to request the management of such bank to prepare an annual report which identifies and describes the most exemplary lending practices or loan components implemented during the preceding year with respect to each of the following lending policy goals for each major borrowing country or country group:
(1) Benefit to the poor.
(2) Involvement of nongovernmental organizations and local and indigenous populations in loan design, implementation, planning, and monitoring.
(3) Integration of, consideration of, and concern for environmental quality and the sustainable use of natural resources into loan design, implementation, planning, and monitoring.
(4) Recognition of and support for the economic and social development of women.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XV, §1501, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section 1501 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 701 of title VII of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the international financial institutions (as defined in section 262r(c)(2) of this title) to promote growth in the international economy by taking into account, when considering whether to support or oppose loan proposals at these institutions, the extent to which the recipient government has demonstrated a commitment to achieving the following goals:
(A) to provide accurate and complete data on the annual expenditures and receipts of the armed forces;
(B) to establish good and publicly accountable governance, including an end to excessive military involvement in the economy; and
(C) to make substantial reductions in excessive military spending and forces.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the international financial institutions (as so defined) to promote a policy at each institution under which—
(1) the respective institution monitors closely and, through regular policy consultations with recipient governments, seeks to influence the composition of public expenditure in favor of funding growth and development priorities and away from unproductive expenditure, including excessive military expenditures;
(2) the respective institution supports lending operations which assist efforts of recipient governments to promote good governance, including public participation, and reduce military expenditures; and
(3) the allocation of resources and the extension of credit by the respective institution takes into account the performance of recipient governments in the areas of good governance, ending excessive military involvement in the economy and reducing excessive military expenditures.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XV, §1502, as added Pub. L. 103–306, title V, §526(d), Aug. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 1633.)
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
1 So in original. No par. (2) has been enacted.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the International Monetary Fund to use aggressively the voice and vote of the Executive Director to do the following:
(1) Vigorously promote policies to increase the effectiveness of the International Monetary Fund in structuring programs and assistance so as to promote policies and actions that will contribute to exchange rate stability and avoid competitive devaluations that will further destabilize the international financial and trading systems.
(2) Vigorously promote policies to increase the effectiveness of the International Monetary Fund in promoting market-oriented reform, trade liberalization, economic growth, democratic governance, and social stability through—
(A) establishing an independent monetary authority, with full power to conduct monetary policy, that provides for a non-inflationary domestic currency that is fully convertible in foreign exchange markets;
(B) opening domestic markets to fair and open internal competition among domestic enterprises by eliminating inappropriate favoritism for small or large businesses, eliminating elite monopolies, creating and effectively implementing anti-trust and anti-monopoly laws to protect free competition, and establishing fair and accessible legal procedures for dispute settlement among domestic enterprises;
(C) privatizing industry in a fair and equitable manner that provides economic opportunities to a broad spectrum of the population, eliminating government and elite monopolies, closing loss-making enterprises, and reducing government control over the factors of production;
(D) economic deregulation by eliminating inefficient and overly burdensome regulations and strengthening the legal framework supporting private contract and intellectual property rights;
(E) establishing or strengthening key elements of a social safety net to cushion the effects on workers of unemployment and dislocation; and
(F) encouraging the opening of markets for agricultural commodities and products by requiring recipient countries to make efforts to reduce trade barriers.
(3) Vigorously promote policies to increase the effectiveness of the International Monetary Fund, in concert with appropriate international authorities and other international financial institutions (as defined in section 262r(c)(2) of this title), in strengthening financial systems in developing countries, and encouraging the adoption of sound banking principles and practices, including the development of laws and regulations that will help to ensure that domestic financial institutions meet strong standards regarding capital reserves, regulatory oversight, and transparency.
(4) Vigorously promote policies to increase the effectiveness of the International Monetary Fund, in concert with appropriate international authorities and other international financial institutions (as defined in section 262r(c)(2) of this title), in facilitating the development and implementation of internationally acceptable domestic bankruptcy laws and regulations in developing countries, including the provision of technical assistance as appropriate.
(5) Vigorously promote policies that aim at appropriate burden-sharing by the private sector so that investors and creditors bear more fully the consequences of their decisions, and accordingly advocate policies which include—
(A) strengthening crisis prevention and early warning signals through improved and more effective surveillance of the national economic policies and financial market development of countries (including monitoring of the structure and volume of capital flows to identify problematic imbalances in the inflow of short and medium term investment capital, potentially destabilizing inflows of offshore lending and foreign investment, or problems with the maturity profiles of capital to provide warnings of imminent economic instability), and fuller disclosure of such information to market participants;
(B) accelerating work on strengthening financial systems in emerging market economies so as to reduce the risk of financial crises;
(C) consideration of provisions in debt contracts that would foster dialogue and consultation between a sovereign debtor and its private creditors, and among those creditors;
(D) consideration of extending the scope of the International Monetary Fund's policy on lending to members in arrears and of other policies so as to foster the dialogue and consultation referred to in subparagraph (C);
(E) intensified consideration of mechanisms to facilitate orderly workout mechanisms for countries experiencing debt or liquidity crises;
(F) consideration of establishing ad hoc or formal linkages between the provision of official financing to countries experiencing a financial crisis and the willingness of market participants to meaningfully participate in any stabilization effort led by the International Monetary Fund;
(G) using the International Monetary Fund to facilitate discussions between debtors and private creditors to help ensure that financial difficulties are resolved without inappropriate resort to public resources; and
(H) the International Monetary Fund accompanying the provision of funding to countries experiencing a financial crisis resulting from imprudent borrowing with efforts to achieve a significant contribution by the private creditors, investors, and banks which had extended such credits.
(6) Vigorously promote policies that would make the International Monetary Fund a more effective mechanism, in concert with appropriate international authorities and other international financial institutions (as defined in section 262r(c)(2) of this title), for promoting good governance principles within recipient countries by fostering structural reforms, including procurement reform, that reduce opportunities for corruption and bribery, and drug-related money laundering.
(7) Vigorously promote the design of International Monetary Fund programs and assistance so that governments that draw on the International Monetary Fund channel public funds away from unproductive purposes, including large “show case” projects and excessive military spending, and toward investment in human and physical capital as well as social programs to protect the neediest and promote social equity.
(8) Work with the International Monetary Fund to foster economic prescriptions that are appropriate to the individual economic circumstances of each recipient country, recognizing that inappropriate stabilization programs may only serve to further destabilize the economy and create unnecessary economic, social, and political dislocation.
(9) Structure International Monetary Fund programs and assistance so that the maintenance and improvement of core labor standards are routinely incorporated as an integral goal in the policy dialogue with recipient countries, so that—
(A) recipient governments commit to affording workers the right to exercise internationally recognized core worker rights, including the right of free association and collective bargaining through unions of their own choosing;
(B) measures designed to facilitate labor market flexibility are consistent with such core worker rights; and
(C) the staff of the International Monetary Fund surveys the labor market policies and practices of recipient countries and recommends policy initiatives that will help to ensure the maintenance or improvement of core labor standards.
(10) Vigorously promote International Monetary Fund programs and assistance that are structured to the maximum extent feasible to discourage practices which may promote ethnic or social strife in a recipient country.
(11) Vigorously promote recognition by the International Monetary Fund that macroeconomic developments and policies can affect and be affected by environmental conditions and policies, and urge the International Monetary Fund to encourage member countries to pursue macroeconomic stability while promoting environmental protection.
(12) Facilitate greater International Monetary Fund transparency, including by enhancing accessibility of the International Monetary Fund and its staff, fostering a more open release policy toward working papers, past evaluations, and other International Monetary Fund documents, seeking to publish all Letters of Intent to the International Monetary Fund and Policy Framework Papers, and establishing a more open release policy regarding Article IV consultations.
(13) Facilitate greater International Monetary Fund accountability and enhance International Monetary Fund self-evaluation by vigorously promoting review of the effectiveness of the Office of Internal Audit and Inspection and the Executive Board's external evaluation pilot program and, if necessary, the establishment of an operations evaluation department modeled on the experience of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, guided by such key principles as usefulness, credibility, transparency, and independence.
(14) Vigorously promote coordination with the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and other international financial institutions (as defined in section 262r(c)(2) of this title) in promoting structural reforms which facilitate the provision of credit to small businesses, including microenterprise lending, especially in the world's poorest, heavily indebted countries.
(15) Work with the International Monetary Fund to—
(A) foster strong global anti-money laundering (AML) and combat the financing of terrorism (CFT) regimes;
(B) ensure that country performance under the Financial Action Task Force anti-money laundering and counterterrorist financing standards is effectively and comprehensively monitored;
(C) ensure note is taken of AML and CFT issues in Article IV reports, International Monetary Fund programs, and other regular reviews of country progress;
(D) ensure that effective AML and CFT regimes are considered to be indispensable elements of sound financial systems; and
(E) emphasize the importance of sound AML and CFT regimes to global growth and development.
To the extent that it would assist in achieving the goals described in subsection (a) of this section, the Secretary of the Treasury shall pursue the goals in coordination with the Secretary of State, the Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of Commerce, the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency, the Administrator of the Agency for International Development, and the United States Trade Representative.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XV, §1503, as added Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(d) [title VI, §610(a)], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–150, 2681–224; amended Pub. L. 108–458, title VII, §7703(a), Dec. 17, 2004, 118 Stat. 3860.)
2004—Subsec. (a)(15). Pub. L. 108–458 added par. (15).
Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(5) [title V, §504], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–317, as amended by Pub. L. 110–161, div. H, title I, §1502(a), Dec. 26, 2007, 121 Stat. 2250, provided that:
“(a)
“(b)
“(c)
“(d)
“(2) Not less than 30 days prior to the entrance by the United States into international negotiations for the purpose of reaching agreement on the disposition of Fund gold whereby resources of the Fund would be used for the special benefit of a single member, or of a particular segment of the membership of the Fund, the Secretary of the Treasury shall consult with the Committees on Banking and Financial Services [now Committee on Financial Services], on Appropriations, and on International Relations [now Committee on Foreign Affairs] of the House of Representatives and the Committees on Foreign Relations, on Appropriations, and on Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs of the Senate.”
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury should instruct the United States Executive Director at each multilateral development institution to inform the institution of the following United States policy goals, and use the voice and vote of the United States to achieve the goals at the institution before June 30, 2005:
(1) No later than 60 calendar days after the Board of Directors of the institution approves the minutes of a Board meeting, the institution shall post on its website an electronic version of the minutes, with material deemed too sensitive for public distribution redacted.
(2) The institution shall keep a written transcript or electronic recording of each meeting of its Board of Directors and preserve the transcript or recording for at least 10 years after the meeting.
(3) All public sector loan, credit and grant documents, country assistance strategies, sector strategies, and sector policies prepared by the institution and presented for endorsement or approval by its Board of Directors, with materials deemed too sensitive for public distribution redacted or withheld, shall be made available to the public 15 calendar days before consideration by the Board or, if not then available, when the documents are distributed to the Board. Such documents shall include the resources and conditionality necessary to ensure that the borrower complies with applicable laws in carrying out the terms and conditions of such documents, strategies, or policies, including laws pertaining to the integrity and transparency of the process such as public consultation, and to public health and safety and environmental protection.
(4) The institution shall post on its website an annual report containing statistical summaries and case studies of the fraud and corruption cases pursued by its investigations unit.
(5) The institution shall require that any health, education, or poverty-focused loan, credit, grant, document, policy, or strategy prepared by the institution includes specific outcome and output indicators to measure results, and that the indicators and results be published periodically during the execution, and at the completion, of the project or program.
(6) The institution shall establish a plan and schedule for conducting regular, independent audits of internal management controls and procedures for meeting operational objectives, complying with Bank policies, and preventing fraud, and making reports describing the scope and findings of such audits available to the public.
(7) The institution shall establish effective procedures for the receipt, retention, and treatment of: (A) complaints received by the Bank regarding fraud, accounting, mismanagement, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters; and (B) the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of the Bank of concerns regarding fraud, accounting, mismanagement, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters.
Not later than September 1, 2004, and 6 months thereafter, the Secretary of the Treasury shall submit a report to the appropriate congressional committees describing the actions taken by each multilateral development institution to implement the policy goals described in subsection (a) of this section, and any further actions that need to be taken to fully implement such goals.
No later than 60 calendar days after a meeting of the Board of Directors of a multilateral development institution, the Secretary of the Treasury should provide for publication on the website of the Department of the Treasury of any written statement presented at the meeting by the United States Executive Director at the institution concerning—
(1) a project on which a claim has been made to the inspection mechanism of the institution; or
(2) a pending inspection mechanism case.
The Secretary of the Treasury or the designee of the Secretary should brief the appropriate congressional committees, when requested, on the steps that have been taken by the United States Executive Director at any multilateral development institution, and by any such institution, to implement the measures described in this section.
Each month, the Secretary of the Treasury should provide for posting on the website of the Department of the Treasury of a record of all “no” votes and abstentions made by the United States Executive Director at any multilateral development institution on any matter before the Board of Directors of the institution.
In this section, the term “multilateral development institution” shall have the meaning given in section 262r(c)(3) of this title.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XV, §1504, as added Pub. L. 108–199, div. D, title V, §581, Jan. 23, 2004, 118 Stat. 202.)
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director at each multilateral development bank to inform each such bank and the executive directors of each such bank of the policy of the United States as set out in this section and to actively promote this policy and the goals set forth in section 262o–3 of this title. It is the policy of the United States that each bank should—
(1) require the bank's employees, officers and consultants to make an annual disclosure of their financial interests and income and of any other potential source of conflict of interest;
(2) link project and program design and results to management and staff performance appraisals, salaries, and bonuses;
(3) implement voluntary disclosure programs for firms and individuals participating in projects financed by such bank;
(4) ensure that all loan, credit, guarantee, and grant documents and other agreements with borrowers include provisions for the financial resources and conditionality necessary to ensure that a person or country that obtains financial support from a bank complies with applicable bank policies and national and international laws in carrying out the terms and conditions of such documents and agreements, including bank policies and national and international laws pertaining to the comprehensive assessment and transparency of the activities related to access to information, public health, safety, and environmental protection;
(5) implement clear anti-corruption procedures setting forth the circumstances under which a person will be barred from receiving a loan, contract, grant, guarantee or credit from such bank, make such procedures available to the public, and make the identity of such person available to the public;
(6) coordinate policies across multilateral development banks on issues including debarment, cross-debarment, procurement guidelines, consultant guidelines, and fiduciary standards so that a person that is debarred by one such bank is subject to a rebuttable presumption of ineligibility to conduct business with any other such bank during the specific ineligibility period;
(7) require each bank borrower and grantee and each bidder, supplier and contractor for MDB projects to comply with the highest standard of ethics prohibiting coercive, collusive, corrupt and fraudulent practices, such as are defined in the World Bank's Procurement Guidelines of May, 2004;
(8) maintain a functionally independent Investigations Office, Auditor General Office and Evaluation Office that are free from interference in determining the scope of investigations (including forensic audits), internal auditing (including assessments of management controls for meeting operational objectives and complying with bank policies), performing work and communicating results, and that regularly report to such bank's board of directors and, as appropriate and in a manner consistent with such functional independence of the Investigations Office and the Auditor General Office, to the bank's President;
(9) require that each candidate for adjustment or budget support loans demonstrate transparent budgetary and procurement processes including budget publication and public scrutiny prior to loan or grant approval;
(10) require that for each project where compensation is to be provided to persons adversely affected by the project, such persons have recourse to an impartial and responsive mechanism to receive and resolve complaints. The mechanism should be easily accessible to all segments of the affected community without impeding access to other judicial or administrative remedies and without retribution;
(11) implement best practices in domestic laws and international conventions against corruption for whistleblower and witness disclosures and protections against retaliation for internal and lawful public disclosures by the bank's employees and others affected by such bank's operations who challenge illegality or other misconduct that could threaten the bank's mission, including: (1) best practices for legal burdens of proof; (2) access to independent adjudicative bodies, including external arbitration based on consensus selection and shared costs; and (3) results that eliminate the effects of proven retaliation; and
(12) require, to the maximum extent possible, that all draft country strategies are issued for public consideration no less than 45 days before the country strategy is considered by the multilateral development bank board of directors.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall, beginning thirty days after November 14, 2005, and within sixty calendar days of the meeting of the respective bank's Board of Directors at which such decisions are made, publish on the Department of the Treasury website a statement or explanation of the United States position on decisions related to: (1) operational policies; and (2) any proposal which would result or be likely to result in a significant effect on the environment.
In this section the term “multilateral development bank” has the meaning given that term in section 262m–7 of this title and also includes the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the Global Environment Facility.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XV, §1505, as added Pub. L. 109–102, title V, §599B, Nov. 14, 2005, 119 Stat. 2241.)
November 14, 2005, referred to in subsec. (b), was in the original “the enactment of this Act” which was translated as meaning the date of enactment of Pub. L. 109–102, which enacted this section, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association to initiate discussions with other directors of the respective institutions and to propose that—
(1) guidelines be established which reflect clear and tangible concern for the impact adjustment lending programs, and the activities in support of which such lending is made, have and will have on human welfare; and
(2) impact statements be required which assess the effect an adjustment lending program, and the activities in support of which such lending is made, will have on the poor of the country to which such lending is made.
In the discussions referred to in subsection (a) of this section with respect to the impact statement described in paragraph (2) of such subsection, the United States Executive Director should propose that such impact statements—
(1) specify what the projected effects of the adjustment loan will be on the poor;
(2) explain what procedures have been or will be taken to strengthen the in-country capacity of the borrower to—
(A) monitor nutrition levels in a timely manner; and
(B) measure the impact an adjustment loan, and the policies and activities in support of which such loan is made, has on the living standards of the country's population, especially the poorest; and
(3) indicate specifically what steps the borrower will take to—
(A) mitigate any adverse effect the policies and activities in support of which an adjustment loan is made are expected to have on the living standards of the poor (including the use of the proceeds of any adjustment loan, project aid, or other compensatory measure to mitigate such effect); and
(B) maximize the extent of the participation of the poor in the economic benefits resulting from an adjustment loan.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association to request the management of the respective institutions to prepare a report for distribution to member governments no later than June 30, 1988, that—
(1) assesses the impact on the poor of structural adjustment in countries to which structural adjustment lending has been made; and
(2) specifies the steps that have been or will be taken by the respective institution to—
(A) mitigate any adverse effect of adjustment lending, and the activities in support of which such lending is made, on the living standards of the poor in the countries to which such loans are made; and
(B) ensure the participation of the poor in the economic benefits resulting from adjustment lending and the activities in support of which such lending is made.
For purposes of this section and section 262m–1 of this title, the term “adjustment lending” means nonproject lending in support of structural macroeconomic reforms or sectoral economic reform.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1601, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section 1601 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 701 of title VII of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association to initiate discussions with other directors of such institutions and to propose the establishment of a Grassroots Collaboration Program to develop improved mechanisms for involving, directly or indirectly, nongovernmental organizations in the design, implementation, and monitoring of development projects financed by, or development policies established by, such bank or association in order to alleviate poverty and promote environmental protection, including—
(1) encouraging nongovernmental organizations in borrowing countries to participate in all stages of project planning and country strategy activities to—
(A) minimize any adverse impact of such projects or activities on the poor people of such country;
(B) minimize any adverse impact of such projects or activities on the environment of such country; and
(C) maximize the extent to which such projects or activities will benefit the poor people of such country;
(2) increasing the direct involvement of nongovernmental organizations in project design, implementation, or monitoring whenever such organizations have a distinct comparative advantage over other entities in providing such services by virtue of their grassroots involvement with poor people, especially women, in a borrowing country;
(3) providing microenterprise credit for small scale economic activities through nongovernmental organizations;
(4) supporting the enhancement of the institutional capacity of nongovernmental organizations in borrowing countries as development practitioners; and
(5) establishing or supporting jointly funded intermediary mechanisms with nongovernmental organizations to facilitate increased collaboration between such bank or association and nongovernmental organizations in borrowing countries.
It is the sense of the Congress that the Grassroots Collaboration Program described in subsection (a) of this section should be implemented and financed as part of the normal operations of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association.
To the extent the activities under the Grassroots Collaboration Program described in subsection (a) of this section need more flexible financing, it is the sense of the Congress that—
(1) such activities could be funded through a grant from the net income of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development; and
(2) an initial grant of not less than $50,000,000 should be made for such activities with subsequent annual allocations of such additional amounts as may be necessary to allow the Grassroots Collaboration Program to maximize collaboration with nongovernmental organizations in the alleviation of poverty and the protection of the environment.
Each annual report to the Congress by the National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Policies shall describe the status of the establishment and operation of the Grassroots Collaboration Program described in subsection (a) of this section, the activities under taken by the Program and the sum of the amounts expended by the Program.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1602, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134; amended Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(d)(4), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2518.)
Section 1602 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 701 of title VII of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
1989—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 101–240 struck out subsec. (d) which related to initial reporting requirements by Secretary of the Treasury.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association to initiate discussions with other directors of such Bank or Association and to propose that—
(1) in carrying on the activities of the Bank or Association, the Bank or Association take such steps as may be necessary to increase access for the poor people of a borrowing country to formal sources of credit; and
(2) the Bank or Association include a requirement in all appropriate project and nonproject agreements, as a condition for assistance under such agreements, that the borrowing country identify and remove unreasonable legal and regulatory barriers to—
(A) the establishment or operation of organizations which extend credit; and
(B) the provision of credit to microenterprises for small scale economic activities.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the African Development Bank and the Asian Development Bank to initiate discussions with other directors of the respective banks and to propose that each such bank—
(1) examine the Program for the Financing of Small Projects of the Inter-American Development Bank and the steps taken by such bank to link the Program to the mainstream operation of the bank; and
(2) explore ways and means to establish similar programs within the respective banks to provide credit to microenterprises for small scale economic activities.
Each annual report to the Congress by the National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Policies shall describe the status of the microenterprise credit promotion activities of each of the institutions referred to in subsection (a) or (b) of this section.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1603, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section 1603 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 701 of title VII of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
Congress hereby declares that it is the policy of the United States that multilateral development banks should—
(1) fully involve women in borrowing countries in the identification, planning, implementation, and evaluation of mainstream development activities financed by such banks;
(2) recognize and support women's direct and indirect roles in the economic development of their countries and communities;
(3) recognize and support women's direct and indirect roles in the education and social development of, the maintenance of the health of, and in the provision of adequate nutrition for, family members and communities, especially children;
(4) work to remove legal and customary barriers which impede the full participation of women in economic and social development, such as lack of access to credit, property rights, education, health care, and government services; and
(5) involve women's groups in borrowing countries in project identification and preparation in order to factor their assessments of women's economic and social needs into project design.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct—
(1) the United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association to support attempts to strengthen the role of the Women in Development division in policy development, project design and implementation, and evaluation; and
(2) the United States Executive Directors of the regional multilateral development banks to support exploring the establishment of a mechanism, or the strengthening of any existing mechanism, within each of the respective banks, to advise, advocate, and promote the full intergration 1 of women in the planning, design, implementation, and evaluation of lending activities both in borrowing countries and within the banks.
Each annual report to the Congress by the National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Policies shall describe the actions taken by the multilateral development banks to implement the policies established under this section.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1604, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section 1604 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 701 of title VII of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
1 So in original. Probably should be “integration”.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of each multilateral development bank to initiate discussions with other executive directors of the respective bank and to propose that the bank take such steps as may be necessary—
(1) to determine, at the time an initial feasibility study is conducted with respect to a proposed project and to the fullest extent possible, the impact such project would have on indigenous people in the borrowing country;
(2) to ensure compliance with loan conditionalities relating to the protection of the rights of indigenous people to lands and resources; and
(3) to consult with indigenous people, and nongovernmental organizations representing indigenous people, at every phase of loan design, planning, implementation, and monitoring.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1605, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section 1605 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 701 of title VII of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Congress finds that—
(1) the illicit narcotics epidemic currently afflicting the United States represents a direct threat to the well-being of every United States citizen;
(2) every effective means must be pursued to reduce the foreign production and subsequent importation into the United States of illicit narcotics;
(3) the multilateral development banks can play an integral role in efforts to control the production of illicit narcotics;
(4) producer country narcotics eradication programs will not be effective unless such programs provide an economic alternative to the production of narcotics;
(5) efforts to address the illicit narcotics epidemic through production control are doomed to failure unless greater effort is applied to curb use of and demand for illicit narcotics; and
(6) the appropriate role for the multilateral development banks in the “War Against Drugs” is through coordinating and financing alternative economic opportunities in producer and trafficking countries.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the United States Executive Director of the Inter-American Development Bank to initiate discussions with other executive directors of such institutions and to advocate and support the creation, within such institutions, of specific country lending programs and policies (including crop substitution, creation of roads conducive to the expansion of markets for licit goods, other infrastructure development measures such as development projects generating employment, agricultural extension assistance, and region-specific development plans) which are particularly oriented to reducing or eliminating the economic dependence of regions of borrowing countries known to be areas in which illicit narcotics are produced or trafficked, on such production and trafficking.
In addition, the Secretary of the Treasury should instruct the United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the United States Executive Director of the Inter-American Development Bank to encourage such institutions to provide coordination among other multilateral and bilateral assistance programs designed to reduce the economic dependence of regions of borrowing countries known to be areas in which illicit narcotics are produced or trafficked, on such production and trafficking.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1606, as added Pub. L. 100–461, title V, §555, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2268–36.)
Section 1606 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 6 of H.R. 4645, One Hundredth Congress, as reported Sept. 28, 1988, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–461.
A prior section 1606 of Pub. L. 95–118 was renumbered section 1622 and is classified to section 262p–5 of this title.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Congress finds that a principal focus of United States Government policy in the multilateral development banks has been and should be to foster greater development of the private sector in member borrowing countries of such banks.
In order to assist and strengthen the advancement of ongoing efforts to have the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development play a key role in building a viable private sector in member borrowing countries of such bank, and to further assist such bank in its determination to facilitate the transfer of government-owned enterprises in such countries to private ownership, the Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of such bank to vigorously encourage the provision of technical assistance to such countries (relying, where appropriate, on the expertise of the International Finance Corporation or the Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency) to transform enterprises owned, in whole or part, by the governments of such countries into privately owned, self-sufficient enterprises. Such technical assistance may involve the valuation of the assets of such government-owned enterprises, the assessment of tender offers, and the creation or strengthening of market-based mechanisms to facilitate such a transfer of ownership.
The United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development shall submit 3 reports to the Congress on—
(A) the progress made in transforming government-owned enterprises into privately owned enterprises as described in subsection (b) of this section;
(B) the performance of the privately owned enterprises resulting from such transformation; and
(C) the contributions of development finance companies toward strengthening the private sector in member borrowing countries.
The United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development shall submit to the Congress the first report required by paragraph (1) within 1 year after October 1, 1988, and shall submit additional reports 12 months, and 24 months, after the date the first report is submitted.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1607, as added Pub. L. 100–461, title V, §555, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2268–36.)
Section 1607 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 7 of H.R. 4645, One Hundredth Congress, as reported Sept. 28, 1988, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–461.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Congress finds that—
(1) voluntary debt-for-development swaps in heavily indebted developing nations can simultaneously facilitate reduction of the burden of external indebtedness and increase the resources available within the country for charitable, educational, and scientific purposes, including environmental conservation, education, human welfare, health, agricultural research and development, microenterprise credit, and development of indigenous nonprofit organizations; and
(2) heavily indebted developing countries may desire to facilitate such swaps to the maximum extent consistent with sound domestic economic management and minimization of inflationary impact.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development to initiate discussions with the directors of such bank, the International Development Association, and the International Finance Corporation and propose that such institutions provide advice and assistance, as appropriate, to borrowing country governments desiring to facilitate debt-for-development swaps, on mechanisms (including trust funds) to accomplish this purpose, particularly in the context of debt rescheduling, which mechanisms result in sound management of the macroeconomic impact of such swaps on such countries, and preserve the value of the capital obtained through such swaps.
As used in this section:
The term “debt-for-development swap” means the purchase of qualified debt by, or the donation of such debt to, an organization described in section 501(c)(3) of title 26 which is exempt from taxation under section 501(a) of title 26, and the subsequent transfer of such debt to an organization located in such foreign country in exchange for an undertaking by such tax-exempt organization, such foreign government, or such foreign organization to engage in a charitable, educational, or scientific activity.
The term “qualified debt” means—
(i) sovereign debt issued by a foreign government;
(ii) debt owed by private institutions in the country governed by such foreign government; and
(iii) debt owed by institutions in the country governed by such foreign government, which are owned, in part, by private persons and, in part, by public institutions.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1608, as added Pub. L. 100–461, title V, §555, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2268–36.)
Section 1608 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 8 of H.R. 4645, One Hundredth Congress, as reported Sept. 28, 1988, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–461.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Congress finds that—
(1) the heavy burden of debt borne by sub-Saharan governments undermines efforts by such governments to finance projects and programs designed to promote charitable, educational, and scientific purposes, including education, human welfare, health, agricultural research and development, and conservation, restoration and enhancement of the natural resource base; and
(2) the financing of programs to promote such charitable, educational, and scientific purposes should be facilitated in the context of reducing and converting sovereign debt of sub-Saharan governments, as encouraged in the final communique of the June 1988 economic summit conference in Toronto, Canada, through such means as—
(A) concessional interest rates;
(B) extended repayment periods; or
(C) partial or complete write-offs of debt service obligations.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the African Development Bank and the African Development Fund to initiate discussions with the directors of such institutions and propose that such institutions, jointly with the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, and the International Finance Corporation, as appropriate, provide advice and assistance to government creditors holding sovereign debt of any sub-Saharan government, and to sub-Saharan governments which desire to finance programs with local currencies obtained through debt reduction and conversion to promote charitable, educational, and scientific (including conservation and restoration of natural resources) purposes, as a condition of reducing or converting such sovereign debt.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1609, as added Pub. L. 100–461, title V, §555, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2268–36.)
Section 1609 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 9 of H.R. 4645, One Hundredth Congress, as reported Sept. 28, 1988, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–461.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development to initiate discussions with the directors of such bank and propose that such bank consider, as an important factor in making loans to borrowing country governments, the history of compliance by such governments with, and the extent to which such governments have honored, agreements entered into by such governments as part of any debt-for-development swap which requires such governments to set aside or otherwise limit the use of real property to conservation purposes.
As used in this section:
The term “debt-for-development swap” means the purchase of qualified debt by, or the donation of such debt to, an organization described in section 501(c)(3) of title 26 which is exempt from taxation under section 501(a) of title 26, and the subsequent transfer of such debt to an organization located in such foreign country in exchange for an undertaking by such tax-exempt organization, such foreign government, or such foreign organization to engage in a charitable, educational, or scientific activity.
The term “qualified debt” means—
(A) sovereign debt issued by a foreign government;
(B) debt owed by private institutions in the country governed by such foreign government; and
(C) debt owed by institutions in the country governed by such foreign government which are owned, in part, by private persons and, in part, by public institutions.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1610, as added Pub. L. 100–461, title V, §555, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2268–36.)
Section 1610 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 10 of H.R. 4645, One Hundredth Congress, as reported Sept. 28, 1988, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–461.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Congress finds that—
(1) improvement in the capacity of developing countries to measure and monitor regularly the nutritional and physical well-being of the poorest 40 percent of the population of each of such countries is essential to the development of policies to reduce absolute poverty;
(2) internationally accepted statistical indicators that measure reliably the extent of absolute poverty and identify the location and characteristics of the poor are being developed and refined to guide policy formulation and target assistance to the poor;
(3) such guidance by indicators is, however, not able to be used in some developing countries, especially the poorest countries, due to the woeful unavailability of statistical data;
(4) the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association have the technical and financial capability to assist borrowing country governments to develop such statistical measurement capabilities for social indicators necessary for the design and monitoring of poverty-reduction policies for such governments;
(5) availability of social indicator data is also essential to the work of such institutions, particularly in monitoring the impact of structural adjustment lending on the poor; and
(6) availability of such indicators will also facilitate the measurement of progress in the alleviation of poverty by other donor agencies, public and private.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association to advocate and support, as an immediate priority, assistance by such institutions to borrowing country governments to develop appropriate statistical measures for assessing the physical well-being of the poor, by sex and age, by using such indicators as mortality, health, education, and nutrition, as well as wealth and income, and maintain and publish such indicators on an ongoing basis.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1611, as added Pub. L. 100–461, title V, §555, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2268–36.)
Section 1611 of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 11 of H.R. 4645, One Hundredth Congress, as reported Sept. 28, 1988, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–461.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Congress finds that a principal focus of United States Government policy in the multilateral development banks has been and should be to foster greater development of the private sector in member borrowing countries of such banks.
In order to assist and strengthen the advancement of ongoing efforts to have the Inter-American Development Bank play a key role in building a viable private sector in member borrowing countries of such bank, and to further assist such bank in its determination to facilitate the transfer of government-owned enterprises in such countries to private ownership, the Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of such bank to vigorously encourage the provision of technical assistance to such countries to transform enterprises owned, in whole or in part, by the governments of such countries into privately owned, self-sufficient enterprises. Such technical assistance may involve the valuation of the assets of such government-owned enterprises, the assessment of tender offers, and the creation or strengthening of market-based mechanisms to facilitate such a transfer of ownership.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1612, as added Pub. L. 101–240, title II, §206, Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2499.)
A prior section 1612 of Pub. L. 95–118 was renumbered section 1622 and is classified to section 262p–5 of this title.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director for each multilateral development bank to vigorously and continually advocate, in all replenishment negotiations and in discussion with other directors of such bank and with such bank, the following:
(1) A major objective of such bank's operations and financing in each borrowing country, as a long term priority, should be to increase the productive role of the poor in the economy of such country.
(2) Such bank should encourage and assist each borrowing country to develop sustainable national plans and strategies to eliminate the causes and alleviate the manifestations of poverty which keep the poor from leading economically and socially productive lives. Such plans and strategies should give attention to—
(A) the enhancement of human resources, including programs for basic nutrition, primary health services, basic education, and safe water and basic sanitation;
(B) access to income-generating activities, employment, and productive assets such as land and credit; and
(C) consultation with public sector social agencies and local non-governmental organizations.
(3) As an integral element of ongoing policy dialogue with each borrowing country to design structural adjustment plans and project lending programs, such bank should provide assistance consistent with achieving the objectives of the country's national plan for increasing the productive economic participation of the poor. Such dialogue should be conducted with government agencies working in social and economic sectors and with non-governmental groups in the borrowing country, especially those that have grassroots involvement with poor people.
(4) In an annual review document, such bank should describe the extent to which the goal of increasing the productive economic participation of the poor is being advanced or retarded and the steps that are being taken to overcome obstacles to its fulfillment. Such review should be based on information contained in the bank's country implementation review documents and in the country strategy documents for each borrowing country. Such country strategy documents should describe the national strategy for productive economic participation of the poor and the steps the bank plans to take to assist the borrowing country during the period covered by the country strategy document.
(5) Such bank should assist countries in assessing and monitoring progress in achieving poverty alleviation goals and targets through measurement by appropriate social indicators.
(6) Such bank should adopt procedures and budgetary allocations for administrative purposes, and establish appropriate staffing levels, to ensure that adequate resources are available to implement the bank's program for enhancing the productive economic participation of the poor, in consultation with non-governmental groups.
(7) Such bank should adopt, as a separate and major criterion in the allocation of concessional financing resources, a preferential allocation to each country which undertakes significant efforts to enhance the productive economic participation of the poor.
(8) Such bank should require each country which receives structural adjustment assistance to have in place, after a reasonable phase-in period, a strategy to enhance the productive economic participation of the poor.
Before the end of the 1-year period beginning on December 19, 1989, the Secretary of the Treasury shall submit to the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs and the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives, and the Committee on Foreign Relations and the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate, a report on the following:
(1) The status of advocacy and progress being made to implement the objectives of subsection (a) of this section, describing the success to date, the obstacles encountered, and future expectations of progress.
(2) A description of the progress to date in achieving the purposes of section 262p–4f of this title, including the institutional capacity and effort devoted to assisting in the development of statistical measures to assess the well-being of the poor.
(3) A description and evaluation of the progress to date in developing effective mechanisms for involving non-governmental organizations, directly or indirectly, in the design, implementation, and monitoring of development projects, programs, and policies of the multilateral development banks.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1613, as added Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §501, Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2505.)
A prior section 1613 of Pub. L. 95–118 was renumbered section 1622 and is classified to section 262p–5 of this title.
Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall direct the United States Executive Directors of the multilateral development banks to—
(1) negotiate for the creation in each respective multilateral development bank, except where the Secretary of the Treasury determines that the provisions of this subsection have previously been met, of a department that will—
(A) be responsible for environmental protection and resource conservation, including support for restoration, protection, and sustainable use policies;
(B) develop and monitor strict environmental guidelines and policies to govern lending activities; and
(C) actively promote, coordinate and facilitate debt-for-nature exchanges and the restoration, protection, and sustainable use of tropical forests, renewable natural resources, endangered ecosystems and species in debtor countries;
(2) support and encourage the approval of multilateral development bank loans which include provisions that foster and facilitate the implementation of a sound and effective environmental policy in the borrowing country;
(3) encourage the banks to assist such countries in reducing and restructuring private debt through the use of a portion of a project or policy based environmental loan in ways which will enable such countries to buy back private debt at a rate of discount available for such debt, at auction in the secondary market or through negotiations with creditors holding such debt;
(4) seek to ensure that staff of each bank facilitate debtor countries’ collaboration with local and international non-governmental or private organizations in implementing debt-for-nature exchanges; and
(5) seek to ensure that each bank adopts policy guidelines which to the maximum extent possible provide for—
(A) the inclusion of sustainable use policies in loan agreements negotiated with borrower members;
(B) the adoption of economic programs to foster sound environmental policies; and
(C) the provision of debtor countries’ policy changes or significant increases in financial resources for use in at least 1 of the following—
(i) restoration, protection, or sustainable use of the world's oceans and atmosphere;
(ii) restoration, protection, or sustainable use of diverse animal and plant species;
(iii) establishment, restoration, protection, and maintenance of parks and reserves;
(iv) development and implementation of sound systems of natural resource management;
(v) development and support of local conservation programs;
(vi) training programs to strengthen conservation institutions and increase scientific, technical, and managerial capabilities of individuals and organizations involved in conservation efforts;
(vii) efforts to generate knowledge, increase understanding, and enhance public commitment to conservation;
(viii) design and implementation of sound programs of land and ecosystem management; and
(ix) promotion of regenerative approaches in farming, forestry, and watershed management.
The United States Executive Directors of the multilateral development banks shall seek to negotiate with the other executive directors to provide guidelines for restoration, protection, or sustainable use policies. Pending the outcome of such negotiations, the United States Executive Directors shall consider restoration, protection, or sustainable use policies to be those which—
(1) support development that maintains and restores the renewable natural resource base so that present and future needs of debtor countries’ populations can be met, while not impairing critical ecosystems and not exacerbating global environmental problems;
(2) are environmentally sustainable in that resources are conserved and managed in an effort to remove pressure on the natural resource base and to make judicious use of the land so as to sustain growth and the availability of all natural resources;
(3) support development that does not exceed the limits imposed by local hydrological cycles, soil, climate, vegetation, and human cultural practices;
(4) promote the maintenance and restoration of soils, vegetation, hydrological cycles, wildlife, critical ecosystems (tropical forests, wetlands, and coastal marine resources), biological diversity and other natural resources essential to economic growth and human well-being and shall, when using natural resources, be implemented to minimize the depletion of such natural resources; and
(5) take steps, wherever feasible, to prevent pollution that threatens human health and important biotic systems and to achieve patterns of energy consumption that meet human needs and rely on renewable resources.
The United States Executive Directors shall endeavor to include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (5) of subsection (b) of this section in the guidelines developed through the negotiations specified in this section.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1614, as added Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §512, Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2508.)
A prior section 1614 of Pub. L. 95–118 was renumbered section 1622 and is classified to section 262p–5 of this title.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development to initiate discussions with the other executive directors of such bank and the management of such bank and propose that, in order to reduce the future need for bank lending for reforestation and restoration of environmentally degraded areas, the bank establish a project and policy based environmental lending program (including a loan a portion of which could be used to reduce and restructure private debt), to be made available to interested countries with a demonstrated commitment to natural resource conservation, which would be based on—
(1) the estimated long-term economic return which could be expected from the sustainable use and protection of tropical forests, including the value of tropical forests for indigenous people and for science;
(2) the value derived from such services as—
(A) watershed management;
(B) soil erosion control;
(C) the maintenance and improvement of—
(i) fisheries;
(ii) water supply regulation for industrial development;
(iii) food;
(iv) fuel;
(v) fodder; and
(vi) building materials for local communities;
(D) the extraction of naturally occurring products from locally controlled protected areas; and
(E) indigenous knowledge of the management and use of natural resources; and
(3) the long-term benefits expected to be derived from maintaining biological diversity and climate stabilization.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1615, as added Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §512, Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2510.)
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the multilateral development banks to vigorously promote the adoption of policies and procedures which seek to—
(1) increase collaboration with, and, where necessary, strengthen, nongovernmental organizations in such countries which are concerned with environmental protection by providing appropriate assistance and support for programs and activities on environmental protection; and
(2) encourage international collaboration for information exchange and project enhancement with nongovernmental organizations in developing countries which are concerned with environmental protection and government agencies and private voluntary organizations in developed countries which are concerned with environmental protection.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1616, as added Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §512, Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2510.)
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development to propose, and urge the Executive Board and the management of the bank to develop and implement 1 specific mechanisms designed to—
(1) substantially improve the ability of the staff of the bank to interact with nongovernmental organizations and other local groups that are affected by loans made by the bank to borrower countries; and
(2) delegate to the field offices of the bank in borrowing countries greater responsibility for decisions with respect to proposals for projects in such countries that are to be financed by the bank.
The mechanisms described in subsection (a) of this section shall include, at a minimum, the following measures:
(1) An instruction to the management of the bank to undertake efforts to appropriately train and significantly increase the number of bank professional staff (based in Washington, District of Columbia, as of November 5, 1990) assigned, on a rotating basis, to field offices of the bank in borrower countries.
(2) The assignment to at least 1 professional in each field office of the bank in a borrower country of responsibility for relations with local nongovernmental organizations, and for the preparation and submission to appropriate staff of the bank of a report on the impact of project loans to be made by the bank to the country, based on views solicited from local people who will be affected by such loans, which shall be included as part of the project appraisal report.
(3) The establishment of the Grassroots Collaboration Program described in section 262p–1(a) of this title.
(4) Before a project loan is made to a borrower country, the country is to be required to hold open hearings on the proposed project during project identification and project preparation.
(5) The establishment of assessment procedures which allow affected parties and nongovernmental organizations to review information describing a prospective project or policy loan design, in a timely manner, before the loan is submitted to the Executive Board for approval.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1617, as added Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(a)(2), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2032.)
A prior section 1617 of Pub. L. 95–118 was renumbered section 1622 and is classified to section 262p–5 of this title.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
1 So in original. Probably should be followed by a comma.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development to urge the bank to support an increase in the amount the bank lends annually to support population, health, and nutrition programs of the borrower countries.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1618, as added Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(a)(2), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2033.)
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the multilateral development banks and of the International Monetary Fund to use the voices and votes of the Executive Directors to urge their respective banks and the Fund to adopt a policy which provides, and implement procedures which ensure, that such banks and the Fund, and the affiliates of such banks and of the Fund, shall not discriminate against any person on the basis of race, ethnicity, gender, color, or religious affiliation in any determination related to employment.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1619, as added Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(b)(1), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2033.)
A prior section 1619 of Pub. L. 95–118 was renumbered section 1622 and is classified to section 262p–5 of this title.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall direct the United States Executive Directors of the international financial institutions (as defined in section 262r(c)(2) of this title) and the United States representative to the council of the Global Environment Facility administered by the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development to use the voice and vote of the United States to bring about the creation and full implementation of policies designed to promote respect for and full protection of the territorial rights, traditional economies, cultural integrity, traditional knowledge and human rights of indigenous peoples.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1620, as added Pub. L. 103–306, title V, §526(e), Aug. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 1633.)
A prior section 1620 of Pub. L. 95–118 was renumbered 1622 and is classified to section 262p–5 of this title.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury shall direct the United States Executive Directors of the international financial institutions (as defined in section 262r(c)(2) of this title) to use the voice and vote of the United States to urge the respective institution—
(1) to adopt policies to encourage borrowing countries to guarantee internationally recognized worker rights (within the meaning of section 2467(4) of title 19) and to include the status of such rights as an integral part of the institution's policy dialogue with each borrowing country;
(2) in developing the policies referred to in paragraph (1), to use the relevant conventions of the International Labor Organization, which have set forth, among other things, the right of association, the right to organize and bargain collectively, a prohibition on the use of any form of forced or compulsory labor, and certain minimum labor standards that take into account differences in development levels among nations including a minimum age for the employment of children, acceptable conditions of work with respect to minimum wages, hours of work, and occupational safety and health; and
(3) to establish formal procedures to screen projects and programs funded by the institution for any negative impact in a borrowing country on the rights referred to in paragraph (1).
(b) The Secretary of the Treasury shall submit to the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate by the end of each fiscal year a report on the extent to which each borrowing country guarantees internationally recognized worker rights to its labor force and on progress toward achieving each of the goals described in subsection (a) of this section.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1621, as added Pub. L. 103–306, title V, §526(e), Aug. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 1634; amended Pub. L. 104–188, title I, §1954(b)(4), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1928.)
Another section 1621 of Pub. L. 95–118 is classified to section 262p–4q of this title.
1996—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 104–188 substituted “2467(4)” for “2462(a)(4)”.
Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
Amendment by Pub. L. 104–188 applicable to articles entered on or after Oct. 1, 1996, with provisions relating to retroactive application, see section 1953 of Pub. L. 104–188, set out as an Effective Date note under section 2461 of Title 19, Customs Duties.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States executive director of each international financial institution to use the voice and vote of the United States to oppose any loan or other use of the funds of the respective institution to or for a country for which the Secretary of State has made a determination under section 2405(j) of title 50, Appendix, or section 2371 of this title.
For purposes of this section, the term “international financial institution” includes—
(1) the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, and the International Monetary Fund;
(2) wherever applicable, the Inter-American Bank, the Asian Development Bank, the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the African Development Bank, and the African Development Fund; and
(3) any similar institution established after April 24, 1996.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1621, as added Pub. L. 104–132, title III, §327, Apr. 24, 1996, 110 Stat. 1257.)
Another section 1621 of Pub. L. 95–118 is classified to section 262p–4p of this title.
Similar provisions are contained in section 262p–11 of this title.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
If the President determines that a particular foreign country has taken or has committed to take actions that contribute to efforts of the United States to respond to, deter, or prevent acts of international terrorism, the Secretary may, consistent with other applicable provisions of law, instruct the United States Executive Director of each international financial institution to use the voice and vote of the Executive Director to support any loan or other utilization of the funds of the respective institutions for such country, or any public or private entity within such country.
The Secretary may instruct the United States Executive Director of each international financial institution to aggressively use the voice and vote of the Executive Director to require an auditing of disbursements at such institution to ensure that no funds are paid to persons who commit, threaten to commit, or support terrorism.
For purposes of this section, the term “international financial institution” means an institution described in section 262r(c)(2) of this title.
(Pub. L. 107–56, title III, §360, Oct. 26, 2001, 115 Stat. 329; Pub. L. 108–458, title VI, §6202(l), Dec. 17, 2004, 118 Stat. 3746.)
2004—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 108–458, §6202(l)(1), inserted “the” after “utilization of the funds of”.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 108–458, §6202(l)(2), substituted “at such institution” for “at such institutions”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 108–458 effective as if included in Pub. L. 107–56, as of the date of enactment of such Act, and no amendment made by Pub. L. 107–56 that is inconsistent with such amendment to be deemed to have taken effect, see section 6205 of Pub. L. 108–458, set out as a note under section 1828 of Title 12, Banks and Banking.
Secretary means the Secretary of the Treasury, see section 302(b)(5) of Pub. L. 107–56, set out in a note under section 5311 of Title 31, Money and Finance.
For purposes of this title and titles XIV and XV—
(1) the term “multilateral development bank” means the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, and the regional multilateral development banks; and
(2) the term “regional multilateral development bank” means the Inter-American Development Bank, the African Development Bank, the African Development Fund, and the Asian Development Bank.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1622, formerly §1606, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134; renumbered §1612, Pub. L. 100–461, title V, §555, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2268–36; renumbered §1613, renumbered §1614, renumbered §1617, Pub. L. 101–240, title II, §206, title V, §§501, 512, Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2499, 2505, 2508; renumbered §1619, renumbered §1620, Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(a)(2), (b)(1), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2032, 2033; renumbered §1622, Pub. L. 103–306, title V, §526(e), Aug. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 1633.)
This title and titles XIV and XV, referred to in text, are titles XVI, XIV, and XV, respectively, of Pub. L. 95–118. Title XIV is classified to sections 262n to 262n–3 of this title, title XV is classified to sections 262o to 262o–4 of this title, and title XVI is classified to sections 262p to 262p–4q and 262p–5 to 262p–12 of this title. For complete classification of these titles to the Code, see Tables.
Section 1622, formerly §1606, of Pub. L. 95–118 is based on section 701 of title VII of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202. Renumbering of section 1606 of Pub. L. 95–118 as section 1612 was based on section 6 of H.R. 4645, One Hundredth Congress, as reported Sept. 28, 1988, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–461.
In order to accelerate multilateral debt relief and promote human and economic development and poverty alleviation in heavily indebted poor countries, the Congress urges the President to commence immediately efforts, with the Paris Club of Official Creditors, as well as the International Monetary Fund (IMF), the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (World Bank), and other appropriate multilateral development institutions to accomplish the following modifications to the Heavily Indebted Poor Countries Initiative:
A country which is otherwise eligible to receive cancellation of debt under the modified Heavily Indebted Poor Countries Initiative may receive such cancellation only if the country has committed, in connection with social and economic reform programs that are jointly developed, financed, and administered by the World Bank and the IMF—
(A) to enable, facilitate, or encourage the implementation of policy changes and institutional reforms under economic reform programs, in a manner that ensures that such policy changes and institutional reforms are designed and adopted through transparent and participatory processes;
(B) to adopt an integrated development strategy to support poverty reduction through economic growth, that includes monitorable poverty reduction goals;
(C) to take steps so that the financial benefits of debt relief are applied to programs to combat poverty (in particular through concrete measures to improve economic infrastructure, basic services in education, nutrition, and health, particularly treatment and prevention of the leading causes of mortality) and to redress environmental degradation;
(D) to take steps to strengthen and expand the private sector, encourage increased trade and investment, support the development of free markets, and promote broad-scale economic growth;
(E) to implement transparent policy making and budget procedures, good governance, and effective anticorruption measures;
(F) to broaden public participation and popular understanding of the principles and goals of poverty reduction, particularly through economic growth, and good governance; and
(G) to promote the participation of citizens and nongovernmental organizations in the economic policy choices of the government.
The Secretary of the Treasury should urge the IMF and the World Bank to complete a debt sustainability analysis by December 31, 2000, and determine eligibility for debt relief, for as many of the countries under the modified Heavily Indebted Poor Countries Initiative as possible.
The Secretary of the Treasury, after consulting with the Committees on Banking and Financial Services and International Relations of the House of Representatives, and the Committees on Foreign Relations and Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate, shall make every effort (including instructing the United States Directors at the IMF and World Bank) to ensure that an external assessment of the modified Heavily Indebted Poor Countries Initiative, including the reformed Enhanced Structural Adjustment Facility program as it relates to that Initiative, takes place by December 31, 2001, incorporating the views of debtor governments and civil society, and that such assessment be made public.
The term “modified Heavily Indebted Poor Countries Initiative” means the multilateral debt initiative presented in the Report of G–7 Finance Ministers on the Ko�AE4ln Debt Initiative to the Ko�AE4ln Economic Summit, Cologne, Germany, held from June 18–20, 1999.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1623, as added Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(5) [title V, §502], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–313.)
Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
Committee on International Relations of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Foreign Affairs of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Tenth Congress, Jan. 5, 2007.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors at the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (World Bank) and the International Monetary Fund (IMF) to use the voice and vote of the United States to promote the establishment of poverty reduction strategy policies and procedures at the World Bank and the IMF that support countries’ efforts under programs developed and jointly administered by the World Bank and the IMF that have the following components:
(1) The development of country-specific poverty reduction strategies (Poverty Reduction Strategies) under the leadership of such countries that—
(A) will be set out in poverty reduction strategy papers (PRSPs) that provide the basis for the lending operations of the International Development Association (IDA) and the reformed Enhanced Structural Adjustment Facility (ESAF);
(B) will reflect the World Bank's role in poverty reduction and the IMF's role in macroeconomic issues;
(C) will make the IMF's and the World Bank's advice and operations fully consistent with the objectives of poverty reduction through broad-based economic growth; and
(D) should include—
(i) implementation of transparent budgetary procedures and mechanisms to help ensure that the financial benefits of debt relief under the modified Heavily Indebted Poor Countries Initiative (as defined in section 262p–6 of this title) are applied to programs that combat poverty; and
(ii) monitorable indicators of progress in poverty reduction.
(2) The adoption of procedures for periodic comprehensive reviews of reformed ESAF and IDA programs to help ensure progress toward longer-term poverty goals outlined in the Poverty Reduction Strategies and to allow adjustments in such programs.
(3) The publication of the PRSPs prior to Executive Board review of related programs under IDA and the reformed ESAF.
(4) The establishment of a standing evaluation unit at the IMF, similar to the Operations Evaluation Department of the World Bank, that would report directly to the Executive Board of the IMF and that would undertake periodic reviews of IMF operations, including the operations of the reformed ESAF, including—
(A) assessments of experience under the reformed ESAF programs in the areas of poverty reduction, economic growth, and access to basic social services;
(B) assessments of the extent and quality of participation in program design by citizens;
(C) verifications that reformed ESAF programs are designed in a manner consistent with the Poverty Reduction Strategies; and
(D) prompt release to the public of all reviews by the standing evaluation unit.
(5) The promotion of clearer conditionality in IDA and reformed ESAF programs that focuses on reforms most likely to support poverty reduction through broad-based economic growth.
(6) The adoption by the IMF of policies aimed at reforming ESAF so that reformed ESAF programs are consistent with the Poverty Reduction Strategies.
(7) The adoption by the World Bank of policies to help ensure that its lending operations in countries eligible for debt relief under the modified Heavily Indebted Poor Countries Initiative are consistent with the Poverty Reduction Strategies.
(8) Strengthening the linkage between borrower country performance and lending operations by IDA and the reformed ESAF on the basis of clear and monitorable indictors.1
(9) Full public disclosure of the proposed objectives and financial organization of the successor to the ESAF at least 90 days before any decision by the Executive Board of the IMF to consider its adoption.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1624, as added Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(5) [title V, §502], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–314.)
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
1 So in original. Probably should be “indicators”.
The Secretary of the Treasury should immediately commence efforts within the Paris Club of Official Creditors, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Monetary Fund, and other appropriate multilateral development institutions to modify the Enhanced HIPC Initiative so that the amount of debt stock reduction approved for a country eligible for debt relief under the Enhanced HIPC Initiative shall be sufficient to reduce, for each of the first 3 years after May 27, 2003, or the Decision Point, whichever is later—
(A) the net present value of the outstanding public and publicly guaranteed debt of the country—
(i) as of the decision point 1 if the country has already reached its decision point; 1 or
(ii) as of May 27, 2003, if the country has not reached its decision point,1
to not more than 150 percent of the annual value of exports of the country for the year preceding the Decision Point; and
(B) the annual payments due on such public and publicly guaranteed debt to not more than—
(i) 10 percent or, in the case of a country suffering a public health crisis (as defined in subsection (e) of this section), not more than 5 percent, of the amount of the annual current revenues received by the country from internal resources; or
(ii) a percentage of the gross national product of the country, or another benchmark, that will yield a result substantially equivalent to that which would be achieved through application of clause (i).
In financing the objectives of the Enhanced HIPC Initiative, an international financial institution shall give priority to using its own resources.
Debt cancellation under the modifications to the Enhanced HIPC Initiative described in subsection (a) of this section should not be conditioned on any agreement by an impoverished country to implement or comply with policies that deepen poverty or degrade the environment, including any policy that—
(1) implements or extends user fees on primary education or primary health care, including prevention and treatment efforts for HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis, malaria, and infant, child, and maternal well-being;
(2) provides for increased cost recovery from poor people to finance basic public services such as education, health care, clean water, or sanitation;
(3) reduces the country's minimum wage to a level of less than $2 per day or undermines workers’ ability to exercise effectively their internationally recognized worker rights, as defined under section 262p–4p of this title; 2 or
(4) promotes unsustainable extraction of resources or results in reduced budget support for environmental programs.
A country shall not be eligible for cancellation of debt under modifications to the Enhanced HIPC Initiative described in subsection (a) of this section if the government of the country—
(1) has an excessive level of military expenditures;
(2) has repeatedly provided support for acts of international terrorism, as determined by the Secretary of State under section 2405(j)(1) of title 50, Appendix, or section 2371(a) of this title;
(3) is failing to cooperate on international narcotics control matters; or
(4) engages in a consistent pattern of gross violations of internationally recognized human rights (including its military or other security forces).
A country that is otherwise eligible to receive cancellation of debt under the modifications to the Enhanced HIPC Initiative described in subsection (a) of this section may receive such cancellation only if the country has agreed—
(1) to ensure that the financial benefits of debt cancellation are applied to programs to combat HIV/AIDS and poverty, in particular through concrete measures to improve basic services in health, education, nutrition, and other development priorities, and to redress environmental degradation;
(2) to ensure that the financial benefits of debt cancellation are in addition to the government's total spending on poverty reduction for the previous year or the average total of such expenditures for the previous 3 years, whichever is greater;
(3) to implement transparent and participatory policymaking and budget procedures, good governance, and effective anticorruption measures; and
(4) to broaden public participation and popular understanding of the principles and goals of poverty reduction.
In this section:
The term “country suffering a public health crisis” means a country in which the HIV/AIDS infection rate, as reported in the most recent epidemiological data for that country compiled by the Joint United Nations Program on HIV/AIDS, is at least 5 percent among women attending prenatal clinics or more than 20 percent among individuals in groups with high-risk behavior.
The term “Decision Point” means the date on which the executive boards of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Monetary Fund review the debt sustainability analysis for a country and determine that the country is eligible for debt relief under the Enhanced HIPC Initiative.
The term “Enhanced HIPC Initiative” means the multilateral debt initiative for heavily indebted poor countries presented in the Report of G–7 Finance Ministers on the Cologne Debt Initiative to the Cologne Economic Summit, Cologne, June 18–20, 1999.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1625, as added Pub. L. 108–25, title V, §501, May 27, 2003, 117 Stat. 747; amended Pub. L. 108–199, div. D, title V, §596, Jan. 23, 2004, 118 Stat. 209.)
Section 262p–4p of this title, referred to in subsec. (b)(3), was in the original “section 526(e) of the Foreign Operations, Export Financing and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 1995 (22 U.S.C. 262p–4p)” meaning section 526(e) of Pub. L. 103–306, which was translated as reading section 1621 of Pub. L. 95–118 which was enacted by section 526(e) of Pub. L. 103–306 and is classified to section 262p–4p of this title, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
May 27, 2003, referred to in subsec. (a)(1)(A)(ii), was in the original “the date of the enactment of this Act”, which was translated as meaning the date of enactment of Pub. L. 108–25, which enacted this section, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
2004—Subsec. (a)(1)(B)(ii). Pub. L. 108–199 substituted “clause (i)” for “subparagraph (A)”.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
1 So in original. The words “decision point” probably should be capitalized.
2 See References in Text note below.
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors at the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, and the International Finance Corporation of the following United States policy goals, and to use the voice and vote of the United States to actively promote and work to achieve these goals:
(1) Suspension of the use of the “Employing Workers” Indicator for the purpose of ranking or scoring country performance in the annual Doing Business Report of the World Bank until a set of indicators can be devised that fairly represent the value of internationally recognized workers’ rights, including core labor standards, in creating a stable and favorable environment for attracting private investment. The indicators shall bring to bear the experiences of the member governments in dealing with the economic, social and political complexity of labor market issues. The indicators should be developed through collaborative discussions with and between the World Bank, the International Finance Corporation, the International Labor Organization, private companies, and labor unions.
(2) Elimination of the “Labor Tax and Social Contributions” Subindicator from the annual Doing Business Report of the World Bank.
(3) Removal of the “Employing Workers” Indicator as a “guidepost” for calculating the annual Country Policy and Institutional Assessment score for each recipient country.
(b) Within 60 days after June 24, 2009, the Secretary of the Treasury shall provide an instruction to the United States Executive Directors referred to in subsection (a) to take appropriate actions with respect to implementing the policy goals of the United States set forth in subsection (a), and such instruction shall be posted on the website of the Department of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1626, as added Pub. L. 111–32, title XI, §1110, June 24, 2009, 123 Stat. 1902.)
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall direct the United States Executive Directors at the World Bank to seek to ensure that World Bank Procedure 17.55, which establishes the operating procedures of Management with regard to the Inspection Panel, provides that Management prepare and make available to the public semiannual progress reports describing implementation of Action Plans considered by the Board; allow and receive comments from Requesters and other Affected Parties for two months after the date of disclosure of the progress reports; post these comments on World Bank and Inspection Panel websites (after receiving permission from the requestors to post with or without attribution); submit the reports to the Board with any comments received; and make public the substance of any actions taken by the Board after Board consideration of the reports.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall direct the United States Executive Directors at the World Bank to continue to promote the independence and effectiveness of the Inspection Panel, including by seeking to ensure the availability of, and access by claimants to, the Inspection Panel for projects supported by World Bank resources.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall direct the United States Executive Directors at the World Bank to request an evaluation by the Independent Evaluation Group on the use of country environmental and social safeguard systems to determine the degree to which, in practice, the use of such systems provides the same level of protection at the project level as do the policies and procedures of the World Bank.
In this section, the term “World Bank” means the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1627, as added Pub. L. 111–32, title XI, §1110, June 24, 2009, 123 Stat. 1902.)
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director at each of the International Financial Institutions 1 (as defined in section 262r(c)(2) of this title) to use the voice and vote of the United States to oppose the provision of loans or other use of the funds of the respective institution to any country the government of which the Secretary of State has determined, for purposes of section 2405(j) of title 50, Appendix, section 2371 of this title, or section 2780 of this title, to be a government that has repeatedly provided support for acts of international terrorism.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI (par.), as added Pub. L. 111–32, title XIV, §1404, June 24, 2009, 123 Stat. 1919.)
Section is comprised of an undesignated paragraph which was added at the end of title XVI of Pub. L. 95–118.
Similar provisions are contained in section 262p–4q of this title.
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
1 So in original. Probably should not be capitalized.
The Secretary of the Treasury should direct the United States Executive Director at the International Monetary Fund, the International Development Association, the Inter-American Development Bank, the International Fund for Agricultural Development, and other multilateral development institutions (as defined in section 262r(c)(3) of this title) to use the voice, vote and influence of the United States at each such institution to seek to achieve—
(1) the immediate and complete cancellation of any and all remaining debts owed by Haiti to such institutions;
(2) the suspension of Haiti's debt service payments to such institutions until such time as the debts are canceled completely; and
(3) the provision, before February 1, 2015, of emergency, humanitarian and reconstruction assistance from such institutions to Haiti in the form of grants or other assistance such that Haiti does not accumulate debt.
The Secretary of the Treasury should instruct the United States Executive Director of the International Monetary Fund to advocate the use of some of the realized windfall profits that exceed the required contribution to the Poverty Reduction and Growth Trust (as referenced in the IMF Reforms Financial Facilities for Low-Income Countries Public Information Notice (PIN) No. 09/94) from the ongoing sale of 12,965,649 ounces of gold acquired since the second Amendment of the Fund's Article of Agreement, to provide debt stock relief and debt service relief for Haiti and, before February 1, 2015, to provide grants for Haiti.
The Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of State should use all appropriate diplomatic influence to secure cancellation of any and all remaining bilateral, multilateral and private creditor debt owed by Haiti.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVI, §1628, as added Pub. L. 111–158, §2, Apr. 26, 2010, 124 Stat. 1121.)
The definitions in section 262p–5 of this title apply to this section.
Section, Pub. L. 100–418, title III, §3202, Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1382, which related to multilateral development bank procurement, was renumbered section 1801 of title XVIII of Pub. L. 95–118, by Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(b)(1), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2517, and transferred to section 262s of this title.
The Chairman shall report annually to the Speaker of the House of Representatives, the President of the Senate, and to the President of the United States on the participation of the United States in the international financial institutions. The Chairman shall present such report to the Speaker of the House of Representatives and the President of the Senate not later than April 1 of each year following the close of the fiscal year covered by such report, except that the report for fiscal year 1989 shall be submitted not later than June 1, 1990.
Each annual report required by subsection (a) of this section shall contain—
(1) such data and explanations concerning the effectiveness, operations, and policies of the international financial institutions, such recommendations concerning the international financial institutions, and such other data and material as the Chairman may deem appropriate;
(2) the reports on each specific issue and topic which is required by any other provision of law to be included in the report of the National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Policies required by section 286b(b)(5) of this title, as in effect immediately before December 19, 1989;
(3) a description of each loan or other form of financial assistance approved by any international financial institution during the fiscal year covered by such report, and a discussion of how such loan or financial assistance will benefit the people, particularly the poor people, of the recipient country;
(4) a review of the success achieved through the multilateral development banks in reducing or eliminating import restrictions and unfair export subsidies which—
(A) have been determined to be consistent with international agreements; and
(B) have a serious adverse impact on the United States;
(5) a description of the actions taken and the progress made in carrying out subsections (a) and (b) of section 286cc of this title;
(6) the report required by section 2018(c) of the International Narcotics Act of 1986 (title II of Public Law 99–570), discussing the actions taken and progress made in encouraging the multilateral development banks to finance drug eradication and crop substitution programs;
(7) a description of the progress made by the United States Executive Director of the International Monetary Fund with respect to the goals of section 286kk of this title;
(8) a description of the status of procedures in the multilateral development banks specifically designed to increase the productive role of the poor in the economies of the nations which are borrowers from such banks;
(9) in consultation with the Secretary of State, a report on the progress toward achieving the goals of title VII (other than section 262e of this title), including the information required to be reported pursuant to section 262d(c) of this title, and, for the fiscal year 1990, the report described in section 262p–4h of this title;
(10) in consultation with the Secretary of State and the Administrator of the Agency for International Development, an assessment of the progress being made to implement the objectives of title XIII; and
(11) a report on—
(A) the progress made in transforming government-owned enterprises into privately owned enterprises as described in section 262p–4g(b) of this title;
(B) the performance of the privately owned enterprises resulting from such transformation; and
(C) the contributions of development finance companies toward strengthening the private sector in member borrowing countries.
As used in this title, title XVIII, and title XIX:
The term “Chairman” means the Chairman of the National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Policies.
The term “international financial institutions” means the International Monetary Fund, International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, International Development Association, International Finance Corporation, Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency, African Development Bank, African Development Fund, Asian Development Bank, Inter-American Development Bank 1 Bank for Economic Cooperation and Development in the Middle East and North Africa,,2 and Inter-American Investment Corporation.
The term “multilateral development institutions” means the international financial institutions other than the International Monetary Fund.
The term “multilateral development banks” means the multilateral development institutions other than the Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency.
Upon request of the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives, the Chairman shall testify before the Committee to support and explain each annual report required by subsection (a) of this section. If the President has delegated to a person or persons other than the Chairman the authority to manage United States participation in the international financial institutions which was vested in the President by section 1(b) of the Reorganization Plan No. 4 of 1965, such person or persons shall, upon request of the Committee, accompany the Chairman and testify before the Committee with regard to such report. The Chairman and such other person or persons shall assess, in their testimony, the effectiveness of the international financial institutions, the major issues affecting United States participation, the major developments in the past year, the prospects for the coming year, United States policy goals with respect to the international financial institutions, and any specific issues addressed to them by any member of the Committee.
The Secretary of the Treasury should establish an International Monetary Fund Advisory Committee (in this subsection referred to as the “Advisory Committee”).
The Advisory Committee should consist of members appointed by the Secretary of the Treasury, after appropriate consultations with the relevant organizations. Such members should include representatives from industry, representatives from agriculture, representatives from organized labor, representatives from banking and financial services, and representatives from nongovernmental environmental and human rights organizations.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVII, §1701, as added Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(a), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2514; amended Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(c)(10)(A), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2036; Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(c) [title VII, §710(a)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–121, 3009–181; Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(d) [title VI, §610(b)], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–150, 2681–228.)
Section 2018(c) of the International Narcotics Act of 1986, referred to in subsec. (b)(6), means section 2018(c) of Pub. L. 99–570, known as the International Narcotics Control Act of 1986, which is set out as a note under section 2291 of this title.
This title and titles VII, XIII, XVIII, and XIX, referred to in subsecs. (b)(9), (10) and (c), are titles XVII, VII, XIII, XVIII, and XIX, respectively, of Pub. L. 95–118. Title VII enacted sections 262d and 262e of this title, repealed sections 283y, 284m, and 290g–9 of this title, and enacted provisions set out as a note under section 262c of this title. Title XIII is classified to sections 262m to 262m–7 of this title. Title XVII is classified to sections 262r to 262r–5 of this title. Title XVIII is classified to sections 262s to 262s–2 of this title. Title XIX is classified to section 262t of this title. For complete classification of these titles to the Code, see Tables.
Reorganization Plan No. 4 of 1965, referred to in subsec. (d), is set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
1998—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 105–277 added subsec. (e).
1996—Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 104–208 inserted “Bank for Economic Cooperation and Development in the Middle East and North Africa,” after “Inter-American Development Bank”.
1990—Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 101–513 inserted “European Bank for Reconstruction and Development,” before “International Development Association,”.
Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(d) [title V, §583], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–150, 2681–202, provided that:
“(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, each annual report required by subsection 1701(a) of the International Financial Institutions Act, as amended (Public Law 95–118, 22 U.S.C. 262r), shall comprise—
“(1) an assessment of the effectiveness of the major policies and operations of the international financial institutions;
“(2) the major issues affecting United States participation;
“(3) the major developments in the past year;
“(4) the prospects for the coming year;
“(5) the progress made and steps taken to achieve United States policy goals (including major policy goals embodied in current law) with respect to the international financial institutions; and
“(6) such data and explanations concerning the effectiveness, operations, and policies of the international financial institutions, such recommendations concerning the international financial institutions, and such other data and material as the Chairman may deem appropriate.
“(b) The requirements of Sections 1602(e), 1603(c), 1604(c), and 1701(b) of the International Financial Institutions Act, as amended (Public Law 95–118, 22 U.S.C. 262p–1, 262p–2, 262p–3 and 262(r) [262r]), Section 2018(c) of the International Narcotics Control Act of 1986, as amended (Public Law 99–570, 22 U.S.C. 2291 note), Section 407(c) of the Foreign Debt Reserving Act of 1989 (Public Law 101–240, 22 U.S.C. 2291 note), Section 14(c) of the Inter-American Development Bank Act, as amended (Public Law 86–147, 22 U.S.C. 283j–1(c)), and Section 1002 of the Freedom for Russia and Emerging Eurasian Democracies and Open Markets Support Act of 1992 (Public Law 102–511) (22 U.S.C. 286ll(b)) shall no longer apply to the contents of such annual reports.”
Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(d) [title VI, §603], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–150, 2681–220, provided that:
“(a)
“(b)
“(1)
“(A) 3 members appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives.
“(B) 3 members appointed by the Majority Leader of the Senate.
“(C) 5 members appointed jointly by the Minority Leader of the House of Representatives and the Minority Leader of the Senate.
“(2)
“(3)
“(c)
“(1)
“(2)
“(d)
“(e)
“(1) the effect of globalization, increased trade, capital flows, and other relevant factors on such institutions;
“(2) the adequacy, efficacy, and desirability of current policies and programs at such institutions as well as their suitability for respective beneficiaries of such institutions;
“(3) cooperation or duplication of functions and responsibilities of such institutions; and
“(4) other matters the Commission deems necessary to make recommendations pursuant to subsection (g).
“(f)
“(1)
“(2)
“(3)
“(g)
“(1) Changes to policy goals set forth in the Bretton Woods Agreements Act [22 U.S.C. 286 et seq.] and the International Financial Institutions Act [see Short Title of 1977 Amendment note set out under section 261 of this title].
“(2) Changes to the charters, organizational structures, policies and programs of the international financial institutions (as defined in section 1701(c)(2) of the International Financial Institutions Act [22 U.S.C. 262r(c)(2)]).
“(3) Additional monitoring tools, global standards, or regulations for, among other things, global capital flows, bankruptcy standards, accounting standards, payment systems, and safety and soundness principles for financial institutions.
“(4) Possible mergers or abolition of the international financial institutions (as defined in section 1701(c)(2) of the International Financial Institutions Act [22 U.S.C. 262r(c)(2)]), including changes to the manner in which such institutions coordinate their policy and program implementation and their roles and responsibilities.
“(5) Any additional changes necessary to stabilize currencies, promote continued trade liberalization and to avoid future financial crises.
“(h)
“(i)
“(1) Within three months after receiving the report of the Commission under subsection (g), the President of the United States through the Secretary of the Treasury shall report to the appropriate committees on the desirability and feasibility of implementing the recommendations contained in the report.
“(2) Annually, for three years after the termination of the Commission, the President of the United States through the Secretary of the Treasury shall submit to the appropriate committees a report on the steps taken, if any, through relevant international institutions and international fora to implement such recommendations as are deemed feasible and desirable under paragraph (1).”
Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(d) [title VI, §606], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–150, 2681–223, provided that: “Not later than July 15, 1999, and July 15, 2000, the Secretary of the Treasury shall report to the Chairmen and Ranking Members of the appropriate committees on the progress of efforts to reform the architecture of the international monetary system. The reports shall include a discussion of the substance of the United States position in consultations with other governments and the degree of progress in achieving international acceptance and implementation of such position with respect to the following issues:
“(1) Adapting the mission and capabilities of the International Monetary Fund to take better account of the increased importance of cross-border capital flows in the world economy and improving the coordination of its responsibilities and activities with those of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development.
“(2) Advancing measures to prevent, and improve the management of, international financial crises, including by—
“(A) integrating aspects of national bankruptcy principles into the management of international financial crises where feasible; and
“(B) changing investor expectations about official rescues, thereby reducing moral hazard and systemic risk in international financial markets,
in order to help minimize the adjustment costs that the resolution of financial crises may impose on the real economy, in the form of disrupted patterns of trade, employment, and progress in living standards, and reduce the frequency and magnitude of claims on United States taxpayer resources.
“(3) Improving international economic policy cooperation, including among the Group of Seven countries, to take better account of the importance of cross-border capital flows in the determination of exchange rate relationships.
“(4) Improving international cooperation in the supervision and regulation of financial institutions and markets.
“(5) Strengthening the financial sector in emerging economies, including by improving the coordination of financial sector liberalization with the establishment of strong public and private institutions in the areas of prudential supervision, accounting and disclosure conventions, bankruptcy laws and administrative procedures, and the collection and dissemination of economic and financial statistics, including the maturity structure of foreign indebtedness.
“(6) Advocating that implementation of European Economic and Monetary Union and the advent of the European Currency Unit, or euro, proceed in a manner that is consistent with strong global economic growth and stability in world financial markets.”
Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(d) [title VI, §607], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–150, 2681–224, as amended by Pub. L. 106–200, title IV, §404(a), May 18, 2000, 114 Stat. 291, provided that: “For purposes of sections 601 through 606 of this title [see Tables for classification], the term ‘appropriate committees’ means the Committees on Appropriations, Foreign Relations, Finance, and Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committees on Appropriations, Ways and Means, and Banking and Financial Services [now Committee on Financial Services] of the House of Representatives.”
1 So in original. Probably should be followed by a comma.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall transmit to the Congress, on a monthly basis, current copies of the Monthly Operating Summary of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, showing the loan proposals or appraisal reports under consideration and the status of those loan proposals or appraisal reports within the Bank. The Secretary of the Treasury shall also transmit to the Congress, at such times as may be appropriate, comparable documents prepared by the other multilateral development banks which show the loans or credits under consideration in the other multilateral development banks.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVII, §1702, as added Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(a), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2516.)
The definitions in section 262r of this title apply to this section.
Not later than April 1 and October 1 of each year, the Administrator of the Agency for International Development, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of State, shall submit to the Committee on Appropriations and the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives, and the Committee on Appropriations and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate, as a combined report, the reports required by section 262m–2(c) of this title and by section 262l–1(h)(2) of this title.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVII, §1703, as added Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(a), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2516.)
Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
The definitions in section 262r of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary of Commerce and other appropriate Federal agencies, shall prepare reports on the implementation of financial stabilization programs (and any material terms and conditions thereof) led by the International Monetary Fund in countries in connection with which the United States has made a commitment to provide, or has provided financing from the stabilization fund established under section 5302 of title 31. The reports shall include the following:
(1) A description of the condition of the economies of countries requiring the financial stabilization programs, including the monetary, fiscal, and exchange rate policies of the countries.
(2) A description of the degree to which the countries requiring the financial stabilization programs have fully implemented financial sector restructuring and reform measures required by the International Monetary Fund, including—
(A) ensuring full respect for the commercial orientation of commercial bank lending;
(B) ensuring that governments will not intervene in bank management and lending decisions (except in regard to prudential supervision);
(C) the enactment and implementation of appropriate financial reform legislation;
(D) strengthening the domestic financial system and improving transparency and supervision; and
(E) the opening of domestic capital markets.
(3) A description of the degree to which the countries requiring the financial stabilization programs have fully implemented reforms required by the International Monetary Fund that are directed at corporate governance and corporate structure, including—
(A) making nontransparent conglomerate practices more transparent through the application of internationally accepted accounting practices, independent external audits, full disclosure, and provision of consolidated statements; and
(B) ensuring that no government subsidized support or tax privileges will be provided to bail out individual corporations, particularly in the semiconductor, steel, and paper industries.
(4) A description of the implementation of reform measures required by the International Monetary Fund to deregulate and privatize economic activity by ending domestic monopolies, undertaking trade liberalization, and opening up restricted areas of the economy to foreign investment and competition.
(5) A detailed description of the trade policies of the countries, including any unfair trade practices or adverse effects of the trade policies on the United States.
(6) A description of the extent to which the financial stabilization programs have resulted in appropriate burden-sharing among private sector creditors, including rescheduling of outstanding loans by lengthening maturities, agreements on debt reduction, and the extension of new credit.
(7) A description of the extent to which the economic adjustment policies of the International Monetary Fund and the policies of the government of the country adequately balance the need for financial stabilization, economic growth, environmental protection, social stability, and equity for all elements of the society.
(8) Whether International Monetary Fund involvement in labor market flexibility measures has had a negative effect on core worker rights, particularly the rights of free association and collective bargaining.
(9) A description of any pattern of abuses of core worker rights in recipient countries.
(10) The amount, rate of interest, and disbursement and repayment schedules of any funds disbursed from the stabilization fund established under section 5302 of title 31, in the form of loans, credits, guarantees, or swaps, in support of the financial stabilization programs.
(11) The amount, rate of interest, and disbursement and repayment schedules of any funds disbursed by the International Monetary Fund to the countries in support of the financial stabilization programs.
Not later than March 15, 1999, and semiannually thereafter, the Secretary of the Treasury shall submit to the Committees on Banking and Financial Services, Ways and Means, and International Relations of the House of Representatives and the Committees on Finance, Foreign Relations, and Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate a report on the matters described in subsection (a) of this section.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVII, §1704, as added Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(d) [title VI, §612], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–150, 2681–228; amended Pub. L. 106–200, title IV, §404(b), May 18, 2000, 114 Stat. 292.)
2000—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 106–200 amended heading and text of subsec. (b) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: “Not later than March 15, 1999, and semiannually thereafter, the Secretary of the Treasury shall submit to the Committees on Banking and Financial Services and International Relations of the House of Representatives and the Committees on Foreign Relations, and Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate a report on the matters described in subsection (a) of this section.”
Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
Committee on International Relations of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Foreign Affairs of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Tenth Congress, Jan. 5, 2007.
The definitions in section 262r of this title apply to this section.
Not later than October 1 of each year, the Secretary of the Treasury shall submit to the Committees on Banking and Financial Services and on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives and the Committees on Finance and on Foreign Relations of the Senate a written report on (1) the progress (if any) made by the United States Executive Director at the International Monetary Fund in influencing the International Monetary Fund to adopt the policies and reform its internal procedures in the manner described in section 262o–2 of this title, and (2) the progress made by the International Monetary Fund in adopting and implementing the policies described in section 801(c)(1)(B) of the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 2001.
After submitting the report required by subsection (a) of this section but not later than March 1 of each year, the Secretary of the Treasury shall appear before the Committee on Banking and Financial Services of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate and present testimony on—
(1) any progress made in reforming the International Monetary Fund;
(2) the status of efforts to reform the international financial system;
(3) the compliance of countries which have received assistance from the International Monetary Fund with agreements made as a condition of receiving the assistance; and
(4) the status of implementation of international anti-money laundering and counterterrorist financing standards by the International Monetary Fund, the multilateral development banks, and other multilateral financial policymaking bodies.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVII, §1705, as added Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(d) [title VI, §613], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–150, 2681–230; amended Pub. L. 106–200, title IV, §404(c), May 18, 2000, 114 Stat. 292; Pub. L. 106–429, §101(a) [title VIII, §803(c)], Nov. 6, 2000, 114 Stat. 1900, 1900A–67; Pub. L. 108–458, title VII, §7703(b), Dec. 17, 2004, 118 Stat. 3860.)
Section 801(c)(1)(B) of the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 2001, referred to in subsec. (a)(2), is section 801(c)(1)(B) of Pub. L. 106–429, §101(a) [title VIII], Nov. 6, 2000, 114 Stat. 1900, 1900A–65, which is not classified to the Code.
2004—Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 108–458 added par. (4).
2000—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 106–429 inserted “(1)” after “a written report on” and inserted before period at end “, and (2) the progress made by the International Monetary Fund in adopting and implementing the policies described in section 801(c)(1)(B) of the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 2001”.
Pub. L. 106–200 substituted “Committees on Banking and Financial Services and on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives and the Committees on Finance and on Foreign Relations of the Senate” for “Committee on Banking and Financial Services of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate”.
Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
The definitions in section 262r of this title apply to this section.
Section, Pub. L. 95–118, title XVII, §1706, as added Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(d) [title VI, §614], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–150, 2681–230; amended Pub. L. 106–31, title V, §5003, May 21, 1999, 113 Stat. 110; Pub. L. 106–200, title IV, §404(d), May 18, 2000, 114 Stat. 292, related to audits of International Monetary Fund.
Beginning 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act [November 6, 2000], or October 31, 2000, whichever is later, and on October 31 of each year thereafter, the Secretary shall submit a report to the appropriate congressional committees on—
(1) the actions taken by recipient countries, as a result of the assistance allocated to them by the multilateral development banks under programs referred to in section 802(b),1 to strengthen governance and reduce the opportunity for bribery and corruption; and
(2) how International Development Association-financed projects contribute to the eventual graduation of a representative sample of countries from reliance on financing on concessionary terms and international development assistance.
Not later than 90 days after the date of enactment of this Act [November 6, 2000], the Secretary shall submit a report to the appropriate congressional committees on the history of debt relief programs led by, or coordinated with, international financial institutions, including but not limited to—
(1) the extent to which poor countries and the poorest-of-the-poor benefit from debt relief, including measurable evidence of any such benefits; and
(2) the extent to which debt relief contributes to the graduation of a country from reliance on financing on concessionary terms and international development assistance.
(Pub. L. 106–429, §101(a) [title VIII, §803], Nov. 6, 2000, 114 Stat. 1900, 1900A–66; Pub. L. 108–199, div. D, title V, §599B(c), Jan. 23, 2004, 118 Stat. 211.)
Section 802(b), referred to in subsec. (b)(1), is section 101(a), [title VIII, §802(b)] of Pub. L. 106–429, Nov. 6, 2000, 114 Stat. 1900, 1900A–66, which is not classified to the Code.
Section is comprised of section 101(a) [title VIII, §803] of Pub. L. 106–429. Section 101(a) [title VIII, §803(c)] of Pub. L. 106–429 amended section 262r–4 of this title.
2004—Pub. L. 108–199 repealed heading and text of subsec. (a). Text read as follows: “Beginning 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act, or October 31, 2000, whichever is later, and on October 31 of each year thereafter, the Comptroller General of the United States shall submit to the appropriate congressional committees a report on the sufficiency of audits of the financial operations of each multilateral development bank conducted by persons or entities outside such bank.”
Pub. L. 106–429, §101(a) [title VIII, §806], Nov. 6, 2000, 114 Stat. 1900, 1900A–68, provided that: “In this title [enacting this section and section 286oo of this title and amending sections 262r–4, 286nn, and 2169 of this title]:
“(1)
“(2)
“(3)
“(4)
“(5)
“(6)
1 See References in Text note below.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of each multilateral development bank to attach a high priority to promoting opportunities for exports for goods and services from the United States and, in carrying out this function, to investigate thoroughly any complaints from United States bidders about the awarding of procurement contracts by the multilateral development banks to ensure that all contract procedures and rules of the banks are observed and that United States firms are treated fairly.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall designate, within the Office of International Affairs in the Department of the Treasury, an officer of multilateral development bank procurement.
The officer shall act as the liaison between the Department of the Treasury, the Department of Commerce, and the United States Executive Directors’ offices in the multilateral development banks, in carrying out this section. The officer shall cooperate with the Department of Commerce in efforts to improve opportunities for multilateral development bank procurement by United States companies.
As used in this section, the term “multilateral development bank” includes the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, the International Finance Corporation, the Inter-American Development Bank, the InterAmerican Investment Corporation, the Asian Development Bank, the African Development Bank, and the African Development Fund.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVIII, §1801, formerly Pub. L. 100–418, title III, §3202, Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1382; renumbered §1801 of Pub. L. 95–118, Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(b)(1), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2517.)
Section was formerly classified to section 262q of this title prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 101–240.
Section 3201 of Pub. L. 100–418 provided that: “This subtitle [subtitle C (§§3201, 3202) of title III of Pub. L. 100–418, enacting former section 262q of this title] may be cited as the ‘Multilateral Development Banks Procurement Act of 1988’.”
The definitions in section 262r of this title apply to this section.
1 So in original. Two subsecs. (b) have been enacted.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the multilateral development institutions to take all possible steps to ensure that information relating to potential procurement opportunities for United States firms is expeditiously communicated to the Secretary of the Treasury, the Secretary of State, and the Secretary of Commerce, and is disseminated as widely as possible to large and small businesses.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVIII, §1802, as added Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(a), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2516.)
The definitions in section 262r of this title apply to this section.
The Secretary of Commerce, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, shall appoint a procurement officer, who is a representative of the International Trade Administration or a Commercial Service Officer of the United States and Foreign Commercial Service, to serve, on a full-time or part-time basis, with each of the Executive Directors of the multilateral development banks in which the United States participates.
Each procurement officer appointed under subsection (a) of this section shall assist the United States Executive Director with respect to whom such officer is appointed in promoting opportunities for exports of goods and services from the United States by doing the following:
(1) Acting as the liaison between the business community and the multilateral development bank involved, whether or not the bank has offices in the United States. The Secretary of Commerce shall ensure that the procurement officer has access to, and disseminates to United States businesses, information relating to projects which are being proposed by the multilateral development bank, and bid specifications and deadlines for projects about to be developed by the bank. The procurement officer shall make special efforts to disseminate such information to small and medium-sized businesses interested in participating in such projects. The procurement officer shall explore opportunities for disseminating such information through private sector, nonprofit organizations.
(2) Taking actions to assure that United States businesses are fully informed of bidding opportunities for projects for which loans have been made by the multilateral development bank involved.
(3) Taking actions to assure that United States businesses can focus on projects in which they have a particular interest or competitive advantage, and to permit them to compete and have an equal opportunity in submitting timely and conforming bidding documents.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XVIII, §1803, formerly Pub. L. 100–418, title II, §2302, Aug. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 1341; renumbered §1803 of Pub. L. 95–118, and amended Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(b)(2), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2517.)
Section was formerly classified to section 4722 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, prior to renumbering by Pub. L. 101–240.
1989—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 101–240 struck out subsec. (c) which defined “multilateral development bank” for purposes of this section.
Pub. L. 102–549, title V, §501, Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 3663, provided that:
“(a)
“(1) Acting as the liaison between the business community and one or more multilateral development banks, whether or not the banks have offices in the United States. The Secretary of Commerce shall ensure that the procurement officer has access to, and disseminates to United States businesses, information relating to projects which are being proposed by the multilateral development bank involved, and bid specifications and deadlines for projects about to be developed by the bank. The procurement officer shall make special efforts to disseminate such information to small- and medium-sized businesses interested in participating in such projects. The procurement officer shall explore opportunities for disseminating such information through private sector, nonprofit organizations.
“(2) Taking actions to assure that United States businesses are fully informed of bidding opportunities for projects for which loans have been made by the multilateral development bank involved.
“(3) Taking actions to assure that United States businesses can focus on projects in which they have a particular interest or competitive advantage, and to permit them to compete and have an equal opportunity in submitting timely and conforming bidding documents.
“(b)
“(c)
The definitions in section 262r of this title apply to this section.
It shall be the policy of the United States that no initiatives, discussions, or recommendations concerning the placement or removal of any personnel employed by the international financial institutions shall be based on the political philosophy or activity of the individual under consideration.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall consult with the Chairman and the ranking minority member of the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate before any discussion or recommendations by any official of the United States Government concerning the placement or removal of any principal officer of any international financial institutions.
(Pub. L. 95–118, title XIX, §1901, as added Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(a), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2517.)
Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
The definitions in section 262r of this title apply to this section.
The United States shall continue as an adhering member of the International Prison Commission and participate in the work of said commission.
The Secretary of the Treasury be, and he is hereby, authorized annually to pay the pro rata share of the United States in the administration expenses of the International Prison Commission and the necessary expenses of a commissioner to represent the United States on said commission at its annual meetings, together with necessary clerical and other expenses, out of any money which shall be appropriated for such purposes from time to time by Congress.
(Feb. 28, 1913, ch. 86, 37 Stat. 692.)
The Attorney General is authorized to accept and maintain, on behalf of the United States, membership in the International Criminal Police Organization, and to designate any departments and agencies which may participate in the United States representation with that organization. All dues and expenses to be paid for the membership of the United States shall be paid out of sums authorized and appropriated for the Department of Justice.
(June 10, 1938, ch. 335, 52 Stat. 640; Pub. L. 85–768, Aug. 27, 1958, 72 Stat. 921; Pub. L. 90–159, Nov. 28, 1967, 81 Stat. 517; Pub. L. 92–380, §1, Aug. 10, 1972, 86 Stat. 531; Pub. L. 93–468, §1, Oct. 24, 1974, 88 Stat. 1422; Pub. L. 95–624, §21(a), Nov. 9, 1978, 92 Stat. 3466.)
1978—Pub. L. 95–624 substituted provision authorizing payment of all dues and expenses for membership of the United States out of sums authorized and appropriated for Department of Justice for provisions authorizing each participating department and agency to pay its pro rata share of expenses of such membership and forbidding total dues paid for such membership to exceed $120,000 per annum.
1974—Pub. L. 93–468 substituted “$120,000” for “$80,000”.
1972—Pub. L. 92–380 substituted “$80,000” for “$28,500”.
1967—Pub. L. 90–159 substituted “$28,500” for “$25,000”.
1958—Pub. L. 85–768 authorized the Attorney General to designate departments and agencies which may participate, on a pro rata share basis, in the United States representation with the International Criminal Police Organization, and increased from $1,500 to $25,000 per annum the amount of expenses which may be incurred by reason of United States membership.
Section 264, act Aug. 18, 1894, ch. 301, 28 Stat. 418, which related to Pan American Union, was superseded by Convention of 1928, ratified by the United States and providing that the government of Pan American Union should be vested in a governing board.
Section 265, act Jan. 25, 1929, ch. 102, title I, 45 Stat. 1102, which was from an appropriation act, related to disposition of receipts of Pan American Union, and was not repeated in subsequent appropriation acts.
The sum of $3,000 a year is authorized to be appropriated, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, for the support and maintenance of the permanent international commission of the congresses of navigation and for the payment of the actual expenses of the properly accredited national delegates of the United States to the meetings of the congresses and of the commission; and the Secretary of the Army is authorized to draw his warrant each year upon the Secretary of the Treasury for such sum, not to exceed $3,000, as may in his opinion be proper to apply to the purposes above mentioned, and the said sum shall be disbursed under such regulations as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Army.
The national delegates aforesaid from the United States shall serve without compensation, but shall be reimbursed for their actual expenses incurred while traveling to and from the meetings, and while in attendance thereon, from the funds appropriated in this section and authorized to be expended.
(June 28, 1902, ch. 1306, 32 Stat. 485; June 26, 1934, ch. 756, §2, 48 Stat. 1225; July 26, 1947, ch. 343, title II, §205(a), 61 Stat. 501.)
Department of War designated Department of the Army and title of Secretary of War changed to Secretary of the Army by section 205(a) of act July 26, 1947, ch. 343, title II, 61 Stat. 501. Section 205(a) of act July 26, 1947, was repealed by section 53 of act Aug. 10, 1956, ch. 1041, 70A Stat. 641. Section 1 of act Aug. 10, 1956, enacted “Title 10, Armed Forces” which in sections 3010 to 3013 continued Department of the Army under administrative supervision of Secretary of the Army.
Section 2 of act June 26, 1934, ch. 756, 48 Stat. 1225, which was classified to section 725a of former Title 31, Money and Finance, repealed the permanent appropriation under the title “Permanent International Commission of Congress of Navigation (fiscal year) (8–887)” effective July 1, 1935, and provided that such portions of any Acts as make permanent appropriations to be expended under such account are amended so as to authorize, in lieu thereof, annual appropriations from the general fund of the Treasury in identical terms and in such amounts as now provided by the laws providing such permanent appropriations.
Section, act Feb. 14, 1931, ch. 189, 46 Stat. 1162, as amended, which related to appropriations for expenses of participation in the International Technical Committee of Aerial Legal Experts, was transferred to section 231 of former Title 49, Transportation, and subsequently repealed by Pub. L. 103–272, §7(b), July 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 1379, the first section of which enacted subtitles II, III, and V to X of Title 49, Transportation.
Section, Joint Res. Aug. 7, 1935, ch. 455, §2, 49 Stat. 540, related to termination of Authorizations for Participation in Work of Committee of International Technical Aerial Legal Experts.
The duly appointed representative of the United States on the permanent commission of the International Geodetic Association is granted authority to vote with the representatives on the permanent commission from other nations on all matters coming before the association, including the extension of its existence, subject to the approval of Congress.
(Mar. 3, 1917, ch. 161, 39 Stat. 1055.)
The President is authorized to appoint delegates, who shall be officers of the National Ocean Survey, to attend the meetings of the International Geodetic Association whenever and wheresoever the same shall be held; but no extra salary or additional compensation shall be paid to such officers by reason of such attendance.
(July 23, 1894, No. 37, 28 Stat. 587.)
Coast and Geodetic Survey consolidated with National Weather Bureau in 1965 to form Environmental Science Services Administration by Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1965, eff. July 13, 1965, 30 F.R. 8819, 79 Stat. 1318. Environmental Science Services Administration abolished in 1970 and its personnel, property, records, etc., transferred to National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration by Reorg. Plan No. 4 of 1970, eff. Oct. 3, 1970, 35 F.R. 15627, 84 Stat. 2090. By order of Acting Associate Administrator of National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, 35 F.R. 19249, Dec. 19, 1970, Coast and Geodetic Survey redesignated National Ocean Survey. See notes set out under section 311 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade.
The President of the United States is requested to invite the Government of Great Britain to join in the formation of an international commission, to be composed of three members from the United States and three who shall represent the interests of the Dominion of Canada, whose duty it shall be to investigate and report upon the conditions and uses of the waters adjacent to the boundary lines between the United States and Canada, including all of the waters of the lakes and rivers whose natural outlet is by the River Saint Lawrence to the Atlantic Ocean; also upon the maintenance and regulation of suitable levels; and also upon the effect upon the shores of these waters and the structures thereon, and upon the interests of navigation, by reason of the diversion of these waters from or change in their natural flow; and, further, to report upon the necessary measures to regulate such diversion, and to make such recommendations for improvements and regulations as shall best subserve the interests of navigation in said waters. The said commissioners shall report upon the advisability of locating a dam at the outlet of Lake Erie, with a view to determining whether such dam will benefit navigation, and if such structure is deemed advisable, shall make recommendations to their respective Governments looking to an agreement or treaty which shall provide for the construction of the same, and they shall make an estimate of the probable cost thereof. The President, in selecting the three members of said Commission who shall represent the United States, is authorized to appoint one officer of the Corps of Engineers of the United States Army, one civil engineer well versed in the hydraulics of the Great Lakes, and one lawyer of experience in questions of international and riparian law, and said Commission shall be authorized to employ such persons as it may deem needful in the performance of the duties hereby imposed.
(June 13, 1902, ch. 1079, §4, 32 Stat. 373.)
Provisions of this section relating to the payment of salaries and expenses of the International Joint Commission were omitted. For provisions relating to the payment of salaries of the United States members of the International Joint Commission, see section 268 of this title.
The International Joint Commission was organized in 1911 pursuant to article VII of the treaty of January 11, 1909, with Great Britain, 36 Stat. 2448.
Jurisdiction, powers, or prerogatives of the International Joint Commission, United States and Canada, unaffected by Water Resources Planning Act, see section 1962–1 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.
Joint Res. Jan. 31, 1956, ch. 27, 70 Stat. 9, provided for the Secretary of State to request the International Joint Commission created by the treaty between the United States and Great Britain relating to boundary waters between the United States and Canada to arrange for a final survey to be made to determine the cost of construction and economic feasibility of the proposed Passamaquoddy tidal power project at Passamaquoddy Bay, authorized United States agencies to assist the Commission, authorized appropriations, and required the Secretary of State to report the results of the survey to Congress.
The salaries of the members on the part of the United States, of the International Joint Commission, established under the treaty of January 11, 1909, between the United States and Great Britain, relating to boundary waters between the United States and Canada, shall be fixed by the President. Said commission or any member thereof shall have power to administer oaths and to take evidence on oath whenever deemed necessary in any proceeding or inquiry or matter within its jurisdiction under said treaty, and said commission shall be authorized to compel the attendance of witnesses in any proceedings before it or the production of books and papers when necessary by application to the district court of the United States for the district within which such session is held, which court is hereby empowered and directed to make all orders and issue all processes necessary and appropriate for that purpose.
(Mar. 4, 1911, ch. 285, 36 Stat. 1364.)
Section, act May 14, 1940, ch. 189, title I, 54 Stat. 191, related to compensation and travel expenses of the International Joint Commission.
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation acts:
June 29, 1939, ch. 248, title I, 53 Stat. 895.
Apr. 27, 1938, ch. 180, title I, 52 Stat. 256.
June 16, 1937, ch. 359, title I, 50 Stat. 270.
May 15, 1936, ch. 405, 49 Stat. 1319.
Mar. 22, 1935, ch. 39, 49 Stat. 75.
Advances of money under the appropriation “Boundary line, Alaska and Canada, and the United States and Canada”, may be made to the commissioner on the part of the United States and by his authority to chiefs of parties prior to March 2, 1921.
(Apr. 15, 1918, ch. 52, 40 Stat. 523; Mar. 2, 1921, ch. 113, 41 Stat. 1210; June 10, 1921, ch. 18, title III, §304, 42 Stat. 24; Apr. 29, 1926, ch. 195, title I, 44 Stat. 336; Feb. 24, 1927, ch. 189, title I, 44 Stat. 1185; Feb. 15, 1928, ch. 57, title I, 45 Stat. 70; Jan. 25, 1929, ch. 102, title I, 45 Stat. 1101; Apr. 18, 1930, ch. 184, title I, 46 Stat. 179; Pub. L. 89–554, §8(a), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 643; Pub. L. 92–310, title II, §231(aa), June 6, 1972, 86 Stat. 212; Pub. L. 104–316, title I, §111(a), Oct. 19, 1996, 110 Stat. 3833.)
Section is from the Diplomatic and Consular Service Appropriation Act of Mar. 2, 1921. Similar provisions were contained in act Apr. 15, 1918, and other prior acts.
Acts Apr. 29, 1926; Feb. 24, 1927; Feb. 15, 1928; Jan. 25, 1929; and Apr. 18, 1930, were appropriation acts for the fiscal years 1927, 1928, 1929, 1930, and 1931, respectively. These Acts made applicable boundary appropriations for the enumerated fiscal years.
Section was formerly classified to section 535 of Title 31 prior to the general revision and enactment of Title 31, Money and Finance, by Pub. L. 97–258, §1, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 877.
1996—Pub. L. 104–316 substituted “chiefs of parties” for “chiefs of parties and accounts arising under advances shall be rendered through and by the commissioner on the part of the United States to the General Accounting Office as under advances made to chiefs of parties”.
1972—Pub. L. 92–310 struck out provisions that required chiefs of parties to give bonds.
1966—Pub. L. 89–554 struck out provisions that related to traveling expenses of the commissioner.
“General Accounting Office” substituted in text for “Treasury Department” pursuant to act June 10, 1921, which transferred powers and duties conferred upon Comptroller, six auditors, and certain other officers of the Treasury to General Accounting Office. See section 701 et seq. of Title 31, Money and Finance.
Funds appropriated on and after September 30, 1996, or otherwise made available under this Act or any other Act may be expended for compensation of the United States Commissioner of the International Boundary Commission, United States and Canada, only for actual hours worked by such Commissioner.
(Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(a) [title IV, §403], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009, 3009–54.)
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation acts:
Pub. L. 103–317, title V, §503, Aug. 26, 1994, 108 Stat. 1764.
Pub. L. 103–121, title V, §503, Oct. 27, 1993, 107 Stat. 1189.
The President is authorized to maintain membership of the United States in the Permanent International Association of Road Congresses.
(Pub. L. 102–138, title I, §164(b), Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 676.)
A prior section 269, act June 18, 1926, ch. 623, 44 Stat. 754, authorized appropriations of $3,000 per annum to enable United States to accept membership in Permanent Association of International Road Congresses, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 102–138, title I, §164(a), Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 676.
There is hereby authorized to be appropriated, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, an annual sum of $50 as a contribution on the part of the United States toward the expenses incurred by the Central Bureau of the International Map of the World on the Millionth Scale.
(June 27, 1930, ch. 652, 46 Stat. 825.)
Annual appropriations to meet the obligations of membership in various international organizations were contained in the following acts:
Pub. L. 111–117, div. F, title I, Dec. 16, 2009, 123 Stat. 3316, 3317.
Pub. L. 111–8, div. H, title I, Mar. 11, 2009, 123 Stat. 835, 836.
Pub. L. 110–161, div. J, title I, Dec. 26, 2007, 121 Stat. 2280, 2281.
Pub. L. 109–108, title IV, Nov. 22, 2005, 119 Stat. 2322, 2323.
Pub. L. 108–447, div. B, title IV, Dec. 8, 2004, 118 Stat. 2898, 2899.
Pub. L. 108–199, div. B, title IV, Jan. 23, 2004, 118 Stat. 82, 83.
Pub. L. 108–7, div. B, title IV, Feb. 20, 2003, 117 Stat. 88, 89.
Pub. L. 107–77, title IV, Nov. 28, 2001, 115 Stat. 786, 787.
Pub. L. 106–553, §1(a)(2) [title IV], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2762, 2762A–92, 2762A–94.
Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(1) [title IV], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1535, 1501A–41, 1501A–42.
Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(b) [title IV], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–50, 2681–95, 2681–97.
Pub. L. 105–119, title IV, Nov. 26, 1997, 111 Stat. 2497, 2499.
Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(a) [title IV], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009, 3009–49, 3009–50.
Pub. L. 104–134, title I, §101[(a)] [title IV], Apr. 26, 1996, 110 Stat. 1321, 1321–39, 1321–40; renumbered title I, Pub. L. 104–140, §1(a), May 2, 1996, 110 Stat. 1327.
Pub. L. 103–317, title V, Aug. 26, 1994, 108 Stat. 1762, 1763, as amended Pub. L. 103–335, title VIII, §8155(a), Sept. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 2658.
Pub. L. 103–121, title V, Oct. 27, 1993, 107 Stat. 1187.
Pub. L. 102–395, title V, Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1866, 1867.
Pub. L. 102–140, title V, Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 818.
Pub. L. 101–515, title III, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2126.
Pub. L. 101–162, title III, Nov. 21, 1989, 103 Stat. 1008.
Pub. L. 100–459, title III, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2205.
Pub. L. 100–202, §101(a) [title III], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329, 1329–20, 1329–21.
Pub. L. 100–71, title I, July 11, 1987, 101 Stat. 394.
Pub. L. 99–500, §101(b) [title III], Oct. 18, 1986, 100 Stat. 1783–39, 1783–58, 1783–59, and Pub. L. 99–591, §101(b) [title III], Oct. 30, 1986, 100 Stat. 3341–39, 3341–58, 3341–59, as amended Pub. L. 100–71, title I, July 11, 1987, 101 Stat. 394.
Pub. L. 99–180, title III, Dec. 13, 1985, 99 Stat. 1150, 1151.
Pub. L. 98–411, title III, Aug. 30, 1984, 98 Stat. 1565, 1566.
Pub. L. 98–166, title III, Nov. 28, 1983, 97 Stat. 1094.
Pub. L. 97–377, title I, §101(d), Dec. 21, 1982, 96 Stat. 1877.
Pub. L. 97–276, §101(a), Oct. 2, 1982, 96 Stat. 1186.
Pub. L. 97–92, §101(h) [incorporating Pub. L. 96–536, §101(o); H.R. 7584, title I], Dec. 15, 1981, 95 Stat. 1190.
Pub. L. 96–536, §101(o) [H.R. 7584, title I], Dec. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3169.
Pub. L. 96–369, §101(a), Oct. 1, 1980, 94 Stat. 1351.
Pub. L. 96–68, title I, Sept. 24, 1979, 93 Stat. 417, 418.
Pub. L. 95–431, title I, Oct. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 1022, 1023.
Pub. L. 95–86, title I, Aug. 2, 1977, 91 Stat. 420, 421.
Pub. L. 94–362, title I, July 14, 1976, 90 Stat. 938, 939.
Pub. L. 94–121, title I, Oct. 21, 1975, 89 Stat. 613, 614.
Pub. L. 93–433, title I, Oct. 5, 1974, 88 Stat. 1188, 1189.
Pub. L. 93–162, title I, Nov. 27, 1973, 87 Stat. 637, 638.
Pub. L. 92–544, title I, Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1110, 1111.
Pub. L. 92–77, title I, Aug. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 247, 248.
Pub. L. 91–472, title I, Oct. 21, 1970, 84 Stat. 1041, 1042.
Pub. L. 91–153, title I, Dec. 24, 1969, 83 Stat. 404, 405.
Pub. L. 90–470, title I, Aug. 9, 1968, 82 Stat. 669, 670.
Pub. L. 90–133, title I, Nov. 8, 1967, 81 Stat. 412, 413.
Pub. L. 89–797, title I, Nov. 8, 1966, 80 Stat. 1480, 1481.
Pub. L. 89–164, title I, Sept. 2, 1965, 79 Stat. 621, 622.
Pub. L. 88–527, title I, Aug. 31, 1964, 78 Stat. 712, 713.
Pub. L. 88–245, title I, Dec. 30, 1963, 77 Stat. 777, 778.
Pub. L. 87–843, title I, Oct. 18, 1962, 76 Stat. 1081, 1082.
Pub. L. 87–264, title I, Sept. 21, 1961, 75 Stat. 546, 547.
Pub. L. 86–678, title I, Aug. 31, 1960, 74 Stat. 557, 558.
Pub. L. 86–84, title I, July 13, 1959, 73 Stat. 183, 184.
Pub. L. 85–474, title I, June 30, 1958, 72 Stat. 246, 247.
Pub. L. 85–49, title I, June 11, 1957, 71 Stat. 56, 57.
June 20, 1956, ch. 414, title I, 70 Stat. 301.
July 7, 1955, ch. 279, title I, 69 Stat. 265, 266.
July 2, 1954, ch. 456, title I, 68 Stat. 414, 415.
Aug. 5, 1953, ch. 328, title I, 67 Stat. 368, 369.
July 10, 1952, ch. 651, title I, 66 Stat. 550, 551.
Oct. 22, 1951, ch. 533, title I, 65 Stat. 577, 578.
Sept. 6, 1950, ch. 896, Ch. III, title I, 64 Stat. 610, 611.
July 20, 1949, ch. 354, title I, 63 Stat. 449–451.
June 3, 1948, ch. 400, title I, 62 Stat. 308–310.
July 9, 1947, ch. 211, title I, 61 Stat. 282–284.
July 5, 1946, ch. 541, title I, 60 Stat. 453, 454.
May 21, 1945, ch. 129, title I, 59 Stat. 175, 176.
June 28, 1944, ch. 294, title I, 58 Stat. 402, 403.
July 1, 1943, ch. 182, title I, 57 Stat. 277, 278.
July 2, 1942, ch. 472, title I, 56 Stat. 474, 475.
June 28, 1941, ch. 258, title I, 55 Stat. 271–273.
May 14, 1940, ch. 189, title I, 54 Stat. 187–189.
June 29, 1939, ch. 248, title I, 53 Stat. 891–893.
Apr. 27, 1938, ch. 180, title I, 52 Stat. 253–255.
June 16, 1937, ch. 359, title I, 50 Stat. 267, 268.
June 22, 1936, ch. 689, title III, 49 Stat. 1634.
May 15, 1936, ch. 405, title I, 49 Stat. 1315–1317.
Mar. 22, 1935, ch. 39, title I, 49 Stat. 73, 74.
Apr. 7, 1934, ch. 104, title I, 48 Stat. 534.
Mar. 1, 1933, ch. 144, title I, 47 Stat. 1376.
July 1, 1932, ch. 361, title I, 47 Stat. 480–486.
Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 280, title I, 46 Stat. 1314–1320.
June 27, 1930, ch. 652, 46 Stat. 825.
Apr. 18, 1930, ch. 184, title I, 46 Stat. 179–185.
Jan. 25, 1929, ch. 102, title I, 45 Stat. 1100–1107.
Feb. 15, 1928, ch. 57, title I, 45 Stat. 69–75.
Feb. 24, 1927, ch. 189, title I, 44 Stat. 1184–1191.
Apr. 29, 1926, ch. 195, title I, 44 Stat. 335–340.
Feb. 27, 1925, ch. 364, title I, 43 Stat. 1019–1024.
May 28, 1924, ch. 204, title I, 43 Stat. 210–215.
Jan. 3, 1923, ch. 21, title I, 42 Stat. 1073–1077.
June 1, 1922, ch. 204, title I, 42 Stat. 605–609.
Section, acts May 3, 1928, ch. 489, 45 Stat. 487; Sept. 21, 1950, ch. 976, §1(a), 64 Stat. 902; July 27, 1956, ch. 750, 70 Stat. 696; Feb. 16, 1960, Pub. L. 86–384, 74 Stat. 3; Oct. 4, 1961, Pub. L. 87–365, 75 Stat. 784, which authorized appropriations for the Department of State for the fiscal years 1963 and 1964, not in excess of $50,000 per fiscal year, to meet the obligations of the United States as a member of the Inter-American Children's Institute, has been omitted because the authorization has not been extended for later than the 1963 and 1964 fiscal years.
There is hereby authorized to be appropriated, out of any sums in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, sums not exceeding $2,500 per annum to enable the United States to maintain membership in the International Statistical Bureau at The Hague, such sums to be expended under the direction of the Secretary of State.
(Apr. 28, 1924, ch. 136, 43 Stat. 112.)
To enable the United States to become an adhering member of the Inter American Statistical Institute, there is hereby authorized to be appropriated annually, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, such sums as may be required for expenditure under the direction of the Secretary of State, for the payment of the share of the United States toward the support of the Institute: Provided, That (1) the membership dues of the United States payable for any fiscal year shall not be paid unless, during the preceding fiscal year, at least eight other American nations shall have been in good standing as adhering members, and unless at least eight of such other adhering members for the last preceding year for which such members were respectively obligated to pay dues shall have paid dues which aggregated at least $10,000, and (2) the total cost to the United States for any fiscal year, for adhering membership, shall not exceed $35,000.
(Jan. 27, 1942, ch. 22, 56 Stat. 20; July 2, 1945, ch. 218, 59 Stat. 311.)
1945—Act July 2, 1945, substituted the single proviso for two provisos.
Section, acts July 10, 1952, ch. 651, title I, 66 Stat. 551; Aug. 5, 1953, ch. 328, title I, 67 Stat. 368; July 2, 1954, ch. 456, title I, 68 Stat. 415; July 7, 1955, ch. 279, title I, 69 Stat. 266; June 20, 1956, ch. 414, title I, 70 Stat. 301, related to availability of funds for United States participation in the International Civil Aviation Organization, and was from annual Department of State Appropriation Acts. Similar provisions which are permanent are classified to section 2673 of this title.
Funds appropriated to the Secretary of State for “International Organizations and Conferences” shall be available for the payment by the United States of its proportionate share of the expenses of the International Bureau for the Protection of Industrial Property for any year after 1981 as determined under article 16(4) of the Paris Convention for the Protection of Industrial Property, as revised, except that in no event shall the payment for any year exceed 6 per centum of all expenses of the Bureau apportioned among countries for that year.
(Pub. L. 86–614, July 12, 1960, 74 Stat. 381; Pub. L. 88–69, July 19, 1963, 77 Stat. 82; Pub. L. 92–511, Oct. 20, 1972, 86 Stat. 918; Pub. L. 98–164, title I, §112, Nov. 22, 1983, 97 Stat. 1019.)
1983—Pub. L. 98–164 substituted provisions making appropriations available for the payment of expenses of the International Bureau for the Protection of Industrial Property for any year after 1981, for provisions authorizing appropriations for contributions for the support of the International Bureau of Intellectual Property for the period from July 1, 1950, through June 30, 1959, and for the payment by the United States of its share of the expenses of the Bureau.
1972—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 92–511, §1(1), substituted “International Bureau of Intellectual Property” for “International Bureau for the Protection of Industrial Property”.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 92–511, §1(2), substituted provisions authorizing appropriation of sums as determined under article 16(4) of the Paris Convention for the Protection of Industrial Property up to a maximum of 4.5 percent of the total expenses apportioned among member countries, for provisions authorizing appropriation of sums for payment by the United States of its proportionate share not exceeding $15,000 annually.
1963—Pub. L. 88–69 increased the limitation on the annual appropriation authorization from $7,250 to $15,000.
Annual appropriations to meet the obligations of membership in various international organizations were contained in acts listed in a note set out under section 269a of this title.
The President is hereby authorized to accept membership for the Government of the United States in (1) the Hague Conference on Private International Law and (2) the International (Rome) Institute for the Unification of Private Law, and to appoint the United States delegates and their alternates to meetings of the two organizations, and the committees and organs thereof.
(Pub. L. 88–244, §1, Dec. 30, 1963, 77 Stat. 775.)
There are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for the payment by the United States of its proportionate share of the expenses of the Hague Conference on Private International Law and of the International (Rome) Institute for the Unification of Private Law.
(Pub. L. 88–244, §2, Dec. 30, 1963, 77 Stat. 775; Pub. L. 92–497, Oct. 17, 1972, 86 Stat. 814; Pub. L. 97–241, title I, §114, Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 278.)
1982—Pub. L. 97–241 struck out provision that no payment of the United States for any year exceed 7 per centum of all expenses apportioned among members for that year.
1972—Pub. L. 92–497 substituted provisions authorizing to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for the payment of the United States of its proportionate share, except that no payment of the United States for any year shall exceed 7 per centum of all expenses apportioned among members for that year, for provisions authorizing to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary, not to exceed $25,000 annually, for the payment by the United States of its proportionate share.
Annual appropriations to meet the obligations of membership in various international organizations were contained in acts listed in a note set out under section 269a of this title.
There is hereby authorized to be appropriated annually to the Department of State such sums as may be necessary, including contributions pursuant to the convention of July 5, 1890, as amended, for the payment by the United States of its share of the expenses of the International Union for the Publication of Customs Tariffs and of the Bureau established to carry out the functions of the Union, but not to exceed 6 per centum of such expenses per annum.
(Pub. L. 90–569, Oct. 12, 1968, 82 Stat. 1003.)
Annual appropriations to meet the obligations of membership in various international organizations were contained in acts listed in a note set out under section 269a of this title.
Sections 270 to 270c, act July 3, 1930, ch. 851, §§1–4, 46 Stat. 1005, 1006, related to international tribunals, the administration of oaths, perjury, testimony of witnesses, production of documentary evidence, subpoena power, contempt and its punishment, the authority of commissioners to take evidence, and to procedure. See section 1782 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.
Sections 270d to 270g, act July 3, 1930, ch. 851, §§5–8, as added June 7, 1933, ch. 50, 48 Stat. 117, 118, related to international tribunals, issuance of subpoenas upon application of United States’ agent to United States district court, proceedings thereon, notice to foreign governments, forwarding of certified transcripts of testimony to agents of United States and any opposing government, perjury and contempt and the penalties therefor, and declared the Supreme Court of the District of Columbia to be a district court of the United States. See section 1782 of Title 28.
The President is authorized to accept membership for the Government of the United States of America in the International Labor Organization, which, through its general conference of representatives of its members and through its International Labor Office, collects information concerning labor throughout the world and prepares international conventions for the consideration of member governments with a view to improving conditions of labor.
(June 19, 1934, ch. 676, §1, 48 Stat. 1182.)
Section 1 of act June 30, 1948, ch. 756, 62 Stat. 1151, provided: “That the President is hereby authorized to accept for the Government of the United States of America the Constitution of the International Labor Organization Instrument of Amendment adopted by the Twenty-ninth Session of the International Labor Conference on October 9, 1946.”
Pub. L. 88–65, July 17, 1963, 77 Stat. 80, provided: “That the President is hereby authorized to accept on behalf of the United States of America the instrument for the amendment of the constitution of the International Labor Organization adopted at Geneva on June 22, 1962, by the International Labor Conference at its forty-sixth session.”
The reasons for acceptance of the Constitution of the Organization by the United States is set forth in the preliminary clauses of act June 30, 1948, ch. 756, 62 Stat. 1151, which provided that:
“Whereas the Senate and House of Representatives by Public Resolution Numbered 43 of the Seventy-third Congress authorized the President to accept membership for the Government of the United States of America in the International Labor Organization and the President, pursuant thereto, accepted such membership on August 20, 1934; and
“Whereas such membership in the International Labor Organization has proved of benefit to the people of the United States; and
“Whereas the International Labor Organization provides a unique international forum in which representatives of employers and workers join together with those of governments in formulating conventions and recommendations which serve as international minimum standards for labor and social legislation and administration within member countries; and
“Whereas extensive revision of the constitution has been undertaken to enable the Organization to meet changed conditions, to strengthen the application of conventions and recommendations, with careful provision to meet the constitutional rules and practices of Federal States, and to operate as a specialized agency in relationship with the United Nations; and
“Whereas the Constitution of the International Labor Organization Instrument of Amendment of 1946 was adopted unanimously on October 9, 1946, with the entire delegation of the United States to the Twenty-ninth Session of the International Labor Conference supporting this Instrument of Amendment.”
Ex. Ord. No. 12216, June 18, 1980, 45 F.R. 41619, as amended by Ex. Ord. No. 13135, Aug. 27, 1999, 64 F.R. 47339; Ex. Ord. No. 13385, §7, Sept. 29, 2005, 70 F.R. 57991, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and statutes of the United States of America, and in order to create in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.) an advisory committee on United States participation in the International Labor Organization, it is hereby ordered as follows:
1–101. There is established the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization (ILO). The members will be the Secretaries of Labor, State, and Commerce, the Assistant to the President for National Security Affairs, the Assistant to the President for Economic Policy, and one representative each from organized labor and the business community, to be designated by the Secretary of Labor.
1–102. The Chairman of the Committee shall be the Secretary of Labor. The Committee shall meet at the request of the Chairman.
1–201. The Committee shall monitor and assess the work of the ILO.
1–202. The Committee shall make recommendations to the President or other officers of the Federal government, including the Secretary of Labor. With due recognition that in the ILO tripartite system, government, employer, and employee representatives retain the right to take positions independent of one another, the Committee shall exert its best efforts to develop a coordinated position as to United States policy on ILO issues.
1–203. The Committee shall also perform other functions relevant to relations with the ILO as requested by the President or the Committee Chairman.
1–301. Each member of the Committee who is not otherwise employed full-time by the Federal government may receive, to the extent permitted by law, compensation for each day he is engaged in the work of the Committee at a rate not to exceed the maximum daily rate now or hereafter prescribed by law, and may also receive transportation and travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, as authorized by law (5 U.S.C. 5702 and 5703).
1–302. The Chairman of the Committee is authorized to establish such additional advisory committees as may be deemed appropriate to carry out the purposes of this Order.
1–303. All necessary administrative staff services, support, facilities and expenses of the Committee shall be furnished by the Department of Labor to the extent permitted by law.
1–401. Notwithstanding the provisions of any other Executive order, the functions of the President applicable to the Committee under the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), except that of reporting annually to the Congress, are hereby delegated to the Secretary of Labor, who shall perform them in accordance with guidelines and procedures established by the Administrator of General Services.
1–402. The Committee shall terminate on December 31, 1980, unless this date is extended by further Executive order.
Term of the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization extended until Dec. 31, 1982, by Ex. Ord. No. 12258, Dec. 31, 1980, 46 F.R. 1251, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Term of the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization extended until Sept. 30, 1984, by Ex. Ord. No. 12399, Dec. 31, 1982, 48 F.R. 379, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5.
Term of the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization extended until Sept. 30, 1985, by Ex. Ord. No. 12489, Sept. 28, 1984, 49 F.R. 38927, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5.
Term of the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization extended until Sept. 30, 1987, by Ex. Ord. No. 12534, Sept. 30, 1985, 50 F.R. 40319, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5.
Term of the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization extended until Sept. 30, 1989, by Ex. Ord. No. 12610, Sept. 30, 1987, 52 F.R. 36901, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5.
Term of the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization extended until Sept. 30, 1991, by Ex. Ord. No. 12692, Sept. 29, 1989, 54 F.R. 40627, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5.
Term of the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization extended until Sept. 30, 1993, by Ex. Ord. No. 12774, Sept. 27, 1991, 56 F.R. 49835, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5.
Term of the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization extended until Sept. 30, 1995, by Ex. Ord. No. 12869, Sept. 30, 1993, 58 F.R. 51751, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5.
Term of the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization extended until Sept. 30, 1997, by Ex. Ord. No. 12974, Sept. 29, 1995, 60 F.R. 51875, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5.
Term of the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization extended until Sept. 30, 1999, by Ex. Ord. No. 13062, §1(i), Sept. 29, 1997, 62 F.R. 51755, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5.
Term of the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization extended until Sept. 30, 2001, by Ex. Ord. No. 13138, Sept. 30, 1999, 64 F.R. 53879, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5.
Term of the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization extended until Sept. 30, 2003, by Ex. Ord. No. 13225, Sept. 28, 2001, 66 F.R. 50291, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5.
Term of the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization extended until Sept. 30, 2005, by Ex. Ord. No. 13316, Sept. 17, 2003, 68 F.R. 55255, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5.
Term of the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization extended until Sept. 30, 2007, by Ex. Ord. No. 13385, Sept. 29, 2005, 70 F.R. 57989, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5.
Term of the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization extended until Sept. 30, 2009, by Ex. Ord. No. 13446, Sept. 28, 2007, 72 F.R. 56175, formerly set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5.
Term of the President's Committee on the International Labor Organization extended until Sept. 30, 2011, by Ex. Ord. No. 13511, Sept. 29, 2009, 74 F.R. 50909, set out as a note under section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act in the Appendix to Title 5.
Section, act June 19, 1934, ch. 676, §2, 48 Stat. 1183, provided that the President, in accepting membership in the International Labor Organization, was to assume no obligation under the covenant of the League of Nations.
There is hereby authorized to be appropriated annually to the Department of State—
(a) such sums as may be necessary for the payments by the United States of its share of the expenses of the Organization, but not to exceed 25 per centum of such expenses, as apportioned by the International Labour Conference in accordance with article 13(2)(c) and 13(3) of the constitution of the Organization; and
(b) such additional sums as may be necessary to pay the expenses incident to participation by the United States in the activities of the Organization, including—
(1) salaries of the representative or representatives and alternates and appropriate staff, including personal services in the District of Columbia and elsewhere, without regard to the civil-service laws and chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5; services as authorized by section 3109 of title 5; under such rules and regulations as the Secretary of State may prescribe, allowances for living quarters, including heat, fuel, and light and cost-of-living allowances to persons temporarily stationed abroad; printing and binding without regard to section 501 of title 44 and section 6101 of title 41; and
(2) such other expenses as the Secretary of State deems necessary to participation by the United States in the activities of the Organization: Provided, That the provisions of section 287r of this title, and regulations thereunder, applicable to expenses incurred pursuant to subchapter XVII of this chapter shall be applicable to any expenses incurred pursuant to this paragraph.
(June 30, 1948, ch. 756, §2, 62 Stat. 1151; Oct. 28, 1949, ch. 782, title II, §202(2), title XI, §1106(a), 63 Stat. 954, 972; Sept. 21, 1950, ch. 976, §1(e), 64 Stat. 903; Pub. L. 85–477, ch. V, §502(f), June 30, 1958, 72 Stat. 273.)
Subchapter XVII [§287m et seq.] of this chapter, referred to in subsec. (b)(2), was in the original a reference to the Act of July 30, 1946, Public Law 565, Seventy-ninth Congress.
In subsec. (b)(1), “chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5” and “section 3109 of title 5” substituted for “the Classification Act of 1949” and “section 15 of Public Law 600, Seventy-ninth Congress [5 U.S.C. 55a]”, respectively, on authority of Pub. L. 89–554, §7(b) Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 631, which Act enacted Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
In subsec. (b)(1), “section 501 of title 44” substituted for “section 11 of the Act of March 1, 1919 (44 U.S.C. 111)” on authority of Pub. L. 90–620, §2(b), Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1305, which Act enacted Title 44, Public Printing and Documents.
In subsec. (b)(1), “section 6101 of title 41” substituted for “section 3709 of the Revised Statutes, as amended” on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
1958—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 85–477 substituted provisions limiting appropriations to not more than 25 per centum of the expenses for provisions which authorized an appropriation of not more than $1,750,000 per annum for payment of expenses.
1950—Subsec. (a). Joint Res. Sept. 21, 1950, §1(e)(1), (2), increased the authorized annual appropriation from $1,091,739 to $1,750,000, and changed the reference to the Organization's constitution from article 13(c) to article 13(2)(c) and 13(3).
Subsec. (b). Joint Res. Sept. 21, 1950, §1(e)(3), struck out limitation of $95,000 on the authorized annual appropriation for expenses.
1949—Subsec. (b)(1). Act Oct. 28, 1949, substituted “Classification Act of 1949” for “Classification Act of 1923”.
Contributions by United States, except for special projects, limited to amount provided by Joint Res. Sept. 21, 1950; consent by State Department and reports to Congress, see section 262a of this title.
Annual appropriations to meet the obligations of membership in various international organizations were contained in acts listed in a note set out under section 269a of this title.
No person shall serve as representative, delegate, or alternate from the United States until such person has been investigated as to loyalty and security by the Director of the Office of Personnel Management.
(June 30, 1948, ch. 756, §3, 62 Stat. 1152; Apr. 5, 1952, ch. 159, §1, 66 Stat. 43; 1978 Reorg. Plan No. 2, §102, eff. Jan. 1, 1979, 43 F.R. 36037, 92 Stat. 3784.)
1952—Act Apr. 5, 1952, substituted “Civil Service Commission” for “Federal Bureau of Investigation”.
“Director of the Office of Personnel Management” substituted in text for “Civil Service Commission” pursuant to Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1978, §102, 43 F.R. 36037, 92 Stat. 3783, set out under section 1101 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, which transferred functions vested by statute in Civil Service Commission to Director of Office of Personnel Management (except as otherwise specified), effective Jan. 1, 1979, as provided by section 1–102 of Ex. Ord. No. 12107, Dec. 28, 1978, 44 F.R. 1055, set out under section 1101 of Title 5.
In order to meet the obligations of the United States as a member of the Pan American Institute of Geography and History, there are authorized to be appropriated to the Department of State—
(1) such sums as may be required for the payment by the United States of its share of the expenses of the Institute, as apportioned in accordance with the statutes of the Institute;
(2) such additional sums as may be needed annually for the payment of all necessary expenses incident to participation by the United States in the activities of the Institute; and
(3) the sum of $386,050 for payment by the United States of its assessed annual contributions for the period beginning July 1, 1964, and extending through the fiscal year expiring June 30, 1969.
(Aug. 2, 1935, ch. 430, §1, 49 Stat. 512; Aug. 31, 1954, ch. 1154, 68 Stat. 1008; Pub. L. 89–646, Oct. 13, 1966, 80 Stat. 893; Pub. L. 91–340, July 17, 1970, 84 Stat. 438; Pub. L. 97–241, title I, §113, Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 278.)
1982—Par. (1). Pub. L. 97–241 struck out “, not to exceed $200,000 annually,” after “such sums”.
1970—Pub. L. 91–340 increased annual appropriation authorization in par. (1) from $90,300 to $200,000, and added par. (3).
1966—Pub. L. 89–646 redesignated as cl. (1) provisions of former cl. (b), increasing the annual appropriation authorization from $50,000 to $90,300 and substituted cl. (2) additional annual appropriation authorization for payment of necessary expenses incident to participation by the United States in Institute activities for former cl. (a) appropriation authorization of $98,775 for payment by the United States of its assessed annual contributions for period beginning July 1, 1951, and extending through fiscal year expiring June 30, 1954.
1954—Act Aug. 31, 1954, appropriated sufficient funds to pay back assessments for years 1951 to 1954, and increased from $10,000 to $50,000 the authorized annual contribution.
Annual appropriations to meet the obligations of membership in various international organizations were contained in acts listed in a note set out under section 269a of this title.
There is hereby authorized to be appropriated, to be expended under the direction of the Secretary of State, in paying the annual share of the United States as an adhering member of the International Council of Scientific Unions and Associated Unions, including the International Astronomical Union, International Union of Chemistry, International Union of Geodesy and Geophysics, International Union of Mathematics, International Scientific Radio Union, International Union of Physics, and International Geographical Union, and such other international scientific unions as the Secretary of State may designate, such sum as may be necessary for the payment of such annual share, not to exceed $100,000 in any one year.
(Aug. 7, 1935, ch. 454, 49 Stat. 540; Pub. L. 85–627, Aug. 14, 1958, 72 Stat. 574; Pub. L. 89–104, Aug. 3, 1965, 79 Stat. 427.)
1965—Pub. L. 89–104 substituted “$100,000” for “$65,000”.
1958—Pub. L. 85–627 substituted “$65,000” for “$9,000”.
Annual appropriations to meet the obligations of membership in various international organizations were contained in acts listed in a note set out under section 269a of this title.
Act June 3, 1948, ch. 400, title I, §101, 62 Stat. 305, and subsequent Department of State Appropriation Acts through act Dec. 24, 1969, Pub. L. 91–153, title I, §101, 83 Stat. 404, failed to authorize appropriations for this section. See Annual Appropriations note set out above.
The Congress hereby finds and declares that the international biological program, which was established under the auspices of the International Council of Scientific Unions and the International Union of Biological Sciences and is sponsored in the United States by the National Academy of Sciences and the National Academy of Engineering, deals with one of the most crucial situations to face this or any other civilization—the immediate or near potential of mankind to damage, possibly beyond repair, the earth's ecological system on which all life depends. The Congress further finds and declares that the international biological program provides an immediate and effective means available of meeting this situation, through its stated objectives of increased study and research related to biological productivity and human welfare in a changing world environment.
The Congress therefore commends and endorses the international biological program and expresses its support of the United States National Committee and the Interagency Coordinating Committee, which together have the responsibility for planning, coordinating, and carrying out the program in the United States.
In view of the urgency of the problem, the Congress finds and declares that the provision by the United States of adequate financial and other support for the international biological program is a matter of first priority.
(Pub. L. 91–438, §1, Oct. 7, 1970, 84 Stat. 889.)
The Congress calls upon all Federal departments and agencies and other persons and organizations, both public and private, to support and cooperate fully with the international biological program and the activities and goals of the United States National Committee and the Interagency Coordinating Committee.
For this purpose, the Congress authorizes and requests all Federal departments and agencies having functions or objectives which coincide with or are related to those of the international biological program to obligate or make appropriate transfers of funds to the program from moneys available for such functions or objectives and provide such other support as may be appropriate.
(Pub. L. 91–438, §2, Oct. 7, 1970, 84 Stat. 889.)
To enable the United States to become a member of the International Hydrographic Bureau, and for the first annual contribution of the United States toward the creation and maintenance of such bureau, there is hereby appropriated out of money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated $2,500, or so much thereof as may be necessary, to be paid by the Secretary of State when the exact quota shall have been ascertained.
(Mar. 2, 1921, ch. 113, 41 Stat. 1215.)
Annual appropriations to meet the obligations of membership in various international organizations were contained in acts listed in a note set out under section 269a of this title.
Not to exceed $45,000 annually of the funds appropriated for rivers and harbors shall be available for the support and maintenance of the Permanent International Commission of the Congresses of Navigation and for the payment in amounts approved by the Chief of Engineers of the expenses of the properly accredited delegates of the United States to the meetings of the congresses and of the Commission.
(June 30, 1948, ch. 771, title I, §107, 62 Stat. 1174; Pub. L. 89–298, title III, §306, Oct. 27, 1965, 79 Stat. 1094; Pub. L. 93–251, title I, §93, Mar. 7, 1974, 88 Stat. 39.)
1974—Pub. L. 93–251 substituted “$45,000” for “$22,000”.
1965—Pub. L. 89–298 substituted “$22,000” for “$5,000”.
Section 276, acts June 28, 1935, ch. 322, §1, 49 Stat. 425; Feb. 6, 1948, ch. 48, 62 Stat. 19; Pub. L. 85–477, ch. V, §502(b), June 30, 1958, 72 Stat. 272; Pub. L. 87–195, pt. IV, §710(a), Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 465; Pub. L. 87–565, pt. IV, §404, Aug. 1, 1962, 76 Stat. 263; Pub. L. 88–633, pt. IV, §401, Oct. 7, 1964, 78 Stat. 1014; Pub. L. 90–137, pt. IV, §402, Nov. 14, 1967, 81 Stat. 463; Pub. L. 92–226, pt. IV, §404, Feb. 7, 1972, 86 Stat. 34; Pub. L. 93–126, §3, Oct. 18, 1973, 87 Stat. 451; Pub. L. 94–141, title II, §204(a), Nov. 29, 1975, 89 Stat. 762; Pub. L. 95–45, §4(d)(1), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 223; Pub. L. 95–426, title VII, §710, Oct. 7, 1978, 92 Stat. 994; Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. B, title XXV, §2503(b), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–837, authorized appropriations for annual contribution of the United States toward the maintenance of the Bureau of the Interparliamentary Union.
Section 276a, act June 28, 1935, ch. 322, §2, 49 Stat. 426, related to reports to Congress by American group of the Interparliamentary Union.
Section 276a–1, act June 28, 1935, ch. 322, §3, as added Pub. L. 94–141, title II, §204(b), Nov. 29, 1975, 89 Stat. 762; amended Pub. L. 95–45, §4(d)(2), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 223; Pub. L. 103–437, §9(a)(1), Nov. 2, 1994, 108 Stat. 4588, related to appointment of delegates from House of Representatives to the Conference of the Interparliamentary Union and appointment of Chairman and Vice Chairman.
Section 276a–2, act June 28, 1935, ch. 322, §4, as added Pub. L. 95–45, §4(d)(3), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 223, related to appointment of delegates from Senate to the Conference of the Interparliamentary Union and appointment of Chairman and Vice Chairman.
Section 276a–3, act June 28, 1935, ch. 322, §5, as added Pub. L. 95–45, §4(d)(3), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 223, related to executive secretary of American group of Interparliamentary Union.
Section 276a–4, act June 28, 1935, ch. 322, §6, as added Pub. L. 95–45, §4(d)(3), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 223, related to auditing of accounts of House and Senate delegations to the Interparliamentary Union and finality and conclusiveness of certificate of Chairman.
Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. B, title XXV, §2503(d), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–837, provided that: “Unless Congress receives the certification described in subsection (a) [set out below] before October 1, 1999, effective on that date the Act entitled ‘An Act to authorize participation by the United States in the Interparliamentary Union’, approved June 28, 1935 (22 U.S.C. 276–276a–4) is repealed.” [The Secretary of State did not make the required certification.]
Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. B, title XXV, §2503(a), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–836, provided that: “Unless the Secretary of State certifies to Congress that the United States will be assessed not more than $500,000 for its annual contribution to the Bureau of the Interparliamentary Union during fiscal year 1999, then effective October 1, 1999, the authority for further participation by the United States in the Bureau shall terminate in accordance with subsection (d) [set out above].” [The Secretary of State did not make the required certification.]
Section, act Aug. 25, 1937, ch. 757, 50 Stat. 770, provided that, on and after Aug. 25, 1937, the certificate of the president and executive secretary of the American Group of the Interparliamentary Union be final and conclusive upon the accounting officers in the auditing of all accounts of the Group.
On and after June 30, 1958, Senate delegates to Conferences of the Interparliamentary Union shall be designated by the Presiding Officer of the Senate. Not less than two Senators so designated shall be members of the Committee on Foreign Relations.
(Pub. L. 85–474, title I, June 30, 1958, 72 Stat. 246; Pub. L. 94–141, title II, §204(c), Nov. 29, 1975, 89 Stat. 762.)
1975—Pub. L. 94–141 inserted at end “Not less than two Senators so designated shall be members of the Committee on Foreign Relations.”
Each chairman or senior member of the House of Representatives and Senate group or delegation of the United States group or delegation to the Interparliamentary Union, the NATO Parliamentary Assembly, the Canada-United States Interparliamentary Group, the Mexico-United States Interparliamentary Group, or any similar interparliamentary group of which the United States is a member or participates, by whom or on whose behalf local currencies owned by the United States are made available and expended and/or expenditures are made from funds appropriated for the expenses of such group or delegation, shall file with the chairman of the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate in the case of the group or delegation of the Senate, or with the chairman of the Committee on Foreign Affairs of the House of Representatives in the case of the group or delegation of the House, an itemized report showing all such expenditures made by or on behalf of each Member or employee of the group or delegation together with the purposes of the expenditure, including per diem (lodging and meals), transportation, and other purposes. Within sixty days after the beginning of each regular session of Congress, the chairman of the Committee on Foreign Relations and the chairman of the Committee on Foreign Affairs shall prepare consolidated reports showing with respect to each such group or delegation the total amount expended, the purposes of the expenditures, the amount expended for each such purpose, the names of the Members or employees by or on behalf of whom the expenditures were made and the amount expended by or on behalf of each Member or employee for each such purpose. The consolidated reports prepared by the chairman of the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate shall be filed with the Secretary of the Senate, and the consolidated reports prepared by the chairman of the Committee on Foreign Affairs of the House shall be filed with the Clerk of the House and shall be open to public inspection.
(Pub. L. 86–628, §105(b), July 12, 1960, 74 Stat. 460; Pub. L. 90–137, pt. IV, §401(b), Nov. 14, 1967, 81 Stat. 463; Pub. L. 94–59, title XI, §1104, July 25, 1975, 89 Stat. 299; Pub. L. 103–437, §9(a)(2), Nov. 2, 1994, 108 Stat. 4588; Pub. L. 104–186, title II, §218(1), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1747; Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title VII, §701(b)(2)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–459.)
1999—Pub. L. 106–113 substituted “NATO Parliamentary Assembly” for “North Atlantic Assembly”.
1996—Pub. L. 104–186 substituted “Clerk” for “Committee on House Administration” in last sentence.
1994—Pub. L. 103–437 substituted “Foreign Affairs” for “International Relations” wherever appearing.
1975—Pub. L. 94–59 brought reporting requirements into conformity with other foreign travel expense reporting requirements and into conformity with rules of House of Representatives.
1967—Pub. L. 90–137 substituted “North Atlantic Assembly” for “NATO parliamentarian's Conference”.
Notwithstanding the provisions of any other law, the Executive Directors and Directors and their alternates, representing the United States in the International Monetary Fund, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Inter-American Development Bank, the Bank for Economic Cooperation and Development in the Middle East and North Africa, the Asian Development Bank, the African Development Fund, the African Development Bank, and the Inter-American Investment Corporation, shall, if they are citizens of the United States, in the discretion of the Secretary of the Treasury, each be eligible on the basis of such service and the total compensation received therefor, for all employee benefits afforded employees in the civil service of the United States. The Treasury Department shall serve as the employing office for collecting, accounting for, and depositing in the Civil Service Retirement and Disability Fund, Employees Life Insurance Fund, and Employees Health Benefits Fund, all retirement and health insurance benefits payments made by these employees, and shall make any necessary agency contributions from funds appropriated to the Department of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 91–599, ch. 5, §51, Dec. 30, 1970, 84 Stat. 1659; Pub. L. 95–612, §4, Nov. 8, 1978, 92 Stat. 3092; Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1342(d), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 743; Pub. L. 98–473, title I, §101(1) [title I], Oct. 12, 1984, 98 Stat. 1884, 1885; Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(c)(10)(C), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2036; Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(c) [title VII, §710(c)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–121, 3009–181.)
Amendment by Pub. L. 98–473 is based on section 211(b) of title II of S. 2416, Ninety-eighth Congress, as introduced in the Senate on Mar. 13, 1984, which was enacted into permanent law by Pub. L. 98–473.
1996—Pub. L. 104–208 inserted “the Bank for Economic Cooperation and Development in the Middle East and North Africa,” after “the Inter-American Development Bank,”.
1990—Pub. L. 101–513 inserted “the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development,” before “the Inter-American Development Bank,”.
1984—Pub. L. 98–473 inserted reference to the Inter-American Investment Corporation.
1981—Pub. L. 97–35 inserted reference to the African Development Bank.
1978—Pub. L. 95–612 prescribed requirement of citizenship to be eligible for employee benefits, extended the benefits to representatives to the African Development Fund, substituted provision for contributions from appropriated funds for prior provision for contributions from the fund established under section 822a(a) of title 31, and struck out provision making section effective Dec. 14, 1966.
Amendment by Pub. L. 97–35 effective Aug. 13, 1981, see section 1372 of Pub. L. 97–35, set out as an Effective Date note under section 290i of this title.
Section 7 of Pub. L. 95–612 provided that: “This Act [amending this section, section 5108 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, and section 822a of former Title 31, Money and Finance, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 5108 of Title 5] shall take effect on October 1, 1978, or on such later date as funds are made available pursuant to appropriation Acts authorized by section 5 of this Act [authorizing appropriations of $24,000,000 for fiscal year 1979; not classified to the Code].” Section 7 of Pub. L. 95–612 was repealed as executed by Pub. L. 97–258, §5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1088, section 1 of which enacted Title 31, Money and Finance.
Section, Pub. L. 98–181, title X, §1006, Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1287, related to personnel practices at the Inter-American Development Bank, Asian Development Bank, and African Development Bank.
Not less than 180 days after October 28, 1991, and each year thereafter, the Secretary of State shall submit a report to the Congress concerning each international organization which had a geographic distribution formula in effect on January 1, 1991, of whether each such organization—
(1) is taking good faith steps to increase the staffing of United States citizens; and
(2) has met its geographic distribution formula.
(Pub. L. 102–138, title I, §181, Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 682.)
Not to exceed twenty-four Members of Congress shall be appointed to meet jointly and at least annually and when Congress is not in session (except that this restriction shall not apply during the first session of the Eighty-sixth Congress or to meetings held in the United States) with representatives of the House of Commons and Senate of the Canadian Parliament for discussion of common problems in the interests of relations between the United States and Canada. Of the Members of the Congress to be appointed for the purposes of this subchapter (hereinafter designated as the United States group) half shall be appointed by the Speaker of the House from Members of the House (not less than four of whom shall be from the Foreign Affairs Committee), and half shall be appointed by the President of the Senate upon recommendations of the majority and minority leaders of the Senate from Members of the Senate (not less than four of whom shall be from the Foreign Relations Committee).
Such appointments shall be for the period of each meeting of the Canada-United States Interparliamentary group except for the four members of the Foreign Affairs Committee and the four members of the Foreign Relations Committee, whose appointments shall be for the duration of each Congress.
The Chairman or Vice Chairman of the House delegation shall be a Member from the Foreign Affairs Committee, and, unless the President of the Senate, upon the recommendation of the Majority Leader, determines otherwise, the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Senate delegation shall be a Member from the Foreign Relations Committee.
(Pub. L. 86–42, §1, June 11, 1959, 73 Stat. 72; Pub. L. 95–45, §4(a), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 222; Pub. L. 103–437, §9(a)(3), Nov. 2, 1994, 108 Stat. 4588.)
1994—Pub. L. 103–437 substituted “Foreign Affairs” for “International Relations” wherever appearing.
1977—Pub. L. 95–45 substituted “International Relations Committee” for “Foreign Affairs Committee” as the name of the House Committee from which not less than four of the House appointees must be drawn, inserted requirement that the appointment of the Senate appointees by the President of the Senate be made upon the recommendations of the majority and minority leaders of the Senate, and inserted provision that the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the House delegation be a Member from the International Relations Committee, and, unless the President of the Senate, upon the recommendation of the Majority Leader, determines otherwise, the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Senate delegation be a Member from the Foreign Relations Committee.
An appropriation of $150,000 annually is authorized, $75,000 of which shall be for the House delegation and $75,000 for the Senate delegation, or so much thereof as may be necessary, to assist in meeting the expenses of the United States group of the Canada-United States Interparliamentary group for each fiscal year for which an appropriation is made, the House and Senate portions of such appropriation to be disbursed on vouchers to be approved by the Chairman of the House delegation and the Chairman of the Senate delegation, respectively.
(Pub. L. 86–42, §2, June 11, 1959, 73 Stat. 72; Pub. L. 94–350, title I, §118(a), July 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 827; Pub. L. 103–236, title V, §502(a)(2), Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 462; Pub. L. 107–77, title IV, §408(b)(3), Nov. 28, 2001, 115 Stat. 791.)
2001—Pub. L. 107–77 substituted “$150,000” for “$70,000” and substituted “$75,000” for “$35,000” in two places.
1994—Pub. L. 103–236 substituted “$70,000” for “$50,000” and substituted “$35,000” for “$25,000” in two places.
1976—Pub. L. 94–350 increased annual appropriations authorization to $50,000 from $30,000 and amount for the House and Senate delegations to $25,000 from $15,000.
Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. B, title XXV, §2503(e), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–837, provided that: “Unobligated balances of appropriations made under section 303 of the Departments of Commerce, Justice, and State, the Judiciary, and Related Agencies Appropriations [Appropriation] Act[,] 1988 (as contained in section 101(a) of the Continuing Appropriations Act, 1988; Public Law 100–202 [set out below]) that are available as of the day before the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 21, 1998] shall be transferred on such date to the general fund of the Treasury of the United States.”
Pub. L. 103–236, title V, §502(b), Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 462, provided that: “Funds appropriated and disbursed pursuant to section 303 of Title III [of section 101(a)] of Public Law 100–202 (101 Stat. 1329–23; 22 U.S.C. 276 note [now 276e note]) are authorized to be deposited in interest-bearing accounts and any interest which accrues shall be deposited, periodically, in a miscellaneous account of the Treasury.”
Pub. L. 100–202, §101(a) [title III, §303], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329, 1329–23, as amended by Pub. L. 100–459, title III, §303(a), Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2207; Pub. L. 101–515, title III, §304(a), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2128; Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. B, title XXV, §2503(c), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–837; Pub. L. 107–77, title IV, §408(a), Nov. 28, 2001, 115 Stat. 790, provided that: “There is hereby appropriated, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, a total of $620,000 for each fiscal year to carry out (in accordance with the respective authorization amounts) section 2(2) of Public Law 84–689 [22 U.S.C. 1928b(2)], section 2 of Public Law 86–42 [22 U.S.C. 276e], section 2 of Public Law 86–420 [22 U.S.C. 276i], and section 109(b) and (c) of the Department of State Authorization Act, Fiscal Years 1984 and 1985 [§109(b), (c) of Pub. L. 98–164, title I, Nov. 22, 1983, 97 Stat. 1019, set out as a note under section 276l of this title].. [sic] These funds may be disbursed to each delegation, pursuant to vouchers in accordance with the applicable provisions of law, at any time requested by the Chairman of the delegation after that fiscal year begins.”
[Pub. L. 107–77, title IV, §408(a), Nov. 28, 2001, 115 Stat. 790, which directed the amendment of section 101(a) [title III, §303] of Pub. L. 100–202, set out above, by substituting “$620,000” for “$440,000”, was executed by making the substitution for “$350,000” to reflect the probable intent of Congress and the amendment by Pub. L. 105–277, §2503(c)(1).]
[Pub. L. 100–459, title III, §303(c), Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2207, provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending section 101(a) [title III, §303] of Pub. L. 100–202, set out above] shall take effect on October 1, 1988.”]
The United States group of the Canada-United States Interparliamentary group shall submit to the Congress a report for each fiscal year for which an appropriation is made including its expenditures under such appropriation.
(Pub. L. 86–42, §3, June 11, 1959, 73 Stat. 73.)
The certificate of the Chairman of the House delegation or the Senate delegation of the Canada-United States Interparliamentary group shall hereafter be final and conclusive upon the accounting officers in the auditing of the accounts of the United States group of the Canada-United States Interparliamentary group.
(Pub. L. 86–42, §4, June 11, 1959, 73 Stat. 73.)
Not to exceed twenty-four Members of Congress shall be appointed to meet jointly and at least annually with representatives of the Chamber of Deputies and Chamber of Senators of the Mexican Congress for discussion of common problems in the interests of relations between the United States and Mexico. Of the Members of the Congress to be appointed for the purposes of this subchapter (hereinafter designated as the United States group) half shall be appointed by the Speaker of the House from Members of the House (not less than four of whom shall be from the Foreign Affairs Committee), and half shall be appointed by the President of the Senate upon recommendations of the majority and minority leaders of the Senate from Members of the Senate (not less than four of whom shall be from the Foreign Relations Committee). Such appointments shall be for the period of each meeting of the Mexico-United States Interparliamentary group except for the four members of the Foreign Affairs Committee, and the four members of the Foreign Relations Committee, whose appointments shall be for the duration of each Congress. The Chairman or Vice Chairman of the House delegation shall be a Member from the Foreign Affairs Committee, and, unless the President of the Senate, upon the recommendation of the Majority Leader, determines otherwise, the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Senate delegation shall be a Member from the Foreign Relations Committee.
(Pub. L. 86–420, §1, Apr. 9, 1960, 74 Stat. 40; Pub. L. 95–45, §4(b), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 222; Pub. L. 103–437, §9(a)(4), Nov. 2, 1994, 108 Stat. 4588.)
1994—Pub. L. 103–437 substituted “Foreign Affairs” for “International Relations” wherever appearing.
1977—Pub. L. 95–45 substituted “International Relations Committee” for “Foreign Affairs Committee” as the name of the House Committee from which not less than four of the House appointees must be drawn, inserted requirement that the appointment of the Senate appointees by the President of the Senate be made upon the recommendations of the majority and minority leaders of the Senate, and inserted provision that the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the House delegation be a Member from the International Relations Committee, and, unless the President of the Senate, upon the recommendation of the Majority Leader, determines otherwise, the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Senate delegation be a Member from the Foreign Relations Committee.
An appropriation of $120,000 annually is authorized, $60,000 of which shall be for the House delegation and $60,000 for the Senate delegation, or so much thereof as may be necessary, to assist in meeting the expenses of the United States group of the Mexico-United States Interparliamentary group for each fiscal year for which an appropriation is made, the House and Senate portions of such appropriation to be disbursed on vouchers to be approved by the Chairman of the House delegation and the Chairman of the Senate delegation, respectively.
(Pub. L. 86–420, §2, Apr. 9, 1960, 74 Stat. 40; Pub. L. 94–350, title I, §118(b), July 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 827; Pub. L. 101–515, title III, §304(c), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2129; Pub. L. 103–236, title V, §502(a)(1), Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 461; Pub. L. 107–77, title IV, §408(b)(2), Nov. 28, 2001, 115 Stat. 790.)
2001—Pub. L. 107–77 substituted “$120,000” for “$80,000” and substituted “$60,000” for “$40,000” in two places.
1994—Pub. L. 103–236 substituted “$80,000” for “$100,000” and substituted “$40,000” for “$50,000” in two places.
1990—Pub. L. 101–515 substituted “$100,000” for “$50,000” and “$50,000” for “$25,000” in two places.
1976—Pub. L. 94–350 increased annual appropriations authorization to $50,000 from $30,000 and amount for the House and Senate delegations to $25,000 from $15,000.
A permanent appropriation to carry out this section is contained in section 101(a) [title III, §303] of Pub. L. 100–202, as amended, set out as a note under section 276e of this title.
The United States group of the Mexico-United States Interparliamentary group shall submit to the Congress a report for each fiscal year for which an appropriation is made including its expenditures under such appropriation.
(Pub. L. 86–420, §3, Apr. 9, 1960, 74 Stat. 40.)
The certificate of the Chairman of the House delegation or the Senate delegation of the Mexico-United States Interparliamentary group shall on and after April 9, 1960 be final and conclusive upon the accounting officers in the auditing of the accounts of the United States group of the Mexico-United States Interparliamentary group.
(Pub. L. 86–420, §4, Apr. 9, 1960, 74 Stat. 40.)
Not to exceed 24 Members of Congress shall be appointed to meet annually and when the Congress is not in session (except that this restriction shall not apply to meetings held in the United States), with representatives of the House of Commons and the House of Lords of the Parliament of Great Britain for discussion of common problems in the interest of relations between the United States and Great Britain. The Members of Congress so appointed shall be referred to as the “United States group” of the United States Interparliamentary Group.
Of the Members of Congress appointed for purposes of this section—
(1) half shall be appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives from among Members of the House (not less than 4 of whom shall be members of the Committee on Foreign Affairs), and
(2) half shall be appointed by the President Pro Tempore of the Senate, upon recommendations of the majority and minority leaders of the Senate, from among Members of the Senate (not less than 4 of whom shall be members of the Committee on Foreign Relations) unless the majority and minority leaders of the Senate determine otherwise.
(1) The Chair or Vice Chair of the House delegation of the United States group shall be a member from the Committee on Foreign Affairs.
(2) The President Pro Tempore of the Senate shall designate the Chair or Vice Chair of the Senate delegation.
There is authorized to be appropriated $50,000 for each fiscal year to assist in meeting the expenses of the United States group for each fiscal year for which an appropriation is made, half of which shall be for the House delegation and half of which shall be for the Senate delegation. The House and Senate portions of such appropriations shall be disbursed on vouchers to be approved by the Chair of the House delegation and the Chair of the Senate delegation, respectively.
The certificate of the Chair of the House delegation or the Senate delegation of the United States group shall be final and conclusive upon the accounting officers in the auditing of the accounts of the United States group.
The United States group shall submit to the Congress a report for each fiscal year for which an appropriation is made for the United States group, which shall include its expenditures under such appropriation.
(Pub. L. 102–138, title I, §168, Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 676.)
Section is comprised of section 168 of Pub. L. 102–138. Subsec. (g) of section 168 of Pub. L. 102–138 amended section 1928e of this title.
Pub. L. 98–164, title I, §109(b), (c), Nov. 22, 1983, 97 Stat. 1019, as amended by Pub. L. 99–415, §7(b), Sept. 19, 1986, 100 Stat. 949; Pub. L. 100–459, title III, §303(b), Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2207; Pub. L. 101–515, title III, §304(b), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2128; Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title VII, §701(a)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–459; Pub. L. 107–77, title IV, §408(b)(4), Nov. 28, 2001, 115 Stat. 791; Pub. L. 110–161, div. J, title VI, §634(s), Dec. 26, 2007, 121 Stat. 2331, provided that:
“(b) There are authorized to be appropriated each fiscal year $100,000, to be equally divided between delegations of the Senate and the House of Representatives, to assist in meeting the expenses of the United States Group of the British-American Parliamentary Group. Amounts appropriated under this section [amending section 1928e of this title and enacting this note] are authorized to remain available until expended.
“(c) There are authorized to be appropriated for each fiscal year $100,000 for expenses of United States participation in the Transatlantic Legislators’ Dialogue (United States-European Union Interparliamentary Group).”
[A permanent appropriation to carry out section 109(b) and (c) of Pub. L. 98–164, set out above, is contained in section 101(a) [title III, §303] of Pub. L. 100–202, set out as a Permanent Appropriation for Delegation Expenses note under section 276e of this title.]
In accordance with the allocation of seats to the United States in the Parliamentary Assembly of the Conference on Security and Cooperation in Europe (hereinafter referred to as the “CSCE Assembly”) not to exceed 17 Members of Congress shall be appointed to meet jointly and annually with representative parliamentary groups from other Conference on Security and Cooperation in Europe (CSCE) member-nations for the purposes of—
(1) assessing the implementation of the objectives of the CSCE;
(2) discussing subjects addressed during the meetings of the Council of Ministers for Foreign Affairs and the biennial Summit of Heads of State or Government;
(3) initiating and promoting such national and multilateral measures as may further cooperation and security in Europe.
For each meeting of the CSCE Assembly, there shall be appointed a United States Delegation, as follows:
(1) In 1992 and every even-numbered year thereafter, 9 Members shall be appointed by the Speaker of the House from Members of the House (not less than 4 of whom, including the Chairman of the United States Delegation, shall be from the Committee on Foreign Affairs); and 8 Members shall, upon recommendations of the Majority and Minority leaders of the Senate, be appointed by the President Pro Tempore of the Senate from Members of the Senate (not less than 4 of whom, including the Vice Chairman of the United States Delegation, shall be from the Committee on Foreign Relations, unless the President Pro Tempore of the Senate, upon recommendations of the Majority and Minority leaders of the Senate, determines otherwise).
(2) In every odd-numbered year beginning in 1993, 9 Members shall, upon recommendation of the Majority and Minority Leaders 1 of the Senate, be appointed by the President Pro Tempore of the Senate from Members of the Senate (not less than 4 of whom, including the Chairman of the United States Delegation, shall be from the Committee on Foreign Relations, unless the President Pro Tempore of the Senate, upon recommendations of the Majority and Minority leaders of the Senate, determines otherwise); and 8 Members shall be appointed by the Speaker of the House from Members of the House (not less than 4 of whom, including the Vice Chairman, shall be from the Committee on Foreign Affairs).
For the purpose of providing general staff support and continuity between successive delegations, each United States Delegation shall have 2 secretaries (one of whom shall be appointed by the Chairman of the Committee on Foreign Affairs of the House of Representatives and one of whom shall be appointed by the Chairman of the Delegation of the Senate).
There is authorized to be appropriated for each fiscal year $80,000 to assist in meeting the expenses of the United States delegation.2 For each fiscal year for which an appropriation is made under this subsection, half of such appropriation may be disbursed on voucher to be approved by the Chairman and half of such appropriation may be disbursed on voucher to be approved by the Vice Chairman.
Amounts appropriated pursuant to this subsection are authorized to be available until expended.
The United States Delegation shall, for each fiscal year for which an appropriation is made, submit to the Congress a report including its expenditures under such appropriation. The certificate of the Chairman and Vice Chairman of the United States Delegation shall be final and conclusive upon the accounting officers in the auditing of the accounts of the United States Delegation.
(Pub. L. 102–138, title I, §169, Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 677.)
Ex. Ord. No. 13029, Dec. 3, 1996, 61 F.R. 64591, provided in part that effective Jan. 1, 1995, the Conference on Security and Cooperation in Europe would be called the Organization for Security and Cooperation in Europe.
1 So in original. Probably should not be capitalized.
2 So in original. Probably should be capitalized.
Not to exceed 12 Senators shall be appointed to meet annually with representatives of the National People's Congress of the People's Republic of China for discussion of common problems in the interest of relations between the United States and China. The Senators so appointed shall be referred to as the “United States group” of the United States Senate-China Interparliamentary Group.
The President pro tempore of the Senate shall appoint Senators under this section upon the recommendations of the majority and minority leaders of the Senate. The President pro tempore of the Senate shall designate 1 Senator as the Chair of the United States group.
There is authorized to be appropriated $100,000 for each fiscal year to assist in meeting the expenses of the United States group for each fiscal year for which an appropriation is made. Appropriations shall be disbursed on vouchers to be approved by the Chair of the United States group.
The certificate of the Chair of the United States group shall be final and conclusive upon the accounting officers in the auditing of the accounts of the United States group.
There is authorized within the contingent fund of the Senate under the appropriation account “
There are appropriated, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2004, $100,000 for the United States Senate-China Interparliamentary Group.
Subsections (a) though (d) shall apply to fiscal year 2004, and each fiscal year thereafter.
Subsections (e) and (f) shall apply to fiscal year 2004.
(Pub. L. 108–199, div. H, §153, Jan. 23, 2004, 118 Stat. 448.)
Not to exceed 12 Senators shall be appointed to meet annually with representatives of the Federation Council of Russia for discussion of common problems in the interest of relations between the United States and Russia. The Senators so appointed shall be referred to as the “United States group” of the United States Senate-Russia Interparliamentary Group.
The majority and minority leaders of the Senate shall appoint the Senators of the United States group. The majority leader of the Senate shall designate 1 Senator as the Chair of the United States group.
There is authorized to be appropriated $100,000 for each fiscal year to assist in meeting the expenses of the United States group for each fiscal year for which an appropriation is made. Appropriations shall be disbursed on vouchers to be approved by the Chair of the United States group.
The certificate of the Chair of the United States group shall be final and conclusive upon the accounting officers in the auditing of the accounts of the United States group.
There is authorized within the contingent fund of the Senate under the appropriation account “
There are appropriated, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2004, $100,000 for the United States Senate-Russia Interparliamentary Group.
Subsections (a) though (d) shall apply to fiscal year 2004, and each fiscal year thereafter.
Subsections (e) and (f) shall apply to fiscal year 2004.
(Pub. L. 108–199, div. H, §154, Jan. 23, 2004, 118 Stat. 449.)
Not to exceed 12 Senators shall be appointed to meet once per Congress with representatives of the Diet of Japan for discussion of common problems in the interest of relations between the United States and Japan. The Senators so appointed shall be referred to as the “United States group” of the United States Senate-Japan Interparliamentary Group. The meetings shall take place in Japan and Washington, D.C. alternatively.
The President of the Senate shall appoint Senators under this section, including a Chair and Vice Chair, upon recommendations of the majority and minority leaders of the Senate. Such appointments shall be for the duration of each Congress.
There is authorized to be appropriated $100,000 for each Congress to assist in meeting the expenses of the United States group. Appropriations shall be disbursed on vouchers to be approved by the Chair of the United States group.
A report of expenditures by the United States group shall be prepared and certified each Congress by the Chair.
This section shall apply to fiscal year 2008, and each fiscal year thereafter.
(Pub. L. 110–161, div. H, title I, §5, Dec. 26, 2007, 121 Stat. 2221.)
There is established in the Department of the Army a board to be known as the Trustees of the Kermit Roosevelt Fund, whose duty it shall be properly to administer all money and property which on and after July 2, 1945, may come under its control as part of the Kermit Roosevelt fund, created pursuant to section 276bb of this title. The board shall be composed of the Chief of Finance, United States Army, ex officio, and three general officers of the Army who shall be appointed to the board and may be replaced thereon by the Secretary of the Army.
(July 2, 1945, ch. 228, §1, 59 Stat. 316; July 26, 1947, ch. 343, title II, §205(a), 61 Stat. 501.)
Section was formerly classified to section 224 of Title 5 prior to the general revision and enactment of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, by Pub. L. 89–554, §1, Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 378.
Department of War designated Department of the Army and title of Secretary of War changed to Secretary of the Army by section 205(a) of act July 26, 1947, ch. 343, title II, 61 Stat. 501. Section 205(a) of act July 26, 1947, was repealed by section 53 of act Aug. 10, 1956, ch. 1041, 70A Stat. 641. Section 1 of act Aug. 10, 1956, enacted “Title 10, Armed Forces” which in sections 3010 to 3013 continued Department of the Army under administrative supervision of Secretary of the Army.
The board is authorized to accept from Mrs. Kermit Roosevelt such money and property as she may tender, to receipt therefor on behalf of the United States, and to deposit the funds so received in the Treasury of the United States as the original corpus of a trust fund, to be known as the Kermit Roosevelt fund, which shall be used for the purpose of fostering a better understanding and a closer relationship between the military forces of the United States and those of the United Kingdom by sponsoring lectures or courses of instruction to be delivered by officers of the British Army at the United States Military Academy and elsewhere in the United States and by officers of the United States Army at Sandhurst Royal Military College and elsewhere in the United Kingdom or, should such exchange lectures prove or become impracticable or unnecessary for any reason, by such other application of the funds as the board, with the approval of the Secretary of the Army may determine. The original corpus of the fund and the income therefrom may be disbursed at the discretion of the board in furtherance of the stated purpose, and shall be subject to investment and reinvestment as provided in section 276cc of this title.
(July 2, 1945, ch. 228, §2, 59 Stat. 316; July 26, 1947, ch. 343, title II, §205(a), 61 Stat. 501.)
Section was formerly classified to section 225 of Title 5 prior to the general revision and enactment of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, by Pub. L. 89–554, §1, Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 378.
Department of War designated Department of the Army and title of Secretary of War changed to Secretary of the Army by section 205(a) of act July 26, 1947, ch. 343, title II, 61 Stat. 501. Section 205(a) of act July 26, 1947, was repealed by section 53 of act Aug. 10, 1956, ch. 1041, 70A Stat. 641. Section 1 of act Aug. 10, 1956, enacted “Title 10, Armed Forces” which in sections 3010 to 3013 continued Department of the Army under administrative supervision of Secretary of the Army.
The board is also authorized to accept, receive, hold, and administer gifts, bequests and devises of money, securities, or other property, whether real or personal, from any source, for the benefit of the Kermit Roosevelt fund, but no such gift, bequest, or devise which entails any expenditure not to be met out of the gift, bequest, devise, or the income thereof shall be accepted without the consent of Congress. Such additional sums or property shall be receipted for by the Chief of Finance and may, at the discretion of the board and unless otherwise restricted by the terms of the gift, bequest, or devise, be administered and disbursed in the same manner as the original corpus of the fund and the income therefrom. The board may in its discretion sell or exchange securities or other property given, bequeathed, or devised to or for the benefit of the Kermit Roosevelt fund, and may invest and reinvest the proceeds thereof, together with any other moneys in the fund, in such investments as it may determine from time to time: Provided, however, That the board is not authorized to engage in any business, nor shall it make any investments for the account of the fund which could not lawfully be made by a trust company in the District of Columbia, except that it may make any investment directly authorized by the instrument of gift, bequest, or devise under which the funds to be invested are derived, and may retain any investments accepted by it.
(July 2, 1945, ch. 228, §3, 59 Stat. 317.)
Section was formerly classified to section 226 of Title 5 prior to the general revision and enactment of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, by Pub. L. 89–554, §1, Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 378.
The income from any property held or administered by the board, as and when collected, shall be deposited in the Treasury of the United States to the credit of the trust fund established pursuant to section 276bb of this title, and it shall be and remain subject to investment, reinvestment, and disbursement by the board for the uses and purposes set forth herein.
(July 2, 1945, ch. 228, §4, 59 Stat. 317.)
Section was formerly classified to section 227 of Title 5 prior to the general revision and enactment of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, by Pub. L. 89–554, §1, Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 378.
The board shall have all the usual powers of a trustee in respect to all property administered by it, but the members of the board shall not be personally liable, except for misfeasance, on account of any acts performed in their trust capacity. The members of the board shall not be required to furnish bond, and no additional compensation shall accrue to any of them on account of their duties as trustees. Within the limits prescribed by sections 276bb to 276dd of this title, the administration, control, and expenditure of this fund and its application to the purposes intended shall be according to the sole discretion of the board, and the exercise of its discretion and authority in regard thereto and its decisions thereon, including any payments made or authorized by it to be made from the Kermit Roosevelt fund, shall not be subject to review except by the Secretary of the Army, to whom the board shall, on the 1st day of January, each year, render a full report of its activities during the preceding twelve months. The actions of the board shall not be subject to judicial review except in an action brought in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia, which is given jurisdiction of such suits, for the purpose of enforcing the provisions of any trust accepted by the board.
(July 2, 1945, ch. 228, §5, 59 Stat. 317; July 26, 1947, ch. 343, title II, §205(a), 61 Stat. 501.)
Section was formerly classified to section 228 of Title 5 prior to the general revision and enactment of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, by Pub. L. 89–554, §1, Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 378.
Department of War designated Department of the Army and title of Secretary of War changed to Secretary of the Army by section 205(a) of act July 26, 1947, ch. 343, title II, 61 Stat. 501. Section 205(a) of act July 26, 1947, was repealed by section 53 of act Aug. 10, 1956, ch. 1041, 70A Stat. 641. Section 1 of act Aug. 10, 1956, enacted “Title 10, Armed Forces” which in sections 3010 to 3013 continued Department of the Army under administrative supervision of Secretary of the Army.
The President is authorized to designate the American Commissioner on the International Boundary Commission, United States and Mexico, or other Federal agency, to cooperate with a representative or representatives of the Government of Mexico in a study regarding the equitable use of the waters of the lower Rio Grande and the lower Colorado and Tia Juana Rivers, for the purpose of obtaining information which may be used as a basis for the negotiation of a treaty with the Government of Mexico relative to the use of the waters of these rivers and to matters closely related thereto. On completion of such study the results shall be reported to the Secretary of State.
(May 13, 1924, ch. 153, §1, 43 Stat. 118; Mar. 3, 1927, ch. 381, §1, 44 Stat. 1403; Aug. 19, 1935, ch. 561, 49 Stat. 660.)
1935—Act Aug. 19, 1935, created the International Boundary Commission to take the place of the three special commissioners.
1927—Act Mar. 3, 1927, provided for a study of Tia Juana River in addition to the lower Rio Grande and Colorado Rivers.
International Boundary Commission, United States and Mexico, American section, to which powers, duties, and functions of International Water Commission, United States and Mexico, American section, were transferred by act June 30, 1932, ch. 314, §510, 47 Stat. 417, reconstituted as International Boundary and Water Commission by Water Treaty of 1944.
Pub. L. 100–465, Oct. 3, 1988, 102 Stat. 2272, which enacted sections 277g to 277g–3 of this title, is known as the Rio Grande Pollution Correction Act of 1987. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 277g of this title and Tables.
Pub. L. 92–549, Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1161, which enacted sections 277d–34 to 277d–42 of this title, is known as the American-Mexican Boundary Treaty Act of 1972. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 277d–34 of this title and Tables.
Pub. L. 88–300, Apr. 29, 1964, 78 Stat. 184, which enacted sections 277d–17 to 277d–25 of this title, is known as the American-Mexican Chamizal Convention Act of 1964. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 277d–17 of this title and Tables.
Act Sept. 13, 1950, ch. 948, 64 Stat. 846, which enacted sections 277d–1 to 277d–9 of this title, is known as the American-Mexican Treaty Act of 1950. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 277d–1 of this title and Tables.
Act Mar. 3, 1927, cited as a credit to this section, was repealed by Pub. L. 89–554, §8(a), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 647.
Annual appropriations to meet the obligations of membership in various international organizations were contained in acts listed in a note set out under section 269a of this title.
The Secretary of State, acting through the American Commissioner, International Boundary Commission, United States and Mexico, is further authorized to conduct technical and other investigations relating to the defining, demarcation, fencing, or monumentation of the land and water boundary between the United States and Mexico, to flood control, water resources, conservation, and utilization of water, sanitation and prevention of pollution, channel rectification, stabilization, drainage of transboundary storm waters, and other related matters upon the international boundary between the United States and Mexico; and to construct and maintain fences, monuments and other demarcations of the boundary line between the United States and Mexico, and sewer systems, water systems, and electric light, power and gas systems crossing the international border, and to continue such work and operations through the American Commissioner as are now in progress and are authorized by law.
The President is authorized and empowered to construct, operate, and maintain on the Rio Grande River below Fort Quitman, Texas, any and all works or projects which are recommended to the President as the result of such investigations and by the President are deemed necessary and proper.
(May 13, 1924, ch. 153, §2, 43 Stat. 118; Mar. 3, 1927, ch. 381, §2, 44 Stat. 1403; Aug. 19, 1935, ch. 561, 49 Stat. 660; Pub. L. 101–246, title IV, §412(b)(2), Feb. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 70.)
1990—Pub. L. 101–246 inserted reference to drainage of transboundary storm waters.
1935—Act Aug. 19, 1935, amended section generally.
1927—Act Mar. 3, 1927, increased appropriation from $20,000 to $50,000.
International Boundary Commission, United States and Mexico, American section, to which powers, duties, and functions of International Water Commission, United States and Mexico, American section, were transferred by act June 30, 1932, ch. 314, §510, 47 Stat. 417, reconstituted as International Boundary and Water Commission by Water Treaty of 1944.
Act Mar. 3, 1927, cited as a credit to this section, was repealed by Pub. L. 89–554, §8(a), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 647.
Jurisdiction, powers, or prerogatives of the International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, unaffected by Water Resources Planning Act, see section 1962–1 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.
The President is further authorized (1) to construct any project or works which may be provided for in a treaty entered into with Mexico and to repair, protect, maintain, or complete works now existing or now under construction or those that may be constructed under the treaty provisions aforesaid; and to construct any project or works designed to facilitate compliance with the provisions of treaties between the United States and Mexico; (2) to operate and maintain any project or works so constructed or, subject to such rules and regulations for continuing supervision by the said American Commissioner or any Federal agency as the President may cause to be promulgated, to turn over the operation and maintenance of such project or works to any Federal agency, or any State, county, municipality, district, or other political subdivision within which such project or works may be in whole or in part situated, upon such terms, conditions, and requirements as the President may deem appropriate; and (3) to carry out preliminary surveys, operations, and maintenance of the interceptor system constructed to intercept sewage flows from Tijuana from selected canyon areas.
Expenditures for the Rio Grande bank protection project shall be subject to the provisions and conditions made with respect to that project in the first undesignated paragraph under the heading “
The Anzalduas diversion dam shall not be operated for irrigation or water supply purposes in the United States unless suitable arrangements have been made with the prospective water users for repayment to the Government of the United States for such portions of the dam as shall have been allocated to such purposes by the Secretary of State.
Pursuant to the authority of subsection (a) of this section and in order to facilitate further compliance with the terms of the Convention for Equitable Distribution of the Waters of the Rio Grande, May 21, 1906, United States-Mexico, the Secretary of State, acting through the United States Commissioner of the International Boundary and Water Commission, may make improvements to the Rio Grande Canalization Project, originally authorized by the Act of August 29, 1935 (49 Stat. 961). Such improvements may include all such works as may be needed to stabilize the Rio Grande in the reach between the Percha Diversion Dam in New Mexico and the American Diversion Dam in El Paso.
(May 13, 1924, ch. 153, §3, as added Aug. 19, 1935, ch. 561, 49 Stat. 660; amended Pub. L. 101–246, title IV, §412(b)(1), Feb. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 70; Pub. L. 104–319, title I, §104, Oct. 19, 1996, 110 Stat. 3866.)
The first undesignated paragraph under the heading “
1996—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 104–319 added subsec. (d).
1990—Pub. L. 101–246 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), redesignated cls. (a) and (b) as (1) and (2), respectively, added cl. (3), and added subsecs. (b) and (c).
In order to carry out the provisions of sections 277 to 277d of this title, the President, or any Federal agency he may designate is authorized, (a) in his discretion, to enter into agreements with any one or more of said political subdivisions, in connection with the construction of any project or works provided for in paragraph (2) of section 277a and section 277b of this title, under the terms of which agreements there shall be furnished to the United States, gratuitously, except for the examination and approval of titles, the lands or easements in lands necessary for the construction, operation, and maintenance in whole or in part of any such project or works, or for the assumption by one or more of any such political subdivisions making such agreement, of the operation and maintenance of such project or works in whole or in part upon the completion thereof: Provided, however, That when an agreement is reached that necessary lands or easements shall be provided by any such political subdivision and for the future operation and maintenance by it of a project or works or a part thereof, in the discretion of the President the title to such lands and easements for such projects or works need not be required to be conveyed to the United States but may be required only to be vested in and remain in such political subdivision; (b) to acquire by purchase, exercise of the power of eminent domain, or by donation, any real or personal property which may be necessary; (c) to withdraw from sale, public entry or disposal of such public lands of the United States as he may find to be necessary and thereupon the Secretary of the Interior shall cause the lands so designated to be withdrawn from any public entry whatsoever, and from sale, disposal, location or settlement under the mining laws or any other law relating to the public domain and shall cause such withdrawal to appear upon the records in the appropriate land office having jurisdiction over such lands, and such lands may be used for carrying out the purposes of sections 277 to 277d of this title: Provided, That any such withdrawal may subsequently be revoked by the President; and (d) to make or approve all necessary rules and regulations.
(May 13, 1924, ch. 153, §4, as added Aug. 19, 1935, ch. 561, 49 Stat. 660; amended May 22, 1936, ch. 447, 49 Stat. 1370.)
Clause (c), except the proviso thereof, repealed by Pub. L. 94–579, title VII, §704(a), Oct. 21, 1976, 90 Stat. 2792, effective on and after Oct. 21, 1976.
1936—Act May 22, 1936, inserted “paragraph (2) of section 277a”.
Repeal of cl. (c), except the proviso thereof, by Pub. L. 94–579, title VII, §704(a), Oct. 21, 1976, 90 Stat. 2792, not to be construed as terminating any valid lease, permit, patent, etc., existing on Oct. 21, 1976, see note set out under section 1701 of Title 43, Public Lands.
Any moneys contributed by or received from the United Mexican States, the North American Development Bank, or the Border Environment Cooperation Commission for the purpose of cooperating or assisting in carrying out the provisions of sections 277 to 277d of this title shall be available for expenditure in connection with any appropriation which may be made for the purposes of such sections.
(May 13, 1924, ch. 153, §5, as added Aug. 19, 1935, ch. 561, 49 Stat. 660; amended Pub. L. 107–228, div. A, title II, §210, Sept. 30, 2002, 116 Stat. 1365.)
2002—Pub. L. 107–228 inserted “, the North American Development Bank, or the Border Environment Cooperation Commission” after “United Mexican States”.
The Secretary of State, acting through the United States Commissioner, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico (herein referred to as the “Commission”), in connection with any project under the jurisdiction of the United States Section, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, is authorized: (a) to purchase, or condemn, lands, or interests in lands, for relocation of highways, roadways, railroads, telegraph, telephone, or electric transmission lines, or any other properties whatsoever, the relocation of which, in the judgment of the said Commissioner, is necessitated by the construction or operation and maintenance of any such project, and to perform any or all work involved in said relocations on said lands, or interests in lands, other lands, or interests in lands, owned and held by the United States in connection with the construction or operation and maintenance of any such project, or properties not owned by the United States; (b) to enter into contracts with the owners of the said properties whereby they undertake to acquire any, or all, property needed for said relocation, or to perform any, or all, work involved in said relocations; and (c) for the purpose of effecting completely said relocations, to convey, or exchange Government properties acquired or improved under clause (a) of this section, with or without improvements, or other properties owned and held by the United States in connection with the construction or operation and maintenance of said project, or to grant term or perpetual easements therein or thereover. Grants or conveyances hereunder shall be by instruments executed by the Secretary of State without regard to provisions of law governing the patenting of public lands.
(Sept. 13, 1950, ch. 948, title I, §101, 64 Stat. 846.)
Section 1 of act Sept. 13, 1950, provided that: “This Act [enacting this section and sections 277d–2 to 277d–9 of this title] may be cited as the ‘American-Mexican Treaty Act of 1950’.”
The United States Commissioner is authorized to construct, equip, and operate and maintain all access roads, highways, railways, power lines, buildings, and facilities necessary in connection with any such project, and in his discretion to provide housing, subsistence, and medical and recreational facilities for the officers, agents, and employees of the United States, and/or for the contractors and their employees engaged in the construction, operation, and maintenance of any such project, and to make equitable charges therefor, or deductions from the salaries and wages due employees, or from progress payments due contractors, upon such terms and conditions as he may determine to be to the best interest of the United States, the sums of money so charged and collected or deducted to be credited to the appropriation for the project current at the time the obligations are incurred.
(Sept. 13, 1950, ch. 948, title I, §102, 64 Stat. 846.)
There are authorized to be appropriated to the Department of State for the use of the Commission, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, such sums as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of the Treaty of February 3, 1944, and other treaties and conventions between the United States of America and the United Mexican States, under which the United States Section operates, and to discharge the statutory functions and duties of the United States Section. Such sums shall be available for construction, operation and maintenance of stream gaging stations, and their equipment and sites therefor; personal services and rent in the District of Columbia and elsewhere; services, including those of attorneys and appraisers, in accordance with the provisions of section 3109 of title 5, at rates for individuals not in excess of the maximum daily rate for grade GS–15 of the General Schedule and the United States Commissioner is authorized, notwithstanding the provisions of any other Act, to employ as consultants by contract or otherwise without regard to chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5, and the civil-service laws and regulations, retired personnel of the Armed Forces of the United States, who shall not be required to revert to an active status; travel expense, including, in the discretion of the Commissioner, expenses of attendance at meetings of organizations concerned with the activities of the Commission which may be necessary for the efficient discharge of the responsibilities of the Commission; hire, with or without personal services, of work animals, and animal-drawn, and motor-propelled (including passenger) vehicles and aircraft and equipment; acquisition by donation, purchase, or condemnation, of real and personal property, including expenses of abstracts, certificates of title, and recording fees; purchase of ice and drinking water; inspection of equipment, supplies and materials by contract or otherwise; drilling and testing of foundations and dam sites, by contract if deemed necessary; payment for official telephone service in the field in case of official telephones installed in private houses when authorized under regulations established by the Commissioner; purchase of firearms and ammunition for guard purposes; official entertainment and other representation expenses within the United States for the United States section; and such other objects and purposes as may be permitted by laws applicable, in whole or in part, to the United States Section: Provided, That, when appropriations have been made for the commencement or continuation of construction or operation and maintenance of any such project, the United States Commissioner, notwithstanding the provisions of sections 1341, 1342, and 1349 to 1351 and subchapter II of chapter 15 of title 31, and sections 6301(a) and (b) and 6303 of title 41, or any other law, may enter into contracts beyond the amount actually appropriated for so much of the work on any such authorized project as the physical and orderly sequence of construction makes necessary, such contracts to be subject to and dependent upon future appropriations by Congress: Provided further, That the United States Commissioner shall prepare, within 30 days after the end of each fiscal year, a report of all expenditures during that year for official entertainment and other representation expenses, which shall be available for public inspection.
(Sept. 13, 1950, ch. 948, title I, §103, 64 Stat. 847; Pub. L. 88–448, title IV, §402(a)(29), Aug. 19, 1964, 78 Stat. 494; Pub. L. 95–105, title V, §514(c), Aug. 17, 1977, 91 Stat. 862; Pub. L. 102–138, title I, §165, Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 676.)
Grade GS–15, referred to in text, is contained in the General Schedule which is set out under section 5332 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
In text, “section 3109 of title 5” and “chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5” substituted for “section 15 of the Act of August 2, 1946 (5 U.S.C. sec. 55a)” and “the Classification Act of 1949, as amended”, respectively, on authority of Pub. L. 89–554, §7(b), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 631, which Act enacted Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
In text, “sections 1341, 1342, and 1349 to 1351 and subchapter II of chapter 15 of title 31 and sections 6301(a) and (b) and 6303 of title 41” substituted for “sections 3679, 3732, and 3733 of the Revised Statutes” on authority of Pub. L. 97–258, §4(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, which Act enacted Title 31, Money and Finance, and Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
1991—Pub. L. 102–138 inserted “official entertainment and other representation expenses within the United States for the United States section;” after “guard purposes;” and concluding provision that the United States Commissioner prepare, within 30 days after the end of each fiscal year, a report of all expenditures during that year for official entertainment and other representation expenses, with such report to be available for public inspection.
1977—Pub. L. 95–105 substituted “the maximum daily rate for grade GS–15 of the General Schedule” for “$100 per diem”.
1964—Pub. L. 88–448 struck out provisions which permitted retired personnel of the Armed Forces of the United States employed by the Commission to receive as compensation for temporary service, the difference between the rates of pay established therefor and their retired pay during the period or periods of their temporary employment.
Section 514(d) of Pub. L. 95–105 provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section and sections 277d–28 and 277d–31 of this title] shall take effect on October 1, 1977.”
The United States Commissioner, in order to comply with the provisions of articles 12 and 23 of the treaty of February 3, 1944, between the United States and Mexico, relating to the utilization of the waters of the Colorado and Tijuana Rivers and of the Rio Grande below Fort Quitman, Texas, is authorized to acquire, in the name of the United States, by purchase or by proceedings in eminent domain, the physical properties owned by the Imperial Irrigation District of California, located in the vicinity of Andrade, California, consisting of the Alamo Canal in the United States, the Rockwood Intake, the Hanlon Heading, the quarry, buildings used in connection with such facilities, and appurtenant lands, and to reconstruct, operate and maintain such properties in connection with the administration of said treaty.
(Sept. 13, 1950, ch. 948, title I, §104, 64 Stat. 847.)
Funds heretofore appropriated to the Department of State under the heading “International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico” shall be available for the purposes of sections 277d–1 to 277d–5 of this title: Provided, That authorizations under said sections shall apply only to projects agreed upon by the two Governments in accordance with the treaty of February 3, 1944.
(Sept. 13, 1950, ch. 948, title I, §105, 64 Stat. 848.)
The Secretary of State is authorized, notwithstanding any other provision of law and subject to the conditions provided in this section and section 277d–7 of this title, to enter into an agreement with the appropriate official or officials of the United Mexican States for the operation and maintenance by the International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, of the Douglas-Agua Prieta sanitation project, located at Douglas, Arizona, and Agua Prieta, Sonora, Mexico, heretofore constructed by the said Commission, which agreement shall contain such provisions relating to a division between the two Governments of the costs of such operation and maintenance, or of the work involved therein, as may be recommended by said Commission and approved by the Government of Mexico and by the Secretary of State on behalf of the Government of the United States: Provided, That no such agreement shall be entered into until the governing body of the city of Douglas, Arizona, has given assurances satisfactory to the Secretary of State that it will, so long as such agreement remains in force, contribute an equitable proportion, as determined by the United States Section of said Commission, subject to the approval of the Secretary of State, of the costs of such operation and maintenance allocated to the United States.
(Sept. 13, 1950, ch. 948, title II, §201, 64 Stat. 848.)
There is authorized to be appropriated to the United States Section, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, such sums as may be necessary to defray such costs as may accrue to the United States arising out of any such agreement for the operation and maintenance of such project: Provided, That funds heretofore appropriated to the Department of State under the heading “International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico”, shall be available for expenditure for the purposes of this section and section 277d–6 of this title: Provided further, That any moneys received from the United Mexican States under the terms of any such agreement shall be available for expenditure in connection with any appropriations which may be available or which may be made for the purposes of said sections: And provided further, That moneys received from the city of Douglas, Arizona, pursuant to the provisions of said sections shall be available for expenditure in connection with any appropriations which may be available or which may be made available for the purposes of said sections.
(Sept. 13, 1950, ch. 948, title II, §202, 64 Stat. 848.)
The Secretary of State is authorized, subject to the conditions provided in this section and section 277d–9 of this title, to enter into an agreement with the appropriate official or officials of the United Mexican States for the construction, operation, and maintenance by the International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, of a sanitation project for the cities of Calexico, California, and Mexicali, Lower California, Mexico, which agreement shall contain such provisions relating to a division between the two Governments of the cost of such construction and operation and maintenance, or of the work involved therein, as may be recommended by the said Commission and approved by the Government of Mexico and by the Secretary of State on behalf of the Government of the United States: Provided, That no such agreement shall be entered into until the governing body of the city of Calexico, California, has given assurances satisfactory to the Secretary of State that, so long as such agreement remains in force, the city of Calexico will contribute an equitable proportion as determined by the United States Section of said Commission, subject to the approval of the Secretary of State, of the costs of such construction, operation, and maintenance allocated to the United States.
(Sept. 13, 1950, ch. 948, title III, §301, 64 Stat. 848.)
There is authorized to be appropriated to the United States section, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, such sums as may be necessary to defray such costs as may accrue to the United States arising out of any such agreement for the construction, operation, and maintenance of such project: Provided, That funds heretofore appropriated to the Department of State under the heading “International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico”, shall be available for expenditure for the purposes of this section and section 277d–8 of this title: Provided further, That any moneys received from the United Mexican States under the terms of any such agreement shall be available for expenditure in connection with any appropriation which may be available or which may be made available for the purposes of said sections: And provided further, That moneys received from the city of Calexico, California, pursuant to the provisions of said sections, shall be available for expenditure in connection with any appropriations which may be available or which may be made available for the purposes of said sections.
(Sept. 13, 1950, ch. 948, title III, §302, 64 Stat. 849.)
The Secretary of State is authorized, notwithstanding any other provision of law and subject to the conditions provided in this section and section 277d–11 of this title, to enter into an agreement with the appropriate official or officials of the United Mexican States for the operation and maintenance by the International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, of the Nogales sanitation project, located at Nogales, Arizona, and Nogales, Sonora, Mexico, heretofore constructed by the said Commission, which agreement shall contain such provisions relating to a division between the two Governments of the costs of such operation and maintenance, or of the work involved therein, as may be recommended by said Commission and approved by the Government of Mexico and by the Secretary of State on behalf of the Government of the United States: Provided, That no such agreement shall be entered into until the governing body of the city of Nogales, Arizona, has given assurances satisfactory to the Secretary of State that it will, so long as such agreement remains in force, contribute an equitable proportion, as determined by the United States section of said Commission, subject to the approval of the Secretary of State, of the costs of such operation and maintenance allocated to the United States.
(July 27, 1953, ch. 242, §1, 67 Stat. 195.)
There is authorized to be appropriated to the United States section, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, such sums as may be necessary to defray such costs as may accrue to the United States arising out of any such agreement for the operation and maintenance of such project: Provided, That funds heretofore appropriated to the Department of State under the heading “International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico”, shall be available for expenditure for the purposes of this section and section 277d–10 of this title: Provided further, That any moneys received from the United Mexican States under the terms of any such agreement shall be available for expenditure in connection with any appropriations which may be available or which may be made for the purposes of said sections: And provided further, That moneys received from the city of Nogales, Arizona, pursuant to the provisions of said sections shall be available for expenditure in connection with any appropriations which may be available or which may be made available for the purposes of said sections.
(July 27, 1953, ch. 242, §2, 67 Stat. 195.)
On and after June 20, 1956, in addition to the funds available under the appropriation “Rio Grande emergency flood protection”, the United States Commissioner is authorized to expend from any appropriation available to the International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, American Section, such sums as may be necessary for prosecution of emergency flood fighting and rescue operations, repairs or restoration of any flood control or sanitation works threatened or destroyed by floodwaters of the Rio Grande, the Colorado or Tijuana Rivers, or other streams running across or near the boundary, and for taking emergency actions, consistent with the emergency provisions of the Safe Drinking Water Act [42 U.S.C. 300f et seq.], to protect against health threatening surface and ground water pollution problems along the United States-Mexico boundary.
(June 20, 1956, ch. 414, title I, 70 Stat. 302; Pub. L. 101–246, title IV, §412(a), Feb. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 69; Pub. L. 103–236, title IV, §423(b), Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 457.)
The Safe Drinking Water Act, referred to in text, is title XIV of act July 1, 1944, as added Dec. 16, 1974, Pub. L. 93–523, §2(a), 88 Stat. 1660, as amended, which is classified generally to subchapter XII (§300f et seq.) of chapter 6A of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 201 of Title 42 and Tables.
1994—Pub. L. 103–236 substituted “Tijuana Rivers, or other streams running across or near the boundary, and for taking emergency actions, consistent with the emergency provisions of the Safe Drinking Water Act, to protect against health threatening surface and ground water pollution problems along the United States-Mexico boundary” for “Tijuana Rivers, and for taking emergency actions to protect against health threatening sanitation problems by repairing or replacing existing capital infrastructure along the United States-Mexico Boundary”.
1990—Pub. L. 101–246 inserted “or sanitation” after “flood control” and inserted before period at end “, the Colorado or Tijuana Rivers, and for taking emergency actions to protect against health threatening sanitation problems by repairing or replacing existing capital infrastructure along the United States-Mexico Boundary”.
The Secretary of State, acting through the United States Commissioner, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, is hereby authorized to conclude with the appropriate official or officials of the Government of Mexico an agreement for the joint construction, operation, and maintenance by the United States and Mexico, in accordance with the provisions of the treaty of February 3, 1944, with Mexico, of a major international storage dam on the Rio Grande at the site and having substantially the characteristics described in minute numbered 207 adopted June 19, 1958, by the said Commission, and in the “Rio Grande International Storage Dams Project—Report on Proposed Dam and Reservoir” prepared by the United States Section of the said Commission and dated September 1958.
(Pub. L. 86–605, §1, July 7, 1960, 74 Stat. 360.)
If agreement is concluded pursuant to section 277d–13 of this title for the construction of a major international storage dam the Secretary of State, acting through the United States Commissioner, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, is authorized to conclude with the appropriate official or officials of Mexico an agreement consistent with article 7 of the treaty of February 3, 1944, for the construction, operation, and maintenance on a self-liquidating basis, for the United States share, of facilities for generating hydroelectric energy at said dam.
If agreement for the construction of separate facilities for generating hydroelectric energy is concluded, the United States Commissioner, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, is directed to construct, operate, and maintain such self-liquidating facilities for the United States.
(Pub. L. 86–605, §2, July 7, 1960, 74 Stat. 360.)
If a dam is constructed pursuant to an agreement concluded under the authorization granted by section 277d–13 of this title, its operation for conservation and release of United States share of waters shall be integrated with other United States water conservation activities on the Rio Grande below Fort Quitman, Texas, in such manner as to provide the maximum feasible amount of water for beneficial use in the United States with the understandings that (a) releases of United States share of waters from said dam for domestic, municipal, industrial, and irrigation uses in the United States shall be made pursuant to order by the appropriate authority or authorities of the State of Texas, and (b) the State of Texas having stipulated that the amount of water that will be available for use in the United States below Falcon Dam after the proposed dam is placed in operation will be not less than the amount available under existing conditions of river development, and to carry out such understandings and said stipulation the conservation storage of said dam shall be used, and it shall be the exclusive responsibility of the appropriate authority or authorities of said State to distribute available United States share of waters of the Rio Grande in such manner as will comply with said stipulation.
(Pub. L. 86–605, §3, July 7, 1960, 74 Stat. 360.)
There is hereby authorized to be appropriated to the Department of State for the use of the United States Section, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, such sums as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of sections 277d–13 to 277d–16 of this title.
(Pub. L. 86–605, §4, July 7, 1960, 74 Stat. 361.)
In connection with the convention between the United States of America and the United Mexican States for the solution of the problem of the Chamizal, signed August 29, 1963, the Secretary of State, acting through the United States Commissioner, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, is authorized—
a. to conduct technical and other investigations relating to: the demarcation or monumentation of the boundary between the United States and Mexico; flood control; water resources; sanitation and prevention of pollution; channel relocation, improvement, and stabilization; and other matters related to the new river channel.
b. to acquire by donation, purchase, or condemnation, all lands required—
(1) for transfer to Mexico as provided in said convention;
(2) for construction of that portion of the new river channel and the adjoining levee in the territory of the United States;
(3) for relocation of highways, roadways, railroads, telegraph, telephone, electric transmission lines, bridges, related facilities, and any publicly owned structure or facility, the relocation of which, in the judgment of the said Commissioner, is necessitated by the project.
c. For the purpose of effecting said relocations—
(1) to perform any or all work involved in said relocations;
(2) to enter into contracts with the owners of properties to be relocated whereby they undertake to acquire any or all properties needed for said relocations, or undertake to perform any or all work involved in said relocations;
(3) to convey or exchange properties acquired or improved by the United States under sections 277d–17 to 277d–25 of this title or under said convention, with or without improvements, or to grant term or perpetual easements therein or thereover.
(Pub. L. 88–300, §1, Apr. 29, 1964, 78 Stat. 184.)
Section is comprised of part of section 1 of Pub. L. 88–300. Remainder of section 1 is set out as a Short Title note below.
Section 1 of Pub. L. 88–300 provided in part: “That this Act [enacting this section and sections 277d–18 to 277d–25 of this title] may be cited as the ‘American-Mexican Chamizal Convention Act of 1964’.”
The United States Commissioner is authorized to construct, operate, and maintain all works provided for in said convention and sections 277d–17 to 277d–25 of this title, and to turn over the operation and maintenance of any such works to any Federal agency, or any State, county, municipality, district, or other political subdivision within which such project or works may be in whole or in part situated, upon such terms, conditions, and requirements as the Commissioner may deem appropriate.
The United States Commissioner is authorized to receive payments of money from public or private sources in the United States or Mexico made for the purpose of sharing in the cost of operations, maintenance, and replacement of the Bridge of the Americas which crosses the Rio Grande between El Paso, Texas, and Cd. Juarez, Chihuahua. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, such payments of money shall be credited to any appropriation to the Commission which is currently available. Funds received under this subsection shall be available only for the replacement of such bridge.
The authority of subsection (b) of this section may be exercised only to the extent or in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriation Acts.
(Pub. L. 88–300, §2, Apr. 29, 1964, 78 Stat. 184; Pub. L. 103–236, title IV, §423(a), Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 457; Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title VII, §703], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–460.)
1999—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 106–113 inserted “operations, maintenance, and” after “cost of”.
1994—Pub. L. 103–236 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and added subsecs. (b) and (c).
The United States Commissioner, under regulations approved by the Secretary of State, and upon application of the owners and tenants of lands to be acquired by the United States to fulfill and accomplish the purposes of said convention, and to the extent administratively determined by the Commissioner to be fair and reasonable, is authorized to—
a. Reimburse the owners and tenants for expenses and other losses and damages incurred by them in the process and as a direct result of such moving of themselves, their families, and their possessions as is occasioned by said acquisition: Provided, That the total of such reimbursement to the owners and tenants of any parcel of land shall in no event exceed 25 per centum of its fair value, as determined by the Commissioner. No payment under this subsection shall be made unless application therefor is supported by an itemized and certified statement of the expenses, losses, and damages incurred.
b. Compensate the said owners and tenants for identifiable, reasonable, and satisfactorily proved costs and losses to owners and tenants over and above those reimbursed under the foregoing subsection in the categories hereinafter provided, and for which purpose there shall be established by the Commissioner a board of examiners, consisting of such personnel employed and compensation fixed as he deems advisable, without regard to the provisions of the civil service laws and chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5. Said board may hold hearings and shall examine submitted evidence and make determinations, subject to the Commissioner's approval, regarding all claims in said categories as follows:
(1) For properties—
(a) For nonconforming abodes and minimum forms of shelter for which there are no comparable properties on the market in the city of El Paso and concerning which fair market value would be inadequate to find minimum housing of equal utility, compensation to the owner up to an amount which when added to the market value allowed for his property, including land values, would enable purchase of minimum habitable housing of similar utility in another residential section of said city.
(b) For commercial properties for which there are no comparable properties on the market in or near El Paso, Texas, compensation to the owner up to an amount which, when added to the total fair market value, including the land value, would compensate the owner for the “value in use” of the real estate to him. Such “value in use” is to be determined on the basis of replacement cost less deterioration and obsolescence in existing real estate and taking into consideration factors bearing upon income attributable to the real estate.
(2) For loss in business:
(a) Loss of profits directly resulting from relocation, limited to the period between termination of business in the old location and commencement of business in the new, such period not to exceed thirty days.
(b) Loss to owner resulting from inability to rent to others housing or commercial space that can be reasonably related to uncertainties arising out of the pending acquisition of the owner's property by the United States, such losses limited to those incurred after July 18, 1963, and prior to the making by the United States of a firm offer to purchase.
(3) For penalty costs to property owners for prepayment of mortgages incident to acquisition of the properties by the United States.
(Pub. L. 88–300, §3, Apr. 29, 1964, 78 Stat. 184.)
In par. b., “chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5” substituted for “the Classification Act of 1949, as amended” on authority of Pub. L. 89–554, §7(b), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 631, the first section of which enacted Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Application for reimbursement or compensation under section 277d–19 of this title shall be submitted to the Commissioner within either one year from the date of acquisition or the date of vacating the premises by the applicant, whichever date is later. Applications not submitted within said period shall be forever barred.
(Pub. L. 88–300, §4, Apr. 29, 1964, 78 Stat. 185.)
The Commissioner, in rendering an award in favor of any claimant under section 277d–19 of this title, may, as part of such award, determine and allow reasonable attorneys’ fees which shall not exceed 10 per centum of the amount awarded, to be paid out of but not in addition to the amount of award, to the attorneys representing the claimant. Any attorney who charges, demands, receives, or collects for services rendered in connection with such claim any amount in excess of that allowed by the terms of this section, if award be made, shall be fined not more than $2,000 or imprisoned not more than one year, or both.
(Pub. L. 88–300, §5, Apr. 29, 1964, 78 Stat. 185.)
Payments to be made as herein provided shall be in addition to, but not in duplication of, any payments that may otherwise be authorized by law. The means employed to acquire the property, whether by condemnation or otherwise, shall not affect eligibility for reimbursement or compensation under sections 277d–17 to 277d–25 of this title. Nothing contained in such sections shall be construed as creating any legal right or cause of action against the United States or as precluding the exercise by the Government of the right of eminent domain or any other right or power that it may have under such sections or any other law; nor shall such sections be construed as precluding an owner or tenant from asserting any rights he may have under other laws or the Constitution of the United States.
(Pub. L. 88–300, §6, Apr. 29, 1964, 78 Stat. 186.)
No amount received as an award under subsection a. and subsections b. (1) and (3) of section 277d–19 of this title shall be included in gross income for purposes of chapter 1 of title 26. However, amounts received under subsection b. (1) shall be included in gross income to the extent that such amounts are not used within one year of the receipt thereof to purchase replacement housing or facilities.
(Pub. L. 88–300, §7, Apr. 29, 1964, 78 Stat. 186; Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095.)
1986—Pub. L. 99–514 substituted “Internal Revenue Code of 1986” for “Internal Revenue Code of 1954”, which for purposes of codification was translated as “title 26” thus requiring no change in text.
As used in sections 277d–17 to 277d–25 of this title, the term “land” shall include interests in land, and the term “fair value” shall mean fair value of the interest acquired. The provisions of such sections shall be exempt from the operations of subchapter II of chapter 5, and chapter 7, of title 5.
(Pub. L. 88–300, §8, Apr. 29, 1964, 78 Stat. 186.)
“Subchapter II of chapter 5, and chapter 7, of title 5” substituted in text for “the Administrative Procedure Act of June 11, 1946 (60 Stat. 237), as amended (5 U.S.C. 1001–1011)” on authority of Pub. L. 89–554, §7(b), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 631, the first section of which enacted Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
There are authorized to be appropriated to the Department of State for the use of the United States section of said Commission not to exceed $44,900,000 to carry out the provisions of said convention and sections 277d–17 to 277d–25 of this title and for transfer to other Federal agencies to accomplish by them or other proper agency relocation of their facilities necessitated by the project. Of the appropriations authorized by this section, not to exceed $4,200,000 may be used to carry out the provisions of section 277d–19 of this title. The provisions of section 277d–3 of this title are hereby expressly extended to apply to the carrying out of the provisions of said convention and sections 277d–17 to 277d–25 of this title.
(Pub. L. 88–300, §9, Apr. 29, 1964, 78 Stat. 186.)
The Secretary of State, acting through the United States Commissioner, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, is authorized to conclude, with the appropriate official or officials of the Government of Mexico, agreements for emergency flood control measures of international character in the reaches of the lower Colorado River between Imperial Dam and the Gulf of California, in both the United States and Mexico, such agreements to provide: (a) for the joint clearing and maintaining free of trees and brush the bed and banks of the channel; for removing sediment deposits from the river channel; and (b) for corrective actions to guard against sedimentation and consequent aggradation of the river channel incident to desilting operations at diversion dams in the two countries: Provided, That, prior approval of the Secretary of the Interior is required of any proposed agreement with Mexico under clause (b) of this section which would involve construction and/or operation of works on the Colorado River in the United States under the jurisdiction of the Secretary. The measures contemplated herein are for the purpose of controlling floods on the lower Colorado River in accordance with article 13 of the 1944 Water Treaty with Mexico, and accomplishment thereof by the International Boundary and Water Commission, United States Section, would be in accord with the Memorandum of Understanding “as to Functions and Jurisdiction of Agencies of the United States in Relation to the Colorado and Tijuana Rivers and the Rio Grande Below Fort Quitman, Texas, Under Water Treaty Signed at Washington, February 3, 1944,” between the Department of State and the United States Section, International Boundary and Water Commission and the Department of the Interior dated February 14, 1945.
(Pub. L. 88–411, §1, Aug. 10, 1964, 78 Stat. 386.)
The United States Commissioner, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, is authorized to carry out those measures agreed upon for execution by the United States in the agreements concluded pursuant to section 277d–26 of this title.
(Pub. L. 88–411, §2, Aug. 10, 1964, 78 Stat. 386.)
There is authorized to be appropriated to the Department of State for use of the United States Section, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, not in excess of $300,000 for the initial cost of the work authorized in sections 277d–26 to 277d–28 of this title, and not to exceed $30,000 based on December 1975 prices, plus or minus such amounts as may be justified by reason of ordinary fluctuations in operation and maintenance costs involved therein, annually thereafter for necessary maintenance.
(Pub. L. 88–411, §3, Aug. 10, 1964, 78 Stat. 386; Pub. L. 93–126, §7(b), Oct. 18, 1973, 87 Stat. 452; Pub. L. 95–105, title V, §514(b), Aug. 17, 1977, 91 Stat. 862.)
1977—Pub. L. 95–105 inserted “based on December 1975 prices, plus or minus such amounts as may be justified by reason of ordinary fluctuations in operation and maintenance costs involved therein,” after “$30,000”.
1973—Pub. L. 93–126 substituted “$30,000” for “$20,000”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 95–105 effective Oct. 1, 1977, see section 514(d) of Pub. L. 95–105, set out as a note under section 277d–3 of this title.
For the purposes of facilitating and implementing operation and maintenance of the international Rio Grande canalization project, the United States Commissioner, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, is authorized to enter into agreements with the appropriate official or officials of local organizations, as defined in the Watershed Protection and Flood Prevention Act of August 4, 1954, as amended [16 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.], for the maintenance by said local organizations either directly or indirectly through mutually satisfactory maintenance agreements with others, including the United States, of all those flood and arroyo sediment control dams, together with all related works, hereafter installed or constructed in the Rio Grande watershed between Caballo Dam and El Paso, Texas, in accordance with said Act, and which are necessary, in the opinion of Said Commissioner, to facilitate and implement the operation and maintenance of said project.
Such maintenance agreements between the local organization and the United States shall provide the extent of contribution by the United States as may be mutually agreed by the two parties, based on the degree of benefits to be derived from said dams and related works, and the contribution by the United States may be either in the form of funds or performance of the actual operation and maintenance.
Control gates shall not be installed on any of the dams which, in the opinion of the United States Commissioner, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, are necessary to facilitate and implement the operation and maintenance of the Rio Grande canalization project.
Arrangements made between the United States and the local organizations shall be satisfactory to the Secretary of Agriculture for defraying cost of maintaining such work of improvement in accordance with regulations prescribed by said Secretary.
There is hereby authorized to be appropriated not in excess of $50,000 per annum for contributions to maintenance authorized by this section.
(Pub. L. 88–600, Sept. 18, 1964, 78 Stat. 956; Pub. L. 93–126, §7(c), Oct. 18, 1973, 87 Stat. 452.)
The Watershed Protection and Flood Prevention Act of August 4, 1954, as amended, referred to in text, is act Aug. 4, 1954, ch. 656, 68 Stat. 666, as amended, which is classified generally to chapter 18 (§1001 et seq.) of Title 16, Conservation. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1001 of Title 16 and Tables.
1973—Pub. L. 93–126 substituted “$50,000” for “$23,000”.
The Secretary of State, acting through the United States Commissioner, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, is authorized, notwithstanding any other provision of law and subject to the conditions provided in this section and section 277d–31 of this title to conclude an agreement or agreements with the appropriate official or officials of the Government of the United Mexican States for the construction, operation, and maintenance by the United Mexican States under the supervision of the International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, of a drainage conveyance canal through Mexican territory for the discharge of waters of El Morillo and other drains in the United Mexican States into the Gulf of Mexico in the manner, and having substantially the characteristics, described in said Commission's minute numbered 223, dated November 30, 1965. The agreement or agreements shall provide that the cost of construction including costs of design and right-of-way and the costs of operation and maintenance, shall be equally divided between the United Mexican States and the United States. Before concluding the agreement or agreements, the Secretary of State shall receive satisfactory assurances from private citizens or a responsible local group that they or it will pay to the United States Treasury one-half of the actual United States costs of such construction, including costs of design and right-of-way, and one-half of the actual costs of operation and maintenance allocated under such agreement or agreements to the United States. Payments to the United States Treasury under this section shall be covered into the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts.
(Pub. L. 89–584, §1, Sept. 19, 1966, 80 Stat. 808.)
To defray costs that accrue to the United States under the agreement or agreements referred to in section 277d–30 of this title for the construction, operation, and maintenance of drainage conveyance canal projects, there are authorized to be appropriated to the Department of State for use of the United States Section, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, the following amounts:
(1) Not to exceed $690,000 for costs of construction.
(2) Upon completion of construction, not to exceed $25,000 based on estimated calendar year 1976 costs, plus or minus such amounts as may be justified by reason of ordinary fluctuations in operation and maintenance costs involved therein, annually for costs of operation and maintenance.
(Pub. L. 89–584, §2, Sept. 19, 1966, 80 Stat. 808; Pub. L. 93–126, §7(a), Oct. 18, 1973, 87 Stat. 452; Pub. L. 95–105, title V, §514(a), Aug. 17, 1977, 91 Stat. 862.)
1977—Par. (2). Pub. L. 95–105 inserted “based on estimated calendar year 1976 costs, plus or minus such amounts as may be justified by reason of ordinary fluctuations in operation and maintenance costs involved therein,” after “$25,000”.
1973—Par. (2). Pub. L. 93–126 substituted “$25,000” for “$20,000”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 95–105 effective Oct. 1, 1977, see section 514(d) of Pub. L. 95–105, set out as a note under section 277d–3 of this title.
The Secretary of State, acting through the United States Commissioner, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, is hereby authorized to conclude with the appropriate official or officials of the Government of Mexico an agreement for the joint construction, operation, and maintenance by the United States and Mexico, in accordance with the provisions of the treaty of February 3, 1944, with Mexico, of an international flood control project for the Tijuana River, which shall be located and have substantially the characteristics described in “Report on an International Flood Control Project, Tijuana River Basin”, prepared by the United States Section, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico.
(Pub. L. 89–640, §1, Oct. 10, 1966, 80 Stat. 884.)
Pursuant to the agreement concluded under the authority of section 277d–32 of this title, the United States Commissioner is authorized to construct, operate, and maintain the portion of the “International Flood Control Project, Tijuana River Basin,” assigned to the United States, and there is hereby authorized to be appropriated to the Department of State for use of the United States section the sum of $10,800,000 for construction costs of such project, as modified, based on estimated June 1976 prices, plus or minus such amounts as may be justified by reason of price index fluctuations in costs involved therein, and such sums as may be necessary for its maintenance and operation, except that no funds may be appropriated under sections 277d–32 and 277d–33 of this title for the fiscal year ending on September 30, 1977. Contingent upon the furnishing by the city of San Diego of its appropriate share of the funds for the acquisition of the land and interests therein needed to carry out the agreement between the United States and Mexico to construct such project, the Secretary of State, acting through the United States Commissioner, is further authorized to participate financially with non-Federal interests in the acquisition of said lands and interest therein, to the extent that funds provided by the city of San Diego are insufficient for this purpose.
(Pub. L. 89–640, §2, Oct. 10, 1966, 80 Stat. 884; Pub. L. 94–425, Sept. 28, 1976, 90 Stat. 1333.)
1976—Pub. L. 94–425 substituted provisions authorizing appropriations of $10,800,000 for construction costs for project based on June 1976 prices, with exception that no funds may be appropriated for fiscal year ending Sept. 30, 1977 for provisions authorizing appropriations not to exceed $12,600,000 for construction costs for project, eliminated provision requiring approval of title by Attorney General, and inserted provision authorizing financial participation of Secretary of State through Commissioner to acquire land for construction of project contingent upon city of San Diego furnishing its appropriate share of funds.
In connection with the treaty between the United States of America and the United Mexican States to resolve pending boundary differences and maintain the Rio Grande and the Colorado River as the international boundary between the United States of America and the United Mexican States, signed November 23, 1970, (hereafter in this Act referred to as the “treaty”), the Secretary of State, acting through the United States Commissioner, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States, and Mexico (hereafter in this Act referred to as the “Commissioner”), is authorized—
(1) to conduct technical and other investigations relating to—
(A) the demarcation, mapping, monumentation, channel relocation, rectification, improvement, stabilization, and other matters relating to the preservation of the river boundaries between the United States and Mexico;
(B) the establishment and delimitation of the maritime boundaries in the Gulf of Mexico and in the Pacific Ocean;
(C) water resources; and
(D) the sanitation and the prevention of pollution;
(2) to acquire by donation, purchase, or condemnation, all lands or interests in lands required—
(A) for transfer to Mexico as provided in the treaty;
(B) for construction of that portion of new river channels and the adjoining levees in the territory of the United States;
(C) to preserve the Rio Grande and the Colorado River as the boundary by preventing the construction of works which may cause deflection or obstruction of the normal flow of the rivers or of their floodflows; and
(D) for relocation of any structure or facility, public or private, the relocation of which, in the judgment of the Commissioner, is necessitated by the project; and
(3) to remove, modify, or repair the damages caused to Mexico by works constructed in the United States which the International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, as determined have an adverse effect on Mexico, or to compensate Mexico for such damages.
(Pub. L. 92–549, title I, §101, Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1161.)
This Act, referred to in text, means Pub. L. 92–549, Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1161, which enacted sections 277d–34 to 277d–42 of this title and amended section 1322 of Title 19, Customs Duties. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out below and Tables.
Section 1 of Pub. L. 92–549 provided: “That this Act [enacting this section and sections 277d–35 to 277d–42 of this title and amending section 1322 of Title 19, Customs Duties] may be cited as the ‘American-Mexican Boundary Treaty Act of 1972’.”
The Commissioner is authorized—
(1) to construct, operate, and maintain all works provided for in the treaty and title I of this Act;
(2) to enter into contracts with the owners of properties to be relocated whereby such owners undertake to perform, at the expense of the United States, any or all operations involved in such relocations; and
(3) to turn over the operation and maintenance of any works referred to in paragraph (1) of this section to any Federal agency, or any State, county, municipality, district, or other political subdivision within which such works may be situated, in whole or in part, upon such terms, conditions, and requirements as the Commissioner may deem appropriate.
(Pub. L. 92–549, title I, §102, Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1161.)
This Act, referred to in text, is Pub. L. 92–549, Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1161, known as the “American-Mexican Boundary Treaty Act of 1972”. Title I of this Act enacted sections 277d–34 to 277d–40 of this title and amended section 1322 of Title 19, Customs Duties. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 277d–34 of this title and Tables.
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Commissioner is authorized to dispose of by warranty deed, or otherwise, any land acquired by him on behalf of the United States, or obtained by the United States pursuant to treaty between the United States and Mexico, and not required for project purposes, under procedures to be formulated by the Commissioner, to adjoining landowners at such price as he considers fair and equitable, and, if not so disposed of, to turn such land over to the General Services Administration for disposal under the provisions of chapters 1 to 11 of title 40 and division C (except sections 3302, 3307(e), 3501(b), 3509, 3906, 4710, and 4711) of subtitle I of title 41.
(Pub. L. 92–549, title I, §103, Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1162.)
In text, “chapters 1 to 11 of title 40 and division C (except sections 3302, 3307(e), 3501(b), 3509, 3906, 4710, and 4711) of subtitle I of title 41” substituted for “the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949” on authority of Pub. L. 107–217, §5(c), Aug. 21, 2002, 116 Stat. 1303, which Act enacted Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works, and Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
When a determination must be made under the treaty whether to permit a new channel to become the boundary, or whether or not to restore a river to its former channel, or whether, instead of restoration, the Governments should undertake a rectification of the river channel, the Commissioner's decision, approved by the Secretary of State shall be final so far as the United States is concerned, and the Commissioner is authorized to construct or arrange for the construction of such works as may be required to give effect to that decision.
(Pub. L. 92–549, title I, §104, Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1162.)
Land acquired or to be acquired by the United States of America in accordance with the provisions of the treaty, including the tract provided for in section 277d–39 of this title, shall become a geographical part of the State to which it attaches and shall be under the civil and criminal jurisdiction of such State, without affecting the ownership of such land. The addition of land and the ceding of jurisdiction to a State shall take effect upon acceptance by such State.
(Pub. L. 92–549, title I, §105, Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1162.)
Upon transfer of sovereignty from Mexico to the United States of the 481.68 acres of land acquired by the United States from Mexico near Hidalgo-Reynosa, administration over the portion of that land which is determined by the Commissioner not to be required for the construction and maintenance of the relocated river channel shall be assumed by the Department of the Interior; and the Department of the Interior, United States Fish and Wildlife Service, is authorized to plan, establish, develop, and administer such portion of the acquired lands as a part of the national wildlife refuge system.
(Pub. L. 92–549, title I, §106, Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1162; Pub. L. 93–271, §1(3), Apr. 22, 1974, 88 Stat. 92.)
“United States Fish and Wildlife Service” substituted in text for “Fish and Wildlife Service, Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife” pursuant to section 1(3) of Pub. L. 93–271, see section 742b of Title 16, Conservation.
There is authorized to be appropriated to the Department of State for the use of the United States section of the International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, such sums as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of the treaty and title I of this Act.
(Pub. L. 92–549, title I, §108, Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1162.)
This Act, referred to in text, is Pub. L. 92–549, Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1161, known as the “American-Mexican Boundary Treaty Act of 1972”. Title I of this Act enacted sections 277d–34 to 277d–40 of this title and amended section 1322 of Title 19, Customs Duties. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 277d–34 of this title and Tables.
The Secretary of State, acting through the Commissioner, is hereby authorized to conclude with the appropriate official or officials of the Government of Mexico an agreement for a coordinated plan by the United States and Mexico for international flood control works for protection of lands along the international section of the Rio Grande in the United States and in Mexico in the Presidio-Ojinaga Valley.
(Pub. L. 92–549, title II, §201, Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1163.)
If an agreement is concluded pursuant to section 277d–41 of this title, the Commissioner is authorized to construct, operate, and maintain flood control works located in the United States having substantially the characteristics described in “Report on the Flood Control Project Rio Grande, Presidio Valley, Texas”, prepared by the United States section, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico; and there are hereby authorized to be appropriated to the Department of State for the use of the United States section of the Commission such sums as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of title II of this Act. No part of any appropriation under this section shall be expended for flood control works on any land, site, or easement unless such land, site, or easement has been acquired under the treaty for other purposes or by donation and, in the case of a donation, the title thereto has been approved in accordance with existing rules and regulations of the Attorney General of the United States.
(Pub. L. 92–549, title II, §202, Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1163.)
This Act, referred to in text, is Pub. L. 92–549, Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1161, known as the “American-Mexican Boundary Treaty Act of 1972”. Title II of this Act enacted sections 277d–41 and 277d–42 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 277d–34 of this title and Tables.
In sections 277d–43 to 277d–46 of this title, the following definitions apply:
The term “Administrator” means the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency.
The term “Commission” means the United States section of the International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico.
The term “IWTP” means the South Bay International Wastewater Treatment Plant constructed under the provisions of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.), section 510 of the Water Quality Act of 1987 (101 Stat. 80–82), and Treaty Minutes to the Treaty for the Utilization of Waters of the Colorado and Tijuana Rivers and of the Rio Grande, dated February 3, 1944.
The term “secondary treatment” has the meaning such term has under the Federal Water Pollution Control Act and its implementing regulations.
The term “Secretary” means the Secretary of State.
The term “Mexican facility” means a proposed public-private wastewater treatment facility to be constructed and operated under sections 277d–43 to 277d–46 of this title within Mexico for the purpose of treating sewage flows generated within Mexico, which flows impact the surface waters, health, and safety of the United States and Mexico.
The term “mgd” means million gallons per day.
(Pub. L. 106–457, title VIII, §803, Nov. 7, 2000, 114 Stat. 1977.)
The Federal Water Pollution Control Act, referred to in pars. (3) and (4), is act June 30, 1948, ch. 758, as amended generally by Pub. L. 92–500, §2, Oct. 18, 1972, 86 Stat. 816, which is classified generally to chapter 26 (§1251 et seq.) of Title 33, Navigation and Navigable Waters. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1251 of Title 33 and Tables.
Section 510 of the Water Quality Act of 1987, referred to in par. (3), is section 510 of Pub. L. 100–4, title V, Feb. 4, 1987, 101 Stat. 80, which is not classified to the Code.
Pub. L. 106–457, title VIII, §801, Nov. 7, 2000, 114 Stat. 1977, provided that: “This title [enacting this section and sections 277d–44 to 277d–46 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Tijuana River Valley Estuary and Beach Sewage Cleanup Act of 2000’.”
Pub. L. 106–457, title VIII, §802, Nov. 7, 2000, 114 Stat. 1977, provided that: “The purpose of this title [see Short Title note above] is to authorize the United States to take actions to address comprehensively the treatment of sewage emanating from the Tijuana River area, Mexico, that flows untreated or partially treated into the United States causing significant adverse public health and environmental impacts.”
Pursuant to Treaty Minute 311 to the Treaty for the Utilization of Waters of the Colorado and Tijuana Rivers and of the Rio Grande, dated February 3, 1944, and notwithstanding section 510(b)(2) of the Water Quality Act of 1987 (101 Stat. 81), the Commission is authorized and directed to provide for the secondary treatment of a total of not more than 50 mgd in Mexico—
(A) of effluent from the IWTP if such treatment is not provided for at a facility in the United States; and
(B) of additional sewage emanating from the Tijuana River area, Mexico.
Subject to the results of the comprehensive plan developed under subsection (b) of this section revealing a need for additional secondary treatment capacity in the San Diego-Tijuana border region and recommending the provision of such capacity in Mexico, the Commission may provide not more than an additional 25 mgd of secondary treatment capacity in Mexico for treatment described in paragraph (1).
Not later than 24 months after November 7, 2000, the Administrator shall develop a comprehensive plan with stakeholder involvement to address the transborder sanitation problems in the San Diego-Tijuana border region. The plan shall include, at a minimum—
(1) an analysis of the long-term secondary treatment needs of the region;
(2) an analysis of upgrades in the sewage collection system serving the Tijuana area, Mexico; and
(3) an identification of options, and recommendations for preferred options, for additional sewage treatment capacity for future flows emanating from the Tijuana River area, Mexico.
Notwithstanding any provision of Federal procurement law, the Commission may enter into a multiyear fee-for-services contract with the owner of a Mexican facility in order to carry out the secondary treatment requirements of subsection (a) of this section and make payments under such contract, subject to the availability of appropriations and subject to the terms of paragraph (2).
Any contract under this subsection shall provide, at a minimum, for the following:
(A) Transportation of the advanced primary effluent from the IWTP to the Mexican facility for secondary treatment.
(B) Treatment of the advanced primary effluent from the IWTP to the secondary treatment level in compliance with water quality laws of the United States, California, and Mexico.
(C) Return conveyance from the Mexican facility of any such treated effluent that cannot be reused in either Mexico or the United States to the South Bay Ocean Outfall for discharge into the Pacific Ocean in compliance with water quality laws of the United States and California.
(D) Subject to the requirements of subsection (a) of this section, additional sewage treatment capacity that provides for advanced primary and secondary treatment of sewage described in subsection (a)(1)(B) of this section in addition to the capacity required to treat the advanced primary effluent from the IWTP.
(E) A contract term of 20 years.
(F) Arrangements for monitoring, verification, and enforcement of compliance with United States, California, and Mexican water quality standards.
(G) Arrangements for the disposal and use of sludge, produced from the IWTP and the Mexican facility, at a location or locations in Mexico.
(H) Maintenance by the owner of the Mexican facility at all times throughout the term of the contract of a 20 percent equity position in the capital structure of the Mexican facility.
(I) Payment of fees by the Commission to the owner of the Mexican facility for sewage treatment services with the annual amount payable to reflect all agreed upon costs associated with the development, financing, construction, operation, and maintenance of the Mexican facility, including costs associated with the purchase of any insurance or other financial instrument under subparagraph (K). Costs associated with the purchase of such insurance or other financial instrument may be amortized over the term of the contract.
(J) Neither the Commission nor the United States Government shall be liable for payment of any cancellation fees if the Commission cancels the contract.
(K) The owner of the Mexican facility may purchase insurance or other financial instrument to cover the risk of cancellation of the contract by the Commission. Any such insurance or other financial instrument shall not be provided or guaranteed by the United States Government, and the Government may reserve the right to validate independently the reasonableness of the premium when negotiating the annual service fee with the owner.
(L) Transfer of ownership of the Mexican facility to an appropriate governmental entity, other than the United States, if the Commission cancels the contract.
(M) Transfer of ownership of the Mexican facility to an appropriate governmental entity, other than the United States, if the owner of the Mexican facility fails to perform under the contract.
(N) The use of competitive procedures under applicable law, consistent with division C (except sections 3302, 3307(e), 3501(b), 3509, 3906, 4710, and 4711) of subtitle I of title 41, by the owner of the Mexican facility in the procurement of property or services for the engineering, construction, and operation and maintenance of the Mexican facility.
(O) An opportunity for the Commission to review and approve the selection of contractors providing engineering, construction, and operation and maintenance for the Mexican facility.
(P) The maintenance by the owner of the Mexican facility of all records (including books, documents, papers, reports, and other materials) necessary to demonstrate compliance with the terms of this section and the contract.
(Q) Access by the Inspector General of the Department of State or the designee of the Inspector General for audit and examination of all records maintained pursuant to subparagraph (N) 1 to facilitate the monitoring and evaluation required under subsection (d) of this section.
(R) Offsets or credits against the payments to be made by the Commission under this section to reflect an agreed upon percentage of payments that the owner of the Mexican facility receives through the sale of water treated by the facility.
The Inspector General of the Department of State shall monitor the implementation of any contract entered into under this section and evaluate the extent to which the owner of the Mexican facility has met the terms of this section and fulfilled the terms of the contract.
The Inspector General shall transmit to Congress a report containing the evaluation under paragraph (1) not later than 2 years after the execution of any contract with the owner of the Mexican facility under this section, 3 years thereafter, and periodically after the second report under this paragraph.
(Pub. L. 106–457, title VIII, §804, Nov. 7, 2000, 114 Stat. 1978; Pub. L. 108–425, §1, Nov. 30, 2004, 118 Stat. 2420.)
Section 510(b)(2) of the Water Quality Act of 1987, referred to in subsec. (a)(1), is section 510(b)(2) of Pub. L. 100–4, title V, Feb. 4, 1987, 101 Stat. 81, which is not classified to the Code.
Subparagraph (N) of subsec. (c)(2) of this section, referred to in subsec. (c)(2)(Q), was redesignated as subparagraph (P) by Pub. L. 108–425, §1(b)(3), Nov. 30, 2004, 118 Stat. 2420.
In subsec. (c)(2)(N), “division C (except sections 3302, 3307(e), 3501(b), 3509, 3906, 4710, and 4711) of subtitle I of title 41” substituted for “title III of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949 (41 U.S.C. 251 et seq.)” on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
2004—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 108–425, §1(a), substituted “Pursuant to Treaty Minute 311 to the Treaty for the Utilization of Waters of the Colorado and Tijuana Rivers and of the Rio Grande, dated February 3, 1944,” for “Subject to the negotiation and conclusion of a new Treaty Minute or the amendment of Treaty Minute 283 under section 1005 of this Act,”.
Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 108–425, §1(b)(1), added par. (1) and struck out former par. (1) which read as follows: “Subject to the availability of appropriations to carry out this subsection and notwithstanding any provision of Federal procurement law, upon conclusion of a new Treaty Minute or the amendment of Treaty Minute 283 under section 5, the Commission may enter into a fee-for-services contract with the owner of a Mexican facility in order to carry out the secondary treatment requirements of subsection (a) of this section and make payments under such contract.”
Subsec. (c)(2)(I). Pub. L. 108–425, §1(b)(2), substituted “, including costs associated with the purchase of any insurance or other financial instrument under subparagraph (K). Costs associated with the purchase of such insurance or other financial instrument may be amortized over the term of the contract.” for “, with such annual payment to maintain the owner's 20 percent equity position throughout the term of the contract.”
Subsec. (c)(2)(J), (K). Pub. L. 108–425, §1(b)(3), added subpars. (J) and (K). Former subpars. (J) and (K) redesignated (L) and (M), respectively.
Subsec. (c)(2)(L), (M). Pub. L. 108–425, §1(b)(4), added subpars. (L) and (M) and struck out former subpars. (L) and (M) which read as follows:
“(L) Provision for the transfer of ownership of the Mexican facility to the United States, and provision for a cancellation fee by the United States to the owner of the Mexican facility, if the Commission fails to perform its obligations under the contract. The cancellation fee shall be in amounts declining over the term of the contract anticipated to be sufficient to repay construction debt and other amounts due to the owner that remain unamortized due to early termination of the contract.
“(M) Provision for the transfer of ownership of the Mexican facility to the United States, without a cancellation fee, if the owner of the Mexican facility fails to perform the obligations of the owner under the contract.”
Pub. L. 108–425, §1(b)(3), redesignated subpars. (J) and (K) as (L) and (M), respectively. Former subpars. (L) and (M) redesignated (N) and (O), respectively.
Subsec. (c)(2)(N). Pub. L. 108–425, §1(b)(3), (5), redesignated subpar. (L) as (N) and inserted “under applicable law” after “competitive procedures”. Former subpar. (N) redesignated (P).
Subsec. (c)(2)(O) to (R). Pub. L. 108–425, §1(b)(3), redesignated subpars. (M) to (P) as (O) to (R), respectively.
1 See References in Text note below.
In light of the existing threat to the environment and to public health and safety within the United States as a result of the river and ocean pollution in the San Diego-Tijuana border region, the Secretary is requested to give the highest priority to the negotiation and execution of a new Treaty Minute, or a modification of Treaty Minute 283, consistent with the provisions of sections 277d–43 to 277d–46 of this title, in order that the other provisions of sections 277d–43 to 277d–46 of this title to address such pollution may be implemented as soon as possible.
The Secretary is requested to initiate negotiations with Mexico, within 60 days after November 7, 2000, for a new Treaty Minute or a modification of Treaty Minute 283 consistent with the provisions of sections 277d–43 to 277d–46 of this title.
Implementation of a new Treaty Minute or of a modification of Treaty Minute 283 under sections 277d–43 to 277d–46 of this title shall be subject to the provisions of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.).
A new Treaty Minute or a modification of Treaty Minute 283 under paragraph (1) should address, at a minimum, the following:
(A) The siting of treatment facilities in Mexico and in the United States.
(B) Provision for the secondary treatment of effluent from the IWTP at a Mexican facility if such treatment is not provided for at a facility in the United States.
(C) Provision for additional capacity for advanced primary and secondary treatment of additional sewage emanating from the Tijuana River area, Mexico, in addition to the treatment capacity for the advanced primary effluent from the IWTP at the Mexican facility.
(D) Provision for any and all approvals from Mexican authorities necessary to facilitate water quality verification and enforcement at the Mexican facility.
(E) Any terms and conditions considered necessary to allow for use in the United States of treated effluent from the Mexican facility, if there is reclaimed water which is surplus to the needs of users in Mexico and such use is consistent with applicable United States and California law.
(F) Any other terms and conditions considered necessary by the Secretary in order to implement the provisions of sections 277d–43 to 277d–46 of this title.
In light of the continuing threat to the environment and to public health and safety within the United States as a result of the river and ocean pollution in the San Diego-Tijuana border region, the Commission is requested to give the highest priority to the implementation of Treaty Minute 311 to the Treaty for the Utilization of Waters of the Colorado and Tijuana Rivers and of the Rio Grande, dated February 3, 1944, which establishes a framework for the siting of a treatment facility in Mexico to provide for the secondary treatment of effluent from the IWTP at the Mexican facility, to provide for additional capacity for advanced primary and secondary treatment of additional sewage emanating from the Tijuana River area, Mexico, and to meet the water quality standards of Mexico, the United States, and the State of California consistent with the provisions of sections 277d–43 to 277d–46 of this title, in order that the other provisions of sections 277d–43 to 277d–46 of this title to address such pollution may be implemented as soon as possible.
(Pub. L. 106–457, title VIII, §805, Nov. 7, 2000, 114 Stat. 1980; Pub. L. 108–425, §2, Nov. 30, 2004, 118 Stat. 2421.)
The National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, referred to in subsec. (b)(2), is Pub. L. 91–190, Jan. 1, 1970, 83 Stat. 852, as amended, which is classified generally to chapter 55 (§4321 et seq.) of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 4321 of Title 42 and Tables.
2004—Pub. L. 108–425, §2(1), struck out “Negotiation of” before “New” in section catchline.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 108–425, §2(2), added subsec. (c).
There is authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out sections 277d–43 to 277d–46 of this title. Such sums shall remain available until expended.
(Pub. L. 106–457, title VIII, §806, Nov. 7, 2000, 114 Stat. 1981; Pub. L. 108–425, §3, Nov. 30, 2004, 118 Stat. 2421.)
2004—Pub. L. 108–425 substituted “such sums as may be necessary” for “a total of $156,000,000 for fiscal years 2001 through 2005”.
The Secretary of State is authorized to lease any land heretofore or hereafter acquired under any Act, Executive order, or treaty in connection with projects, in whole or in part, constructed or administered by the Secretary of State through the said American Commissioner, or to dispose of such lands when no longer needed, subject to applicable regulations under chapters 1 to 11 of title 40 and division C (except sections 3302, 3306(f), 3307(e), 3501(b), 3509, 3906, 4104, 4710, and 4711) of subtitle I of title 41, by sale at public auction, after thirty days’ advertisement, at a price not less than that which may be fixed by three disinterested appraisers, to be designated by the Secretary of State, or by private sale, or otherwise, at not less than such appraised value: Provided, That any of such land as shall have been donated to the United States and which is no longer needed may be reconveyed, without cost, to the grantor or his heirs: Provided, further, That the lease or disposal of any land pursuant hereto may, in the discretion of the Secretary of State, be subject to reservations in favor of the United States for rights-of-way for irrigation, drainage, river work, and other purposes, and any such disposal may be conditioned upon and made subject to inclusion of such lands in any existing irrigation district in the vicinity of such lands, the proceeds of any such lease or sale to be covered into the Treasury of the United States: And provided further, That in the discretion of the Secretary of State, and subject to such conditions as he may deem appropriate, conveyances of any other of such lands not needed by the United States may be made to the State to which they lie adjacent or to any similarly situated county, city, or other governmental subdivision of such State, without cost, for use for public purposes.
The Secretary of State is further authorized to issue revokable licenses for public or private use for irrigation or other structures or uses not inconsistent with the use of such lands made, or to be made, by the United States, across any lands retained by the United States, and to execute all necessary leases, title instruments, and conveyances, in order to carry out the provisions of this section.
Whenever the construction of any project or works undertaken or administered by the Secretary of State through the International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, results in the interference with or necessitates the alteration or restoration of constructed and existing irrigation or water-supply structures, sanitary or sewage disposal works, or other structures, or physical property belonging to any municipal or private corporation, company, association, or individual, the Secretary of State may cause the restoration or reconstruction of such works, structures, or physical property or the construction of others in lieu thereof or he may compensate the owners thereof to the extent of the reasonable value thereof as the same may be agreed upon by the American Commissioner with such owner.
The Secretary of State acting through such officers as he may designate, is further authorized to consider, adjust, and pay from funds appropriated for the project, the construction of which resulted in damages, any claim for damages accruing after March 31, 1937, caused to owners of lands or other private property of any kind by reason of the operations of the United States, its officers or employees, in the survey, construction, operation, or maintenance of any project constructed or administered through the American Commissioner, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, if such claim for damages does not exceed $1,000 and has been filed with the American Commissioner within one year after the damage is alleged to have occurred, and when in the opinion of the American Commissioner such claim is substantiated by a report of a board appointed by the said Commissioner.
(Aug. 27, 1935, ch. 763, 49 Stat. 906; June 19, 1939, ch. 212, 53 Stat. 841; Oct. 31, 1951, ch. 654, §2(15), 65 Stat. 707; Pub. L. 85–201, Aug. 28, 1957, 71 Stat. 475.)
In text, “chapters 1 to 11 of title 40 and division C (except sections 3302, 3306(f), 3307(e), 3501(b), 3509, 3906, 4104, 4710, and 4711) of subtitle I of title 41” substituted for “the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949, as amended” on authority of Pub. L. 107–217, §5(c), Aug. 21, 2002, 116 Stat. 1303, which Act enacted Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works, and Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
1957—Pub. L. 85–201 struck out “to citizens of the United States” after “is authorized to lease” and “to American citizens” after “or to dispose of such lands” in first sentence of first paragraph, before first proviso.
1951—Act Oct. 31, 1951, inserted reference to applicable regulations of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949, as amended, in text before first proviso of first paragraph.
1939—Act June 19, 1939, inserted last paragraph.
The Secretary of State, with the approval of the President, shall designate the features of the Valley Gravity Canal and Storage Project which he deems international in character, and shall direct such changes in the general project plan as he deems advisable with respect to such features; and the features so designated shall be built, after consultation with the Bureau of Reclamation as to general design, by the American section of the International Boundary Commission, United States and Mexico, and shall be operated and maintained by said Commission insofar as their operation and maintenance in such manner is, in the opinion of the Secretary of State, necessary because of their international character. The construction, operation, and maintenance of such project shall be pursuant to the Federal reclamation laws, except as hereinbefore provided and except that—
(1) In addition to the nonreimbursable allocation to flood control or navigation which may be made by the Secretary of the Interior under section 485h(b) of title 43, the President, after consultation with the Secretary of State and the Secretary of the Interior, shall allocate such part of the total estimated cost of the project as he deems proper to the protection of American interests from drought hazards resulting from the uncontrolled and unregulated flow of the international portion of the Rio Grande below Old Fort Quitman, Texas. Provisions of law applicable with respect to allocations to flood control under section 485h(b) of title 43, shall, insofar as they are not inconsistent with the foregoing provisions, be applicable in like manner with respect to any allocation made under this subparagraph; and
(2) All revenues received by the United States in connection with the construction, operation, and maintenance of such projects shall be covered into the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts.
(June 28, 1941, ch. 259, 55 Stat. 338.)
International Boundary Commission, United States and Mexico, American section, to which powers, duties, and functions of International Water Commission, United States and Mexico, American section, were transferred by act June 30, 1932, ch. 314, §510, 47 Stat. 417, reconstituted as International Boundary and Water Commission by Water Treaty of 1944.
The Secretary of State, acting through the United States Commissioner, International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico (hereafter in sections 277g to 277g–3 of this title referred to as the “Commissioner”), is authorized to conclude agreements with the appropriate representative of the Ministry of Foreign Relations of Mexico for the purpose of correcting the international problem of pollution of the Rio Grande caused by discharge of raw and inadequately treated sewage and other wastes into such river from the border cities including but not limited to Ciudad Acuna, Nuevo Laredo, and Reynosa, Mexico, and Del Rio, Laredo, and Hidalgo, Texas.
Agreements concluded under subsection (a) of this section should consist of recommendations to the Governments of the United States and Mexico of measures to protect the health and welfare of persons along the Rio Grande from the effects of pollution, including—
(1) facilities that should be constructed, operated, and maintained in each country;
(2) estimates of the cost of plans, construction, operation, and maintenance of the facilities referred to in paragraph (1);
(3) formulas for the initial division between the United States and Mexico of the cost of plans, constructions, operation, and maintenance of the facilities referred to in paragraph (1);
(4) a method for review and adjustment of the formulas referred to in paragraph (3) at intervals of five years which recognizes that such initial formulas should not be used as a precedent in their subsequent review and adjustment; and
(5) dates for the beginning and completion of construction of the facilities referred to in paragraph (1).
(Pub. L. 100–465, §2, Oct. 3, 1988, 102 Stat. 2272.)
Pub. L. 100–465, §1, Oct. 3, 1988, 102 Stat. 2272, provided that: “This Act [enacting this section and sections 277g–1 to 277g–3 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Rio Grande Pollution Correction Act of 1987’.”
The Secretary of State, acting through the Commissioner, is authorized to act jointly with the appropriate representative of the Government of Mexico and to—
(1) supervise the planning of, and
(2) supervise construction, operation, and maintenance of,
the facilities recommended in agreements concluded pursuant to section 277g of this title and approved by the Governments of the United States and Mexico.
(Pub. L. 100–465, §3, Oct. 3, 1988, 102 Stat. 2272.)
The Secretary of State shall consult with the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency and other concerned Federal, State, and local government officials in implementing sections 277g to 277g–3 of this title.
(Pub. L. 100–465, §4, Oct. 3, 1988, 102 Stat. 2273.)
There is authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for the United States to fund its share of the cost of the plans, construction, operation, and maintenance of the facilities recommended in agreements concluded pursuant to section 277g of this title and approved by the Governments of the United States and Mexico.
(Pub. L. 100–465, §5, Oct. 3, 1988, 102 Stat. 2273.)
The Commissioner of the United States section of the International Boundary and Water Commission may provide technical tests, evaluations, information, surveys, or others 1 similar services to State or local governments upon the request of such State or local government on a reimbursable basis.
Reimbursements shall be paid in advance of the goods or services ordered and shall be for the estimated or actual cost as determined by the United States section of the International Boundary and Water Commission. Proper adjustment of amounts paid in advance shall be made as determined by the United States section of the International Boundary and Water Commission on the basis of the actual cost of goods or services provided. Reimbursements received by the United States section of the International Boundary and Water Commission for providing services under this section shall be credited to the appropriation from which the cost of providing the services is charged.
(Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title VII, §702], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–459.)
1 So in original. Probably should be “other”.
There is hereby authorized to be permanently appropriated for each year, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, the sum of not to exceed $2,000,000 to be paid to the Gorgas Memorial Institute of Tropical and Preventive Medicine, Incorporated (hereinafter referred to as the Gorgas Memorial Institute), for the maintenance and operation by its, of a laboratory to be known as the Gorgas Memorial Laboratory, upon condition (1) that the necessary building or quarters for said laboratory shall be constructed within the five years next ensuing after this subchapter shall become a law, either upon the site offered by the Republic of Panama therefor, at, or adjacent to, the city of Panama, or upon a site in the Canal Zone to be provided by the United States; and (2) that the said Gorgas Memorial Institute be, and it is, authorized within its discretion, henceforth to accept from any of the Latin American Governments, or from any other sources, any funds which may be offered or given for the use of the Gorgas Memorial Institute for the maintenance and operation of the Gorgas Memorial Laboratory, and for carrying on the work of said Laboratory wherever deemed by the said Institute to be necessary or desirable.
(May 7, 1928, ch. 505, §1, 45 Stat. 491; July 1, 1948, ch. 787, 62 Stat. 1213; Apr. 19, 1954, ch. 160, 68 Stat. 57; Pub. L. 86–296, §1, Sept. 21, 1959, 73 Stat. 572; Pub. L. 89–181, Sept. 11, 1965, 79 Stat. 679; Pub. L. 93–559, §47, Dec. 30, 1974, 88 Stat. 1816.)
For definition of Canal Zone, referred to in text, see section 3602(b) of this title.
1974—Pub. L. 93–559 substituted “$2,000,000” for “$500,000”.
1965—Pub. L. 89–181 substituted “not to exceed $500,000” for “$250,000”.
1959—Pub. L. 86–296 substituted “$250,000” for “$150,000”.
1954—Act Apr. 19, 1954, provided that donations for maintenance of the Laboratory may be accepted from Latin American countries and from other sources, in lieu of provisions which required that such countries be invited to contribute, and struck out provisions that such countries be represented on the board or council directing the administration of such Laboratory in proportion to the amount of their contributions.
1948—Act July 1, 1948, substituted “$150,000” for “$50,000”.
Pub. L. 89–181 provided that the amendment made by Pub. L. 89–181 is effective for fiscal years ending after June 30, 1963.
Section 1 of Pub. L. 86–296 provided that the amendment made by that section is effective for fiscal years ending after June 30, 1960.
Section 505 of Pub. L. 90–574, title V, Oct. 15, 1968, 82 Stat. 1013, provided that the annual appropriation for the maintenance and operation of the Gorgas Memorial Laboratory for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1970 would be increased by $500,000.
An annual appropriation was contained in the following appropriation acts:
Aug. 5, 1953, ch. 328, title I, 67 Stat. 368.
July 10, 1952, ch. 651, title I, 66 Stat. 550.
Oct. 22, 1951, ch. 533, title I, 65 Stat. 577.
Sept. 6, 1950, ch. 896, ch. III, title I, 64 Stat. 610.
July 20, 1949, ch. 354, title I, 63 Stat. 449.
June 3, 1948, ch. 400, title I, 62 Stat. 308.
July 9, 1947, ch. 211, title I, 61 Stat. 282.
July 5, 1946, ch. 541, title I, 60 Stat. 453.
May 21, 1945, ch. 129, title I, 59 Stat. 175.
June 28, 1944, ch. 294, title I, 58 Stat. 402.
July 1, 1943, ch. 182, title I, 57 Stat. 278.
July 2, 1942, ch. 472, title I, 56 Stat. 474.
June 28, 1941, ch. 258, title I, 55 Stat. 271.
May 14, 1940, ch. 189, title I, 54 Stat. 187.
June 29, 1939, ch. 248, title I, 53 Stat. 891.
Apr. 27, 1938, ch. 180, title I, 52 Stat. 253.
June 16, 1937, ch. 359, title I, 50 Stat. 267.
May 15, 1936, ch. 405, title I, 49 Stat. 1315.
Mar. 22, 1935, ch. 39, title I, 49 Stat. 73.
Apr. 7, 1934, ch. 104, title I, 48 Stat. 534.
Mar. 1, 1933, ch. 144, title I, 47 Stat. 1376.
July 1, 1932, ch. 361, title I, 47 Stat. 485.
Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 280, title I, 46 Stat. 1309.
Apr. 18, 1930, ch. 184, title I, 46 Stat. 173.
Jan. 25, 1929, ch. 102, title I, 45 Stat. 1094.
Section 4 of act May 7, 1928, as added by section 2 of Pub. L. 86–296, and amended Pub. L. 86–617, July 12, 1960, 74 Stat. 396, provided that a sum not to exceed $500,000 be appropriated for construction and equipment of facilities for Gorgas Memorial Laboratory, including preparation of plans and specifications, remodeling of buildings, and site improvement, but excluding the cost of acquisition of land.
The Gorgas Memorial Institute shall make to Congress, on April 1 of each year, a full report of the operation and work of the Gorgas Memorial Laboratory during the fiscal year ending the preceding September 30, and shall include therewith a complete statement of the receipts and expenditures of said laboratory for such fiscal year. The books and accounts of the Gorgas Memorial Laboratory shall at all times be open to examination by the Comptroller General of the United States.
(May 7, 1928, ch. 505, §3, 45 Stat. 491; Pub. L. 95–426, title VII, §701(a), Oct. 7, 1978, 92 Stat. 991.)
1978—Pub. L. 95–426 substituted “on April 1 of each year” and “during the fiscal year ending the preceding September 30” for “annually, on the first Monday in December” and “up to the first of November next preceding”, respectively.
For termination, effective May 15, 2000, of provisions in the first sentence of this section relating to annual report to Congress, see section 3003 of Pub. L. 104–66, as amended, set out as a note under section 1113 of Title 31, Money and Finance, and page 174 of House Document No. 103–7.
Section, act June 28, 1944, ch. 294, title I, 58 Stat. 402, related to a report to Congress of the operation and work of the laboratory, including the statement of the receipts and expenditures, such a report to cover a fiscal year period ending on June 30 of the calendar year immediately preceding the convening of each such session. Similar provisions were contained in the following prior acts:
July 1, 1943, ch. 182, title I, 57 Stat. 277.
July 2, 1942, ch. 472, title I, 56 Stat. 474.
June 28, 1941, ch. 258, title I, 55 Stat. 271.
May 14, 1940, ch. 189, title I, 54 Stat. 187.
June 29, 1939, ch. 248, 53 Stat. 891.
Apr. 27, 1938, ch. 180, title I, 52 Stat. 253.
June 16, 1937, ch. 359, title I, 50 Stat. 267.
The President is hereby authorized to accept membership for the United States in the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (hereinafter referred to as the “Organization”) the Constitution of which is set forth in appendix I of the First Report to the Governments of the United Nations by the Interim Commission on Food and Agriculture, dated August 1, 1944.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 342, §1, 59 Stat. 529.)
There is hereby authorized to be appropriated, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, such sums as may be required for expenditure under the direction of the Secretary of State, for the payment by the United States of its proportionate share in the expenses of the Organization: Provided, That the percentage contribution of the United States to the total annual budget of the Organization shall not exceed 33.33 per centum.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 342, §2, 59 Stat. 529; Sept. 21, 1950, ch. 976, §1(b), 64 Stat. 902; Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, title IV, §421, as added July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §8(n), 70 Stat. 559; Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, title V, §544(b), as added Pub. L. 85–141, §11(b)(2), Aug. 14, 1957, 71 Stat. 365; Pub. L. 87–195, pt. IV, §709, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 465.)
1961—Pub. L. 87–195 struck out provisions which limited the annual appropriations to not more than $3,000,000.
1957—Pub. L. 85–141, §11(b)(2), added section 544(b) to act August 26, 1954, which section 544(b) amended this section by increasing the maximum percentage contribution from 31.5 to 33.33 per centum.
1956—Act July 18, 1956, increased authorized annual appropriation from $2,000,000, to $3,000,000, and inserted provisions limiting percentage contribution of United States to total annual budget to not more than 31.5 per centum.
1950—Joint Res. Sept. 21, 1950, increased authorized annual appropriation from $1,250,000 to $2,000,000.
Section 709 of Pub. L. 87–195, cited as a credit to this section, was repealed by section 401 of Pub. L. 87–565, pt. IV, Aug. 1, 1962, 76 Stat. 263, except insofar as section 709 affected this section.
Section 544(b) of act Aug. 26, 1954, cited as a credit to this section, was repealed by Pub. L. 85–477, ch. IV, §401(h), June 30, 1958, 72 Stat. 270, except insofar as such section 544(b) affected this section.
Section 421 of act August 26, 1954, cited as a credit to this section was repealed by section 8(n) of Pub. L. 85–141, except insofar as section 421 affected this section.
Similar provisions were contained in the Department of State Appropriation Act, 1946, act July 5, 1946, ch. 541, title I, 60 Stat. 453.
Annual appropriations to meet the obligations of membership in various international organizations were contained in acts listed in a note set out under section 269a of this title.
Contributions by United States, except for special projects, limited to amount provided by Joint Res. Sept. 21, 1950, consent by State Department and reports to Congress, see section 262a of this title.
In adopting this subchapter, it is the sense of the Congress that the Government of the United States should use its best efforts to bring about, as soon as practicable, the integration of the functions and the resources of the International Institute of Agriculture with those of the Organization, in a legal and orderly manner, to effect one united institution in such form as to provide an adequate research, informational, and statistical service for the industry of agriculture.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 342, §3, 59 Stat. 530.)
Unless Congress by law authorizes such action, neither the President nor any person or agency shall on behalf of the United States accept any amendment under paragraph 1 of article XX of the Constitution of the Organization involving any new obligation for the United States.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 342, §4, 59 Stat. 530.)
In adopting this subchapter the Congress does so with the understanding that paragraph 2 of article XIII does not authorize the Conference of the Organization to so modify the provisions of its Constitution as to involve any new obligation for the United States.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 342, §5, 59 Stat. 530.)
The President is hereby authorized to accept membership for the United States in the South Pacific Commission, created by the Agreement Establishing the South Pacific Commission, signed on February 6, 1947, at Canberra, Australia, by delegates representing the Governments of Australia, the French Republic, the Kingdom of the Netherlands, New Zealand, the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, and the United States of America, and to appoint the United States Commissioners, and their alternates, thereto.
(Jan. 28, 1948, ch. 38, §1, 62 Stat. 15.)
In defining the purposes of act Jan. 28, 1948, Congress stated that:
“Whereas delegates representing the Governments of Australia, the French Republic, the Kingdom of the Netherlands, New Zealand, the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, and the United States of America attended the South Seas Conference held at Canberra, Australia, and signed an ‘Agreement Establishing the South Pacific Commission’ on February 6, 1947; and
“Whereas the purpose of the South Pacific Commission is to encourage and strengthen international cooperation in promoting the economic and social welfare and advancement of the non-self-governing territories in the South Pacific in accordance with the principles set forth in Chapter XI of the Charter of the United Nations, thereby contributing to the maintenance of international peace and security: Therefore be it”.
When used in this subchapter—
(1) the term “Secretary” means the Secretary of State;
(2) the term “Government agency” means any department, independent establishment, or other agency of the Government of the United States, or any corporation wholly owned by the Government of the United States; and
(3) the term “Commission” means the South Pacific Commission.
(Jan. 28, 1948, ch. 38, §2, 62 Stat. 15.)
There is hereby authorized to be appropriated to the Department of State, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated—
(a) such 1 sums as may be required annually for the payment by the United States of its proportionate share of the expenses of the Commission and its auxiliary and subsidiary bodies, in accordance with article XIV of the agreement establishing the South Pacific Commission, as amended, except that in no event shall that payment for any fiscal year of the Commission exceed 20 per centum of all expenses apportioned among participating governments of the Commission for that year.
(b) Such additional sums as may be needed for the payment of all necessary expenses incident to participation by the United States in the activities of the Commission, including salaries of the United States Commissioners, their alternates, and appropriate staff, without regard to the civil-service laws and chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5; personal services in the District of Columbia; services as authorized by section 3109 of title 5; under such rules and regulations as the Secretary of State may prescribe, allowances for living quarters, including heat, fuel, and light and cost-of-living allowances to persons temporarily stationed abroad; hire of passenger motor vehicles and other local transportation; printing and binding without regard to section 501 of title 44 and section 6101 of title 41; and such other expenses as the Secretary of State finds necessary to participation by the United States in the activities of the Commission: Provided, That the provisions of section 287r of this title, and regulations thereunder, applicable to expenses incurred pursuant to subchapter XVII of this chapter shall be applicable to any expenses incurred pursuant to this paragraph.
(Jan. 28, 1948, ch. 38, §3, 62 Stat. 15; Oct. 28, 1949, ch. 782, title II, §202(2), title XI, §1106(a), 63 Stat. 954, 972; Sept. 21, 1950, ch. 976, §1(c), 64 Stat. 902; Pub. L. 86–472, ch. VI, §603, May 14, 1960, 74 Stat. 141; Pub. L. 88–263, Jan. 31, 1964, 78 Stat. 7; Pub. L. 89–91, July 27, 1965, 79 Stat. 281; Pub. L. 91–632, Dec. 31, 1970, 84 Stat. 1876; Pub. L. 92–490, Oct. 13, 1972, 86 Stat. 808.)
Subchapter XVII [§287m et seq.] of this chapter, referred to in subsec. (b), was in the original a reference to the Act of July 30, 1946 (Public Law 565, Seventy-ninth Congress).
In subsec. (b), “chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5” and “section 3109 of title 5” substituted for “the Classification Act of 1949” and “section 15 of Public Law 600, Seventy-ninth Congress [5 U.S.C. 55a]”, respectively, on authority of Pub. L. 89–554, §7(b), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 631, which Act enacted Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
In subsec. (b), “section 501 of title 44” substituted for “section 11 of the Act of March 1, 1919 (44 U.S.C. 111)” on authority of Pub. L. 90–620, §2(b), Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1305, which Act enacted Title 44, Public Printing and Documents.
In subsec. (b), “section 6101 of title 41” substituted for “section 3709 of the Revised Statutes, as amended” on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
1972—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 92–490 struck out “not to exceed $250,000 per fiscal year” after “annually” and inserted “except that in no event shall that payment for any fiscal year of the Commission exceed 20 per centum of all expenses apportioned among participating governments of the Commission for that year” after “as amended”.
1970—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 91–632 substituted “$250,000” for “$200,000”.
1965—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 89–91 substituted “such sums as may be required annually, not to exceed $200,000 per fiscal year” for “Not more than $150,000 for the fiscal year 1965, and $150,000 for the fiscal year 1966”.
1964—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 88–263 substituted “$150,000 for the fiscal year 1965, and $150,000 for the fiscal year 1966,” for “$100,000 annually”.
1960—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 86–472 substituted “$100,000” for “$75,000”.
1950—Subsec. (a). Joint Res. Sept. 21, 1950, substituted “$75,000” for “$20,000”.
1949—Subsec. (a). Act Oct. 28, 1949, substituted “Classification Act of 1949” for “Classification Act of 1923”.
Act Oct. 28, 1949, ch. 782, cited as a credit to this section, was repealed (subject to a savings clause) by Pub. L. 89–554, Sept. 6, 1966, §8, 80 Stat. 632, 655.
Annual appropriations to meet the obligations of membership in various international organizations were contained in acts listed in a note set out under section 269a of this title.
Contributions by United States, except for special projects, limited to amount provided by Joint Res. Sept. 21, 1950; consent by State Department and reports to Congress, see section 262a of this title.
1 So in original. Probably should be capitalized.
The Secretary is authorized, when the Commission is desirous of obtaining the services of a person having special scientific or other technical or professional qualifications, from time to time to detail, or authorize the detail of, for temporary service to or in cooperation with the Commission, any person in the employ or service of the Government of the United States who has such qualifications, with the approval of the Government agency in which such person is employed or serving, under the same conditions as those governing the detail of officers and employees of the United States Government to the government of another country in accordance with the provisions of the Act of May 25, 1938 (52 Stat. 442), as amended, except that the authority vested in the President under that Act shall be vested in the Secretary for the purpose of carrying out this section.
(Jan. 28, 1948, ch. 38, §4, 62 Stat. 16.)
Act of May 25, 1938 (52 Stat. 442), as amended, referred to in text, is act May 25, 1938, ch. 277, 52 Stat. 442, as amended, which was classified to section 118e of former title 5, Executive Departments and Government Officers and Employees, and was repealed by act Jan. 26, 1948, ch. 36, §1004(a), 62 Stat. 13. Section 1004(c) of act Jan. 26, 1948, provided that any reference to provisions of act May 25, 1938 shall be construed to be applicable to the appropriate provisions of titles III and IX of act Jan. 26, 1948 [see sections 1451 et seq., 1478 and 1479 of this title].
The President is hereby authorized to accept membership for the United States in the Caribbean Commission, created by “An agreement for the establishment of the Caribbean Commission,” signed in Washington on October 30, 1946, by representatives of the Governments of the French Republic, the Kingdom of the Netherlands, the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, and the United States of America, and to appoint the United States Commissioners, and their alternates, thereto.
(Mar. 4, 1948, ch. 97, §1, 62 Stat. 66.)
In defining the purposes of act Mar. 4, 1948, Congress stated that:
“Whereas representatives of the Governments of the French Republic, the Kingdom of the Netherlands, the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, and the United States of America signed ‘An Agreement for the establishment of the Caribbean Commission’ in Washington on October 30, 1946, which agreement continued and extended the international cooperative arrangements initiated in 1942 between the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, and the United States; and
“Whereas the purpose of the Caribbean Commission is to encourage and strengthen international cooperation in promoting the economic and social welfare and advancement of the non-self-governing territories in the Caribbean area, whose economic and social development is of vital interest to the security of the United States, in accordance with the principles set forth in chapter XI of the Charter of the United Nations: Therefore be it”.
Pub. L. 87–73, June 30, 1961, 75 Stat. 194, provided: “That the President is hereby authorized to accept on behalf of the Government of the United States of America the ‘Agreement for the Establishment of the Caribbean Organization’ signed at Washington on June 21, 1960, by representatives of the Governments of the Republic of France, the Kingdom of the Netherlands, the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, and the United States of America; that the participation of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands of the United States in the Caribbean Organization is hereby authorized; that the Caribbean Organization shall, upon promulgation by the President of an Executive order to this effect, be entitled to the privileges, exemptions, and immunities conferred by the International Organizations Immunities Act (59 Stat. 669; 22 U.S.C. 288); and that the Secretary of State is hereby authorized to appoint or designate a United States observer to the Caribbean Organization.”
Article III of the Agreement of the Establishment of the Caribbean Organization provides that “On the termination of the Agreement for the establishment of the Caribbean Commission, signed at Washington on October 30, 1946, the assets of the Caribbean Commission shall be and are by virtue of this Agreement transferred to and vested in the Caribbean Organization. The Caribbean Organization is hereby authorized to assume at the same time the liabilities of the Caribbean Commission and shall be regarded as the successor body to the Caribbean Commission.”
Article IV of such Agreement provides that “The Agreement for the establishment of the Caribbean Commission shall terminate at the end of the first meeting of the Caribbean Council provided for in the Statute annexed to this Agreement.”
Ex. Ord. No. 10609, May 7, 1955, 20 F.R. 3147, provided:
By virtue of the authority vested in me by section 301 of title 3 of the United States Code (65 Stat. 713), and as President of the United States, it is ordered that the Secretary of State be, and he is hereby, designated and empowered to exercise, without the approval, ratification, or other action of the President, so much of the authority vested in the President by the first section of the Joint Resolution of March 4, 1948, entitled “Joint Resolution providing for membership and participation by the United States in the Caribbean Commission and authorizing an appropriation therefor” (62 Stat. 66; 22 U.S.C. 280h) as consists of authority to appoint alternate United States Commissioners to the Caribbean Commission.
Dwight D. Eisenhower.
There is hereby authorized to be appropriated to the Department of State, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated—
(a) Not more than $142,000 annually for the payment by the United States of its proportionate share of the expenses of the Commission and its auxiliary and subsidiary bodies, pursuant to article XV of the “agreement for the Establishment of the Caribbean Commission”; and
(b) Such additional sums as may be needed for the payment of all necessary expenses incident to participation by the United States in the activities of the Commission, including salaries of the United States Commissioners, their alternates, appropriate staff, without regard to the civil-service laws, and chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5; personal services in the District of Columbia; services as authorized by section 3109 of title 5; hire of passenger motor vehicles and other local transportation; printing and binding without regard to section 501 of title 44 and section 6101 of title 41; and such other expenses as the Secretary of State finds necessary to participation by the United States in the activities of the Commission: Provided, That the provisions of section 287r of this title, and regulations thereunder, applicable to expenses incurred pursuant to subchapter XVII of this chapter shall be applicable to any expenses incurred pursuant to this paragraph.
(Mar. 4, 1948, ch. 97, §2, 62 Stat. 66; Oct. 28, 1949, ch. 782, title II, §202(2), title XI, §1106(a), 63 Stat. 954, 972.)
Subchapter XVII [§287m et seq.] of this chapter, referred to in subsec. (b), was in the original a reference to the Act of July 30, 1946 (Public Law 565, Seventy-ninth Congress).
In subsec. (b), “chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5” and “section 3109 of title 5” substituted for “the Classification Act of 1949” and “section 15 of Public Law 600, Seventy-ninth Congress [5 U.S.C. 55a], respectively, on authority of Pub. L. 89–554, §7(b), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 631, which Act enacted Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
In subsec. (b), “section 501 of title 44” substituted for “section 11 of the Act of March 1, 1919 (44 U.S.C. 111),” on authority of Pub. L. 90–620, §2(b), Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1305, which Act enacted Title 44, Public Printing and Documents.
In subsec. (b), “section 6101 of title 41” substituted for “section 3709 of the Revised Statutes, as amended” on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
1949—Subsec. (b). Act Oct. 28, 1949, substituted “Classification Act of 1949” for “Classification Act of 1923”.
Act Oct. 28, 1949, ch. 782, cited as a credit to this section, was repealed (subject to a savings clause) by Pub. L. 89–554, Sept. 6, 1966, §8, 80 Stat. 632, 655.
Annual appropriations to meet the obligations of membership in various international organizations were contained in acts listed in a note set out under section 269a of this title.
The President is hereby authorized to accept membership for the Government of the United States in, and to appoint the United States delegates and their alternates to, the Pan American Railway Congress, the constitution and bylaws of which were approved in Montevideo, Uruguay, April 1946, and deposited in the archives of the Pan American Union in Washington.
(June 28, 1948, ch. 686, §1, 62 Stat. 1060.)
There is hereby authorized to be appropriated to the Department of State, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated—
(a) Such sums as may be necessary for the payment by the United States of its proportionate share of the expenses of the Pan American Railway Congress and its Permanent Commission; and
(b) Such additional sums as may be needed for the payment of all necessary expenses incident to participation by the United States in the activities thereof, including expenses of the United States delegates, their alternates, and appropriate staff, without regard to the civil-service laws and chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5; personal services in the District of Columbia; services as authorized by section 3109 of title 5; hire of passenger motor vehicles and other local transportation; printing and binding without regard to section 501 of title 44 and section 6101 of title 41; and such other expenses as the Secretary of State finds necessary to participation by the United States in the activities of the organization: Provided, That the provisions of section 287r of this title, and regulations thereunder, applicable to expenses incurred pursuant to subchapter XVII of this chapter shall be applicable to any expenses incurred pursuant to this subsection.
(June 28, 1948, ch. 686, §2, 62 Stat. 1060; Oct. 28, 1949, ch. 782, title II, §202(2), title XI, §1106(a), 63 Stat. 954, 972; Pub. L. 91–553, Dec. 16, 1970, 84 Stat. 1441; Pub. L. 97–241, title I, §115, Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 278.)
Subchapter XVII [§287m et seq.] of this chapter, referred to in subsec. (b), was in the original a reference to the Act of July 30, 1946 (Public Law 565, Seventy-ninth Congress).
In subsec. (b), “chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5” and “section 3109 of title 5” substituted for “the Classification Act of 1949” and “section 15 of Public Law 600, Seventy-ninth Congress [5 U.S.C. 55a]”, respectively, on authority of Pub. L. 89–554, §7(b), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 631, which Act enacted Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
In subsec. (b), “section 501 of title 44” substituted for “section 11 of the Act of March 1, 1919 (44 U.S.C. 111),” on authority of Pub. L. 90–620, §2(b), Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1305, which enacted Title 44, Public Printing and Documents.
In subsec. (b), “section 6101 of title 41” substituted for “section 3709 of the Revised Statutes, as amended” on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
1982—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 97–241 substituted “Such sums as may be necessary” for “Not more than $15,000 annually”.
1970—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 91–553 increased annual authorization from $5,000 to $15,000.
1949—Subsec. (b). Act Oct. 28, 1949, substituted “Classification Act of 1949” for “Classification Act of 1923”.
Act Oct. 28, 1949, ch. 782, cited as a credit to this section, was repealed (subject to a savings clause) by Pub. L. 89–554, Sept. 6, 1966, §8, 80 Stat. 632, 655.
Annual appropriations to meet the obligations of membership in various international organizations were contained in acts listed in a note set out under section 269a of this title.
Sections 281 to 281b of this title contained provisions relating to the Institute of Inter-American Affairs. The Institute was created pursuant to act Aug. 5, 1947, ch. 498, 61 Stat. 780. Section 3 of such act, as amended, provided that the Institute was to have succession until June 30, 1960. Prior to such date, the Institute, together with its functions, was transferred to the Foreign Operations Administration by Reorg. Plan No. 7 of 1953, eff. Aug. 1, 1953, 18 F.R. 4541, 67 Stat. 639, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees. The Foreign Operations Administration was abolished by Ex. Ord. No. 10610, May 9, 1955, 20 F.R. 3179, and its functions and offices were transferred to the Department of State to be administered by the International Cooperation Administration. The International Cooperation Administration was to continue to exist for a period not to exceed sixty days after the effective date of Pub. L. 87–195, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 424 [Sept. 4, 1961], and the President was authorized to transfer offices, entities, functions, property, records, and personnel of the Administration to the Agency carrying out functions relating to international development under the provisions of section 621(b), (e) of Pub. L. 87–195. The functions of the Administration were redelegated to the Agency for International Development pursuant to President's letter of Sept. 30, 1961 and Ex. Ord. No. 10973, Nov. 3, 1961, 26 F.R. 10469, section 102 of which provided for the establishment of the Agency for International Development and section 103 of which continued the existence of the Administration until the end of Nov. 3, 1961 and authorized the Secretary to utilize the personnel, offices, entities, property, records, and funds of the Administration. See section 621 of Pub. L. 87–195 and Ex. Ord. No. 10973, classified to section 2381 of this title, and set out as a note under section 2381, respectively.
Section 281, act Aug. 5, 1947, ch. 498, §1, 61 Stat. 780, created the Institute of Inter-American Affairs.
Section 281a, act Aug. 5, 1947, ch. 498, §2, 61 Stat. 781, set forth the purposes of the Institute of Inter-American Affairs.
Section 281b, acts Aug. 5, 1947, ch. 498, §3, 61 Stat. 781; Sept. 3, 1949, ch. 532, §1, 63 Stat. 685; Apr. 5, 1952, ch. 159, §1, 66 Stat. 43; Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, title V, §544(a), 68 Stat. 862; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §11(b)(1), 71 Stat. 365, provided that the Institute of Inter-American Affairs have succession until June 30, 1960, and set forth the powers and duties of the Institute.
Section, act Sept. 3, 1949, ch. 532, §1, 63 Stat. 685, related to contract authorizations.
Sections 281b–2 to 281j of this title contained provisions relating to the Institute of Inter-American Affairs. The Institute was created pursuant to act Aug. 5, 1947, ch. 498, 61 Stat. 780. Section 3 of such act, as amended, provided that the Institute was to have succession until June 30, 1960. See Codification note set out under section 281 of this title.
Section 281b–2, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, title V, §544(a), 68 Stat. 862; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §11(b)(1), 71 Stat. 365, authorized the Institute of Inter-American Affairs to make contracts for periods not to exceed five years, with the proviso that any contract extending beyond June 30, 1960, be made subject to termination by the Institute upon notice, and provided that the Institute, on and after July 1, 1954, be subject to the applicable provisions of the Budget and Accounting Act, 1921, as amended, in lieu of the provisions of the Government Corporation Control Act, as amended [31 U.S.C. 9101 et seq.].
Section 281c, act Aug. 5, 1947, ch. 498, §4, 61 Stat. 782, provided for transfer of assets to United States Treasury upon termination of corporate life of Institute of Inter-American Affairs.
Section 281d, act Aug. 5, 1947, ch. 498, §5, 61 Stat. 782, established a Board of Directors for Institute of Inter-American Affairs, and enumerated powers of Board.
Section 281e, act Aug. 5, 1947, ch. 498, §6, 61 Stat. 782, provided that Institute of Inter-American Affairs be a nonprofit corporation, have no capital stock, and that no part of its revenue, earnings, or other income or property inure to benefit of its directors, officers, and employees.
Section 281f, act Aug. 5, 1947, ch. 498, §7, 61 Stat. 782, authorized officers and employees of Institute of Inter-American Affairs to hold offices upon approval of Institute, with governments or governmental agencies of other American Republics.
Section 281g, act Aug. 5, 1947, ch. 498, §8, 61 Stat. 782, authorized Secretary of State to detail employees of Department of State to Institute of Inter-American Affairs.
Section 281h, act Aug. 5, 1947, ch. 498, §9, 61 Stat. 783, provided that principal office of Institute of Inter-American Affairs be located in District of Columbia, with branch offices any place in United States or other American Republics.
Section 281i, act Aug. 5, 1947, ch. 498, §10, 61 Stat. 783, exempted Institute of Inter-American Affairs from taxation by any Federal, State, or local taxing authority.
Section 281j, act Aug. 5, 1947, ch. 498, §11, 61 Stat. 783, reserved right to alter, amend or repeal provisions of sections 281 to 281b and 281c to 281l of this title, and set forth savings clause for such provisions.
Section, act Aug. 5, 1947, ch. 498, §12, 61 Stat. 783, provided for transfer of property to Institute of Inter-American Affairs.
Section, act Aug. 5, 1947, ch. 498, §13, 61 Stat. 783, provided that Institute of Inter-American Affairs be subject to provisions of the Government Corporation Control Act. See Codification note set out under section 281 of this title.
The President is hereby authorized to accept membership for the United States in the International Finance Corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Corporation”), provided for by the Articles of Agreement of the Corporation deposited in the archives of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development.
(Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 788, §2, 69 Stat. 669.)
Section 1 of act Aug. 11, 1955, provided that: “This Act [enacting this subchapter] may be cited as the ‘International Finance Corporation Act’.”
The governor and executive director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, and the alternate for each of them, appointed under section 286a of this title, shall serve as governor, director and alternates, respectively, of the Corporation.
(Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 788, §3, 69 Stat. 669.)
The provisions of section 286b of this title, shall apply with respect to the Corporation to the same extent as with respect to the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development.
(Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 788, §4, 69 Stat. 669; Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(e)(1), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2518.)
1989—Pub. L. 101–240 struck out at end “Reports with respect to the Corporation under paragraphs 5 and 6 of subsection (b) of section 286b of this title, shall be included in the first report made thereunder after the establishment of the Corporation and in each succeeding report.”
Functions of National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Problems under this section delegated to National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Policies, see section 2(a) of Ex. Ord. No. 11269, Feb. 14, 1966, 31 F.R. 2813, set out as a note under section 286b of this title.
Unless Congress by law authorizes such action, neither the President nor any person or agency shall on behalf of the United States (a) subscribe to additional shares of stock under article II, section 3, of the Articles of Agreement of the Corporation; (b) accept any amendment under article VII of the Articles of Agreement of the Corporation; (c) make any loan to the Corporation. The United States Governor of the Corporation is authorized to agree to an amendment to article III of the articles of agreement of the Corporation to authorize the Corporation to make investments of its funds in capital stock and to limit the exercise of voting rights by the Corporation unless exercise of such rights is deemed necessary by the Corporation to protect its interests, as proposed in the resolution submitted by the Board of Directors on February 20, 1961. Unless Congress by law authorizes such action, no governor or alternate representing the United States shall vote for an increase of capital stock of the Corporation under article II, section 2(c)(ii), of the Articles of Agreement of the Corporation.
(Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 788, §5, 69 Stat. 669; Pub. L. 87–185, Aug. 30, 1961, 75 Stat. 413.)
1961—Pub. L. 87–185 authorized acceptance of an amendment to the articles of agreement of the Corporation to permit investment in capital stock and to limit the exercise of voting rights.
Any Federal Reserve bank which is requested to do so by the Corporation shall act as its depository or as its fiscal agent, and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall supervise and direct the carrying out of these functions by the Federal Reserve banks.
(Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 788, §6, 69 Stat. 669.)
The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to pay the subscription of the United States to the Corporation and for this purpose is authorized to use as a public-debt transaction not to exceed $35,168,000 of the proceeds of any securities hereafter issued under chapter 31 of title 31, and the purposes for which securities may be issued under that chapter are extended to include such purpose. Payment under this subsection of the subscription of the United States to the Corporation and any repayment thereof shall be treated as public-debt transactions of the United States.
Any payment of dividends made to the United States by the Corporation shall be covered into the Treasury as a miscellaneous receipt.
(Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 788, §7, 69 Stat. 670.)
In subsec. (a), “chapter 31 of title 31” and “that chapter” substituted for “the Second Liberty Bond Act, as amended” and “that Act”, respectively, on authority of Pub. L. 97–258, §4(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, the first section of which enacted Title 31, Money and Finance.
For the purpose of any action which may be brought within the United States or its Territories or possessions by or against the Corporation in accordance with the Articles of Agreement of the Corporation, the Corporation shall be deemed to be an inhabitant of the Federal judicial district in which its principal office in the United States is located, and any such action at law or in equity to which the Corporation shall be a party shall be deemed to arise under the laws of the United States, and the district courts of the United States shall have original jurisdiction of any such action. When the Corporation is a defendant in any such action, it may, at any time before the trial thereof, remove such action from a State court into the district court of the United States for the proper district by following the procedure for removal of causes otherwise provided by law.
(Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 788, §8, 69 Stat. 670.)
One form of action, see rule 2, Title 28, Appendix, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.
The provisions of article V, section 5(d), and article VI, sections 2 to 9, both inclusive, of the Articles of Agreement of the Corporation shall have full force and effect in the United States and its Territories and possessions upon acceptance of membership by the United States in, and the establishment of, the Corporation.
(Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 788, §9, 69 Stat. 670.)
The United States Governor of the Corporation is authorized to agree to the amendments of the articles of agreement of the Corporation to remove the prohibition therein contained against the Corporation lending to or borrowing from the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, and to place limitations on such borrowing.
(Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 788, §10, as added Pub. L. 89–126, §2, Aug. 14, 1965, 79 Stat. 519.)
(a) The United States Governor of the Corporation is authorized—
(1) to vote for an increase of five hundred and forty thousand shares in the authorized capital stock of the Corporation; and
(2) if such increase becomes effective, to subscribe on behalf of the United States to one hundred and eleven thousand four hundred and ninety-three additional shares of the capital stock of the Corporation: Provided, however, That any commitment to make payment for such additional subscriptions shall be made subject to obtaining the necessary appropriations.
(b) In order to pay for the increase in the United States subscription to the Corporation provided for in this section, there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, $111,493,000 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 788, §11, as added Pub. L. 95–118, title III, §301, Oct. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 1068.)
Section 1001 of Pub. L. 95–118 provided that: “This Act [enacting this section and sections 262c, 262d, 262e to 262g, 284n, 285s, 285t, 286e–1f, and 290g–10 of this title, repealing sections 283y, 284m, 290g–9 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 262c of this title] shall take effect on the date of its enactment [Oct. 3, 1977], except that no funds authorized to be appropriated by any amendment contained in title II, III, IV, V, or VI [enacting this section and sections 286e–1f, 284n, 285s, 285t, or 290g–10 of this title] may be available for use or obligation prior to October 1, 1977”.
(a) The United States Governor of the Corporation is authorized—
(1) to vote for an increase of 650,000 shares in the authorized capital stock of the Corporation; and
(2) to subscribe on behalf of the United States to 175,162 additional shares of the capital stock of the Corporation, except that any subscription to additional shares shall be effective only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriations Acts.
(b) In order to pay for the increase in the United States subscription to the Corporation provided for in this section, there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, §175,162,000 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 788, §12, as added Pub. L. 99–190, §101(i) [title I, (a)], Dec. 19, 1985, 99 Stat. 1291, 1294.)
Section 12 of act Aug. 11, 1955, is based on section 3 of H.R. 1948, Ninety-ninth Congress, as introduced Apr. 3, 1985, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 99–190.
Any securities issued by the Corporation (including any guaranty by the Corporation, whether or not limited in scope) and any securities guaranteed by the Corporation as to both principal and interest shall be deemed to be exempted securities within the meaning of section 77c(a)(2) of title 15 and section 78c(a)(12) of title 15. The Corporation shall file with the Securities and Exchange Commission such annual and other reports with regard to such securities as the Commission shall determine to be appropriate in view of the special character of the Corporation and its operations and necessary in the public interest or for the protection of investors.
The Securities and Exchange Commission, acting in consultation with the National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Problems, is authorized to suspend the provisions of subsection (a) of this section at any time as to any or all securities issued or guaranteed by the Corporation during the period of such suspension. The Commission shall include in its annual reports to the Congress such information as it shall deem advisable with regard to the operations and effect of this section.
(Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 788, §13, as added Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(e)(1)(A), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2037.)
The United States Governor of the Corporation may—
(A) vote for an increase of 1,000,000 shares in the authorized capital stock of the Corporation; and
(B) subscribe on behalf of the United States to 250,000 additional shares of the capital stock of the Corporation.
The subscription authority provided in paragraph (1) shall be effective only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriations Acts.
In order to pay for the subscription authorized in subsection (a) of this section, there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, $50,000,000 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 788, §14, as added Pub. L. 102–145, §125(a), Oct. 28, 1991, as added Pub. L. 102–266, §102, Apr. 1, 1992, 106 Stat. 97.)
The United States Governor of the Corporation may vote in favor of any increase in the capital stock of the Corporation that may be needed to accommodate the requirements of the independent states of the former Soviet Union (as defined in section 5801 of this title).
(Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 788, §15, as added Pub. L. 102–511, title X, §1005, Oct. 24, 1992, 106 Stat. 3361.)
The United States Governor of the Corporation is authorized to agree to amendments to the Articles of Agreement of the Corporation that would—
(1) amend Article II, Section 2(c)(ii), to increase the vote by which the Board of Governors of the Corporation may increase the capital stock of the Corporation from a three-fourths majority to a four-fifths majority; and
(2) amend Article VII(a) to increase the vote by which the Board of Governors of the Corporation may amend the Articles of Agreement of the Corporation from a four-fifths majority to an eighty-five percent majority.
(Aug. 11, 1955, ch. 788, §16, as added Pub. L. 102–511, title X, §1006, Oct. 24, 1992, 106 Stat. 3361.)
The President is hereby authorized to accept membership for the United States in the Inter-American Development Bank (hereinafter referred to as the “Bank”), provided for by the agreement establishing the bank (hereinafter referred to as the “agreement”) deposited in the archives of the Organization of American States.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §2, Aug. 7, 1959, 73 Stat. 299.)
Section 1 of Pub. L. 86–147 provided that: “This Act [enacting this subchapter and amending section 24 of Title 12, Banks and Banking] may be cited as the ‘Inter-American Development Bank Act’.”
Pub. L. 96–259, title I, §102, June 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 430, which required Presidential evaluation and report on a proposal for joint action by countries of Western Hemisphere and other countries which participate in Inter-American Development Bank to increase exploration for and exploitation of energy and mineral resources of Western Hemisphere through multilateral incentives, administered by Inter-American Development Bank, was repealed by Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(d)(6), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2518.
For Congressional direction that the Secretary of the Treasury maintain the value in terms of gold of the Inter-American Development Bank's holdings of United States dollars following the establishment of a par value of the dollar at $38 for a fine troy ounce of gold pursuant to the Par Value Modification Act and for the authorization of the appropriations necessary to provide such maintenance of value, see section 5152 of Title 31, Money and Finance.
The President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall appoint a governor of the Bank and an alternate for the governor. The term of office for the governor and the alternate governor shall be five years, but each shall remain in office until a successor has been appointed.
The President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall appoint an executive director of the Bank and an alternate Executive Director. Except as provided for in article XV, section 3, of the agreement, the term of office for the executive director shall be three years, but he shall remain in office until a successor has been appointed.
No person shall be entitled to receive any salary or other compensation from the United States for services as a governor, alternate governor, or executive director.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §3, Aug. 7, 1959, 73 Stat. 299; Pub. L. 91–599, ch. 2, §21(b), Dec. 30, 1970, 84 Stat. 1658.)
1970—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 91–599 authorized appointment of an alternate Executive Director.
The provisions of section 286b of this title shall apply with respect to the Bank to the same extent as with respect to the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Monetary Fund.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §4, Aug. 7, 1959, 73 Stat. 299; Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(e)(2), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2518.)
1989—Pub. L. 101–240 struck out at end “Reports with respect to the Bank under paragraphs (5) and (6) of subsection (b) of section 286b of this title shall be included in the first report made thereunder after the establishment of the Bank and in each succeeding report.”
Functions of National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Problems under this section delegated to National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Policies, see section 2(a) of Ex. Ord. No. 11269, Feb. 14, 1966, 31 F.R. 2813, set out as a note under section 286b of this title.
Unless Congress by law authorizes such action, neither the President nor any person or agency shall, on behalf of the United States, (a) subscribe to additional shares of stock under article II, section 3, or article IIA, section 2, of the agreement; (b) request or consent to any change in the quota of the United States under article IV, section 3, of the agreement; (c) accept any amendment under article XII of the agreement; or (d) make a loan or provide other financing to the Bank, except that loans or other financing may be provided to the Bank by a United States agency created pursuant to an Act of Congress which is authorized by law to make loans or provide other financing to international organizations. Unless Congress by law authorizes such actions, no governor or alternate appointed to represent the United States shall vote for any increase of capital stock of the Bank under article II, section 2, or article IIA, section 1, of the agreement or any increase in the resources of the Fund for Special Operations under article IV, section 3(g) thereof.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §5, Aug. 7, 1959, 73 Stat. 299; Pub. L. 94–302, title I, §103(a)(2), May 31, 1976, 90 Stat. 593.)
1976—Pub. L. 94–302 inserted “, or article IIA, section 2,” after “article II, section 3” and “or article IIA, section 1,” after “article II, section 2,”.
Section 103(b) of Pub. L. 94–302 provided that: “The amendments made by paragraphs (2) and (3) of this section [amending this section and section 283h of this title] shall become effective upon approval by the Board of Governors of the Bank of the resolutions referred to in section 23 of the Inter-American Development Bank Act (22 U.S.C. 283 et seq.).”
Any Federal Reserve bank which is requested to do so by the Bank shall act as its depository or as its fiscal agent and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall supervise and direct the carrying out of these functions by the Federal Reserve banks.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §6, Aug. 7, 1959, 73 Stat. 300.)
There is hereby authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, for the purchase of thirty-five thousand shares of capital stock in the Bank, $350 million. In addition, there is authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, for payment of the subscription of the United States to the Fund for Special Operations, $100 million.
For the purpose of keeping to a minimum the cost to the United States of participation in the Bank, the Secretary of the Treasury, after paying the requisite part of the subscription and quota of the United States in the Bank required to be made under article II, section 4, and article IV, section 3, respectively, of the agreement, is authorized and directed to issue special notes of the United States from time to time, at par, and to deliver such notes to the Bank in exchange for dollars to the extent permitted by the agreement. The special notes provided for in this subsection shall be issued under the authority and subject to the provisions of chapter 31 of title 31, and the purposes for which securities may be issued under that chapter are extended to include the purposes for which special notes are authorized and directed to be issued under this subsection, but such notes shall bear no interest, shall be nonnegotiable, and shall be payable on demand of the Bank. The face amount of special notes issued to the Bank under the authority of this subsection and outstanding at any one time shall not exceed, in the aggregate, the amount of the subscription and quota of the United States actually paid to the Bank under article II, section 4, and article IV, section 3, respectively, of the agreement.
Any payment made to the United States by the Bank as a distribution of net income shall be covered into the Treasury as a miscellaneous receipt.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §7, Aug. 7, 1959, 73 Stat. 300.)
In subsec. (b), “chapter 31 of title 31” and “that chapter” substituted for “the Second Liberty Bond Act, as amended” and “that Act”, respectively, on authority of Pub. L. 97–258, §4(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, the first section of which enacted Title 31, Money and Finance.
For the purpose of any action which may be brought within the United States, its Territories or possessions, or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico by or against the Bank in accordance with the agreement, the Bank shall be deemed to be an inhabitant of the Federal judicial district in which its principal office in the United States is located, and any such action at law or in equity to which the Bank shall be a party shall be deemed to arise under the laws of the United States, and the district courts of the United States shall have original jurisdiction of any such action. When the Bank is a defendant in any such action, it may, at any time before the trial thereof, remove such action from a State court into the district court of the United States for the proper district by following the procedure for removal of causes otherwise provided by law.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §8, Aug. 7, 1959, 73 Stat. 300.)
The provisions of article X, section 4(c), and article XI, sections 2 to 9, both inclusive, of the agreement shall have full force and effect in the United States, its Territories and possessions, and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, upon acceptance of membership by the United States in, and the establishment of, the Bank.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §9, Aug. 7, 1959, 73 Stat. 301.)
Any securities issued by the Bank (including any guarantee by the Bank, whether or not limited in scope) in connection with raising of funds for including in the Bank's capital resources as defined in article II, section 5, and article IIA, section 4, of the agreement, and any securities guaranteed by the Bank as to both principal and interest to which the commitment in article II, section 4(a)(ii), or article IIA, section 3(c), of the agreement is expressly applicable, shall be deemed to be exempted securities within the meaning of subsection (a)(2) of section 77c of title 15 and subsection (a)(12) of section 78c of title 15. The Bank shall file with the Securities and Exchange Commission such annual and other reports with regard to such securities as the Commission shall determine to be appropriate in view of the special character of the Bank and its operations and necessary in the Public interest or for the protection of investors.
The Securities and Exchange Commission, acting in consultation with the National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Problems, is authorized to suspend the provisions of subsection (a) of this section at any time as to any or all securities issued or guaranteed by the Bank during the period of such suspension. The Commission shall include in its annual reports to Congress such information as it shall deem advisable with regard to the operations and effect of this section and in connection therewith shall include any views submitted for such purpose by any association of dealers registered with the Commission.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §11, Aug. 7, 1959, 73 Stat. 301; Pub. L. 94–302, title I, §103(a)(3), May 31, 1976, 90 Stat. 593.)
1976—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 94–302 struck out “ordinary” after “in the Bank's” and inserted “and article IIA, section 4” after “article II, section 5” and “or article IIA, section 3(c)” after “article II, section 4(a)(ii)”.
For effective date of amendment by Pub. L. 94–302, see section 103(b) of Pub. L. 94–302, set out as a note under section 283c of this title.
Functions of National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Problems delegated to National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Policies, see section 2(a) of Ex. Ord. No. 11269, Feb. 14, 1966, 31 F.R. 2813, set out as a note under section 286b of this title.
Section, Pub. L. 86–147, §12, Aug. 7, 1959, 73 Stat. 301, related to reports on effectiveness of section 283h of this title and section 24 of Title 12, Banks and Banking, on development of economic resources in member countries.
The United States Governor of the Bank is hereby authorized (1) to vote (A) for the increases in the authorized capital stock of the Bank under article II, Section 2, of the agreement, and (B) for an increase in the resources of the Fund for Special Operations under article IV, section 3, of the agreement, all as recommended by the Executive Directors in a report dated March 18, 1963, to the Board of Governors of the Bank; (2) to agree on behalf of the United States to subscribe to its proportionate share of the $1,000,000,000 increase in the authorized callable capital stock of the Bank; and (3) to vote for an amendment to article VIII, section 3, of the agreement to provide that the Board of Governors may, upon certain conditions, increase by one the number of Executive Directors.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §13, as added Pub. L. 88–259, §1, Jan. 22, 1964, 78 Stat. 3.)
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director to propose the establishment by the Board of Executive Directors of a program of selective but continuing independent and comprehensive audit of the Inter-American Development Bank, in accordance with such terms of reference as the Board of Executive Directors itself (or through a subcommittee), may prescribe. Such proposal shall provide that the audit reports be submitted to the Board of Executive Directors and to the Board of Governors.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall prepare the scope of the audit and the auditing and reporting standards for the use of the United States Executive Director in assisting in the formulation of the terms of reference.
The reports of the National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Policies to the Congress shall include, among other things, an appraisal of the effectiveness of the implementation and administration of the loans made by the Bank based upon the audit reports. The Comptroller General may review the reports of audit and findings issued and report to the Secretary of the Treasury and the Congress any suggestions he might have in improving the scope of the audit or auditing and reporting standards of the independent auditing firm, group, or staff.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §14, as added Pub. L. 90–88, §1, Sept. 22, 1967, 81 Stat. 227; amended Pub. L. 104–316, title I, §111(b), Oct. 19, 1996, 110 Stat. 3833.)
1996—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 104–316 substituted “Secretary of the Treasury shall prepare” for “Comptroller General of the United States shall prepare for the Secretary of the Treasury”.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 104–316 substituted “may review” for “shall periodically review” in second sentence.
There is hereby authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, for payment of the increased United States subscription to the capital stock of the Inter-American Development Bank, $411,760,000.
There is hereby authorized to be appropriated, for payment of the increased United States subscription to the Fund for Special Operations of the Inter-American Development Bank, $50,000,000.
(Pub. L. 88–259, §2, Jan. 22, 1964, 78 Stat. 3.)
Section was not enacted as part of Pub. L. 86–147, Aug. 7, 1959, 73 Stat. 299, known as the Inter-American Development Bank Act, which comprises this subchapter.
The United States Governor of the Bank is hereby authorized to vote in favor of the resolution entitled “Increase of Resources of the Fund for Special Operations” proposed by the Governors at their annual meeting in April 1964, and now pending before the Board of Governors of the Bank. Upon the adoption of such resolution, the United States Governor is authorized to agree, on behalf of the United States to pay to the Fund for Special Operations of the Bank, the sum of $750,000,000, in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of such resolution.
There is hereby authorized to be appropriated without fiscal year limitation, for the United States share in the increase in the resources of the Fund for Special Operations of the Bank, the sum of $750,000,000.
With respect to any dollars herein provided, the voting power of the United States shall be exercised for the purpose of disapproving any loan from the Fund for Special Operations of the Bank for any project, enterprise, or activity in any country, during any period for which the President has suspended assistance to the government of such country because of any action taken on or after January 1, 1962, by the government of such country or any government agency or subdivision within such country as specified in paragraph (A), (B), or (C) of subsection (e)(1) of section 2370 of this title, and the failure of such country within a reasonable time to take appropriate steps to discharge its obligations or provide relief in accordance with provisions of such subsection.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §15, formerly §14, as added Pub. L. 89–6, Mar. 24, 1965, 79 Stat. 23; renumbered §15, Pub. L. 90–88, §1, Sept. 22, 1967, 81 Stat. 226.)
The United States Governor of the Bank is hereby authorized to vote in favor of the resolution entitled “Increase of $1,200,000,000 in Resources of Fund for Special Operations” proposed by the Governors at their annual meeting in April 1967 and now pending before the Board of Governors of the Bank. Upon the adoption of such resolution, the United States Governor is authorized to agree, on behalf of the United States, to pay to the Fund for Special Operations of the Bank, the sum of $900,000,000, in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of such resolution, and subject to the further condition that in consideration of the United States balance-of-payments deficit any local cost financing, by project or otherwise, with the funds authorized under this section to be held to the minimum possible level. The United States Governor is also authorized to vote in favor of the amendment to Annex C of the agreement, now pending before the Board of Governors of the Bank, to modify the procedure employed in the election of Executive Directors.
There is hereby authorized to be appropriated without fiscal year limitation, for the United States share in the increase in the resources of the Fund for Special Operations of the Bank, the sum of $900,000,000.
The voting power of the United States shall be exercised for the purpose of disapproving any loan which might assist the recipient country directly or indirectly to acquire sophisticated or heavy military equipment.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §16, as added Pub. L. 90–88, §2, Sept. 22, 1967, 81 Stat. 227.)
(a) The United States Governor of the Bank is hereby authorized (1) to vote for an increase in the authorized capital stock of the Bank under article II, section 2, of the agreement as recommended by the Board of Executive Directors in its report of April 1967, to the Board of Governors of the Bank; and (2) to agree on behalf of the United States to subscribe to its proportionate share of the $1,000,000,000 increase in the authorized callable capital stock of the bank.
(b) There is hereby authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury of the increased United States subscription to the capital stock of the Inter-American Development Bank, $411,760,000.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §17, as added Pub. L. 90–325, June 4, 1968, 82 Stat. 168.)
(a) The United States Governor of the Bank is hereby authorized to vote in favor of the two resolutions proposed by the Governors at their annual meeting in April 1970 and now pending before the Board of Governors of the Bank, which provide for (1) an increase in the authorized capital stock to the Bank and additional subscriptions of members thereto and (2) an increase in the resources of the Fund for Special Operations and contributions thereto. Upon adoption of such resolutions the United States Governor is authorized to agree on behalf of the United States (1) to subscribe to eighty-two thousand three hundred and fifty-two shares of $10,000 par value of the increase in the authorized capital stock of the Bank of which sixty-seven thousand three hundred and fifty-two shall be callable shares and fifteen thousand shall be paid in and (2) to pay to the Fund for Special Operations an initial annual installment of $100,000,000 and, upon further authorization by the Congress two subsequent annual installments of $450,000,000 each, in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of such resolutions.
(b) There are hereby authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, the amounts necessary for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury of (1) three annual installments of $50,000,000 each for the United States subscription to paid-in capital stock of the Bank; (2) two installments of $336,760,000 each for the United States subscription to the callable capital stock of the Bank; and (3) one installment of $100,000,000 for the United States share of the increase in the resources of the Fund for Special Operations of the Bank.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §18, as added Pub. L. 91–599, ch. 2, §21(a), Dec. 30, 1970, 84 Stat. 1658.)
(a) The United States Governor of the Bank is authorized to pay to the Fund for Special Operations two annual installments of $450,000,000 each in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the resolution adopted by the Board of Governors on December 31, 1970, concerning an increase in the resources of the Fund for Special Operations and contributions thereto.
(b) There are hereby authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, the amounts necessary for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury of the two annual installments of $450,000,000 each for the United States share of the increase in the resources of the Fund for Special Operations of the Bank.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §19, as added Pub. L. 92–246, §1, Mar. 10, 1972, 86 Stat. 59.)
The United States Governor of the Bank is authorized to agree to amendments to the provisions of the articles of agreement as provided in proposed Board of Governors resolutions entitled (a) “Amendment of the Provisions of the Agreement Establishing the Bank with Respect to Membership and to Related Matters” and (b) “Amendment of the Provisions of the Agreement Establishing the Bank with Respect to the Election of Executive Directors”.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §20, as added Pub. L. 92–246, §1, Mar. 10, 1972, 86 Stat. 59.)
The President shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the Bank to vote against any loan or other utilization of the funds of the Bank for the benefit of any country which has—
(1) nationalized or expropriated or seized ownership or control of property owned by any United States citizen or by any corporation, partnership, or association not less than 50 per centum of which is beneficially owned by United States citizens;
(2) taken steps to repudiate or nullify existing contracts or agreements with any United States citizen or any corporation, partnership, or association not less than 50 per centum of which is beneficially owned by United States citizens; or
(3) imposed or enforced discriminatory taxes or other exactions, or restrictive maintenance or operational conditions, or has taken other actions, which have the effect of nationalizing, expropriating, or otherwise seizing ownership or control of property so owned;
unless the President determines that (A) an arrangement for prompt, adequate, and effective compensation has been made, (B) the parties have submitted the dispute to arbitration under the rules of the Convention for the Settlement of Investment Disputes, or (C) good faith negotiations are in progress aimed at providing prompt, adequate, and effective compensation under the applicable principles of international law.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §21, as added Pub. L. 92–246, §1, Mar. 10, 1972, 86 Stat. 59.)
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the Bank to vote against any loan or other utilization of the funds of the Bank for the benefit of any country with respect to which the President has made a determination, and so notified the Secretary of the Treasury, that the government of such country has failed to take adequate steps to prevent narcotic drugs and other controlled substances (as defined by the Comprehensive Drug Abuse Prevention and Control Act of 1970 [21 U.S.C. 801 et seq.]) produced or processed, in whole or in part, in such country, or transported through such country, from being sold illegally within the jurisdiction of such country to United States Government personnel or their dependents, or from entering the United States unlawfully. Such instruction shall continue in effect until the President determines, and so notifies the Secretary of the Treasury, that the government of such country has taken adequate steps to prevent such sale or entry of narcotic drugs and other controlled substances.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §22, as added Pub. L. 92–246, §2, Mar. 10, 1972, 86 Stat. 60.)
The Comprehensive Drug Abuse Prevention and Control Act of 1970, referred to in text, is Pub. L. 91–513, Oct. 27, 1970, 84 Stat. 1236, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 13 (§801 et seq.) of Title 21, Food and Drugs. For complete classification of this act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 801 of Title 21 and Tables.
The United States Governor of the Bank is authorized to vote for three proposed resolutions of the Board of Governors entitled (a) “Amendments to the Agreement Establishing the Bank with respect to the Creation of the Inter-Regional Capital Stock of the Bank and to Related Matters”, (b) “General Rules Governing Admission of Nonregional Countries to Membership in the Bank”, and (c) “Increase in the Authorized Callable Ordinary Capital Stock and Subscriptions Thereto in Connection with the Admission of Nonregional Member Countries”, which were submitted to the Board of Governors pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Executive Directors approved on March 4, 1975.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §23, as added Pub. L. 94–302, title I, §103(a)(1), May 31, 1976, 90 Stat. 592.)
The United States Governor of the Bank is authorized to agree to the amendments to article II, section 1(b) and article IV, section 3(b) of the Agreement Establishing the Bank, as proposed by the Board of Executive Directors, to provide for membership for the Bahamas and Guyana in the Bank at such times and in accordance with such terms as the Bank may determine.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §24, as added Pub. L. 94–302, title I, §103(a)(1), May 31, 1976, 90 Stat. 592.)
The United States Governor of the Bank is authorized to agree to the amendments to article III, sections 1, 4, and 6(b) of the Agreement Establishing the Bank, as proposed by the Board of Executive Directors, to provide for lending to the Caribbean Development Bank.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §25, as added Pub. L. 94–302, title I, §103(a)(1), May 31, 1976, 90 Stat. 592.)
(a) The United States Governor of the Bank is hereby authorized to vote in favor of two resolutions proposed by the Governors at a special meeting in July 1975, and now pending before the Board of Governors of the Bank, which provide for (1) an increase in the authorized capital stock of the Bank and additional subscriptions of members thereto and (2) an increase in the resources of the Fund for Special Operations and contributions thereto. Upon adoption of such resolutions, the United States Governor is authorized to agree on behalf of the United States (1) to subscribe to ninety-nine thousand four hundred and seventy-four shares of $10,000 par value of the increase in the authorized capital stock of the Bank of which eighty-nine thousand five hundred and twenty-six shall be callable shares and nine thousand nine hundred and forty-eight shall be paid in and (2) to contribute to the Fund for Special Operations $600,000,000, in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of such resolutions.
(b) There are hereby authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, the amounts necessary for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury of (1) $1,199,997,873 for the United States subscription to the capital stock of the Bank and (2) $600,000,000 for the United States share of the increase in the resources of the Fund for Special Operations: Provided, however, That not more than $15,677,000 may be made available to the Fund for Special Operations for the fiscal year 1982.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §26, as added Pub. L. 94–302, title I, §101, May 31, 1976, 90 Stat. 591; amended Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1351(c), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 744.)
1981—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 97–35 inserted provision limiting amount of appropriations available for Fund for Special Operations for fiscal year 1982.
Amendment by Pub. L. 97–35 effective Aug. 13, 1981, except that any funds authorized to be appropriated shall not be available for use or obligation prior to Oct. 1, 1981, see section 1372 of Pub. L. 97–35, set out as an Effective Date note under section 290i of this title.
(a) The United States Governor of the Bank is hereby authorized to vote for an additional increase of one hundred and eight thousand shares of $10,000 par value in the authorized callable capital stock of the Bank as recommended in the resolution of the Board of Governors entitled “Increase of US$4 Billion in the Authorized Capital Stock and Subscriptions Thereto.” Upon adoption of a Board of Governors resolution increasing the authorized capital stock of the Bank by such amount, the United States Governor is authorized to agree on behalf of the United States to subscribe to thirty-seven thousand three hundred and three shares of $10,000 par value of such additional increase in callable capital in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of such resolution.
(b) In order to pay for the increase in the United States subscription to the Bank provided for in this section, there is hereby authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, $450,002,218 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §27, as added Pub. L. 94–302, title I, §101, May 31, 1976, 90 Stat. 591.)
Section, Pub. L. 86–147, §28, as added Pub. L. 94–302, title I, §103(a)(1), May 31, 1976, 90 Stat. 592; H. Res. 5, Jan. 4, 1977, set forth provisions relating to United States participation in financial assistance by Inter-American Development Bank to any country engaging in a consistent pattern of gross violations of internationally recognized human rights. See section 262d of this title.
Repeal effective Oct. 3, 1977, see section 1001 of Pub. L. 95–118, set out as an Effective Date note under section 282i of this title.
The United States Executive Director of the Bank shall propose to the Board of Executive Directors of the Bank the adoption of a resolution providing (1) that the development and utilization of light-capital or intermediate technologies should be accepted as major facets of the Bank's development strategy, and (2) that such light-capital or intermediate technologies should be developed and utilized as soon as possible in all Bank activities. Such resolution shall further provide that, by the close of the calendar year 1977, some projects that employ primarily such light-capital or intermediate technologies shall be designed and approved.
The United States Governor of the Bank shall report to the Congress no later than six months after May 31, 1976, on the proposal made under subsection (a) of this section, and no later than twelve months after such date on the progress that has been made with respect to such proposal.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §28, formerly §29, as added Pub. L. 94–302, title I, §104, May 31, 1976, 90 Stat. 593; renumbered §28, Pub. L. 96–259, title I, §101(1), June 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 429.)
A prior section 28 of Pub. L. 86–147, as added by section 103(a)(1) of Pub. L. 94–302, was classified to section 283y of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 95–118, title VII, §702, Oct. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 1070.
The United States Governor of the Bank is authorized to vote for two resolutions which were proposed by the Governors at a special meeting in December 1978 and are pending before the Board of Governors of the Bank. These resolutions provide for (1) an increase in the authorized capital stock of the Bank and additional subscriptions thereto, and (2) an increase in the resources of the Fund for Special Operations and contributions thereto. Upon adoption of these resolutions, the United States Governor is authorized on behalf of the United States (A) to subscribe to two hundred twenty-seven thousand eight hundred and ninety-six shares of the increase in the authorized capital stock of the Bank, of which two hundred ten thousand eight hundred and four shall be callable and seventeen thousand and ninety-two shall be paid-in, and (B) to contribute to the Fund for Special Operations $630,000,000; except that any commitment to make such subscriptions to paid-in and callable capital stock and to make such contributions to the Fund for Special Operations shall be effective only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriation Acts.
In order to pay for the increase in the United States subscription and contribution provided for in this section, there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury (1) $2,474,287,189 for the United States subscription to the capital stock of the Bank, and (2) $630,000,000 for the United States share of the increase in the resources of the Fund for Special Operations: Provided, however, That for contributions to the Fund for Special Operations, not more than $175,000,000 may be made available for the fiscal year 1982, and not more than $105,000,000 may be made available for the fiscal year 1983.
For the purpose of keeping to a minimum the cost to the United States, the Secretary of the Treasury—
(1) shall pay the United States contribution to the Fund for Special Operations authorized by this section by letter of credit in four annual installments; and
(2) shall take the steps necessary to obtain a certification from the Bank that any undisbursed balances resulting from drawdowns on such letter of credit will not exceed at any time the United States share of expected disbursement requirements for the following three-month period.
None of the funds authorized to be appropriated by this section may be used for any form of assistance to any country which is not a member of the Bank.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §29, as added Pub. L. 96–259, title I, §101(2), June 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 429; amended Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1351(b), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 744.)
1981—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 97–35 inserted provision limiting amount of appropriations available for Fund for Special Operations for fiscal years 1982 and 1983.
Amendment by Pub. L. 97–35 effective Aug. 13, 1981, except that any funds authorized to be appropriated shall not be available for use or obligation prior to Oct. 1, 1981, see section 1372 of Pub. L. 97–35, set out as an Effective Date note under section 290i of this title.
(a) The United States Governor of the Bank is authorized on behalf of the United States to contribute to the Fund for Special Operations $70,000,000: Provided, however, That any commitment to make such contribution shall be made subject to obtaining the necessary appropriations.
(b) In order to pay for a portion of the increase in the United States subscription to the capital stock of the Bank provided for in section 283z–1(a) of this title and for the United States contribution to the Fund for Special Operations provided for in this section, there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury, (1) $274,920,799 for the United States subscription, and (2) $70,000,000 for the United States contribution to the Fund for Special Operations: Provided, however, That no funds may be made available for such contribution to the Fund for Special Operations for the fiscal year 1982.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §30, as added Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1351(a), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 744.)
Section effective Aug. 13, 1981, except that any funds authorized to be appropriated shall not be available for use or obligation prior to Oct. 1, 1981, see section 1372 of Pub. L. 97–35, set out as a note under section 290i of this title.
(a)(1) The United States Governor of the Bank is authorized to vote for resolutions—
(A) which were proposed by the Governors at a special meeting in February 1983;
(B) which are pending before the Board of Governors of the Bank; and
(C) which provide for—
(i) an increase in the authorized capital stock of the Bank and subscriptions thereto; and
(ii) an increase in the resources of the Fund for Special Operations and contributions thereto.
(2)(A) Upon adoption of the resolutions specified in paragraph (1), the United States Governor of the Bank is authorized on behalf of the United States to—
(i) subscribe to 427,396 shares of the increase in the authorized capital stock of the Bank; and
(ii) contribute $350,000,000 to the Fund for Special Operations.
(B) Any commitment to make such subscriptions to paid-in and callable capital stock and to make such contributions to the Fund for Special Operations shall be effective only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriation Acts.
(b) In order to pay for the increase in the United States subscription and contribution provided for in this section, there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury—
(1) $5,155,862,744 for the United States subscriptions to the capital stock of the Bank; and
(2) $350,000,000 for the United States share of the increase in the resources of the Fund for Special Operations.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §31, as added Pub. L. 98–181, title X, §1001, Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1284.)
The United States Governor of the Inter-American Development Bank is hereby authorized to agree to and to accept the amendments to the Articles of Agreement in the proposed resolution entitled “Merger of Inter-regional and Ordinary Capital Resources”.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §32, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section 32 of Pub. L. 86–147 is based on section 501 of title V of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
The United States Governor of the Bank is authorized to vote for resolutions which—
(A) were transmitted by the Board of Executive Directors to the Governors of the Bank by resolution of April 19, 1989;
(B) are pending before the Board of Governors of the Bank; and
(C) provide for—
(i) an increase in the authorized capital stock of the Bank and subscriptions to the Bank; and
(ii) an increase in the resources of the Fund for Special Operations and contributions to the Fund.
To the extent and in the amounts provided in advance in appropriations Acts, on adoption of the resolutions described in paragraph (1), the United States Governor of the Bank may, on behalf of the United States—
(A) subscribe to 760,112 shares of the increase in the authorized capital stock of the Bank; and
(B) contribute $82,304,000 to the Fund for Special Operations.
To pay for the subscription and contribution authorized under subsection (a) of this section, there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury—
(1) $9,169,559,712, for the United States subscription to the capital stock of the Bank; and
(2) $82,304,000, for the United States contribution to the Fund for Special Operations.
The Secretary of the Treasury may not make any payment for the subscription and contribution authorized under subsection (a) of this section unless the Bank—
(1) has established an environmental unit with responsibility for the development, evaluation, and integration of Bank policies, projects, and programs designed to promote environmentally sustainable development in borrower countries;
(2) has increased the number of the staff of the Bank with environmentally oriented responsibilities and training;
(3) provides for an increase in the number of environmentally beneficial projects and programs financed by the Bank; and
(4) has designed a process for ensuring the access of indigenous non-governmental organizations to the process for designing projects and programs.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall not make any payment for the subscription and contribution authorized under subsection (a) of this section until the Secretary, after consultation with the United States Executive Director of the Bank, certifies to the Congress that—
(1) the Bank has given the Comptroller General of the United States access to the audit memorandum issued by the Auditor General of the Bank with respect to the November 1987 disbursement of funds to the Government of Nicaragua;
(2) the Bank has implemented and is continuing to implement revised procedures issued in 1988 for collecting loan services payments in arrears;
(3) the revised procedures referred to in paragraph (2) satisfy the recommendations of the Auditor General of the Bank; and
(4) the Comptroller General of the United States has access to all documents of the Bank on the same terms and under the same conditions as such documents are made available to the United States Executive Director of the Bank.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §33, as added Pub. L. 101–240, title II, §201, Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2496.)
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the Inter-American Development Bank to propose and use the voice and vote of such director, during the 4-year period beginning on January 1, 1990, to vigorously promote an increase in the proportion of Bank lending in support of projects and programs which support investments in human capital and to seek the rapid implementation by the Bank of systematic mechanisms of consultation with locally affected populations in borrower countries either directly or through appropriate representative non-governmental organizations.
As used in subsection (a) of this section, the term “investments in human capital” means investments in projects, policies, and programs designed to improve urban and rural health care and sanitation, basic nutrition, education, the small-producer private sector, the economic activities of women, and the development of indigenous non-governmental organizations.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §34, as added Pub. L. 101–240, title II, §202(a), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2498.)
Section 202(b) of Pub. L. 101–240 provided that: “The Chairman of the National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Policies shall include in the report required by section 1701 of the International Financial Institutions Act [22 U.S.C. 262r] for fiscal year 1991 a report on the efforts undertaken by the United States Executive Director of the Inter-American Development Bank, and the progress to date, in achieving the objectives of section 34 of the Inter-American Development Bank Act [22 U.S.C. 283z–6].”
The Secretary of the Treasury shall—
(1) take all necessary steps to encourage the Bank to limit the aggregate value of the policy based loans made by the Bank (other than policy based loans made to any country which the Bank has determined is economically less developed or has a limited market economy, which are used to purchase sovereign debt of such country or to reduce the debt or debt service burden of such country) during the 4-year period beginning on January 1, 1990, to 25 percent of the aggregate value of all loans made by the Bank during such 4-year period;
(2) take all necessary steps to encourage the Bank to limit the aggregate value of the policy based loans made by the Bank to the government of a particular country during such 4-year period, to 50 percent of the aggregate value of all loans made by the Bank to such government during such 4-year period;
(3) instruct the United States Executive Director of the Bank to explore with the other Executive Directors of the Bank ways to use a portion of the resources made available to the Bank by reason of the subscription and contribution described in section 283z–5(a)(2) of this title for debt reduction and debt service reduction for countries described in paragraph (1); and
(4) before the end of the 12-month period beginning on December 19, 1989, report to the Congress on the matters described in paragraph (3).
(Pub. L. 86–147, §35, as added Pub. L. 101–240, title II, §203, Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2498.)
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the Bank to enter into discussions with the management of the Bank and with other member country governments to seek to increase Bank lending to the Caribbean region, directly or through appropriate financial intermediaries, for viable projects which will—
(1) result in expanded regional economic integration, diversification, and industrial and agricultural production, and improved infrastructure; and
(2) seek to ensure equitable and environmentally sustainable economic growth.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §36, as added Pub. L. 101–240, title II, §204, Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2499.)
The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to contribute, and to make payment of, $500,000,000 to the Multilateral Investment Fund established pursuant to the agreements of February 11, 1992: Provided, That such funds shall only be disbursed from the Fund to countries that have governments that are democratically elected,1 that do not harbor or sponsor international terrorists; that do not fail to cooperate in narcotics matters; and that do not engage in a consistent pattern of gross violations of internationally recognized human rights.
There is hereby authorized to be appropriated without fiscal year limitation $500,000,000 for the contribution authorized in subsection (a) of this section.
If an Enterprise for the Americas Multilateral Investment Fund is established pursuant to this section, the Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States representative to the Fund not to vote in favor of any action proposed to be taken by the Fund which may have a significant adverse effect on the environment unless an assessment of the impact of the action on the environment has been available for at least 120 days before the vote.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §37, as added Pub. L. 102–391, title V, §594(b), Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1693.)
1 So in original. The comma probably should be a semicolon.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall direct the United States Executive Director of the Bank to use the voice and vote of the United States to support an increased focus on the poorest countries in Latin America and the Caribbean, and on poorer areas of better off countries, and to support programs conducted by the Multilateral Investment Fund, particularly in targeting low-income countries and populations, working with nongovernmental organizations and training and assisting former combatants from civil conflicts in Latin America.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §38, as added Pub. L. 103–306, title V, §526(f), Aug. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 1634.)
The Secretary of the Treasury may contribute on behalf of the United States $150,000,000 to the first replenishment of the resources of the Enterprise for the Americas Multilateral Investment Fund.
The authority provided by paragraph (1) may be exercised only to the extent and in the amounts provided for in advance in appropriations Acts.
For the United States contribution authorized by subsection (a), there are authorized to be appropriated not more than $150,000,000, without fiscal year limitation, for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §39, as added Pub. L. 109–289, div. B, title II, §20410, as added Pub. L. 110–5, §2, Feb. 15, 2007, 121 Stat. 25.)
In accordance with section 283c of this title, the United States Governor of the Bank is authorized to vote in favor of a resolution to increase the resources of the Fund for Special Operations up to $479,000,000, in furtherance of providing debt relief for Haiti in view of the Cancun Declaration of March 21, 2010, which provides that:
(1) Haiti's debts to the Fund for Special Operations are to be cancelled;
(2) Haiti's remaining local currency conversion obligations to the Fund for Special Operations are to be cancelled;
(3) undisbursed balances of existing loans of the Fund for Special Operations to Haiti are to be converted to grants; and
(4) the Fund for Special Operations is to make available significant and immediate grant financing to Haiti as well as appropriate resources to other countries remaining as borrowers within the Fund for Special Operations, consistent with paragraph 6 of the Cancun Declaration of March 21, 2010.
To the extent and in the amount provided in advance in appropriations Acts the United States Governor of the Bank may, on behalf of the United States and in accordance with section 283c of this title, contribute up to $252,000,000 to the Fund for Special Operations, which will provide for debt relief of:
(1) up to $240,000,000 to the Fund for Special Operations;
(2) up to $8,000,000 to the International Fund For Agricultural Development (IFAD); and
(3) up to $4,000,000 for the International Development Association (IDA).
To pay for the contribution authorized under subsection (b), there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury $212,000,000, for the United States contribution to the Fund for Special Operations.
(Pub. L. 86–147, §40, as added Pub. L. 111–212, title I, §1009, July 29, 2010, 124 Stat. 2330.)
The President is hereby authorized to accept membership for the United States in the Inter-American Investment Corporation (hereinafter in this subchapter referred to as the “Corporation”) provided for by the agreement establishing the Corporation (hereinafter in this subchapter referred to as the “agreement”) deposited in the archives of the Inter-American Development Bank.
(Pub. L. 98–473, title I, §101(1) [title I], Oct. 12, 1984, 98 Stat. 1884, 1885.)
Section is based on section 202 of title II of S. 2416, Ninety-eighth Congress, as introduced Mar. 13, 1984, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 98–473.
Section 201 of title II of S. 2416, as introduced in the Senate Mar. 13, 1984, and as enacted into permanent law by section 101(1) [title I] of Pub. L. 98–473, provided that: “This title [enacting this subchapter and amending section 276c–2 of this title and section 24 of Title 12, Banks and Banking] may be cited as the ‘Inter-American Investment Corporation Act’.”
The Governor and Executive Director of the Inter-American Development Bank, and the alternate for each of them, appointed under section 283a of this title, shall serve as Governor, Director, and alternates, respectively, of the Corporation.
(Pub. L. 98–473, title I, §101(1) [title I], Oct. 12, 1984, 98 Stat. 1884, 1885.)
Section is based on section 203 of title II of S. 2416, Ninety-eighth Congress, as introduced Mar. 13, 1984, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 98–473.
The provisions of section 286b of this title shall apply with respect to the Corporation to the same extent as with respect to the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Monetary Fund.
(Pub. L. 98–473, title I, §101(1) [title I], Oct. 12, 1984, 98 Stat. 1884, 1885; Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(e)(3), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2518.)
Section is based on section 204 of title II of S. 2416, Ninety-eighth Congress, as introduced Mar. 13, 1984, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 98–473.
1989—Pub. L. 101–240 struck out at end “Reports with respect to the Corporation under paragraphs (5) and (6) of subsection (b) of section 286b of this title shall be included in the first and subsequent reports made thereunder after the United States accepts membership in the Corporation.”
(a) 1 Unless authorized by law, neither the President nor any person or agency shall, on behalf of the United States—
(1) subscribe to additional shares of stock of the Corporation;
(2) vote for or agree to any amendment of the agreement which increases the obligations of the United States, or which changes the purpose or functions of the Corporation; or
(3) make a loan or provide other financing to the Corporation.
(Pub. L. 98–473, title I, §101(1) [title I], Oct. 12, 1984, 98 Stat. 1884, 1885.)
Section is based on section 205 of title II of S. 2416, Ninety-eighth Congress, as introduced Mar. 13, 1984, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 98–473.
1 So in original. No subsec. (b) has been enacted.
Any Federal Reserve bank which is requested to do so by the Corporation shall act as its depository or as its fiscal agent, and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall supervise and direct the carrying out of these functions by the Federal Reserve banks.
(Pub. L. 98–473, title I, §101(1) [title I], Oct. 12, 1984, 98 Stat. 1884, 1885.)
Section is based on section 206 of title II of S. 2416, Ninety-eighth Congress, as introduced Mar. 13, 1984, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 98–473.
The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to subscribe on behalf of the United States to five thousand one hundred shares of the capital stock of the Corporation: Provided, however, That the subscription shall be effective only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriations Acts.
There is authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury of the subscription of the United States for those shares, $51,000,000.
Any payment of dividends made to the United States by the Corporation shall be deposited into the Treasury as a miscellaneous receipt.
(Pub. L. 98–473, title I, §101(1) [title I], Oct. 12, 1984, 98 Stat. 1884, 1885.)
Section is based on section 207 of title II of S. 2416, Ninety-eighth Congress, as introduced Mar. 13, 1984, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 98–473.
Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(2) [title V, §594], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1535, 1501A–122, provided in part that the Secretary of the Treasury may effect the United States participation in the first general capital increase of the Inter-American Investment Corporation, and authorized $125,180,000 to be appropriated without fiscal year limitation for payment by the Secretary for paid-in capital of the Corporation.
For the purposes of any civil action which may be brought within the United States, its territories or possessions, or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, by or against the Corporation in accordance with the agreement, the Corporation shall be deemed to be an inhabitant of the Federal judicial district in which its principal office within the United States or its agent appointed for the purpose of accepting service or notice of service is located, and any such action to which the Corporation shall be a party shall be deemed to arise under the laws of the United States, and the district courts of the United States, including the courts enumerated in section 460 of title 28, shall have original jurisdiction of any such action. When the Corporation is a defendant in any action in a State court, it may at any time before the trial thereof remove the action into the appropriate district court of the United States by following the procedure for removal provided in section 1446 of title 28.
(Pub. L. 98–473, title I, §101(1) [title I], Oct. 12, 1984, 98 Stat. 1884, 1885.)
Section is based on section 208 of title II of S. 2416, Ninety-eighth Congress, as introduced Mar. 13, 1984, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 98–473.
Article VI, section 4(c), and article VII, sections 2 to 9, both inclusive, of the agreement shall have full force and effect in the United States, its territories and possessions, and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, upon acceptance of membership by the United States in the Corporation.
(Pub. L. 98–473, title I, §101(1) [title I], Oct. 12, 1984, 98 Stat. 1884, 1885.)
Section is based on section 209 of title II of S. 2416, Ninety-eighth Congress, as introduced Mar. 13, 1984, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 98–473.
Any securities issued by the Corporation (including any guarantee by the Corporation, whether or not limited in scope) in connection with the raising of funds for inclusion in the Corporation's resources as defined in article II, section 2 of the agreement, and any securities guaranteed by the Corporation as to both principal and interest to which the commitment in article II, section 2(e) of the agreement is expressly applicable, shall be deemed to be exempted securities within the meaning of section 77c(a)(2) of title 15 and section 78c(a)(12) of title 15. The Corporation shall file with the Securities and Exchange Commission such annual and other reports with regard to such securities as the Commission shall determine to be appropriate in view of the special character of the Corporation and its operations as necessary in the public interest or for the protection of investors.
The Securities and Exchange Commission, acting in consultation with such agency or officer as the President shall designate, is authorized to suspend the provisions of subsection (a) of this section at any time as to any or all securities issued or guaranteed by the Corporation during the period of such suspension. The Commission shall include in its annual reports to Congress such information as it shall deem advisable with regard to the operations and effect of this section and in connection therewith shall include any views submitted for such purpose by any association of dealers registered with the Commission.
(Pub. L. 98–473, title I, §101(1) [title I], Oct. 12, 1984, 98 Stat. 1884, 1885.)
Section is based on section 210 of title II of S. 2416, Ninety-eighth Congress, as introduced Mar. 13, 1984, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 98–473.
Section 2 of Ex. Ord. No. 12567, Oct. 2, 1986, 51 F.R. 35495, provided that: “The functions vested in the President by Section 210 of the Inter-American Investment Corporation Act [this section] are hereby delegated to the Secretary of the Treasury.”
The President is hereby authorized to accept membership for the United States in the International Development Association (hereinafter referred to as the “Association”), provided for by the Articles of Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “Articles”) of the Association deposited in the archives of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development.
(Pub. L. 86–565, §2, June 30, 1960, 74 Stat. 293.)
Section 1 of Pub. L. 86–565 provided that: “This Act [enacting this subchapter] may be cited as the ‘International Development Association Act’.”
For Congressional direction that the Secretary of the Treasury maintain the value in terms of gold of the International Development Association's holdings of United States dollars following the establishment of a par value of the dollar at $38 for a fine troy ounce of gold pursuant to the Par Value Modification Act and for the authorization of the appropriations necessary to provide such maintenance of value, see section 5152 of Title 31, Money and Finance.
The Governor and Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, and the alternate for each of them, appointed under section 286a of this title, shall serve as Governor, Executive Director and alternates, respectively, of the Association.
(Pub. L. 86–565, §3, June 30, 1960, 74 Stat. 293.)
The provisions of section 286b of this title, shall apply with respect to the Association to the same extent as with respect to the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Monetary Fund.
(Pub. L. 86–565, §4, June 30, 1960, 74 Stat. 294; Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(e)(4), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2518.)
1989—Pub. L. 101–240 struck out at end “Reports with respect to the Association under paragraphs (5) and (6) of subsection (b) of section 286b of this title, shall be included in the first report made thereunder after the establishment of the Association and in each succeeding report.”
Functions of National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Problems under this section delegated to National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Policies, see section 2(a) of Ex. Ord. No. 11269, Feb. 14, 1966, 31 F.R. 2813, set out as a note under section 286b of this title.
Unless Congress by law authorizes such action, neither the President nor any person or agency shall, on behalf of the United States, (a) subscribe to additional funds under article III, section 1, of the articles; (b) accept any amendment under article IX of the articles; or (c) make a loan or provide other financing to the Association.
(Pub. L. 86–565, §5, June 30, 1960, 74 Stat. 294.)
Any Federal Reserve bank which is requested to do so by the Association shall act as its depository or as its fiscal agent, and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall supervise and direct the carrying out of these functions by the Federal Reserve banks.
(Pub. L. 86–565, §6, June 30, 1960, 74 Stat. 294.)
There is hereby authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, for the subscription of the United States to the Association, $320,290,000.
The United States Governor is hereby authorized (1) to vote for an increase in the resources of the Association and (2) to agree on behalf of the United States to contribute to the Association the sum of $312 million, both as recommended by the Executive Directors, in a report dated September 9, 1963, to the Board of Governors of the Association. There is hereby authorized to be appropriated out of funds supplied by the Nation's taxpayers or out of funds borrowed on their credit, without fiscal year limitations, $312 million to provide the United States share of the increase in the resources of the Association.
For the purpose of keeping to a minimum the cost to the United States of participation in the Association, the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized and directed to issue special notes of the United States from time to time, at par, and to deliver such notes to the Association in exchange for dollars to the extent permitted by the articles. The special notes provided for in this subsection shall be issued under the authority and subject to the provisions of chapter 31 of title 31, and the purposes for which securities may be issued under that chapter are extended to include the purposes for which special notes are authorized and directed to be issued under this subsection, but such notes shall bear no interest, shall be nonnegotiable, and shall be payable on demand of the Association. The face amount of special notes issued to the Association under the authority of this subsection and outstanding at any one time shall not exceed, in the aggregate, the amount actually paid to the Association under the articles.
Any payment made to the United States by the Association as a distribution of net income shall be covered into the Treasury as a miscellaneous receipt.
(Pub. L. 86–565, §7, June 30, 1960, 74 Stat. 294; Pub. L. 88–310, §§1, 2, May 26, 1964, 78 Stat. 200.)
In subsec. (c), “chapter 31 of title 31” and “that chapter” substituted for “the Second Liberty Bond Act, as amended” and “that Act”, respectively, on authority of Pub. L. 97–258, §4(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, the first section of which enacted Title 31, Money and Finance.
1964—Subsecs. (b) to (d). Pub. L. 88–310 added subsec. (b), redesignated former subsec. (b) as (c) and struck out “, after paying the requisite part of the subscription of the United States in the Association required to be made under the articles.” after “Secretary of the Treasury” in first sentence and “of the subscription of the United States” after “amount” in third sentence, respectively, and redesignated former subsec. (c) as (d).
For the purpose of any action which may be brought within the United States, its possessions, or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, by or against the Association in accordance with the articles, the Association shall be deemed to be an inhabitant of the Federal Judicial district in which its principal office in the United States is located, and any such action at law or in equity to which the Association shall be a party shall be deemed to arise under the laws of the United States, and the district courts of the United States shall have original jurisdiction of any such action. When the Association is a defendant in any such action, it may, at any time before the trial thereof, remove such action from a State court into the district court of the United States for the proper district by following the procedure for removal of causes otherwise provided by law.
(Pub. L. 86–565, §8, June 30, 1960, 74 Stat. 294.)
The provisions of article VII, section 5(d), and article VIII sections 2 to 9, both inclusive, of the articles shall have full force and effect in the United States, its possessions, and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, upon acceptance of membership by the United States in, and the establishment of, the Association.
(Pub. L. 86–565, §9, June 30, 1960, 74 Stat. 295.)
The United States Governor is hereby authorized (1) to vote in favor of the second replenishment resolutions providing for an increase in the resources of the Association, and (2) to agree on behalf of the United States to contribute to the Association the sum of $480,000,000, as recommended by the Executive Directors in a report dated March 8, 1968, to the Board of Governors of the Association. There is hereby authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, $480,000,000 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury of the United States share of the increase in the resources of the Association.
(Pub. L. 86–565, §10, as added Pub. L. 91–14, May 23, 1969, 83 Stat. 10.)
The United States Governor is hereby authorized to agree on behalf of the United States to contribute to the Association three annual installments of $320,000,000 each as recommended in the “Report of the Executive Directors to the Board of Governors on Additions to IDA Resources: Third Replenishment,” dated July 21, 1970. There is hereby authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, the amounts necessary for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury of three annual installments of $320,000,000 each for the United States share of the increase in the resources of the Association.
(Pub. L. 86–565, §11, as added Pub. L. 92–247, §1, Mar. 10, 1972, 86 Stat. 60.)
The President shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association to vote against any loan or other utilization of the funds of the Bank and the Association for the benefit of any country which has—
(1) nationalized or expropriated or seized ownership or control of property owned by any United States citizen or by any corporation, partnership, or association not less than 50 per centum of which is beneficially owned by the United States citizens;
(2) taken steps to repudiate or nullify existing contracts or agreements with any United States citizen or any corporation, partnership, or association not less than 50 per centum of which is beneficially owned by United States citizens; or
(3) imposed or enforced discriminatory taxes or other exactions, or restrictive maintenance or operational conditions, or has taken other actions, which have the effect of nationalizing, expropriating, or otherwise seizing ownership or control of property so owned;
unless the President determines that (A) an arrangement for prompt, adequate, and effective compensation has been made, (B) the parties have submitted the dispute to arbitration under the rules of the Convention for the Settlement of Investment Disputes, or (C) good faith negotiations are in progress aimed at providing prompt, adequate, and effective compensation under the applicable principles of international law.
(Pub. L. 86–565, §12, as added Pub. L. 92–247, §1, Mar. 10, 1972, 86 Stat. 60.)
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Directors of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association to vote against any loan or other utilization of the funds of the Bank and the Association for the benefit of any country with respect to which the President has made a determination, and so notified the Secretary of the Treasury, that the government of such country has failed to take adequate steps to prevent narcotic drugs and other controlled substances (as defined by the Comprehensive Drug Abuse Prevention and Control Act of 1970 [21 U.S.C. 801 et seq.]) produced or processed, in whole or in part, in such country, or transported through such country, from being sold illegally within the jurisdiction of such country to United States Government personnel or their dependents, or from entering the United States unlawfully. Such instruction shall continue in effect until the President determines, and so notifies the Secretary of the Treasury, that the government of such country has taken adequate steps to prevent such sale or entry of narcotic drugs and other controlled substances.
(Pub. L. 86–565, §13, as added Pub. L. 92–247, §2, Mar. 10, 1972, 86 Stat. 61.)
The Comprehensive Drug Abuse Prevention and Control Act of 1970, referred to in text, is Pub. L. 91–513, Oct. 27, 1970, 84 Stat. 1236, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 13 (§801 et seq.) of Title 21, Food and Drugs. For classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 801 of Title 21 and Tables.
(a) The United States Governor is hereby authorized to agree on behalf of the United States to pay to the Association four annual installments of $375,000,000 each as the United States contribution to the Fourth Replenishment of the Resources of the Association.
(b) In order to pay for the United States contribution, there is hereby authorized to be appropriated without fiscal year limitation four annual installments of $375,000,000 each for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 86–565, §14, as added Pub. L. 93–373, §1, Aug. 14, 1974, 88 Stat. 445.)
Section, Pub. L. 86–565, §15, as added Pub. L. 93–373, §3, Aug. 14, 1974, 88 Stat. 445, set forth provisions relating to United States participation in loans by the International Development Association to any country developing any nuclear explosive device. See section 262d of this title.
Repeal effective Oct. 3, 1977, see section 1001 of Pub. L. 95–118, set out as an Effective Date note under section 282i of this title.
(a) The United States Governor is authorized to agree on behalf of the United States to pay to the Association $2,400,000,000 as the United States contribution to the fifth replenishment of the Resources of the Association: Provided, however, That any commitment to make such contributions shall be made subject to obtaining the necessary appropriations.
(b) In order to pay for the United States contribution provided for in this section, there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, $2,400,000,000 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 86–565, §16, as added Pub. L. 95–118, title IV, §401, Oct. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 1068.)
Section effective Oct. 3, 1977, except that no funds authorized to be appropriated by this section may be available for use or obligation prior to Oct. 1, 1977, see section 1001 of Pub. L. 95–118, set out as a note under section 282i of this title.
(a) The United States Governor is authorized to agree on behalf of the United States to pay to the Association $3,240,000,000 as the United States contribution to the sixth replenishment of the resources of the Association: Provided, however, That any commitment to make such contributions shall be made subject to obtaining the necessary appropriations.
(b) In order to pay for the United States contributions provided for in this section, there is authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, $3,240,000,000 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury: Provided, however, That not more than $850,000,000 of such sum may be made available for the fiscal year 1982 and not more than $945,000,000 of such sum may be made available for the fiscal year 1983.
(Pub. L. 86–565, §17, as added Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1321, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 740.)
Section effective Aug. 13, 1981, see section 1372 of Pub. L. 97–35, set out as a note under section 290i of this title.
(a) The United States Governor is hereby authorized to agree on behalf of the United States to pay to the Association $2,250,000,000 as the United States contribution to the seventh replenishment of the resources of the Association, except that any commitment to make such contributions shall be made subject to obtaining the necessary appropriations.
(b) In order to pay for the United States contribution provided for in subsection (a) of this section, there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, $2,250,000,000 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 86–565, §18, as added Pub. L. 98–473, title I, §101(1) [title I], Oct. 12, 1984, 98 Stat. 1884, 1885.)
Section 18 of Pub. L. 86–565 is based on section 901 of S. 2582, Ninety-eighth Congress, as reported Apr. 18, 1984, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 98–473.
Pub. L. 98–473, title I, §101(1) [title I], Oct. 12, 1984, 98 Stat. 1884, 1885, provided: “That the Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director to undertake negotiations to ensure, to the maximum extent possible consistent with the effective use of resources, that the amount of development credits made available to sub-Saharan Africa through the seventh replenishment shall equal or exceed the amount of development credits made available to sub-Saharan Africa through the sixth replenishment.”
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury shall pay to the Special Facility for Sub-Saharan Africa, administered by the Association, amounts appropriated pursuant to subsection (b) of this section.
(b) For purposes of the United States contribution provided for in subsection (a) of this section, there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, $225,000,000.
(Pub. L. 86–565, §19, as added Pub. L. 99–190, §101(i) [title I, (a)], Dec. 19, 1985, 99 Stat. 1291, 1294.)
Section 19 of Pub. L. 86–565 is based on section 102 of title I of H.R. 2253, Ninety-ninth Congress, as reported May 15, 1985, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 99–190.
Section 101 of title I of H.R. 2253, as enacted into permanent law by section 101(i) of Pub. L. 99–190, provided that: “The Congress hereby finds that—
“(1) Sub-Saharan Africa faces a virtually unprecedented condition of human misery which threatens the lives of one hundred and fifty million people;
“(2) only the combined effort of both the African nations themselves and international aid donors can overcome the obstacles to economic development which have given rise to conditions of famine, declining food production, infant mortality, desertification, and deteriorating infrastructure;
“(3) international relief efforts have helped to address the immediate crisis of starvation in Africa and the United States has made important contributions to this effort both bilaterally and through contributions to the multilateral development institutions;
“(4) there is a serious shortfall in the external capital resources necessary to support the policy reform efforts of the African governments and to achieve the long-term development necessary to avert a chronic state of crisis in Sub-Saharan Africa;
“(5) the Special Facility for Sub-Saharan Africa will have as its primary goal the implementation of policy reforms to help the African countries to help themselves;
“(6) to succeed, these efforts must be reinforced by development resources;
“(7) the appalling conditions prevalent in the countries of Sub-Saharan Africa underscore the need for the United States to participate in a coordinated framework with the other aid donor countries; and
“(8) the Special Facility for Sub-Saharan Africa provides such a framework and it is in the humanitarian, economic, and strategic interests of the United States to participate.”
(a) The United States Governor is hereby authorized to agree on behalf of the United States to pay to the Association $2,875,000,000 to the eighth replenishment of the resources of the Association, except that any commitment to make such contributions shall be made subject to obtaining the necessary appropriations.
(b) In order to pay for the United States contribution provided for in subsection (a) of this section, there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, $2,875,000,000 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 86–565, §20, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section 20 of Pub. L. 86–565 is based on section 101 of title I of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
The United States Governor is hereby authorized to agree on behalf of the United States to pay to the Association $3,180,000,000 to the ninth replenishment of the resources of the Association, subject to obtaining the necessary appropriations.
In order to pay for the United States contribution provided for in subsection (a) of this section, there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, $3,180,000,000 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 86–565, §21, as added Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(a)(1), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2032.)
Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(2) [title V, §594], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1535, 1501A–122, provided in part that the Secretary of the Treasury may contribute on behalf of the United States to the twelfth replenishment of the International Development Association, and authorized $2,410,000,000 to be appropriated without fiscal year limitation.
Pub. L. 105–118, title V, §560(a), Nov. 26, 1997, 111 Stat. 2425, provided in part that the Secretary of the Treasury may contribute on behalf of the United States to the eleventh replenishment of the resources of the International Development Association, subject to obtaining the necessary appropriations, and authorized $1,600,000,000 to be appropriated without fiscal year limitation.
Pub. L. 103–87, title V, §526, Sept. 30, 1993, 107 Stat. 952, provided in part that the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to agree on behalf of the United States to participate in the tenth replenishment of the resources of the International Development Association, subject to obtaining the necessary appropriations, and pursuant to the tenth replenishment authorized $2,500,000,000 to be appropriated.
The United States Governor of the Association may contribute on behalf of the United States an amount equal to the amount appropriated under subsection (b) of this section, pursuant to the resolution of the Association entitled “Additions to IDA Resources: Thirteenth Replenishment”.
Any commitment to make the contribution authorized by paragraph (1) shall be effective only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriations Acts.
For the contribution authorized by subsection (a) of this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury, without fiscal year limitation.
(Pub. L. 86–565, §22, as added Pub. L. 108–199, div. D, title V, §580, Jan. 23, 2004, 118 Stat. 202.)
(a) The United States Governor of the International Development Association is authorized to contribute on behalf of the United States $2,850,000,000 to the fourteenth replenishment of the resources of the Association, subject to obtaining the necessary appropriations.
(b) In order to pay for the United States contribution provided for in subsection (a) of this section, there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, $2,850,000,000 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 86–565, §23, as added Pub. L. 109–102, title V, §599C(a), Nov. 14, 2005, 119 Stat. 2242.)
(a) The United States Governor of the International Development Association is authorized to contribute on behalf of the United States $3,705,000,000 to the fifteenth replenishment of the resources of the Association, subject to obtaining the necessary appropriations.
(b) In order to pay for the United States contribution provided for in subsection (a), there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, $3,705,000,000 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 86–565, §24, as added Pub. L. 111–32, title XI, §1109(a), June 24, 2009, 123 Stat. 1901.)
The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to contribute, on behalf of the United States, not more than $356,000,000 to the International Development Association for the purpose of funding debt relief under the Multilateral Debt Relief Initiative in the period governed by the fifteenth replenishment of resources of the International Development Association, subject to obtaining the necessary appropriations and without prejudice to any funding arrangements in existence on June 24, 2009.
In order to pay for the United States contribution provided for in subsection (a), there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, not more than $356,000,000 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
In this section, the term “Multilateral Debt Relief Initiative” means the proposal set out in the G8 Finance Ministers’ Communique entitled “Conclusions on Development,” done at London, June 11, 2005, and reaffirmed by G8 Heads of State at the Gleneagles Summit on July 8, 2005.
(Pub. L. 86–565, §25, as added Pub. L. 111–32, title XI, §1109(a), June 24, 2009, 123 Stat. 1901.)
The President is hereby authorized to accept membership for the United States in the Asian Development Bank (hereinafter referred to as the “Bank”) provided for by the agreement establishing the Bank (hereinafter referred to as the “agreement”) deposited in the archives of the United Nations.
(Pub. L. 89–369, §2, Mar. 16, 1966, 80 Stat. 71.)
Section 1 of Pub. L. 89–369 provided: “That this Act [enacting this subchapter and amending section 24 of Title 12, Banks and Banking] may be cited as the ‘Asian Development Bank Act’.”
For Congressional direction that the Secretary of the Treasury maintain the value in terms of gold of the Asian Development Bank's holdings of United States dollars following the establishment of a par value of the dollar at $38 for a fine troy ounce of gold pursuant to the Par Value Modification Act and for the authorization of the appropriations necessary to provide such maintenance of value, see section 5152 of Title 31, Money and Finance.
(a) The President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall appoint a Governor of the Bank, an alternate for the Governor, and a Director of the Bank.
(b) No person shall be entitled to receive any salary or other compensation from the United States for services as a Governor or Alternate Governor. The Director may, in the discretion of the President, receive such compensation, allowances, and other benefits as, together with those received by him from the Bank, will equal those authorized for a chief of mission under the Foreign Service Act of 1980 [22 U.S.C. 3901 et seq.].
(Pub. L. 89–369, §3, Mar. 16, 1966, 80 Stat. 71; Pub. L. 96–465, title II, §2206(a)(1), Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2160.)
The Foreign Service Act of 1980, referred to in subsec. (b), is Pub. L. 96–465, Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2071, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 52 (§3901 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 3901 of this title and Tables.
1980—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 96–465 substituted “a chief of mission under the Foreign Service Act of 1980” for “a Chief of Mission, class 2, within the meaning of the Foreign Service Act of 1946, as amended”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–465 effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
The policies and operations of the representatives of the United States on the Bank shall be coordinated with other United States policies in such manner as the President shall direct.
(Pub. L. 89–369, §4, Mar. 16, 1966, 80 Stat. 71; Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(d)(2), (f)(3), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2518, 2519.)
1989—Pub. L. 101–240 struck out subsec. (a) designation and struck out subsec. (b) which read as follows: “An annual report with respect to United States participation in the Bank shall be submitted to the Congress by such agency or officer as the President shall designate.”
Unless the Congress by law authorizes such action, neither the President nor any person or agency shall, on behalf of the United States, (a) subscribe to additional shares of stock of the Bank; (b) vote for or agree to any amendment of the agreement which increases the obligations of the United States, or which would change the purpose or functions of the Bank; or (c) make a loan or provide other financing to the Bank, except that funds for technical assistance note to exceed $1,000,000 in any one year may be provided to the Bank by a United States agency created pursuant to an Act of Congress which is authorized by law to provide funds to international organizations.
(Pub. L. 89–369, §5, Mar. 16, 1966, 80 Stat. 72.)
Pub. L. 105–118, title V, §560(a), Nov. 26, 1997, 111 Stat. 2425, provided in part that the Secretary of the Treasury may contribute on behalf of the United States to the sixth replenishment of the resources of the Asian Development Fund, subject to obtaining the necessary appropriations, and authorized $400,000,000 to be appropriated without fiscal year limitation.
Pub. L. 103–87, title V, §526, Sept. 30, 1993, 107 Stat. 952, provided in part that the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to agree on behalf of the United States to participate in the fifth replenishment of the Asian Development Fund, subject to obtaining the necessary appropriations.
Any Federal Reserve bank which is requested to do so by the Bank shall act as its depository or as its fiscal agent, and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall supervise and direct the carrying out of these functions by the Federal Reserve banks.
(Pub. L. 89–369, §6, Mar. 16, 1966, 80 Stat. 72.)
(a) There is hereby authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, for the purchase of twenty thousand shares of capital stock of the Bank, $200,000,000.
(b) Any payment made to the United States by the Bank as a distribution of net income shall be covered into the Treasury as a miscellaneous receipt.
(Pub. L. 89–369, §7, Mar. 16, 1966, 80 Stat. 72.)
For the purpose of any civil action which may be brought within the United States, its territories or possessions, or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, by or against the Bank in accordance with the agreement, the Bank shall be deemed to be an inhabitant of the Federal judicial district in which its principal office or agency in the United States is located, and any such action to which the Bank shall be a party shall be deemed to arise under the laws of the United States, and the district courts of the United States, including the courts enumerated in section 460 of title 28, shall have original jurisdiction of any such action. When the Bank is a defendant in any action in a State court, it may, at any time before the trial thereof, remove such action into the district court of the United States for the proper district by following the procedure for removal of causes otherwise provided by law.
(Pub. L. 89–369, §8, Mar. 16, 1966, 80 Stat. 72.)
The agreement, and particularly articles 49 through 56, shall have full force and effect in the United States, its territories and possessions, and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, upon acceptance of membership by the United States in, and the establishment of, the Bank. The President, at the time of deposit of the instrument of acceptance of membership by the United States in the Bank, shall also deposit a declaration that the United States retains for itself and its political subdivisions the right to tax salaries and emoluments paid by the Bank to its citizens or nationals.
(Pub. L. 89–369, §9, Mar. 16, 1966, 80 Stat. 72.)
(a) Any securities issued by the Bank (including any guarantee by the Bank, whether or not limited in scope) in connection with raising of funds for inclusion in the Bank's ordinary capital resources as defined in article 7 of the agreement and any securities guaranteed by the Bank as to both principal and interest to which the commitment in article 6, section 5, of the agreement is expressly applicable, shall be deemed to be exempted securities within the meaning of subsection (a)(2) of section 77c of title 15, and subsection (a)(12) of section 78c of title 15. The Bank shall file with the Securities and Exchange Commission such annual and other reports with regard to such securities as the Commission shall determine to be appropriate in view of the special character of the Bank and its operations and necessary in the public interest or for the protection of investors.
(b) The Securities and Exchange Commission, acting in consultation with such agency or officer as the President shall designate, is authorized to suspend the provisions of subsection (a) of this section at any time as to any or all securities issued or guaranteed by the Bank during the period of such suspension. The Commission shall include in its annual reports to Congress such information as it shall deem advisable with regard to the operations and effect of this section and in connection therewith shall include any views submitted for such purpose by any association of dealers registered with the Commission.
(Pub. L. 89–369, §11, Mar. 16, 1966, 80 Stat. 73.)
(a) Subject to the provisions of this subchapter, the United States Governor of the Bank is authorized to enter into an agreement with the Bank providing for a United States contribution of $100,000,000 to the Bank in two annual installments of $60,000,000 and $40,000,000, beginning in fiscal year 1972. This contribution is referred to hereinafter in this subchapter as the “United States Special Resources”.
(b) The United States Special Resources shall be made available to the Bank pursuant to the provisions of this subchapter and article 19 of the Articles of Agreement of the Bank, and in a manner consistent with the Bank's Special Funds Rules and Regulations.
(Pub. L. 89–369, §12, as added Pub. L. 92–245, §1, Mar. 10, 1972, 86 Stat. 57.)
The United States Special Resources shall be used to finance specific high priority development projects and programs in developing member countries of the Bank with emphasis on such projects and programs in the Southeast Asia region.
The United States Special Resources shall be used by the Bank only for—
(1) making development loans on terms which may be more flexible and bear less heavily on the balance of payments than those established by the Bank for its ordinary operations; and
(2) providing technical assistance credits on a reimbursable basis.
(1) The United States Special Resources may be expended by the Bank only for procurement in the United States of goods produced in, or services supplied from the United States, except that the United States Governor, in consultation with the National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Policies, may allow eligibility for procurement in other member countries from the United States Special Resources if he determines that such procurement eligibility would materially improve the ability of the Bank to carry out the objectives of its special funds resources and would be compatible with the international financial position of the United States.
(2) The United States Special Resources may be used to pay for administrative expenses arising from the use of the United States Special Resources, but only to the extent such expenses are not covered from the Bank's service fee or income from use of United States Special Resources.
All financing of programs and projects by the Bank from the United States Special Resources shall be repayable to the Bank by the borrowers in United States dollars.
(Pub. L. 89–369, §13, as added Pub. L. 92–245, §1, Mar. 10, 1972, 86 Stat. 57.)
Functions of National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Problems delegated to National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Policies, see section 2(a) of Ex. Ord. No. 11269, Feb. 14, 1966, 31 F.R. 2813, set out as a note under section 286b of this title.
(a) The letters of credit provided for in section 285l of this title shall be issued to the Bank only to the extent that at the time of issuance the cumulative amount of the United States Special Resources provided to the Bank (A) constitute a minority of all special funds contributions to the Bank, and (B) are no greater than the largest cumulative contribution of any other single country contributing to the special funds of the Bank.
(b) The United States Governor of the Bank shall give due regard to the principles of (A) utilizing all special funds resources on an equitable basis, and (B) significantly shared participation by other contributors in each special fund to which United States Special Resources are provided.
(Pub. L. 89–369, §14, as added Pub. L. 92–245, §1, Mar. 10, 1972, 86 Stat. 58.)
The United States Special Resources will be provided to the Bank in the form of a nonnegotiable, noninterest-bearing, letter of credit which shall be payable to the Bank at par value on demand to meet the cost of eligible goods and services, and administrative costs authorized pursuant to section 285j(c) of this title.
(Pub. L. 89–369, §15, as added Pub. L. 92–245, §1, Mar. 10, 1972, 86 Stat. 58.)
The United States shall have the right to withdraw all or part of the United States Special Resources and any accrued resources derived therefrom under the procedures provided for in section 8.03 of the Special Funds Rules and Regulations of the Bank.
(Pub. L. 89–369, §16, as added Pub. L. 92–245, §1, Mar. 10, 1972, 86 Stat. 58.)
For the purpose of providing United States Special Resources to the Bank there is hereby authorized to be appropriated $100,000,000, all of which shall remain available until expended.
(Pub. L. 89–369, §17, as added Pub. L. 92–245, §1, Mar. 10, 1972, 86 Stat. 58; amended Pub. L. 93–189, §28, Dec. 17, 1973, 87 Stat. 732.)
1973—Pub. L. 93–189 substituted “$100,000,000” for “$60,000,000 for the fiscal year 1972 and $40,000,000 for the fiscal year 1973”.
The President shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the Asian Development Bank to vote against any loan or other utilization of the funds of the Bank for the benefit of any country which has—
(1) nationalized or expropriated or seized ownership or control of property owned by any United States citizen or by any corporation, partnership, or association not less than 50 per centum of which is beneficially owned by United States citizens;
(2) taken steps to repudiate or nullify existing contracts or agreements with any United States citizen or any corporation, partnership, or association not less than 50 per centum of which is beneficially owned by United States citizens; or
(3) imposed or enforced discriminatory taxes or other exaction, or restrictive maintenance or operational conditions, or has taken other actions, which have the effect of nationalizing, expropriating, or otherwise seizing ownership or control of property so owned;
unless the President determines that (A) an arrangement for prompt, adequate, and effective compensation has been made, (B) the parties have submitted the dispute to arbitration under the rules of the Convention for the Settlement of Investment Disputes, or (C) good faith negotiations are in progress aimed at providing prompt, adequate, and effective compensation under the applicable principles of international law.
(Pub. L. 89–369, §18, as added Pub. L. 92–245, §1, Mar. 10, 1972, 86 Stat. 58.)
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the Asian Development Bank to vote against any loan or other utilization of the funds of the Bank for the benefit of any country with respect to which the President has made a determination, and so notified the Secretary of the Treasury, that the government of such country has failed to take adequate steps to prevent narcotic drugs and other controlled substances (as defined by the Comprehensive Drug Abuse Prevention and Control Act of 1970 [21 U.S.C. 801 et seq.]) produced or processed, in whole or in part, in such country, or transported through such country, from being sold illegally within the jurisdiction of such country to United States Government personnel or their dependents, or from entering the United States unlawfully. Such instruction shall continue in effect until the President determines, and so notifies the Secretary of the Treasury, that the government of such country has taken adequate steps to prevent such sale or entry of narcotic drugs and other controlled substances.
(Pub. L. 89–369, §19, as added Pub. L. 92–245, §2, Mar. 10, 1972, 86 Stat. 58.)
The Comprehensive Drug Abuse Prevention and Control Act of 1970, referred to in text, is Pub. L. 91–513, Oct. 27, 1970, 84 Stat. 1236, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 13 (§801 et seq.) of Title 21, Food and Drugs. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 801 of Title 21 and Tables.
(a) The United States Governor of the Bank is authorized to subscribe on behalf of the United States to thirty thousand additional shares of the capital stock of the Bank in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of Resolution Numbered 46 adopted by the Bank's Board of Governors on November 30, 1971.
(b) In order to pay for the increase in the United States subscription to the Bank provided for in this section, there is hereby authorized to be appropriated without fiscal year limitation $361,904,726 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 89–369, §20, as added Pub. L. 93–537, Dec. 22, 1974, 88 Stat. 1735.)
(a) The United States Governor of the Bank is hereby authorized to agree to contribute on behalf of the United States $50,000,000 to the special funds of the Bank. This contribution shall be made available to the Bank pursuant to the provisions of article 19 of the articles of agreement of the Bank.
(b) In order to pay for the United States contribution to the special funds, there is hereby authorized to be appropriated without fiscal year limitation $50,000,000 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 89–369, §21, as added Pub. L. 93–537, Dec. 22, 1974, 88 Stat. 1735.)
(a) The United States Governor of the Bank is authorized to subscribe on behalf of the United States to sixty-seven thousand and five hundred additional shares of the capital stock of the Bank: Provided, however, That any subscription to additional shares shall be effective only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriation Acts.
(b) In order to pay for the increase in the United States subscription to the Bank provided for in this section, there are authorized to be appropriated without fiscal year limitation $814,286,250 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 89–369, §22, as added Pub. L. 95–118, title V, §501, Oct. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 1068; amended Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1353, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 745.)
1981—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 97–35 substituted “effective only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriation Acts” for “made only after the amount required for such subscription has been appropriated”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 97–35 effective Aug. 13, 1981, except that any funds authorized to be appropriated shall not be available for use or obligation prior to Oct. 1, 1981, see section 1372 of Pub. L. 97–35, set out as an Effective Date note under section 290i of this title.
Section effective Oct. 3, 1977, except that no funds authorized to be appropriated by this section may be available for use or obligation prior to Oct. 1, 1977, see section 1001 of Pub. L. 95–118, set out as a note under section 282i of this title.
(a) The United States Governor of the Bank is authorized to contribute on behalf of the United States $180,000,000 to the Asian Development Fund, a special fund of the Bank: Provided, however, That any commitment to make such contribution shall be made subject to obtaining the necessary appropriations.
(b) In order to pay for the United States contribution to the Asian Development Fund provided for in this section, there are authorized to be appropriated without fiscal year limitation $180,000,000 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury: Provided, however, That not more than $14,116,177 may be made available for such contribution for the fiscal year 1982.
(Pub. L. 89–369, §23, as added Pub. L. 95–118, title V, §501, Oct. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 1069; amended Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1352(c), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 745.)
1981—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 97–35 inserted provision limiting amount of appropriations available for contributions for fiscal year 1982.
Amendment by Pub. L. 97–35 effective Aug. 13, 1981, except that any funds authorized to be appropriated shall not be available for use or obligation prior to Oct. 1, 1981, see section 1372 of Pub. L. 97–35, set out as an Effective Date note under section 290i of this title.
Section effective Oct. 3, 1977, except that no funds authorized to be appropriated by this section may be available for use or obligation prior to Oct. 1, 1977, see section 1001 of Pub. L. 95–118, set out as a note under section 282i of this title.
The United States Governor of the Bank is authorized to contribute on behalf of the United States $378,250,000 to the Asian Development Fund, a special fund of the Bank, except that any commitment to make such contribution shall be made subject to obtaining the necessary appropriations.
In order to pay for the United States contribution to the Asian Development Fund provided for in this section, there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, $378,250,000 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury: Provided, however, That not more than $111,250,000 of such sum may be made available for the fiscal year 1982, and not more than $44,500,000 of such sum may be made available for the fiscal year 1983.
For the purpose of keeping to a minimum the cost to the United States, the Secretary of the Treasury—
(1) shall pay the United States contribution to the Asian Development Fund authorized by this section by letter of credit in four annual installments; and
(2) shall take the steps necessary to obtain a certification from the Bank that any undisbursed balances resulting from drawdowns on such letter of credit will not exceed at any time the United States share of expected disbursement requirements for the following three-month period.
(Pub. L. 89–369, §24, as added Pub. L. 96–259, title II, §201, June 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 430; amended Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1352(b), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 744.)
1981—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 97–35 inserted provision limiting amount of appropriations for fiscal years 1982 and 1983.
Amendment by Pub. L. 97–35 effective Aug. 13, 1981, except that any funds authorized to be appropriated shall not be available for use or obligation prior to Oct. 1, 1981, see section 1372 of Pub. L. 97–35, set out as an Effective Date note under section 290i of this title.
It is the sense of the Congress that it is the policy of the United States that Taiwan (before January 1, 1979, known as the Republic of China) shall be permitted to retain membership in the Asian Development Bank and that the United States Executive Director of the Bank shall notify the Bank that a serious review of future United States participation, including any future payments to the Asian Development Fund, would ensue if Taiwan were expelled from the Bank.
(Pub. L. 89–369, §25, as added Pub. L. 96–259, title II, §201, June 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 430.)
(a) The United States Governor of the Bank is authorized to contribute on behalf of the United States $66,750,000 to the Asian Development Fund, a special fund of the Bank: Provided, however, That any commitment to make such contribution shall be made subject to obtaining the necessary appropriations.
(b) In order to pay for the United States contribution to the Asian Development Fund provided for in this section, there is authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, $66,750,000 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury: Provided, however, That no funds may be made available for such contribution for the fiscal year 1982.
(Pub. L. 89–369, §26, as added Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1352(a), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 744.)
Section effective Aug. 13, 1981, except that any funds authorized to be appropriated shall not be available for use or obligation prior to Oct. 1, 1981, see section 1372 of Pub. L. 97–35, set out as a note under section 290i of this title.
(1) The United States Governor of the Bank is authorized to subscribe on behalf of the United States to one hundred twenty-three thousand three hundred and seventy-five additional shares of the capital stock of the Bank.
(2) Any subscription to the capital stock of the Bank shall be effective only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriation Acts.
In order to pay for the increase in the United States subscription to the Bank provided for in subsection (a) of this section, there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, $1,322,999,476 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(1) The Congress hereby finds that—
(A) the Republic of China (Taiwan) is a charter member in good standing of the Asian Development Bank;
(B) the Republic of China has grown from a borrower to a lender in the Asian Development Bank; and
(C) the Republic of China provides, through its economic success, a model for other nations in Asia.
(2) It is the sense of the Congress that—
(A) Taiwan, Republic of China, should remain a full member of the Asian Development Bank, and that its status within that body should remain unaltered no matter how the issue of the People's Republic of China's application for membership is disposed of;
(B) the President and the Secretary of State should express support of Taiwan, Republic of China, making it clear that the United States will not countenance attempts to expel Taiwan, Republic of China, from the Asian Development Bank; and
(C) the Secretary of the Senate and Clerk of the House shall transmit a copy of this resolution to the President with the request that he transmit such copy to the Board of Governors of the Asian Development Bank.
(Pub. L. 89–369, §27, as added Pub. L. 98–181, title X, §1002, Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1285.)
(a)(1) The United States Governor of the Bank is authorized to contribute on behalf of the United States $520,000,000 to the Asian Development Fund, a special fund of the Bank.
(2) Any commitment to make the contribution authorized in paragraph (1) shall be made subject to obtaining the necessary appropriations.
(b) In order to pay for the United States contribution to the Asian Development Fund provided for in this section, there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, $520,000,000 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 89–369, §28, as added Pub. L. 98–181, title X, §1002, Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1286.)
(a) The United States Governor of the Bank is authorized to contribute on behalf of the United States $584,280,000 to the Asian Development Fund, a special Fund of the Bank, except that any commitment to make such contributions shall be made subject to obtaining the necessary appropriations.
(b) In order to pay for the United States contribution provided for in subsection (a) of this section, there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, $584,280,000 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 89–369, §29, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section 29 of Pub. L. 89–369 is based on section 201 of title II of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
(1) The United States Governor of the Bank may subscribe on behalf of the United States to 35,230 additional shares of the capital stock of the Bank. (2) Any subscription by the United States to the capital stock of the Bank shall be effective only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriations Acts.
In order to pay for the increase in the United States subscription to the Bank provided for in subsection (a) of this section, there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, $213,000,000 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 89–369, §30, as added Pub. L. 102–145, §125(b), as added Pub. L. 102–266, §102, Apr. 1, 1992, 106 Stat. 97.)
The United States Governor of the Bank may contribute on behalf of the United States an amount equal to the amount appropriated under subsection (b) of this section, pursuant to the resolution of the Bank entitled “Seventh Replenishment of the Asian Development Fund”.
Any commitment to make the contribution authorized by paragraph (1) shall be effective only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriations Acts.
For the contribution authorized by subsection (a) of this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury, without fiscal year limitation.
(Pub. L. 89–369, §31, as added Pub. L. 108–199, div. D, title V, §582, Jan. 23, 2004, 118 Stat. 204.)
(a) The United States Governor of the Bank is authorized to contribute on behalf of the United States $461,000,000 to the eighth replenishment of the resources of the Fund, subject to obtaining the necessary appropriations.
(b) In order to pay for the United States contribution provided for in subsection (a) of this section, there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, $461,000,000 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 89–369, §32, as added Pub. L. 109–102, title V, §599C(c), Nov. 14, 2005, 119 Stat. 2243.)
Pub. L. 109–102, title V, §599C(c), Nov. 14, 2005, 119 Stat. 2243, which directed that this section be added at the end of “the Asian Development Fund Act, Public Law 92–245, as amended (22 U.S.C. 285 et seq.)”, was executed by adding this section at the end of the Asian Development Bank Act, Pub. L. 89–369, which is classified to this subchapter, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
The President is hereby authorized to accept membership for the United States in the International Monetary Fund (hereinafter referred to as the “Fund”), and in the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (hereinafter referred to as the “Bank”), provided for by the Articles of Agreement of the Fund and the Articles of Agreement of the Bank as set forth in the Final Act of the United Nations Monetary and Financial Conference dated July 22, 1944, and deposited in the archives of the Department of State.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §2, 59 Stat. 512.)
Pub. L. 90–349, June 19, 1968, 82 Stat. 188 [enacting sections 286n to 286r of this title and amending sections 412, 415, 417, and 467 of Title 12, Banks and Banking], is known as the “Special Drawing Rights Act”. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 286n of this title and Tables.
Section 1 of act July 31, 1945, provided: “This act [enacting this subchapter and amending section 822a of former Title 31, Money and Finance] may be cited as the ‘Bretton Woods Agreements Act’.”
For Congressional direction that the Secretary of the Treasury maintain the value in terms of gold of the holdings in United States dollars of the International Monetary Fund and of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development following the establishment of a par value of the dollar at $38 for a fine troy ounce of gold pursuant to the Par Value Modification Act and for the authorization of the appropriation necessary to provide such maintenance of value, see section 5152 of Title 31, Money and Finance.
The President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall appoint a governor of the Fund who shall also serve as a governor of the Bank, and an executive director of the Fund and an executive director of the Bank. The executive directors so appointed shall also serve as provisional executive directors of the Fund and the Bank for the purposes of the respective Articles of Agreement. The term of office for the governor of the Fund and of the Bank shall be five years. The term of office for the executive directors shall be two years, but the executive directors shall remain in office until their successors have been appointed.
The President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall appoint an alternate for the governor of the Fund and an alternate for the governor of the Bank. The President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall appoint an alternate for each of the executive directors. The alternate for each executive director shall be appointed from among individuals recommended to the President by the executive director. The terms of office for alternates for the governor and the executive directors shall be the same as the terms specified in subsection (a) of this section for the governor and executive directors.
Should the provisions of Schedule D of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund apply, the Governor of the Fund shall also serve as councillor, shall designate an alternate for the councillor, and may designate associates.
(1) No person shall be entitled to receive any salary or other compensation from the United States for services as a Governor, executive director, councillor, alternate, or associate.
(2) The United States executive director of the Fund shall not be compensated by the Fund at a rate in excess of the rate provided for an individual occupying a position at level IV of the Executive Schedule under section 5315 of title 5. The United States alternate executive director of the Fund shall not be compensated by the Fund at a rate in excess of the rate provided for an individual occupying a position at level V of the Executive Schedule under section 5316 of title 5.
(3) The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States executive director of the Fund to present to the Fund's Executive Board a comprehensive set of proposals, consistent with maintaining high levels of competence of Fund personnel and consistent with the Articles of Agreement, with the objective of assuring that salaries and other compensation accorded Fund employees do not exceed those received by persons filling similar levels of responsibility within national government service or private industry. The Secretary shall report these proposals together with any measures adopted by the Fund's Executive Board to the Congress prior to February 1, 1979.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §3, 59 Stat. 512; Pub. L. 93–94, Aug. 15, 1973, 87 Stat. 314; Pub. L. 94–564, §2, Oct. 19, 1976, 90 Stat. 2660; Pub. L. 95–435, §2, Oct. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 1051.)
1978—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 95–435 designated existing provisions as par. (1) and added pars. (2) and (3).
1976—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 94–564, §2(1), amended subsec. (c) generally to provide that the Governor serve as councillor and designate an alternate and associates. Former provisions relating to compensation were included in subsec. (d).
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 94–564, §2(2), added subsec. (d).
1973—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 93–94 substituted “and an alternate for the governor of the Bank” for “who shall also serve as alternate for the governor of the Bank”.
Section 9 of Pub. L. 94–564 provided that: “The amendments made by sections 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 of this Act [amending this section, sections 286c, 286e–2, 286o, 286q, and 286r of this title, and section 822a of former Title 31, Money and Finance] shall become effective upon the entry into force of the amendments to the Articles of Agreement of the International Monetary Fund approved in Resolution Numbered 31–4 of the Board of Governors of the Fund.” Such amendments entered into force Apr. 1, 1978.
Pub. L. 96–389, §9, Oct. 7, 1980, 94 Stat. 1554, provided that: “The United States Executive Director to the Fund shall seek to insure (a) that Fund salaries do not exceed those levels endorsed by the Fund Bank Joint Committee on Staff Compensation Issues; and (b) that travel costs are minimized by limiting first class and supersonic travel to instances where no reasonable alternative exists.”
In order to coordinate the policies and operations of the representatives of the United States on the Fund and the Bank and of all agencies of the Government which make or participate in making foreign loans or which engage in foreign financial, exchange or monetary transactions, there is hereby established the National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Problems (hereinafter referred to as the “Council”), consisting of the Secretary of the Treasury, as Chairman, the Secretary of State, the Secretary of Commerce, the Chairman of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the President of the Export-Import Bank of the United States, and during such period as the Foreign Operations Administration shall continue to exist, the Director of the Foreign Operations Administration.
(1) The Council, after consultation with the representatives of the United States on the Fund and the Bank, shall recommend to the President general policy directives for the guidance of the representatives of the United States on the Fund and the Bank.
(2) The Council shall advise and consult with the President and the representatives of the United States on the Fund and the Bank on major problems arising in the administration of the Fund and the Bank.
(3) The Council shall coordinate, by consultation or otherwise, so far as is practicable, the policies and operations of the representatives of the United States on the Fund and the Bank, the Export-Import Bank of the United States and all other agencies of the Government to the extent that they make or participate in the making of foreign loans or engage in foreign financial, exchange or monetary transactions.
(4) Whenever, under the Articles of Agreement of the Fund or the Articles of Agreement of the Bank, the approval, consent or agreement of the United States is required before an act may be done by the respective institutions, the decision as to whether such approval, consent, or agreement, shall be given or refused shall (to the extent such decision is not prohibited by section 286c of this title) be made by the Council, under the general direction of the President. No governor, executive director, or alternate representing the United States shall vote in favor of any waiver of condition under article V, section 4, or in favor of any declaration of the United States dollar as a scarce currency under article VII, section 3, of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund, without prior approval of the Council.
(5) The Council shall make such reports and recommendations to the President as he may from time to time request, or as the Council may consider necessary to more effectively or efficiently accomplish the purposes of this subchapter or the purposes for which the Council is created.
(6) The general policy objectives for the guidance of the United States Executive Director of the Bank shall take into account the effect that development assistance loans have upon individual industry sectors and international commodity markets—
(A) to minimize projected adverse impacts; and
(B) to avoid, wherever possible, government subsidization of production and exports of international commodities without regard to economic conditions in the markets for such commodities.
The representatives of the United States on the Fund and the Bank, and the Export-Import Bank of the United States (and all other agencies of the Government to the extent that they make or participate in the making of foreign loans or engage in foreign financial, exchange or monetary transactions) shall keep the Council fully informed of their activities and shall provide the Council with such further information or data in their possession as the Council may deem necessary to the appropriate discharge of its responsibilities under this subchapter.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §4, 59 Stat. 512; Apr. 3, 1948, ch. 169, title I, §106, 62 Stat. 141; Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §501(e)(2), 65 Stat. 378; 1953 Reorg. Plan No. 5, eff. June 30, 1953, 18 F.R. 3741, 67 Stat. 637; 1953 Reorg. Plan No. 7, eff. Aug. 1, 1953, 18 F.R. 4541, 67 Stat. 639; Aug. 9, 1954, ch. 660, §2, 68 Stat. 678; Pub. L. 89–126, §1(1), Aug. 14, 1965, 79 Stat. 519; Pub. L. 90–267, §1(a), Mar. 13, 1968, 82 Stat. 47; Pub. L. 98–181, title VIII, §808(a), Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1273; Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(d)(1), (f)(1), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2518, 2519.)
1989—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 101–240 redesignated pars. (7) and (8) as (5) and (6), respectively, and struck out former pars. (5) and (6) which read as follows:
“(5) The Council shall transmit to the President and to the Congress an annual report with respect to the participation of the United States in the Fund and Bank.
“(6) Each such report shall contain such data concerning the operations and policies of the Fund and Bank, such recommendations concerning the Fund and Bank, and such other data and material as the Council may deem appropriate.”
1983—Subsec. (b)(8). Pub. L. 98–181 added par. (8).
1965—Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 89–126 substituted provisions requiring an annual report, for provisions which required the Council to report from time to time, but not less frequently than every six months.
Subsec. (b)(6). Pub. L. 89–126 struck out provisions which required special reports on operations and policies of the Fund and Bank and prescribed contents of such reports, and inserted provisions requiring the annual report to contain such data concerning the operations and policies of the Fund and Bank, such recommendations concerning the Fund and the Bank, and such other data and material as deemed appropriate.
1954—Subsec. (a). Act Aug. 9, 1954, provided membership on Council for President of the Export-Import Bank of Washington.
1951—Subsec. (a). Act Oct. 10, 1951, substituted “Mutual Security Agency” for “Economic Cooperation Administration”, and “Director for Mutual Security” for “Administrator for Economic Cooperation”.
1948—Subsec. (a). Act Apr. 3, 1948, ch. 169, title I, §106, 62 Stat. 141, added Administrator for Economic Cooperation, during existence of the Administration, to membership of National Advisory Council.
“Export-Import Bank of Washington” changed in text to “Export-Import Bank of the United States” to conform to such change in name in the Export-Import Bank Act of 1945, section 635 et seq. of Title 12, Banks and Banking, provided for in section 1(a) of Pub. L. 90–267.
Amendment by act Aug. 9, 1954, effective upon initial appointment of President, First Vice President, and one member of the Board of Directors of the Export-Import Bank of Washington, see section 4 of act Aug. 9, 1954, set out as a note under section 635a of Title 12, Banks and Banking.
Act Apr. 3, 1948, cited as a credit to this section, was repealed by act June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §7(c), 66 Stat. 144.
National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Problems abolished and its functions, together with functions of its chairman and other officers, transferred to President by sections 1(b) and 3(a) of Reorg. Plan No. 4 of 1965, eff. July 27, 1965, 30 F.R. 9353, 79 Stat. 1321, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Function of Chairman of Board of Directors of Export-Import Bank of Washington of being a member of National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Problems abolished by Reorg. Plan No. 5 of 1953, eff. June 30, 1953, 18 F.R. 3741, 67 Stat. 637, set out in the Appendix to Title 5.
Foreign Operations Administration abolished by Ex. Ord. No. 10610, May 9, 1955, 20 F.R. 3179, and its functions and offices transferred to Department of State to be administered by International Cooperation Administration. For later transfer, see section 2381 of this title, and notes set out under that section.
Office of Director for Mutual Security abolished and functions of Director transferred to Director of Foreign Operations Administration by Reorg. Plan No. 7 of 1953, eff. Aug. 1, 1953, 18 F.R. 4541. Section 4 of said Reorg. Plan No. 7 of 1953, specifically provided that Director of Foreign Operations Administration shall be a member of National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Problems.
Ex. Ord. No. 11269, Feb. 14, 1966, 31 F.R. 2813, as amended by Ex. Ord. No. 11334, Mar. 7, 1967, 32 F.R. 3933; Ex. Ord. No. 11808, Sept. 30, 1974, 39 F.R. 35563; Ex. Ord. No. 11977, Mar. 14, 1977, 42 F.R. 14671; Ex. Ord. No. 12164, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 F.R. 56681; Ex. Ord. No. 12188, Jan. 2, 1980, 45 F.R. 989; Ex. Ord. No. 12403, Feb. 8, 1983, 48 F.R. 6087; Ex. Ord. No. 12567, Oct. 2, 1986, 51 F.R. 35495; Ex. Ord. No. 12647, Aug. 2, 1988, 53 F.R. 29323; Ex. Ord. No. 12766, June 18, 1991, 56 F.R. 28463; Ex. Ord. No. 13118, §10(9), Mar. 31, 1999, 64 F.R. 16598, provided:
By virtue of the authority vested in me by Reorganization Plan No. 4 of 1965 (30 F.R. 9353) [set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees], and as President of the United States, it is ordered as follows:
(b) The Council shall be composed of the following members: the Secretary of the Treasury, who shall be the chairman of the Council, the Assistant to the President for Economic Affairs, who shall be Deputy Chairman of the Council, the Secretary of State, the United States Trade Representative, the Secretary of Commerce, the Chairman of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Administrator of the United States Agency for International Development, and the President of the Export-Import Bank of Washington [now the Export-Import Bank of the United States].
(c) Whenever matters within the jurisdiction of the Council may be of interest to Federal agencies not represented on the Council under Section 1(b) of this order, the Chairman of the Council may consult with such agencies and may invite them to designate representatives to participate in meetings and deliberations of the Council.
(b) The functions under Sections 4(a) and 4(b)(3) of the Bretton Woods Agreements Act, including those made applicable to the International Finance Corporation, the Inter-American Development Bank, and the International Development Association (22 U.S.C. 286b(a) and (b)(3); 282b; 283b; 284b), to the extent that such functions consist of coordination of policies, are hereby delegated to the Council. The functions so delegated shall be deemed to include the authority to review proposed individual loan, financial, exchange, or monetary transactions to the extent necessary or desirable to effectuate the coordination of policies.
(c) The Council shall perform with respect to the Asian Development Bank, African Development Fund,, [sic] African Development Bank, Inter-American Investment Corporation, Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency, and European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the same functions as those delegated to it by subsections (a) and (b) of this section with respect to other international financial institutions.
(1) Authority, subject to the provisions of Section 7 of this Order, to instruct representatives of the United States to international financial organizations.
(2) Authority provided for in Section 4(b)(4) of the Bretton Woods Agreements Act (22 U.S.C. 286b(b)(4)). Such authority, insofar as it relates to the development aspects of the policies, programs, or projects of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development shall be exercised subject to the provisions of Section 7 of this Order.
(b) In carrying out the functions delegated to him by subsection (a) of this Section the Secretary shall consult with the Council.
(c) Nothing in this order shall be deemed to derogate from the responsibilities of the Secretary of State with respect to the foreign policy of the United States.
(d) The Secretary of the Treasury shall perform, with respect to the Asian Development Bank, African Development Fund,, [sic] African Development Bank, Inter-American Investment Corporation, Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency, and European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the same functions as those delegated to him by subsections (a) and (b) of this section with respect to other international financial institutions.
(e) The Secretary of the Treasury is hereby delegated the functions conferred upon the President by Section 203(b) and Section 207 of the Act of May 31, 1976 (90 Stat. 593 and 594, 22 U.S.C. 290g–1 and 290g–5), subject to the provisions of Section 7 of this Order.
(b) The Council shall from time to time transmit to all appropriate agencies and officers of the Government statements of the policies of the Council under this order and such other information relating to the above-mentioned transactions or to the functions of the Council hereunder as the Council shall deem desirable.
Section 286b–1, Pub. L. 91–599, ch. 3, §31, Dec. 30, 1970, 84 Stat. 1658, related to annual report to Congress of National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Policies.
Section 286b–2, act July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §50, as added Nov. 30, 1983, Pub. L. 98–181, title VIII, §813, 97 Stat. 1276, related to reports to Congress by National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Policies and Secretary of the Treasury.
Unless Congress by law authorizes such action, neither the President nor any person or agency shall on behalf of the United States (a) request or consent to any change in the quota of the United States under article III, section 2(a), of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund; (b) propose a par value for the United States dollar under paragraph 2, paragraph 4, or paragraph 10 of schedule C of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund; (c) propose any change in the par value of the United States dollar under paragraph 6 of schedule C of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund, or approve any general change in par values under paragraph 11 of schedule C; (d) subscribe to additional shares of stock under article II, section 3, of the Articles of Agreement of the Bank; (e) accept any amendment under article XXVIII of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund or Article VIII of the Articles of Agreement of the Bank; (f) make any loan to the Fund or the Bank; or (g) approve any disposition of Fund gold, unless the Secretary certifies to the Congress that such disposition is necessary for the Fund to restitute gold to its members, or for the Fund to provide liquidity that will enable the Fund to meet member country claims on the Fund or to meet threats to the systemic stability of the international financial system. Unless Congress by law authorizes such action, no governor or alternate appointed to represent the United States shall vote for an increase of capital stock of the Bank under article II, section 2, of the Articles of Agreement of the Bank, if such increase involves an increased subscription on the part of the United States. Neither the President nor any person or agency shall, on behalf of the United States, consent to any borrowing (other than borrowing from a foreign government or other official public source) by the Fund of funds denominated in United States dollars, unless the Secretary of the Treasury transmits a notice of such proposed borrowing to both Houses of the Congress at least 60 days prior to the date on which such borrowing is scheduled to occur.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §5, 59 Stat. 514; Pub. L. 89–126, §1(2), Aug. 14, 1965, 79 Stat. 519; Pub. L. 94–564, §3, Oct. 19, 1976, 90 Stat. 2660; Pub. L. 95–147, §4(a)(1), Oct. 28, 1977, 91 Stat. 1228; Pub. L. 98–181, title VIII, §811, Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1274; Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(5) [title V, §504(d)(1)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–317.)
1999—Pub. L. 106–113, which directed substitution of “approve any disposition of Fund gold, unless the Secretary certifies to the Congress that such disposition is necessary for the Fund to restitute gold to its members, or for the Fund to provide liquidity that will enable the Fund to meet member country claims on the Fund or to meet threats to the systemic stability of the international financial system.” for “approve either the disposition of more than 25 million ounces of Fund gold for the benefit of the Trust Fund established by the Fund on May 6, 1976, or the establishment of any additional trust fund whereby resources of the International Monetary Fund would be used for the special benefit of a single member, or of a particular segment of the membership, of the Fund.” in cl. (g) of first sentence, was executed by making the substitution for text which ended with “the fund.” rather than “the Fund.”, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
1983—Pub. L. 98–181 inserted provision prohibiting the President or any person or agency from consenting to a borrowing of funds denominated in dollars unless notice of such borrowing is transmitted to Congress at least 60 days prior to such borrowing.
1977—Pub. L. 95–147 added to cl. (g) provisions relating to disposition of more than 25 million ounces of Fund gold for the benefit of the Trust Fund.
1976—Pub. L. 94–564 amended cls. (a) to (g) generally.
1965—Pub. L. 89–126 inserted “if such increase involves an increased subscription on the part of the United States”.
Amendment effective Apr. 1, 1978, see section 9 of Pub. L. 94–564, set out as a note under section 286a of this title.
Any Federal Reserve bank which is requested to do so by the Fund or the Bank shall act as its depository or as its fiscal agent, and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall supervise and direct the carrying out of these functions by the Federal Reserve banks.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §6, 59 Stat. 514.)
The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to pay the balance of the subscription of the United States to the Fund not provided for in subsection (a) and to pay the subscription of the United States to the Bank from time to time when payments are required to be made to the Bank. For the purpose of making these payments, the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to use as a public-debt transaction $8,675,000,000 of the proceeds of any securities hereafter issued under chapter 31 of title 31, and the purposes for which securities may be issued under that chapter are extended to include such purpose. Payment under this paragraph of the subscription of the United States to the Fund or the Bank and repayments thereof shall be treated as public-debt transactions of the United States.
For the purpose of keeping to a minimum the cost to the United States of participation in the Fund and the Bank, the Secretary of the Treasury, after paying the subscription of the United States to the Fund, and any part of the subscription of the United States to the Bank required to be made under article II, section 7(i), of the Articles of Agreement of the Bank, is authorized and directed to issue special notes of the United States from time to time at par and to deliver such notes to the Fund and the Bank in exchange for dollars to the extent permitted by the respective Articles of Agreement. The special notes provided for in this paragraph shall be issued under the authority and subject to the provisions of chapter 31 of title 31, and the purposes for which securities may be issued under that chapter are extended to include the purposes for which special notes are authorized and directed to be issued under this paragraph, but such notes shall bear no interest, shall be nonnegotiable, and shall be payable on demand of the Fund or the Bank, as the case may be. The face amount of special notes issued to the Fund under the authority of this paragraph and outstanding at any one time shall not exceed in the aggregate the amount of the subscription of the United States actually paid to the Fund and the dollar equivalent of currencies and gold which the United States shall have purchased from the Fund in accordance with the Articles of Agreement, and the face amount of such notes issued to the Bank and outstanding at any one time shall not exceed in the aggregate the amount of the subscription of the United States actually paid to the Bank under article II, section 7(i) of the Articles of Agreement of the Bank.
Any payment made to the United States by the Fund or the Bank as a distribution of net income shall be covered into the Treasury as a miscellaneous receipt.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §7(b)–(d), 59 Stat. 514; Pub. L. 86–48, §2, June 17, 1959, 73 Stat. 80; Pub. L. 87–490, §2, June 19, 1962, 76 Stat. 105.)
Subsection (a), referred to in the first par., means section 7(a) of act July 31, 1945, ch. 339, 59 Stat. 514, which generally amended subsec. (c) of section 822a of former Title 31, Money and Finance. Section 822a(c) of former Title 31 was repealed and reenacted as section 5302(d) of Title 31 by Pub. L. 97–258, §4(a), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, the first section of which enacted Title 31.
In first and second pars., “chapter 31 of title 31” and “that chapter” substituted for “the Second Liberty Bond Act, as amended” and “that Act”, respectively, on authority of Pub. L. 97–258, §4(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, the first section of which enacted Title 31, Money and Finance.
Section is based on subsecs. (b) to (d) of section 7 of act July 31, 1945. Subsec. (a) of section 7 amended section 822a of former Title 31. See References in Text note above.
1962—Pub. L. 87–490 included in the limitation of face amount of special notes issued to the Fund the dollar equivalent of currencies and gold which the United States shall have purchased from the Fund in accordance with the Articles of Agreement.
1959—Pub. L. 86–48 struck out “of $950,000,000” after “is authorized to pay the balance”, and substituted “$8,675,000,000” for “not to exceed $4,125,000,000”.
Pub. L. 96–544, Dec. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 3213, provided that: “For an increase in the United States quota in the International Monetary Fund, the dollar equivalent of 4,202.5 million Special Drawing Rights (approximately $5,537,839,000), to remain available until expended, and balances equivalent to the current SDR value of the United States quota in the Fund shall be merged with this appropriation. Amounts equivalent to the United States reserve position in the Fund shall be credited to this appropriation. Amounts available in this account may be transferred to the Fund by the Secretary of the Treasury to meet United States obligations in the Fund in an amount not to exceed at any time the United States quota in the Fund. The amounts provided for valuation adjustments of Fund holdings of United States dollars shall continue to be available for this purpose and shall be available for transfers to this appropriation account for the purpose of such adjustments. In the administration of these funds it shall be the policy of the United States:
“(1) that the Palestine Liberation Organization should not be given membership in the Fund or be given observer status or any other official status at any meeting sponsored by or associated with the Fund;
“(2) that the United States Executive Director of the Fund shall promptly notify the Fund of such policy;
“(3) that in the event that the Fund provides either membership, observer status, or any other official status to the Palestine Liberation Organization, such action would result in a serious diminution of United States support; and
“(4) that upon review of such action, the President would be required to report his recommendations to the Congress with regard to any further United States participation in the Fund.”
(a) The United States Governor of the Fund is authorized to request and consent to an increase of $1,375,000,000 in the quota of the United States under article III, section 2, of the articles of agreement of the Fund, as proposed in the resolution of the Board of Governors of the Fund dated February 2, 1959.
(b) The United States Governor of the Bank is authorized (1) to vote for increases in the capital stock of the Bank under article II, section 2, of the articles of agreement of the Bank, as recommended in the resolution of the Board of Governors of the Bank dated February 2, 1959, and (2) if such increases become effective, to subscribe on behalf of the United States to thirty-one thousand seven hundred and fifty additional shares of stock under article II, section 3, of the articles of agreement of the Bank.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §16, as added Pub. L. 86–48, §1, June 17, 1959, 73 Stat. 80.)
The United States Governor of the Bank is authorized to vote for an increase of $1,000,000,000 in the authorized capital stock of the Bank under article II, section 2, of the articles of agreement of the Bank, as recommended in the report, dated November 6, 1962, to the Board of Governors of the Bank by the Bank's Executive Directors.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §19, as added Pub. L. 88–178, Nov. 13, 1963, 77 Stat. 334.)
(a) The United States Governor of the Fund is authorized to consent to an increase of $1,035,000,000 in the quota of the United States in the Fund.
(b) In order to pay the increase in the United States subscription to the Fund provided for in this section, there is hereby authorized to be appropriated $1,035,000,000, to remain available until expended.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §20, as added Pub. L. 89–31, June 2, 1965, 79 Stat. 119.)
(a) The United States Governor of the Fund is authorized to consent to an increase of $1,540,000,000 in the quota of the United States in the Fund.
(b) In order to pay the increase in the United States quota in the Fund provided for in this section, there is hereby authorized to be appropriated $1,540,000,000, to remain available until expended.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §22, as added Pub. L. 91–599, ch. 1, §1, Dec. 30, 1970, 84 Stat. 1657.)
(a) The United States Governor of the Bank is authorized (1) to vote for an increase of $3,000,000,000 in the authorized capital stock of the Bank, and (2) if such increase becomes effective, to subscribe on behalf of the United States to two thousand four hundred and sixty-one additional shares of the capital stock of the Bank.
(b) In order to pay for the increase in the United States subscription to the Bank provided for in this section, there is hereby authorized to be appropriated $246,100,000 to remain available until expended.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §23, as added Pub. L. 91–599, ch. 1, §1, Dec. 30, 1970, 84 Stat. 1657.)
The United States Governor of the Fund is authorized to consent to an increase in the quota of the United States in the Fund equivalent to 1,705 million Special Drawing Rights.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §25, as added Pub. L. 94–564, §1, Oct. 19, 1976, 90 Stat. 2660.)
(a) The United States Governor of the Bank is authorized—
(1) to vote for an increase of seventy thousand shares in the authorized capital stock of the Bank; and
(2) if such increase becomes effective, to subscribe on behalf of the United States to thirteen thousand and five additional shares of the capital stock of the Bank: Provided, however, That any subscription to additional shares shall be effective only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriations Acts.
(b) In order to pay for the increase in the United States subscription to the Bank provided for in this section, there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, $1,568,856,318 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §27, as added Pub. L. 95–118, title II, §201, Oct. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 1067; amended Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1312, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 740.)
1981—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 97–35 substituted “effective only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriations Acts” for “made only after the amount required for such subscription has been appropriated”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 97–35 effective Aug. 13, 1981, except that any funds authorized to be appropriated shall not be available for use or obligation prior to Oct. 1, 1981, see section 1372 of Pub. L. 97–35, set out as an Effective Date note under section 290i of this title.
Section effective Oct. 3, 1977, except that no funds authorized to be appropriated by this section may be available for use or obligation prior to Oct. 1, 1977, see section 1001 of Pub. L. 95–118, set out as a note under section 282i of this title.
The United States Governor of the Fund is authorized to consent to an increase in the quota of the United States in the Fund equivalent to 4,202.5 million Special Drawing Rights, limited to such amounts as are appropriated in advance in appropriation Acts.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §32, as added and amended Pub. L. 96–389, §§1, 11, Oct. 7, 1980, 94 Stat. 1551, 1555.)
1980—Pub. L. 96–389, §11, substituted “limited to such amounts as are appropriated in advance in appropriation Acts” for “to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in appropriations Acts”.
Section effective Oct. 7, 1980, see section 12 of Pub. L. 96–389, set out as a note under section 286s of this title.
(a) The United States Governor of the Bank is authorized—
(1) to vote to increase by three hundred and sixty-five thousand shares the authorized capital stock of the Bank; and
(2) to subscribe on behalf of the United States to not more than seventy-three thousand and ten shares of the capital stock of the Bank: Provided, however, That not more than seven and one-half percent ($658,305,195) of the price of the shares subscribed may be paid in to the Bank on subscription, with the remainder of that price ($8,149,256,155) being subject to call only when a call on unpaid subscriptions is required to meet obligations of the Bank for funds borrowed or on loans guaranteed by it and not for use by the Bank in its lending activities or for administrative expenses: Provided further, That any subscription to such additional shares shall be effective only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriations Acts.
(b) In order to pay for the paid-in portion of the United States subscription to the Bank provided for in this section, there is authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, $658,305,195 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury: Provided, however, That not more than $109,720,549 of such sum may be made available for each of the fiscal years 1982, 1983, and 1984.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §39, as added Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1311, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 740.)
Section effective Aug. 13, 1981, except that any funds authorized to be appropriated shall not be available for use or obligation prior to Oct. 1, 1981, see section 1372 of Pub. L. 97–35, set out as a note under section 290i of this title.
(a) The United States Governor of the Fund is authorized to consent to an increase in the quota of the United States in the Fund equivalent to 5,310,800,000 Special Drawing Rights, limited to such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriations Acts.
(b)(1) The Secretary of the Treasury shall consult with the chairman and the ranking minority member of—
(A) the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs and the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives, and any appropriate subcommittee of each such committee; and
(B) the committee on Foreign Relations, the Committee on Appropriations, and the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate, and any appropriate subcommittee of each such committee,
for purposes of discussing the position of the executive branch and the views of the Congress with respect to any international negotiations being held to consider any future quota increase for the International Monetary Fund which may involve an increased contribution, subscription, or loan by the United States.
(2) Such consultation shall be made—
(A) not later than thirty days before the initiation of such international negotiations;
(B) during the period in which such negotiations are being held, in a frequent and timely manner; and
(C) before a session of such negotiations is held at which the United States representatives may agree to such quota increase.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §41, as added Pub. L. 98–181, title VIII, §802(a)(4), Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1268.)
Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
(a) The United States Governor of the Bank is authorized—
(1) to vote for an increase of seventy thousand shares in the authorized capital stock of the Bank; and
(2) to subscribe on behalf of the United States to twelve thousand four hundred and fifty-three additional shares of the capital stock of the Bank, except that any subscription to such additional shares shall be effective only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriations Acts.
(b) In order to pay for the increase in the United States subscription to the Bank provided for in this section, there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, $1,502,267,655 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §51, as added Pub. L. 99–190, §101(i) [title I, (a)], Dec. 19, 1985, 99 Stat. 1291, 1294.)
Section 51 of act July 31, 1945, is based on section 301 of title III of H.R. 2253, Ninety-ninth Congress, as reported May 15, 1985, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 99–190.
The United States Governor of the Bank is authorized—
(1) to vote for an increase of 620,000 shares in the authorized capital stock of the Bank; and
(2) to subscribe on behalf of the United States to 116,262 additional shares of the capital stock of the Bank, except that any subscription to such additional shares shall be effective only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriations Acts.
In order to pay for the increase in the United States subscription to the Bank provided for in this section, there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, $14,025,266,370, for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §53, as added Pub. L. 100–461, title V, §555, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2268–36.)
Section 53 of act July 31, 1945, is based on section 1 of H.R. 4645, One Hundredth Congress, as reported Sept. 28, 1988, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–461.
The United States Governor of the Fund may consent to an increase in the quota of the United States in the Fund equivalent to 8,608,500,000 Special Drawing Rights, limited to such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriations Acts.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §56, as added Pub. L. 102–511, title X, §1001, Oct. 24, 1992, 106 Stat. 3357.)
The United States Governor of the Fund may consent to an increase in the quota of the United States in the Fund equivalent to 10,622,500,000 Special Drawing Rights.
The authority provided by subsection (a) of this section shall be effective only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriations Acts.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §61, as added Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(d) [title VI, §608], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–150, 2681–224.)
(1) In order to carry out the purposes of the decisions of January 5, 1962, February 24, 1983, and January 27, 1997, as amended in accordance with their terms, of the Executive Directors of the International Monetary Fund, the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to make loans, in an amount not to exceed the equivalent of 6,712,000,000 Special Drawing Rights, limited to such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriations Acts, except that prior to activation, the Secretary of the Treasury shall certify that supplementary resources are needed to forestall or cope with an impairment of the international monetary system and that the Fund has fully explored other means of funding, to the Fund under article VII, section 1(i), of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund. Any loan under the authority granted in this subsection shall be made with due regard to the present and prospective balance of payments and reserve position of the United States.
(2) In order to carry out the purposes of a one-time decision of the Executive Directors of the International Monetary Fund (the Fund) to expand the resources of the New Arrangements to Borrow, established pursuant to the decision of January 27, 1997 referred to in paragraph (1) above, and to make other amendments to the New Arrangements to Borrow to achieve an expanded and more flexible New Arrangements to Borrow as contemplated by paragraph 17 of the G–20 Leaders’ Statement of April 2, 2009 in London, the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to instruct the United States Executive Director to consent to such amendments notwithstanding subsection (d) of this section, and to make loans, in an amount not to exceed the dollar equivalent of 75,000,000,000 Special Drawing Rights, in addition to any amounts previously authorized under this section and limited to such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriations Acts, except that prior to activation, the Secretary of the Treasury shall report to Congress on whether supplementary resources are needed to forestall or cope with an impairment of the international monetary system and whether the Fund has fully explored other means of funding, to the Fund under article VII, section 1(i), of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund: Provided, That prior to instructing the United States Executive Director to provide consent to such amendments, the Secretary of the Treasury shall consult with the appropriate congressional committees on the amendments to be made to the New Arrangements to Borrow, including guidelines and criteria governing the use of its resources; the countries that have made commitments to contribute to the New Arrangements to Borrow and the amount of such commitments; and the steps taken by the United States to expand the number of countries so the United States share of the expanded New Arrangements to Borrow remains not greater than 20 percent, which approximates the United States share as of June 24, 2009: Provided further, That any loan under the authority granted in this subsection shall be made with due regard to the present and prospective balance of payments and reserve position of the United States.
(3) The authority to make loans under this section shall expire on the date that is 5 years after December 16, 2009, unless the Secretary of the Treasury, not later than 60 days before such expiration date or 60 days prior to the renewal of the decision governing the New Arrangements to Borrow (NAB), whichever occurs first, certifies to the appropriate congressional committees, that—
(A) no amendments made, or anticipated to be made, to the NAB to achieve an expanded and more flexible NAB, as described in paragraph 17 of the G20 Leaders’ Statement at the 2009 London Summit, will impair the ability of the Secretary of the Treasury to consider a renewal of the NAB decision at intervals no greater than 5 years and to withdraw the adherence of the United States to the NAB decision as is currently provided under paragraph 19 of the New Arrangement to Borrow, adopted by the Executive Board of the International Monetary Fund (IMF) on January 27, 1997; and
(B)(i) the IMF will borrow resources from members under the NAB only when quota resources need to be supplemented in order to forestall or cope with an impairment of the international monetary system or to deal with an exceptional situation that poses a threat to the stability of that system;
(ii) the IMF has, prior to any activation of the NAB, fully explored other means of funding to supplement any potential shortfall in quota resources necessary to forestall or cope with an impairment of the international monetary system or to deal with an exceptional situation that poses a threat to the stability of that system; or
(iii) it is in the United States’ strategic economic interest to maintain the relative size or lower of the United States contribution to the NAB as in effect on the date of the certification.
(4) Not later than 15 days before submitting the certification under paragraph (3), the Secretary of the Treasury shall consult with the appropriate congressional committees regarding such certification.
(1) For the purpose of making loans to the International Monetary Fund pursuant to subsection (a)(1) of this section, there is authorized to be appropriated 6,712,000,000 Special Drawing Rights, except that prior to activation, the Secretary of the Treasury shall certify whether supplementary resources are needed to forestall or cope with an impairment of the international monetary system and that the Fund has fully explored other means of funding, to remain available until expended to meet calls by the International Monetary Fund. Any payments made to the United States by the International Monetary Fund as a repayment on account of the principal of a loan made under this section shall continue to be available for loans to the International Monetary Fund.
(2) For the purpose of making loans to the International Monetary Fund pursuant to subsection (a)(2) of this section, there is hereby authorized to be appropriated not to exceed the dollar equivalent of 75,000,000,000 Special Drawing Rights, in addition to any amounts previously authorized under this section, except that prior to activation, the Secretary of the Treasury shall report to Congress on whether supplementary resources are needed to forestall or cope with an impairment of the international monetary system and whether the Fund has fully explored other means of funding, to remain available until expended to meet calls by the Fund. Any payments made to the United States by the Fund as a repayment on account of the principal of a loan made under this section shall continue to be available for loans to the Fund.
Payments of interest and charges to the United States on account of any loan to the International Monetary Fund shall be covered into the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts. In addition to the amount authorized in subsection (b) of this section, there is authorized to be appropriated such amounts as may be necessary for the payment of charges in connection with any purchases of currencies or gold by the United States from the International Monetary Fund.
Unless the Congress by law so authorizes, neither the President, the Secretary of the Treasury, nor any other person acting on behalf of the United States, may instruct the United States Executive Director to the Fund to consent to any amendment to the Decision of February 24, 1983, or the Decision of January 27, 1997, of the Executive Directors of the Fund, if the adoption of such amendment would significantly alter the amount, terms, or conditions of participation by the United States in the General Arrangements to Borrow or the New Arrangements to Borrow, as applicable.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §17, as added Pub. L. 87–490, §1, June 19, 1962, 76 Stat. 105; amended Pub. L. 94–564, §4, Oct. 19, 1976, 90 Stat. 2661; Pub. L. 98–181, title VIII, §802(a)(1)–(3), Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1268; Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(d) [title VI, §609], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–150, 2681–224; Pub. L. 111–32, title XIV, §1401, June 24, 2009, 123 Stat. 1916; Pub. L. 111–117, div. F, title VII, §7090(b), (c), Dec. 16, 2009, 123 Stat. 3406.)
2009—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 111–32, §1401(1), designated existing provisions as par. (1) and added par. (2).
Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 111–117, §7090(c), substituted “remains not greater than 20 percent, which approximates the United States share as of June 24, 2009” for “is representative of its share as of the date of the enactment of this Act”.
Subsec. (a)(3), (4). Pub. L. 111–117, §7090(b), added pars. (3) and (4).
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 111–32, §1401(2), designated existing provisions as par. (1), inserted “subsection (a)(1) of” after “pursuant to”, and added par. (2).
1998—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–277, §101(d) [title VI, §609(1)], substituted “February 24, 1983, and January 27, 1997” for “and February 24, 1983” and “6,712,000,000” for “4,250,000,000”.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 105–277, §101(d) [title VI, §609(2)], substituted “6,712,000,000” for “4,250,000,000”.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 105–277, §101(d) [title VI, §609(3)], inserted “or the Decision of January 27, 1997,” after “February 24, 1983,” and “or the New Arrangements to Borrow, as applicable” before period at end.
1983—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 98–181, §802(a)(1), substituted “decisions of January 5, 1962, and February 24, 1983, as amended in accordance with their terms” for “decision of January 5, 1962”, and “in an amount not to exceed the equivalent of 4,250,000,000 Special Drawing Rights, limited to such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriations Acts, except that prior to activation, the Secretary of the Treasury shall certify that supplementary resources are needed to forestall or cope with an impairment of the international monetary system and that the fund has fully explored other means of funding” for “not to exceed $2,000,000,000 outstanding at any one time”.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 98–181, §802(a)(2), substituted “4,250,000,000 Special Drawing Rights, except that prior to activation, the Secretary of the Treasury shall certify whether supplementary resources are needed to forestall or cope with an impairment of the international monetary system and that the Fund has fully explored other means of funding” for “$2,000,000,000”.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 98–181, §802(a)(3), added subsec. (d).
1976—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 94–564 substituted “section 1(i)” for “section 2(i)”.
Amendment effective Apr. 1, 1978, see section 9 of Pub. L. 94–564, set out as a note under section 286a of this title.
Any purchases of currencies or gold by the United States from the International Monetary Fund may be transferred to and administered by the fund established by section 5302 of title 31, for use in accordance with the provisions of that section. The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to utilize the resources of that fund for the purpose of any repayments in connection with such transactions.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §18, as added Pub. L. 87–490, §1, June 19, 1962, 76 Stat. 105.)
“Section 5302 of title 31” substituted in text for “section 10 of the Gold Reserve Act of 1934, as amended (31 U.S.C. 822a)” on authority of Pub. L. 97–258, §4(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, the first section of which enacted Title 31, Money and Finance.
The United States Governor of the Bank is authorized to agree to an amendment to the articles of agreement of the Bank to permit the Bank to make, participate in, or guarantee loans to the International Finance Corporation for use in the lending operations of the latter.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §21, as added Pub. L. 89–126, §1(3), Aug. 14, 1965, 79 Stat. 519.)
The United States Governor of the Fund is authorized to accept the amendments to the Articles of Agreement of the Fund approved in resolution numbered 31–4 of the Board of Governors of the Fund.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §24, as added Pub. L. 94–564, §1, Oct. 19, 1976, 90 Stat. 2660.)
The United States Governor of the Bank is hereby authorized to agree to and to accept the amendment to the Articles of Agreement in the proposed resolution entitled “Amendment to the Articles of Agreement of the Bank”, forwarded to the United States on February 27, 1987.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §52, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section 52 of act July 31, 1945, is based on section 601 of title VI of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
The United States Governor of the Fund may agree to and accept the amendments to the Articles of Agreement of the Fund as proposed in the resolution numbered 45–3 of the Board of Governors of the Fund that was approved by such Board on June 28, 1990.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §57, as added Pub. L. 102–511, title X, §1001, Oct. 24, 1992, 106 Stat. 3357.)
The United States Governor of the Fund is directed to vote against the establishment of a Council authorized under Article XII, Section 1 of the Fund Articles of Agreement as amended, if under any circumstances the United States’ vote in the Council would be less than its weighted vote in the Fund.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §26, as added Pub. L. 94–564, §1, Oct. 19, 1976, 90 Stat. 2660.)
For the purpose of participation of the United States in the Supplementary Financing Facility (hereinafter referred to as the “facility”) established by the decision numbered 5508–(77/127) of the Executive Directors of the Fund, the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to make resources available as provided in the decision numbered 5509–(77/127) of the Fund, in an amount not to exceed the equivalent of 1,450 million Special Drawing Rights.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall account, through the fund established by section 5302 of title 31, for any adjustment in the value of monetary assets held by the United States in respect of United States participation in the facility.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, the authority of the Secretary to enter into agreements making resources available under this section shall be limited to such amounts as are appropriated in advance in appropriation Acts. Effective October 1, 1978, there are hereby authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary of the Treasury, without fiscal year limitation, such sums as are necessary to carry out subsection (a) of this section, but not to exceed an amount of dollars equivalent to 1,450 million Special Drawing Rights.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §28, as added Pub. L. 95–435, §1, Oct. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 1051.)
In subsec. (b), “section 5302 of title 31” substituted for “section 10 of the Gold Reserve Act of 1934, as amended (31 U.S.C. 822a)” on authority of Pub. L. 97–258, §4(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, the first section of which enacted Title 31, Money and Finance.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States executive director to seek to assure that no decision by the International Monetary Fund undermines or departs from United States policy regarding the comparability of treatment of public and private creditors in cases of debt rescheduling where official United States credits are involved.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §29, as added Pub. L. 95–435, §3, Oct. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 1052; amended Pub. L. 96–389, §5, Oct. 7, 1980, 94 Stat. 1554.)
1980—Pub. L. 96–389 struck out “on the use of the facility” after “Monetary Fund”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–389 effective Oct. 7, 1980, see section 12 of Pub. L. 96–389, set out as an Effective Date note under section 286s of this title.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States executive director on the Executive Board of the International Monetary Fund to initiate a wide consultation with the managing director of the Fund and other member country executive directors with regard to encouraging the staff of the Fund to formulate stabilization programs which, to the maximum feasible extent, foster a broader base of productive investment and employment, especially in those productive activities which are designed to meet basic human needs.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §30, as added Pub. L. 95–435, §4, Oct. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 1052; amended Pub. L. 96–389, §2(b), Oct. 7, 1980, 94 Stat. 1553; Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(d)(1), (f)(2), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2518, 2519.)
1989—Pub. L. 101–240 struck out subsec. (a) designation and struck out subsec. (b) which read as follows: “In order to gain a better understanding of the social, political and economic impact of the Fund's stabilization programs on borrowing countries, especially as it relates to the poor majority within those countries, the United States Governor of the Fund shall prepare and submit, not later than 180 days after the close of each calendar year, a report to the Congress. Such report shall evaluate, to the maximum extent feasible, with respect to countries to which loans are made during each year, the effects of policies of those countries which result from the standby agreements on basic human needs in such countries.”
1980—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 96–389, §2(b)(1), struck out “entered into pursuant to loans from the Supplementary Financing Facility” after “stabilization programs”.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 96–389, §2(b)(2), (3), struck out “entered into pursuant to loans from the Supplementary Financing Facility” after “stabilization programs” and “by the Supplementary Financing Facility” after “loans are made”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–389 effective Oct. 7, 1980, see section 12 of Pub. L. 96–389, set out as an Effective Date note under section 286s of this title.
Section, act July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §31, as added Oct. 10, 1978, Pub. L. 95–435, §4, 92 Stat. 1052, required an annual report to Congress on the status of internationally recognized human rights in each country which draws on funds under the Supplementary Financing Facility of the International Monetary Fund.
Repeal effective Aug. 13, 1981, see section 1372 of Pub. L. 97–35, set out as an Effective Date note under section 290i of this title.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the Executive Director of the United States to the International Monetary Fund to work in opposition to any extension of financial or technical assistance by the Supplemental Financing Facility or by any other agency or facility of such Fund to any country the government of which—
(1) permits entry into the territory of such country to any person who has committed an act of international terrorism, including any act of aircraft hijacking, or otherwise supports, encourages, or harbors such person; or
(2) fails to take appropriate measures to prevent any such person from committing any such act outside the territory of such country.
(Pub. L. 95–435, §6, Oct. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 1053.)
Section was not enacted as part of act July 31, 1945, ch. 339, 59 Stat. 512, known as the Bretton Woods Agreements Act, which comprises this subchapter.
Subject to paragraph (2), the United States Governor of the Fund may contribute $150,000,000 to the Interest Subsidy Account of the Enhanced Structural Adjustment Facility of the Fund on behalf of the United States.
The United States Governor of the Fund may not make a commitment to contribute any amount authorized to be contributed under paragraph (1) before an amount equal to such amount has been appropriated for such purpose.
To pay for the contribution authorized by subsection (a) of this section, there are authorized to be appropriated not to exceed $150,000,000, without fiscal year limitation, for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §54, as added Pub. L. 101–240, title III, §301, Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2500.)
The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to instruct the United States Executive Director of the Fund to vote to approve the Fund's pledge to sell, if needed, up to 3,000,000 ounces of the Fund's gold, to restore the resources of the Reserve Account of the Enhanced Structural Adjustment Facility Trust to a level that would be sufficient to meet obligations of the Trust payable to lenders which have made loans to the Loan Account of the Trust that have been used for the purpose of financing programs to Fund members previously in arrears to the Fund.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §58, as added Pub. L. 102–511, title X, §1001, Oct. 24, 1992, 106 Stat. 3357.)
Whenever a request is made by the Fund to the United States as a member to furnish data under article VIII, section 5, of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund, the President may, through any agency he may designate, require any person to furnish such information as the President may determine to be essential to comply with such request. In making such determination the President shall seek to collect the information only in such detail as is necessary to comply with the request of the Fund. No information so acquired shall be furnished to the Fund in such detail that the affairs of any person are disclosed.
In the event any person refuses to furnish such information when requested to do so, the President, through any designated governmental agency, may by subpoena require such person to appear and testify or to appear and produce records and other documents, or both. In case of contumacy by, or refusal to obey a subpoena served upon any such person, the district court for any district in which such person is found or resides or transacts business, upon application by the President or any governmental agency designated by him, shall have jurisdiction to issue an order requiring such person to appear and give testimony or appear and produce records and documents, or both; and any failure to obey such order of the court may be punished by such court as a contempt thereof.
It shall be unlawful for any officer or employee of the Government, or for any advisor or consultant to the Government, to disclose, otherwise than in the course of official duty, any information obtained under this section, or to use any such information for his personal benefit. Whoever violates any of the provisions of this subsection shall, upon conviction, be fined not more than $5,000, or imprisoned for not more than five years, or both.
The term “person” as used in this section means an individual, partnership, corporation or association.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §8, 59 Stat. 515.)
Ex. Ord. No. 10033, Feb. 8, 1949, 14 F.R. 561, as amended by Ex. Ord. No. 11269, Feb. 14, 1966, 31 F.R. 2813; Ex. Ord. No. 12013, Oct. 7, 1977, 42 F.R. 54931; Ex. Ord. No. 12318, Aug. 21, 1981, 46 F.R. 42833, provided:
(b) The Director shall determine which Federal executive agency or agencies shall collect or make available information found essential under section 2(a) hereof.
(c) In the collection of information pursuant to a determination made by the Director under section 2(b) hereof in response to a request under article VIII, section 5, of the Articles of Agreement of the International Monetary Fund, the authority conferred on the President by section 8 of the Bretton Woods Agreements Act [this section] to require any person to furnish such information, by subpoena or otherwise, may be exercised by each of the following-named agencies:
Department of Agriculture.
Department of Commerce.
Department of the Interior.
Department of Labor.
Department of the Treasury.
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Federal Communications Commission.
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
Federal Power Commission.
Federal Trade Commission.
Interstate Commerce Commission.
Securities and Exchange Commission.
United States Maritime Commission.
United States Tariff Commission [now the United States International Trade Commission].
(d) The information collected or made available under section 2 of this order shall be submitted to the National Advisory Council for review and for presentation to the said Fund or Bank.
(e) As used in this order, the word “person” means an individual, partnership, corporation, or association.
For the purpose of any action which may be brought within the United States or its Territories or possessions by or against the Fund or the Bank in accordance with the Articles of Agreement of the Fund or the Articles of Agreement of the Bank, the Fund or the Bank, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be an inhabitant of the Federal judicial district in which its principal office in the United States is located, and any such action at law or in equity to which either the Fund or the Bank shall be a party shall be deemed to arise under the laws of the United States, and the district courts of the United States shall have original jurisdiction of any such action. When either the Fund or the Bank is a defendant in any such action, it may, at any time before the trial thereof, remove such action from a State court into the district court of the United States for the proper district by following the procedure for removal of causes otherwise provided by law.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §10, 59 Stat. 516.)
The provisions of article IX, sections 2 to 9, both inclusive, and the first sentence of article VIII, section 2(b), of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund, and the provisions of article VI, section 5(i), and article VII, sections 2 to 9, both inclusive, of the Articles of Agreement of the Bank, shall have full force and effect in the United States and its Territories and possessions upon acceptance of membership by the United States in, and the establishment of, the Fund and the Bank, respectively.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §11, 59 Stat. 516.)
The governor and executive director of the Bank appointed by the United States are directed to obtain promptly an official interpretation by the Bank as to its authority to make or guarantee loans for programs of economic reconstruction and the reconstruction of monetary systems, including long-term stabilization loans. If the Bank does not interpret its powers to include the making or guaranteeing of such loans, the governor of the Bank representing the United States is directed to propose promptly and support an amendment to the Articles of Agreement for the purpose of explicitly authorizing the Bank, after consultation with the Fund, to make or guarantee such loans. The President is authorized and directed to accept an amendment to that effect on behalf of the United States.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §12, 59 Stat. 516.)
The governor and executive director of the Fund appointed by the United States are directed to obtain promptly an official interpretation by the Fund as to whether its authority to use its resources extends beyond current monetary stabilization operations to afford temporary assistance to members in connection with seasonal, cyclical, and emergency fluctuations in the balance of payment of any member for current transactions, and whether it has authority to use its resources to provide facilities for relief, reconstruction, or armaments, or to meet a large or sustained outflow of capital on the part of any member.
If the interpretation by the Fund answers in the affirmative any of the questions stated in subsection (a) of this section, the governor of the Fund representing the United States is directed to propose promptly and support an amendment to the Articles of Agreement for the purpose of expressly negativing such interpretation. The President is authorized and directed to accept an amendment to that effect on behalf of the United States.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §13, 59 Stat. 517.)
In the realization that additional measures of international economic cooperation are necessary to facilitate the expansion and balanced growth of international trade and render most effective the operations of the Fund and the Bank, it is declared to be the policy of the United States to seek to bring about further agreement and cooperation among nations and international bodies, as soon as possible, on ways and means which will best reduce obstacles to and restrictions upon international trade, eliminate unfair trade practices, promote mutually advantageous commercial relations, and otherwise facilitate the expansion and balanced growth of international trade and promote the stability of international economic relations. In considering the policies of the United States in foreign lending and the policies of the Fund and the Bank, particularly in conducting exchange transactions, the Council and the United States representatives on the Fund and the Bank shall give careful consideration to the progress which has been made in achieving such agreement and cooperation.
The President shall, upon the request of any committee of the Congress with legislative or oversight jurisdiction over monetary policy or the International Monetary Fund, provide to such committee any appropriate information relevant to that committee's jurisdiction which is furnished to any department or agency of the United States by the International Monetary Fund. The President shall comply with this provision consistent with United States membership obligations in the International Monetary Fund and subject to such limitations as are appropriate to the sensitive nature of the information.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §14, 59 Stat. 517; Pub. L. 95–147, §4(a)(2), Oct. 28, 1977, 91 Stat. 1228.)
1977—Pub. L. 95–147 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and added subsec. (b).
(a) Any securities issued by International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (including any guaranty by the bank, whether or not limited in scope), and any securities guaranteed by the bank as to both principal and interest, shall be deemed to be exempted securities within the meaning of subsection (a)(2) of section 77c of title 15, and subsection (a)(12) of section 78c of title 15. The bank shall file with the Securities and Exchange Commission such annual and other reports with regard to such securities as the Commission shall determine to be appropriate in view of the special character of the bank and its operations and necessary in the public interest or for the protection of investors.
(b) Repealed. Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(d)(1), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2518.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §15, as added June 29, 1949, ch. 276, §2, 63 Stat. 298; amended Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(d)(1), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2518.)
1989—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 101–240 struck out subsec. (b) which related to contents of National Advisory Council reports provided for in section 286b of this title.
The Securities and Exchange Commission acting in consultation with the National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Problems is authorized to suspend the provisions of section 286k–1 (a) of this title at any time as to any or all securities issued or guaranteed by the bank during the period of such suspension. The Commission shall include in its annual reports to Congress such information as it shall deem advisable with regard to the operations and effect of this section, and section 286k–1 of this title and section 24 of title 12 and in connection therewith shall include any views submitted for such purpose by any association of dealers registered with the Commission.
(June 29, 1949, ch. 276, §3, 63 Stat. 299.)
Section was not enacted as part of act July 31, 1945, ch. 339, 59 Stat. 512, known as the Bretton Woods Agreements Act, which comprises this subchapter.
Functions of National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Problems delegated to National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Policies, see section 2(a) of Ex. Ord. No. 11269, Feb. 14, 1966, 31 F.R. 2813, set out as a note under section 286b of this title.
The Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Problems, is authorized to carry out the agreement dated December 6, 1945, between the United States and the United Kingdom which was transmitted by the President to the Congress on January 30, 1946, and the action of the Secretary of the Treasury in signing the agreement dated March 6, 1957, amending said agreement is approved.
(July 15, 1946, ch. 577, §1, 60 Stat. 535; Pub. L. 85–21, Apr. 20, 1957, 71 Stat. 17.)
Agreement dated December 6, 1945, between the United States and the United Kingdom, referred to in text, is set out as a note below.
Section was not enacted as a part of act July 31, 1945, ch. 339, 59 Stat. 512, known as the Bretton Woods Agreements Act, which comprises this subchapter.
1957—Pub. L. 85–21 inserted “, and the action of the Secretary of the Treasury in signing the agreement dated March 6, 1957, amending said agreement is approved”.
Functions of National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Problems delegated to National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Policies, see section 2(a) of Ex. Ord. No. 11269, Feb. 14, 1966, 31 F.R. 2813, set out as a note under section 286b of this title.
In defining the purposes of act July 15, 1946, sections 286l and 286m of this title, Congress stated that:
“Whereas in the Bretton Woods Agreements Act [this subchapter] the Congress has declared it to be the policy of the United States ‘to seek to bring about further agreement and cooperation among nations and international bodies, as soon as possible, on ways and means which will best reduce obstacles to and restrictions upon international trade, eliminate unfair trade practices, promote mutually advantageous commercial relations, and otherwise facilitate the expansion and balanced growth of international trade and promote the stability of international economic relations’; and
“Whereas in further implementation of the purposes of the Bretton Woods Agreements, the Governments of the United States and the United Kingdom have negotiated an agreement dated December 6, 1945, designed to expedite the achievement of stable and orderly exchange arrangements, the prompt elimination of exchange restrictions and discriminations, and other objectives of the above-mentioned policy declared by the Congress.”
It is hereby agreed between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland as follows:
1. Effective date of the agreement: The effective date of this Agreement shall be the date on which the Government of the United States notifies the Government of the United Kingdom that the Congress of the United States has made available the funds necessary to extend to the Government of the United Kingdom the line of credit in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
2. Line of credit: The Government of the United States will extend to the Government of the United Kingdom a line of credit of $3,750,000,000 which may be drawn upon at any time between the effective date of this Agreement and December 31, 1951, inclusive.
3. Purpose of the line of credit: The purpose of the line of credit is to facilitate purchases by the United Kingdom of goods and services in the United States, to assist the United Kingdom to meet transitional post-war deficits in its current balance of payments, to help the United Kingdom to maintain adequate reserves of gold and dollars, and to assist the Government of the United Kingdom to assume the obligations of multilateral trade, as defined in this and other agreements.
4. Amortization and interest:
(i) The amount of the line of credit drawn by December 31, 1951, shall be repaid in 50 annual installments beginning on December 31, 1951, with interest at the rate of 2 percent per annum. Interest for the year 1951 shall be computed on the amount outstanding on December 31, 1951, and for each year thereafter, interest shall be computed on the amount outstanding on January 1 of each such year.
Forty-nine annual installments of principal repayments and interest shall be equal, calculated at the rate of $31,823,000 for each $1,000,000,000 of the line of credit drawn by December 31, 1951, and the fiftieth installment shall be at the rate of $31,840,736.65 for each such $1,000,000,000. Each installment shall consist of the full amount of the interest due and the remainder of the installment shall be the principal to be repaid in that year. Payments required by this section are subject to the provisions of section 5.
(ii) The Government of the United Kingdom may accelerate repayment of the amount drawn under this line of credit.
5. Deferment of annual installments.
(i) In any calendar year after December 31, 1956, in which the Government of the United Kingdom advises the Government of the United States that it finds that a deferment is necessary in view of the present and prospective conditions of international exchange and the level of its gold and foreign exchange reserves, the Government of the United Kingdom may defer the payment of the annual installment for that year of principal repayment and interest specified under Section 4. Not more than seven (7) annual installments may be so deferred. The first of any such deferred installments shall be paid on December 31, 2001, and the others shall be paid annually thereafter, in order.
(ii) In addition, the installment of interest in respect of the year 1956 is hereby deferred, in lieu of any right of waiver hitherto existing. This installment shall be paid on December 31 of the year following that in which the last of all other installments, including installments deferred under the preceding paragraph, is due.
(iii) Deferred installments shall bear interest at the rate of 2 percent per annum, payable annually on December 31 of each year following that in which deferment occurs.
(iv) Payment of deferred installments may be accelerated, in whole or in part, at the option of the Government of the United Kingdom. [Amended Mar. 6, 1957, eff. Apr. 25, 1957.]
6. Relation of this line of credit to other obligations. The Government of the United Kingdom undertakes not to defer an installment under Section 5 of this Agreement in any year, unless it also defers the installment due in that year under the Financial Agreement between the Government of Canada and the Government of the United Kingdom, dated March 6, 1946. [Amended Mar. 6, 1957, eff. Apr. 25, 1957.]
7. Sterling area exchange arrangements: The Government of the United Kingdom will complete arrangements as early as practicable and in any case not later than one year after the effective date of this Agreement, unless in exceptional cases a later date is agreed upon after consultation, under which immediately after the completion of such arrangements the sterling receipts from current transactions of all sterling area countries (apart from any receipts arising out of military expenditure by the Government of the United Kingdom prior to December 31, 1948, to the extent to which they are treated by agreement with the countries concerned on the same basis as the balances accumulated during the war) will be freely available for current transactions in any currency area without discrimination; with the result that any discrimination arising from the so-called sterling area dollar pool will be entirely removed and that each member of the sterling area will have its current sterling and dollar receipts at its free disposition for current transactions anywhere.
8. Other exchange arrangements:
(i) Government of the United Kingdom agrees that after the effective date of this Agreement it will not apply exchange controls in such a manner as to restrict (a) payments or transfers in respect of products of the United States permitted to be imported into the United Kingdom or other current transactions between the two countries or (b) the use of sterling balances to the credit of residents of the United States arising out of current transactions. Nothing in this paragraph (i) shall affect the provisions of Article VII of the Articles of Agreement of the International Monetary Fund when those Articles have come into force.
(ii) The Governments of the United States and the United Kingdom agree that not later than one year after the effective date of this Agreement, unless in exceptional cases a later date is agreed upon after consultation, they will impose no restrictions on payments and transfers for current transactions. The obligations of this paragraph (ii) shall not apply:
(a) to balances of third countries and their nationals accumulated before this paragraph (ii) becomes effective; or
(b) to restrictions imposed in conformity with the Articles of Agreement of the International Monetary Fund, provided that the Governments of the United Kingdom and the United States will not continue to invoke the provisions of Article XIV, Section 2 of those Articles after this paragraph (ii) becomes effective, unless in exceptional cases after consultation they agree otherwise; or
(c) to restrictions imposed in connection with measures designed to uncover and dispose of assets of Germany and Japan.
(iii) This section and section 9, which are in anticipation of more comprehensive arrangements by multilateral agreement, shall operate until December 31, 1951.
9. Import arrangements: If either the Government of the United States or the Government of the United Kingdom imposes or maintains quantitative import restrictions, such restrictions shall be administered on a basis which does not discriminate against imports from the other country in respect of any product; provided that this undertaking shall not apply in cases in which (a) its application would have the effect of preventing the country imposing such restrictions from utilizing, for the purchase of needed imports, inconvertible currencies accumulated up to December 31, 1946, or (b) there may be special necessity for the country imposing such restrictions to assist, by measures not involving a substantial departure from the general rule of non-discrimination, a country whose economy has been disrupted by war, or (c) either government imposes quantitative restrictions having equivalent effect to any exchange restrictions which that government is authorized to impose in conformity with Article VII of the Articles of Agreement of the International Monetary Fund. The provisions of this section shall become effective as soon as practicable but not later than December 31, 1946.
10. Accumulated sterling balances:
(i) The Government of the United Kingdom intends to make agreements with the countries concerned, varying according to the circumstances of each case, for an early settlement covering the sterling balances accumulated by sterling area and other countries prior to such settlement (together with any future receipts arising out of military expenditure by the Government of the United Kingdom to the extent to which they are treated on the same basis by agreement with the countries concerned). The settlements with the sterling area countries will be on the basis of dividing these accumulated balances into three categories (a) balances to be released at once and convertible into any currency for current transactions, (b) balances to be similarly released by installments over a period of years beginning in 1951, and (c) balances to be adjusted as a contribution to the settlement of war and postwar indebtedness and in recognition of the benefits which the countries concerned might be expected to gain from such a settlement. The Government of the United Kingdom will make every endeavor to secure the early completion of these arrangements.
(ii) In consideration of the fact that an important purpose of the present line of credit is to promote the development of multilateral trade and facilitate its early resumption on a non-discriminatory basis, the Government of the United Kingdom agrees that any sterling balances released or otherwise available for current payments will, not later than one year after the effective date of this Agreement unless in special cases a later date is agreed upon after consultation, be freely available for current transactions in any currency area without discrimination.
11. Definitions:
For the purposes of this Agreement:
(i) The term “current transactions” shall have the meaning prescribed in Article XIX (i) of the Articles of Agreement of the International Monetary Fund.
(ii) The term “sterling area” means the United Kingdom and the other territories declared by the Defence (Finance) Definition of the Sterling Area) (No. 2) Order, 1944, to be included in the sterling area, namely “the following territories excluding Canada and Newfoundland, that is to say—
(a) any Dominion,
(b) any other part of His Majesty's dominions,
(c) any territory in respect of which a mandate on behalf of the League of Nations has been accepted by His Majesty and is being exercised by His Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom or in any Dominion,
(d) any British protectorate or protected State,
(e) Egypt, the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan and Iraq.
(f) Iceland and the Faroe Islands.”
12. Consultation on Agreement: Either government shall be entitled to approach the other for a reconsideration of any of the provisions of this Agreement, if in its opinion the prevailing conditions of international exchange justify such reconsideration, with a view to agreeing upon modifications for presentation to their respective legislatures.
Signed in duplicate at Washington, District of Columbia this 6th day of December, 1945.
For the Government of the United States of America:
Fred M. Vinson,
Secretary of the Treasury
of the United States of America.
For the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland:
Halifax.
For the purpose of carrying out the agreement dated December 6, 1945, between the United States and the United Kingdom, the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to use as a public-debt transaction not to exceed $3,750,000,000 of the proceeds of any securities issued after July 15, 1946, under chapter 31 of title 31, and the purposes for which securities may be issued under that chapter are extended to include such purpose. Payments to the United Kingdom under this section and section 286l of this title and pursuant to the agreement and repayments thereof shall be treated as public-debt transactions of the United States. Payments of interest to the United States under the agreement shall be covered into the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts.
(July 15, 1946, ch. 577, §2, 60 Stat. 535.)
Agreement dated December 6, 1945, between the United States and the United Kingdom, referred to in text, is set out as a note under section 286l of this title.
“Chapter 31 of title 31” and “that chapter” substituted in text for “the Second Liberty Bond Act, as amended” and “that Act”, respectively, on authority of Pub. L. 97–258, §4(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, the first section of which enacted Title 31, Money and Finance.
Section was not enacted as a part of act July 31, 1945, ch. 339, 59 Stat. 512, known as the Bretton Woods Agreement Act, which comprises this subchapter.
The President is hereby authorized (a) to accept the amendment to the articles of agreement of the International Monetary Fund (hereinafter referred to as the “Fund”), attached to the April 1968 report by the Executive Directors to the Board of Governors of the Fund, for the purpose of (i) establishing a facility based on Special Drawing Rights in the Fund and (ii) giving effect to certain modifications in the present rules and practices of the Fund, and (b) to participate in the special drawing account established by the amendment.
(Pub. L. 90–349, §2, June 19, 1968, 82 Stat. 188.)
Section was not enacted as part of act July 31, 1945, ch. 339, 59 Stat. 512, known as the Bretton Woods Agreement Act, which comprises this subchapter.
Section 1 of Pub. L. 90–349 provided: “That this Act [enacting this section and sections 286o to 286r of this title and amending sections 412, 415, 417, and 467 of Title 12, Banks and Banking] may be cited as the ‘Special Drawing Rights Act’.”
Special Drawing Rights allocated to the United States pursuant to article XVIII of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund, and Special Drawing Rights otherwise acquired by the United States, shall be credited to the account of, and administered as part of, the Exchange Stabilization Fund established by section 5302 of title 31.
The proceeds resulting from the use of Special Drawing Rights by the United States, and payments of interest to the United States pursuant to article XX, article XXIV, and article XXV of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund, shall be deposited in the Exchange Stabilization Fund. Currency payments by the United States in return for Special Drawing Rights, and payments of charges or assessments pursuant to article XX, article XXIV, and article XXV of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund, shall be made from the resources of the Exchange Stabilization Fund.
(Pub. L. 90–349, §3, June 19, 1968, 82 Stat. 188; Pub. L. 94–564, §5(1), (2), Oct. 19, 1976, 90 Stat. 2661.)
In subsec. (a), “section 5302 of title 31” substituted for “section 10 of the Gold Reserve Act of 1934, as amended (31 U.S.C. 822a)” on authority of Pub. L. 97–258, §4(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, the first section of which enacted Title 31, Money and Finance.
Section was not enacted as part of act July 31, 1945, ch. 339, 59 Stat. 512, known as the Bretton Woods Agreement Act, which comprises this subchapter.
1976—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 94–564, §5(1), substituted “article XVIII” for “article XXIV”.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 94–564, §5(2), substituted “article XX, article XXIV, and XXV” for “article XXVI, article XXX, and article XXXI” wherever appearing.
Amendment effective Apr. 1, 1978, see section 9 of Pub. L. 94–564, set out as a note under section 286a of this title.
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to issue to the Federal Reserve banks, and such banks shall purchase, Special Drawing Right certificates in such form and in such denominations as he may determine, against any Special Drawing Rights held to the credit of the Exchange Stabilization Fund. Such certificates shall be issued and remain outstanding only for the purpose of financing the acquisition of Special Drawing Rights or for financing exchange stabilization operations. The amount of Special Drawing Right certificates issued and outstanding shall at no time exceed the value of the Special Drawing Rights held against the Special Drawing Right certificates. The proceeds resulting from the issuance of Special Drawing Right certificates shall be covered into the Exchange Stabilization Fund.
(b) Special Drawing Right certificates owned by the Federal Reserve banks shall be redeemed from the resources of the Exchange Stabilization Fund at such times and in such amounts as the Secretary of the Treasury may determine.
(Pub. L. 90–349, §4, June 19, 1968, 82 Stat. 188.)
Section was not enacted as part of act July 31, 1945, ch. 339, 59 Stat. 512, known as the Bretton Woods Agreement Act, which comprises this subchapter.
(a) Unless Congress by law authorizes such action, neither the President nor any person or agency shall on behalf of the United States vote to allocate in each basic period Special Drawing Rights under article XVIII, sections 2 and 3, of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund so that allocations to the United States in that period exceed an amount equal to the United States quota in the Fund as authorized under the Bretton Woods Agreements Act [22 U.S.C. 286 et seq.].
(b)(1) Neither the President nor any person or agency shall on behalf of the United States vote to allocate Special Drawing Rights under article XVIII, sections 2 and 3, of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund without consultations by the Secretary of the Treasury at least 90 days prior to any such vote, with the Chairman and ranking minority members of the Committee on Foreign Relations and the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives, and the appropriate subcommittees thereof.
(2) Such consultations shall include an explanation of the consistency of such proposal to allocate with the requirements of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund, in particular the requirement that in all its decisions with respect to allocation of Special Drawing Rights, the Fund shall “seek to meet the long-term global need, as and when it arises, to supplement existing reserve assets in such manner as will promote the attainment of its purposes and will avoid economic stagnation and deflation as well as excess demand and inflation in the world”.
(Pub. L. 90–349, §6, June 19, 1968, 82 Stat. 189; Pub. L. 91–599, ch. 1, §2, Dec. 30, 1970, 84 Stat. 1657; Pub. L. 94–564, §5(3), Oct. 19, 1976, 90 Stat. 2661; Pub. L. 98–181, title VIII, §803, Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1270.)
The Bretton Woods Agreements Act, referred to in subsec. (a), is act July 31, 1945, ch. 339, 59 Stat. 512, as amended, which is classified principally to this subchapter (§286 et seq.). For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 286 of this title and Tables.
Section was not enacted as part of act July 31, 1945, ch. 339, 59 Stat. 512, known as the Bretton Woods Agreement Act, which comprises this subchapter.
1983—Pub. L. 98–181 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and added subsec. (b).
1976—Pub. L. 94–564 substituted “article XVIII” for “article XXIV”.
1970—Pub. L. 91–599 inserted “in each basic period” after “vote to allocate” and substituted “allocations to the United States in that period exceed an amount equal to the United States quota in the Fund as authorized under the Bretton Woods Agreements Act” for “net cumulative allocations to the United States exceed an amount equal to the United States quota in the Fund as heretofore authorized under the Bretton Woods Agreements Act of 1945, as amended”.
Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
Amendment effective Apr. 1, 1978, see section 9 of Pub. L. 94–564, set out as a note under section 286a of this title.
The provisions of article XXI(b) of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund shall have full force and effect in the United States and its territories and possessions when the United States becomes a participant in the special drawing account.
(Pub. L. 90–349, §7, June 19, 1968, 82 Stat. 189; Pub. L. 94–564, §5(4), Oct. 19, 1976, 90 Stat. 2661.)
Section was not enacted as part of act July 31, 1945, ch. 339, 59 Stat. 512, known as the Bretton Woods Agreement Act, which comprises this subchapter.
1976—Pub. L. 94–564 substituted “article XXI(b)” for “article XXVII(b)”.
Amendment effective Apr. 1, 1978, see section 9 of Pub. L. 94–564, set out as a note under section 286a of this title.
The President shall instruct the Secretary of the Treasury, the Secretary of State, and other appropriate Federal officials to use all appropriate means to encourage countries, in formulating economic adjustment programs to deal with their balance of payments difficulties, to design those programs so as to safeguard, to the maximum feasible extent, jobs, investment, real per capita income, policies to reduce the gap in wealth between rich and poor, and social programs such as health, housing, and education.
To ensure the effectiveness of economic adjustment programs supported by Fund resources and the reinforcement of those programs by longer term efforts to promote sustained growth and improved living conditions—
(1) United States representatives to the Fund shall recommend and shall work for changes in Fund guidelines, policies, and decisions that would—
(A) permit stand-by arrangements to be extended beyond three years, as necessary to enable Fund members to implement their economic adjustment programs successfully;
(B) provide that in approving any economic adjustment program the Fund shall take into account the effect such program will have on jobs, investment, real per capita income, the gap in wealth between the rich and poor, and social programs such as health, housing, and education, in order to seek to minimize the adverse impact of those adjustment programs on basic human needs; and
(C) provide that letters of intent submitted to the Fund in support of an economic adjustment program reflect that the member country has taken into account the effect such program will have on the factors listed in subparagraph (B);
(2)(A) before voting on the approval of any standby arrangement with respect to any economic adjustment program, the United States Executive Director shall review—
(i) any analysis of factors prepared by the Fund or the member country in accordance with subparagraphs (B) and (C) of paragraph (1), or
(ii) if no such analysis is prepared and available for such review, an analysis which shall be prepared by the United States Governor of the Fund which examines the effect of the program on the factors listed in subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1); and
(B) the United States Executive Director of the Fund shall take into account the analysis reviewed pursuant to subparagraph (A) of this paragraph in voting on approval of that standby arrangement;
(3) United States representatives to the Fund, to the Bank, and to other appropriate institutions shall work toward improving coordination among these institutions and, in particular, shall work toward formulation of programs in association with economic adjustment programs supported by Fund resources which (A) will, among other things, promote employment, investment, real income per capita, improvements in income distribution, and the objectives of social programs such as health, housing, and education, and (B) will, to the maximum extent feasible and consistent with the borrowing country's need to improve its balance of payments position within a reasonable period, ameliorate any adverse effects of economic adjustment programs on the poor;
(4) United States representatives to the Fund and the Bank shall seek amendments to decisions on policies on the use of Fund and Bank resources to provide that, where countries are seeking Extended Fund Facility or upper credit tranche drawings from the Fund and are eligible to receive financing from the Bank, the Fund and Bank will coordinate their financing activities in order—
(A) to take into account the effects of economic adjustment programs on the areas listed in clause (A) of paragraph (3),
(B) to provide, to the extent feasible, Bank project loans designed to safeguard and further basic human needs in countries adopting economic adjustment programs supported by Fund resources, and
(C) to provide, as appropriate, Bank financing for programs of structural adjustment that will facilitate development of a productive economic base and greater attainment of basic human needs objectives over the longer term; and
(5) United States representatives to the Fund and the Bank shall request the Fund and the Bank to provide periodic analyses of the effects of economic adjustment programs supported by Fund or Bank financing on jobs, investment, real income per capita, income distribution, and social programs such as health, housing, and education.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §33, as added Pub. L. 96–389, §2(a), Oct. 7, 1980, 94 Stat. 1551; amended Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(d)(1), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2518.)
1989—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 101–240 struck out subsec. (c) which required inclusion of statement detailing progress made in carrying out subsecs. (a) and (b) requirements in Council's annual report to Congress.
Section 12 of Pub. L. 96–389 provided that: “This Act [enacting this section and sections 286e–1g and 286t to 286x of this title, amending sections 286e–1g, 286e–8, and 286e–9 of this title and section 27 of former Title 31, Money and Finance, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 286a and 286t of this title and section 822a of former Title 31] shall take effect on its date of enactment [Oct. 7, 1980], except that funds may not be appropriated under any authorization contained in this Act for any period prior to October 1, 1980.”
Section, act July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §34, as added Oct. 7, 1980, Pub. L. 96–389, §4(b), 94 Stat. 1553, directed the Secretary of the Treasury, in cooperation with the United States Director of the Fund, to study and report to Congress prior to May 15, 1981, with respect to adequacy of Fund resources and method of increasing Fund liquidity, promotion of more direct recycling of oil surpluses, and methods of providing adequate resources for balance-of-payments financing.
Section 4(a) of Pub. L. 96–389 provided that: “It is the sense of the Congress that (1) the interests of the United States and those of other member countries require an effective International Monetary Fund equipped with resources adequate to facilitate orderly balance-of-payments adjustments; (2) persistent balance-of-payments surpluses in oil exporting countries have placed, and will continue to place, severe strains on the resources of oil importing countries and on the liquidity of the Fund; (3) these strains can only be relieved if the oil exporting countries assume a greater burden for financing balance-of-payments deficits through direct methods of recycling their surpluses and through proportionally greater contributions to the Fund and to the international lending institutions; and (4) the Fund must explore innovative proposals to encourage more direct recycling of oil surpluses and to increase its own liquidity.”
It is the sense of the Congress that the Secretary of the Treasury and the United States Executive Director of the Fund shall encourage member countries of the Fund to negotiate a dollar-Special Drawing Rights substitution account in which equitable burden sharing would exist among participants in the account.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §35, as added Pub. L. 96–389, §4(b), Oct. 7, 1980, 94 Stat. 1554; amended Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1371(a)(2), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 746.)
1981—Pub. L. 97–35 struck out reporting requirement on progress toward achieving account.
Amendment by Pub. L. 97–35 effective Aug. 13, 1981, see section 1372 of Pub. L. 97–35, set out as an Effective Date note under section 290i of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–389 effective Oct. 7, 1980, see section 12 of Pub. L. 96–389, set out as a note under section 286s of this title.
It is the sense of the Congress that it is the policy of the United States that Taiwan (before January 1, 1979, known as the Republic of China) shall be granted appropriate membership in the Fund and that the United States Executive Director of the Fund shall so notify the Fund.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §36, as added Pub. L. 96–389, §6, Oct. 7, 1980, 94 Stat. 1554.)
Section effective Oct. 7, 1980, see section 12 of Pub. L. 96–389, set out as a note under section 286s of this title.
It is the policy of the United States that the Palestine Liberation Organization should not be given membership in the Fund or be given observer status or any other official status at any meeting sponsored by or associated with the Fund. The United States Executive Director of the Fund shall promptly notify the Fund of such policy.
In the event that the Fund provides either membership, observer status, or any other official status to the Palestine Liberation Organization, such action would result in a serious diminution of United States support. Upon review of such action, the President would be required to report his recommendations to the Congress with regard to any further United States participation in the Fund.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §37, as added Pub. L. 96–389, §7, Oct. 7, 1980, 94 Stat. 1554.)
Section effective Oct. 7, 1980, see section 12 of Pub. L. 96–389, set out as a note under section 286s of this title.
It is the sense of the Congress that in providing assistance through loans or other means to any nation, in particular El Salvador and Nicaragua, the Fund and the Bank should encourage programs which assist the private sector to create an environment which will stabilize the economy of the nation; and that the United States representatives to the Fund and the Bank shall promote the use of assistance by the Fund and the Bank to encourage such programs.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §38, as added Pub. L. 96–389, §8, Oct. 7, 1980, 94 Stat. 1554.)
Section effective Oct. 7, 1980, see section 12 of Pub. L. 96–389, set out as a note under section 286s of this title.
(a) In order to help assure that the resources provided under section 286e–1i of this title are used to support pro-growth policies which will help establish the economic conditions necessary for more appropriate financial and exchange rate alignment and stability, it is the sense of Congress that the Secretary of the Treasury shall—
(1) in consultation with the Secretary of State and the United States Trade Representative, initiate discussions with other countries regarding the economic dislocations which result from structural exchange rate imbalances; and
(2) instruct the United States Executive Director of the Fund to work for adoption of policies in the Fund, both within the framework of article IV (of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund) consultations and with respect to the conditions associated with Fund-supported balance of payments adjustments programs, which promote conditions contributing to the stability of exchange rates and avoid the manipulation of exchange rates between major currencies. Among other initiatives, the Secretary of the Treasury shall propose strengthening the article IV consultation procedures of the Fund to attempt to ensure that countries which are artificially maintaining undervalued or overvalued rates of exchange agree to adopt market determined exchange rates.
(b) In determining his vote on extensions of assistance to any Fund borrower, the United States Executive Director of the Fund shall take into account whether such borrower's policies are consistent with the requirements of article IV of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §40, as added Pub. L. 98–181, title VIII, §801, Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1267.)
It is the sense of the Congress that—
(1) the lack of sufficient information currently available to allow members of the Fund to make sound and prudent decisions concerning their public and private sector international borrowing, and to allow lenders to make sound and prudent decisions concerning their international lending, threatens the stability of the international monetary system; and
(2) in recognition of the Fund's duties, as provided particularly by article VIII of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund, to act as a center for the collection and exchange of information on monetary and financial problems, the Fund should adopt necessary and appropriate measures to ensure that more complete and timely financial information will be available.
To this end, the Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the Fund to initiate discussions with other directors of the Fund and with Fund management, and to propose and vote for, the adoption of procedures, within the Fund—
(1) to collect and disseminate information, on a quarterly basis, from and to Fund members, and to such other persons as the Fund deems appropriate, concerning—
(A) the extension of credit by banks or nonbanks to private and public entities, including all government entities, instrumentalities, and central banks of member countries; and
(B) the receipt of such credit by those private and public entities of member countries, where such banks or nonbanks are not principally established within the borders of the member country to which the credits are extended; and
(2) to disseminate publicly information which is developed in the course of the Fund's collection, and to review and comment on efforts which the Fund determines would serve to enhance the informational base upon which international borrowing and lending decisions are taken.
For purposes of this section, the term “credit” includes—
(1) outstanding loans to private and public entities, including government entities, instrumentalities, and central banks of any member, and
(2) unused lines of credit which have been made available to those private and public entities of any member,
where such loans or lines of credit are repayable in freely convertible currency.
The President is authorized to use the authority provided under section 286f of this title to require any person (as defined in such section) subject to the jurisdiction of the United States to provide such information as the Fund determines to be necessary in order to carry out the provisions of this section.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §42, as added Pub. L. 98–181, title VIII, §802(a)(4), Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1269.)
The Congress hereby finds that Communist dictatorships result in severe constraints on labor and capital mobility and other highly inefficient labor and capital supply rigidities which contribute to balance of payments deficits in direct contradiction of the goals of the International Monetary Fund. Therefore, the Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the Fund to actively oppose any facility involving use of Fund credit by any Communist dictatorship, unless the Secretary of the Treasury certifies and documents in writing upon request and so notifies and appears, if requested, before the Foreign Relations and Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs Committees of the Senate and the Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs Committee of the House of Representatives, at least twenty-one days in advance of any vote on such drawing that such drawing—
(1) provides the basis for correcting the balance of payments difficulties and restoring a sustainable balance of payments position;
(2) would reduce the severe constraints on labor and capital mobility or other highly inefficient labor and capital supply rigidities and advances market-oriented forces in that country; and
(3) is in the best economic interest of the majority of the people in that country.
Should the Secretary not meet a request to appear before the aforementioned committees at least twenty-one days in advance of any vote on any facility involving use of Fund credit by any communist dictatorship and certify and document in writing that these three conditions have been met, the United States Executive Director shall vote against such program.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §43, as added Pub. L. 98–181, title VIII, §804, Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1270; amended Pub. L. 103–149, §4(b)(6), Nov. 23, 1993, 107 Stat. 1505.)
1993—Pub. L. 103–149 struck out “(a)” before “The Congress” and struck out subsec. (b) which related to use of International Monetary Fund credit by any country which practices apartheid.
Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the Fund to propose and work for the adoption of a policy encouraging Fund members to eliminate all predatory agricultural export subsidies which might result in the reduction of other member countries’ exports.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §44, as added Pub. L. 98–181, title VIII, §805, Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1271.)
(1) The President shall instruct the Secretary of the Treasury, the Secretary of State, and other appropriate Federal officials, and shall request the Chairman of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, to use all appropriate means to encourage countries to formulate economic adjustment programs to deal with their balance of payment difficulties and external debt owed to private banks.
(2) Such economic adjustment programs should be designed to safeguard, to the maximum extent feasible, international economic growth, world trade, employment, and the long-term solvency of banks, and to minimize the likelihood of civil disturbances in countries needing economic adjustment programs.
To ensure the effectiveness of economic adjustment programs supported by Fund resources—
(1) the United States Executive Director of the Fund shall recommend and shall work for changes in Fund guidelines, policies, and decisions which would—
(A) convert short-term bank debt which was made at high interest rates into long-term debt at lower rates of interest;
(B) assure that the annual external debt service, which shall include principal, interest, points, fees, and other charges required of the country involved, is a manageable and prudent percentage of the projected annual export earnings of such country; and
(C) provide that in approving any economic adjustment program the Fund shall take into account the number of countries applying to the Fund for economic adjustment programs and the aggregate effects that such programs will have on international economic growth, world trade, exports and employment of other member countries, and the long-term solvency of banks; and
(2) except as provided in subsection (c) of this section, the United States Executive Director of the Fund shall oppose and vote against providing assistance from the Fund for any economic adjustment program for a country in which the annual external debt service exceeds 85 per centum of the annual export earnings of such country, unless the Secretary of the Treasury first determines and provides written documentation to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate and the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives that—
(A) the economic adjustment program converts high interest rate, short-term bank debt into long-term debt at significantly narrower interest rate spreads than the average interest rate spreads prevailing on bank debt reschedulings negotiated between August 1982 and August 1983 for countries receiving assistance from the Fund for economic adjustment programs in order to minimize the burdens of adjustment on the debtor nation, provided that such interest rate spreads are consistent with that nation's need to obtain adequate external private financing;
(B) the annual external debt service required of the country involved is a manageable and prudent percentage of the projected annual export earnings of such country; and
(C) the economic adjustment program will not have an adverse impact on international economic growth, world trade, exports, and employment of other member countries, and the long-term solvency of banks.
The provisions of subsection (b)(2) of this section shall not apply in any case in which the Secretary of the Treasury first determines and provides written documentation to the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate and the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives that—
(1) an emergency exists in a nation that has applied to the Fund for assistance that requires an immediate short-term loan to avoid disrupting orderly financial markets;
(2) a sudden decrease in export earnings in the country applying to the Fund for assistance has increased the ratio of annual external debt service to annual export earnings, to greater than 85 per centum for a period projected to be no more than one year; or
(3) other extraordinary circumstances exist which warrant waiving the provisions of subsection (b)(2) of this section.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §45, as added Pub. L. 98–181, title VIII, §806, Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1272.)
Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the Fund—
(1) to oppose and vote against any Fund drawing by a member country where, in his judgment, the Fund resources would be drawn principally for the purpose of repaying loans which have been imprudently made by banking institutions to the member country; and
(2) to work to insure that the Fund encourages borrowing countries and banking institutions to negotiate, where appropriate, a rescheduling of debt which is consistent with safe and sound banking practices and the country's ability to pay.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §46, as added Pub. L. 98–181, title VIII, §807, Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1273.)
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the Fund to propose that the Fund adopt the following policies with respect to international lending:
(1) In its consultations with a member government on its economic policies pursuant to article IV of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund, the Fund should—
(A) intensify its examination of the trend and volume of external indebtedness of private and public borrowers in the member country and comment, as appropriate, in its report to the Executive Board from the viewpoint of the contribution of such borrowings to the economic stability of the borrower; and
(B) consider to what extent and in what form these comments might be made available to the international banking community and the public.
(2) As part of any Fund-approved stabilization program, the Fund should give consideration to placing limits on public sector external short- and long-term borrowing.
(3) As a part of its annual report, and at such times as it may consider desirable, the Fund should publish its evaluation of the trend and volume of international lending as it affects the economic situation of lenders, borrowers, and the smooth functioning of the international monetary system.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §47, as added Pub. L. 98–181, title VIII, §809, Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1274.)
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the Fund to propose and work for the adoption of Fund policies regarding the rate of remuneration paid on use of member's quota subscriptions and the rate of charges on Fund drawings to bring those rates in line with market rates.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §48, as added Pub. L. 98–181, title VIII, §810, Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1274.)
(1) The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of each of the multilateral development banks (in this section referred to as the “banks”) and of the Fund to initiate a wide consultation with the Managing Director of each of the banks and of the Fund and the other directors of the banks and of the Fund with regard to the development of financial assistance policies which, to the maximum feasible extent—
(A) reduce obstacles to and restrictions upon international trade and investment in goods and services;
(B) eliminate unfair trade and investment practices; and
(C) promote mutually advantageous economic relations.
(2) The Secretary of the Treasury shall work closely in this effort with the Trade Policy Committee.
(3) As part of this effort, the Secretary of the Treasury shall also instruct the United States Executive Director of each of the banks and of the Fund to encourage close cooperation between their staff and the Secretariat of the World Trade Organization (as the term “World Trade Organization” is defined in section 3501(8) of title 19).
(1) The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of each of the banks and of the Fund, prior to the extension to any country of financial assistance by the banks and by the Fund, to work to have the banks and the Fund obtain the agreement of such country to eliminate, in a manner consistent with its balance of payments adjustment program, unfair trade and investment practices with respect to goods and services which the United States Trade Representative, after consultation with the Trade Policy Committee, has determined to have a significant deleterious effect on the international trading system.
(2) Such practices include—
(A) the provision of predatory export subsidies, employed in connection with the exporting of agricultural commodities and products thereof to foreign countries;
(B) the provision of other export subsidies, such as government subsidized below-market interest rate financing for commodities or manufactured goods;
(C) unreasonable import restrictions;
(D) the imposition of trade-related performance requirements on foreign investment; and
(E) practices which are inconsistent with international agreements.
(1) In determining the United States position on requests for loans or periodic drawing under bank and Fund programs, the Secretary of the Treasury shall take full account of the progress countries have made in achieving targets for eliminating or phasing out the practices referred to in subsection (b) of this section.
(2) In the event that the United States supports a request for loans or drawing by a country that has not achieved the bank and Fund targets relating to such practices specified in its program, the Secretary of the Treasury shall report to the appropriate committees of the Congress the reasons for the United States position.
For purposes of this section, the term “multilateral development banks” means the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Inter-American Development Bank, the African Development Bank, and the Asian Development Bank.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §49, as added Pub. L. 98–181, title VIII, §812, Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1275; amended Pub. L. 99–500, §101(f) [title V, §555], Oct. 18, 1986, 100 Stat. 1783–213, 1783–240, and Pub. L. 99–591, §101(f) [title V, §555], Oct. 30, 1986, 100 Stat. 3341–214, 3341–240; Pub. L. 106–36, title I, §1002(c), June 25, 1999, 113 Stat. 133.)
Pub. L. 99–591 is a corrected version of Pub. L. 99–500.
1999—Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 106–36 substituted “Secretariat of the World Trade Organization (as the term ‘World Trade Organization’ is defined in section 3501(8) of title 19)” for “GATT Secretariat”.
1986—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 99–500 and Pub. L. 99–591, §101(f) [title V, §555(b)], inserted “each of the multilateral development banks (in this section referred to as the ‘banks’) and of”, “each of the banks and of”, and “banks and of the”, and substituted “development of financial” for “development of Fund financial”.
Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 99–500 and Pub. L. 99–591, §101(f) [title V, §555(c)], inserted “each of the banks and of” and substituted “their staff” for “Fund staff”.
Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 99–500 and Pub. L. 99–591, §101(f) [title V, §555(d)], inserted “each of the banks and of”, “the banks and by”, and “the banks and”.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 99–500 and Pub. L. 99–591, §101(f) [title V, §555(e), (f)], inserted “bank and” and “loans or” in pars. (1) and (2).
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 99–500 and Pub. L. 99–591, §101(f) [title V, §555(a)], added subsec. (d).
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development to initiate discussions with other directors of such bank and to advocate and support the facilitation of voluntary market-based programs for the reduction of sovereign debt and the promotion of sustainable economic development, which, if implemented, would—
(1) not require any organization or government to participate in such a program;
(2) result in debt reduction for each participating country tailored to the particular situation of each country;
(3) provide assistance to participating countries conditioned on the implementation of economic reforms, and the preservation of economic reforms previously implemented, by the country that are consistent with the principles of sustainable development;
(4) encourage participating countries to make economic adjustments steadily and over a period of time in order to achieve policy reform;
(5) use debt reduction techniques that would not compensate commercial banks for the reduction in the value of such debt, but would serve as a catalyst for new lending;
(6) involve such bank in lending for purposes of debt reduction and conversion only where such involvement would not lower the credit rating of such bank;
(7) not require public sector funding beyond that provided through any capital increase for such bank, and any replenishment for the International Development Association, which is agreed to by the member countries of such institutions; and
(8) accomplish debt reduction, not as an end, but as a means to greater growth and investment in, and the restoration of voluntary private lending to, participating countries for environmentally and economically sustainable development.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development to initiate discussions with other directors of such bank and to propose that policy based loans be made by such bank for, among other reasons, facilitating a reduction in the debt service burden of any country which is participating in a voluntary market-based program for debt reduction described in subsection (c) of this section.
In connection with the discussions initiated pursuant to subsection (b) of this section, the Secretary shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development to propose that a country be considered to be participating in a voluntary market-based program of debt reduction for purposes of subsection (b) of this section if the creditors of such country agree to significantly reduce the debt service of such country through forgiveness of a percentage of the interest owed by such country on any sovereign debt or through any other means.
Not later than March 1, 1989, March 1, 1991, and March 1, 1993, respectively, the Secretary of the Treasury shall submit to the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate 3 reports each of which—
(1) describes the long term strategy and lending programs of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development for reducing and managing the debt burden of the countries designated as “Highly Indebted Countries” in the 1987–1988 World Debt Tables published by such bank, and summarize the long term strategy and lending programs of such bank for other seriously indebted countries;
(2) contains an explanation of the measures taken by such bank to facilitate the reduction of the debt burden of the countries designated as “Highly Indebted Countries” in the 1987–1988 World Debt tables 1 published by such bank;
(3) describes the extent (if any) to which such bank has implemented the measures described in subsections (b) and (c) of this section; and
(4) describes the success each of such countries has had in managing and reducing their debt burdens and achieving sustainable and equitable economic growth as measured by criteria including the ratio of debt service to exports, the ratio of debt to gross national product, net resource flows, and per capita income.
On receipt of each report required to be submitted pursuant to subsection (d) of this section, and after consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives shall forward such report to the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives with an assessment by the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs describing the effect on the international debt situation of funding the subscription of the United States to the shares of capital stock of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development due for payment by the United States in the then next fiscal year.
(Pub. L. 100–461, title V, §555, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2268–36; Pub. L. 111–203, title IX, §939(f), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1886.)
Pub. L. 111–203, title IX, §939(f), (g), July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 1886, 1887, provided that, effective 2 years after July 21, 2010, subsection (a)(6) of this section is amended by striking “credit rating” and inserting “credit-worthiness”.
Section is based on section 3 of H.R. 4645, One Hundredth Congress, as reported Sept. 28, 1988, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–461.
Section was not enacted as part of act July 31, 1945, ch. 339, 59 Stat. 512, known as the Bretton Woods Agreements Act, which comprises this subchapter.
Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
Amendment by Pub. L. 111–203 effective 2 years after July 21, 2010, see section 939(g) of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as a note under section 24a of Title 12, Banks and Banking.
1 So in original. Probably should be capitalized.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall—
(1) take all necessary steps to encourage the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development to limit—
(A) the aggregate value of the policy based loans made by such bank (other than for the purpose described in section 286hh(b) of this title) in any fiscal year of such bank beginning after June 30, 1989, to 25 percent of the aggregate value of all loans made by such bank in such fiscal year; and
(B) the aggregate value of the policy based loans made by such bank to the government of a particular country (other than for the purpose described in section 286hh(b) of this title) in any fiscal year of such bank beginning after June 30, 1989, and occurring during any period of 3 consecutive fiscal years of such bank (determined after disregarding any such fiscal year in which such bank did not make a policy based loan to such government), to 50 percent of the aggregate value of all loans made by such bank to such government during such 3-year period;
(2) instruct the United States Executive Director of such bank to propose and actively seek the adoption by the board of Executive Directors of such bank of a resolution establishing as official bank operating policy for fiscal years 1990 through 1995 of such bank the limits specified in paragraph (1); and
(3) until the resolution described in paragraph (2) is adopted, undertake, in consultation with the Secretary of State, discussions with other member country governments to secure the consent and cooperation of such governments with respect to the adoption of the limits specified in paragraph (1).
(Pub. L. 100–461, title V, §555, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2268–36.)
Section is based on section 4 of H.R. 4645, One Hundredth Congress, as reported Sept. 28, 1988, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–461.
Section was not enacted as part of act July 31, 1945, ch. 339, 59 Stat. 512, known as the Bretton Woods Agreements Act, which comprises this subchapter.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development to initiate discussions with other directors of such bank and to propose that such bank establish criteria under which such bank would provide partial guarantees on debt service payments by borrower countries to private creditors when such guarantees would serve a catalytic role in facilitating final agreement on financing packages which involve significant debt reduction.
(Pub. L. 100–461, title V, §555, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2268–36.)
Section is based on section 5 of H.R. 4645, One Hundredth Congress, as reported Sept. 28, 1988, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–461.
Section was not enacted as part of act July 31, 1945, ch. 339, 59 Stat. 512, known as the Bretton Woods Agreements Act, which comprises this subchapter.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the Fund to seek policy changes by the Fund, through formal initiatives and through bilateral discussions, which will result in—
(1) the initiation of a systematic review of policy prescriptions implemented by the Fund, for the purpose of determining whether the Fund's objectives were met and the social and environmental impacts of such policy prescriptions; and
(2) the establishment of procedures which ensure the inclusion, in future economic reform programs approved by the Fund, of policy options which eliminate or reduce the potential adverse impact on the well-being of the poor or the environment resulting from such programs.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §55, as added Pub. L. 101–240, title III, §302, Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2500.)
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director of the Fund to promote regularly and vigorously in program discussions and quota increase negotiations the following proposals:
(A)(i) Considerations of poverty alleviation and the reduction of barriers to economic and social progress should be incorporated into all Fund programs and all consultations under article IV of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund.
(ii) Preparation of Policy Framework Papers should be extended to all nations which have Fund programs and active Bank or International Development Association lending programs, and existence of a Policy Framework Paper should be a precondition for new lending to such nations by the Fund.
(iii) All Policy Framework Papers should articulate the principal poverty, economic, and social measures that the borrowing nation needs to address, and this portion of the Policy Framework Paper (or a summary thereof that includes specific measures and timing) should be made available when the Policy Framework Paper is submitted to the Executive Directors of the Bank and of the Fund for consideration.
(iv) In considering whether to allocate resources of the Fund to a borrower, the Fund should take into consideration the nature of the program and commitment of the borrower to address the issues referred to in clause (iii).
(v) The Fund should establish procedures to enable the Fund to cooperate with the Bank in evaluating the effectiveness of the measures referred to in clause (iii), at the levels of policy, project design, monitoring, and reporting, in the international financial institutions and in the borrowing nations.
(B)(i) The Fund should be encouraged to make further progress toward environmentally sound policies and programs.
(ii) The Fund should incorporate environmental considerations into all Fund programs, including consultations under article IV of the Articles of Agreement of the Fund.
(iii) The Fund should be encouraged to support the efforts of nations to implement systems of natural resource accounting in their national income accounts.
(iv) The Fund should be encouraged to assist and cooperate fully with the statistical research being undertaken by the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development and by the United Nations in order to facilitate development and adoption of a generally applicable system for taking account of the depletion or degradation of natural resources in national income accounts.
(v) The Fund should be encouraged to consider and implement, as appropriate, revisions in its national income reporting systems consistent with such new systems as are of general applicability.
(A) The Fund should conduct periodic audits to review systematically the policy prescriptions recommended and required by the Fund in the areas of poverty and the environment.
(B) The purposes of such audits would be—
(i) to determine whether the Fund's objectives were met; and
(ii) to evaluate the social and environmental impacts of the implementation of the policy prescriptions.
(C) Such audits would have access to all ongoing programs and activities of the Fund and the ability to review the effects of Fund-supported programs, on a country-by-country basis, with respect to poverty, economic development, and environment.
(D) Such audits should be made public as appropriate with due respect to confidentiality.
The Fund should establish procedures that ensure the focus of future economic reform programs approved by the Fund on policy options that increase the productive participation of the poor in the economy.
(A) The Fund should establish procedures for public access to information.
(B) Such procedures shall seek to ensure access of the public to information while paying due regard to appropriate confidentiality.
(C) Policy Framework Papers and the supporting documents prepared by the Fund's mission to a country are examples of documents that should be made public at an appropriate time and in appropriate ways.
Each annual report of the National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Policies shall describe the following:
(1) The actions that the United States Executive Director and other officials have taken to convince the Fund to adopt the proposals set forth in subsection (a) of this section through formal initiatives before the Board and management of the Fund, through bilateral discussions with other member nations, and through any further quota increase negotiations.
(2) The status of the progress being made by the Fund in implementing the proposals set forth in subsection (a) of this section.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director to the Fund to urge the Fund—
(1) to explore ways to increase the involvement and participation of important ministries, national development experts, environmental experts, free-market experts, and other legitimate experts and representatives from the loan-recipient country in the development of Fund programs; and
(2) to report on the status of Fund efforts in this regard.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §59, as added Pub. L. 102–511, title X, §1002, Oct. 24, 1992, 106 Stat. 3357.)
The United States Executive Director of the Fund shall use the voice and vote of the United States to urge the Fund, in consultation with the Bank, to continue to develop an economic methodology to measure the level of military spending by each developing country.
No later than 1 year after October 24, 1992, the Secretary of the Treasury shall submit to the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate a report on the status of the development by the Fund of a workable economic methodology to measure military spending by developing countries.
The United States Executive Director of the Fund shall use the voice and vote of the United States to urge the Fund, beginning with 1994, to provide the Executive Board of the Fund with annual reports stating the estimate by the Fund of the level of military spending by each developing country in the immediately preceding calendar year (or, with respect to developing countries whose fiscal years are not calendar years, in the most recently completed fiscal year of the developing country), not later than the date of the annual fall Interim and Development Committee meetings.
The United States Executive Director of the Fund shall use the voice and vote of the United States to urge the Fund, beginning no later than the date of the first report provided as described in subsection (b) of this section, to include in every article IV consultation with a developing country an analysis of the level of military spending by the developing country in the immediately preceding calendar year (or, with respect to developing countries whose fiscal years are not calendar years, in the most recently completed fiscal year of the developing country).
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §60, as added Pub. L. 102–511, title X, §1003, Oct. 24, 1992, 106 Stat. 3359.)
Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
For the purpose of mobilizing the resources of the Fund in order to help reduce poverty and improve the lives of residents of poor countries and, in particular, to allow those poor countries with unsustainable debt burdens to receive deeper, broader, and faster debt relief, without allowing gold to reach the open market or otherwise adversely affecting the market price of gold, the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to instruct the United States Executive Director of the Fund to vote—
(1) to approve an arrangement whereby the Fund—
(A) sells a quantity of its gold at prevailing market prices to a member or members in nonpublic transactions sufficient to generate 2.226 billion Special Drawing Rights in profits on such sales;
(B) immediately after, and in conjunction with each such sale, accepts payment by such member or members of such gold to satisfy existing repurchase obligations of such member or members so that the Fund retains ownership of the gold at the conclusion of such payment; and
(C) uses the earnings on the investment of the profits of such sales through a separate subaccount, only for the purpose of providing debt relief from the Fund under the modified Heavily Indebted Poor Countries (HIPC) Initiative (as defined in section 262p–6 of this title); and
(2) to support a decision that shall terminate the Special Contingency Account 2 (SCA–2) of the Fund so that the funds in the SCA–2 shall be made available to the poorest countries. Any funds attributable to the United States participation in SCA–2 shall be used only for debt relief from the Fund under the modified HIPC Initiative.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §62, as added Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(5) [title V, §503(a)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–316; amended Pub. L. 106–429, §101(a) [title VIII, §801(a)], Nov. 6, 2000, 114 Stat. 1900, 1900A–64.)
2000—Par. (1)(B), (D). Pub. L. 106–429 inserted “and” at end of subpar. (B) and struck out subpar. (D) which read as follows: “shall not use more than 9/14 of the earnings on the investment of the profits of such sales; and”.
Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(5) [title V, §503(b)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–316, provided that: “Within 15 days after the United States Executive Director casts the votes necessary to carry out the instruction described in section 62 of the Bretton Woods Agreements Act [22 U.S.C. 286nn], the Secretary of the Treasury shall certify to the Congress that neither the profits nor the earnings on the investment of profits from the gold sales made pursuant to the instruction or of the funds attributable to United States participation in SCA–2 will be used to augment the resources of any reserve account of the International Monetary Fund for the purpose of making loans.”
It is the policy of the United States to work to implement reforms in the International Monetary Fund (IMF) to achieve the following goals:
Lending from the general resources of the Fund should concentrate chiefly on short-term balance of payments financing.
Use of medium-term lending from the general resources of the Fund should be limited to a set of well-defined circumstances, such as—
(A) when a member's balance of payments problems will be protracted;
(B) such member has a strong structural reform program in place; and
(C) the member has little or no access to private sources of capital.
Premium pricing should be introduced for lending from the general resources of the Fund, for greater than 200 percent of a member's quota in the Fund, to discourage excessive use of Fund lending and to encourage members to rely on private financing to the maximum extent possible.
The Fund should have in place and apply systematically a strong framework of safeguards and measures to respond to, correct, and discourage cases of misreporting of information in the context of a Fund program, including—
(A) suspending Fund disbursements and ensuring that Fund lending is not resumed to members that engage in serious misreporting of material information until such time as remedial actions and sanctions, as appropriate, have been applied;
(B) ensuring that members make early repayments, where appropriate, of Fund resources disbursed on the basis of misreported information;
(C) making public cases of serious misreporting of material information;
(D) requiring all members receiving new disbursements from the Fund to undertake annually independent audits of central bank financial statements and publish the resulting audits; and
(E) requiring all members seeking new loans from the Fund to provide to the Fund detailed information regarding their internal control procedures, financial reporting and audit mechanisms and, in cases where there are questions about the adequacy of these systems, undertaking an on-site review and identifying needed remedies.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §63, as added Pub. L. 106–429, §101(a) [title VIII, §805], Nov. 6, 2000, 114 Stat. 1900, 1900A–67.)
Section 101(a) [title VIII, §805] of Pub. L. 106–429, which directed amendment of the Bretton Woods Agreement Act by adding this section, was executed by amending the Bretton Woods Agreements Act by adding this section, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
The United States Governor of the Fund may agree to and accept the amendments to the Articles of Agreement of the Fund as proposed in the resolutions numbered 63–2 and 63–3 of the Board of Governors of the Fund which were approved by such Board on April 28, 2008 and May 5, 2008, respectively.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §64, as added Pub. L. 111–32, title XIV, §1402, June 24, 2009, 123 Stat. 1917.)
The United States Governor of the Fund may consent to an increase in the quota of the United States in the Fund equivalent to 4,973,100,000 Special Drawing Rights.
The authority provided by subsection (a) shall be effective only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriations Acts.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §65, as added Pub. L. 111–32, title XIV, §1402, June 24, 2009, 123 Stat. 1918.)
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to instruct the United States Executive Director of the Fund to vote to approve the sale of up to 12,965,649 ounces of the Fund's gold acquired since the second Amendment to the Fund's Articles of Agreement, only if such sales are consistent with the guidelines agreed to by the Executive Board of the Fund described in the Report of the Managing Director to the International Monetary and Financial Committee on a New Income and Expenditure Framework for the International Monetary Fund (April 9, 2008) to prevent disruption to the world gold market: Provided, That at least 30 days prior to any such vote, the Secretary shall consult with the appropriate congressional committees regarding the use of proceeds from the sale of such gold: Provided further, That the Secretary of the Treasury shall seek to ensure that:
(1) the Fund will provide support to low-income countries that are eligible for the Poverty Reduction and Growth Facility or other low-income lending from the Fund by making available Fund resources of not less than $4,000,000,000;
(2) such Fund resources referenced above will be used to leverage additional support by a significant multiple to provide loans with substantial concessionality and debt service payment relief and/or grants, as appropriate to a country's circumstances: 1
(3) support provided through forgiveness of interest on concessional loans will be provided for not less than two years; and
(4) the support provided to low-income countries occurs within six years, a substantial amount of which shall occur within the initial two years.
(b) In addition to agreeing to and accepting the amendments referred to in section 286pp of this title relating to the use of proceeds from the sale of such gold, the United States Governor is authorized, consistent with subsection (a), to take such actions as may be necessary, including those referred to in section 286c(e) of this title, to also use such proceeds for the purpose of assisting low-income countries.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §66, as added Pub. L. 111–32, title XIV, §1402, June 24, 2009, 123 Stat. 1918.)
1 So in original. The colon probably should be a semicolon.
The United States Governor of the Fund may agree to and accept the amendment to the Articles of Agreement of the Fund as proposed in the resolution numbered 52–4 of the Board of Governors of the Fund which was approved by such Board on October 22, 1997: Provided, That not more than one year after the acceptance of such amendments to the Fund's Articles of Agreement, the Secretary of the Treasury shall submit a report to the appropriate congressional committees analyzing Special Drawing Rights, to include a discussion of how those countries that significantly use or acquire Special Drawing Rights in accordance with Article XIX, Section 2(c), use or acquire them; the extent to which countries experiencing balance of payment difficulties exchange or use their Special Drawing Rights to acquire reserve currencies; and the manner in which those reserve currencies are acquired when utilizing Special Drawing Rights.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §67, as added Pub. L. 111–32, title XIV, §1402, June 24, 2009, 123 Stat. 1918; amended Pub. L. 111–117, div. F, title VII, §7034(q)(1)(A), Dec. 16, 2009, 123 Stat. 3363.)
2009—Pub. L. 111–117 substituted “resolution numbered 52–4” for “resolution numbered 54–4”.
Pub. L. 111–117, div. F, title VII, §7034(q)(1)(B), Dec. 16, 2009, 123 Stat. 3363, provided that: “The amendment made by subparagraph (A) [amending this section] shall take effect as if included in the enactment of section 1402 of Public Law 111–32.”
The Secretary of the Treasury shall instruct the United States Executive Director at the International Monetary Fund—
(1) to evaluate, prior to consideration by the Board of Executive Directors of the Fund, any proposal submitted to the Board for the Fund to make a loan to a country if—
(A) the amount of the public debt of the country exceeds the gross domestic product of the country as of the most recent year for which such information is available; and
(B) the country is not eligible for assistance from the International Development Association.
(2)
Within 30 days after the Board of Executive Directors of the Fund approves a proposal described in subsection (a), and annually thereafter by June 30, for the duration of any program approved under such proposals, the Secretary of the Treasury shall report in writing to the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Foreign Relations and the Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs of the Senate assessing the likelihood that loans made pursuant to such proposals will be repaid in full, including—
(1) the borrowing country's current debt status, including, to the extent possible, its maturity structure, whether it has fixed or floating rates, whether it is indexed, and by whom it is held;
(2) the borrowing country's external and internal vulnerabilities that could potentially affect its ability to repay; and
(3) the borrowing country's debt management strategy.
(July 31, 1945, ch. 339, §68, as added Pub. L. 111–203, title XV, §1501, July 21, 2010, 124 Stat. 2212.)
Section effective 1 day after July 21, 2010, except as otherwise provided, see section 4 of Pub. L. 111–203, set out as a note under section 5301 of Title 12, Banks and Banking.
The President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall appoint a representative of the United States to the United Nations who shall have the rank and status of Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary and shall hold office at the pleasure of the President. Such representative shall represent the United States in the Security Council of the United Nations and may serve ex officio as representative of the United States in any organ, commission, or other body of the United Nations other than specialized agencies of the United Nations, and shall perform such other functions in connection with the participation of the United States in the United Nations as the President may, from time to time, direct.
The President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall appoint additional persons with appropriate titles, rank, and status to represent the United States in the principal organs of the United Nations and in such organs, commissions, or other bodies as may be created by the United Nations with respect to nuclear energy or disarmament (control and limitation of armament). Such persons shall serve at the pleasure of the President and subject to the direction of the Representative of the United States to the United Nations. They shall, at the direction of the Representative of the United States to the United Nations, represent the United States in any organ, commission, or other body of the United Nations, including the Security Council, the Economic and Social Council, and the Trusteeship Council, and perform such other functions as the Representative of the United States is authorized to perform in connection with the participation of the United States in the United Nations. Any Deputy Representative or any other officer holding office at the time the provisions of this Act, as amended, become effective shall not be required to be reappointed by reason of the enactment of this Act, as amended.
The President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall designate from time to time to attend a specified session or specified sessions of the General Assembly of the United Nations not to exceed five representatives of the United States and such number of alternates as he may determine consistent with the rules of procedure of the General Assembly. One of the representatives shall be designated as the senior representative.
The President may also appoint from time to time such other persons as he may deem necessary to represent the United States in organs and agencies of the United Nations. The President may, without the advice and consent of the Senate, designate any officer of the United States to act without additional compensation as the representative of the United States in either the Economic and Social Council or the Trusteeship Council (1) at any specified session thereof where the position is vacant or in the absence or disability of the regular representative or (2) in connection with a specified subject matter at any specified session of either such Council in lieu of the regular representative. The President may designate any officer of the Department of State, whose appointment is subject to confirmation by the Senate, to act, without additional compensation, for temporary periods as the representative of the United States in the Security Council of the United Nations in the absence or disability of the representatives provided for under subsections (a) and (b) of this section or in lieu of such representatives in connection with a specified subject matter.
The President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall appoint a representative of the United States to the European office of the United Nations, with appropriate rank and status who shall serve at the pleasure of the President and subject to the direction of the Secretary of State. Such person shall, at the direction of the Secretary of State, represent the United States at the European office of the United Nations, and perform such other functions there in connection with the participation of the United States in international organizations as the Secretary of State may, from time to time, direct.
Nothing contained in this section shall preclude the President or the Secretary of State, at the direction of the President, from representing the United States at any meeting or session of any organ or agency of the United Nations.
All persons appointed in pursuance of authority contained in this section shall receive compensation at rates determined by the President upon the basis of duties to be performed but not in excess of rates authorized by sections 3961, 3962, and 3963 of this title for chiefs of mission, members of the Senior Foreign Service, and Foreign Service officers occupying positions of equivalent importance, except that no member of the Senate or House of Representatives or officer of the United States who is designated under subsections (c) and (d) of this section as a representative of the United States or as an alternate to attend any specified session or specified sessions of the General Assembly shall be entitled to receive such compensation.
The President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall appoint a representative of the United States to the Vienna office of the United Nations with appropriate rank and status, who shall serve at the pleasure of the President and subject to the direction of the Secretary of State. Such individual shall, at the direction of the Secretary of State, represent the United States at the Vienna office of the United Nations and perform such other functions there in connection with the participation of the United States in international organizations as the Secretary of State from time to time may direct. The representative of the United States to the Vienna office of the United Nations shall also serve as representative of the United States to the International Atomic Energy Agency.
(Dec. 20, 1945, ch. 583, §2, 59 Stat. 619; Oct. 10, 1949, ch. 660, §§1, 2, 63 Stat. 734, 735; Pub. L. 89–206, §§1, 2, Sept. 28, 1965, 79 Stat. 841, 842; Pub. L. 96–465, title II, §2206(a)(2)(A), Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2160; Pub. L. 97–241, title I, §118, Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 279; Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title VII, §708(a)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–461.)
This Act, as amended, referred to in subsec. (b), is Pub. L. 89–206, Sept. 28, 1965, 79 Stat. 841, which amended this section. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
1999—Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 106–113 inserted at end “The representative of the United States to the Vienna office of the United Nations shall also serve as representative of the United States to the International Atomic Energy Agency.”
1982—Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 97–241 added subsec. (h).
1980—Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 96–465 substituted “sections 3961, 3962, and 3963 of this title for chiefs of mission, members of the Senior Foreign Service,” for “sections 866 and 867 of this title for chiefs of mission”.
1965—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 89–206, §1(a), struck out provisions which related to the appointment, rank and status, tenure and duties of a deputy representative of the United States to the United Nations.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 89–206, §1(a), substituted provisions that the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall appoint additional persons with appropriate titles, rank, and status to represent the United States in the principal organs of the United Nations and in such organs, commissions, or other bodies as may be created by the United Nations with respect to nuclear energy or disarmament, that they shall serve at the pleasure of the President and subject to the direction of the Representative of the United States to the United Nations, that they shall, at the direction of the Representative of the United States to the United Nations, represent the United States in any organ, commission, or other body of the United Nations, including the Security Council, the Economic and Social Council, and the Trusteeship Council, and perform such other functions as the Representative of the United States is authorized to perform in connection with the participation of the United States in the United Nations, and that any Deputy Representative or any other officer holding office at the time the provisions of this Act, as amended, become effective shall not be required to be reappointed by reason of the enactment of this Act, as amended, for provisions which authorized the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, to appoint an additional deputy representative of the United States to the Security Council who shall hold office at the pleasure of the President, and which required the deputy representative to represent the United States in the Security Council of the United Nations in the event of the absence or disability of both the representative and the deputy representative of the United States to the United Nations.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 89–206, §1(b), struck out provisions which required the representative of the United States in the Economic and Social Council and in the Trusteeship Council of the United Nations to be appointed only by and with the advice and consent of the Senate and which required the advice and consent of the Senate for the appointment by the President of the representative of the United States in any commission that may be formed by the United Nations with respect to atomic energy or in any other commission of the United Nations to which the United States is entitled to appoint a representative.
Subsecs. (e) to (g). Pub. L. 89–206, §2, added subsec. (e) and redesignated former subsecs. (e) and (f) as (f) and (g), respectively.
1949—Subsec. (a). Act Oct. 10, 1949, §1, created new post of deputy representative, and allowed the principal and deputy representatives to serve ex officio on any organ, commission, or body, other than specialized agencies, of the United Nations.
Subsec. (b). Act Oct. 10, 1949, §1, amended subsec. (b) generally, to provide for appointment of an additional deputy representative.
Subsec. (c). Act Oct. 10, 1949, §1, amended subsec. (c) generally, to provide for appointment of special and alternate representatives.
Subsec. (d). Act Oct. 10, 1949, §1, allowed the designation by the President of any State Department officer, whose appointment is subject to confirmation by the Senate, to sit on the Security Council in certain instances.
Subsec. (f). Act Oct. 10, 1949, §2, added subsec. (f).
Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title VII, §708(c)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–462, provided that: “The amendments made by subsections (a) and (b) [amending this section and section 2021 of this title] shall apply to individuals appointed on or after the date of enactment of this Act [Nov. 29, 1999].”
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–465 effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section 1 of act Dec. 20, 1945, provided that: “This Act [enacting this subchapter] may be cited as the ‘United Nations Participation Act of 1945’.”
Pub. L. 107–228, div. A, title IV, §408, Sept. 30, 2002, 116 Stat. 1391, provided that: “The United States, in connection with its voice and vote in the United Nations General Assembly and the United Nations Economic and Social Council, shall make every reasonable effort—
“(1) to secure a seat for the United States on the United Nations Commission on Human Rights;
“(2) to secure a seat for a United States national on the United Nations International Narcotics Control Board; and
“(3) to prevent membership on the Human Rights Commission by any member nation the government of which, in the judgment of the Secretary, based on the Department's Annual Country Reports on Human Rights and the Annual Report on International Report on Religious Freedom, consistently violates internationally recognized human rights or has engaged in or tolerated particularly severe violations of religious freedom in that country.”
[For definitions of “Secretary” and “Department” as used in section 408 of Pub. L. 107–228, set out above, see section 3 of Pub. L. 107–228, set out as a note under section 2651 of this title.]
Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title VII, §721], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–462, provided that:
“(a)
“(b)
“(c)
“(1) actions taken by representatives of the United States to encourage the nations of the Western Europe and Others Group (WEOG) to accept Israel into their regional bloc;
“(2) other measures being undertaken, and which will be undertaken, to ensure and promote Israel's full and equal participation in the United Nations; and
“(3) steps taken by the United States under subsection (b) to secure abolition by the United Nations of groups described in that subsection.
“(d)
Pub. L. 100–204, title VII, part B, Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1391, as amended by Pub. L. 101–246, title IV, §409, Feb. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 68, provided for establishment, membership, etc., of United States Commission on Improving the Effectiveness of the United Nations to examine the United Nations system as a whole and identify and evaluate its strengths and weaknesses and to transmit to President and Congress, not later than 18 months after the date on which all members of the Commission have been appointed, a report containing a detailed statement of the findings, conclusions, and recommendations of the Commission, which report was dated Sept. 10, 1993, and the Commission terminated Sept. 30, 1993.
Pub. L. 99–569, title VII, §702, Oct. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 3204, related to policy of Congress of limiting number of Soviet nationals serving as members of Soviet mission at the United Nations to number not to substantially exceed number of United States nationals serving as members of United States mission, required Secretary of State to report numbers of Soviet nationals so serving, and provided that spouses and dependents were not to be included in such numbers, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 103–199, title V, §501(d), Dec. 17, 1993, 107 Stat. 2325.
Pub. L. 98–164, title I, §115, Nov. 22, 1983, 97 Stat. 1021, as amended by Pub. L. 99–93, title I, §142, Aug. 16, 1985, 99 Stat. 424; Pub. L. 100–204, title VII, §704, Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1389, provided that:
“(a) The Congress finds that—
“(1) the United Nations was founded on the principle of universality;
“(2) the United Nations Charter stipulates that members may be suspended by the General Assembly only ‘upon the recommendation of the Security Council’; and
“(3) any move by the General Assembly that would illegally deny Israel its credentials in the Assembly would be a direct violation of these provisions of the Charter.
“(b) If Israel is illegally expelled, suspended, denied its credentials, or in any other manner denied its right to participate in any principal or subsidiary organ or in any specialized, technical, or other agency of the United Nations, the United States shall suspend its participation in any such organ or agency until the illegal action is reversed. The United States shall reduce its annual assessed contribution to the United Nations or such specialized agency by 8.34 percent for each month in which United States participation is suspended pursuant to this section. Nothing in this section may be construed to diminish or to affect United States participation in the United Nations Security Council or the Safeguards Program of the International Atomic Energy Agency.”
Pub. L. 95–561, title XV, §§1501–1507, Nov. 1, 1978, 92 Stat. 2373–2375, described the purpose of the International Year of the Child (designated as 1979 by the United Nations General Assembly) as promotion of lasting improvements in the well-being of children, provided for the establishment of a National Commission on the International Year of the Child, and for the Commission's membership, functions, coordination and administration, and waiver of certain provisions of law relating to advertising, competitive bidding, and printing, authorized appropriations, and terminated the life of the Commission thirty days after the submission of its final report, which was to be submitted not later than Mar. 31, 1980, but which life was in no case to be extended beyond Apr. 30, 1980.
Pub. L. 97–35, title V, §511(b)(1), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 443, provided that: “No funds are authorized to be appropriated to carry out part A of title XV of the Education Amendments of 1978 [sections 1501 to 1507 of Pub. L. 95–561, see note above] for fiscal year 1982, 1983, or 1984.”
Pub. L. 93–188, Dec. 15, 1973, 87 Stat. 713, provided:
“[
“
“
Pub. L. 91–622, Dec. 31, 1970, 84 Stat. 1867, provided: “That there is hereby authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary of State out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, a sum not to exceed $20,000,000, to remain available until expended, for a grant to be made at the discretion of the Secretary of State, to the United Nations to defray a portion of the cost of the expansion and improvement of its headquarters in the city of New York on such terms and conditions as the Secretary of State may determine. Such grant shall not be considered a contribution to the United Nations for purpose of any other applicable law limiting contributions.”
Act Aug. 11, 1948, ch. 834, 62 Stat. 1286, authorized the President to loan to the United Nations $65,000,000 to construct a permanent headquarters in New York City, provided for the repayment of the loan without interest in installments beginning July 1, 1951, and continuing until July 1, 1982, and authorized the Reconstruction Finance Corporation to advance to the United Nations up to $25,000,000 until such time as the $65,000,000 is appropriated by Congress.
Joint Res. Aug. 4, 1947, ch. 482, 61 Stat. 756, provided that:
“Whereas the Charter of the United Nations was signed on behalf of the United States on June 26, 1945, and was ratified on August 8, 1945, by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, and the instrument of ratification of the said Charter was deposited on August 8, 1945; and
“Whereas the said Charter of the United Nations came into force with respect to the United States on October 24, 1945; and
“Whereas article 104 of the Charter provides that ‘The Organization shall enjoy in the territory of each of its Members such legal capacity as may be necessary for the exercise of its functions and the fulfillment of its purposes’; and
“Whereas article 105 of the Charter provides that:
“1. The Organization shall enjoy in the territory of each of its Members such privileges and immunities as are necessary for the fulfillment of its purposes.
“2. Representatives of the Members of the United Nations and officials of the Organization shall similarly enjoy such privileges and immunities as are necessary for the independent exercise of their functions in connection with the Organization.
“3. The General Assembly may make recommendations with a view to determining the details of the application of paragraphs 1 and 2 of this article or may propose conventions to the Members of the United Nations for this purpose; and
“Whereas article 28 and other articles of the Charter of the United Nations contemplate the establishment of a seat for the permanent headquarters of the Organization; and
“Whereas the interim arrangements concluded on June 26, 1945, by the governments represented at the United Nations Conference on International Organization instructed the Preparatory Commission established in pursuance of the arrangements to ‘make studies and prepare recommendations concerning the location of the permanent headquarters of the Organization’; and
“Whereas during the labors of the said Preparatory Commission, the Congress of the United States in H. Con. Res. 75, passed unanimously by the House of Representatives December 10, 1945, and agreed to unanimously by the Senate December 11, 1945, invited the United Nations ‘to locate the seat of the United Nations Organization within the United States’; and
“Whereas the General Assembly on December 14, 1946, resolved ‘that the permanent headquarters of the United Nations shall be established in New York City in the area bounded by First Avenue, East Forty-eighth Street, the East River, and East Forty-second Street’; and
“Whereas the General Assembly resolved on December 14, 1946, ‘That the Secretary-General be authorized to negotiate and conclude with the appropriate authorities of the United States of America an agreement concerning the arrangements required as a result of the establishment of the permanent headquarters of the United Nations in the city of New York’ and to be guided in these negotiations by the provisions of a preliminary draft agreement which had been negotiated by the Secretary-General and the Secretary of State of the United States; and
“Whereas the General Assembly resolved on December 14, 1946, that pending the coming into force of the agreement referred to above ‘the Secretary-General be authorized to negotiate and conclude arrangements with the appropriate authorities of the United States of America to determine on a provisional basis the privileges, immunities, and facilities needed in connection with the temporary headquarters of the United Nations.’; and
“Whereas the Secretary of State of the United States, after consultation with the appropriate authorities of the State and city of New York, signed at Lake Success, New York, on June 26, 1947, on behalf of the United States an agreement with the United Nations regarding the headquarters of the United Nations, which agreement is incorporated herein; and
“Whereas the aforesaid agreement provides that it shall be brought into effect by an exchange of notes between the United States and the Secretary-General of the United Nations: Therefore be it
“Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That the President is hereby authorized to bring into effect on the part of the United States the agreement between the United States of America and the United Nations regarding the headquarters of the United Nations, signed at Lake Success, New York, on June 26, 1947 (hereinafter referred to as the ‘agreement’), with such changes therein not contrary to the general tenor thereof and not imposing any additional obligations on the United States as the President may deem necessary and appropriate, and at his discretion, after consultation with the appropriate State and local authorities, to enter into such supplemental agreements with the United Nations as may be necessary to fulfill the purposes of the said agreement: Provided, That any supplemental agreement entered into pursuant to section 5 of the agreement incorporated herein shall be submitted to the Congress for approval. The agreement follows:
Desiring to conclude an agreement for the purpose of carrying out the Resolution adopted by the General Assembly on 14 December 1946 to establish the seat of the United Nations in The City of New York and to regulate questions arising as a result thereof;
Have appointed as their representatives for this purpose:
The United Nations:
and Secretary-General,
The United States of America:
Secretary of State,
Who have agreed as follows:
In this agreement:
(a) The expression ‘headquarters district’ means (1) the area defined as such in Annex 1, (2) any other lands or buildings which from time to time may be included therein by supplemental agreement with the appropriate American authorities;
(b) the expression ‘appropriate American authorities’ means such federal, state, or local authorities in the United States as may be appropriate in the context and in accordance with the laws and customs of the United States, including the laws and customs of the state and local government involved;
(c) the expression ‘General Convention’ means the Convention on the Privileges and Immunities of the United Nations approved by the General Assembly of the United Nations 13 February 1946, as acceded to by the United States;
(d) the expression ‘United Nations’ means the international organization established by the Charter of the United Nations, hereinafter referred to as the ‘Charter’:
(e) the expression ‘Secretary-General’ means the Secretary-General of the United Nations.
The seat of the United Nations shall be the headquarters district.
The appropriate American authorities shall take whatever action may be necessary to assure that the United Nations shall not be dispossessed of its property in the headquarters district, except as provided in Section 22 in the event that the United Nations ceases to use the same; provided that the United Nations shall reimburse the appropriate American authorities for any costs incurred, after consultation with the United Nations, in liquidating by eminent domain proceedings or otherwise any adverse claims.
(a) The United Nations may establish and operate in the headquarters district:
(1) its own short-wave sending and receiving radio broadcasting facilities (including emergency link equipment) which may be used on the same frequencies (within the tolerances prescribed for the broadcasting service by applicable United States regulations) for radiotelegraph, radioteletype, radiotelephone, radiotelephoto, and similar services;
(2) one point-to-point circuit between the headquarters district and the office of the United Nations in Geneva (using single sideband equipment) to be used exclusively for the exchange of broadcasting programs and interoffice communications;
(3) low power micro-wave, low or medium frequency facilities for communication within headquarters buildings only, or such other buildings as may temporarily be used by the United Nations;
(4) facilities for point-to-point communication to the same extent and subject to the same conditions as permitted under applicable rules and regulations for amateur operation in the United States, except that such rules and regulations shall not be applied in a manner inconsistent with the inviolability of the headquarters district provided by Section 9(a);
(5) such other radio facilities as may be specified by supplemental agreement between the United Nations and the appropriate American authorities.
(b) The United Nations shall make arrangements for the operation of the services referred to in this section with the International Telecommunication Union, the appropriate agencies of the Government of the United States and the appropriate agencies of other affected governments with regard to all frequencies and similar matters.
(c) The facilities provided for in this section may, to the extent necessary for efficient operation, be established and operated outside the headquarters district. The appropriate American authorities will, on request of the United Nations, make arrangements, on such terms and in such manner as may be agreed upon by supplemental agreement, for the acquisition or use by the United Nations of appropriate premises for such purposes and the inclusion of such premises in the headquarters district.
In the event that the United Nations should find it necessary and desirable to establish and operate an aerodrome, the conditions for the location, use and operation of such an aerodrome and the conditions under which there shall be entry into and exit therefrom shall be the subject of a supplemental agreement.
In the event that the United Nations should propose to organize its own postal service, the conditions under which such service shall be set up shall be the subject of a supplemental agreement.
(a) The headquarters district shall be under the control and authority of the United Nations as provided in this agreement.
(b) Except as otherwise provided in this agreement or in the General Convention, the federal, state and local law of the United States shall apply within the headquarters district.
(c) Except as otherwise provided in this agreement or in the General Convention, the federal, state and local courts of the United States shall have jurisdiction over acts done and transactions taking place in the headquarters district as provided in applicable federal, state and local laws.
(d) The federal, state and local courts of the United States, when dealing with cases arising out of or relating to acts done or transactions taking place in the headquarters district, shall take into account the regulations enacted by the United Nations under Section 8.
The United Nations shall have the power to make regulations, operative within the headquarters district for the purpose of establishing therein conditions in all respects necessary for the full execution of its functions. No federal, state or local law or regulation of the United States which is inconsistent with a regulation of the United Nations authorized by this section shall, to the extent of such inconsistency, be applicable within the headquarters district. Any dispute, between the United Nations and the United States, as to whether a regulation of the United Nations is authorized by this section or as to whether a federal, state or local law or regulation is inconsistent with any regulation of the United Nations authorized by this section, shall be promptly settled as provided in Section 21. Pending such settlement, the regulation of the United Nations shall apply, and the federal, state or local law or regulation shall be inapplicable in the headquarters district to the extent that the United Nations claims it to be inconsistent with the regulation of the United Nations. This section shall not prevent the reasonable application of fire protection regulations of the appropriate American authorities.
(a) The headquarters district shall be inviolable. Federal, state or local officers or officials of the United States, whether administrative, judicial, military or police, shall not enter the headquarters district to perform any official duties therein except with the consent of and under conditions agreed to by the Secretary-General. The service of legal process, including the seizure of private property, may take place within the headquarters district only with the consent of and under conditions approved by the Secretary-General.
(b) Without prejudice to the provisions of the General Convention or Article IV of this agreement, the United Nations shall prevent the headquarters district from becoming a refuge either for persons who are avoiding arrest under the federal, state, or local law of the United States or are required by the Government of the United States for extradition to another country, or for persons who are endeavoring to avoid service of legal process.
The United Nations may expel or exclude persons from the headquarters district for violation of its regulations adopted under Section 8 or for other cause. Persons who violate such regulations shall be subject to other penalties or to detention under arrest only in accordance with the provisions of such laws or regulations as may be adopted by the appropriate American authorities.
The federal, state or local authorities of the United States shall not impose any impediments to transit to or from the headquarters district of (1) representatives of Members or officials of the United Nations, or of specialized agencies as defined in Article 57, paragraph 2, of the Charter, or the families of such representatives or officials, (2) experts performing missions for the United Nations or for such specialized agencies, (3) representatives of the press, or of radio, film or other information agencies, who have been accredited by the United Nations (or by such a specialized agency) in its discretion after consultation with the United States, (4) representatives of nongovernmental organizations recognized by the United Nations for the purpose of consultation under Article 71 of the Charter, or (5) other persons invited to the headquarters district by the United Nations or by such specialized agency on official business. The appropriate American authorities shall afford any necessary protection to such persons while in transit to or from the headquarters district. This section does not apply to general interruptions of transportation which are to be dealt with as provided in Section 17, and does not impair the effectiveness of generally applicable laws and regulations as to the operation of means of transportation.
The provisions of Section 11 shall be applicable irrespective of the relations existing between the Governments of the persons referred to in that section and the Government of the United States.
(a) Laws and regulations in force in the United States regarding the entry of aliens shall not be applied in such manner as to interfere with the privileges referred to in Section 11. When visas are required for persons referred to in that Section, they shall be granted without charge and as promptly as possible.
(b) Laws and regulations in force in the United States regarding the residence of aliens shall not be applied in such manner as to interfere with the privileges referred to in Section 11 and, specifically, shall not be applied in such manner as to require any such person to leave the United States on account of any activities performed by him in his official capacity. In case of abuse of such privileges of residence by any such person in activities in the United States outside his official capacity, it is understood that the privileges referred to in Section 11 shall not be construed to grant him exemption from the laws and regulations of the United States regarding the continued residence of aliens, provided that:
(1) No proceedings shall be instituted under such laws or regulations to require any such person to leave the United States except with the prior approval of the Secretary of State of the United States. Such approval shall be given only after consultation with the appropriate Member in the case of a representative of a Member (or a member of his family) or with the Secretary-General or the principal executive officer of the appropriate specialized agency in the case of any other person referred to in Section 11;
(2) A representative of the Member concerned, the Secretary-General, or the principal executive officer of the appropriate specialized agency, as the case may be, shall have the right to appear in any such proceedings on behalf of the person against whom they are instituted;
(3) Persons who are entitled to diplomatic privileges and immunities under Section 15 or under the General Convention shall not be required to leave the United States otherwise than in accordance with the customary procedure applicable to diplomatic envoys accredited to the United States.
(c) This section does not prevent the requirement of reasonable evidence to establish that persons claiming the rights granted by Section 11 come within the classes described in that section, or the reasonable application of quarantine and health regulations.
(d) Except as provided above in this section and in the General Convention, the United States retains full control and authority over the entry of persons or property into the territory of the United States and the conditions under which persons may remain or reside there.
(e) The Secretary-General shall, at the request of the appropriate American authorities, enter into discussions with such authorities, with a view to making arrangements for registering the arrival and departure of persons who have been granted visas valid only for transit to and from the headquarters district and sojourn therein and in its immediate vicinity.
(f) The United Nations shall, subject to the foregoing provisions of this section, have the exclusive right to authorize or prohibit entry of persons and property into the headquarters district and to prescribe the conditions under which persons may remain or reside there.
The Secretary-General and the appropriate American authorities shall, at the request of either of them, consult as to methods of facilitating entrance into the United States, and the use of available means of transportation, by persons coming from abroad who wish to visit the headquarters district and do not enjoy the rights referred to in this Article.
(1) Every person designated by a Member as the principal resident representative to the United Nations of such Member or as a resident representative with the rank of ambassador or minister plenipotentiary,
(2) such resident members of their staffs as may be agreed upon between the Secretary-General, the Government of the United States and the Government of the Member concerned,
(3) every person designated by a Member of a specialized agency, as defined in Article 57, paragraph 2, of the Charter, as its principal resident representative, with the rank of ambassador or minister plenipotentiary, at the headquarters of such agency in the United States, and
(4) such other principal resident representatives of members to a specialized agency and such resident members of the staffs of representatives to a specialized agency as may be agreed upon between the principal executive officer of the specialized agency, the Government of the United States and the Government of the Member concerned, shall, whether residing inside or outside the headquarters district, be entitled in the territory of the United States to the same privileges and immunities, subject to corresponding conditions and obligations, as it accords to diplomatic envoys accredited to it. In the case of Members whose governments are not recognized by the United States, such privileges and immunities need be extended to such representatives, or persons on the staffs of such representatives, only within the headquarters district, at their residences and offices outside the district, in transit between the district and such residences and offices, and in transit on official business to or from foreign countries.
(a) The appropriate American authorities shall exercise due diligence to ensure that the tranquility of the headquarters district is not disturbed by the unauthorized entry of groups of persons from outside or by disturbances in its immediate vicinity and shall cause to be provided on the boundaries of the headquarters district such police protection as is required for these purposes.
(b) If so requested by the Secretary-General, the appropriate American authorities shall provide a sufficient number of police for the preservation of law and order in the headquarters district, and for the removal therefrom of persons as requested under the authority of the United Nations. The United Nations shall, if requested, enter into arrangements with the appropriate American authorities to reimburse them for the reasonable cost of such services.
(a) The appropriate American authorities will exercise to the extent requested by the Secretary-General the powers which they possess with respect to the supplying of public services to ensure that the headquarters district shall be supplied on equitable terms with the necessary public services, including electricity, water, gas, post, telephone, telegraph, transportation, drainage, collection of refuse, fire protection, snow removal, et cetera. In case of any interruption or threatened interruption of any such services, the appropriate American authorities will consider the needs of the United Nations as being of equal importance with the similar needs of essential agencies of the Government of the United States, and will take steps accordingly, to ensure that the work of the United Nations is not prejudiced.
(b) Special provisions with reference to maintenance of utilities and underground construction are contained in Annex 2.
The appropriate American authorities shall take all reasonable steps to ensure that the amenities of the headquarters district are not prejudiced and the purposes for which the district is required are not obstructed by any use made of the land in the vicinity of the district. The United Nations shall on its part take all reasonable steps to ensure that the amenities of the land in the vicinity of the headquarters district are not prejudiced by any use made of the land in the headquarters district by the United Nations.
It is agreed that no form of racial or religious discrimination shall be permitted within the headquarters district.
The Secretary-General and the appropriate American authorities shall settle by agreement the channels through which they will communicate regarding the application of the provisions of this agreement and other questions affecting the headquarters district, and may enter into such supplemental agreements as may be necessary to fulfill the purposes of this agreement. In making supplemental agreements with the Secretary-General, the United States shall consult with the appropriate state and local authorities. If the Secretary-General so requests, the Secretary of State of the United States shall appoint a special representative for the purpose of liaison with the Secretary-General.
(a) Any dispute between the United Nations and the United States concerning the interpretation or application of this agreement or of any supplemental agreement, which is not settled by negotiation or other agreed mode of settlement, shall be referred for final decision to a tribunal of three arbitrators, one to be named by the Secretary-General, one to be named by the Secretary of State of the United States, and the third to be chosen by the two, or, if they should fail to agree upon a third, then by the President of the International Court of Justice.
(b) The Secretary-General or the United States may ask the General Assembly to request of the International Court of Justice an advisory opinion on any legal question arising in the course of such proceedings. Pending the receipt of the opinion of the Court, an interim decision of the arbitral tribunal shall be observed on both parties. Thereafter, the arbitral tribunal shall render a final decision, having regard to the opinion of the Court.
(a) The United Nations shall not dispose of all or any part of the land owned by it in the headquarters district without the consent of the United States. If the United States is unwilling to consent to a disposition which the United Nations wishes to make of all or any part of such land, the United States shall buy the same from the United Nations at a price to be determined as provided in paragraph (d) of this section.
(b) If the seat of the United Nations is removed from the headquarters district, all right, title and interest of the United Nations in and to real property in the headquarters district or any part of it shall, on request of either the United Nations or the United States, be assigned and conveyed to the United States. In the absence of such request, the same shall be assigned and conveyed to the subdivision of a state in which it is located or, if such subdivision shall not desire it, then to the state in which it is located. If none of the foregoing desires the same, it may be disposed of as provided in paragraph (a) of this section.
(c) If the United Nations disposes of all or any part of the headquarters district, the provisions of other sections of this agreement which apply to the headquarters district shall immediately cease to apply to the land and buildings so disposed of.
(d) The price to be paid for any conveyance under this section shall, in default of agreement, be the then fair value of the land, buildings and installations, to be determined under the procedure provided in Section 21.
The seat of the United Nations shall not be removed from the headquarters district unless the United Nations should so decide.
This agreement shall cease to be in force if the seat of the United Nations is removed from the territory of the United States, except for such provisions as may be applicable in connection with the orderly termination of the operations of the United Nations at its seat in the United States and the disposition of its property therein.
Wherever this agreement imposes obligations on the appropriate American authorities, the Government of the United States shall have the ultimate responsibility for the fulfillment of such obligations by the appropriate American authorities.
The provisions of this agreement shall be complementary to the provisions of the General Convention. In so far as any provision of this agreement and any provisions of the General Convention relate to the same subject matter, the two provisions shall, wherever possible, be treated as complementary, so that both provisions shall be applicable and neither shall narrow the effect of the other; but in any case of absolute conflict, the provisions of this agreement shall prevail.
This agreement shall be construed in the light of its primary purpose to enable the United Nations at its headquarters in the United States, fully and efficiently to discharge its responsibilities and fulfill its purposes.
This agreement shall be brought into effect by an exchange of notes between the Secretary-General, duly authorized pursuant to a resolution of the General Assembly of the United Nations, and the appropriate executive officer of the United States, duly authorized pursuant to appropriate action of the Congress.
In witness whereof the respective representatives have signed this Agreement and have affixed their seals hereto.
Done in duplicate, in the English and French languages, both authentic, at Lake Success the twenty-sixth day of June 1947.
For the Government of the United States of America:
G. C.
Secretary of State
For the United Nations:
Secretary-General
The area referred to in Section 1(a)(1) consists of (a) the premises bounded on the East by the westerly side of Franklin D. Roosevelt Drive, on the West by the easterly side of First Avenue, on the North by the southerly side of East Forty-eighth Street, and on the South by the northerly side of East Forty-second Street, all as proposed to be widened, in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, and (b) an easement over Franklin D. Roosevelt Drive, above a lower limiting plane to be fixed for the construction and maintenance of an esplanade, together with the structures thereon and foundations and columns to support the same in locations below such limiting plane, the entire area to be more definitely defined by supplemental agreement between the United Nations and the United States of America.
The Secretary-General agrees to provide passes to duly authorized employees of The City of New York, the State of New York, or any of their agencies or subdivisions, for the purpose of enabling them to inspect, repair, maintain, reconstruct and relocate utilities, conduits, mains and sewers within the headquarters district.
Underground constructions may be undertaken by The City of New York, or the State of New York, or any of their agencies or subdivisions, within the headquarters district only after consultation with the Secretary-General, and under conditions which shall not disturb the carrying out of the functions of the United Nations.
(a) The President of the United States, or any official or governmental agency authorized by the President, may acquire in the name of the United States any property or interest therein by purchase, donation, or other means of transfer, or may cause proceedings to be instituted for the acquisition of the same by condemnation.
(b) Upon the request of the President, or such officer as the President may designate, the Attorney General of the United States shall cause such condemnation or other proceedings to be instituted in the name of the United States in the district court of the United States for the district in which the property is situated and such court shall have full jurisdiction of such proceedings, and any condemnation proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with the Act of August 1, 1888 (25 Stat. 357), as amended [now 40 U.S.C. 3113] and the Act of February 26, 1931 (46 Stat. 1421), as amended [now 40 U.S.C. 3114–3116, 3118].
(c) After the institution of any such condemnation proceedings, possession of the property may be taken at any time the President, or such officer as he may designate, determines is necessary, and the court shall enter such orders as may be necessary to effect entry and occupancy of the property.
(d) The President of the United States, or any officer or governmental agency duly authorized by the President, may, in the name of the United States, transfer or convey possession of and title to any interest in any property acquired or held by the United States, pursuant to paragraph (a) above, to the United Nations on the terms provided in the agreement or in any supplemental agreement, and shall execute and deliver such conveyances and other instruments and perform such other acts in connection therewith as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of the agreement.
(e) There are authorized to be appropriated, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, such sums as may be required to enable the United States to carry out the undertakings hereby authorized: Provided, That any money appropriated under this authorization shall be spent only on a basis of reimbursement by the United Nations in accordance with section 3 of the agreement, and that the money thus reimbursed shall be deposited and covered into the Treasury of the United States as miscellaneous receipts.
Section 105 of Pub. L. 91–472, title I, Oct. 21, 1970, 84 Stat. 1044, provided that it was the sense of the Congress that the United Nations should not admit the Communist Chinese Government to membership as the representative of China. Similar provisions were contained in the following prior acts:
Dec. 24, 1969, Pub. L. 91–153, title I, §105, 83 Stat. 407.
Aug. 9, 1968, Pub. L. 90–470, title I, §105, 82 Stat. 672.
Nov. 8, 1967, Pub. L. 90–133, title I, §105, 81 Stat. 416.
Nov. 8, 1966, Pub. L. 89–797, title I, §105, 80 Stat. 1484.
Sept. 2, 1965, Pub. L. 89–164, title I, §105, 79 Stat. 625.
Aug. 31, 1964, Pub. L. 88–527, title I, §105, 78 Stat. 716.
Dec. 30, 1963, Pub. L. 88–245, title I, §105, 77 Stat. 781.
Oct. 18, 1962, Pub. L. 87–843, title I, §105, 76 Stat. 1085.
Sept. 21, 1961, Pub. L. 87–264, title I, §105, 75 Stat. 550.
Aug. 31, 1960, Pub. L. 86–678, title I, §105, 74 Stat. 561.
July 13, 1959, Pub. L. 86–84, title I, §105, 73 Stat. 186.
June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–474, title I, §105, 72 Stat. 249.
June 11, 1957, Pub. L. 85–49, title I, §105, 71 Stat. 60.
June 20, 1956, ch. 414, title I, §110, 70 Stat. 304.
July 7, 1955, ch. 279, title I, §110, 69 Stat. 270.
July 2, 1954, ch. 456, title I, §110, 68 Stat. 418.
Aug. 5, 1953, ch. 328, title I, §111, 67 Stat. 372.
Act of July 18, 1947, ch. 271, 61 Stat. 397, authorized the President to approve the trusteeship agreement between the United States and the Security Council of the United Nations for the Territory of the Pacific Islands.
Ex. Ord. No. 10108, Feb. 9, 1950, 15 F.R. 757, provided:
By virtue of the authority vested in me by the United Nations Participation Act of 1945 (59 Stat. 619) [this subchapter], as amended by the act of October 10, 1949, 63 Stat. 734, and as President of the United States, it is hereby ordered as follows:
1. The Representative of the United States to the United Nations, the Deputy Representative of the United States to the United Nations, the Deputy Representative of the United States to the Security Council of the United Nations, representatives of the United States in the Economic and Social Council of the United Nations and its Commissions, representatives of the United States in the Trusteeship Council, the Atomic Energy Commission, the Commission for Conventional Armaments, and the Military Staff Committee of the United Nations, and representatives to organs and agencies of the United Nations appointed or designated and included within the United States Mission to the United Nations as herein designated, together with their deputies, staffs, and offices—shall constitute and be known as the United States Mission to the United Nations.
2. The Representative of the United States to the United Nations shall be the Chief of Mission in charge of the United States Mission to the United Nations. The Chief of Mission shall coordinate at the seat of the United Nations the activities of the Mission in carrying out the instructions of the President transmitted either by the Secretary of State or by other means of transmission as directed by the President. Instructions to the representatives of the United States Joint Chiefs of Staff in the Military Staff Committee of the United Nations shall be transmitted by the Joint Chiefs of Staff. On request of the Chief of Mission, such representatives shall, in addition to their responsibilities under the Charter of the United Nations, serve as advisers in the United States Mission to the United Nations.
3. The Chief of Mission shall be responsible for the administration of the Mission, including personnel, budget, obligation and expenditure of funds, and the central administrative services; provided that he shall not be responsible for the internal administration of the personnel, budget, and obligation and expenditure of funds of the representatives of the United States Joint Chiefs of Staff in the Military Staff Committee of the United Nations. The Chief of Mission shall discharge his responsibilities under this paragraph in accordance with such rules and regulations as the Secretary of State may from time to time prescribe.
4. The Deputy Representative of the United States to the United Nations shall be the Deputy Chief of Mission, who shall act as Chief of Mission in the absence of the Representative of the United States to the United Nations.
5. This order supersedes Executive Order No. 9844 of April 28, 1947, entitled “Designating the United States Mission to the United Nations and Providing for Its Direction and Administration.”
Ex. Ord. No. 10422, Jan. 9, 1953, 18 F.R. 239, as amended by Ex. Ord. No. 10459, June 2, 1953, 18 F.R. 3183; Ex. Ord. No. 10763, Apr. 23, 1958, eff. July 1, 1958, 23 F.R. 2767; Ex. Ord. No. 11890, Dec. 10, 1975, 40 F.R. 57775; Ex. Ord. No. 12107, Dec. 28, 1978, 44 F.R. 1055, provided:
1. Whenever the Secretary of State receives, from the Secretary General of the United Nations, the name of and other necessary identifying data concerning each United States citizen employed or being considered for employment by the United Nations, the Secretary of State shall, consistent with the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a) and other applicable law, cause an investigation to be conducted as provided in paragraph 2 of this Part, or forward the information received from the Secretary General to the Office of Personnel Management, which shall conduct an investigation, consistent with the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a) and other applicable law, as provided in paragraphs 3 and 4 of this Part.
2. With respect to all applicants for short term appointments which will not exceed six months and which are not appointments to United Nations Secretariat professional posts or posts subject to geographical distribution, the Secretary of State shall cause an investigation to be conducted, which investigation shall be limited to a search of the files of the Department of State. If the investigation reveals any derogatory information within the meaning of the standard set forth in Part II of this order, the information received from the Secretary General of the United Nations shall be forwarded to the Office of Personnel Management, which shall conduct an investigation.
3. (a) Whenever the Office of Personnel Management receives the information forwarded by the Secretary General to the Secretary of State, the Office of Personnel Management shall conduct a National Agency Check. Each National Agency Check shall include reference to the following: (1) Federal Bureau of Investigation files; (2) Office of Personnel Management files; (3) Military Intelligence files as appropriate; and (4) files of any other appropriate Government investigative or intelligence agency.
(b) If the investigation conducted by the Office of Personnel Management reveals that a favorable National Agency Check was previously completed, and the investigation conducted by the Office of Personnel Management has not disclosed any derogatory information within the meaning of the standard set forth in Part II of this order, completion of a new National Agency Check is not required if: (1) the applicant is or was previously employed by the same or another international organization without an immediately prior break in such service exceeding one year; (2) the applicant is or was a United States Government civilian or military employee, or a United States Government contract employee, without an immediately prior break in such employment exceeding one year; or (3) the applicant is transferred or detailed from an agency of the United States Government pursuant to the provisions of sections 3343, 3581, 3582, 3583, or 3584 of Title 5 of the United States Code.
4. Whenever information disclosed with respect to any person being investigated is derogatory, within the standard set forth in Part II of this order, the Office of Personnel Management shall forward such information to the Federal Bureau of Investigation, and the Bureau shall conduct a full field investigation of such persons.
5. Reports of full field investigations shall be forwarded through the Office of Personnel Management to the International Organizations Employees Loyalty Board, established by Part IV of this order and hereinafter referred to as the Board. Whenever such a report contains derogatory information, under the standard set forth in Part II of this order, there shall be made available to the person in question the procedures of the Board provided or authorized by Part IV of this order (including the opportunity of a hearing) for inquiring into the loyalty of the person as a United States citizen in accordance with the standard set forth in Part II of this order. The Board shall transmit its determinations, as advisory opinions, together with the reasons therefor stated in as much detail as the Board determines that security considerations permit, to the Secretary of State for transmission to the Secretary General of the United Nations for his use in exercising his rights and duties with respect to the personnel of the United Nations as set out in the Charter and in regulations and decisions of the competent organs of the United Nations.
6. At any stage during the investigation or Board proceeding, the Board may transmit to the Secretary of State, for forwarding to the Secretary General, in as much detail as the Board determines that security considerations permit, the derogatory information disclosed by investigation. This shall be for the purpose of assisting the Secretary General in determining whether or not he should take action with respect to the employee, or the person being considered for employment, prior to the completion of the procedures outlined in this order. The making available of any such information shall be without prejudice to the right of full hearing as provided for herein.
7. The Secretary of State shall notify the Secretary General in all cases in which no derogatory information has been developed.
1. The standard to be used by the Board in making an advisory determination as provided for in paragraph 5 of Part I of this order with respect to a United States citizen who is an employee of, or is being considered for employment by, the United Nations, shall be whether or not on all the evidence there is a reasonable doubt as to the loyalty of the person involved to the Government of the United States.
2. Activities and associations of a United States citizen who is an employee or being considered for employment by the United Nations which may be considered in connection with the determination whether or not on all the evidence there is a reasonable doubt as to the loyalty of the person involved to the Government of the United States may include one or more of the following:
(a) Sabotage, espionage, or attempts or preparations therefor, or knowingly associating with spies or saboteurs.
(b) Treason or sedition or advocacy thereof.
(c) Advocacy of revolution or force or violence to alter the constitutional form of government of the United States.
(d) Intentional, unauthorized disclosure to any person, under circumstances which may indicate disloyalty to the United States, of United States documents or United States information of a confidential or non-public character obtained by the person making the disclosure as a result of his previous employment by the Government of the United States or otherwise.
(e) Performing or attempting to perform his duties, or otherwise acting, while an employee of the United States Government during a previous period, so as to serve the interests of another government in preference to the interests of the United States.
(f) Knowing membership with the specific intent of furthering the aims of, or adherence to and active participation in, any foreign or domestic organization, association, movement, group or combination of persons, which unlawfully advocates or practices the commission of acts of force or violence to prevent others from exercising their rights under the Constitution or laws of the United States, or of any State, or which seeks to overthrow the Government of the United States or any State or subdivision thereof by unlawful means.
The provisions of Parts I and II of this order shall be applicable to United States citizens who are employees of, or are being considered for employment by, other public international organizations of which the United States Government is a member, by arrangement between the executive head of the international organization concerned and the Secretary of State or other officer of the United States designated by the President.
1. There is hereby established in the Office of Personnel Management an International Organizations Employees Loyalty Board of not less than three impartial persons, the members of which shall be officers or employees of the Office.
2. The Board shall have authority in cases referred to it under this order to inquire into the loyalty to the Government of the United States of United States citizens employed, or considered for employment, by international organizations of which the United States is a member, and to make advisory determinations in such cases, under the standard set forth in Part II of this order, for transmission by the Secretary of State to the executive heads of the international organizations coming under the arrangements made pursuant to Parts I and III of this order.
3. The Board shall make necessary rules and regulations, not inconsistent with the provisions of this order, for the execution of its functions. There shall be included in such rules and regulations provisions for furnishing each person whose case is considered by the Board:
(a) A written statement of the alleged derogatory information, in as much detail as security considerations permit.
(b) An opportunity to answer or comment upon the statement of alleged derogatory information, in writing, and to submit affidavits.
(c) An opportunity for hearing before the Board, or a panel thereof of at least three members, including the right of the person to be represented by counsel, to present witnesses and other evidence in his behalf, and to cross-examine witnesses offered in support of the derogatory information: Provided, That the Board shall conduct its hearings in such manner as to protect from disclosure information affecting the national security.
4. Based upon all the evidence before it, including such confidential information as it may have in its possession, the Board shall make its determinations in writing, and shall send to each person who is the subject thereof a copy. In cases in which hearing or other action is by a panel of three members, the action or determination of the panel shall constitute the action or determination of the Board, except that rules and regulations pursuant to paragraph 3 of this Part shall be adopted by action of the Board as a whole.
5. Except as otherwise specified in this order, the Office of Personnel Management shall provide the necessary investigative and other services required by the Board. All agencies of the executive branch of the Government are authorized and directed to cooperate with the Board, and, to the extent permitted by law, to furnish the Board such information and assistance as it may require in the performance of its functions.
6. All cases arising under this order which are pending before the Regional Loyalty Boards and the Loyalty Review Board of the Commission on the effective date of Executive Order No. 10450 of April 27, 1953, shall on that date be transferred to the Board.
Memorandum of President of the United States, Apr. 1, 1997, 62 F.R. 18261, provided:
Memorandum for the Secretary of State
By virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and laws of the United States of America, including section 301 of title 3 of the United States Code, I hereby delegate to the Secretary of State the functions vested in the President by section 2(g) of the United Nations Participation Act of 1945 (Public Law 79–264, 22 U.S.C. 287(g)).
You are authorized and directed to publish this memorandum in the Federal Register.
William J. Clinton.
The representatives provided for in section 287 of this title, when representing the United States in the respective organs and agencies of the United Nations, shall, at all times, act in accordance with the instructions of the President transmitted by the Secretary of State unless other means of transmission is directed by the President, and such representatives shall, in accordance with such instructions, cast any and all votes under the Charter of the United Nations.
(Dec. 20, 1945, ch. 583, §3, 59 Stat. 620.)
The President shall, from time to time as occasion may require, but not less than once each year, make reports to the Congress of the activities of the United Nations and of the participation of the United States therein.
Not later than July 1 of each year, the Secretary of State shall submit a report to the designated congressional committees on the extent and disposition of all financial contributions made by the United States during the preceding year to international organizations in which the United States participates as a member.
In addition to the report required by subsection (a) of this section, the President, at the time of submission of the annual budget request to the Congress, shall submit to the designated congressional committees a report that includes the following:
(A) In accordance with section 407(a)(5)(B) of the Foreign Relations Authorization Act, Fiscal Years 1994 and 1995,1 a description of all assistance provided by the United States to the United Nations to support peacekeeping operations during the previous calendar quarter and during the previous year.
(B) With respect to United Nations peacekeeping operations—
(i) the aggregate cost of all United Nations peacekeeping operations for the prior fiscal year;
(ii) the costs of each United Nations peacekeeping operation for the prior fiscal year; and
(iii) the amount of United States contributions (both assessed and voluntary) to United Nations peacekeeping operations on an operation-by-operation basis for the prior fiscal year.
(C) With respect to other international peacekeeping operations in which the United States participates—
(i) the aggregate cost of all such operations for the prior fiscal year;
(ii) the costs of each such operation for the prior fiscal year; and
(iii) the amount of United States contributions (both assessed and voluntary) to such operations on an operation-by-operation basis for the prior fiscal year.
(D) In the case of the first 2 reports submitted pursuant to this subsection, a projection of all United States costs for United Nations peacekeeping operations during each of the next 2 fiscal years, including assessed and voluntary contributions.
(A) An assessment of the effectiveness of ongoing international peacekeeping operations, their relevance to United States national interests, the efforts by the United Nations and other international organizations (as applicable) to resolve the relevant armed conflicts, and the projected termination dates for all such operations.
(B) The dollar value and percentage of total peacekeeping contracts that have been awarded to United States contractors during the previous year.
(A)(i) A description of the status of efforts to establish and implement an independent office of the Inspector General at the United Nations.
(ii) If an office of the Inspector General has been established at the United Nations, a discussion of whether the Inspector General is keeping the Secretary General and the members of the General Assembly fully informed about problems, deficiencies, the necessity for corrective action, and the progress of corrective action.
(iii) For purposes of this subparagraph, the term “office of the Inspector General” means an independent office (or other independent entity) established by the United Nations to conduct and supervise objective audits, inspections, and investigations relating to the programs and operations of the United Nations.
(B) A description of the status of efforts to reduce the United States peacekeeping assessment rate.
(C) A description of the status of other United States efforts to achieve financial and management reform at the United Nations.
A description of—
(A) the status under international law of members of multinational forces, including the legal status of such personnel if captured, missing, or detained;
(B) the extent of the risk for United States military personnel who are captured while participating in multinational forces in cases where their captors fail to respect the 1949 Geneva Conventions and other international agreements intended to protect prisoners of war; and
(C) the specific steps that have been taken to protect United States military personnel participating in multinational forces, together (if necessary) with any recommendations for the enactment of legislation to achieve that objective.
A description of the efforts by United Nations peacekeeping forces to promote and protect internationally recognized human rights standards, including the status of investigations in any case of alleged human rights violations during the preceding year by personnel participating in United Nations peacekeeping forces, as well as any action taken in such cases.
Each month the President shall consult with Congress on the status of United Nations peacekeeping operations.
In connection with such consultations, the following information shall be provided each month to the designated congressional committees:
(A) With respect to ongoing United Nations peacekeeping operations, the following:
(i) A list of all resolutions of the United Nations Security Council anticipated to be voted on during such month that would extend or change the mandate of any United Nations peacekeeping operation.
(ii) For each such operation, any changes in the duration, mandate, and command and control arrangements that are anticipated as a result of the adoption of the resolution.
(iii) An estimate of the total cost to the United Nations of each such operation for the period covered by the resolution, and an estimate of the amount of that cost that will be assessed to the United States.
(iv) Any anticipated significant changes in United States participation in or support for each such operation during the period covered by the resolution (including the provision of facilities, training, transportation, communication, and logistical support, but not including intelligence activities reportable under title V of the National Security Act of 1947 (50 U.S.C. 413 et seq.)), and the estimated costs to the United States of such changes.
(B) With respect to each new United Nations peacekeeping operation that is anticipated to be authorized by a Security Council resolution during such month, the following information for the period covered by the resolution:
(i) The anticipated duration, mandate, and command and control arrangements of such operation, the planned exit strategy, and the vital national interest to be served.
(ii) An estimate of the total cost to the United Nations of the operation, and an estimate of the amount of that cost that will be assessed to the United States.
(iii) A description of the functions that would be performed by any United States Armed Forces participating in or otherwise operating in support of the operation, an estimate of the number of members of the Armed Forces that will participate in or otherwise operate in support of the operation, and an estimate of the cost to the United States of such participation or support.
(iv) A description of any other United States assistance to or support for the operation (including the provision of facilities, training, transportation, communication, and logistical support, but not including intelligence activities reportable under title V of the National Security Act of 1947 (50 U.S.C. 413 et seq.)), and an estimate of the cost to the United States of such assistance or support.
(v) A reprogramming of funds pursuant to section 2706 of this title, submitted in accordance with the procedures set forth in such section, describing the source of funds that will be used to pay for the cost of the new United Nations peacekeeping operation, provided that such notification shall also be submitted to the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate.
The President shall submit information under clauses (i) and (iii) of paragraph (2)(A) in writing.
The information required under paragraph (2)(A) for a month shall be submitted not later than the 10th day of the month.
The information required under paragraph (2)(B) shall be submitted in writing with respect to each new United Nations peacekeeping operation not less than 15 days before the anticipated date of the vote on the resolution concerned unless the President determines that exceptional circumstances prevent compliance with the requirement to report 15 days in advance. If the President makes such a determination, the information required under paragraph (2)(B) shall be submitted as far in advance of the vote as is practicable.
As used in paragraph (2), the term “new United Nations peacekeeping operation” includes any existing or otherwise ongoing United Nations peacekeeping operation—
(A) where the authorized force strength is to be expanded;
(B) that is to be authorized to operate in a country in which it was not previously authorized to operate; or
(C) the mandate of which is to be changed so that the operation would be engaged in significant additional or significantly different functions.
The President shall notify the designated congressional committees at least 15 days before the United States provides any assistance to the United Nations to support peacekeeping operations.
This subparagraph does not apply to—
(I) assistance having a value of less than $3,000,000 in the case of nonreimbursable assistance or less than $14,000,000 in the case of reimbursable assistance; or
(II) assistance provided under the emergency drawdown authority of sections 2318(a)(1) and 2348a(c)(2) of this title.
The President shall submit an annual report to the designated congressional committees on all assistance provided by the United States during the preceding calendar year to the United Nations to support peacekeeping operations. Each such report shall describe the assistance provided for each such operation, listed by category of assistance.
In this section, the term “designated congressional committees” means the Committee on Foreign Relations and the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate and the Committee on International Relations and the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives.
Nothing in this section is intended to alter or supersede any notification requirement with respect to peacekeeping operations that is established under any other provision of law.
(Dec. 20, 1945, ch. 583, §4, 59 Stat. 620; Pub. L. 103–236, title IV, §§406, 407(b), Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 448, 450; Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title VII, §724(a)(1), (2), (b)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–465, 1501A–467; Pub. L. 107–228, div. A, title IV, §405(a), Sept. 30, 2002, 116 Stat. 1390.)
Section 407(a)(5)(B) of the Foreign Relations Authorization Act, Fiscal Years 1994 and 1995, referred to in subsec. (c)(1)(A), is section 407(a)(5)(B) of Pub. L. 103–236, which was set out below, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 106–113.
The National Security Act of 1947, referred to in subsec. (d)(2)(A)(iv), (B)(iv), is act July 26, 1947, ch. 343, 61 Stat. 495, as amended. Title V of the Act is classified generally to subchapter III (§413 et seq.) of chapter 15 of Title 50, War and National Defense. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 401 of Title 50 and Tables.
Another subsec. (a)(2) of section 724 of Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7), repealed section 407(a) of Pub. L. 103–236, formerly set out as a note below.
2002—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 107–228, §405(a)(1), (2), added subsec. (b) and struck out heading and text of former subsec. (b). Text read as follows: “Not later than 3 days (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays) after adoption of any resolution by the Security Council, the Secretary of State shall transmit the text of such resolution and any supporting documentation to the designated congressional committees.”
Subsecs. (c), (d). Pub. L. 107–228, §405(a)(1), (4), redesignated subsecs. (d) and (e) as (c) and (d), respectively, and struck out heading and text of former subsec. (c). Text read as follows: “The Secretary of State shall promptly transmit to the designated congressional committees any published report prepared by the United Nations and distributed to the members of the Security Council that contains assessments of any proposed, ongoing, or concluded United Nations peacekeeping operation.”
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 107–228, §405(a)(4), redesignated subsec. (f) as (e). Former subsec. (e) redesignated (d).
Subsec. (e)(5)(B). Pub. L. 107–228, §405(a)(3), added subpar. (B) and struck out former subpar. (B) which related to quarterly reports.
Subsecs. (f), (g). Pub. L. 107–228, §405(a)(4), redesignated subsec. (g) as (f). Former subsec. (f) redesignated (e).
1999—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 106–113, §1000(a)(7) [title VII, §724(a)(1)], struck out at end “He shall make special current reports on decisions of the Security Council to take enforcement measures under the provisions of the Charter of the United Nations, and on the participation therein under his instructions, of the representative of the United States.”
Subsecs. (e) to (g). Pub. L. 106–113, §1000(a)(7) [title VII, §724(a)(2), (b)], added subsecs. (e) to (g) and struck out heading and text of former subsec. (e). Text read as follows: “As used in this section, the term ‘designated congressional committees’ has the meaning given that term by section 415 of the Foreign Relations Authorization Act, Fiscal Years 1994 and 1995.”
1994—Pub. L. 103–236 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), inserted heading, and added subsecs. (b) to (e).
Committee on International Relations of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Foreign Affairs of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Tenth Congress, Jan. 5, 2007.
For termination, effective May 15, 2000, of provisions in subsec. (a) of this section relating to reporting to Congress not less than once each year, see section 3003 of Pub. L. 104–66, as amended, set out as a note under section 1113 of Title 31, Money and Finance, and page 39 of House Document No. 103–7.
For delegation of congressional reporting functions of President under this section, see section 1 of Ex. Ord. No. 13313, July 31, 2003, 68 F.R. 46073, 46074, set out as a note under section 301 of Title 3, The President.
Pub. L. 103–236, title IV, §407(a), Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 448, directed President to consult monthly with Congress on status of United Nations peacekeeping operations, to provide certain information to designated congressional committees on a monthly or interim basis, to notify such committees at least 15 days before the United States would provide assistance to the United Nations to support peacekeeping assistance, and to submit quarterly reports on all such assistance, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title VII, §724(a)(2)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–467. See subsec. (e) of this section.
Section 415 of Pub. L. 103–236 provided that: “For purposes of this part [part A (§§401 to 415) of title IV of Pub. L. 103–236, enacting section 2321n of this title, amending this section, enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and section 287e of this title, and amending provisions set out as notes under section 287e of this title], the term ‘designated congressional committees’ means the Committee on Appropriations and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate and the Committee on Appropriations and the Committee on Foreign Affairs of the House of Representatives.”
Pub. L. 98–164, title I, §117, Nov. 22, 1983, 97 Stat. 1022, as amended by Pub. L. 100–204, title VII, §707, Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1390, directed Secretary of State to transmit to the Speaker of the House of Representatives and the chairman of the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate, by Jan. 31 of each year, a report regarding policies which each member country of United Nations pursued in international organizations of which United States was a member, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 103–236, title I, §139(27), Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 399.
1 See References in Text note below.
Notwithstanding the provisions of any other law, whenever the United States is called upon by the Security Council to apply measures which said Council has decided, pursuant to article 41 of said Charter, are to be employed to give effect to its decisions under said Charter, the President may, to the extent necessary to apply such measures, through any agency which he may designate, and under such orders, rules, and regulations as may be prescribed by him, investigate, regulate, or prohibit, in whole or in part, economic relations or rail, sea, air, postal, telegraphic, radio, and other means of communication between any foreign country or any national thereof or any person therein and the United States or any person subject to the jurisdiction thereof, or involving any property subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. Any Executive order which is issued under this subsection and which applies measures against Southern Rhodesia pursuant to any United Nations Security Council Resolution may be enforced, notwithstanding the provisions of any other law. The President may exempt from such Executive order any shipment of chromium in any form which is in transit to the United States on March 18, 1977.
Any person who willfully violates or evades or attempts to violate or evade any order, rule, or regulation issued by the President pursuant to subsection (a) of this section shall, upon conviction, be fined not more than $1,000,000 or, if a natural person, be imprisoned for not more than 20 years, or both.
(1) During the period in which measures are applied against Southern Rhodesia under subsection (a) of this section pursuant to any United Nations Security Council Resolution, a shipment of any steel mill product (as such product may be defined by the Secretary) containing chromium in any form may not be released from customs custody for entry into the United States if—
(A) a certificate of origin with respect to such shipment has not been filed with the Secretary; or
(B) in the case of a shipment with respect to which a certificate of origin has been filed with the Secretary, the Secretary determines that the information contained in such certificate does not adequately establish that the steel mill product in such shipment does not contain chromium in any form which is of Southern Rhodesian origin;
unless such release is authorized by the Secretary under paragraph (3)(B) or (C).
(2) The Secretary shall prescribe regulations for carrying out this subsection.
(3)(A) In carrying out this subsection, the Secretary may issue subpenas requiring the attendance and testimony of witnesses and the production of evidence. Any such subpena may, upon application by the Secretary, be enforced in a civil action in an appropriate United States district court.
(B) The Secretary may exempt from the certification requirements of this subsection any shipment of a steel mill product containing chromium in any form which is in transit to the United States on March 18, 1977.
(C) Under such circumstances as he deems appropriate, the Secretary may release from customs custody for entry into the United States, under such bond as he may require, any shipment of a steel mill product containing chromium in any form.
(4) As used in this subsection—
(A) the term “certificate of origin” means such certificate as the Secretary may require, with respect to a shipment of any steel mill product containing chromium in any form, issued by the government (or by a designee of such government if the Secretary is satisfied that such designee is the highest available certifying authority) of the country in which such steel mill product was produced certifying that the steel mill product in such shipment contains no chromium in any form which is of Southern Rhodesian origin; and
(B) the term “Secretary” means the Secretary of the Treasury.
(Dec. 20, 1945, ch. 583, §5, 59 Stat. 620; Oct. 10, 1949, ch. 660, §3, 63 Stat. 735; Pub. L. 95–12, §1, Mar. 18, 1977, 91 Stat. 22; Pub. L. 111–195, title I, §107(a)(1), July 1, 2010, 124 Stat. 1337.)
Article 41 of said Charter, referred to in subsec. (a), is an article of the United Nations Charter.
2010—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 111–195 substituted “fined not more than $1,000,000” for “find not more than $10,000” and “20 years, or both.” for “ten years, or both; and the officer, director, or agent of any corporation who knowingly participates in such violation or evasion shall be punished by a like fine, imprisonment, or both, and any property, funds, securities, papers, or other articles or documents, or any vessel, together with her tackle, apparel, furniture, and equipment, or vehicle, or aircraft, concerned in such violation shall be forfeited to the United States.”
1977—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 95–12, §1(1), inserted provision permitting enforcement of any Executive order, issued under this subsection, applying measures against Southern Rhodesia and permitting Presidential exemption from that Executive order of any shipment of chromium in transit to the United States on Mar. 18, 1977.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 95–12, §1(2), added subsec. (c).
1949—Subsec. (b). Act Oct. 10, 1949, made aircraft subject to forfeiture.
Pub. L. 96–107, title VIII, §818, Nov. 9, 1979, 93 Stat. 818, provided that: “It is the sense of the Congress that the United States should have unlimited access to strategic and critical materials which are vital to the defense and security of the United States and that every effort should be made to remove artificial impediments against the importation of such materials into the United States from Zimbabwe-Rhodesia.”
Pub. L. 96–60, title IV, §408, Aug. 15, 1979, 93 Stat. 405, provided for termination of sanctions against Zimbabwe-Rhodesia by Nov. 15, 1979, unless the President determined and reported to Congress that termination of sanctions would not be in the national interest, with provision authorizing Congress to reject such Presidential determination, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 97–241, title V, §505(a)(1), Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 298.
Pub. L. 95–384, §27, Sept. 26, 1978, 92 Stat. 746, which related to enforcement of sanctions against Rhodesia, was repealed by Pub. L. 97–113, title VII, §734(a)(12), Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1560.
Section 2 of Pub. L. 95–12 provided that:
“(a) Upon the enactment of this Act [Mar. 18, 1977], the President may suspend the operation of the amendments contained in this Act [amending this section] if he determines that such suspension would encourage meaningful negotiations and further the peaceful transfer of governing power from minority rule to majority rule in Southern Rhodesia. Such suspension shall remain in effect for such duration as deemed necessary by the President.
“(b) If the President suspends the operation of the amendments contained in this Act [amending this section], he shall so report to the Congress. In addition, the President shall report to the Congress when he terminates such suspension.
“(c) If the President suspends the operation of the amendments contained in this Act [amending this section], any reference in those amendments to date of enactment [Mar. 18, 1977] shall be deemed to be a reference to the date on which such suspension is terminated by the President.”
Ex. Ord. No. 11322, Jan. 5, 1967, 32 F.R. 119, which related to transactions involving Southern Rhodesia, was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 12183, Dec. 16, 1979, 44 F.R. 74787, set out below.
Ex. Ord. No. 11419, July 29, 1968, 33 F.R. 10837, which related to trade and other transactions involving Southern Rhodesia, was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 12183, Dec. 16, 1979, 44 F.R. 74787, set out below.
Ex. Ord. No. 12183, Dec. 16, 1979, 44 F.R. 74787, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and statutes of the United States of America, including Section 5 of the United Nations Participation Act of 1945, as amended (22 U.S.C. 287c), and in order to terminate current limitations relating to trade and other transactions involving Zimbabwe-Rhodesia, it is hereby ordered as follows:
1–101. (a) Subject to the provisions of this order, the following are hereby revoked with respect to transactions occurring after the effective date of this order:
(1) Executive Order 11322 of January 5, 1967 (32 F.R. 119);
(2) Executive Order 11419 of July 29, 1968 (33 F.R. 10837); and
(3) Executive Order 11978 of March 18, 1977 (42 F.R. 15403).
(b) To the extent consistent with this order, all determinations, authorizations, regulations, rulings, certificates, orders, directives, licenses, contracts, agreements, and other actions made, issued, taken, or entered into under the provisions of such Executive orders and not previously revoked, superseded, or otherwise made inapplicable, shall continue in full force and effect until amended, modified, or terminated by appropriate authority.
1–102. (a) The Secretaries of State, the Treasury, Commerce, and Transportation, and the heads of other government agencies, shall retain the authority and responsibility for the enforcement of Executive Orders 11322, 11419, and 11978 with respect to transactions occurring prior to the effective date of this order.
(b) The revocation, in Section 1–101 of this order, of such prior Executive orders shall not affect:
(1) any act done or omitted to be done or any suit or proceeding finished or started in civil or criminal cases prior to the revocation, but all such liabilities, penalties, and forfeitures under the Executive orders shall continue and may be enforced in the same manner as if the revocation had not been made; or
(2) any violation of any rules, regulations, orders, licenses, or other forms of administrative action under those revoked orders during the periods those orders were in effect.
1–103. (a) The Secretaries of State, the Treasury, Commerce, and Transportation, and the heads of other government agencies, shall take the appropriate measures to implement this order.
(b) In carrying out their respective functions and responsibilities under this order, the Secretaries of the Treasury, Commerce, and Transportation, and the heads of other government agencies, shall, as appropriate, consult with the Secretary of State. Each such Secretary and agency head and the Secretary of State shall also consult with other government agencies and private persons, as appropriate.
Jimmy Carter.
Ex. Ord. No. 12918, May 26, 1994, 59 F.R. 28205, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, including section 5 of the United Nations Participation Act of 1945, as amended (22 U.S.C. 287c), the Export Administration Act of 1979, as amended (50 U.S.C. App. 2401 et seq.), the Arms Export Control Act (22 U.S.C. 2751 et seq.), and section 301 of title 3, United States Code, and in view of United Nations Security Council Resolution 918 of May 17, 1994, it is hereby ordered as follows:
(b) Any willful evasion or attempt to violate or evade any of the prohibitions set forth in this order, by any person.
(b) “United States person” means any citizen or national of the United States, any lawful permanent resident of the United States, or any corporation, business association, partnership, society, trust, or any other entity, organization or group, including governmental entities, organized under the laws of the United States (including foreign branches).
(b) The Secretary of Commerce, in consultation with the Secretary of State, is hereby authorized to take such actions, including the promulgation of rules and regulations, and to employ all powers granted to the President by section 5 of the United Nations Participation Act [of 1945] and other authorities available to the Secretary of Commerce, as may be necessary to carry out the purpose of this order, relating to arms and related materiel identified in the Export Administration Regulations (15 C.F.R. Parts 730–799). The Secretary of Commerce may redelegate any of these functions to other officers and agencies of the United States Government.
William J. Clinton.
The President is authorized to negotiate a special agreement or agreements with the Security Council which shall be subject to the approval of the Congress by appropriate Act or joint resolution, providing for the numbers and types of armed forces, their degree of readiness and general location, and the nature of facilities and assistance, including rights of passage, to be made available to the Security Council on its call for the purpose of maintaining international peace and security in accordance with article 43 of said Charter. The President shall not be deemed to require the authorization of the Congress to make available to the Security Council on its call in order to take action under article 42 of said Charter and pursuant to such special agreement or agreements the armed forces, facilities, or assistance provided for therein: Provided, That, except as authorized in section 287d–1 of this title, nothing herein contained shall be construed as an authorization to the President by the Congress to make available to the Security Council for such purpose armed forces, facilities, or assistance in addition to the forces, facilities, and assistance provided for in such special agreement or agreements.
(Dec. 20, 1945, ch. 583, §6, 59 Stat. 621; Oct. 10, 1949, ch. 660, §4, 63 Stat. 735.)
Article 43 of said Charter and article 42 of said Charter, referred to in text, are articles of the United Nations Charter.
Herein, referred to in text, means act Dec. 20, 1945, ch. 583, 59 Stat. 619, as amended, known as the United Nations Participation Act of 1945, which is classified generally to this subchapter (§287 et seq.). For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 287 of this title and Tables.
1949—Act Oct. 10, 1949, inserted “, except as authorized in section 287d–1 of this title,” in proviso.
Notwithstanding the provisions of any other law, the President, upon the request by the United Nations for cooperative action, and to the extent that he finds that it is consistent with the national interest to comply with such request, may authorize, in support of such activities of the United Nations as are specifically directed to the peaceful settlement of disputes and not involving the employment of armed forces contemplated by chapter VII of the United Nations Charter—
(1) the detail to the United Nations, under such terms and conditions as the President shall determine, of personnel of the armed forces of the United States to serve as observers, guards, or in any non-combatant capacity, but in no event shall more than a total of one thousand of such personnel be so detailed at any one time: Provided, That while so detailed, such personnel shall be considered for all purposes as acting in the line of duty, including the receipt of pay and allowances as personnel of the armed forces of the United States, credit for longevity and retirement, and all other perquisites appertaining to such duty: Provided further, That upon authorization or approval by the President, such personnel may accept directly from the United Nations (a) any or all of the allowances or perquisites to which they are entitled under the first proviso hereof, and (b) extraordinary expenses and perquisites incident to such detail;
(2) the furnishing of facilities, services, or other assistance and the loan of the agreed fair share of the United States of any supplies and equipment to the United Nations by the Department of Defense, under such terms and conditions as the President shall determine;
(3) the obligation, insofar as necessary to carry out the purposes of clauses (1) and (2) of this subsection, of any funds appropriated to the Department of Defense or any department therein, the procurement of such personnel, supplies, equipment, facilities, services, or other assistance as may be made available in accordance with the request of the United Nations, and the replacement of such items, when necessary, where they are furnished from stocks.
Whenever personnel or assistance is made available pursuant to the authority contained in subsection (a)(1) and (2) of this section, the President shall require reimbursement from the United Nations for the expense thereby incurred by the United States: Provided, That in exceptional circumstances, or when the President finds it to be in the national interest, he may waive, in whole or in part, the requirement of such reimbursement: Provided further, That when any such reimbursement is made, it shall be credited, at the option of the appropriate department of the Department of Defense, either to the appropriation, fund, or account utilized in incurring the obligation, or to an appropriate appropriation, fund, or account currently available for the purposes for which expenditures were made.
In addition to the authorization of appropriations to the Department of State contained in section 287e of this title, there is hereby authorized to be appropriated to the Department of Defense, or any department therein, such sums as may be necessary to reimburse such departments in the event that reimbursement from the United Nations is waived in whole or in part pursuant to authority contained in subsection (b) of this section.
Nothing in this subchapter shall authorize the disclosure of any information or knowledge in any case in which such disclosure is prohibited by any other law of the United States.
(Dec. 20, 1945, ch. 583, §7, as added Oct. 10, 1949, ch. 660, §5, 63 Stat. 735; amended Aug. 10, 1949, ch. 412, §12(a), 63 Stat. 591.)
National Military Establishment changed to Department of Defense by act Aug. 10, 1049.
Ex. Ord. No. 10206, Jan. 19, 1951, 16 F.R. 529, provided:
By virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and the statutes, including the United Nations Participation Act of 1945 (59 Stat. 619), as amended [this subchapter], hereinafter referred to as the Act, and the act of August 8, 1950 (Public Law 673, 81st Congress) [sections 301 to 303 of Title 3, The President], and as President of the United States, it is hereby ordered as follows:
1. The Secretary of State, upon the request by the United Nations for cooperative action, and to the extent that he finds that it is consistent with the national interest to comply with such request, is authorized, in support of such activities of the United Nations as are specifically directed to the peaceful settlement of disputes and not involving the employment of armed forces contemplated by Chapter VII of the United Nations Charter, to request the Secretary of Defense to detail personnel of the armed forces to the United Nations, and to furnish facilities, services, or other assistance and to loan supplies and equipment to the United Nations in an agreed fair share of the United States under such terms and conditions as the Secretary of State and the Secretary of Defense shall jointly determine and in accordance with and subject to the provisions of paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) of section 7(a) of the Act [subsection (a)(1), (2) and (3) of this section], and the Secretary of Defense is authorized to comply with the request of the Secretary of State, giving due regard to the requirements of the national defense.
2. The Secretary of State, in accordance with and subject to the provisions of section 7(b) of the Act [subsection (b) of this section], shall require reimbursement from the United Nations for the expense thereby incurred by the United States whenever personnel or assistance is made available to the United Nations, except that in exceptional circumstances, or when the Secretary of State finds it to be in the national interest, he may, after consultation with the Secretary of Defense, waive, in whole or in part, the requirement of such reimbursement.
3. The Secretary of Defense, in accordance with and subject to the provisions of section 7(a)(1) of the Act [subsection (a)(1) of this section], may authorize personnel of the armed forces detailed to the United Nations to accept directly from the United Nations (a) any or all of the allowances or perquisites to which they are entitled under the first proviso of section 7(a)(1) of the Act [subsection (a)(1) of this section], and (b) extraordinary expenses and perquisites incident to such detail.
Harry S Truman.
There is hereby authorized to be appropriated annually to the Department of State, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, such sums as may be necessary for the payment by the United States of its share of the expenses of the United Nations as apportioned by the General Assembly in accordance with article 17 of the Charter, and for all necessary salaries and expenses of the representatives provided for in section 287 of this title, and of their appropriate staffs, including personal services in the District of Columbia and elsewhere, without regard to the civil-service laws and chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5; travel expenses without regard to the Standardized Government Travel Regulations, as amended, subchapter I of chapter 57 and section 5731 of title 5 and, under such rules and regulations as the Secretary of State may prescribe, travel expenses of families and transportation of effects of United States representatives and other personnel in going to and returning from their post of duty; allowances for living quarters, including heat, fuel, and light, as authorized by section 5912 of title 5; cost-of-living allowances for personnel stationed abroad under such rules and regulations as the Secretary of State may prescribe; communications services; stenographic reporting, translating, and other services, by contract; hire of passenger motor vehicles and other local transportation; rent of offices; printing and binding without regard to section 501 of title 44; allowances and expenses as provided in section 287r of this title, and allowances and expenses equivalent to those provided in section 4085 of this title; the lease or rental (for periods not exceeding ten years) of living quarters for the use of the representatives provided for in section 287 of this title serving abroad and of their appropriate staffs the cost of installation and use of telephones in the same manner as telephone service is provided for use of the Foreign Service pursuant to section 1348 of title 31, and unusual expenses similar to those authorized by section 5913 of title 5, incident to the operation and maintenance of such living quarters abroad; and such other expenses as may be authorized by the Secretary of State; all without regard to section 6101 of title 41.
(Dec. 20, 1945, ch. 583, §8, formerly §7, 59 Stat. 621, renumbered and amended Oct. 10, 1949, ch. 660, §6, 63 Stat. 736; Oct. 28, 1949, ch. 782, title II, §202(2), title XI, §1106(a), 63 Stat. 954, 972; Pub. L. 86–707, title III, §311(b), Sept. 6, 1960, 74 Stat. 797; Pub. L. 96–465, title II, §2206(a)(2)(B), Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2161; Pub. L. 97–241, title I, §119, Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 280; Pub. L. 100–459, title III, §304(a), Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2207.)
Article 17 of the Charter, referred to in text, is article 17 of the United Nations Charter.
In text, “chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5” substituted for “the Classification Act of 1949” on authority of Pub. L. 89–554, §7(b), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 631, which Act enacted Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
In text, “subchapter I of chapter 57 and section 5731 of title 5” substituted for “the Travel Expense Act of 1949, and section 10 of the Act of March 3, 1933, as amended [5 U.S.C. 73b]” on authority of Pub. L. 89–554, §7(b), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 631, which Act enacted Title 5.
In text, “section 5912 of title 5” and “section 5913 of title 5” substituted for “the Act approved June 26, 1930 (5 U.S.C. 118a)” and “section 22 of the Administrative Expenses Act of 1946, as amended by section 311 of the Overseas Differentials and Allowances Act [5 U.S.C. 3039]”, respectively, on authority of Pub. L. 89–554, §7(b), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 631, which Act enacted Title 5.
In text, “section 501 of title 44” substituted for “section 11 of the Act of March 1, 1919 (44 U.S.C. 111)” on authority of Pub. L. 90–620, §2(b), Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1305, which Act enacted Title 44, Public Printing and Documents.
In text, “section 1348 of title 31” substituted for “the Act of August 23, 1912, as amended (31 U.S.C. 679)” on authority of Pub. L. 97–258, §4(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, which Act enacted Title 31, Money and Finance.
In text, “section 6101 of title 41” substituted for “section 3709 of the Revised Statutes, as amended (41 U.S.C. 5)” on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
1988—Pub. L. 100–459 inserted “serving abroad” after “use of the representatives provided for in section 287 of this title”, inserted “abroad” after “such living quarters” and struck out at end “Any payments made by United States Government personnel for occupancy by them of living quarters leased or rented under this section shall be credited to the appropriation, fund, or account utilized by the Secretary of State for such lease or rental or to the appropriation, fund, or account currently available for such purpose.”
1982—Pub. L. 97–241 substituted “use of the representatives provided for in section 287 of this title and of their appropriate staffs” for “use of the representative of the United States to the United Nations referred to in subsection (a) of section 287 of this title” and inserted provision that payments made by United States Government personnel for occupancy of living quarters leased or rented be credited to the appropriation, fund, or account utilized for such lease or rental or to the appropriation, fund, or account currently available for such purpose.
1980—Pub. L. 96–465 substituted reference to section 4085 of this title for reference to section 1131 of this title.
1960—Pub. L. 86–707 substituted “and unusual expenses similar to those authorized by section 5913 of title 5, incident to the operation and maintenance of such living quarters” for “and the allotment of funds, similar to the allotment authorized by section 1132 of this title, for unusual expenses incident to the operation and maintenance of such living quarters, to be accounted for in accordance with section 1133 of this title.”
1949—Act Oct. 28, 1949, substituted “Classification Act of 1949” for “Classification Act of 1923”.
Act Oct. 10, 1949, which renumbered section as section 8 of act Dec. 20, 1945, from section 7, authorized lease or rental, for periods not to exceed 10 years, of a residence for our representative to the United Nations, and clarified references to the civil service and classification laws, subsistence allowances, and travel expense.
Amendment by Pub. L. 100–459 effective July 1, 1989, see section 304(c)(1) of Pub. L. 100–459, set out as an Effective Date of 1988 Amendment; Transition Provisions note under section 287e–1 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–465 effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Act Oct. 28, 1949, ch. 782, cited as a credit to this section, was repealed (subject to a savings clause) by Pub. L. 89–554, Sept. 6, 1966, §8, 80 Stat. 632, 655.
Annual appropriations to meet the obligations of membership in various international organizations were contained in acts listed in a note set out under section 269a of this title.
Pub. L. 107–77, title IV, §404, Nov. 28, 2001, 115 Stat. 789, provided that: “Hereafter, none of the funds appropriated or otherwise made available for the United Nations may be used by the United Nations for the promulgation or enforcement of any treaty, resolution, or regulation authorizing the United Nations, or any of its specialized agencies or affiliated organizations, to tax any aspect of the Internet or international currency transactions.”
Similar provisions were contained in the following appropriation acts:
Pub. L. 106–553, §1(a)(2) [title IV, §405], Dec. 21, 2000, 114 Stat. 2762, 2762A–96.
Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(1) [title IV, §406], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1535, 1501A–45.
Pub. L. 107–228, div. A, title I, §113(e), Sept. 30, 2002, 116 Stat. 1359, provided that: “The United States shall continue to insist that the United Nations and its specialized and affiliated agencies shall credit or refund to each member of the organization or agency concerned its proportionate share of the amount by which the total contributions to the organization or agency exceed the expenditures of the regular assessed budget of the organization or agency.”
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior authorization act:
Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title I, §106(g)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–416.
Pub. L. 103–236, title I, §102(g), Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 389, as amended by Pub. L. 103–415, §1(o), Oct. 25, 1994, 108 Stat. 4301, provided that: “Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the funds authorized to be appropriated for the United Nations and its affiliated agencies in ‘Contributions for International Organizations’ shall be reduced in the amount of $118,875,000 for fiscal year 1995, and for each year thereafter, until the President certifies to the Speaker of the House of Representatives and the President of the Senate that no United Nations agency or United Nations affiliated agency grants any official status, accreditation, or recognition to any organization which promotes and condones or seeks the legalization of pedophilia, or which includes as a subsidiary or member any such organization.”
[Functions of President under section 102(g) of Pub. L. 103–236, set out above, delegated to Secretary of State by Memorandum of President of the United States, July 26, 1994, 59 F.R. 40205, set out as a note under section 2370a of this title.]
Pub. L. 101–246, title IV, §414, Feb. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 70, provided that:
“(a)
“(b)
Pub. L. 100–204, title VII, §701, Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1383, as amended by Pub. L. 102–138, title I, §163, Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 676, provided that:
“(a)
“(1) In April 1986, the Secretary-General of the United Nations adopted a freeze on the hiring of personnel within the United Nations Secretariat.
“(2) The conditions of the freeze were such that, as the terms of office for the personnel expired, replacements would not be recruited or hired to fill the vacant positions, with minor exceptions.
“(3) The freeze was designed to reduce United Nations personnel by 15 percent over three years, as recommended by the Group of High-Level Intergovernmental Experts to Review the Efficiency of the Administrative and Financial Functioning of the United Nations (commonly referred to as the ‘Group of 18 Experts’).
“(4) On May 5, 1987, the Secretary-General reported to the Department of State that he was considering granting 156 exceptions to the hiring freeze.
“(5) Of these 156 probable exceptions, 104 would be Soviet and Soviet-bloc nationals currently employed in the United Nations Secretariat—of 298 Soviet and Soviet-bloc nationals currently employed in the United Nations Secretariat—who would be replaced over the next 18 months.
“(6) According to a report from the Select Committee on Intelligence of the Senate on ‘Soviet Presence in the United Nations Secretariat’ (Senate Print 99–52, May 1985), approximately one-fourth of the Soviets in the United Nations Secretariat are intelligence officers, many more are co-opted by the Soviet intelligence agencies, and all Soviets in the United Nations Secretariat must respond to KGB requests for assistance.
“(7) Other United States intelligence authorities estimate that as many as one-half of the Soviet and Soviet-bloc nationals in the United Nations Secretariat are officers of the KGB or the GRU.
“(8) If the Secretary-General's probable exemptions are adopted, the Soviet Union will be allowed to replace retiring Soviet and Soviet-bloc personnel with new, highly skilled and well-trained intelligence officers of the KGB or the GRU.
“(9) The Secretary-General's proposed exceptions would thus provide the Soviet Union with the capability to rebuild its intelligence apparatus within the United States, which was devastated in recent years when the United States ordered severe reductions in the size of the Soviet mission to the United Nations, the Soviet Embassy in Washington, District of Columbia, and the Soviet Consulate in San Francisco, California.
“(10) Article 100 of the United Nations Charter calls for the establishment of an international civil service whose members are neutral and loyal only to the United Nations.
“(11) Section 3 of Article 101 of the United Nations Charter calls for the appointment of individuals who are professionally qualified for the positions they are to fill and maintains that due regard shall be paid to the importance of recruiting the staff on as wide a geographical basis as possible.
“(12) As of September 1985, 442 of 446 Soviet nationals employed throughout the United Nations system are ‘seconded’, that is, serve on short, fixed-term contracts.
“(13) Through the abuse of short, fixed-term contracts, the Soviet Union has maintained undue influence and control over major offices of the United Nations Secretariat, thereby effectively using the United Nations Secretariat in the conduct of its foreign relations, in clear violation of Articles 100 and 101 of the United Nations Charter.
“(14) The Secretary-General's proposed exceptions to the hiring freeze (as described in paragraphs (1) through (5)) would continue the gross violations of Articles 100 and 101 of the United Nations Charter described in paragraph (13).
“(15) The Secretary-General's proposed exceptions to such hiring freeze would be clearly inconsistent with the terms of the United Nation's self-imposed reform program.
“(16) The United Nations has not yet achieved its reform goals and there is no indication that the United Nations can afford to make such large exceptions to such hiring freeze.
“(b)
“(1) the President should take all such actions necessary to ensure compliance with the hiring freeze rule, including withholding all assessed United States contributions to the United Nations, and denying United States entry visas to Soviet and Soviet-bloc applicants coming to the United States to replace Soviet and Soviet-bloc nationals currently serving in the United Nations Secretariat;
“(2) the President, through the Department of State and the United States mission to the United Nations, should express to the Secretary-General of the United Nations the insistence of the American people that the hiring freeze continue indefinitely, or until the United Nations has complied with the Group of 18 recommendations and can thus afford to make exceptions to the freeze;
“(3) the Secretary-General should revoke all exceptions to the hiring freeze rule, excepting those member-nations which have 15 or fewer nationals serving in the United Nations Secretariat, or those positions not subject to geographical representation, such as those of the general service category;
“(4) the long-term, flagrant violations of Articles 100 and 101 of the United Nations Charter and the abuse of secondment by the Soviet Union and Soviet-bloc member-nations are reprehensible;
“(5) the United Nations should adopt the recommendations of the Group of 18 (as referred to in subsection (a)(3)) that no member-nation be allowed to have more than 50 percent of its nationals employed under fixed-term contracts;
“(6) the Soviet Union is hereby condemned for—
“(A) its refusal to adhere to the principles of the United Nations Charter calling for an international civil service,
“(B) its abuse of secondment, and
“(C) its absolute disregard of the solemn purpose of the United Nations to be an international civil service; and
“(7) if the Soviet Union and the Soviet-bloc intend to remain member-nations of the United Nations, they should adhere to Articles 100, 101, and all other principles of the United Nations Charter to which every other member-nation must adhere.
“(c)
Pub. L. 100–204, title VII, §703, Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1389, provided that:
“(a)
“(b)
Pub. L. 103–236, title IV, §409(a)–(d), Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 454, as amended by Pub. L. 107–228, div. A, title IV, §405(b)(2), Sept. 30, 2002, 116 Stat. 1391, provided that:
“(a)
“(b)
“(c)
“[(d) Repealed. Pub. L. 107–228, div. A, title IV, §405(b)(2), Sept. 30, 2002, 116 Stat. 1391.]”
[Functions of President under section 409 of Pub. L. 103–236, set out above, delegated to Secretary of State by Memorandum of President of the United States, July 26, 1994, 59 F.R. 40205, set out as a note under section 2370a of this title.]
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior authorization act:
Pub. L. 102–138, title I, §162(a)–(d), Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 675; repealed by Pub. L. 103–236, title I, §139(21), title IV, §409(e), Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 399, 454, as amended by Pub. L. 103–415, §1(aa), Oct. 25, 1994, 108 Stat. 4302.
Pub. L. 101–246, title IV, §405, Feb. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 65, provided that progress had been made in formulation and implementation of budget reforms by United Nations and its specialized agencies but that limitation on United States assessed contributions would continue until President made specific determinations on continued implementation of decisionmaking procedures on budget matters, elimination of abuse of secondment in United Nations Secretariat, and reduction in staff of United Nations Secretariat, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 102–138, title I, §162(e), Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 676.
Pub. L. 99–93, title I, §143, Aug. 16, 1985, 99 Stat. 424, as amended by Pub. L. 100–204, title VII, §702(b), Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1386, provided for limitation on assessed contributions of United States until reform in budget decisionmaking procedures of United Nations and its specialized agencies had been formulated and implemented as determined by President and reported to Congress, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 102–138, title I, §162(e), Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 676.
Pub. L. 99–93, title I, §151, Aug. 16, 1985, 99 Stat. 428, provided that:
“(a)
“(b)
“(c)
“(d)
Pub. L. 98–164, title I, §114, Nov. 22, 1983, 97 Stat. 1020, as amended by Pub. L. 99–93, title I, §144, Aug. 16, 1985, 99 Stat. 424; Pub. L. 100–204, title VII, §705, Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1390, provided that:
“(a) Funds appropriated for any fiscal year for the Department of State for ‘International Organizations and Conferences’ may not be used for payment by the United States, as its contribution toward the assessed budget of the United Nations for any year, of any amount which would cause the total amount paid by the United States as its assessed contribution for that year to exceed the amount assessed as the United States contribution for that year less—
“(1) 25 per centum of the amount budgeted for that year for the Committee on the Exercise for the Inalienable Rights of the Palestinian People (or any similar successor entity); and
“(2) 25 per centum of the amount budgeted for that year for the Special Unit on Palestinian Rights (or any similar successor entity);
“(3) 25 percent of the amount budgeted for that year for the Special Committee to Investigate Israeli Practices Affecting the Human Rights of the Population of the Occupied Territories (or any similar successor entity);
“(4) 25 per centum of the amount budgeted for that year for projects whose primary purpose is to provide benefits to the Palestine Liberation Organization or entities associated with it or to the South West Africa People's Organization;
“(5) 25 percent of the amount budgeted for that year for the Second Decade to Combat Racism and Racial Discrimination;
“(6) 25 percent of the amount budgeted for any other United Nations agency or conference whose sole or partial purpose is to implement the provisions of General Assembly Resolution 33/79; and
“(7) 25 percent of the amount budgeted for the General Assembly-approved $73,500,000 conference center to be constructed for the Economic Commission for Africa (ECA) in the Ethiopian capital of Addis Ababa.
“(b) Funds appropriated for any fiscal year for the Department of State for ‘International Organizations and Conferences’ may not be used for payment by the United States, as its contribution toward the assessed budget of any specialized agency of the United Nations for any year, of any amount which would cause the total amount paid by the United States as its assessed contribution for that year to exceed the amount assessed as the United States contribution for that year less 25 per centum of the amount budgeted by such agency for that year for projects whose primary purpose is to provide benefits to the Palestine Liberation Organization or entities associated with it or to the South West Africa People's Organization.
“(c) The President shall annually review the budgets of the United Nations and its specialized agencies to determine which projects have the primary purpose of providing benefits to the Palestine Liberation Organization or to the South West Africa People's Organization. The President shall report to the Congress on any such project for which a portion of the United States assessed contribution is withheld and the amount withheld.
“(d) Subsections (a)(3) and (b) shall not be construed as limiting United States contributions to the United Nations or its specialized agencies for projects whose primary purpose is to provide humanitarian, educational, developmental, and other nonpolitical benefits.”
Section 104(c) of Pub. L. 97–241 provided that: “The President shall annually review the budgets of the United Nations and its specialized agencies to determine which projects have the primary purpose of providing political benefit to the Palestine Liberation Organization. The President shall report to the Congress on any such project for which a portion of the United States assessed contribution is withheld and the amount withheld.”
[Functions of the President under section 104(c) of Pub. L. 97–241, set out as a note above, delegated to the Secretary of State, see Ex. Ord. No. 12374, July 28, 1982, 47 F.R. 32903, as amended by Ex. Ord. No. 12408, Feb. 23, 1983, 48 F.R. 8035.]
Pub. L. 103–236, title IV, §404(b)(1), (2), Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 447, as amended by Pub. L. 107–228, div. A, title IV, §402(a), Sept. 30, 2002, 116 Stat. 1388; Pub. L. 110–161, div. J, title I, §113, Dec. 26, 2007, 121 Stat. 2288; Pub. L. 111–8, div. H, title VII, §7051, Mar. 11, 2009, 123 Stat. 893; Pub. L. 111–117, div. F, title VII, §7051, Dec. 16, 2009, 123 Stat. 3378, provided that:
“(1)
“(2)
“(A)
“(B)
“(i) For assessments made during calendar year 2001, 28.15 percent.
“(ii) For assessments made during calendar year 2002, 27.90 percent.
“(iii) For assessments made during calendar year 2003, 27.40 percent.
“(iv) For assessments made during calendar year 2004, 27.40 percent.
“(v) For assessments made during each of the calendar years 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, and 2009, 27.1 percent.
“(vi) For assessments made during calendar year 2010, 27.3 percent.”
[Pub. L. 108–447, div. B, title IV, §411, Dec. 8, 2004, 118 Stat. 2905, provided that during fiscal year 2005, section 404(b)(2)(B) of Pub. L. 103–236, set out above, would be administered as though the final clause read as follows:
[“(v) For assessments made during calendar year 2005, 27.1 percent.”]
Pub. L. 103–236, title IV, §410, Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 454, provided that: “The United States shall not make any voluntary or assessed contribution—
“(1) to any affiliated organization of the United Nations which grants full membership as a state to any organization or group that does not have the internationally recognized attributes of statehood, or
“(2) to the United Nations, if the United Nations grants full membership as a state in the United Nations to any organization or group that does not have the internationally recognized attributes of statehood,
during any period in which such membership is effective.”
Pub. L. 92–544, title I, §101, Oct. 25, 1972, 86 Stat. 1110, as amended by Pub. L. 94–141, title II, §203, Nov. 29, 1975, 89 Stat. 762; Pub. L. 103–236, title IV, §404(b)(3), Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 447; Pub. L. 107–228, div. A, title IV, §402(b), Sept. 30, 2002, 116 Stat. 1389, provided that: “Subject to section 404(b)(2) of the Foreign Relations Authorization Act, Fiscal Years 1994 and 1995 [Pub. L. 103–236] (22 U.S.C. 287e note), after December 31, 1973, no appropriation is authorized and no payment shall be made to the United Nations or any affiliated agency in excess of 25 per centum of the total annual assessment of such organization. Subject to section 404(b)(2) of the Foreign Relations Authorization Act, Fiscal Years 1994 and 1995 (22 U.S.C. 287e note), appropriations are authorized and contributions and payments may be made to the following organizations and activities notwithstanding that such contributions and payments are in excess of 25 per centum of the total annual assessment of the respective organization or 331/3 per centum of the budget for the respective activity: the International Atomic Energy Agency, the joint financing program of the International Civil Aviation Organization, and contributions for international peacekeeping activities conducted by or under the auspices of the United Nations or through multilateral agreements.”
Pub. L. 92–226, pt. IV, §410, Feb. 7, 1972, 86 Stat. 36, provided that: “The Congress strongly urges the President to undertake such negotiations as may be necessary to implement that portion of the recommendations of the Report of the President's Commission for the Observance of the Twenty-fifth Anniversary of the United Nations (known as the ‘Lodge Commission’) which proposes that the portion of the regular assessed costs to be paid by the United States to the United Nations be reduced so that the United States is assessed in each year not more than 25 per centum of such costs assessed all members of the United Nations for that year.”
The Secretary of State may, under such regulations as he shall prescribe, and notwithstanding section 3324(a) and (b) of title 31 and section 5536 of title 5:
(1) Make available to the Representative of the United States to the United Nations and the Deputy Permanent Representative of the United States to the United Nations living quarters leased or rented by the United States (for periods not exceeding ten years) and allowances for unusual expenses incident to the operation and maintenance of such living quarters similar to those and to be considered for all purposes as authorized by section 5913 of title 5.
(2) Make available in New York to no more than 30 foreign service employees of the staff of the United States Mission to the United Nations, other representatives, and no more than two employees who serve at the pleasure of the Representative, living quarters leased or rented by the United States (for periods not exceeding ten years). The number of employees to which such quarters will be made available shall be determined by the Secretary and shall reflect a significant reduction over the number of persons eligible for housing benefits as of October 1, 1988. No employee may occupy a unit under this provision if the unit is owned by the employee. The Secretary shall require that each employee occupying housing under this subsection contribute to the Department of State a percentage of his or her base salary, in an amount to be determined by the Secretary of State, toward the cost of such housing. The Secretary may reduce such payments to the extent of income taxes paid on the value of the leased or rented quarters any payments made by employees to the Department of State for occupancy by them of living quarters leased or rented under this section shall be credited to the appropriation, fund, or account utilized by the Secretary of State for such lease or rental or to the appropriation, fund, or account currently available for such purpose.
(3) provide 1 such allowance as the Secretary considers appropriate, to each Delegate and Alternate Delegate of the United States to any session of the General Assembly of the United Nations who is not a permanent member of the staff of the United States Mission to the United Nations, in order to compensate each such Delegate or Alternate Delegate for necessary housing and subsistence expenses incurred by him with respect to attending any such session.
(4) The Inspector General shall review the program established by this section no later than December 1989 and periodically thereafter with a view to increasing cost savings and making other appropriate recommendations.
(Dec. 20, 1945, ch. 583, §9, as added Pub. L. 93–126, §15, Oct. 18, 1973, 87 Stat. 454; amended Pub. L. 98–164, title II, §215, Nov. 22, 1983, 97 Stat. 1035; Pub. L. 100–459, title III, §304(b), Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2207; Pub. L. 106–309, title IV, §405, Oct. 17, 2000, 114 Stat. 1098.)
“Section 3324(a) and (b) of title 31” substituted in introductory text for “section 3648 of the Revised Statutes (31 U.S.C. 3324)” on authority of Pub. L. 97–258, §4(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, the first section of which enacted Title 31, Money and Finance.
“Section 5913 of title 5” substituted in par. (1) for “section 22 of the Administrative Expenses Act of 1946, as amended by section 311 of the Overseas Differentials and Allowances Act” on authority of Pub. L. 89–554, §7(b), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 631, the first section of which enacted Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
2000—Par. (2). Pub. L. 106–309 substituted “30 foreign service employees” for “18 foreign service employees”.
1988—Pub. L. 100–459, §304(b)(1), (3), substituted reference to Secretary of State for reference to President in introductory provisions and struck out last sentence providing that not more than fifty employees, including not more than five employees of the United Stated Information Agency, could receive an allowance under par. (1) of this section at any one time.
Par. (1). Pub. L. 100–459, §304(b)(1), (3), added par. (1) and struck out former par. (1) which read as follows: “grant any employee of the staff of the United States Mission to the United Nations designated by the Secretary of State, and any employee of the United States Information Agency designated by the Director of that Agency, who is required because of important representational responsibilities to live in the extraordinarily high-rent area immediately surrounding the headquarters of the United Nations in New York, New York, an allowance to compensate for the portion of expenses necessarily incurred by the employee for quarters and utilities which exceed the average of such expenses necessarily incurred by the employee for quarters and utilities which exceed the average of such expenses incurred by typical, permanent residents of the Metropolitan New York, New York, area with comparable salary and family size who are not compelled by reason of their employment to live in such high-rent area; and”.
Pars. (2) to (4). Pub. L. 100–459, §304(b)(2), (3), added par. (2), redesignated former par. (2) as (3) and substituted “Secretary” for “President”, and added par. (4).
1983—Pub. L. 98–164, §215(2), inserted limitation of five United States Information Agency employees, and substituted “fifty” for “forty-five”.
Par. (1). Pub. L. 98–164, §215(1), inserted provisions relating to applicability to United States Information Agency employees.
Section 304(c) of Pub. L. 100–459 provided that:
“(1) Provisions set forth in this section [amending this section and section 287e of this title] shall be effective July 1, 1989.
“(2) In the event that taxes paid by an employee on the benefit provided under subsection (2) of section 9 [22 U.S.C. 287e–1(2)] exceed the contribution amount computed as a percentage of base salary under that subsection, the Department of State may reimburse the employee up to the amount of such differential for the period from the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 1, 1988] through July 1, 1989.”
Authority of President under this section delegated to Secretary of State, see section 4(b) of Ex. Ord. No. 11609, July 22, 1971, 36 F.R. 13747, as amended by Ex. Ord. No. 11779, Apr. 22, 1974, 39 F.R. 14185, set out as a note under section 301 of Title 3, The President.
1 So in original. Probably should be capitalized.
Except as provided in paragraph (2), the President shall seek and obtain in a timely fashion a commitment from the United Nations to provide reimbursement to the United States from the United Nations whenever the United States Government furnishes assistance pursuant to the provisions of law described in subsection (c) of this section—
(A) to the United Nations when the assistance is designed to facilitate or assist in carrying out an assessed peacekeeping operation;
(B) for any United Nations peacekeeping operation that is authorized by the United Nations Security Council under Chapter VI or Chapter VII of the United Nations Charter and paid for by peacekeeping or regular budget assessment of the United Nations members; or
(C) to any country participating in any operation authorized by the United Nations Security Council under Chapter VI or Chapter VII of the United Nations Charter and paid for by peacekeeping assessments of United Nations members when the assistance is designed to facilitate or assist the participation of that country in the operation.
The requirement in paragraph (1) shall not apply to—
(i) goods and services provided to the United States Armed Forces;
(ii) assistance having a value of less than $3,000,000 per fiscal year per operation;
(iii) assistance furnished before November 29, 1999;
(iv) salaries and expenses of civilian police and other civilian and military monitors where United Nations policy is to require payment by contributing members for similar assistance to United Nations peacekeeping operations; or
(v) any assistance commitment made before November 29, 1999.
The requirements of subsection (d)(1)(B) of this section shall not apply to the deployment of United States military forces when the President determines that such deployment is important to the security interests of the United States. The cost of such deployment shall be included in the data provided under section 2348d of this title.
The amount of any reimbursement under this subsection shall be determined at the usual rate established by the United Nations.
Reimbursement under this subsection may include credits against the United States assessed contributions for United Nations peacekeeping operations, if the expenses incurred by any United States department or agency providing the assistance have first been reimbursed.
The amount of any reimbursement paid the United States under subsection (a) of this section shall be credited to the current applicable appropriation, fund, or account of the United States department or agency providing the assistance for which the reimbursement is paid.
Amounts credited under paragraph (1) shall be merged with the appropriations, or with appropriations in the fund or account, to which credited and shall be available for the same purposes, and subject to the same conditions and limitations, as the appropriations with which merged.
Subsection (a) of this section applies to assistance provided under the following provisions of law:
(1) Sections 287d and 287d–1 of this title.
(2) Sections 2261, 2318(a)(1), 2321j, 2348a(c), and 2357 of this title.
(3) Any other provisions of law pursuant to which assistance is provided by the United States to carry out the mandate of an assessed United Nations peacekeeping operation.
The President may authorize the furnishing of assistance covered by this section without regard to subsection (a) of this section if the President determines, and so notifies in writing the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives, that to do so is important to the security interests of the United States.
When exercising the authorities of subparagraph (A), the President shall notify the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate and the Committee on International Relations of the House of Representatives in accordance with the procedures applicable to reprogramming notifications under section 2394–1 of this title.
Notwithstanding a notice under paragraph (1) with respect to assistance covered by this section, subsection (a) of this section shall apply to the furnishing of the assistance if, not later than 15 calendar days after receipt of a notification under that paragraph, the Congress enacts a joint resolution disapproving the determination of the President contained in the notification.
Any joint resolution described in paragraph (2) shall be considered in the Senate in accordance with the provisions of section 601(b) of the International Security Assistance and Arms Export Control Act of 1976.
Nothing in this section shall preclude the President from seeking reimbursement for assistance covered by this section that is in addition to the reimbursement sought for the assistance under subsection (a) of this section.
In this section, the term “assistance” includes personnel, services, supplies, equipment, facilities, and other assistance if such assistance is provided by the Department of Defense or any other United States Government agency.
(Dec. 20, 1945, ch. 583, §10, as added Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title VII, §723], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–463.)
Section 601(b) of the International Security Assistance and Arms Export Control Act of 1976, referred to in subsec. (d)(3), is section 601(b) of Pub. L. 94–329, title VI, June 30, 1976, 90 Stat. 765, which is not classified to the Code.
Committee on International Relations of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Foreign Affairs of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Tenth Congress, Jan. 5, 2007.
None of the funds available to the Department of State shall be used to pay the United States share of assessed contributions for the regular budget of the United Nations in an amount greater than 22 percent of the total of all assessed contributions for that budget.
(Dec. 20, 1945, ch. 583, §11, as added Pub. L. 107–228, div. A, title IV, §403, Sept. 30, 2002, 116 Stat. 1389.)
Section, act Oct. 22, 1951, ch. 533, title I, 65 Stat. 577, which authorized the Department of State to acquire surplus property for the United Nations and authorized the reduction of the United States contribution to the United Nations by the value of the property acquired and expenses incidental thereto, was from the Department of State Appropriation Act, 1952, and was not repeated in subsequent appropriation acts. Similar provisions were contained in act Sept. 6, 1950, ch. 896, ch. III, title I, 64 Stat. 610.
There is hereby authorized to be appropriated to the President, without fiscal-year limitation, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, $100,000,000 for a loan to the United Nations. The proceeds of such loan shall not be used to relieve members of the United Nations of their obligation to pay arrearages on payments of any United Nations assessments, and shall not be used to reduce regular or special assessments against any such members.
(Pub. L. 87–731, §1, Oct. 2, 1962, 76 Stat. 695.)
Section was not enacted as part of act Dec. 20, 1945, ch. 583, 59 Stat. 619, known as the United Nations Participation Act of 1945, which comprises this subchapter.
The total amount of money that may be loaned to the United Nations pursuant to the authorization contained in section 287g of this title shall not exceed the aggregate amount of loans made by other nations.
(Pub. L. 87–731, §2, Oct. 2, 1962, 76 Stat. 695.)
Section was not enacted as part of act Dec. 20, 1945, ch. 583, 59 Stat. 619, known as the United Nations Participation Act of 1945, which comprises this subchapter.
There shall be deducted from the annual payment of the assessed share of the United States of the budget of the United Nations an amount equal to the corresponding annual installment of principal and interest due to the United States on account of the loan made pursuant to section 287g of this title.
(Pub. L. 87–731, §3, Oct. 2, 1962, 76 Stat. 696.)
Section was not enacted as part of act Dec. 20, 1945, ch. 583, 59 Stat. 619, known as the United Nations Participation Act of 1945, which comprises this subchapter.
Nothing herein shall be regarded as authorizing the United States to participate in any future United Nations borrowing. It is the sense of the Congress that the United States shall use its best efforts to promote a pattern of United Nations financing (including a vigorous program for collection of delinquencies on annual assessments of nations and maintenance of such annual assessments on a current basis) that will avoid any future large-scale deficits.
(Pub. L. 87–731, §4, Oct. 2, 1962, 76 Stat. 696.)
Section originally contained a provision instructing the Department of State to submit to the Congress, not later than Jan. 31, 1963, a report on steps taken in the 17th Session of the General Assembly of the United Nations on long term financing of the United Nations which was omitted.
The Congress expresses its satisfaction that the International Court of Justice has decided that the expenditures authorized in resolutions of the United Nations General Assembly relating to operations in the Middle East and in the Congo are “expenses of the Organization” within the meaning of the United Nations Charter, thereby providing a sound basis for obtaining prompt payment of assessments for such expenditures by making them obligations of all members of the United Nations.
(Pub. L. 87–731, §5, Oct. 2, 1962, 76 Stat. 696.)
It is the sense of the Congress that the United Nations should take immediate steps to give effect to the advisory opinion of the International Court of Justice on the financial obligations of members of the United Nations in order to assure prompt payment of all assessments, including assessments to cover the cost of operations to maintain or restore international peace and security.
(Pub. L. 87–731, §6, Oct. 2, 1962, 76 Stat. 696.)
The President is hereby authorized to accept membership for the United States in the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization (hereinafter referred to as the “Organization”), the constitution of which was approved in London on November 16, 1945, by the United Nations Conference for the establishment of an Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization, and deposited in the Archives of the Government of the United Kingdom.
(July 30, 1946, ch. 700, §1, 60 Stat. 712.)
that since wars begin in the minds of men, it is in the minds of men that the defences of peace must be constructed;
that ignorance of each other's ways and lives has been a common cause, throughout the history of mankind, of that suspicion and mistrust between the peoples of the world through which their differences have all too often broken into war;
that the great and terrible war which has now ended was a war made possible by the denial of the democratic principles of the dignity, equality and mutual respect of men, and by the propagation, in their place, through ignorance and prejudice, of the doctrine of the inequality of men and races;
that the wide diffusion of culture, and the education of humanity for justice and liberty and peace are indispensable to the dignity of man and constitute a sacred duty which all the nations must fulfill in a spirit of mutual assistance and concern;
that a peace based exclusively upon the political and economic arrangements of governments would not be a peace which could secure the unanimous, lasting and sincere support of the peoples of the world, and that the peace must therefore be founded, if it is not to fail, upon the intellectual and moral solidarity of mankind.
the States parties to this Constitution, believing in full and equal opportunities for education for all, in the unrestricted pursuit of objective truth, and in the free exchange of ideas and knowledge, are agreed and determined to develop and to increase the means of communication between their peoples and to employ these means for the purposes of mutual understanding and a truer and more perfect knowledge of each other's lives;
they do hereby create the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation for the purpose of advancing, through the educational and scientific and cultural relations of the peoples of the world, the objectives of international peace and of the common welfare of mankind for which the United Nations Organisation was established and which its Charter proclaims.
1. The purpose of the Organisation is to contribute to peace and security by promoting collaboration among the nations through education, science, and culture in order to further universal respect for justice, for the rule of law and for the human rights and fundamental freedoms which are affirmed for the peoples of the world, without distinction of race, sex, language or religion, by the Charter of the United Nations.
2. To realise this purpose the Organisation will:
(a) collaborate in the work of advancing the mutual knowledge and understanding of peoples, through all means of mass communication and to that end recommend such international agreements as may be necessary to promote the free flow of ideas by word and image;
(b) give fresh impulse to popular education and to the spread of culture;
by collaborating with Members, at their request, in the development of educational activities; by instituting collaboration among the nations to advance the ideal of equality of educational opportunity without regard to race, sex or any distinctions, economic or social;
by suggesting educational methods best suited to prepare the children of the world for the responsibilities of freedom;
(c) maintain, increase and diffuse knowledge;
by assuring the conservation and protection of the world's inheritance of books, works of art and monuments of history and science, and recommending to the nations concerned the necessary international conventions;
by encouraging cooperation among the nations in all branches of intellectual activity, including the international exchange of persons active in the fields of education, science and culture and the exchange of publications, objects of artistic and scientific interest and other materials of information;
by initiating methods of international cooperation calculated to give the people of all countries access to the printed and published materials produced by any of them.
3. With a view to preserving the independence, integrity and fruitful diversity of the cultures and educational systems of the States Members of this Organisation, the Organisation is prohibited from intervening in matters which are essentially within their domestic jurisdiction.
1. Membership of the United Nations Organisation shall carry with it the right to membership of the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation.
2. Subject to the conditions of the agreement between this Organisation and the United Nations Organisation, approved pursuant to Article X of this Constitution, States not members of the United Nations Organisation may be admitted to membership of the Organisation, upon recommendation of the Executive Board, by a two-thirds majority vote of the General Conference.
3. Members of the Organisation which are suspended from the exercise of the rights and privileges of membership of the United Nations Organisation shall, upon the request of the latter, be suspended from the rights and privileges of this Organisation.
4. Members of the Organisation which are expelled from the United Nations Organisation shall automatically cease to be members of this Organisation.
The Organisation shall include a General Conference, an Executive Board and a Secretariat.
1. The General Conference shall consist of the representatives of the States Members of the Organisation. The Government of each Member State shall appoint not more than five delegates, who shall be selected after consultation with the National Commission, if established, or with educational, scientific and cultural bodies.
2. The General Conference shall determine the policies and the main lines of work of the Organisation. It shall take decisions on programmes drawn up by the Executive Board.
3. The General Conference shall, when it deems it desirable, summon international conferences on education, the sciences and humanities and the dissemination of knowledge.
4. The General Conference shall, in adopting proposals for submission to the Member States, distinguish between recommendations and international conventions submitted for their approval. In the former case a majority vote shall suffice; in the latter case a two-thirds majority shall be required. Each of the Member States shall submit recommendations or conventions to its competent authorities within a period of one year from the close of the session of the General Conference at which they were adopted.
5. The General Conference shall advise the United Nations Organisation on the educational, scientific and cultural aspects of matters of concern to the latter, in accordance with the terms and procedure agreed upon between the appropriate authorities of the two Organisations.
6. The General Conference shall receive and consider the reports submitted periodically by Member States as provided by Article VIII.
7. The General Conference shall elect the members of the Executive Board and, on the recommendation of the Board, shall appoint the Director-General.
8. Each Member State shall have one vote in the General Conference. Decisions shall be made by a simple majority except in cases in which a two-thirds majority is required by the provisions of this Constitution. A majority shall be a majority of the Members present and voting.
9. The General Conference shall meet annually in ordinary session; it may meet in extraordinary session on the call of the Executive Board. At each session the location of its next session shall be designated by the General Conference and shall vary from year to year.
10. The General Conference shall, at each session, elect a President and other officers and adopt rules of procedure.
11. The General Conference shall set up special and technical committees and such other subordinate bodies as may be necessary for its purposes.
12. The General Conference shall cause arrangements to be made for public access to meetings, subject to such regulations as it shall prescribe.
13. The General Conference, on the recommendation of the Executive Board and by a two-thirds majority may, subject to its rules of procedure, invite as observers at specified sessions of the Conference or of its commissions representatives of international organisations, such as those referred to in Article XI, paragraph 4.
1. The Executive Board shall consist of eighteen members elected by the General Conference from among the delegates appointed by the Member States, together with the President of the Conference who shall sit ex officio in an advisory capacity.
2. In electing the members of the Executive Board the General Conference shall endeavour to include persons competent in the arts, the humanities, the sciences, education and the diffusion of ideas, and qualified by their experience and capacity to fulfill the administrative and executive duties of the Board. It shall also have regard to the diversity of cultures and a balanced geographical distribution. Not more than one national of any Member State shall serve on the Board at any one time, the President of the Conference excepted.
3. The elected members of the Executive Board shall serve for a term of three years, and shall be immediately eligible for a second term, but shall not serve consecutively for more than two terms. At the first election eighteen members shall be elected of whom one third shall retire at the end of the first year and one third at the end of the second year, the order of retirement being determined immediately after the election by the drawing of lots. Thereafter six members shall be elected each year.
4. In the event of the death or resignation of one of its members, the Executive Board shall appoint, from among the delegates of the Member State concerned, a substitute, who shall serve until the next session of the General Conference which shall elect a member for the remainder of the term.
5. The Executive Board, acting under the authority of the General Conference, shall be responsible for the execution of the programme adopted by the Conference and shall prepare its agenda and programme of work.
6. The Executive Board shall recommend to the General Conference the admission of new Members to the Organisation.
7. Subject to decisions of the General Conference, the Executive Board shall adopt its own rules of procedure. It shall elect its officers from among its members.
8. The Executive Board shall meet in regular session at least twice a year and may meet in special session if convoked by the Chairman on his own initiative or upon the request of six members of the Board.
9. The Chairman of the Executive Board shall present to the General Conference, with or without comment, the annual report of the Director-General on the activities of the Organisation, which shall have been previously submitted to the Board.
10. The Executive Board shall make all necessary arrangements to consult the representatives of international organisations or qualified persons concerned with questions within its competence.
11. The members of the Executive Board shall exercise the powers delegated to them by the General Conference on behalf of the Conference as a whole and not as representatives of their respective Governments.
1. The Secretariat shall consist of a Director-General and such staff as may be required.
2. The Director-General shall be nominated by the Executive Board and appointed by the General Conference for a period of six years, under such conditions as the Conference may approve, and shall be eligible for re-appointment. He shall be the chief administrative officer of the Organisation.
3. The Director-General, or a deputy designated by him, shall participate, without the right to vote, in all meetings of the General Conference, of the Executive Board, and of the committees of the Organisation. He shall formulate proposals for appropriate action by the Conference and the Board.
4. The Director-General shall appoint the staff of the Secretariat in accordance with staff regulations to be approved by the General Conference. Subject to the paramount consideration of securing the highest standards of integrity, efficiency and technical competence, appointment to the staff shall be on as wide a geographical basis as possible.
5. The responsibilities of the Director-General and of the staff shall be exclusively international in character. In the discharge of their duties they shall not seek or receive instructions from any government or from any authority external to the Organisation. They shall refrain from any action which might prejudice their position as international officials. Each State Member of the Organisation undertakes to respect the international character of the responsibilities of the Director-General and the staff, and not to seek to influence them in the discharge of their duties.
6. Nothing in this Article shall preclude the Organisation from entering into special arrangements within the United Nations Organisation for common services and staff and for the interchange of personnel.
1. Each Member State shall make such arrangements as suit its particular conditions for the purpose of associating its principal bodies interested in educational, scientific and cultural matters with the work of the Organisation, preferably by the formation of a National Commission broadly representative of the Government and such bodies.
2. National Commissions or national co-operating bodies, where they exist, shall act in an advisory capacity to their respective delegations to the General Conference and to their Governments in matters relating to the Organisation and shall function as agencies of liaison in all matters of interest to it.
3. The Organisation may, on the request of a Member State delegate, either temporarily or permanently, a member of its Secretariat to serve on the National Commission of that State, in order to assist in the development of its work.
Each Member State shall report periodically to the Organisation, in a manner to be determined by the General Conference, on its laws, regulations and statistics relating to educational, scientific and cultural life and institutions, and on the action taken upon the recommendations and conventions referred to in Article IV, paragraph 4.
1. The budget shall be administered by the Organisation.
2. The General Conference shall approve and give final effect to the budget and to the apportionment of financial responsibility among the States Members of the Organisation subject to such arrangement with the United Nations as may be provided in the agreement to be entered into pursuant to Article X.
3. The Director-General, with the approval of the Executive Board, may receive gifts, bequests, and subventions directly from governments, public and private institutions, associations and private persons.
This Organisation shall be brought into relation with the United Nations Organisation, as soon as practicable, as one of the specialised agencies referred to in Article 57 of the Charter of the United Nations. This relationship shall be effected through an agreement with the United Nations Organisation under Article 63 of the Charter, which agreement shall be subject to the approval of the General Conference of this Organisation. The agreement shall provide for effective co-operation between the two Organisations in the pursuit of their common purposes, and at the same time shall recognise the autonomy of this Organisation, within the fields of its competence as defined in this Constitution. Such agreement may, among other matters, provide for the approval and financing of the budget of the Organisation by the General Assembly of the United Nations.
1. This Organisation may co-operate with other specialised inter-governmental organisations and agencies whose interests and activities are related to its purposes. To this end the Director-General, acting under the general authority of the Executive Board, may establish effective working relationships with such organisations and agencies and establish such joint committees as may be necessary to assure effective co-operation. Any formal arrangements entered into with such organisations or agencies shall be subject to the approval of the Executive Board.
2. Whenever the General Conference of this Organisation and the competent authorities of any other specialised inter-governmental organisations or agencies whose purposes and functions lie within the competence of this Organisation, deem it desirable to effect a transfer of their resources and activities to this Organisation, the Director-General, subject to the approval of the Conference, may enter into mutually acceptable arrangements for its purpose.
3. This Organisation may make appropriate arrangements with other inter-governmental organisations for reciprocal representation at meetings.
4. The United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation may make suitable arrangements for consultation and co-operation with non-governmental international organisations concerned with matters within its competence and may invite them to undertake specific tasks. Such co-operation may also include appropriate participation by representatives of such organisations on advisory committees set up by the General Conference.
The provisions of Articles 104 and 105 of the Charter of the United Nations Organisation concerning the legal status of that Organisation, its privileges and immunities shall apply in the same way to this Organisation.
1. Proposals for amendments to this Constitution shall become effective upon receiving the approval of the General Conference by a two-thirds majority; provided, however, that those amendments which involve fundamental alterations in the aims of the Organisation or new obligations for the Member States shall require subsequent acceptance on the part of two-thirds of the Member States before they come into force. The draft texts of proposed amendments shall be communicated by the Director-General to the Member States at least six months in advance of their consideration by the General Conference.
2. The General Conference shall have power to adopt by a two-thirds majority rules of procedure for carrying out the provisions of this Article.
1. The English and French texts of this Constitution shall be regarded as equally authoritative.
2. Any question or dispute concerning the interpretation of this Constitution shall be referred for determination to the International Court of Justice or to an arbitral tribunal, as the General Conference may determine under its rules of procedure.
1. This Constitution shall be subject to acceptance. The instruments of acceptance shall be deposited with the Government of the United Kingdom.
2. This Constitution shall remain open for signature in the archives of the Government of the United Kingdom. Signature may take place either before or after the deposit of the instrument of acceptance. No acceptance shall be valid unless preceded or followed by signature.
3. This Constitution shall come into force when it has been accepted by twenty of its signatories. Subsequent acceptances shall take effect immediately.
4. The Government of the United Kingdom will inform all members of the United Nations of the receipt of all instruments of acceptance and of the date on which the Constitution comes into force in accordance with the preceding paragraph.
In faith whereof, the undersigned, duly authorised to that effect, have signed this Constitution in the English and French languages, both texts being equally authentic.
Done in London the sixteenth day of November, 1945 in a single copy, in the English and French languages, of which certified copies will be communicated by the Government of the United Kingdom to the Governments of all the Members of the United Nations.
[Here follow the signatures of the heads of the delegations.]
The President by and with the consent of the Senate shall designate from time to time to attend a specified session or specified sessions of the General Conference of the Organization not to exceed five representatives of the United States and such number of alternates not to exceed five as he may determine consistent with the rules of procedure of the General Conference: Provided, however, That each such representative and each such alternate must be an American citizen. One of the representatives shall be designated as the senior representative. Such representatives and alternates shall each be entitled to receive compensation at such rates provided for members of the Senior Foreign Service under section 3962 of this title, or provided for Foreign Service officers under section 3963 of this title, as the President may determine, for such periods as the President may specify, except that no Member of the Senate or House of Representatives or officer of the United States who is designated under this section as a representative of the United States or as an alternate to attend any specified session or specified sessions of the General Conference shall be entitled to receive such compensation. Whenever a representative of the United States is elected by the General Conference to serve on the Executive Board, or is elected President of the General Conference and thus becomes an ex officio adviser to the Executive Board, under provision of article V of the constitution of the Organization, the President may extend the above provisions for compensation to such representative during periods of service in connection with the Executive Board.
(July 30, 1946, ch. 700, §2, 60 Stat. 712; July 31, 1956, ch. 804, title I, §112, 70 Stat. 740; Pub. L. 88–426, title III, §§305(1), 306(g), Aug. 14, 1964, 78 Stat. 422, 430; Pub. L. 96–465, title II, §2206(a)(3), Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2161.)
Article V of the constitution of the Organization, referred to in text, is article V of the Constitution of the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization, which is set out as a note under section 287m of this title.
1980—Pub. L. 96–465 substituted “members of the Senior Foreign Service under section 3962 of this title, or provided for Foreign Service officers under section 3963 of this title,” for “Foreign Service officers in the schedule contained in section 867 of this title,”.
1964—Pub. L. 88–426, §306(g), substituted provisions permitting payment of compensation at such rates provided for Foreign Service officers in the schedule contained in section 867 of this title for provisions which limited compensation at not more than $15,000 per annum.
1956—Act July 31, 1956, increased maximum compensation of representatives and alternatives from $12,000 to $15,000.
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–465 effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 88–426 effective on first day of first pay period which begins on or after July 1, 1964, except to the extent provided in section 501(c) of Pub. L. 88–426, see section 501 of Pub. L. 88–426.
Section 112 of act July 31, 1956, cited as a credit to this section, was repealed by section 305(1) of Pub. L. 88–426.
In fulfillment of article VII of the constitution of the Organization, the Secretary of State shall cause to be organized a National Commission on Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Corporation 1 of not to exceed one hundred members. Such Commission shall be appointed by the Secretary of State and shall consist of (a) not more than sixty representatives of principal national, voluntary organizations interested in educational, scientific, and cultural matters; and (b) not more than forty outstanding persons selected by the Secretary of State, including not more than ten persons holding office under or employed by the Government of the United States, not more than fifteen representatives of the educational, scientific, and cultural interests of State and local governments, and not more than fifteen persons chosen at large. The Secretary of State is authorized to name in the first instance fifty of the principal national voluntary organizations, each of which shall be invited to designate one representative for appointment to the National Commission. Thereafter, the National Commission shall periodically review and, if deemed advisable, revise the list of such organizations designating representatives in order to achieve a desirable rotation among organizations represented. To constitute the initial Commission, one-third of the members shall be appointed to serve for a term of one year, one-third for a term of two years, and one-third or the remainder thereof for a term of three years; from thence on following, all members shall be appointed for a term of three years each, but no member shall serve more than two consecutive terms. The National Commission shall meet at least once annually. The National Commission shall designate from among its members an executive committee, and may designate such other committees as may prove necessary, to consult with the Department of State and to perform such other functions as the National Commission shall delegate to them. No member of the National Commission shall be allowed any salary or other compensation for services: Provided, however, That he may be paid transportation and other expenses as authorized by section 5703 of title 5. The Department of State is authorized to provide the necessary secretariat for the Commission.
(July 30, 1946, ch. 700, §3, 60 Stat. 713; Pub. L. 87–139, §9, Aug. 14, 1961, 75 Stat. 341.)
Article VII of the constitution of the Organization, referred to in text, is article VII of the Constitution of the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization, which is set out as a note under section 287m of this title.
“Section 5703 of title 5” substituted in text for “section 5 of the Administrative Expenses Act of 1946, as amended (5 U.S.C. 73b–2)” on authority of Pub. L. 89–554, §7(b), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 631, the first section of which enacted Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
1961—Pub. L. 87–139 substituted provisions for payment of transportation and other expenses as authorized by section 5703 of title 5, for provisions authorizing payment of actual transportation expenses plus a $10 maximum per diem.
1 So in original. Probably should be “Cooperation”.
Each such member of the National Commission must be an American citizen.
(July 30, 1946, ch. 700, §4, 60 Stat. 713.)
The National Commission shall call general conferences for the discussion of matters relating to the activities of the Organization, to which conferences organized bodies actively interested in such matters shall be invited to send representatives: Provided, however, That the travel and maintenance of such representation shall be without expense to the Government. Such general conferences shall be held annually or biennially, as the National Commission may determine, and in such places as it may designate. They shall be attended so far as possible by the members of the National Commission and by the delegates of the United States to the General Conference of the Organization. The National Commission is further authorized to call special conferences of experts for the consideration of specific matters relating to the Organization by persons of specialized competences. The Department of State may pay their transportation and other expenses as authorized by section 5703 of title 5, for the period of actual attendance and of necessary travel. The National Commission is further authorized to receive and accept services and gifts or bequests of money or materials to carry out any of the educational, scientific, or cultural purposes of the National Commission as set forth in this subchapter and in the constitution of the Organization. Any money so received shall be held by the Secretary of State and shall be subject to disbursement through the disbursement facilities of the Treasury Department as the terms of the gift or bequest may require and shall remain available for expenditure by grant or otherwise until expended: Provided, That no such gift or bequest may be accepted or disbursed if the terms thereof are inconsistent with the purposes of the National Commission as set forth in this subchapter and in the constitution of the Organization. Gifts or bequests provided for herein shall, for the purposes of Federal income, estate, and gift taxes, be deemed to be a gift to or for the United States. The National Commission and Secretary of State shall submit to Congress annual reports of receipts and expenditures of funds and bequests received and disbursed pursuant to the provisions of this section.
(July 30, 1946, ch. 700, §5, 60 Stat. 713; Pub. L. 85–477, ch. V, §502(e), June 30, 1958, 72 Stat. 273; Pub. L. 87–139, §10, Aug. 14, 1961, 75 Stat. 341; Pub. L. 98–164, title I, §106(a), Nov. 22, 1983, 97 Stat. 1018.)
Pub. L. 89–348, §1(21), Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1311, repealed provisions of this section which required an annual report to the Congress by the National Commission on Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Cooperation and the Secretary of State of the receipts and expenditures of funds and bequests received and disbursed in connection with the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization.
The constitution of the Organization, referred to in text, is the Constitution of the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization, which is set out as a note under section 287m of this title.
“Section 5703 of title 5” substituted in text for “section 5 of the Administrative Expenses Act of 1946, as amended (5 U.S.C. 73b–2)” on authority of Pub. L. 89–554, §7(b), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 631, the first section of which enacted Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
1983—Pub. L. 98–164 struck out provision prohibiting acceptance of gifts or bequests aggregating more than $200,000 in any year.
1961—Pub. L. 87–139 substituted provisions authorizing payment of transportation and other expenses of attending experts as authorized by section 5703 of title 5, for provisions which allowed the experts $10 per diem plus actual transportation expenses.
1958—Pub. L. 85–477 authorized the National Commission to receive and accept services and gifts or bequests of money or materials.
There is hereby authorized to be appropriated annually to the Department of State, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated such sums as may be necessary for the payment by the United States of its share of the expenses of the Organization as apportioned by the General Conference of the Organization in accordance with article IX of the constitution of the Organization, and such additional sums as may be necessary to pay the expenses of participation by the United States in the activities of the Organization, including: (a) salaries of the representatives provided for in section 287n of this title, of their appropriate staffs, and of members of the secretariat of the National Commission provided for in section 287o of this title, including personal services in the District of Columbia and elsewhere, without regard to the civil-service laws and chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5; (b) travel expenses without regard to the Standardized Government Travel Regulations, as amended, the Subsistence Expense Act of 1926, as amended, and section 5731 of title 5, and, under such rules and regulations as the Secretary of State may prescribe, travel expenses of families and transportation of effects of United States representatives and other personnel in going to and returning from their post of duty; (c) allowances for living quarters, including heat, fuel, and light, as authorized by section 5912 of title 5; (d) cost of living allowances under such rules and regulations as the Secretary of State may prescribe, including allowances to persons temporarily stationed abroad; (e) communication services; (f) stenographic reporting, translating, and other services, by contract, if deemed necessary, without regard to section 6101 of title 41; (g) local transportation; (h) equipment; (i) transportation of things; (j) rent of offices; (k) printing and binding without regard to section 501 of title 44 and section 6101 of title 41; (l) official entertainment; (m) stationery; (n) purchase of newspapers, periodicals, books, and documents; and (o) such other expenses as may be authorized by the Secretary of State.
(July 30, 1946, ch. 700, §6, 60 Stat. 714; ch. 782, title II, §202(2), title XI, §1106(a), Oct. 28, 1949, 63 Stat. 954, 972.)
Article IX of the constitution of the Organization, referred to in text, is article IX of the constitution of the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization, which is set out as a note under section 287m of this title.
The Subsistence Expenses Act of 1926, as amended, referred to in clause (b), was repealed and superseded by the Travel Expense Act of 1949, which is now covered by subchapter I of chapter 57 of Title 5. Section 9(a) of the 1949 Act provided in part: “All Acts . . . applicable to civilian officers or employees of the departments and establishments, providing for reimbursement of actual travel or transportation expense, and all other Acts, general or special, which are in conflict with the provisions of this Act . . . are hereby modified, but only to the extent of inconsistency or conflict with the provisions of this Act . . .”
In cl. (a), “chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5” substituted for “the Classification Act of 1949” on authority of Pub. L. 89–554, §7(b), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 631, which Act enacted Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
In cls. (b) and (c), “section 5731 of title 5” and “section 5912 of title 5” substituted for “section 10 of the Act of March 3, 1933 (U.S.C., title 5, sec. 73b)” and “the Act approved June 26, 1930 (U.S.C., title 5, sec. 118a)”, respectively, on authority of Pub. L. 89–554, §7(b), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 631, which Act enacted Title 5.
In cl. (f), “section 6101 of title 41” substituted for “section 3709 of the Revised Statutes (U.S.C., title 41, sec. 5)” on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
In cl. (k), “section 501 of title 44” substituted for “section 11 of the Act of March 1, 1919 (44 U.S.C. 111)” on authority of Pub. L. 90–620, §2(b), Oct. 22, 1968, which Act enacted Title 44, Public Printing and Documents.
In cl. (k), “section 6101 of title 41” substituted for “section 3709 of the Revised Statutes (U.S.C., title 41, sec. 5)” on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
1949—Act Oct. 28, 1949, substituted “Classification Act of 1949” for “Classification Act of 1923”.
Act Oct. 28, 1949, ch. 782, cited as a credit to this section, was repealed (subject to a savings clause) by Pub. L. 89–554, Sept. 6, 1966, §8, 80 Stat. 632, 655.
Annual appropriations to meet the obligations of membership in various international organizations were contained in acts listed in a note set out under section 269a of this title.
Pub. L. 97–241, title I, §109, Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 276, provided that:
“(a) None of the funds authorized to be appropriated by paragraph (2) of section 102 of this Act [section 102(2) of Pub. L. 97–241, which was not classified to the Code] or by any other Act for ‘International Organizations and Conferences’ may be used for payment by the United States of its contribution toward the assessed budget of the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization if that organization implements any policy or procedure the effect of which is to license journalists or their publications, to censor or otherwise restrict the free flow of information within or among countries, or to impose mandatory codes of journalistic practice or ethics.
“(b) Not later then February 1 of each year, the Secretary of State shall report to the Congress with respect to whether the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization has taken any action described in subsection (a) of this section.”
[For termination, effective May 15, 2000, of reporting provisions in section 109(b) of Pub. L. 97–241, set out above, see section 3003 of Pub. L. 104–66, as amended, set out as a note under section 1113 of Title 31, Money and Finance, and page 130 of House Document No. 103–7.]
Unless Congress by law authorizes such action, neither the President nor any person or agency shall on behalf of the United States approve any amendment under article XIII of the constitution of the Organization involving any new obligation for the United States.
(July 30, 1946, ch. 700, §7, 60 Stat. 714.)
Article XIII of the constitution of the Organization, referred to in text, is article XIII of the constitution of the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization, which is set out as a note under section 287m of this title.
In adopting this subchapter, it is the understanding of the Congress that the constitution of the Organization does not require, nor does this subchapter authorize, the disclosure of any information or knowledge in any case in which such disclosure is prohibited by any law of the United States.
(July 30, 1946, ch. 700, §8, 60 Stat. 714.)
The constitution of the Organization, referred to in text, is the constitution of the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization, which is set out as a note under section 287m of this title.
For the purposes of this subchapter, the term “international organization” means a public international organization in which the United States participates pursuant to any treaty or under the authority of any Act of Congress authorizing such participation or making an appropriation for such participation, and which shall have been designated by the President through appropriate Executive order as being entitled to enjoy the privileges, exemptions, and immunities provided in this subchapter. The President shall be authorized, in the light of the functions performed by any such international organization, by appropriate Executive order to withhold or withdraw from any such organization or its officers or employees any of the privileges, exemptions, and immunities provided for in this subchapter (including the amendments made by this subchapter) or to condition or limit the enjoyment by any such organization or its officers or employees of any such privilege, exemption, or immunity. The President shall be authorized, if in his judgment such action should be justified by reason of the abuse by an international organization or its officers and employees of the privileges, exemptions, and immunities provided in this subchapter or for any other reason, at any time to revoke the designation of any international organization under this section, whereupon the international organization in question shall cease to be classed as an international organization for the purposes of this subchapter.
(Dec. 29, 1945, ch. 652, title I, §1, 59 Stat. 669.)
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original “this title”, meaning title I of act Dec. 29, 1945, ch. 652, 59 Stat. 669, which is classified principally to this subchapter. For complete classification of title I to the Code, see Short Title note set out below and Tables.
Pub. L. 111–177, §1, June 8, 2010, 124 Stat. 1260, provided that: “This Act [enacting section 288f–7 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Extending Immunities to the Office of the High Representative in Bosnia and Herzegovina and the International Civilian Office in Kosovo Act of 2010’.”
Section 10 of title I of act Dec. 29, 1945, provided that: “This title [enacting this subchapter and amending section 215 of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality, sections 116, 1607, 1621, 3466, 3469, 3475, and 3797 of Internal Revenue Code, 1939, and section 409 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare] may be cited as the ‘International Organizations Immunities Act’.”
Pub. L. 104–127, title II, §283, Apr. 4, 1996, 110 Stat. 980, provided that:
“(a)
“(b)
Act Aug. 4, 1947, ch. 479, 61 Stat. 752, provided for the procurement and furnishing of administrative supplies by the Treasury Department to international organizations until July 1, 1948. This act was popularly known as the “International Organizations Procurement Act of 1947.”
The following organizations shall be considered public international organizations for purposes of this section:
The Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria. See section 7622 of this title.
The International Development Law Institute. See section 288j of this title.
International organizations were designated by executive order as public international organizations entitled to enjoy the privileges, exemptions, and immunities conferred by the International Organizations Immunities Act (this subchapter) as follows:
African Development Bank, Ex. Ord. No. 12403, Feb. 8, 1983, 48 F.R. 6087.
African Development Fund, Ex. Ord. No. 11977, Mar. 14, 1977, 42 F.R. 14671.
African Union, Ex. Ord. No. 13377, Apr. 13, 2005, 70 F.R. 20263.
Asian Development Bank, Ex. Ord. No. 11334, Mar. 7, 1967, 32 F.R. 3933.
Border Environment Cooperation Commission, Ex. Ord. No. 12904, Mar. 16, 1994, 59 F.R. 13179.
Caribbean Organization, Ex. Ord. No. 10983, Dec. 30, 1961, 27 F.R. 32.
Commission for Environmental Cooperation, Ex. Ord. No. 12904, Mar. 16, 1994, 59 F.R. 13179.
Commission for Labor Cooperation, Ex. Ord. No. 12904, Mar. 16, 1994, 59 F.R. 13179.
Commission for the Study of Alternatives to the Panama Canal, Ex. Ord. No. 12567, Oct. 2, 1986, 51 F.R. 35495.
Council of Europe in Respect of the Group of States Against Corruption (GRECO), Ex. Ord. No. 13240, Dec. 18, 2001, 66 F.R. 66257.
Customs Cooperation Council, Ex. Ord. No. 11596, June 5, 1971, 36 F.R. 11079.
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, Ex. Ord. No. 12766, June 18, 1991, 56 F.R. 28463.
European Central Bank, Ex. Ord. No. 13307, May 29, 2003, 68 F.R. 33338.
European Space Agency, Ex. Ord. No. 11318, Dec. 5, 1966, 31 F.R. 15307; Ex. Ord. No. 11351, May 22, 1967, 32 F.R. 7561; Ex. Ord. No. 11760, Jan. 17, 1974, 39 F.R. 2343; Ex. Ord. No. 12766, June 18, 1991, 56 F.R. 28463.
Food and Agriculture Organization, Ex. Ord. No. 9698, Feb. 19, 1946, 11 F.R. 1809.
Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, Ex. Ord. No. 13395, Jan. 13, 2006, 71 F.R. 3203.
Great Lakes Fishery Commission, Ex. Ord. No. 11059, Oct. 23, 1962, 27 F.R. 10405.
Hong Kong Economic and Trade Offices, Ex. Ord. No. 13052, June 30, 1997, 62 F.R. 35659.
Inter-American Defense Board, Ex. Ord. No. 10228, Mar. 26, 1951, 16 F.R. 2676.
Inter-American Development Bank, Ex. Ord. No. 10873, Apr. 8, 1960, 25 F.R. 3097; Ex. Ord. No. 11019, Apr. 27, 1962, 27 F.R. 4145.
Inter-American Institute of Agricultural Sciences, Ex. Ord. No. 9751, July 11, 1946, 11 F.R. 7713.
Inter-American Investment Corporation, Ex. Ord. No. 12567, Oct. 2, 1986, 51 F.R. 35495.
Inter-American Statistical Institute, Ex. Ord. No. 9751, July 11, 1946, 11 F.R. 7713.
Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commission, Ex. Ord. No. 11059, Oct. 23, 1962, 27 F.R. 10405.
Intergovernmental Maritime Consultative Organization, Ex. Ord. No. 10795, Dec. 13, 1958, 23 F.R. 9709.
International Atomic Energy Agency, Ex. Ord. No. 10727, Aug. 31, 1957, 22 F.R. 7099.
International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, Ex. Ord. No. 9751, July 11, 1946, 11 F.R. 7713.
International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico, Ex. Ord. No. 12467, Mar. 2, 1984, 49 F.R. 8229.
International Centre for Settlement of Investment Disputes, Ex. Ord. No. 11966, Jan. 19, 1977, 42 F.R. 4331.
International Civil Aviation Organization, Ex. Ord. No. 9863, May 31, 1947, 12 F.R. 3559.
International Coffee Organization, Ex. Ord. No. 11225, May 22, 1965, 30 F.R. 7093.
International Committee of the Red Cross, Ex. Ord. No. 12643, June 23, 1988, 53 F.R. 24247.
International Cotton Advisory Committee, Ex. Ord. No. 9911, Dec. 19, 1947, 12 F.R. 8719.
International Cotton Institute, Ex. Ord. No. 11283, May 27, 1966, 31 F.R. 7667.
International Criminal Police Organization (INTERPOL) (limited privileges), Ex. Ord. No. 12425, June 16, 1983, 48 F.R. 28069; Ex. Ord. No. 12971, Sept. 15, 1995, 60 F.R. 48617; Ex. Ord. No. 13524, Dec. 16, 2009, 74 F.R. 67803.
International Development Association, Ex. Ord. No. 11966, Jan. 19, 1977, 42 F.R. 4331.
International Development Law Institute, Ex. Ord. No. 12842, Mar. 29, 1993, 58 F.R. 17081.
International Fertilizer Development Center, Ex. Ord. No. 11977, Mar. 14, 1977, 42 F.R. 14671.
International Finance Corporation, Ex. Ord. No. 10680, Oct. 2, 1956, 21 F.R. 7647.
International Food Policy Research Institute (limited privileges), Ex. Ord. No. 12359, Apr. 22, 1982, 47 F.R. 17791.
International Fund for Agricultural Development, Ex. Ord. No. 12732, Oct. 31, 1990, 55 F.R. 46489.
International Hydrographic Bureau, Ex. Ord. No. 10769, May 29, 1958, 23 F.R. 3801.
International Joint Commission—United States and Canada, Ex. Ord. No. 9972, June 25, 1948, 13 F.R. 3573.
International Labor Organization, Ex. Ord. No. 9698, Feb. 19, 1946, 11 F.R. 1809.
International Maritime Satellite Organization, Ex. Ord. No. 12238, Sept. 12, 1980, 45 F.R. 60877.
International Monetary Fund, Ex. Ord. No. 9751, July 11, 1946, 11 F.R. 7713.
International Pacific Halibut Commission, Ex. Ord. No. 11059, Oct. 23, 1962, 27 F.R. 10405.
International Secretariat for Volunteer Service, Ex. Ord. No. 11363, July 20, 1967, 32 F.R. 10779.
International Telecommunication Union, Ex. Ord. No. 9863, May 31, 1947, 12 F.R. 3559.
International Telecommunications Satellite Organization (INTELSAT), Ex. Ord. No. 11718, May 14, 1973, 38 F.R. 12797; Ex. Ord. No. 11966, Jan. 19, 1977, 42 F.R. 4331.
International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources, Ex. Ord. No. 12986, Jan. 18, 1996, 61 F.R. 1693.
International Wheat Advisory Committee (International Wheat Council), Ex. Ord. No. 9823, Jan. 24, 1947, 12 F.R. 551.
Interparliamentary Union, Ex. Ord. No. 13097, Aug. 7, 1998, 63 F.R. 43065.
Israel-United States Binational Industrial Research and Development Foundation, Ex. Ord. No. 12956, Mar. 13, 1995, 60 F.R. 14199.
ITER International Fusion Energy Organization, Ex. Ord. No. 13451, Nov. 19, 2007, 72 F.R. 65653.
Korean Peninsula Energy Development Organization, Ex. Ord. No. 12997, Apr. 1, 1996, 61 F.R. 14949.
Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency, Ex. Ord. No. 12647, Aug. 2, 1988, 53 F.R. 29323.
Multinational Force and Observers, Ex. Ord. No. 12359, Apr. 22, 1982, 47 F.R. 17791.
North American Development Bank, Ex. Ord. No. 12904, Mar. 16, 1994, 59 F.R. 13179.
North Pacific Anadromous Fish Commission, Ex. Ord. No. 12895, Jan. 26, 1994, 59 F.R. 4239.
North Pacific Marine Science Organization, Ex. Ord. No. 12894, Jan. 26, 1994, 59 F.R. 4237.
Organization for European Economic Cooperation (now known as the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development), Ex. Ord. No. 10133, June 27, 1950, 15 F.R. 4159.
Organization for the Prohibition of Chemical Weapons, Ex. Ord. No. 13049, June 11, 1997, 62 F.R. 32471.
Organization of American States (includes Pan American Union), Ex. Ord. No. 10533, June 3, 1954, 19 F.R. 3289.
Organization of Eastern Caribbean States, Ex. Ord. No. 12669, Feb. 20, 1989, 54 F.R. 7753.
Pacific Salmon Commission, Ex. Ord. No. 12567, Oct. 2, 1986, 51 F.R. 35495.
Pan American Health Organization (includes Pan American Sanitary Bureau), Ex. Ord. No. 10864, Feb. 18, 1960, 25 F.R. 1507.
Preparatory Commission of the International Atomic Energy Agency, Ex. Ord. No. 10727, Aug. 31, 1957, 22 F.R. 7099.
Provisional Intergovernmental Committee for the Movement of Migrants from Europe (now known as the Intergovernmental Committee for European Migration), Ex. Ord. No. 10335, Mar. 28, 1952, 17 F.R. 2741.
South Pacific Commission, Ex. Ord. No. 10086, Nov. 25, 1949, 14 F.R. 7147.
United International Bureau for the Protection of Intellectual Property (BIRPI), Ex. Ord. No. 11484, Sept. 29, 1969, 34 F.R. 15337.
United Nations, Ex. Ord. No. 9698, Feb. 19, 1946, 11 F.R. 1809.
United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization, Ex. Ord. No. 9863, May 31, 1947, 12 F.R. 3559.
United Nations Industrial Development Organization, Ex. Ord. No. 12628, Mar. 8, 1988, 53 F.R. 7725.
United States-Mexico Border Health Commission, Ex. Ord. No. 13367, Dec. 21, 2004, 69 F.R. 77605.
Universal Postal Union, Ex. Ord. No. 10727, Aug. 31, 1957, 22 F.R. 7099.
World Health Organization, Ex. Ord. No. 10025, Dec. 30, 1948, 13 F.R. 9361.
World Intellectual Property Organization, Ex. Ord. No. 11866, June 18, 1975, 40 F.R. 26015.
World Meteorological Organization, Ex. Ord. No. 10676, Sept. 1, 1956, 21 F.R. 6625.
World Tourism Organization, Ex. Ord. No. 12508, Mar. 22, 1985, 50 F.R. 11837.
World Trade Organization, Ex. Ord. No. 13042, Apr. 9, 1997, 62 F.R. 18017.
Executive orders designating international organizations as public international organizations entitled to enjoy the privileges, exemptions, and immunities conferred by the International Organizations Immunities Act (this subchapter) were revoked as follows:
Caribbean Commission, Ex. Ord. No. 10025, Dec. 30, 1948, 13 F.R. 9361; revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 10983, Dec. 30, 1961, 27 F.R. 32.
Coffee Study Group, Ex. Ord. No. 10943, May 19, 1961, 26 F.R. 4419; revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 12033, Jan. 10, 1978, 43 F.R. 1915.
Inter-American Coffee Board, Ex. Ord. No. 9751, July 11, 1946, 11 F.R. 7713; revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 10083, Oct. 10, 1949, 14 F.R. 6161.
Intergovernmental Committee on Refugees, Ex. Ord. No. 9823, Jan. 24, 1947, 12 F.R. 551; revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 10083, Oct. 10, 1949, 14 F.R. 6161.
Interim Communications Satellite Committee, Ex. Ord. No. 11227, June 2, 1965, 30 F.R. 7369; revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 11718, May 14, 1973, 38 F.R. 12797.
International Refugee Organization, Ex. Ord. No. 9887, Aug. 22, 1947, 12 F.R. 5723; revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 10832, Aug. 18, 1959, 24 F.R. 6753.
International Telecommunications Satellite Consortium, Ex. Ord. No. 11277, Apr. 30, 1966, 31 F.R. 6609; revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 11718, May 14, 1973, 38 F.R. 12797.
Lake Ontario Claims Tribunal, Ex. Ord. No. 11372, Sept. 18, 1967, 32 F.R. 13251; revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 11439, Dec. 7, 1968, 33 F.R. 18257.
Organization of African Unity (OAU), Ex. Ord. No. 11767, Feb. 19, 1974, 39 F.R. 6603; revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 13377, §3, Apr. 13, 2005, 70 F.R. 20263.
Southeast Asia Treaty Organization, Ex. Ord. No. 10866, Feb. 20, 1960, 25 F.R. 1584; revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 12033, Jan. 10, 1978, 43 F.R. 1915.
United Nations Relief and Rehabilitation Administration, Ex. Ord. No. 9698, Feb. 19, 1946, 11 F.R. 1809; revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 10083, Oct. 10, 1949, 14 F.R. 6161.
Ex. Ord. No. 9721, May 10, 1946, 11 F.R. 5209, as amended by Ex. Ord. No. 10103, Feb. 1, 1950, 15 F.R. 597, which provided for the transfer of Federal Government personnel to public international organizations, was revoked with certain savings provisions by section 2 of Ex. Ord. No. 10804, Feb. 12, 1959, 24 F.R. 1147, and subsequently revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 12553, Feb. 25, 1986, 51 F.R. 7237.
International organizations shall enjoy the status, immunities, exemptions, and privileges set forth in this section, as follows:
(a) International organizations shall, to the extent consistent with the instrument creating them, possess the capacity—
(i) to contract;
(ii) to acquire and dispose of real and personal property;
(iii) to institute legal proceedings.
(b) International organizations, their property and their assets, wherever located, and by whomsoever held, shall enjoy the same immunity from suit and every form of judicial process as is enjoyed by foreign governments, except to the extent that such organizations may expressly waive their immunity for the purpose of any proceedings or by the terms of any contract.
(c) Property and assets of international organizations, wherever located and by whomsoever held, shall be immune from search, unless such immunity be expressly waived, and from confiscation. The archives of international organizations shall be inviolable.
(d) Insofar as concerns customs duties and internal-revenue taxes imposed upon or by reason of importation, and the procedures in connection therewith; the registration of foreign agents; and the treatment of official communications, the privileges, exemptions, and immunities to which international organizations shall be entitled shall be those accorded under similar circumstances to foreign governments.
(Dec. 29, 1945, ch. 652, title I, §2, 59 Stat. 669.)
Pursuant to regulations prescribed by the Commissioner of Customs with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury, the baggage and effects of alien officers and employees of international organizations, or of aliens designated by foreign governments to serve as their representatives in or to such organizations, or of the families, suites, and servants of such officers, employees, or representatives shall be admitted (when imported in connection with the arrival of the owner) free of customs duties and free of internal-revenue taxes imposed upon or by reason of importation.
(Dec. 29, 1945, ch. 652, title I, §3, 59 Stat. 669.)
For transfer of functions, personnel, assets, and liabilities of the United States Customs Service of the Department of the Treasury, including functions of the Secretary of the Treasury relating thereto, to the Secretary of Homeland Security, and for treatment of related references, see sections 203(1), 551(d), 552(d), and 557 of Title 6, Domestic Security, and the Department of Homeland Security Reorganization Plan of November 25, 2002, as modified, set out as a note under section 542 of Title 6.
For transfer of functions of other officers, employees, and agencies of Department of the Treasury, with certain exceptions, to Secretary of the Treasury, with power to delegate, see Reorg. Plan No. 26, §§1, 2, eff. July 31, 1950, 15 F.R. 4935, 64 Stat. 1280, 1281, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees. The Commissioner of Customs, referred to in text, was an officer of the Treasury Department.
International organizations shall be exempt from all property taxes imposed by, or under the authority of, any Act of Congress, including such Acts as are applicable solely to the District of Columbia or the Territories.
(Dec. 29, 1945, ch. 652, title I, §6, 59 Stat. 671.)
(a) Persons designated by foreign governments to serve as their representatives in or to international organizations and the officers and employees of such organizations, and members of the immediate families of such representatives, officers, and employees residing with them, other than nationals of the United States, shall, insofar as concerns laws regulating entry into and departure from the United States, alien registration and fingerprinting, and the registration of foreign agents, be entitled to the same privileges, exemptions, and immunities as are accorded under similar circumstances to officers and employees, respectively, of foreign governments, and members of their families.
(b) Representatives of foreign governments in or to international organizations and officers and employees of such organizations shall be immune from suit and legal process relating to acts performed by them in their official capacity and falling within their functions as such representatives, officers, or employees except insofar as such immunity may be waived by the foreign government or international organization concerned.
(Dec. 29, 1945, ch. 652, title I, §7(a), (b), 59 Stat. 671.)
No person shall be entitled to the benefits of this subchapter, unless he (1) shall have been duly notified to and accepted by the Secretary of State as a representative, officer, or employee; or (2) shall have been designated by the Secretary of State, prior to formal notification and acceptance, as a prospective representative, officer, or employee; or (3) is a member of the family or suite, or servant, of one of the foregoing accepted or designated representatives, officers, or employees.
Should the Secretary of State determine that the continued presence in the United States of any person entitled to the benefits of this subchapter is not desirable, he shall so inform the foreign government or international organization concerned, as the case may be, and after such person shall have had a reasonable length of time, to be determined by the Secretary of State, to depart from the United States, he shall cease to be entitled to such benefits.
No person shall, by reason of the provisions of this subchapter, be considered as receiving diplomatic status or as receiving any of the privileges incident thereto other than such as are specifically set forth herein.
(Dec. 29, 1945, ch. 652, title I, §8, 59 Stat. 672.)
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original “this title”, meaning title I of act Dec. 29, 1945, ch. 652, 59 Stat. 669, which is classified principally to this subchapter. For complete classification of title I to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 288 of this title and Tables.
The privileges, exemptions, and immunities of international organizations and of their officers and employees, and members of their families, suites, and servants, provided for in this subchapter, shall be granted notwithstanding the fact that the similar privileges, exemptions, and immunities granted to a foreign government, its officers, or employees, may be conditioned upon the existence of reciprocity by that foreign government: Provided, That nothing contained in this subchapter shall be construed as precluding the Secretary of State from withdrawing the privileges, exemptions, and immunities provided in this subchapter from persons who are nationals of any foreign country on the ground that such country is failing to accord corresponding privileges, exemptions, and immunities to citizens of the United States.
(Dec. 29, 1945, ch. 652, title I, §9, 59 Stat. 673.)
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original “this title”, meaning title I of act Dec. 29, 1945, ch. 652, 59 Stat. 669, which is classified principally to this subchapter. For complete classification of title I to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 288 of this title and Tables.
The provisions of this subchapter may be extended to the European Space Agency and to the Organization of Eastern Caribbean States (including any office established in the United States by that organization) in the same manner, to the same extent, and subject to the same conditions, as they may be extended to a public international organization in which the United States participates pursuant to any treaty or under the authority of any Act of Congress authorizing such participation or making an appropriation for such participation.
(Dec. 29, 1945, ch. 652, title I, §11, as added Pub. L. 89–353, Feb. 2, 1966, 80 Stat. 5; amended Pub. L. 98–164, title I, §120, Nov. 22, 1983, 97 Stat. 1023; Pub. L. 100–362, July 6, 1988, 102 Stat. 819.)
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original “this title”, meaning title I of act Dec. 29, 1945, ch. 652, 59 Stat. 669, which is classified principally to this subchapter. For complete classification of title I to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 288 of this title and Tables.
1988—Pub. L. 100–362 inserted “and to the Organization of Eastern Caribbean States (including any office established in the United States by that organization)” after “European Space Agency”.
1983—Pub. L. 98–164 substituted “Space Agency” for “Space Research Organization”.
For executive orders designating certain international organizations as public international organizations entitled to enjoy the privileges, exemptions, and immunities conferred by the International Organizations Immunities Act (this subchapter), see notes set out under section 288 of this title.
(a) The provisions of this subchapter may be extended to the African Union and may continue to be extended to the International Labor Organization and the United Nations Industrial Development Organization in the same manner, to the same extent, and subject to the same conditions, as they may be extended to a public international organization in which the United States participates pursuant to any treaty or under the authority of any Act of Congress authorizing such participation or making an appropriation for such participation.
(b) Under such terms and conditions as the President shall determine, consistent with the purposes of this subchapter, the President is authorized to extend, or enter into an agreement to extend, to the African Union Mission to the United States of America, and to its members, the privileges and immunities enjoyed by diplomatic missions accredited to the United States, and by members of such missions, subject to corresponding conditions and obligations.
(Dec. 29, 1945, ch. 652, title I, §12, as added Pub. L. 93–161, Nov. 27, 1973, 87 Stat. 635; amended Pub. L. 96–60, title IV, §404, Aug. 15, 1979, 93 Stat. 403; Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(b) [title IV, §406], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–50, 2681–101; Pub. L. 108–447, div. D, title V, §569(h), Dec. 8, 2004, 118 Stat. 3026; Pub. L. 108–497, §8, Dec. 23, 2004, 118 Stat. 4019; Pub. L. 109–472, §7(a), Jan. 11, 2007, 120 Stat. 3556.)
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original “this title”, meaning title I of act Dec. 29, 1945, ch. 652, 59 Stat. 669, which is classified principally to this subchapter. For complete classification of title I to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 288 of this title and Tables.
2007—Pub. L. 109–472 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and added subsec. (b).
2004—Pub. L. 108–447 and Pub. L. 108–497 amended section identically, substituting “African Union” for “Organization of African Unity”.
1998—Pub. L. 105–277 inserted “and the United Nations Industrial Development Organization” after “International Labor Organization”.
1979—Pub. L. 96–60 authorized continuation of extension of privileges and immunities provisions to International Labor Organization.
For executive orders designating certain international organizations as public international organizations entitled to enjoy the privileges, exemptions, and immunities conferred by the International Organizations Immunities Act (this subchapter), see notes set out under section 288 of this title.
Ex. Ord. No. 13444, Sept. 12, 2007, 72 F.R. 52747, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, including section 7(a)(2) of the Department of State Authorities Act of 2006 (Public Law 109–472), I hereby extend to the African Union Mission to the United States of America, and to its members, the privileges and immunities enjoyed by diplomatic missions accredited to the United States, and by members of such missions, subject to corresponding conditions and obligations.
This extension of privileges and immunities is not intended to abridge in any respect privileges and immunities that the African Union Mission to the United States of America and its members otherwise may have acquired or may acquire by law.
George W. Bush.
The International Committee of the Red Cross, in view of its unique status as an impartial humanitarian body named in the Geneva Conventions of 1949 and assisting in their implementation, shall be considered to be an international organization for the purposes of this subchapter and may be extended the provisions of this subchapter in the same manner, to the same extent, and subject to the same conditions, as such provisions may be extended to a public international organization in which the United States participates pursuant to any treaty or under the authority of any Act of Congress authorizing such participation or making an appropriation for such participation.
(Dec. 29, 1945, ch. 652, title I, §13, as added Pub. L. 100–204, title VII, §743, Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1395.)
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original “this title”, meaning title I of act Dec. 29, 1945, ch. 652, 59 Stat. 669, which is classified principally to this subchapter. For complete classification of title I to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 288 of this title and Tables.
For executive orders designating certain international organizations as public international organizations entitled to enjoy the privileges, exemptions, and immunities conferred by the International Organizations Immunities Act (this subchapter), see notes set out under section 288 of this title.
The International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources shall be considered to be an international organization for the purposes of this subchapter and may be extended the provisions of this subchapter in the same manner, to the same extent, and subject to the same conditions, as such provisions may be extended to a public international organization in which the United States participates pursuant to any treaty or under the authority of any Act of Congress authorizing such participation or making an appropriation for such participation.
(Dec. 29, 1945, ch. 652, title I, §14, as added Pub. L. 103–236, title IV, §426, Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 458.)
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original “this title”, meaning title I of act Dec. 29, 1945, ch. 652, 59 Stat. 669, which is classified principally to this subchapter. For complete classification of title I to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 288 of this title and Tables.
The provisions of this subchapter may be extended to the European Central Bank in the same manner, to the same extent, and subject to the same conditions, as they may be extended to a public international organization in which the United States participates pursuant to any treaty or under the authority of any Act of Congress authorizing such participation or making an appropriation for such participation.
(Dec. 29, 1945, ch. 652, title I, §15, as added Pub. L. 107–278, §1, Nov. 5, 2002, 116 Stat. 1939.)
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original “this title”, meaning title I of act Dec. 29, 1945, ch. 652, 59 Stat. 669, which is classified principally to this subchapter. For complete classification of title I to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 288 of this title and Tables.
The provisions of this subchapter may be extended to the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria in the same manner, to the same extent, and subject to the same conditions, as they may be extended to a public international organization in which the United States participates pursuant to any treaty or under the authority of any Act of Congress authorizing such participation or making an appropriation for such participation.
(Dec. 29, 1945, ch. 652, title I, §16, as added Pub. L. 108–199, div. D, title V, §593, Jan. 23, 2004, 118 Stat. 208.)
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original “this title”, meaning title I of act Dec. 29, 1945, ch. 652, 59 Stat. 669, which is classified principally to this subchapter. For complete classification of title I to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 288 of this title and Tables.
The provisions of this subchapter may be extended to the Office of the High Representative in Bosnia and Herzegovina (and to its officers and employees) or the International Civilian Office in Kosovo (and to its officers and employees) in the same manner, to the same extent, and subject to the same conditions, as such provisions may be extended to a public international organization in which the United States participates pursuant to any treaty or under the authority of any Act of Congress authorizing such participation or making an appropriation for such participation. Any such extension may provide for the provisions of this subchapter to continue to extend to the Office of the High Representative in Bosnia and Herzegovina (and to its officers and employees) or the International Civilian Office in Kosovo (and to its officers and employees) after that Office has been dissolved.
(Dec. 29, 1945, ch. 652, title I, §17, as added Pub. L. 111–177, §2, June 8, 2010, 124 Stat. 1260.)
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original “this title”, meaning title I of act Dec. 29, 1945, ch. 652, 59 Stat. 669, which is classified principally to this subchapter. For complete classification of title I to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 288 of this title and Tables.
Under such terms and conditions as he shall determine, the President is hereby authorized to extend, or to enter into an agreement extending, to the representatives of member states (other than the United States) to the Organization of American States and to permanent observers to the Organization of American States, and to members of the staffs of said representatives and permanent observers, the same privileges and immunities, subject to corresponding conditions and obligations, as are enjoyed by diplomatic envoys accredited to the United States.
(July 10, 1952, ch. 628, 66 Stat. 516; Pub. L. 93–149, §1(b), Nov. 7, 1973, 87 Stat. 560.)
Section was not enacted as part of the International Organizations Immunities Act which comprises this subchapter.
1973—Pub. L. 93–149 substituted provisions extending diplomatic privileges and immunities to representatives of member states to the Organization of American States, to permanent observers to the Organization of American States, and to member of staff of such representatives and permanent observers, for provisions extending such privileges and immunities to representatives of member states on the Council of the Organization of American State and members of their staff.
Ex. Ord. No. 11931, Aug. 3, 1976, 41 F.R. 32689, provided:
By virtue of the authority vested in me by the Act of November 7, 1973 (87 Stat. 560; 22 U.S.C. 288g), and as President of the United States of America, I extend to Permanent Observers to the Organization of American States, and to the members of the diplomatic staffs of such Permanent Observers, the same privileges and immunities, subject to corresponding conditions and obligations, as are enjoyed by diplomatic envoys accredited to the United States.
This Executive order shall be effective as of November 7, 1973. The enjoyment of privileges and immunities extended hereunder shall be subject to any Agreements entered into between the Government of the United States and the Organization of American States after that date.
Gerald R. Ford.
Under such terms and conditions as he shall determine and consonant with the purposes of this section, the President is authorized to extend, or to enter into an agreement extending, to the Mission to the United States of America of the Commission of the European Communities, and to members thereof, the same privileges and immunities subject to corresponding conditions and obligations as are enjoyed by diplomatic missions accredited to the United States and by members thereof. Under such terms and conditions as the President may determine, the President is authorized to extend to other offices of the Commission of the European Communities which are established in the United States, and to members thereof—
(1) the privileges and immunities described in the preceding sentence; or
(2) as appropriate for the functioning of a particular office, privileges and immunities, equivalent to those accorded consular premises, consular officers, and consular employees, pursuant to the Vienna Convention on Consular Relations.
(Pub. L. 92–499, Oct. 18, 1972, 86 Stat. 815; Pub. L. 100–204, title VII, §741, Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1394.)
Section was not enacted as part of the International Organizations Immunities Act which comprises this subchapter.
1987—Pub. L. 100–204 inserted sentence at end.
Ex. Ord. No. 12651, Sept. 9, 1988, 53 F.R. 35287, provided:
By virtue of the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and laws of the United States of America, and the Act to extend diplomatic privileges and immunities to the Mission to the United States of America of the Commission of the European Communities and the members thereof, 22 U.S.C. Sec. 288h, I hereby extend to the Permanent Observer Mission of the Delegation of the Commission of the European Communities to the United Nations the same privileges and immunities as are accorded to permanent observer missions of states to the United Nations. I also hereby extend to the members of the diplomatic staff of that mission assigned to New York to observe the work of the United Nations and duly notified to the United States Government and the United Nations in that capacity, and to their families, the same privileges and immunities, subject to corresponding conditions and obligations, as are accorded to members of the diplomatic staff of missions accredited to the United Nations.
Pursuant to the same authority, I also hereby extend to the West Coast Office of the Delegation of the Commission of the European Communities and to the officers and employees of that mission assigned to San Francisco to represent the Commission to the Government of the United States and duly notified to and accepted by the Secretary of State, and to their families, the privileges and immunities, subject to corresponding conditions and obligations, substantively equivalent to those accorded consular premises, consular officers, and consular employees pursuant to the Vienna Convention on Consular Relations. For the purpose of extending privileges and immunities to the West Coast Office of the Delegation of the Commission of the European Communities, its official functions shall consist in:
(a) protecting in the United States the interests of the European Communities within the limits permitted by domestic and international law;
(b) furthering the development of commercial, economic, cultural, and scientific relations between the European Communities and the United States and otherwise promoting friendly relations between them;
(c) ascertaining by all lawful means conditions and developments in the commercial, economic, cultural, and scientific life of the United States, reporting thereon to the European Communities and giving information to persons interested.
Pursuant to the same authority, I also hereby extend to the members of the administrative and technical staff and members of the service staff of the Delegation of the Commission of the European Communities assigned to Washington to represent the Commission to the Government of the United States and duly notified to and accepted by the Secretary of State, and to their families, the same privileges and immunities, subject to corresponding conditions and obligations, as are enjoyed by members of the administrative and technical staff and members of the service staff of diplomatic missions accredited to the United States.
This order is not intended to abridge in any respect privileges, exemptions or immunities that the Delegation of the Commission of the European Communities may have acquired or may acquire by international agreements or by Congressional action.
Ronald Reagan.
Ex. Ord. No. 11689, Dec. 5, 1972, 37 F.R. 25987, provided:
By virtue of the authority vested in me by the Act of October 18, 1972 (Public Law 92–499) [this section], and as President of the United States, I hereby extend to the Mission to the United States of America of the Commission of the European Communities, and to the officers of that Mission assigned to Washington to represent the Commission to the Government of the United States and duly notified to and accepted by the Secretary of State, and to their families, the same privileges and immunities, subject to corresponding conditions and obligations, as are enjoyed by diplomatic missions accredited to the United States and by members of the diplomatic staffs thereof.
Richard Nixon.
Under such terms and conditions as he shall determine and consonant with the purposes of this section, the President is authorized to extend to the Liaison Office of the People's Republic of China in Washington and to the members thereof the same privileges and immunities subject to corresponding conditions and obligations as are enjoyed by diplomatic missions accredited to the United States and by members thereof.
(Pub. L. 93–22, Apr. 20, 1973, 87 Stat. 24.)
Section was not enacted as part of the International Organizations Immunities Act which comprises this subchapter.
Ex. Ord. No. 11771, Mar. 18, 1974, 39 F.R. 10415, which extended diplomatic privileges and immunities to the Liaison Office of the People's Republic of China in Washington, D.C., was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 12553, Feb. 25, 1986, 51 F.R. 7237.
For purposes of the International Organizations Immunities Act (22 U.S.C. 288 and following), the International Development Law Institute shall be considered to be a public international organization in which the United States participates under the authority of an Act of Congress authorizing such participation.
(Pub. L. 102–511, title VIII, §805, Oct. 24, 1992, 106 Stat. 3353.)
The International Organizations Immunities Act, referred to in text, is title I of act Dec. 29, 1945, ch. 652, 59 Stat. 669, as amended, which is classified principally to this subchapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 288 of this title and Tables.
Section was enacted as part of the Freedom for Russia and Emerging Eurasian Democracies and Open Markets Support Act of 1992, also known as the FREEDOM Support Act, and not as part of the International Organizations Immunities Act which comprises this subchapter.
The provisions of the International Organizations Immunities Act (22 U.S.C. 288 et seq.) may be extended to the Hong Kong Economic and Trade Offices in the same manner, to the same extent, and subject to the same conditions as such provisions may be extended to a public international organization in which the United States participates pursuant to any treaty or under the authority of any Act of Congress authorizing such participation or making an appropriation for such participation.
The President is authorized to apply the provisions of Article I of the Agreement on State and Local Taxation of Foreign Employees of Public International Organizations, done at Washington on April 21, 1994, to the Hong Kong Economic and Trade Offices.
The term “Hong Kong Economic and Trade Offices” refers to Hong Kong's official economic and trade missions in the United States.
(Pub. L. 105–22, §1, June 27, 1997, 111 Stat. 236.)
The International Organizations Immunities Act, referred to in subsec. (a), is title I of act Dec. 29, 1945, ch. 652, 59 Stat. 669, as amended, which is classified principally to this subchapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 288 of this title and Tables.
Section was not enacted as part of the International Organizations Immunities Act which comprises this subchapter.
Under such terms and conditions as the President shall determine, the President is authorized to extend, or to enter into an agreement to extend, to the Permanent Observer Mission of the Holy See to the United Nations in New York, and to its members, the privileges and immunities enjoyed by the diplomatic missions of member states to the United Nations, and their members, subject to corresponding conditions and obligations.
(Pub. L. 109–472, §7(b), Jan. 11, 2007, 120 Stat. 3556.)
Section was enacted as part of the Department of State Authorities Act of 2006, and not as part of the International Organizations Immunities Act which comprises this subchapter.
Ex. Ord. No. 13427, Mar. 7, 2007, 72 F.R. 10879, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, including section 7(b) of the Department of State Authorities Act of 2006 (22 U.S.C. 288l), I hereby extend to the Permanent Observer Mission of the Holy See to the United Nations in New York, and to its members, the privileges and immunities enjoyed by the diplomatic missions of member states to the United Nations, and members of such missions, subject to corresponding conditions and obligations.
This extension of privileges and immunities is not intended to abridge in any respect privileges or immunities that the Permanent Observer Mission of the Holy See to the United Nations in New York and its members otherwise may have acquired or may acquire by law.
George W. Bush.
The President is hereby authorized to accept membership for the United States in the International Refugee Organization (hereinafter referred to as the “Organization”), the constitution of which was approved in New York on December 15, 1946, by the General Assembly of the United Nations, and deposited in the archives of the United Nations: Provided, however, That this authority is granted and the approval of the Congress of the acceptance of membership of the United States in the International Refugee Organization is given upon condition and with the reservation that no agreement shall be concluded on behalf of the United States and no action shall be taken by any officer, agency, or any other person and acceptance of the constitution of the Organization by or on behalf of the Government of the United States shall not constitute or authorize action (1) whereby any person shall be admitted to or settled or resettled in the United States or any of its Territories or possessions without prior approval thereof by the Congress, and this subchapter shall not be construed as such prior approval, or (2) which will have the effect of abrogating, suspending, modifying, adding to, or superseding any of the immigration laws or any other laws of the United States.
(July 1, 1947, ch. 185, §1, 61 Stat. 214.)
The President shall designate from time to time a representative of the United States and not to exceed two alternates to attend a specified session or specified sessions of the general council of the Organization. Whenever the United States is elected to membership on the executive committee, the President shall designate from time to time, either from among the aforesaid representative and alternates or otherwise, a representative of the United States and not to exceed one alternate to attend sessions of the executive committee. Such representative or representatives shall each be entitled to receive compensation at a rate not to exceed $12,000 per annum, and any such alternate shall be entitled to receive compensation at a rate not to exceed $10,000 per annum, for such period or periods as the President may specify, except that no Member of the Senate or House of Representatives or officer of the United States who is designated as such a representative shall be entitled to receive such compensation.
(July 1, 1947, ch. 185, §2, 61 Stat. 215.)
There is hereby authorized to be appropriated annually to the Department of State—
(a) such sums, not to exceed $73,325,000 for the fiscal year beginning July 1, 1947, as may be necessary for the payment of United States contributions to the Organization (consisting of supplies, services, or funds and all necessary expenses related thereto) as determined in accordance with article 10 of the constitution of the Organization; and
(b) such sums, not to exceed $175,000 for the fiscal year beginning July 1, 1947, as may be necessary for the payment of—
(1) salaries of the representative or representatives and alternates provided for in section 289a of this title, and appropriate staff, including personal services in the District of Columbia and elsewhere, without regard to the civil-service laws and chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5; and
(2) such other expenses as the Secretary of State deems necessary to participation by the United States in the activities of the Organization; Provided, That the provisions of section 287e of this title and regulations thereunder, applicable to expenses incurred pursuant to subchapter XVI of this chapter shall be applicable to any expenses incurred pursuant to this chapter.
(July 1, 1947, ch. 185, §3, 61 Stat. 215; Oct. 28, 1949, ch. 782, title II, §202(2), title XI, §1106(a), 63 Stat. 954, 972.)
Subchapter XVI [§287 et seq.] of this chapter, referred to in subsec. (b)(2), was in the original a reference to the United Nations Participation Act of 1945.
In subsec. (b)(1), “chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5” substituted for “the Classification Act of 1949” on authority of Pub. L. 89–554, §7(b), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 631, the first section of which enacted Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
1949—Subsec. (b)(1). Act Oct. 28, 1949, substituted “Classification Act of 1949” for “Classification Act of 1923”.
Act Oct. 28, 1949, ch. 782, cited as a credit to this section, was repealed (subject to a savings clause) by Pub. L. 89–554, Sept. 6, 1966, §8, 80 Stat. 632, 655.
(a) Sums from the appropriations made pursuant to subsection (a) of section 289b of this title may be transferred to any department, agency, or independent establishment of the Government to carry out the purposes of such subsection, and such sums shall be available for obligation and expenditure in accordance with the laws governing obligations and expenditures of the department, agency, independent establishment, or organizational unit thereof concerned, and without regard to section 3324(a) and (b) of title 31 and section 6101 of title 41.
(b) Upon request of the Organization, any department, agency, or independent establishment of the Government (upon receipt of advancements or reimbursements for the cost and necessary expenses) may furnish supplies, or if advancements are made may procure and furnish supplies, and may furnish or procure and furnish services, to the Organization. When reimbursement is made it shall be credited, at the option of the department, agency, or independent establishment concerned, either to the appropriation, fund, or account utilized in incurring the obligation, or to an appropriate appropriation fund, or account which is current at the time of such reimbursement.
(July 1, 1947, ch. 185, §4, 61 Stat. 215; Pub. L. 89–554, §8(a), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 654.)
In subsec. (a), “section 3324(a) and (b) of title 31 and section 6101 of title 41” substituted for “sections 3709 and 3648 of the Revised Statutes, as amended (U.S.C., 1940 edition, title 41, sec. 5, and title 31, sec. 529)” on authority of Pub. L. 97–258, §4(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, which Act enacted Title 31, Money and Finance, and Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
1966—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 89–554 struck out proviso which excepted certain personnel from the ceiling imposed by section 947 of former title 5.
Section, act July 1, 1947, ch. 185, §5, 61 Stat. 216, authorized appropriations in the form of advance contributions to the Preparatory Commission of the Organization during the interim period between July 1, 1947 and the coming into force of the constitution of the Organization.
The President is hereby authorized to accept membership for the United States in the World Health Organization (hereinafter referred to as the Organization), the constitution of which was adopted in New York on July 22, 1946, by the International Health Conference for the establishment of an International Health Organization, and deposited in the archives of the United Nations.
(June 14, 1948, ch. 469, §1, 62 Stat. 441.)
Pub. L. 108–235, §1, June 14, 2004, 118 Stat. 656, provided that the Secretary of State is authorized to initiate a plan to endorse and obtain observer status for Taiwan at the annual week-long summit of the World Health Assembly each year in Geneva, Switzerland, to instruct the United States delegation to the World Health Assembly to implement that plan, to introduce a resolution in support of observer status for Taiwan at the summit of the World Health Assembly, and to submit, not later than 30 days after June 14, 2004, and by Apr. 1 of each year thereafter, a report to Congress concerning observer status for Taiwan at the Summit of the World Health Assembly.
Ex. Ord. No. 10399, Sept. 29, 1952, 17 F.R. 8648, designated Surgeon General to perform certain duties under International Sanitary Regulations of World Health Organization.
The President shall designate from time to time to attend a specified session or specified sessions of the World Health Assembly of the Organization not to exceed three delegates of the United States and such number of alternates as he may determine consistent with the rules of procedure of the World Health Assembly. One of the delegates shall be designated as the chief delegate. Whenever the United States becomes entitled to designate a person to serve on the Executive Board of the Organization, under article 24 of the constitution of the Organization, the President shall designate a representative of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, and may designate not to exceed one alternate to attend sessions of the Executive Board. Such representative must be a graduate of a recognized medical school and have spent not less than three years in active practice as a physician or surgeon. Such representative and any such alternate shall each be entitled to receive compensation at one of the rates established under section 3962 or 3963 of this title, for such period or periods as the President may specify, except that no Member of the Senate or House of Representatives or officer of the United States who is thus designated shall be entitled to receive such compensation: Provided, That no person shall serve as such representative, delegate, or alternate until such person has been investigated as to loyalty and security by the Director of the Office of Personnel Management.
(June 14, 1948, ch. 469, §2, 62 Stat. 441; Apr. 5, 1952, ch. 159, §1, 66 Stat. 43; Pub. L. 87–793, §1001(i), Oct. 11, 1962, 76 Stat. 865; 1978 Reorg. Plan No. 2, §102, eff. Jan. 1, 1979, 43 F.R. 36037, 92 Stat. 3783; Pub. L. 96–465, title II, §2206(a)(4), Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2161.)
1980—Pub. L. 96–465 substituted “established under section 3962 or 3963 of this title” for “provided by section 867 of this title,”.
1962—Pub. L. 87–793 substituted “Such representative and any such alternate shall each be entitled to receive compensation at one of the rates provided by section 867 of this title” for “Such representative shall be entitled to receive compensation at a rate not to exceed $12,000 per annum and any such alternate shall be entitled to receive compensation at a rate not to exceed $10,000 per annum.”
1952—Act Apr. 5, 1952, substituted “Civil Service Commission” for “Federal Bureau of Investigation”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–465 effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 87–793 effective on first day of first pay period which begins on or after Oct. 11, 1962, see section 1008 of Pub. L. 87–793.
“Director of the Office of Personnel Management” substituted in text for “Civil Service Commission” pursuant to Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1978, §102, 43 F.R. 36037, 92 Stat. 3783, set out under section 1101 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, which transferred functions vested by statute in Civil Service Commission to Director of Office of Personnel Management (except as otherwise specified), effective Jan. 1, 1979, as provided by section 1–102 of Ex. Ord. No. 12107, Dec. 28, 1978, 44 F.R. 1055, set out under section 1101 of Title 5.
There are hereby authorized to be appropriated to the Department of State for contribution to the working capital fund of the organization the sum of $560,000 and as annual appropriations the following:
(a) such sums as may be necessary for the payment by the United States of its share of the expenses of the Organization as apportioned by the Health Assembly in accordance with article 56 of the constitution of the Organization, except that payments by the United States for any fiscal year of the Organization after 1958 shall not exceed 331/3 per centum of the total assessments of active members of the Organization for such fiscal year; and
(b) such additional sums, not to exceed $83,000 for the fiscal year beginning July 1, 1947, as may be necessary to pay the expenses incident to participation by the United States in the activities of the Organization, including—
(1) salaries of the representative and alternate provided for in section 290a of this title, and appropriate staff, including personal services in the District of Columbia and elsewhere, without regard to the civil-service laws and chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5; services as authorized by section 3109 of title 5; under such rules and regulations as the Secretary of State may prescribe, allowances for living quarters, including heat, fuel, and light and cost of living allowances to persons temporarily stationed abroad; printing and binding without regard to section 501 of title 44 and section 6101 of title 41; and
(2) such other expenses as the Secretary of State deems necessary to participation by the United States in the activities of the Organization: Provided, That the provisions of section 287r of this title, and regulations thereunder, applicable to expenses incurred pursuant to subchapter XVII of this chapter shall be applicable to any expenses incurred pursuant to this paragraph.
(June 14, 1948, ch. 469, §3, 62 Stat. 441; Oct. 28, 1949, ch. 782, title II, §202(2), title XI, §1106(a), 63 Stat. 954, 972; Sept. 21, 1950, ch. 976, §1(d), 64 Stat. 902; Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, title IV, §419, as added July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §8(j), 69 Stat. 288.)
Subchapter XVII [§287m et seq.] of this chapter, referred to in subsec. (b)(2), was in the original a reference to the Act of July 30, 1946, Public Law 565, Seventy-ninth Congress.
In subsec. (b)(1), “chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5” and “section 3109 of title 5” substituted for “the Classification Act of 1949” and “section 15 of Public Law 600, Seventy–ninth Congress [5 U.S.C. 55a]”, respectively, on authority of Pub. L. 89–554, §7(b), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 631, which Act enacted Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
In subsec. (b)(1), “section 501 of title 44” substituted for “section 11 of the Act of March 1, 1919 (44 U.S.C. 111),” on authority of Pub. L. 90–620, §2(b), Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1305, which Act enacted Title 44, Public Printing and Documents.
In subsec. (b)(1), “section 6101 of title 41” substituted for “section 3709 of the Revised Statutes, as amended” on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
1955—Subsec. (a). Act July 8, 1955, removed limitation of $3,000,000 which may be appropriated annually, and limited payments by United States to not more than 331/3 per centum of total assessments.
1950—Opening par. amended by Joint Res. Sept. 21, 1950, §1(d)(1), to provide for a contribution of $560,000 to working capital fund.
Subsec. (a). Joint Res. Sept. 21, 1950, §1(d)(2), increased authorized annual appropriation from $1,920,000 to $3,000,000.
1949—Subsec. (b)(1). Act Oct. 28, 1949, substituted “Classification Act of 1949” for “Classification Act of 1923”.
Pub. L. 85–141, §8(n), Aug. 14, 1957, 71 Stat. 362, repealed section 419 of act Aug. 26, 1954, cited as a credit to this section, except insofar as section 419 affected this section.
Act Oct. 28, 1949, ch. 782, cited as a credit to this section, was repealed (subject to a savings clause) by Pub. L. 89–554, Sept. 6, 1966, §8, 80 Stat. 632, 655.
Annual appropriations to meet the obligations of membership in various international organizations were contained in acts listed in a note set out under section 269a of this title.
Contributions by United States, except for special projects, limited to amount provided by Joint Res. Sept. 21, 1950; consent by State Department and reports to Congress, see section 262a of this title.
In adopting this subchapter the Congress does so with the understanding that, in the absence of any provision in the World Health Organization Constitution for withdrawal from the Organization, the United States reserves its right to withdraw from the Organization on a one-year notice: Provided, however, That the financial obligations of the United States to the Organization shall be met in full for the Organization's current fiscal year.
(June 14, 1948, ch. 469, §4, 62 Stat. 442.)
In adopting this subchapter, the Congress does so with the understanding that nothing in the Constitution of the World Health Organization in any manner commits the United States to enact any specific legislative program regarding any matters referred to in said Constitution.
(June 14, 1948, ch. 469, §5, 62 Stat. 442.)
The Congress of the United States, recognizing that the diseases of mankind, because of their widespread prevalence, debilitating effects, and heavy toll in human life, constitute a major deterrent to the efforts of many peoples to develop their economic resources and productive capacities, and to improve their living conditions, declares it to be the policy of the United States to continue and strengthen mutual efforts among the nations for research against diseases such as heart disease and cancer. In furtherance of this policy, the Congress invites the World Health Organization to initiate studies looking toward the strengthening of research and related programs against these and other diseases common to mankind or unique to individual regions of the globe.
(June 14, 1948, ch. 469, §6, as added Pub. L. 85–477, ch. V, §502(m), June 30, 1958, 72 Stat. 275.)
There are hereby authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for the annual payment by the United States of its share of the expenses of the International Agency for Research on Cancer as determined in accordance with article VIII of the Statute of the International Agency for Research on Cancer, except that in no event shall that payment for any year exceed 16 per centum of all contributions assessed Participating Members of the Agency for that year.
(Pub. L. 92–494, Oct. 14, 1972, 86 Stat. 811.)
There is created as an agency of the United States of America a body corporate to be known as the Inter-American Foundation (hereinafter in this section referred to as the “Foundation”).
The future of freedom, security, and economic development in the Western Hemisphere rests on the realization that man is the foundation of all human progress. It is the purpose of this section to provide support for developmental activities designed to achieve conditions in the Western Hemisphere under which the dignity and the worth of each human person will be respected and under which all men will be afforded the opportunity to develop their potential, to seek through gainful and productive work the fulfillment of their aspirations for a better life, and to live in justice and peace. To this end, it shall be the purpose of the Foundation, primarily in cooperation with private, regional, and international organizations, to—
(1) strengthen the bonds of friendship and understanding among the peoples of this hemisphere;
(2) support self-help efforts designed to enlarge the opportunities for individual development;
(3) stimulate and assist effective and ever wider participation of the people in the development process;
(4) encourage the establishment and growth of democratic institutions, private and governmental, appropriate to the requirements of the individual sovereign nations of this hemisphere.
In pursuing these purposes, the Foundation shall place primary emphasis on the enlargement of educational opportunities at all levels, the production of food and the development of agriculture, and the improvement of environmental conditions relating to health, maternal and child care, family planning, housing, free trade union development, and other social and economic needs of the people.
The Foundation shall carry out the purposes set forth in subsection (b) of this section primarily through and with private organizations, individuals, and international organizations by undertaking or sponsoring appropriate research and by planning, initiating, assisting, financing, administering, and executing programs and projects designed to promote the achievement of such purposes.
In carrying out its functions under this section, the Foundation shall, to the maximum extent possible, coordinate its undertakings with the developmental activities in the Western Hemisphere of the various organs of the Organization of American States, the United States Government, international organizations, and other entities engaged in promoting social and economic development of Latin America.
The Foundation, as a corporation—
(1) shall have perpetual succession unless sooner dissolved by an Act of Congress;
(2) may adopt, alter, and use a corporate seal, which shall be judicially noticed;
(3) may make and perform contracts and other agreements with any individual, corporation, or other body of persons however designated whether within or without the United States of America, and with any government or governmental agency, domestic or foreign;
(4) shall determine and prescribe the manner in which its obligations shall be incurred and its expenses, including expenses for representation (not to exceed $10,000 in any fiscal year), allowed and paid;
(5) may, as necessary for the transaction of the business of the Foundation, employ and fix the compensation of not to exceed one hundred persons at any one time;
(6) may acquire by purchase, devise, bequest, or gift, or otherwise lease, hold, and improve, such real and personal property as it finds to be necessary to its purposes, whether within or without the United States, and in any manner dispose of all such real and personal property held by it and use as general funds all receipts arising from the disposition of such property;
(7) shall be entitled to the use of the United States mails in the same manner and on the same conditions as the executive departments of the Government;
(8) may, with the consent of any board, corporation, commission, independent establishment, or executive department of the Government, including any field service thereof, avail itself of the use of information, services, facilities, officers, and employees thereof in carrying out the provisions of this section;
(9) may accept money, funds, property, and services of every kind by gift, device,1 bequest, grant, or otherwise, and make advances, grants, and loans to any individual, corporation, or other body of persons, whether within or without the United States of America, or to any government or governmental agency, domestic or foreign, when deemed advisable by the Foundation in furtherance of its purposes;
(10) may sue and be sued, complain, and defend, in its corporate name in any court of competent jurisdiction; and
(11) shall have such other powers as may be necessary and incident to carrying out its powers and duties under this section.
Upon termination of the corporate life of the Foundation all of its assets shall be liquidated and, unless otherwise provided by Congress, shall be transferred to the United States Treasury as the property of the United States.
The management of the Foundation shall be vested in a board of directors (hereafter in this section referred to as the “Board”) composed of nine members appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, one of whom he shall designate to serve as Chairman of the Board and one of whom he shall designate to serve as Vice Chairman of the Board. Six members of the Board shall be appointed from private life. Three members of the Board shall be appointed from among the following: officers or employees of agencies of the United States concerned with inter-American affairs, the United States Executive Director of the Inter-American Development Bank, or the Alternate Executive Director of the Inter-American Development Bank. Members of the Board shall be appointed for terms of six years, except that of the members first appointed two shall be appointed for terms of two years and two shall be appointed for terms of four years, as designated by the President at the time of their appointment. A member of the Board appointed to fill a vacancy occurring prior to the expiration of the term for which his predecessor was appointed shall be appointed only for the remainder of such term; but upon the expiration of his term of office a member shall continue to serve until his successor is appointed and shall have qualified. Members of the Board shall be eligible for reappointment. All individuals appointed to the Board shall possess an understanding of and sensitivity to community level development processes. No more than 5 members of the Board may be members of any one political party.
Members of the Board shall serve without additional compensation, but shall be reimbursed for travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, in accordance with section 5703 of title 5, while engaged in their duties on behalf of the corporation.
The Board shall direct the exercise of all the powers of the Foundation.
The Board may prescribe, amend, and repeal bylaws, rules, and regulations governing the manner in which the business of the Foundation may be conducted and in which the powers granted to it by law may be exercised and enjoyed. A majority of the Board shall be required as a quorum.
In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it, the Board may appoint such committees for the carrying out of the work of the Foundation as the Board finds to be for the best interests of the Foundation, each committee to consist of two or more members of the Board, which committees, together with officers and agents duly authorized by the Board and to the extent provided by the Board, shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Foundation.
(1) The chief executive officer of the Foundation shall be a President who shall be appointed by the Board of Directors on such terms as the Board may determine. The President shall receive compensation at the rate provided for level IV of the Executive Schedule under section 5315 of title 5.
(2) Experts and consultants, or organizations thereof, may be employed as authorized by section 3109 of title 5.
In order to further the purposes of the Foundation there shall be established a Council to be composed of such number of individuals as may be selected by the Board from among individuals knowledgeable concerning developmental activities in the Western Hemisphere. The Board shall, from time to time, consult with the Council concerning the objectives of the Foundation. Members of the Council shall receive no compensation for their services but shall be entitled to reimbursement in accordance with section 5703 of title 5 for travel and other expenses incurred by them in the performance of their functions under this subsection.
The Foundation shall be a nonprofit corporation and shall have no capital stock. No part of its revenue earnings, or other income or property shall inure to the benefit of its directors, officers, and employees and such revenue, earnings, or other income, or property shall be used for the carrying out of the corporate purposes set forth in this section. No director, officer, or employee of the corporation shall in any manner directly or indirectly participate in the deliberation upon or the determination of any question affecting his personal interests or the interests of any corporation, partnership, or organization in which he is directly or indirectly interested.
When approved by the Foundation, in furtherance of its purpose, the officers and employees of the Foundation may accept and hold offices or positions to which no compensation is attached with governments or governmental agencies of foreign countries.
The Secretary of State shall have authority to detail employees of any agency under his jurisdiction to the Foundation under such circumstances and upon such conditions as he may determine. Any such employee so detailed shall not lose any privileges, rights, or seniority as an employee of any such agency by virtue of such detail.
The Foundation shall maintain its principal office in the metropolitan Washington, D.C., area. The Foundation may establish agencies, branch offices, or other offices in any place or places outside the United States in which the Foundation may carry on all or any of its operations and business.
The Foundation, including its franchise and income, shall be exempt from taxation now or hereafter imposed by the United States, or any territory or possession thereof, or by any State, county, municipality, or local taxing authority.
(1) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, not to exceed an aggregate amount of $50,000,000 of the funds made available for the fiscal years 1970 and 1971 to carry out part I of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2151 et seq.] shall be available to carry out the purposes of this section. Funds made available to carry out the purposes of this section under the preceding sentence are authorized to remain available until expended.
(2) There are authorized to be appropriated $28,800,000 for fiscal year 1992 and $31,000,000 for fiscal year 1993 to carry out this section. Amounts appropriated under this paragraph are authorized to remain available until expended.
The Foundation shall be subject to the provisions of chapter 91 of title 31.
When, with the permission of the Foundation, funds made available to a grantee under this section are invested pending disbursement, the resulting interest is not required to be deposited in the United States Treasury if the grantee uses the resulting interest for the purposes for which the grant was made. This subsection applies with respect to both interest earned before and interest earned after August 24, 1982.
Funds made available to the Foundation may be used for the expenses described in section 1345 of title 31 (relating to travel, transportation, and subsistence expenses for meetings).
Funds made available to the Foundation may be used for printing and binding without regard to section 501 of title 44.
(Pub. L. 91–175, pt. IV, §401, Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 821; Pub. L. 92–226, pt. IV, §406(2)–(5), Feb. 7, 1972, 86 Stat. 34; Pub. L. 95–105, title V, §508, Aug. 17, 1977, 91 Stat. 859; Pub. L. 97–241, title V, §501, Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 297; Pub. L. 98–164, title X, §1001, Nov. 22, 1983, 97 Stat. 1051; Pub. L. 99–83, title VII, §708, Aug. 8, 1985, 99 Stat. 243; Pub. L. 99–529, title II, §202(e), title IV, §403(a), Oct. 24, 1986, 100 Stat. 3012, 3019; Pub. L. 101–246, title VI, §601, Feb. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 73; Pub. L. 102–138, title I, §173(a), (b)(1), (c), (d), Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 679, 680; Pub. L. 110–38, §1, June 21, 2007, 121 Stat. 230.)
The Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, referred to in subsec. (s)(1), is Pub. L. 87–195, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 424. Part I of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 is classified generally to subchapter I (§2151 et seq.) of chapter 32 of this title. For provisions deeming references to subchapter I to include parts IV (§2346 et seq.), VI (§2348 et seq.), and VIII (§2349aa et seq.) of subchapter II of chapter 32, see section 202(b) of Pub. L. 92–226, set out as a note under section 2346 of this title, and sections 2348c and 2349aa–5 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2151 of this title and Tables.
Repeal of section by Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(2) [title V, §586(c)(2)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1535, 1501A–118, did not become effective pursuant to section 1000(a)(2) [title V, §586] of div. B of Pub. L. 106–113, formerly set out as an Abolition of the Inter-American Foundation note below.
In subsec. (t), “chapter 91 of title 31” substituted for “the Government Corporation Control Act [31 U.S.C. 841 et seq.]” on authority of Pub. L. 97–258, §4(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, the first section of which enacted Title 31, Money and Finance.
2007—Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 110–38 amended third sentence generally. Prior to amendment, third sentence read as follows: “Three members of the Board shall be appointed from among officers or employees of agencies of the United States concerned with inter-American affairs.”
1991—Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 102–138, §173(b)(1), inserted provision at end that all individuals appointed to the Board possess an understanding of and sensitivity to community level development processes and that no more than 5 members of the Board be of any one political party.
Subsec. (q). Pub. L. 102–138, §173(c), amended subsec. (q) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (q) read as follows: “The Foundation shall establish a principal office. The Foundation is authorized to establish agencies, branch offices, or other offices in any place or places within the United States or elsewhere in any of which locations the Foundation may carry on all or any of its operations and business.”
Subsec. (s)(2). Pub. L. 102–138, §173(a), amended first sentence generally, substituting present provisions for provisions authorizing appropriations of $16,932,000 for fiscal year 1990 and $25,000,000 for fiscal year 1991.
Subsecs. (v), (w). Pub. L. 102–138, §173(d), added subsecs. (v) and (w).
1990—Subsec. (s)(2). Pub. L. 101–246 amended first sentence generally, substituting “$16,932,000 for the fiscal year 1990 and $25,000,000 for the fiscal year 1991” for “$11,969,000 for fiscal year 1986 and $12,969,000 for fiscal year 1987 (not less than $1,000,000 of which shall be for Haiti)”.
1986—Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 99–529, §403(a), substituted “nine members” for “seven members” and “Six members” for “Four members”.
Subsec. (s)(2). Pub. L. 99–529, §202(e), substituted “$12,969,000 for fiscal year 1987 (not less than $1,000,000 of which shall be for Haiti)” for “$11,969,000 for fiscal year 1987”.
1985—Subsec. (s)(2). Pub. L. 99–83 substituted provisions authorizing appropriations of $11,969,000 for each of fiscal years 1986 and 1987, for provisions authorizing appropriations of $16,000,000 for each of fiscal years 1984 and 1985.
1983—Subsec. (s)(2). Pub. L. 98–164 substituted “$16,000,000 for the fiscal year 1984 and $16,000,000 for the fiscal year 1985” for “$12,000,000 for the fiscal year 1982 and $12,800,000 for the fiscal year 1983”.
1982—Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 97–241, §501(b), substituted “travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, in accordance with section 5703 of title 5” for “actual and necessary expenses not in excess of $50 per day, and for transportation expenses”.
Subsec. (s)(2). Pub. L. 97–241, §501(a), substituted “$12,000,000 for the fiscal year 1982 and $12,800,000 for the fiscal year 1983” for “$25,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 1979 and 1980”.
Subsec. (u). Pub. L. 97–241, §501(c), added subsec. (u).
1977—Subsec. (s). Pub. L. 95–105 designated existing provisions as par. (1) and added par. (2).
1972—Pub. L. 92–226, §406(3), substituted “Foundation” for “Institute” wherever appearing in subsecs. (b) to (g), (i), (j) to (r), and (t).
Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 92–226, §406(2), substituted “Inter-American Foundation” and “Foundation” for “Inter-American Social Development Institute” and “Institute”.
Subsec. (e)(4). Pub. L. 92–226, §406(4), inserted “, including expenses for representation (not to exceed $10,000 in any fiscal year),”.
Subsec. (l). Pub. L. 92–226, §406(5), designated existing provisions as par. (1), substituted “Foundation” for “Institute” and “President” for “Executive Director” in two places, and added par. (2).
Section 403(b) of Pub. L. 99–529 provided that: “The amendments made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall take effect 120 days after the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 24, 1986].”
Amendment by Pub. L. 99–83 effective Oct. 1, 1985, see section 1301 of Pub. L. 99–83, set out as a note under section 2151–1 of this title.
Part IV of Pub. L. 91–175, Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 821, as amended by Pub. L. 92–226, pt. IV, §406(1), Feb. 7, 1972, 86 Stat. 34, which enacted this section, designated as the “Inter-American Foundation Act”.
Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(2) [title V, §586], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1535, 1501A–117, as amended by Pub. L. 106–429, §101(a) [title V, §591], Nov. 6, 2000, 114 Stat. 1900, 1900A–59, authorized the President, during fiscal years 2000 and 2001, to abolish the Inter-American Foundation, provided for the termination and transfer of functions of the Foundation, disposition of funds, and responsibilities and authorities of the Director of the Office of Management and Budget to take actions necessary to wind-up the affairs of the Foundation, required the Director to certify to Congress the discharge of the Director's responsibilities, directed the repeal of sections 290f and 2182a(d) of this title and the amendment of section 290h of this title and section 36 of Pub. L. 93–189 (22 U.S.C. 1942 note), effective on the date of transmittal to Congress of the Director's certification, and provided that section 1000(a)(2) [title V, §586] of Pub. L. 106–113 would only be effective upon the effective date of the abolition of the Foundation. The President did not exercise his authority to abolish the Inter-American Foundation during fiscal years 2000 and 2001.
Section 173(b)(2) of Pub. L. 102–138 provided that: “The requirements established by the amendment made by paragraph (1) [amending this section] do not affect appointments made to the Board of the Inter-American Foundation before the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 28, 1991].”
1 So in original. Probably should be “devise,”.
The President is hereby authorized to accept participation for the United States in the African Development Fund (hereinafter referred to as the “Fund”) provided for by the agreement establishing the Fund (hereinafter referred to as the “agreement”) deposited in the Archives of the United Nations.
(Pub. L. 94–302, title II, §202, May 31, 1976, 90 Stat. 593.)
Section 201 of title II of Pub. L. 94–302 provided that: “This title [enacting this subchapter] may be cited as the ‘African Development Fund Act’.”
(a) The President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall appoint a Governor, and an Alternate Governor, of the Fund.
(b) The Governor, or in his absence the Alternate Governor, on the instructions of the President, shall cast the votes of the United States for the Director to represent the United States in the Fund. The Director representing the United States and his Alternate, if they are citizens of the United States, may, in the discretion of the President, receive such compensation, allowances, and other benefits not exceeding those authorized for a chief of mission under the Foreign Service Act of 1980 [22 U.S.C. 3901 et seq.].
(Pub. L. 94–302, title II, §203, May 31, 1976, 90 Stat. 593; Pub. L. 96–465, title II, §2206(a)(5), Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2161.)
The Foreign Service Act of 1980, referred to in subsec. (b), is Pub. L. 96–465, Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2071, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 52 (§3901 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 3901 of this title and Tables.
1980—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 96–465 substituted “a chief of mission under the Foreign Service Act of 1980” for “a Chief of Mission, class 2, within the meaning of the Foreign Service Act of 1946, as amended”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–465 effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
The provisions of section 286b of this title, shall apply with respect to the Fund to the same extent as with respect to the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Monetary Fund.
(Pub. L. 94–302, title II, §204, May 31, 1976, 90 Stat. 594; Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(e)(6), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2519.)
1989—Pub. L. 101–240 struck out at end “Reports with respect to the Fund under paragraphs (5) and (6) of section 286b(b) of this title, shall be included in the first report made thereunder after the United States accepts participation in the Fund.”
Unless Congress by law authorizes such action, neither the President nor any person or agency shall, on behalf of the United States:
(a) agree to an increase in the subscription of the United States to the Fund;
(b) vote for or agree to any amendment of the agreement which increases the obligations of the United States, or which would change the purpose or functions of the Fund; or
(c) make a loan or provide other financing to the Fund, except that funds for technical assistance may be provided to the Fund by a United States agency created pursuant to an Act of Congress which is authorized by law to provide funds to international organizations.
(Pub. L. 94–302, title II, §205, May 31, 1976, 90 Stat. 594.)
(a) There is hereby authorized to be appropriated without fiscal year limitation, as the United States subscription, $25,000,000 to be paid by the Secretary of the Treasury to the Fund in three annual installments of $9,000,000, $8,000,000, and $8,000,000.
(b) Any repayment or distribution of moneys from the Fund to the United States shall be covered into the Treasury as a miscellaneous receipt.
(Pub. L. 94–302, title II, §206, May 31, 1976, 90 Stat. 594.)
Any Federal Reserve bank which is requested to do so by the President shall act as a depository for the Fund, and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall supervise and direct the carrying out of these functions by the Federal Reserve banks.
(Pub. L. 94–302, title II, §207, May 31, 1976, 90 Stat. 594.)
For the purpose of any civil action which may be brought within the United States, its territories or possessions, or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, by or against the Fund in accordance with the agreement, the Fund shall be deemed to be an inhabitant of the Federal judicial district in which its principal office or agency appointed for the purpose of accepting service or notice of service is located, and any such action to which the Fund shall be party shall be deemed to arise under the laws of the United States, and the district courts of the United States (including the courts enumerated in section 460 of title 28) shall have original jurisdiction of any such action. When the Fund is defendant in any action in a State court, it may, at any time before the trial thereof, remove such action into the district court of the United States for the proper district by following the procedure for removal of causes otherwise provided by law.
(Pub. L. 94–302, title II, §208, May 31, 1976, 90 Stat. 594.)
The agreement, including without limitation articles 41 through 50, shall have full force and effect in the United States, its territories and possessions, and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, upon the acceptance of participation by the United States in, and the entry into force of, the Fund. The President, at the time of deposit of the instrument of acceptance of participation of the United States in the Fund, shall also deposit a declaration that the United States retains for itself and its political subdivisions the right to tax salaries and emoluments paid by the Fund to its citizens or nationals and may deposit a declaration providing for reservations on other matters set forth in article 58.
(Pub. L. 94–302, title II, §209, May 31, 1976, 90 Stat. 594.)
The agreement and articles 41 through 50 and article 58, referred to in text, mean the Bretton Woods Agreement and the articles thereof.
The President shall instruct the United States Governor of the Fund to cause the Executive Director representing the United States in the Fund to cast the votes of the United States against any loan or other utilization of the funds of the Fund for the benefit of any country which has—
(1) nationalized or expropriated or seized ownership or control of property owned by any United States citizen or by any corporation, partnership, or association not less than 50 per centum of which is beneficially owned by United States citizens;
(2) taken steps to repudiate or nullify existing contracts or agreements with any United States citizen or any corporation, partnership, or association not less than 50 per centum of which is beneficially owned by United States citizens; or
(3) imposed or enforced discriminatory taxes or other exactions, or restrictive maintenance or operational conditions, or has taken other actions, which have the effect of nationalizing, expropriating, or otherwise seizing ownership or control of property so owned;
unless the President determines that (A) an arrangement for prompt, adequate, and effective compensation has been made, (B) the parties have submitted the dispute to arbitration under the rules of the Convention for the Settlement of Investment Disputes, or (C) good faith negotiations are in progress aimed at providing prompt, adequate, and effective compensation under the applicable principles of international law.
(Pub. L. 94–302, title II, §210, May 31, 1976, 90 Stat. 595.)
Section, Pub. L. 94–302, title II, §211, May 31, 1976, 90 Stat. 595; H. Res. 5, Jan. 4, 1977, set forth provisions relating to United States participation in financial assistance by the African Development Fund to any country engaging in a consistent pattern of gross violations of internationally recognized human rights. See section 262d of this title.
Repeal effective Oct. 3, 1977, see section 1001 of Pub. L. 95–118, set out as an Effective Date note under section 282i of this title.
The United States Governor is authorized to contribute on behalf of the United States $50,000,000 to the African Development Fund, which would represent an additional United States contribution to the first replenishment. The Secretary of the Treasury is directed to begin discussions with other donor nations to the African Development Fund for the purpose of setting amounts and of reviewing and possibly changing the voting structure within the Fund: Provided, however, That any commitment to make such contribution shall be made subject to obtaining the necessary appropriations.
In order to pay for the United States contribution to the African Development Fund provided for in this section there are authorized to be appropriated without fiscal year limitation $50,000,000 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 94–302, title II, §211, formerly §212, as added Pub. L. 95–118, title VI, §601, Oct. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 1069; renumbered §211, Pub. L. 96–259, title III, §301(1), June 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 430.)
A prior section 211 of Pub. L. 94–302 was classified to section 290g–9 of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 95–118, title VII, §702, Oct. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 1070.
Section effective Oct. 3, 1977, except that no funds authorized to be appropriated by this section may be available for use or obligation prior to Oct. 1, 1977, see section 1001 of Pub. L. 95–118, set out as a note under section 282i of this title.
The United States Governor of the Fund is authorized to contribute on behalf of the United States $125,000,000 to the Fund as the United States contribution to the second replenishment of the resources of the Fund, except that any commitment to make such contribution shall be made subject to obtaining the necessary appropriations.
In order to pay for the United States contribution provided for in this section, there is authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, $125,000,000 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
For the purpose of keeping to a minimum the cost to the United States, the Secretary of the Treasury—
(1) shall pay the United States contribution to the African Development Fund authorized by this section by letter of credit in three annual installments; and
(2) shall take the steps necessary to obtain a certification from the Fund that any undisbursed balances resulting from draw-downs on such letter of credit will not exceed at any time the United States share of expected disbursement requirements for the following three-month period.
(Pub. L. 94–302, title II, §212, as added Pub. L. 96–259, title III, §301(2), June 3, 1980, 94 Stat. 430.)
(a)(1) The United States Governor of the Fund is authorized to contribute on behalf of the United States $150,000,000 to the Fund as the United States contribution to the third replenishment of the resources of the Fund.
(2) Any commitment to make the contribution authorized in paragraph (1) shall be made subject to obtaining the necessary appropriations.
(b) In order to pay for the United States contribution provided for in this section, there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, $150,000,000 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 94–302, title II, §213, as added Pub. L. 98–181, title X, §1003, Nov. 30, 1983, 97 Stat. 1286.)
(a)(1) The United States Governor of the Fund is authorized to contribute $225,000,000 to the fourth replenishment of the resources of the Fund.
(2) Any commitment to make the contribution authorized in paragraph (1) shall be made subject to obtaining the necessary appropriations.
(b) In order to pay for the United States contribution provided for in this section, there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, $225,000,000 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 94–302, title II, §214, as added Pub. L. 99–190, §101(i) [title I, (a)], Dec. 19, 1985, 99 Stat. 1291, 1294.)
Section 214 of Pub. L. 94–302 is based on section 201 of title II of H.R. 2253, Ninety-ninth Congress, as reported May 15, 1985, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 99–190.
The United States Governor of the Fund is authorized to contribute $315,000,000 to the fifth replenishment of the resources of the Fund, except that such authority shall be effective only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriations Acts.
In order to pay for the United States contribution provided for in this section, there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, $315,000,000, for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 94–302, title II, §215, as added Pub. L. 100–461, title V, §555, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2268–36.)
Section 215 of Pub. L. 94–302 is based on section 2 of H.R. 4645, One Hundredth Congress, as reported Sept. 28, 1988, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–461.
The United States Governor of the Fund is authorized to contribute $405,000,000 to the sixth replenishment of the resources of the Fund, except that such authority shall be effective only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriations Acts.
In order to pay for the United States contribution provided for in this section, there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, $135,000,000 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 94–302, title II, §216, as added Pub. L. 102–145, §125(c), as added Pub. L. 102–266, §102, Apr. 1, 1992, 106 Stat. 98.)
Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(2) [title V, §594], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1535, 1501A–122, provided in part that the Secretary of the Treasury may contribute on behalf of the United States to the eighth replenishment of the resources of the African Development Fund, and authorized $300,000,000 to be appropriated without fiscal year limitation.
The United States Governor of the Fund may contribute on behalf of the United States an amount equal to the amount appropriated under subsection (b) of this section, pursuant to the resolution of the Fund entitled “The Ninth General Replenishment of Resources of the African Development Fund”.
Any commitment to make the contribution authorized by paragraph (1) shall be effective only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriations Acts.
For the contribution authorized by subsection (a) of this section, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury, without fiscal year limitation.
(Pub. L. 94–302, title II, §217, as added Pub. L. 108–199, div. D, title V, §583, Jan. 23, 2004, 118 Stat. 204.)
(a) The United States Governor of the Fund is authorized to contribute on behalf of the United States $407,000,000 to the tenth replenishment of the resources of the Fund, subject to obtaining the necessary appropriations.
(b) In order to pay for the United States contribution provided for in subsection (a) of this section, there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, $407,000,000 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 94–302, title II, §218, as added Pub. L. 109–102, title V, §599C(b), Nov. 14, 2005, 119 Stat. 2243.)
(a) The United States Governor of the African Development Fund is authorized to contribute on behalf of the United States $468,165,000 to the eleventh replenishment of the resources of the Fund, subject to obtaining the necessary appropriations.
(b) In order to pay for the United States contribution provided for in subsection (a), there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, $468,165,000 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 94–302, title II, §219, as added Pub. L. 111–32, title XI, §1109(b), June 24, 2009, 123 Stat. 1901.)
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to contribute, on behalf of the United States, not more than $26,000,000 to the African Development Fund for the purpose of funding debt relief under the Multilateral Debt Relief Initiative in the period governed by the eleventh replenishment of resources of the African Development Fund, subject to obtaining the necessary appropriations and without prejudice to any funding arrangements in existence on June 24, 2009.
(b) In order to pay for the United States contribution provided for in subsection (a), there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, not more than $26,000,000 for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 94–302, title II, §220, as added Pub. L. 111–32, title XI, §1109(b), June 24, 2009, 123 Stat. 1901.)
The Congress finds that—
(1) social and economic development ultimately depends on the active participation of individuals within a society and on the enhancement of opportunities for those individuals;
(2) the development of individuals and institutions in African countries can benefit by the provision of support for community-based self-help activities;
(3) by enacting title IX of chapter 2 of part I of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2218], and recent amendments to that Act, the Congress has sought to enable the poor to participate in the process of development;
(4) the Inter-American Foundation, established by Congress in the Foreign Assistance Act of 1969 [22 U.S.C. 290f], to support the efforts of the people of Latin America and the Caribbean to solve their development problems, has demonstrated a successful approach to development; and
(5) an African Development Foundation similar in structure to the Inter-American Foundation, but adapted to the specific needs of Africa, can complement current United States development programs in Africa.
(Pub. L. 96–533, title V, §502, Dec. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3151; Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(2) [title V, §586(h)(1)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1535, 1501A–119.)
The Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, referred to in par. (3), is Pub. L. 87–195, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 424, as amended. Title IX of chapter 2 of part I of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 is classified generally to subpart IX of part II of subchapter I (§2218) of chapter 32 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2151 of this title and Tables.
The Foreign Assistance Act of 1969, referred to in par. (4), is Pub. L. 91–175, Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 805, as amended. The Inter-American Foundation was established by section 401 of that Act, which is classified to section 290f of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2151 of this title and Tables.
Amendment by Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(2) [title V, §586(h)(1)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1535, 1501A–119, directing the repeal of pars. (4) and (5) of this section did not become effective pursuant to section 1000(a)(2) [title V, §586] of div. B of Pub. L. 106–113, formerly set out as an Abolition of the Inter-American Foundation note under section 290f of this title.
Section 501 of title V of Pub. L. 96–533 provided: “This title [enacting this subchapter] may be cited as the ‘African Development Foundation Act’.”
There is established a body corporate to be known as the “African Development Foundation” (hereafter in this subchapter referred to as the “Foundation”).
The Foundation shall establish a principal office in the United States and may establish such branch offices in Africa as may be necessary to carry out its functions.
(Pub. L. 96–533, title V, §503, Dec. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3152.)
In order to enable the people of African countries to develop their potential, fulfill their aspirations, and enjoy better, more productive lives, the purposes of the Foundation shall be—
(1) to strengthen the bonds of friendship and understanding between the people of Africa and the United States;
(2) to support self-help activities at the local level designed to enlarge opportunities for community development;
(3) to stimulate and assist effective and expanding participation of Africans in their development process; and
(4) to encourage the establishment and growth of development institutions which are indigenous to particular countries in Africa and which can respond to the requirements of the poor in those countries.
The Foundation shall carry out the purposes specified in subsection (a) of this section in cooperation with, and in response to, organizations indigenous to Africa which are representative of the needs and aspirations of the poor in Africa and, in carrying out such purposes, the Foundation shall, to the extent possible, coordinate its development assistance activities with the activities of the United States Government and private, regional, and international organizations.
(Pub. L. 96–533, title V, §504, Dec. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3152.)
(1) In order to carry out the purposes set forth in section 290h–2 of this title, the Foundation may make grants, loans, and loan guarantees to any African private or public group (including public international organizations), association, or other entity engaged in peaceful activities for—
(A) the fostering of local development institutions and the support of development efforts initiated by communities themselves;
(B) the development of self-evaluation techniques by participants in projects supported under this section, for the purpose of transferring experience gained in such projects to similar development activities;
(C) development research by Africans and the transfer of development resources, expertise, and knowledge within Africa;
(D) the procurement of such technical or other assistance as is deemed appropriate by the recipient of such grant, loan, or guarantee, to carry out the purposes of this subchapter; and
(E) other projects that would carry out the purposes set forth in section 290h–2 of this title.
(2) The total amount of grants, loans, and loan guarantees that may be made under this section for a project may not exceed $250,000.
(3) The Foundation may disseminate to the American public and to United States and multilateral development institutions insights gained from African development projects assisted under this subchapter.
In making grants, loans, and loan guarantees under subsection (a) of this section, the Foundation shall give priority to projects which community groups undertake to foster their own development and in the initiation, design, implementation, and evaluation of which there is the maximum feasible participation of the poor. Where appropriate and in keeping with the purposes of this subchapter, the Foundation may make such grants, loans, and loan guarantees to African entities which are representative and knowledgeable of, and sensitive to, the needs and aspirations of the poor and which would disburse funds acquired under such grants, loans, and loan guarantees to other African entities to carry out the purposes of this subchapter.
(Pub. L. 96–533, title V, §505, Dec. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3152; Pub. L. 100–461, title II, §201, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2268–13.)
1988—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 100–461 inserted “(including public international organizations)” after “public group”.
The Foundation, as a corporation—
(1) shall have perpetual succession unless dissolved by an Act of Congress;
(2) may sue and be sued, complain, and defend, in its corporate name in any court of competent jurisdiction;
(3) may adopt, alter, and use a seal, which shall be judicially noticed;
(4) may prescribe, amend, and repeal such rules and regulations as may be necessary for carrying out the functions of the Foundation;
(5) may make and perform such contracts and other agreements with any individual, corporation, or other private or public entity however designated and wherever situated, as may be necessary for carrying out the functions of the Foundation;
(6) may determine and prescribe the manner in which its obligations shall be incurred and its expenses allowed and paid, including expenses for representation not exceeding $10,000 in any fiscal year;
(7) may, as necessary for carrying out the functions of the Foundation, employ and fix the compensation of not to exceed the following number of persons at any one time: 25 during the fiscal year 1981, 50 during the fiscal year 1982, and 75 thereafter;
(8) may lease, purchase, or otherwise acquire, own, hold, improve, use, or otherwise deal in and with such property (real, personal, or mixed) or any interest therein, wherever situated, as may be necessary for carrying out the functions of the Foundation;
(9) may accept gifts or donations of services or of property (real, personal, or mixed), tangible or intangible, in furtherance of the purposes of this subchapter;
(10) may use the United States mails in the same manner and on the same conditions as the executive departments of the Government;
(11) may, with the consent of any agency of the United States, use the information, services, facilities, and personnel of that agency in carrying out the purposes of this subchapter; and
(12) shall have such other powers as may be necessary and incident to carrying out this subchapter.
The Foundation shall be a nonprofit corporation and shall have no capital stock. No part of its revenue, earnings, or other income or property shall inure to the benefit of any of its directors, officers, or employees, and such revenue, earnings, or other income or property shall only be used for carrying out the purposes of this subchapter. No director, officer, or employee of the corporation shall in any manner directly or indirectly participate in the deliberation upon or the determination of any question affecting his or her personal interests or the interests of any corporation, partnership, or organization in which he or she is directly or indirectly interested.
The Foundation, including its franchise and income, shall be exempt from taxation now or hereafter imposed by the United States, by any territory or possession of the United States, or by any State, county, municipality, or local taxing authority.
Upon termination of the corporate life of the Foundation its assets shall be liquidated and, unless otherwise provided by Congress, shall be transferred to the United States Treasury as the property of the United States.
(Pub. L. 96–533, title V, §506, Dec. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3153.)
(1) The management of the Foundation shall be vested in a board of directors (hereafter in this subchapter referred to as the “Board”) composed of seven members appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. The President shall designate one member of the Board to serve as Chairperson of the Board and one member to serve as Vice Chairperson of the Board. Five members of the Board shall be appointed from private life. Two members of the Board shall be appointed from among officers and employees of agencies of the United States concerned with African affairs. All members of the Board shall be appointed on the basis of their understanding of and sensitivity to community level development processes. Members of the Board shall be appointed so that no more than four members of the Board are members of any one political party.
(2) Members of the Board shall be appointed for terms of six years, except that of the members first appointed, as designated by the President at the time of their appointment, two shall be appointed for terms of two years and two shall be appointed for terms of four years. A member of the Board appointed to fill a vacancy occurring before the expiration of the term for which that member's predecessor was appointed shall be appointed only for the remainder of that term. Upon the expiration of his or her term a member shall continue to serve until a successor is appointed and shall have qualified.
Members of the Board shall serve without additional compensation, but may be reimbursed for actual and necessary expenses not exceeding $100 per day, and for transportation expenses, while engaged in their duties on behalf of the Foundation.
A majority of the Board shall constitute a quorum.
(1) The Board of Directors shall appoint a president of the Foundation on such terms as the Board may determine. The president of the Foundation shall receive compensation at a rate not to exceed that provided for level IV of the Executive Schedule under section 5315 of title 5.
(2) Experts and consultants may be employed by the Board as authorized by section 3109 of title 5.
(1) The Board shall establish an advisory council to be composed of such number of individuals as may be selected by the Board from among individuals knowledgeable about development activities in Africa. The advisory council may include African recipients of grants, loans, or loan guarantees under this subchapter.
(2) The Board shall, at least once each year, consult the advisory council concerning the objectives and activities of the Foundation.
(3) Members of the advisory council shall receive no compensation for their services but may be allowed travel and other expenses in accordance with section 5703 of title 5, which are incurred by them in the performance of the functions under this subsection.
(Pub. L. 96–533, title V, §507, Dec. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3154; Pub. L. 101–167, title II, Nov. 21, 1989, 103 Stat. 1209.)
1989—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 101–167 inserted at end “Members of the Board shall be appointed so that no more than four members of the Board are members of any one political party.”
Pub. L. 101–167, title II, Nov. 21, 1989, 103 Stat. 1209, provided: “That the amendment to section 507(a)(1) of such Act [22 U.S.C. 290h–5(a)(1)] shall not affect an appointment made to the Board prior to the date of enactment of this Act [Nov. 21, 1989]”.
The Foundation shall be subject to the provisions of chapter 91 of title 31 applicable to wholly owned Government corporations.
(Pub. L. 96–533, title V, §508, Dec. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3155.)
“The provisions of chapter 91 of title 31 applicable to wholly owned Government corporations” substituted in text for “title I of the Government Corporation Control Act [31 U.S.C. 846 et seq.]” on authority of Pub. L. 97–258, §4(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, the first section of which enacted Title 31, Money and Finance.
Any authority provided by this subchapter involving the expenditure of funds (other than the funds made available pursuant to section 290h–8 of this title) shall be effective for a fiscal year only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriation Acts.
(Pub. L. 96–533, title V, §509, Dec. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3155.)
There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this subchapter, in addition to amounts otherwise available for that purpose, $3,872,000 for fiscal year 1986 and $3,872,000 for fiscal year 1987. Funds appropriated under this section are authorized to remain available until expended.
(Pub. L. 96–533, title V, §510, Dec. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3155; Pub. L. 97–113, title III, §313, Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1536; Pub. L. 99–83, title VIII, §810(a), Aug. 8, 1985, 99 Stat. 264.)
1985—Pub. L. 99–83 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows: “Of the funds appropriated to carry out part I of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, other than funds appropriated for the Economic Support Fund, not less than $2,000,000 for the fiscal year 1982 and up to $2,000,000 for the fiscal year 1983 shall be used to carry out this subchapter.”
1981—Pub. L. 97–113 struck out “for the fiscal year 1981” after “Of the funds appropriated” and substituted “not less than $2,000,000 for the fiscal year 1982 and up to $2,000,000 for the fiscal year 1983” for “$2,000,000”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 99–83 effective Oct. 1, 1985, see section 1301 of Pub. L. 99–83, set out as a note under section 2151–1 of this title.
Section, Pub. L. 96–533, title V, §511, Dec. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3155; Pub. L. 99–83, title VIII, §810(b), Aug. 8, 1985, 99 Stat. 264, related to expiration of authority of Foundation.
The President is hereby authorized to accept membership for the United States in the African Development Bank (hereinafter in this subchapter referred to as the “Bank”) provided for by the agreement establishing the Bank (hereinafter in this subchapter referred to as the “agreement”) deposited in the archives of the United Nations.
(Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1332, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 741.)
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original “this part”, meaning part 3 of subtitle B of title XIII of Pub. L. 97–35, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 741, known as the African Development Bank Act, which enacted this subchapter and amended sections 262d, 262f, and 276c–2 of this title and section 24 of Title 12, Banks and Banking. For complete classification of part 3 to the Code, see Short Title note set out below and Tables.
Section 1372 of Pub. L. 97–35 provided that: “This subtitle [subtitle B (§§1311–1372) of title XIII of Pub. L. 97–35, enacting this subchapter and sections 262g–1 to 262g–3, 283z–2, 284o, 285w, and 286e–1h of this title, amending sections 262d, 262f, 262g, 276c–2, 283w, 283z–1, 285s, 285t, 285u, 286e–1f, and 286u of this title and section 24 of Title 12, Banks and Banking, repealing section 286e–10 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 262c, 262g–2, and 290i of this title] shall take effect upon its enactment [Aug. 13, 1981], except that funds authorized to be appropriated by any provision contained in part 1 [enacting section 286e–1h of this title and amending section 286e–1f of this title] or part 4 [enacting sections 283z–2 and 285w of this title and amending sections 283w, 283z–1, 285s, 285t, and 285u of this title] shall not be available for use or obligation prior to October 1, 1981.”
Section 1331 of Pub. L. 97–35 provided that: “This part [part 3 (§§1331–1342) of subtitle B of title XIII of Pub. L. 97–35, enacting this subchapter and amending sections 262d, 262f, and 276c–2 of this title and section 24 of Title 12, Banks and Banking] may be cited as the ‘African Development Bank Act’.”
The President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall appoint a Governor, an Alternate Governor, and a Director of the Bank. The term of office for the Governor and the Alternate Governor shall be five years, subject at any time to termination of appointment or to reappointment. The Governor and Alternate Governor shall remain in office until a successor has been appointed.
No person shall be entitled to receive any salary or other compensation from the United States for services as a Governor or Alternate Governor, except for reasonable expenses to attend meetings of the Board of Governors.
The Governor, or in the Governor's absence the Alternate Governor, on the instructions of the President, shall cast the votes of the United States for the Director to represent the United States in the Bank.
(Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1333, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 741; Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(b)(3), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2034.)
1990—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 101–513 substituted “Governor, an Alternate Governor, and a Director” for “Governor and an Alternate Governor”.
Functions of President under subsec. (c) delegated to Secretary of the Treasury, see Ex. Ord. No. 12403, Feb. 8, 1983, 48 F.R. 6087.
The Director or Alternate Director representing the United States, if citizens of the United States, may, in the discretion of the President, receive such compensation, allowances, and other benefits as, together with those received from the Bank and from the African Development Fund, may not exceed those authorized for a chief of mission under the Foreign Service Act of 1980 [22 U.S.C. 3901 et seq.].
(Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1334, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 741.)
The Foreign Service Act of 1980, referred to in text, is Pub. L. 96–465, Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2071, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 52 (§3901 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 3901 of this title and Tables.
Functions of President under this section delegated to Secretary of the Treasury, see Ex. Ord. No. 12403, Feb. 8, 1983, 48 F.R. 6087.
The provisions of section 4 of the Bretton Woods Agreements Act (22 U.S.C. 286b) shall apply with respect to the Bank to the same extent as with respect to the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Monetary Fund.
(Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1335, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 741; Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(e)(7), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2519.)
The Bretton Woods Agreements Act, referred to in section catchline, is act July 31, 1945, ch. 339, 59 Stat. 512, as amended, which is classified principally to subchapter XV (§286 et seq.) of this chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 286 of this title and Tables.
1989—Pub. L. 101–240 struck out at end “Reports with respect to the Bank under paragraphs (5) and (6) of section 4 of that Act shall be included in the first and subsequent reports made thereunder after the United States accepts membership in the Bank.”
(a) 1 Unless authorized by law, neither the President, nor any person or agency, shall, on behalf of the United States—
(1) subscribe to additional shares of stock of the Bank;
(2) vote for or agree to any amendment of the agreement which increases the obligations of the United States, or which changes the purpose or functions of the Bank; or
(3) make a loan or provide other financing to the Bank, except that funds for technical assistance may be provided to the Bank by a United States agency created pursuant to an Act of Congress which is authorized by law to provide funds to international organizations.
(Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1336, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 742.)
1 So in original. No subsec. (b) has been enacted.
Any Federal Reserve bank which is requested to do so by the Bank shall act as its depository or as its fiscal agent, and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall supervise and direct the carrying out of these functions by the Federal Reserve banks.
(Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1337, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 742.)
The President is authorized to agree to subscribe on behalf of the United States to twenty-nine thousand eight hundred and twenty shares of the capital stock of the Bank: Provided, however, That the subscription shall be effective only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriations Acts.
There is authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury of the initial United States subscription to twenty-nine thousand eight hundred and twenty shares of the capital stock of the Bank, $359,733,570: Provided, however, That not more than $17,986,679 of such sum may be made available for paid in subscriptions to the Bank for each of the fiscal years 1982, 1983, and 1984.
Any payment or distributions of moneys from the Bank to the United States shall be covered into the Treasury as a miscellaneous receipt.
(Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1338, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 742.)
Functions of President under subsec. (a) delegated to Secretary of the Treasury, see Ex. Ord. No. 12403, Feb. 8, 1983, 48 F.R. 6087.
For the purposes of any civil action which may be brought within the United States, its territories or possessions, or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, by or against the Bank in accordance with the agreement, the Bank shall be deemed to be an inhabitant of the Federal judicial district in which its principal office within the United States or its agent appointed for the purpose of accepting service or notice of service is located, and any such action to which the Bank shall be a party shall be deemed to arise under the laws of the United States, and the district courts of the United States, including the courts enumerated in section 460 of title 28, shall have original jurisdiction of any such action. When the Bank is defendant in any action in a State court, it may at any time before the trial thereof remove the action into the appropriate district court of the United States by following the procedure for removal provided in section 1446 of title 28.
(Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1339, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 742.)
Paragraph 5 of article 49, articles 50 through 59, and the other provisions of the agreement shall have full force and effect in the United States, its territories and possessions, and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, upon acceptance of membership by the United States in the Bank. The President, at the time of deposit of the instrument of acceptance of membership by the United States in the Bank, shall also deposit a declaration as provided in article 64, paragraph 3, of the agreement that the United States retains for itself and its political subdivisions the right to tax salaries and emoluments paid by the Bank to United States citizens or nationals.
(Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1340, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 743.)
The agreement, referred to in text, is the agreement establishing the African Development Bank. See section 290i of this title.
Any securities issued by the Bank (including any guarantee by the Bank, whether or not limited in scope) in connection with the raising of funds for inclusion in the Bank's ordinary capital resources as defined in article 9 of the agreement and any securities guaranteed by the Bank as to both principal and interest to which the commitment in article 7, paragraph 4(a), of the agreement is expressly applicable, shall be deemed to be exempted securities within the meaning of sections 77c(a)(2) and 78c(a)(12) of title 15. The Bank shall file with the Securities and Exchange Commission such annual and other reports with regard to such securities as the Commission shall determine to be appropriate in view of the special character of the Bank and its operations as necessary in the public interest or for the protection of investors.
The Securities and Exchange Commission, acting in consultation with such agency or officer as the President shall designate, is authorized to suspend the provisions of subsection (a) of this section at any time as to any or all securities issued or guaranteed by the Bank during the period of such suspension. The Commission shall include in its annual reports to Congress such information as it shall deem advisable with regard to the operations and effect of this section and in connection therewith shall include any views submitted for such purpose by any association of dealers registered with the Commission.
(Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1341, Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 743.)
The agreement, referred to in subsec. (a), is the agreement establishing the African Development Bank. See section 290i of this title.
Functions of President under subsec. (b) delegated to Secretary of the Treasury, see Ex. Ord. No. 12403, Feb. 8, 1983, 48 F.R. 6087.
(a) The United States Governor of the Bank is authorized to agree to subscribe on behalf of the United States to fifty-nine thousand, six hundred and thirty-two shares of the capital stock of the Bank, except that the subscription shall be effective only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriations Acts.
(b) In order to pay for the United States subscription authorized in subsection (a) of this section, there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, $719,370,633, for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
(Pub. L. 97–35, title XIII, §1343, as added Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section 1343 of Pub. L. 97–35 is based on section 301 of title III of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(2) [title V, §594], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1535, 1501A–122, provided in part that the Secretary of the Treasury may effect the United States participation in the fifth general capital increase of the African Development Bank, and authorized $40,847,011 to be appropriated without fiscal year limitation for payment by the Secretary for paid-in capital of the Bank and $639,932,485 to be appropriated without fiscal year limitation for payment by the Secretary for callable capital of the Bank.
The President is authorized to enter into an agreement with the Government of India for the establishment of a fund (hereafter in this subchapter referred to as the “Fund”) which would provide grants and other assistance for cultural, educational, and scientific programs of mutual interest. Such programs may include exchanges of persons, exchanges of information, and other programs of study, research, and scholarly cooperation. The agreement may also provide for the establishment of an endowment, a foundation, or other means to carry out the purposes of the agreement.
The United States representatives on any board or other entity created in accordance with the agreement to administer the Fund shall be designated by the President predominately from among representatives of United States Government agencies, including those administering programs which may be supported in whole or in part by the Fund.
United States Government agencies carrying out programs of the types specified in subsection (a) of this section may receive amounts directly from the Fund for use in carrying out those programs.
(Pub. L. 98–164, title IX, §902, Nov. 22, 1983, 97 Stat. 1051.)
Section 901 of title IX of Pub. L. 98–164 provided that: “This title [enacting this subchapter] may be cited as the ‘United States-India Fund for Cultural, Educational, and Scientific Cooperation Act’.”
Ex. Ord. No. 12517, May 29, 1985, 50 F.R. 23105, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and statutes of the United States of America, including section 301 of Title 3 of the United States Code, and in order to delegate certain functions concerning the United States-India Fund for Cultural, Educational, and Scientific Cooperation to the Secretary of State, it is hereby ordered as follows:
Ronald Reagan.
(a) Subject to applicable requirements concerning reimbursement to the Treasury for United States owned foreign currencies, the President may make available to the Fund, for use in carrying out the agreement authorized by section 290j of this title, up to the equivalent of $200,000,000 in foreign currencies owned by the United States in India or owed to the United States by the Government of India. Such use may include investment in order to generate interest which would be retained in the Fund and used to support programs pursuant to that agreement.
(b) In accordance with the agreement negotiated pursuant to section 290j(a) of this title, sums made available for investment for the United States-India Fund for Cultural, Educational, and Scientific Cooperation under the Departments of Commerce, Justice, and State, and the Judiciary and Related Agencies Appropriation Act, 1985, and any earnings on such sums shall be available for the purposes of section 290j(a) of this title.
(Pub. L. 98–164, title IX, §903, Nov. 22, 1983, 97 Stat. 1051; Pub. L. 99–93, title VIII, §808, Aug. 16, 1985, 99 Stat. 452; Pub. L. 100–204, title III, §305, Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1379.)
The Departments of Commerce, Justice, and State, the Judiciary, and Related Agencies Appropriation Act, 1985, referred to in subsec. (b), is Pub. L. 98–411, Aug. 30, 1984, 98 Stat. 1545. For provisions relating to contribution to the United States-India Fund for Cultural, Educational, and Scientific Cooperation, see 98 Stat. 1567.
1987—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 100–204 amended subsec. (b) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (b) read as follows: “Pending completion of the negotiation of an agreement with the Government of India, the annual earnings generated by the moneys appropriated by the Departments of Commerce, Justice, and State, the Judiciary, and Related Agencies Appropriation Act, 1985, may be used for the purposes set out in section 290j(a) of this title.”
1985—Pub. L. 99–93 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and added subsec. (b).
The President is hereby authorized to accept membership for the United States in the Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency (hereinafter in this subchapter referred to as the “Agency”) provided for by the Convention Establishing the Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency (hereinafter in this subchapter referred to as the “Convention”) deposited in the archives of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (hereinafter in this subchapter referred to as the “Bank”).
(Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section is based on section 403 of title IV of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
Section 402 of title IV of H.R. 3750, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and as enacted into law by section 101(e) [title I] of Pub. L. 100–202, provided that: “This title [enacting this subchapter] shall be codified as subchapter XXVI of chapter 7 of title 22 of the United States Code.”
Section 401 of title IV of H.R. 3750, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and as enacted into law by section 101(e) [title I] of Pub. L. 100–202, provided that: “This title [enacting this subchapter] may be cited as the ‘Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency Act’.”
The Governor and Alternate Governor of the Bank, appointed under section 286a of this title, shall serve as Governor and Alternate Governor, respectively, of the Agency.
(Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section is based on section 404 of title IV of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
Immediately after taking office and prior to the issuance by the Agency of its first guarantee, the United States Director of the Agency shall propose and actively seek the adoption by the Board of Directors of policies and procedures under which the Agency will not issue guarantees in respect of any proposed investment that would—
(1) be in any country which has not taken or is not taking steps to afford internationally recognized workers’ rights to workers in that country;
(2) be subject to trade-distorting performance requirements imposed by the host country that are likely to result in a significant net reduction in—
(A) employment in the United States or other member countries; or
(B) other trade benefits likely to accrue to the United States or other member countries from the investment; or
(3) increase a country's productive capacity in an industry already facing excess worldwide capacity for the same, similar or competing product, and cause substantial injury to producers of such product in another member country.
(Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section is based on section 405 of title IV of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
Consistent with the purposes of section 290k–2 of this title, the Secretary of the Treasury shall—
(1) instruct the United States Director to oppose, and to actively seek the concurrence of other members of the Board of Directors in opposing, any guarantee or other investment promotion under consideration by the Agency if the proposed investment would—
(A) be in any country which is not a beneficiary developing country for purposes of title V of the Trade Act of 1974 [19 U.S.C. 2461 et seq.] because it has not taken or is not taking steps to afford internationally-recognized workers’ rights to workers in that country;
(B) be subject to trade-distorting performance requirements imposed by the host country that are likely to result in a significant net reduction in—
(i) employment in the United States; or
(ii) other trade benefits likely to accrue to the United States from the investment; or
(C) likely increase a country's productive capacity in an industry already facing excess worldwide capacity for the same, similar or competing product, and cause substantial injury to producers of such products in the United States; and
(2) within 12 months after the United States becomes a member of the Agency and each year thereafter for the 3 succeeding years, conduct an independent evaluation of the United States investments which have been guaranteed by the Agency to determine—
(A) the anticipated net impact of such investments on employment in and exports from the United States, and
(B) the extent to which such investments were made in countries which had not taken or are not taking steps to afford internationally-recognized workers’ rights to workers in those countries.
In the course of conducting each evaluation required under paragraph (2), the Secretary shall actively solicit and take into account the views of United States labor organizations. The Secretary shall furnish a copy of each such evaluation on its completion to the Congress.
(Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
The Trade Act of 1974, referred to in par. (1)(A), is Pub. L. 93–618, Jan. 3, 1975, 88 Stat. 1978, as amended. Title V of the Trade Act of 1974 is classified generally to subchapter V (§2461 et seq.) of chapter 12 of Title 19, Customs Duties. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 2101 of Title 19 and Tables.
Section is based on section 406 of title IV of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
Recognizing that United States participation in the Agency represents an effort to enhance United States trade prospects and strengthen the role of the United States private sector in the development process, the Secretary of the Treasury shall ensure regular and continuing consultations with United States private sector representatives and representatives of United States labor organizations, through appropriate mechanisms, on policy directions and operations of the Agency, and shall take account of those consultations in determining the policies of the United States toward the Agency.
(Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section is based on section 407 of title IV of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
The provisions of section 286b of this title shall apply with respect to the Agency to the same extent as with respect to the Bank and the International Monetary Fund.
(Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134; Pub. L. 101–240, title V, §541(e)(5), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2518.)
The Bretton Woods Agreements Act, referred to in section catchline, is act July 31, 1945, ch. 339, 59 Stat. 512, as amended, which is classified principally to subchapter XV (§286 et seq.) of this chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 286 of this title and Tables.
Section is based on section 408 of title IV of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
1989—Pub. L. 101–240 struck out at end “Reports with respect to the Agency under paragraphs (5) and (6) of section 286b(b) of this title shall be included in the reports made thereunder after the United States accepts membership in the Agency.”
Unless authorized by law, neither the President nor any person or agency shall, on behalf of the United States—
(1) subscribe to additional shares of stock of the Agency;
(2) vote for or agree to any amendment of the Convention which increases the obligations of the United States, or which changes the purpose or functions of the Agency; or
(3) make a loan or provide other financing to the Agency.
(Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section is based on section 409 of title IV of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
Any Federal Reserve bank that is requested to do so by the Agency shall act as its depository or as its fiscal agent, and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall supervise and direct the carrying out of these functions by the Federal Reserve banks.
(Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section is based on section 410 of title IV of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to subscribe on behalf of the United States to 20,519 shares of the capital stock of the Agency, except that the subscription shall be effective only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriations Acts.
In order to pay for United States subscription authorized in subsection (a) of this section, there are authorized to be appropriated, without fiscal year limitation, $222,015,580, for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury.
Any payment of dividends made to the United States by the Agency shall be deposited into the Treasury as a miscellaneous receipt.
(Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section is based on section 411 of title IV of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(2) [title V, §594], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1535, 1501A–122, provided in part that the Secretary of the Treasury may effect the United States participation in the first general capital increase of the Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency and authorized $29,870,087 to be appropriated without fiscal year limitation for payment by the Secretary for paid-in capital of the Agency and $139,365,533 to be appropriated without fiscal year limitation for payment by the Secretary for callable capital of the Agency.
For the purposes of any civil action which may be brought within the United States, its territories or possessions, or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, by or against the Agency in accordance with the Convention, including an action brought to enforce an arbitral award against the Agency, the Agency shall be deemed to be an inhabitant of the Federal judicial district in which its principal office within the United States or its agent appointed for the purpose of accepting service or notice of service is located, and any such action to which the Agency shall be a party shall be deemed to arise under the laws of the United States, and the district courts of the United States, including the courts enumerated in section 460 of title 28, shall have original jurisdiction of any such action. When the Agency is a defendant in any action in a State court, it may at any time before the trial thereof remove the action into the appropriate district court of the United States by following the procedure for removal provided in section 1446 of title 28.
(Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section is based on section 412 of title IV of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
Articles 43 through 48, inclusive, of the Convention shall have full force and effect in the United States, its territories and possessions, and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, upon the entry into force of the Convention for the United States.
(Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
Section is based on section 413 of title IV of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
(a) An award of an arbitral tribunal resolving a dispute arising under Article 57 or Article 58 of the Convention shall create a right arising under a treaty of the United States. The pecuniary obligations imposed by such an award shall be enforced and shall be given the same full faith and credit as if the award were a final judgment of a court of general jurisdiction of one of the several States. The Federal Arbitration Act (9 U.S.C. 1, et seq.) shall not apply to enforcement of awards rendered pursuant to the Convention.
(b) The district courts of the United States (including the courts enumerated in section 460 of title 28) shall have exclusive jurisdiction over actions and proceedings under subsection (a) of this section, regardless of the amount in controversy.
(Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title I], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–134.)
The Federal Arbitration Act, referred to in subsec. (a), is classified generally to Title 9, Arbitration.
Section is based on section 414 of title IV of H.R. 3750, One Hundredth Congress, as introduced Dec. 11, 1987, and enacted into law by Pub. L. 100–202.
The President is hereby authorized to accept membership for the United States in the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development (in this subchapter referred to as the “Bank”) provided for by the agreement establishing the Bank (in this subchapter referred to as the “Agreement”), signed on May 29, 1990.
(Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(c)(2), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2034.)
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original “this subsection” meaning subsection (c) of section 562 of Pub. L. 101–513, title V, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2034, which is classified principally to this subchapter. For complete classification of subsection (c) to the Code, see Short Title note set out below and Tables.
Section 562(c)(1) of Pub. L. 101–513 provided that: “This subsection [enacting this subchapter and amending sections 262r and 276c–2 of this title and section 24 of Title 12, Banks and Banking] may be cited as the ‘European Bank for Reconstruction and Development Act’.”
The President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall appoint a Governor of the Bank, an alternate for the Governor, and a Director of the Bank.
Any person who serves as a Governor of the Bank or as an alternate for the Governor may not receive any salary or other compensation from the United States by reason of such service.
(Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(c)(3), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2034.)
Subsecs. (a) and (b) were in the original (A) and (B), respectively, and were editorially redesignated for purposes of codification.
Section 286b of this title shall apply to the Bank in the same manner in which such section applies to the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Monetary Fund.
(Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(c)(4), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2034.)
The Bretton Woods Agreements Act, referred to in section catchline, is act July 31, 1945, ch. 339, 59 Stat. 512, as amended, which is classified principally to subchapter XV (§286 et seq.) of this chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 286 of this title and Tables.
Any Federal Reserve Bank 1 which is requested to do so by the Bank may act as its depository, or as its fiscal agent, and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall exercise general supervision over the carrying out of these functions.
(Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(c)(5), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2034.)
1 So in original. Probably should not be capitalized.
The Secretary of the Treasury may subscribe on behalf of the United States to 100,000 shares of the capital stock of the Bank.
Any commitment to make such subscription shall be effective only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided for in advance by appropriations Acts.
For payment by the Secretary of the Treasury of the subscription of the United States for shares described in subsection (a) of this section, there are authorized to be appropriated $1,167,010,000 without fiscal year limitation.
Any payment made to the United States by the Bank as a distribution of net income shall be covered into the Treasury as a miscellaneous receipt.
(Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(c)(6), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2034.)
Subsecs. (a) to (c) were in the original (A) to (C), respectively, and pars. (1) and (2) of subsec. (a) were in the original (i) and (ii), respectively, and were editorially redesignated for purposes of codification.
Pub. L. 105–118, title V, §560(a), Nov. 26, 1997, 111 Stat. 2425, provided in part that the Secretary of the Treasury may, to effect the United States participation in the first general capital increase of the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, subscribe to and make payment for 100,000 additional shares of the capital stock of the Bank on behalf of the United States, and authorized $285,772,500 for paid-in capital and $984,327,500 for callable capital of the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development to be appropriated without fiscal year limitation, subject to obtaining the necessary appropriations.
The United States district courts shall have original and exclusive jurisdiction of any civil action brought in the United States by or against the Bank.
For purposes of section 1391(b) of title 28, the Bank shall be deemed to be a resident of the judicial district in which the principal office of the Bank in the United States, or its agent appointed for the purpose of accepting service or notice of service, is located.
(Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(c)(7), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2035.)
Subsecs. (a) and (b) were in the original (A) and (B), respectively, and were editorially redesignated for purposes of codification.
The Agreement shall have full force and effect in the United States, its territories and possessions, and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, upon acceptance of membership by the United States in the Bank and the entry into force of the Agreement.
(Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(c)(8), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2035.)
Any securities issued by the Bank (including any guaranty by the Bank, whether or not limited in scope) in connection with the raising of funds for inclusion in the Bank's ordinary capital resources as defined in article 7 of the Agreement and any securities guaranteed by the Bank as to both principal and interest to which the commitment in article 6, paragraph 4, of the Agreement is expressly applicable, shall be deemed to be exempted securities within the meaning of section 77c(a)(2) of title 15 and section 78c(a)(12) of title 15. The Bank shall file with the Securities and Exchange Commission such annual and other reports with regard to such securities as the Commission shall determine to be appropriate in view of the special character of the Bank and its operations and necessary in the public interest or for the protection of investors.
The Securities and Exchange Commission, acting in consultation with such agency or officer as the President shall designate, may suspend the provisions of subsection (a) of this section at any time as to any or all securities issued or guaranteed by the Bank during the period of such suspension. The Commission shall include in its annual reports to the Congress such information as it shall deem advisable with regard to the operations and effect of this section.
(Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(c)(9), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2035.)
Subsecs. (a) and (b) were in the original (A) and (B), respectively, and were editorially redesignated for purposes of codification.
During negotiations on the establishment of operational guidelines for the Bank, the Secretary of the Treasury shall—
(A) consult on a regular and timely basis with the Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs and the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives, and the Committee on Foreign Relations and the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate;
(B) seek to ensure that procedures and mechanisms are established, including the creation of specific departments or staffs within the Bank, which will allow the Bank to assess the impact of any loans, guarantees, or other activities on the environment and on internationally recognized human rights in borrower countries; and
(C) report, through consultation within 90 days after November 5, 1990, to the Committees specified in subparagraph (A) on the progress of efforts to create such procedures and mechanisms.
(Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(c)(11), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2036.)
Committee on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on Banking and Financial Services of House of Representatives abolished and replaced by Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred from Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
Section 584 of Pub. L. 101–513 provided that: “In all negotiations concerning the structure, bylaws, and operating procedures of the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development (EBRD), the Secretary of the Treasury shall vigorously seek—
“(1) establishment of procedures for environmental assessment of all proposed operations with potentially significant environmental impacts;
“(2) establishment of an environmental unit with sufficient staff to review proposed operations, monitor compliance with environmental provisions, and provide overall policy guidance;
“(3) establishment of procedures for systematic consultation with and involvement of the public and interested nongovernmental organizations, including an opportunity for comment by local communities which may be affected by EBRD operations and establishment of a system of public notification and comment during the development of EBRD policies and operating procedures; and
“(4) agreement that a significant portion of the EBRD's funds shall be devoted to projects focused on environmental restoration and protection.”
The President is hereby authorized to accept membership for the United States in the North American Development Bank (hereafter in this subchapter referred to as the “Bank”) provided for in Chapter II of the Border Environment Cooperation Agreement (hereafter in this subchapter referred to as the “Cooperation Agreement”).
The Secretary of the Treasury may subscribe on behalf of the United States up to 150,000 shares of the capital stock of the Bank.
Except as provided in paragraph (3), any such subscription shall be effective only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriations Acts.
For payment by the Secretary of the Treasury of the subscription of the United States for shares described in paragraph (1), there are authorized to be appropriated $1,500,000,000 ($225,000,000 of which may be used for paid-in capital and $1,275,000,000 of which may be used for callable capital) without fiscal year limitation.
For fiscal year 1995, the Secretary of the Treasury shall pay to the Bank out of any sums in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated the sum of $56,250,000 for the paid-in portion of the United States share of the capital stock of the Bank, 10 percent of which may be transferred by the Bank to the President pursuant to section 290m–2 of this title to pay for the cost of direct and guaranteed Federal loans.
For fiscal year 1995, the Secretary of the Treasury shall subscribe to the callable capital portion of the United States share of the capital stock of the Bank in an amount not to exceed $318,750,000.
Any payment made to the United States by the Bank as a distribution of net income shall be covered into the Treasury as a miscellaneous receipt.
No person shall be entitled to receive any salary or other compensation from the Bank or the United States for services as a Board member.
The provisions of section 4 of the Bretton Woods Agreements Act [22 U.S.C. 286b] shall apply with respect to the Bank to the same extent as with respect to the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Monetary Fund.
Unless authorized by law, neither the President nor any person or agency shall, on behalf of the United States—
(1) subscribe to additional shares of stock of the Bank;
(2) vote for or agree to any amendment of the Cooperation Agreement which increases the obligations of the United States, or which changes the purpose or functions of the Bank; or
(3) make a loan or provide other financing to the Bank.
Any Federal Reserve bank that is requested to do so by the Bank shall act as its depository or as its fiscal agent, and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall supervise and direct the carrying out of these functions by the Federal Reserve banks.
For the purpose of any civil action which may be brought within the United States, its territories or possessions, or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, by or against the Bank in accordance with the Cooperation Agreement, including an action brought to enforce an arbitral award against the Bank, the Bank shall be deemed to be an inhabitant of the Federal judicial district in which its principal office within the United States or its agency appointed for the purpose of accepting service or notice of service is located, and any such action to which the Bank shall be a party shall be deemed to arise under the laws of the United States, and the district courts of the United States, including the courts enumerated in section 460 of title 28, shall have original jurisdiction of any such action. When the Bank is a defendant in any action in a State court, it may at any time before trial remove the action into the appropriate district court of the United States by following the procedure for removal provided in section 1446 of title 28.
Any securities issued by the Bank (including any guarantee by the Bank, whether or not limited in scope) in connection with the raising of funds for inclusion in the Bank's capital resources as defined in Section 4 of Article II of Chapter II of the Cooperation Agreement, and any securities guaranteed by the Bank as to both the principal and interest to which the commitment in Section 3(d) of Article II of Chapter II of the Cooperation Agreement is expressly applicable, shall be deemed to be exempted securities within the meaning of section 77c(a)(2) of title 15, and section 78c(a)(12) of title 15. The Bank shall file with the Securities and Exchange Commission such annual and other reports with regard to such securities as the Commission shall determine to be appropriate in view of the special character of the Bank and its operations and necessary in the public interest or for the protection of investors.
The Securities and Exchange Commission, acting in consultation with the National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Problems, is authorized to suspend the provisions of paragraph (2) at any time as to any or all securities issued or guaranteed by the Bank during the period of such suspension. The Commission shall include in its annual reports to Congress such information as it shall deem advisable with regard to the operations and effect of this subsection and in connection therewith shall include any views submitted for such purpose by any association of dealers registered with the Commission.
(Pub. L. 103–182, title V, §541, Dec. 8, 1993, 107 Stat. 2165.)
This subchapter, referred to in subsec. (a), was in the original “this part” meaning part 2 of subtitle D of title V of Pub. L. 103–182, which enacted this subchapter and amended section 24 of Title 12, Banks and Banking. For complete classification of part 2 to the Code, see Tables.
Section is comprised of section 541 of Pub. L. 103–182. Subsec. (h)(1) of section 541 amended section 24 of Title 12, Banks and Banking.
Article VIII of Chapter II of the Cooperation Agreement shall have full force and effect in the United States, its territories and possessions, and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, upon entry into force of the Cooperation Agreement.
(Pub. L. 103–182, title V, §542, Dec. 8, 1993, 107 Stat. 2167.)
(1) The President may enter into an agreement with the Bank that facilitates implementation by the President of a program for community adjustment and investment in support of the Agreement pursuant to chapter II of the Cooperation Agreement (hereafter in this section referred to as the “community adjustment and investment program”).
(2) The President may receive from the Bank 10 percent of the paid-in capital actually paid to the Bank by the United States for the President to carry out, without further appropriations, through Federal agencies and their loan and loan guarantee programs, the community adjustment and investment program, pursuant to an agreement between the President and the Bank.
(3) The President may select one or more Federal agencies that make loans or guarantee the repayment of loans to assist in carrying out the community adjustment and investment program, and may transfer the funds received from the Bank to such agency or agencies for the purpose of assisting in carrying out the community adjustment and investment program.
(4)(A) Each Federal agency selected by the President to assist in carrying out the community adjustment and investment program shall use the funds transferred to it by the President from the Bank to pay for the costs of direct and guaranteed loans, as defined in section 661a of title 2, and, as appropriate, other costs associated with such loans, all subject to the restrictions and limitations that apply to such agency's existing loan or loan guarantee program.
(B) Funds transferred to an agency under subparagraph (A) shall be in addition to the amount of funds authorized in any appropriations Act to be expended by that agency for its loan or loan guarantee program.
(5) The President shall—
(A) establish guidelines for the loans and loan guarantees to be made under the community adjustment and investment program;
(B) endorse the grants made by the Bank for the community adjustment and investment program, as provided in Article I, section 1(b), and Article III, section 11(a), of Chapter II of the Cooperation Agreement; and
(C) endorse any loans or guarantees made by the Bank for the community adjustment and investment program, as provided in Article I, section 1(b), and Article III, section 6(a) and (c) of Chapter II of the Cooperation Agreement.
The President shall establish an advisory committee to be known as the Community Adjustment and Investment Program Advisory Committee (in this section referred to as the “Advisory Committee”) in accordance with the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act.
The Advisory Committee shall consist of 9 members of the public, appointed by the President, who, collectively, represent—
(i) community groups whose constituencies include low-income families;
(ii) any scientific, professional, business, nonprofit, or public interest organization or association which is neither affiliated with, nor under the direction of, a government;
(iii) for-profit business interests; and
(iv) other appropriate entities with relevant expertise.
Each of the categories described in clauses (i) through (iv) of subparagraph (A) shall be represented by no fewer than 1 and no more than 3 members of the Advisory Committee.
It shall be the function of the Advisory Committee—
(A) to provide advice to the President regarding the implementation of the community adjustment and investment program, including advice on the guidelines to be established by the President for the loans and loan guarantees to be made pursuant to subsection (a)(4) of this section, advice on identifying the needs for adjustment assistance and investment in support of the goals and objectives of the Agreement, taking into account economic and geographic considerations, and advice on such other matters as may be requested by the President; and
(B) to review on a regular basis the operation of the community adjustment and investment program and provide the President with the conclusions of its review.
Each member of the Advisory Committee shall serve at the pleasure of the President.
The President shall appoint a chairperson from among the members of the Advisory Committee.
The Advisory Committee shall meet at least annually and at such other times as requested by the President or the chairperson. A majority of the members of the Advisory Committee shall constitute a quorum.
The members of the Advisory Committee may receive reimbursement for travel, per diem, and other necessary expenses incurred in the performance of their duties, in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act.
The Advisory Committee may utilize the facilities and services of employees of any Federal agency without cost to the Advisory Committee, and any such agency is authorized to provide services as requested by the Committee.
The President shall appoint an ombudsman to provide the public with an opportunity to participate in the carrying out of the community adjustment and investment program.
It shall be the function of the ombudsman—
(A) to establish procedures for receiving comments from the general public on the operation of the community adjustment and investment program, to receive such comments, and to provide the President with summaries of the public comments; and
(B) to perform an independent inspection and programmatic audit of the operation of the community adjustment and investment program and to provide the President with the conclusions of its investigation and audit.
There are authorized to be appropriated to the President, or such agency as the President may designate, $25,000 for fiscal year 1995 and for each fiscal year thereafter, for the costs of the ombudsman.
The President shall submit to the appropriate congressional committees an annual report on the community adjustment and investment program (if any) that is carried out pursuant to this section. Each report shall state the amount of the loans made or guaranteed during the 12-month period ending on the day before the date of the report.
(Pub. L. 103–182, title V, §543, Dec. 8, 1993, 107 Stat. 2167.)
The Federal Advisory Committee Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(1), (4)(D), is Pub. L. 92–463, Oct. 6, 1972, 86 Stat. 770, as amended, which is set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Functions of President under subsec. (a)(1) to (3) of this section delegated to Secretary of the Treasury and functions of President under subsecs. (a)(5) and (d) of this section delegated to Community Adjustment and Investment Program Finance Committee by sections 4 to 6 of Ex. Ord. No. 12916, May 13, 1994, 59 F.R. 25780, set out as a note under section 3473 of Title 19, Customs Duties.
Advisory committees established after Jan. 5, 1973, to terminate not later than the expiration of the 2-year period beginning on the date of their establishment, unless, in the case of a committee established by the President or an officer of the Federal Government, such committee is renewed by appropriate action prior to the expiration of such 2-year period, or in the case of a committee established by Congress, its duration is otherwise provided by law. See section 14 of Pub. L. 92–463, Oct. 6, 1972, 86 Stat. 776, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
For provisions establishing the Community Adjustment and Investment Program Finance Committee to assist in carrying out the program pursuant to subsec. (a)(3) of this section and to provide to the President advice and conclusions of reviews by the Advisory Committee pursuant to subsec. (b)(3) of this section and summaries of public comments or conclusions of investigations and audits by the ombudsman pursuant to subsec. (c)(1) of this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12916, §§7–9, May 13, 1994, 59 F.R. 25780, set out as a note under section 3473 of Title 19, Customs Duties.
Agreement means the North American Free Trade Agreement, see section 3301(1) of Title 19, Customs Duties.
For purposes of this subchapter, the term “Border Environment Cooperation Agreement” (referred to in this subchapter as the “Cooperation Agreement”) means the November 1993 Agreement Between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the United Mexican States Concerning the Establishment of a Border Environment Cooperation Commission and a North American Development Bank.
(Pub. L. 103–182, title V, §544, Dec. 8, 1993, 107 Stat. 2170.)
The President may agree to amendments to the Cooperation Agreement that—
(1) enable the Bank to make grants and nonmarket rate loans out of its paid-in capital resources with the approval of its Board; and
(2) amend the definition of “border region” to include the area in the United States that is within 100 kilometers of the international boundary between the United States and Mexico, and the area in Mexico that is within 300 kilometers of the international boundary between the United States and Mexico.
(Pub. L. 103–182, title V, §545, as added Pub. L. 108–215, §1(a), Apr. 5, 2004, 118 Stat. 579.)
The President shall instruct the United States Federal Government representatives on the Board of Directors of the North American Development Bank to oppose any proposal where grants out of the Bank's paid-in capital resources, except for grants from paid-in capital authorized for the community adjustment and investment program under the Bank's charter of 1993, would—
(1) be made to a project that is not being financed, in part, by loans; or
(2) account for more than 50 percent of the financing of any individual project.
The requirements of subsection (a) of this section shall not apply in cases where—
(A) the President determines there are exceptional economic circumstances for making the grant and consults with the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate and the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives; or
(B)(i) the grant is being made for a project that is so small that obtaining a loan is impractical; and
(ii) the grant does not exceed $250,000.
Not more than an aggregate of $5,000,000 in grants may be made under this subsection.
(Pub. L. 103–182, title V, §546, as added Pub. L. 108–215, §1(b), Apr. 5, 2004, 118 Stat. 579.)
The Secretary of the Treasury shall submit annually to the Committee on Financial Services of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate a written report on the North American Development Bank, which addresses the following issues:
(1) The number and description of the projects that the North American Development Bank has approved. The description shall include the level of market-rate loans, non-market-rate loans, and grants used in an approved project, and a description of whether an approved project is located within 100 kilometers of the international boundary between the United States and Mexico or within 300 kilometers of the international boundary between the United States and Mexico.
(2) The number and description of the approved projects in which money has been dispersed.
(3) The number and description of the projects which have been certified by the Border Environment Cooperation Commission, but yet not financed by the North American Development Bank, and the reasons that the projects have not yet been financed.
(4) The total of the paid-in capital, callable capital, and retained earnings of the North American Development Bank, and the uses of such amounts.
(5) A description of any efforts and discussions between the United States and Mexican governments to expand the type of projects which the North American Development Bank finances beyond environmental projects.
(6) A description of any efforts and discussions between the United States and Mexican governments to improve the effectiveness of the North American Development Bank.
(7) The number and description of projects authorized under the Water Conservation Investment Fund of the North American Development Bank.
(Pub. L. 108–215, §2, Apr. 5, 2004, 118 Stat. 580.)
Section was enacted as part of Pub. L. 108–215, and not as part of part 2 of subtitle D of title V of Pub. L. 103–182, which comprises this subchapter.
Not later than 30 days after November 29, 1999, the President shall appoint the United States members of the United States-Mexico Border Health Commission, and shall attempt to conclude an agreement with Mexico providing for the establishment of such Commission.
(Pub. L. 103–400, §2, as added Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(4) [title V, §516(1)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1535, 1501A–276.)
A prior section 290n, Pub. L. 103–400, §2, Oct. 22, 1994, 108 Stat. 4169, related to the establishment of the Border Health Commission, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(4) [title V, §516(1)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1535, 1501A–276.
Section 1 of Pub. L. 103–400 provided that: “This Act [enacting this subchapter] may be cited as the ‘United States-Mexico Border Health Commission Act’.”
It should be the duty of the Commission—
(1) to conduct a comprehensive needs assessment in the United States-Mexico Border Area for the purposes of identifying, evaluating, preventing, and resolving health problems and potential health problems that affect the general population of the area; and
(2) to implement the actions recommended by the needs assessment through—
(A) assisting in the coordination and implementation of the efforts of public and private entities to prevent and resolve such health problems, and
(B) assisting in the coordination and implementation of efforts of public and private entities to educate such population, in a culturally competent manner, concerning such health problems.
(Pub. L. 103–400, §3, Oct. 22, 1994, 108 Stat. 4169; Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(4) [title V, §516(2)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1535, 1501A–276.)
1999—Par. (1). Pub. L. 106–113, §1000(a)(4) [title V, §516(2)(A)], substituted “; and” for semicolon at end.
Par. (2)(B). Pub. L. 106–113, §1000(a)(4) [title V, §516(2)(B)], substituted period for “; and” at end.
Par. (3). Pub. L. 106–113, §1000(a)(4) [title V, §516(2)(C)], struck out par. (3) which read as follows: “to formulate recommendations to the Governments of the United States and Mexico concerning a fair and reasonable method by which the government of one country could reimburse a public or private entity in the other country for the cost of a health care service that the entity furnishes to a citizen of the first country who is unable, through insurance or otherwise, to pay for the service.”
In addition to the duties described in section 290n–1 of this title, the Commission should be authorized to perform the following functions as the Commission determines to be appropriate—
(1) to conduct or support investigations, research, or studies designed to identify, study, and monitor, on an on-going basis, health problems that affect the general population in the United States-Mexico Border Area;
(2) to conduct or support a binational, public-private effort to establish a comprehensive and coordinated system, which uses advanced technologies to the maximum extent possible, for gathering health-related data and monitoring health problems in the United States-Mexico Border Area; and
(3) to provide financial, technical, or administrative assistance to public or private nonprofit entities who act to prevent or resolve such problems or who educate the population concerning such health problems.
(Pub. L. 103–400, §4, Oct. 22, 1994, 108 Stat. 4169.)
The United States section of the Commission should be composed of 13 members. The section should consist of the following members:
(1) The Secretary of Health and Human Services or the Secretary's delegate.
(2) The commissioners of health or chief health officer from the States of Texas, New Mexico, Arizona, and California or such commissioners’ delegates.
(3) Two individuals residing in United States-Mexico Border Area in each of the States of Texas, New Mexico, Arizona, and California who are nominated by the chief executive officer of the respective States and appointed by the President from among individuals who have demonstrated ties to community-based organizations and have demonstrated interest and expertise in health issues of the United States-Mexico Border Area.
The Commissioner of the United States section of the Commission should be the Secretary of Health and Human Services or such individual's delegate to the Commission. The Commissioner should be the leader of the section.
Members of the United States section of the Commission who are not employees of the United States or any State—
(1) shall each receive compensation at a rate of not to exceed the daily equivalent of the annual rate of basic pay payable for positions at GS–15 of the General Schedule under section 5332 of title 5 for each day such member is engaged in the actual performance of the duties of the Commission; and
(2) shall be allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence at rates authorized for employees of agencies under subchapter I of chapter 57 of title 5, while away from their homes or regular places of business in the performance of services of the Commission.
(Pub. L. 103–400, §5, Oct. 22, 1994, 108 Stat. 4170.)
The Commission may designate or establish one border health office in each of the States of Texas, New Mexico, Arizona, and California. Such office should be located within the United States-Mexico Border Area, and should be coordinated with—
(1) State border health offices; and
(2) local nonprofit organizations designated by the State's chief executive officer and directly involved in border health issues.
If feasible to avoid duplicative efforts, the Commission offices should be located in existing State or local nonprofit offices. The Commission should provide adequate compensation for cooperative efforts and resources.
(Pub. L. 103–400, §6, Oct. 22, 1994, 108 Stat. 4170.)
Not later than February 1 of each year that occurs more than 1 year after the date of the establishment of the Commission, the Commission should submit an annual report to both the United States Government and the Government of Mexico regarding all activities of the Commission during the preceding calendar year.
(Pub. L. 103–400, §7, Oct. 22, 1994, 108 Stat. 4171.)
As used in this subchapter:
The term “Commission” means the United States-Mexico Border Health Commission.
The term “health problem” means a disease or medical ailment or an environmental condition that poses the risk of disease or medical ailment. The term includes diseases, ailments, or risks of disease or ailment caused by or related to environmental factors, control of animals and rabies, control of insect and rodent vectors, disposal of solid and hazardous waste, and control and monitoring of air quality.
The term “Secretary” means the Secretary of Health and Human Services.
The term “United States-Mexico Border Area” means the area located in the United States and Mexico within 100 kilometers of the border between the United States and Mexico.
(Pub. L. 103–400, §8, Oct. 22, 1994, 108 Stat. 4171.)
The President is hereby authorized to accept membership for the United States in the Bank for Economic Cooperation and Development in the Middle East and North Africa (in this subchapter referred to as the “Bank”) provided for by the agreement establishing the Bank (in this subchapter referred to as the “Agreement”), signed on May 31, 1996.
(Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(c) [title VII, §702], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–121, 3009–179.)
This subchapter, referred to in text, was in the original “this title”, meaning title I, §101(c) [title VII], of div. A of Pub. L. 104–208, Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–121, 3009–179, which is classified principally to this subchapter. For complete classification of title I, §101(c) [title VII], to the Code, see Short Title note below and Tables.
Section 101(c) [title VII, §701] of div. A of Pub. L. 104–208 provided that: “This title [enacting this subchapter and amending sections 262r and 276c–2 of this title and section 24 of Title 12, Banks and Banking] may be cited as the ‘Bank for Economic Cooperation and Development in the Middle East and North Africa Act’.”
At the inaugural meeting of the Board of Governors of the Bank, the Governor and the alternate for the Governor of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, appointed pursuant to section 286a of this title, shall serve ex-officio as a Governor and the alternate for the Governor, respectively, of the Bank. The President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall appoint a Governor of the Bank and an alternate for the Governor.
Any person who serves as a governor of the Bank or as an alternate for the Governor may not receive any salary or other compensation from the United States by reason of such service.
(Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(c) [title VII, §703], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–121, 3009–179.)
Section 286b of this title shall apply to the Bank in the same manner in which such section applies to the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Monetary Fund.
(Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(c) [title VII, §704], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–121, 3009–179.)
The Bretton Woods Agreements Act, referred to in section catchline, is act July 31, 1945, ch. 339, 59 Stat. 512, as amended, which is classified principally to subchapter XV (§286 et seq.) of this chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 286 of this title and Tables.
Any Federal Reserve Bank which is requested to do so by the Bank may act as its depository, or as its fiscal agent, and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System shall exercise general supervision over the carrying out of these functions.
(Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(c) [title VII, §705], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–121, 3009–179.)
The Secretary of the Treasury may subscribe on behalf of the United States to not more than 7,011,270 shares of the capital stock of the Bank.
Any commitment to make such subscription shall be effective only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided for in advance by appropriations Acts.
For payment by the Secretary of the Treasury of the subscription of the United States for shares described in subsection (a) of this section, there are authorized to be appropriated $1,050,007,800 without fiscal year limitation.
Not more than $105,000,000 of the amounts appropriated pursuant to subsection (b) of this section may be obligated for subscription to shares of paid-in capital stock.
Not more than $52,500,000 of the amounts appropriated pursuant to subsection (b) of this section for fiscal year 1997 may be obligated for subscription to shares of paid-in capital stock.
Not more than $787,505,852 of the amounts appropriated pursuant to subsection (b) of this section may be obligated for subscription to shares of callable capital stock.
Any payment made to the United States by the Bank as a distribution of net income shall be covered into the Treasury as a miscellaneous receipt.
(Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(c) [title VII, §706], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–121, 3009–179.)
The United States district courts shall have original and exclusive jurisdiction of any civil action brought in the United States by or against the Bank.
For purposes of section 1391(b) of title 28, the Bank shall be deemed to be a resident of the judicial district in which the principal office of the Bank in the United States, or its agent appointed for the purpose of accepting service or notice of service, is located.
(Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(c) [title VII, §707], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–121, 3009–180.)
The Agreement shall have full force and effect in the United States, its territories and possessions, and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, upon acceptance of membership by the United States in the Bank and the entry into force of the Agreement.
(Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(c) [title VII, §708], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–121, 3009–180.)
Any securities issued by the Bank (including any guaranty by the Bank, whether or not limited in scope) in connection with borrowing of funds, or the guarantee of securities as to both principal and interest, shall be deemed to be exempted securities within the meaning of section 77c(a)(2) of title 15 and section 78c(a)(12) of title 15. The Bank shall file with the Securities and Exchange Commission such annual and other reports with regard to such securities as the Commission shall determine to be appropriate in view of the special character of the Bank and its operations and necessary in the public interest or for the protection of investors.
The Securities and Exchange Commission, acting in consultation with such agency or officer as the President shall designate, may suspend the provisions of subsection (a) of this section at any time as to any or all securities issued or guaranteed by the Bank during the period of such suspension. The Commission shall include in its annual reports to the Congress such information as it shall deem advisable with regard to the operations and effect of this section.
(Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(c) [title VII, §709], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–121, 3009–180.)
For fiscal year 2011 and thereafter, the President is authorized to accept the statute of, and to maintain membership of the United States in, the International Renewable Energy Agency, and the United States’ assessed contributions to maintain such membership may be paid from funds appropriated for “Contributions to International Organizations”.
(Pub. L. 111–212, title I, §1014, July 29, 2010, 124 Stat. 2332.)
The Secretary of State may lease or rent, for periods not exceeding ten years, such buildings and grounds for the use of the Foreign Service as may be necessary; and he may, in accordance with existing practice without cost to them, and within the limit of any appropriation made by Congress, furnish the officers and employees in the Foreign Service with living quarters, heat, light, and household equipment in Government-owned or rented buildings, at places where, in his judgment, it would be in the public interest to do so, notwithstanding the provisions of section 5536 of title 5; and appropriations for “Contingent expenses, foreign missions,” and “Contingent expenses, consulates,” are made available for such purposes.
(Apr. 18, 1930, ch. 184, title I, 46 Stat. 177.)
Section was not enacted as part of the Foreign Service Buildings Act, 1926, which comprises this chapter.
“Section 5536 of title 5” substituted in text for “section 1765 of the Revised Statutes (U.S.C., title 5, sec. 70; U.S.C., Supp. III, title 5, sec. 70)” on authority of Pub. L. 89–554, §7(b), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 631, the first section of which enacted Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
The Secretary of State is empowered to acquire by purchase or construction in the manner hereinafter provided, within the limits of appropriations made to carry out this chapter, by exchange, in whole or in part, of any building or grounds of the United States in foreign countries and under the jurisdiction and control of the Secretary of State, sites and buildings in foreign capitals and in other foreign cities, and to alter, repair, and furnish such buildings for the use of the diplomatic and consular establishments of the United States, or for the purpose of consolidating within one or more buildings, the embassies, legation, consulates, and other agencies of the United States Government there maintained. The space in such buildings shall be allotted by the Secretary of State among the several agencies of the United States Government.
Payments made for rent or otherwise by the United States from funds other than appropriations made to carry out this chapter may be credited toward the acquisition of property under this chapter without regard to limitations of amounts imposed by this chapter.
(May 7, 1926, ch. 250, §1, 44 Stat. 403; May 29, 1928, ch. 876, §1, 45 Stat. 971; Pub. L. 88–94, §2(b), Aug. 12, 1963, 77 Stat. 122; Pub. L. 89–636, §2, Oct. 10, 1966, 80 Stat. 881; Pub. L. 95–105, title I, §106(a), Aug. 17, 1977, 91 Stat. 845.)
1977—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 95–105, §106(a)(1), substituted “to carry out” for “pursuant to”.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 95–105, §106(a)(2), substituted “to carry out” for “under authority of”.
1966—Pub. L. 89–636 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and added subsec. (b).
1963—Pub. L. 88–94 struck out “, subject to the direction of the commission hereinafter established,” after “is empowered”, “under such terms and conditions as in the judgment of the commission may best protect the interests of the United States,” after “in part,” and “, to the extent deemed advisable by the commission,” after “consolidating” and substituted “. The space in such buildings shall be allotted by the Secretary of State” for “, which buildings shall be appropriately designated by the commission, and the space in which shall be allotted by the Secretary of State under the direction of the commission.”
1928—Act May 29, 1928, inserted “or by exchange, in whole or in part, under such terms and conditions as in the judgment of the commission may best protect the interest of the United States, of any building or grounds of the United States in foreign countries and under the jurisdiction and control of the Secretary of State”.
Pub. L. 103–236, title I, §134, Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 396, as amended by Pub. L. 103–415, §1(z), Oct. 25, 1994, 108 Stat. 4302, provided that: “Whenever the Department of State enters into lease-purchase agreements involving property in foreign countries pursuant to section 1 of the Foreign Service Buildings Act, 1926 (22 U.S.C. 292), the Department shall account for such transactions in accordance with fiscal year obligations.”
It is the purpose of this section to provide for the demonstration of solar energy and other renewable energy technologies in foreign countries through the use of such energy in buildings acquired under subsection (a) of section 292 of this title, in order that—
(1) countries in which such buildings are located may be given visible incentives to develop and use local solar energy or other renewable energy resources to reduce dependence upon petroleum and petroleum products;
(2) markets may be developed for American solar energy systems and components in order to stimulate investment in such systems and components and to reduce the costs of such systems and components to reasonable levels;
(3) in furtherance of the purpose of section 2151q 1 of this title, cooperation may be developed between the United States and other countries in an effort to develop solar energy or other renewable energy systems within a short period of time; and
(4) equipment which is vital to the operation of sensitive systems within United States missions abroad may be made more reliable and less dependent upon interruptible local energy supplies.
(1) The Secretary of State shall implement projects for the application of solar energy or other forms of renewable energy in buildings acquired under subsection (a) section 292 of this title.
(2) The Secretary of State shall select projects under paragraph (1) in consultation with the Secretary of Energy. Such projects shall apply available solar energy and other renewable energy technologies, including those for—
(A) the heating and cooling of buildings;
(B) solar thermal electric systems;
(C) solar photovoltaic conversion systems;
(D) wind energy systems; and
(E) systems for developing fuels from biomass.
The Secretary of Energy shall inform the Secretary of State of all such technologies which are feasible for such projects, taking into account the resources and environmental conditions of the countries in which such projects are to be implemented. Upon the request of the Secretary of State, the Secretary of Energy shall provide to the Secretary of State any technical information or other technical assistance which the Secretary of State considers necessary with respect to any such project. Any project selected under this section should be similar to projects which have been demonstrated by the Department of Energy (or any of its predecessor agencies) to be reliable, maintainable, and technically feasible.
(3) Any project selected under this section shall be adaptable to the local resources, climatic conditions, and economic circumstances of the country in which such project is implemented in order that such country will be more likely to implement similar projects.
(4) The Secretary of State shall insure that any project selected under this section is demonstrated to, and available for inspection by, officials and other citizens of the country in which such project is implemented.
(5) In selecting projects under this section, the Secretary of State shall give priority to projects to be implemented in developing countries.
Whenever any building is constructed under the authority contained in section 292 of this title, the Secretary of State shall insure that the planning for such construction takes into account those renewable energy systems which are available in the country in which the building is to be constructed.
In addition to amounts otherwise available for such purposes, $4,000,000 of the amount authorized to be appropriated by section 101(a)(1) of this Act shall be available only to carry out the purposes of this section.
(Pub. L. 95–426, title I, §105, Oct. 7, 1978, 92 Stat. 965.)
Section 2151q of this title, referred to in subsec. (a)(3), was repealed by Pub. L. 96–533, title III, §304(g), Dec. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3147. See section 2151d(a)(2), (b)(2), (c) of this title.
Section 101(a)(1) of this Act, referred to in subsec. (d), means section 101(a)(1) of Pub. L. 95–426, which is not classified to the Code.
Section was not enacted as part of the Foreign Service Buildings Act, 1926, which comprises this chapter.
1 See References in Text note below.
Section, acts May 7, 1926, ch. 250, §2, 44 Stat. 404; May 29, 1928, ch. 876, §2, 45 Stat. 971; June 19, 1952, ch. 446, §1, 66 Stat. 140, established the Foreign Service Buildings Commission, prescribed its duties, abolished the prior commission, authorized the issuance of rules and regulations, required annual reports to Congress and provided for appointment of personnel.
Section 2(g) of Pub. L. 88–94 provided that: “All references to the Foreign Service Buildings Commission, originally established by the Foreign Service Buildings Act, 1926 [this chapter] in all laws of the United States are hereby repealed.”
Buildings and grounds acquired under this chapter or prior to May 7, 1926, acquired or authorized for the use of the diplomatic and consular establishments in foreign countries may be used, in the case of buildings and grounds for the diplomatic establishment, as Government offices or residences or as such offices and residences; or, in the case of other buildings and grounds, as such offices or such offices and residences. The contracts for purchases of buildings, for leases, and for all work of construction, alteration, and repair under this chapter are authorized to be negotiated, the terms of the contracts to be prescribed, and the work to be performed, where necessary, without regard to such statutory provisions as relate to the negotiation, making, and performance of contracts and performance of work in the United States and without regard to section 3324(a) and (b) of title 31.
(May 7, 1926, ch. 250, §3, 44 Stat. 404; Pub. L. 88–94, §2(c), Aug. 12, 1963, 77 Stat. 122; Pub. L. 102–138, title I, §115(c), Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 656.)
“Section 3324(a) and (b) of title 31” substituted in text for “section 3648 of the Revised Statutes of the United States (31 U.S.C. 529)” on authority of Pub. L. 97–258, §4(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, the first section of which enacted Title 31, Money and Finance.
1991—Pub. L. 102–138 inserted “purchases of buildings, for leases, and for” after “contracts for”.
1963—Pub. L. 88–94 struck out “, subject to the direction of the commission,” before “be used” and “in the judgment of the commission,” after “where necessary,” and inserted “and without regard to section 529 of title 31”.
Whenever a contract is made for the construction, alteration, or repair of a Foreign Service building which requires payments in a foreign currency, the Secretary of State is authorized to purchase such currency at such times and in such amounts (within the total amount of the payments to be made under such contract) as he may deem necessary, the currency so purchased to be disbursed and accounted for at its cost price.
(May 14, 1940, ch. 189, title I, 54 Stat. 186.)
Section was not enacted as a part of the Foreign Service Buildings Act, 1926, which comprises this chapter.
Prior similar provisions were contained in act June 29, 1939, ch. 248, title I, 53 Stat. 890.
(a) For the purpose of carrying into effect the provisions of this chapter there is authorized to be appropriated an amount not exceeding $10,000,000, and the appropriations made pursuant to this authorization shall constitute a fund to be known as the Foreign Service Building Fund, to remain available until expended. Under this authorization not more than $2,000,000 shall be appropriated for any one year, but within the total authorization provided in this chapter the Secretary of State may enter into contracts for the acquisition of the buildings and grounds authorized by this chapter. In the case of the buildings and grounds authorized by this chapter, after the initial alterations, repairs, and furnishing have been completed, subsequent expenditures for such purposes may be made out of the appropriations authorized by this chapter in amounts authorized by the Congress each fiscal year.
(b) For the purpose of carrying into effect the provisions of this chapter there is authorized to be appropriated, in addition to amounts previously authorized, an amount not to exceed $90,000,000, which shall be available exclusively for payments representing the value, in whole or in part, of property or credits in accordance with the provisions of section 295b 1 of this title. Sums appropriated pursuant to this authorization shall remain available until expended.
(c) For the purpose of carrying into effect the provisions of this chapter there is hereby authorized to be appropriated, in addition to amounts previously authorized, an amount not to exceed $10,000,000, which shall remain available until expended.
(d) In addition to amounts authorized before the date of enactment of this section, there is hereby authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary of State—
(1) for acquisition, by purchase or construction (including acquisition of leaseholds) of sites and buildings in foreign countries under this chapter, and for major alterations of buildings acquired under this chapter, the following sums—
(A) for use in Africa, not to exceed $7,140,000 of which not to exceed $3,270,000 may be appropriated for the fiscal year 1964;
(B) for use in the American Republics, not to exceed $5,360,000, of which not to exceed $4,030,000 may be appropriated for the fiscal year 1964;
(C) for use in Europe, not to exceed $6,839,000, of which not to exceed $1,820,000 may be appropriated for the fiscal year 1964;
(D) for use in the Far East, not to exceed $2,350,000, of which not to exceed $2,200,000 may be appropriated for the fiscal year 1964;
(E) for use in the Near East, not to exceed $2,710,000, of which not to exceed $2,100,000 may be appropriated for the fiscal year 1964;
(F) for facilities for the United States Information Agency, not to exceed $1,125,000, of which not to exceed $720,000 may be appropriated for the fiscal year 1964, and
(G) for facilities for agricultural and defense attache�AE1 housing, not to exceed $800,000, of which not to exceed $400,000 may be appropriated for the fiscal year 1964;
(2) for use to carry out the other purposes of this chapter, not to exceed $11,500,000 for the fiscal year 1964, $12,000,000 for the fiscal year 1965, $12,200,000 for the fiscal year 1966, $12,400,000 for the fiscal year 1967.
(e) For the purpose of carrying into effect the provisions of this chapter in South Vietnam, there is hereby authorized to be appropriated, in addition to amounts previously authorized prior to May 21, 1965, $2,600,000, to remain available until expended.
(f) In addition to amounts authorized before October 10, 1966, there is hereby authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary of State—
(1) for acquisition by purchase or construction (including acquisition of leaseholds) of sites and buildings in foreign countries under this chapter, and for major alterations of buildings acquired under this chapter, the following sums—
(A) for use in Africa, not to exceed $5,485,000, of which not to exceed $1,885,000 may be appropriated for the fiscal year 1967;
(B) for use in the American Republics, not to exceed $7,920,000, of which not to exceed $3,585,000 may be appropriated for the fiscal year 1967;
(C) for use in Europe, not to exceed $3,310,000, of which not to exceed $785,000 may be appropriated for the fiscal year 1967;
(D) for use in the Far East, not to exceed $3,150,000, of which not to exceed $560,000 may be appropriated for the fiscal year 1967;
(E) for use in the Near East, not to exceed $6,930,000, of which not to exceed $1,890,000 may be appropriated for the fiscal year 1967;
(F) for facilities for the United States Information Agency, not to exceed $615,000, of which not to exceed $430,000 may be appropriated for the fiscal year 1967;
(G) for facilities for agricultural and defense attache�AE1 housing, not to exceed $800,000, of which not to exceed $400,000 may be appropriated for the fiscal year 1967;
(2) for use to carry out the other purposes of this chapter, not to exceed $12,600,000 for the fiscal year 1968, not to exceed $12,750,000 for the fiscal year 1969, not to exceed $13,500,000 for the fiscal year 1970, not to exceed $14,300,000 for the fiscal year 1971, not to exceed $15,000,000 for the fiscal year 1972, and not to exceed $15,900,000 for the fiscal year 1973.
(g) In addition to amounts authorized before June 22, 1973, there is hereby authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary of State—
(1) for acquisition by purchase or construction (including acquisition of leaseholds) of sites and buildings in foreign countries under this chapter, and for major alterations of buildings acquired under this chapter, the following sums—
(A) for use in Africa, not to exceed $850,000, of which not to exceed $631,000 may be appropriated for the fiscal year 1974;
(B) for use in the American Republics, not to exceed $240,000, of which not to exceed $240,000 may be appropriated for the fiscal year 1974;
(C) for use in Europe, not to exceed $682,000, of which not to exceed $204,000 may be appropriated for the fiscal year 1974;
(D) for use in East Asia, not to exceed $1,243,000, of which not to exceed $985,000 may be appropriated for the fiscal year 1974;
(E) for use in the Near East and South Asia, not to exceed $10,433,000, of which not to exceed $2,287,000 may be appropriated for the fiscal year 1974;
(F) for facilities for the United States Information Agency, not to exceed $45,000 for use beginning in the fiscal year 1975;
(G) for facilities for agricultural and defense attache�AE1 housing, not to exceed $318,000 for use beginning in the fiscal year 1974; and
(2) for use to carry out other purposes of this chapter for fiscal years 1974 and 1975, $48,532,000, of which not to exceed $23,066,000 may be appropriated for fiscal year 1974.
(h) In addition to amounts authorized before November 29, 1975, there is authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary of State—
(1) for acquisition by purchase or construction (including acquisition of leaseholds) of sites and buildings in foreign countries under this chapter, and for major alterations of buildings acquired under this chapter, the following sums—
(A) for use in Europe, not to exceed $225,000 for fiscal year 1977;
(B) for use in the Near East and South Asia, not to exceed $12,885,000, of which not to exceed $3,985,000 may be appropriated for fiscal year 1976;
(C) for facilities for the United States Information Agency, not to exceed $3,400,000, of which not to exceed $2,800,000 may be appropriated for fiscal year 1976;
(D) for facilities for agricultural and defense attache�AE1 housing, not to exceed $150,000 for fiscal year 1977; and
(E) for facilities for the United States Agency for International Development, not to exceed $17,200,000 for fiscal year 1977; and
(2) for use to carry out the other purposes of this chapter for fiscal years 1976 and 1977, $73,058,000, of which not to exceed $32,840,000 may be appropriated for fiscal year 1976.
(i)(1) Sums appropriated under authority of this chapter shall remain available until expended. To the maximum extent feasible, expenditures under this chapter shall be made out of foreign currencies owned by or owed to the United States.
(2) Not to exceed 10 per centum of the funds authorized by any subparagraph under paragraph (1) of subsections (d), (f), (g), and (h) of this section may be used for any of the purposes for which funds are authorized under any other subparagraph of any of such paragraph (1).
(3) There are hereby authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary of State such additional or supplemental amounts as may be necessary for increases in salary, pay, retirement, or other employee benefits authorized by law.
(May 7, 1926, ch. 250, §4, 44 Stat. 404; June 19, 1952, ch. 446, §2, 66 Stat. 140; Pub. L. 86–723, §49, Sept. 8, 1960, 74 Stat. 847; Pub. L. 88–94, §§1, 2(d), Aug. 12, 1963, 77 Stat. 121, 122; Pub. L. 88–414, Aug. 10, 1964, 78 Stat. 387; Pub. L. 89–22, May 21, 1965, 79 Stat. 112; Pub. L. 89–636, §1, Oct. 10, 1966, 80 Stat. 881; Pub. L. 90–442, July 30, 1968, 82 Stat. 461; Pub. L. 91–586, Dec. 24, 1970, 84 Stat. 1578; Pub. L. 93–47, June 22, 1973, 87 Stat. 98; Pub. L. 93–263, Apr. 12, 1974, 88 Stat. 83; Pub. L. 94–141, title I, §171, Nov. 29, 1975, 89 Stat. 760; Pub. L. 94–350, title I, §109, July 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 824; Pub. L. 95–45, §3, June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 221; Pub. L. 103–199, title V, §503, Dec. 17, 1993, 107 Stat. 2327.)
Section 295b of this title, referred to in subsec. (b), was omitted from the Code.
Date of enactment of this section, referred to in subsec. (d), probably means the date of enactment of Pub. L. 88–94, which was approved on Aug. 12, 1963.
1993—Subsec. (j). Pub. L. 103–199 struck out subsec. (j) which read as follows: “For the purpose of carrying into effect the provisions of this chapter in the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, there is authorized to be appropriated, in addition to amounts authorized prior to July 12, 1976, $30,000,000, which amount is authorized to remain available until expended.”
1977—Subsec. (h)(1). Pub. L. 95–45 substituted “$225,000” for “$6,725,000” in subpar. (A), “$12,885,000” for “$8,005,000” in subpar. (B), “$3,400,000” for “$3,745,000” in subpar. (C), “$150,000” for “$420,000” in subpar. (D), added subpar. (E), authorizing an appropriation of not to exceed $17,200,000 for facilities for the United States Agency for International Development for fiscal year 1977, and struck out subpars. which had authorized appropriations for Africa, the American Republics, and East Asia for fiscal year 1977.
1976—Subsec. (h)(2). Pub. L. 94–350, §109(1), increased appropriations authorization for fiscal years 1976 and 1977 to $73,058,000 from $71,600,000.
Subsec. (j). Pub. L. 94–350, §109(2), added subsec. (j).
1975—Subsec. (g)(1). Pub. L. 94–141, §171(a), substituted “$850,000” for “$2,190,000” in subpar. (A), “$240,000” for “$375,000” in subpar. (B), “$682,000” for “$4,780,000” in subpar. (C), “$1,243,000” for “$2,585,000” in subpar. (D), and “$10,433,000” for “$3,518,000” in subpar. (E).
Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 94–141, §171(b)(1), added subsec. (h). Former subsec. (h) redesignated (i).
Subsec. (i). Pub. L. 94–141, §171(b), redesignated former subsec. (h) as (i), and, as so redesignated, in par. (2) inserted reference to subsec. (h) of this section.
1974—Subsec. (g)(1). Pub. L. 93–263, §1(1)–(3), increased appropriations authorization for fiscal year 1974, in subpar. (A) to $631,000 from $590,000, in subpar. (C) to $204,000 from $160,000, and in subpar. (E) to $2,287,000 from $2,218,000.
Subsec. (g)(2). Pub. L. 92–263, §1(4), increased appropriations authorization for fiscal years 1974 and 1975 to $48,532,000 from $45,800,000 and increased limitation for fiscal year 1974, to $23,066,000 from $21,700,000.
1973—Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 93–47, §1(1), added subsec. (g). Former subsec. (g) redesignated (h).
Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 93–47, §1(1), (2), redesignated former subsec. (g) as (h), struck out from par. (2) provision for application of the paragraph beginning with the fiscal year 1966, inserted reference to subsec. (g), and added par. (3), respectively.
1970—Subsec. (f)(2). Pub. L. 91–586 authorized appropriations of not more than $15,000,000 for fiscal year 1972, and not more than $15,900,000 for fiscal year 1973.
1968—Subsec. (f)(2). Pub. L. 90–442 authorized appropriations not to exceed $13,500,000 for fiscal year 1970, and not to exceed $14,300,000 for fiscal year 1971.
1966—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 89–636, §1(1), struck out last three sentences providing for availability of appropriated funds until expended, use of foreign currencies for expenditures, and use of funds authorized by any subpar. of par. (1) of subsec. (d), now incorporated in subsec. (g)(1) and (2) of this section, respectively.
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 89–636, §1(2), substituted “$2,600,000” for “$1,000,000”.
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 89–636, §1(3), added subsec. (f).
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 89–636, §1(3), redesignated second and third sentences of subsec. (d) as par. (1) and last sentence of subsec. (d) as par. (2), inserting therein provision for use of funds authorized by any subpar. of par. (1) of subsec. (f).
1965—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 89–22 added subsec. (e).
1964—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 88–414 authorized appropriations of not more than $12,200,000 for fiscal year 1966, $12,400,000 for fiscal year 1967, and beginning with fiscal year 1966, permitted use of not more than 10 per centum of the funds authorized for any subparagraph under par. (1) of this subsection for the purposes of any other subparagraph of such par. (1).
1963—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 88–94, §2(d), struck out “, subject to the direction of the commission,” after “Secretary of State”.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 88–94, §1, added subsec. (d).
1960—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 86–723 added subsec. (c).
Subsec. (b). Act June 19, 1952, added subsec. (b).
1952—Act June 19, 1952, designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), permitted the expenditure of the authorized and appropriated funds for continuing alterations, repairs, and furnishings, and added subsec. (b).
Amendment by Pub. L. 86–723 effective on first day of first pay period which begins more than thirty days after Sept. 8, 1960, see section 56(a) of Pub. L. 86–723.
United States Information Agency (other than Broadcasting Board of Governors and International Broadcasting Bureau) abolished and functions transferred to Secretary of State, see sections 6531 and 6532 of this title.
1 See References in Text note below.
Section 295a, act May 25, 1938, ch. 275, 52 Stat. 441, authorized additional appropriations of an amount not to exceed $5,000,000.
Section 295b, act June 25, 1946, ch. 643, 60 Stat. 663, authorized additional appropriations of an amount not to exceed $125,000,000 of which $110,000,000 was to be used exclusively for the payments representing the value of property or credits held abroad by the Government or owing to the Government which could have been used by the Department of State for buildings, equipment, etc.
Acts July 9, 1947, ch. 211, title I, §101, 61 Stat. 288; June 3, 1948, ch. 400, title I, §1, 62 Stat. 315; July 20, 1949, ch. 354, title I, §101, 63 Stat. 456, provided in part that the construction of diplomatic and consular establishments in the Philippines should be without regard to the limitation proviso of section 295a.
For the purposes of this chapter the Secretary of State is authorized to supervise, preserve, maintain, operate, and, when deemed necessary, to insure the Foreign Service properties in foreign countries and the other properties acquired in accordance with the provisions of this chapter; to rent and insure objects of art; to collect information and formulate plans; and, without regard to civil service and classification laws, to obtain architectural and other expert technical services as may be necessary and pay therefor the scale of professional fees as established by local authority, law or custom, and to make expenditures without regard to section 295a of this title requiring purchase of articles manufactured in the United States.
(May 7, 1926, ch. 250, §5, 44 Stat. 404; June 19, 1952, ch. 446, §3, 66 Stat. 140.)
Section 295a of this title, referred to in text, was omitted from the Code.
1952—Act June 19, 1952, amended section generally to authorize Secretary of State to supervise, preserve, maintain, operate, and insure Foreign Service property in foreign countries.
The Director of the Office of Foreign Buildings Operations shall—
(1) direct overseas posts to make annual building condition assessments of buildings and facilities used by the post;
(2) not later than 90 days after October 28, 1991, revise the Foreign Affairs Manual to stipulate that the Buildings and Maintenance Handbook shall be used by each post to identify their maintenance needs, standardize their maintenance operations, and conduct annual assessments as required by paragraph (1);
(3) direct the Office of Foreign Buildings Operations to provide proper training and assistance to posts to ensure that annual surveys are effectively completed; and
(4) direct overseas posts to ensure that all maintenance program fiscal transactions are properly encoded in the Department of State accounting system to enable compilation of actual expenditures on routine maintenance and specific maintenance funded by the Office of Foreign Buildings Operations.
(Pub. L. 102–138, title I, §125, Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 659.)
Section was enacted as part of the Foreign Relations Authorization Act, Fiscal Years 1992 and 1993, and not as part of the Foreign Service Buildings Act, 1926, which comprises this chapter.
Except as otherwise provided, Secretary of State to have and exercise any authority vested by law in any official or office of Department of State and references to such officials or offices deemed to refer to Secretary of State or Department of State, as appropriate, see section 2651a of this title and section 161(d) of Pub. L. 103–236, set out as a note under section 2651a of this title.
The authority granted to acquire sites and buildings by purchase or otherwise shall include authority to acquire leaseholds.
(May 7, 1926, ch. 250, §6, 44 Stat. 405; June 19, 1952, ch. 446, §4, 66 Stat. 140; Pub. L. 95–105, title I, §106(b), Aug. 17, 1977, 91 Stat. 845.)
1977—Pub. L. 95–105 struck out “of not less than ten years” after “acquire leaseholds”.
1952—Act June 19, 1952, provided for leaseholds of not less than 10 years.
Section, which related to leaseholds of not less than ten years, was from the Department of State Appropriation Act, 1953, act July 10, 1952, ch. 651, title I, 66 Stat. 550, and was not repeated in subsequent appropriation acts. Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation acts:
1951—Oct. 22, 1951, ch. 533, title I, 65 Stat. 577.
1950—Sept. 6, 1950, ch. 896, ch. III, title I, 64 Stat. 610.
1949—July 20, 1949, ch. 354, title I, 63 Stat. 449.
Section, act May 7, 1926, ch. 250, §7, 44 Stat. 405, repealed act Feb. 17, 1911, ch. 105, 36 Stat. 917, incorporated as section 133 of this title, with a provision that the repeal “shall not invalidate appropriations already made under the authority of such Act.”
This chapter may be cited as the “Foreign Service Buildings Act, 1926.”
(May 7, 1926, ch. 250, §8, 44 Stat. 405.)
The Secretary of State is authorized—
(1) to sell, exchange, lease, or license any property or property interest acquired under this chapter, or under other authority, for use of diplomatic and consular establishments in foreign countries or in the United States pursuant to section 4304(b)(5) of this title,
(2) to receive payment in whatever form, or in kind, he determines to be in the interest of the United States for damage to or destruction of property acquired for use of diplomatic and consular establishments abroad, and the contents of such buildings, and
(3) to accept on behalf of the United States gifts of property or services of any kind made by will or otherwise for the purposes of this chapter.
Proceeds derived from dispositions, payments, or gifts under subsection (a) of this section shall, notwithstanding the provisions of any other law, be applied toward acquisition, construction, or other purposes authorized by this chapter or held in the Foreign Service Buildings Fund, as in the judgment of the Secretary may best serve the Government's interest: Provided, That the Secretary shall report all such transactions annually to the Congress with the budget estimates of the Department of State.
Notwithstanding subsection (b) of this section, proceeds from the disposition of furniture, furnishings, and equipment from diplomatic and consular establishments in foreign countries shall be deposited into the Foreign Service Building Fund to be available for obligation or expenditure as directed by the Secretary.
(May 7, 1926, ch. 250, §9, as added Apr. 19, 1945, ch. 78, 59 Stat. 53; amended Pub. L. 88–94, §2(e), Aug. 12, 1963, 77 Stat. 122; Pub. L. 89–636, §3, Oct. 10, 1966, 80 Stat. 882; Pub. L. 99–399, title IV, §401(h)(2), Aug. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 863; Pub. L. 101–246, title I, §116(c), Feb. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 25.)
1990—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 101–246 inserted before comma at end “or in the United States pursuant to section 4304(b)(5) of this title”.
1986—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 99–399 added subsec. (c).
1966—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 89–636 substituted provisions designated as subsec. (a) and authorizing the Secretary to sell, exchange, lease, or license any property or property interest acquired under this chapter, to receive payment in whatever form, or in kind, for damage to or destruction of buildings or their contents, and to accept gifts of property or services for former provisions which authorized the Secretary, when he found it to be in the Government's interest, to sell buildings and grounds acquired for use of diplomatic and consular establishments in foreign countries.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 89–636 substituted provisions designated as subsec. (b) and providing for application of proceeds derived from dispositions, payments, or gifts under subsec. (a) toward acquisition, construction, or other purposes authorized by this chapter, as in the judgment of the Secretary may best serve the Government's interest, for former provision for application of proceeds of sales toward purchase and construction, furnishing, and preservation of other properties.
1963—Pub. L. 88–94 struck out “with the concurrence of the Foreign Service Buildings Commission,” after “Government,” and “, as in the judgment of the Commission may best serve the Government's interest” after “Foreign Service building fund”.
For termination, effective May 15, 2000, of provisions in subsec. (b) of this section relating to the Secretary reporting transactions annually to Congress, see section 3003 of Pub. L. 104–66, as amended, set out as a note under section 1113 of Title 31, Money and Finance, and page 129 of House Document No. 103–7.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this chapter or any other Act, no lease or other rental arrangement for a period of less than ten years, and requiring an annual payment in excess of $50,000 shall be entered into by the Secretary of State for the purpose of renting or leasing offices, buildings, grounds, or living quarters for the use of the Foreign Service abroad, unless such lease or other rental arrangement is approved by the Secretary. The Secretary may delegate his authority under this section only to the Deputy Under Secretary of State for Administration or to the Director of the Office of Foreign Buildings. The Secretary shall keep the Congress fully and currently informed with respect to leases or other rental arrangements approved under this section.
The Secretary may, subject to the availability of appropriations, make advance payments for long-term leases and lease-purchase agreements, if the Secretary or his designee determines, in each case, that such payments are in the interest of the United States Government in carrying out the purposes of this chapter.
(May 7, 1926, ch. 250, §10, as added Pub. L. 89–636, §4, Oct. 10, 1966, 80 Stat. 882; amended Pub. L. 102–138, title I, §115(a), (b), Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 655.)
1991—Pub. L. 102–138 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), inserted heading, substituted “$50,000” for “$25,000,”, and added subsec. (b).
Except as otherwise provided, Secretary of State to have and exercise any authority vested by law in any official or office of Department of State and references to such officials or offices deemed to refer to Secretary of State or Department of State, as appropriate, see section 2651a of this title and section 161(d) of Pub. L. 103–236, set out as a note under section 2651a of this title.
Eligibility for award of contracts under this chapter or of any other contract by the Secretary of State, including lease-back or other agreements, the purpose of which is to obtain the construction, alteration, or repair of buildings and grounds abroad, when estimated to exceed $5,000,000, including any contract alternatives or options, shall be limited, after a determination that adequate competition will be obtained thereby, to (1) American-owned bidders and (2) bidders from countries which permit or agree to permit substantially equal access to American bidders for comparable diplomatic and consular building projects, except that participation may be permitted by or limited to host-country bidders where required by international agreement or by the law of the host country or where determined by the Secretary of State to be necessary in the interest of bilateral relations or necessary to carry out the construction project.
(1) Generally applicable laws and regulations pertaining to licensing and other qualifications to do business in the country in which the contract is to be performed shall not be deemed a limitation of access for purposes of this section.
(2) For purposes of determining competitive status, bids qualifying under subsection (a)(1) of this section shall be reduced by 10 per centum.
(3) A determination of adequacy of competition for purposes of subsection (a) of this section shall be made after advance publication by the Secretary of State of the proposed project, and receipt from not less than two prospective responsible bidders of intent to submit a bid or proposal. If competition is not determined to be adequate, contracts may be awarded without regard to subsection (a) of this section and this subsection.
(4) Bidder qualification under subsection (a) of this section shall be determined on the basis of nationality of ownership, the burden of which shall be on the prospective bidder. Qualification under subsection (a)(1) of this section shall require evidence of (A) performance of similar construction work in the United States or at a United States diplomatic or consular establishment abroad, and (B) either (i) ownership in excess of fifty percent by United States citizens or permanent residents, or (ii) incorporation in the United States for more than three years and employment of United States citizens or permanent residents in more than half of the corporation's permanent full-time professional and managerial positions in the United States.
(5) Qualification under this section shall be established on the basis of determinations at the time bids are requested.
Contracts for construction, alteration, or repair in the United States for or on behalf of any foreign mission (as defined in section 202(a)(4) 1 of title II of the State Department Basic Authorities Act of 1956 (22 U.S.C. 4302(a)(4)) may, pursuant to the authority of that title [22 U.S.C. 4301 et seq.], only be awarded to or performed by bidders qualifying under subsection (a) (1) or (2) or by nationals of the country for which the contract is being performed who are granted the right of entry into the United States for that purpose.
Determinations under this section shall be committed to the discretion of the Secretary of State.
This section shall cease to be effective when the Secretary of State determines that there are internationally-agree-upon 2 rules in effect on bidding for construction contracts.
(May 7, 1926, ch. 250, §11, as added Pub. L. 98–164, title I, §136, Nov. 22, 1983, 97 Stat. 1029; amended Pub. L. 107–228, div. A, title II, §206(a), Sept. 30, 2002, 116 Stat. 1364.)
Title II of the State Department Basic Authorities Act of 1956, referred to in subsec. (c), is title II of act Aug. 1, 1956, ch. 841, as added Aug. 24, 1982, Pub. L. 97–241, title II, §202(b), 96 Stat. 283, known as the Foreign Missions Act, which is classified principally to chapter 53 (§4301 et seq.) of this title. Section 202(a)(4) of title II was redesignated section 202(a)(3), and former section 202(a)(5) was redesignated section 202(a)(4), by Pub. L. 103–236, title I, §162(o)(1), Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 409. For complete classification of title II to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 4301 of this title and Tables.
2002—Subsec. (b)(4)(A). Pub. L. 107–228 inserted “or at a United States diplomatic or consular establishment abroad” after “United States”.
1 See References in Text note below.
2 So in original. Probably should be “internationally-agreed-upon”.
Not later than March 1 of each year, the Secretary of State shall submit to Congress a report listing overseas United States surplus properties that are administered under this chapter and that have been identified for sale.
(May 7, 1926, ch. 250, §12, as added Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. B, title XXII, §2215, Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–814.)
See notes preceding section 1 of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense.
Whenever an attempt is made to export or ship from or take out of the United States any arms or munitions of war or other articles in violation of law, or whenever it is known or there shall be probable cause to believe that any arms or munitions of war or other articles are intended to be or are being or have been exported or removed from the United States in violation of law, the Secretary of the Treasury, or any person duly authorized for the purpose by the President, may seize and detain such arms or munitions of war or other articles and may seize and detain any vessel, vehicle, or aircraft containing the same or which has been or is being used in exporting or attempting to export such arms or munitions of war or other articles. The Secretary of Commerce may seize and detain any commodity (other than arms or munitions of war) or technology which is intended to be or is being exported in violation of laws governing such exports and may seize and detain any vessel, vehicle, or aircraft containing the same or which has been used or is being used in exporting or attempting to export such articles. All arms or munitions of war and other articles, vessels, vehicles, and aircraft seized pursuant to this subsection shall be forfeited.
All provisions of law relating to seizure, summary and judicial forfeiture and condemnation for violation of the customs laws, the disposition of the property forfeited or condemned or the proceeds from the sale thereof; the remission or mitigation of such forfeitures; and the compromise of claims and the award of compensation to informers in respect of such forfeitures shall apply to seizures and forfeitures incurred, or alleged to have been incurred, under the provisions of this section, insofar as applicable and not inconsistent with the provisions hereof. However, with respect to seizures and forfeitures of property under this section by the Secretary of Commerce, such duties as are imposed upon the customs officer or any other person with respect to the seizure and forfeiture of property under the customs law may be performed by such officers as are designated by the Secretary of Commerce or, upon the request of the Secretary of Commerce, by any other agency that has authority to manage and dispose of seized property. Awards of compensation to informers under this section may be paid only out of funds specifically appropriated therefor.
Arms and munitions of war forfeited under subsection (b) of this section shall be delivered to the Secretary of Defense for such use or disposition as he may deem in the public interest, or, in the event that the Secretary of Defense refuses to accept such arms and munitions of war, they shall be sold or otherwise disposed of as prescribed under existing law in the case of forfeitures for violation of the customs laws.
(June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VI, §1, 40 Stat. 223; June 17, 1930, ch. 497, title IV, §523, 46 Stat. 740; Aug. 13, 1953, ch. 434, §1, 67 Stat. 577; Pub. L. 105–119, title II, §211(a), Nov. 26, 1997, 111 Stat. 2487.)
1997—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–119, which directed the amendment of section 401 of title 22, United States Code, by inserting “The Secretary of Commerce may seize and detain any commodity (other than arms or munitions of war) or technology which is intended to be or is being exported in violation of laws governing such exports and may seize and detain any vessel, vehicle, or aircraft containing the same or which has been used or is being used in exporting or attempting to export such articles.” after first sentence in subsec. (a), was executed by making the insertion in section 1(a) of act June 15, 1917, ch. 30, which is classified to this section, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 105–119, which directed the amendment of section 401 of title 22, United States Code, by inserting “However, with respect to seizures and forfeitures of property under this section by the Secretary of Commerce, such duties as are imposed upon the customs officer or any other person with respect to the seizure and forfeiture of property under the customs law may be performed by such officers as are designated by the Secretary of Commerce or, upon the request of the Secretary of Commerce, by any other agency that has authority to manage and dispose of seized property.” after “and not inconsistent with the provisions hereof.” in subsec. (b), was executed by making the insertion in section 1(b) of act June 15, 1917, ch. 30, which is classified to this section, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
1953—Act Aug. 13, 1953, provided not only seizure and forfeiture of articles or merchandise which are being, or are intended to be illegally exported, and the vehicle, vessel, or aircraft in which exportation is intended to accomplish, but also for the seizure and forfeiture of articles or merchandise actually illegally exported out, the carrier used to effectuate the exportation, provided for applicability of laws relating to seizure, summary and judicial forfeiture and condemnation, and provided for the disposition of seized materials.
1930—Act June 17, 1930, substituted “comptrollers of customs” for “Naval officers of customs”.
Ex. Ord. No. 10863, Feb. 18, 1960, 25 F.R. 1507, provided:
By virtue of the authority vested in me by section 1 of Title VI of the act of June 15, 1917, 40 Stat. 223, as amended by section 1 of the act of August 13, 1953, 67 Stat. 577 (22 U.S.C. 401), it is ordered as follows:
Dwight D. Eisenhower.
Section 402, act June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VI, §2, 40 Stat. 224, related to issuance of warrant for detention of seized property.
Section 403, act June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VI, §3, 40 Stat. 224, related to filing petition for restoration of seized property.
Section 404, acts June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VI, §4, 40 Stat. 224; Mar. 1, 1929, ch. 420, 45 Stat. 1423, related to institution of libel proceedings and sale of seized property.
Section 405, act June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VI, §5, 40 Stat. 224, related to method of trial and bond for redelivery.
For subject matter of sections 402 to 405 of this title, see section 401 of this title.
Except in those cases in which the exportation of arms and munitions of war or other articles is forbidden by proclamation or otherwise by the President, as provided in section 401 of this title, nothing herein contained shall be construed to extend to, or interfere with any trade in such commodities, conducted with any foreign port or place wheresoever, or with any other trade which might have been lawfully carried on before June 15, 1917, under the law of nations, or under the treaties or conventions entered into by the United States, or under the laws thereof.
(June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VI, §6, 40 Stat. 225.)
Herein, referred to in text, means act June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VI, 40 Stat. 223, as amended, which enacted sections 31 to 39, 98, 130 to 133, 288, 343 to 346, 381, 502, 535, 536, 574, and 611 to 633 of former Title 18, Criminal Code and Criminal Procedure, sections 213, 231 to 233, 235, 401 to 408a, 462, and 465 of this title, and sections 30 to 42, 191, and 192 to 195 of Title 50, War and National Defense, and amended sections 25, 27, and 349 of former Title 18. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
Section, act June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VI, §7, 40 Stat. 225, related to President's discretion to release seized property. See section 401 of this title.
The President may employ such part of the land or naval forces of the United States as he may deem necessary to carry out the purposes of sections 401 to 408 of this title.
(June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VI, §8, 40 Stat. 225.)
For transfer of certain functions insofar as they pertain to the Air Force, and to the extent that they were not previously transferred to the Secretary of the Air Force from the Secretary of the Army, see Secretary of Defense Transfer Order No. 40 [App. A(1)], July 22, 1949.
The term “United States” as used in this Act includes the Canal Zone and all territory and waters, continental or insular, subject to the jurisdiction of the United States.
(June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title XIII, §1, 40 Stat. 231.)
This Act, referred to in text, means act June 15, 1917, ch. 30, 40 Stat. 217, as amended, which enacted sections 31 to 39, 98, 130 to 133, 288, 343 to 346, 381, 502, 535, 536, 574, and 611 to 633 of former Title 18, Criminal Code and Criminal Procedure, sections 213, 231 to 233, 235, 401 to 408a, 462, and 465 of this title, and sections 30 to 42, 191, and 192 to 195 of Title 50, War and National Defense, and amended sections 25, 27, and 349 of former Title 18. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
For definition of Canal Zone, referred to in text, see section 3602(b) of this title.
Section 409, act Jan. 31, 1922, ch. 44, §1, 42 Stat. 361, related to prohibition against exportation of arms to American countries or countries under American jurisdiction in a state of domestic violence. See section 1934 of this title.
Section 410, act Jan. 31, 1922, ch. 44, §2, 42 Stat. 361, related to penalties. See section 1934 of this title.
Sections 411, 412, and 413 to 419, popularly known as the Lend-Lease Act, terminated not later than June 30, 1946, pursuant to section 412 of this title.
Section 411, act Mar. 11, 1941, ch. 11, §2, 55 Stat. 31, defined “defense article” and “defense information” for purpose of lease, loan, etc., of war materials in interest of United States defense.
Section 412, acts Mar. 11, 1941, ch. 11, §3, 55 Stat. 31; Mar. 11, 1943, ch. 15, 57 Stat. 20; May 17, 1944, ch. 198, §§1, 2, 58 Stat. 222, 223; Apr. 16, 1945, ch. 61, §§1, 2, 59 Stat. 52, provided for procurement for and transfer of defense articles to other countries, repairs, limitation on amount, termination of powers after June 30, 1946, or after passage of concurrent resolution by both Houses before June 30, 1946, whichever is the earlier, naval convoys, and combat area navigation.
Section 412a, act Mar. 18, 1943, ch. 17, title I, §1, 57 Stat. 25, prohibited disposition of merchant vessels under sections 411 to 419 of this title except by lease for duration of war.
Section 413, act Mar. 11, 1941, ch. 11, §4, 55 Stat. 32, provided for contract restrictions against disposal of transferred articles by transferee governments.
Section 414, act Mar. 11, 1941, ch. 11, §5, 55 Stat. 32, provided for information regarding articles exported and reports to Congress. Section 5(b) of act Mar. 11, 1941, ch. 11, 55 Stat. 32, formerly classified to section 414(b) of this title, provided for reports with respect to operations under the Lend-Lease Act, and was repealed by Pub. L. 89–348, §1(19), Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1311.
Section 415, acts Mar. 11, 1941, ch. 11, §6, 55 Stat. 33; Mar. 11, 1943, ch. 15, 57 Stat. 20; May 17, 1944, ch. 198, §1, 58 Stat. 222; Apr. 16, 1945, ch. 61, §1, 59 Stat. 52; July 25, 1947, ch. 327, §1, 61 Stat. 449, authorized appropriations.
Section 416, act Mar. 11, 1941, ch. 11, §7, 55 Stat. 33, provided for protection of patent rights.
Section 417, act Mar. 11, 1941, ch. 11, §8, 55 Stat. 33, provided for acquisition of war materials from foreign governments.
Section 418, act Mar. 11, 1941, ch. 11, §9, 55 Stat. 33, authorized executive promulgation of rules and regulations and delegation of powers.
Section 419, act Mar. 11, 1941, ch. 11, §10, 55 Stat. 33, related to effect of act Mar. 11, 1941 on existing laws relating to use of land and naval forces.
Acts Feb. 7, 1942, ch. 46, title III, §301, 56 Stat. 82; Oct. 26, 1942, ch. 629, title I, §103, 56 Stat. 994; Feb. 19, 1943, ch. 1, §4, 57 Stat. 4, June 26, 1943, ch. 147, §118, 57 Stat. 217; June 22, 1944, ch. 269, §121, 58 Stat. 322; May 29, 1945, ch. 130, §119, 59 Stat. 222, provided for additional defense aid to countries deemed vital to the defense of the United States and for the lease of ships for periods not extending beyond the termination of the national emergency.
Act Apr. 28, 1942, ch. 247, title II, §201, 56 Stat. 233, provided that limitation of $2,500,000,000 shall apply to all appropriations made to the Navy Department since Mar. 11, 1941.
The value of defense articles was reduced to $800,000,000 by act Dec. 17, 1941, ch. 591, title I, §102, 55 Stat. 813, and as thus limited was made inapplicable to the War Department after Dec. 17, 1941.
Act Mar. 5, 1942, ch. 141, title III, §303, 56 Stat. 131, provided that the term “defense article” shall be deemed to include defense information and services, and the expenses in connection with the procurement or supplying of defense articles, information, and services.
Section, acts May 2, 1941, ch. 84, §5, 55 Stat. 150; June 16, 1942, ch. 416, 56 Stat. 370, related to application of sections 1119a and 1119b of former Title 46, Shipping, to functions of the Maritime Commission under sections 411, 412 and 413 to 419 of this title.
The President may, from time to time, when he deems it in the interest of national defense, authorize the head of any department or agency of the Government, to enter into contracts for the procurement of defense articles, information, or services for the government of any country whose defense the President deems vital to the defense of the United States, to the extent that such government agrees to pay the United States for such defense articles, information, or services prior to the receipt thereof and to make such payments from time to time as the President may require to protect the interests of the United States; and, upon payment of the full cost, the President may dispose of such articles, information, or services to such government: Provided, That the total amount of the outstanding contracts under this section, less the amounts which have been paid to the United States under such contracts, shall at no time exceed $600,000,000.
(Oct. 28, 1941, ch. 460, title I, §102, 55 Stat. 746.)
Any defense article procured pursuant to section 421 of this title shall be retained by or transferred to and for the use of such department or agency of the United States as the President may determine, in lieu of being disposed of to a foreign government, whenever in the judgment of the President the defense of the United States will be best served thereby.
(Oct. 28, 1941, ch. 460, title I, §103, 55 Stat. 747.)
Section, act June 14, 1943, ch. 122, §2, 57 Stat. 152, related to retention for defense of United States of certain articles, information or service procured for foreign governments from funds appropriated by act June 14, 1943 or prior acts appropriating funds to the President for such purposes.
Whenever the President, or the Congress by concurrent resolution, shall find that there exists a state of war between foreign states, and that it is necessary to promote the security or preserve the peace of the United States or to protect the lives of citizens of the United States, the President shall issue a proclamation naming the states involved; and he shall, from time to time, by proclamation, name other states as and when they may become involved in the war.
Whenever the state of war which shall have caused the President to issue any proclamation under the authority of this section shall have ceased to exist with respect to any state named in such proclamation, he shall revoke such proclamation with respect to such state.
(Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §1, 54 Stat. 4.)
Section 20 of Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, provided that: “This joint resolution [enacting this subchapter] may be cited as the ‘Neutrality Act of 1939’.”
Section 19 of Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, provided that: “The joint resolution of August 31, 1935, as amended [sections 245a to 245i of this title], and the joint resolution of January 8, 1937 [ch. 1, 50 Stat. 3], are hereby repealed; but offenses committed and penalties, forfeitures, or liabilities incurred under either of such joint resolutions prior to the date of enactment of this joint resolution [this subchapter] may be prosecuted and punished, and suits and proceedings for violations of either of such joint resolutions or of any rule or regulation issued pursuant thereto may be commenced and prosecuted, in the same manner and with the same effect as if such joint resolutions had not been repealed.”
Neutrality Act of 1939 not to be deemed repealed or modified in any manner by Joint Res. May 7, 1940, ch. 185, 54 Stat. 179, according to section 3 thereof, which resolution amended section 5(b) of the Trading With the Enemy Act, see sections 95a of Title 12, Banks and Banking, and 5(b) of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense, which resolution approved and confirmed Ex. Ord. No. 8389, amending Ex. Ord. No. 6560, set out in note under section 95a of said Title 12, and regulations and general rulings issued by Secretary of Treasury under Ex. Ord. No. 8389.
Section 17 of Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, provided that: “If any of the provisions of this joint resolution [this subchapter], or the application thereof to any person or circumstance, is held invalid, the remainder of the joint resolution, and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances, shall not be affected thereby.”
The purpose of Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, was expressed in the first three paragraphs of the act as follows:
“Whereas the United States, desiring to preserve its neutrality in wars between foreign states and desiring also to avoid involvement therein, voluntarily imposes upon its nationals by domestic legislation the restrictions set out in this joint resolution [this subchapter]; and
“Whereas by so doing the United States waives none of its own rights or privileges, or those of any of its nationals, under international law, and expressly reserves all the rights and privileges to which it and its nationals are entitled under the law of nations; and
“Whereas the United States hereby expressly reserves the right to repeal, change or modify this [this subchapter] or any other domestic legislation in the interests of the peace, security or welfare of the United States and its people.”
Section 442, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §2, 54 Stat. 4, related to commerce with states engaged in armed conflict.
Section 443, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §3, 54 Stat. 7, related to combat areas.
Proc. No. 2376, Nov. 4, 1939, 3 p.m., 4 F.R. 4495, 54 Stat. 2673; Proc. No. 2394, Apr. 10, 1940, 5 F.R. 1400, 54 Stat. 2693; Proc. No. 2410, June 11, 1940, 5:20 p.m. E.S.T., 5 F.R. 2209, 54 Stat. 2708, as modified by Proc. No. 2474, Apr. 10, 1941, 6 F.R. 1905, 55 Stat. 1628, defined various combat areas.
The provisions of section 442(a) 1 of this title shall not prohibit the transportation by vessels, unarmed and not under convoy, under charter or other direction and control of the American Red Cross of officers and American Red Cross personnel, medical personnel, and medical supplies, food, and clothing, for the relief of human suffering: Provided, That where permission has not been given by the blockading power, no American Red Cross vessel shall enter a port where a blockade by aircraft, surface vessel, or submarine is being attempted through the destruction of vessels, or into a port of any country where such blockade of the whole country is being so attempted: Provided further, That such American Red Cross vessel shall be on a mission of mercy only and carrying only Red Cross materials and personnel.
The provisions of sections 442(a) and 443 1 of this title shall not prohibit a vessel, in ballast, unarmed, and not under convoy, and transporting refugee children, under sixteen years of age, from war zones, or combat areas, and shall not prohibit such vessel entering into such war zones or combat areas for this purpose, together with such necessary American citizen adult personnel in charge as may be approved by the Secretary of State, subject to the provisions of the immigration laws, if such vessel is proceeding under safe conduct granted by all of the States named in the proclamations issued under the authority of section 441(a) of this title, and if such vessel has painted on a large scale prominently, distinctly, and unmistakably on each side thereof and upon the superstructure thereof plainly visible from the air an American flag and a statement to the effect that such vessel is a refugee-child rescue ship of the United States or under United States registry: Provided, That every such child so brought into the United States shall, previous to departure from the port of embarkation, have been so sponsored by some responsible American person, natural or corporate, that he will not become a public charge.
(Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §4, 54 Stat. 7; June 26, 1940, ch. 431, 54 Stat. 611; Aug. 27, 1940, ch. 695, 54 Stat. 866.)
Sections 442(a) and 443 of this title, referred to in subsecs. (a) and (b), were repealed by act Nov. 17, 1941, ch. 473, §1, 55 Stat. 764.
1940—Act June 26, 1940, inserted “unarmed and not under convoy”, inserted two proviso clauses and struck out “proceeding under safe conduct granted by states named in any proclamation issued under the authority of section 441(a) of this title” after “control of the American Red Cross”.
Act Aug. 27, 1940, designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and added subsec. (b).
1 See References in Text note below.
Whenever the President shall have issued a proclamation under the authority of section 441(a) of this title it shall thereafter be unlawful for any citizen of the United States to travel on any vessel of any state named in such proclamation, except in accordance with such rules and regulations as may be prescribed.
Whenever any proclamation issued under the authority of section 441(a) of this title shall have been revoked with respect to any state the provisions of this section shall thereupon cease to apply with respect to such state, except as to offenses committed prior to such revocation.
(Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §5, 54 Stat. 7.)
Section, Joint Res. Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §6, 54 Stat. 7, prohibited arming of American merchant vessels. Joint Res. Nov. 17, 1941, §2, which repealed this section, was itself repealed, effective July 1, 1948, by Joint Res. July 25, 1947, ch. 327, §2(a), 61 Stat. 451, which provided that it should remain in full force and effect until such date.
Whenever the President shall have issued a proclamation under the authority of section 441(a) of this title, it shall thereafter be unlawful for any person within the United States to purchase, sell, or exchange bonds, securities, or other obligations of the government of any state named in such proclamation, or of any political subdivision of any such state, or of any person acting for or on behalf of the government of any such state, or political subdivision thereof, issued after the date of such proclamation, or to make any loan or extend any credit (other than necessary credits accruing in connection with the transmission of telegraph, cable, wireless and telephone services) to any such government, political subdivision, or person. The provisions of this subsection shall also apply to the sale by any person within the United States to any person in a state named in any such proclamation of any articles or materials listed in a proclamation referred to in or issued under the authority of section 452(i) 1 of this title.
The provisions of this section shall not apply to a renewal or adjustment of such indebtedness as may exist on the date of such proclamation.
Whoever shall knowingly violate any of the provisions of this section or of any regulations issued thereunder shall, upon conviction thereof, be fined not more than $50,000 or imprisoned for not more than five years, or both. Should the violation be by a corporation, organization, or association, each officer or director thereof participating in the violation shall be liable to the penalty herein prescribed.
Whenever any proclamation issued under the authority of section 441(a) of this title shall have been revoked with respect to any state the provisions of this section shall thereupon cease to apply with respect to such state, except as to offenses committed prior to such revocation.
This section shall not be operative when the United States is at war.
(Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §7, 54 Stat. 8; Feb. 21, 1942, ch. 104, 56 Stat. 95.)
Section 452(i) of this title, referred to in subsec. (a), was repealed by act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, title V, §542(a)(12), 68 Stat. 861. See former section 1934(a) and section 2778(a) of this title.
1942—Subsec. (e). Joint Res. Feb. 21, 1942, added subsec. (e).
Joint Res. July 3, 1952, ch. 570, §1(b)(7), 66 Stat. 333, as amended by Joint Res. Mar. 31, 1953, ch. 13, §1, 67 Stat. 18, provided that this section which is normally operative in time of peace shall not be operative by reason of the termination of a state of war on Apr. 28, 1952, but rather (in addition to being inoperative, in accordance with their terms, in time of war) shall continue to be inoperative until 6 months after the termination of the national emergency proclaimed by the President on Dec. 16, 1950, 1950 Proc. 2914, 15 F.R. 9029, set out as a note preceding section 1 of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense, or until such earlier date or dates as the Congress may provide, but in no event beyond Apr. 1, 1953.
Section 6 of Joint Res. July 3, 1952, repealed Joint Res. Apr. 14, 1952, ch. 204, 66 Stat. 54 as amended by Joint Res. May 28, 1952, ch. 339, 66 Stat. 96; Joint Res. June 14, 1952, ch. 437, 66 Stat. 137; Joint Res. June 30, 1952, ch. 526, 66 Stat. 296, which continued provisions until July 3, 1952. This repeal shall take effect as of June 16, 1952, by section 7 of Joint Res. July 3, 1952.
1 See References in Text note below.
Whenever the President shall have issued a proclamation under the authority of section 441(a) of this title, it shall thereafter be unlawful for any person within the United States to solicit or receive any contribution for or on behalf of the government of any state named in such proclamation or for or on behalf of any agent or instrumentality of any such state.
Nothing in this section shall be construed to prohibit the solicitation or collection of funds and contributions to be used for medical aid and assistance, or for food and clothing to relieve human suffering, when such solicitation or collection of funds and contributions is made on behalf of and for use by any person or organization which is not acting for or on behalf of any such government, but all such solicitations and collections of funds and contributions shall be in accordance with and subject to such rules and regulations as may be prescribed.
Whenever any proclamation issued under the authority of section 441(a) of this title shall have been revoked with respect to any state the provisions of this section shall thereupon cease to apply with respect to such state, except as to offenses committed prior to such revocation.
(Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §8, 54 Stat. 8.)
This subchapter (except section 452 1 of this title) shall not apply to any American republic engaged in war against a non-American state or states, provided the American republic is not cooperating with a non-American state or states in such war.
(Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §9, 54 Stat. 8.)
Section 452 of this title, referred to in text, was repealed by act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, title V, §542(a)(12), 68 Stat. 861. See former section 1934(a) and section 2778(a) of this title.
1 See References in Text note below.
Whenever, during any war in which the United States is neutral, the President, or any person thereunto authorized by him, shall have cause to believe that any vessel, domestic or foreign, whether requiring clearance or not, is about to carry out of a port or from the jurisdiction of the United States, fuel, men, arms, ammunition, implements of war, supplies, dispatches, or information to any warship, tender, or supply ship of a state named in a proclamation issued under the authority of section 441(a) of this title, but the evidence is not deemed sufficient to justify forbidding the departure of the vessel as provided for by section 967 of title 18, and if, in the President's judgment, such action will serve to maintain peace between the United States and foreign states, or to protect the commercial interests of the United States and its citizens, or to promote the security or neutrality of the United States, he shall have the power, and it shall be his duty, to require the owner, master, or person in command thereof, before departing from a port or from the jurisdiction of the United States, to give a bond to the United States, with sufficient sureties, in such amount as he shall deem proper, conditioned that the vessel will not deliver the men, or any fuel, supplies, dispatches, information, or any part of the cargo, to any warship, tender, or supply ship of a state named in a proclamation issued under the authority of section 441(a) of this title.
If the President, or any person thereunto authorized by him, shall find that a vessel, domestic or foreign, in a port of the United States, has previously departed from a port or from the jurisdiction of the United States during such war and delivered men, fuel, supplies, dispatches, information, or any part of its cargo to a warship, tender, or supply ship of a state named in a proclamation issued under the authority of section 441(a) of this title, he may prohibit the departure of such vessel during the duration of the war.
Whenever the President shall have issued a proclamation under section 441(a) of this title he may, while such proclamation is in effect, require the owner, master, or person in command of any vessel, foreign or domestic, before departing from the United States, to give a bond to the United States, with sufficient sureties, in such amount as he shall deem proper, conditioned that no alien seaman who arrived on such vessel shall remain in the United States for a longer period than that permitted under the regulations, as amended from time to time, issued pursuant to section 168 1 of title 8. Notwithstanding the provisions of said section 168 1 of title 8, the President may issue such regulations with respect to the landing of such seamen as he deems necessary to insure their departure either on such vessel or another vessel at the expense of such owner, master, or person in command.
(Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §10, 54 Stat. 9.)
Section 168 of title 8, referred to in subsec. (c), was repealed by act June 27, 1952, ch. 477, §403(a)(13), 66 Stat. 279. See section 1286 of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality.
In subsec. (a), “section 967 of title 18” substituted for “section 1, title V, chapter 30, of the Act approved June 15, 1917 (40 Stat. 217, 221; U.S.C., 1934 edition, title 18, sec. 31)” on authority of act June 25, 1948, ch. 645, 62 Stat. 863, section 1 of which enacted Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
For delegation to Secretary of Homeland Security of authority vested in President by subsecs. (a) and (b) of this section, see sections 1(n) and 1(o) of Ex. Ord. No. 10637, Sept. 16, 1955, 20 F.R. 7025, as amended, set out as a note under section 301 of Title 3, The President.
1 See References in Text note below.
Whenever, during any war in which the United States is neutral, the President shall find that special restrictions placed on the use of the ports and territorial waters of the United States by the submarines or armed merchant vessels of a foreign state will serve to maintain peace between the United States and foreign states, or to protect the commercial interests of the United States and its citizens, or to promote the security of the United States, and shall make proclamation thereof, it shall thereafter be unlawful for any such submarine or armed merchant vessel to enter a port or the territorial waters of the United States or to depart therefrom, except under such conditions and subject to such limitations as the President may prescribe. Whenever, in his judgment, the conditions which have caused him to issue his proclamation have ceased to exist, he shall revoke his proclamation and the provisions of this section shall thereupon cease to apply, except as to offenses committed prior to such revocation.
(Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §11, 54 Stat. 9.)
By Proc. Nos. 2375, Nov. 4, 1939, 4 F.R. 4494, 54 Stat. 2672; 2400, Apr. 25, 1940, 5 F.R. 1570, 54 Stat. 2699; 2406, May 11, 1940, 5 F.R. 1690, 54 Stat. 2705; 2409, June 10, 1940, 5 F.R. 2192, 54 Stat. 2707; 2445, Nov. 15, 1940, 5 F.R. 4524, 54 Stat. 2672, submarines of France, Germany, Poland, United Kingdom, India, Australia, Canada, New Zealand, Union of South Africa, Norway, Belgium, the Netherlands, Italy, and Greece were denied use of United States ports and territorial waters.
Section, acts Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §12, 54 Stat. 10; Jan. 26, 1942, ch. 19, 56 Stat. 19, established the National Munitions Control Board. See former section 1934 and section 2778 of this title.
Subsec. (h) was subsequently repealed by act Aug. 30, 1954, ch. 1076, §1(28), 68 Stat. 968.
The President may, from time to time, promulgate such rules and regulations, not inconsistent with law, as may be necessary and proper to carry out any of the provisions of this subchapter; and he may exercise any power or authority conferred on him by this subchapter through such officer or officers, or agency or agencies, as he shall direct.
(Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §13, 54 Stat. 11.)
Power to make rules and regulations under this subchapter delegated to Secretary of State by Proc. No. 2374, promulgated Nov. 4, 1939, 4 F.R. 4493, 54 Stat. 2671. See proclamations preceding section 1 of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense.
(a) It shall be unlawful for any vessel belonging to or operating under the jurisdiction of any foreign state to use the flag of the United States thereon, or to make use of any distinctive signs or markings, indicating that the same is an American vessel.
(b) Any vessel violating the provisions of subsection (a) of this section shall be denied for a period of three months the right to enter the ports or territorial waters of the United States except in cases of force majeure.
(Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §14, 54 Stat. 11.)
In every case of the violation of any of the provisions of this subchapter or of any rule or regulation issued pursuant thereto where a specific penalty is not provided in this subchapter, such violator or violators, upon conviction, shall be fined not more than $10,000, or imprisoned not more than two years, or both.
(Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §15, 54 Stat. 11.)
For the purposes of this subchapter—
(a) The term “United States”, when used in a geographical sense, includes the several States and Territories, the insular possessions of the United States, the Canal Zone, and the District of Columbia.
(b) The term “person” includes a partnership, company, association, or corporation, as well as a natural person.
(c) The term “vessel” means every description of watercraft and aircraft capable of being used as a means of transportation on, under, or over water.
(d) The term “American vessel” means any vessel documented, and any aircraft registered or licensed, under the laws of the United States.
(e) The term “state” shall include nation, government, and country.
(f) The term “citizen” shall include any individual owing allegiance to the United States, a partnership, company, or association composed in whole or in part of citizens of the United States, and any corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States as defined in subsection (a) of this section.
(Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §16, 54 Stat. 12; Proc. No. 2695, July 4, 1946, 11 F.R. 7517, 60 Stat. 1352.)
For definition of Canal Zone, referred to in subsec. (a), see section 3602(b) of this title.
Words “(including the Philippine Islands)” omitted from definition of “United States” in subsec. (a) pursuant to the authority of Proc. No. 2695, which granted independence to the Philippines under the provisions of section 1394 of this title, and which is set out as a note under section 1394.
There is hereby authorized to be appropriated from time to time, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, such amounts as may be necessary to carry out the provisions and accomplish the purposes of this subchapter.
(Nov. 4, 1939, ch. 2, §18, 54 Stat. 12.)
The district courts shall take cognizance of all complaints, by whomsoever instituted, in cases of captures made within the waters of the United States, or within a marine league of the coasts or shores thereof. In every case in which a vessel is fitted out and armed, or attempted to be fitted out and armed, or in which the force of any vessel of war, cruiser, or other armed vessel is increased or augmented, or in which any military expedition or enterprise is begun or set on foot, contrary to the provisions and prohibitions of this subchapter and sections 958 to 962 of title 18; and in every case of the capture of a vessel within the jurisdiction or protection of the United States as before defined; and in every case in which any process issuing out of any court of the United States is disobeyed or resisted by any person having the custody of any vessel of war, cruiser, or other armed vessel of any foreign prince or state, or of any colony, district, or people, or of any subjects or citizens of any foreign prince or state, or of any colony, district, or people, it shall be lawful for the President or such other person as he shall have empowered for that purpose, to employ such part of the land or naval forces of the United States, or of the militia thereof, for the purpose of taking possession of and detaining any such vessel, with her prizes, if any, in order to enforce the execution of the prohibitions and penalties of this subchapter and sections 958 to 962 of title 18, and the restoring of such prizes in the cases in which restoration shall be adjudged; and also for the purpose of preventing the carrying on of any such expedition or enterprise from the territory or jurisdiction of the United States against the territory or dominion of any foreign prince or state, or of any colony, district, or people with whom the United States are at peace.
(Mar. 4, 1909, ch. 321, §14, 35 Stat. 1090.)
This subchapter and sections 958 to 962 of title 18, referred to in text, was in the original “this chapter”, meaning chapter 2 of the act of Mar. 4, 1909, which had been classified to sections 461 to 464 of this title and sections 21 to 25, and 30 of former Title 18, Criminal Code and Criminal Procedure.
“This subchapter” substituted in text for “sections 461 to 464 of this title”.
“Sections 958 to 962 of title 18” substituted in text for “sections 21 to 25, and 30 of title 18” on authority of act June 25, 1948, ch. 645, 62 Stat. 683, section 1 of which enacted Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section was formerly classified to section 26 of title 18 prior to the general revision and enactment of Title 18 by act June 25, 1948, ch. 645, §1, 62 Stat. 683.
Section was derived from R.S. §5287 (act Apr. 20, 1818, ch. 88, §8, 3 Stat. 449) which was amended by act Feb. 18, 1875, ch. 80, 18 Stat. 320, and was repealed by section 341 of the act of Mar. 4, 1909.
It shall be lawful for the President to employ such part of the land or naval forces of the United States, or of the militia thereof, as he may deem necessary to compel any foreign vessel to depart from the United States or any of its possessions in all cases in which, by the law of nations or the treaties of the United States, it ought not to remain, and to detain or prevent any foreign vessel from so departing in all cases in which, by the law of nations or the treaties of the United States, it is not entitled to depart.
(Mar. 4, 1909, ch. 321, §15, 35 Stat. 1091; June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title V, §10, 40 Stat. 223.)
Section was formerly classified to section 27 of title 18 prior to the general revision and enactment of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, by act June 25, 1948, ch. 645, §1, 62 Stat. 683.
Act June 15, 1917, inserted provisions relating to detention of vessels.
Section was derived from R.S. §5288 (act Apr. 20, 1818, ch. 88, §9, 3 Stat. 449), which was repealed by section 341 of act Mar. 4, 1909.
The owners or consignees of every armed vessel sailing out of the ports of, or under the jurisdiction of, the United States, belonging wholly or in part to citizens thereof, shall, before clearing out the same, give bond to the United States, with sufficient sureties, in double the amount of the value of the vessel and cargo on board, including her armament, conditioned that the vessel shall not be employed by such owners to cruise or commit hostilities against the subjects, citizens, or property of any foreign prince or state, or of any colony, district, or people, with whom the United States are at peace.
(Mar. 4, 1909, ch. 321, §16, 35 Stat. 1091.)
Section was formerly classified to section 28 of title 18 prior to the general revision and enactment of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, by act June 25, 1948, ch. 645, §1, 62 Stat. 683.
Section was derived from R.S. §5289 (act Apr. 20, 1818, ch. 88, §10, 3 Stat. 449), which was repealed by section 341 of act Mar. 4, 1909.
The several collectors of the customs shall detain any vessel manifestly built for warlike purposes, and about to depart the United States, or any place subject to the jurisdiction thereof, the cargo of which principally consists of arms and munitions of war, when the number of men shipped on board, or other circumstances, render it probable that such vessel is intended to be employed by the owners to cruise or commit hostilities upon the subjects, citizens, or property of any foreign prince or state, or of any colony, district, or people with whom the United States are at peace, until the decision of the President is had thereon, or until the owner gives such bond and security as is required of the owners of armed vessels by section 463 of this title.
(Mar. 4, 1909, ch. 321, §17, 35 Stat. 1091.)
Section was formerly classified to section 29 of title 18 prior to the general revision and enactment of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, by act June 25, 1948, ch. 645, §1, 62 Stat. 683.
Section was derived from R.S. §5290 (act Apr. 20, 1818, ch. 88, §11, 3 Stat. 450), which was repealed by section 341 of act Mar. 4, 1909.
Offices of collector of customs, comptroller of customs, surveyor of customs, and appraiser of merchandise of Bureau of Customs of Department of the Treasury to which appointments were required to be made by President with advice and consent of Senate ordered abolished, with such offices to be terminated not later than Dec. 31, 1966, by Reorg. Plan No. 1, of 1965 eff. May 25, 1965, 30 F.R. 7035, 79 Stat. 1317, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees. Functions of Offices eliminated were already vested in Secretary of the Treasury by Reorg. Plan No. 26 of 1950, eff. July 31, 1950, 15 F.R. 4935, 64 Stat. 1280, set out in the Appendix to Title 5.
The President may employ such part of the land or naval forces of the United States as he may deem necessary to carry out the purposes of sections 462 and 465 of this title, and sections 756, 960, 963 to 967, and 3058 of title 18.
(June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title V, §9, 40 Stat. 223.)
This section was not enacted as part of act Mar. 4, 1909, ch. 321, 35 Stat. 1090, which comprises this subchapter.
Sections 462 and 465 of this title, and sections 756, 960, 963 to 967, and 3058 of title 18, referred to in text, was in the original “this title”, meaning title V of act June 15, 1917, which had been classified to sections 462 and 465 of this title and sections 25, and 31 to 38 of former Title 18, Criminal Code and Criminal Procedure.
“Sections 756, 960, 963 to 967, and 3058 of title 18” substituted in text for “sections 25, and 31 to 38 of title 18” on authority of act June 25, 1948, ch. 645, 62 Stat. 683, section 1 of which enacted Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedures.
Section was formerly classified to section 38 of title 18 prior to the general revision and enactment of Title 18, by act June 25, 1948, ch. 645, §1, 62 Stat. 683.
Definition of United States as used in this section, see section 408a of this title.
In order to render closer and more effective the relationship between the American republics the President of the United States is authorized, subject to such appropriations as are made available for the purpose, to utilize the services of the departments, agencies, and independent establishments of the Government in carrying out the reciprocal undertakings and cooperative purposes enunciated in the treaties, resolutions, declarations, and recommendations signed by all of the twenty-one American republics at the Inter-American Conference for the Maintenance of Peace held at Buenos Aires, Argentina, in 1936, and at the Eighth International Conference of American States held at Lima, Peru, in 1938.
(Aug. 9, 1939, ch. 616, §1, 53 Stat. 1290.)
The President is authorized to create such advisory committees as in his judgment may be of assistance in carrying out the undertakings of this Government under the treaties, resolutions, declarations, and recommendations referred to, but no committee or member thereof shall be allowed any salary or other compensation for services: Provided, however, That they may, within the limits of appropriations made available therefor by the Congress, which appropriations are authorized, be paid their actual transportation expenses and not to exceed $10 per diem in lieu of subsistence and other expenses while away from their homes in attendance upon meetings within the United States under instructions from the Secretary of State.
(Aug. 9, 1939, ch. 616, §2, 53 Stat. 1290.)
Advisory committees in existence on Jan. 5, 1973, to terminate not later than the expiration of the 2-year period following Jan. 5, 1973, and advisory committees established after Jan. 5, 1973, to terminate not later than the expiration of the 2-year period beginning on the date of their establishment, unless in the case of a committee established by the President or an officer of the Federal Government, such committee is renewed by appropriate action prior to the expiration of such 2-year period, or in the case of a committee established by Congress, its duration is otherwise provided by law. See section 14 of Pub. L. 92–463, Oct. 6, 1972, 86 Stat. 776, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Whereas the United States has entered into conventions with the Governments of Uruguay, Guatemala, Salvador, Panama, and Venezuela which were signed on August 27, 1918, December 3, 1918, January 28, 1919, February 8, 1919, and July 3, 1919, respectively, for facilitating the work of traveling salesmen; and
Whereas Articles I and II of each of said conventions read as follows:
“
“In case either of the high contracting parties shall be engaged in war, it reserves to itself the right to prevent from operating within its jurisdiction under the provisions of this treaty, or otherwise, enemy nationals or other aliens whose presence it may consider prejudicial to public order and national safety.
“
Now, therefore, the Secretary of Commerce, or any person in the Department of Commerce designated by him, is authorized to issue the licenses and certificates of identification which are provided for by the said Articles I and II, respectively, of the said conventions, or which may be provided for by similar articles in any convention or treaty that may, on and after September 22, 1922, be concluded by the United States with a foreign government, and is further authorized to collect a reasonable fee for each license and certificate of identification issued. The amount of such fee shall be fixed by regulations made by the Secretary of Commerce and shall be paid into the Treasury of the United States quarterly.
(Sept. 22, 1922, ch. 414, 42 Stat. 1028.)
(1) The United States would not recognize any transfer, and would not acquiesce in any attempt to transfer, any geographic region of this hemisphere from one non-American power to another non-American power; and
(2) If such transfer or attempt to transfer should appear likely, the United States shall, in addition to other measures, immediately consult with the other American republics to determine upon the steps which should be taken to safeguard their common interests.
(Apr. 10, 1941, ch. 49, 55 Stat. 133.)
The “whereas” clauses preceding the resolving words in Joint Res. Apr. 10, 1941, provided as follows:
“Whereas our traditional policy has been to consider any attempt on the part of non-American powers to extend their system to any portion of this hemisphere as dangerous to the peace and safety not only of this country but of the other American republics; and
“Whereas the American republics agreed at the Inter-American Conference for the Maintenance of Peace held in Buenos Aires in 1936 and at the Eighth International Conference of American States held in Lima in 1938 to consult with one another in the event that the peace, security, or territorial integrity of any American republic should be threatened; and
“Whereas the Meeting of the Foreign Ministers of the American Republics at Panama October 3, 1939, resolved ‘That in case any geographic region of America subject to the jurisdiction of any non-American state should be obliged to change its sovereignty and there should result therefrom a danger to the security of the American Continent, a consultative meeting such as the one now being held will be convoked with the urgency that the case may require’:”.
The President may, in his discretion, authorize the Secretary of the Army to manufacture in factories and arsenals under his jurisdiction, or otherwise procure, coast-defense and antiaircraft mate�AE1riel, including ammunition therefor, on behalf of the government of any American republic; to sell such mate�AE1riel and ammunition to any such government; to test or prove such mate�AE1riel and ammunition prior to sale or delivery to any such government; to repair such mate�AE1riel on behalf of any such government; and to communicate to any such government plans, specifications, or other information relating to such mate�AE1riel and ammunition as may be sold to any such government.
The President may, in his discretion, authorize the Secretary of the Navy to construct vessels of war on behalf of the government of any American republic in shipyards under his jurisdiction; to manufacture armament and equipment for such vessels on behalf of any such government in arsenals under his jurisdiction; to sell armament and equipment for such vessels to any such government; to manufacture antiaircraft artillery and ammunition therefor, on behalf of any such government in factories and arsenals under his jurisdiction; to sell antiaircraft artillery and ammunition therefor to any such government; to test or prove such vessels, armament, artillery, ammunition, or equipment prior to sale or delivery to any such government; to repair such vessels, armament, artillery, or equipment on behalf of any such government; and to communicate to any such government plans, specifications, and other information relating to such vessels of war and their armament and equipment or antiaircraft artillery and ammunition therefor, as may be sold to any such government or relating to any vessels of war which any such government may propose to construct or manufacture within its own jurisdiction: Provided, That nothing contained herein shall be construed as authorizing the violation of any of the provisions of any treaty to which the United States is or may become a party or of any established principles or precedents of international law: And provided further, That no transaction authorized herein shall result in expense to the United States, nor involve the extension of credits by the United States: And provided further, That no contract shall be entered into under the terms of this subchapter which shall interfere with or delay the United States in the full use of its shipyards, arsenals, munition plants, and other equipment for its own purposes.
(June 15, 1940, ch. 365, §1, 54 Stat. 396; July 26, 1947, ch. 343, title II, §205(a), 61 Stat. 501.)
Department of War designated Department of the Army and title of Secretary of War changed to Secretary of the Army by section 205(a) of act July 26, 1947, ch. 343, title II, 61 Stat. 501. Section 205(a) of act July 26, 1947, was repealed by section 53 of act Aug. 10, 1956, ch. 1041, 70A Stat. 641. Section 1 of act Aug. 10, 1956, enacted “Title 10, Armed Forces” which in sections 3010 to 3013 continued Department of the Army under administrative supervision of Secretary of the Army.
For transfer of certain procurement and related functions and property, insofar as they pertain to Air Force, from Secretary of the Army and Department of the Army to Secretary of the Air Force and Department of the Air Force, see Secretary of Defense Transfer Order Nos. 6 [§1(a)(41)], eff. Jan. 15, 1948; 39 [§2zz], May 18, 1949.
In carrying out transactions authorized by section 521 of this title, the Secretary of the Army and the Secretary of the Navy are authorized, in their discretion and provided that it be not inconsistent with any defense requirements of the United States or of its possessions, to communicate or transmit to the government of any American republic or to any duly authorized person for the use of such government information pertaining to the arms, ammunition, or implements of war sold under the terms of that section or to any vessels of war constructed within the jurisdiction of any such government, and to export for the use of any such government coast defense and antiaircraft mate�AE1riel and ammunition therefor, and vessels of war and their armament and equipment involving such information: Provided, That any information thus communicated or transmitted or involved in any such arms, ammunition, implements of war, or equipment when exported shall cease to be considered restricted after one year from the date that such communication or transmission has been authorized or such exportation made.
(June 15, 1940, ch. 365, §2, 54 Stat. 396; July 26, 1947, ch. 343, title II, §205(a), 61 Stat. 501.)
Department of War designated Department of the Army and title of Secretary of War changed to Secretary of the Army by section 205(a) of act July 26, 1947, ch. 343, title II, 61 Stat. 510. Section 205(a) of act July 26, 1947, was repealed by section 53 of act Aug. 10, 1956, ch. 1041, 70A Stat. 641. Section 1 of act Aug. 10, 1956, enacted “Title 10, Armed Forces” which in sections 3010 to 3013 continued Department of the Army under administrative supervision of Secretary of the Army.
For transfer of certain procurement and related functions and property, insofar as they pertain to Air Force, from Secretary of the Army and Department of the Army to Secretary of the Air Force and Department of the Air Force, see Secretary of Defense Transfer Order Nos. 6 [§1(a)(41)], eff. Jan. 15, 1948, 39 [§2zz], May 18, 1949.
All contracts or agreements made by the Secretary of the Army or the Secretary of the Navy for the sale to the government of any American republic of any of the arms, ammunition, or implements of war, the sale of which is authorized by this subchapter, shall contain a clause by which the purchaser undertakes not to dispose of such arms, ammunition, or implements of war, or any plans, specifications, or information pertaining thereto, by gift, sale, or any mode of transfer in such manner that such arms, ammunition, implements of war, or plans, specifications, or information pertaining thereto, may become a part of the armament of any state other than an American republic.
(June 15, 1940, ch. 365, §3, 54 Stat. 397; July 26, 1947, ch. 343, title II, §205(a), 61 Stat. 501.)
Department of War designated Department of the Army and title of Secretary of War changed to Secretary of the Army by section 205(a) of act July 26, 1947, ch. 343, title II, 61 Stat. 501. Section 205(a) of act July 26, 1947, was repealed by section 53 of act Aug. 10, 1956, ch. 1041, 70A Stat. 641. Section 1 of act Aug. 10, 1956, enacted “Title 10, Armed Forces” which in sections 3010 to 3013 continued Department of the Army under administrative supervision of Secretary of the Army.
For transfer of certain procurement and related functions and property, insofar as they pertain to Air Force, from Secretary of the Army and Department of the Army to Secretary of the Air Force and Department of the Air Force, see Secretary of Defense Transfer Order Nos. 6 [§1(a)(41)], eff. Jan. 15, 1948, 39 [§2zz], May 18, 1949.
The Secretary of the Army or the Secretary of the Navy, as the case may be, shall, when any arms, ammunition, implements of war, or equipment are exported pursuant to the provisions of this subchapter, immediately inform the Secretary of State, Chairman of the National Munitions Control Board, of the quantities, character, value, terms of sale, and destination of the arms, ammunition, implements of war, or equipment so exported. Such information shall be included in the annual report of the Board.
(June 15, 1940, ch. 365, §4, 54 Stat. 397; July 26, 1947, ch. 343, title II, §205(a), 61 Stat. 501.)
National Munitions Control Board, referred to in text, was established under section 452 of this title, which was repealed by act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, title V, §542(a)(12), 68 Stat. 861. See section 2778 of this title.
Department of War designated Department of the Army and title of Secretary of War changed to Secretary of the Army by section 205(a) of act July 26, 1947, ch. 343, title II, 61 Stat. 501. Section 205(a) of act July 26, 1947, was repealed by section 53 of act Aug. 10, 1956, ch. 1041, 70A Stat. 641. Section 1 of act Aug. 10, 1956, enacted “Title 10, Armed Forces” which in sections 3010 to 3013 continued Department of the Army under administrative supervision of Secretary of the Army.
For transfer of certain procurement and related functions and property, insofar as they pertain to Air Force, from Secretary of the Army and Department of the Army to Secretary of the Air Force and Department of the Air Force, see Secretary of Defense Transfer Order Nos. 6 [§1(a)(41)], eff. Jan. 15, 1948; 39 [§2zz], May 18, 1949.
(a) There is hereby authorized to be appropriated from time to time, out of any moneys in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, such amounts as may be necessary to carry out the provisions and accomplish the purposes of this subchapter.
(b) All moneys which may be received from the government of any American republic, in payment for any article delivered or service rendered in compliance with the provisions of this subchapter, shall revert to the respective appropriation or appropriations out of which funds were expended in carrying out the transaction for which money is received, and such moneys shall be available for expenditure for the purpose for which such expended funds were appropriated by law, during the fiscal year in which such funds are received and the ensuing fiscal year.
(June 15, 1940, ch. 365, §5, 54 Stat. 397.)
The Secretary of the Army and the Secretary of the Navy shall in all contracts or agreements for the sale of such mate�AE1riel fully protect the rights of all citizens of the United States who have patent rights in and to any such mate�AE1riel which is authorized to be sold and the funds collected for royalties on such patents shall be paid to the owners and holders of such patents.
(June 15, 1940, ch. 365, §6, 54 Stat. 397; July 26, 1947, ch. 343, title II, §205(a), 61 Stat. 501.)
Department of War designated Department of the Army and title of Secretary of War changed to Secretary of the Army by section 205(a) of act July 26, 1947, ch. 343, title II, 61 Stat. 501. Section 205(a) of act July 26, 1947, was repealed by section 53 of act Aug. 10, 1956, ch. 1041, 70A Stat. 641. Section 1 of act Aug. 10, 1956, enacted “Title 10, Armed Forces” which in sections 3010 to 3013 continued Department of the Army under administrative supervision of Secretary of the Army.
For transfer of certain procurement and related functions and property, insofar as they pertain to Air Force, from Secretary of the Army and Department of the Army to Secretary of the Air Force and Department of the Air Force, see Secretary of Defense Transfer Order Nos. 6 [§1(a)(41)], eff. Jan. 15, 1948; 39 [§2zz], May 18, 1949.
The Secretaries of the Army and of the Navy are authorized to purchase arms, ammunition, and implements of war produced within the jurisdiction of any American republic if such arms, ammunition, or implements of war cannot be produced in the United States.
(June 15, 1940, ch. 365, §7, 54 Stat. 397; July 26, 1947, ch. 343, title II, §205(a), 61 Stat. 501.)
Department of War designated Department of the Army and title of Secretary of War changed to Secretary of the Army by section 205(a) of act July 26, 1947, ch. 343, title II, 61 Stat. 501. Section 205(a) of act July 26, 1947, was repealed by section 53 of act Aug. 10, 1956, ch. 1041, 70A Stat. 641. Section 1 of act Aug. 10, 1956, enacted “Title 10, Armed Forces” which in sections 3010 to 3013 continued Department of the Army under administrative supervision of Secretary of the Army.
For transfer of certain procurement and related functions and property, insofar as they pertain to Air Force, from Secretary of the Army and Department of the Army to Secretary of the Air Force and Department of the Air Force, see Secretary of Defense Transfer Order Nos. 6 [§1(a)(41)], eff. Jan. 15, 1948; 39 [§2zz], May 18, 1949.
Section, acts June 15, 1917, ch. 30, title VIII, §3, 40 Stat. 226; Mar. 28, 1940, ch. 72, §6, 54 Stat. 80, related to acting as a foreign agent without notice to Secretary of State. See section 951 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Ex. Ord. No. 9176, May 29, 1942, 7 F.R. 4127, provided:
By virtue of the authority vested in me by Title I of the First War Powers Act, 1941, approved December 18, 1941 (Public Law No. 354, 77th Congress [section 601 et seq. of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense]), and as President of the United States, it is hereby ordered as follows:
1. All functions, powers and duties of the Secretary of State under the act of June 8, 1938 (52 Stat. 631), as amended by the act of August 7, 1939 (53 Stat. 1244), requiring the registration of agents of foreign principals, are hereby transferred to and vested in the Attorney General.
2. All property, books and records heretofore maintained by the Secretary of State with respect to his administration of said act of June 8, 1938, as amended, are hereby transferred to and vested in the Attorney General.
3. The Attorney General shall furnish to the Secretary of State for such comment, if any, as the Secretary of State may desire to make from the point of view of the foreign relations of the United States, one copy of each registration statement that is hereafter filed with the Attorney General in accordance with the provisions of this Executive order.
4. All rules, regulations and forms which have been issued by the Secretary of State pursuant to the provisions of said act of June 8, 1938, as amended, and which are in effect shall continue in effect until modified, superseded, revoked or repealed by the Attorney General.
5. This order shall become effective as of June 1, 1942.
Franklin D Roosevelt.
As used in and for the purposes of this subchapter—
(a) The term “person” includes an individual, partnership, association, corporation, organization, or any other combination of individuals;
(b) The term “foreign principal” includes—
(1) a government of a foreign country and a foreign political party;
(2) a person outside of the United States, unless it is established that such person is an individual and a citizen of and domiciled within the United States, or that such person is not an individual and is organized under or created by the laws of the United States or of any State or other place subject to the jurisdiction of the United States and has its principal place of business within the United States; and
(3) a partnership, association, corporation, organization, or other combination of persons organized under the laws of or having its principal place of business in a foreign country.
(c) Expect 1 as provided in subsection (d) of this section, the term “agent of a foreign principal” means—
(1) any person who acts as an agent, representative, employee, or servant, or any person who acts in any other capacity at the order, request, or under the direction or control, of a foreign principal or of a person any of whose activities are directly or indirectly supervised, directed, controlled, financed, or subsidized in whole or in major part by a foreign principal, and who directly or through any other person—
(i) engages within the United States in political activities for or in the interests of such foreign principal;
(ii) acts within the United States as a public relations counsel, publicity agent, information-service employee or political consultant for or in the interests of such foreign principal;
(iii) within the United States solicits, collects, disburses, or dispenses contributions, loans, money, or other things of value for or in the interest of such foreign principal; or
(iv) within the United States represents the interests of such foreign principal before any agency or official of the Government of the United States; and
(2) any person who agrees, consents, assumes or purports to act as, or who is or holds himself out to be, whether or not pursuant to contractual relationship, an agent of a foreign principal as defined in clause (1) of this subsection.
(d) The term “agent of a foreign principal” does not include any news or press service or association organized under the laws of the United States or of any State or other place subject to the jurisdiction of the United States, or any newspaper, magazine, periodical, or other publication for which there is on file with the United States Postal Service information in compliance with section 3611 2 of title 39, published in the United States, solely by virtue of any bona fide news or journalistic activities, including the solicitation or acceptance of advertisements, subscriptions, or other compensation therefor, so long as it is at least 80 per centum beneficially owned by, and its officers and directors, if any, are citizens of the United States, and such news or press service or association, newspaper, magazine, periodical, or other publication, is not owned, directed, supervised, controlled, subsidized, or financed, and none of its policies are determined by any foreign principal defined in subsection (b) of this section, or by any agent of a foreign principal required to register under this subchapter;
(e) The term “government of a foreign country” includes any person or group of persons exercising sovereign de facto or de jure political jurisdiction over any country, other than the United States, or over any part of such country, and includes any subdivision of any such group and any group or agency to which such sovereign de facto or de jure authority or functions are directly or indirectly delegated. Such term shall include any faction or body of insurgents within a country assuming to exercise governmental authority whether such faction or body of insurgents has or has not been recognized by the United States;
(f) The term “foreign political party” includes any organization or any other combination of individuals in a country other than the United States, or any unit or branch thereof, having for an aim or purpose, or which is engaged in any activity devoted in whole or in part to, the establishment, administration, control, or acquisition of administration or control, of a government of a foreign country or a subdivision thereof, or the furtherance or influencing of the political or public interests, policies, or relations of a government of a foreign country or a subdivision thereof;
(g) The term “public-relations counsel” includes any person who engages directly or indirectly in informing, advising, or in any way representing a principal in any public relations matter pertaining to political or public interests, policies, or relations of such principal;
(h) The term “publicity agent” includes any person who engages directly or indirectly in the publication or dissemination of oral, visual, graphic, written, or pictorial information or matter of any kind, including publication by means of advertising, books, periodicals, newspapers, lectures, broadcasts, motion pictures, or otherwise;
(i) The term “information-service employee” includes any person who is engaged in furnishing, disseminating, or publishing accounts, descriptions, information, or data with respect to the political, industrial, employment, economic, social, cultural, or other benefits, advantages, facts, or conditions of any country other than the United States or of any government of a foreign country or of a foreign political party or of a partnership, association, corporation, organization, or other combination of individuals organized under the laws of, or having its principal place of business in, a foreign country;
(j) Repealed. Pub. L. 104–65, §9(1)(A), Dec. 19, 1995, 109 Stat. 699.
(k) The term “registration statement” means the registration statement required to be filed with the Attorney General under section 612(a) of this title, and any supplements thereto required to be filed under section 612(b) of this title, and includes all documents and papers required to be filed therewith or amendatory thereof or supplemental thereto, whether attached thereto or incorporated therein by reference;
(l) The term “American republic” includes any of the states which were signatory to the Final Act of the Second Meeting of the Ministers of Foreign Affairs of the American Republics at Habana, Cuba, July 30, 1940;
(m) The term “United States”, when used in a geographical sense, includes the several States, the District of Columbia, the Territories, the Canal Zone, the insular possessions, and all other places now or hereafter subject to the civil or military jurisdiction of the United States;
(n) The term “prints” means newspapers and periodicals, books, pamphlets, sheet music, visiting cards, address cards, printing proofs, engravings, photographs, pictures, drawings, plans, maps, patterns to be cut out, catalogs, prospectuses, advertisements, and printed, engraved, lithographed, or autographed notices of various kinds, and, in general, all impressions or reproductions obtained on paper or other material assimilable to paper, on parchment or on cardboard, by means of printing, engraving, lithography, autography, or any other easily recognizable mechanical process, with the exception of the copying press, stamps with movable or immovable type, and the typewriter;
(o) The term “political activities” means any activity that the person engaging in believes will, or that the person intends to, in any way influence any agency or official of the Government of the United States or any section of the public within the United States with reference to formulating, adopting, or changing the domestic or foreign policies of the United States or with reference to the political or public interests, policies, or relations of a government of a foreign country or a foreign political party;
(p) The term “political consultant” means any person who engages in informing or advising any other person with reference to the domestic or foreign policies of the United States or the political or public interest, policies, or relations of a foreign country or of a foreign political party.
(June 8, 1938, ch. 327, §1, 52 Stat. 631; Aug. 7, 1939, ch. 521, §1, 53 Stat. 1244; Apr. 29, 1942, ch. 263, §1, 56 Stat. 249; Proc. No. 2695, July 4, 1946, 11 F.R. 7517, 60 Stat. 1352; Sept. 23, 1950, ch. 1024, title I, §20(a), 64 Stat. 1005; Aug. 1, 1956, ch. 849, §1, 70 Stat. 899; Pub. L. 87–366, §1, Oct. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 784; Pub. L. 89–486, §1, July 4, 1966, 80 Stat. 244; Pub. L. 91–375, §6(k), Aug. 12, 1970, 84 Stat. 782; Pub. L. 104–65, §9(1), Dec. 19, 1995, 109 Stat. 699.)
For definition of Canal Zone, referred to in subsec. (m), see section 3602(b) of this title.
Words “including the Philippine Islands,” omitted from definition of “United States” in subsec. (m) pursuant to Proc. No. 2695, which granted independence to the Philippines under the authority of section 1394 of this title, under which section Proc. No. 2695 is set out as a note.
1995—Subsec. (j). Pub. L. 104–65, §9(1)(A), struck out subsec. (j) which read as follows: “The term ‘political propaganda’ includes any oral, visual, graphic, written, pictorial, or other communication or expression by any person (1) which is reasonably adapted to, or which the person disseminating the same believes will, or which he intends to, prevail upon, indoctrinate, convert, induce, or in any other way influence a recipient or any section of the public within the United States with reference to the political or public interests, policies, or relations of a government of a foreign country or a foreign political party or with reference to the foreign policies of the United States or promote in the United States racial, religious, or social dissensions, or (2) which advocates, advises, instigates, or promotes any racial, social, political, or religious disorder, civil riot, or other conflict involving the use of force or violence in any other American republic or the overthrow of any government or political subdivision of any other American republic by any means involving the use of force or violence. As used in this subsection the term ‘disseminating’ includes transmitting or causing to be transmitted in the United States mails or by any means or instrumentality of interstate or foreign commerce or offering or causing to be offered in the United States mails;”.
Subsec. (o). Pub. L. 104–65, §9(1)(B), substituted “any activity that the person engaging in believes will, or that the person intends to, in any way influence” for “the dissemination of political propaganda and any other activity which the person engaging therein believes will, or which he intends to, prevail upon, indoctrinate, convert, induce, persuade, or in any other way influence”.
Subsec. (p). Pub. L. 104–65, §9(1)(C), substituted a period for semicolon at end.
Subsec. (q). Pub. L. 104–65, §9(1)(D), struck out subsec. (q) which read as follows: “For the purpose of section 613(d) of this title, activities in furtherance of the bona fide commercial, industrial or financial interests of a domestic person engaged in substantial commercial, industrial or financial operations in the United States shall not be deemed to serve predominantly a foreign interest because such activities also benefit the interests of a foreign person engaged in bona fide trade or commerce which is owned or controlled by, or which owns or controls, such domestic person: Provided, That (i) such foreign person is not, and such activities are not directly or indirectly supervised, directed, controlled, financed or subsidized in whole or in substantial part by, a government of a foreign country or a foreign political party, (ii) the identity of such foreign person is disclosed to the agency or official of the United States with whom such activities are conducted, and (iii) whenever such foreign person owns or controls such domestic person, such activities are substantially in furtherance of the bona fide commercial, industrial or financial interests of such domestic person.”
1970—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 91–375 substituted “file with the United States Postal Service information in compliance with section 3611 of title 39” for “file with the Postmaster General a sworn statement in compliance with section 2 of the Act of August 24, 1912 (37 Stat. 553), as amended”.
1966—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 89–486, §1(1), redesignated former pars. (3) and (4) as (2) and (3), substituted in such par. (3) “combination of persons” for “combination of individuals” and struck out from definition of “foreign principal” former pars. (2), (5), and (6) which included “(2) an individual affiliated or associated with, or supervised, directed, controlled, financed, or subsidized, in whole or in part, by any foreign principal defined in clause (1) of this subsection”; “(5) a domestic partnership, association, corporation, organization, or other combination of individuals, subsidized directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by any foreign principal defined in clause (1), (3), or (4) of this subsection”; and “(6) a domestic partnership, association, corporation, or other combination of individuals, supervised, directed, controlled, or financed, in whole or in substantial part, by any foreign government or foreign political party”.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 89–486, §1(2), amended provisions generally to redefine “agent of a foreign principal” by specifying four categories of activities creating the agency relationship where person acts as agent, employee, representative, or servant or at the order of, or under the control of, a foreign principal, by requiring a showing not only of foreign connections but also of certain activities performed by the agent for foreign interests, by making change as it relates to problem of indirect control exerted by foreign principals over their agents, by including political activities and actions as political consultant, by excluding attorneys from the relationship, by incorporating provisions of former par. (3) in par. (2) where a person assumes or purports to act as an agent of a foreign principal, and by eliminating the separate category for military or governmental officials contained in former par. (4).
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 89–486, §1(3), struck out “clause (1), (2), or (4) of” before “subsection (b)”.
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 89–486, §1(4), inserted “public relations” before “matter pertaining to” and “of such principal” after “or relations”.
Subsecs. (o) to (q). Pub. L. 89–486, §1(5), added subsecs. (o) to (q).
1961—Subsec. (b)(6). Pub. L. 87–366 added par. (6).
1956—Subsec. (c)(5). Act Aug. 1, 1956, repealed par. (5) which included within definition of “agent of a foreign principal” any person trained in foreign espionage systems with certain exceptions. See sections 851 and 852 of Title 50, War and National Defense.
1950—Subsec. (c)(5). Act Sept. 23, 1950, added par. (5).
1942—Act Apr. 29, 1942, amended section generally to redefine terms used in this subchapter.
1939—Act Aug. 7, 1939, amended section generally to redefine terms used in this subchapter.
Amendment by Pub. L. 104–65 effective Jan. 1, 1996, except as otherwise provided, see section 24 of Pub. L. 104–65, set out as an Effective Date note under section 1601 of Title 2, The Congress.
Amendment by Pub. L. 91–375 effective within 1 year after Aug. 12, 1970, on date established therefor by Board of Governors of United States Postal Service and published by it in Federal Register, see section 15(a) of Pub. L. 91–375, set out as an Effective Date note preceding section 101 of Title 39, Postal Service.
Section 9 of Pub. L. 89–486 provided that: “This Act [enacting sections 219 and 613 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, and amending this section and sections 612 to 616 and 618 of this title] shall take effect ninety days after the date of its enactment [July 4, 1966].”
Section 3 of act Apr. 29, 1942, provided that: “This Act [amending this subchapter] shall take effect on the sixtieth day after the date of its approval, except that prior to such sixtieth day the Attorney General may make, prescribe, amend, and rescind such rules, regulations, and forms as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this Act [amending this subchapter].”
Section 7 of act June 8, 1938, provided that: “This Act [enacting this subchapter] shall take effect on the ninetieth day after the date of its enactment [June 8, 1938].”
Section 14 of act June 8, 1938, as added by act Apr. 29, 1942, §1, provided that: “This Act [enacting this subchapter] may be cited as the ‘Foreign Agents Registration Act of 1938, as amended’.”
Sections 12 and 13 of act June 8, 1938, as added by act Apr. 29, 1942, §1, provided that:
“
“
Section 2 of act Apr. 29, 1942, provided that: “Upon the effective date of this Act [see Effective Date of 1942 Amendment note above], all powers, duties, and functions of the Secretary of State under the Act of June 8, 1938 (52 Stat. 631), as amended [this subchapter], shall be transferred to and become vested in the Attorney General, together with all property, books, records, and unexpended balances of appropriations used by or available to the Secretary of State for carrying out the functions devolving on him under the above-cited Act. All rules, regulations, and forms which have been issued by the Secretary of State pursuant to the provisions of said Act, and which are in effect, shall continue in effect until modified, superseded, revoked, or repealed.”
Act Apr. 29, 1942, amending generally act June 8, 1938, added an opening paragraph preceding section 1 of the latter act and reading as follows: “It is hereby declared to be the policy and purpose of this Act [enacting this subchapter] to protect the national defense, internal security, and foreign relations of the United States by requiring public disclosure by persons engaging in propaganda activities and other activities for or on behalf of foreign governments, foreign political parties, and other foreign principals so that the Government and the people of the United States may be informed of the identity of such persons and may appraise their statements and actions in the light of their associations and activities.”
1 So in original. Probably should be “Except”.
2 So in original. Probably should be section “3685”.
No person shall act as an agent of a foreign principal unless he has filed with the Attorney General a true and complete registration statement and supplements thereto as required by subsections (a) and (b) of this section or unless he is exempt from registration under the provisions of this subchapter. Except as hereinafter provided, every person who becomes an agent of a foreign principal shall, within ten days thereafter, file with the Attorney General, in duplicate, a registration statement, under oath on a form prescribed by the Attorney General. The obligation of an agent of a foreign principal to file a registration statement shall, after the tenth day of his becoming such agent, continue from day to day, and termination of such status shall not relieve such agent from his obligation to file a registration statement for the period during which he was an agent of a foreign principal. The registration statement shall include the following, which shall be regarded as material for the purposes of this subchapter:
(1) Registrant's name, principal business address, and all other business addresses in the United States or elsewhere, and all residence addresses, if any;
(2) Status of the registrant; if an individual, nationality; if a partnership, name, residence addresses, and nationality of each partner and a true and complete copy of its articles of copartnership; if an association, corporation, organization, or any other combination of individuals, the name, residence addresses, and nationality of each director and officer and of each person performing the functions of a director or officer and a true and complete copy of its charter, articles of incorporation, association, constitution, and bylaws, and amendments thereto; a copy of every other instrument or document and a statement of the terms and conditions of every oral agreement relating to its organization, powers, and purposes; and a statement of its ownership and control;
(3) A comprehensive statement of the nature of registrant's business; a complete list of registrant's employees and a statement of the nature of the work of each; the name and address of every foreign principal for whom the registrant is acting, assuming or purporting to act or has agreed to act; the character of the business or other activities of every such foreign principal, and, if any such foreign principal be other than a natural person, a statement of the ownership and control of each; and the extent, if any, to which each such foreign principal is supervised, directed, owned, controlled, financed, or subsidized, in whole or in part, by any government of a foreign country or foreign political party, or by any other foreign principal;
(4) Copies of each written agreement and the terms and conditions of each oral agreement, including all modifications of such agreements, or, where no contract exists, a full statement of all the circumstances, by reason of which the registrant is an agent of a foreign principal; a comprehensive statement of the nature and method of performance of each such contract, and of the existing and proposed activity or activities engaged in or to be engaged in by the registrant as agent of a foreign principal for each such foreign principal, including a detailed statement of any such activity which is a political activity;
(5) The nature and amount of contributions, income, money, or thing of value, if any, that the registrant has received within the preceding sixty days from each such foreign principal, either as compensation or for disbursement or otherwise, and the form and time of each such payment and from whom received;
(6) A detailed statement of every activity which the registrant is performing or is assuming or purporting or has agreed to perform for himself or any other person other than a foreign principal and which requires his registration hereunder, including a detailed statement of any such activity which is a political activity;
(7) The name, business, and residence addresses, and if an individual, the nationality, of any person other than a foreign principal for whom the registrant is acting, assuming or purporting to act or has agreed to act under such circumstances as require his registration hereunder; the extent to which each such person is supervised, directed, owned, controlled, financed, or subsidized, in whole or in part, by any government of a foreign country or foreign political party or by any other foreign principal; and the nature and amount of contributions, income, money, or thing of value, if any, that the registrant has received during the preceding sixty days from each such person in connection with any of the activities referred to in clause (6) of this subsection, either as compensation or for disbursement or otherwise, and the form and time of each such payment and from whom received;
(8) A detailed statement of the money and other things of value spent or disposed of by the registrant during the preceding sixty days in furtherance of or in connection with activities which require his registration hereunder and which have been undertaken by him either as an agent of a foreign principal or for himself or any other person or in conection 1 with any activities relating to his becoming an agent of such principal, and a detailed statement of any contributions of money or other things of value made by him during the preceding sixty days (other than contributions the making of which is prohibited under the terms of section 613 2 of title 18) in connection with an election to any political office or in connection with any primary election, convention, or caucus held to select candidates for any political office;
(9) Copies of each written agreement and the terms and conditions of each oral agreement, including all modifications of such agreements, or, where no contract exists, a full statement of all the circumstances, by reason of which the registrant is performing or assuming or purporting or has agreed to perform for himself or for a foreign principal or for any person other than a foreign principal any activities which require his registration hereunder;
(10) Such other statements, information, or documents pertinent to the purposes of this subchapter as the Attorney General, having due regard for the national security and the public interest, may from time to time require;
(11) Such further statements and such further copies of documents as are necessary to make the statements made in the registration statement and supplements thereto, and the copies of documents furnished therewith, not misleading.
Every agent of a foreign principal who has filed a registration statement required by subsection (a) of this section shall, within thirty days after the expiration of each period of six months succeeding such filing, file with the Attorney General a supplement thereto under oath, on a form prescribed by the Attorney General, which shall set forth with respect to such preceding six months’ period such facts as the Attorney General, having due regard for the national security and the public interest, may deem necessary to make the information required under this section accurate, complete, and current with respect to such period. In connection with the information furnished under clauses (3), (4), (6), and (9) of subsection (a) of this section, the registrant shall give notice to the Attorney General of any changes therein within ten days after such changes occur. If the Attorney General, having due regard for the national security and the public interest, determines that it is necessary to carry out the purposes of this subchapter, he may, in any particular case, require supplements to the registration statement to be filed at more frequent intervals in respect to all or particular items of information to be furnished.
The registration statement and supplements thereto shall be executed under oath as follows: If the registrant is an individual, by him; if the registrant is a partnership, by the majority of the members thereof; if the registrant is a person other than an individual or a partnership, by a majority of the officers thereof or persons performing the functions of officers or by a majority of the board of directors thereof or persons performing the functions of directors, if any.
The fact that a registration statement or supplement thereto has been filed shall not necessarily be deemed a full compliance with this subchapter and the regulations thereunder on the part of the registrant; nor shall it indicate that the Attorney General has in any way passed upon the merits of such registration statement or supplement thereto; nor shall it preclude prosecution, as provided for in this subchapter, for willful failure to file a registration statement or supplement thereto when due or for a willful false statement of a material fact therein or the willful omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or the willful omission of a material fact or copy of a material document necessary to make the statements made in a registration statement and supplements thereto, and the copies of documents furnished therewith, not misleading.
If any agent of a foreign principal, required to register under the provisions of this subchapter, has previously thereto registered with the Attorney General under the provisions of section 2386 of title 18, the Attorney General, in order to eliminate inappropriate duplication, may permit the incorporation by reference in the registration statement or supplements thereto filed hereunder of any information or documents previously filed by such agent of a foreign principal under the provisions of said section.
The Attorney General may, by regulation, provide for the exemption—
(1) from registration, or from the requirement of furnishing any of the information required by this section, of any person who is listed as a partner, officer, director, or employee in the registration statement filed by an agent of a foreign principal under this subchapter, and
(2) from the requirement of furnishing any of the information required by this section of any agent of a foreign principal.
where by reason of the nature of the functions or activities of such person the Attorney General, having due regard for the national security and the public interest, determines that such registration, or the furnishing of such information, as the case may be, is not necessary to carry out the purposes of this subchapter.
A registration statement or supplement required to be filed under this section shall be filed in electronic form, in addition to any other form that may be required by the Attorney General.
(June 8, 1938, ch. 327, §2, 52 Stat. 632; Apr. 29, 1942, ch. 263, §1, 56 Stat. 251; Aug. 3, 1950, ch. 524, §1, 64 Stat. 399; Pub. L. 89–486, §2, July 4, 1966, 80 Stat. 245; Pub. L. 110–81, title II, §212(a), Sept. 14, 2007, 121 Stat. 749.)
Section 613 of title 18, referred to in subsec. (a)(8), was repealed by Pub. L. 94–283, title II, §201(a), May 11, 1976, 90 Stat. 496.
In subsec. (e), “section 2386 of title 18” was in the original “the Act of October 17, 1940 (54 Stat. 1201)”, which had been classified to sections 14 to 17 of title 18. “Section 2386 of title 18” substituted for “sections 14 to 17 of title 18” on authority of act June 25, 1948, ch. 645, 62 Stat. 863, section 1 of which enacted Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Provisions on this subject were contained in sections 612 and 613 of this title prior to general amendment of act June 8, 1938, by act Apr. 29, 1942.
2007—Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 110–81 added subsec. (g).
1966—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 89–486, §2(1), struck out requirement for transmittal of registration statements by the Attorney General to the Secretary of State and provision declaring a failure of transmission not to be a bar to prosecutions, now covered in section 616(b) of this title.
Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 89–486, §2(2), struck out “, unless, and to the extent, this requirement is waived in writing by the Attorney General” after “statement of the nature of the work of each” and provided for a statement of the extent to which a foreign principal is supervised, directed, etc., by any other foreign principal.
Subsec. (a)(4), (6). Pub. L. 89–486, §2(3), (4), inserted “, including a detailed statement of any such activity which is a political activity”.
Subsec. (a)(7). Pub. L. 89–486, §2(5), required certain information pertaining to control and financial arrangements with respect to those persons, not themselves foreign principals, who are so related to a foreign principal that their agents when engaged in political activities in the interests of the principal are required to register.
Subsec. (a)(8). Pub. L. 89–486, §2(6), inserted requirement that agent report the money or other things of value spent or disposed of in connection with his becoming the agent of his foreign principal and all political contributions made during the preceding sixty days, other than contributions made on behalf of their principals, such contributions being prohibited under section 613 of title 18.
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 89–486, §2(7), added subsec. (f).
1950—Subsec. (a). Act Aug. 3, 1950, made failure to register a continuing offense.
1942—Act Apr. 29, 1942, amended section generally.
Pub. L. 110–81, title II, §212(c), Sept. 14, 2007, 121 Stat. 750, provided that: “The amendments made by this section [amending this section and section 616 of this title] shall take effect on the 90th day after the date of the enactment of this Act [Sept. 14, 2007].”
Amendment by Pub. L. 89–486 effective ninety days after July 4, 1966, see section 9 of Pub. L. 89–486, set out as a note under section 611 of this title.
Amendment by act Apr. 29, 1942, effective on the sixtieth day after Apr. 29, 1942, except that prior to such sixtieth day the Attorney General may make, prescribe, amend, and rescind such rules, regulations, and forms as may be necessary to carry out act Apr. 29, 1942, see section 3 of act Apr. 29, 1942, set out as a note under section 611 of this title.
Pub. L. 102–395, title I, Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1831, provided in part that: “In addition, notwithstanding 31 U.S.C. 3302, for fiscal year 1993 and thereafter, the Attorney General shall establish and collect fees to recover necessary expenses of the Registration Unit (to include salaries, supplies, equipment and training) pursuant to the Foreign Agents Registration Act [probably means Foreign Agents Registration Act of 1938, as amended, 22 U.S.C. 611 et seq.], and shall credit such fees to this appropriation, to remain available until expended.”
1 So in original. Probably should be “connection”.
2 See References in Text note below.
The requirements of section 612(a) of this title shall not apply to the following agents of foreign principals:
A duly accredited diplomatic or consular officer of a foreign government who is so recognized by the Department of State, while said officer is engaged exclusively in activities which are recognized by the Department of State as being within the scope of the functions of such officer;
Any official of a foreign government, if such government is recognized by the United States, who is not a public-relations counsel, publicity agent, information-service employee, or a citizen of the United States, whose name and status and the character of whose duties as such official are of public record in the Department of State, while said official is engaged exclusively in activities which are recognized by the Department of State as being within the scope of the functions of such official;
Any member of the staff of, or any person employed by, a duly accredited diplomatic or consular officer of a foreign government who is so recognized by the Department of State, other than a public-relations counsel, publicity agent, or information-service employee, whose name and status and the character of whose duties as such member or employee are of public record in the Department of State, while said member or employee is engaged exclusively in the performance of activities which are recognized by the Department of State as being within the scope of the functions of such member or employee;
Any person engaging or agreeing to engage only (1) in private and nonpolitical activities in furtherance of the bona fide trade or commerce of such foreign principal; or (2) in other activities not serving predominantly a foreign interest; or (3) in the soliciting or collecting of funds and contributions within the United States to be used only for medical aid and assistance, or for food and clothing to relieve human suffering, if such solicitation or collection of funds and contributions is in accordance with and subject to the provisions of subchapter II of chapter 9 of this title, and such rules and regulations as may be prescribed thereunder;
Any person engaging or agreeing to engage only in activities in furtherance of bona fide religious, scholastic, academic, or scientific pursuits or of the fine arts;
Any person, or employee of such person, whose foreign principal is a government of a foreign country the defense of which the President deems vital to the defense of the United States while, (1) such person or employee engages only in activities which are in furtherance of the policies, public interest, or national defense both of such government and of the Government of the United States, and are not intended to conflict with any of the domestic or foreign policies of the Government of the United States, (2) each communication or expression by such person or employee which he intends to, or has reason to believe will, be published, disseminated, or circulated among any section of the public, or portion thereof, within the United States, is a part of such activities and is believed by such person to be truthful and accurate and the identity of such person as an agent of such foreign principal is disclosed therein, and (3) such government of a foreign country furnishes to the Secretary of State for transmittal to, and retention for the duration of this subchapter by, the Attorney General such information as to the identity and activities of such person or employee at such times as the Attorney General may require. Upon notice to the Government of which such person is an agent or to such person or employee, the Attorney General, having due regard for the public interest and national defense, may, with the approval of the Secretary of State, and shall, at the request of the Secretary of State, terminate in whole or in part the exemption herein of any such person or employee;
Any person qualified to practice law, insofar as he engages or agrees to engage in the legal representation of a disclosed foreign principal before any court of law or any agency of the Government of the United States: Provided, That for the purposes of this subsection legal representation does not include attempts to influence or persuade agency personnel or officials other than in the course of judicial proceedings, criminal or civil law enforcement inquiries, investigations, or proceedings, or agency proceedings required by statute or regulation to be conducted on the record.
Any agent of a person described in section 611(b)(2) of this title or an entity described in section 611(b)(3) of this title if the agent has engaged in lobbying activities and has registered under the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995 [2 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.] in connection with the agent's representation of such person or entity.
(June 8, 1938, ch. 327, §3, 52 Stat. 632; Aug. 7, 1939, ch. 521, §2, 53 Stat. 1245; Apr. 29, 1942, ch. 263, §1, 56 Stat. 254; Pub. L. 87–366, §2, Oct. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 784; Pub. L. 89–486, §3, July 4, 1966, 80 Stat. 246; Pub. L. 104–65, §9(2), (3), Dec. 19, 1995, 109 Stat. 700; Pub. L. 105–166, §5, Apr. 6, 1998, 112 Stat. 39.)
The Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995, referred to in subsec. (h), is Pub. L. 104–65, Dec. 19, 1995, 109 Stat. 691, which is classified principally to chapter 26 (§1601 et seq.) of Title 2, The Congress. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1601 of Title 2 and Tables.
Prior to general amendment of act June 8, 1938, by act Apr. 29, 1942, section related to additional registration statements after each six months period. Provisions on that subject were incorporated in section 612 of this title by 1942 amendment.
1998—Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 105–166 substituted “has engaged in lobbying activities and has registered” for “is required to register and does register”.
1995—Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 104–65, §9(2), substituted “judicial proceedings, criminal or civil law enforcement inquiries, investigations, or proceedings, or agency proceedings required by statute or regulation to be conducted on the record” for “established agency proceedings, whether formal or informal”.
Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 104–65, §9(3), added subsec. (h).
1966—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 89–486, §3(a), designated existing provisions as cls. (1) and (3), struck out “financial or mercantile” before “activities” in cl. (1), and inserted the cl. (2) exemption of any person engaging or agreeing to engage in other activities not serving predominantly a foreign interest.
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 89–486, §3(b), added subsec. (g).
1961—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 87–366 substituted “private and nonpolitical financial or mercantile activities in furtherance” for “private, non-political, financial, mercantile, or other activities in furtherance”.
1942—Act Apr. 29, 1942, amended section generally.
1939—Act Aug. 7, 1939, amended section generally.
Amendment by Pub. L. 104–65 effective Jan. 1, 1996, except as otherwise provided, see section 24 of Pub. L. 104–65, set out as an Effective Date note under section 1601 of Title 2, The Congress.
Amendment by Pub. L. 89–486 effective ninety days after July 4, 1966, see section 9 of Pub. L. 89–486, set out as a note under section 611 of this title.
Amendment by act Apr. 29, 1942, effective on the sixtieth day after Apr. 29, 1942, except that prior to such sixtieth day the Attorney General may make, prescribe, amend, and rescind such rules, regulations, and forms as may be necessary to carry out act Apr. 29, 1942, see section 3 of act Apr. 29, 1942, set out as a note under section 611 of this title.
Every person within the United States who is an agent of a foreign principal and required to register under the provisions of this subchapter and who transmits or causes to be transmitted in the United States mails or by any means or instrumentality of interstate or foreign commerce any informational materials for or in the interests of such foreign principal (i) in the form of prints, or (ii) in any other form which is reasonably adapted to being, or which he believes will be, or which he intends to be, disseminated or circulated among two or more persons shall, not later than forty-eight hours after the beginning of the transmittal thereof, file with the Attorney General two copies thereof.
It shall be unlawful for any person within the United States who is an agent of a foreign principal and required to register under the provisions of this subchapter to transmit or cause to be transmitted in the United States mails or by any means or instrumentality of interstate or foreign commerce any informational materials for or in the interests of such foreign principal without placing in such informational materials a conspicuous statement that the materials are distributed by the agent on behalf of the foreign principal, and that additional information is on file with the Department of Justice, Washington, District of Columbia. The Attorney General may by rule define what constitutes a conspicuous statement for the purposes of this subsection.
The copies of informational materials required by this subchapter to be filed with the Attorney General shall be available for public inspection under such regulations as he may prescribe.
For purposes of the Library of Congress, other than for public distribution, the Secretary of the Treasury and the United States Postal Service are authorized, upon the request of the Librarian of Congress, to forward to the Library of Congress fifty copies, or as many fewer thereof as are available, of all foreign prints determined to be prohibited entry under the provisions of section 1305 of title 19 and of all foreign prints excluded from the mails under authority of section 1717 of title 18.
Notwithstanding the provisions of section 1305 of title 19 and of section 1717 of title 18, the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to permit the entry and the United States Postal Service is authorized to permit the transmittal in the mails of foreign prints imported for governmental purposes by authority or for the use of the United States or for the use of the Library of Congress.
It shall be unlawful for any person within the United States who is an agent of a foreign principal required to register under the provisions of this subchapter to transmit, convey, or otherwise furnish to any agency or official of the Government (including a Member or committee of either House of Congress) for or in the interests of such foreign principal any political propaganda or to request from any such agency or official for or in the interests of such foreign principal any information or advice with respect to any matter pertaining to the political or public interests, policies or relations of a foreign country or of a political party or pertaining to the foreign or domestic policies of the United States unless the propaganda or the request is prefaced or accompanied by a true and accurate statement to the effect that such person is registered as an agent of such foreign principal under this subchapter.
Whenever any agent of a foreign principal required to register under this subchapter appears before any committee of Congress to testify for or in the interests of such foreign principal, he shall, at the time of such appearance, furnish the committee with a copy of his most recent registration statement filed with the Department of Justice as an agent of such foreign principal for inclusion in the records of the committee as part of his testimony.
(June 8, 1938, ch. 327, §4, 52 Stat. 632; Aug. 7, 1939, ch. 521, §3, 53 Stat. 1246; Apr. 29, 1942, ch. 263, §1, 56 Stat. 255; Pub. L. 89–486, §4, July 4, 1966, 80 Stat. 246; Pub. L. 91–375, §4(a), Aug. 12, 1970, 84 Stat. 773; Pub. L. 104–65, §9(4)–(6), Dec. 19, 1995, 109 Stat. 700.)
Section 1717 of title 18, referred to in subsec. (d), was in the original “section 1 of title XII of the Act of June 15, 1917 (40 Stat. 230)” which was classified to section 343 of former Title 18, Criminal Code and Criminal Procedure. “Section 1717 of title 18” substituted for “section 343 of title 18” on authority of act June 25, 1948, ch. 645, 62 Stat. 683, section 1 of which enacted Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Prior to general amendment of act June 8, 1938, by act Apr. 29, 1942, section related to retention of statements as public records. Provisions on that subject were incorporated in section 616 of this title by 1942 amendment.
1995—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 104–65, §9(4)(B), which directed striking out “and a statement, duly signed by or on behalf of such an agent, setting forth full information as to the places, times, and extent of such transmittal” after “Attorney General two copies thereof”, was executed by striking out such language, which read in part “on behalf of such agent”, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Pub. L. 104–65, §9(4)(A), substituted “informational materials” for “political propaganda”.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 104–65, §9(5), substituted “informational materials for or” for “political propaganda for or” and substituted “without placing in such informational materials a conspicuous statement that the materials are distributed by the agent on behalf of the foreign principal, and that additional information is on file with the Department of Justice, Washington, District of Columbia. The Attorney General may by rule define what constitutes a conspicuous statement for the purposes of this subsection.” for cls. (i) and (ii) and concluding provisions which made it unlawful for an agent of a foreign principal to transmit in the United States political propaganda unless the propaganda identified the agent and contained information about the registration of the agent and authorized the Attorney General to prescribe regulations relating to the information to be provided.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 104–65, §9(6), substituted “informational materials” for “political propaganda”.
1966—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 89–486, §4(1), inserted “for or in the interests of such foreign principal” after “political propaganda” and substituted “file with the Attorney General two copies thereof” for “sent to the Librarian of Congress two copies thereof and file with the Attorney General one copy thereof”.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 89–486, §4(2), inserted “for or in the interests of such foreign principal” after “political propaganda”, where first appearing, and “the relationship or connection between the person transmitting the political propaganda or causing it to be transmitted and such propaganda;” after “setting forth” and substituted “such foreign principal” for each of his foreign principals”.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 89–486, §4(3), substituted “filed with the Attorney General” for “sent to the Librarian of Congress”.
Subsecs. (e), (f). Pub. L. 89–486, §4(4), added subsecs. (e) and (f).
1942—Act Apr. 29, 1942, amended section generally.
1939—Act Aug. 7, 1939, amended section generally.
Amendment by Pub. L. 104–65 effective Jan. 1, 1996, except as otherwise provided, see section 24 of Pub. L. 104–65, set out as an Effective Date note under section 1601 of Title 2, The Congress.
Amendment by Pub. L. 89–486 effective ninety days after July 4, 1966, see section 9 of Pub. L. 89–486, set out as a note under section 611 of this title.
Amendment by act Apr. 29, 1942, effective on the sixtieth day after Apr. 29, 1942, except that prior to such sixtieth day the Attorney General may make, prescribe, amend, and rescind such rules, regulations, and forms as may be necessary to carry out act Apr. 29, 1942, see section 3 of act Apr. 29, 1942, set out as a note under section 611 of this title.
In subsec. (d), “United States Postal Service” substituted for “Postmaster General” in two places pursuant to Pub. L. 91–375, §4(a), Aug. 12, 1970, 84 Stat. 773, set out as a note under section 201 of Title 39, Postal Service, which abolished office of Postmaster General of Post Office Department and transferred its functions to United States Postal Service.
Every agent of a foreign principal registered under this subchapter shall keep and preserve while he is an agent of a foreign principal such books of account and other records with respect to all his activities, the disclosure of which is required under the provisions of this subchapter, in accordance with such business and accounting practices, as the Attorney General, having due regard for the national security and the public interest, may by regulation prescribe as necessary or appropriate for the enforcement of the provisions of this subchapter and shall preserve the same for a period of three years following the termination of such status. Until regulations are in effect under this section every agent of a foreign principal shall keep books of account and shall preserve all written records with respect to his activities. Such books and records shall be open at all reasonable times to the inspection of any official charged with the enforcement of this subchapter. It shall be unlawful for any person willfully to conceal, destroy, obliterate, mutilate, or falsify, or to attempt to conceal, destroy, obliterate, mutilate, or falsify, or to cause to be concealed, destroyed, obliterated, mutilated, or falsified, any books or records required to be kept under the provisions of this section.
(June 8, 1938, ch. 327, §5, 52 Stat. 633; Apr. 29, 1942, ch. 263, §1, 56 Stat. 256; Pub. L. 89–486, §5, July 4, 1966, 80 Stat. 247.)
Prior to general amendment of act June 8, 1938, by act Apr. 29, 1942, section related to penalties. Provisions on that subject were incorporated in section 618 of this title by 1942 amendment.
1966—Pub. L. 89–486 inserted “in accordance with such business and accounting practices,” after “under the provisions of this subchapter,”.
1942—Act Apr. 29, 1942, amended section generally.
Amendment by Pub. L. 89–486 effective ninety days after July 4, 1966, see section 9 of Pub. L. 89–486, set out as a note under section 611 of this title.
Amendment by act Apr. 29, 1942, effective on the sixtieth day after Apr. 29, 1942, except that prior to such sixtieth day the Attorney General may make, prescribe, amend, and rescind such rules, regulations, and forms as may be necessary to carry out act Apr. 29, 1942, see section 3 of act Apr. 29, 1942, set out as a note under section 611 of this title.
The Attorney General shall retain in permanent form one copy of all registration statements furnished under this subchapter, and the same shall be public records and open to public examination and inspection at such reasonable hours, under such regulations, as the Attorney General may prescribe, and copies of the same shall be furnished to every applicant at such reasonable fee as the Attorney General may prescribe. The Attorney General may withdraw from public examination the registration statement and other statements of any agent of a foreign principal whose activities have ceased to be of a character which requires registration under the provisions of this subchapter.
The Attorney General shall, promptly upon receipt, transmit one copy of every registration statement filed hereunder and one copy of every amendment or supplement thereto filed hereunder, to the Secretary of State for such comment and use as the Secretary of State may determine to be appropriate from the point of view of the foreign relations of the United States. Failure of the Attorney General so to transmit such copy shall not be a bar to prosecution under this subchapter.
The Attorney General is authorized to furnish to departments and agencies in the executive branch and committees of the Congress such information obtained by him in the administration of this subchapter, including the names of registrants under this subchapter, copies of registration statements, or parts thereof, or other documents or information filed under this subchapter, as may be appropriate in the light of the purposes of this subchapter.
The Attorney General shall maintain, and make available to the public over the Internet, without a fee or other access charge, in a searchable, sortable, and downloadable manner, to the extent technically practicable, an electronic database that—
(A) includes the information contained in registration statements and updates filed under this subchapter; and
(B) is searchable and sortable, at a minimum, by each of the categories of information described in section 612(a) of this title.
The Attorney General shall make each registration statement and update filed in electronic form pursuant to section 612(g) of this title available for public inspection over the Internet as soon as technically practicable after the registration statement or update is filed.
(June 8, 1938, ch. 327, §6, 52 Stat. 633; Apr. 29, 1942, ch. 263, §1, 56 Stat. 256; Pub. L. 89–486, §6, July 4, 1966, 80 Stat. 247; Pub. L. 104–65, §9(7), Dec. 19, 1995, 109 Stat. 700; Pub. L. 110–81, title II, §212(b), Sept. 14, 2007, 121 Stat. 749.)
Prior to general amendment of act June 8, 1938, by act Apr. 29, 1942, section related to rules and regulations. Provisions on that subject were incorporated in section 620 of this title by 1942 amendment.
Provisions on this subject were contained in section 614 of this title prior to general amendment of act June 8, 1938, by act Apr. 29, 1942.
2007—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 110–81 added subsec. (d).
1995—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 104–65, §9(7)(A), struck out “and all statements concerning the distribution of political propaganda” after “all registration statements”.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 104–65, §9(7)(B), struck out “, and one copy of every item of political propaganda” after “supplement thereto”.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 104–65, §9(7)(C), struck out “copies of political propaganda,” after “parts thereof,”.
1966—Pub. L. 89–486 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and added subsecs. (b) and (c).
1942—Act Apr. 29, 1942, amended section generally.
Amendment by Pub. L. 110–81 effective on the 90th day after Sept. 14, 2007, see section 212(c) of Pub. L. 110–81, set out as a note under section 612 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 104–65 effective Jan. 1, 1996, except as otherwise provided, see section 24 of Pub. L. 104–65, set out as an Effective Date note under section 1601 of Title 2, The Congress.
Amendment by Pub. L. 89–486 effective ninety days after July 4, 1966, see section 9 of Pub. L. 89–486, set out as a note under section 611 of this title.
Amendment by act Apr. 29, 1942, effective on the sixtieth day after Apr. 29, 1942, except that prior to such sixtieth day the Attorney General may make, prescribe, amend, and rescind such rules, regulations, and forms as may be necessary to carry out act Apr. 29, 1942, see section 3 of act Apr. 29, 1942, set out as a note under section 611 of this title.
Each officer, or person performing the functions of an officer, and each director, or person performing the functions of a director, of an agent of a foreign principal which is not an individual shall be under obligation to cause such agent to execute and file a registration statement and supplements thereto as and when such filing is required under subsections (a) and (b) of section 612 of this title and shall also be under obligation to cause such agent to comply with all the requirements of sections 614(a) and (b) and 615 of this title and all other requirements of this subchapter. Dissolution of any organization acting as an agent of a foreign principal shall not relieve any officer, or person performing the functions of an officer, or any director, or person performing the functions of a director, from complying with the provisions of this section. In case of failure of any such agent of a foreign principal to comply with any of the requirements of this subchapter, each of its officers, or persons performing the functions of officers, and each of its directors, or persons performing the functions of directors, shall be subject to prosecution therefor.
(June 8, 1938, ch. 327, §7, 52 Stat. 633; Apr. 29, 1942, ch. 263, §1, 56 Stat. 256; Aug. 3, 1950, ch. 524, §2, 64 Stat. 400.)
Section 7 of act June 8, 1938, prior to the general amendment of that act by act Apr. 29, 1942, provided for the effective date of the 1938 act. See Effective Date note set out under section 611 of this title.
1950—Act Aug. 3, 1950, continued the obligation of officers, directors, and persons acting as such to comply with this subchapter despite the dissolution of a foreign agent.
1942—Act Apr. 29, 1942, amended section generally.
Amendment by act Apr. 29, 1942, effective on the sixtieth day after Apr. 29, 1942, except that prior to such sixtieth day the Attorney General may make, prescribe, amend, and rescind such rules, regulations, and forms as may be necessary to carry out act Apr. 29, 1942, see section 3 of act Apr. 29, 1942, set out as a note under section 611 of this title.
Any person who—
(1) willfully violates any provision of this subchapter or any regulation thereunder, or
(2) in any registration statement or supplement thereto or in any other document filed with or furnished to the Attorney General under the provisions of this subchapter willfully makes a false statement of a material fact or willfully omits any material fact required to be stated therein or willfully omits a material fact or a copy of a material document necessary to make the statements therein and the copies of documents furnished therewith not misleading, shall, upon conviction thereof, be punished by a fine of not more than $10,000 or by imprisonment for not more than five years, or both, except that in the case of a violation of subsection (b), (e), or (f) of section 614 of this title or of subsection (g) or (h) of this section the punishment shall be a fine of not more than $5,000 or imprisonment for not more than six months, or both.
In any proceeding under this subchapter in which it is charged that a person is an agent of a foreign principal with respect to a foreign principal outside of the United States, proof of the specific identity of the foreign principal shall be permissible but not necessary.
Any alien who shall be convicted of a violation of, or a conspiracy to violate, any provision of this subchapter or any regulation thereunder shall be subject to removal pursuant to chapter 4 of title II of the Immigration and Nationality Act [8 U.S.C. 1221 et seq.].
Failure to file any such registration statement or supplements thereto as is required by either section 612(a) or section 612(b) of this title shall be considered a continuing offense for as long as such failure exists, notwithstanding any statute of limitation or other statute to the contrary.
Whenever in the judgment of the Attorney General any person is engaged in or about to engage in any acts which constitute or will constitute a violation of any provision of this subchapter, or regulations issued thereunder, or whenever any agent of a foreign principal fails to comply with any of the provisions of this subchapter or the regulations issued thereunder, or otherwise is in violation of the subchapter, the Attorney General may make application to the appropriate United States district court for an order enjoining such acts or enjoining such person from continuing to act as an agent of such foreign principal, or for an order requiring compliance with any appropriate provision of the subchapter or regulation thereunder. The district court shall have jurisdiction and authority to issue a temporary or permanent injunction, restraining order or such other order which it may deem proper.
If the Attorney General determines that a registration statement does not comply with the requirements of this subchapter or the regulations issued thereunder, he shall so notify the registrant in writing, specifying in what respects the statement is deficient. It shall be unlawful for any person to act as an agent of a foreign principal at any time ten days or more after receipt of such notification without filing an amended registration statement in full compliance with the requirements of this subchapter and the regulations issued thereunder.
It shall be unlawful for any agent of a foreign principal required to register under this subchapter to be a party to any contract, agreement, or understanding, either express or implied, with such foreign principal pursuant to which the amount or payment of the compensation, fee, or other remuneration of such agent is contingent in whole or in part upon the success of any political activities carried on by such agent.
(June 8, 1938, ch. 327, §8, as added Apr. 29, 1942, ch. 263, §1, 56 Stat. 257; amended Sept. 23, 1950, ch. 1024, title I, §20(b), 64 Stat. 1005; June 27, 1952, ch. 477, title IV, §402(d), 66 Stat. 276; Aug. 1, 1956, ch. 849, §1, 70 Stat. 899; Pub. L. 89–486, §7, July 4, 1966, 80 Stat. 248; Pub. L. 98–620, title IV, §402(26), Nov. 8, 1984, 98 Stat. 3359; Pub. L. 104–65, §9(8), Dec. 19, 1995, 109 Stat. 700; Pub. L. 104–208, div. C, title III, §308(e)(19), Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–621.)
The Immigration and Nationality Act, referred to in subsec. (c), is act June 27, 1952, ch. 477, 66 Stat. 163, as amended. Chapter 4 of title II of the Act is classified generally to part IV (§1221 et seq.) of subchapter II of chapter 12 of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1101 of Title 8 and Tables.
Provisions on this subject were contained in section 615 of this title prior to general amendment of act June 8, 1938, by act Apr. 29, 1942.
1996—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 104–208 substituted “removal pursuant to chapter 4 of title II of the Immigration and Nationality Act” for “deportation in the manner provided by sections 1251 to 1253 of title 8”.
1995—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 104–65, §9(8)(A), struck out “or in any statement under section 614(a) of this title concerning the distribution of political propaganda” after “or supplement thereto”.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 104–65, §9(8)(B), struck out subsec. (d) which read as follows: “The United States Postal Service may declare to be nonmailable any communication or expression falling within clause (2) of section 611(j) of this title in the form of prints or in any other form reasonably adapted to, or reasonably appearing to be intended for, dissemination or circulation among two or more persons, which is offered or caused to be offered for transmittal in the United States mails to any person or persons in any other American republic by any agent of a foreign principal, if the United States Postal Service is informed in writing by the Secretary of State that the duly accredited diplomatic representative of such American republic has made written representation to the Department of State that the admission or circulation of such communication or expression in such American republic is prohibited by the laws thereof and has requested in writing that its transmittal thereto be stopped.”
1984—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 98–620 struck out provision that the proceedings shall be made a preferred cause and expedited in every way.
1966—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 89–486, §7(1), inserted exception provision.
Subsecs. (f) to (h). Pub. L. 89–486, §7(2), added subsecs. (f) to (h).
1956—Act Aug. 1, 1956, amended credit to section by redesignating section 20(b) of act Sept. 23, 1950, as section 20.
1952—Subsec. (c). Act June 27, 1952, substituted “sections 1251 to 1253 of title 8” for “sections 155 and 156 of title 8”.
1950—Subsec. (e). Act Sept. 23, 1950, added subsec. (e).
Amendment by Pub. L. 104–208 effective, with certain transitional provisions, on the first day of the first month beginning more than 180 days after Sept. 30, 1996, see section 309 of Pub. L. 104–208, set out as a note under section 1101 of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality.
Amendment by Pub. L. 104–65 effective Jan. 1, 1996, except as otherwise provided, see section 24 of Pub. L. 104–65, set out as an Effective Date note under section 1601 of Title 2, The Congress.
Amendment by Pub. L. 98–620 not applicable to cases pending on Nov. 8, 1984, see section 403 of Pub. L. 98–620, set out as an Effective Date note under section 1657 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.
Amendment by Pub. L. 89–486 effective ninety days after July 4, 1966, see section 9 of Pub. L. 89–486, set out as a note under section 611 of this title.
Section effective on the sixtieth day after Apr. 29, 1942, except that prior to such sixtieth day the Attorney General may make, prescribe, amend, and rescind such rules, regulations, and forms as may be necessary to carry out act Apr. 29, 1942, see section 3 of act Apr. 29, 1942, set out as an Effective Date of 1942 Amendment note under section 611 of this title.
This subchapter shall be applicable in the several States, the District of Columbia, the Territories, the Canal Zone, the insular possessions, and all other places now or hereafter subject to the civil or military jurisdiction of the United States.
(June 8, 1938, ch. 327, §9, as added Apr. 29, 1942, ch. 263, §1, 56 Stat. 257; amended Proc. No. 2695, July 4, 1946, 11 F.R. 7517, 60 Stat. 1352.)
For definition of Canal Zone, referred to in text, see section 3602(b) of this title.
Words “including the Philippine Islands,” omitted from section pursuant to Proc. No. 2695, which granted independence to the Philippine Islands under the authority of section 1394 of this title, under which section Proc. No. 2695 is set out as a note.
Section effective on the sixtieth day after Apr. 29, 1942, except that prior to such sixtieth day the Attorney General may make, prescribe, amend, and rescind such rules, regulations, and forms as may be necessary to carry out act Apr. 29, 1942, see section 3 of act Apr. 29, 1942, set out as an Effective Date of 1942 Amendment note under section 611 of this title.
The Attorney General may at any time make, prescribe, amend, and rescind such rules, regulations, and forms as he may deem necessary to carry out the provisions of this subchapter.
(June 8, 1938, ch. 327, §10, as added Apr. 29, 1942, ch. 263, §1, 56 Stat. 257.)
Provisions on this subject were contained in section 616 of this title prior to general amendment of act June 8, 1938, by act Apr. 29, 1942.
Section effective on the sixtieth day after Apr. 29, 1942, except that prior to such sixtieth day the Attorney General may make, prescribe, amend, and rescind such rules, regulations, and forms as may be necessary to carry out act Apr. 29, 1942, see section 3 of act Apr. 29, 1942, set out as an Effective Date of 1942 Amendment note under section 611 of this title.
The Attorney General shall every six months report to the Congress concerning administration of this subchapter, including registrations filed pursuant to the subchapter, and the nature, sources and content of political propaganda disseminated and distributed.
(June 8, 1938, ch. 327, §11, as added Apr. 29, 1942, ch. 263, §1, 56 Stat. 258; amended Pub. L. 104–65, §19, Dec. 19, 1995, 109 Stat. 704.)
1995—Pub. L. 104–65 added text and struck out former text which read as follows: “The Attorney General shall, from time to time, make a report to the Congress concerning the administration of this subchapter, including the nature, sources, and content of political propaganda disseminated or distributed.”
Amendment by Pub. L. 104–65 effective Jan. 1, 1996, see section 24 of Pub. L. 104–65, set out as an Effective Date note under section 1601 of Title 2, The Congress.
Section effective on the sixtieth day after Apr. 29, 1942, except that prior to such sixtieth day the Attorney General may make, prescribe, amend, and rescind such rules, regulations, and forms as may be necessary to carry out act Apr. 29, 1942, see section 3 of act Apr. 29, 1942, set out as an Effective Date of 1942 Amendment note under section 611 of this title.
Sections 661 to 672, which established the American Mexican Claims Commission in 1942 for the settlement of certain claims, expired pursuant to the provisions of section 661(d), which provided that the authority of the Commission shall terminate at the expiration of four years after the date on which a majority of its members first appointed took office.
Section 661, acts Dec. 18, 1942, ch. 766, §2, 56 Stat. 1058; Apr. 3, 1945, ch. 52, §5, 59 Stat. 50; Oct. 28, 1949, ch. 782, title XI, §1106(a), 63 Stat. 972, established American Mexican Claims Commission, prescribed its composition, provided for compensation of its members, and specified its termination date. Acts Dec. 18, 1942, ch. 766, §2, 56 Stat. 1058; Apr. 3, 1945, ch. 52, §5, 59 Stat. 50, were subsequently repealed by Pub. L. 89–554, §8(a), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 651, 652.
Section 662, acts Dec. 18, 1942, ch. 766, §3, 56 Stat. 1058; Mar. 28, 1947, ch. 23, 61 Stat. 24, related to jurisdiction of Commission and to presentation of claims.
Section 663, acts Dec. 18, 1942, ch. 766, §4, 56 Stat. 1059; Apr. 3, 1945, ch. 52, §§4, 7, 59 Stat. 49, 50, related to authority of Commission to examine and render final decisions in those cases where claims were appraised by prior commissions.
Section 664, acts Dec. 18, 1942, ch. 766, §5, 56 Stat. 1060; Apr. 3, 1945, ch. 52, §§1, 2, 59 Stat. 49, related to determination of claims.
Section 665, act Dec. 18, 1942, ch. 766, §6, 56 Stat. 1061, related to determinations made by prior commissions, and to certification by the Secretary of State.
Section 666, act Dec. 18, 1942, ch. 766, §7, 56 Stat. 1061, provided for conversion of appraisals from Mexican to American currency, and for interest on award or appraisal.
Section 667, acts Dec. 18, 1942, ch. 766, §8, 56 Stat. 1061; Apr. 3, 1945, ch. 52, §§3, 6, 59 Stat. 49, 50, created Mexican Claims Fund, provided for appropriations to Fund, and for manner of payments from such Fund.
Section 668, act Dec. 18, 1942, ch. 766, §9, 56 Stat. 1062, provided for payment of awards.
Section 669, act Dec. 18, 1942, ch. 766, §10, 56 Stat. 1062, authorized appropriations for Commission to carry out its functions, and provided for deductions from award or appraisal as reimbursement for expenses incurred by United States.
Section 670, act Dec. 18, 1942, ch. 766, §11(a), 56 Stat. 1063, related to distribution of awards by Special Mexican Claims Commission pursuant to Convention signed Apr. 24, 1943.
Section 671, act Dec. 18, 1942, ch. 766, §12, 56 Stat. 1063, related to claims based on international arbitral awards prior to Convention of 1923.
Section 672, act Dec. 18, 1942, ch. 766, §13, 56 Stat. 1063, defined terms used in sections 661 to 671 of this title.
As used in this chapter, unless the context clearly requires a different meaning—
(a) “Friendly foreign force” means any military, naval, or air force of any friendly foreign state with respect to which this chapter is operative by virtue of a Presidential declaration as provided in section 706 of this title.
(b) “Service court” means any military, naval, or air force court, or court martial or similar tribunal of any friendly foreign force within the United States.
(c) “United States” means the United States, its Territories, its insular possessions, the Canal Zone, and any other place subject to the jurisdiction of the United States.
(June 30, 1944, ch. 326, §1, 58 Stat. 643; Proc. No. 2695, July 4, 1946, 11 F.R. 7517, 60 Stat. 1352.)
For definition of Canal Zone, referred to in subsec. (c), see section 3602(b) of this title.
The phrase “(including the Philippine Islands)” omitted from the definition of the term “United States” in subsection (b), pursuant to 1946 Proc. No. 2695, which granted independence to the Philippine Islands under the authority of section 1394 of this title, under which section Proc. No. 2695 is set out as a note.
Upon a specific or general request of the officer commanding any friendly foreign force, having service courts of appropriate jurisdiction within the United States, it shall be lawful for any person in the civil, military, or naval establishments of the United States having authority to arrest, summarily to arrest any member of such force designated in such request and to deliver him to the custody of any officer of such force or to the custody of the military or naval authorities of the United States who shall deliver him forthwith to the custody of an officer of such force, for trial in such service courts within the United States for such offenses as shall lie within the jurisdiction of the service courts of such friendly foreign force: Provided, That the trial of any member of such friendly foreign force for an offense against a member of the civilian population shall be in open court (except where security consideration forbids), shall take place promptly in the United States and within a reasonable distance from the place where the offense is alleged to have been committed, for the convenience of witnesses.
(June 30, 1944, ch. 326, §2, 58 Stat. 643.)
Any district court of the United States, or the United States courts of any Territory or possession, within the jurisdiction of which proceedings are had before any service court of a friendly foreign force, or within the jurisdiction of which any person is found, shall have jurisdiction, upon application made by a service court of a friendly foreign force, to issue to such person an order requiring him to appear before the service court or an officer designated to take a deposition for use before such service court and there to produce evidence or give testimony if so ordered. Any failure to obey such order of the court may be punished by said court as a contempt thereof: Provided, That the fees of such witnesses and the mileage at the rate allowed to witnesses attending the courts of the United States should be duly paid or tendered in advance to such witnesses, with funds to be supplied by the friendly foreign force. Except as expressly permitted by the court, in its discretion, no such order shall run into any other district.
Attendance of witnesses in the armed services of the United States shall be obtained by request addressed to the discretion of the commanding officer of the person whose testimony is required.
Persons subject to the jurisdiction of the United States, who are not members of a friendly foreign force, who shall give false testimony or shall commit any act in the presence of a service court of a friendly foreign force which, if committed before a court of the United States, would be in contempt thereof, shall upon conviction by a court of the United States be fined not more than $2,000 or imprisoned for not more than six months, or both.
(June 30, 1944, ch. 326, §3, 58 Stat. 644; Proc. No. 2695, July 4, 1946, 11 F.R. 7517, 60 Stat. 1352.)
In subsec. (a), reference to “or any court of first instance of the Philippine Commonwealth” omitted pursuant to Proc. No. 2695, which granted independence to the Philippines under the authority of section 1394 of this title, under which section said Proc. No. 2695 is set out as a note.
In subsec. (a), reference to “the District Court of the United States for the District of Columbia” omitted because the District of Columbia constitutes a judicial district, and the District Court of the United States for the District of Columbia is included within the term “district courts of the United States” as used in such subsection. See sections 88 and 132 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.
Members of any service court of a friendly foreign force lawfully exercising jurisdiction in the United States in relation to members of such force, and any witnesses appearing before such service court, shall enjoy the same immunities and privileges as are enjoyed by members of a court martial of the United States and by witnesses appearing before such a court martial.
(June 30, 1944, ch. 326, §4, 58 Stat. 644.)
Persons sentenced to imprisonment by a service court of a friendly foreign force may be confined in disciplinary barracks, guardhouses, or other places of detention of the United States armed forces or in penitentiaries or other institutions employed by the United States for the detention or treatment of prisoners, at the expense of the state on whose behalf the prisoner is detained.
(June 30, 1944, ch. 326, §5, 58 Stat. 644.)
This chapter shall be operative with respect to the military, naval, or air forces of any foreign state only after a finding and declaration by the President that the powers and privileges provided herein are necessary for the maintenance of discipline. The President may at any time revoke such finding and declaration.
(June 30, 1944, ch. 326, §6, 58 Stat. 645.)
Proc. No. 2626, Oct. 12, 1944, 9 F.R. 12403, respecting activation by President, was revoked by Proc. No. 3107, Aug. 9, 1955, 20 F.R. 5805.
Pub. L. 96–465, title II, §2205, Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2159, repealed the Foreign Service Act of 1946 and related and miscellaneous provisions classified to this chapter. Pursuant to section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as a note under section 3901 of this title, Pub. L. 96–465 is effective, except as otherwise provided, on Feb. 15, 1981. Notwithstanding repeal, however, of the provisions of this chapter, section 4172 of this title continues in force and effect the Foreign Service Act of 1946 and any other law repealed, modified, or affected by Pub. L. 96–465 for the purposes enumerated in such section 4172.
Congress by the enactment of the Foreign Service Act of 1980, Pub. L. 96–465, Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2071, classified principally to chapter 52 (§3901 et seq.) of this title, consolidated and revised the laws relating to the administration, etc., of the Foreign Service.
Prior to the enactment of the Foreign Service Act of 1980, the Foreign Service Act of 1946 and related and miscellaneous provisions, which governed the Foreign Service, were classified to this chapter. Some former provisions of this chapter, prior to the enactment of the Foreign Service Act of 1946, had similar and related provisions classified to former chapter 1 of this title as follows:
| Former Chapter 1 | Former Chapter 14 |
|---|---|
| 1, 1a | 801 |
| 2 | 801, 909 |
| 3 | 861–870 |
| 3a | 995 |
| 4 | 906, 907 |
| 5 | 911, 912 |
| 6 | 906 |
| 7 | 993 |
| 8 | Omitted |
| 9 | 1036 |
| 10, 11 | Omitted |
| 12 | 1131 |
| 13 | 812 |
| 14 | Omitted |
| 15 | 961–963 |
| 16 | 963–965 |
| 17 | 1148 |
| 17a | 1148–1150 |
| 18 | Omitted |
| 19 | 909 |
| 20 | 876 |
| 21 | 1061 et seq. |
| 21a | 1063 |
| 22 | 915 |
| 23 | Omitted |
| 23a | 861, 870 |
| 23b | 937 |
| 23c | 1131 |
| 23d | 937 |
| 23e | 886 |
| 23f | 826, 827 |
| 23g | 821 |
| 23h | 826, 827, 861 et seq. |
| 23i | 1061 et seq. |
| 23j | 882 |
| 23k | 813 |
| 23l | 814 |
| 24 | 805 |
| 31 | 901 |
| 32 | 900 et seq. |
| 32a | 866, 867 |
| 33 | 910 |
| 34 to 34c | 901 |
| 35 | 936–939 |
| 36, 37 | Omitted |
| 38 | 805 |
| 39 | 803 |
| 40 | 802 |
| 41 | 901 note |
| 51 | Omitted |
| 51a | 938, 951 |
| 52 | Omitted |
| 53 | 1171 |
| 54 | Omitted |
| 55 | 908 |
| 56 | 936 |
| 57, 58 | Omitted |
| 71 | Omitted |
| 72 to 79 | 1172–1179 |
| 80 to 82 | Omitted |
| 83 to 98 | 1180–1195 |
| 99 | Omitted |
| 100 to 104 | 1196–1200 |
| 105 to 109 | Omitted |
| 121 | 881, 882 |
| 122, 123 | Omitted |
| 124 | 882 |
| 125 | 861 et seq. |
| 126 | 806 |
| 127 | 1201 |
| 128 | 1202 |
| 129 | Omitted |
| 130 | 1082 |
| 130a | 1136 |
| 130b | 1136, 1138 |
| 131 | 1203 |
| 132 | 842, 843 |
| 133 | Omitted |
| 134 | 809 |
| 135 | 815 |
| 136 | 909 note |
Provisions similar to those contained in the Foreign Service Act of 1946 and related and miscellaneous provisions formerly classified to this chapter are covered by various sections as follows:
| Former Chapter 14 | Present Title 22 |
|---|---|
| 801 | 3901 |
| 802 | 3902 |
| 803–806 | 3905 |
| 807 | 3905 |
| 808 | Rep. |
| 809 | 2697 |
| 810 | 2698 |
| 811 | Rep. |
| 811a | 3921, 3928 |
| 812–814 | 4224–4226 |
| 815 | Rep. |
| 816 | 2701 |
| 817 | 2702 |
| 821 | 3928 |
| 822 | Rep. |
| 826 | 3930 |
| 827 | 3931 |
| 841 | 3904 |
| 842, 843 | 3926 |
| 846 | 3904 |
| 861 | 3903 |
| 866 | 3961 |
| 867 | 3961 et seq., 3981 et seq. |
| 868 | 3964 |
| 869 | 3961 et seq. |
| 870 | 3961 et seq., 3981 et seq. |
| 871 | 3964, 3965 |
| 873 | 3969 |
| 876, 877 | 3971 |
| 881 | 3961 |
| 882 | 3964, 4001 |
| 886 | 3981 |
| 887, 888 | Rep. |
| 889 | 3968, 3970 |
| 890 | 3969 |
| 896 | 3972 |
| 900 | 3944 |
| 901 | 3942, 3982 |
| 901a, 902 | 3944 |
| 906 | 3945 |
| 907, 908 | 3952 |
| 909 | 3982 et seq. |
| 910 | 3941 |
| 911 | 3942, 3946, 3947 |
| 912 | 3947 |
| 913 | 3941 et seq. |
| 914 | 4053 |
| 915 | 3948 |
| 921 | Omitted |
| 922 | 3941, 3943, 3949 |
| 923 | 3942 et seq. |
| 924 | 3952 |
| 925 | Rep. |
| 926 | Omitted |
| 927 | 3948 |
| 928 | 3950 |
| 929 | 3943, 3946, 4043 |
| 930–932 | Omitted |
| 936 | 3943, 3949 |
| 937 | 3982 et seq. |
| 938 | 3952 |
| 939 | 3941 |
| 946 | 3943 |
| 947 | Omitted |
| 951 | 3943 |
| 956, 957 | Rep. |
| 961 | 3942, 3983, 3984 |
| 962 | 3984 |
| 963 | 3983, 3985 |
| 964 | 3983 |
| 965 | Omitted |
| 966 | 3983, 3984, 4081 |
| 967 | Rep. |
| 968 | 4022 |
| 981 | Omitted |
| 986 | 4003 |
| 987 | 4004 |
| 991 | 4001 |
| 992 | 4001 et seq. |
| 993 | 4002, 4005, 4006 |
| 994 | 4001 |
| 995 | 3966 |
| 996 | 4003 |
| 1001, 1002 | 4052 |
| 1003 | 4007, 4008 |
| 1004 | 4009, 4060 |
| 1005 | 4011 |
| 1006 | 4051 |
| 1007 | 4010 |
| 1008 | 4011 |
| 1009 | 4026 |
| 1016 | 4001 |
| 1017 | 3966 |
| 1021, 1022 | 4010 |
| 1026 | 3968, 4001 |
| 1027, 1028, 1031 | 4012 |
| 1036 | 3929 |
| 1037 | 4131 et seq. |
| 1037a | 4131–4138 |
| 1037b | 4139 |
| 1037c | 4140 |
| 1041 | 4021 |
| 1042–1045 | 4024 |
| 1046 | 2697 |
| 1047 | 4024 |
| 1048 | 4024, 4025 |
| 1061–1064 | 4041–4044 |
| 1065 | 4067 |
| 1071 | 4045 |
| 1076 | 4046 |
| 1076a | 4047 |
| 1077–1079s | Omitted |
| 1081 | 4048 |
| 1082 | 4049 |
| 1083 | Rep. |
| 1084 | 4050 |
| 1086 | 4044, 4055 |
| 1091 | 4056 |
| 1092 | Rep. |
| 1093 | 4057 |
| 1094 | Rep. |
| 1095 | Omitted |
| 1101 | 4058 |
| 1102 | Rep. |
| 1103–1106 | 4059–4062 |
| 1111 | 4063 |
| 1112 | 4064 |
| 1116 | 4065 |
| 1121 | 4066 |
| 1131 | 2704, 4085 |
| 1132, 1133 | Rep. |
| 1136 | 4081 |
| 1137 | 4082 |
| 1138 | 4081 |
| 1138a | 2700 |
| 1139 | 2703 |
| 1140, 1146, 1147 | Rep. |
| 1148 | 4083 |
| 1149 | 4083 |
| 1150, 1151 | Omitted |
| 1156 | 4084 |
| 1157 | 4081 |
| 1158–1160 | 4084 |
| 1171–1195 | 4191–4215 |
| 1196 | Rep. |
| 1197 | 4216 |
| 1198 | 4217 |
| 1199 | Rep. |
| 1200–1204 | 4218–4222 |
Section, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title I, §111, 60 Stat. 999, set forth Congressional declaration of objectives for this chapter.
The following provisions of the Foreign Service Act of 1946 (approved Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, 60 Stat. 999), which had been set out as notes under this section, were repealed by Pub. L. 96–465, title II, §2205(1), Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2159:
Title I, §101, 60 Stat. 999, which provided that titles I through X of act Aug. 13, 1946, which enacted this chapter and amended section 681 of former Title 5, Executive Departments and Government Officers and Employees, be cited as the “Foreign Service Act of 1946”.
Title X, §1061, 60 Stat. 1032, which provided that chapter be construed liberally.
Title X, §1062, 60 Stat. 1033, which provided that if any provision of this chapter or the application of any such provision to any person or circumstance be held invalid, the validity of the remainder of the chapter or the application thereof not be affected.
Title X, §1063, 60 Stat. 1033, which provided that the title, part, and section headings of this chapter were inserted for convenience and, in the case of conflict between such headings and substance of the titles, parts, or sections, the heading be disregarded.
Title X, §1064, 60 Stat. 1033, which provided that nothing in this chapter be construed to affect provisions of act July 3, 1946, ch. 359, §§1–4, 60 Stat. 426, formerly set out as a note under section 906 of this title, and that “classified grades” under that Act be construed to mean classes 1 to 5, inclusive.
Title X, §1071, 60 Stat. 1033, which authorized appropriations to carry out the purposes of this chapter.
Title XI, §1122, 60 Stat. 1035, which provided that funds appropriated to Department of State for fiscal year 1947, under the caption “Foreign Service”, be available for purposes of this chapter and authorized additional appropriations as required to carry out this chapter.
Title XI, §1132, 60 Stat. 1040, which provided that any section not expressly repealed by this chapter but which is inconsistent with any provisions of this chapter shall be considered as having been amended or superseded by this chapter.
Title XI, §1133, 60 Stat. 1040, which provided that repeal of sections by this chapter should not in any way affect acts done or rights accruing or accrued, or any suits or proceedings had or commenced in any civil case, prior to such repeal, but that all rights and liabilities should continue as if such repeal had not been made.
Title XI, §1134, 60 Stat. 1040, which provided that repeal of any section by this chapter shall not be construed as a revival, up to effective date of this chapter, of any section which may have been previously repealed by implication.
Title XI, §1135, 60 Stat. 1040, which provided that notwithstanding provisions of this chapter, existing rules, regulations, and Executive orders remain in effect until revoked or modified, unless clearly inconsistent with the provisions of this chapter.
Title XI, §1141, 60 Stat. 1040, which provided that this chapter be effective three months following Aug. 13, 1946.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Pub. L. 89–308, §1, Oct. 31, 1965, 79 Stat. 1129, which provided that Pub. L. 89–308 be cited as the “Foreign Service Annuity Adjustment Act of 1965”, was repealed by Pub. L. 96–465, title II, §2205(16) Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2160.
Section 802, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title I, §121, 60 Stat. 1000; Oct. 7, 1978, Pub. L. 95–426, title I, §116, 92 Stat. 969, set forth definitions applicable to provisions of this chapter.
Section 803, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title X, §1001, 60 Stat. 1030, related to prohibition on wearing of uniforms.
Section 804, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title X, §1002, 60 Stat. 1030; Oct. 15, 1966, Pub. L. 89–673, §8(3), 80 Stat. 953, related to acceptance of gifts by chief of mission or other principal officer.
Section 805, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title X, §1003, 60 Stat. 1030, related to prohibition on engaging in business abroad.
Section 806, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title X, §1004, 60 Stat. 1030, related to prohibition on personal correspondence on affairs of foreign governments.
Section 807, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title X, §1005, 60 Stat. 1030, related to prohibition on political, racial, religious, or color discrimination.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title X, §1011, 60 Stat. 1030, related to bonds of officers and employees.
Act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title XI, §1121, 60 Stat. 1035, which related to impairment of existing bonds by enactment of this chapter, was repealed by Pub. L. 96–465, title II, §2205(1), Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2159.
Section 809, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title X, §1021, 60 Stat. 1031; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §48, 74 Stat. 847, set forth provisions respecting acceptance of gifts on behalf of United States.
Section 810, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title X, §1031, 60 Stat. 1032, authorized Secretary to retain attorneys.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title X, §1041, 60 Stat. 1032, related to delegation of authority by Secretary and Director General.
Section, act May 26, 1949, ch. 143, §3, 63 Stat. 111, related to administration of Foreign Service by Secretary of State and to delegation of authority to Secretary of State, with respect to such administration. See section 3921 et seq. of this title.
Repeal applicable with respect to officials, offices, and bureaus of Department of State when executive orders, regulations, or departmental directives implementing the amendments by sections 161 and 162 of Pub. L. 103–236 become effective, or 90 days after Apr. 30, 1994, whichever comes earlier, see section 161(b) of Pub. L. 103–236, as amended, set out as an Effective Date of 1994 Amendment note under section 2651a of this title.
Section 812, acts May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §18, formerly §11, 43 Stat. 142; renumbered §18 and amended Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1209, which related to fees, accounting, and stamps, was transferred to section 4224 of this title.
Section 813, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §35, as added Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1216 and amended, which related to establishment of fiscal districts and district accounting and disbursing offices, was transferred to section 4225 of this title.
Section 814, act May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §36, as added Feb. 23, 1931, ch. 276, §7, 46 Stat. 1216, which related to disposition of fees and official monies from diplomatic missions, consular offices and district accounting and disbursing offices, was transferred to section 4226 of this title.
Section, act June 10, 1933, ch. 57, 48 Stat. 122, related to protection of diplomatic codes. See section 952 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
Section 816, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title X, §1081, as added Dec. 16, 1963, Pub. L. 88–205, pt. IV, §404(d), 77 Stat. 391, related to educational facilities for children of employees.
Section 817, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title X, §1091, as added July 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–350, title I, §119, 90 Stat. 827, related to malpractice protection.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title II, §201, 60 Stat. 1000, set forth provisions relating to appointment and duties of Director General.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title II, §202, 60 Stat. 1000, related to Deputy Director General.
Section, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title II, §211, 60 Stat. 1001, related to composition and duties of Board of Foreign Service.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Ex. Ord. No. 10522, Mar. 26, 1954, 19 F.R. 1689, was transferred to a note set out under section 3922 of this title.
Ex. Ord. No. 11264, Dec. 31, 1965, 31 F.R. 67, as amended, was transferred to a note set out under section 3930 of this title.
Section, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title II, §212, 60 Stat. 1001, related to duties and composition of Board of Examiners for Foreign Service.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section 841, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title III, §301, 60 Stat. 1001, related to compliance with laws, international agreements, and executive orders.
Section 842, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title III, §302, 60 Stat. 1001, authorized Secretary, where not inconsistent with authority of President, to govern duties by regulations.
Section 843, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title III, §303, 60 Stat. 1002, authorized President to delegate to Secretary authority to prescribe regulations.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title III, §311, 60 Stat. 1002, related to performance of service for government agencies and departments by officers and employees.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IV, §401, 60 Stat. 1002, related to categories of officers and employees.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section 866, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IV, §411, 60 Stat. 1002; July 28, 1956, ch. 770, §2, 70 Stat. 704; Aug. 14, 1964, Pub. L. 88–426, title III, §306(b), 78 Stat. 428, related to chiefs of missions.
Section 867, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IV, §412, 60 Stat. 1003; July 6, 1949, ch. 300, §1(a), 63 Stat. 407; Aug. 5, 1955, ch. 576, §4, 69 Stat. 537; July 28, 1956, ch. 770, §3, 70 Stat. 704; June 20, 1958, Pub. L. 85–462, §6(a)(1), (2), 72 Stat. 211; July 1, 1960, Pub. L. 86–568, title I, §113(a), (b), 74 Stat. 299; Oct. 11, 1962, Pub. L. 87–793, §902, 76 Stat. 861; Aug. 14, 1964, Pub. L. 88–426, title I, §119, 78 Stat. 411; Oct. 29, 1965, Pub. L. 89–301, §8(a), 79 Stat. 1118; July 18, 1966, Pub. L. 89–504, title I, §106(a), 80 Stat. 292; Dec. 16, 1967, Pub. L. 90–206, title II, §209(a), 81 Stat. 632; Ex. Ord. No. 11413, June 11, 1968, 33 F.R. 8641; Ex. Ord. No. 11474, June 16, 1969, 34 F.R. 9605; Ex. Ord. No. 11524, Apr. 15, 1970, 35 F.R. 6547; Ex. Ord. No. 11576, Jan. 8, 1971, 36 F.R. 347; Ex. Ord. No. 11637, Dec. 22, 1971, 36 F.R. 24911; Ex. Ord. No. 11691, Dec. 15, 1972, 37 F.R. 27607; Ex. Ord. No. 11739, Oct. 3, 1973, 38 F.R. 27581; Ex. Ord. No. 11811, Oct. 7, 1974, 39 F.R. 3602; Ex. Ord. No. 11883, Oct. 6, 1975, 40 F.R. 47091; Ex. Ord. No. 11941, Oct. 1, 1976, 41 F.R. 43889; Ex. Ord. No. 12010, Sept. 28, 1977, 42 F.R. 52365; Ex. Ord. No. 12087, Oct. 7, 1978, 43 F.R. 46823; Ex. Ord. No. 12165, Oct. 9, 1979, 44 F.R. 58671; Ex. Ord. No. 12200, Mar. 12, 1980, 45 F.R. 16443; Ex. Ord. No. 12248, Oct. 16, 1980, 45 F.R. 69199, related to classes of officers and table respecting per annum salary.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Pub. L. 95–105, title IV, §412(b), Aug. 17, 1977, 91 Stat. 856, increasing the amount of each rate of per annum salary in classes 5 through 8 of Foreign Service Officers, in the table contained in section 867, by $250, was repealed by Pub. L. 95–426, title IV, §410, Oct. 7, 1978, 92 Stat. 980.
Section 868, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IV, §413, 60 Stat. 1003; Aug. 31, 1954, ch. 1177, 68 Stat. 1051; Apr. 5, 1955, ch. 23, §2, 69 Stat. 24, related to appointive salaries.
Section 869, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IV, §414, 60 Stat. 1003; July 28, 1956, ch. 770, §4, 70 Stat. 704, related to classes and rate of salaries of Reserve officers.
Section 870, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IV, §415, 60 Stat. 1003; July 6, 1949, ch. 300, §1(a), 63 Stat. 407; June 20, 1958, Pub. L. 85–462, §6(a)(3), 72 Stat. 212; July 1, 1960, Pub. L. 86–568, title I, §113(c), 74 Stat. 300; Oct. 11, 1962, Pub. L. 87–793, §903, 76 Stat. 862; Aug. 14, 1964, Pub. L. 88–426, title I, §120, 78 Stat. 411; Oct. 29, 1965, Pub. L. 89–301, §8(b), 79 Stat. 1118; July 18, 1966, Pub. L. 89–504, title I, §106(b), 80 Stat. 292; Dec. 16, 1967, Pub. L. 90–206, title II, §209(b), 81 Stat. 632; Ex. Ord. No. 11413, June 11, 1968, 33 F.R. 8641; Ex. Ord. No. 11474, June 16, 1969, 34 F.R. 9605; Ex. Ord. No. 11524, Apr. 15, 1970, 35 F.R. 6247; Ex. Ord. No. 11576, Jan. 8, 1971, 36 F.R. 347; Ex. Ord. No. 11637, Dec. 22, 1971, 36 F.R. 24911; Ex. Ord. No. 11691, Dec. 15, 1972, 37 F.R. 27607; Ex. Ord. No. 11739, Oct. 3, 1973, 38 F.R. 27581; Ex. Ord. No. 11811, Oct. 7, 1974, 39 F.R. 3602; Ex. Ord. No. 11883, Oct. 6, 1975, 40 F.R. 47091; Ex. Ord. No. 11941, Oct. 1, 1976, 41 F.R. 43889; Ex. Ord. No. 12010, Sept. 28, 1977, 42 F.R. 52365; Ex. Ord. No. 12087, Oct. 7, 1978, 43 F.R. 46823; Ex. Ord. No. 12165, Oct. 9, 1979, 44 F.R. 58671; Ex. Ord. No. 12200, Mar. 12, 1980, 45 F.R. 16443; Ex. Ord. No. 12248, Oct. 16, 1980, 45 F.R. 69199, related to classes of staff officers and employees, and employees recruited abroad, and table relating to per annum salaries.
Section 871, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IV, §416, 60 Stat. 1004; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §2, 74 Stat. 831, related to appointive salaries of staff officers.
Section 872, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IV, §417, 60 Stat. 1004; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §3, 74 Stat. 731, related to salary and compensation of alien clerks.
Section 873, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IV, §418, 60 Stat. 1004, related to salary or compensation of consular agents.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section 876, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IV, §421, 60 Stat. 1004, related to salaries of charge�AE1s d'affaires ad interim.
Section 877, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IV, §422, 60 Stat. 1004, related to salaries of officers in charge of consulate general or consulates.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section 881, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IV, §431, 60 Stat. 1004; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §4, 74 Stat. 831; Aug. 17, 1977, Pub. L. 95–105, title IV, §401, 91 Stat. 852, related to eligibility period, etc., for receipt of salary by chiefs of missions.
Section 882, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IV, §432, 60 Stat. 1005; Apr. 5, 1955, ch. 23, §13(1), 69 Stat. 27, related to eligibility period, etc., for receipt of salary by officers and employees.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IV, §441, 60 Stat. 1005; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §5, 74 Stat. 831, related to classification of positions in Service and in Department.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title XI, §1105, 60 Stat. 1034, which related to applicability of rules for salary determinations for initial classification, was repealed by Pub. L. 96–465, title II, §2205(1), Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2159.
Section, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IV, §442, 60 Stat. 1006, provided for establishment of new group of positions, known as subclasses, for officers and employees.
Repeal effective the first day of first pay period which begins more than thirty days after Sept. 8, 1960, see section 56(a) of Pub. L. 86–723.
Section, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IV, §443, 60 Stat. 1006; Apr. 5, 1955, ch. 23, §3, 69 Stat. 24, related to salary differentials for Foreign Service officers, Reserve officers, and staff officers. See section 5921 et seq. of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Section, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IV, §444, 60 Stat. 1006; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §6, 74 Stat. 831; July 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–350, title I, §112, 90 Stat. 826; Aug. 17, 1977, Pub. L. 95–105, title IV, §402(a), (b)(1), 91 Stat. 852; Oct. 7, 1978, Pub. L. 95–426, title IV, §§401(b), 412(a), 92 Stat. 977, 981; Aug. 15, 1979, Pub. L. 96–60, title I, §107(b), 93 Stat. 397, related to compensation plans and annuity increases for alien employees and family members of personnel abroad.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Pub. L. 95–426, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 7, 1978, 92 Stat. 977, which related to employment of family members overseas, was repealed by Pub. L. 96–465, title II, §2205(2), Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2160. See section 3951 of this title.
Pub. L. 95–426, title IV, §401(c), Oct. 7, 1978, 92 Stat. 978, which related to report by Secretary of State respecting overseas employment of family members of Government personnel, was repealed by Pub. L. 96–465, title II, §2205(2), Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2160.
Section, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IV, §445, 60 Stat. 1006, related to salaries and classification of positions of consular agents.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IV, §451, as added Oct. 7, 1978, Pub. L. 95–426, title IV, §402(a), 92 Stat. 978, related to special allowances to Foreign Service officers.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section 900, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §500, as added Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §7, 74 Stat. 832, set forth Congressional declaration of policy on qualifications for assignment of chiefs of missions and Foreign Service officers.
Section 901, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §501, 60 Stat. 1007; Aug. 5, 1955, ch. 576, §5, 69 Stat. 537; July 13, 1972, Pub. L. 92–352, title I, §107, 86 Stat. 492; Aug. 17, 1977, Pub. L. 95–105, title IV, §403, 91 Stat. 853, related to appointment and assignment of ambassadors, ministers, etc., by President.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Ex. Ord. No. 10608, May 5, 1955, 20 F.R. 3093, was transferred to a note set out under section 3942 of this title.
Section, Pub. L. 93–126, §6, Oct. 18, 1973, 87 Stat. 452; Pub. L. 93–475, §4(a), Oct. 26, 1974, 88 Stat. 1440; Pub. L. 96–187, title I, §112(e)(2), Jan. 8, 1980, 93 Stat. 1366, related to campaign contribution report by nominees for ambassador or minister.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §502, 60 Stat. 1007; Aug. 5, 1955, ch. 576, §6, 69 Stat. 537, related to lists of officers qualified to be career ambassadors, etc., furnished to President.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §511, 60 Stat. 1007, related to appointment by President to a class in Foreign Service.
Act July 3, 1946, ch. 539, §§1–4, 60 Stat. 426, which provided for appointment of 250 additional Foreign Service officers within 2 years after July 3, 1946, was repealed by Pub. L. 89–554, §8(a), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 653.
Section 907, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §512, 60 Stat. 1007, related to commission of Foreign Service officers.
Section 908, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §513, 60 Stat. 1007, authorized Secretary to define limits of consular districts.
Section 909, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §514, 60 Stat. 1008, related to assignment and transfers.
Section 910, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §515, 60 Stat. 1008; Aug. 17, 1977, Pub. L. 95–105, title IV, §404, 91 Stat. 853, related to citizenship requirements of Foreign Service officers.
Section 911, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §516, 60 Stat. 1008; July 28, 1956, ch. 770, §5, 70 Stat. 704; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §8, 74 Stat. 832; Aug. 17, 1977, Pub. L. 95–105, title IV, §405, 91 Stat. 853, related to admissions to class 6, 7, or 8 for Foreign Service officers.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §517, 60 Stat. 1008; Apr. 5, 1955, ch. 23, §4, 69 Stat. 25; July 28, 1956, ch. 770, §6, 70 Stat. 704; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §9, 74 Stat. 832, related to admission to classes 1 to 7 for Foreign Service officers.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title XI, §1102, 60 Stat. 1033, which related to transfer of officers from old class to new class, was repealed by Pub. L. 96–465, title II, §2205(1), Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2159.
Act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title XI, §1104, 60 Stat. 1034, which related to in class promotions, was repealed by Pub. L. 96–465, title II, §2205(1), Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2159.
Section, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §518, 60 Stat. 1008; Aug. 5, 1955, ch. 576, §7, 69 Stat. 537, related to admission to class of career ambassador or career minister.
Act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 959, title XI, §1101, 60 Stat. 1033, which related to reinstatement of chiefs of missions, was repealed by Pub. L. 96–465, title II, §2205(1), Oct. 17, 1979, 94 Stat. 2159.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section 914, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §519, 60 Stat. 1008; Aug. 17, 1977, Pub. L. 95–105, title IV, §406, 91 Stat. 854, related to reassignment to Foreign Service of former ambassadors or ministers.
Section 915, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §520, 60 Stat. 1009; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §10, 74 Stat. 832; Sept. 6, 1966, Pub. L. 89–554, §8(a), 80 Stat. 661; July 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–350, title V, §517, 90 Stat. 845, related to reappointment or recall of Foreign Service officers or employees.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section 921, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §521, 60 Stat. 1009, related to establishment of Foreign Service Reserve.
Section 922, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §522, 60 Stat. 1009; Apr. 5, 1955, ch. 23, §5, 69 Stat. 25; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. VII, §701(b), 73 Stat. 257; Aug. 20, 1968, Pub. L. 90–494, §18, 82 Stat. 814; Aug. 17, 1977, Pub. L. 95–105, title IV, §407, 91 Stat. 854; Oct. 7, 1978, Pub. L. 95–426, title II, §204(b)(6), 92 Stat. 974, related to appointments and assignments to Reserve.
Section 923, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §523, 60 Stat. 1009, related to appointment and assignment to a class.
Section 924, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §524, 60 Stat. 1009, related to commissions for Reserve officers.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §525, 60 Stat. 1010, authorized Secretary to define active duty period of Reserve officers.
Repeal by Pub. L. 86–723 effective first day of first pay period which begins more than thirty days after Sept. 8, 1960, see section 56(a) of Pub. L. 86–723.
Section 926, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §526, 60 Stat. 1010, related to benefits of Reserve officers.
Section 927, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §527, 60 Stat. 1010, related to reappointment or reassignment of Reserve officers.
Section 928, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §528, 60 Stat. 1010; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §11, 74 Stat. 833, related to reinstatement of Reserve officers.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section 929, Pub. L. 90–464, §15, Aug. 20, 1968, 82 Stat. 813, related to limitation on tenure and extension of appointment for Reserve officers.
Section 930, Pub. L. 90–494, §16, Aug. 20, 1968, 82 Stat. 814, related to retirement and tenure for Reserve officers.
Section 931, Pub. L. 90–464, §17, Aug. 20, 1968, 82 Stat. 814, related to unlimited tenure for Foreign Service Reserve officers.
Section 932, Pub. L. 90–464, §19, Aug. 20, 1968, 82 Stat. 814, provided that sections 929 to 931 of this title not apply to officers and employees of the Agency for International Development, the Peace Corps, and the Arms Control and Disarmament Agency.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §531, 60 Stat. 1010; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §12, 74 Stat. 833, related to appointments for Foreign Service staff officers and employees.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title XI, §1103, 60 Stat. 1034, which set forth provisions respecting transfer of personnel from old class to new class, was repealed by Pub. L. 96–465, title II, §2205(1), Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2159.
Section 937, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §532, 60 Stat. 1010; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §13, 74 Stat. 833, related to assignments and transfers of Foreign Service staff officers and employees.
Section 938, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §533, 60 Stat. 1010, related to commission as consul or vice consul.
Section 939, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §534, 60 Stat. 1011, related to citizenship requirements of staff officers or employees.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section 946, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §541, 60 Stat. 1011, related to appointment of alien clerks and employees.
Section 947, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §542, 60 Stat. 1011, related to assignments and transfers of alien clerks and employees.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §551, 60 Stat. 1011, related to appointment of consular agents.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section 956, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §561, 60 Stat. 1011, related to detail of military and naval personnel as inspectors or supervisors of buildings, or as couriers. See section 713 of Title 10, Armed Forces.
Section 957, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §562, 60 Stat. 1011, authorized the Secretary of the Navy to assign enlisted men of the Navy and Marine Corps to serve as custodians at an embassy, legation, or consulate. See section 5983 of Title 10, Armed Forces.
Section 961, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §571, 60 Stat. 1011; May 26, 1949, ch. 143, §5, 63 Stat. 111; Apr. 5, 1955, ch. 23, §6, 69 Stat. 25; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. V, §502(h), 72 Stat. 273; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §14, 74 Stat. 833; Dec. 16, 1963, Pub. L. 88–205, pt. IV, §404(a), 77 Stat. 391; Aug. 17, 1977, Pub. L. 95–105, title IV, §408, 91 Stat. 854, set forth provisions relating to assignments of officers or employees to any government agency or international organization.
Section 962, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §572, 60 Stat. 1012, related to compulsory service in the United States.
Section 963, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §573, 60 Stat. 1012, related to assignment for consultation or instruction.
Section 964, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §574, 60 Stat. 1012, related to assignment to trade, labor, agricultural, scientific, or other conferences.
Section 965, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §575, 60 Stat. 1013; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §15, 74 Stat. 834, related to assignments to foreign governments of officers and employees.
Section 966, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §576, as added Oct. 26, 1974, Pub. L. 93–475, §9(a), 88 Stat. 1440; amended Nov. 29, 1975, Pub. L. 94–141, title IV, §401(a), 89 Stat. 763; Oct. 7, 1978, Pub. L. 95–426, title IV, §403(a)(2)–(4), 92 Stat. 978, related to assignments to public or private nonprofit organizations and Members and officers of Congress.
A prior section 576 of act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, 60 Stat. 1013, which provided for assignments to international organizations, was repealed by Pub. L. 86–723, §52(3), Sept. 8, 1960, 74 Stat. 847.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §577, 60 Stat. 1013, related to assignment or detail to United States as affecting personnel ceilings.
Repeal effective on first day of first pay period which begins more than thirty days after Sept. 8, 1960, see section 56(a) of Pub. L. 86–723.
Section, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title V, §578, as added Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §16, 74 Stat. 834, related to foreign language knowledge as condition for assignment.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VI, §601, 60 Stat. 1013, defined terms “efficiency record” and “efficiency report”.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section 986, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VI, §611, 60 Stat. 1013, related to responsibility of Director General for efficiency records.
Section 987, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VI, §612, 60 Stat. 1014, related to availability of records.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section 991, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VI, §621, 60 Stat. 1014; Nov. 29, 1975, Pub. L. 94–141, title IV, §402, 89 Stat. 764, related to promotion by selection of Foreign Service officers.
Section 992, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VI, §622, 60 Stat. 1014, related to eligibility for promotion.
Section 993, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VI, §623, 60 Stat. 1014; Oct. 18, 1973, Pub. L. 93–126, §10, 87 Stat. 453, related to recommendations for promotion.
Section 994, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 956, title VI, §624, 60 Stat. 1014, related to promotion of Reserve officers.
Section 995, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VI, §625, 60 Stat. 1014; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §17, 74 Stat. 834; Nov. 29, 1975, Pub. L. 94–141, title IV, §403, 89 Stat. 764, related to computation, etc., of within-class salary increases.
Section 996, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VI, §626, as added Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §18, 74 Stat. 834, related to effect on promotion of functional and geographical area specialization.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VI, §631, 60 Stat. 1015; Aug. 5, 1955, ch. 576, §8, 69 Stat. 537; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §20, 74 Stat. 835; July 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–350, title V, §518, 90 Stat. 845, related to separation from service of career ambassadors.
Repeal effective Oct. 17, 1980, see section 2403(d)(1) of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VI, §632, 60 Stat. 1015; Aug. 5, 1955, ch. 576, §9, 69 Stat. 537; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §21, 74 Stat. 835; July 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–350, title V, §519, 90 Stat. 846, related to separation from service of participants in the Foreign Service Retirement and Disability System who are not career ambassadors.
Repeal effective Oct. 17, 1980, see section 2403(d)(1) of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title XI, §1111, 60 Stat. 1034, which related to mandatory retirement of certain Foreign Service officers, was repealed by Pub. L. 96–465, title II, §2205(1), Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2159.
Section 1003, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VI, §633, as added Apr. 5, 1955, ch. 23, §7, 69 Stat. 25, related to selection-out process and regulations.
A prior section 633 of act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VI, 60 Stat. 1015, which provided that Secretary prescribe maximum period during which Foreign Service officers in classes 2 or 3 remain in force without promotion and for retirement from Service for any officer who did not receive a promotion within such period, was repealed by act Apr. 5, 1955, ch. 23, §7, 69 Stat. 25.
Section 1004, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VI, §634, as added Apr. 5, 1955, ch. 23, §7, 69 Stat. 25; amended July 28, 1956, ch. 770, §7, 70 Stat. 704; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §22, 74 Stat. 835; July 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–350, title V, §520, 90 Stat. 846, related to selection-out benefits.
A prior section 634 of act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VI, 60 Stat. 1015, which provided selection-out benefits to officers in classes 4 and 5 was repealed by act Apr. 5, 1955, ch. 23, §7, 69 Stat. 25.
Section 1005, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VI, §635, 60 Stat. 1016; July 28, 1956, ch. 770, §8, 70 Stat. 704; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §23, 74 Stat. 836, related to status, etc., of officers in class 7 or 8.
Section 1006, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VI, §636, 60 Stat. 1016; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §24, 74 Stat. 836, related to voluntary retirement.
Section 1007, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VI, §637, 60 Stat. 1016; July 28, 1956, ch. 770, §8, 70 Stat. 704; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §25(a), 74 Stat. 836; July 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–350, title V, §521, 90 Stat. 846, related to separation for cause of officers and employees.
Section 1008, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VI, §638, 60 Stat. 1016; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §26, 74 Stat. 837, related to termination of limited appointments of Reserve officers, and staff officers and employees.
Section 1009, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VI, §639, as added Oct. 7, 1978, Pub. L. 95–426, title IV, §404, 92 Stat. 979, related to professional career counseling, advice, and placement assistance.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section 1016, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VI, §641, 60 Stat. 1017; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §27, 74 Stat. 837, related to class promotion of staff personnel.
Section 1017, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VI, §642, 60 Stat. 1017; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §28, 74 Stat. 837; Oct. 11, 1962, Pub. L. 87–793, §905, 76 Stat. 863, related to within-class salary increases for staff officers or employees.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section 1021, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VI, §651, 60 Stat. 1017, related to separation from service of staff officers and employees for unsatisfactory performance of duty.
Section 1022, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VI, §652, 60 Stat. 1017, related to separation from service of staff officers and employees for misconduct or malfeasance.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section 1026, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VI, §661, 60 Stat. 1017, related to promotion for alien clerks and employees.
Section 1027, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VI, §662, 60 Stat. 1017, related to separation from service of alien clerks and employees for unsatisfactory performance of duty.
Section 1028, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VI, §663, 60 Stat. 1017, related to separation from service of alien clerks and employees for misconduct or malfeasance.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VI, §671, 60 Stat. 1017, related to separation from service of consular agents.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VI, §681, 60 Stat. 1018, authorized detailing of officers for inspections, time of inspections, and powers of officers.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section 1037, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VI, §691, as added Nov. 29, 1975, Pub. L. 94–141, title IV, §404(a), 89 Stat. 765, set forth Congressional statement of purposes with respect to grievances.
Section 1037a, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VI, §692, as added Nov. 29, 1975, Pub. L. 94–141, title IV, §404(a), 89 Stat. 765; amended 1977 Reorg. Plan No. 2, §§5, 7(a)(4), 42 F.R. 62461, 91 Stat. 1636, 1637, set forth provisions relating to consideration and resolution of grievances, promulgation of regulations for procedures, and applicable criteria.
Section 1037b, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VI, §693, as added Nov. 29, 1975, Pub. L. 94–141, title IV, §404(a), 89 Stat. 770, related to filing of grievances and election of remedies.
Section 1037c, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VI, §694, as added Nov. 29, 1975, Pub. L. 94–141, title IV, §404(a), 89 Stat. 770, related to judicial review of regulations and final actions.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section 1041, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VII, §701, 60 Stat. 1018; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §29, 74 Stat. 837; Sept. 4, 1961, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. IV, §708(1), 75 Stat. 464, related to establishment, etc., of Foreign Service Institute.
Section 1042, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VII, §702, 60 Stat. 1018, related to appointment, salary, and duties of Director of Institute.
Section 1043, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VII, §703, 60 Stat. 1018, related to aid to nonprofit institutions.
Section 1044, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VII, §704, 60 Stat. 1018; Oct. 28, 1949, ch. 782, title XI, §1106(a), 63 Stat. 972; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §30, 74 Stat. 837, set forth provisions relating to appointment or assignment of personnel to faculty or staff of Institute.
Section 1045, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VII, §705, 60 Stat. 1019, related to instruction and education at localities other than Institute.
Section 1046, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VII, §706, 60 Stat. 1019, related to endowments and gifts.
Section 1047, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VII, §707, 60 Stat. 1019, related to acquisition of real property.
Section 1048, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VII, §708, as added Oct. 7, 1978, Pub. L. 95–426, title IV, §405(a)(1), 92 Stat. 979, authorized Institute to provide orientation and language training for family members of Government personnel.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section 1061, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VIII, §801, 60 Stat. 1019, authorized rules and regulations.
Section 1062, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VIII, §802, 60 Stat. 1020, related to maintenance of Foreign Service Retirement and Disability Fund.
Section 1063, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VIII, §803, 60 Stat. 1020; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §31, 74 Stat. 838; July 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–350, title V, §501, 90 Stat. 834; Oct. 7, 1978, Pub. L. 95–426, title II, §204(b)(7), 92 Stat. 974, related to criteria for participants for benefits in System.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Pub. L. 94–350, title V, §522(a)–(c), July 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 846, which set forth provisions relating to conversion to Foreign Service Retirement System, was repealed by Pub. L. 96–465, title II, §2205(4), Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2160.
Section 1064, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VIII, §804, 60 Stat. 1020; Apr. 5, 1955, ch. 23, §13(2), 69 Stat. 27; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §32, 74 Stat. 838; Feb. 28, 1970, Pub. L. 91–201, title I, §101, title II, §201, 84 Stat. 17, 18; July 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–350, title V, §502, 90 Stat. 834; Ex. Ord. No. 11952, §2(a), Jan. 7, 1977, 42 F.R. 2293, 4809; Ex. Ord. No. 12145, §1–102, July 18, 1979, 44 F.R. 42653, defined terms applicable to System.
Section 1065, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VIII, §805, as added July 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–350, title V, §503, 90 Stat. 835, authorized maintenance of existing areas of conformity between Civil Service and Foreign Service Retirement Systems.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VIII, §811, 60 Stat. 1020; Aug. 5, 1955, ch. 576, §10, 69 Stat. 537; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §33, 74 Stat. 839; Feb. 28, 1970, Pub. L. 91–201, title I, §102(a), 84 Stat. 17; July 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–350, title V, §504, 90 Stat. 836; Aug. 17, 1977, Pub. L. 95–105, title IV, §409(a), 91 Stat. 854, Ex. Ord. No. 12145, §1–103, July 18, 1979, 44 F.R. 42653, related to rate of contributions to Fund.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VIII, §821, 60 Stat. 1020; Aug. 5, 1955, ch. 576, §11, 69 Stat. 537; July 28, 1956, ch. 770, §9, 70 Stat. 705; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §34, 74 Stat. 839; Oct. 31, 1965, Pub. L. 89–308, §9(1), 79 Stat. 1131; Feb. 28, 1970, Pub. L. 91–201, title II, §202, 84 Stat. 18; July 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–350, title V, §505, 90 Stat. 837; Ex. Ord. No. 11952, §2(b)–(d), Jan. 7, 1977, 42 F.R. 2293, 4809; Aug. 17, 1977, Pub. L. 95–105, title IV, §409(b), 91 Stat. 854; Ex. Ord. No. 12145, §§1–104 to 1–110, July 18, 1979, 44 F.R. 42653, related to rate of annuity and commencement and termination of payments.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title XI, §1112, 60 Stat. 1035, which related to recomputation of annuity rates, was repealed by Pub. L. 96–465, title II, §2205(1), Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2159.
Pub. L. 95–426, title IV, §406, Oct. 7, 1978, 92 Stat. 979, which provided that the annuity of any participant in the Foreign Service Retirement and Disability System whose salary was or is limited by section 5308 of Title 5 and who retired during the period beginning Oct. 1, 1978 and ending Dec. 31, 1979, would be equal to 2 per centum of his or her basic salary for the highest year of service for which contributions had been made to the Foreign Service Retirement and Disability Fund multiplied by the number of years, not exceeding thirty-five, of service credit obtained in accordance with sections 1091 and 1093 of this title, was repealed by Pub. L. 95–482, §109, Oct. 18, 1978, 92 Stat. 1605.
Section, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VIII, §822, as added July 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–350, title V, §506, 90 Stat. 838, related to commencement, etc., of payment of annuity.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section 1077, act May 21, 1952, ch. 315, §1, 66 Stat. 81, related to increase of annuities of annuitants retired prior to Nov. 13, 1950.
Section 1078, act May 21, 1952, ch. 315, §2, 66 Stat. 82, related to increase of annuities of survivor annuitants of persons retired prior to Nov. 13, 1950.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section 1079, act May 1, 1956, ch. 229, §1, 70 Stat. 125, related to increase of annuities of annuitants retired prior to July 1, 1949.
Section 1079a, act May 1, 1956, ch. 229, §2, 70 Stat. 125, related to availability of increases provided for by section 1079 of this title for officers retired before July 1, 1979, who exercised reduced annuity and restoration clause.
Section 1079b, act May 1, 1956, ch. 229, §3, 70 Stat. 125, related to increases for widowed annuitants.
Section 1079c, act May 1, 1956, ch. 229, §4, 70 Stat. 125, related to increases for officers’ wives who become annuitants subsequent to the effective date of sections 1079 to 1079f of this title.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, acts May 1, 1956, ch. 229, §5, 70 Stat. 125; July 12, 1960, Pub. L. 86–612, §2(a), 74 Stat. 371, related to grants to needy ineligible widows.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Pub. L. 86–612, §2(b), July 12, 1960, 74 Stat. 371, which provided that the amendment made to this section by section 2(a) of Pub. L. 86–612 take effect on the first day of the first month which begins more than thirty days after July 12, 1960, was repealed by Pub. L. 96–465, title II, §2205(15), Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2160.
Section 1079e, act May 1, 1956, ch. 229, §6, 70 Stat. 125, related to restriction on increases under sections 1079 to 1079f of this title.
Section 1079f, act May 1, 1956, ch. 229, §7, 70 Stat. 125, provided that no annuity currently payable be reduced as a result of sections 1079 to 1079f of this title.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section 1079g, Pub. L. 85–882, §1, Sept. 2, 1958, 72 Stat. 1705, related to increase of annuities for service terminated on or before Jan. 31, 1958.
Section 1079h, Pub. L. 85–882, §2, Sept. 2, 1958, 72 Stat. 1705, related to increase of annuities of retired officers for service terminated on or after Feb. 1, 1958, and provided a schedule of increase.
Section 1079i, Pub. L. 85–882, §3, Sept. 2, 1958, 72 Stat. 1705, related to increase of annuities of survivor annuitants for service terminated after Feb. 1, 1958, and provided a schedule of increase.
Section 1079j, Pub. L. 85–882, §4, Sept. 2, 1958, 72 Stat. 1705, provided that computation of increase on additional annuities purchased with voluntary contributions be barred.
Section 1079k, Pub. L. 85–882, §5, Sept. 2, 1958, 72 Stat. 1705, provided no annuity of a retired officer or survivor annuitant be increased under sections 1079g to 1079k of this title beyond a specified amount.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, Pub. L. 86–612, §1, July 12, 1960, 74 Stat. 371, set forth provisions relating to increase of annuities.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section 1079m, Pub. L. 89–308, §2, Oct. 31, 1965, 79 Stat. 1129, related to adjustment in annuities for service terminated before Oct. 16, 1960.
Section 1079n, Pub. L. 89–308, §3, Oct. 31, 1965, 79 Stat. 1130, related to benefit of surviving widow of annuitant whose service terminated before Oct. 16, 1960, and who has elected deferred annuity and dies before becoming eligible.
Section 1079o, Pub. L. 89–308, §4, Oct. 31, 1965, 79 Stat. 1130, related to benefit of surviving widow of annuitant who retired before Oct. 16, 1960, and who died before Oct. 31, 1965.
Section 1079p, Pub. L. 89–308, §5, Oct. 31, 1965, 79 Stat. 1131, related to increase in annuity for widows receiving less than $2,400.
Section 1079q, Pub. L. 89–308, §6, Oct. 31, 1965, 79 Stat. 1131, related to annuity benefits of widows under sections 1079m to 1079p of this title in lieu of any other benefits.
Section 1079r, Pub. L. 89–308, §7, Oct. 31, 1965, 79 Stat. 1131, provided for effective date for increases, adjustments, or grants of annuity.
Section 1079s, Pub. L. 89–308, §8, Oct. 31, 1965, 79 Stat. 1131, related to payments of annuity benefits from Foreign Service Retirement and Disability Fund.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section 1081, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VIII, §831, 60 Stat. 1021; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §35, 74 Stat. 840; July 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–350, title V, §507, 90 Stat. 839, related to benefits due to disability or incapacity.
Section 1082, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VIII, §832, 60 Stat. 1022; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §36, 74 Stat. 842; Oct. 31, 1965, Pub. L. 89–308, §9(2), 79 Stat. 1131; Feb. 28, 1970, Pub. L. 91–201, title II, §203, 84 Stat. 18; July 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–350, title V, §508, 90 Stat. 839, related to payment of lump-sum credit and annuities for death in service.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VIII, §833, 60 Stat. 1022, provided for retirement of non Foreign Service officers and chiefs of missions.
Repeal effective Oct. 1, 1976, see section 524(a) of Pub. L. 94–350.
Section, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VIII, §834, as added Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §37, 74 Stat. 842; amended July 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–350, title V, §509, 90 Stat. 840, related to discontinued service retirement.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VIII, §841, 60 Stat. 1022; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §38, 74 Stat. 843; July 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–350, title V, §510, 90 Stat. 840, related to separation from service and computation, etc., of lump-sum credit.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VIII, §851, 60 Stat. 1023; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §39, 74 Stat. 844; Feb. 28, 1970, Pub. L. 91–201, title II, §204, 84 Stat. 19; July 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–350, title V, §511, 90 Stat. 842, Ex. Ord. No. 12145, §1–111, July 18, 1979, 44 F.R. 42654, related to computation, etc., of creditable service period for annuities.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VIII, §852, 60 Stat. 1023; Apr. 5, 1955, ch. 23, §8(a), (b), 69 Stat. 26; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §40, 74 Stat. 844; Feb. 28, 1970, Pub. L. 91–201, title I, §103, 84 Stat. 17, related to prior service credits. See sections 4045 and 4056 of this title.
Repeal effective Oct. 1, 1976, see section 524(a) of Pub. L. 94–350.
Section, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VIII, §853, 60 Stat. 1024; Apr. 5, 1955, ch. 23, §9, 69 Stat. 27, related to extra credit for service at unhealthful posts.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VIII, §854, 60 Stat. 1024, provided for credit while on military leave. See section 4045 of this title.
Repeal effective Oct. 1, 1976, see section 524(a) of Pub. L. 94–350.
Section, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VIII, §855, as added Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §41, 74 Stat. 845, related to recomputation of annuities of certain former participants.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VIII, §861, 60 Stat. 1024, related to estimation of needed appropriations by Secretary of Treasury.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, act Aug. 13, 1964, ch. 957, title VIII, §862, 60 Stat. 1024, required an annual report to Congress and to President on condition of Foreign Service Retirement and Disability Fund and of estimates of appropriations necessary to continue system in effect.
Section 1103, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VIII, §863, 60 Stat. 1024, related to investment of Fund by Secretary of the Treasury.
Section 1104, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VIII, §864, 60 Stat. 1024; Apr. 5, 1955, ch. 23, §13(3), 69 Stat. 27; Ex. Ord. No. 11952, §2(e), Jan. 7, 1977, 42 F.R. 2293, 4809; Ex. Ord. No. 12145, §1–112, July 18, 1979, 44 F.R. 42654, related to attachment of moneys.
Section 1105, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VIII, §865, as added Feb. 28, 1970, Pub. L. 91–201, title I, §104(a), 84 Stat. 17; amended July 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–350, title V, §512, 90 Stat. 843, related to payments for future benefits, and funding of normal costs.
Section 1106, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VIII, §866, as added Feb. 28, 1970, Pub. L. 91–201, title I, §104(a), 84 Stat. 18, related to unfunded liability obligations, and credit for military service with respect to funding requirements.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section 1111, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VIII, §871, 60 Stat. 1025; July 28, 1956, ch. 770, §10, 70 Stat. 705; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §43, 74 Stat. 845; July 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–350, title V, §513, 90 Stat. 843, related to annuity adjustment for recall service.
Section 1112, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VIII, §872, as added Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §44, 74 Stat. 846; amended Sept. 4, 1961, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. IV, §708(2), 75 Stat. 464, related to rights, etc., upon reemployment of annuitant.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VIII, §881, 60 Stat. 1025; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §45, 74 Stat. 846; July 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–350, title V, §514, 90 Stat. 843, related to composition, etc., of voluntary contribution account.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title VIII, §882, as added Oct. 31, 1965, Pub. L. 89–308, §9(3), 79 Stat. 1131; amended Feb. 28, 1970, Pub. L. 91–201, title II, §205, 84 Stat. 19; July 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–350, title V, §515, 90 Stat. 844; Oct. 1, 1976, Pub. L. 94–440, title XIII, §1306(e)(1), 90 Stat. 1463; Ex. Ord. No. 11272, §1–101, Jan. 16, 1981, 46 F.R. 5853, related to effective date, etc., of provisions authorizing cost-of-living annuity increase.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IX, §901, 60 Stat. 1025; Apr. 5, 1955, ch. 23, §10, 69 Stat. 27; Sept. 6, 1960, Pub. L. 86–707, title V, §511(c)(7), 74 Stat. 801, related to authorization of representation allowances.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section 1132, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IX, §902, 60 Stat. 1026; July 28, 1956, ch. 770, §11, 70 Stat. 705, authorized the Secretary of State to allot funds to defray the unusual expenses incident to the operation and maintenance of official residences suitable for principal representatives of the United States. See section 5913 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Section 1133, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IX, §903, 60 Stat. 1026, required the Secretary of State to account for all allowances and allotments.
Section 1136, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IX, §911, 60 Stat. 1026; Apr. 5, 1955, ch. 23, §11, 69 Stat. 27; Sept. 6, 1960, Pub. L. 86–707, title III, §301(a), title V, §511(a)(1), 74 Stat. 795, 800; Sept. 4, 1961, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. IV, §708(3), 75 Stat. 464; Dec. 16, 1963, Pub. L. 88–205, pt. IV, §404(b), 77 Stat. 391; Dec. 23, 1967, Pub. L. 90–221, §1, 81 Stat. 671; Oct. 7, 1978, Pub. L. 95–426, title IV, §§407(a), 408(a), 409(a), 92 Stat. 980, related to payment, etc., of travel expenses, transportation and storage expenses, and expenses for bringing home remains of personnel and family members.
Section 1137, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IX, §912, 60 Stat. 1027; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §46, 74 Stat 846, related to loan of household furnishings and equipment to officers and employees.
Section 1138, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IX, §913, 60 Stat. 1027; Sept. 6, 1960, Pub. L. 86–707, title III, §322, 74 Stat. 798; Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–723, §47, 74 Stat. 846, related to transportation of motor vehicles of officers and employees.
Section 1138a, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IX, §914, as added Dec. 16, 1963, Pub. L. 88–205, pt. IV, §404(c), 77 Stat. 391, related to transportation for Government employees and dependents.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IX, §921, 60 Stat. 1027; July 28, 1956, ch. 770, §12, 70 Stat. 705; Dec. 16, 1963, Pub. L. 88–205, pt. IV, §404(c), 77 Stat. 391; Oct. 7, 1978, Pub. L. 95–426, title I, §112(a)(2), 92 Stat. 968, related to commissary and mess services and recreational facilities abroad.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section, act July 5, 1946, ch. 541, title I, 60 Stat. 452, related to sale or exchange of Foreign Service automobiles abroad.
Sections, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IX, §§931, 932, 60 Stat. 1028, related to annual and sick leave for officers and employees in the Foreign Service. See section 6301 et seq. of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Repeal effective Jan. 6, 1952, see section 209 of act Oct. 30, 1951.
Section 1148, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IX, §933, 60 Stat. 1028; Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, title V, §544(e), as added July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §11(a), 70 Stat. 563; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §11(b)(1), 71 Stat. 365; Sept. 4, 1961, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. IV, §708(4), 75 Stat. 464, related to return of personnel on leaves of absence to United States, its territories and possessions.
Section 1149, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IX, §934, 60 Stat. 1028, related to leaves of absence of Reserve officers assigned to the Foreign Service.
Section 1150, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IX, §935, 60 Stat. 1029, related to transfers of leaves of absence.
Section 1151, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IX, §936, as added July 28, 1956, ch. 770, §17, 70 Stat. 708, related to application of Annual and Sick Leave Act of 1951.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section 1156, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IX, §941, 60 Stat. 1029; July 28, 1956, ch. 770, §13, 70 Stat. 706, related to payment of expenses of medical treatment.
Section 1157, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IX, §942, 60 Stat. 1029; July 28, 1956, ch. 770, §14, 70 Stat. 706; Sept. 4, 1961, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. IV, §708(5), 75 Stat. 464; Oct. 7, 1978, Pub. L. 95–426, title I, §113(a)(1), 92 Stat. 968, related to payment of expenses for travel for medical purposes.
Section 1158, acts Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IX, §943, 60 Stat. 1029; Apr. 5, 1955, ch. 23, §12, 69 Stat. 27; July 28, 1956, ch. 770, §15, 70 Stat. 707, related to physical examinations and inoculations.
Section 1159, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IX, §944, as added Dec. 23, 1967, Pub. L. 90–221, §2, 81 Stat. 671, related to authority to provide medical services beyond date of death or separation of officer or employee.
Section 1160, act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, title IX, §945, as added Oct. 7, 1978, Pub. L. 95–426, title I, §113(a)(2), 92 Stat. 968, related to establishment and provision of medical treatment and health care facilities.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section 1171, R.S. §1689, which related to general application of provisions to consular officers, was transferred to section 4191 of this title.
Section 1172, R.S. §4082, which related to solemnization of marriages, was transferred to section 4192 of this title and subsequently repealed.
Section 1173, R.S. §1707; June 25, 1948, ch. 646, §39, 62 Stat. 992, which related to receipt by consuls and vice consuls of protests, was transferred to section 4193 of this title.
Section 1174, R.S. §1708; Feb. 14, 1903, ch. 552, §10, 32 Stat. 829, which related to lists and returns of seamen and vessels, etc., was transferred to section 4194 of this title.
Section 1175, R.S. §1709; Mar. 3, 1911, ch. 223, 36 Stat. 1083; June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §304, 42 Stat. 24; July 12, 1940, ch. 618, 54 Stat. 758, which related to estates of decedents generally and to General Accounting Office as conservator, was transferred to section 4195 of this title and subsequently repealed.
Section 1176, R.S. §1710; July 12, 1940, ch. 618, 54 Stat. 760, which related to notification of death of decedent and transmission of inventory of effects of decedent, was transferred to section 4196 of this title.
Section 1177, R.S. §1711; July 12, 1940, ch. 618, 54 Stat. 760, which related to a consular or diplomatic officer following testamentary directions and assistance to a testamentary appointee, was transferred to section 4197 of this title.
Section 1178, act June 30, 1902, ch. 1331, §1, 32 Stat. 546, which related to execution of a bond as administrator or guardian and to an action on bond, was transferred to section 4198 of this title.
Section 1179, act June 30, 1902, ch. 1331, §2, 32 Stat. 547, which related to penalty for failure to give bond and for embezzlement, was transferred to section 4199 of this title.
Section 1180, R.S. §1715, which related to certification by consular officers of invoices generally, was transferred to section 4200 of this title.
Section 1181, act Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §9, 34 Stat. 101, which related to fees for certification of invoices, was transferred to section 4201 of this title.
Section 1182, R.S. §1716, which related to exaction of excessive fees for verification of invoices and penalty therefor, was transferred to section 4202 of this title.
Section 1183, act Feb. 24, 1903, ch. 753, 32 Stat. 854, which related to destruction of old invoices, was transferred to section 4203 of this title.
Section 1184, R.S. §1717, which provided for a restriction as to a certificate for goods from countries adjacent to United States, was transferred to section 4204 of this title.
Section 1185, R.S. §1718, which related to retention of papers of American vessels until payment of demands and wages, was transferred to section 4205 of this title.
Section 1186, act June 26, 1884, ch. 121, §12, 23 Stat. 56, which related to prohibition of fees for services to American vessels or seamen, was transferred to section 4206 of this title.
Section 1187, R.S. §1719; Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §3, 34 Stat. 100, which related to prohibition of profits from dealings with discharged seamen, was transferred to section 4207 of this title.
Section 1188, R.S. §1722; Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §3, 34 Stat. 100, which related to valuation of foreign coins in payment of fees, was transferred to section 4208 of this title.
Section 1189, R.S. §1723, which related to exaction of excessive fees and a penalty therefor of treble amount, was transferred to section 4209 of this title.
Section 1190, R.S. §1724; Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §3, 34 Stat. 100, which related to liability for uncollected fees, was transferred to section 4210 of this title.
Section 1191, R.S. §1725; July 31, 1894, ch. 174, §5, 28 Stat. 206; Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §3, 34 Stat. 100; June 10, 1921, ch. 18, §304, 42 Stat. 24, which related to returns as to fees by officers compensated by fees, was transferred to section 4211 of this title.
Section 1192, R.S. §§1726, 1727, which related to receipts for fees and numbering of receipts, was transferred to section 4212 of this title.
Section 1193, R.S. §1727, which related to registry of fees, was transferred to section 4213 of this title.
Section 1194, R.S. §1728; June 28, 1955, ch. 196, 69 Stat. 187, which related to accounting of fees and certification of a transcript of register, was transferred to section 4214 of this title.
Section 1195, act Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §7, 34 Stat. 101, which related to notarial acts, oaths, affirmations, affidavits, and depositions and fees therefor, was transferred to section 4215 of this title.
Section, acts Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §10, 34 Stat. 102; May 24, 1924, ch. 182, §11, 43 Stat. 142, required consular officers to affix official fee stamps to documents in the performance of any consular or notarial act.
Section 1197, R.S. §1731, which related to posting rates of fees, was transferred to section 4216 of this title.
Section 1198, R.S. §1734; Dec. 21, 1898, ch. 36, §3, 30 Stat. 771, which related to embezzlement of fees or of effects of American citizens, was transferred to section 4217 of this title.
Section, R.S. §§1735, 1736; acts Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §3, 34 Stat. 100; June 6, 1972, Pub. L. 92–310, title II, §227(a), 86 Stat. 207, related to liability of consular officers for neglect of duty or for malfeasance.
Section 111(b) of Pub. L. 95–105 provided that: “The repeals made by subsection (a) [repealing this section] shall not affect suits commenced before the date of enactment of this Act [Aug. 17, 1977].”
Section 1200, R.S. §1737; Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §3, 34 Stat. 100, which related to penalty for a false certificate as to ownership of property, was transferred to section 4218 of this title.
Section 1201, R.S. §1745; Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §3, 34 Stat. 100, which related to regulation of fees by President, was transferred to section 4219 of this title.
Section 1202, R.S. §1746, which related to medium for payment of fees, was transferred to section 4220 of this title.
Section 1203, R.S. §1750; Apr. 5, 1906, ch. 1366, §3, 34 Stat. 100, which related to depositions and notarial acts and to perjury and other offenses, was transferred to section 4221 of this title.
Section 1204, act June 26, 1936, ch. 640, §6A, as added June 25, 1938, ch. 682, 52 Stat. 1163, which related to authentication of documents of State of Vatican City by consular officer in Rome, was transferred to section 4222 of this title.
Section 1221, Pub. L. 90–494, §1, Aug. 20, 1968, 82 Stat. 810; Pub. L. 95–426, title II, §204(b)(1), Oct. 7, 1978, 92 Stat. 973, related to establishment of a category of officers of United States Information Agency known as Foreign Service information officers.
Section 1222, Pub. L. 90–494, §2, Aug. 20, 1968, 82 Stat. 810; Pub. L. 95–426, title II, §204(b)(1), Oct. 7, 1978, 92 Stat. 973, related to Congressional statement of policy with respect to Foreign Service Information Officer Corps.
Section 1223, Pub. L. 90–494, §3, Aug. 20, 1968, 82 Stat. 810, related to Congressional statement of purpose with respect to Foreign Service Information Officer Corps.
Section 1224, Pub. L. 90–494, §4, Aug. 20, 1968, 82 Stat. 811; Pub. L. 95–426, title II, §204(b)(2), Oct. 7, 1978, 92 Stat. 973, related to authority of Director of United States Information Agency. See section 3922 of this title.
Section 1225, Pub. L. 90–494, §5, Aug. 20, 1968, 82 Stat. 811, related to policies and regulations of Foreign Service information officer personnel system and the Foreign Service officer personnel system. See sections 3923 and 3925 of this title.
Section 1226, Pub. L. 90–494, §6, Aug. 20, 1968, 82 Stat. 811, related to appointment and assignment of Foreign Service information officers.
Section 1227, Pub. L. 90–494, §7, Aug. 20, 1968, 82 Stat. 811, related to promotion of Foreign Service information officers.
Section 1228, Pub. L. 90–494, §8, Aug. 20, 1968, 82 Stat. 812, related to separation and retirement of Foreign Service information officers.
Section 1229, Pub. L. 90–494, §9, Aug. 20, 1968, 82 Stat. 812; Pub. L. 94–350, title V, §522(d), July 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 847, related to participation in Foreign Service retirement and disability system. See section 4043 of this title.
Section 1230, Pub. L. 90–494, §10, Aug. 20, 1968, 82 Stat. 812; Pub. L. 95–426, title II, §204(b)(3), Oct. 7, 1978, 92 Stat. 974, related to applicability of other statutory provisions.
Section 1231, Pub. L. 90–494, §11, Aug. 20, 1968, 82 Stat. 813; Pub. L. 95–426, title II, §204(b)(4), Oct. 7, 1978, 92 Stat. 974, related to commissioning and assignment as diplomatic and consular officers. See section 3952 of this title.
Section 1232, Pub. L. 90–494, §12, Aug. 20, 1968, 82 Stat. 813; Pub. L. 95–426, title II, §204(b)(1), Oct. 7, 1978, 92 Stat. 973, defined terms applicable to former provisions of chapter.
Section 1233, Pub. L. 90–494, §13, Aug. 20, 1968, 82 Stat. 813, related to transfer of Agency Foreign Service officers to Foreign Service information officer status.
Section 1234, Pub. L. 90–494, §14, Aug. 20, 1968, 82 Stat. 813, related to veterans’ preference. See section 3941 of this title.
Repeal effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Section 1251, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title II, §201, 60 Stat. 143, provided for entry of Philippine articles into the United States, between May 1, 1946 and July 3, 1954, free of ordinary customs duty.
Section 1252, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title II, §202, 60 Stat. 143. Subsec. (a), related to ordinary customs duties on Philippine articles between July 4, 1954 and July 3, 1974. Subsec. (b), which related to ordinary customs duties on Philippine articles for the period after July 3, 1974, was omitted on authority of former section 1345 of this title which nullified subchapter I of this chapter upon the expiration of the revised agreement between the United States and the Republic of the Philippines which occurred on July 4, 1974.
Section 1253, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title II, §203, 60 Stat. 144, related to customs duties on Philippines articles other than ordinary customs duties. See note above for section 1252(b) of this title.
Section 1254, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title II, §204, 60 Stat. 144, related to equality in special import duties. See note above for section 1252(b) of this title.
Section 1255, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title II, §205, 60 Stat. 144, related to equality in duties for products of the Philippines which did not come within the definition of Philippine articles. See note above for section 1252(b) of this title.
Act July 5, 1954, ch. 459, 68 Stat. 448, provided that the duty-free treatment of this section was to be applied in lieu of section 1252(a)(1), (2) of this title for Philippine articles entered or withdrawn from United States warehouses for consumption during periods between July 3, 1954 and December 31, 1955 provided the President declared by proclamation that such period was one in which United States articles were admitted into the Philippines free of ordinary customs duties.
Proc. No. 3060, July 10, 1954, 19 F.R. 4397, provided that United States articles entered or withdrawn from warehouse in the Philippines for consumption, during the period from July 4, 1954 to December 31, 1955, be admitted into the Philippines free from ordinary customs duty.
Section 1261, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title II, §211, 60 Stat. 144, related to amount and allocation of quotas for refined and unrefined Philippine sugar, between the period Jan. 1, 1946 and July 3, 1974.
Section 1262, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title II, §212, 60 Stat. 145, related to amount and allocation of quotas for Philippine cordage, between the period Jan. 1, 1946 and July 3, 1974.
Section 1263, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title II, §213, 60 Stat. 145, related to quota on Philippine rice, between the period Jan. 1, 1946 and July 3, 1974.
Section 1264, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title II, §214, 60 Stat. 146, related to duty-free quotas on cigars, scrap tobacco, coconut oil and buttons of pearl or shell, between the period Jan. 1, 1946 and July 3, 1974.
Section 1265, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title II, §215, 60 Stat. 147, which related to enactment of laws and regulations necessary to put into effect allocations of quotas, was omitted on authority of former section 1345 of this title which nullified subchapter I of this chapter upon expiration of the revised agreement between the United States and the Republic of the Philippines which occurred on July 4, 1974.
Section 1266, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title II, §216, 60 Stat. 147, related to transfers and assignments of quota allotments. See note above for section 1265 of this title.
Section 1271, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title II, §221, 60 Stat. 147, which related to equality in internal taxes for Philippine products coming into the United States, was omitted on authority of former section 1345 of this title which nullified subchapter I of this chapter upon expiration of the revised agreement between the United States and the Republic of the Philippines which occurred on July 4, 1974.
Section 1272, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title II, §222, 60 Stat. 148, related to exemption from tax of manila fiber. See note above for section 1271 of this title.
Section 1273, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title II, §223, 60 Stat. 148, prohibited export taxes by the United States on articles exported to the Philippines. See note above for section 1271 of this title.
Section 1274, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title II, §224, 60 Stat. 148, provided an exemption from taxes for articles for official use of the Philippine Government. See note above for section 1271 of this title.
Section, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title II, §231, 60 Stat. 148, which provided that certain Philippine citizens be granted non-quota status, was omitted on authority of former section 1345 of this title which nullified subchapter I of this chapter upon the expiration of the revised agreement between the United States and the Republic of the Philippines which occurred on July 4, 1974.
Philippine traders as classifiable as nonimmigrants, see section 1184a of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality.
Proc. No. 2696, July 4, 1946, 11 F.R. 7517, 60 Stat. 1353, provided:
The annual quota for the Philippine Islands effective July 4, 1946, for the remainder of the fiscal year ending June 30, 1947, and for each fiscal year thereafter, has been determined in accordance with the law to be, and shall be, 100.
The immigration quota of 50 authorized by section 8(a)(1) of the Act approved March 24, 1934, entitled “An Act to provide for the complete independence of the Philippine Islands, to provide for the adoption of a constitution and a form of government for the Philippine Islands, and for other purposes” (48 Stat. 462; 53 Stat. 1230; section 1238 of Title 48, Territories and Insular Possessions), which Act was accepted by concurrent resolution of the Philippine Legislature on May 1, 1934, and which became effective on that date, will become inoperative on July 4, 1946, the date the Government of the United States recognizes the independence of the Philippine Islands as a separate and self-governing nation.
The immigration quota assigned to the Philippine Islands is designed solely for purposes of compliance with the pertinent provisions of the Immigration Act of 1924 [section 145 et seq. of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality] and is not to be regarded as having any significance extraneous to this subject.
Section, act Mar. 24, 1934, ch. 84, §14, 48 Stat. 464, related to immigration after independence. See section 1151 et seq. of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality.
Section, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title III, §301, 60 Stat. 148, which stated the purposes of this subchapter, was omitted on authority of subsec. (b)(1) of this section which provided that this subchapter be effective until the expiration of the revised agreement between the United States and the Republic of the Philippines which occurred on July 4, 1974.
Section 1301, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title III, §311, 60 Stat. 149, provided for entry of United States articles into Philippines, between May 1, 1946, and July 3, 1954, free of ordinary customs duties.
Section 1302, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title III, §312, 60 Stat. 149. Subsec. (a) related to ordinary customs duties on United States articles between July 4, 1954, and July 3, 1974. Subsec. (b), which related ordinary customs duties on United States articles after July 3, 1974, was omitted on authority of section 1291(b)(1) of this title which provided that this subchapter be effective until the expiration of the revised agreement between the United States and the Republic of the Philippines which occurred on July 4, 1974.
Section 1303, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title III, §313, 60 Stat. 149, related to customs duties on United States articles other than ordinary customs duties. See note above for section 1302(b) of this title.
Section 1304, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title III, §314, 60 Stat. 150, related to equality in special import duties. See note above for section 1302(b) of this title.
Section 1305, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title III, §315, 60 Stat. 150, related to equality in duties for products of the United States which did not come within the definition of United States articles. See note above for section 1302(b) of this title.
Section 1311, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title III, §321, 60 Stat. 150, which related to equality in internal taxes for United States products coming into the Philippines, was omitted on authority of section 1291(b)(1) of this title which provided that this subchapter be effective until the expiration of the revised agreement between the United States and the Republic of the Philippines which occurred on July 4, 1974.
Section 1312, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title III, §322, 60 Stat. 150, prohibited export taxes by the Philippines on articles exported to the United States. See note above for section 1311 of this title.
Section 1313, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title III, §323, 60 Stat. 150, provided an exemption from taxes for articles for official use of the United States Government. See note above for section 1311 of this title.
Section 1321, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title III, §331, 60 Stat. 151, which provided that certain United States citizens be granted non-quota status, was omitted on authority of section 1291(b)(1) of this title which provided that this subchapter be effective until the expiration of the revised agreement between the United States and the Republic of the Philippines which occurred on July 4, 1974.
Section 1322, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title III, §332, 60 Stat. 151, provided for immigration of United States citizens into the Philippines. See note above for section 1321 of this title.
Section 1331, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title III, §341, 60 Stat. 151, which related to rights of United States citizens and business enterprises to natural resources in the Philippines, was omitted on authority of section 1291(b)(1) of this title which provided that this subchapter be effective until the expiration of the revised agreement between the United States and the Republic of the Philippines which occurred on July 4, 1974.
Section 1332, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title III, §342, 60 Stat. 151, provided for currency stabilization between the United States and the Philippines. See note above for section 1331 of this title.
Section 1333, acts June 11, 1934, ch. 445, 48 Stat. 929; Aug. 7, 1946, ch. 809, §1, 60 Stat. 901, which related to deposits of and interest on public moneys, terminated on July 1, 1951, under the provisions of section 2 of act Aug. 7, 1946.
Section 1334, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title III, §343, 60 Stat. 151, related to allocation of quotas established by sections 1261, 1262, and 1264 of this title. See note above for section 1331 of this title.
Section 1341, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title IV, §401, 60 Stat. 151, which provided authorization for an executive agreement between United States and Republic of Philippines concerning trade and other related matters, was omitted in view of expiration of revised agreement concerning trade and other related matters which occurred on July 4, 1974.
Section 1342, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title IV, §402, 60 Stat. 152, specified obligations of Philippines. See note above for section 1341 of this title.
Section 1343, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title IV, §403, 60 Stat. 153, specified obligations of United States. See note above for section 1341 of this title.
Section 1344, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title IV, §404, 60 Stat. 153, related to provisions concerning termination of agreement. See note above for section 1341 of this title.
Section 1345, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title IV, §405, 60 Stat. 154, provided that upon expiration of agreement the provisions of subchapter I of this chapter shall cease to have effect. See note above for section 1341 of this title.
Section 1346, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title IV, §406, 60 Stat. 154, related to interpretation of agreement. See note above for section 1341 of this title.
Section 1347, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title IV, §407, 60 Stat. 154, related to termination of authority to make the agreement. See note above for section 1341 of this title.
Section 1348, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title IV, §408, 60 Stat. 154, related to effective date of the agreement. See note above for section 1341 of this title.
Section 1351, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title V, §501, 60 Stat. 155, which related to suspension and termination of trade agreement in case of discrimination, was omitted in view of the expiration of the revised agreement between the United States and the Republic of the Philippines which occurred on July 4, 1974.
Section 1352, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title V, §502, 60 Stat. 155, which related to suspension of provisions of subchapter I of this chapter, was omitted on authority of former section 1345 of this title which nullified subchapter I of this chapter upon the expiration of the revised agreement between the United States and the Republic of the Philippines which occurred on July 4, 1974.
Section 1353, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title V, §503, 60 Stat. 156, related to customs duties on imports from Philippines during period subchapter I of this chapter was in effect. See note above for section 1352 of this title.
The United States International Trade Commission shall at the request of the President, upon resolution of either House of Congress or concurrent resolution of both Houses of Congress, upon its own motion, or when in its judgment there is good reason therefor, upon application of any interested party, make an investigation to ascertain (1) whether imports of a Philippine article (other than an article for which a quota is established by part 2 of subchapter I of this chapter) are coming, or are likely to come, into substantial competition with like articles which are the product of the United States; (2) what is the greatest amount of such article which may be entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, in the United States for consumption, without coming into substantial competition with like articles which are the product of the United States; and (3) the total amount of such article which (during the twelve months ended on the last day of the month preceding the month in which occurs the date of the beginning of the investigation) was entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, in the United States for consumption. During the course of the investigation the Commission shall hold a public hearing, of which reasonable public notice shall be given and at which parties interested shall be afforded reasonable opportunity to be present, to produce evidence, and to be heard. The Commission shall give precedence to such investigations. The Commission shall report the results of its investigations to the President, and shall send copies of such report to each House of the Congress.
(Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title V, §504, 60 Stat. 156; Pub. L. 93–618, title I, §171(b), Jan. 3, 1975, 88 Stat. 2009.)
Section not applicable during such time as the revised agreement between the United States and the Philippines is in effect, see section 1373 of this title.
Part 2 of subchapter I of this chapter, referred to in subsec. (d), was omitted from the Code. See Codification note set out under section 1261 of this title.
Subsec. (a) of this section, which provided that the President establish quotas on Philippine articles, was omitted on authority of subsec. (c) of this section which provided that no quota so established continue in effect after the expiration of the executive agreement which expiration occurred on July 4, 1974. Subsec. (b) of this section, which provided for the maximum and minimum quotas, was omitted on authority of subsec. (c) of this section. Subsec. (c) provided for the duration of the quotas.
1975—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 93–618 substituted “United States International Trade Commission” for “United States Tariff Commission”.
Section 512 of act Apr. 30, 1946, provided that: “This Act [enacting subchapters I to IV of this chapter; sections 2470(a)(2) and 2800(a)(4)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1939; and section 734 of Title 48, Territories and Insular Possessions] shall take effect on the day after the date of its enactment [Apr. 30, 1946], except Part 2 of Title II [enacting sections 1261 to 1266 of this title], which shall take effect as of January 1, 1946.”
Section 1 of act Apr. 30, 1946, provided that: “This Act [enacting subchapters I to IV of this chapter, amending section 1393 of this title, sections 2470 and 2800 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1939, and section 734 of Title 48, Territories and Insular Possessions, repealing section 1301 of Title 19, Customs Duties, sections 2476, and 3340 to 3343 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1939, and section 1243 of Title 48] may be cited as the ‘Philippine Trade Act of 1946’.”
Whenever the President, after consultation with the President of the Philippines, finds that adequate supplies of neither copra nor coconut oil, the product of the Philippines, are readily available for processing in the United States, he shall so proclaim, and after the date of such proclamation the provisions of section 2470(a)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code shall be suspended until the expiration of 30 days after he proclaims that, after consultation with the President of the Philippines, he has found that such adequate supplies are so readily available.
(Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title V, §505(b), 60 Stat. 157.)
Section not applicable during such time as the revised agreement between the United States and the Philippines is in effect, see section 1373 of this title.
Section 2470(a)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code, referred to in text, is a reference to section 2470(a)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1939. Section 2470 was repealed by section 7851 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, Title 26, and was reenacted as sections 4511 and 4513 of Title 26. The Internal Revenue Code of 1954 was redesignated the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 by Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095. Sections 4511 and 4513 of Title 26 were repealed by Pub. L. 87–456, title III, §302(d), May 24, 1962, 76 Stat. 77, effective Aug. 31, 1963.
By Proc. No. 2847, July 28, 1949, 14 F.R. 4773, 63 Stat. 1279, the President found that “adequate supplies of copra and coconut oil, the product of the Philippines, are readily available for processing in the United States” and that upon the expiration of 30 days from July 28, 1949, the suspension of the provisions of section 2470(a)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1939 will be terminated.
By Proc. No. 2693, June 28, 1946, 11 F.R. 7255, 60 Stat. 1349, the President found that “adequate supplies of neither copra nor coconut oil, the product of the Philippines, are readily available for processing in the United States,” and therefore the provisions of section 2470(a)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1939 are suspended.
Notwithstanding the provisions of section 4 of the Act of March 8, 1902 (32 Stat. 54, ch. 140), or of section 19 of the Act of March 24, 1934 (48 Stat. 456, ch. 84), as added to such Act by section 6 of the Act of August 7, 1939 (53 Stat. 1232, ch. 502), or of the Act of November 8, 1945 (59 Stat. 577, ch. 454) or of any other provision of law, the proceeds of any duties or taxes, collected subsequent to July 3, 1946, which but for the enactment of this Act would be required to be paid into the general funds of the Treasury of the Philippines or would be held in separate or special funds and paid into the Treasury of the Philippines, shall be covered into the general fund of the Treasury of the United States.
(Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title V, §506(a), 60 Stat. 157.)
Section not applicable during such time as the revised agreement between the United States and the Philippines is in effect, see section 1373 of this title.
Section 4 of the Act of March 8, 1902 (32 Stat. 54, ch. 140), referred to in text, was classified to section 123a of Title 19, Customs Duties, and was transferred to section 3343(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1939, and subsequently repealed by act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title V, §506(b), 60 Stat. 157, eff. July 4, 1946.
Section 19 of the Act of March 24, 1934 (48 Stat. 456, ch. 84), as added to such Act by section 6 of the Act of August 7, 1939 (53 Stat. 1232, ch. 502), referred to in text, was classified to section 1248 of Title 48, Territories and Insular Possessions, which was omitted from the Code.
Act of November 8, 1945 (59 Stat. 577, ch. 454), referred to in text, was classified to section 1249 of Title 48, Territories and Insular Possessions, which was omitted from the Code.
This Act, referred to in text, is act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, 60 Stat. 141, known as the Philippine Trade Act of 1946, which is classified principally to subchapters I to IV of this chapter. Subchapters I, II, and III of this chapter were omitted from the Code. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1354 of this title and Tables.
Until July 4, 1974, no trade agreement shall be made with the Philippines under section 1351 of title 19, unless, prior to such time, the President of the United States has made the proclamation provided for in section 1347 of this title, or the executive agreement provided for in subchapter III of this chapter has been terminated.
(Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title V, §508, 60 Stat. 158.)
Section not applicable during such time as the revised agreement between the United States and the Philippines is in effect, see section 1373 of this title.
The executive agreement provided for in subchapter III of this chapter, referred to in text, expired July 4, 1974.
The benefits granted by subchapters I to IV of this chapter, and by the executive agreement provided for in subchapter III of this chapter, to the Philippines, Philippine articles or products, and Philippine citizens, shall not, by reason of any provision of any existing treaty or agreement with any third country, be extended to such country or its products, citizens, or subjects.
(Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title V, §509, 60 Stat. 158.)
Section not applicable during such time as the revised agreement between the United States and the Philippines is in effect, see section 1373 of this title.
Subchapters I to IV of this chapter, referred to in text, was in the original “this Act”, meaning act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, 60 Stat. 141, known as the Philippine Trade Act of 1946, which is classified principally to subchapters I to IV of this chapter. Subchapters I, II, and III of this chapter were omitted from the Code. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1354 of this title and Tables.
The executive agreement provided for in subchapter III of this chapter, referred to in text, expired July 4, 1974.
Section, act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title V, §510, 60 Stat. 158, related to administration of subchapter I of this chapter. See Codification note for section 1352 of this title.
(a) For the purposes of subchapters I to IV of this chapter—
(1) The term “person” includes partnerships, corporations, and associations.
(2) The term “United States”, when used in a geographical sense, means the States, the District of Columbia, the Territories of Alaska and Hawaii, and Puerto Rico.
(3) The term “ordinary customs duty” means a customs duty based on the article as such (whether or not such duty is also based in any manner on the use, value, or method of production of the article, or on the amount of like articles imported, or on any other factor); but does not include—
(A) a customs duty based on an act or omission of any person with respect to the importation of the article, or of the country from which the article is exported, or from which it comes; or
(B) a countervailing duty imposed to offset a subsidy, bounty, or grant; or
(C) an anti-dumping duty imposed to offset the selling of merchandise for exportation at a price less than the prevailing price in the country of export; or
(D) any tax, fee, charge, or exaction, imposed on or in connection with importation unless the law of the country imposing it designates or imposes it as a customs duty or contains a provision to the effect that it shall be treated as a duty imposed under the customs laws; or
(E) the tax imposed by section 2491(c) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to an article, merchandise, or combination, 10 per centum or more of the quantity by weight of which consists of, or is derived directly or indirectly from, one or more of the oils, fatty acids, or salts specified in section 2470 of the Internal Revenue Code; or the tax imposed by section 3500 of the Internal Revenue Code.
(4) The term “Philippine article” means an article which is the product of the Philippines, unless, in the case of an article produced with the use of materials imported into the Philippines from any foreign country (except the United States) the aggregate value of such imported materials at the time of importation into the Philippines was more than twenty per centum of the value of the article imported into the United States, the value of such article to be determined in accordance with, and as of the time provided by, the customs laws of the United States in effect at the time of importation of such article. As used in this paragraph the term “value”, when used in reference to a material imported into the Philippines, includes the value of the material ascertained under the customs laws of the Philippines in effect at the time of importation into the Philippines, and, if not included in such value, the cost of bringing the material to the Philippines, but does not include the cost of landing it at the port of importation, or customs duties collected in the Philippines. For the purposes of this paragraph any imported material, used in the production of an article in the Philippines, shall be considered as having been used in the production of an article subsequently produced in the Philippines, which is the product of a chain of production in the Philippines in the course of which an article, which is the product of one stage of the chain, is used by its producer or another person, in a subsequent stage of the chain, as a material in the production of another article.
(5) The term “United States article” means an article which is the product of the United States, unless, in the case of an article produced with the use of materials imported into the United States from any foreign country (except the Philippines) the aggregate value of such imported materials at the time of importation into the United States was more than twenty per centum of the value of the article imported into the Philippines, the value of such article to be determined in accordance with, and as of the time provided by, the customs laws of the Philippines in effect at the time of importation of such article. As used in this paragraph the term “value”, when used in reference to a material imported into the United States, includes the value of the material ascertained under the customs laws of the United States in effect at the time of importation into the United States, and, if not included in such value, the cost of bringing the material to the United States, but does not include the cost of landing it at the port of importation, or customs duties collected in the United States. For the purposes of this paragraph any imported material, used in the production of an article in the United States, shall be considered as having been used in the production of an article subsequently produced in the United States, which is the product of a chain of production in the United States in the course of which an article, which is the product of one stage of the chain, is used by its producer or another person, in a subsequent stage of the chain, as a material in the production of another article.
(6) The term “United States duty” means the rate or rates of ordinary customs duty which (at the time and place of entry, or withdrawal from warehouse, in the United States for consumption, of the Philippine article) would be applicable to a like article if imported from that foreign country which is entitled to the lowest rate, or the lowest aggregate of rates, of ordinary customs duty with respect to such like article.
(7) The term “Philippine duty” means the rate or rates of ordinary customs duty which (at the time and place of entry, or withdrawal from warehouse, in the Philippines for consumption, of the United States article) would be applicable to a like article if imported from that foreign country which is entitled to the lowest rate, or the lowest aggregate of rates, of ordinary customs duty with respect to such like article.
(8) The term “internal tax” includes an internal fee, charge, or exaction, and includes—
(A) the tax imposed by section 2491(c) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to an article, merchandise, or combination, 10 per centum or more of the quantity by weight of which consists of, or is derived directly or indirectly from, one or more of the oils, fatty acids, or salts specified in section 2470 of the Internal Revenue Code; and the tax imposed by section 3500 of the Internal Revenue Code; and
(B) any other tax, fee, charge, or exaction, imposed on or in connection with importation unless the law of the country imposing it designates or imposes it as a customs duty or contains a provision to the effect that it shall be treated as a duty imposed under the customs laws.
(b) For the purposes of sections 1271(b) and 1311(b) of this title, any material, used in the production of an article, shall be considered as having been used in the production of an article subsequently produced, which is the product of a chain of production in the course of which an article, which is the product of one stage of the chain, is used by its producer or another person, in a subsequent stage of the chain, as a material in the production of another article.
(c) For the purposes of paragraphs (6) and (7) of subsection (a) of this section—
(1) if an article is entitled to be imported from a foreign country free of ordinary customs duty, that country shall be considered as the country entitled to the lowest rate of ordinary customs duty with respect to such article; and
(2) a reduction in ordinary customs duty granted any country, by law, treaty, trade agreement, or otherwise, with respect to any article, shall be converted into the equivalent reduction in the rate of ordinary customs duty otherwise applicable to such article.
(d) The terms “includes” and “including” when used in a definition contained in subchapters I to IV of this chapter shall not be deemed to exclude other things otherwise within the meaning of the term defined.
(Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title I, §2, 60 Stat. 141.)
Section not applicable during such time as the revised agreement between the United States and the Philippines is in effect, see section 1373 of this title.
Subchapters I to IV of this chapter, referred to in subsecs. (a) and (d), was in the original “this Act”, meaning act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, 60 Stat. 141, known as the Philippine Trade Act of 1946, which is classified principally to subchapters I to IV of this chapter. Subchapters I, II, and III of this chapter were omitted from the Code. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1354 of this title and Tables.
Sections 2470 and 2491(c) of the Internal Revenue Code, referred to in subsec. (a)(3)(E), (8)(A), are references to sections 2470 and 2491(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1939, which were repealed by section 7851 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, Title 26. The Internal Revenue Code of 1954 was redesignated the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 by Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095. Section 2470 was reenacted as sections 4511 and 4513 of Title 26, and section 2491 was reenacted as part of sections 4581 and 4582 of Title 26. Sections 4511, 4513, 4581, and 4582 of Title 26 were repealed by Pub. L. 87–456, title III, §302(d), May 24, 1962, 76 Stat. 77, effective Aug. 31, 1963.
Section 3500 of the Internal Revenue Code, referred to in subsec. (a)(3)(E), (8)(A), is reference to section 3500 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1939, which was repealed by section 7851 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, Title 26. The Internal Revenue Code of 1954 was redesignated the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 by Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095. See section 4501 of Title 26, Internal Revenue Code.
Alaska was admitted into the Union on Jan. 3, 1959, on issuance of Proc. No. 3269, Jan. 3, 1959, 24 F.R. 81, 73 Stat. c16, and Hawaii was admitted into the Union on Aug. 21, 1959, on issuance of Proc. No. 3309, Aug. 21, 1959, 24 F.R. 6868, 73 Stat. c74. For Alaska Statehood Law, see Pub. L. 85–508, July 7, 1958, 72 Stat. 339, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 48, Territories and Insular Possessions. For Hawaii Statehood Law, see Pub. L. 86–3, Mar. 18, 1959, 73 Stat. 4, set out as a note preceding section 491 of Title 48.
Section 1371, act Aug. 1, 1955, ch. 438, title I, §2, 69 Stat. 413, which defined revised agreement, was omitted in view of the expiration of the revised agreement between the United States and the Republic of the Philippines which occurred on July 4, 1974.
Section 1372, act Aug. 1, 1955, ch. 438, title II, §201, 69 Stat. 413, authorized revised agreement. See Codification note for section 1371 of this title.
Section 201 of act Aug. 1, 1955, provided in part for a revised agreement, accompanied by a protocol, between the United States and the Republic of the Philippines concerning trade and other related matters during a transitional period following the institution of Philippine Independence on July 4, 1946, which agreement by the terms of Article XI thereof, was to have no effect after July 3, 1974.
Section 202 of act Aug. 1, 1955, provided that the text of the revised agreement between the United States and the Republic of the Philippines concerning trade and other related matters during a transitional period after Philippine independence was to be modified only to the extent necessary to correct errors or references to laws, to reflect executive or legislative action taken by the Philippines, or merely as changes in style.
Pub. L. 87–47, June 16, 1961, 75 Stat. 92, provided that the duty-free treatment for scrap tobacco and filler tobacco described in item B in the schedule to paragraph 2 of article II of the agreement between the United States and the Republic of the Philippines concerning trade and other related matters during a transitional period after Philippine independence, as revised, was to apply only to articles certified by the Philippines as having been allocated for exportation to the United States free of duty under that paragraph.
The Philippine Trade Act of 1946 [22 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.] (except section 506(a) of this title [22 U.S.C. 1356] relating to termination of payments into Philippine Treasury, and except amendments and repeals made by such Act) shall not apply during such time as the revised agreement is in effect.
(Aug. 1, 1955, ch. 438, title III, §302, 69 Stat. 426.)
The Philippine Trade Act of 1946, referred to in text, is act Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, 60 Stat. 141, which is classified principally to subchapters I to IV of this chapter. Subchapters I, II, and III of this chapter were omitted from the Code. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1354 of this title and Tables.
The revised agreement, referred to in text, was set out as a note under section 1371 of this title.
Section 301(b) of title III of act Aug. 1, 1955, provided that: “The provisions of this title [enacting sections 1373 to 1379 of this title and amending section 734 of Title 48, Territories and Insular Possessions] shall take effect on January 1, 1956, but only if the President of the United States has made the proclamation referred to in subsection (a) [section 1379 of this title].”
Section 1 of act Aug. 1, 1955, provided that: “This Act [enacting this subchapter and amending section 734 of Title 48, Territories and Insular Possessions] may be cited as the ‘Philippine Trade Agreement Revision Act of 1955’.”
Section 1374, act Aug. 1, 1955, ch. 438, title III, §303, 69 Stat. 426, related to quotas established by article III of the revised agreement. See Codification note for section 1371 of this title.
Section 1375, act Aug. 1, 1955, ch. 438, title III, §304, 69 Stat. 426, related to suspension of processing tax on coconut oil. See Codification note for section 1371 of this title.
Section 1376, act Aug. 1, 1955, ch. 438, title III, §305, 69 Stat. 426, provided that prior to July 4, 1974, no trade agreement be entered into with Republic of Philippines that would be inconsistent with this subchapter or revised agreement. See Codification note for section 1371 of this title.
Section 1377, act Aug. 1, 1955, ch. 438, title III, §306, 69 Stat. 426, related to rights of third countries to benefits granted Philippines by revised agreement. See Codification note for section 1371 of this title.
Section 1378, act Aug. 1, 1955, ch. 438, title III, §307, 69 Stat. 426, related to administration of revised agreement. See Codification note for section 1371 of this title.
Section 1379, act Aug. 1, 1955, ch. 438, title III, §301(a), 69 Stat. 426, related to effective date of revised agreement. See Codification note for section 1371 of this title.
There shall remain vested in the Government of the United States or its agencies or instrumentalities all the right, title, and interest of the said Government or its agencies or instrumentalities to all real and personal property within the Philippine Islands as may now be vested in, or later be acquired by the Government of the United States or any of its agencies or instrumentalities.
(July 3, 1946, ch. 536, §2, 60 Stat. 418.)
Section 1 of act July 3, 1946, provided that: “This Act [enacting this subchapter] may be cited as the ‘Philippine Property Act of 1946’.”
The Trading With the Enemy Act of October 6, 1917 (40 Stat. 411), as amended, shall continue in force in the Philippines after July 4, 1946, and all powers and authority conferred upon the President of the United States or the Alien Property Custodian by the terms of the said Trading With the Enemy Act, as amended, with respect to the Philippines, shall continue thereafter to be exercised by the President of the United States, or such officer or agency as he may designate: Provided, That all property vested in or transferred to the President of the United States, the Alien Property Custodian, or any such officer or agency as the President of the United States may designate under the Trading With the Enemy Act, as amended, which was located in the Philippines at the time of such vesting, or the proceeds thereof, and which shall remain after the satisfaction of any claim payable under the Trading With the Enemy Act, as amended, and after the payment of such costs and expenses of administration as may by law be charged against such property or proceeds, shall be transferred by the President of the United States to the Republic of the Philippines: Provided further, That such property, or proceeds thereof, may be transferred by the President of the United States to the Republic of the Philippines upon indemnification acceptable to the President of the United States by the Republic of the Philippines for such claims, costs, and expenses of administration as may by law be charged against such property or proceeds thereof before final adjudication of such claims, costs, and expenses of administration: Provided further, That the courts of first instance of the Republic of the Philippines are given jurisdiction to make and enter all such rules as to notice or otherwise, and all such orders and decrees, and to issue such process as may be necessary and proper in the premises to enforce any orders, rules, and regulations issued by the President of the United States, the Alien Property Custodian, or such officer or agency designated by the President of the United States pursuant to the Trading With the Enemy Act, as amended, with such right of appeal therefrom as may be provided by law: And provided further, That any suit authorized under the Trading With the Enemy Act, as amended, with respect to property vested in or transferred to the President of the United States, the Alien Property Custodian, or any officer or agency designated by the President of the United States hereunder, which at the time of such vesting or transfer was located within the Philippines, shall after July 4, 1946, be brought, in the appropriate court of first instance of the Republic of the Philippines, against the officer or agency hereunder designated by the President of the United States with such right of appeal therefrom as may be provided by law, but suits with respect to such property shall after ninety days from December 21, 1950, be brought only in the courts of the United States.
(July 3, 1946, ch. 536, §3, 60 Stat. 418; Dec. 21, 1950, ch. 1144, 64 Stat. 1116.)
The Trading With the Enemy Act of October 6, 1917, as amended, referred to in text, is act Oct. 6, 1917, ch. 106, 40 Stat. 411, as amended, which is classified to sections 1 to 6, 7 to 39 and 41 to 44 of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
1950—Act Dec. 21, 1950, required that 90 days after Dec. 21, 1950, all suits against the Philippine Alien Property Administration be brought in United States courts instead of in Philippine courts.
Section 101 of act Sept. 6, 1950, ch. 896, Ch. VIII, title I, 64 Stat. 699, provided in part that the Philippine Alien Property Administration cease to exist after June 30, 1951, and all duties performed by such Administration as of that date be transferred to the Office of Alien Property Custodian, including all records, files, and other property.
Ex. Ord. No. 9789, Oct. 14, 1946, 11 F.R. 11981, related to the establishment of the Philippine Alien Property Administration, and was superseded by Ex. Ord. No. 9818, formerly set out below.
Ex. Ord. No. 9818, Jan. 7, 1947, 12 F.R. 133, amended Oct. 15, 1949, ch. 695, §5(a), 63 Stat. 880, related to the establishment of the Philippine Alien Property Administration, and was omitted under the authority of Ex. Ord. No. 10254, set out below, which terminated the Administration.
Ex. Ord. No. 9876, July 24, 1947, 12 F.R. 4981, authorized the delegation of certain presidential functions to the Philippine Alien Property Administrator and was omitted in view of Ex. Ord. No. 10254, set out below, which terminated the Administration.
Ex. Ord. No. 9921, Jan 10, 1948, 13 F.R. 171, authorized the Philippine Alien Property Administrator to transfer certain property to the Republic of the Philippines, and was omitted under the authority of Ex. Ord. No. 10254, set out below, which terminated the Alien Property Administration.
Ex. Ord. No. 10254, June 15, 1951, 16 F.R. 5829, provided:
1. The Philippine Alien Property Administration, established by Executive Order No. 9818 of January 7, 1947 [formerly set out as note under this section], is hereby terminated. All authority, rights, privileges, powers, duties, and functions vested in such Administration or in the Philippine Alien Property Administrator or transferred or delegated thereto are hereby vested in or transferred or delegated to the Attorney General, as the case may be, and shall be administered by him or under his direction and control by such officers and agencies of the Department of Justice as he may designate.
2. All property or interests vested in or transferred to the Philippine Alien Property Administration or the Administrator thereof, and all proceeds thereof, which are held or administered by the Philippine Alien Property Administration or the Administrator thereof are hereby transferred to the Attorney General of the United States.
3. All personnel, records, files, furniture, funds, authorizations, equipment, and supplies of the Philippine Alien Property Administration are hereby transferred to the Department of Justice.
4. All necessary expenses incurred in the administration or operation of the functions, duties, authority, rights, privileges, and powers hereby vested in or transferred or delegated to the Attorney General shall be paid, to the extent permitted and in the manner prescribed by law, from funds or property or interests vested in or transferred to the Attorney General by or pursuant to the authority contained in this order, so as to prevent diminution of funds otherwise available for the War Claims Fund under section 39 of the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended by section 12 of the act of July 3, 1948, 62 Stat. 1246 [section 39 of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense].
This order shall become effective at the close of business in Washington, D.C., on June 29, 1951, and shall at that time supersede all prior Executive orders to the extent that they are in conflict with this order.
Harry S Truman.
Functions of Alien Property Custodian and Office of Alien Property Custodian, except those relating to property or interests in Philippines, vested in Attorney General. See notes set out under section 6 of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense.
In respect to property not transferable to the Republic of the Philippines under section 1382 of this title, the President of the United States is authorized, in his discretion and under such terms and conditions as he may deem appropriate, to transfer to the Republic of the Philippines any or all of the right, title, and interest of the Government of the United States or its agencies or instrumentalities to any or all real and personal property vested in such agencies or instrumentalities.
(July 3, 1946, ch. 536, §4, 60 Stat. 419.)
Ex. Ord. No. 9937, Mar. 20, 1948, 13 F.R. 1503 as amended by act June 30, 1949, ch. 288, title I, §103(a), 63 Stat. 380; 1949 Reorg. Plan No. 7, §2, eff. Aug. 19, 1949, 14 F.R. 5228, 63 Stat. 1070; 1950 Reorg. Plan No. 21, eff. May 24, 1950, 15 F.R. 3178, 64 Stat. 1273, provided:
By virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and the statutes, and as President of the United States, it is hereby ordered as follows:
The Commissioner of Public Roads of the Department of Commerce, the Chief of Engineers of the United States Army, the Philippine War Damage Commission, the Surgeon General of the Public Health Service of the Federal Security Agency [now the Department of Health and Human Services], the Maritime Administration, the Director of the Fish and Wildlife Service [now the United States Fish and Wildlife Service] of the Department of the Interior, and the Administrator of Civil Aeronautics, the Chief of the Weather Bureau [now the National Weather Service], and the Director of the Coast and Geodetic Survey [now the National Ocean Survey] of the Department of Commerce are hereby authorized, as to their respective agencies, to exercise the authority vested in the President by section 4 of the Philippine Property Act of 1946 (60 Stat. 419) [this section]: Provided, that this authority shall be exercised only with respect to property located in the Philippines in the possession and control of the respective agencies and utilized in carrying out the provisions of Title III of the Philippine Rehabilitation Act of 1946 (60 Stat. 135) [sections 1781 to 1789 of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense].
Immediately upon passage of this subchapter the Alien Property Custodian of the United States shall enter into an agreement with the President of the Philippines to transfer to the Philippine Government for a nominal cash consideration all shares now vested or hereafter vested by the Alien Property Custodian of corporations owning in fee, leasing, or otherwise operating or controlling agricultural lands in the Philippines, other agricultural lands in the Philippines, vested or hereafter vested by the Alien Property Custodian not included in the foregoing, and improved property in Manila vested or hereafter vested by the Alien Property Custodian which in his judgment is urgently needed for the operation of an administrative agency of the Philippine Government: Provided, That in respect to property transferred under this section to the Philippine Government, it shall be made a part of the agreement that the Philippine Government shall fully indemnify the United States for all claims payable under the Trading With the Enemy Act, as amended, and for all such costs and expenses of administration as may by law be charged against such property or proceeds thereof.
(July 3, 1946, ch. 536, §5, 60 Stat. 419.)
The Trading With the Enemy Act, as amended, referred to in text, is act Oct. 6, 1917, ch. 106, 40 Stat. 411, as amended, which is classified to sections 1 to 6, 7 to 39 and 41 to 44 of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
Functions of Alien Property Custodian and Office of Alien Property Custodian, except those relating to property or interests in Philippines, vested in Attorney General. See notes set out under section 6 of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense.
Nothing contained in this subchapter shall be construed as amending the provisions of the Act of March 24, 1934 (48 Stat. 456), as amended, respecting naval reservations and fueling stations, and diplomatic or consular property, and the property of the High Commissioner to the Philippine Islands, nor as amending the provisions of section 1392 of this title, respecting bases for the mutual protection of the Philippine Islands and the United States.
(July 3, 1946, ch. 536, §6, 60 Stat. 419.)
Act of March 24, 1934, as amended, referred to in text, is act Mar. 24, 1934, ch. 84, 48 Stat. 456, as amended, which enacted sections 1281a, 1391, 1393 to 1395 of this title, and section 1248 of Title 48, Territories and Insular Possessions, amended sections 1231 to 1234, 1237, 1238, 1239, 1241 to 1243, 1245, and 1247, of Title 48, and enacted a provision set out as a note under section 1391 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
For the purposes of this subchapter the term “Philippine Government” shall mean “Government of the Commonwealth of the Philippines” until the date of independence, and thereafter it shall mean the “Government of the Republic of the Philippines”.
(July 3, 1946, ch. 536, §7, 60 Stat. 420.)
Date of independence, referred to in text, was July 4, 1946 as recognized by 1946 Proc. No. 2695, eff. July 4, 1946, set out as a note under section 1394 of this title.
All the property and rights which may have been acquired in the Philippine Islands by the United States under the treaties mentioned in the first section of this Act, except such land or other property as has heretofore been designated by the President of the United States for Military and other reservations of the Government of the United States, and except such land or other property or rights or interests therein as may have been sold or otherwise disposed of in accordance with law, are granted to the government of the Commonwealth of the Philippine Islands when constituted.
(Mar. 24, 1934, ch. 84, §5, 48 Stat. 459.)
Treaties mentioned in the first section of this Act, referred to in text, were treaty of peace between the United States and Spain of December 10, 1898, and treaty between Spain and the United States concluded at Washington, Nov. 7, 1900.
The first section of this Act, referred to in text, is section 1 of act Mar. 24, 1934, which was classified to section 1231 of Title 48, Territories and Insular Possessions, and was omitted from the Code.
Since their independence, the Philippine Islands have been a republic, and are no longer designated as a “Commonwealth”, referred to in text. See note below.
Provisions similar to those in this section were contained in act Jan. 17, 1933, ch. 11, §5, 47 Stat. 764.
Section 16 of act Mar. 24, 1934, provided: “If any provision of this Act [enacting this section and sections 1281a, 1393 to 1395 of this title, amending sections 1231 to 1234, 1237 to 1239, 1241 to 1243, 1245, 1247, and 1248 of Title 48, Territories and Insular Possessions] is declared unconstitutional or the applicability thereof to any person or circumstances is held invalid, the validity of the remainder of the act and the applicability of such provisions and circumstances shall not be affected thereby.”
Philippine Islands granted independence by Proc. No. 2695, which is set out as a note under section 1394 of this title.
After negotiation with the President of the Commonwealth of the Philippines, or the President of the Filipino Republic, the President of the United States is authorized by such means as he finds appropriate to withhold or to acquire and to retain such bases, necessary appurtenances to such bases, and the rights incident thereto, in addition to any provided for by the Act of March 24, 1934, as he may deem necessary for the mutual protection of the Philippine Islands and of the United States.
(June 29, 1944, ch. 322, §2, 58 Stat. 626.)
Act of March 24, 1934, as amended, referred to in text, is act Mar. 24, 1934, ch. 84, 48 Stat. 456, as amended, which enacted sections 1281a, 1391, 1393 to 1395 of this title, and section 1248 of Title 48, Territories and Insular Possessions, amended sections 1231 to 1234, 1237, 1238, 1239, 1241 to 1243, 1245, and 1247 of Title 48, and enacted a provision set out as a note under section 1391 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
Philippine Islands granted independence by Proc. No. 2695, which is set out as a note under section 1394 of this title, and they now constitute a republic.
(a) to (f). Repealed. Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title V, §511(2), 60 Stat. 158.
(g)(1) The Philippine Government shall pay to the Secretary of the Treasury of the United States, at the end of each calendar quarter, all of the moneys received during such quarter from export taxes (less refunds), imposed and collected in accordance with the provisions of this section, and said moneys shall be deposited in an account with the Treasurer of the United States and shall constitute a supplementary sinking fund for the payment of bonds of the Philippines, its Provinces, cities, and municipalities, issued prior to May 1, 1934, under authority of Acts of Congress: Provided, however, That moneys received from any export tax imposed on any article which is shipped from the Philippines to the United States prior to July 4, 1946, and which is entered, or withdrawn from warehouse for consumption, on or after July 4, 1946, shall be refunded by the independent Government of the Philippines.
(2) The said Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to accept the deposits of the proceeds of the export taxes referred to in subdivision (1) of this subsection in accordance with section 1333 1 of this title.
(3) The Secretary of the Treasury of the United States, with the approval of the Philippine Government, is authorized to purchase with such supplementary sinking-fund bonds of the Philippines, its Provinces, cities, and municipalities, issued prior to May 1, 1934, under authority of Acts of Congress and to invest such fund in interest-bearing obligations of the United States or in obligations guaranteed as to both principal and interest by the United States. Whenever the Secretary of the Treasurer 2 finds that such fund is in excess of an amount adequate to meet future interest and principal payments on all such bonds, he may, with the approval of the Philippine Government, purchase with such excess any other bonds of the Philippines, its Provinces, cities, municipalities, and instrumentalities. For the purpose of this subsection obligations may be acquired on original issue at par, or by purchase of outstanding obligations at the market price. Any obligations acquired by the fund may, with the approval of the Philippine Government, be sold by the Secretary of the Treasury at the market price and the proceeds of such sale and the proceeds of the payment upon maturity or redemption of any obligations held in the supplementary sinking fund, as well as all moneys in any manner earned by such fund or on any obligations acquired by said fund, shall be paid into the said fund.
(4) During the three months preceding July 4, 1946, the Philippine Government and the Secretary of the Treasury of the United States shall confer to ascertain that portion of the bonds of the Philippines, its Provinces, cities, and municipalities, issued prior to May 1, 1934, under authority of Acts of Congress, which will remain outstanding on July 4, 1946; and the Philippine Government shall turn over to the Secretary of the Treasury of the United States for destruction all such bonds that are then held, canceled, or uncanceled, in any of the sinking funds maintained for the payment of such bonds. After such outstanding portion of this indebtedness is thus determined, and before July 4, 1946, (i) there shall be set up with the Treasurer of the United States a special trust account in the name of the Secretary of the Treasury of the United States to pay future interest and principal payments on such bonds; (ii) the Philippine Government shall pay to the Secretary of the Treasury of the United States for deposit in this special trust account all of the sinking funds maintained for the payment of such bonds; and (iii) the Secretary of the Treasury of the United States shall transfer into this special trust account all of the proceeds of the supplementary sinking fund referred to in subdivision (1) of this subsection. Any portion of such special trust account found by the Secretary of the Treasury of the United States on July 4, 1946, to be in excess of an amount adequate to meet future interest and principal payments on all such outstanding bonds shall be turned over to the Treasury of the independent Government of the Philippines to be set up as an additional sinking fund to be used for the purpose of liquidating and paying all other obligations of the Philippines, its Provinces, cities, municipalities, and instrumentalities. To the extent that such special trust account is determined by the Secretary of the Treasury of the United States to be insufficient to pay interest and principal on the outstanding bonds of the Philippines, its Provinces, cities, and municipalities, issued prior to May 1, 1934, under authority of Acts of Congress, the Philippine Government shall, on or before July 3, 1946, pay to the Secretary of the Treasury of the United States for deposit in such special trust account an amount which said Secretary of the Treasury determines is required to assure payment of principal and interest on such bonds: Provided, however, That if the Secretary of the Treasury of the United States finds that this requirement would impose an undue hardship upon the Philippines, then the Philippine Government shall continue to provide annually the necessary funds for the payment of interest and principal on such bonds until such time as the Secretary of the Treasury of the United States determines that the amount in the special trust account is adequate to meet interest and principal payments on such bonds.
(5) On and after July 4, 1946, the Secretary of the Treasury of the United States is authorized, with the approval of the independent Government of the Philippines, to purchase at the market price for the special trust account bonds of the Philippines, its Provinces, cities, and municipalities, issued prior to May 1, 1934, under authority of Acts of Congress. The Secretary of the Treasury of the United States is also authorized, with the approval of the independent Government of the Philippines, to invest all or any part of such special trust account in any interest-bearing obligations of the United States or in any obligations guaranteed as to both principal and interest by the United States. Such obligations may be acquired on original issue at the issue price or by purchase of outstanding obligations at the market price, and any obligations acquired by the special trust account may, with the approval of the independent Government of the Philippines, be sold by the Secretary of the Treasury at the market price, and the proceeds of the payment upon maturity or redemption of such obligations shall be held as a part of such special trust account. Whenever the special trust account is determined by the Secretary of the Treasury of the United States to be adequate to meet interest and principal payments on all outstanding bonds of the Philippines, its Provinces, cities, and municipalities, issued prior to May 1, 1934, under authority of Acts of Congress, the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to pay from such trust account the principal of such outstanding bonds and to pay all interest due and owing on such bonds. All such bonds and interest coupons paid or purchased by the special trust account shall be canceled and destroyed by the Secretary of the Treasury of the United States. From time to time after July 4, 1946, any moneys in such special trust account found by the Secretary of the Treasury of the United States to be in excess of an amount adequate to meet interest and principal payments on all such bonds shall be turned over to the treasurer of the independent Government of the Philippines.
(Mar. 24, 1934, ch. 84, §6, 48 Stat. 459; Aug. 7, 1939, ch. 502, §1, 53 Stat. 1226; Apr. 30, 1946, ch. 244, title V, §511(2), 60 Stat. 158; Pub. L. 86–346, title I, §104(1), Sept. 22, 1959, 73 Stat. 622.)
Section 1333 of this title, referred to in subsec. (g)(2), was omitted from the Code.
Similar provisions were contained in act Jan. 17, 1933, ch. 11, §6, 47 Stat. 764.
1959—Subsec. (g)(5). Pub. L. 86–346 substituted “on original issue at the issue price” for “on original issue at par”.
1946—Act Apr. 30, 1946, repealed opening par. and subsecs. (a) to (f), (h) relating to relations with the United States pending complete independence, and trade relations.
1939—Act Aug. 7, 1939, amended section generally.
Amendment by act Apr. 30, 1946 effective May 1, 1946, see section 512 of act Apr. 30, 1946, set out as an Effective Date note under section 1354 of this title.
Authority of Secretary of the Treasury to accept deposits of proceeds of export taxes in accordance with section 1333 of this title terminated on July 1, 1951, under the provisions of act Aug. 7, 1946, ch. 809, §2, 60 Stat. 901.
1 See References in Text note below.
2 So in original. Probably should be “Treasury”.
On the 4th day of July immediately following the expiration of a period of ten years from the date of the inauguration of the new government under the constitution provided for in this Act, the President of the United States shall by proclamation withdraw and surrender all right of possession, supervision, jurisdiction, control, or sovereignty then existing and exercised by the United States in and over the territory and people of the Philippine Islands, including all military and other reservations of the Government of the United States in the Philippines (except such naval reservations and fueling stations as are reserved under section 1391 of this title), and, on behalf of the United States, shall recognize the independence of the Philippine Islands as a separate and self-governing nation and acknowledge the authority and control over the same of the government instituted by the people thereof, under the constitution then in force.
The President of the United States is authorized and empowered to enter into negotiations with the government of the Philippine Islands, not later than two years after his proclamation recognizing the independence of the Philippine Islands, for the adjustment and settlement of all questions relating to naval reservations and fueling stations of the United States in the Philippine Islands, and pending such adjustment and settlement the matter of naval reservations and fueling stations shall remain in its present status.
(1) Whenever the President of the United States shall find that any properties in the Philippines, owned by the Philippine Government or by private persons, would be suitable for diplomatic or consular establishments of the United States after the inauguration of the independent Government, he may, with the approval of the Philippine Government, and in exchange for the conveyance of title to the United States, transfer to the said Government or private persons any properties of the United States in the Philippines. Title to any properties so transferred to private persons, and title to any properties so acquired by the United States, shall be vested in fee simple in such persons and the United States, respectively, notwithstanding the provisions contained in subsection (a) of this section.
(2) Whenever, prior to July 4, 1946, the President of the United States shall find that any properties of the United States in the Philippines would be suitable for diplomatic and consular establishments of the United States after the inauguration of the independent Government, he shall designate the same by the issuance of a proclamation or proclamations, and title to any properties so designated shall continue to be vested in fee simple in the United States notwithstanding the provisions contained in subsection (a) of this section.
(3) Title to the lands and buildings pertaining to the official residences of the United States High Commissioner to the Philippine Islands in the cities of Manila and Baguio, together with all fixtures and movable objects, shall continue to be vested in the United States after July 4, 1946, notwithstanding the provisions contained in subsection (a) of this section.
(4) Administrative supervision and control over any properties acquired or designated by the President of the United States pursuant to this subsection, and over the official residences in the Philippines of the High Commissioner, shall, on and after July 4, 1946, be exercised by the Secretary of State, in accordance with Acts of Congress relating to property held by the United States in foreign countries for official establishments.
(Mar. 24, 1934, ch. 84, §10, 48 Stat. 463; Aug. 7, 1939, ch. 502, §3, 53 Stat. 1230.)
This Act, referred to in subsec. (a), is act Mar. 24, 1934, ch. 84, 48 Stat. 456, as amended, which enacted sections 1281a, 1391, 1393 to 1395 of this title, and section 1248 of Title 48, Territories and Insular Possessions, amended sections 1231 to 1234, 1237, 1238, 1239, 1241 to 1243, 1245, and 1247 of Title 48, and enacted a provision set out as a note under section 1391 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
Provisions similar to those contained in subsec. (a) of this section were contained in the first par. of section 10 of act Jan. 17, 1933, ch. 11, 47 Stat. 768.
1939—Subsec. (c). Act Aug. 7, 1939, added subsec. (c).
Section 7 of act Aug. 7, 1939, provided that act Aug. 7, 1939, should become effective on Jan. 1, 1940, if certain conditions were fulfilled. The conditions were fulfilled and section became effective on said date.
Section 3 of act June 29, 1944, ch. 322, 58 Stat. 626, provided in part that date of independence could be advanced prior to July 4, 1946, but it was not done.
Proc. No. 2695, July 4, 1946, 11 F.R. 7517, 60 Stat. 1352, provided:
The United States of America hereby withdraws and surrenders all rights of possession, supervision, jurisdiction, control, or sovereignty now existing and exercised by the United States of America in and over the territory and people of the Philippines; and,
On behalf of the United States of America, I do hereby recognize the independence of the Philippines as a separate and self-governing nation and acknowledge the authority and control over the same of the government instituted by the people thereof, under the constitution now in force.
(a) As used in sections 1393 and 1394 of this title—
(1) The term “United States”, when used in a geographical sense, but not the term “continental United States”, includes all Territories and possessions of the United States, other than the Philippines.
(2) The term “cordage” includes yarns, twines (including binding twine described in paragraph 1622 1 of section 1201 of title 19), cords, cordage, rope and cable, tarred or untarred, wholly or in chief value of manila (abaca) or other hard fiber.
(3) The term “Philippine Government” means the Government of the Commonwealth of the Philippines.
(4) The term “United States duty”, when used in connection with the computation of export taxes, means the lowest rate of ordinary customs duty in effect at the time of the shipment of the article concerned from the Philippines and applicable to like articles imported into the continental United States from any foreign country, except Cuba, or when more than one rate of ordinary customs duty is applicable to such like articles, the aggregate of such rates.
(5) The term “refined sugars” possesses the same meaning as the term “direct-consumption sugar” as defined in section 1101 1 of title 7.
(6) The term “Philippine article” means an article the growth, produce, or manufacture of the Philippines, in the production of which no materials of other than Philippine or United States origin valued in excess of 20 per centum of the total value of such article was used and which is brought into the United States from the Philippines.
(7) The term “American article” means an article the growth, produce, or manufacture of the United States, in the production of which no materials of other than Philippine or United States origin valued in excess of 20 per centum of the total value of such article was used and which is brought into the Philippines from the United States.
(8) The term “Philippine import duty” means the lowest rate of ordinary customs duty applicable at the port of arrival, at the time of entry, or withdrawal from warehouse, for consumption of the article concerned, to like articles imported into the Philippines from any other foreign country, or when more than one rate of ordinary customs duty is applicable to such like articles, the aggregate of such rates.
(b) As used in subsection (a) of this section:
(1) The terms “includes” and “including” shall not be deemed to exclude other things otherwise within the meaning of the term defined.
(2) The term “ordinary customs duty” shall not include any import duty or charge which is imposed to compensate for an internal tax imposed in respect of a like domestic product or in respect of a commodity from which the imported product has been manufactured or produced in whole or in part.
(Mar. 24, 1934, ch. 84, §18, as added Aug. 7, 1939, ch. 502, §5, 53 Stat. 1231.)
Paragraph 1622 of section 1201 of title 19, referred to in subsec. (a)(2), was repealed by act May 24, 1962, Pub. L. 87–456, title I, §101(a), 76 Stat. 72.
Since their independence, the Philippine Islands have been a republic, and are no longer designated as a “Commonwealth” as referred to in par. (3) of subsec. (a) of this section. See note below.
Section 1101 of title 7, referred to in subsec. (a)(5), was omitted from the Code.
Philippine Islands granted independence by Proc. No. 2695, set out as a note under section 1394 of this title.
1 See References in Text note below.
Section 1401, acts May 22, 1947, ch. 81, §1, 61 Stat. 103; Apr. 5, 1952, ch. 159, §1, 66 Stat. 43, authorized President to furnish assistance and prescribed type of assistance to be furnished. See sections 1451 to 1453 and 2395 of this title.
Section 1402, act May 22, 1947, ch. 81, §2, 61 Stat. 104, related to allocation of funds to Government agencies. See section 2392 of this title.
Section 1403, act May 22, 1947, ch. 81, §3, 61 Stat. 104, prescribed conditions precedent to receipt of assistance.
Section 1404, acts May 22, 1947, ch. 81, §4, 61 Stat. 105; Apr. 3, 1948, ch. 169, title III, §303, 62 Stat. 158, related to advancement and reimbursement of funds by and to R.F.C. and appropriations.
Section 1405, act May 22, 1947, ch. 81, §5, 61 Stat. 105, related to rules and regulations and withdrawal of aid. See section 2367 of this title.
Section 1406, act May 22, 1947, ch. 81, §6, 61 Stat. 105, related to termination of assistance. See section 2367 of this title.
Section 1407, act May 22, 1947, ch. 81, §7, 61 Stat. 105, required President to submit quarterly reports to Congress. See section 2394 of this title.
Section 1408, act May 22, 1947, ch. 81, §8, 61 Stat. 105, related to appointment and duties of chief of any mission to Greece and Turkey. See section 2391 of this title.
Section 1409, act Apr. 3, 1948, ch. 169, title III, §302, 62 Stat. 158, related to additional appropriations.
Section 1410, act Apr. 3, 1948, ch. 169, title III, §304, 62 Stat. 158, related to detail of certain personnel to missions in Greece and Turkey, and loyalty check.
See section 2151 et seq. of this title.
Section 1411, acts May 31, 1947, ch. 90, §1, 61 Stat. 125; Dec. 17, 1947, ch. 520, §16(a), 61 Stat. 939; Apr. 5, 1952, ch. 159, §1, 66 Stat. 43, related to appropriation; uses; establishment of relief distribution missions; limitations on amounts; and advances by R.F.C.
Section 1412, act May 31, 1947, ch. 90, §2, 61 Stat. 125, related to relief assistance. See sections 2354, 2385, and 2392 of this title.
Section 1413, act May 31, 1947, ch. 90, §3, 61 Stat. 126, prescribed conditions governing relief assistance. See section 2171 et seq. of this title.
Section 1414, act May 31, 1947, ch. 90, §4, 61 Stat. 127, related to supervision of relief supplies in recipient countries; appointment, compensation, and duties of field administrator; and delegation of President's authority. See sections 2381 and 2385 of this title.
Section 1415, act May 31, 1947, ch. 90, §5, 61 Stat. 127, related to termination of relief by President or Congress. See section 2367 of this title.
Section 1416, act May 31, 1947, ch. 90, §6, 61 Stat. 128, related to sale of relief supplies by recipient country; establishment of special account as revolving fund; termination; and disposition of balance.
Section 1417, act May 31, 1947, ch. 90, §7, 61 Stat. 128, required the President to submit quarterly reports to Congress. See section 2394 of this title.
See section 2151 et seq. of this title.
Foreign Aid Act of 1947, act Dec. 17, 1947, ch. 520, §§1–18, 61 Stat. 934, which provided immediate aid urgently needed by peoples of Austria, China, France, and Italy and which was formerly set out as a note under former section 1411 of this title, was repealed by act Aug. 26, 1954, §542(a)(3).
The Congress declares that the objectives of this chapter are to enable the Government of the United States to promote a better understanding of the United States in other countries, and to increase mutual understanding between the people of the United States and the people of other countries. Among the means to be used in achieving these objectives are—
(1) an information service to disseminate abroad information about the United States, its people, and policies promulgated by the Congress, the President, the Secretary of State and other responsible officials of Government having to do with matters affecting foreign affairs;
(2) Repealed. Pub. L. 87–256, §111(a)(2), Sept. 21, 1961, 75 Stat. 538.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title I, §2, 62 Stat. 6; Pub. L. 87–256, §111(a)(2), Sept. 21, 1961, 75 Stat. 538.)
1961—Pub. L. 87–256 repealed par. (2) which authorized an educational exchange service to cooperate with other nations in the interchange of persons, knowledge, and skills, in the rendering of technical and other services, and in the interchange of developments in the field of education, the arts, and sciences. See section 2451 et seq. of this title.
Section 1006 of act Jan. 27, 1948, provided that: “The authority granted under this Act [this chapter] shall terminate whenever such termination is directed by concurrent resolution of the two Houses of the Congress.”
For short title of Pub. L. 98–111, which enacted subchapter V–A of this chapter, as the “Radio Broadcasting to Cuba Act”, see section 1 of Pub. L. 98–111, set out as a Short Title note under section 1465 of this title.
Pub. L. 93–168, §1, Nov. 29, 1973, 87 Stat. 688, provided: “That this Act [amending former section 1476 of this title] may be cited as the ‘United States Information Agency Appropriations Authorization Act of 1973’.”
Section 1 of act Jan. 27, 1948, provided that: “This Act [enacting this chapter] may be cited as the ‘United States Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948’.”
Section 1010 of act Jan. 27, 1948, provided that: “If any provision of this Act [enacting this chapter] or the application of any such provision to any person or circumstance shall be held invalid, the validity of the remainder of the Act [this chapter] and the applicability of such provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby.”
All functions vested in the President, the Secretary of State, the Department of State, the United States Information Agency, or the Director thereof, under this chapter, were transferred to the Director of the International Communication Agency by Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1977, §7(a)(1), 42 F.R. 62461, 91 Stat. 1637, set out under section 1461 of this title, effective on or before July 1, 1978, at such time as specified by the President, except to the extent that such functions were vested in the President under sections 1452, 1456, and 1467 of this title. The International Communication Agency, and the Director thereof, were redesignated the United States Information Agency, and the Director thereof, by section 303 of Pub. L. 97–241, title III, Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 291, set out as a note under section 1461 of this title. United States Information Agency (other than Broadcasting Board of Governors and International Broadcasting Bureau) abolished and functions transferred to Secretary of State, see sections 6531 and 6532 of this title.
Pub. L. 108–458, title VII, §7108, Dec. 17, 2004, 118 Stat. 3790, provided that:
“(a)
“(1)
“(A) Although the United States has demonstrated and promoted its values in defending Muslims against tyrants and criminals in Somalia, Bosnia, Kosovo, Afghanistan, and Iraq, this message is neither convincingly presented nor widely understood.
“(B) If the United States does not act to vigorously define its message in countries with predominantly Muslim populations, the image of the United States will be defined by Islamic extremists who seek to demonize the United States.
“(C) Recognizing that many Muslim audiences rely on satellite television and radio, the United States Government has launched promising initiatives in television and radio broadcasting to the Islamic world, including Iran and Afghanistan.
“(2)
“(A) the United States must do more to defend and promote its values and ideals to the broadest possible audience in countries with predominantly Muslim populations;
“(B) United States efforts to defend and promote these values and ideals are beginning to ensure that accurate expressions of these values reach large Muslim audiences and should be robustly supported;
“(C) the United States Government could and should do more to engage Muslim audiences in the struggle of ideas; and
“(D) the United States Government should more intensively employ existing broadcast media in the Islamic world as part of this engagement.
“(b)
“(1)
“(A) Freedom of speech and freedom of the press are fundamental human rights.
“(B) The United States has a national interest in promoting these freedoms by supporting free media abroad, which is essential to the development of free and democratic societies consistent with our own.
“(C) Free media is undermined, endangered, or nonexistent in many repressive and transitional societies around the world, including in Eurasia, Africa, and the Middle East.
“(D) Individuals lacking access to a plurality of free media are vulnerable to misinformation and propaganda and are potentially more likely to adopt anti-United States views.
“(E) Foreign governments have a responsibility to actively and publicly discourage and rebut unprofessional and unethical media while respecting journalistic integrity and editorial independence.
“(2)
“(A) ensure that the promotion of freedom of the press and freedom of media worldwide is a priority of United States foreign policy and an integral component of United States public diplomacy;
“(B) respect the journalistic integrity and editorial independence of free media worldwide; and
“(C) ensure that widely accepted standards for professional and ethical journalistic and editorial practices are employed when assessing international media.
“(c)
“(1)
“(2)
“(A) fund a clearinghouse to collect and share information concerning international media development and training;
“(B) improve research in the field of media assistance and program evaluation to better inform decisions regarding funding and program design for government and private donors;
“(C) explore the most appropriate use of existing means to more effectively encourage the involvement of the private sector in the field of media assistance; and
“(D) identify effective methods for the development of a free and independent media in societies in transition.
“(d)
“(1)
“(2)
Continuation in full force and effect, and applicability to the appropriate provisions of the Mutual Educational and Cultural Exchange Act of 1961, set out as section 2451 et seq. of this title, until modified or superseded by appropriate authority, of all Executive orders, agreements, determinations, regulations, contracts, appointments, and other actions issued, concluded, or taken under authority of this section, see section 111(b) of Pub. L. 87–256, set out as a note under section 2451 of this title.
In carrying out the objectives of this chapter, information concerning the participation of the United States in the United Nations, its organizations and functions, shall be emphasized.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title I, §3, 62 Stat. 6.)
When used in this chapter, the term—
(1) “Secretary” means the Secretary of State.
(2) “Department” means the Department of State.
(3) “Government agency” means any executive department, board, bureau, commission, or other agency of the Federal Government, or independent establishment, or any corporation wholly owned (either directly or through one or more corporations) by the United States.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title I, §4, 62 Stat. 6.)
Section, acts Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title X, §1001, 62 Stat. 13; Apr. 5, 1952, ch. 159, §1, 66 Stat. 43; 1977 Reorg. Plan No. 2, §7(a)(1), 42 F.R. 62461, 91 Stat. 1637; 1978 Reorg. Plan No. 2, §102, eff. Jan. 1, 1979, 43 F.R. 36037, 92 Stat. 3783, provided for loyalty check of personnel. Pub. L. 87–256, §111(a)(2), Sept. 21, 1961, 75 Stat. 538, previously repealed this section insofar as it related to persons employed or assigned to duties under the Mutual Educational and Cultural Exchange Act of 1961.
Repeal effective Oct. 1, 1979, see section 209 of Pub. L. 96–60, set out as an Effective Date of 1979 Amendment note under section 1471 of this title.
The Secretary may delegate, to such officers of the Government as the Secretary determines to be appropriate, any of the powers conferred upon him by this chapter to the extent that he finds such delegation to be in the interest of the purposes expressed in this chapter and the efficient administration of the programs undertaken pursuant to this chapter.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title X, §1002, 62 Stat. 13.)
Nothing in this chapter shall authorize the disclosure of any information or knowledge in any case in which such disclosure (1) is prohibited by any other law of the United States, or (2) is inconsistent with the security of the United States.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title X, §1003, 62 Stat. 13.)
In carrying out the provisions of this chapter it shall be the duty of the Secretary to utilize, to the maximum extent practicable, the services and facilities of private agencies, including existing American press, publishing, radio, motion picture, and other agencies, through contractual arrangements or otherwise. It is the intent of Congress that the Secretary shall encourage participation in carrying out the purposes of this chapter by the maximum number of different private agencies in each field consistent with the present or potential market for their services in each country.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title X, §1005, 62 Stat. 14.)
No provision of this chapter shall be construed to modify or to repeal the provisions of sections 1302(b), (c), 2108, 3305(b), 3306(a)(2), 3308 to 3318, 3319(b), 3320, 3351, 3363, 3364, 3501 to 3504, 7511, 7512, and 7701 of title 5.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title X, §1007, 62 Stat. 14.)
Section 3306 of title 5, referred to in text, was repealed by Pub. L. 95–228, §1, Feb. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 25.
Section 3319 of title 5, referred to in text, was repealed by Pub. L. 95–454, title III, §307(h)(1), Oct. 13, 1978, 92 Stat. 1149.
Section 3364 of title 5, referred to in text, was repealed by Pub. L. 94–183, §2(6), Dec. 31, 1975, 89 Stat. 1057.
Sections 7511 and 7512 of title 5, referred to in text, which related to adverse actions against preference eligible employees and comprised subchapter II of chapter 75 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, were repealed by Pub. L. 95–454 and replaced by a new subchapter II (§§7511–7514) of chapter 75 relating to removal, suspension for more than 14 days, reduction in grade or pay, or furlough for 30 days or less.
“Sections 1302(b), (c), 2108, 3305(b), 3306(a)(2), 3308 to 3318, 3319(b), 3320, 3351, 3363, 3364, 3501 to 3504, 7511, 7512, and 7701 of title 5” substituted in text for “the Veterans’ Preference Act of 1944” on authority of Pub. L. 89–554, §7(b), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 631, the first section of which enacted Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Section, acts Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title X, §1008, 62 Stat. 14; Sept. 21, 1961, Pub. L. 87–256, §111(a)(2), 75 Stat. 538; Oct. 26, 1974, Pub. L. 93–475, §7, 88 Stat. 1440; 1977 Reorg. Plan No. 2, §7(a)(1), 42 F.R. 62461, 91 Stat. 1637, required the Director to submit annual reports to Congress on expenditures made and activities carried on under this chapter, including appraisals and measurements, where feasible, as to the effectiveness of the several programs in each country where conducted. Pub. L. 87–256, §111(9)(2), Sept. 21, 1961, 75 Stat. 538, previously repealed this section insofar as it related to educational exchange activities. See section 2458(b) of this title.
Section, acts Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title X, §1009, 62 Stat. 14; Pub. L. 87–256, §111(a)(2), Sept. 21, 1961, 75 Stat. 538, related to applicability of chapter provisions to similar international activities of State Department.
Repeal effective Oct. 1, 1999, see section 1301 of Pub. L. 105–277, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6531 of this title.
Section, based on third proviso under subheading “International Information and Education Activities” under heading “State Department” of Title I of the Supplemental Appropriation Act, 1950 (approved Oct. 14, 1949, ch. 694, 63 Stat. 878), authorized the acquisition of land outside the continental United States, and was not repeated in the Department of State Appropriation Act, 1951 (approved Sept. 6, 1950, ch. 896, ch. III, title I, 64 Stat. 609), or other appropriation acts.
The Director of the United States Information Agency may make guaranties, in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of section 1933 1 of this title, of investments in enterprises producing or distributing informational media consistent with the national interests of the United States: Provided, That the purpose of making informational media guaranties shall be the achievement of the foreign policy objectives of the United States, including the objective mentioned in sections 1933(b)(4)(A) 1 and 1933(b)(4)(G) 1 of this title.
The Director is authorized to assume the obligation of not to exceed $28,000,000 of the notes authorized to be issued pursuant to section 1509(c)(2) 1 of this title, together with the interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and to obtain advances from time to time from the Secretary of the Treasury up to such amount, less amounts previously advanced on such notes, as provided for in said notes. Such advances shall be deposited in a special account in the Treasury available for payments under informational media guaranties.
The Director is authorized to make informational media guaranties without regard to the limitations of time contained in section 1933(b)(4) 1 of this title, but the total of such guaranties outstanding at any one time shall not exceed the sum of the face amount of the notes assumed by the Director less the amounts previously advanced on such notes by the Secretary of the Treasury plus the amount of the funds in the special account referred to in subsection (b) of this section.
Foreign currencies available after June 30, 1955, from conversions made pursuant to the obligation of informational media guaranties may be sold, in accordance with Treasury Department regulations, for dollars which shall be deposited in the special account and shall be available for payments under new guaranties. Such currencies shall be available, as may be provided for by the Congress in appropriation Acts, for use for educational, scientific, and cultural purposes which are in the national interest of the United States, and for such other purposes of mutual interest as may be agreed to by the governments of the United States and the country from which the currencies derive.
Notwithstanding the provisions of section 1933(b)(4)(E) 1 of this title, (1) fees collected for the issuance of informational media guaranties shall be deposited in the special account and shall be available for payments under informational media guaranties; and (2) the Director may require the payment of a minimum charge of up to fifty dollars for issuance of guaranty contracts, or amendments thereto.
The Director is further authorized, under such terms as he may prescribe, to make advance payments under informational media guaranties: Provided, That currencies receivable from holders of such guaranties on account of such advance payments shall be paid to the United States within nine months from the date of the advance payment and that appropriate security to assure such payments is required before any advance payment is made.
As soon as feasible after July 18, 1956, all assets, liabilities, income, expenses, and charges of whatever kind pertaining to informational media guaranties, including any charges against the authority to issue notes provided in section 1509(c)(2) 1 of this title, cumulative from April 3, 1948, shall be accounted for separately from other guaranties issued pursuant to section 1933(b) 1 of this title: Provided, That there shall be transferred from the special account established pursuant to subsection (b) of this section, into the account available for payments under guaranties other than the informational media guaranties, an amount equal to the total of the fees received for the issuance of guaranties other than informational media guaranties, and used to make payments under informational media guaranties.
(1) There is authorized to be appropriated annually an amount to restore in whole or in part any realized impairment to the capital used in carrying on the authority to make informational media guaranties, as provided in subsection (c) of this section, through the end of the last completed fiscal year.
(2) Such impairment shall consist of the amount by which the losses incurred and interest accrued on notes exceed the revenue earned and any previous appropriations made for the restoration of impairment. Losses shall include the dollar losses on foreign currencies sold, and the dollar cost of foreign currencies which (a) the Secretary of the Treasury, after consultation with the Director, has determined to be unavailable for, or in excess of, requirements of the United States, or (b) have been transferred to other accounts without reimbursement to the special account.
(3) Dollars appropriated pursuant to this section shall be applied to the payment of interest and in satisfaction of notes issued or assumed hereunder, and to the extent of such application to the principal of the notes, the Director is authorized to issue notes to the Secretary of the Treasury which will bear interest at a rate to be determined by the Secretary of the Treasury, taking into consideration the current average market yields of outstanding marketable obligations of the United States having maturities comparable to the guaranties. The currencies determined to be unavailable for, or in excess of, requirements of the United States as provided above shall be transferred to the Secretary of the Treasury to be held until disposed of, and any dollar proceeds realized from such disposition shall be deposited in miscellaneous receipts.
(4) Section 1476(a) of this title 1 shall not apply with respect to any amounts appropriated under this section for the purpose of liquidating the notes (and any accrued interest thereon) which were assumed in the operation of the informational media guaranty program under this section and which were outstanding on August 24, 1982.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title X, §1011, as added Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, title V, §544(a), 68 Stat. 862; amended Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, title V, §544(g), as added July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §11(a), 70 Stat. 563, and amended Pub. L. 85–141, §11(b)(1), Aug. 14, 1957, 71 Stat. 365; Pub. L. 85–477, ch. V, §502(i), June 30, 1958, 72 Stat. 274; Pub. L. 86–108, ch. VII, §701(c), July 24, 1959, 73 Stat. 257; Pub. L. 97–241, title III, §304(f), Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 293.)
Section 1933 of this title, referred to in subsecs. (a), (c), (e), and (g), was repealed by Pub. L. 87–195, pt. III, §642(a)(2), Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 460. See section 2351 of this title.
Section 1509 of this title, referred to in subsecs. (b) and (g), was repealed by act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, title V, §542(a)(4), (6), (9), (10), (11), 68 Stat. 861. See section 1754 et seq. of this title.
Section 1476(a) of this title, referred to in subsec. (h)(4), was repealed by Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. A, title XIII, §1336(1), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–790.
1982—Subsec. (h)(4). Pub. L. 97–241, §304(f), added par. (4).
1959—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 86–108 provided that the purpose of making informational media guaranties shall be the achievement of the foreign policy objectives of the United States, including the objective mentioned in former sections 1933(b)(4)(A) and 1933(b)(4)(G) of this title, now covered by section 2351 of this title.
1958—Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 85–477 added subsec. (h).
1956—Subsec. (a). Act Aug. 26, 1954, §544(g), as added by act July 18, 1956, designated as subsec. (a) the entire former section and amended it to eliminate provisions which permitted the Director to make guaranties against funds made available by notes issued pursuant to section 1509(c)(2) of this title and which limited the amount of such guaranties in any fiscal year to not more than $10,000,000. Such provisions were covered by subsecs. (b) to (g) of this section.
Subsecs. (b) to (g). Act Aug. 26, 1954, §544(g), as added by act July 18, 1956, added subsecs (b) to (g).
Section 544(a), (g) of act Aug. 26, 1954, cited as a credit to this section, was repealed by section 11(b)(1) of Pub. L. 85–141, except in so far as section 544(a), (g) affected this section.
United States Information Agency (other than Broadcasting Board of Governors and International Broadcasting Bureau) abolished and functions transferred to Secretary of State, see sections 6531 and 6532 of this title.
1 See References in Text note below.
In coordination with other appropriate executive branch officials, the Secretary of State shall take all appropriate steps to—
(1) prevent any agent of a foreign power from participating in educational and cultural exchange programs under this chapter;
(2) ensure that no person who is involved in the research, development, design, testing, evaluation, or production of missiles or weapons of mass destruction is a participant in any program of educational or cultural exchange under this chapter if such person is employed by, or attached to, an entity within a country that has been identified by any element of the United States intelligence community (as defined by section 401a(4) of title 50) within the previous 5 years as having been involved in the proliferation of missiles or weapons of mass destruction; and
(3) ensure that no person who is involved in the research, development, design, testing, evaluation, or production of chemical or biological weapons for offensive purposes is a participant in any program of educational or cultural exchange under this chapter.
(1) The term “appropriate executive branch officials” means officials from the elements of the United States Government listed pursuant to section 101 of the Intelligence Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 1999 (Public Law 105–272).
(2) The term “agent of a foreign power” has the same meaning as set forth in section 1801(b)(1)(B) and (b)(2) of title 50, and does not include any person who acts in the capacity defined under section 1801(b)(1)(A) of title 50.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title X, §1012, as added Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title IV, §403], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–446.)
Section 101 of the Intelligence Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 1999, referred to in subsec. (b)(1), is section 101 of Pub. L. 105–272, title I, Oct. 20, 1998, 112 Stat. 2397, which is not classified to the Code.
Section, acts Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title II, §201, 62 Stat. 7; June 27, 1952, ch. 477, title IV, §402(f), 66 Stat. 276; June 4, 1956, ch. 356, 70 Stat. 241, authorized the interchange of persons on a reciprocal basis between the United States and other countries, provided for orientation courses, admission as nonimmigrant visitors, deportation, and eligibility requirements for reentry under changed status. See section 2451 et seq. of this title.
Continuation in full force and effect, and applicability to the appropriate provisions of the Mutual Educational and Cultural Exchange Act of 1961, set out as section 2451 et seq. of this title, until modified or superseded by appropriate authority, of all Executive orders, agreements, determinations, regulations, contracts, appointments, and other actions issued, concluded, or taken under authority of this section, see section 111(b) of Pub. L. 87–256, set out as a note under section 2451 of this title.
The Secretary is authorized to provide for interchanges between the United States and other countries of books and periodicals, including government publications, for the translation of such writings, and for the preparation, distribution, and interchange of other educational materials.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title II, §202, 62 Stat. 7.)
The Secretary is authorized to provide for assistance to schools, libraries, and community centers abroad, founded or sponsored by citizens of the United States, and serving as demonstration centers for methods and practices employed in the United States. In assisting any such schools, however, the Secretary shall exercise no control over their educational policies and shall in no case furnish assistance of any character which is not in keeping with the free democratic principles and the established foreign policy of the United States.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title II, §203, 62 Stat. 7.)
Pub. L. 87–256, §111(a)(2), Sept. 21, 1961, 75 Stat. 538, repealed this section insofar as it relates to schools. See section 2451 et seq. of this title.
Continuation in full force and effect, and applicability to the appropriate provisions of the Mutual Educational and Cultural Exchange Act of 1961, set out as section 2451 et seq. of this title, until modified or superseded by appropriate authority, of all Executive orders, agreements, determinations, regulations, contracts, appointments, and other actions issued, concluded, or taken under authority of this section, see section 111(b) of Pub. L. 87–256, set out as a note under section 2451 of this title.
The Director of the United States Information Agency is authorized, when the government of another country is desirous of obtaining the services of a person having special scientific or other technical or professional qualifications, from time to time to assign or authorize the assignment for service, to or in cooperation with such government, any person in the employ or service of the Government of the United States who has such qualifications, with the approval of the Government agency in which such person is employed or serving. No person shall be assigned for service to or in cooperation with the government of any country unless (1) the Director finds that such assignment is necessary in the national interest of the United States, or (2) such government agrees to reimburse the United States in an amount equal to the compensation, travel expenses, and allowances payable to such person during the period of such assignment in accordance with the provisions of section 1452 of this title, or (3) such government shall have made an advance of funds, property, or services as provided in section 1479 of this title. Nothing in this chapter, however, shall authorize the assignment of such personnel for service relating to the organization, training, operation, development, or combat equipment of the armed forces of a foreign government.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title III, §301, 62 Stat. 7; Pub. L. 97–241, title III, §304(a)(1)(A), (2)(A), Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 292.)
1982—Pub. L. 97–241 substituted “person in the employ” for “citizen of the United States in the employ”, “Director of the United States Information Agency” for “Secretary”, and “Director finds” for “Secretary finds”.
United States Information Agency (other than Broadcasting Board of Governors and International Broadcasting Bureau) abolished and functions transferred to Secretary of State, see sections 6531 and 6532 of this title.
Subsec. (c) of section 1004 of act Jan. 27, 1948, provided that: “Any reference in the Foreign Service Act of 1946 (60 Stat. 999) [section 801 et seq. of this title], or in any other law, to provisions of such Act of May 25, 1938, as amended [section 118e of former Title 5, Executive Departments and Government Officers and Employees], shall be construed to be applicable to the appropriate provisions of titles III and IX of this Act [sections 1451 to 1453, 1478, and 1479 of this title].”
Subsec. (b) of section 1004 of act Jan. 27, 1948, provided that: “Existing Executive orders and regulations pertaining to the administration of such Act of May 25, 1938, as amended [former section 118e of former Title 5, Executive Departments and Government Officers and Employees], shall remain in effect until superseded by regulations prescribed under the provisions of this Act [this chapter].”
Any person in the employ or service of the Government of the United States, while assigned for service to or in cooperation with another government under the authority of this chapter, shall be considered, for the purpose of preserving his rights, allowances, and privileges as such, an officer or employee of the Government of the United States and of the Government agency from which assigned and he shall continue to receive compensation from that agency. He may also receive, under such regulations as the President may prescribe, representation allowances similar to those allowed under section 4085 of this title. The authorization of such allowances and other benefits and the payment thereof out of any appropriations available therefor shall be considered as meeting all the requirements of section 5536 of title 5.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title III, §302, 62 Stat. 8; Pub. L. 97–241, title III, §304(a)(1)(B), (3), Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 292.)
1982—Pub. L. 97–241 substituted “person in the employ or service of the Government of the United States” for “citizen of the United States”, “section 4085 of this title” for “section 1131(3) of this title”, and “section 5536 of title 5” for “section 1765 of the Revised Statutes”. Prior to the amendment by Pub. L. 97–241, “section 5536 of title 5” had been substituted for “section 1765 of the Revised Statutes” (which was formerly classified to section 70 of title 5) on authority of Pub. L. 89–554, §7(b), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 631, the first section of which enacted Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, thereby requiring no change in text.
Any person in the employ or service of the Government of the United States while assigned for service to or in cooperation with another government under authority of this chapter may, at the discretion of his Government agency, with the concurrence of the Director of the United States Information Agency, and without additional compensation therefor, accept an office under the government to which he is assigned, if the acceptance of such an office in the opinion of such agency is necessary to permit the effective performance of duties for which he is assigned, including the making or approving on behalf of such foreign government the disbursement of funds provided by such government or of receiving from such foreign government funds for deposit and disbursement on behalf of such government, in carrying out programs undertaken pursuant to this chapter: Provided, however, That such acceptance of office shall in no case involve the taking of an oath of allegiance to another government.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title III, §303, 62 Stat. 8; Pub. L. 97–241, title III, §304(a)(1)(B), (2)(B), Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 292.)
1982—Pub. L. 97–241 substituted “person in the employ or service of the Government of the United States” for “citizen of the United States” and “Director of the United States Information Agency” for “Secretary”.
United States Information Agency (other than Broadcasting Board of Governors and International Broadcasting Bureau) abolished and functions transferred to Secretary of State, see sections 6531 and 6532 of this title.
The Secretary is authorized, in carrying on any activity under the authority of this chapter, to utilize, with the approval of the President, the services, facilities, and personnel of the other Government agencies. Whenever the Secretary shall use the services, facilities, or personnel of any Government agency for activities under authority of this chapter, the Secretary shall pay for such performance out of funds available to the Secretary under this chapter, either in advance, by reimbursement, or direct transfer. The Secretary shall include in each report submitted to the Congress under section 1439 1 of this title a statement of the services, facilities, and personnel of other Government agencies utilized in carrying on activities under the authority of this chapter, showing the names and salaries of the personnel utilized, or performing services utilized, during the period covered by such report, and the amounts paid to such other agencies under this section as payment for such performance.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title IV, §401, 62 Stat. 8.)
Section 1439 of this title, referred to in text, was repealed by Pub. L. 96–470, title I, §117, Oct. 19, 1980, 94 Stat. 2240.
1 See References in Text note below.
A Government agency, at the request of the Secretary, may perform such technical or other services as such agency may be competent to render for the government of another country desirous of obtaining such services, upon terms and conditions which are satisfactory to the Secretary and to the head of the Government agency, when it is determined by the Secretary that such services will contribute to the purposes of this chapter. However, nothing in this chapter shall authorize the performance of services relating to the organization, training, operation, development, or combat equipment of the armed forces of a foreign government.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title IV, §402, 62 Stat. 9.)
In authorizing the performance of technical and other services under this subchapter, it is the sense of the Congress (1) that the Secretary shall encourage through any appropriate Government agency the performance of such services to foreign governments by qualified private American individuals and agencies, and shall not enter into the performance of such services to any foreign government where such services may be performed adequately by qualified private American individuals and agencies and such qualified individuals and agencies are available for the performance of such services; (2) that if such services are rendered by a Government agency, they shall demonstrate the technical accomplishments of the United States, such services being of an advisory, investigative, or instructional nature, or a demonstration of a technical process; (3) that such services shall not include the construction of public works or the supervision of the construction of public works, and that, under authority of this chapter, a Government agency shall render engineering services related to public works only when the Secretary shall determine that the national interest demands the rendering of such services by a Government agency, but this policy shall not be interpreted to preclude the assignment of individual specialists as advisers to other governments as provided under subchapter III of this chapter, together with such incidental assistance as may be necessary for the accomplishment of their individual assignments.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title IV, §403, 62 Stat. 9.)
The Secretary is authorized, when he finds it appropriate, to provide for the preparation, and dissemination abroad, of information about the United States, its people, and its policies, through press, publications, radio, motion pictures, and other information media, and through information centers and instructors abroad. Subject to subsection (b) of this section, any such information (other than “Problems of Communism” and the “English Teaching Forum” which may be sold by the Government Printing Office) shall not be disseminated within the United States, its territories, or possessions, but, on request, shall be available in the English language at the Department of State, at all reasonable times following its release as information abroad, for examination only by representatives of United States press associations, newspapers, magazines, radio systems, and stations, and by research students and scholars, and, on request, shall be made available for examination only to Members of Congress.
(1) The Director of the United States Information Agency shall make available to the Archivist of the United States, for domestic distribution, motion pictures, films, videotapes, and other material prepared for dissemination abroad 12 years after the initial dissemination of the material abroad or, in the case of such material not disseminated abroad, 12 years after the preparation of the material.
(2) The Director of the United States Information Agency shall be reimbursed for any attendant expenses. Any reimbursement to the Director pursuant to this subsection shall be credited to the applicable appropriation of the United States Information Agency.
(3) The Archivist shall be the official custodian of the material and shall issue necessary regulations to ensure that persons seeking its release in the United States have secured and paid for necessary United States rights and licenses and that all costs associated with the provision of the material by the Archivist shall be paid by the persons seeking its release. The Archivist may charge fees to recover such costs, in accordance with section 2116(c) of title 44. Such fees shall be paid into, administered, and expended as part of the National Archives Trust Fund.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title V, §501, 62 Stat. 9; Pub. L. 92–352, title II, §204, July 13, 1972, 86 Stat. 494; Pub. L. 96–60, title II, §208, Aug. 15, 1979, 93 Stat. 401; Pub. L. 101–246, title II, §202, Feb. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 49.)
1990—Pub. L. 101–246 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), substituted “Subject to subsection (b) of this section, any such information” for “Any such information” in second sentence, and added subsec. (b).
1979—Pub. L. 96–60 substituted “ ‘Problems of Communism’ and the ‘English Teaching Forum’ which may be sold” for “ ‘Problems of Communism’ which may continue to be sold” in parenthetical clause.
1972—Pub. L. 92–352 substituted provisions relating to the prohibition, except as otherwise provided, on the dissemination of information within the United States, its territories, or possessions, other than “Problems of Communism” which could continue to be sold at the Government Printing Office, for provisions relating to the availability of press release or radio scripts for examination by representatives of United States press associations, newspapers, magazines, radio systems, and stations, and, on request, Members of Congress.
United States Information Agency (other than Broadcasting Board of Governors and International Broadcasting Bureau) abolished and functions transferred to Secretary of State, see sections 6531 and 6532 of this title.
Section 210 of Pub. L. 101–246 provided that: “The United States Information Agency shall establish and maintain an international narcotics information network. The network shall disseminate prompt, accurate, and comprehensive information to foreign governments concerning programs and activities of the United States Government—
“(1) to eliminate the illicit production, trafficking, and abuse of narcotic and psychotropic drugs and other controlled substances within the United States; and
“(2) to promote drug prevention and rehabilitation in the United States.”
[For abolition of United States Information Agency (other than Broadcasting Board of Governors and International Broadcasting Bureau), transfer of functions, and treatment of references thereto, see sections 6531, 6532, and 6551 of this title.]
Pub. L. 101–246, title II, §233, Feb. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 57, provided that: “The United States Information Agency shall establish and maintain through the Voice of America a system of public service announcements focusing on child survival techniques.”
[For abolition of United States Information Agency (other than Broadcasting Board of Governors and International Broadcasting Bureau), transfer of functions, and treatment of references thereto, see sections 6531, 6532, and 6551 of this title.]
Pub. L. 100–204, title II, §204, Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1373, prohibited use of appropriated funds to pay expenses associated with closing of United States Information Agency posts abroad or to pay expenses associated with Bureau of Management or with television and film service of Agency if an Agency post abroad was closed after Apr. 1, 1987, and not reopened within 180 days after Dec. 22, 1987, placed limitation on reduction of number of positions filled by American employees of Agency stationed abroad, authorized waiver of both prohibition and limitation, and permitted Director, in case of a sequestration order, to submit a report to congressional committees proposing a list of Agency posts to be downgraded or closed in order to comply with sequestration order, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 102–138, title II, §206(c), Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 693. See section 1475g of this title.
Pub. L. 97–241, title III, §303, Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 291, provided that:
“(a) The International Communication Agency, established by Reorganization Plan Numbered 2 of 1977 [set out as a note below], is hereby redesignated the United States Information Agency. The Director of the International Communication Agency or any other official of the International Communication Agency is hereby redesignated the Director or other official, as appropriate, of the United States Information Agency.
“(b) Any reference in any statute, reorganization plan, Executive order, regulation, agreement, determination, or other official document or proceeding to the International Communication Agency or the Director or other official of the International Communication Agency shall be deemed to refer respectively to the United States Information Agency or the Director or other official of the United States Information Agency, as so redesignated by subsection (a).”
[For abolition of United States Information Agency (other than Broadcasting Board of Governors and International Broadcasting Bureau), transfer of functions, and treatment of references thereto, see sections 6531, 6532, and 6551 of this title.]
Prepared by the President and transmitted to the Senate and the House of Representatives in Congress assembled, June 1, 1953, pursuant to the provisions of the Reorganization Act of 1949, approved June 20, 1949, as amended [see 5 U.S.C. 901 et seq.].
[Superseded. Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1977, §9(b), eff. Oct. 11, 1977, 42 F.R. 62461, 91 Stat. 1639, set out as a note below. Section was amended by act June 28, 1955, ch. 189, §12(c)(21), 69 Stat. 183 and related to the establishment of the United States Information Agency.]
(a) Subject to subsection (c) of this section, there are hereby transferred to the Director (1) the functions vested in the Secretary of State by Title V of the United States Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948, as amended [22 U.S.C. 1461, 1462], and so much of functions with respect to the interchange of books and periodicals and aid to libraries and community centers under sections 202 and 203 of the said Act [22 U.S.C. 1447, 1448] as is an integral part of information programs under that Act [22 U.S.C. 1431–1479], together with so much of the functions vested in the Secretary of State by other provisions of the said Act [22 U.S.C. 1431–1479] as is incidental to or is necessary for the performance of the functions under Title V and sections 202 and 203 transferred by this section, and (2) [Superseded. Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1977, §9(b), eff. Oct. 11, 1977, 42 F.R. 62461, 91 Stat. 1639. Paragraph related to functions of the Secretary of State with respect to information programs relating to Germany and Austria.]
(b) [Superseded. Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1977, §9(b), eff. Oct. 11, 1977, 42 F.R. 62461, 91 Stat. 1639. Subsection related to the transfer to the Director of functions vested in the Director for Mutual Security by the Mutual Security Act of 1951, as amended, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, 65 Stat. 373, which related to foreign information programs, as formerly provided for in section 1652 of this title.]
(c)(1) The Secretary of State shall direct the policy and control the content of a program, for use abroad, on official United States positions, including interpretations of current events, identified as official positions by an exclusive descriptive label.
(2) The Secretary of State shall continue to provide to the Director on a current basis full guidance concerning the foreign policy of the United States.
(3) [Superseded. Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1977, §9(b), 42 F.R. 62461, 91 Stat. 1639. Paragraph provided that nothing in subsec. (c) of this section was to affect the functions of the Secretary of State with respect to conducting negotiations with other governments.]
(d) To the extent the President deems it necessary in order to carry out the functions transferred by the foregoing provisions of this section, he may authorize the Director to exercise, in relation to the respective functions so transferred, any authority or part thereof available by law, including appropriation acts, to the Secretary of State, the Director for Mutual Security, or the Director of the Foreign Operations Administration, in respect of the said transferred functions.
[Superseded. Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1977, §9(b), 42 F.R. 62461, 91 Stat. 1639. Section related to the performance of transferred functions.]
[Superseded. Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1977, §9(b), 42 F.R. 62461, 91 Stat. 1639. Section related to incidental transfers.]
[Superseded. Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1977, §9(b), 42 F.R. 62461, 91 Stat. 1639. Section related to interim provisions.]
[The United States Information Agency was abolished and replaced by the International Communication Agency pursuant to Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1977, set out below, effective on or before July 1, 1978, at such time as specified by the President. The International Communication Agency was redesignated the United States Information Agency by section 303 of Pub. L. 97–241, title III, Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 291, set out as a note above. For abolition of United States Information Agency (other than Broadcasting Board of Governors and International Broadcasting Bureau), transfer of functions, and treatment of references thereto, see sections 6531, 6532, and 6551 of this title.]
To the Congress of the United States:
I transmit herewith Reorganization Plan No. 8 of 1953, prepared in accordance with the Reorganization Act of 1949, as amended, and providing for the reorganization of foreign information functions. My reasons for proposing this plan are stated in another message transmitted to the Congress today.
After investigation, I have found and hereby declare that each reorganization included in Reorganization Plan No. 8 of 1953 is necessary to accomplish one or more of the purposes set forth in section 2(a) of the Reorganization Act of 1949, as amended. I have also found and hereby declare that it is necessary to include in the accompanying reorganization plan, by reason of reorganizations made thereby, provisions for the appointment and compensation of officers specified in section 1 of the plan. The rates of compensation fixed for these officers are, respectively, those which I have found to prevail in respect of comparable officers in the executive branch of the Government.
I expect that the improved organizational arrangement provided for in Reorganization Plan No. 8 of 1953 will lead to substantial economies and significantly improved effectiveness of administration. It is not practicable, however, to itemize at this time the reductions in expenditures which will probably be brought about by the taking effect of the reorganizations included in the reorganization plan.
Dwight D. Eisenhower.
Prepared by the President and transmitted to the Senate and the House of Representatives in Congress assembled, October 11, 1977,1 pursuant to the provisions of chapter 9 of title 5 of the United States Code.2
[Repealed. Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. A, title XIII, §1336(6), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–790. Section established the International Communication Agency.]
[Repealed. Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. A, title XIII, §1336(6), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–790. Section provided for appointment and responsibilities of Director of the Agency.]
[Repealed. Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. A, title XIII, §1336(6), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–790. Section provided for appointment and duties of Deputy Director of the Agency.]
[Repealed. Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. A, title XIII, §1336(6), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–790. Section provided for appointment, titles, and functions of four Associate Directors of the Agency.]
[Repealed. Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. A, title XIII, §1336(6), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–790. Section provided for establishment of bureaus, offices, divisions, and other units within the Agency and for performance of functions of the Director within the Agency.]
[Repealed. Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. A, title XIII, §1336(6), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–790. Section authorized Director to conduct negotiations with representatives of foreign states or organizations on matters for which responsibility was vested in the Director or in the Agency.]
(a) There are hereby transferred to the Director all functions vested in the President, the Secretary of State, the Department of State, the Director of the United States Information Agency, and the United States Information Agency pursuant to the following:
(1) the United States Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948, as amended (22 U.S.C. 1431–1479), except to the extent that any function in sections 302, 401, or 602 [22 U.S.C. 1452, 1456, or 1467] is vested in the President;
(2) the Mutual Educational and Cultural Exchange Act of 1961, as amended (22 U.S.C. 2451–2458a), except for: (A) such functions as are vested by sections 102(b)(6), 102(b)(10), 104(a), 104(e)(1), 104(e)(2), 104(f), 104(g), 105(a), 105(b), 105(c), 106(a), 108 [22 U.S.C. 2452(b)(6), (b)(10), 2454(a), (e)(1), (2), (f), (g), 2455(a), (b), (c), 2456(a), 2458]; (B) to the extent that such functions were assigned to the Secretary of Health, Education and Welfare immediately prior to the effective date of this Reorganization Plan, sections 104(b), 105(d)(2), 105(f), 106(d), and 106(f) [22 U.S.C. 2454(b), 2455(d)(2), (f), 2456(d), (f)]; and (C) to the extent that any function therein is vested in the President or the Secretary of State, sections 106(b) and 106(c) [22 U.S.C. 2456(b), (c)].
(3) Public Law 90–494 (22 U.S.C. [former] 929–932, 1221–1234), to the extent that such functions are vested in the Director of the United States Information Agency;
(4) Sections 522(3), 692(1), and 803(a)(4) of the Foreign Service Act of 1946, as amended (22 U.S.C. [former sections] 922(3), 1037a(1), and 1063(a)(4)), to the extent such functions are vested in the Director of the United States Information Agency or in the United States Information Agency.
(5) Section 4 of the United States Information Agency Appropriations Authorization Act of 1973, Public Law 93–168 [Nov. 29, 1973, 87 Stat. 689];
(6)(A) Sections 107(b), 204 and 205 of the Foreign Relations Authorization Act, Fiscal Year 1978, Public Law 95–105, 91 Stat. 844 [Aug. 17, 1977]; and (B) to the extent such functions are vested in the Director of the United States Information Agency, section 203 of the Act;
(7) The Center for Cultural and Technical Interchange Between East and West Act of 1960 (22 U.S.C. 2054–2057);
(8) Sections 101(a)(15)(J) and 212(e) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1101(a)(15)(J), 1182(e));
(9) Section 2(a)(1) of Reorganization Plan No. 8 of 1953 (22 U.S.C. 1461 note);
(10) Section 3(a) of the Arts and Artifacts Indemnity Act (20 U.S.C. 972(a));
(11) Section 7 of the Act of June 15, 1951, c. 138, 65 Stat. 71 (50 U.S.C. App. 2316);
(12) Section 9(b) of the National Foundation on the Arts and Humanities Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 958(b)), to the extent that such functions are vested in the Secretary of State;
(13) Section 112(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. [former] 1009(a)), to the extent such functions are vested in the Department of State;
(14) Section 3(b)(1) of the Woodrow Wilson Memorial Act of 1968 (20 U.S.C. 80f(b)(1));
(15) Section 201 of Public Law 89–665, as amended by section 201(5) of Public Law 94–422 (16 U.S.C. 470i(a)(9));
(16) The third proviso in the twenty-third unnumbered paragraph of title V of Public Law 95–86 (headed “UNITED STATES INFORMATION AGENCY, SALARIES AND EXPENSES”), 91 Stat. 440–41 [Aug. 2, 1977];
(17) The twentieth unnumbered paragraph of title I of Public Law 95–86 (headed “CENTER FOR CULTURAL AND TECHNICAL INTERCHANGE BETWEEN EAST AND WEST”), 91 Stat. 424;
(18) Sections 4(d)(1)(F), 4(f)(1)(F), 4(g)(1)(F), and 4(h)(1)(F) of the Foreign Service Buildings Act, 1926, as amended (22 U.S.C. 295(d)(1)(F), 295(f)(1)(F), 295(g)(1)(F), and 295(h)(1)(F)); and
(19) Sections 1, 2, and 3 of the Act of July 9, 1949, c. 301, 63 Stat. 408 (22 U.S.C. 2681–2683).
(b) There are hereby transferred to the Director all functions vested in the Assistant Secretary of State for Public Affairs pursuant to Section 2(a) of the John F. Kennedy Center Act (20 U.S.C. 76h(a)).
(c) The Director shall insure that the scholarly integrity and nonpolitical character of educational and cultural exchange activities vested in the Director are maintained.
(a) There is hereby established an advisory commission, to be known as the United States Advisory Commission on International Communication, Cultural and Educational Affairs (the “Commission”) [the United States Advisory Commission on Public Diplomacy]. The Commission shall consist of seven members who shall be appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. The members of the Commission shall represent the public interest and shall be selected from the cross section of educational, communications, cultural, scientific, technical, public service, labor and business and professional backgrounds. Not more than four members shall be from any one political party. The term of each member shall be three years except that of the original seven appointments, two shall be for a term of one year and two shall be for a term of two years. Any member appointed to fill a vacancy occurring prior to the expiration of the term for which a predecessor was appointed shall be appointed for the remainder of such term. Upon the expiration of a member's term of office, such member may continue to serve until a successor is appointed and has qualified. The President shall designate a member to chair the Commission.
(b) The functions now vested in the United States Advisory Commission on Information and in the United States Advisory Commission on International Educational and Cultural Affairs under sections 601 through 603 and 801(6) of the United States Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948, as amended (22 U.S.C. 1466–1468, 1471(6)), and under sections 106(b) and 107 of the Mutual Educational and Cultural Exchange Act of 1961, as amended (22 U.S.C. 2456(b), 2457), respectively, are hereby consolidated and vested in the Commission, as follows:
The Commission shall formulate and recommend to the Director, the Secretary of State, and the President policies and programs to carry out the functions vested in the Director or the Agency, and shall appraise the effectiveness of policies and programs of the Agency. The Commission shall submit to the Congress, the President, the Secretary of State and the Director annual reports on programs and activities carried on by the Agency, including appraisals, where feasible, as to the effectiveness of the several programs. The Commission shall also include in such reports such recommendations as shall have been made by the Commission to the Director for effectuating the purposes of the Agency, and the action taken to carry out such recommendations. The Commission may also submit such other reports to the Congress as it deems appropriate, and shall make reports to the public in the United States and abroad to develop a better understanding of and support for the programs conducted by the Agency. The Commission's reports to the Congress shall include assessments of the degree to which the scholarly integrity and nonpolitical character of the educational and cultural exchange activities vested in the Director have been maintained, and assessments of the attitudes of foreign scholars and governments regarding such activities.
(c) The Commission shall have no authority with respect to the J. William Fulbright Foreign Scholarship Board or the United States National Commission for UNESCO. [As amended Pub. L. 101–246, title II, §204(c), Feb. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 50; Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. A, title XIII, §1334(b), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–786; Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title IV, §404(a), (c)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–446, 1501A–447; Pub. L. 107–77, title IV, §407(c), Nov. 28, 2001, 115 Stat. 790.]
[Section 6553 of this title provided that the United States Advisory Commission on Public Diplomacy, established under section 8 of Reorganization Plan Numbered 2 of 1977, set out above, was to continue to exist and operate until Oct. 1, 2005.]
[Any provisions of section 8 of Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1977 inconsistent with 22 U.S.C. 1469 to no longer have legal effect on Jan. 20, 1989, and prohibition limiting membership of individuals from same political party is repealed, see 22 U.S.C. 1469(d).]
[United States Advisory Commission on International Communication, Cultural and Educational Affairs was redesignated the United States Advisory Commission on Public Diplomacy by 22 U.S.C. 1469.]
(a) The following are hereby abolished:
(1) The United States Information Agency, including the offices of Director, Deputy Director, Deputy Director (Policy and Plans) (5 U.S.C. 5316(67)), Associate Director (Policy and Plans) (5 U.S.C. 5316(103)), and additional offices created by section 1(d) of Reorganization Plan No. 8 of 1953 (22 U.S.C. 1461 note), of the United States Information Agency, provided that, pending the initial appointment of the Director, Deputy Director and Associate Directors of the Agency their functions shall be performed temporarily, but not for a period in excess of sixty (60) days, by such officers of the Department of State or of the United States Information Agency as the President shall designate;
(2) One of the offices of Assistant Secretary of State provided for in section 1 of the Act of May 26, 1949, c. 143, 63 Stat. 111, as amended (22 U.S.C. 2652), and in section 5315(22) of title 5 of the United States Code;
(3) The United States Advisory Commission on International Educational and Cultural Affairs (22 U.S.C. [former] 2456(b));
(4) The United States Advisory Commission on Information (22 U.S.C. [former] 1466–1468);
(5) All functions vested in or related to the United States Advisory Commission on International Educational and Cultural Affairs and the United States Advisory Commission on Information that are not transferred to the Director by section 7 or consolidated in the Commission by section 8 of this Reorganization Plan;
(6) The Advisory Committee on the Arts, all functions thereof, and all functions relating thereto (22 U.S.C. [former] 2456(c)); and
(7) The functions vested in the Secretary of State by section 3(e) of the Act of August 1, 1956, c. 841, 70 Stat. 890 (22 U.S.C. [former] 2670(e)).
(b) Sections 1, 2(a)(2), 2(b), 2(c)(3), 3, 4, and 5 of Reorganization Plan No. 8 of 1953 (22 U.S.C. 1461 note) are hereby superseded.
So much of the personnel, property, records, and unexpended balances of appropriations, allocations and other funds employed, used, held, available, or to be made available in connection with the functions transferred or consolidated by this Reorganization Plan, as the Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall determine, shall be transferred to the appropriate department, agency, or commission at such time or times as the Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall provide, except that no such unexpended balances transferred shall be used for purposes other than those for which the appropriation was originally made. The Director of the Office of Management and Budget shall provide for terminating the affairs of all agencies, commissions, and offices abolished herein and for such further measures and dispositions as such Director deems necessary to effectuate the purposes of this Reorganization Plan.
This Reorganization Plan shall become effective at such time or times, on or before July 1, 1978, as the President shall specify, but not sooner than the earliest time allowable under section 906 of title 5 of the United States Code.
[Amendment to Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1977 [set out above] by Pub. L. 105–277 effective Oct. 1, 1999, see section 1301 of Pub. L. 105–277, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6531 of this title.]
[Pursuant to Ex. Ord. No. 12048, set out below, this Reorg. Plan is effective July 1, 1978.]
To the Congress of the United States:
I transmit herewith Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1977 to consolidate certain international communication, educational and cultural, and broadcasting activities of the United States Government. I am acting under the authority vested in me by the Reorganization Act, chapter 9 of title 5 of the United States Code. I am also acting pursuant to section 501 of the Foreign Relations Authorization Act, Fiscal Year 1978 (Public Law 95–105), which provides that my recommendations for reorganizing these activities be transmitted by October 31, 1977.
This reorganization will consolidate into a new agency, to be known as the Agency for International Communication, the functions now exercised by the State Department's Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs and the United States Information Agency.
The principal aspects of this proposal are:
—The new agency will take over USIA's international communications programs (including the Voice of America) and the international educational and cultural exchange activities now conducted by the Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs.
—The agency's Director will be the principal advisor on international information and exchange activities to the President, the National Security Council, and the Secretary of State. Under the direction of the Secretary of State, the Director will have primary responsibility within the Government for the conduct of such activities. The Director, the Deputy Director and the Associate Directors of the new agency will be confirmed by the Senate.
—The two commissions that now advise USIA and the Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs will be combined into a single seven-member commission. Members of this nonpartisan commission will be chosen from fields related to the agency's mission. The commissioners will be appointed by the President and confirmed by the Senate.
The purpose of this reorganization is to broaden our informational, educational and cultural intercourse with the world, since this is the major means by which our government can inform others about our country, and inform ourselves about the rest of the world.
The new Agency for International Communication will play a central role in building these two-way bridges of understanding between our people and the other peoples of the world. Only by knowing and understanding each other's experiences can we find common ground on which we can examine and resolve our differences.
The new agency will have two distinct but related goals:
To tell the world about our society and policies—in particular our commitment to cultural diversity and individual liberty.
To tell ourselves about the world, so as to enrich our own culture as well as to give us the understanding to deal effectively with problems among nations.
As the world becomes more and more interdependent, such mutual understanding becomes increasingly vital. The aim of this reorganization, therefore, is a more effective dialogue among peoples of the earth. Americans—mostly immigrants or the descendants of immigrants—are particularly well suited to enter into such an undertaking. We have already learned much from those who have brought differing values, perspectives and experiences to our shores. And we must continue to learn.
Thus the new agency will lay heavy emphasis on listening to others, so as to learn something of their motivations and aspirations, their histories and cultures.
Several principles guided me in shaping this reorganization plan. Among the most important were:
—Maintaining the integrity of the educational and cultural exchange programs is imperative. To this end, the plan retains the Board of Foreign Scholarships, whose strong leadership has done so much to insure the high quality of the educational exchange program. In addition, I intend to nominate an Associate Director who will be responsible for the administration and supervision of educational and cultural functions consolidated in the new Agency. The responsibilities presently exercised by the Department of State in relation to the Center for Technical and Cultural Interchange Between East and West, Inc., will be transferred to the new agency without alteration.
—Keeping the Voice of America's news gathering and reporting functions independent and objective. The Voice's charter, enacted into law in 1976, provides that “VOA news will be accurate, objective, and comprehensive”; that VOA will “present a balanced and comprehensive projection of significant American thought and institutions”; and that VOA will present U.S. policies “clearly and effectively, and will also present responsible discussion and opinion on these policies.” Under this Administration, VOA will be solely responsible for the content of news broadcasts—for there is no more valued coin than candor in the international marketplace of ideas. I also plan to nominate an Associate Director who will be responsible for the administration and supervision of the Voice of America.
—The new agency's activities must be straightforward, open, candid, balanced, and representative. They will not be given over to the advancement of the views of any one group, any one party or any one Administration. The agency must not operate in a covert, manipulative, or propagandistic way.
—Rights of U.S. Information Agency and State Department employees must be respected. In the new agency, their career achievements will be recognized and the best possible use made of their professional skills and abilities.
The Director of the new agency will assess and advise on the impact on worldwide public opinion of American foreign policy decisions. The Agency will coordinate the international information, educational, cultural and exchange programs conducted by the U.S. Government and will be a governmental focal point for private U.S. international exchange programs. It will also play a leading role within the U.S. Government in our efforts to remove barriers to the international exchange of ideas and information.
It is not practicable to specify all of the expenditure reductions and other economies that will result from the proposed reorganization, and therefore I do not do so. The reorganization will result in greater efficiency by unifying in Washington the management of programs which are already administered in a consolidated manner in the field. For example, field officers will no longer report to two separate sets of supervisors and headquarters at home.
This plan abolishes the functions of the Advisory Committee on the Arts authorized by section 106(c) of the Mutual Educational and Cultural Exchange Act of 1961, as amended (22 U.S.C. 2456(c)). Also abolished, as a result of the consolidation of certain functions of the United States Advisory Commission on Information and the United States Advisory Commission on International Educational and Cultural Affairs in the United States Advisory Commission on International Communication, Cultural and Educational Affairs, are the functions authorized by section 603 of the United States Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948, as amended (22 U.S.C. 1468) (requiring submission by the United States Advisory Commission on Information of a quarterly report to the Director of USIA and a semiannual report to the Congress). The new commission will report annually and at such other times as it deems appropriate (as does the existing Advisory Commission on International Educational and Cultural Affairs). Since appointments of all members of the new commission will be on a nonpartisan basis, as has been the case with the Advisory Commission on International Educational and Cultural Affairs, the requirement of section 602(a) of the U.S. Information and Educational Exchange Act (22 U.S.C. 1467(a)) that not more than three members of the Advisory Commission on Information shall be of the same political party is abolished.
Various obsolete or superseded functions under Reorganization Plan No. 8 of 1953 (22 U.S.C. 1461 note), which created the USIA, are superseded by this plan. Finally, the Plan abolishes a provision authorizing the Secretary of State to pay the expenses of transporting the bodies of participants in exchange programs who die away from home, since State no longer will conduct such programs (22 U.S.C. 2670(e)). All functions abolished by the reorganization are done so in compliance with section 903(b) of title 5 of the United States Code.
After investigation, I have found that this reorganization is necessary to carry out the policy set forth in section 901(a) of title 5 of the United States Code. The provisions in this Plan for the appointment and pay of the Director, Deputy Director, and Associate Directors of the Agency have been found by me to be necessary by reason of the reorganization made by the plan and are at a rate applicable to comparable officers in the executive branch.
In presenting this plan, I ask the support of Congress to strengthen and simplify the machinery by which we carry out these important functions of the United States Government.
Such action will make us better able to project the great variety and vitality of American life to those abroad, and to enrich our own lives with a fuller knowledge of the vitality and variety of other societies.
The new Agency for International Communication will help us demonstrate “a decent respect for the opinions of mankind,” and to deal intelligently with a world awakening to a new spirit of freedom.
Jimmy Carter.
Ex. Ord. No. 12048, Mar. 27, 1978, 43 F.R. 13361, as amended by Ex. Ord. No. 12388, Oct. 14, 1982, 47 F.R. 46245; Ex. Ord. No. 12608, Sept. 9, 1987, 52 F.R. 34617, provided:
By virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and laws of the United States of America, including Section 11 of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1977 (42 FR 62461 (December 13, 1977)) [set out above], Section 202 of the Budget and Accounting Procedures Act of 1950 (31 U.S.C. 581c) [31 U.S.C. 1531], and Section 301 of Title 3 of the United States Code, and as President of the United States of America, in order to provide for the establishment of the International Communication Agency, it is hereby ordered as follows:
(b) Section 7(a)(14) of Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1977, relating to the Woodrow Wilson Memorial Act of 1968 [20 U.S.C. 80e et seq.], shall be effective on July 1, 1978.
[For abolition of United States Information Agency (other than Broadcasting Board of Governors and International Broadcasting Bureau), transfer of functions, and treatment of references thereto, see sections 6531, 6532, and 6551 of this title.]
1 Actually transmitted Oct. 12, 1977.
2 As amended Nov. 1, 1977, and Nov. 3, 1977.
The mission of the United States Information Agency shall be to further the national interest by improving United States relations with other countries and peoples through the broadest possible sharing of ideas, information, and educational and cultural activities. In carrying out this mission, the United States Information Agency shall, among other activities—
(1) conduct Government-sponsored information, educational, and cultural activities designed—
(A) to provide other peoples with a better understanding of the policies, values, institutions, and culture of the United States; and
(B) within the statutory limits governing domestic activities of the Agency, to enhance understanding on the part of the Government and people of the United States of the history, culture, attitudes, perceptions, and aspirations of others;
(2) encourage private institutions in the United States to develop their own exchange activities, and provide assistance for those exchange activities which are in the broadest national interest;
(3) coordinate international informational, educational, or cultural activities conducted or planned by departments and agencies of the United States Government;
(4) assist in the development of a comprehensive national policy on international communications; and
(5) promote United States participation in international events relevant to the mission of the Agency.
(Pub. L. 95–426, title II, §202, Oct. 7, 1978, 92 Stat. 972; Pub. L. 97–241, title III, §303(b), Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 291.)
Section was enacted as part of the Foreign Relations Authorization Act, Fiscal Year 1979, and not as part of the United States Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948 which comprises this chapter.
“United States Information Agency” substituted in text for “International Communication Agency” pursuant to section 303(b) of Pub. L. 97–241, set out as a note under section 1461 of this title. United States Information Agency (other than Broadcasting Board of Governors and International Broadcasting Bureau) abolished and functions transferred to Secretary of State, see sections 6531 and 6532 of this title.
Section 203 of Pub. L. 95–426, as amended by Pub. L. 97–241, title III, §303(b), Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 291, provided that: “The President shall, by a process of gradual expansion during the four-year period beginning October 1, 1979, increase significantly the financial resources expended annually by the United States Information Agency for exchange-of-persons activities. The President shall prepare at an early date a general plan for the accomplishment of this goal and shall adjust that plan annually, as he finds appropriate, in consultation with the Congress.”
Except as provided in section 1461 of this title and this section, no funds authorized to be appropriated to the United States Information Agency shall be used to influence public opinion in the United States, and no program material prepared by the United States Information Agency shall be distributed within the United States. This section shall not apply to programs carried out pursuant to the Mutual Educational and Cultural Exchange Act of 1961 (22 U.S.C. 2451 et seq.). The provisions of this section shall not prohibit the United States Information Agency from responding to inquiries from members of the public about its operations, policies, or programs.
(Pub. L. 99–93, title II, §208, Aug. 16, 1985, 99 Stat. 431; Pub. L. 103–236, title II, §232, Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 424.)
The Mutual Educational and Cultural Exchange Act of 1961, referred to in text, is Pub. L. 87–256, Sept. 21, 1961, 75 Stat. 527, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 33 (§2451 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2451 of this title and Tables.
Section was enacted as part of the Foreign Relations Authorization Act, Fiscal Years 1986 and 1987, and not as part of the United States Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948 which comprises this chapter.
1994—Pub. L. 103–236 inserted at end “The provisions of this section shall not prohibit the United States Information Agency from responding to inquiries from members of the public about its operations, policies, or programs.”
United States Information Agency (other than Broadcasting Board of Governors and International Broadcasting Bureau) abolished and functions transferred to Secretary of State, see sections 6531 and 6532 of this title.
Section, act Aug. 31, 1960, Pub. L. 86–678, title IV, 74 Stat. 569, which related to exchange of funds in connection with establishments abroad, was from the Departments of State and Justice, the Judiciary, and Related Agencies Appropriation Act, 1961, and was not repeated in subsequent appropriation acts. Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation acts:
July 13, 1959, Pub. L. 86–84, title IV, 73 Stat. 194.
June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–474, title IV, 72 Stat. 257.
June 11, 1957, Pub. L. 85–49, title IV, 71 Stat. 68.
June 20, 1956, ch. 414, title IV, 70 Stat. 312.
July 7, 1955, ch. 279, title IV, 69 Stat. 279.
July 2, 1954, ch. 456, title IV, 68 Stat. 432.
Notwithstanding the provisions of sections 1341, 1342, 1349 to 1351 and subchapter II of chapter 15 of title 31, the United States Information Agency is authorized, in making contracts for the use of international shortwave radio stations and facilities, to agree on behalf of the United States to indemnify the owners and operators of said radio stations and facilities from such funds as may be hereafter appropriated for the purpose against loss or damage on account of injury to persons or property arising from such use of said radio stations and facilities.
(Pub. L. 95–431, title V, §501, Oct. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 1041; Pub. L. 97–241, title III, §303(b), Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 291.)
“Sections 1341, 1342, and 1349 to 1351 and subchapter II of chapter 15 of title 31” substituted in text for “section 3679 of the Revised Statutes, as amended (31 U.S.C. 665)” on authority of Pub. L. 97–258, §4(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, the first section of which enacted Title 31, Money and Finance.
Section was enacted as part of appropriation act, cited as the credit to this section, and not as part of the United States Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948 which comprises this chapter.
Provisions similar to those in this section were contained in the following prior appropriation acts:
Aug. 2, 1977, Pub. L. 95–86, title V, 91 Stat. 441.
July 14, 1976, Pub. L. 94–362, title V, 90 Stat. 960.
Oct. 21, 1975, Pub. L. 94–121, title V, 89 Stat. 639.
Oct. 5, 1974, Pub. L. 93–433, title V, 88 Stat. 1207.
Nov. 27, 1973, Pub. L. 93–162, title V, 87 Stat. 657.
Oct. 25, 1972, Pub. L. 92–544, title V, 86 Stat. 1132.
Aug. 10, 1971, Pub. L. 92–77, title V, 85 Stat. 269.
Oct. 21, 1970, Pub. L. 91–472, title V, 84 Stat. 1062.
Dec. 24, 1969, Pub. L. 91–153, title V, 83 Stat. 425.
Aug. 9, 1968, Pub. L. 90–470, title V, 82 Stat. 690.
Nov. 8, 1967, Pub. L. 90–133, title V, 81 Stat. 433.
Nov. 8, 1966, Pub. L. 89–797, title V, 80 Stat. 1504.
Sept. 2, 1965, Pub. L. 89–164, title V, 79 Stat. 643.
Aug. 31, 1964, Pub. L. 88–527, title V, 78 Stat. 734.
Dec. 30, 1963, Pub. L. 88–245, title V, 77 Stat. 800.
Oct. 18, 1962, Pub. L. 87–843, title V, 76 Stat. 1104.
Sept. 21, 1961, Pub. L. 87–264, title IV, 75 Stat. 557.
Aug. 31, 1960, Pub. L. 86–678, title IV, 74 Stat. 569.
July 13, 1959, Pub. L. 86–84, title IV, 73 Stat. 194.
June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–474, title IV, 72 Stat. 257.
June 11, 1957, Pub. L. 85–49, title IV, 71 Stat. 67.
June 20, 1956, ch. 414, title IV, 70 Stat. 312.
July 7, 1955, ch. 279, title IV, 69 Stat. 279.
July 2, 1954, ch. 456, title IV, 68 Stat. 432.
“United States Information Agency” substituted in text for “International Communication Agency” pursuant to section 303(b) of Pub. L. 97–241, set out as a note under section 1461 of this title. United States Information Agency (other than Broadcasting Board of Governors and International Broadcasting Bureau) abolished and functions transferred to Secretary of State, see sections 6531 and 6532 of this title.
Section, Pub. L. 90–470, title V, Aug. 9, 1968, 82 Stat. 690, which related to a one year extension to existing appointments and assignments to the Foreign Service Reserve for foreign information and educational activities which would otherwise have expired, was not repeated in subsequent appropriation acts. Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation acts:
Nov. 8, 1967, Pub. L. 90–133, title V, 81 Stat. 433.
Nov. 8, 1966, Pub. L. 89–797, title V, 80 Stat. 1504, 1505.
Sept. 2, 1965, Pub. L. 89–164, title V, 79 Stat. 643.
Aug. 31, 1964, Pub. L. 88–527, title V, 78 Stat. 734.
Dec. 30, 1963, Pub. L. 88–245, title V, 77 Stat. 800.
Oct. 18, 1962, Pub. L. 87–843, title V, 76 Stat. 1104.
Sept. 21, 1961, Pub. L. 87–264, title IV, 75 Stat. 558.
Aug. 31, 1960, Pub. L. 86–678, title IV, 74 Stat. 569.
July 13, 1959, Pub. L. 86–84, title IV, 73 Stat. 194.
June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–474, title IV, 72 Stat. 258.
June 11, 1957, Pub. L. 85–49, title IV, 71 Stat. 68.
June 20, 1956, ch. 414, title IV, 70 Stat. 312.
July 7, 1955, ch. 279, title IV, 69 Stat. 279.
July 2, 1954, ch. 456, title IV, 68 Stat. 432.
In authorizing international information activities under this chapter, it is the sense of the Congress (1) that the Secretary shall reduce such Government information activities whenever corresponding private information dissemination is found to be adequate; (2) that nothing in this chapter shall be construed to give the Department a monopoly in the production or sponsorship on the air of short-wave broadcasting programs, or a monopoly in any other medium of information.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title V, §502, 62 Stat. 10.)
Section, act Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title V, §503, as added July 12, 1976, Pub. L. 94–350, title II, §206, 90 Stat. 831; amended 1977 Reorg. Plan No. 2, §§5, 7(a)(1), 42 F.R. 62461, 91 Stat. 1636, 1637; Aug. 24, 1982, Pub. L. 97–241, title III, §303(b), 96 Stat. 291, related to principles governing communications of Voice of America broadcasts.
As part of its duties and programs under this subchapter, Voice of America/Europe shall—
(1) target news and features in accordance with the findings and recommendations of the Young European Survey;
(2) conduct periodic audience evaluations and measurements; and
(3) promote and advertise Voice of America/Europe.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title V, §504, as added Pub. L. 100–204, title IV, §402, Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1381.)
The Broadcasting Board of Governors is authorized to lease or otherwise acquire time on commercial or United States Government satellites for the purpose of transmitting materials and programs to posts and other users abroad.
The Congress finds that the long-term interests of the United States are served by communicating directly with the peoples of the world by television. To be effective, the Broadcasting Board of Governors must win the attention and respect of viewers. These principles will therefore govern the television broadcasts of the United States International Television Service:
(1) The United States International Television Service will serve as a consistently reliable and authoritative source of news. The United States International Television Service news will be accurate and objective.
(2) The United States International Television Service will represent the United States, not any single segment of American society and will, therefore, present a balanced and comprehensive projection of significant American thought and institutions.
(3) The United States International Television Service will present the policies of the United States clearly and effectively and will also present responsible discussions and opinion on these policies.
The Broadcasting Board of Governors is authorized to produce, acquire, or broadcast television programs, via satellite, only if such programs—
(1) are interactive, consisting of interviews among participants in different locales;
(2) cover news, public affairs, or other current events;
(3) cover official activities of government, Federal or State, including congressional proceedings and news briefings of any agency of the Executive branch; or
(4) are of an artistic or scientific character or are otherwise representative of American culture.
When a comparable program produced by United States public or commercial broadcasters and producers is available at a cost which is equal to or less than the cost of production by the United States International Television Service, the Broadcasting Board of Governors shall use such materials in preference to the United States International Television Service produced materials.
(1) Of the funds authorized to be appropriated to the Broadcasting Board of Governors not more than $12,000,000 for the fiscal year 1990 and not more than $12,480,000 for the fiscal year 1991 may be obligated or expended for the United States International Television Service.
(2) The Broadcasting Board of Governors shall prepare and submit to the Congress quarterly reports which contain a detailed explanation of expenditures for the United States International Television Service during the fiscal years 1990 and 1991. Such reports shall contain specific justification and supporting information pertaining to all programs, particularly those described in subsection (c)(4) of this section, that were produced in-house by the United States International Television Service. Each such report shall include a statement by the Broadcasting Board of Governors that, according to the best information available to the Broadcasting Board of Governors, no comparable United States commercially-produced or public television program is available at a cost which is equal to or less than the cost of production by the United States International Television Service.
(3) Of the funds authorized to be appropriated to the Broadcasting Board of Governors, $1,500,000 for the fiscal year 1990 and $1,500,000 for the fiscal year 1991 shall be available only for the purchase or use of programs produced with grants from the Corporation for Public Broadcasting or produced by United States public broadcasters.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title V, §505, as added Pub. L. 101–246, title II, §205(a), Feb. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 50; amended Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. A, title XIII, §1335(a)(1), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–786.)
1998—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–277, §1335(a)(1)(A), substituted “Broadcasting Board of Governors” for “Director of the United States Information Agency”.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 105–277, §1335(a)(1)(B), (C)(i), in introductory provisions, substituted “Broadcasting Board of Governors” for “United States Information Agency” and “television broadcasts of the United States International Television Service” for “Agency's television broadcasts (hereinafter in this section referred to as ‘USIA–TV’)”.
Subsec. (b)(1) to (3). Pub. L. 105–277, §1335(a)(1)(C)(ii), substituted “The United States International Television Service” for “USIA–TV”, wherever appearing.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 105–277, §1335(a)(1)(A), substituted “Broadcasting Board of Governors” for “Director of the United States Information Agency” in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 105–277, §1335(a)(1)(A), (D), substituted “Broadcasting Board of Governors” for “Director of the United States Information Agency” and substituted “the United States International Television Service” for “USIA–TV” in two places.
Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 105–277, §1335(a)(1)(B), (D), substituted “Broadcasting Board of Governors” for “United States Information Agency” and “the United States International Television Service” for “USIA–TV”.
Subsec. (e)(2). Pub. L. 105–277, §1335(a)(1)(D), substituted “the United States International Television Service” for “USIA–TV”, wherever appearing.
Pub. L. 105–277, §1335(a)(1)(A), (B), in first sentence, substituted “Broadcasting Board of Governors” for “United States Information Agency”, and in last sentence, substituted “Broadcasting Board of Governors” for “Director of the United States Information Agency” after “statement by the” and for “United States Information Agency” after “available to the”.
Subsec. (e)(3). Pub. L. 105–277, §1335(a)(1)(B), substituted “Broadcasting Board of Governors” for “United States Information Agency”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 105–277 effective Oct. 1, 1999, see section 1301 of Pub. L. 105–277, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6531 of this title.
Pub. L. 100–204, title II, §207, Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1374, which provided that the television and film service of the United States Information Agency was to operate under same criteria and conditions as specified for Voice of America by section 1463 of this title, was repealed by Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. A, title XIII, §1336(7), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–790.
After February 16, 1990, the Voice of America shall not select candidates for employment who must be or are preapproved for employment at the Voice of America by a foreign government or an entity controlled by a foreign government.
The prohibition referred to in this section shall not apply to—
(1) participants in the Voice of America's exchange programs; or
(2) clerical, technical, or maintenance staff at Voice of America offices in foreign countries.
If the Broadcasting Board of Governors determines that the prohibition under subsection (a) of this section would require the termination of a specific Voice of America foreign language service, then, not less than 90 days before the Board begins to recruit such candidates, the Board shall submit to the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate and the Committee on Foreign Affairs of the House of Representatives a report concerning—
(1) the number and location of speakers of the applicable foreign language who could be recruited by the Voice of America without violating this section; and
(2) the efforts made by the Voice of America to recruit such individuals for employment.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title V, §506, as added Pub. L. 101–246, title II, §232, Feb. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 57; amended Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. A, title XIII, §1335(a)(2), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–787.)
1998—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 105–277, in introductory provisions, substituted “Broadcasting Board of Governors” for “Director of the United States Information Agency”, “Board begins” for “Agency begins”, and “Board shall” for “Director shall”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 105–277 effective Oct. 1, 1999, see section 1301 of Pub. L. 105–277, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6531 of this title.
Subchapter repealed upon transmittal of determination by President under section 6063(c)(3) of this title that democratically elected government in Cuba is in power, see section 6037(c) of this title.
The Congress finds and declares—
(1) that it is the policy of the United States to support the right of the people of Cuba to seek, receive, and impart information and ideas through any media and regardless of frontiers, in accordance with article 19 of Universal Declaration of Human Rights;
(2) that, consonant with this policy, radio broadcasting to Cuba may be effective in furthering the open communication of accurate information and ideas to the people of Cuba, in particular information about Cuba;
(3) that such broadcasting to Cuba, operated in a manner not inconsistent with the broad foreign policy of the United States and in accordance with high professional standards, would be in the national interest; and
(4) that the Voice of America already broadcasts to Cuba information that represents America, not any single segment of American society, and includes a balanced and comprehensive projection of significant American thought and institutions but that there is a need for broadcasts to Cuba which provide news, commentary and other information about events in Cuba and elsewhere to promote the cause of freedom in Cuba.
(Pub. L. 98–111, §2, Oct. 4, 1983, 97 Stat. 749.)
Section repealed upon transmittal of determination by President under section 6063(c)(3) of this title that democratically elected government in Cuba is in power, see section 6037(c) of this title.
Section was enacted as part of the Radio Broadcasting to Cuba Act which comprises this subchapter, and not as part of the United States Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948 which comprises this chapter.
Section 1 of Pub. L. 98–111 provided: “That this Act [enacting this subchapter] may be cited as the ‘Radio Broadcasting to Cuba Act’.”
In order to carry out the objectives set forth in section 1465 of this title, the Broadcasting Board of Governors (hereafter in this subchapter referred to as the “Board”) shall provide for the open communication of information and ideas through the use of radio broadcasting to Cuba. Radio broadcasting to Cuba shall serve as a consistently reliable and authoritative source of accurate, objective, and comprehensive news.
Radio broadcasting in accordance with subsection (a) of this section shall be part of the Voice of America radio broadcasting to Cuba and shall be in accordance with all Voice of America standards to ensure the broadcast of programs which are objective, accurate, balanced, and which present a variety of views.
Radio broadcasting to Cuba authorized by this subchapter shall utilize the broadcasting facilities located at Marathon, Florida, and the 1180 AM frequency that were used by the Voice of America prior to October 4, 1983. Other frequencies, not on the commercial Amplitude Modulation (AM) Band (535 kHz to 1605 kHz), may also be simultaneously utilized: Provided, That no frequency shall be used for radio broadcasts to Cuba in accordance with this subchapter which is not also used for all other Voice of America broadcasts to Cuba. Time leased from nongovernmental shortwave radio stations may be used to carry all or part of the Service programs and to rebroadcast Service programs: Provided, That not less than 30 per centum of the programs broadcast or rebroadcast shall be regular Voice of America broadcasts with particular emphasis on news and programs meeting the requirements of section 1463(2) 1 of this title.
Notwithstanding subsection (c) of this section, in the event that broadcasts to Cuba on the 1180 AM frequency are subject to jamming or interference greater by 25 per centum or more than the average daily jamming or interference in the twelve months preceding September 1, 1983, the Broadcasting Board of Governors may lease time on commercial or noncommercial educational AM band radio broadcasting stations. The Federal Communications Commission shall determine levels of jamming and interference by conducting regular monitoring of the 1180 AM frequency. In the event that more than two hours a day of time is leased, not less than 30 per centum of the programing broadcast shall be regular Voice of America broadcasts with particular emphasis on news and programs meeting the requirements of section 1463(2) 1 of this title.
Any program of United States Government radio broadcasts to Cuba authorized by this section shall be designated “Voice of America: Cuba Service” or “Voice of America: Radio Marti program”.
In the event broadcasting facilities located at Marathon, Florida, are rendered inoperable by natural disaster or by unlawful destruction, the Broadcasting Board of Governors may, for the period in which the facilities are inoperable but not to exceed one hundred and fifty days, use other United States Government-owned transmission facilities for Voice of America broadcasts to Cuba authorized by this subchapter.
(Pub. L. 98–111, §3, Oct. 4, 1983, 97 Stat. 749; Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. A, title XIII, §1324(1)–(3), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–780, 2681–781.)
Section repealed upon transmittal of determination by President under section 6063(c)(3) of this title that democratically elected government in Cuba is in power, see section 6037(c) of this title.
Section 1463 of this title, referred to in subsecs. (c) and (d), was repealed by Pub. L. 103–236, title III, §315(a), Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 445.
Section was enacted as part of the Radio Broadcasting to Cuba Act which comprises this subchapter, and not as part of the United States Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948 which comprises this chapter.
1998—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–277, §1324(1), (2), substituted “Broadcasting Board of Governors” for “United States Information Agency” and “Board” for “Agency”.
Subsecs. (d), (f). Pub. L. 105–277, §1324(3), substituted “the Broadcasting Board of Governors” for “the Director of the United States Information Agency”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 105–277 effective Oct. 1, 1999, see section 1301 of Pub. L. 105–277, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6531 of this title.
1 See References in Text note below.
The Broadcasting Board of Governors shall establish within the International Broadcasting Bureau a Cuba Service (hereafter in this section referred to as the “Service”). The Service shall be responsible for all radio broadcasts to Cuba authorized by section 1465a of this title. The Broadcasting Board of Governors shall appoint a head of the Service and shall employ such staff as the head of the Service may need to carry out his duties. The Cuba Service shall be administered separately from other Voice of America functions and the head of the Cuba Service shall report directly to the Board 1 of the International Broadcasting Bureau.
(Pub. L. 98–111, §4, Oct. 4, 1983, 97 Stat. 750; Pub. L. 103–236, title III, §305(e)(1), formerly §305(d)(1), Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 436; Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. A, title XIII, §§1323(f)(1), 1324(3), (4), (6), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–779, 2681–781.)
Section repealed upon transmittal of determination by President under section 6063(c)(3) of this title that democratically elected government in Cuba is in power, see section 6037(c) of this title.
Section was enacted as part of the Radio Broadcasting to Cuba Act which comprises this subchapter, and not as part of the United States Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948 which comprises this chapter.
1998—Pub. L. 105–277, §1324(6), substituted “Board” for “Director” in last sentence.
Pub. L. 105–277, §1324(4), which directed the amendment of this section by substituting “the International Broadcasting Bureau” for “the Voice of America”, was executed by making the substitution for text in two places to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Pub. L. 105–277, §1324(3), which directed the substitution of “the Broadcasting Board of Governors” for “the Director of the United States Information Agency” each place it appears, was executed by substituting “Broadcasting Board of Governors” for “Director of the United States Information Agency” in two places, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
1994—Pub. L. 103–236 substituted “of the Voice of America” for “and the Associate Director for Broadcasting of the United States Information Agency”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 105–277 effective Oct. 1, 1999, see section 1301 of Pub. L. 105–277, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6531 of this title.
1 So in original. There is no Board of the International Broadcasting Bureau.
There is established within the Office of the President the Advisory Board for Cuba Broadcasting (in this subchapter 1 referred to as the “Advisory Board”). The Advisory Board shall consist of nine members, appointed by the President by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, of whom not more than five shall be members of the same political party. The President shall designate one member of the Advisory Board to serve as chairperson.
The Advisory Board shall review the effectiveness of the activities carried out under this subchapter and the Television Broadcasting to Cuba Act [22 U.S.C. 1465aa et seq.] and shall make recommendations to the President and the Broadcasting Advisory 2 Board of Governors as it may consider necessary.
In appointing the initial voting members of the Advisory Board, the President shall designate three members to serve for a term of three years, three members to serve for a term of two years, and three members to serve for a term of one year. Thereafter, the term of each member of the Advisory Board shall be three years. The President shall appoint, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, members to fill vacancies occurring prior to the expiration of a term, in which case the members so appointed shall serve for the remainder of such term. Any member whose term has expired may serve until his successor has been appointed and qualified.
The head of the Cuba Service and the head of the Television Marti Service shall serve, ex officio, as members of the Advisory Board.
Members of the Advisory Board appointed by the President shall, while attending meetings of the Advisory Board or while engaged in duties relating to such meetings or in other activities of the Advisory Board pursuant to this section, including traveltime, be entitled to receive compensation equal to the daily equivalent of the compensation prescribed for level V of the Executive Schedule under section 5316 of title 5. While away from their homes or regular places of business they may be allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, as authorized by law (5 U.S.C. 5703) for persons in the Government service employed intermittently. The ex officio members of the Advisory Board shall not be entitled to any compensation under this section, but may be allowed travel expenses as provided in the preceding sentence.
The Advisory Board may, to the extent it deems necessary to carry out its functions under this section, procure supplies, services, and other personal property, including specialized electronic equipment.
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Advisory Board shall remain in effect indefinitely.
There are authorized to be appropriated $130,000 to carry out the provisions of this section.
(Pub. L. 98–111, §5, Oct. 4, 1983, 97 Stat. 750; Pub. L. 101–246, title II, §245(a), Feb. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 61; Pub. L. 103–236, title III, §305(e)(2), formerly §305(d)(2), Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 436; Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. A, title XIII, §§1323(f)(1), 1324(5), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–779, 2681–781.)
Section repealed upon transmittal of determination by President under section 6063(c)(3) of this title that democratically elected government in Cuba is in power, see section 6037(c) of this title.
This subchapter, referred to in subsec. (a), was in the original “this division”, and was translated as reading “this Act”, meaning Pub. L. 98–111, which enacted this subchapter, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
The Television Broadcasting to Cuba Act, referred to in subsec. (b), is part D of title II of Pub. L. 101–246, Feb. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 58, as amended, which is classified principally to subchapter V–B (§1465aa et seq.) of this chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1465aa of this title and Tables.
Section was enacted as part of the Radio Broadcasting to Cuba Act which comprises this subchapter, and not as part of the United States Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948 which comprises this chapter.
1998—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–277, §1324(5), substituted “There is established within the Office of the President the Advisory Board for Cuba Broadcasting (in this division referred to as the ‘Advisory Board’).” for “There is established within the Office of the President the Advisory Board for Cuba Broadcasting (hereafter in this subchapter referred to as the ‘Board’).”, and substituted “Advisory Board” for “Board” in two places.
Subsecs. (b) to (g). Pub. L. 105–277, §1324(5)(A), substituted “Advisory Board” for “Board” wherever appearing.
1994—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 103–236 substituted “Broadcasting Board of Governors” for “Director and Associate Director for Broadcasting of the United States Information Agency”.
1990—Pub. L. 101–246, §245(a)(1), substituted “Cuba Broadcasting” for “Radio Broadcasting to Cuba” in section catchline.
Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 101–246, §245(a)(2), amended subsec. (a) generally, substituting “Cuba Broadcasting” for “Radio Broadcasting to Cuba” and “to serve as chairperson” for “to serve as Chairman”.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 101–246, §245(a)(2), amended subsec. (b) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (b) read as follows: “The Board shall review the effectiveness of the activities carried out under this subchapter and shall make such recommendations to the President, the Director and the Associate Director for Broadcasting of the United States Information Agency as it may deem necessary.”
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 101–246, §245(a)(3), amended subsec. (d) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (d) read as follows: “The head of the Service shall serve, ex officio, as a member of the Board.”
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 101–246, §245(a)(4), substituted “The ex officio members” for “The ex officio member”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 105–277 effective Oct. 1, 1999, see section 1301 of Pub. L. 105–277, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6531 of this title.
Section 245(b) of Pub. L. 101–246 provided that: “A reference in any provision of law to the ‘Advisory Board for Radio Broadcasting to Cuba’ shall be considered to be a reference to the ‘Advisory Board for Cuba Broadcasting’.”
Section 245(c) of Pub. L. 101–246 provided that: “Each member of the Advisory Board for Radio Broadcasting to Cuba as in existence on the day before the effective date of the amendment made by subsection (a) [Feb. 16, 1990] shall continue to serve for the remainder of the term to which such member was appointed as a member of the Advisory Board for Cuba Broadcasting.”
Section 245(d) of Pub. L. 101–246, as amended by Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. A, title XIII, §1325(5), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–782, provided that: “The Advisory Board shall have a staff director who shall be appointed by the Chairperson of the Advisory Board for Cuba Broadcasting.”
1 See References in Text note below.
2 So in original. The word “Advisory” probably should not appear.
(a) In order to assist the Broadcasting Board of Governors in carrying out the purposes set forth in section 1465 of this title, any agency or instrumentality of the United States may sell, loan, lease, or grant property (including interests therein) and may perform administrative and technical support and services at the request of the Board. Support and services shall be provided on a reimbursable basis. Any reimbursement shall be credited to the appropriation from which the property, support, or services was derived.
(b) The Board may carry out the purposes of section 1465a of this title by means of grants, leases, or contracts (subject to the availability of appropriations), or such other means as the Board determines will be most effective.
(Pub. L. 98–111, §6, Oct. 4, 1983, 97 Stat. 751; Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. A, title XIII, §1324(1), (2), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–781.)
Section repealed upon transmittal of determination by President under section 6063(c)(3) of this title that democratically elected government in Cuba is in power, see section 6037(c) of this title.
Section was enacted as part of the Radio Broadcasting to Cuba Act which comprises this subchapter, and not as part of the United States Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948 which comprises this chapter.
1998—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–277 substituted “Broadcasting Board of Governors” for “United States Information Agency” and “Board” for “Agency”.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 105–277, §1324(2), substituted “Board” for “Agency” in two places.
Amendment by Pub. L. 105–277 effective Oct. 1, 1999, see section 1301 of Pub. L. 105–277, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6531 of this title.
It is the intent of the Congress that the Secretary of State should seek prompt and full settlement of United States claims against the Government of Cuba arising from Cuban interference with broadcasting in the United States. Pending the settlement of these claims, it is appropriate to provide some interim assistance to the United States broadcasters who are adversely affected by Cuban radio interference and who seek to assert their right to measures to counteract the effects of such interference.
Accordingly, the Board may make payments to the United States radio broadcasting station licensees upon their application for expenses which they have incurred before, on, or after October 4, 1983, in mitigating, pursuant to special temporary authority from the Federal Communications Commission, the effects of activities by the Government of Cuba which directly interfere with the transmission or reception of broadcasts by these licensees. Such expenses shall be limited to the costs of equipment replaced (less depreciation) and associated technical and engineering costs.
The Federal Communications Commission shall issue such regulations and establish such procedures for carrying out this section as the Federal Communications Commission finds appropriate. Such regulations shall be issued no later than one hundred and eighty days after October 4, 1983.
There are authorized to be appropriated to the Board, $5,000,000 for use in compensating United States radio broadcasting licensees pursuant to this section. Amounts appropriated under this section are authorized to be available until expended.
Funds appropriated for implementation of this section shall be available for a period of no more than four years following the initial broadcast occurring as a result of programs described in this subchapter.
It is the sense of the Congress that the President should establish a task force to analyze the level of interference from the operation of Cuban radio stations experienced by broadcasters in the United States and to seek a practical political and technical solution to this problem.
This section shall enter into effect on October 1, 1984.
(Pub. L. 98–111, §7, Oct. 4, 1983, 97 Stat. 752; Pub. L. 98–411, title V, §512, Aug. 30, 1984, 98 Stat. 1574; Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. A, title XIII, §1324(2), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–781.)
Section repealed upon transmittal of determination by President under section 6063(c)(3) of this title that democratically elected government in Cuba is in power, see section 6037(c) of this title.
Section was enacted as part of the Radio Broadcasting to Cuba Act which comprises this subchapter, and not as part of the United States Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948 which comprises this chapter.
1998—Subsecs. (b), (d). Pub. L. 105–277 substituted “Board” for “Agency”.
1984—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 98–411 substituted “replaced (less” for “(replaced less”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 105–277 effective Oct. 1, 1999, see section 1301 of Pub. L. 105–277, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6531 of this title.
(a) There are authorized to be appropriated for the Broadcasting Board of Governors $14,000,000 for fiscal year 1984 and $11,000,000 for fiscal year 1985 to carry out sections 1465a and 1465b of this title. The amount obligated by the Broadcasting Board of Governors in ensuing fiscal years shall be sufficient to maintain broadcasts to Cuba under this subchapter at rates no less than the fiscal year 1985 level.
(b) In addition to amounts otherwise authorized to be appropriated to the Board for the fiscal years 1984 and 1985, there are authorized to be appropriated to the Board $54,800,000 for the fiscal year 1984 and $54,800,000 for the fiscal year 1985, which amounts shall be available only for expenses incurred by essential modernization of the facilities and operations of the Voice of America.
(c) Amounts appropriated under this section are authorized to be made available until expended.
(Pub. L. 98–111, §8, Oct. 4, 1983, 97 Stat. 752; Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. A, title XIII, §1324(1), (2), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–781.)
Section repealed upon transmittal of determination by President under section 6063(c)(3) of this title that democratically elected government in Cuba is in power, see section 6037(c) of this title.
Section was enacted as part of the Radio Broadcasting to Cuba Act which comprises this subchapter, and not as part of the United States Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948 which comprises this chapter.
1998—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–277, §1324(1), substituted “Broadcasting Board of Governors” for “United States Information Agency” in two places.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 105–277, §1324(2), substituted “Board” for “Agency” in two places.
Amendment by Pub. L. 105–277 effective Oct. 1, 1999, see section 1301 of Pub. L. 105–277, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6531 of this title.
Section, Pub. L. 98–111, §9, Oct. 4, 1983, 97 Stat. 753, directed United States Information Agency to arrange for independent evaluations of Cuba Service programing for submission to Congress.
Subchapter repealed upon transmittal of determination by President under section 6063(c)(3) of this title that democratically elected government in Cuba is in power, see section 6037(c) of this title.
The Congress finds and declares that—
(1) it is the policy of the United States to support the right of the people of Cuba to seek, receive, and impart information and ideas through any media and regardless of frontiers, in accordance with article 19 of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights;
(2) consonant with this policy, television broadcasting to Cuba may be effective in furthering the open communication of accurate information and ideas to the people of Cuba and, in particular, information about Cuba;
(3) television broadcasting to Cuba, operated in a manner not inconsistent with the broad foreign policy of the United States and in accordance with high professional standards, would be in the national interest;
(4) facilities broadcasting television programming to Cuba must be operated in a manner consistent with applicable regulations of the Federal Communications Commission, and must not affect the quality of domestic broadcast transmission or reception; and
(5) that 1 the Voice of America already broadcasts to Cuba information that represents America, not any single segment of American society, and includes a balanced and comprehensive projection of significant American thought and institutions, but that there is a need for television broadcasts to Cuba which provide news, commentary, and other information about events in Cuba and elsewhere to promote the cause of freedom in Cuba.
(Pub. L. 101–246, title II, §242, Feb. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 58.)
Section repealed upon transmittal of determination by President under section 6063(c)(3) of this title that democratically elected government in Cuba is in power, see section 6037(c) of this title.
Section was enacted as part of the Television Broadcasting to Cuba Act which comprises this subchapter, and not as part of the United States Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948 which comprises this chapter.
Section 241 of Pub. L. 101–246 provided that: “This part [part D (§§241–248) of title II of Pub. L. 101–246, enacting this subchapter, amending section 1465c of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 1465c of this title] may be cited as the ‘Television Broadcasting to Cuba Act’.”
1 So in original. The word “that” probably should not appear.
In order to carry out the purposes set forth in section 1465aa of this title and notwithstanding the limitation of section 1461 of this title with respect to the dissemination in the United States of information prepared for dissemination abroad to the extent such dissemination is inadvertent, the Broadcasting Board of Governors (hereafter in this subchapter referred to as the “Agency” 1) shall provide for the open communication of information and ideas through the use of television broadcasting to Cuba. Television broadcasting to Cuba shall serve as a consistently reliable and authoritative source of accurate, objective, and comprehensive news.
Television broadcasting to Cuba under this subchapter shall be in accordance with all Voice of America standards to ensure the broadcast of programs which are objective, accurate, balanced, and which present a variety of views.
Any program of United States Government television broadcasts to Cuba authorized by this section shall be designated the “Television Marti Program”.
(1) Subject to the Communications Act of 1934 [47 U.S.C. 151 et seq.], the Federal Communications Commission shall assign by order a suitable frequency to further the national interests expressed in this subchapter, except that no such assignment shall result in objectionable interference with the broadcasts of any domestic licensee.
(2) No Federal branch or agency shall compel an incumbent domestic licensee to change its frequency in order to eliminate objectionable interference caused by broadcasting of the Service.
(3) For purposes of section 305 of the Communications Act of 1934 [47 U.S.C. 305], a television broadcast station established for purposes of this subchapter shall be treated as a government station, but the Federal Communications Commission shall exercise the authority of the President under such section to assign a frequency to such station.
(1) Broadcasting by the Television Marti Service shall be conducted in accordance with such parameters as shall be prescribed by the Federal Communications Commission to preclude objectionable interference with the broadcasts of any domestic licensee. The Television Marti Service shall be governed by the same standards regarding objectionable interference as any domestic licensee. The Federal Communications Commission shall monitor the operations of television broadcasting to Cuba pursuant to subsection (f) of this section. If, on the basis of such monitoring or a complaint from any person, the Federal Communications Commission determines, in its discretion, that broadcasting by the Television Marti Service is causing objectionable interference with the transmission or reception of the broadcasts of a domestic licensee, the Federal Communications Commission shall direct the Television Marti Service to cease broadcasting and to eliminate the objectionable interference. Broadcasts by the Service shall not be resumed until the Federal Communications Commission finds that the objectionable interference has been eliminated and should not recur.
(2) The Federal Communications Commission shall take such actions as are necessary and appropriate to assist domestic licensees in overcoming the adverse effects of objectionable interference caused by broadcasting by the Television Marti Service. Such assistance may include the authorization of nondirectional increases in the effective radiated power of a domestic television station so that its coverage is equivalent to the maximum allowable for such facilities, to avoid any adverse effect on such stations of the broadcasts of the Television Marti Service.
(3) If the Federal Communications Commission directs the Television Marti Service to cease broadcasting pursuant to paragraph (1), the Commission shall, as soon as practicable, notify the appropriate committees of Congress of such action and the reasons therefor. The Federal Communications Commission shall continue to notify the appropriate committees of Congress of progress in eliminating the objectionable interference and shall assure that Congress is fully informed about the operation of the Television Marti Service.
The Federal Communications Commission shall continually monitor and periodically report to the appropriate committees of the Congress interference to domestic broadcast licensees—
(1) from the operation of Cuban television and radio stations; and
(2) from the operations of the television broadcasting to Cuba.
It is the sense of the Congress that the President should establish a task force to analyze the level of interference from the operation of Cuban television and radio stations experienced by broadcasters in the United States and to seek a practical political and technical solution to this problem.
(Pub. L. 101–246, title II, §243, Feb. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 59; Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. A, title XIII, §1325(1), (2), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–781.)
Section repealed upon transmittal of determination by President under section 6063(c)(3) of this title that democratically elected government in Cuba is in power, see section 6037(c) of this title.
The Communications Act of 1934, referred to in subsec. (d)(1), is act June 19, 1934, ch. 652, 48 Stat. 1064, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 5 (§151 et seq.) of Title 47, Telegraphs, Telephones, and Radiotelegraphs. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see section 609 of Title 47 and Tables.
Section was enacted as part of the Television Broadcasting to Cuba Act which comprises this subchapter, and not as part of the United States Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948 which comprises this chapter.
1998—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–277, §1325(1), substituted “Broadcasting Board of Governors” for “United States Information Agency”.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 105–277, §1325(2), in heading struck out “USIA” before “Television” and in text substituted “the ‘Television” for “ ‘USIA Television”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 105–277 effective Oct. 1, 1999, see section 1301 of Pub. L. 105–277, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6531 of this title.
For termination, effective May 15, 2000, of provisions of law requiring submittal to Congress of any annual, semiannual, or other regular periodic report listed in House Document No. 103–7 (in which a report required under subsec. (f) of this section is listed on page 167), see section 3003 of Pub. L. 104–66, as amended, set out as a note under section 1113 of Title 31, Money and Finance.
1 So in original. Probably should be “ ‘Board’ ”.
There is within the Voice of America a Television Marti Service. The Service shall be responsible for all television broadcasts to Cuba authorized by this subchapter. The Broadcasting Board of Governors shall appoint a head of the Service who shall report directly to the International Broadcasting Bureau. The head of the Service shall employ such staff as the head of the Service may need to carry out the duties of the Service.
To assure consistency of presentation and efficiency of operations in conducting the activities authorized under this subchapter, the Television Marti Service shall make maximum feasible utilization of Board facilities and management support, including Voice of America: Cuba Service, Voice of America, and the United States International Television Service.
The Board may carry out the purposes of this subchapter by means of grants, leases, or contracts (subject to the availability of appropriations), or such other means as the Board determines will be most effective.
(Pub. L. 101–246, title II, §244, Feb. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 61; Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. A, title XIII, §1325(3), (4), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–781.)
Section repealed upon transmittal of determination by President under section 6063(c)(3) of this title that democratically elected government in Cuba is in power, see section 6037(c) of this title.
Section was enacted as part of the Television Broadcasting to Cuba Act which comprises this subchapter, and not as part of the United States Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948 which comprises this chapter.
1998—Pub. L. 105–277, §1325(4)(A), struck out “of the United States Information Agency” after “Service” in section catchline.
Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–277, §1325(4)(B)(ii), which directed amendment of subsec. (a) in second sentence by substituting “Broadcasting Board of Governors” for “Director of the United States Information Agency” and “the International Broadcasting Bureau” for “the Director of the Voice of America”, was executed by making the substitutions in third sentence, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Pub. L. 105–277, §1325(4)(B)(i), substituted “There is” for “The Director of the United States Information Agency shall establish” in first sentence.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 105–277, §1325(4)(C), substituted “Board facilities” for “Agency facilities” and “International” for “Information Agency”.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 105–277, §1325(3), (4)(D), in heading struck out “USIA” before “Authority”, and in text substituted “Board” for “Agency” in two places.
Amendment by Pub. L. 105–277 effective Oct. 1, 1999, see section 1301 of Pub. L. 105–277, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6531 of this title.
In order to assist the Broadcasting Board of Governors in carrying out the provisions of this subchapter, any agency or instrumentality of the United States may sell, loan, lease, or grant property (including interests therein) and may perform administrative and technical support and services at the request of the Board.
(Pub. L. 101–246, title II, §246, Feb. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 62; Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. A, title XIII, §1325(1), (3), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–781.)
Section repealed upon transmittal of determination by President under section 6063(c)(3) of this title that democratically elected government in Cuba is in power, see section 6037(c) of this title.
Section was enacted as part of the Television Broadcasting to Cuba Act which comprises this subchapter, and not as part of the United States Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948 which comprises this chapter.
1998—Pub. L. 105–277 substituted “Broadcasting Board of Governors” for “United States Information Agency” and “the Board” for “the Agency”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 105–277 effective Oct. 1, 1999, see section 1301 of Pub. L. 105–277, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6531 of this title.
In addition to amounts otherwise made available under section 201 for such purposes, there are authorized to be appropriated to the United States Information Agency, $16,000,000 for the fiscal year 1990 and $16,000,000 for the fiscal year 1991 for television broadcasting to Cuba in accordance with the provisions of this subchapter.
(1) Subject to paragraph (2), no funds authorized to be appropriated under subsection (a) of this section may be obligated or expended unless the President determines and notifies the appropriate committees of Congress that the test of television broadcasting to Cuba (as authorized by title V of the Departments of Commerce, Justice, and State, the Judiciary, and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 1989 (Public Law 100–459)) has demonstrated television broadcasting to Cuba is feasible and will not cause objectionable interference with the broadcasts of incumbent domestic licensees. The Federal Communications Commission shall furnish to the appropriate committees of Congress all interim and final reports and other appropriate documentation concerning objectionable interference from television broadcasting to Cuba to incumbent domestic licensees.
(2) Not less than 30 days before the President makes the determination under paragraph (1), the President shall submit a report to the appropriate committees of the Congress which includes the findings of the test of television broadcasting to Cuba. The period for the test of television broadcasting may be extended until—
(A) the date of the determination and notification by the President under paragraph (1), or
(B) 30 days,
whichever comes first.
Amounts appropriated to carry out the purposes of this subchapter are authorized to be available until expended.
(Pub. L. 101–246, title II, §247, Feb. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 62; Pub. L. 102–138, title II, §232, Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 703.)
Section repealed upon transmittal of determination by President under section 6063(c)(3) of this title that democratically elected government in Cuba is in power, see section 6037(c) of this title.
Section 201, referred to in subsec. (a), means section 201 of Pub. L. 101–246, title II, Feb. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 48, which was not classified to the Code.
Title V of the Departments of Commerce, Justice, and State, the Judiciary, and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 1989 (Public Law 100–459), referred to in subsec. (b)(1), is title V of Pub. L. 100–459, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2213, which was not classified to the Code.
Section was enacted as part of the Television Broadcasting to Cuba Act which comprises this subchapter, and not as part of the United States Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948 which comprises this chapter.
1991—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 102–138 added subsec. (c).
United States Information Agency (other than Broadcasting Board of Governors and International Broadcasting Bureau) abolished and functions transferred to Secretary of State, see sections 6531 and 6532 of this title.
Determination of President of the United States, No. 90–35, Aug. 26, 1990, 55 F.R. 38659, provided:
Pursuant to the authority vested in me by section 247 of the Foreign Relations Authorization Act, Fiscal Years 1990 and 1991 (Public Law 101–246) (the Act) [this section], I hereby determine that the test of television broadcasting to Cuba (as authorized by title V of the Departments of Commerce, Justice, and State, the Judiciary and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 1989 (Public Law 100–459) [Pub. L. 100–459, title V, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2213]), has demonstrated television broadcasting to Cuba is feasible and will not cause objectionable interference with the broadcasts of incumbent domestic licensees.
You are authorized and directed to transmit this determination to the appropriate committees of Congress (as defined in section 248 of the Act [22 U.S.C. 1465ff]) and to arrange for its publication in the Federal Register.
George Bush.
As used in this subchapter—
(1) the term “licensee” has the meaning provided in section 153(c) 1 of title 47;
(2) the term “incumbent domestic licensee” means a licensee as provided in section 153(c) 1 of title 47 that was broadcasting a television signal as of January 1, 1989;
(3) the term “objectionable interference” shall be applied in the same manner as such term is applied under regulations of the Federal Communications Commission to other domestic broadcasters; and
(4) the term “appropriate committees of Congress” includes the Committee on Foreign Affairs and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate.
(Pub. L. 101–246, title II, §248, Feb. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 62.)
Section repealed upon transmittal of determination by President under section 6063(c)(3) of this title that democratically elected government in Cuba is in power, see section 6037(c) of this title.
Section 153 of title 47, referred to in pars. (1) and (2), was subsequently amended, and section 153(c) no longer defines “licensee”. However, such term is defined elsewhere in that section.
Section was enacted as part of the Television Broadcasting to Cuba Act which comprises this subchapter, and not as part of the United States Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948 which comprises this chapter.
Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Commerce of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on Commerce of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred to Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
1 See References in Text note below.
Sections 1466 to 1468 of this title, contained provisions relating to the United States Advisory Commission on Information, and the United States Advisory Commission on Educational Exchange. Public Law 87–256, §§106, 111(a)(2), Sept. 21, 1961, 75 Stat. 532, 538, replaced the Advisory Commission on Educational Exchange with the Advisory Commission on International Educational and Cultural Affairs and repealed these sections insofar as they related to the Advisory Commission on Educational Exchange. The Advisory Commission on International Educational and Cultural Affairs and the Advisory Commission on Information were both abolished by Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1977, §9(a)(3), (4), 42 F.R. 62461, 91 Stat. 1639, set out under section 1461 of this title, effective on or before July 1, 1978, at such time as specified by the President.
Section 1466, acts Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, §601, 62 Stat. 10; Sept. 21, 1961, Pub. L. 87–256, §111(a)(2), 75 Stat. 538, created the United States Advisory Commission on Information, and the United States Advisory Commission on Educational Exchange and provided for the duties of the Commissions.
Section 1467, acts Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title VI, §602, 62 Stat. 10; Sept. 21, 1961, Pub. L. 87–256, §111(a)(2), 75 Stat. 538, provided for the composition, membership, terms of office, compensation, designation of chairmen, rules and regulations, and representation of the public interest, for the Commission on Information and the Commission on Educational Exchange.
Section 1468, acts Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title VI, §603, 62 Stat. 11; Sept. 21, 1961, Pub. L. 87–256, §111(a)(2), 75 Stat. 538, provided that the Commissions report to Congress on programs and activities carried out under this chapter, including recommendations for effectuating the purposes and objectives of this chapter.
(1) There is established an advisory commission to be known as the United States Advisory Commission on Public Diplomacy.
(2) The Commission shall consist of seven members appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. The members of the Commission shall represent the public interest and shall be selected from a cross section of educational, communications, cultural, scientific, technical, public service, labor, business, and professional backgrounds. Not more than four members shall be from any one political party.
(3) The term of each member shall be 3 years, except that of the original seven appointments, two shall be for a term of 1 year and two shall be for a term of 2 years.
(4) Any member appointed to fill a vacancy occurring before the expiration of the term for which a predecessor was appointed shall be appointed for the remainder of such term. Upon the expiration of a member's term of office, such member may continue to serve until a successor is appointed and qualified.
(5) The President shall designate a member to chair the Commission.
The Commission shall have a staff director who shall be appointed by the chairperson of the Commission. Subject to such rules and regulations as may be adopted by the Commission, the chairperson of the Commission may—
(1) appoint such additional personnel for the staff of the Commission as the chairperson considers necessary; and
(2) procure temporary and intermittent services to the same extent as is authorized by section 3109(b) of title 5, but at rates for individuals not to exceed the daily equivalent of the annual rate of basic pay payable for grade GS–18 of the General Schedule under section 5332 of title 5.
(1) The Commission shall formulate and recommend to the Director of the United States Information Agency, the Secretary of State, and the President policies and programs to carry out the functions vested in the Director or the Agency, and shall appraise the effectiveness of policies and programs of the Agency.
(2) The Commission shall submit to the Congress, the President, the Secretary of State, and the Director of the United States Information Agency annual reports on programs and activities carried out by the Agency, including appraisals, where feasible, as to the effectiveness of the several programs. The Commission shall also include in such reports such recommendations as shall have been made by the Commission to the Director for effectuating the purposes of the Agency, and the action taken to carry out such recommendations.
(3) The Commission may also submit such other reports to the Congress as it considers appropriate, and shall make reports to the public in the United States and abroad to develop a better understanding of and support for the programs conducted by the Agency.
(4) The Commission's reports to the Congress shall include assessments of the degree to which the scholarly integrity and nonpolitical character of the educational and cultural exchange activities vested in the Director of the United States Information Agency have been maintained, and assessments of the attitudes of foreign scholars and governments regarding such activities.
The Commission shall have no authority with respect to the J. William Fulbright Foreign Scholarship Board or the United States National Commission for UNESCO.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title VI, §604, as added Pub. L. 96–60, title II, §203(f), Aug. 15, 1979, 93 Stat. 399; amended Pub. L. 100–204, title II, §213, Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1376; Pub. L. 101–246, title II, §206(a), Feb. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 51; Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. A, title XIII, §1334(b), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–786; Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title IV, §404(a), (c)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–446, 1501A–447; Pub. L. 107–77, title IV, §407(c), Nov. 28, 2001, 115 Stat. 790.)
2001—Pub. L. 107–77 reenacted this section. See Reenactment and Repeal of Certain Provisions of Law note below.
1999—Pub. L. 106–113, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title IV, §404(c)(2)], repealed this section. See Reenactment and Repeal of Certain Provisions of Law note below.
Pub. L. 106–113, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title IV, §404(a), (c)(1)], amended Pub. L. 105–277, §1334, generally (see 1998 Amendment note below) and reenacted this section. See Reenactment and Repeal of Certain Provisions of Law note below.
1998—Pub. L. 105–277, §1334(b), which directed the repeal of this section, was omitted in the general amendment of Pub. L. 105–277, §1334, by Pub. L. 106–113, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title IV, §404(a)]. See 1999 Amendment note above.
1990—Pub. L. 101–246 amended section generally. Prior to amendment, section consisted of subsecs. (a) to (d) relating to redesignation of United States Advisory Commission on International Communication, Cultural and Educational Affairs as United States Advisory Commission on Public Diplomacy, appointment of members, appointment of staff director and staff personnel, date of section entering into force as being Jan. 20, 1989, and repeal of prohibition limiting membership of individuals from same political party.
1987—Pub. L. 100–204 amended section generally, revising and restating as subsecs. (a) to (d) provisions of former subsecs. (a) and (b).
Section effective Oct. 1, 1979, and applicable only with respect to funds appropriated after Aug. 15, 1979, where new authorities provide for expenditure of appropriated funds, see section 209 of Pub. L. 96–60, set out as an Effective Date of 1979 Amendment note under section 1471 of this title.
United States Information Agency (other than Broadcasting Board of Governors and International Broadcasting Bureau) abolished and functions transferred to Secretary of State, see sections 6531 and 6532 of this title.
Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title IV, §404(c)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–447, provided that:
“(1)
“(2)
[Pub. L. 107–77, title IV, §407(c), Nov. 28, 2001, 115 Stat. 790, reenacted into law the provisions that were repealed by section 1000(a)(7) [div. A, title IV, §404(c)(2)] of div. B of Pub. L. 106–113, set out above.]
Pub. L. 107–77, title IV, §407(d), Nov. 28, 2001, 115 Stat. 790, provided that: “Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any period of discontinuity of the United States Advisory Commission on Public Diplomacy shall not affect the appointment or terms of service of members of the commission.”
Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title IV, §404(d)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–447, provided that: “Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any period of discontinuity of the United States Advisory Commission on Public Diplomacy shall not affect the appointment or terms of service of members of the commission.”
Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title IV, §404(e)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–447, provided that: “Notwithstanding section 604(b) of the United States Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948 [22 U.S.C. 1469(b)], effective on the date of the enactment of this Act [Nov. 29, 1999], the United States Advisory Commission on Public Diplomacy shall have not more than 2 individuals who are compensated staff, and not more than 50 percent of the resources allocated in fiscal year 1999.”
References in laws to the rates of pay for GS–16, 17, or 18, or to maximum rates of pay under the General Schedule, to be considered references to rates payable under specified sections of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, see section 529 [title I, §101(c)(1)] of Pub. L. 101–509, set out in a note under section 5376 of Title 5.
Pub. L. 101–246, title II, §206(b), Feb. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 53, provided that each member of the United States Advisory Commission on Public Diplomacy as in existence on the day before Jan. 20, 1989, was to continue to serve for the remainder of the term to which such member was appointed.
In carrying out the purposes of this chapter, the Secretary is authorized, in addition to and not in limitation of the authority otherwise vested in him—
(1) In carrying out subchapter II of this chapter, to make grants of money, services, or materials to State and local governmental institutions in the United States, to governmental institutions in other countries, and to individuals and public or private nonprofit organizations both in the United States and in other countries;
(2) to furnish, sell, or rent, by contract or otherwise, educational and information materials and equipment for dissemination to, or use by, peoples of foreign countries;
(3) whenever necessary in carrying out subchapter V of this chapter, to purchase, rent, construct, improve, maintain, and operate facilities for radio and television transmission and reception, including the leasing of associated real property (either within or outside the United States) for periods not to exceed forty years, or for longer periods if provided for by an appropriation Act, and the alteration, improvement, and repair of such property, without regard to section 322 1 of the Act of June 30, 1932, and any such real property or interests therein which are outside the United States may be acquired without regard to sections 3111 and 3112 of title 40 if the sufficiency of the title to such real property or interests therein is approved by the Director of the United States Information Agency;
(4) to provide for printing and binding outside the continental limits of the United States, without regard to section 501 of title 44;
(5) to employ persons on a temporary basis without regard to the civil service and classification laws, when such employment is provided for by the pertinent appropriation Act;
(6) to create such advisory committees as the Secretary may decide to be of assistance in formulating his policies for carrying out the purposes of this chapter. No committee member shall be allowed any salary or other compensation for services; but he may be paid his transportation and other expenses, as authorized by section 5703 of title 5; and
(7) notwithstanding any other provision of law, to carry out projects involving security construction and related improvements for overseas public diplomacy facilities not physically located together with other Department of State facilities abroad.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title VIII, §801, 62 Stat. 11; Pub. L. 87–139, §11, Aug. 14, 1961, 75 Stat. 341; 1977 Reorg. Plan No. 2, §§8(b), 9(a)(3), (4), 42 F.R. 62461, 91 Stat. 1637–1639; Pub. L. 96–60, title II, §§203(b)(1), (e), 204(a), Aug. 15, 1979, 93 Stat. 398–400; Pub. L. 97–241, title III, §303(b), Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 291; Pub. L. 98–164, title II, §217, Nov. 22, 1983, 97 Stat. 1036; Pub. L. 100–204, title II, §205, Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1374; Pub. L. 102–138, title II, §203, Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 692; Pub. L. 103–236, title II, §222, Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 421; Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. A, title XIII, §1335(a)(4), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–787.)
Section 322 of the Act of June 30, 1932, referred to in par. (3), is section 322 of act June 30, 1932, ch. 314, 47 Stat. 412, which was classified to section 278a of former Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works, and was repealed by Pub. L. 100–678, §7, Nov. 17, 1988, 102 Stat. 4052.
“Sections 3111 and 3112 of title 40” substituted in par. (3) for “section 355 of the Revised Statutes of the United States (40 U.S.C. 255)” on authority of Pub. L. 107–217, §5(c), Aug. 21, 2002, 116 Stat. 1303, the first section of which enacted Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works.
In par. (4), “section 501 of title 44” substituted for “section 11 of the Act of March 1, 1919 (44 U.S.C. 111)” on authority of Pub. L. 90–620, §2(b), Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1305, the first section of which enacted Title 44, Public Printing and Documents.
In par. (6), “, with the approval of the Commission on Information and the Commission on Educational Exchange,” was deleted pursuant to Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1977, §9(a)(3), (4), 42 F.R. 62461, 91 Stat. 1639, set out under section 1461 of this title, which abolished both the United States Advisory Commission on Information, and the United States Advisory Commission on International Educational and Cultural Affairs [which replaced the Advisory Commission on Educational Exchange], effective on or before July 1, 1978, at such time as specified by the President.
In par. (6), “section 5703 of title 5” substituted for “section 5 of the Administrative Expenses Act of 1946, as amended, (5 U.S.C. 73b-2)” on authority of Pub. L. 89–554, §7(b), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 631, the first section of which enacted Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
1998—Par. (7). Pub. L. 105–277 substituted “overseas public diplomacy” for “Agency” and inserted “other” after “together with”.
1994—Par. (7). Pub. L. 103–236 added par. (7).
1991—Par. (3). Pub. L. 102–138 inserted “and television” after “radio”.
1987—Par. (3). Pub. L. 100–204 substituted “forty” for “twenty-five”.
1983—Par. (3). Pub. L. 98–164 substituted “twenty-five” for “ten”.
1979—Par. (1). Pub. L. 96–60, §204(a), struck out “within the limitation of such appropriations as the Congress may provide,” after “chapter,”.
Par. (3). Pub. L. 96–60, §203(e), substituted “leasing of associated real property (either within or outside the United States)” for “leasing of real property both within and without the continental limits of the United States” and provided for alteration, improvement, and repair of such property, without regard to section 278a of title 40, and for acquisition of such property or interests therein which are outside the United States without regard to section 255 of title 40 if the sufficiency of the title to such property or interests therein is approved by the Director.
Par. (5). Pub. L. 96–60, §203(b)(1), struck out provision for employment of aliens within the United States limited to services related to the translation or narration of colloquial speech in foreign languages when suitably qualified United States citizens were not available, now covered in section 1474(1) of this title, and inserted “pertinent” before “appropriation”.
1961—Par. (6). Pub. L. 87–139 substituted provisions authorizing payment of transportation and other expenses as authorized by section 73b–2 of title 5, for provisions which allowed payment of actual transportation expenses and a maximum of $10 per diem.
Amendment by Pub. L. 105–277 effective Oct. 1, 1999, see section 1301 of Pub. L. 105–277, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6531 of this title.
Section 209 of Pub. L. 96–60 provided that: “The amendments made by sections 203 and 204 [enacting section 1469 and section 1477b of this title, amending this section, sections 1474, 1475a, 2454, 2458, and 2458a of this title, section 1304 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, and section 474 of former Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works, and repealing section 1434 of this title] shall take effect on October 1, 1979, and to the extent that they provide new authorities involving the expenditure of appropriated funds, shall apply only with respect to funds appropriated after the date of enactment of this Act [Aug. 15, 1979].”
“Director of the United States Information Agency” substituted for “Director of the International Communication Agency” in par. (3) pursuant to section 303(b) of Pub. L. 97–241, set out as a note under section 1461 of this title, which redesignated International Communication Agency, and Director thereof, as United States Information Agency, and the Director thereof. United States Information Agency (other than Broadcasting Board of Governors and International Broadcasting Bureau) abolished and functions transferred to Secretary of State, see sections 6531 and 6532 of this title.
The Commission on Educational Exchange, created by section 1466 of this title, abolished pursuant to Pub. L. 87–256, §111(a)(2), Sept. 21, 1961, 75 Stat. 538.
Advisory committees in existence on Jan. 5, 1973, to terminate not later than the expiration of the 2-year period following Jan. 5, 1973, unless, in the case of a committee established by the President or an officer of the Federal Government, such committee is renewed by appropriate action prior to the expiration of such 2-year period, or in the case of a committee established by Congress, its duration is otherwise provided by law. See section 14 of Pub. L. 92–463, Oct. 6, 1972, 86 Stat. 776, set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
Section 403 of Pub. L. 100–204 provided that:
“(a)
“(b)
“(c)
“(d)
“(1) Subsection (c) shall not apply with respect to any project of the facilities modernization program of the Voice of America when—
“(A) precluded by the terms of an international agreement with the host foreign country;
“(B) a foreign bidder can establish that he is a national of a country whose government permits United States contractors and suppliers the opportunity to bid on a competitive and nondiscriminatory basis with its national contractors and suppliers, on procurement and projects related to the construction, modernization, upgrading, or expansion of—
“(i) its national public radio and television sector, or
“(ii) its private radio and television sector, to the extent that such procurement or project is, in whole or in part, funded or otherwise under the control of a government agency or authority; or
“(C) the Secretary of Commerce certifies (in advance of the award of the contract for that project) to the Director of the United States Information Agency that the foreign bidder is not receiving any direct subsidy from any government, the effect of which would be to disadvantage the competitive position of United States persons who also bid on the project; or
“(D) the statutes of a host foreign country prohibit the use of United States contractors on such projects within that country.
“(2) An exception under paragraph (1)(D) shall only become effective with respect to a foreign country 30 days after the Secretary of State certifies to the Committee on Foreign Affairs and the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Foreign Relations and the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate what specific actions the Secretary has taken to urge the foreign country to permit the use of United States contractors on such projects.
“(d) [sic]
“(1) the term ‘United States person’ means a person that—
“(A) is incorporated or otherwise legally organized under the laws of the United States, including any State (and any political subdivision thereof) and the District of Columbia;
“(B) has its principal place of business in the United States;
“(C) has been incorporated or otherwise legally organized in the United States for more than 5 years before the issuance date of the Invitation For Bids or the Request For Proposals with respect to a modernization project under subsection (b);
“(D) has proven, as indicated by prior contracting experience, to possess the technical, managerial, and financial capability to successfully complete a project similar in nature and technical complexity to that being contracted for;
“(E)(i) employs United States citizens in at least 80 percent of its principal management positions in the United States;
“(ii) employs United States citizens in more than half of its permanent, full-time positions in the United States; and
“(iii) will employ United States citizens in at least 80 percent of the supervisory positions on the modernization project site; and
“(F) has the existing technical and financial resources in the United States to perform the contract; and
“(2) the term ‘qualified United States joint venture person’ means a joint venture in which a United States person or persons own at least 51 percent of the assets of the joint venture.
“(e)
[For abolition of United States Information Agency (other than Broadcasting Board of Governors and International Broadcasting Bureau), transfer of functions, and treatment of references thereto, see sections 6531, 6532, and 6551 of this title.]
1 See References in Text note below.
In carrying on activities which further the purposes of this chapter, subject to approval of such activities by the Secretary, the Department and the other Government agencies are authorized—
(1) to place orders and make purchases and rentals of materials and equipment;
(2) to make contracts, including contracts with governmental agencies, foreign or domestic, including subdivisions thereof, and intergovernmental organizations of which the United States is a member, and, with respect to contracts entered into in foreign countries, without regard to section 6306 of title 41;
(3) under such regulations as the Secretary may prescribe, to pay the transportation expenses, and not to exceed $10 per diem in lieu of subsistence and other expenses, of citizens or subjects of other countries, without regard to the Standardized Government Travel Regulations and the Subsistence Expense Act of 1926,1 as amended; and
(4) to make grants for, and to pay expenses incident to, training and study.
(1) Any contract authorized by subsection (a) of this section and described in paragraph (3) of this subsection which is funded on the basis of annual appropriations may nevertheless be made for periods not in excess of 5 years when—
(A) appropriations are available and adequate for payment for the first fiscal year and for all potential cancellation costs; and
(B) the Director of the United States Information Agency determines that—
(i) the need of the Government for the property or service being acquired over the period of the contract is reasonably firm and continuing;
(ii) such a contract will serve the best interests of the United States by encouraging effective competition or promoting economies in performance and operation; and
(iii) such method of contracting will not inhibit small business participation.
(2) In the event that funds are not made available for the continuation of such a contract into a subsequent fiscal year, the contract shall be canceled and any cancellation costs incurred shall be paid from appropriations originally available for the performance of the contract, appropriations currently available for the acquisition of similar property or services and not otherwise obligated, or appropriations made for such cancellation payments.
(3) This subsection applies to contracts for the procurement of property or services, or both, for the operation, maintenance, and support of programs, facilities, and installations for or related to telecommunication activities, newswire services, and the distribution of books and other publications in foreign countries.
(4)(A) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this subsection, the Broadcasting Board of Governors is authorized to enter into contracts for periods not to exceed 7 years for circuit capacity to distribute radio and television programs and is authorized to enter into contracts for periods not to exceed ten years to acquire local broadcasting services outside the United States.
(B) The authority of this paragraph may be exercised for a fiscal year only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriations Acts.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title VIII, §802, 62 Stat. 12; Pub. L. 97–241, title III, §304(b), Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 292; Pub. L. 103–236, title II, §225, Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 423; Pub. L. 107–228, div. A, title V, §503, Sept. 30, 2002, 116 Stat. 1392.)
The Subsistence Expenses Act of 1926, as amended, referred to in subsec. (a)(3), was repealed and superseded by the Travel Expense Act of 1949, which is covered by subchapter I of chapter 57 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees. Section 9(a) of the 1949 Act provided in part: “All Acts . . . applicable to civilian officers or employees of the departments and establishments, providing for reimbursement of actual travel or transportation expense, and all other Acts, general or special, which are in conflict with the provisions of this Act . . . are hereby modified, but only to the extent of inconsistency or conflict with the provisions of this Act . . .”.
In subsec. (a)(2), “section 6306 of title 41” substituted for “section 3741 of the Revised Statutes (41 U.S.C. 22)” on authority of Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
2002—Subsec. (b)(4)(A). Pub. L. 107–228 substituted “Broadcasting Board of Governors” for “United States Information Agency” and inserted before period “and is authorized to enter into contracts for periods not to exceed ten years to acquire local broadcasting services outside the United States”.
1994—Subsec. (b)(4). Pub. L. 103–236 added par. (4).
1982—Pub. L. 97–241 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and added subsec. (b).
United States Information Agency (other than Broadcasting Board of Governors and International Broadcasting Bureau) abolished and functions transferred to Secretary of State, see sections 6531 and 6532 of this title.
Ex. Ord. No. 10477, Aug. 1, 1953, 18 F.R. 4540, as amended by Ex. Ord. No. 10822, May 20, 1959, 24 F.R. 4159; Ex. Ord. No. 12292, Feb. 23, 1981, 46 F.R. 13967; provided:
(a) The Foreign Service Buildings Act of 1926, as amended [22 U.S.C. 292 et seq.], regarding the acquisition, construction, alteration, repair, furnishing, exchange, and disposal of buildings and grounds in foreign countries.
(b) The act of July 9, 1949 [see 22 U.S.C. 2681 to 2683], regarding the transfer, acquisition, use, and disposal of international broadcasting facilities.
(c) The act of August 3, 1950, regarding the importation of sound recordings.
(d) The provisions under the first heading “Salaries and Expenses” of the Department of State Appropriation Act, 1954, regarding (1) employment of aliens, by contract, for services abroad, (2) purchase of uniforms, (3) cost of transporting to and from a place of storage and the cost of storing the furniture and household effects of an employee of the Foreign Service who is assigned to a post at which he is unable to use his furniture and effects, under such regulations as the Secretary of State may prescribe, (4) dues for library membership in organizations which issue publications to members only, or to members at a price lower than to others, (5) examination of estimates of appropriations in the field, (6) purchase of ice and drinking water abroad, (7) payment of excise taxes on negotiable instruments abroad, and (8) procurement, by contract or otherwise, of services, supplies and facilities, as follows: (i) maintenance, improvement, and repair of properties used for international information activities in foreign countries, (ii) fuel and utilities for Government-owned or leased property abroad, and (iii) rental or lease for periods not exceeding ten years of offices, buildings, grounds, and living quarters, and the furnishing of living quarters to officers and employees engaged in international information activities abroad [22 U.S.C. 291].
(e) The provisions of the Department of State Appropriation Act, 1954, regarding (1) exchange of funds for payment of expenses in connection with the operation of information establishments abroad without regard to the provisions of section 3651 of the Revised Statutes [section 543 of former Title 31], (section 103 of the General Provisions of the Department of State Appropriation Act, 1954), (2) payment of travel expenses outside the continental limits of the United States from funds available in the fiscal year that such travel is authorized and actually begins (section 104 of the General Provisions of the Department of State Appropriation Act, 1954), (3) granting authority to the chief of each information Field Staff to approve, with the concurrence of the Chief of Mission, use of Government-owned vehicles for travel under conditions described in section 105 of the General Provisions of the Department of State Appropriation Act, 1954, and (4) purchase with foreign currencies for use abroad of passenger motor vehicles (exclusive of buses, ambulances, and station wagons) at a cost not to exceed the equivalent of $2,200 for each vehicle (section 106 of the General Provisions of the Department of State Appropriation Act, 1954).
(f) Section 202 of the Revised Statutes of the United States [see 22 U.S.C. 2656], so far as it authorizes the Secretary of State to keep the American public informed about the international information aspects of the United States foreign affairs.
(g) Section 504(d) of the Mutual Security Act of 1951, as amended (relating to reduction in personnel) [section 1655d of this title], with respect to personnel transferred from the Mutual Security Agency or the Foreign Operations Administration to the United States Information Agency.
(h) Section 161 of the Revised Statutes of the United States [see 5 U.S.C. 301], and section 4 of the act of May 26, 1949 [see 22 U.S.C. 2658], regarding the promulgation of rules and regulations and the delegation of authority.
[For abolition of United States Information Agency (other than Broadcasting Board of Governors and International Broadcasting Bureau), transfer of functions, and treatment of references thereto, see sections 6531, 6532, and 6551 of this title.]
1 See References in Text note below.
In carrying on activities under this chapter which require the utilization of Government property and facilities, maximum use shall be made of existing Government property and facilities.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title VIII, §803, 62 Stat. 12.)
In carrying out the provisions of this chapter, the Secretary, or any Government agency authorized to administer such provisions, may—
(1) employ, without regard to the civil service and classification laws, aliens within the United States and abroad for service in the United States relating to the translation or narration of colloquial speech in foreign languages or the preparation and production of foreign language programs when suitably qualified United States citizens are not available when job vacancies occur, and aliens so employed abroad may be admitted to the United States, if otherwise qualified, as nonimmigrants under section 1101(a)(15) of title 8 for such time and under such conditions and procedures as may be established by the Director of the United States Information Agency and the Attorney General;
(2) pay travel expenses of aliens employed abroad for service in the United States and their dependents to and from the United States;
(3) incur expenses for entertainment within the United States within such amounts as may be provided in appropriations Acts;
(4) obtain insurance on official motor vehicles operated by the Secretary or such agency in foreign countries, and pay the expenses incident thereto;
(5) notwithstanding the provisions of section 2680(k) of title 28, pay tort claims in the manner authorized in the first paragraph of section 2672 of such title, when such claims arise in foreign countries in connection with operations conducted abroad under this chapter;
(6) employ aliens by contract for services abroad;
(7) provide ice and drinking water abroad;
(8) pay excise taxes on negotiable instruments abroad;
(9) pay to or for individuals, not United States Government employees, participating in activities conducted under this chapter, the costs of emergency medical expenses, preparation and transport to their former homes of the remains of such participants or their dependents who die while away from their homes during such participation, and health and accident insurance premiums for participants or health and accident benefits for participants by means of a program of self-insurance;
(10) rent or lease, for periods not exceeding ten years, offices, buildings, grounds, and living quarters abroad for employees carrying out this chapter, and make payments therefor in advance;
(11) maintain, improve, and repair properties used for information activities in foreign countries;
(12) furnish fuel and utilities for Government-owned or leased property abroad;
(13) pay travel expenses of employees attending official international conferences, without regard to sections 5701–5708 of title 5, and regulations issued thereunder, but at rates not in excess of comparable allowances approved for such conferences by the Secretary;
(14) purchase uniforms;
(15) hire passenger motor vehicles;
(16) purchase passenger motor vehicles for use abroad, and right-hand drive and security vehicles may be so purchased without regard to any maximum price limitation established by law;
(17) procure services of experts and consultants in accordance with section 3109 of title 5;
(18) make advances of funds;
(19) notwithstanding section 5946 of title 5, pay dues for library membership in organizations which issue publications to members only, or to members at a price lower than to others;
(20) subject to the availability of appropriated funds, purchase motion picture, radio and television producers’ liability insurance to cover errors and omissions or similar insurance coverage for the protection of interests in intellectual property;
(21) incur expenses authorized by the Foreign Service Act of 1980 (22 U.S.C. 3901 et seq.);
(22) furnish living quarters as authorized by section 5912 of title 5; and
(23) provide allowances as authorized by sections 5921 through 5928 of title 5.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title VIII, §804, as added Pub. L. 92–352, title II, §202, July 13, 1972, 86 Stat. 493; amended Pub. L. 94–350, title II, §203, July 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 830; Pub. L. 96–60, title II, §§203(b)(2), 204(b), Aug. 15, 1979, 93 Stat. 398, 400; Pub. L. 97–241, title III, §§303(b), 304(c), (d), Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 291, 293; Pub. L. 101–246, title II, §207, Feb. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 53; Pub. L. 102–138, title II, §§204, 205, Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 692.)
The Foreign Service Act of 1980, referred to in par. (21), is Pub. L. 96–465, Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2071, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 52 (§3901 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 3901 of this title and Tables.
1991—Par. (9). Pub. L. 102–138, §205, amended par. (9) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (9) read as follows: “pay the actual expenses of preparing and transporting to their former homes the remains of persons, not United States Government employees, who may die away from their homes while participating in activities conducted under this chapter;”.
Pars. (21) to (23). Pub. L. 102–138, §204, added pars. (21) to (23).
1990—Par. (1). Pub. L. 101–246 inserted “when job vacancies occur” after “available”.
1982—Par. (16). Pub. L. 97–241, §304(c), inserted “and security” after “right-hand drive”.
Par. (20). Pub. L. 97–241, §304(d), added par. (20).
1979—Par. (1). Pub. L. 96–60, §203(b)(2), authorized employment of aliens within the United States, previously covered in section 1471(5) of this title, extended services to include preparation and production of foreign language programs, and eliminated investigation-of-alien-employees requirement.
Par. (10). Pub. L. 96–60, §204(b)(1), substituted “ten” for “five” years.
Par. (14). Pub. L. 96–60, §204(b)(3), substituted a semicolon for “, when funds are appropriated therefor.”.
Pars. (15) to (19). Pub. L. 96–60, §204(b)(4), added pars. (15) to (19).
1976—Par. (14). Pub. L. 94–350 added par. (14).
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–60 effective Oct. 1, 1979, and applicable only with respect to funds appropriated after Aug. 15, 1979, where new authorities provide for expenditure of appropriated funds, see section 209 of Pub. L. 96–60, set out as a note under section 1471 of this title.
“Director of the United States Information Agency” substituted for “Director of the International Communication Agency” in par. (1) pursuant to section 303(b) of Pub. L. 97–241, set out as a note under section 1461 of this title, which redesignated International Communication Agency, and Director thereof, as United States Information Agency, and Director thereof. United States Information Agency (other than Broadcasting Board of Governors and International Broadcasting Bureau) abolished and functions transferred to Secretary of State, see sections 6531 and 6532 of this title.
Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. B, title XXIV, §2418, Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–835, provided that: “The Director of the United States Information Agency is authorized to administer summer travel and work programs without regard to preplacement requirements.”
Similar provisions were contained in Pub. L. 105–244, title VIII, §846, Oct. 7, 1998, 112 Stat. 1822.
[For abolition of United States Information Agency (other than Broadcasting Board of Governors and International Broadcasting Bureau), transfer of functions, and treatment of references thereto, see sections 6531, 6532, and 6551 of this title.]
Pub. L. 103–236, title II, §223, Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 422, provided that, for fiscal years 1994 and 1995, Director of United States Information Agency could, in carrying out provisions of this chapter, employ individuals or organizations by contract for services to be performed in United States or abroad, who could not, by virtue of such employment, be considered to be employees of United States Government for purposes of any law administered by Office of Personnel Management.
Appropriated funds made available for any fiscal year to the Secretary or any Government agency, to carry out the provisions of this chapter, for expenses in connection with travel of personnel outside the continental United States, including travel of dependents and transportation of personal effects, household goods, or automobiles of such personnel, shall be available for all such expenses in connection with travel or transportation which begins in that fiscal year pursuant to travel orders issued in that year, notwithstanding the fact that such travel or transportation may not be completed until the following fiscal year.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title VIII, §805, as added Pub. L. 92–352, title II, §202, July 13, 1972, 86 Stat. 494.)
The exchange allowances or proceeds derived from the exchange or sale of passenger motor vehicles used abroad for purposes of this chapter or the Mutual Educational and Cultural Exchange Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2451 et seq.] shall be available without fiscal year limitation for replacement of an equal number of such vehicles in accordance with section 503 of title 40.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title VIII, §806, as added Pub. L. 94–350, title II, §204, July 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 830; amended Pub. L. 96–60, title II, §204(c), Aug. 15, 1979, 93 Stat. 400.)
The Mutual Educational and Cultural Exchange Act of 1961, referred to in text, is Pub. L. 87–256, Sept. 21, 1961, 75 Stat. 527, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 33 (§2451 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2451 of this title and Tables.
“Section 503 of title 40” substituted in text for “section 201(c) of the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949” on authority of Pub. L. 107–217, §5(c), Aug. 21, 2002, 116 Stat. 1303, the first section of which enacted Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and Works.
1979—Pub. L. 96–60 substituted “shall be available” for “are authorized to be made available”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–60 effective Oct. 1, 1979, and applicable only with respect to funds appropriated after Aug. 15, 1979, where new authorities provide for expenditures of appropriated funds, see section 209 of Pub. L. 96–60, set out as a note under section 1471 of this title.
Section 1475b, act Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title VIII, §807, as added Pub. L. 95–426, title II, §204(c), Oct. 7, 1978, 92 Stat. 974; amended Pub. L. 97–241, title III, §303(b), Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 291, related to seal of the United States Information Agency.
Section 1475c, act Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title VIII, §808, as added Pub. L. 97–241, title III, §304(e), Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 293, provided for Acting Associate Director in the event of death, resignation, illness, or absence of Associate Director.
Repeal effective Oct. 1, 1999, see section 1301 of Pub. L. 105–277, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6531 of this title.
A cultural exchange, international fair or exposition, or other exhibit or demonstration of United States economic accomplishments and cultural attainments, provided for under this chapter or the Mutual Educational and Cultural Exchange Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2451 et seq.] shall not be considered a “public work” as that term is defined in section 1651 of title 42.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title VIII, §809, as added Pub. L. 97–241, title III, §304(e), Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 293.)
The Mutual Educational and Cultural Exchange Act of 1961, referred to in text, is Pub. L. 87–256, Sept. 21, 1961, 75 Stat. 527, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 33 (§2451 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2451 of this title and Tables.
Notwithstanding section 3302 of title 31 or any other law or limitation of authority, fees and receipts described in subsection (b) of this section are authorized to be credited each fiscal year for authorized purposes to the appropriate appropriations of the United States Information Agency to such extent as may be provided in advance in appropriations acts.
The fees and receipts described in this subsection are fees and payments received by or for the use of the United States Information Agency from or in connection with—
(1) English-teaching and library services,
(2) educational advising and counseling,
(3) Exchange Visitor Program Services,
(4) advertising and business ventures of the Voice of America and the International Broadcasting Bureau,
(5) cooperating international organizations, and 1
(6) Agency-produced publications,1
(7) an amount not to exceed $100,000 of the payments from motion picture and television programs produced or conducted by or on behalf of the Agency under the authority of this chapter or the Mutual Education and Cultural Exchange Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2451 et seq.].
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title VIII, §810, as added Pub. L. 97–241, title III, §304(e), Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 293; amended Pub. L. 100–204, title II, §203, Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1373; Pub. L. 101–246, title II, §208, Feb. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 53; Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. B, title XXIV, §2412, Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–832.)
The Mutual Education and Cultural Exchange Act of 1961, referred to in subsec. (b)(7), probably means the Mutual Educational and Cultural Exchange Act of 1961, Pub. L. 87–256, Sept. 21, 1961, 75 Stat. 527, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 33 (§2451 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2451 of this title and Tables.
1998—Pub. L. 105–277 amended section catchline and text generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows:
“(a) Notwithstanding section 3302 of title 31 or any other law or limitation of authority, fees received by or for the use of the United States Information Agency from or in connection with English-teaching and library services, and Agency-produced publications, and not to exceed $100,000 of payments from motion picture and television programs, produced or conducted by or on behalf of the Agency under the authority of this chapter or the Mutual Educational and Cultural Exchange Act of 1961 is authorized to be credited each fiscal year to the appropriate appropriation of the United States Information Agency to such extent as may be provided in advance in an appropriation Act.”
1990—Pub. L. 101–246 amended section catchline and text generally. Prior to amendment, section read as follows: “Notwithstanding the provisions of section 3302(b) of title 31 or any other law or limitation of authority, all payments received by or for the use of the United States Information Agency from or in connection with English-teaching and library services conducted by or on behalf of the Agency under the authority of this chapter or the Mutual Educational and Cultural Exchange Act of 1961 may be credited to the Agency's applicable appropriation to such extent as may be provided in advance in an appropriation Act.”
1987—Pub. L. 100–204 amended section generally, changing structure of section from one consisting of subsecs. (a) and (b) to one consisting of one paragraph.
United States Information Agency (other than Broadcasting Board of Governors and International Broadcasting Bureau) abolished and functions transferred to Secretary of State, see sections 6531 and 6532 of this title.
1 So in original. The word “and” probably should appear at end of par. (6).
Section, act Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title VIII, §811, as added Pub. L. 101–246, title II, §209, Feb. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 53, related to recovery of indebtedness owed by person to United States arising out of activities of United States Information Agency.
Repeal effective Oct. 1, 1999, see section 1301 of Pub. L. 105–277, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6531 of this title.
Except as provided under this section no funds authorized to be appropriated to the Department of State may be used to pay any expense associated with the closing of any overseas public diplomacy post abroad.
Not less than 45 days before the closing of any overseas public diplomacy post abroad the Secretary of State shall notify the Committee on Foreign Affairs of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate.
This section shall not apply to any overseas public diplomacy post closed—
(1) because of a break or downgrading of diplomatic relations between the United States and the country in which the post is located; or
(2) where there is a real and present threat to United States diplomats in the city where the post is located and where a travel advisory warning against travel by United States citizens to the city has been issued by the Department of State.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title VIII, §812, as added Pub. L. 102–138, title II, §206(a), Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 693; amended Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. A, title XIII, §1335(a)(5), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–787.)
Provisions similar to this section were contained in Pub. L. 100–204, title II, §204, Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1373, which was set out as a note under section 1461 of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 102–138, title II, §206(c), Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 693.
1998—Pub. L. 105–277, §1335(a)(5)(D), substituted “Overseas public diplomacy” for “USIA” in section catchline.
Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–277, §1335(a)(5)(A), (B), substituted “Department of State” for “United States Information Agency” and “overseas public diplomacy post” for “United States Information Agency post”.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 105–277, §1335(a)(5)(A), (C), substituted “overseas public diplomacy post” for “United States Information Agency post” and “Secretary of State” for “Director of the United States Information Agency”.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 105–277, §1335(a)(5)(A), substituted “overseas public diplomacy post” for “United States Information Agency post” in introductory provisions.
Amendment by Pub. L. 105–277 effective Oct. 1, 1999, see section 1301 of Pub. L. 105–277, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6531 of this title.
Section 206(b) of Pub. L. 102–138, which provided that reductions could not be made in number of American employees of United States Information Agency stationed abroad until number of such employees was same percentage of total number of American employees of Agency as number of American employees of Agency stationed abroad in 1981 was to total number of American employees at Agency at same time in 1981, was repealed by Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. A, title XIII, §1336(4), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–790.
Except as provided in subsection (b) of this section, the Department of State shall work to achieve full and open competition in the award of grants for carrying out its overseas public diplomacy functions.
The Department of State may award an overseas public diplomacy grant under procedures other than competitive procedures when—
(1) such a grant is made under the Mutual Educational and Cultural Exchange Act of 1961 (commonly known as the Fulbright-Hays Act) [22 U.S.C. 2451 et seq.] or any statute which expressly authorizes or requires that a grant be made with a specified entity;
(2) the terms of an international agreement or treaty between the United States Government and a foreign government or international organization have the effect of requiring the use of procedures other than competitive procedures;
(3) a recipient organization has developed particular expertise in the planning and administration of longstanding exchange programs important to United States foreign policy; or
(4) introducing competition would increase costs.
(1) After October 1, 1991, overseas public diplomacy grants awarded by the Department of State shall substantially comply with Department of State grant guidelines and applicable circulars of the Office of Management and Budget.
(2) If the Agency 1 determines that a grantee has not satisfied the requirement of paragraph (1), the Department of State shall notify the grantee of the suspension of payments under a grant unless compliance is achieved within 90 days of such notice.
(3) The Agency 1 shall suspend payments under any such grant which remains in noncompliance 90 days after notification under paragraph (2).
(Pub. L. 102–138, title II, §212, Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 695; Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. A, title XIII, §1335(b), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–787.)
The Mutual Educational and Cultural Exchange Act of 1961, referred to in subsec. (b)(1), is Pub. L. 87–256, Sept. 21, 1961, 75 Stat. 527, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 33 (§2451 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2451 of this title and Tables.
Section was enacted as part of the Foreign Relations Authorization Act, Fiscal Years 1992 and 1993, and not as part of the United States Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948 which comprises this chapter.
1998—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–277, §1335(b)(1), (2), substituted “Department of State” for “United States Information Agency” and inserted “for carrying out its overseas public diplomacy functions” after “grants”.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 105–277, §1335(b)(1), (3)(A), in introductory provisions, substituted “Department of State” for “United States Information Agency” and “an overseas public diplomacy grant” for “a grant”.
Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 105–277, §1335(b)(3)(B), inserted “such” after “(1)”.
Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 105–277, §1335(b)(1), (4), inserted “overseas public diplomacy” before “grants” and substituted “Department of State” for “United States Information Agency” in two places.
Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 105–277, §1335(b)(1), substituted “Department of State” for “United States Information Agency”.
Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 105–277, §1335(b)(5), inserted “such” before “grant”.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 105–277, §1335(b)(6), struck out heading and text of subsec. (d). Text read as follows: “Not later than 90 days after October 28, 1991, the Director of the United States Information Agency shall submit a detailed report to the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate and the Committee on Foreign Affairs of the House of Representatives on United States Information Agency action to comply with subsection (a) of this section.”
Amendment by Pub. L. 105–277 effective Oct. 1, 1999, see section 1301 of Pub. L. 105–277, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6531 of this title.
1 So in original. Probably should be “Department”.
Section, acts Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title VII, §701, 62 Stat. 11; Pub. L. 92–226, pt. IV, §407(d), Feb. 7, 1972, 86 Stat. 35; Pub. L. 92–352, title II, §203, July 13, 1972, 86 Stat. 494; Pub. L. 93–168, §3, Nov. 29, 1973, 87 Stat. 688; Pub. L. 93–475, §6, Oct. 26, 1974, 88 Stat. 1440; 1977 Reorg. Plan No. 2, §§5, 7(a)(1), 42 F.R. 62461, 91 Stat. 1636, 1637; Pub. L. 97–241, title III, §303(b), Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 291; Pub. L. 102–499, §2, Oct. 24, 1992, 106 Stat. 3264; Pub. L. 103–415, §1(q), Oct. 25, 1994, 108 Stat. 4301; Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. B, title XXIV, §2419, Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–835, limited appropriations to carry out chapter to amounts previously authorized and prohibited appropriations in excess of such amounts.
Repeal effective Oct. 1, 1999, see section 1301 of Pub. L. 105–277, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6531 of this title.
The Secretary shall authorize the transfer to other Government agencies for expenditure in the United States and in other countries, in order to carry out the purposes of this chapter, any part of any appropriations available to the Department for carrying out the purposes of this chapter, for direct expenditure or as a working fund, and any such expenditures may be made under the specific authority contained in this chapter or under the authority governing the activities of the Government agency to which a part of any such appropriation is transferred, provided the activities come within the scope of this chapter.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title VII, §702, 62 Stat. 11.)
Section, act Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title VII, §703, as added Mar. 30, 1972, Pub. L. 92–264, 86 Stat. 114; amended Aug. 20, 1972, Pub. L. 92–394, 86 Stat. 577; July 6, 1973, Pub. L. 93–59, 87 Stat. 142; 1977 Reorg. Plan No. 2, §7(a)(1), 42 F.R. 62461, 91 Stat. 1637, which authorized appropriations for Radio Free Europe and Radio Liberty for fiscal year 1973 in an amount of $38,520,000, and also authorized an additional $1,150,000 for nondiscretionary costs, has been omitted in view of the authorization not being extended later than fiscal year 1973.
Section, act Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title VII, §704, as added Pub. L. 96–60, title II, §204(e), Aug. 15, 1979, 93 Stat. 400; amended Pub. L. 97–241, title I, §112(b), title III, §303(b), Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 278, 291; Pub. L. 103–236, title II, §224, Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 422, related to nondiscretionary personnel costs and currency fluctuations.
Repeal effective Oct. 1, 1999, see section 1301 of Pub. L. 105–277, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6531 of this title.
The Department of State may award grants for overseas public diplomacy programs only if the Committee on Foreign Affairs of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate are notified fifteen days in advance of the proposed grant.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title VII, §705, as added Pub. L. 98–164, title II, §214, Nov. 22, 1983, 97 Stat. 1035; amended Pub. L. 99–93, title II, §214(a), Aug. 16, 1985, 99 Stat. 434; Pub. L. 100–204, title II, §202, Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1372; Pub. L. 102–138, title II, §202, Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 692; Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. A, title XIII, §1335(a)(3), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–787.)
1998—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–277, §1335(a)(3)(A), struck out subsec. (a) which read as follows: “Unless the Committee on Foreign Affairs of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate are notified fifteen days in advance of a proposed reprograming, funds appropriated for the United States Information Agency shall not be available for obligation or expenditure through any such reprograming of funds—
“(1) which creates new programs;
“(2) which eliminates a program, project, or activity;
“(3) which increases funds or personnel by any means for any project or activity for which funds have been denied or restricted by the Congress;
“(4) which relocates an office or employees;
“(5) which reorganizes offices, programs, or activities;
“(6) which involves contracting out functions which had been performed by Federal employees; or
“(7) which involves a reprograming in excess of $500,000 or 10 per centum, whichever is less, and which (A) augments existing programs, projects, or activities, (B) reduces by 10 per centum or more the funding for any existing program, project, or activity, or personnel approved by the Congress, or (C) results from any general savings from a reduction in personnel which would result in a change in existing programs, activities, or projects approved by the Congress.”
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 105–277, §1335(a)(3)(B), struck out subsec. (b) designation and substituted “The Department of State” for “In addition, the United States Information Agency” and “grants for overseas public diplomacy programs” for “program grants”.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 105–277, §1335(a)(3)(A), struck out subsec. (c) which read as follows: “Funds appropriated for the United States Information Agency may not be available for obligation or expenditure through any reprogramming described in subsection (a) of this section during the period which is the last 15 days in which such funds are available unless notice of such reprogramming is made before such period.”
1991—Subsec. (a)(7). Pub. L. 102–138 substituted “$500,000” for “$250,000”.
1987—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 100–204, §202(a), struck out “for the fiscal years 1986 and 1987” after “may award program grants”.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 100–204, §202(b), added subsec. (c).
1985—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 99–93 substituted “1986 and 1987” for “1984 and 1985”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 105–277 effective Oct. 1, 1999, see section 1301 of Pub. L. 105–277, set out as an Effective Date note under section 6531 of this title.
Section 214(b) of Pub. L. 99–93 provided that: “The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall take effect on October 1, 1985.”
The Secretary shall, when he finds it in the public interest, request and accept reimbursement from any cooperating governmental or private source in a foreign country, or from State or local governmental institutions or private sources in the United States, for all or part of the expenses of any portion of the program undertaken hereunder. The amounts so received shall be covered into the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title IX, §901, 62 Stat. 13.)
If any other government shall express the desire to provide funds, property, or services to be used by this Government, in whole or in part, for the expenses of any specific part of the program undertaken pursuant to this chapter, the Secretary is authorized, when he finds it in the public interest, to accept such funds, property, or services. Funds so received may be established as a special deposit account in the Treasury of the United States, to be available for the specified purpose, and to be used for reimbursement of appropriations or direct expenditure, subject to the provisions of this chapter. Any unexpended balance of the special deposit account and other property received under this section and no longer required for the purposes for which provided shall be returned to the government providing the funds or property.
(Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, title IX, §902, 62 Stat. 13.)
Section, act June 20, 1956, ch. 414, title I, §107, 70 Stat. 304, related to maximum rates of per diem in lieu of subsistence payable to foreign participants. See section 2679 of this title.
Acts July 10, 1952, ch. 651, title I, §109, 66 Stat. 555; Aug. 5, 1953, ch. 328, title I, §108, 67 Stat. 371; July 2, 1954, ch. 456, title I, §107, 68 Stat. 418; July 7, 1955, ch. 279, title I, §107, 69 Stat. 270, which contained provision similar to section 1480 of this title, were repealed by Pub. L. 89–554, §8(a), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 657, 658.
Section 1501, acts Apr. 3, 1948, ch. 169, title I, §102, 62 Stat. 137; Apr. 19, 1949, ch. 77, §1, 63 Stat. 50; June 5, 1950, ch. 220, title I, §102, 64 Stat. 198, related to congressional declarations and findings. See sections 2151 and 2301 of this title.
Section 1502, act Apr. 3, 1948, ch. 169, title I, §103, 62 Stat. 138, related to participating countries.
Section 1503, acts Apr. 3, 1948, ch. 169, title I, §104, 62 Stat. 138; Apr. 19, 1949, ch. 77, §2, 63 Stat. 50; Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §503(b)(1), as added June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §7(c), 66 Stat. 144, related to Economic Cooperation Administration and provided for the creation of a corporation, its powers, duties, and liabilities, termination date, capital stock, employment of personnel and promulgation of rules and regulations.
Section 1504, acts Apr. 3, 1948, ch. 169, title I, §105, 62 Stat. 140; Apr. 19, 1949, ch. 77, §3, 63 Stat. 50; Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §503(b)(1), as added June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §7(c), 66 Stat. 144, related to general functions of Administrator.
Section 1505, act Apr. 3, 1948, ch. 169, title I, §107, 62 Stat. 141, related to creation of Public Advisory Board; composition; qualifications; appointment; compensation; expenses; meetings; and additional advisory committees.
Section, acts Apr. 3, 1948, ch. 169, title I, §108, 62 Stat. 141; Apr. 19, 1949, ch. 77, §4, 63 Stat. 50, related to the United States Special Representative and Deputy Representative abroad; appointment and compensation; and rank. See section 2391 of this title.
Section 1507, acts Apr. 3, 1948, ch. 169, title I, §109, 62 Stat. 142; Apr. 19, 1949, ch. 77, §5, 63 Stat. 51; Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §503(b)(1), as added June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §7(c), 66 Stat. 144, related to special missions for each participating country. See sections 2382, 2391, and 2396 of this title.
Section 1508, acts Apr. 3, 1948, ch. 169, title I, §110, 62 Stat. 142; Apr. 5, 1952, ch. 159, §1, 66 Stat. 43; Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §503(b)(1), as added June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §7(c), 66 Stat. 144, related to personnel performing outside United States, their pay and allowances, assignment to Foreign Service Reserve or Staff, employment of aliens and loyalty and security investigation of employees. See section 2385 of this title.
Section 1509, acts Apr. 3, 1948, ch. 169, title I, §111, 62 Stat. 143; Apr. 19, 1949, ch. 77, §6, 63 Stat. 51; June 5, 1950, ch. 220, title I, §103, 64 Stat. 198; Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §522, 65 Stat. 384; June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §7(a), 66 Stat. 143; July 16, 1953, ch. 195, ch. VII, §708(a), 67 Stat. 161, related to assistance to participating countries, nature and methods, terms and conditions; utilization of private channels of trade, terms and conditions; assistance by grants, payments-in-cash or credit, maximum issuance of notes; and funds to promote liberalization of trade among participants. See sections 2351, 2353, 2395 and 2403 of this title.
Section 1510, acts Apr. 3, 1948, ch. 169, title I, §112, 62 Stat. 146; Apr. 19, 1949, ch. 77, §7, 63 Stat. 52; June 5, 1950, ch. 220, title I, §104, 64 Stat. 199; Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §538(c) as added June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §7(m), 66 Stat. 148, related to protection of domestic economy, minimization of procurement in United States, surplus agricultural commodity, definition, procurement, acquisition from Commodity Credit Corporation, payment and payments by Secretary of Agriculture, exclusion of nonparticipating countries, utilization of private channels of trade, assistance by Administrator to aid small business to participate in furnishing commodities and services to program, appointment and duties of special assistant, report to Congress, marine insurance, limitation on use of advertising funds and on purchase price of commodities, price-policy for wheat and wheat-flour, and discriminatory trade practices. See sections 2352, 2354, and 2403 of this title.
Section 1511 act Apr. 3, 1948, ch. 169, title I, §113, 62 Stat. 148, related to reimbursement to Government agencies for commodities, services, or facilities; and transfer of commodities to other Government agencies to prevent spoilage or waste. See sections 2355 and 2392 of this title.
Section 1512, acts Apr. 3, 1948, ch. 169, title I, §114, 62 Stat. 149; Apr. 19, 1949, ch. 77, §8, 63 Stat. 53; June 5, 1950, ch. 220, title I, §105, 64 Stat. 200; act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §503(b)(1), as added June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §7(c), 66 Stat. 144, related to appropriations, interim advances and repayment, availability of certain unobligated funds, appropriation of funds until June 30, 1952, disbursement of funds, merger of certain deposits of participating countries, creation of Foreign Economic Cooperation Trust fund, advances by Reconstruction Finance Corporation, transfer of German assistance funds and payment of expenses of rehabilitation, and deposit of German currency into GARIOA special account and availability of deposited funds. See section 2151 et seq. of this title.
Section 1513, acts Apr. 3, 1948, ch. 169, title I, §115, 62 Stat. 150; Apr. 19, 1949, ch. 77, §9, 63 Stat. 53; June 5, 1950, ch. 220, title I, §106, 64 Stat. 201; Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §§523, 527, 65 Stat. 385; Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §503(b)(1), as added June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §7(c), 66 Stat. 144; June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §9, 66 Stat. 150; July 16, 1953, ch. 195, ch. VII, §§708(b), (c), 710(b), 67 Stat. 161, related to bilateral and multilateral undertakings; conclusion of basic agreements by Secretary of State and advisory function of Administrator; conditions precedent for assistance; interim assistance; encouragement of joint organization between participating countries and followup system; utilization of manpower; capital equipment; repatriation of prisoners of war; use of special local currency by United States; procurement of strategic, critical or deficient materials for United States; and publicity regarding American assistance. See section 2151 et seq. of this title.
Section, act Apr. 3, 1948, ch. 169, title I, §116, 62 Stat. 153, related to assistance by other Western Hemisphere countries.
Section 1515, acts Apr. 3, 1948, ch. 169, title I, §117, 62 Stat. 153; Apr. 19, 1949, ch. 77, §10, 63 Stat. 54; Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §503(b)(1), as added June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §7(c), 66 Stat. 144; Oct. 26, 1951, ch. 575, title III, §305, 65 Stat. 647, prescribed additional duties of Administrator to promote production in participating countries and foreign travel by Americans and provided for payment of ocean freight charges on voluntary supplies, availability of ships for emigration from Italy, retention of title and return of ships. See section 2121 et seq. of this title.
Section 1516, acts Apr. 3, 1948, ch. 169, title I, §118, 62 Stat. 154; Apr. 19, 1949, ch. 77, §11, 63 Stat. 55, related to termination of assistance. See section 2367 and 2370 of this title.
Section 1517, act Apr. 3, 1948, ch. 169, title I, §119, 62 Stat. 154, related to exemption of functions, respecting assistance to European countries, from contract and accounting laws. See section 2393 of this title.
Section 1518, act Apr. 3, 1948, ch. 169, title I, §120, 62 Stat. 155, related to exemption of personnel from certain employment laws. See section 2386 of this title.
Section 1519, acts Apr. 3, 1948, ch. 169, title I, §121, 62 Stat. 155; Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §503(b)(1), as added June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §7(c), 66 Stat. 144, related to utilization of services and facilities of United Nations and prohibitions, transmittal of copies of Congressional reports on operations to the Secretary-General of the United Nations and registration of agreements.
Section 1520, act Apr. 3, 1948, ch. 169, title I, §122, 62 Stat. 155, related to termination of program. See section 2367 of this title.
Section 1521, act Apr. 3, 1941, ch. 169, title I, §123, 62 Stat. 156, related to reports to Congress. See section 2394 of this title.
Section 1522, act Apr. 3, 1948, ch. 169, title I, §124, 62 Stat. 156, provided for a Joint Congressional Committee, its composition, vacancies, chairman, functions, committee hearings, attendance of witnesses, cost of stenographic services, penalties, employment of personnel, appropriations and disbursements.
Section, act June 2, 1951, ch. 121, Ch. XIII, §1302(a), 65 Stat. 63, related to assistance denied countries trading with Russia or satellite countries. See section 1611 et seq. of this title. Section 1302(b) of that act repealed section 1304 of act Sept. 27, 1950, ch. 1052, Ch. XIII, 64 Stat. 1066, which contained similar provisions.
Section 1531, act Apr. 3, 1948, ch. 169, title II, §202, 62 Stat. 157, related to purpose.
Section 1532, acts Apr. 3, 1948, ch. 169, title II, §203, 62 Stat. 157; July 14, 1949, ch. 336, §1, 63 Stat. 412, related to contributions.
Section 1533, act Apr. 3, 1948, ch. 169, title II, §204, 62 Stat. 157, related to limitations on contributions.
Section 1534, acts Apr. 3, 1948, ch. 169, title II, §205, 62 Stat. 157; July 14, 1949, ch. 336, §1, 63 Stat. 412, related to appropriations and availability thereof as relief aid to war devastated countries.
Section 1535, acts Apr. 3, 1948, ch. 169, title II, §206, 62 Stat. 157; July 1, 1949, ch. 336, §1, 63 Stat. 412, related to amount of appropriations in amount of $60,000,000.
Section 1536, act June 5, 1950, ch. 220, title V, §501, 64 Stat. 209, related to additional appropriations in amount of $15,000,000 and made certain funds appropriated by Foreign Aid Appropriation Act, 1949, available through June 30, 1951.
Acts June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §12, 66 Stat. 151; Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §545, as added by act July 16, 1953, ch. 195, ch. VI, §603, 67 Stat. 155, were repealed by act Aug. 26, 1954, §542(a)(9)–(11).
Sections 1541–1546, act Apr. 3, 1948, ch. 169, title IV, §§402–407, 62 Stat. 158, 159, related to Congressional findings and declaration of purpose; administration of assistance; appropriations; agreements; monetary advances by and reimbursement to R.F.C.; and Joint Commission on Rural Reconstruction in China, establishment, composition, duties, limitations, apportionment of funds.
Section 1547, acts June 5, 1950, ch. 220, title II, §202, 64 Stat. 202; Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title III, §302(b), 65 Stat. 376; June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §5(c), 66 Stat. 143; July 16, 1953, ch. 195, ch. V, §502, 67 Stat. 154, related to nature of assistance.
Section 12 of act Apr. 19, 1949, ch. 77, 63 Stat. 55, as amended by act Feb. 14, 1950, ch. 16, §2, 64 Stat. 5, made available additional appropriations for assistance in China.
Section 1551, acts Feb. 14, 1950, ch. 16, §3, 64 Stat. 5; June 5, 1950, ch. 220, title I, §107(a), (b), 64 Stat. 202, related to conditions governing furnishing and termination of aid; shipping made available; appropriations; advances; and repayment.
Section 1552, acts Feb. 14, 1950, ch. 16, §4, 64 Stat. 6; June 5, 1950, ch. 220, title I, §107(c), 64 Stat. 202, related to termination of appropriation authorization period.
Sections, act June 5, 1950, ch. 220, title III, §§302–304, 64 Stat. 203, related to contributions to United Nations for assistance; authorization of appropriations and advances by R.F.C.; and nature of assistance. See section 2221 of this title.
Section 1557, act June 5, 1950, ch. 220, title IV, §402, 64 Stat. 204, related to Congressional declaration of findings. See section 2151 of this title.
Section 1557a, act June 5, 1950, ch. 220, title IV, §403, 64 Stat. 204, related to Congressional declaration of policy. See section 2151 of this title.
Section 1557b, acts June 5, 1950, ch. 220, title IV, §404, 64 Stat. 205; Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §528(a), 65 Stat. 386; June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §10(a), 66 Stat. 150; July 16, 1953, ch. 195, ch. VII, §709, 67 Stat. 161, related to United States participation in multilateral technical cooperation programs; contributions; and furnishing of services and facilities. See section 2357 of this title.
Section 1557c, act June 5, 1950, ch. 220, title IV, §405, 64 Stat. 205, related to bilateral technical cooperation programs. See section 2171 of this title.
Section 1557d, act June 5, 1950, ch. 220, title IV, §406, 64 Stat. 206, related to registration of agreements with Secretariat of the United Nations.
Section 1557e, acts June 5, 1950, ch. 220, title IV, §407, 64 Stat. 206; Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §528(b), 65 Stat. 386, related to programs.
Section 1557f, act June 5, 1950, ch. 220, title IV, §408, 64 Stat. 206, related to rules and regulations. See section 2381 of this title.
Section 1557g, act June 5, 1950, ch. 220, title IV, §409, 64 Stat. 206, related to advisory board; creation; duties; composition; compensation; and appointment of special committees.
Section 1557h, act June 5, 1950, ch. 220, title IV, §410, 64 Stat. 207, related to joint commission for economic development; appointment and compensation; duties; preparation of reports and studies; recommendations, and costs.
Section 1557i, act June 5, 1950, ch. 220, title IV, §411, 64 Stat. 207, related to termination of assistance. See section 2367 of this title.
Section 1557j, act June 5, 1950, ch. 220, title IV, §412, 64 Stat. 207, related to delegation of authority by President. See section 2381 of this title.
Section 1557k, acts June 5, 1950, ch. 220, title IV, §413, 64 Stat. 207; June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §10(b), 66 Stat. 150, related to employment of personnel. See sections 2385 to 2388 of this title.
Act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §544, as added by act July 16, 1953, ch. 195, ch. VI, §602, 67 Stat. 155, which authorized appropriations for fiscal year 1954, was repealed by act Aug. 26, 1954, §542(a)(9), (11).
Section, act June 5, 1950, ch. 220, title IV, §414, 64 Stat. 208, related to personnel investigations by the Federal Bureau of Investigation.
Section 1557m, act June 5, 1950, ch. 220, title IV, §415, 64 Stat. 208, required the President to submit an annual report to Congress. See section 2394 of this title.
Section 1557n, act June 5, 1950, ch. 220, title IV, §416, 64 Stat. 208, related to authorization for appropriations; original appropriation; and express or implied commitments. See section 2404 of this title.
Section 1557o, act June 5, 1950, ch. 220, title IV, §418, 64 Stat. 209, defined the terms “technical cooperation programs,” “United States Government agency” and “international organization.” See section 2403 of this title.
Sections 1558 to 1558c, act Dec. 29, 1950, ch. 1182, §§2–5, 64 Stat. 1122, 1123, related to amount of funds available; agreement; terms; utilization of available funds; and nonendorsement of internal measures of Yugoslavian Government.
Section 1558d, act Dec. 29, 1950, ch. 1182, §6, 64 Stat. 1123, required the Secretary of State to make quarterly reports to Congress. See section 2394 of this title.
Sections 1558e to 1558g, act Dec. 29, 1950, ch. 1182, §§7–9, 64 Stat. 1123, 1124, related to transfer of available funds to Federal departments or agencies; local currency made available to United States; and shipping regulations. See sections 2353 and 2360 of this title.
Section 1558h, act Dec. 29, 1950, ch. 1182, §10, 64 Stat. 1124, related to termination of assistance. See section 2367 of this title.
Section 1571, act Oct. 6, 1949, ch. 626, §1, 63 Stat. 714, related to Congressional declaration of findings and policy.
Section 1572, act Oct. 6, 1949, ch. 626, title IV, §401, 63 Stat. 716, related to furnishing of military assistance without payment and limitation. See section 2355 of this title.
Section 1573, act Oct. 6, 1949, ch. 626, title IV, §402, 63 Stat. 717, related to agreements with other nations prior to furnishing aid and provisions thereof.
Section 1574, acts Oct. 6, 1949, ch. 626, title IV, §403, 63 Stat. 717; July 26, 1950, ch. 491, §§9, 10, 64 Stat. 375; Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §526, 65 Stat. 385; June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §8(a), 66 Stat. 148; July 16, 1953, ch. 195, ch. VII, §707(a), 67 Stat. 160, related to funds.
Section 1575, acts Oct. 6, 1949, ch. 626, title IV, §404, 63 Stat. 718; July 26, 1950, ch. 491, §11, 64 Stat. 376, related to delegation of President's powers. See section 2381 of this title.
Section 1576, acts Oct. 6, 1949, ch. 626, title IV, §405, 63 Stat. 718; July 26, 1950, ch. 491, §13, 64 Stat. 377, related to termination of assistance. See section 2367 of this title.
Section 1577, act Oct. 6, 1949, ch. 626, title IV, §406, 63 Stat. 718, related to personnel.
Section 1578, act Oct. 6, 1949, ch. 626, title IV, §407, 63 Stat. 719, related to unaffected laws and performance of functions by President.
Section 1579, acts Oct. 6, 1949, ch. 626, title IV, §408(a)–(d), 63 Stat. 719; July 26, 1950, ch. 491, §12(b), 64 Stat. 376; Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, §101(a)(1), 65 Stat. 374, related to operational funds.
Section 1580, acts Oct. 6, 1949, ch. 626, title IV, §408(e), (f), 63 Stat. 720; July 26, 1950, ch. 491, §12(c), 64 Stat. 376; Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §525, 65 Stat. 385; June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §8(b), 66 Stat. 149; July 16, 1953, ch. 195, ch. VII, §707(b), (c), 67 Stat. 160, related to transfer of equipment, materials, or services to designated nations; reimbursement of “fair value” of goods to United States; limitation on outstanding contracts; and transfers disallowed.
Section 1581, act Oct. 6, 1949, ch. 626, title IV, §409, 63 Stat. 720, related to transportation of equipment, etc., on United States flag vessels; rates. See section 2353 of this title.
Section 1582, act Oct. 6, 1949, ch. 626, title IV, §410, 63 Stat. 720, required President to submit reports to Congress. See section 2353 of this title.
Section 1583, acts Oct. 6, 1949, ch. 626, title IV, §411, 63 Stat. 720; July 16, 1953, ch. 195, title VII, §707(d), 67 Stat. 161, defined “equipment” and “materials”, “mobilization reserve”, “excess”, “services”, “agency”, “Armed Forces of the United States”, and “nation”. See section 2403 of this title.
Section 1584, act Oct. 6, 1949, ch. 626, title IV, §412, 63 Stat. 721, prescribed penalties for accepting commissions, etc., for procurement services by United States officers and employees.
Section was enacted as a part of the Supplemental Appropriation Act, 1951, act Sept. 27, 1950, ch. 1052, ch. X, §100, 64 Stat. 1063, and was not repeated in subsequent appropriation acts.
Section 1591, acts Oct. 6, 1949, ch. 626, title I, §101, 63 Stat. 715; July 26, 1950, ch. 491, §1, 64 Stat. 373, related to form of assistance and agreements concerning use.
Section 1592, acts Oct. 6, 1949, ch. 626, title I, §102, 63 Stat. 715; July 26, 1950, ch. 491, §2, 64 Stat. 374, related to appropriations.
Section 1593, act Oct. 6, 1949, ch. 626, title I, §103, 63 Stat. 715, related to additional contract authorizations.
Section 1594, acts Oct. 6, 1949, ch. 626, title I, §104, 63 Stat. 715; July 26, 1950, ch. 491, §3, 64 Stat. 374, related to limitation on use of funds.
See section 2151 et seq. of this title.
Section 1601, acts Oct. 6, 1949, ch. 626, title II, §201, 63 Stat. 716; July 26, 1950, ch. 491, §5, 64 Stat. 375, related to appropriations for Greece, Turkey, and Iran.
Section 1602, acts Oct. 6, 1949, ch. 626, title III, §301, 63 Stat. 716; July 26, 1950, ch. 491, §6, 64 Stat. 375, related to military assistance to Republics of Korea and Philippines.
Section 1603, acts Oct. 6, 1949, ch. 626, title III, §302, 63 Stat. 716; July 26, 1950, ch. 491, §7, 64 Stat. 375, related to appropriations for military assistance to Republics of Korea and Philippines.
Section 1604, acts Oct. 6, 1949, ch. 626, title III, §303, 63 Stat. 716; July 26, 1950, ch. 491, §8, 64 Stat. 375, related to appropriations for general area of China.
See section 2151 et seq. of this title.
Sections, act Oct. 26, 1951, ch. 575, title I, §§101–105, 65 Stat. 645; H. Res. 163, Mar. 19, 1975, were superseded, effective October 1, 1979, by section 2416(e) of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense. See section 2401 et seq. of Title 50, Appendix.
Section 1611 set forth the Congressional declaration of policy.
Section 1611a related to responsibility for administration.
Section 1611b related to determinations respecting items to be embargoed.
Section 1611c related to resumption of assistance upon determination of compliance by the President.
Section 1611d defined “assistance” for purposes of this chapter.
Act Oct. 26, 1951, ch. 575, §1, 65 Stat. 645, which provided that this chapter be cited as the “Mutual Defense Assistance Control Act of 1951”, was superseded, effective October 1, 1979, by section 2416(e) of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense.
Sections, act Oct. 26, 1951, ch. 575, title II, §§201–203, 65 Stat. 646, were superseded, effective October 1, 1979, by section 2416(e) of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense. See section 2401 et seq. of Title 50, Appendix.
Section 1612 related to regulation of exports other than war materials.
Section 1612a related to negotiations with recipient countries for control of exports.
Section 1612b related to termination of assistance upon determination by the President.
Sections, acts Oct. 26, 1951, ch. 575, title III, §§301–305, 65 Stat. 647; Sept. 4, 1961, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. IV, §703(a), 75 Stat. 463; Oct. 19, 1980, Pub. L. 96–470, title I, §111(a), 94 Stat. 2239, were superseded, effective October 1, 1979, by section 2416(e) of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense. See section 2401 et seq. of Title 50, Appendix.
Section 1613 set forth provisions relating to cooperation in the program by non-recipient countries.
Section 1613a related to duties of the Administrator with respect to this chapter.
Section 1613b related to applicability of other Federal statutory provisions and to availability of funds.
Section 1613c related to charging expenses to local-currency funds.
Section 1613d authorized appropriations necessary to carry out the objectives of this chapter.
1955—Sections 1621 to 1627 of this title which constituted the International Claims Settlement Act of 1949 were designated title I of such Act, herein referred to as subchapter I, for purposes of codification, by act Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §1, 69 Stat. 562.
For the purposes of this subchapter—
(a) The term “person” shall include an individual, partnership, corporation, or the Government of the United States.
(b) The term “United States” when used in a geographical sense shall include the United States, its Territories and insular possessions, and the Canal Zone.
(c) The term “nationals of the United States” includes (1) persons who are citizens of the United States, and (2) persons who, though not citizens of the United States, owe permanent allegiance to the United States. It does not include aliens.
(d) The term “Yugoslav Claims Agreement of 1948” means the agreement between the Governments of the United States of America and of the Federal People's Republic of Yugoslavia regarding pecuniary claims of the United States and its nationals, signed July 19, 1948.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title I, §2, 64 Stat. 13; Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §§1, 2, 69 Stat. 562.)
For definition of Canal Zone, referred to in subsec. (b), see section 3602(b) of this title.
References to this subchapter deemed to include section 119 of H.R. 2076, see section 119(b) of H.R. 2076, as enacted into law by Pub. L. 104–91, set out as an Authority of Foreign Claims Settlement Commission note under section 1644 of this title.
1955—Act Aug. 9, 1955, §1, amended credit to section by designating act Mar. 10, 1950, as “title I”.
Act Aug. 9, 1955, §2, substituted “subchapter” for “chapter” in opening phrase.
Pub. L. 106–155, §1, Dec. 9, 1999, 113 Stat. 1740, provided that: “This Act [amending provisions set out as a note below] may be cited as the ‘U.S. Holocaust Assets Commission Extension Act of 1999’.”
Section 1 of act Mar. 10, 1950, provided that: “This Act [enacting this chapter] may be cited as the ‘International Claims Settlement Act of 1949’.”
Sections 1 and 3 of act Aug. 9, 1955, designated sections 1621 to 1627 of this title as “Title I” of act Mar. 10, 1950, which is classified to subchapter I of this chapter and added “Title II—Vesting and Liquidation of Bulgarian, Hungarian, and Rumanian Property” and “Title III—Claims Against Bulgaria, Hungary, Rumania, Italy, and the Soviet Union”, which are classified to subchapters II and III, respectively, of this chapter. Pub. L. 85–604 added Title IV, Claims Against Czechoslovakia, which is classified to subchapter IV of this chapter. Pub. L. 88–666 added Title V, Claims Against Cuba and China, which is classified to subchapter V of this chapter. Pub. L. 94–542 added Title VI, Claims Against German Democratic Republic, which is classified to subchapter VI of this chapter. Pub. L. 96–606 added Title VII, Claims Against Vietnam, which is classified to subchapter VII of this chapter.
International Claims Commission of the United States, including offices of its members, abolished and functions of Commission and of members, officers, and employees thereof transferred to Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United States by Reorg. Plan No. 1 of 1954, §§2, 4, eff. July 1, 1954, 19 F.R. 3985, 68 Stat. 1279, set out as a note under section 1622 of this title.
Section 9 of act Mar. 10, 1950, provided that: “There is hereby authorized to be appropriated, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, such sums as may be necessary to enable the Commission to carry out its functions under this Act [enacting this chapter].”
Pub. L. 105–186, June 23, 1998, 112 Stat. 611, as amended by Pub. L. 106–155, §2, Dec. 9, 1999, 113 Stat. 1740, provided that:
“This Act may be cited as the ‘U.S. Holocaust Assets Commission Act of 1998’.
“(a)
“(b)
“(1)
“(2)
“(A) eight shall be private citizens, appointed by the President;
“(B) four shall be representatives of the Department of State, the Department of Justice, the Department of the Army, and the Department of the Treasury (one representative of each such Department), appointed by the President;
“(C) two shall be Members of the House of Representatives, appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives;
“(D) two shall be Members of the House of Representatives, appointed by the minority leader of the House of Representatives;
“(E) two shall be Members of the Senate, appointed by the majority leader of the Senate;
“(F) two shall be Members of the Senate, appointed by the minority leader of the Senate; and
“(G) one shall be the Chairperson of the United States Holocaust Memorial Council.
“(3)
“(4)
“(5)
“(c)
“(d)
“(e)
“(f)
“(g)
“(a)
“(1)
“(A) after having been obtained from victims of the Holocaust by, on behalf of, or under authority of a government referred to in subsection (c);
“(B) because such assets were left unclaimed as the result of actions taken by, on behalf of, or under authority of a government referred to in subsection (c); or
“(C) in the case of assets consisting of gold bullion, monetary gold, or similar assets, after such assets had been obtained by the Nazi government of Germany from governmental institutions in any area occupied by the military forces of the Nazi government of Germany.
“(2)
“(A) gold, including gold bullion, monetary gold, or similar assets in the possession of or under the control of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any Federal reserve bank;
“(B) gems, jewelry, and nongold precious metals;
“(C) accounts in banks in the United States;
“(D) domestic financial instruments purchased before May 8, 1945, by individual victims of the Holocaust, whether recorded in the name of the victim or in the name of a nominee;
“(E) insurance policies and proceeds thereof;
“(F) real estate situated in the United States;
“(G) works of art; and
“(H) books, manuscripts, and religious objects.
“(3)
“(4)
“(A)
“(i) The list maintained by the United States Holocaust Memorial Museum in Washington, D.C., of Jewish Holocaust survivors.
“(ii) The list maintained by the Yad Vashem Holocaust Memorial Authority in its Hall of Names of individuals who died in the Holocaust.
“(B)
“(i) The number of policies issued by each company to individuals described in such subparagraph.
“(ii) The value of each policy at the time of issue.
“(iii) The total number of policies, and the dollar amount, that have been paid out.
“(iv) The total present-day value of assets in the United States of each company.
“(C)
“(b)
“(1) after having been obtained from victims of the Holocaust by, on behalf of, or under authority of a government referred to in subsection (c); or
“(2) because such assets were left unclaimed as the result of actions taken by, on behalf of, or under authority of a government referred to in subsection (c).
“(c)
“(1) the Nazi government of Germany;
“(2) any government in any area occupied by the military forces of the Nazi government of Germany;
“(3) any government established with the assistance or cooperation of the Nazi government of Germany; and
“(4) any government which was an ally of the Nazi government of Germany.
“(d)
“(1)
“(2)
“(a)
“(b)
“(c)
“(d)
“(e)
“(1) enter into contracts and modify, or consent to the modification of, any contract or agreement to which the Commission is a party; and
“(2) acquire, hold, lease, maintain, or dispose of real and personal property.
“(a)
“(b)
“(c)
“(1)
“(2)
“(3)
“(A) serve as principal liaison between the Commission and other Government entities;
“(B) be responsible for the administration and coordination of the review of records by the Commission; and
“(C) be responsible for coordinating all official activities of the Commission.
“(4)
“(A) the rate of pay for the executive director of the Commission may not exceed the rate payable for level III of the Executive Schedule under section 5314 of title 5, United States Code; and
“(B) the rate of pay for the deputy executive director, the general counsel of the Commission, and other Commission personnel may not exceed the rate payable for level IV of the Executive Schedule under section 5315 of title 5, United States Code.
“(5)
“(A)
“(B)
“(6)
“(A) may promulgate regulations to apply the provisions referred to under subsection (a) to employees of the Commission; and
“(B) shall provide support services, on a reimbursable basis, relating to—
“(i) the initial employment of employees of the Commission; and
“(ii) other personnel needs of the Commission.
“(d)
“(e)
“(f)
“(g)
“(1)
“(2)
“(h)
“Upon the request of the Commission, the Administrator of General Services shall provide to the Commission, on a reimbursable basis, the administrative support services necessary for the Commission to carry out its responsibilities under this Act.
“The Commission shall terminate 90 days after the date on which the Commission submits its final report under section 3.
“(a)
“(b)
“There are authorized to be appropriated not more than $6,000,000, in total, for the interagency funding of activities of the Commission under this Act for fiscal years 1998, 1999, 2000, and 2001, of which, notwithstanding section 1346 of title 31, United States Code, and section 611 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 1998 [Pub. L. 105–61, 111 Stat. 1310], $537,000 shall be made available in equal amounts from funds made available for fiscal year 1998 to the Departments of Justice, State, and the Army that are otherwise unobligated. Funds made available to the Commission pursuant to this section shall remain available for obligation until December 31, 1999.”
The Commission may prescribe such rules and regulations as may be necessary to enable it to carry out its functions, and may delegate functions to any member, officer, or employee of the Commission. The President may fix a termination date for the authority of the Commission, and the terms of office of its members under this subchapter. Any member of the Commission may be removed by the Secretary of State, upon notice and hearing, for neglect of duty, or malfeasance in office, but for no other cause. Not later than six months after its organization, and every six months thereafter, the Commission shall make a report, through the Secretary of State, to the Congress concerning its operations under this subchapter. The Commission shall, upon completion of its work, certify in duplicate to the Secretary of State and to the Secretary of the Treasury the following: (1) A list of all claims disallowed; (2) a list of all claims allowed, in whole or in part, together with the amount of each claim and the amount awarded thereon; and (3) a copy of the decision rendered in each case.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title I, §3, 64 Stat. 13; Aug. 8, 1953, ch. 396, §3, 67 Stat. 506; 1954 Reorg. Plan No. 1, §§1, 2, 4, eff. July 1, 1954, 19 F.R. 3985, 68 Stat. 1279; Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §§1, 2, 69 Stat. 562; Pub. L. 89–554, §8(a), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 656, 657.)
Pub. L. 89–348, §2(7), Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1312, modified subsection (c) of this section to require annual submission instead of semiannual submission to the Congress by the Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of its report concerning its operations under the International Claims Settlement Act of 1949.
References to this subchapter deemed to include section 119 of H.R. 2076, see section 119(b) of H.R. 2076, as enacted into law by Pub. L. 104–91, set out as an Authority of Foreign Claims Settlement Commission note under section 1644 of this title.
1966—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 89–554 repealed subsec. (a) which related to the composition, appointment, chairman, quorum, and acting members of the Commission.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 89–554 repealed subsec. (b) which provided for the principal office of the Commission, and for the appointment and compensation of personnel.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 89–554 repealed subsec. (d) which related to a limitation on additional appointments to the Commission.
1955—Act Aug. 9, 1955, §1, amended credit to section by designating act Mar. 10, 1950, as “title I”.
Subsec. (c). Act Aug. 9, 1955, §2, substituted “subchapter” for “chapter”.
1953—Act Aug. 8, 1953, added par. at end which was editorially designated as subsec. (d).
International Claims Commission of the United States abolished by Reorg. Plan No. 1 of 1954, §4(a), eff. July 1, 1954, 19 F.R. 3985, 68 Stat. 1279, set out as a note below.
The functions of the Secretary of State under the third and fourth sentences of subsec. (c) of this section were abolished by Reorg. Plan No. 1 of 1954, §4(b), eff. July 1, 1954, 19 F.R. 3985, 68 Stat. 1279, set out as a note below.
Prepared by the President and transmitted to the Senate and the House of Representatives in Congress assembled, April 29, 1954, pursuant to the provisions of the Reorganization Act of 1949, approved June 20, 1949, as amended [see 5 U.S.C. 901 et seq.].
There is hereby established the Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United States, hereinafter referred to as the Commission. The Commission shall be composed of three members, who shall each be appointed by the President by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, hold office during the pleasure of the President, and receive compensation at the rate of $15,000 per annum. The President shall from time to time designate one of the members of the Commission as the Chairman of the Commission, hereinafter referred to as the Chairman. Two members of the Commission shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of the business of the Commission.
(a) All functions of the War Claims Commission and of the members, officers, and employees thereof are hereby transferred to the Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United States.
(b) All functions of the International Claims Commission of the United States (hereinafter referred to as the International Claims Commission) and the members, officers, and employees thereof are hereby transferred to the Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United States.
(c) The functions of the Secretary of State and of the Department of State with respect to the International Claims Commission and its affairs, exclusive of the functions of the said Secretary and Department under sections 3(c), 4(b), and 5, and the first sentence of section 8(d), of the International Claims Settlement Act of 1949, 64 Stat. 12, as amended [22 U.S.C. 1622(c), 1623(b), 1624, and 1627(d)], are hereby transferred to the Commission.
(d) The functions of the Commissioner provided for in the Joint Resolution approved August 4, 1939, ch. 421, 53 Stat. 1199, together with the functions of the Secretary of State under section 2 thereof, are hereby transferred to the Commission.
There are hereby vested in the Chairman all functions of the Commission with respect to the internal management of the affairs of the Commission, including but not limited to functions with respect to: (a) the appointment of personnel employed under the Commission, (b) the direction of employees of the Commission and the supervision of their official activities, (c) the distribution of business among employees and organizational units under the Commission, (d) the preparation of budget estimates, and (e) the use and expenditure of funds of the Commission available for expenses of administration.
(a) The War Claims Commission provided for in the War Claims Act of 1948, 62 Stat. 1240, as amended [50 U.S.C. App. 2001 et seq.] and the International Claims Commission, provided for in the International Claims Settlement Act of 1949, as amended [22 U.S.C. 1621–1627], including the offices of the members of each of the said commissions, and the office of Commissioner provided for in the aforesaid Joint Resolution of August 4, 1939, are hereby abolished.
(b) The functions of the Secretary of State under the third and fourth sentences of section 3(c) of the International Claims Settlement Act of 1949, as amended [22 U.S.C. 1622(c)], are hereby abolished.
The Commission is hereby authorized to delegate any of its functions to one or more persons designated by the Commission from among the members of the Commission and the officers and employees serving under the Commission.
(a) Any person who is a member or acting member of the War Claims Commission or of the International Claims Commission immediately prior to the taking effect of the provisions of this reorganization plan may be designated by the President as an acting member of the Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United States in respect of an office of member the initial appointment to which has not then been made under section 1 of this reorganization plan. Each such acting member of the said Foreign Claims Settlement Commission shall perform the duties and receive the compensation of member. Unless sooner terminated, the tenure of any acting member designated hereunder shall terminate when the office of member concerned is filled in pursuance of section 1 hereof, or 120 days after the effective date of this reorganization plan, whichever is earlier.
(b) The Chairman shall make such provisions as may be necessary with respect to winding up any affairs of the agencies abolished by the provisions of this reorganization plan not otherwise provided for herein.
(c) So much of the personnel, property, records, and unexpended balances of appropriations, allocations, and other funds employed, held, used, available, or to be made available, in connection with the functions transferred by section 2 of this reorganization plan as the Director of the Bureau of the Budget shall determine shall be transferred to the Commission at such time or times as the said Director shall direct.
(d) Such further measures and dispositions as the Director of the Bureau of the Budget shall deem to be necessary in order to effectuate the transfers provided for in subsection (c) of this section shall be carried out in such manner as he shall direct and by such agencies as he shall designate.
The provisions of this reorganization plan shall take effect on the date determined under section 6(a) of the Reorganization Act of 1949, as amended or the first day of July, 1954, whichever is later.
[For provisions transferring the Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United States as a separate agency within the Department of Justice, see 22 U.S.C. 1622a et seq.]
To the Congress of the United States:
I transmit herewith Reorganization Plan No. 1 of 1954, prepared in accordance with the Reorganization Act of 1949, as amended.
The reorganization plan establishes a new Government agency, the Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United States; transfers to that Commission the functions of the War Claims Commission and of the International Claims Commission of the United States; and abolishes the latter two Commissions.
The Foreign Claims Settlement Commission will be composed of three members appointed by the President by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. The President will designate one of the members as Chairman of the Commission. The Chairman will be responsible for the internal management of the affairs of the Commission. The reorganization plan contains provisions designed to assure smooth administration of functions during the period of transition to the new organization.
The War Claims Commission was created as a temporary agency by the War Claims Act of 1948. The Commission was made responsible for settling certain claims of former United States World War II prisoners of war, civilian internees captured or in hiding to avoid capture in the Philippines, Guam, Wake Island, and the Midway Islands, and certain religious organizations in the Philippines which had aided American forces during the war. In 1952, the Commission was assigned, additionally, the administration of claims of Philippine religious organizations which sustained losses of their educational, medical, and welfare facilities in the war, and of benefits to United States prisoners of war for inhumane treatment during internment by the enemy.
From its inception in 1949 to April 1, 1954, approximately 500,000 claims were filed with the War Claims Commission, and approximately $134 million was paid to claimants. Approximately 96,000 remaining claims are in the process of settlement, and the Commission must complete action on them, together with such appeals as may be filed, by March 31, 1955.
The International Claims Commission was established within the Department of State by the International Claims Settlement Act of 1949. Its immediate function was to adjudicate claims covered by a settlement of $17 million which was deposited with the Government of the United States by the Yugoslav Government primarily to compensate our nationals for losses sustained through nationalization of properties. The act also authorized the Commission to settle such claims as might be included later in any similar agreement between the United States and a foreign government. Subsequently, the Commission was assigned the administration of a $400,000 settlement negotiated with the Government of Panama.
From its establishment in 1950 to April 1, 1954, the International Claims Commission has settled 531 claims out of a total of 1,622 filed. Of this total, 1,555 claims were against Yugoslavia and 67 were against Panama. Under the act, settlement of the remaining Yugoslav claims must be completed by December 31, 1954.
The accompanying reorganization plan has substantial potential advantages. The Foreign Claims Settlement Commission will be able to administer any additional claims programs financed by funds derived from foreign governments without the delay which has often characterized the initiation of past programs. Moreover, the use of an existing agency will be more economical than the establishment of a new commission to administer a given type of foreign claims program. Consolidation of the affairs of the two present Commissions will also permit the retention and use of the best experience gained during the last several years in the field of claims settlement. The declining workload of current programs can be meshed with the rising workload of new programs with maximum efficiency and effectiveness.
A proposed new claims program now pending before the Senate would provide benefits similar to those paid to World War II victims under the War Claims Act for losses and internments resulting from hostilities in Korea. The executive branch of the Government has recommended approval of this program by the Congress. I now suggest that this program be assigned by law to the Foreign Claims Settlement Commission.
There should also be assigned to this new Commission the settlement of such of the claims programs as may be authorized from among those recommended by the War Claims Commission in its report made pursuant to section 8 of the War Claims Act. That report, posing many complex policy, legal, and administrative problems, is now being reviewed by executive agencies; and recommendations will soon be sent to the Congress.
By peace treaties and an international agreement, the United States has acquired the right to utilize certain external assets and settlement funds of several countries. A total of about $39 million is available to indemnify claims of United States nationals against the Governments of Rumania, Hungary, Bulgaria, and Italy, arising out of war damage or confiscations in those countries. In addition, claims growing out of United States losses from default on obligations and nationalization of properties may be settled by awards from $9 million realized from an agreement made in 1933 with the Soviet Union, known as the Litvinov assignment. Action by the Congress is necessary before these various funds may be assigned for settlement, and recommendations of the executive branch in this connection will be transmitted at an early date.
In addition to the reorganizations I have described, the reorganization plan transfers to the Foreign Claims Settlement Commission the functions of the Commissioner provided for in the joint resolution of August 4, 1939. These functions involve the receipt and administration of claims covered by the Litvinov assignment. The office of Commissioner, for which funds have never been appropriated and which has never been filled, is abolished.
The reorganization plan does not transfer the war claims fund or the Yugoslav claims fund from the Department of the Treasury, or divest the Secretary of the Treasury of any functions under the War Claims Act of 1948, as amended, or under the International Claims Settlement Act of 1949, as amended. It does not limit the responsibility of the Secretary of State with respect to the conduct of foreign affairs. The reorganizations contained in the reorganization plan will not prejudice any interest or potential interest of any claimant.
After investigation, I have found and hereby declare that each reorganization included in the accompanying reorganization plan is necessary to accomplish one or more of the purposes set forth in section 2(a) of the Reorganization Act of 1949, as amended. I have also found and hereby declare that it is necessary to include in the accompanying reorganization plan, by reason of reorganizations made thereby, provisions for the appointment and compensation of officers specified in section 1 of the plan. The rate of compensation fixed for each of these officers is that which I have found to prevail in respect of comparable officers in the executive branch of the Government.
The statutory citation for certain functions of the Secretary of State with respect to the International Claims Commission which are abolished by the reorganization plan, is the third and fourth sentences of section 3(c) of the International Claims Settlement Act of 1949 (64 Stat. 13), as amended.
It is at this time impracticable to specify the reductions of expenditures which it is probable will be brought about by the taking effect of the reorganizations contained in the plan.
Reorganization Plan No. 1 of 1954 provides a single agency for the orderly completion of present claims programs. In addition, it provides an effective organization for the settlement of future authorized claims programs by utilizing the experience gained by present claims agencies. It provides unified administrative direction of the functions concerned, and it simplifies the organizational structure of the executive branch. I urge that the Congress allow the reorganization plan to become effective.
Dwight D. Eisenhower.
The Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United States, established under Reorganization Plan Numbered 1 of 1954, is hereby transferred to the Department of Justice as a separate agency within that Department.
(Pub. L. 96–209, title I, §101, Mar. 14, 1980, 94 Stat. 96.)
Reorganization Plan Numbered 1 of 1954, referred to in text, is Reorg. Plan. No. 1 of 1954, July 1, 1954, 19 F.R. 3985, 68 Stat. 1279, which is set out as a note under section 1622 of this title.
Section was not enacted as part of the International Claims Settlement Act of 1949 which comprises this chapter.
Title VI of Pub. L. 96–209 provided that: “This Act [enacting sections 1622a to 1622g of this title, amending sections 5316 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, and section 2001 of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense, and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section, section 363 of former Title 31, Money and Finance, and section 7546 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare] shall take effect on the date of enactment [Mar. 14, 1980].”
Title V of Pub. L. 96–209 provided that: “The Director of the Office of Management and Budget is authorized and directed to make such determinations as may be necessary with regard to the transfer of functions, powers, and duties pursuant to this Act [enacting sections 1622a to 1622g of this title, amending sections 5316 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, and 2001 of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense, and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 363 of former Title 31, Money and Finance, and 7546 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare], and to make such additional incidental dispositions of personnel, assets, liabilities, property, records, and unexpended balances of appropriations, authorizations, allocations, and other funds held, used, arising from, available to or to be made available in connection with the functions transferred by this Act, as the Director may deem necessary to accomplish the purposes of this Act. The Director is further authorized and directed to provide for terminating the affairs of each agency, board, or commission [Annual Assay Commission under section 363 of former Title 31, the Low-Emission Vehicle Certification Board under section 7546 of Title 42, and the United States Marine Corps Memorial Commission] abolished by this Act.”
All functions, powers, and duties of the Foreign Claims Settlement Commission established by Reorganization Plan Numbered 1 of 1954 are hereby transferred with the Commission, together with personnel, assets, liabilities, unexpended balances of appropriations, authorizations, allocations, and other funds held, used, available, or to be made available in connection with the statutory functions of the Commission. The Commission shall continue to perform its functions as provided by the War Claims Act of 1948, as amended [50 U.S.C. App. 2001 et seq.], the International Claims Settlement Act of 1949, as amended [22 U.S.C. 1621 et seq.], and Reorganization Plan Numbered 1 of 1954.
(Pub. L. 96–209, title I, §102, Mar. 14, 1980, 94 Stat. 96.)
Reorganization Plan Numbered 1 of 1954, referred to in text, is Reorg. Plan. No. 1 of 1954, July 1, 1954, 19 F.R. 3985, 68 Stat. 1279, which is set out as a note under section 1622 of this title.
The War Claims Act of 1948, as amended, referred to in text, is act July 3, 1948, ch. 826, 62 Stat. 1240, as amended, which is classified generally to section 2001 et seq. of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2001 of Title 50, Appendix, and Tables.
The International Claims Settlement Act of 1949, as amended, referred to in text, is act Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, 64 Stat. 12, as amended, which is classified generally to this chapter (§1621 et seq.). For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1621 of this title and Tables.
Section was not enacted as part of the International Claims Settlement Act of 1949 which comprises this chapter.
Section effective Mar. 14, 1980, see title VI of Pub. L. 96–209, set out as a note under section 1622a of this title.
The Commission shall be composed of a Chairman and two members. The Chairman shall be appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, to serve on a full-time basis for a term of three years, and compensated at the rate provided for level V of the Executive Schedule under section 5316 of title 5.
The other members of the Commission shall be appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, and serve on a part-time basis, and be compensated on a per diem basis at a rate of compensation equivalent to the daily rate for level V of the Executive Schedule under section 5316 of title 5 for each day that such member is employed in the actual performance of official business of the Commission as may be directed by the Chairman. Each member shall be reimbursed for travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, as authorized by section 5703 of title 5 for persons in Government service employed intermittently.
The terms of Office of the Chairman and members of the Commission shall be for three years, except the Chairman and members first appointed after the enactment of this subsection shall be appointed to terms ending respectively September 30, 1982, September 30, 1981, and September 30, 1980. The incumbent of any such office may continue to serve until a successor takes office.
Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (a), (b), and (c) of this section, members of the Foreign Claims Settlement Commission who are serving on March 14, 1980, shall continue to serve in their same capacities until the expiration of the terms to which they were appointed.
(Pub. L. 96–209, title I, §103, Mar. 14, 1980, 94 Stat. 96.)
Section was not enacted as part of the International Claims Settlement Act of 1949 which comprises this chapter.
Section effective Mar. 14, 1980, see title VI of Pub. L. 96–209, set out as a note under section 1622a of this title.
The Commission is authorized, in accordance with civil service laws and in accordance with title 5 to appoint and fix the compensation of such officers and employees as may be necessary to carry out the functions of the Commission. The Commission is authorized to employ experts and consultants in accordance with section 3109 of title 5 without compensation or at rates of compensation not in excess of the maximum daily rate prescribed for GS–18 under section 5332 of title 5. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Commission is further authorized to employ nationals of other countries who may possess special knowledge, languages, or other expertise necessary to assist the Commission. The Commission is authorized to pay expenses of packing, shipping, and storing personal effects of personnel of the Commission assigned abroad, and to pay allowances and benefits similar to those provided by title IX of the Foreign Service Act of 1946, as amended. The Commission is authorized, with the consent of the head of any other department or agency of the Federal Government, to utilize the facilities and services of such department or agency in carrying out the functions of the Commission. Officers and employees of any department and agency of the Federal Government may, with the consent of the head of such department or agency, be assigned to assist the Commission in carrying out its functions. The Commission shall reimburse such department and agency for the pay of such officers or employees.
(Pub. L. 96–209, title I, §104, Mar. 14, 1980, 94 Stat. 97.)
Title IX of the Foreign Service Act of 1946, as amended, referred to in text, is title IX of act Aug. 13, 1946, ch. 957, 60 Stat. 1025, as amended, which was classified generally to subchapter IX (§§1131–1160) of chapter 14 of this title, and was repealed by section 2205(1) of the Foreign Service Act of 1980, Pub. L. 96–465, title II, Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2159. The Foreign Service Act of 1980 is classified principally to chapter 52 (§3901 et seq.) of this title. Section 2401(c) of the 1980 Act (22 U.S.C. 4172(c)) provides in part that references in law to provisions of the Foreign Service Act of 1946 shall be deemed to include reference to the corresponding provisions of the 1980 Act. For provisions corresponding to title IX of the Foreign Service Act of 1946, see Table preceding section 801 of this title.
Section was not enacted as part of the International Claims Settlement Act of 1949 which comprises this chapter.
Section effective Mar. 14, 1980, see title VI of Pub. L. 96–209, set out as a note under section 1622a of this title.
References in laws to the rates of pay for GS–16, 17, or 18, or to maximum rates of pay under the General Schedule, to be considered references to rates payable under specified sections of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, see section 529 [title I, §101(c)(1)] of Pub. L. 101–509, set out in a note under section 5376 of Title 5.
Pub. L. 101–162, title II, Nov. 21, 1989, 103 Stat. 996, provided: “That for fiscal year 1990 and hereafter, funds appropriated under this heading [“
All functions, powers, and duties not directly related to adjudicating claims are hereby vested in the Chairman, including the functions set forth in section 3 of Reorganization Plan Numbered 1 of 1954 and the authority to issue rules and regulations.
(Pub. L. 96–209, title I, §105, Mar. 14, 1980, 94 Stat. 97.)
Reorganization Plan Numbered 1 of 1954, referred to in text, is Reorg. Plan. No. 1 of 1954, July 1, 1954, 19 F.R. 3985, 68 Stat. 1279, which is set out as a note under section 1622 of this title.
Section was not enacted as part of the International Claims Settlement Act of 1949 which comprises this chapter.
Section effective Mar. 14, 1980, see title VI of Pub. L. 96–209, set out as a note under section 1622a of this title.
The Attorney General shall provide necessary administrative support and services to the Commission. The Chairman shall prepare the budget requests, authorization documents, and legislative proposals for the Commission within the procedures established by the Department of Justice, and the Attorney General shall submit these items to the Director of the Office of Management and Budget as proposed by the Chairman.
(Pub. L. 96–209, title I, §106, Mar. 14, 1980, 94 Stat. 97.)
Section was not enacted as part of the International Claims Settlement Act of 1949 which comprises this chapter.
Section effective Mar. 14, 1980, see title VI of Pub. L. 96–209, set out as a note under section 1622a of this title.
Nothing in this Act shall be construed to diminish the independence of the Commission in making its determinations on claims in programs that it is authorized to administer pursuant to the powers and responsibilities conferred upon the Commission by the War Claims Act of 1948, as amended [50 U.S.C. App. 2001 et seq.], the International Claims Settlement Act of 1949, as amended [22 U.S.C. 1621 et seq.], and Reorganization Plan Numbered 1 of 1954. The decisions of the Commission with respect to claims shall be final and conclusive on all questions of law and fact, and shall not be subject to review by the Attorney General or any other official of the United States or by any court by mandamus or otherwise.
(Pub. L. 96–209, title I, §107, Mar. 14, 1980, 94 Stat. 97.)
This Act, referred to in text, is Pub. L. 96–209, Mar. 14, 1980, 94 Stat. 96, which enacted sections 1622a to 1622g of this title, amended section 5316 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, and section 2001 of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense, and enacted provisions set out as notes under section 1622a of this title, section 363 of former Title 31, Money and Finance, and section 7546 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
The War Claims Act of 1948, as amended, referred to in text, is act July 3, 1948, ch. 826, 62 Stat. 1240, as amended, which is classified generally to section 2001 et seq. of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2001 of Title 50, Appendix, and Tables.
The International Claims Settlement Act of 1949, as amended, referred to in text, is act Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, 64 Stat. 12, as amended, which is classified generally to this chapter (§1621 et seq.). For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1621 of this title and Tables.
Reorganization Plan Numbered 1 of 1954, referred to in text, is Reorg. Plan No. 1 of 1954, July 1, 1954, 19 F.R. 3985, 68 Stat. 1279, which is set out as a note under section 1622 of this title.
Section was not enacted as part of the International Claims Settlement Act of 1949 which comprises this chapter.
Section effective Mar. 14, 1980, see title VI of Pub. L. 96–209, set out as a note under section 1622a of this title.
(1) The Commission shall have jurisdiction to receive, examine, adjudicate, and render a final decision with respect to any claim of the Government of the United States or of any national of the United States—
(A) included within the terms of the Yugoslav Claims Agreement of 1948;
(B) included within the terms of any claims agreement concluded on or after March 10, 1954, between the Government of the United States and a foreign government (exclusive of governments against which the United States declared the existence of a state of war during World War II) similarly providing for the settlement and discharge of claims of the Government of the United States and of nationals of the United States against a foreign government, arising out of the nationalization or other taking of property, by the agreement of the Government of the United States to accept from that government a sum in en bloc settlement thereof; or
(C) included in a category of claims against a foreign government which is referred to the Commission by the Secretary of State.
(2) In the decision of claims under this subchapter, the Commission shall apply the following in the following order:
(A) The provisions of the applicable claims agreement as provided in this subsection.
(B) The applicable principles of international law, justice, and equity. In determining the value of a claim under international law, the Commission shall award the fair market value of the property as of the time of the taking by the foreign government involved (without regard to any action or event that occurs after the taking), except that the value of the claim shall not reflect any diminution in value attributable to actions which are carried out, or threats of action which are made, by the foreign government with respect to the property before the taking. Fair market value shall be ascertained in accordance with the method most appropriate to the property taken and equitable to the claimant, including—
(i) market value of outstanding equity securities;
(ii) replacement value;
(iii) going-concern value (which includes consideration of an enterprise's profitability); and
(iv) book value.
In the case of any claim for losses in a service industry, the appropriate basis of valuation shall be presumed to be that referred to in clause (iii). For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “service” means economic activity the output of which is other than tangible goods.
The Commission shall give public notice of the time when, and the limit of time within which, claims may be filed, which notice shall be published in the Federal Register. In addition, the Commission is authorized and directed to mail a similar notice to the last known address of each person appearing in the records of the Department of State as having indicated an intention of filing a claim with respect to a matter concerning which the Commission has jurisdiction under this subchapter. All decisions shall be upon such evidence and written legal contentions as may be presented within such period as may be prescribed therefor by the Commission, and upon the results of any independent investigation of cases which the Commission may deem it advisable to make. Each decision by the Commission pursuant to this subchapter shall be by majority vote, and shall state the reason for such decision, and shall constitute a full and final disposition of the case in which the decision is rendered.
Any member of the Commission, or any employee of the Commission, designated in writing by the Chairman of the Commission, may administer oaths and examine witnesses. Any member of the Commission may require by subpena the attendance and testimony of witnesses, and the production of all necessary books, papers, documents, records, correspondence, and other evidence, from any place in the United States at any designated place of inquiry or of hearing. The Commission is authorized to contract for the reporting of inquiries or of hearings. Witnesses summoned before the Commission shall be paid the same fees and mileage that are paid witnesses in the courts of the United States. In case of disobedience to a subpena, the aid of any district court of the United States, as constituted by chapter 5 of title 28, and the United States court of any Territory or other place subject to the jurisdiction of the United States may be invoked in requiring the attendance and testimony of witnesses and the production of such books, papers, documents, records, correspondence, and other evidence. Any such court within the jurisdiction of which the inquiry or hearing is carried on may, in case of contumacy or refusal to obey a subpena issued to any person, issue an order requiring such person to appear or to give evidence touching the matter in question; and any failure to obey such order of the court may be punished by such court as a contempt thereof.
The Commission may order testimony to be taken by deposition in any inquiry or hearing pending before it at any stage of such proceeding or hearing. Such depositions may be taken, under such regulations as the Commission may prescribe, before any person designated by the Commission and having power to administer oaths. Any person may be compelled to appear and depose, and to produce books, papers, documents, records, correspondence, and other evidence in the same way as witnesses may be compelled to appear and testify and produce documentary evidence before the Commission, as hereinabove provided. If a witness whose testimony may be desired to be taken by deposition be in a foreign country, the deposition may be taken, provided the laws of the foreign country so permit, by a consular officer, or by an officer or employee of the Commission, or other person commissioned by the Commission, or under letters rogatory issued by the Commission. Witnesses whose depositions are taken as authorized in this subsection, and the persons taking the same, shall severally be entitled to the same fees as are paid for like services in the courts of the United States.
In addition to the penalties provided in section 1001 of title 18, any person guilty of any act, as provided therein, with respect to any matter under this subchapter, shall forfeit all rights under this subchapter, and, if payment shall have been made or granted, the Commission shall take such action as may be necessary to recover the same.
No remuneration on account of services rendered on behalf of any claimant in connection with any claim filed with the Commission under this subchapter shall exceed 10 per centum of the total amount paid pursuant to any award certified under the provisions of this subchapter on account of such claim. Any agreement to the contrary shall be unlawful and void. Whoever, in the United States or elsewhere, demands or receives, on account of services so rendered, any remuneration in excess of the maximum permitted by this section, shall be fined not more than $5,000 or imprisoned not more than twelve months, or both.
The Attorney General shall assign such officers and employees of the Department of Justice as may be necessary to represent the United States as to any claims of the Government of the United States with respect to which the Commission has jurisdiction under this subchapter. Any and all payments required to be made by the Secretary of the Treasury under this subchapter pursuant to any award made by the Commission to the Government of the United States shall be covered into the Treasury to the credit of miscellaneous receipts.
The Commission shall notify all claimants of the approval or denial of their claims, stating the reasons and grounds therefor, and, if approved, shall notify such claimants of the amount for which such claims are approved. Any claimant whose claim is denied, or is approved for less than the full amount of such claim, shall be entitled, under such regulations as the Commission may prescribe, to a hearing before the Commission, or its duly authorized representatives, with respect to such claim. Upon such hearing, the Commission may affirm, modify, or revise its former action with respect to such claim, including a denial or reduction in the amount theretofore allowed with respect to such claim. The action of the Commission in allowing or denying any claim under this subchapter shall be final and conclusive on all questions of law and fact and not subject to review by the Secretary of State or any other official, department, agency, or establishment of the United States or by any court by mandamus or otherwise.
The Commission may in its discretion enter an award with respect to one or more items deemed to have been clearly established in an individual claim while deferring consideration and action on other items of the same claim.
The Commission shall comply with the provisions of subchapter II of chapter 5, and chapter 7, of title 5 except as otherwise specifically provided by this subchapter.
In exercising authority granted after October 8, 1986, under this chapter or any other Act, the Commission, in determining the value of claims of the Government of the United States or of nationals of the United States (as defined in this chapter or such other Act) against any foreign government for losses arising from the nationalization or other taking of property, shall comply with the principles set forth in subsection (a)(2) of this section.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title I, §4, 64 Stat. 13; Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §§1, 2, 69 Stat. 562; Pub. L. 90–421, §1(1), July 24, 1968, 82 Stat. 420; Pub. L. 99–451, §1, Oct. 8, 1986, 100 Stat. 1138; Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. B, title XXII, §2211, Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–812.)
References to this subchapter deemed to include section 119 of H.R. 2076, see section 119(b) of H.R. 2076, as enacted into law by Pub. L. 104–91, set out as an Authority of Foreign Claims Settlement Commission note under section 1644 of this title.
In subsec. (j), “subchapter II of chapter 5, and chapter 7, of title 5” substituted for “the Administrative Procedure Act of 1946” on authority of Pub. L. 89–554, §7(b), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 631, the first section of which enacted Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
1998—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 105–277 added par. (1), redesignated second sentence as par. (2) and former pars. (1) and (2) as subpars. (A) and (B), respectively, and struck out former first sentence which read as follows: “The Commission shall have jurisdiction to receive, examine, adjudicate, and render final decisions with respect to claims of the Government of the United States and of nationals of the United States included within the terms of the Yugoslav Claims Agreement of 1948, or included within the terms of any claims agreement on and after March 10, 1954 concluded between the Government of the United States and a foreign government (exclusive of governments against which the United States declared the existence of a state of war during World War II) similarly providing for the settlement and discharge of claims of the Government of the United States and of nationals of the United States against a foreign government, arising out of the nationalization or other taking of property, by the agreement of the Government of the United States to accept from that government a sum in en bloc settlement thereof.”
1986—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 99–451, §1(a), amended second sentence generally. Prior to amendment, second sentence read as follows: “In the decision of claims under this subchapter, the Commission shall apply the following in the following order: (1) The provisions of the applicable claims agreement as provided in this subsection; and (2) the applicable principles of international law, justice, and equity.”
Subsec. (k). Pub. L. 99–451, §1(b), added subsec. (k).
1968—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 90–421 struck out provisions which authorized the Commission to determine the amount of attorney's fees, such fees not to exceed 10% of the award and any written agreement between attorney and claimant as to fees to be conclusive upon the Commission, if the agreed upon fees do not exceed 10% of the award, provisions which authorized the Secretary of the Treasury to deduct the fees from the amount of the award and to pay it directly to the attorney, any agreement to the contrary to be unlawful and void, provisions which authorized the Commission to give notice by mail to each claimant of the provisions of this subsection, and provisions which authorized the Commission to recover any fees paid in contravention of this subsection, the recipient to forfeit all rights under this subchapter.
1955—Act Aug. 9, 1955, §1, amended credit to section by designating act Mar. 10, 1950, as “title I”.
Subsecs. (a), (b), (e) to (h) and (j). Act Aug. 9, 1955, §2, substituted “subchapter” for “chapter”.
Section 2 of Pub. L. 99–451 provided that: “The amendments made by this Act [amending this section] shall apply to any claim pending on the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 8, 1986] and to any other claim determined after such date.”
International Claims Commission of the United States, including offices of its members, abolished and functions of Commission and of members, officers, and employees thereof transferred to Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United States by Reorg. Plan No. 1 of 1954, §§1, 2, 4, eff. July 1, 1954, 19 F.R. 3985, 68 Stat. 1279, set out as a note under section 1622 of this title.
For provisions transferring the Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United States as a separate agency within the Department of Justice, see section 1622a et seq. of this title.
Act Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title VI, §615, as added Oct. 18, 1976, Pub. L. 94–542, 90 Stat. 2512, provided that: “Notwithstanding the provision of sections 210 and 211 of the War Claims Act of 1948 (Act of July 3, 1948), as amended by Public Law 87–846 [sections 2017i and 2017j of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense], the Foreign Claims Settlement Commission established by Reorganization Plan No. 1 of 1954 (68 Stat. 1279) [set out under section 1622 of this title] is authorized and directed to receive and consider protests relating to awards made by the Commission during the ten calendar days immediately preceding the expiration of the Commission's mandate to make such awards on May 17, 1967. Any such protests must be filed within ninety days after notice of the enactment of this provision is filed with and published in the Federal Register, which shall take place within thirty days of enactment [Oct. 18, 1976]. Such protests may include the submission of new evidence not previously before the Commission, and shall be acted upon within thirty days after receipt by the Commission. The Commission may modify awards made during the subject period in accordance with the procedures established by the War Claims Act of 1948, [section 2001 et seq. of Title 50, Appendix], and any increases in awards determined to be appropriated by the Commission shall be certified to and paid by the Secretary of the Treasury out of funds which are now or may hereafter become available in the War Claims Fund in accordance with section 213 of the Act [section 2017l of Title 50, Appendix].”
The Commission shall, as soon as possible, and in the order of the making of such awards, certify to the Secretary of the Treasury and to the Secretary of State copies of the awards made in favor of the Government of the United States or of nationals of the United States under this subchapter. The Commission shall certify to the Secretary of State, upon his request, copies of the formal submissions of claims filed pursuant to subsection (b) of section 1623 of this title for transmission to the foreign government concerned.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title I, §5, 64 Stat. 16; Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §§1, 2, 69 Stat. 562.)
References to this subchapter deemed to include section 119 of H.R. 2076, see section 119(b) of H.R. 2076, as enacted into law by Pub. L. 104–91, set out as an Authority of Foreign Claims Settlement Commission note under section 1644 of this title.
1955—Act Aug. 9, 1955, §1, amended credit to section by designating act Mar. 10, 1950, as “title I”.
Act Aug. 9, 1955, §2, substituted “subchapter” for “chapter”.
International Claims Commission of the United States, including offices of its members, abolished and functions of Commission and of members, officers, and employees thereof transferred to Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United States by Reorg. Plan No. 1 of 1954, §§1, 2, 4, eff. July 1, 1954, 19 F.R. 3985, 68 Stat. 1279, set out as a note under section 1622 of this title.
For provisions transferring Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United States as a separate agency within the Department of Justice, see section 1622a et seq. of this title.
Section, acts Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title 1, §6, 64 Stat. 16; Aug. 8, 1953, ch. 396, §1, 67 Stat. 506, provided that Commission complete its affairs in connection with settlement of all United States-Yugoslavian Claims arising under Yugoslav Claims Agreement of 1948, by December 31, 1954.
Subject to the limitations hereinafter provided, the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized and directed to pay, as prescribed by section 1627 of this title, an amount not exceeding the principal of each award, plus accrued interest on such awards as bear interest, certified pursuant to section 1624 of this title, in accordance with the award. Such payments, and applications for such payments, shall be made in accordance with such regulations as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe.
(1) There shall be deducted from the amount of each payment made pursuant to subsection (c) of section 1627 of this title, as reimbursement for the expenses incurred by the United States, an amount equal to 5 per centum of such payment. All amounts so deducted shall be covered into the Treasury to the credit of miscellaneous receipts.
(2) The Secretary of the Treasury shall deduct from any amounts covered, subsequent to July 24, 1968, into any special fund, created pursuant to section 1627 of this title, 5 per centum thereof as reimbursement to the Government of the United States for expenses incurred by the Commission and by the Treasury Department in the administration of this subchapter. The amounts so deducted shall be covered into the Treasury to the credit of miscellaneous receipts.
Payments made pursuant to this subchapter shall be made only to the person or persons on behalf of whom the award is made, except that—
(1) if any person to whom any payment is to be made pursuant to this subchapter is deceased or is under a legal disability, payment shall be made to his legal representative, except that if any payment to be made is not over $1,000 and there is no qualified executor or administrator, payment may be made to the person or persons found by the Secretary of the Treasury to be entitled thereto, without the necessity of compliance with the requirements of law with respect to the administration of estates;
(2) in the case of a partnership or corporation, the existence of which has been terminated and on behalf of which an award is made, payment shall be made, except as provided in paragraphs (3) and (4) of this subsection, to the person or persons found by the Secretary of the Treasury to be entitled thereto;
(3) if a receiver or trustee for any such partnership or corporation has been duly appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States and has not been discharged prior to the date of payment, payment shall be made to such receiver or trustee in accordance with the order of the court;
(4) if a receiver or trustee for any such partnership or corporation, duly appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States, makes an assignment of the claim, or any part thereof, with respect to which an award is made, or makes an assignment of such award, or any part thereof, payment shall be made to the assignee, as his interest may appear; and
(5) in the case of any assignment of an award, or any part thereof, which is made in writing and duly acknowledged and filed, after such award is certified to the Secretary of the Treasury, payment may, in the discretion of the Secretary of the Treasury, be made to the assignee, as his interest may appear.
Whenever the Secretary of the Treasury shall find that any person is entitled to any such payment, after such payment shall have been received by such person, it shall be an absolute bar to recovery by any other person against the United States, its officers, agents, or employees with respect to such payment.
Any person who makes application for any such payment shall be held to have consented to all the provisions of this subchapter.
Nothing in this subchapter shall be construed as the assumption of any liability by the United States for the payment or satisfaction, in whole or in part, of any claim on behalf of any national of the United States against any foreign government.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title I, §7, 64 Stat. 16; Aug. 8, 1953, ch. 396, §2, 67 Stat. 506; Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §§1, 2, 69 Stat. 562; Pub. L. 90–421, §1(2), (3), July 24, 1968, 82 Stat. 420; Pub. L. 104–316, title II, §202(h), Oct. 19, 1996, 110 Stat. 3842.)
References to this subchapter deemed to include section 119 of H.R. 2076, see section 119(b) of H.R. 2076, as enacted into law by Pub. L. 104–91, set out as an Authority of Foreign Claims Settlement Commission note under section 1644 of this title.
1996—Subsec. (c)(1), (2). Pub. L. 104–316, §202(h)(1), substituted “Secretary of the Treasury” for “Comptroller General” in par. (1) and “Secretary of the Treasury” for “Comptroller General of the United States” in par. (2).
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 104–316, §202(h)(2), struck out “, or the Comptroller General of the United States, as the case may be,” after “Secretary of the Treasury”.
1968—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 90–421, §1(2), designated existing provisions as par. (1) and added par. (2).
Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 90–421, §1(3), substituted “any person to whom any payment is to be made pursuant to this subchapter” for “such person” and “, except that if any payment to be made is not over $1000” for “: Provided, That if the total award is not over $500”, and struck out “of the United States” after “Comptroller General”.
1955—Act Aug. 9, 1955, §1, amended credit to section by designating act Mar. 10, 1950, as “title I”.
Act Aug. 9, 1955, §2, substituted “subchapter” for “chapter”.
1953—Subsec. (b). Act Aug. 8, 1953, increased the amount deductible to cover expenses from 3 to 5 percent.
International Claims Commission of the United States, including offices of its members, abolished and functions of Commission and of members, officers, and employees thereof transferred to Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United States by Reorg. Plan No. 1, of 1954, §§1, 2, 4, eff. July 1, 1954, 19 F.R. 3985, 68 Stat. 1279, set out as a note under section 1622 of this title.
For provisions transferring Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United States as a separate agency within the Department of Justice, see section 1622a et seq. of this title.
There are created in the Treasury of the United States (1) a special fund to be known as the Yugoslav Claims Fund; and (2) such other special funds as may, in the discretion of the Secretary of the Treasury, be required, each to be a claims fund to be known by the name of the foreign government which has entered into a settlement agreement with the Government of the United States as described in subsection (a) of section 1623 of this title. There shall be covered into the Treasury to the credit of the proper special fund all funds hereinafter specified. All payments authorized under section 1626 of this title shall be disbursed from the proper fund, as the case may be, and all amounts covered into the Treasury to the credit of the aforesaid funds are permanently appropriated for the making of the payments authorized by section 1626 of this title.
The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized and directed to cover into—
(1) the Yugoslav Claims Fund the sum of $17,000,000 being the amount paid by the Government of the Federal People's Republic of Yugoslavia pursuant to the Yugoslav Claims Agreement of 1948;
(2) a special fund created for that purpose pursuant to subsection (a) of this section any amounts hereafter paid, in United States dollars, by a foreign government which has entered into a claims settlement agreement with the Government of the United States as described in subsection (a) of section 1623 of this title.
The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized and directed out of the sums covered, prior to July 24, 1968, into any of the funds pursuant to subsection (b) of this section, and after making the deduction provided for in section 1626(b)(1) of this title—
(1) to make payments in full of the principal of awards of $1,000 or less, certified pursuant to section 1624 of this title;
(2) to make payments of $1,000 on the principal of each award of more than $1,000 in principal amount, certified pursuant to section 1624 of this title;
(3) to make additional payment of not to exceed 25 per centum of the unpaid principal of awards in the principal amount of more than $1,000;
(4) after completing the payments prescribed by paragraphs (2) and (3) of this subsection, to make payments, from time to time in ratable proportions, on account of the unpaid principal of all awards in the principal amount of more than $1,000, according to the proportions which the unpaid principal of such awards bear to the total amount in the fund available for distribution at the time such payments are made; and
(5) after payment has been made of the principal amounts of all such awards, to make pro rata payments on account of accrued interest on such awards as bear interest.
The Secretary of the Treasury, upon the concurrence of the Secretary of State, is authorized and directed, out of the sum covered into the Yugoslav Claims Fund pursuant to subsection (b) of this section, after completing the payments of such funds pursuant to subsection (c) of this section, to make payment of the balance of any sum remaining in such fund to the Government of the Federal People's Republic of Yugoslavia to the extent required under article 1(c) of the Yugoslav Claims Agreement of 1948. The Secretary of State shall certify to the Secretary of the Treasury the total cost of adjudication, not borne by the claimants, attributable to the Yugoslav Claims Agreement of 1948. Such certification shall be final and conclusive and shall not be subject to review by any other official, or department, agency, or establishment of the United States.
Except as provided in subsection (f) of this section, the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized and directed out of sums covered, subsequent to July 24, 1968, into any special fund created pursuant to this section to make payment on account of awards certified by the Commission pursuant to this subchapter with respect to claims included within the terms of a claims settlement agreement concluded between the Government of the United States and a foreign government as described in section 1623(a) of this title, as follows and in the following order of priority:
(1) Payment in the amount of $1,000 or the principal amount of the award, whichever is less;
(2) Thereafter, payments from time to time on account of the unpaid principal balance of each remaining award which shall bear to such unpaid principal balance the same proportion as the total amount available for distribution at the time such payments are made bears to the aggregate unpaid principal balance of all such awards; and
(3) Thereafter, payments from time to time on account of the unpaid balance of each award of interest which shall bear to such unpaid balance of interest, the same proportion as the total amount available for distribution at the time such payments are made bears to the aggregate unpaid balance of interest of all such awards.
(1) Out of sums covered after May 11, 1979, into the special fund created pursuant to this section to receive funds paid by the People's Republic of China, the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized and directed to make payments on account of awards certified by the Commission pursuant to subchapter V of this chapter with respect to claims included within the terms of the Agreement Between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the People's Republic of China Concerning the Settlement of Claims, signed on May 11, 1979, in the following order of priority:
(A) Payment in the amount of $1,000 or the principal amount of the award, whichever is less.
(B) Thereafter, except as provided in paragraph (2), to the extent there remain unpaid principal balances on awards, payments from time to time on account of the unpaid principal balance of each remaining award which bear to such unpaid principal balance the same proportion as the total amount available for distribution at the time such payments are made bears to the aggregate unpaid principal balance of all such awards.
(C) Thereafter, payments from time to time on account of the unpaid balance of each award of interest which bear to such unpaid balance of interest the same proportion as the total amount available for distribution at the time such payments are made bears to the aggregate unpaid balance of interest of all such awards.
(2)(A) For the purpose of computing the payments to be made under paragraph (1) to any claimant which was an incorporated business enterprise on the date of nationalization or other taking of property, the award certified by the Commission under subchapter V of this chapter shall be reduced by the amount of Federal tax benefits derived by such claimant on account of the losses upon which such claim was based, but in no case shall such payments be reduced below the amount paid to such claimant on account of such claim before October 13, 1980. For purposes of this subparagraph, such Federal tax benefits shall be the amount by which the claimant's taxes in any prior taxable year or years under chapters 1, 2A, 2B, 2D, and 2E of the Internal Revenue Code of 1939, or subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, were decreased with respect to the loss or losses upon which the claim was based. The sum of the amounts which would otherwise be payable but for this paragraph which are not paid to any such claimant shall be aggregated, and the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized and directed to make payments out of such aggregated sums in accordance with subparagraph (B).
(B) To the extent that there remain unpaid principal balances on awards to claimants which were, on the date of nationalization or other taking of property, nonprofit organizations operated exclusively for the promotion of social welfare, religious, charitable, or educational purposes (after payments made to such nonprofit organizations pursuant to subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (1) are taken into account), the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized and directed to make payments from time to time on account of the unpaid principal balance of each remaining award to such nonprofit organizations which bear to such unpaid principal balance the same proportion as the total sums aggregated pursuant to subparagraph (A) at the times such payments are made bear to the aggregate unpaid principal balance of all such awards to nonprofit organizations.
The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized and directed to invest the amounts held respectively in the “special funds” established by this section in public debt securities with maturities suitable for the needs of the separate accounts and bearing interest at rates determined by the Secretary, taking into consideration the average market yield on outstanding marketable obligations of the United States of comparable maturities. The interest earned on the amounts in each special fund shall be used to make payments, in accordance with subsection (c) of this section, on awards payable from that special fund.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title I, §8, 64 Stat. 17; Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §1, 69 Stat. 562; Pub. L. 90–421, §1(4), (5), July 24, 1968, 82 Stat. 420; Pub. L. 96–445, Oct. 13, 1980, 94 Stat. 1891; Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095; Pub. L. 100–204, title I, §142(a), Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1350.)
The Internal Revenue Code of 1939, referred to in subsec. (f)(2)(A), was generally repealed by section 7851 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, Title 26. The Internal Revenue Code of 1954 was redesignated the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 by Pub. L. 99–514, §2, Oct. 22, 1986, 100 Stat. 2095. For table of comparisons of the 1939 Code to the 1986 Code, see Table I preceding section 1 of Title 26, Internal Revenue Code. See also section 7852(b) of Title 26, Internal Revenue Code, for provision that references in any other law to a provision of the 1939 Code, unless expressly incompatible with the intent thereof, shall be deemed a reference to the corresponding provision of the 1986 Code.
Chapter 1 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1939, referred to in subsec. (f)(2)(A), was comprised of sections 1 to 482 of former Title 26, Internal Revenue Code. Section 14 of former Title 26 was repealed by act Oct. 20, 1951, ch. 521, title I, pt. II, §121(g), 65 Stat. 469. Sections 34 and 185 of former Title 26 were repealed by act Feb. 25, 1944, ch. 63, title I, §§106(c)(2), 107(a), 58 Stat. 31. Sections 264 and 363 of former Title 26 were repealed by act Oct. 21, 1942, ch. 619, title I, §§159(e), 170(a), 56 Stat. 860, 878. Sections 430 to 474 of former Title 26 were omitted, and subsequently, along with the remaining sections of former Title 26 comprising chapter 1, except sections 143 and 144, were repealed by sections 7851(a)(1)(A) of Title 26, Internal Revenue Code. Sections 143 and 144 of former Title 26 were repealed by section 7851(a)(1)(B) of Title 26.
Chapter 2A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1939, referred to in subsec. (f)(2)(A), was comprised of sections 500 to 511 of former Title 26, Internal Revenue Code. Sections 500 to 511 were repealed by section 7851(a)(1)(A) of Title 26, Internal Revenue Code.
Chapter 2B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1939, referred to in subsec. (f)(2)(A), was comprised of sections 600 to 605 of former Title 26, Internal Revenue Code. Sections 600 to 605 were repealed by act Nov. 8, 1945, ch. 453, title II, §202, 59 Stat. 574, eff. with respect to taxable years ending June 30, 1946.
Chapter 2D of the Internal Revenue Code of 1939, referred to in subsec. (f)(2)(A), was comprised of sections 700 to 706 of former Title 26, Internal Revenue Code. Sections 700 to 716 were repealed by section 7851(a)(1)(A) of Title 26, Internal Revenue Code.
Chapter 2E of the Internal Revenue Code of 1939, referred to in subsec. (f)(2)(A), was comprised of sections 710 to 784 of former Title 26, Internal Revenue Code. Sections 710 to 736, 740, 742 to 744, 750, 751, 760, 761 and 780 to 784 were repealed by act Nov. 8, 1945, ch. 453, title I, §122(a), 59 Stat. 568. Section 741 was repealed by act Oct. 21, 1942, ch. 619, title II, §§224(b), 228(b), 56 Stat. 920, 925. Section 752 was repealed by act Oct. 21, 1942, ch. 619, title II, §229(a)(1), 56 Stat. 931, eff. as of Oct. 8, 1940.
Subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, referred to in subsec. (f)(2)(A), is subtitle A of act Aug. 16, 1954, ch. 736, 68A Stat. 4, as amended, which comprises Subtitle A (§1 et seq.) of Title 26, Internal Revenue Code.
References to this subchapter deemed to include section 119 of H.R. 2076, see section 119(b) of H.R. 2076, as enacted into law by Pub. L. 104–91, set out as an Authority of Foreign Claims Settlement Commission note under section 1644 of this title.
1987—Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 100–204 added subsec. (g).
1986—Subsec. (f)(2)(A). Pub. L. 99–514 substituted “Internal Revenue Code of 1986” for “Internal Revenue Code of 1954”.
1980—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 96–445, §1(1), substituted “Except as provided in subsection (f) of this section, the Secretary of the Treasury” for “The Secretary of the Treasury”.
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 96–445, §1(2), added subsec. (f).
1968—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 90–421, §1(4), inserted “, prior to July 24, 1968,” after “the sums covered” and substituted “section 1626(b)(1) of this title” for “section 1626(b) of this title”.
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 90–421, §1(5), added subsec. (e).
1955—Act Aug. 9, 1955, amended credit to section by designating act Mar. 10, 1950, as “title I”.
International Claims Commission of the United States, including offices of its members, abolished and functions of Commission and of members, officers, and employees thereof transferred to Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United States by Reorg. Plan No. 1 of 1954, §§1, 2, 4, eff. July 1, 1954, 19 F.R. 3985, 68 Stat. 1279, set out as a note under section 1622 of this title.
For provisions transferring Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United States as a separate agency within the Department of Justice, see section 1622a et seq. of this title.
As used in this subchapter the term—
(1) “Person” means a natural person, partnership, association, other unincorporated body, corporation, or body politic.
(2) “Property” means any property, right, or interest.
(3) “Treaty of peace”, with respect to a country, means the treaty of peace with that country signed at Paris, France, February 10, 1947, which came into force between that country and the United States on September 15, 1947.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title II, §201, as added Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §3, 69 Stat. 562.)
In accordance with article 25 of the treaty of peace with Bulgaria, article 29 of the treaty of peace with Hungary, and article 27 of the treaty of peace with Rumania, any property which was blocked in accordance with Executive Order 8389 of April 10, 1940, as amended, and remains blocked on August 9, 1955, and which, as of September 15, 1947, was owned directly or indirectly by Bulgaria, Hungary, and Rumania or by any national thereof as defined in such Executive order, shall vest in such officer or agency as the President may from time to time designate and shall vest when, as, and upon such terms as the President or his designee shall direct. Such property shall be sold or otherwise liquidated as expeditiously as possible after vesting under such rules and regulations as the President or his designee may prescribe. The net proceeds remaining upon completion of the administration and liquidation thereof, including the adjudication of any suits or claims with respect thereto under sections 1631f and 1631g of this title, shall be covered into the Treasury. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this subsection, any such property determined by the President or his designee to be owned directly by a natural person shall not be vested under this subsection but shall remain blocked subject to release when, as, and upon such terms as the President or his designee may prescribe. If, at any time within one year from the date of the vesting of any property under this subsection, the President or his designee shall determine that it was directly owned at the date of vesting by a natural person, then the President or his designee shall divest such property and restore it to its blocked status prior to vesting, subject to release when, as, and upon such terms as the President or his designee may prescribe, or if such property has been liquidated, shall divest the net proceeds thereof and carry them in blocked accounts with the Treasury, bearing no interest, in the name of the owner thereof at the date of vesting, subject to release when, as, and upon such terms as the President or his designee may prescribe.
The net proceeds of any property which was vested in the Alien Property Custodian or the Attorney General after December 17, 1941, pursuant to the Trading With the Enemy Act, as amended, and which at the date of vesting was owned directly or indirectly by Bulgaria, Hungary, or Rumania, or any national thereof, shall after completion of the administration, liquidation, and disposition of such property pursuant to such Act, including the adjudication of any suits or claims with respect thereto under such Act, be covered into the Treasury, except that the net proceeds of any such property which the President or his designee shall determine was directly owned by a natural person at the date of vesting shall be divested by the President or such officer or agency as he may designate and carried in blocked accounts with the Treasury, bearing no interest, in the name of the owner thereof at the date of vesting, subject to release when, as, and upon such terms as the President or his designee may prescribe.
The determination under this section that any vested property was not directly owned by a natural person at the date of vesting shall be within the sole discretion of the President or his designee and shall not be subject to review by any court.
The President or his designee may require any person to furnish, in the form of reports or otherwise, complete information, including information with regard to past transactions, relative to any property blocked under Executive Order 8389 of April 10, 1940, as amended, or as may be otherwise necessary to enforce the provisions of this section; and the President or his designee may require of any person the production of any books of account, records, contracts, letters, memoranda, or other papers relative to such property or as may be otherwise necessary to enforce the provisions of this section.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title II, §202, as added Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §3, 69 Stat. 562.)
Executive Order 8389 of April 10, 1940, referred to in subsecs. (a) and (d), is Ex. Ord. 8389, Apr. 10, 1940, 5 F.R. 1400, which is set out under section 95a of Title 12, Banks and Banking.
The Trading With the Enemy Act, as amended, and such Act, referred to in subsec. (b), is act Oct. 6, 1917, ch. 106, 40 Stat. 411, as amended, which is classified to sections 1 to 6, 7 to 39 and 41 to 44 of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
Functions of Alien Property Custodian and Office of Alien Property Custodian, except those relating to property or interests in Philippines, are now vested in Attorney General. See notes set out under section 6 of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense.
Ex. Ord. No. 10644, Nov. 8, 1955, 20 F.R. 8363, as amended by Ex. Ord. No. 11281, May 13, 1966, 31 F.R. 7215, which designated the Attorney General to perform functions of the President under this subchapter and the Secretary of the Treasury to perform functions under this section with respect to the release of blocked property and accounts, was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 12553, Feb. 25, 1986, 51 F.R. 7237.
Whenever shares of stock or other beneficial interest in any corporation, association, or company or trust are vested in any officer or agency designated by the President under this subchapter, it shall be the duty of the corporation, association, or company or trustee or trustees issuing such shares or any certificates or other instruments representing the same or any other beneficial interest to cancel such shares of stock or other beneficial interest upon its, his, or their books and in lieu thereof to issue certificates or other instruments for such shares or other beneficial interest to the designee of the President, or otherwise as such designee shall require.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title II, §203, as added Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §3, 69 Stat. 563.)
Any vesting order, or other order or requirement issued pursuant to this subchapter, or a duly certified copy thereof, may be filed, registered, or recorded in any office for the filing, registering, or recording of conveyances, transfers, or assignments of such property as may be covered by such order or requirement; and if so filed, registered, or recorded shall impart the same notice and have the same force and effect as a duly executed conveyance, transfer, or assignment so filed, registered, or recorded.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title II, §204, as added Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §3, 69 Stat. 563.)
Any payment, conveyance, transfer, assignment, or delivery of property made to the President or his designee pursuant to this subchapter, or any rule, regulation, instruction, or direction issued under this subchapter, shall to the extent thereof be a full acquittance and discharge for all purposes of the obligation of the person making the same; and no person shall be held liable in any court for or in respect of any such payment, conveyance, transfer, assignment, or delivery made in good faith in pursuance of and in reliance on the provisions of this subchapter, or of any rule, regulation, instruction, or direction issued thereunder.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title II, §205, as added Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §3, 69 Stat. 563.)
The district courts of the United States are given jurisdiction to make and enter all such rules as to notice and otherwise, and all such orders and decrees, and to issue such process as may be necessary and proper in the premises to enforce the provisions of this subchapter, with a right of appeal from the final order or decree of such court as provided in chapter 83 of title 28.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title II, §206, as added Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §3, 69 Stat. 563; amended Pub. L. 100–352, §6(g), June 27, 1988, 102 Stat. 664.)
1988—Pub. L. 100–352 substituted “chapter 83” for “sections 1252, 1254, 1291, and 1292”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 100–352 effective ninety days after June 27, 1988, except that such amendment not to apply to cases pending in Supreme Court on such effective date or affect right to review or manner of reviewing judgment or decree of court which was entered before such effective date, see section 7 of Pub. L. 100–352, set out as a note under section 1254 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.
Any person who has not filed a notice of claim under subsection (b) of this section may institute a suit in equity for the return of any property, or the net proceeds thereof, vested in a designee of the President pursuant to section 1631a(a) of this title and held by such designee. Such suit, to which said designee shall be made a party defendant, shall be instituted in the District Court of the United States for the District of Columbia or in the district court of the United States for the district in which the claimant resides, or, if a corporation, where it has its principal place of business, by the filing of a complaint which alleges—
(1) that the claimant is a person other than Bulgaria, Hungary, or Rumania, or a national thereof as defined in Executive Order 8389 of April 10, 1940, as amended; and
(2) that the claimant was the owner of such property immediately prior to its vesting, or is the successor in interest of such owner by inheritance, devise, or bequest.
If the court finds in favor of the claimant, it shall order the payment, conveyance, transfer, assignment, or delivery to said claimant of such property, or the net proceeds thereof, held by said designee or the portion thereof to which the court shall determine said claimant is entitled. If suit shall be so instituted, then such property, or, if liquidated, the net proceeds thereof, shall be retained in the custody of said designee until any final judgment or decree which shall be entered in favor of the claimant shall be fully satisfied, or until final judgment or decree shall be entered against the claimant or suit otherwise terminated.
Any person who has not instituted a suit under the provisions of subsection (a) of this section may file a notice of claim under oath for the return of any property, or the net proceeds thereof, vested in a designee of the President pursuant to section 1631a(a) of this title and held by such designee. Such notice of claim shall be filed with said designee and in such form and containing such particulars as said designee shall require. Said designee may return any property so claimed, or the net proceeds thereof, whenever he shall determine—
(1) that the claimant is a person other than Bulgaria, Hungary, or Rumania, or a national thereof as defined in Executive Order 8389 of April 10, 1940, as amended; and
(2) that the claimant was the owner of such property immediately prior to its vesting, or is the successor in interest of such owner by inheritance, devise, or bequest.
Any person whose claim is finally denied in whole or in part by said designee may obtain review of such denial by filing a petition therefor in the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit. Such petition for review must be filed within sixty days after the date of mailing of the final order of denial by said designee and a copy shall forthwith be transmitted to the said designee by the clerk of the court. Within forty-five days after receipt of such petition for review, or within such further time as the court may grant for good cause shown, said designee shall file an answer thereto, and shall file with the court the record of the proceedings with respect to such claim, as provided in section 2112 of title 28. The court may enter judgment affirming the order of the designee; or, upon finding that such order is not in accordance with law or that any material findings upon which such order is based are unsupported by substantial evidence, may enter judgment modifying or setting aside the order in whole or in part, and (1) directing a return of all or part of the property claimed, or (2) remanding the claim for further administrative proceedings thereon. If a notice of claim is filed under this subsection, the property which is the subject of such claim, or, if liquidated, the net proceeds thereof, shall be retained in the custody of said designee until any final order of said designee or any final judgment or decree which shall be entered in favor of the claimant shall be fully satisfied, or until a final order of said designee or a final judgment or decree shall be entered against the claimant, or the claim or suit otherwise terminated.
The sole relief and remedy of any person having any claim to any property vested pursuant to section 1631a(a) of this title, except a person claiming under section 1631o of this title, shall be that provided by the terms of subsection (a) or (b) of this section, and in the event of the liquidation by sale or otherwise of such property, shall be limited to and enforced against the net proceeds received therefrom and held by the designee of the President. The claim of any person based on his ownership of shares of stock or other proprietary interest in a corporation which was the owner of property at the date of vesting thereof under section 1631a(a) of this title shall be allowable under subsection (a) or (b) of this section if 25 per centum or more of the outstanding capital stock or other proprietary interest in the corporation was owned at such date by nationals of countries other than Bulgaria, Hungary, Rumania, Germany, or Japan. But no such claim of a national of a foreign country shall be satisfied except after certification by the Department of State that the country of the national accords protection to nationals of the United States in similar types of cases.
The designee of the President may retain or recover from any property, or the net proceeds thereof, returned pursuant to subsection (a) or (b) of this section an amount not exceeding that expended or incurred by him for the conservation, preservation, or maintenance of such property or proceeds.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title II, §207, as added Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §3, 69 Stat. 564; amended Pub. L. 85–791, §33, Aug. 28, 1958, 72 Stat. 951; Pub. L. 90–421, §1(6), July 24, 1968, 82 Stat. 421.)
Executive Order 8389 of April 10, 1940, referred to in subsecs. (a)(1) and (b)(1), is Ex. Ord. No. 8389, Apr. 10, 1940, 5 F.R. 1400, which is set out under section 95a of Title 12, Banks and Banking.
1968—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 90–421 inserted “, except a person claiming under section 1631o of this title,” after “pursuant to section 1631a(a) of this title”.
1958—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 85–791, in fifth sentence, substituted “shall forthwith be transmitted to the said designee by the clerk of the court” for “must be served on the said designee”, and in sixth sentence, substituted “receipt” for “service” and substituted “file with the court the record of the proceedings with respect to such claim, as provided in section 2112 of title 28” for “certify and file with the court a transcript of the entire record of the proceedings with respect to such claim”.
Any property vested in the designee of the President pursuant to section 1631a(a) of this title, or the net proceeds thereof, shall be equitably applied by such designee in accordance with this section to the payment of debts owed by the person who owned such property immediately prior to its vesting in such designee. No debt claim shall be allowed under this section—
(1) if it is asserted against Bulgaria, Hungary, or Rumania (including the government or any political subdivisions, agencies, or instrumentalities thereof); or
(2) if it is based upon an obligation expressed or payable in any currency other than the currency of the United States; or
(3) if it was not due and owing—
(A) on October 9, 1940, in the event the property in respect of which such debt claim is filed was owned immediately prior to vesting by a national of Rumania;
(B) on March 4, 1941, in the event the property in respect of which such debt claim is filed was owned immediately prior to vesting by a national of Bulgaria; or
(C) on March 13, 1941, in the event that the property in respect of which such debt claim is filed was owned immediately prior to vesting by a national of Hungary.
Any defense to the payment of such claim which would have been available to the debtor shall be available to the designee, except that the period from and after December 7, 1941, shall not be included for the purpose of determining the applicability of any statute of limitations. Debt claims allowable under this section shall include only those of natural persons who were citizens of the United States at the dates their debtors became obligated to them; those of other natural persons who are and have been continuously since December 7, 1941, residents of the United States; those of corporations organized under the laws of the United States or any State, Territory, or possession thereof, or the District of Columbia; and those acquired by the designee of the President under this subchapter. Successors in interest by inheritance, devise, bequest, or operation of law of debt claimants, other than persons who would themselves be disqualified hereunder from allowance of a debt claim, shall be eligible for payment to the same extent as their principals or predecessors would have been.
The designee of the President under this subchapter shall fix a date or dates after which the filing of debt claims in respect of any or all debtors shall be barred, and may extend the time so fixed, and shall give at least sixty days’ notice thereof by publication in the Federal Register. In no event shall the time extend beyond the expiration of one year from the date of the last vesting in the designee of the President of any property of a debtor in respect to whose debts the date is fixed. No debt shall be paid prior to the expiration of one hundred and twenty days after publication of the first such notice in respect of the debtor, nor in any event shall any payment of a debt claim be made out of any property or proceeds in respect of which a suit or proceeding for return pursuant to this subchapter is pending.
The designee shall examine the claims, and such evidence in respect thereof as may be presented to him or as he may introduce into the record, and shall make a determination, with respect to each claim, of allowance or disallowance, in whole or in part. The determination of the designee that a claim is within either paragraph (1) or (2) of subsection (a) of this section shall be final and shall not be subject to judicial review, and such claim shall not be considered a debt claim for any purpose under this section.
Payment of debt claims shall be made only out of such money included in, or received as net proceeds from the sale, use, or other disposition of, any property owned by the debtor immediately prior to its vesting in the designee of the President, as shall remain after deduction of (1) the amount of the expenses of the designee (including both expenses in connection with such property or proceeds thereof, and such portion as the designee shall fix of his other expenses), and of taxes, as defined in section 1631k of this title, paid by the designee in respect of such property or proceeds; and (2) such amount, if any, as the designee may establish as a cash reserve for the future payment of such expenses and taxes. If the money available hereunder for the payment of debt claims against the debtor is insufficient for the satisfaction of all claims allowed by the designee, ratable payments shall be made in accordance with subsection (g) of this section to the extent permitted by the money available and additional payments shall be made whenever the designee shall determine that substantial further money has become available, through liquidation of any such property or otherwise. The designee shall not be required, through any judgment of any court, levy of execution, or otherwise, to sell or liquidate any property vested in him, for the purpose of paying or satisfying any debt claim.
If the aggregate of debt claims filed as prescribed does not exceed the money from which, in accordance with subsection (d) of this section, payment may be made, the designee shall pay each claim to the extent allowed, and shall serve by registered mail, on each claimant whose claim is disallowed in whole or in part, a notice of such disallowance. Within sixty days after the date of mailing of the designee's determination, any debt claimant whose claim has been disallowed in whole or in part may file in the District Court of the United States for the District of Columbia a complaint for review of such disallowance naming the designee as defendant. Such complaint shall be served on the designee. The designee, within forty-five days after service on him, shall certify and file in said court a transcript of the record of proceedings with respect to the claim in question. Upon good cause shown such time may be extended by the court. Such record shall include the claim as filed, such evidence with respect thereto as may have been presented to the designee or introduced into the record by him, and the determination of the designee with respect thereto, including any findings made by him. The court may, in its discretion, take additional evidence, upon a showing that such evidence was offered to and excluded by the designee, or could not reasonably have been adduced before him or was not available to him. The court shall enter judgment affirming, modifying, or reversing the designee's determination, and directing payment in the amount, if any, which it finds due.
If the aggregate of debt claims filed as prescribed exceeds the money from which, in accordance with subsection (d) of this section, payment may be made, the designee shall prepare and serve by registered mail on all claimants a schedule of all debt claims allowed and the proposed payment to each claimant. In preparing such schedule, the designee shall assign priorities in accordance with subsection (g) of this section. Within sixty days after the date of mailing of such schedule, any claimant considering himself aggrieved may file in the District Court of the United States for the District of Columbia a complaint for review of such schedule, naming the designee as defendant. A copy of such complaint shall be served upon the designee and on each claimant named in the schedule. The designee within forty-five days after service on him, shall certify and file in said court a transcript of the record of proceedings with respect to such schedule. Upon good cause shown such time may be extended by the court. Such record shall include the claims in question as filed, such evidence with respect thereto as may have been presented to the designee or introduced into the record by him, any findings or other determinations made by the designee with respect thereto, and the schedule prepared by the designee. The court may, in its discretion, take additional evidence, upon a showing that such evidence was offered to and excluded by the designee or could not reasonably have been adduced before him or was not available to him. Any interested debt claimant who has filed a claim with the designee pursuant to this section, upon timely application to the court, shall be permitted to intervene in such review proceedings. The court shall enter judgment affirming or modifying the schedule as prepared by the designee and directing payment, if any be found due, pursuant to the schedule as affirmed or modified and to the extent of the money from which, in accordance with subsection (d) of this section, payment may be made. Pending the decision of the court on such complaint for review, and pending final determination of any appeal from such decision, payment may be made only to an extent, if any, consistent with the contentions of all claimants for review.
Debt claims shall be paid in the following order of priority: (1) Wage and salary claims, not to exceed $600; (2) claims entitled to priority under sections 3713(a) and 9309 of title 31, except as provided in subsection (h) of this section; (3) all other claims for services rendered; for expenses incurred in connection with such services, for rent, for goods and materials delivered to the debtor, and for payments made to the debtor for goods or services not received by the claimant; (4) all other debt claims. No payment shall be made to claimants within a subordinate class unless the money from which, in accordance with subsection (d) of this section, payment may be made permits payment in full of all allowed claims in every prior class.
No debt of any kind shall be entitled to priority under any law of the United States or any State, Territory, or possession thereof, or the District of Columbia, solely by reason of becoming a debt due or owing to the United States as a result of its acquisition by the designee of the President under this subchapter.
The sole relief and remedy available to any person seeking satisfaction of a debt claim out of any property vested in the designee under section 1631a(a) of this title, or the proceeds thereof, shall be the relief and remedy provided in this section, and suits for the satisfaction of debt claims shall not be instituted, prosecuted, or further maintained except in conformity with this section. No person asserting any interest, right, or title in any property or proceeds acquired by the designee shall be barred from proceeding pursuant to this subchapter for the return thereof, by reason of any proceeding which he may have brought pursuant to this section; nor shall any security interest asserted by the creditor in any such property or proceeds be deemed to have been waived solely by reason of such proceeding. Nothing contained in this section shall bar any person from the prosecution of any suit at law or in equity against the original debtor or against any other person who may be liable for the payment of any debt for which a claim might have been filed hereunder. No purchaser, lessee, licensee, or other transferee of any property from the designee shall, solely by reason of such purchase, lease, license, or transfer, become liable for the payment of any debt owed by the person who owned such property prior to its vesting in the designee. Payment by the designee to any debt claimant shall constitute, to the extent of payment, a discharge of the indebtedness represented by the claim.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title II, §208, as added Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §3, 69 Stat. 565.)
In subsec. (g), “sections 3713(a) and 9309 of title 31” substituted for “sections 3466 and 3468 of the Revised Statutes (31 U.S.C., secs. 191 and 193)” on authority of Pub. L. 97–258, §4(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, the first section of which enacted Title 31, Money and Finance.
The officer or agency designated by the President under this subchapter to entertain claims under sections 1631f(b) and 1631g of this title shall have power to hold such hearings as may be deemed necessary; to prescribe rules and regulations governing the form and contents of claims, the proof thereof, and all other matters related to proceedings on such claims; and in connection with such proceedings to issue subpenas, administer oaths, and examine witnesses. Such powers, and any other powers conferred upon such officer or agency by sections 1631f(b) and 1631g of this title may be exercised through subordinate officers designated by such officer or agency.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title II, §209, as added Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §3, 69 Stat. 568.)
No suit may be instituted pursuant to section 1631f(a) of this title after the expiration of one year from the date of vesting of the property in respect of which relief is sought. No return may be made pursuant to section 1631f(b) of this title unless notice of claim has been filed within one year from the date of vesting of the property in respect of which the claim is filed.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title II, §210, as added Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §3, 69 Stat. 568.)
No property or proceeds shall be returned under this subchapter, nor shall any payment be made or judgment awarded in respect of any property vested in any officer or agency designated by the President under this subchapter unless satisfactory evidence is furnished to said designee, or the court, as the case may be, that the aggregate of the fees to be paid to all agents, attorneys at law or in fact, or representatives, for services rendered in connection with such return or payment or judgment does not exceed 10 per centum of the value of such property or proceeds or of such payment. Any agent, attorney at law or in fact, or representative, believing that the aggregate of the fees should be in excess of such 10 per centum may, in the case of any return of, or the making of any payment in respect of, such property or proceeds by the President or such officer or agency as he may designate, petition the district court of the United States for the district in which he resides for an order authorizing fees in excess of 10 per centum and shall name such officer or agency as respondent. The court hearing such petition or a court awarding any judgment in respect of any such property or proceeds, as the case may be, shall approve an aggregate of fees in excess of 10 per centum of the value of such property or proceeds only upon a finding that there exist special circumstances of unusual hardship which require the payment of such excess. Any person accepting any fee in excess of an amount approved under this section, or retaining for more than thirty days any portion of a fee, accepted prior to such approval, in excess of the fee as approved, shall be guilty of a violation of this subchapter.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title II, §211, as added Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §3, 69 Stat. 568.)
The vesting in any officer or agency designated by the President under this subchapter of any property or the receipt by such designee of any earnings, increment, or proceeds thereof shall not render inapplicable any Federal, State, Territorial, or local tax for any period before or after such vesting.
The officer or agency designated by the President under this subchapter shall, notwithstanding the filing of any claim or the institution of any suit under this subchapter, pay any tax incident to any such property, or the earnings, increment, or proceeds thereof, at the earliest time appearing to him to be not contrary to the interest of the United States. The former owner shall not be liable for any such tax accruing while such property, earnings, increment, or proceeds are held by such designee, unless they are returned pursuant to this subchapter without payment of such tax by the designee. Every such tax shall be paid by the designee to the same extent, as nearly as may be deemed practicable, as though the property had not been vested, and shall be paid only out of the property, or earnings, increment, or proceeds thereof, to which they are incident or out of other property acquired from the same former owner, or earnings, increment, or proceeds thereof. No tax liability may be enforced from any property or the earnings, increment, or proceeds thereof while held by the designee except with his consent. Where any property is transferred, otherwise than pursuant to section 1631f(a) or 1631f(b) of this title, the designee may transfer the property free and clear of any tax, except to the extent of any lien for a tax existing and perfected at the date of vesting, and the proceeds of such transfer shall, for tax purposes, replace the property in the hands of the designee.
Subject to the provisions of subsection (b) of this section, the manner of computing any Federal taxes, including without limitation by reason of this enumeration, the applicability in such computation of credits, deductions, and exemptions to which the former owner is or would be entitled, and the time and manner of any payment of such taxes and the extent of any compliance by the designee with provisions of Federal law and regulations applicable with respect to Federal taxes, shall be in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury to effectuate this section. Statutes of limitations on assessments, collection, refund, or credit of Federal taxes shall be suspended with respect to any vested property or the earnings, increment, or proceeds thereof, while vested and for six months thereafter; but no interest shall be paid upon any refund with respect to any period during which the statute of limitations is so suspended.
The word “tax” as used in this section shall include, without limitation by reason of this enumeration, any property, income, excess-profits, war-profits, excise, estate, and employment tax, import duty, and special assessment; and also any interest, penalty, additional amount, or addition thereto not arising from any act, omission, neglect, failure, or delay on the part of the designee.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title II, §212, as added Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §3, 69 Stat. 569.)
Prior to covering the net proceeds of liquidation of any property into the Treasury pursuant to section 1631a(a) of this title, the designee of the President under this subchapter shall determine—
(1) the amount of his administrative expenses attributable to the performance of his functions under this subchapter with respect to such property and the proceeds thereof. The amount so determined, together with an amount not exceeding that expended or incurred for the conservation, preservation, or maintenance of such property and the proceeds thereof, and for taxes in respect of same, shall be deducted and retained by the designee from the proceeds otherwise covered into the Treasury; and
(2) that the time for the institution of a suit under section 1631f(a) of this title, for the filing of a notice of claim under section 1631f(b) of this title, and for the filing of debt claims under section 1631g of this title has elapsed.
The determinations of the designee under this section shall be final and conclusive.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title II, §213, as added Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §3, 69 Stat. 570.)
No property conveyed, transferred, assigned, delivered, or paid to the designee of the President under this subchapter, or the net proceeds thereof, shall be liable to lien, attachment, garnishment, trustee process, or execution, or subject to any order or decree of any court, except as provided in this subchapter.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title II, §214, as added Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §3, 69 Stat. 570.)
Whoever shall willfully violate any provision of this subchapter or any rule or regulation issued hereunder, and whoever shall willfully violate, neglect, or refuse to comply with any order of the President or of a designee of the President under this subchapter, issued in compliance with the provisions of this subchapter shall be fined not more than $5,000, or, if a natural person, imprisoned for not more than five years, or both; and the officer, director, or agent of any corporation who knowingly participates in such violation shall be punished by a like fine, imprisonment, or both.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title II, §215, as added Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §3, 69 Stat. 570.)
Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter or any provision of the Trading With the Enemy Act, as amended, any person (1) who was formerly a national of Bulgaria, Hungary, or Rumania, and (2) who, as a consequence of any law, decree, or regulation of the nation of which he was a national discriminating against political, racial or religious groups, at no time between December 7, 1941, and the time when such law, decree, or regulation was abrogated enjoyed full rights of citizenship under the law of such nation, shall be eligible hereunder to receive the return of his interest in property which was vested under section 1631a(a) of this title or under the Trading With the Enemy Act, as amended, as the property of a corporation organized under the laws of Bulgaria, Hungary, or Rumania if 25 per centum or more of the outstanding capital stock of such corporation was owned at the date of vesting by such persons and nationals of countries other than Bulgaria, Hungary, Rumania, Germany, or Japan, or if such corporation was subjected after December 7, 1941, under the laws of its country, to special wartime measures directed against it because of the enemy character of some or all of its stockholders; and no certificate by the Department of State as provided under section 1631f(c) of this title shall be required for such persons.
An interest in property vested under the Trading With the Enemy Act, as amended, as the property of a corporation organized under the laws of Bulgaria, Hungary, or Rumania shall be subject to return under subsection (a) of this section only if a notice of claim for the return of any such interest has been timely filed under the provisions of section 33 of Title 50 Appendix, provided that application may be made therefore within six months after July 24, 1968. In the event such interest has been liquidated and the net proceeds thereof transferred to the Bulgarian Claims Fund, Hungarian Claims Fund, or Rumanian Claims Fund, the net proceeds of any other interest representing vested property held in the United States Treasury may be used for the purpose of making the return hereunder.
Determinations by the designee of the President or any other officer or agency with respect to claims under this section, including the allowance or disallowance thereof, shall be final and shall not be subject to review by any court.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title II, §216, as added Pub. L. 90–421, §1(7), July 24, 1968, 82 Stat. 421.)
The Trading With the Enemy Act, as amended, referred to in subsecs. (a) and (b), is act Oct. 6, 1917, ch. 106, 40 Stat. 411, as amended, which is classified to sections 1 to 6, 7 to 39 and 41 to 44 of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
As used in this subchapter the term—
(1) “Person” means a natural person, partnership, association, other unincorporated body, corporation, or body politic.
(2) “National of the United States” means (A) a natural person who is a citizen of the United States, or who owes permanent allegiance to the United States, and (B) a corporation or other legal entity which is organized under the laws of the United States, any State or Territory thereof, or the District of Columbia, if natural persons who are nationals of the United States own, directly or indirectly, more than 50 per centum of the outstanding capital stock or other beneficial interest in such legal entity. It does not include aliens.
(3) “Treaty of peace”, with respect to a country, means the treaty of peace with that country signed at Paris, France, February 10, 1947, which came into force between that country and the United States on September 15, 1947.
(4) “Memorandum of Understanding” means the Memorandum of Understanding between the United States and Italy regarding Italian assets in the United States and certain claims of nationals of the United States, signed at Washington, District of Columbia, August 14, 1947 (61 Stat. 3962).
(5) “Soviet Government” means the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, including any of its present or former constituent republics, other political subdivisions, and any territories thereof, as constituted on or prior to November 16, 1933.
(6) “Litvinov Assignment” means (A) the communication dated November 16, 1933, from Maxim Litvinov to President Franklin D. Roosevelt, wherein the Soviet Government assigned to the Government of the United States amounts admitted or found to be due it as the successor of prior governments of Russia, or otherwise, preparatory to a final settlement of the claims outstanding between the two Governments and the claims of their nationals; (B) the communication dated November 16, 1933, from President Franklin D. Roosevelt to Maxim Litvinov, accepting such assignment; and (C) the assignments executed by Serge Ughet on August 25, 1933, and November 15, 1933, assigning certain assets to the Government of the United States.
(7) “Russian national” includes any corporation or business association organized under the laws, decrees, ordinances, or acts of the former Empire of Russia or of any government successor thereto, and subsequently nationalized or dissolved or whose assets were taken over by the Soviet Government or which was merged with any other corporation or organization by the Soviet Government.
(8) “Commission” means the Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United States, established pursuant to Reorganization Plan Numbered 1 of 1954 (68 Stat. 1279).
(9) “Property” means any property, right, or interest.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title III, §301, as added Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §3, 69 Stat. 570.)
Reorganization Plan Numbered 1 of 1954, referred to in par. (8), is Reorg. Plan No. 1 of 1954, eff. July 1, 1954, 19 F.R. 3985, 68 Stat. 1279, which is set out as a note under section 1622 of this title.
For provisions transferring Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United States as a separate agency within the Department of Justice, see section 1622a et seq. of this title.
There are created in the Treasury of the United States five funds to be known as the Bulgarian Claims Fund, the Hungarian Claims Fund, the Rumanian Claims Fund, the Italian Claims Fund, and the Soviet Claims Fund. The Secretary of the Treasury shall cover into each of the Hungarian, Rumanian, and Bulgarian Claims Funds, the funds attributable to the respective country or its nationals covered into the Treasury pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) of section 1631a of this title. The Secretary of the Treasury shall cover into the Italian Claims Fund the sum of $5,000,000 paid to the United States by the Government of Italy pursuant to article II of the Memorandum of Understanding. The Secretary shall cover into the Treasury the funds collected by the United States pursuant to the Litvinov Assignment (including postal funds due prior to November 16, 1933, to the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics because of money orders certified to that country for payment) and shall cover into the Soviet Claims Fund the funds so covered into the Treasury. The Secretary shall deduct from each claims fund 5 per centum thereof as reimbursement to the Government of the United States for the expenses incurred by the Commission and by the Treasury Department in the administration of this subchapter. Such deduction shall be made before any payment is made out of such fund under section 1641i of this title. All amounts so deducted shall be covered into the Treasury to the credit of miscellaneous receipts.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall cover into each of the Bulgarian and Rumanian Claims Funds such sums as may be paid by the Government of the respective country pursuant to the terms of any claims settlement agreement between the Government of the United States and the Government of such country.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall cover into the Hungarian Claims Fund, such sums as may be paid to the United States by the Government of Hungary pursuant to the terms of the United States Hungarian Claims Agreement of March 6, 1973.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title III, §302, as added Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §3, 69 Stat. 571; amended Pub. L. 90–421, §1(8), July 24, 1968, 82 Stat. 422; Pub. L. 93–460, §1(1), Oct. 20, 1974, 88 Stat. 1386.)
1974—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 93–460 added subsec. (c).
1968—Pub. L. 90–421 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and added subsec. (b).
The Commission shall receive and determine in accordance with applicable substantive law, including international law, the validity and amounts of claims of nationals of the United States against the Governments of Bulgaria, Hungary, and Rumania, or any of them, arising out of the failure to—
(1) restore or pay compensation for property of nationals of the United States as required by article 23 of the treaty of peace with Bulgaria, articles 26 and 27 of the treaty of peace with Hungary, and articles 24 and 25 of the treaty of peace with Rumania. Awards under this paragraph shall be in amounts not to exceed two-thirds of the loss or damage actually sustained;
(2) pay effective compensation for the nationalization, compulsory liquidation, or other taking, prior to August 9, 1955, of property of nationals of the United States in Bulgaria, Hungary, and Rumania;
(3) meet obligations expressed in currency of the United States arising out of contractual or other rights acquired by nationals of the United States prior to April 24, 1941, in the case of Bulgaria, and prior to September 1, 1939, in the case of Hungary and Rumania, and which became payable prior to September 15, 1947;
(4) pay effective compensation for the nationalization, compulsory liquidation, or other taking of property of nationals of the United States in Bulgaria and Rumania, between August 9, 1955, and the effective date of the claims agreement between the respective country and the United States; and
(5) pay effective compensation for the nationalization, compulsory liquidation, or other taking of property of nationals of the United States in Hungary, between August 9, 1955, and the date the United States-Hungarian Claims Agreement of March 6, 1973, enters into force.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title III, §303, as added Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §3, 69 Stat. 571; amended Pub. L. 90–421, §1(9), (10), July 24, 1968, 82 Stat. 422; Pub. L. 93–460, §1(2), (3), Oct. 20, 1974, 88 Stat. 1386.)
1974—Par. (5). Pub. L. 93–460, §1(3), added par. (5).
1968—Par. (4). Pub. L. 90–421, §1(10), added par. (4).
The Commission shall receive and determine, in accordance with the Memorandum of Understanding and applicable substantive law, including international law, the validity and amount of claims of nationals of the United States against the government of Italy arising out of the war in which Italy was engaged from June 10, 1940, to September 15, 1947, and with respect to which provision was not made in the treaty of peace with Italy. Upon payment of the principal amounts (without interest) of all awards from the Italian Claims Fund created pursuant to section 1641a of this title, the Commission shall determine the validity and amount of any claim under this section by any natural person who was a citizen of the United States on August 9, 1955 and shall, in the event an award is issued pursuant to such claim, certify the same to the Secretary of the Treasury for payment out of remaining balances in the Italian Claims Fund in accordance with the provisions of section 1641i of this title, notwithstanding that the period of time prescribed in section 1641o of this title for the settlement of all claims under this section may have expired.
The Commission shall receive and determine, or redetermine, as the case may be, in accordance with applicable substantive law, including international law, the validity and amounts of claims owned by person who were eligible to file claims under the first sentence of subsection (a) of this section on August 9, 1955, but failed to file such claims or, if they filed such claims, failed to file such claims within the limit of time required therefor: Provided, That no awards shall be made to persons who have received compensation in any amount pursuant to the treaty of peace with Italy, subsection (a) of this section, or section 2017a of title 50 Appendix.
The Commission shall receive and determine, or redetermine as the case may be, in accordance with applicable substantive law, including international law, the validity and amounts of claims owned by persons who were nationals of the United States on September 3, 1943, and July 24, 1968, against the Government of Italy which arose out of the war in which Italy was engaged from June 10, 1940, to September 15, 1947, in territory ceded by Italy pursuant to the treaty of peace with Italy: Provided, That no awards shall be made to persons who have received compensation in any amount pursuant to the treaty of peace with Italy or subsection (a) of this section.
Within thirty days after July 24, 1968, or within thirty days after the date of enactment of legislation making appropriations to the Commission for payment of administrative expenses incurred in carrying out its functions under subsections (b) and (c) of this section, whichever date is later, the Commission shall publish in the Federal Register the time when and the limit of time within which claims may be filed with the Commission, which limit shall not be more than six months after such publication.
The Commission shall certify awards on claims determined pursuant to subsections (b) and (c) of this section to the Secretary of the Treasury for payment out of remaining balances in the Italian Claims Fund in accordance with the provisions of section 1641i of this title, after payment in full of all awards certified pursuant to subsection (a) of this section.
After payment in full of all awards certified to the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to subsections (a) and (e) of this section, the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized and directed to transfer the unobligated balance in the Italian Claims Fund into the War Claims Fund created by section 2012 of title 50 Appendix.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title III, §304, as added Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §3, 69 Stat. 572; amended Pub. L. 85–604, §2, Aug. 8, 1958, 72 Stat. 531; Pub. L. 90–421, §1(11), July 24, 1968, 82 Stat. 422.)
1968—Pub. L. 90–421 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and added subsecs. (b) to (f).
1958—Pub. L. 85–604 authorized the Commission to determine the validity and amount of claims by natural persons who were citizens of the United States on Aug. 9, 1955.
The Commission shall receive and determine in accordance with applicable substantive law, including international law, the validity and amounts of—
(1) claims of nationals of the United States against a Russian national originally accruing in favor of a national of the United States with respect to which a judgment was entered in, or a warrant of attachment issued from, any court of the United States or of a State of the United States in favor of a national of the United States, with which judgment or warrant of attachment a lien was obtained by a national of the United States, prior to November 16, 1933, upon any property in the United States which has been taken, collected, recovered, or liquidated by the Government of the United States pursuant to the Litvinov Assignment. Awards under this paragraph shall not exceed the proceeds of such property as may have been subject to the lien of the judgment or attachment; nor, in the event that such proceeds are less than the aggregate amount of all valid claims so related to the same property, exceed an amount equal to the proportion which each such claim bears to the total amount of such proceeds; and
(2) claims, arising prior to November 16, 1933, of nationals of the United States against the Soviet Government.
Any judgment entered in any court of the United States or of a State of the United States shall be binding upon the Commission in its determination, under paragraph (1) of subsection (a) of this section, of any issue which was determined by the court in which the judgment was entered.
The Commission shall give preference to the disposition of the claims referred to in paragraph (1) of subsection (a) of this section, over all other claims presented to it under this subchapter.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title III, §305, as added Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §3, 69 Stat. 572.)
Within sixty days after August 9, 1955, or within sixty days after the date of enactment of legislation making appropriations to the Commission for payment of administrative expenses incurred in carrying out its functions under paragraph (1), (2), or (3) of section 1641b of this title, whichever date is later, the Commission shall publish in the Federal Register the time when and the limit of time within which claims may be filed under paragraph (1), (2), or (3) of section 1641b of this title, which limit shall not be more than one year after such publication, except that with respect to claims under section 1641d of this title this limit shall not exceed six months.
Within thirty days after July 24, 1968, or the enactment of legislation making appropriations to the Commission for payment of administrative expenses incurred in carrying out its functions under paragraph (4) of section 1641b of this title, whichever is later, the Commission shall publish in the Federal Register the time when and the limit of time within which claims may be filed under paragraph (4) of section 1641b of this title, which limit shall not be more than six months after such publication.
Within thirty days after October 20, 1974, or thirty days after enactment of legislation making appropriations to the Commission for payment of administrative expenses incurred in carrying out its functions under paragraph (5) of section 1641b of this title, whichever date is later, the Commission shall publish in the Federal Register the time when, and the limit of time within which, claims may be filed with the Commission under paragraph (5) of section 1641b of this title, which limit shall not be more than six months after such publication.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, any national of the United States who was mailed notice by any department or agency of the Government of the United States with respect to filing a claim against the Government of Hungary arising out of any of the failures referred to in paragraph (1), (2), or (3) of section 1641b of this title, and who did not receive the notice as the result of administrative error in placing a nonexistent address on the notice, may file with the Commission a claim under any such paragraph. The Commission shall publish in the Federal Register, within thirty days after October 20, 1974, when the limit of time within which any such claim may be filed with the Commission, which limit shall not be more than six months after such publication.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title III, §306, as added Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §3, 69 Stat. 572; amended Pub. L. 90–421, §1(12), July 24, 1968, 82 Stat. 423; Pub. L. 93–460, §1(4), Oct. 20, 1974, 88 Stat. 1386.)
1974—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 93–460, §1(4)(A), substituted “paragraph (1), (2), or (3) of section 1641b of this title” for “this subchapter”.
Subsecs. (c), (d). Pub. L. 93–460, §1(4)(B), added subsecs. (c) and (d).
1968—Pub. L. 90–421 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and added subsec. (b).
The amount of any award made pursuant to this subchapter based on a claim of a national of the United States other than the national of the United States to whom the claim originally accrued shall not exceed the amount of the actual consideration last paid therefor either prior to January 1, 1953, or between that date and the filing of the claim, whichever is less.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title III, §307, as added Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §3, 69 Stat. 573.)
The Commission shall as soon as possible, and in the order of the making of such awards, certify to the Secretary of the Treasury, in terms of United States currency, each award made pursuant to this subchapter.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title III, §308, as added Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §3, 69 Stat. 573.)
All payments authorized under this subchapter shall be disbursed exclusively from the claims fund attributable to the country with respect to which the claims are allowed pursuant to this subchapter. All amounts covered into the Treasury to the credit of the claims funds created by section 1641a of this title are hereby permanently appropriated for the making of the payments authorized under this subchapter.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title III, §309, as added Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §3, 69 Stat. 573.)
The Secretary of the Treasury shall make payments on account of awards certified by the Commission pursuant to this subchapter as follows:
(1) Payment in full of the principal amount of each award made pursuant to section 1641d(a)(1) of this title and each award of $1,000 or less made pursuant to section 1641b or 1641c of this title;
(2) Payment in full of the principal amount of each award of $1,000 or less made pursuant to section 1641d(a)(2) of this title;
(3) Payment in the amount of $1,000 on account of the principal of each award of more than $1,000 in amount made pursuant to section 1641b, 1641c, or 1641d(a)(2) of this title;
(4) After completing the payments under the preceding paragraphs of this subsection from any one fund, payments from time to time, in ratable proportions, on account of the then unpaid principal of all awards in the principal amount of more than $1,000, according to the proportions which the unpaid principal of such awards bear to the total amount in the fund available for distribution on account of such awards at the time such payments are made;
(5) After payment has been made in full of the principal amounts of all awards from any one fund, pro rata payments from the remainder of such fund then available for distribution on account of accrued interest on such awards as bear interest;
(6) Whenever the Commission is authorized to settle claims by the enactment of paragraph (4) of section 1641b of this title with respect to Rumania and Bulgaria, no further payments shall be authorized by the Secretary of the Treasury on account of awards certified by the Commission pursuant to paragraph (1), (2), or (3) of section 1641b of this title of the Bulgarian or Rumanian Claims Funds, as the case may be, until payments on account of awards certified pursuant to paragraph (4) of section 1641b of this title with respect to such fund have been authorized in equal proportion to payments previously authorized on existing awards certified pursuant to paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) of section 1641b of this title.
(7)(A) Except as otherwise provided in subparagraph (D), whenever the Commission is authorized to settle claims by enactment of paragraph (5) of section 1641b of this title with respect to Hungary, no further payments shall be authorized by the Secretary of the Treasury on account of awards certified by the Commission under paragraphs (2) and (3) of section 1641b of this title out of the Hungarian Claims Fund until payments on account of awards certified under paragraph (5) of section 1641b of this title with respect to such fund have been authorized in equal proportions to payments previously authorized on existing awards certified under paragraphs (2) and (3) of section 1641b of this title.
(B) Except as otherwise provided in subparagraph (D), with respect to awards previously certified under paragraph (1) of section 1641b of this title, the Secretary of the Treasury shall not authorize any further payments until payments on account of awards certified under paragraphs (2), (3), and (5) of section 1641b of this title have been authorized in equal proportions to payments previously authorized on existing awards certified under paragraph (1) of section 1641b of this title.
(C) Except as otherwise provided in subparagraph (D), the Secretary of the Treasury shall not authorize any further payments on account of awards certified under paragraph (3) of section 1641b of this title based on Kingdom of Hungary bonds expressed in United States dollars or upon awards to Standstill creditors of Hungary that were the subject matter of the agreement of December 5, 1969, between the Government of Hungary and the American Committee for Standstill creditors of Hungary.
(D) No payments shall be authorized by the Secretary of the Treasury on account of awards certified by the Commission under paragraph (5) of section 1641b of this title, and no further payments shall be so authorized under paragraphs (1), (2), or (3) of section 1641b of this title (except payments certified as the result of claims filed under subsection (d) of section 1641e of this title), until payments on account of awards certified under such paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) as the result of a claims 1 filed under subsection (d) of section 1641e of this title have been authorized in equal proportions to payments previously authorized on existing awards certified under such paragraphs and arising out of claims filed other than under such subsection (d).
(E) The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized and directed to deduct the sum of $125,000 from the Hungarian Claims Fund and cover such amount into the Treasury to the credit of miscellaneous receipts in satisfaction of the claim of the United States referred to in article 2, paragraph 4 of the United States-Hungarian Claims Agreement of March 6, 1973. Such amount shall be deducted in annual installments over the period during which the Government of Hungary makes payments to the Government of the United States as provided in article 4 of the agreement.
Such payments, and applications for such payments, shall be made in accordance with such regulations as the Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe.
For the purposes of making any such payments, an “award” shall be deemed to mean the aggregate of all awards certified in favor of the same claimant and payable from the same fund.
With respect to any claim which, at the time of the award, is vested in persons other than the person to whom the claim originally accrued, the Commission may issue a consolidated award in favor of all claimants then entitled thereto, which award shall indicate the respective interests of such claimants therein; and all such claimants shall participate, in proportion to their indicated interests, in the payments provided by this section in all respects as if the award had been in favor of a single person.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title III, §310, as added Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §3, 69 Stat. 573; amended Pub. L. 90–421, §1(13), July 24, 1968, 82 Stat. 423; Pub. L. 93–460, §1(5), Oct. 20, 1974, 88 Stat. 1386.)
1974—Subsec. (a)(7). Pub. L. 93–460 added par. (7).
1968—Subsec. (a)(6). Pub. L. 90–421 added par. (6).
1 So in original. Probably should be “claim”.
(a) If a corporation or other legal entity has a claim on which an award may be made under this subchapter, no award may be made to any other person under this subchapter with respect to such claim.
(b) A claim based upon an interest, direct or indirect, in a corporation or other legal entity which directly suffered the loss with respect to which the claim is asserted, but which was not a national of the United States at the time of the loss, shall be acted upon without regard to the nationality of such legal entity if at the time of the loss at least 25 per centum of the outstanding capital stock or other beneficial interest in such entity was owned, directly or indirectly, by natural persons who were nationals of the United States. This subsection shall not be construed so as to exclude from eligibility a claim based upon a direct ownership interest in a corporation, association, or other entity, or the property thereof, for loss by reason of the nationalization, compulsory liquidation, or other taking of such corporation, association, or other entity by the Governments of Bulgaria, Hungary, Italy, Rumania, or the Soviet Government. Any such claim may be allowed without regard to the per centum of ownership vested in the claimant.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title III, §311, as added Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §3, 69 Stat. 573; amended Pub. L. 85–604, §3(a), Aug. 8, 1958, 72 Stat. 531.)
1958—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 85–604 provided that it shall not be construed so as to exclude from eligibility a claim based upon a direct ownership interest in a corporation, association, or other entity, or the property thereof, for loss by reason of the nationalization, compulsory liquidation, or other taking, and permitted allowance of such claim without regard to the per centum of ownership vested in the claimant.
Section 3(b) of Pub. L. 85–604 provided that: “Any claim heretofore denied under subsection (b) of section 311 of the International Claims Settlement Act of 1949, as amended [subsec. (b) of this section], prior to the date of enactment of this section [Aug. 8, 1958], shall be reconsidered by the Foreign Claims Settlement Commission solely to redetermine its validity and amount by reason of the amendments made by this section [amending subsec. (b) of this section].”
No award shall be made under this subchapter to or for the benefit of any person who voluntarily, knowingly, and without duress, gave aid to or collaborated with or in any manner served any government hostile to the United States during World War II, or who has been convicted of a violation of any provision of chapter 115, of title 18, or of any other crime involving disloyalty to the United States.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title III, §312, as added Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §3, 69 Stat. 574.)
Payment of any award made pursuant to section 1641b or 1641d of this title shall not, unless such payment is for the full amount of the claim, as determined by the Commission to be valid, with respect to which the award is made, extinguish such claim, or be construed to have divested any claimant, or the United States on his behalf, of any rights against the appropriate foreign government or national for the unpaid balance of his claim or for restitution of his property. All awards or payments made pursuant to this subchapter shall be without prejudice to the claims of the United States against any foreign government.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title III, §313, as added Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §3, 69 Stat. 574.)
The action of the Commission in allowing or denying any claim under this subchapter shall be final and conclusive on all questions of law and fact and not subject to review by any other official of the United States or by any court by mandamus or otherwise, and the Comptroller General shall allow credit in the accounts of any certifying or disbursing officer for payments in accordance with such action.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title III, §314, as added Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §3, 69 Stat. 574.)
There are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary to enable the Commission and the Treasury Department to pay their administrative expenses incurred in carrying out their functions under this subchapter.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title III, §315, as added Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §3, 69 Stat. 574.)
The Commission shall complete its affairs in connection with the settlement of claims pursuant to section 1641d(a)(1) of this title not later than two years, and all other claims pursuant to this subchapter not later than four years, following August 9, 1955, or following the date of enactment of legislation making appropriations to the Commission for the payment of administrative expenses incurred in carrying out its functions under this subchapter, whichever date is later.
The Commission shall complete its affairs in connection with the settlement of claims pursuant to paragraph (4) of section 1641b of this title and subsections (b) and (c) of section 1641c of this title not later than two years following July 24, 1968, or following the enactment of legislation making appropriations to the Commission for payment of administrative expenses incurred in carrying out its functions under paragraph (4) of section 1641b of this title and subsections (b) and (c) of section 1641c of this title, whichever is later.
The Commission shall complete its affairs in connection with the settlement of claims pursuant to paragraph (5) of section 1641b of this title not later than two years following the deadline established under subsection (c) of section 1641e of this title.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title III, §316, as added Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §3, 69 Stat. 574; amended Pub. L. 90–421, §1(14), July 24, 1968, 82 Stat. 423; Pub. L. 93–460, §1(6), Oct. 20, 1974, 88 Stat. 1387.)
1974—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 93–460 added subsec. (c).
1968—Pub. L. 90–421 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and added subsec. (b).
The total remuneration paid to all agents, attorneys-at-law or in fact, or representatives, for services rendered on behalf of any claimant in connection with any claim filed with the Commission shall not exceed 10 per centum of the total amount paid under this subchapter on account of such claim, or such greater amount as may be determined pursuant to subsection (b) of this section. Any agreement to the contrary shall be unlawful and void. Whoever, in the United States or elsewhere, demands or receives, on account of services so rendered, any remuneration which, together with all remuneration paid to other persons on account of such services and of which he has notice, is in excess of the maximum permitted by this section, shall be fined not more than $5,000 or imprisoned not more than twelve months, or both.
Not later than three months after the Commission has completed its affairs in connection with the settlement of all claims payable from the fund from which an award is payable, any agent, attorney-at-law or in fact, or representative who believes that the total remuneration for services rendered in connection with the claim upon which such award is made should exceed the maximum otherwise permitted by this section may, pursuant to such procedure as the Commission shall prescribe by regulation, petition the Commission for an order authorizing the payment of remuneration in excess of such maximum. The Commission shall issue such an order only upon a finding that there exist special circumstances of unusual hardship which require the payment of such excess; and such order shall state the amount of the excess which may so be paid. The determination of the Commission in ruling upon such petition shall be within the sole discretion of the Commission and shall not be subject to review by any court.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title III, §317, as added Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §3, 69 Stat. 574.)
The following provisions of subchapter I of this chapter shall be applicable to this subchapter: Subsections (b), (c), (d), (e), (h), and (j) of section 1623 of this title; and subsections (c), (d), (e), and (f) of section 1626 of this title.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title III, §318, as added Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 645, §3, 69 Stat. 575.)
Pub. L. 97–127, Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1675, provided:
“(b) The President may, without further approval by the Congress, execute such technical revisions of the Agreement approved by subsection (a) of this section as in his judgment may from time to time be required to facilitate the implementation of that Agreement. Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to authorize any revision of that Agreement to reduce any amount to be paid by the Government of the Czechoslovak Socialist Republic to the United States Government under the Agreement, or to defer the payment of any such amount.
“(1) ‘Agreement’ means the Agreement on the Settlement of Certain Outstanding Claims and Financial Issues approved by section 2(a) of this Act;
“(2) ‘national of the United States’ has the meaning given such term by section 401(1) of the International Claims Settlement Act of 1949 [22 U.S.C. 1642(1)];
“(3) ‘Commission’ means the Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United States;
“(4) ‘Fund’ means the Czechoslovakian Claims Fund established by section 402(b) of the International Claims Settlement Act of 1949 [22 U.S.C. 1642a(b)];
“(5) ‘Secretary’ means the Secretary of the Treasury; and
“(6) ‘property’ means any property, right, or interest.
“(b) The Secretary shall establish three accounts in the Fund into which the amount covered into the Fund pursuant to subsection (a) of this section, less the deduction required by that subsection, shall be covered as follows:
“(1) An account into which $74,550,000 shall be covered, to be available for payment in accordance with section 8 of this Act on account of awards certified pursuant to section 410 of the International Claims Settlement Act of 1949 [22 U.S.C. 1642i].
“(2) An account into which $1,500,000 shall be covered, to be available for payment in accordance with section 8 of this Act on account of awards determined pursuant to section 5 of this Act.
“(3) An account into which the remainder of amounts in the Fund shall be covered, to be available for payment in accordance with section 8 of this Act on account of awards determined pursuant to section 6 of this Act.
“(b) The Commission shall certify to the Secretary the amount of any award determined pursuant to subsection (a).
“(A) in the case of certain persons holding claims against the Czechoslovakian Government who became nationals of the United States by February 26, 1948, the date on which the current Communist Government of Czechoslovakia assumed power; and
“(B) while the Commission had the authority to deny those claims described in subparagraph (A) on the basis that the properties involved had been taken by the Benes Government while the claimants were not yet nationals of the United States, the effect of that denial is to withhold compensation to persons who have been United States citizens for many years and whose expropriated property has benefited the Communist Government of Czechoslovakia no less than properties expropriated more directly and clearly by the Communist Government.
“(2)(A) It is therefore the purpose of this section, in accordance with the intent of the Congress in enacting title IV of the International Claims Settlement Act of 1949 [this subchapter] and in the interests of equity, to make ex gratia payments to the claimants described in paragraph (1) of this subsection.
“(B) The Congress reaffirms the principle and practice of the United States to seek compensation from foreign governments on behalf only of persons who were nationals of the United States at the time they sustained losses by the nationalization or other taking of their property by those foreign governments. In making payments under this section, the Congress does not establish any precedent for future claims payments.
“(b) The Commission shall reopen and redetermine the validity and amount of any claim against the Government of Czechoslovakia which was filed with the Commission in accordance with the provisions of title IV of the International Claims Settlement Act of 1949 [this subchapter], which was based on property found by the Commission to have been nationalized or taken by the Government of Czechoslovakia on or after January 1, 1945, and before February 26, 1948, and which was denied by the Commission because such property was not owned by a person who was a national of the United States on the date of such nationalization or taking. The provisions of section 405 of the International Claims Settlement Act of 1949 [22 U.S.C. 1642d] requiring that the property upon which a claim is based must have been owned by a national of the United States on the date of nationalization or other taking by the Government of Czechoslovakia shall be deemed to be met if such property was owned on such date by a person who became a national of the United States on or before February 26, 1948. The Commission shall certify to the Secretary the amount of any award determined pursuant to this subsection.
“(b) Not later than sixty days after the date of the enactment of this Act [Dec. 29, 1981], the Commission shall establish and publish in the Federal Register a period of time within which claims described in section 5 of the Act must be filed with the Commission, and the date for the completion of the Commission's affairs in connection with the determination of those such claims and claims described in section 6 of this Act. Such filing period shall be not more than one year after the date of such publication in the Federal Register, and such completion date shall be not more than two years after the final date for the filing of claims under section 5. No person holding a claim to which section 6 of this Act applies shall be required to refile that claim before the Commission makes the redetermination required by that section.
“(b) As soon as practicable after the Commission has completed the certification of awards pursuant to section 5(b) of this Act, the Secretary shall make payments on account of each such award from the amounts in the account established pursuant to section 4(b)(2) of this Act.
“(c) As soon as practicable after the Commission has completed the certification of awards pursuant to section 6(b) of this Act, the Secretary shall make payments on account of each such award from the amounts in the account established pursuant to section 4(b)(3) of this Act.
“(d) In the event that—
“(1) the amounts in the account established pursuant to section 4(b)(2) of this Act exceed the aggregate total of all awards certified by the Commission pursuant to section 5(b) of this Act, or
“(2) the amounts in the account established pursuant to section 4(b)(3) of this Act exceed the aggregate total of all awards certified by the Commission pursuant to section 6(b) of this Act,
the Secretary shall cover such excess amounts into the account established pursuant to section 4(b)(1) of this Act. The Secretary shall make payments pursuant to subsection (a) of this section, from such excess amounts, on the unpaid balance of awards certified by the Commission pursuant to section 410 of the International Claims Settlement Act of 1949 [22 U.S.C. 1642i].
“(e) Payments under this section shall be made on the unpaid balance of each award which bear to such unpaid balance the same proportion as the total amount in the account in the Fund from which the payments are made bears to the aggregate unpaid balance of all awards payable from that account. Payments under this section, and applications for such payments, shall be made in accordance with such regulations as the Secretary may prescribe.
“(f) In the event that—
“(1) the Secretary is unable, within three years after the date of the establishment of the account prescribed by section 4(b)(1) of this Act, to locate any person entitled to receive payment under this section on account of an award certified by the Commission pursuant to section 410 of the International Claims Settlement Act of 1949 [22 U.S.C. 1642i] or to locate any lawful heirs, successors, or legal representatives of that person, or if no valid application for payment is made by or on behalf of that person within six months after the Secretary has located that person or that person's heirs, successors, or legal representatives; or
“(2) within six months after the Commission has completed the certification of awards pursuant to sections 5(b) and 6(b) of this Act, no valid application for payment is made by or on behalf of any person entitled to receive payment under this section on account of an award certified by the Commission pursuant to either such section,
the Secretary shall give notice by publication in the Federal Register and in such other publications as the Secretary may determine that, unless valid application for payment is made within sixty days after the date of such publication, that person's award under title IV of the International Claims Settlement Act of 1949 [this subchapter] or this Act, as the case may be, and that person's right to receive payment on account of such award, shall lapse. Upon the expiration of such sixty-day period that person's award and right to receive payment shall lapse, and the amounts payable to that person shall be paid pro rata by the Secretary on account of all other awards under title IV of the International Claims Settlement Act of 1949 [this subchapter] or this Act, as the case may be.
“(1) the Government of the Czechoslovak Socialist Republic does not make the payments to the United States Government described in article 6(2) of the Agreement, or
“(2) the Czechoslovak Government does not receive the gold provided in article 6(1) of the Agreement,
the provisions of this Act shall cease to be effective, and the provisions of the Agreement may not be implemented unless the Congress approves the Agreement after the end of that sixty-day period.
“(b) The sixty-day period for implementation of the Agreement required by subsection (a) shall be extended by an additional period of thirty calendar days if, before the expiration of that sixty-day period, the Secretary of State certifies in writing that such extension is consistent with the purposes of this Act and reports that certification to the Speaker of the House of Representatives and to the Chairman of the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate, together with a detailed statement of the reasons for the extension. If at the end of that additional thirty-day period the events set forth in paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (a) have not occurred, the provisions of this Act shall cease to be effective and the provisions of the Agreement may not be implemented unless the Congress approves the Agreement after the end of that thirty-day period or unless the Congress, before the expiration of that thirty-day period, authorizes by joint resolution a further extension of time for implementation of the Agreement. Such joint resolution shall be considered in the Senate in accordance with the provisions of section 601(b) of the International Security Assistance and Arms Export Control Act of 1976 [Pub. L. 94–329, title VI, §601(b), June 30, 1976, 90 Stat. 765], and in the House of Representatives a motion to proceed to the consideration of such joint resolution after it has been reported by the appropriate committee shall be treated as highly privileged.
As used in this subchapter—
(1) “National of the United States” means (A) a natural person who is a citizen of the United States, or who owes permanent allegiance to the United States, and (B) a corporation or other legal entity which is organized under the laws of the United States, any State or Territory thereof, or the District of Columbia, if natural persons who are nationals of the United States own, directly or indirectly, more than 50 per centum of the outstanding capital stock or other beneficial interest in such legal entity. It does not include aliens. (2) “Commission” means the Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United States, established, pursuant to Reorganization Plan Number 1 of 1954 (68 Stat. 1279). (3) “Property” means any property, right, or interest.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title IV, §401, as added Pub. L. 85–604, §1, Aug. 8, 1958, 72 Stat. 527.)
Reorganization Plan Number 1 of 1954 (68 Stat. 1279), referred to in text, is Reorg. Plan No. 1 of 1954, eff. July 1, 1954, 19 F.R. 3985, 68 Stat. 1279, which is set out as a note under section 1622 of this title.
Section 4 of Pub. L. 85–604 provided that: “If any provision of this Act [enacting this subchapter and amending sections 1641c and 1641j of this title], or the application thereof to any person or circumstances, shall be held invalid, the remainder of the Act, or the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances, shall not be affected.”
For provisions transferring Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United States as a separate agency within the Department of Justice, see section 1622a et seq. of this title.
The Secretary of the Treasury is directed to hold, in an account in the Treasury of the United States, the net proceeds of the sale of certain Czechoslovakian steel mill equipment heretofore blocked and sold in the United States by order of the Secretary of the Treasury under authority of Executive Order Numbered 9193, dated July 6, 1942 (7 F.R. 5205, July 9, 1942).
There is created in the Treasury of the United States a fund to be designated the Czechoslovakian Claims Fund, for the payment of unsatisfied claims of nationals of the United States against Czechoslovakia as authorized in this subchapter.
If, within one year following August 8, 1958, the Government of Czechoslovakia voluntarily settles with and pays to the Government of the United States a sum in payment of claims of United States nationals against Czechoslovakia, all moneys held pursuant to subsection (a) of this section shall be disposed of in accordance with the terms of the settlement agreement with Czechoslovakia and applicable provisions of this subchapter and the sum paid by Czechoslovakia shall be covered into the Czechoslovakian Claims Fund.
Upon the expiration of one year after August 8, 1958 if no settlement with Czechoslovakia of the type specified in subsection (c) of this section has occurred, all moneys held pursuant to subsection (a) of this section except amounts held in reserve pursuant to section 1642b of this title, shall be covered into the Czechoslovakian Claims Fund.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall deduct from the Czechoslovakian Claims Fund 5 per centum thereof as reimbursement to the Government of the United States for the expenses incurred by the Commission and by the Treasury Department in the administration of this subchapter. The amount so deducted shall be covered into the Treasury to the credit of miscellaneous receipts.
After the deduction for administrative expenses pursuant to subsection (e) of this section, and after payment of awards certified pursuant to section 1642i of this title, the balance remaining in the Fund, if any, shall be paid to Czechoslovakia in accordance with instructions to be provided by the Secretary of State.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title IV, §402, as added Pub. L. 85–604, §1, Aug. 8, 1958, 72 Stat. 527.)
Executive Order Numbered 9193, dated July 6, 1942 (7 F.R. 5205, July 9, 1942), referred to in subsec. (a), is Ex. Ord. No. 9193, July 6, 1942, 7 F.R. 5205, which amended Ex. Ord. No. 9095, formerly set out under section 6 of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense, which was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 12553, Feb. 25, 1986, 51 F.R. 7237.
No judicial relief or remedy shall be available to any person asserting a claim against the United States or any officer or agent thereof with respect to any action taken under this subchapter, or any other claim for or on account of the property or proceeds described in section 1642a of this title, or for any other action taken with respect thereto except to the extent that the action complained of constitutes a taking of private property without just compensation, and to such extent the sole judicial relief and remedy available shall be an action brought against the United States in the United States Court of Federal Claims which action must be brought within one year of August 8, 1958, or it shall be forever barred; and any action so brought shall receive a preference over all actions which themselves are not given preference by statute. No other court shall have original jurisdiction to consider any such claim by mandamus or otherwise. If any action is brought pursuant to this section the Secretary of the Treasury shall set aside an appropriate reserve in the account containing the moneys held pursuant to subsection (a) of section 1642a of this title. Such reserve shall be retained pending a final determination of all issues raised in the action and recovery in any such action shall be limited to and paid out of the moneys so reserved. After a final determination of all issues raised in the action and payment of any judgment against the United States entered pursuant thereto, any balance no longer required to be held in reserve shall be disposed of in accordance with the provisions of subsection (d) of section 1642a of this title. Nothing in this section shall be construed to create (1) any liability against the United States for any action taken pursuant to section 1642c of this title, (2) any liability against the United States in favor of the Government of Czechoslovakia, any agency or instrumentality thereof or any person who is an assignee or successor in interest thereto, or (3) any other liability against the United States.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title IV, §403, as added Pub. L. 85–604, §1, Aug. 8, 1958, 72 Stat. 528; amended Pub. L. 97–164, title I, §161(3), Apr. 2, 1982, 96 Stat. 49; Pub. L. 102–572, title IX, §902(b)(1), Oct. 29, 1992, 106 Stat. 4516.)
1992—Pub. L. 102–572 substituted “United States Court of Federal Claims” for “United States Claims Court”.
1982—Pub. L. 97–164 substituted “Claims Court” for “Court of Claims”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 102–572 effective Oct. 29, 1992, see section 911 of Pub. L. 102–572, set out as a note under section 171 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.
Amendment by Pub. L. 97–164 effective Oct. 1, 1982, see section 402 of Pub. L. 97–164, set out as a note under section 171 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.
The Commission shall determine in accordance with applicable substantive law, including international law, the validity and amount of claims by nationals of the United States against the Government of Czechoslovakia for losses resulting from the nationalization or other taking on and after January 1, 1945, of property including any rights or interests therein owned at the time by nationals of the United States, subject, however, to the terms and conditions of an applicable claims agreement, if any, concluded between the Governments of Czechoslovakia and the United States within one year following August 8, 1958. In making the determination with respect to the validity and amount of claims and value of properties, rights, or interests taken, the Commission is authorized to accept the fair or proved value of the said property, right, or interest as of a time when the property or business enterprise taken, was last operated, used, managed or controlled by the national or nationals of the United States asserting the claim irrespective of whether such date is prior to the actual date of nationalization or taking by the Government of Czechoslovakia.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title IV, §404, as added Pub. L. 85–604, §1, Aug. 8, 1958, 72 Stat. 528.)
A claim under section 1642c of this title shall not be allowed unless the property upon which the claim is based was owned by a national of the United States on the date of nationalization or other taking thereof and unless the claim has been held by a national of the United States continuously thereafter until the date of filing with the Commission.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title IV, §405, as added Pub. L. 85–604, §1, Aug. 8, 1958, 72 Stat. 528.)
A claim under section 1642c of this title, based upon an ownership interest in any corporation, association, or other entity which is a national of the United States shall be denied.
A claim under section 1642c of this title, based upon a direct ownership interest in a corporation, association, or other entity for loss by reason of the nationalization or other taking of such corporation, association, or other entity, or the property thereof, shall be allowed, subject to other provisions of this subchapter, if such corporation, association, or other entity on the date of the nationalization or other taking was not a national of the United States, without regard to the per centum of ownership vested in the claimant in any such claim.
A claim under section 1642c of this title, based upon an indirect ownership interest in a corporation, association, or other entity for loss by reason of the nationalization or other taking of such corporation, association, or other entity, or the property thereof, shall be allowed, subject to other provisions of this subchapter, only if at least 25 per centum of the entire ownership interest thereof at the time of such nationalization or other taking was vested in nationals of the United States.
Any award on a claim under subsection (b) or (c) of this section shall be calculated on the basis of the total loss suffered by such corporation, association, or other entity, and shall bear the same proportion to such loss as the ownership interest of the claimant bears to the entire ownership interest thereof.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title IV, §406, as added Pub. L. 85–604, §1, Aug. 8, 1958, 72 Stat. 529.)
In determining the amount of any award by the Commission there shall be deducted all amounts the claimant has received from any source on account of the same loss or losses with respect to which such award is made.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title, IV, §407, as added Pub. L. 85–604, §1, Aug. 8, 1958, 72 Stat. 529.)
With respect to any claim under section 1642c of this title which, at the time of the award, is vested in persons other than the person by whom the loss was sustained, the Commission may issue a consolidated award in favor of all claimants then entitled thereto, which award shall indicate the respective interests of such claimants therein, and all such claimants shall participate, in proportion to their indicated interests, in the payments authorized by this subchapter in all respects as if the award had been in favor of a single person.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title IV, §408, as added Pub. L. 85–604, §1, Aug. 8, 1958, 72 Stat. 529.)
No award shall be made on any claim under section 1642c of this title to or for the benefit of (1) any person who has been convicted of a violation of any provision of chapter 115 of title 18, or of any other crime involving disloyalty to the United States, or (2) any claimant whose claim under this subchapter is within the scope of subchapter III of this chapter.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title IV, §409, as added Pub. L. 85–604, §1, Aug. 8, 1958, 72 Stat. 529.)
The Commission shall certify to the Secretary of the Treasury, in terms of United States currency, each award made pursuant to this subchapter.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title IV, §410, as added Pub. L. 85–604, §1, Aug. 8, 1958, 72 Stat. 529.)
Within sixty days after August 8, 1958, or of legislation making appropriations to the Commission for payment of administrative expenses incurred in carrying out its functions under this subchapter, whichever date is later, the Commission shall give public notice by publication in the Federal Register of the time when, and the limit of time within which claims may be filed, which limit shall not be more than twelve months after such publication.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title IV, §411, as added Pub. L. 85–604, §1, Aug. 8, 1958, 72 Stat. 529.)
The Commission shall complete its affairs in connection with the settlement of claims pursuant to this subchapter not later than three years following the final date for the filing of claims as provided in section 1642j of this title or following the enactment of legislation making appropriations to the Commission for payment of administrative expenses incurred in carrying out its functions under this subchapter, whichever date is later.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title IV, §412, as added Pub. L. 85–604, §1, Aug. 8, 1958, 72 Stat. 529.)
The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized and directed, out of the sums covered into the Czechoslovakian Claims Fund, to make payments on account of awards certified by the Commission pursuant to this subchapter as follows and in the following order of priority:
(1) Payment in the amount of $1,000 or in the amount of the award, whichever is less.
(2) Thereafter, payments from time to time on account of the unpaid balance of each remaining award made pursuant to this subchapter which shall bear to such unpaid balance the same proportion as the total amount in the fund available for distribution at the time such payments are made bears to the aggregate unpaid balance of all such awards.
Such payments, and applications for such payments, shall be made in accordance with such regulations as the Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe.
For the purpose of making any such payments, an “award” shall be deemed to mean the aggregate of all awards certified in favor of the same claimant.
If any person to whom any payment is to be made pursuant to this subchapter is deceased or is under a legal disability, payment shall be made to his legal representative, except that if any payment to be made is not over $1,000 and there is no qualified executor or administrator, payment may be made to the person or persons found by the Comptroller General to be entitled thereto, without the necessity of compliance with the requirements of law with respect to the administration of estates.
Subject to the provisions of any claims agreement hereafter concluded between the Governments of Czechoslovakia and the United States, payment of any award pursuant to this subchapter shall not, unless such payment is for the full amount of the claim, as determined by the Commission to be valid, with respect to which the award is made, extinguish such claim, or be construed to have divested any claimant, or the United States on his behalf, of any rights against any foreign government for the unpaid balance of his claim.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title IV, §413, as added Pub. L. 85–604, §1, Aug. 8, 1958, 72 Stat. 530.)
No remuneration on account of services rendered on behalf of any claimant in connection with any claim filed with the Commission under this subchapter shall exceed 10 per centum of the total amount paid pursuant to any award certified under the provisions of this subchapter on account of such claim. Any agreement to the contrary shall be unlawful and void. Whoever, in the United States or elsewhere, demands or receives, on account of services so rendered, any remuneration in excess of the maximum permitted by this section, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and, upon conviction thereof, shall be fined not more than $5,000 or imprisoned not more than twelve months, or both.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title IV, §414, as added Pub. L. 85–604, §1, Aug. 8, 1958, 72 Stat. 530.)
The Secretary of State is authorized and directed to transfer or otherwise make available to the Commission such records and documents relating to claims authorized by this subchapter as may be required by the Commission in carrying out its functions under this subchapter.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title IV, §415, as added Pub. L. 85–604, §1, Aug. 8, 1958, 72 Stat. 530.)
To the extent they are not inconsistent with the provisions of this subchapter, the following provisions of subchapter I of this chapter shall be applicable to this subchapter: Subsections (b), (c), (d), (e), (h), and (j) of section 1623 of this title; subsections (c), (d), (e), and (f) of section 1626 of this title.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title IV, §416, as added Pub. L. 85–604, §1, Aug. 8, 1958, 72 Stat. 530.)
There are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary to enable the Commission and the Treasury Department to pay their administrative expenses incurred in carrying out their functions under this subchapter.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title IV, §417, as added Pub. L. 85–604, §1, Aug. 8, 1958, 72 Stat. 530.)
It is the purpose of this subchapter to provide for the determination of the amount and validity of claims against the Government of Cuba, or the Chinese Communist regime, which have arisen since January 1, 1959, in the case of claims against the Government of Cuba, or since October 1, 1949, in the case of claims against the Chinese Communist regime, out of nationalization, expropriation, intervention, or other takings of, or special measures directed against, property of nationals of the United States, and claims for disability or death of nationals of the United States arising out of violations of international law by the Government of Cuba, or the Chinese Communist regime, in order to obtain information concerning the total amount of such claims against the Government of Cuba, or the Chinese Communist regime, on behalf of nationals of the United States. This subchapter shall not be construed as authorizing an appropriation or as any intention to authorize an appropriation for the purpose of paying such claims.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title V, §501, as added Pub. L. 88–666, Oct. 16, 1964, 78 Stat. 1110; amended Pub. L. 89–262, §1, Oct. 19, 1965, 79 Stat. 988; Pub. L. 89–780, §1, Nov. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 1365.)
1966—Pub. L. 89–780 provided for applicability of section to the Chinese Communist regime in the case of claims which have arisen since October 1, 1949.
1965—Pub. L. 89–262 struck out “which have arisen out of debts for merchandise furnished or services rendered by nationals of the United States without regard to the date on which such merchandise was furnished or services were rendered or” after “Government of Cuba” in first sentence.
Section 513 of act Mar. 10, 1950, as added by Pub. L. 88–666, provided that: “If any provision of this Act [enacting this subchapter], or the application thereof to any person or circumstances, shall be held invalid, the remainder of the Act, or the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances, shall not be affected.”
For the purposes of this subchapter:
(1) The term “national of the United States” means (A) a natural person who is a citizen of the United States, or (B) a corporation or other legal entity which is organized under the laws of the United States, or of any State, the District of Columbia, or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, if natural persons who are citizens of the United States own, directly or indirectly, 50 per centum or more of the outstanding capital stock or other beneficial interest of such corporation or entity. The term does not include aliens.
(2) The term “Commission” means the Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United States.
(3) The term “property” means any property, right, or interest, including any leasehold interest, and debts owed by the Government of Cuba or the Chinese Communist regime or by enterprises which have been nationalized, expropriated, intervened, or taken by the Government of Cuba or the Chinese Communist regime and debts which are a charge on property which has been nationalized, expropriated, intervened, or taken by the Government of Cuba or the Chinese Communist regime.
(4) The term “Government of Cuba” includes the government of any political subdivision, agency, or instrumentality thereof.
(5) The term “Chinese Communist regime” means the so-called Peoples Republic of China, including any political subdivision, agency, or instrumentality thereof.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title V, §502, as added Pub. L. 88–666, Oct. 16, 1964, 78 Stat. 1110; amended Pub. L. 89–780, §2, Nov. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 1365.)
1966—Par. (3). Pub. L. 89–780, §2(1), inserted reference to the Chinese Communist regime in three places.
Par. (5). Pub. L. 89–780, §2(2), added par. (5).
For provisions transferring Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United States as a separate agency within the Department of Justice, see section 1622a et seq. of this title.
The Commission shall receive and determine in accordance with applicable substantive law, including international law, the amount and validity of claims by nationals of the United States against the Government of Cuba, or the Chinese Communist regime, arising since January 1, 1959, in the case of claims against the Government of Cuba, or since October 1, 1949, in the case of claims against the Chinese Communist regime, for losses resulting from the nationalization, expropriation, intervention, or other taking of, or special measures directed against, property including any rights or interests therein owned wholly or partially, directly or indirectly at the time by nationals of the United States, if such claims are submitted to the Commission within such period specified by the Commission by notice published in the Federal Register (which period shall not be more than eighteen months after such publication) within sixty days after October 16, 1964, or sixty days after November 6, 1966, with respect to claims against the Chinese Communist regime, or of legislation making appropriations to the Commission for payment of administrative expenses incurred in carrying out its functions with respect to each respective claims program authorized, under this subchapter, whichever date is later. In making the determination with respect to the validity and amount of claims and value of properties, rights, or interests taken, the Commission shall take into account the basis of valuation most appropriate to the property and equitable to the claimant, including but not limited to, (i) fair market value, (ii) book value, (iii) going concern value, or (iv) cost of replacement.
The Commission shall receive and determine in accordance with applicable substantive law, including international law, the amount and validity of claims by nationals of the United States against the Government of Cuba, or the Chinese Communist regime, arising since January 1, 1959, in the case of claims against the Government of Cuba, or since October 1, 1949, in the case of claims against the Chinese Communist regime, for disability or death resulting from actions taken by or under the authority of the Government of Cuba, or the Chinese Communist regime, if such claims are submitted to the Commission within the period established by the Commission under subsection (a) of this section, or within six months after the date the claims first arose (as determined by the Commission), whichever date last occurs.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title V, §503, as added Pub. L. 88–666, Oct. 16, 1964, 78 Stat. 1110; amended Pub. L. 89–262, §2, Oct. 19, 1965, 79 Stat. 988; Pub. L. 89–780, §3, Nov. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 1365.)
1966—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 89–780, §3, empowered the Commission to receive claims against the Chinese Communist regime arising since October 1, 1949, if such claims are submitted within such period of time specified by the Commission by notice published in the Federal Register, which notice is required to be published within 60 days after November 6, 1966.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 89–780, §3(1), (2), provided for applicability of subsection to the Chinese Communist regime in the case of claims arising since October 1, 1949.
1965—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 89–262 struck out “arising out of debts for merchandise furnished or services rendered by nationals of the United States without regard to the date on which such merchandise was furnished or services rendered or” after “Government of Cuba”.
A claim shall not be considered under section 1643b(a) of this title unless the property on which the claim was based was owned wholly or partially, directly or indirectly by a national of the United States on the date of the loss and if considered shall be considered only to the extent the claim has been held by one or more nationals of the United States continuously thereafter until the date of filing with the Commission.
A claim for disability under section 1643b(b) of this title may be considered if it is filed by the disabled person or by his successors in interest; and a claim for death under section 1643b(b) of this title may be considered if filed by the personal representative of decedent's estate or by a person or persons for pecuniary losses and damage sustained on account of such death. A claim shall not be considered under this section unless the disabled or deceased person was a national of the United States at the time of injury or death and if considered, shall be considered only to the extent the claim has been held by a national or nationals of the United States continuously until the date of filing with the Commission.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title V, §504, as added Pub. L. 88–666, Oct. 16, 1964, 78 Stat. 1111.)
A claim under section 1643b(a) of this title based upon an ownership interest in any corporation, association, or other entity which is a national of the United States shall not be considered. A claim under section 1643b(a) of this title based upon a debt or other obligation owing by any corporation, association, or other entity organized under the laws of the United States, or of any State, the District of Columbia, or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico shall be considered, only when such debt or other obligation is a charge on property which has been nationalized, expropriated, intervened, or taken by the Government of Cuba, or the Chinese Communist regime.
A claim under section 1643b(a) of this title based upon a direct ownership interest in a corporation, association, or other entity for loss shall be considered, subject to the other provisions of this subchapter, if such corporation, association, or other entity on the date of the loss was not a national of the United States, without regard to the per centum of ownership vested in the claimant.
A claim under section 1643b(a) of this title based upon an indirect ownership interest in a corporation, association, or other entity for loss shall be considered, subject to the other provisions of this subchapter, only if at least 25 per centum of the entire ownership interest thereof at the time of such loss was vested in nationals of the United States.
The amount of any claim covered by subsection (b) or (c) of this section shall be calculated on the basis of the total loss suffered by such corporation, association, or other entity, and shall bear the same proportion to such loss as the ownership interest of the claimant at the time of loss bears to the entire ownership interest thereof.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title V, §505, as added Pub. L. 88–666, Oct. 16, 1964, 78 Stat. 1111; amended Pub. L. 89–262, §3, Oct. 19, 1965, 79 Stat. 988; Pub. L. 89–780, §4, Nov. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 1365.)
1966—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 89–780 provided for applicability of subsection to property nationalized or taken by the Chinese Communist regime.
1965—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 89–262 authorized consideration of claims based on debt or other obligation owing by corporations or other legal entities which is a charge on property nationalized, expropriated, intervened, or taken by Government of Cuba.
In determining the amount of any claim, the Commission shall deduct all amounts the claimant has received from any source on account of the same loss or losses.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title V, §506, as added Pub. L. 88–666, Oct. 16, 1964, 78 Stat. 1112; amended Pub. L. 89–262, §4, Oct. 19, 1965, 79 Stat. 988.)
1965—Pub. L. 89–262 struck out proviso that the deduction of such amounts shall not be construed as divesting the United States of any rights against the Government of Cuba for the amounts so deducted.
The Commission shall certify to each individual who has filed a claim under this subchapter the amount determined by the Commission to be the loss or damage suffered by the claimant which is covered by this subchapter. The Commission shall certify to the Secretary of State such amount and the basic information underlying that amount, together with a statement of the evidence relied upon and the reasoning employed in reaching its decision.
The amount determined to be due on any claim of an assignee who acquires the same by purchase shall not exceed (or, in the case of any such acquisition subsequent to the date of the determination, shall not be deemed to have exceeded) the amount of the actual consideration paid by such assignee, or in case of successive assignments of a claim by any assignee.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title V, §507, as added Pub. L. 88–666, Oct. 16, 1964, 78 Stat. 1112.)
The Secretary of State shall transfer or otherwise make available to the Commission such records and documents relating to claims authorized by this subchapter as may be required by the Commission in carrying out its functions under this subchapter.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title V, §508, as added Pub. L. 88–666, Oct. 16, 1964, 78 Stat. 1112.)
To the extent they are not inconsistent with the provisions of this subchapter, the following provisions of subchapter I of this chapter shall be applicable to this subchapter: Subsections (b), (c), (d) (e), (h), and (j) of section 1623 of this title; subsection (f) of section 1626 of this title.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title V, §509, as added Pub. L. 88–666, Oct. 16, 1964, 78 Stat. 1112.)
The Commission shall complete its affairs in connection with the settlement of claims pursuant to this subchapter not later than July 6, 1972.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title V, §510, as added Pub. L. 88–666, Oct. 16, 1964, 78 Stat. 1112; amended Pub. L. 89–780, §5, Nov. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 1365; Pub. L. 91–157, Dec. 24, 1969, 83 Stat. 435.)
1969—Pub. L. 91–157 set July 6, 1972, as the final date for the settlement of claims pursuant to this subchapter.
1966—Pub. L. 89–780 inserted “with respect to each respective claims program authorized” after “carrying out its functions”.
There are hereby authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary to enable the Commission to pay its administrative expenses incurred in carrying out its functions under this subchapter.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title V, §511, as added Pub. L. 88–666, Oct. 16, 1964, 78 Stat. 1113; amended Pub. L. 89–262, §5, Oct. 19, 1965, 79 Stat. 988.)
1965—Pub. L. 89–262 redesignated subsec. (a) as the complete section, struck out limitation of amount of appropriations to aggregate amount of net proceeds realized from sale or liquidation of property of Government of Cuba and use of funds to pay administrative expenses of the Treasury Department in carrying out its functions, and eliminated subsec. (b) providing for vesting and liquidation of Cuban property.
No remuneration on account of any services rendered on behalf of any claimant in connection with any claim filed with the Commission under this subchapter shall exceed 10 per centum of so much of the total amount of such claim, as determined under this subchapter, as does not exceed $20,000, plus 5 per centum of so much of such amount, if any, as exceeds $20,000. Any agreement to the contrary shall be unlawful and void. Whoever, in the United States or elsewhere, demands or receives on account of services so rendered, any remuneration in excess of the maximum permitted by this section, shall be fined not more than $5,000 or imprisoned not more than twelve months, or both.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title V, §512, as added Pub. L. 88–666, Oct. 16, 1964, 78 Stat. 1113.)
Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter and only for purposes of section 6082 of this title, a United State 1 district court, for fact-finding purposes, may refer to the Commission, and the Commission may determine, questions of the amount and ownership of a claim by a United States national (as defined in section 6023 of this title), resulting from the confiscation of property by the Government of Cuba described in section 1643b(a) of this title, whether or not the United States national qualified as a national of the United States (as defined in section 1643a(1) of this title) at the time of the action by the Government of Cuba.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title V, §514, as added Pub. L. 104–114, title III, §303(b), Mar. 12, 1996, 110 Stat. 820.)
Section effective Aug. 1, 1996, or date determined pursuant to suspension authority of President, see section 6085 of this title.
1So in original. Probably should be “States”.
(a) Subject to subsection (b) of this section, neither any national of the United States who was eligible to file a claim under section 1643b of this title but did not timely file such claim under that section, nor any person who was ineligible to file a claim under section 1643b of this title, nor any national of Cuba, including any agency, instrumentality, subdivision, or enterprise of the Government of Cuba or any local government of Cuba, nor any successor thereto, whether or not recognized by the United States, shall have a claim to, participate in, or otherwise have an interest in, the compensation proceeds or nonmonetary compensation paid or allocated to a national of the United States by virtue of a claim certified by the Commission under section 1643f of this title, nor shall any district court of the United States have jurisdiction to adjudicate any such claim.
(b) Nothing in subsection (a) of this section shall be construed to detract from or otherwise affect any rights in the shares of capital stock of nationals of the United States owning claims certified by the Commission under section 1643f of this title.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title V, §515, as added Pub. L. 104–114, title III, §304, Mar. 12, 1996, 110 Stat. 821.)
Section effective Aug. 1, 1996, or date determined pursuant to suspension authority of President, see section 6085 of this title.
It is the purpose of this subchapter to provide for the determination of the validity and amounts of outstanding claims against the German Democratic Republic which arose out of the nationalization, expropriation, or other taking of (or special measures directed against) property interests of nationals of the United States. This subchapter shall not be construed as authorizing or as any intention to authorize an appropriation by the United States for the purpose of paying such claims.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title VI, §600, as added Pub. L. 94–542, Oct. 18, 1976, 90 Stat. 2509.)
Section 614 of act Mar. 10, 1950, as added by Pub. L. 94–542, provided that: “If any provisions of this Act [enacting this subchapter] or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall be held invalid, the remainder of the Act or the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected.”
Section 119 of H.R. 2076, One Hundred Fourth Congress, as passed by the House of Representatives on Dec. 6, 1995, and as enacted into law by Pub. L. 104–91, title I, §101(a), Jan. 6, 1996, 110 Stat. 11, as amended by Pub. L. 104–99, title II, §211, Jan. 26, 1996, 110 Stat. 37, provided that:
“(a)
“(b)
“(c)
“(1) Not later than two years after the entry into force of the Agreement, the Commission shall certify to the Secretary of State, in writing, its determinations as to the validity and amount of the claims authorized for decision under subsection (a).
“(2) In the case of claims found to be compensable under subsection (a), the Commission shall certify the awards entered in the claims to the Secretary of the Treasury in accordance with section 5 of title I of the International Claims Settlement Act of 1949 (22 U.S.C. 1624). Such awards shall be paid in accordance with subsections (a) and (c)–(f) of section 7 of such title (22 U.S.C. 1626) out of a special fund established in accordance with section 8 of such title (22 U.S.C. 1627), following conclusion of the negotiations provided for in Article 2(2) of the Agreement.
“(d)
“(e)
As used in this subchapter—
(1) The term “national of the United States” means—
(a) a natural person who is a citizen of the United States;
(b) a corporation or other legal entity which is organized under the laws of the United States or of any State, the District of Columbia, or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, if natural persons who are citizens of the United States own, directly or indirectly, 50 per centum or more of the outstanding capital stock or other beneficial interest of such corporation or entity. The term does not include aliens.
(2) The term “Commission” means the Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United States.
(3) The term “property” means any property, right, or interest, including any leasehold interest, and debts owed by enterprises which have been nationalized, expropriated, or taken by the German Democratic Republic for which no restoration or no adequate compensation has been made to the former owners of such property.
(4) The term “German Democratic Republic” includes the government of any political subdivision, agency, or instrumentality thereof or under its control.
(5) The term “Claims Fund” is the special fund established in the Treasury of the United States composed of such sums as may be paid to the United States by the German Democratic Republic pursuant to the terms of any agreement settling such claims that may be entered into by the Governments of the United States and the German Democratic Republic.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title VI, §601, as added Pub. L. 94–542, Oct. 18, 1976, 90 Stat. 2509.)
For provisions transferring Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United States as a separate agency within the Department of Justice, see section 1622a et seq. of this title.
The Commission shall receive and determine in accordance with applicable substantive law, including international law, the validity and amounts of claims by nationals of the United States against the German Democratic Republic for losses arising as a result of the nationalization, expropriation, or other taking of (or special measures directed against) property, including any rights or interests therein, owned wholly or partially, directly or indirectly, at the time by nationals of the United States whether such losses occurred in the German Democratic Republic or in East Berlin. Such claims must be submitted to the Commission within the period specified by the Commission by notice published in the Federal Register (which period shall not be more than twelve months after such publication) within sixty days after October 18, 1976, or of legislation making appropriations to the Commission for payment of administrative expenses incurred in carrying out its functions under this subchapter, whichever date is later.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title VI, §602, as added Pub. L. 94–542, Oct. 18, 1976, 90 Stat. 2510.)
A claim shall not be favorably considered under section 1644b of this title unless the property right on which it is based was owned, wholly or partially, directly or indirectly, by a national of the United States on the date of loss and if favorably considered, the claim shall be considered only if it has been held by one or more nationals of the United States continuously from the date that the loss occurred until the date of filing with the Commission.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title VI, §603, as added Pub. L. 94–542, Oct. 18, 1976, 90 Stat. 2510.)
A claim under section 1644b of this title based upon an ownership interest in any corporation, association, or other entity which is a national of the United States, shall not be considered. A claim under section 1644b of this title based upon a debt or other obligation owing by any corporation, association, or other entity organized under the laws of the United States, or of any State, the District of Columbia, or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico shall be considered only when such debt or other obligation is a charge on property which has been nationalized, expropriated, or taken by the German Democratic Republic.
A claim under section 1644b of this title based upon a direct ownership interest in a corporation, association, or other entity for loss, shall be considered subject to the provisions of this subchapter, if such corporation, association or other entity on the date of the loss was not a national of the United States, without regard to the per centum of ownership vested in the claimant.
A claim under section 1644b of this title for losses based upon an indirect ownership interest in a corporation, association, or other entity, shall be considered, subject to the other provisions of this subchapter, only if at least 25 per centum of the entire ownership interest thereof, at the time of such loss, was vested in nationals of the United States.
The amount of any claim covered by subsections (b) or (c) of this section shall be calculated on the basis of the total loss suffered by such corporation, association, or other entity, and shall bear the same proportion to such loss as the ownership interest of the claimant at the time of loss bears to the entire ownership interest thereof.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title VI, §604, as added Pub. L. 94–542, Oct. 18, 1976, 90 Stat. 2510.)
In determining the amount of any claim, the Commission shall deduct all amounts the claimant has received from any source on account of the same loss or losses, including any amount claimant received under section 2017a(a) of the Appendix to title 50, for losses which occurred as a direct consequence of special measures directed against such property in any area covered under this subchapter.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title VI, §605, as added Pub. L. 94–542, Oct. 18, 1976, 90 Stat. 2511.)
With respect to any claim under section 1644b of this title which, at the time of the award, is vested in persons other than the person by whom the original loss was sustained, the Commission shall issue a consolidated award in favor of all claimants then entitled thereto, which award shall indicate the respective interests of such claimants therein, and all such claimants shall participate, in proportion to their indicated interests, in any payments that may be made under this subchapter in all respects as if the award had been in favor of a single person.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title VI, §606, as added Pub. L. 94–542, Oct. 18, 1976, 90 Stat. 2511.)
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury is hereby authorized to establish in the Treasury of the United States a fund to be designated the Claims Fund as defined under section 1644a(5) of this title for the payment of unsatisfied claims of nationals of the United States against the German Democratic Republic as authorized in this subchapter.
(b) The Secretary of the Treasury shall deduct from any amounts covered into the Claims Fund, an amount equal to 5 per centum thereof as reimbursement to the Government of the United States for expenses incurred by the Commission and by the Treasury Department in the administration of this subchapter. The amounts so deducted shall be covered into the Treasury to the credit of miscellaneous receipts.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title VI, §607, as added Pub. L. 94–542, Oct. 18, 1976, 90 Stat. 2511.)
(a) The Commission shall certify to the Secretary of the Treasury, in terms of United States currency, each award made pursuant to section 1644b of this title.
(b) Upon certification of such award, the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized and directed, out of the sums covered into the Claims Fund, to make payments on account of such awards as follows, and in the following order of priority:
(1) payment in full of the principal amount of each award of $1,000 or less;
(2) payment in the amount of $1,000 on account of the principal amount of each award of more than $1,000 in principal amount;
(3) thereafter, payments from time to time, in ratable proportions, on account of the unpaid balance of the principal amounts of all awards according to the proportions which the unpaid balance of such awards bear to the total amount in the fund available for distribution at the time such payments are made;
(4) after payment has been made in full of the principal amounts of all awards, pro rata payments may be made on account of any interest that may be allowed on such awards;
(5) payments or applications for payments shall be made in accordance with such regulations as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title VI, §608, as added Pub. L. 94–542, Oct. 18, 1976, 90 Stat. 2511.)
The Commission shall complete its affairs in connection with the settlement of claims pursuant to this subchapter not later than three years following the final date for the filing of claims as provided in section 1644b of this title.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title VI, §609, as added Pub. L. 94–542, Oct. 18, 1976, 90 Stat. 2512.)
The Secretary of State is authorized and directed to transfer or otherwise make available to the Commission such records and documents relating to claims authorized by this subchapter as may be required by the Commission in carrying out its functions under this subchapter.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title VI, §610, as added Pub. L. 94–542, Oct. 18, 1976, 90 Stat. 2512.)
There are hereby authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary to enable the Commission and the Treasury Department of 1 pay their respective administrative expenses incurred in carrying out their functions under this subchapter.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title VI, §611, as added Pub. L. 94–542, Oct. 18, 1976, 90 Stat. 2512.)
1 So in original. Probably should be “to”.
No remuneration on account of services rendered on behalf of any claimant, in connection with any claim filed with the Commission under this subchapter, shall exceed 10 per centum of the total amount paid pursuant to any award certified under the provisions of this subchapter on account of such claims. Any agreement to the contrary shall be unlawful and void. Whoever, in the United States or elsewhere demands or receives, on account of services so rendered, any remuneration in excess of the maximum permitted by this section shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and, upon conviction thereof, shall be fined not more than $5,000 or imprisoned not more than twelve months, or both.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title VI, §612, as added Pub. L. 94–542, Oct. 18, 1976, 90 Stat. 2512.)
To the extent they are not inconsistent with the provisions of this subchapter, the following provisions of subchapter I of this chapter shall be applicable to this subchapter: subsections (b), (c), (d), (e), (h), and (j) of section 1623 of this title; subsections (c), (d), (e), and (f) of section 1626 of this title.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title VI, §613, as added Pub. L. 94–542, Oct. 18, 1976, 90 Stat. 2512.)
It is the purpose of this subchapter to provide for the determination of the validity and amounts of outstanding claims against Vietnam which arose out of the nationalization, expropriation, or other taking of (or special measures directed against) property of nationals of the United States. This subchapter shall not be construed as authorizing or as any intention to authorize an appropriation by the United States for the purpose of paying such claims.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title VII, §701, as added Pub. L. 96–606, Dec. 28, 1980, 94 Stat. 3534.)
As used in this subchapter—
(1) the term “National of the United States” means—
(A) a natural person who is a citizen of the United States; and
(B) a corporation or other legal entity which is organized under the laws of the United States or of any State, the District of Columbia, or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, if natural persons who are citizens of the United States own, directly or indirectly, 50 per centum or more of the outstanding capital stock or other beneficial interest of such corporation or entity;
(2) the term “Commission” means the Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United States;
(3) the term “property” means—
(A) any property, right, or interest, including any leasehold interest,
(B) any debt owed by Vietnam or by any enterprise which has been nationalized, expropriated, or otherwise taken by Vietnam, and
(C) any debt which is a charge on property which has been nationalized, expropriated, or otherwise taken by Vietnam;
(4) the term “Vietnam” means—
(A) the Government of the Socialist Republic of Vietnam,
(B) any predecessor governing authority operating in South Vietnam on or after April 29, 1975, including the Provisional Revolutionary Government of South Vietnam,
(C) the Government of the former Democratic Republic of Vietnam, and
(D) any political subdivision, agency, or instrumentality of any of the entities referred to in subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C); and
(5) the term “Claims Fund” means the special fund established in the Treasury of the United States composed of such sums as may be paid to or realized by the United States pursuant to the terms of any agreement settling those claims described in section 1645b of this title that may be entered into between the Governments of the United States and Vietnam.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title VII, §702, as added Pub. L. 96–606, Dec. 28, 1980, 94 Stat. 3534.)
The Commission shall receive and determine in accordance with applicable substantive law, including international law, the validity and amounts of claims by nationals of the United States against Vietnam arising on or after April 29, 1975, for losses incurred as a result of the nationalization, expropriation, or other taking of (or special measures directed against) property which, at the time of such nationalization, expropriation, or other taking, was owned wholly or partially, directly or indirectly, by nationals of the United States to whom no restoration or adequate compensation for such property has been made. Such claims must be submitted to the Commission within the period specified by the Commission by notice published in the Federal Register (which period shall not be more than a period of two years beginning on the date of such publication) within sixty days after December 28, 1980, or of legislation making appropriations to the Commission for payment of administrative expenses incurred in carrying out its functions under this subchapter, whichever date is later.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title VII, §703, as added Pub. L. 96–606, Dec. 28, 1980, 94 Stat. 3535.)
A claim may be favorably considered under section 1645b of this title only if the property right on which it is based was owned, wholly or partially, directly or indirectly, by a national of the United States on the date of loss and only to the extent that the claim has been held by one or more nationals of the United States continuously from the date that the loss occurred until the date of filing with the Commission.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title VII, §704, as added Pub. L. 96–606, Dec. 28, 1980, 94 Stat. 3535.)
A claim under section 1645b of this title based upon an ownership interest in any corporation, association, or other entity which is a national of the United States may not be considered. A claim under section 1645b of this title based upon a debt or other obligation owing by any corporation, association, or other entity organized under the laws of the United States, or of any State, the District of Columbia, or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico may be considered only if such debt or other obligation is a charge on property which has been nationalized, expropriated, or otherwise taken by Vietnam.
A claim under section 1645b of this title based upon a direct ownership interest in a corporation, association, or other entity may be considered, subject to the other provisions of this subchapter, if such corporation, association, or other entity on the date of the loss was not a national of the United States, without regard to the per centum of ownership vested in the claimant.
A claim under section 1645b of this title based upon an indirect ownership interest in a corporation, association, or other entity may be considered, subject to the other provisions of this subchapter, only if at least 25 per centum of the entire ownership interest thereof, at the time of such loss, was vested in nationals of the United States or if, at the time of the loss, nationals of the United States in fact controlled the corporation, association, or entity, as determined by the Commission.
The amount of any claim covered by subsection (b) or (c) of this section shall be calculated on the basis of the total loss suffered by the corporation, association, or other entity, with respect to which the claim is made, and shall bear the same proportion to such loss as the ownership interest of the claimant at the time of loss bears to the entire ownership interest thereof.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title VII, §705, as added Pub. L. 96–606, Dec. 28, 1980, 94 Stat. 3535.)
In determining the amount of any claim under this subchapter, the Commission shall deduct all amounts the claimant has received from any source on account of the same loss or losses for which the claim is filed.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title VII, §706, as added Pub. L. 96–606, Dec. 28, 1980, 94 Stat. 3536.)
(a) The Commission shall certify to each claimant who files a claim under this subchapter the amount determined by the Commission to be the loss suffered by the claimant which is covered by this subchapter. The Commission shall certify to the Secretary of State such amount and the basic information underlying that amount, together with a statement of the evidence relied upon and the reasoning employed in making that determination.
(b) In any case in which a claim under this subchapter is assigned by purchase before the Commission determines the amount due on that claim, the amount so determined shall not exceed the amount of actual consideration paid by the last such assignee.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title VII, §707, as added Pub. L. 96–606, Dec. 28, 1980, 94 Stat. 3536.)
With respect to any claim under section 1645b of this title which, at the time of the award, is vested in persons other than the person by whom the original loss was sustained, the Commission shall issue a consolidated award in favor of all claimants then entitled to the award, which award shall indicate the respective interests of such claimants in the award, and all such claimants shall participate, in proportion to their indicated interests, in any payments that may be made under this subchapter in all respects as if the award had been in favor of a single person.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title VII, §708, as added Pub. L. 96–606, Dec. 28, 1980, 94 Stat. 3536.)
(a) The Secretary of the Treasury may establish in the Treasury of the United States the Claims Fund for the payment of unsatisfied claims of nationals of the United States against Vietnam, as authorized by this subchapter.
(b) The Secretary of the Treasury shall deduct from any amounts covered into the Claims Fund an amount equal to 5 per centum thereof as reimbursement to the Government of the United States for expenses incurred by the Commission and by the Treasury Department in the administration of this subchapter. The amounts so deducted shall be covered into the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title VII, §709, as added Pub. L. 96–606, Dec. 28, 1980, 94 Stat. 3536.)
The Commission shall certify to the Secretary of the Treasury, in terms of United States currency, each award made pursuant to section 1645b of this title.
(1) Upon certification of each award made pursuant to section 1645b of this title, the Secretary of the Treasury shall, out of the sums covered into the Claims Fund, make payments on account of such awards as follows, and in the following order of priority:
(A) Payment in the amount of $2,500 or the principal amount of the award, whichever is less.
(B) Thereafter, payments from time to time, in ratable proportions, on account of the unpaid balance of the principal amounts of all awards according to the proportions which the unpaid balance of such awards bear to the total amount in the Claims Fund available for distribution at the time such payments are made.
(2) After payment has been made in full of the principal amounts of all awards pursuant to paragraph (1), pro rata payments may be made on account of any interest that may be allowed on such awards.
Payments or applications for payments under subsection (b) of this section shall be made in accordance with such regulations as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title VII, §710, as added Pub. L. 96–606, Dec. 28, 1980, 94 Stat. 3537.)
The Commission shall complete its affairs in connection with the settlement of claims pursuant to this subchapter not later than three years after the final date for the filing of claims as provided in section 1645b of this title.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title VII, §711, as added Pub. L. 96–606, Dec. 28, 1980, 94 Stat. 3537.)
The Secretary of State, the Secretary of the Treasury, and the Secretary of Defense shall transfer or otherwise make available to the Commission such records and documents relating to claims authorized by this subchapter as may be required by the Commission in carrying out its functions under this subchapter.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title VII, §712, as added Pub. L. 96–606, Dec. 28, 1980, 94 Stat. 3537.)
There are authorized to be appropriated for any fiscal year beginning on or after October 1, 1980, such sums as may be necessary to enable the Commission and the Treasury Department to pay their respective administrative expenses incurred in carrying out their functions under this subchapter. Amounts appropriated under this section may remain available until expended.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title VII, §713, as added Pub. L. 96–606, Dec. 28, 1980, 94 Stat. 3537.)
No remuneration on account of services rendered on behalf of any claimant, in connection with any claim filed with the Commission under this subchapter, shall exceed 10 per centum of the total amount paid pursuant to any award certified under the provisions of this subchapter on account of such claim. Any agreement to the contrary shall be unlawful and void. Whoever, in the United States or elsewhere, demands or receives, on account of services so rendered, any remuneration in excess of the maximum permitted by this section shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and, upon conviction thereof, shall be fined not more than $5,000 or imprisoned not more than twelve months, or both.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title VII, §714, as added Pub. L. 96–606, Dec. 28, 1980, 94 Stat. 3537.)
(a) To the extent they are not inconsistent with the provisions of this subchapter, the following provisions of subchapter I of this chapter shall be applicable to this subchapter; subsections (b), (c), (d), (e), and (h) of section 1623 of this title and subsections (c), (d), (e), and (f) of section 1626 of this title. Any reference in such provisions to “this subchapter” shall be deemed to be a reference to those provisions and to this subchapter.
(b) Except as otherwise provided in this subchapter and in those provisions of subchapter I of this chapter referred to in subsection (a) of this section, the Commission shall comply with the provisions of subchapter II of chapter 5, and the provisions of chapter 7, of title 5.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title VII, §715, as added Pub. L. 96–606, Dec. 28, 1980, 94 Stat. 3538.)
If any provision of this subchapter or the application thereof to any person or circumstances is held invalid, the remainder of this subchapter or the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected.
(Mar. 10, 1950, ch. 54, title VII, §716, as added Pub. L. 96–606, Dec. 28, 1980, 94 Stat. 3538.)
The President may make such appointments of representatives and panel members as may be provided for under the convention.
(Pub. L. 89–532, §2, Aug. 11, 1966, 80 Stat. 344.)
The convention, referred to in text, is the Convention on the Settlement of Investment Disputes Between States and Nationals of Other States which was signed on Aug. 27, 1965, approved by the Senate on May 16, 1966, and ratified by the President on June 1, 1966.
Section 1 of Pub. L. 89–532 provided: “That this Act [enacting this chapter] may be cited as the ‘Convention on the Settlement of Investment Disputes Act of 1966’.”
An award of an arbitral tribunal rendered pursuant to chapter IV of the convention shall create a right arising under a treaty of the United States. The pecuniary obligations imposed by such an award shall be enforced and shall be given the same full faith and credit as if the award were a final judgment of a court of general jurisdiction of one of the several States. The Federal Arbitration Act (9 U.S.C. 1 et seq.) shall not apply to enforcement of awards rendered pursuant to the convention.
The district courts of the United States (including the courts enumerated in section 460 of title 28) shall have exclusive jurisdiction over actions and proceedings under subsection (a) of this section, regardless of the amount in controversy.
(Pub. L. 89–532, §3, Aug. 11, 1966, 80 Stat. 344.)
Chapter IV of the convention, referred to in subsec. (a), contains the Arbitration provisions of the Convention on the Settlement of Investment Disputes Between States and Nationals of Other States, providing in Section 1 (Art. 36) for Request for Arbitration, Section 2 (Arts. 37 to 40) for Constitution of the Tribunal, Section 3 (Arts. 41 to 47) for powers and functions of the tribunal, Section 4 (Arts. 48, 49) for The Award, Section 5 (Arts. 50 to 52) for interpretation, revision and annulment of the award, and Section 6 (Arts. 53 to 55) for recognition and enforcement of the award.
The Federal Arbitration Act, referred to in subsec. (a), is classified generally to Title 9, Arbitration.
Section 1651, acts Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, §2, 65 Stat. 373; June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §2, 66 Stat. 141. related to Congressional declaration of purpose.
Section 1652, acts Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §501(a)–(d), 65 Stat. 377; June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §7(b), 66 Stat. 143, related to uniform program for military, economic, and technical assistance.
Section 1653, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §502, 65 Stat. 378, related to administration.
Section 1654, acts Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §503, 65 Stat. 378; June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §7(c), 66 Stat. 144, related to additional primary responsibilities of director.
Section 1655, acts Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §504, 65 Stat. 379; June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §7(d)–(f), 66 Stat. 144, related to other agency personnel.
Section 1656, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §505, 65 Stat. 379, provided that powers of Secretary of State shall be unaffected by this chapter. See section 2382 of this title.
Section 1657, acts Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §506, 65 Stat. 379; June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §7(g), 66 Stat. 145, related to duties of Secretary of Defense. See section 2383 of this title.
Section 1658, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §507, 65 Stat. 380, related to coordination among representatives overseas. See section 2382 of this title.
Section 1659, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §508, 65 Stat. 380, provided that other laws shall be unaffected by this chapter.
Section 1660, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §509, 65 Stat. 380, related to detail of personnel to foreign governments and international organizations. See sections 2387 and 2388 of this title.
Section 1661, acts Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §510, 65 Stat. 381; Apr. 5, 1952, ch. 159, §1, 66 Stat. 43, related to loyalty and security investigation of employees.
Section 1662, acts Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §511, 65 Stat. 381; June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §7(h), 66 Stat. 145, related to eligibility of nations for assistance and cooperative action requirements.
Section 1663, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §512, 65 Stat. 382, related to future appropriation authorizations.
Section 1664, acts Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §513, 65 Stat. 382; June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §7(i), 66 Stat. 145; July 16, 1953, ch. 195, ch. VII, §§701(c), 706(b), 67 Stat. 155, 158, related to transferability of appropriations under this chapter and special use of funds. See section 2360 of this title.
Section 1665, acts Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §514, 65 Stat. 382; June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §7(j), 66 Stat. 146; July 16, 1953, ch. 195, ch. IV, §402, 67 Stat. 154, related to procurement and stimulation of production of strategic materials and appropriation.
Section 1666, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §515, 65 Stat. 382, related to protection of funds against attachment.
Section 1667, acts Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §516, 65 Stat. 382; June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §7(k), 66 Stat. 146; July 16, 1953, ch. 195, ch. VII, §710(a)(1), (2), 67 Stat. 161, related to encouragement of free enterprise and foreign investment, cooperation by agencies and departments, and reports. See section 2351 of this title.
Section 1668, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §518, 65 Stat. 383, related to patents and technical information. See section 2356 of this title.
Section 1669, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §518, 65 Stat. 383, required the President to transmit reports to Congress. See section 2394 of this title.
Section 1670, acts Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §519, 65 Stat. 383; June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §7(l), 66 Stat. 146, related to local currencies.
Section 1671, acts Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §520, 65 Stat. 384; July 16, 1953, ch. 195, ch. VII, §706(c), 67 Stat. 158, related to use of certain funds for investment guaranties. See section 2351 of this title.
Section 1672, acts Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §521, 65 Stat. 384; July 16, 1953, ch. 195, ch. VII, §706(f)(1), 67 Stat. 158, related to use of funds for acquisition of collective defense facilities and administrative expenses.
Section 1673, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §524, 65 Stat. 385, related to return of equipment and material to United States and its disposition. See section 2355 of this title.
Section 1674, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §529, 65 Stat. 386, related to termination of assistance by President. See section 2367 of this title.
Section 1675, acts Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §529, 65 Stat. 386; July 16, 1953, ch. VII, §706(d), 67 Stat. 158, related to expiration of program. See section 2367 of this title.
Section 1675a, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §532, as added June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §7(m), 66 Stat. 146, related to exemptions from contract, accounting and certain other laws. See section 2393 of this title.
Section 1675b, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §533, as added June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §7(m), 66 Stat. 146, related to employment of retired officers. See section 2386 of this title.
Section 1675c, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §534, as added June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §7(m), 66 Stat. 146; amended July 16, 1953, ch. 195, ch. VI, §601, 67 Stat. 145, related to authorization of appropriations for movement of migrants. See section 2601 of this title.
Section 1675d, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §535, as added June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §7(m), 66 Stat. 146; amended July 16, 1953, ch. 195, ch. VI, §604, 67 Stat. 155, related to authority to pay ocean freight charges on relief packages.
Section 1675e, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §536, as added June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §7(m), 66 Stat. 146, related to authority to make informational media guaranties.
Section 1675f, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §537, as added June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §7(m), 66 Stat. 146, related to limitations on the use of propaganda funds.
Section 1675g, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §538(a), (b), as added June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §7(m), 66 Stat. 146, related to participation of small business in the furnishing of commodities and services and continuation of the Office of Small Business. See section 2352 of this title.
Section 1675h, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §539, as added June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §7(m), 66 Stat. 146, related to limitation on the use of counterpart funds.
Section 1675i, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §540, as added July 16, 1953, ch. 195, ch. I, §101, 67 Stat. 152, related to appropriations for military assistance generally.
Section 1675j, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §541, as added July 16, 1953, ch. 195, ch. II, §201(a), 67 Stat. 152, related to appropriations for defense, economic, and technical assistance to Europe, Nationalist China, and French Indo-China.
Section 1675k, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §542, as added July 16, 1953, ch. 195, ch. III, §301, 67 Stat. 153, related to appropriations for furnishing special weapons and determinations by President with respect to such weapons.
Section 1675l, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §543, as added July 16, 1953, ch. 195, ch. IV, §401, 67 Stat. 153, related to appropriations for defense, economic, and technical assistance in the Near East, Africa, Far East, and American Republics.
Section 1675m, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §546, as added July 16, 1953, ch. 195, ch. VII, §702, 67 Stat. 156, related to availability of unexpended balances. See section 2404 of this title.
Section 1675n, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §547, as added July 16, 1953, ch. 195, ch. VII, §706(e), 67 Stat 158, related to use of funds in economically underdeveloped areas.
Section 1675o, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §548, as added July 16, 1953, ch. 195, ch. VII, §706(f)(2), 67 Stat. 159, related to increases in authorized amounts and use of foreign currency.
Section 1675p, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §550, as added July 16, 1953, ch. 195, ch. VII, §706(h), 67 Stat. 159, related to surplus agricultural commodities. See sections 1701 and 1704 of Title 7, Agriculture.
See section 2151 et seq. of this title.
Section 1681, acts Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title I, §101, 65 Stat. 373; June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §3, 66 Stat. 141; July 16, 1953, ch. 195, ch. VII, §§701(a), 703, 67 Stat. 155, 156, related to authorizations: amount, countries included; transfers between appropriations, notice to Congressional committees; and aid to Spain.
Section 1682, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §102, as added July 16, 1953, ch. 195, ch. II, §201(b), 67 Stat. 153, related to authorization for manufacture of military equipment in France and the United Kingdom.
See section 2151 et seq. of this title.
Section 1691, acts Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title II, §201, 65 Stat. 374; June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §4(a), 66 Stat. 142, related to military assistance to Greece, Turkey and Iran, and authorization of amount.
Section 1692, acts Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title II, §202, 65 Stat. 375; July 16, 1953, ch. 195, ch. VII, §§701(b), 704, 67 Stat. 155, 156, related to other assistance in area of Near East and Africa and amount available.
Section 1693, acts Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title II, §203, 65 Stat. 375; June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §4(b), 66 Stat. 142, related to economic and technical assistance and authorization of amount.
Section 1694, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title II, §204, 65 Stat. 375, related to aid to Palestine refugees and amount available.
Section 1695, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title II, §205, 65 Stat. 375, related to aid to refugees coming into Israel and amount available.
Section 1696, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title II, §206, as added June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §4(c), 66 Stat. 142; amended July 16, 1953, ch. 195, ch. V, §501, 67 Stat. 154, related to special economic assistance.
Section 1697, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title V, §549, as added July 16, 1953, ch. 195, ch. VII, §706(g), 67 Stat. 159, related to making of a survey of refugee situation in Near East, report and recommendations.
See section 2151 et seq. of this title.
Section 1701, acts Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title III, §301, 65 Stat. 375; June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §5(a), 66 Stat. 142, related to authorization of amount for military assistance in general area of China, and Republics of Philippines and Korea.
Section 1702, acts Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title III, §302(a), 65 Stat. 376; June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §5(b), 66 Stat. 142; July 16, 1953, ch. 195, ch. VII, §705, 67 Stat. 156, related to authorization of amount for economic and technical assistance in general area of China and Republics of Philippines and Korea.
Section 1703, acts Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 579, title III, §303, 65 Stat. 376; June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §5(d)–(g), 66 Stat. 143; July 16, 1953, ch. 195, ch. VI, §605, 67 Stat. 155, related to rehabilitation of Korea.
Section 1704, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title III, §304, as added July 16, 1953, ch. 195, ch. II, §201(c), 67 Stat. 153, related to authorization of amount for aid to forces of French Indo-China.
Section 1705, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title III, §302(b), as added July 16, 1953, ch. 195, ch. V, §502, 67 Stat. 154, related to authorization of amount for economic assistance to India and Pakistan.
See section 2151 et seq. of this title.
Section 1711, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title IV, §401, 65 Stat. 377, related to authorization of amount for military assistance.
Section 1712, acts Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title IV, §402, 65 Stat. 377; June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §6, 66 Stat. 143, related to authorization of amount for technical assistance.
Section 1713, act Oct. 10, 1951, ch. 479, title IV, §403, as added June 20, 1952, ch. 449, §6, 66 Stat. 143, related to additional appropriations for Latin American countries
See section 2151 et seq. of this title.
All naturalized citizens of the United States while in foreign countries are entitled to and shall receive from this Government the same protection of persons and property which is accorded to native-born citizens.
(R.S. §2000.)
R.S. §2000 derived from Act July 27, 1868, ch. 249, §2, 15 Stat. 224.
Section was formerly classified to section 903a of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality.
Pub. L. 95–426, title VI, §611, Oct. 7, 1978, 92 Stat. 989, as amended by Pub. L. 96–60, title IV, §407, Aug. 15, 1979, 93 Stat. 405; Pub. L. 97–241, title V, §505(a)(2), (b)(1), Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 299, provided that: “The Congress finds that—
“(1) United States citizens living abroad should be provided fair and equitable treatment by the United States Government with regard to taxation, citizenship of progeny, veterans’ benefits, voting rights, Social Security benefits, and other obligations, rights, and benefits; and
“(2) United States statutes and regulations should be designed so as not to create competitive disadvantage for individual American citizens living abroad or working in international markets.”
Whenever it is made known to the President that any citizen of the United States has been unjustly deprived of his liberty by or under the authority of any foreign government, it shall be the duty of the President forthwith to demand of that government the reasons of such imprisonment; and if it appears to be wrongful and in violation of the rights of American citizenship, the President shall forthwith demand the release of such citizen, and if the release so demanded is unreasonably delayed or refused, the President shall use such means, not amounting to acts of war and not otherwise prohibited by law, as he may think necessary and proper to obtain or effectuate the release; and all the facts and proceedings relative thereto shall as soon as practicable be communicated by the President to Congress.
(R.S. §2001; Pub. L. 101–222, §9, Dec. 12, 1989, 103 Stat. 1900.)
R.S. §2001 derived from act July 27, 1868, ch. 249, §3, 15 Stat. 224.
Section was formerly classified to section 903b of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality.
1989—Pub. L. 101–222 inserted “and not otherwise prohibited by law” after “acts of war”.
For Executive Order provisions relating to the release of the American hostages in Iran, see Ex. Ord. Nos. 12276 to 12285, Jan. 19, 1981, 46 F.R. 7913 to 7932, listed in a table under section 1701 of Title 50, War and National Defense.
Section 1750, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, §2, formerly ch. IV, §549, as added July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §11, 69 Stat. 289, renumbered and amended July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §2, 70 Stat. 555; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, §2, 73 Stat. 246; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, §2, 74 Stat. 134, stated the Congressional declaration of purpose for this chapter. See section 2151 et seq. of this title.
Section 1750a, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. V, §503, June 30, 1958, 72 Stat. 275, related to strengthening cooperation in the Western Hemisphere.
Section 1750b, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §552, as added May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. IV, §401(m), 74 Stat. 140, prohibited assistance to Cuba. See section 2370 of this title.
Section 1751, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §545, 68 Stat. 862; July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §11(b), 70 Stat. 565; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. IV, §401(i), ch. V, §501(31)–(33), 72 Stat. 270, 272, defined terms used in this chapter. See section 2403 of this title.
Section 1752, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §546, 68 Stat. 863; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §11(c), 71 Stat 365, related to construction and application of this chapter.
Section 1753, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §501, 68 Stat. 849; July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §9(a), 70 Stat. 560, authorized transferability of funds. See section 2360 of this title.
Section 1753a, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §551, as added July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. IV, §401(m), 73 Stat. 255; amended Sept. 8, 1960, Pub. L. 86–735, §4, 74 Stat. 870, provided for limitations on the use of the President's special authority.
Section 13 of act July 18, 1956, ch. 627, 70 Stat. 565, was repealed by Pub. L. 87–195, pt. III, §642(a)(4). Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 460.
Notwithstanding section 1306 of title 31, or any other provision of law, proceeds of sales made under section 1675p 1 of this title, shall remain available and shall be used for any of the purposes of this chapter, giving particular regard to the following purposes—
(1) for providing military assistance to nations or mutual defense organizations eligible to receive assistance under this chapter;
(2) for purchase of goods or services in friendly nations;
(3) for loans, under applicable provisions of this chapter, to increase production of goods or services, including strategic materials, needed in any nation with which an agreement was negotiated, or in other friendly nations, with the authority to use currencies received in repayment for the purposes stated in the section or for deposit to the general account of the Treasury of the United States;
(4) for developing new markets on a mutually beneficial basis;
(5) for grants-in-aid to increase production for domestic needs in friendly countries; and
(6) for purchasing materials for United States stockpiles.
(1)(A) Notwithstanding section 1306 of title 31, or any other provision of law—
(i) local currencies owned by the United States which are in excess of the amounts reserved under section 2362(a) of this title and of the requirements of the United States Government in payment of its obligations outside of the United States, as such requirements may be determined from time to time by the President; and
(ii) any other local currencies owned by the United States in amounts not to exceed the equivalent of $75 per day per person or the maximum per diem allowance established under the authority of subchapter I of chapter 57 of title 5 for employees of the United States Government while traveling in a foreign country, whichever is greater, exclusive of the actual cost of transportation;
shall be made available to Members and employees of the Congress for their local currency expenses when authorized as provided in subparagraph (B).
(B) The authorization required for purposes of subparagraph (A) may be provided—
(i) by the Speaker of the House of Representatives in the case of a Member or employee of the House;
(ii) by the chairman of a standing or select committee of the House of Representatives in the case of a member or employee of that committee;
(iii) by the President of the Senate, the President pro tempore of the Senate, the Majority Leader of the Senate, or the Minority Leader of the Senate, in the case of a Member or employee of the Senate;
(iv) by the chairman of a standing, select, or special committee of the Senate in the case of a member or employee of that committee or of an employee of a member of that committee; and
(v) by the chairman of a joint committee of the Congress in the case of a member or employee of that committee.
(C) Whenever local currencies owned by the United States are not otherwise available for purposes of this subsection, the Secretary of the Treasury shall purchase such local currencies as may be necessary for such purposes, using any funds in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated.
(2) On a quarterly basis, the chairman of each committee of the House of Representatives or the Senate and of each joint committee of the Congress (A) shall prepare a consolidated report (i) which itemizes the amounts and dollar equivalent values of each foreign currency expended and the amounts of dollar expenditures from appropriated funds in connection with travel outside the United States, stating the purposes of the expenditures including per diem (lodging and meals), transportation, and other purposes, and (ii) which shows the total itemized expenditures, by such committee and by each member or employee of such committee (including in the case of a committee of the Senate, each employee of a member of the committee who received an authorization under paragraph (1) from the chairman of the committee); and (B) shall forward such consolidated report to the Clerk of the House of Representatives (if the committee is a committee of the House of Representatives or a joint committee whose funds are disbursed by the Chief Administrative Officer of the House) or to the Secretary of the Senate (if the committee is a committee of the Senate or a joint committee whose funds are disbursed by the Secretary of the Senate). Each such consolidated report shall be open to public inspection and shall be published in the Congressional Record within ten legislative days after the report is forwarded pursuant to this paragraph. In the case of the Select Committee on Intelligence of the Senate and the Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence of the House of Representatives, such consolidated report may, in the discretion of the chairman of the committee, omit such information as would identify the foreign countries in which members and employees of that committee traveled.
(3)(A) Each Member or employee who receives an authorization under paragraph (1) from the Speaker of the House of Representatives, the President of the Senate, the President pro tempore of the Senate, the Majority Leader of the Senate, or the Minority Leader of the Senate, shall within thirty days after the completion of the travel involved, submit a report setting forth the information specified in paragraph (2), to the extent applicable, to the Clerk of the House of Representatives (in the case of a Member of the House or an employee whose salary is disbursed by the Chief Administrative Officer of the House) or the Secretary of the Senate (in the case of a Member of the Senate or an employee whose salary is disbursed by the Secretary of the Senate). In the case of an authorization for a group of Members or employees, such reports shall be submitted for all Members of the group by its chairman, or if there is no designated chairman, by the ranking Member or if the group does not include a Member, by the senior employee in the group. Each report submitted pursuant to this subparagraph shall be open to public inspection.
(B) On a quarterly basis, the Clerk of the House of Representatives and the Secretary of the Senate shall each prepare a consolidation of the reports received by them under this paragraph with respect to expenditures during the preceding quarter by each Member and employee or by each group in the case of expenditures made on behalf of a group which are not allocable to individual members of the group. Each such consolidation shall be open to public inspection and shall be published in the Congressional Record within ten legislative days after its completion.
(Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §502, 68 Stat. 849; Sept. 3, 1954, ch. 1262, §104, 68 Stat. 1223; July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §9(a), 69 Stat. 288; July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §9(b), 70 Stat. 560; Pub. L. 85–477, ch. IV, §401(a), June 30, 1958, 72 Stat. 268; Pub. L. 85–766, ch. X, §1001, Aug. 27, 1958, 72 Stat. 880; Pub. L. 86–472, ch. IV, §401(a), May 14, 1960, 74 Stat. 138; Pub. L. 86–628, title I, §105(a), July 12, 1960, 74 Stat. 460; Pub. L. 87–195, pt. III, §642(a)(2), Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 460; Pub. L. 88–633, pt. IV, §402, Oct. 7, 1964, 78 Stat. 1015; Pub. L. 93–126, §5, Oct. 18, 1973, 87 Stat. 452; Pub. L. 93–371, §107, Aug. 13, 1974, 88 Stat. 444; Pub. L. 94–59, title XI, §1105, July 25, 1975, 89 Stat. 299; Pub. L. 94–157, title I, ch. IV, Dec. 18, 1975, 89 Stat. 837; Pub. L. 94–350, title IV, §402, July 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 833; Pub. L. 94–440, title I, §109, Oct. 1, 1976, 90 Stat. 1445; Pub. L. 95–384, §22(a), Sept. 26, 1978, 92 Stat. 742; Pub. L. 104–186, title II, §218(2), Aug. 20, 1996, 110 Stat. 1747.)
Section 1675p of this title, referred to in subsec. (a), was repealed by section 542(a)(9) of act Aug. 26, 1954, and is covered by section 1922 of this title.
In subsecs. (a) and (b)(1)(A), “section 1306 of title 31” substituted for “section 1415 of the Supplemental Appropriation Act, 1953 [31 U.S.C. 724]” on authority of Pub. L. 97–258, §4(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, the first section of which enacted Title 31, Money and Finance.
1996—Subsec. (b)(2), (3)(A). Pub. L. 104–186 substituted “by the Chief Administrative Officer” for “by the Clerk”.
1978—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 95–384, among other changes, inserted provisions requiring authorization by certain individuals of local currency expenses of members of employees of Congress and requiring each member or employee who has received an authorization for his local currency expenses to submit a report within 30 days setting forth certain specified information.
1976—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 94–440 inserted “and the Select Committee on Intelligence of the Senate” after “Joint Committee on Congressional Operations” and inserted provision authorizing chairman of the Select Committee on Intelligence of the Senate to omit information from the consolidated report that would identify the foreign countries in which members and employees of such committee traveled.
Pub. L. 94–350 required publication of each consolidated report in the Congressional Record within ten legislative days after being forwarded pursuant to subsec. (b).
1975—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 94–157 made local currencies available to Joint Committee on Congressional Operations.
Pub. L. 94–59 struck out provisions requiring each member or employee to make, to the chairman of the committee in accordance with regulations prescribed by the committee, an itemized report showing the amounts and dollar equivalent values of each foreign currency expended and the amounts of dollar expenditures made from appropriated funds in connection with travel outside the United States, together with the purposes of the expenditure, including lodging, meals, transportation, and other purposes, and, in the provision requiring a consolidated report by the chairman of each committee within the first sixty-days that Congress is in session in each calendar year, inserted requirement that such report itemize those items, struck out references to subcommittees, substituted “Committee on House Administration” for “Clerk”, and inserted provision for public inspection.
1974—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 93–371 inserted provisions requiring each member or employee of any committee to make to the chairman, in accordance with prescribed regulations, an itemized report showing the amounts of foreign currency expended and dollar expenditure made from appropriated funds in connection with travel outside the United States, and substituted provisions relating to the preparation and submission of a consolidated report by the chairman, within the first sixty days that Congress is in session in each calendar year, showing total itemized expenditures during the preceding calendar year of the committee, for provisions relating to the submission by the Department of State to the chairman of each committee, within the first ninety calendar days that Congress is in session in each calendar year, showing amounts and equivalent dollar values of foreign currency expended during the preceding calendar year for travel outside the United States.
1973—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 93–126 substituted “$75” for “$50” and “shall be made available to Members and employees of appropriate committees” for “shall be made available to appropriate committees” and substituted a reporting procedure under which the Department of State, within the first 90 calendar days that Congress is in session in each calendar year, submits a report covering the amounts and dollar equivalent values of each foreign currency expended by each Member and employee with respect to travel outside the United States, with such report to be available for public inspection, for a reporting procedure under which both the amounts and dollar equivalent values of each foreign currency expended and the amount of dollar expenditures made from appropriated funds with respect to travel outside the United States were reported within the first 60 days that Congress was in session in each calendar year, with each such report published in the Congressional Record.
1964—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 88–633 inserted “which are in excess of the amounts reserved under section 2362(a) of this title and of the requirements of the United States Government in payment of its obligations outside the United States, as such requirements may be determined from time to time by the President (and any other local currencies owned by the United States in amounts not to exceed the equivalent of $50 per day per person exclusive of the actual cost of transportation)”.
1961—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 87–195 repealed subsec. (c) which related to the preservation of cultural monuments of the Upper Nile.
1960—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 86–628 required inclusion in the reports of expenditures of each member and employee of the committees and subcommittees.
Pub. L. 86–472, §401(a)(1), required members and employees of committees to report the amounts of dollar expenditures made from appropriated funds in connection with travel outside the United States, and provided that the consolidated report shall show the total itemized expenditures incurred as a result of official activities of members and employees of committees or subcommittees.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 86–472, §401(a)(2), added subsec. (c).
1958—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 85–766 required reports to the Select Committee on Astronautics and Space Exploration of the House of Representatives and the Special Committee on Space and Astronautics of the Senate.
Pub. L. 85–477 required each member or employee of the committees to make an itemized report to the chairman of his committee, provided that the chairman shall consolidate the reports and forward the consolidated report to the appropriate Congressional committee within the first 60 days that Congress is in session in each year, and required publication of each report in the Congressional Record.
1956—Subsec. (b). Act July 18, 1956, substituted “Joint Economic Committee and the Select Committees on Small Business of the Senate and House of Representatives” for “Joint Committee on the Economic Report”.
1955—Subsec. (b). Act July 8, 1955, authorized the use of local currencies by the Joint Committee on Atomic Energy and the Joint Committee on the Economic Report.
1954—Subsec. (b). Act Sept. 3, 1954, substituted “Committee on Appropriations of the Senate” for “Committee on Rules and Administration of the Senate”.
Section 22(b) of Pub. L. 95–384 provided that: “Notwithstanding section 30 of this Act [set out as a note below], the amendment made by subsection (a) of this section [amending this section] shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act [Sept. 26, 1978].”
Pub. L. 86–735, Sept. 8, 1960, 74 Stat. 869, as amended, which enacted sections 1942 to 1945 of this title and amended section 1753a of this title, is known as the “Latin American Development Act”. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1942 of this title and Tables.
Section 1 of act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, 68 Stat. 832, as amended by act June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, §2, 72 Stat. 261, provided in part: “That this act [enacting this chapter, section 281b–2 of this title, and section 151c of former Title 5, Executive Departments and Government Officers and Employees, amending sections 279a, 281b, 290b, 1148, 1442, and 2658 of this title, section 1704 of Title 7, Agriculture, section 1441 of Title 26, Internal Revenue Code, and section 1641 of Title 50, App., War and National Defense, and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 1751 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Mutual Security Act of 1954’.”
Certain functions of Clerk of House of Representatives transferred to Director of Non-legislative and Financial Services by section 7 of House Resolution No. 423, One Hundred Second Congress, Apr. 9, 1992. Director of Non-legislative and Financial Services replaced by Chief Administrative Officer of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Fourth Congress, Jan. 4, 1995.
For delegation of functions of President under this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 F.R. 56673, as amended, set out as a note under section 2381 of this title.
Section 30 of Pub. L. 95–384 provided that: “Enactment of this Act [see Short Title of 1978 Amendment note set out under section 2151 of this title] shall not affect the authorizations of appropriations and limitations of authority applicable to the fiscal year 1978 which are contained in provisions of law amended by this Act (other than sections 31(a), (b), and (d) of the Arms Export Control Act [section 2771(a), (b), and (d) of this title]).”
1 See References in Text note below.
Section 1755, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §503, 68 Stat. 850; July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §9(b), 69 Stat. 288; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §9(a), 71 Stat. 363; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. V, §501(17), 72 Stat. 271; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. IV, §401(a), 73 Stat. 252, provided for termination of assistance under this chapter. See section 2367 of this title.
Section 1756, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §504, 68 Stat. 851; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §9(b), 71 Stat. 363; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. V §501(18), 72 Stat. 271; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. IV, §401(b), 73 Stat. 252; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. IV, §401(b), 74 Stat. 139, related to small business participation in furnishing of commodities and services. See section 2352 of this title.
Section 1757, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §505, 68 Stat. 851; July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §9(c), 69 Stat. 288; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §9(c), 71 Stat. 363; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. IV, §401(c), 73 Stat. 252; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. IV, §401(c), 74 Stat. 139, provided for manner and terms of furnishing loan assistance and sales. See section 2395 of this title.
Section 1758, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §506, 68 Stat. 852, related to patents and technical information. See section 2356 of this title.
Section 1759, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §507, 68 Stat. 852; July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §9(c), 70 Stat. 560, related to availability of funds.
Section, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §549, as added July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §1(d), 70 Stat. 565; amended Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §11(e), 71 Stat. 365; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. V, §501(34), 72 Stat. 272, authorized an amount equal to 25 per centum of funds authorized to be appropriated for any fiscal year for purposes of sections 1891 to 1896, 1897, 1898, or 1923 of this title to be continued available for three months beyond end of fiscal year for which appropriated.
Section, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §508, 68 Stat. 853, prohibited use of funds for propaganda purposes.
Section, which limited use of counterpart funds with respect to payment of debts of foreign countries, was enacted as a part of section 105 of the Mutual Security Appropriation Act, 1958, Pub. L. 85–279, §105, Sept. 3, 1957, 71 Stat. 603, and was not repeated in subsequent appropriation acts.
Section 1761, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §509, 68 Stat. 853; July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §9(d), 69 Stat. 288; July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §9(d), 70 Stat. 560; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §9(d), 71 Stat. 363; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. IV, §401(b), 72 Stat. 269, related to shipping on United States vessels. See section 2353 of this title.
Section 1762, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §510, 68 Stat. 853; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. IV, §401(c), ch. V, §501(19), 72 Stat. 269, 271; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. IV, §401(d), 73 Stat. 253, related to purchase of commodities in bulk and to surplus agricultural commodities. See section 2354 of this title.
Section 1763, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §511, 68 Stat. 853; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §9(e), 71 Stat. 363; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. V, §501(20), (21), 72 Stat. 271, provided for preservation of military stock and retention and return of equipment. See section 2355 of this title.
Section 1764, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §512, 68 Stat. 854, prescribed penalties for accepting commissions, etc., for procurement services by United States officers and employees.
Section 1765, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §513, as added Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §9(f), 71 Stat. 363; amended June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. V, §501(22), 72 Stat. 271; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. IV, §401(d), 74 Stat. 139, provided for notice to legislative committees. See section 2394(d) of this title.
Section, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §514, 68 Stat. 854, related to reservation of foreign currencies or credits owed to or by the United States by the Secretary of the Treasury for sale to the Department of State for international educational exchange activities on basis of dollar value at time of reservation. See sections 2362 and 2455 of this title.
Section 1766a, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §515, as added July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §9(e), 70 Stat. 560, related to authorization for grant of contract authority. See section 2365 of this title.
Section 1766b, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §516, as added June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. IV, §401(d), 72 Stat. 269, prohibited use of funds for debt retirement.
Section 1766c, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §517, as added June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. IV, §401(d), 72 Stat. 269; amended July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. IV, §401(e), 73 Stat. 253; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. IV, §401(e), 74 Stat. 139, related to completion of plans and cost estimates, and to computation of benefits and costs. See section 2361 of this title.
Section, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, title V, §547, 68 Stat. 864, provided for a general limitation on authorizations.
Section 1767a, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §548, as added July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §11, 69 Stat. 289; amended July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §11(c), 70 Stat. 565, related to availability of unexpended balances of funds. See section 2404 of this title.
Section 1768, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §543, 68 Stat. 861; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §11(a), 71 Stat. 365; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. IV, §401(g), 72 Stat. 270; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. IV, §401(k), 73 Stat. 255, contained savings provisions. See section 2392 of this title.
Section 1781, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §521, 68 Stat. 855; July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §10(a), 70 Stat. 560; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §10(a), 71 Stat. 363; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. V, §501(24), (25), 72 Stat. 271, empowered the President to delegate his authority and provided for the promulgation of rules and regulations. See section 2381 of this title.
Section 1782, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §522, 68 Stat. 855; July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §10(b), 70 Stat. 560; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. V, §501(26), 72 Stat. 272, related to allocation and transfer of funds among Government agencies, utilization of services and facilities, reimbursement for military assistance, commodities, services, and facilities, establishment of accounts, and to charge of expenses to appropriation. See section 2392 of this title.
(a) to (c) Repealed. Pub. L. 87–195, pt. III, §642(a)(2), Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 460.
(d) Whenever the President determines that the prevention of improper currency transactions in a given country requires it, he may direct the chief of the United States diplomatic mission there to issue regulations applicable to members of the Armed Forces and officers and employees of the United States Government, and to contractors with the United States Government and their employees, governing the extent to which their pay and allowances received and to be used in that country shall be paid in local currency. Notwithstanding any other law, United States Government agencies are authorized and directed to comply with such regulations.
(Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §523, 68 Stat. 856; Pub. L. 85–141, §10(b), Aug. 14, 1957, 71 Stat. 364; Pub. L. 85–477, ch. V, §501(27), June 30, 1958, 72 Stat. 272; Pub. L. 86–108, ch. IV, §401(f), July 24, 1959, 73 Stat. 253; Pub. L. 86–472, ch. IV, §401(f), May 14, 1960, 74 Stat. 139; Pub. L. 87–195, pt. III, §642(a)(2), pt. IV, §707, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 460, 464.)
1961—Subsecs. (a) to (c). Pub. L. 87–195, §642(a)(2), repealed subsecs. (a) to (c) which related to powers and functions of the Secretary of State, required the President to prescribe procedures to assure coordination among representatives of the Government, and made the Secretary of State responsible for the continuous supervision and general direction of the assistance programs. See section 2382 of this title.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 87–195, §707, substituted “prevention of improper currency transactions” for “achievement of United States foreign policy objectives”.
1960—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 86–472 added subsec. (d).
1959—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 86–108, §401(f)(1), required the chief of the diplomatic mission to make sure that recommendations of representatives pertaining to military assistance are coordinated with political and economic considerations.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 86–108, §401(f)(2), substituted provisions making the Secretary of State responsible for the continuous supervision and general direction of the assistance programs for provisions which required the Secretary of State to coordinate the various forms of assistance and to determine the value of the program under subchapter II of this chapter for any country.
1958—Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 85–477 substituted “subchapter II of this chapter” for “sections 1811 to 1817 of this title”.
1957—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 85–141 added subsec. (c).
Section 707 of Pub. L. 87–195, cited as a credit to this section, was repealed by section 401 of Pub. L. 87–565, pt. IV, Aug. 1, 1962, 76 Stat. 263, except insofar as section 707 affected this section.
For delegation of functions of President under this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 F.R. 56673, as amended, set out as a note under section 2381 of this title.
Section 604 of Pub. L. 86–472, ch. VI, May 14, 1960, 74 Stat. 141, which related to study of agencies engaged in foreign economic activities, was repealed by Pub. L. 87–195, pt. III, §642(a)(8), Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 460.
Section 1784, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §524, 68 Stat. 856; July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §10(a), 69 Stat. 288; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §10(c), 71 Stat. 364; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. V, §501(28), 72 Stat. 272, prescribed duties of Secretary of Defense. See section 2383 of this title.
Section 1785, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §525, 68 Stat. 856; July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §10(b), 69 Stat. 288; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §10(d), 71 Stat. 364, authorized transfer of functions of Foreign Operations Administration.
Section 1786, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §526, 68 Stat. 857; July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §10(c), 69 Stat. 289, authorized maintenance of special missions and staffs abroad. See section 2391 of this title.
Section 1787, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §527, 68 Stat. 857; July 31, 1956, ch. 804, title I, §113, 70 Stat. 740; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §10(e), 71 Stat. 364; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. IV, §401(e), 72 Stat. 269; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. IV, §401(g), 73 Stat. 253; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. IV, §401(g), ch. V, §501(c), (d), 74 Stat. 139, 140, related to employment of personnel. See section 2385 of this title.
Section 1788, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §528, 68 Stat. 858, authorized detail of personnel to foreign governments. See section 2387 of this title.
Section 1789, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §529, 68 Stat. 858, authorized detail of personnel to international organizations. See section 2388 of this title.
Section 1790, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §530, 68 Stat. 859; July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §10(d), 69 Stat. 289; July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §10(c), 70 Stat. 561; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. V, §501(e), 74 Stat. 140, authorized employment of experts and consultants. See section 2386 of this title.
Section 1791, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §531, 68 Stat. 859; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. IV, §401(h), 74 Stat. 139, related to security clearance.
Section 1792, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §532, 68 Stat. 859; July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §10(d), 70 Stat. 561, related to exemption of personnel from certain Federal laws. See section 2386 of this title.
Section 1793, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §533, 68 Stat. 860, provided for waiver of certain Federal laws. See section 2393 of this title.
Section 1793a, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §533A, as added July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. IV, §401(h), 73 Stat. 253; amended May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. IV, §401(i), 74 Stat. 140, established Office of Inspector General and Comptroller and transferred certain functions thereto. See section 2384 of this title.
Section 1794, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. V, §534, 68 Stat. 860; July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §10(e), 69 Stat. 289; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §10(f), 71 Stat. 364; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. IV, §401(i), 73 Stat. 254; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. IV, §401(j), 74 Stat. 140, provided for reports to Congress and for furnishing documents and other material to General Accounting Office and committees of Congress. See section 2394 of this title.
Section 1794a, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §550, as added July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. IV, §401(m), 73 Stat. 255, required President to make public information concerning mutual security program not deemed to be incompatible with security of United States. See section 2394(b) of this title.
Section 1795, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §535, 68 Stat. 860; July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §10(e), 70 Stat. 561; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §10(g), 71 Stat. 364, related to cooperation with nations and international organizations.
The President is authorized to continue to participate in the Joint Commission on Rural Reconstruction in China and to appoint citizens of the United States to the Commission.
(Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §536, 68 Stat. 861.)
Section, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. IV, §537, as added July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §10(f), 70 Stat. 561; amended Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §§6, 10(h), 71 Stat. 357, 364; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. IV, §401(f), ch. V, §501(29), 72 Stat. 270, 272; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. IV, §401(j), 73 Stat. 255; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. IV, §401(k), (l), ch. V, §501(f), 74 Stat. 140, related to uses of funds under this chapter. See section 2396 of this title.
Section 1811, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. I, §101, 68 Stat. 833, stated the Congressional declaration of purpose for military assistance. See section 2301 of this title.
Section 1811a, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, §2, formerly ch. IV, §549, as added July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §11, 69 Stat. 289, renumbered and amended July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §2, 70 Stat. 555; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, §2, 73 Stat. 246; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, §2, 74 Stat. 134, stated the Congressional declaration of purpose for this chapter. See sections 2151 and 2301 of this title.
Section 1812, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. I, §102, 68 Stat. 833, related to the basis and terms of military assistance. See section 2395 of this title.
Section 1813, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. I, §103, 68 Stat. 833; July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §2(a)–(c), 69 Stat. 283; July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §3(a), 70 Stat. 555; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §2(a), 71 Stat. 355; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. I, §101, 72 Stat. 261; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. I, §101(a), 73 Stat. 247; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. I, §101(a), 74 Stat. 134, authorized appropriations for military assistance. See section 2312 of this title.
Section 1814, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. I, §104, 68 Stat. 834; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §2(b), 71 Stat. 356, authorized NATO infrastructure contributions.
Section 1815, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. I, §105, 68 Stat. 834; July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §2(d)–(f), 69 Stat. 284; July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §3(b), 70 Stat. 555; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §2(c), 71 Stat. 356; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. I, §§102, 103, 72 Stat. 262; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. I, §101(b), 73 Stat. 247; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. I, §101(b), 74 Stat. 134, prescribed the conditions and eligibility for military assistance. See section 2314 of this title.
Section 1816, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. I, §106, 68 Stat. 836, authorized the President to sell military equipment, materials and services and prescribed the manner of payment. See sections 2342 and 2343 of this title.
Section 1817, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. I, §107, 68 Stat. 836; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §2(d), 71 Stat. 356, authorized the waiver of certain laws. See section 2393 of this title.
Section, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, title I, §108, 68 Stat. 837; July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §2(g), 69 Stat. 284, authorized, until June 30, 1956, the transfer of military equipment and supplies to Japan.
Section, act Aug. 2, 1955, ch. 491, §108, 69 Stat. 438, related to an accounting for military assistance funds.
Pub. L. 95–148 provided that the repeal of this section is effective Oct. 1, 1977.
Section 1831, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, title 1, §121, 68 Stat. 837; July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §3(a), 69 Stat. 284, authorized appropriations for assistance for Southeast Asia and Western Pacific for the fiscal year 1955.
Sections 1832, 1833, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, title I, §§122, 123, 68 Stat. 837, 838, authorized appropriations for fiscal year 1955 for manufacture in United Kingdom of military aircraft, and for provision of any common-use equipment, materials, commodities, or services which are to be used by military forces of nations receiving assistance.
Section 1834, act Aug. 20, 1954, ch. 937, title I, §124, as added July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §3(b), 69 Stat. 284, authorized appropriations for fiscal year 1956 to provide assistance in form of direct forces support to be delivered or rendered directly to military forces of nations eligible for military assistance.
Section, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §131, 68 Stat. 838; July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §4, 69 Stat. 284; July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §4, 70 Stat. 556; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §4(a), 71 Stat. 356; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. II, §201, ch. V, §501(3), (4), 72 Stat. 262, 270; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. II, §201, 73 Stat. 248; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. II, §201(a), (b), 74 Stat. 134, authorized economic assistance to sustain and increase the military effort and provided for executive authority to furnish assistance, appropriations, marine insurance and assistance for Korea. See section 2354(d) of this title.
Section, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, title I, §132, 68 Stat. 838, authorized appropriations for defense support, relief and rehabilitation, and other necessary assistance for those parts of Korea which the President determined to be not under Communist control.
Section 1851, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §141, 68 Stat. 839; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. V, §501(6), 72 Stat. 270; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. II, §201(c), 74 Stat. 135, prescribed conditions of eligibility.
Section 1852, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §142, 68 Stat. 839; July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §5, 69 Stat. 285; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §5(a), 71 Stat. 356; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. II, §202, ch. V, §501(7, 8), 72 Stat. 262, 271; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. II, §202, 73 Stat. 248; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. II, §201(d), 74 Stat. 135, related to agreements by recipient nations for furnishing of defense support or military equipment and materials.
In furnishing assistance to Yugoslavia, the President shall continuously assure himself (1) that Yugoslavia continues to maintain its independence, (2) that Yugoslavia is not participating in any policy or program for the Communist conquest of the world, and (3) that the furnishing of such assistance is in the interest of the national security of the United States. The President shall keep the Foreign Relations Committee and the Appropriations Committee of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives fully and constantly informed of any assistance furnished to Yugoslavia under this chapter.
(Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §143, as added July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §5, 70 Stat. 556; amended Pub. L. 85–141, §5(b), Aug. 14, 1957, 71 Stat. 356.)
1957—Pub. L. 85–141 required the President to continuously assure himself that Yugoslavia continues to maintain its independence, that she is not participating in any policy or program for the Communist conquest of the world, and that the furnishing of assistance is in the interest of national security, and provided that certain committees of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives should be constantly informed of assistance furnished.
Section, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §144, as added Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §5(c), 71 Stat. 357; amended June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. V, §501(9), 72 Stat. 271, authorized assistance to Southeast Asia.
Section 1870, act July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §14, 70 Stat. 566, stated Congressional declaration of policy to promote economic development of underdeveloped countries. See section 2151 of this title.
Section 1871, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §201, as added Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §6, 71 Stat. 357; amended May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. II, §202(a), 74 Stat. 135, stated Congressional declaration of purpose for development loan program. See section 2151 of this title.
Section 1872, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §202, as added Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §6, 71 Stat. 357; amended June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85 477, ch. II, §203(a), ch. V, §501(10), 72 Stat. 262, 271; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. II, §203(a), 73 Stat. 248; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. II, §202(b), 74 Stat. 135, created Development Loan Fund, authorized Fund to make loans, credits or guaranties, provided for repayment, administration, and reports, and restricted allocation, reservation, earmarking, commitment, or set-aside of funds.
Section 1873, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §203, as added Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §6, 71 Stat. 358; amended July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. II, §203(b), 73 Stat. 248, authorized appropriations for capitalization of Fund.
Section 1874, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §204, as added Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §6, 71 Stat. 358; amended June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 86–477, ch. II, §203(b), 72 Stat. 263; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. II, §203(c), 73 Stat. 249, related to fiscal provisions for Fund.
Section 1875, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §205, as added Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §6, 71 Stat. 358; amended June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. II, §203(c), 72 Stat. 263; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. II, §203(d), 73 Stat. 249; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. II, §202(c), ch. V, §501(a), 74 Stat. 135, 140, related to management of Fund, and powers and authority of Board of Directors.
Section 1876, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §205, as added Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §6, 71 Stat. 359, provided for applicability of functions of National Advisory Council on International Monetary and Financial Problems.
Section 1891, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §301, 68 Stat. 841, stated Congressional declaration of policy and purpose for technical cooperation.
Section 1892, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §302, 68 Stat. 841, related to authority of President and defined technical cooperation programs. See section 2171 of this title.
Section 1893, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §303, 68 Stat. 841, enumerated prerequisites to assistance. See section 2171 of this title.
Section 1894, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II. §304, 68 Stat. 842; July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §7(a), 69 Stat. 285; July 18, 1956, ch. 627; §7(a), 70 Stat. 557; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §7(a), 71 Stat. 359; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. II, §204(a), 72 Stat. 265; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. II, §204(a), 73 Stat. 249; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. II, §203(a), 74 Stat. 136, authorized appropriations for technical cooperation programs. See section 2172 of this title.
Section 1895, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §305, 68 Stat. 842, related to limitation on use of funds.
Section 1896, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §306, 68 Stat. 842; July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §7(b), 69 Stat. 285; July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §7(b), 70 Stat. 557; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §7(b), 71 Stat. 359; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. II, §204(b), 72 Stat. 265; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. II, §204(b), 73 Stat. 249; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. II, §203(b), 74 Stat. 136, authorized appropriations for multilateral technical cooperation and related programs.
No commitment for the calendar year 1955 or thereafter, with respect to contributions to the United Nations expanded program of technical assistance, shall be pledged on behalf of the United States until the Congress appropriates for said purpose.
(Sept. 3, 1954, ch. 1262, §101, 68 Stat. 1221.)
Section was enacted as a part of section 101 of the Mutual Security Appropriation Act, 1955. No other part of section 101 of the Mutual Security Appropriation Act, 1955, was classified to the Code.
To enable the United States to maintain membership in the Colombo Plan Council for Technical Cooperation, there is authorized to be appropriated from time to time to the Department of State such sums as may be necessary for the payment by the United States of its share of the expenses of the Colombo Plan Council for Technical Cooperation.
(Pub. L. 86–108, ch. V, §502, July 24, 1959, 73 Stat. 256.)
Section was enacted as part of the Mutual Security Act of 1959.
Annual appropriations to meet the obligations of membership in various international organizations were contained in acts listed in a note set out under section 269a of this title.
Section, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §307, 68 Stat. 842; July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §7(c), 70 Stat. 557; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. II, §203(c), 74 Stat. 136, authorized advances and grants-in-aid for technical cooperation program.
Section, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §308, 68 Stat. 842; July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §7(c), 69 Stat. 286; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. II, §204(c), 73 Stat, 249, created an advisory board and provided for its duties, membership, allowances, and expenses.
Section 1920, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §400, as added Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §8(a), 71 Stat. 360; amended June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. II, §205(a), 72 Stat. 266; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. II, §205(a), 73 Stat. 249; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. II, §204(a), 74 Stat. 136, authorized assistance for special programs to maintain political or economic stability, for programs of economic development in Latin America and for schools and libraries abroad. See section 2171 et seq. of this title.
Section 1921, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §401, as added July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. II, §205(b), 73 Stat. 249; amended May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. II, §204(b), 74 Stat. 136, authorized contributions to the United Nations Emergency Fund. See section 2221 of this title.
Section, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, title IV, §402, 68 Stat. 843; July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §8(b), 69 Stat. 286; July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §8(b), 70 Stat. 558; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §8(c), 71 Stat. 361; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. II, §205(b), 72 Stat. 266; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. II, §205(c), 73 Stat. 250; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. II, §204(c), 74 Stat. 136, related to disposition of surplus agricultural commodities and use of foreign currency proceeds.
Section 1923, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §403, as added June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. II, §205(c), 72 Stat. 266; amended July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. II, §205(d), 73 Stat. 250; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. II, §204(d), 74 Stat. 136, authorized the use of funds to meet responsibilities in Germany. See section 2364(b) of this title.
Section 1924, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §404, as added May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. II, §204(e), 74 Stat. 136, related to the Indus Basin Development. See section 2223 of this title.
Subsecs. (a), (c), and (d), acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §405(a), (c), (d), 68 Stat. 844; July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §8(d), 69 Stat. 286; July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §8(d), 70 Stat. 558; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §8(e), 71 Stat. 361; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. II, §205(d), ch. V, §501(13), 72 Stat. 266, 271; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. II, §205(e), 73 Stat. 250; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. II, §204(f), 74 Stat. 137, related to movement of migrants, refugees, and escapees, and were repealed by Pub. L. 87–510, §6, June 28, 1962, 76 Stat. 124. See section 2601(a), (b)(1) of this title.
Subsec. (b), act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §405(b), 68 Stat. 844, which related to the use of funds to facilitate migration of persons resident in Ryukyu Island Archipelago, was repealed by Pub. L. 87–195, pt. III, §642(a)(2), Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 460. See section 1945(b) of this title.
Section 1926, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §406, 68 Stat. 844; July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §8(e), 69 Stat. 286; July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §8(e), 70 Stat. 558; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §8(f), 71 Stat. 361; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. II, §205(e), 72 Stat. 266; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. II, §205(f), 73 Stat. 250; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. II, §204(g), 74 Stat. 137, authorized appropriations for United Nations Children's Fund.
Section 1927, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §407, 68 Stat. 844; July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §8(f), 69 Stat. 286; July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §8(f), 70 Stat. 558; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §8(g), 71 Stat. 361; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. II, §205(f), 72 Stat. 266; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. II, §205(g), 73 Stat. 250; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. II, §204(h), 74 Stat. 137, authorized appropriations for contributions to Palestine refugees in Near East. See section 2221 of this title.
In order to provide for United States participation in the North Atlantic Treaty Organization, there is authorized to be appropriated such amounts as may be necessary from time to time for the payment by the United States of its share of the expenses of the Organization and all necessary salaries and expenses of the United States permanent representative to the Organization, of such persons as may be appointed to represent the United States in the subsidiary bodies of the Organization or in any multilateral organization which participates in achieving the aims of the North Atlantic Treaty, and of their appropriate staffs, and the expenses of participation in meetings of such organizations, including salaries, expenses, and allowances of personnel and dependents as authorized by the Foreign Service Act of 1980 [22 U.S.C. 3901 et seq.], and allowances and expenses as provided in section 287r of this title.
The United States permanent representative to the North Atlantic Treaty Organization shall be appointed by the President by and with the advice and consent of the Senate and shall hold office at the pleasure of the President. Such representative shall have the rank and status of ambassador extraordinary and plenipotentiary and shall be a chief of mission under the Foreign Service Act of 1980 [22 U.S.C. 3901 et seq.].
Persons detailed to the international staff of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization in accordance with section 2388 of this title who are members of the Foreign Service serving under limited appointments may serve for periods of more than five years notwithstanding the limitation in section 309 of the Foreign Service Act of 1980 [22 U.S.C. 3949].
(Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, title IV, §408, 68 Stat. 845; Pub. L. 85–141, §8(h), Aug. 14, 1957, 71 Stat. 361; Pub. L. 86–108, ch. II, §205(h), July 24, 1959, 73 Stat. 250; Pub. L. 96–465, title II, §2206(a)(6), Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2161.)
The Foreign Service Act of 1980, referred to in subsecs. (a) and (b), is Pub. L. 96–465, Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2071, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 52 (§3901 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 3901 of this title and Tables.
1980—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 96–465, §2206(a)(6)(A), substituted “Foreign Service Act of 1980” for “Foreign Service Act of 1946, as amended (22 U.S.C. 801),”.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 96–465, §2206(a)(6)(B), substituted “chief of mission under the Foreign Service Act of 1980” for “chief of mission, class 1, within the meaning of the Foreign Service Act of 1946, as amended (22 U.S.C. 801)”.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 96–465, §2206(a)(6)(C), among other changes, substituted references to sections 2388 and 3949 of this title for references to sections 1789 and 922 of this title, respectively, and reference to members of the Foreign Service for reference to Foreign Service Reserve officers.
1959—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 86–108 substituted “five years” for “four years”.
1957—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 85–141 struck out provisions authorizing appropriations of not more than $3,200,000 for the fiscal year 1955.
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–465 effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Annual appropriations to meet the obligations of membership in various international organizations were contained in acts listed in a note set out under section 269a of this title.
Pub. L. 111–117, div. E, title I, §118, Dec. 16, 2009, 123 Stat. 3293, provided that:
“(a) The Secretary of Defense, in consultation with the Secretary of State, shall submit to the Committees on Appropriations of both Houses of Congress, by February 15 of each year, an annual report in unclassified and, if necessary, classified form, on actions taken by the Department of Defense and the Department of State during the previous fiscal year to encourage host countries to assume a greater share of the common defense burden of such countries and the United States.
“(b) The report under subsection (a) shall include a description of—
“(1) attempts to secure cash and in-kind contributions from host countries for military construction projects;
“(2) attempts to achieve economic incentives offered by host countries to encourage private investment for the benefit of the United States Armed Forces;
“(3) attempts to recover funds due to be paid to the United States by host countries for assets deeded or otherwise imparted to host countries upon the cessation of United States operations at military installations;
“(4) the amount spent by host countries on defense, in dollars and in terms of the percent of gross domestic product (GDP) of the host country; and
“(5) for host countries that are members of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO), the amount contributed to NATO by host countries, in dollars and in terms of the percent of the total NATO budget.
“(c) In this section, the term ‘host country’ means other member countries of NATO, Japan, South Korea, and United States allies bordering the Arabian Sea.”
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation acts:
Pub. L. 110–329, div. E, title I, §118, Sept. 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 3698.
Pub. L. 110–161, div. I, title I, §118, Dec. 26, 2007, 121 Stat. 2259.
Pub. L. 110–17, Apr. 9, 2007, 121 Stat. 73, provided that:
“This Act may be cited as the ‘NATO Freedom Consolidation Act of 2007’.
“Congress makes the following findings:
“(1) The sustained commitment of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) to mutual defense has made possible the democratic transformation of Central and Eastern Europe. Members of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization can and should play a critical role in addressing the security challenges of the post-Cold War era in creating the stable environment needed for those emerging democracies in Europe.
“(2) Lasting stability and security in Europe requires the military, economic, and political integration of emerging democracies into existing European structures.
“(3) In an era of threats from terrorism and the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction, the North Atlantic Treaty Organization is increasingly contributing to security in the face of global security challenges for the protection and interests of its member states.
“(4) In the NATO Participation Act of 1994 (title II of Public Law 103–447; 22 U.S.C. 1928 note), Congress declared that ‘full and active participants in the Partnership for Peace in a position to further the principles of the North Atlantic Treaty and to contribute to the security of the North Atlantic area should be invited to become full NATO members in accordance with Article 10 of such Treaty at an early date . . .’.
“(5) In the NATO Enlargement Facilitation Act of 1996 (title VI of section 101(c) of title I of division A of Public Law 104–208; 22 U.S.C. 1928 note), Congress called for the prompt admission of Poland, Hungary, the Czech Republic, and Slovenia to the North Atlantic Treaty Organization, and declared that ‘in order to promote economic stability and security in Slovakia, Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, Romania, Bulgaria, Albania, Moldova, and Ukraine . . . the process of enlarging NATO to include emerging democracies in Central and Eastern Europe should not be limited to consideration of admitting Poland, Hungary, the Czech Republic, and Slovenia as full members of the NATO Alliance’.
“(6) In the European Security Act of 1998 (title XXVII of division G of Public Law 105–277; 22 U.S.C. 1928 note), Congress declared that ‘Poland, Hungary, and the Czech Republic should not be the last emerging democracies in Central and Eastern Europe invited to join NATO’ and that ‘Romania, Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, and Bulgaria . . . would make an outstanding contribution to furthering the goals of NATO and enhancing stability, freedom, and peace in Europe should they become NATO members [and] upon complete satisfaction of all relevant criteria should be invited to become full NATO members at the earliest possible date’.
“(7) In the Gerald B. H. Solomon Freedom Consolidation Act of 2002 (Public Law 107–187; 22 U.S.C. 1928 note), Congress endorsed ‘. . . the vision of further enlargement of the NATO Alliance articulated by President George W. Bush on June 15, 2001, and by former President William J. Clinton on October 22, 1996’.
“(8) At the Madrid Summit of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization in July 1997, Poland, Hungary, and the Czech Republic were invited to join the Alliance, and the North Atlantic Treaty Organization heads of state and government issued a declaration stating ‘[t]he alliance expects to extend further invitations in coming years to nations willing and able to assume the responsibilities and obligations of membership . . . [n]o European democratic country whose admission would fulfill the objectives of the [North Atlantic] Treaty will be excluded from consideration’.
“(9) At the Washington Summit of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization in April 1999, the North Atlantic Treaty Organization heads of state and government issued a communique�AE1 declaring ‘[w]e pledge that NATO will continue to welcome new members in a position to further the principles of the [North Atlantic] Treaty and contribute to peace and security in the Euro-Atlantic area . . . [t]he three new members will not be the last . . . [n]o European democratic country whose admission would fulfill the objectives of the Treaty will be excluded from consideration, regardless of its geographic location . . .’.
“(10) In May 2000 in Vilnius, Lithuania, the foreign ministers of Albania, Bulgaria, Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, the Republic of Macedonia (FYROM), Romania, Slovakia, and Slovenia issued a statement (later joined by Croatia) declaring that—
“(A) their countries will cooperate in jointly seeking membership in the North Atlantic Treaty Organization in the next round of enlargement of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization;
“(B) the realization of membership in the North Atlantic Treaty Organization by one or more of these countries would be a success for all; and
“(C) eventual membership in the North Atlantic Treaty Organization for all of these countries would be a success for Europe and for the North Atlantic Treaty Organization.
“(11) On June 15, 2001, in a speech in Warsaw, Poland, President George W. Bush stated ‘[a]ll of Europe's new democracies, from the Baltic to the Black Sea and all that lie between, should have the same chance for security and freedom—and the same chance to join the institutions of Europe—as Europe's old democracies have . . . I believe in NATO membership for all of Europe's democracies that seek it and are ready to share the responsibilities that NATO brings . . . [a]s we plan to enlarge NATO, no nation should be used as a pawn in the agenda of others . . . [w]e will not trade away the fate of free European peoples . . . [n]o more Munichs . . . [n]o more Yaltas . . . [a]s we plan the Prague Summit, we should not calculate how little we can get away with, but how much we can do to advance the cause of freedom’.
“(12) On October 22, 1996, in a speech in Detroit, Michigan, former President William J. Clinton stated ‘NATO's doors will not close behind its first new members . . . NATO should remain open to all of Europe's emerging democracies who are ready to shoulder the responsibilities of membership . . . [n]o nation will be automatically excluded . . . [n]o country outside NATO will have a veto . . . [a] gray zone of insecurity must not reemerge in Europe’.
“(13) At the Prague Summit of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization in November 2002, Bulgaria, Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, Romania, Slovakia, and Slovenia were invited to join the Alliance in the second round of enlargement of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization since the end of the Cold War, and the North Atlantic Treaty Organization heads of state and government issued a declaration stating ‘NATO's door will remain open to European democracies willing and able to assume the responsibilities and obligations of membership, in accordance with Article 10 of the Washington Treaty’.
“(14) On May 8, 2003, the United States Senate unanimously approved the Resolution of Ratification to Accompany Treaty Document No. 108–4, Protocols to the North Atlantic Treaty of 1949 on Accession of Bulgaria, Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, Romania, Slovakia, and Slovenia, inviting Bulgaria, Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, Romania, Slovakia, and Slovenia to join the North Atlantic Treaty Organization.
“(15) At the Istanbul Summit of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization in June 2004, the North Atlantic Treaty Organization heads of state and government issued a communique�AE1 reaffirming that NATO's door remains open to new members, declaring ‘[w]e celebrate the success of NATO's Open Door Policy, and reaffirm tody [sic] that our seven new members will not be the last. The door to membership remains open. We welcome the progress made by Albania, Croatia, and the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia (1) [sic] in implementing their Annual National Programmes under the Membership Action Plan, and encourage them to continue pursuing the reforms necessary to progress toward NATO membership. We also commend their contribution to regional stability and cooperation. We want all three countries to succeed and will continue to assist them in their reform efforts. NATO will continue to assess each country's candidacy individually, based on the progress made towards reform goals pursued through the Membership Action Plan, which will remain the vehicle to keep the readiness of each aspirant for membership under review. We direct that NATO Foreign Ministers keep the enlargement process, including the implementation of the Membership Action Plan, under continual review and report to us. We will review at the next Summit progress by aspirants towards membership based on that report’.
“(16) Georgia and Ukraine have stated their desire to join the Euro-Atlantic community, and in particular, are seeking to join the North Atlantic Treaty Organization. Georgia and Ukraine are working closely with the North Atlantic Treaty Organization and its members to meet criteria for eventual membership in NATO.
“(17) At a press conference with President Mikhail Saakashvili of Georgia in Washington, D.C. on July 5, 2006, President George W. Bush stated that ‘. . . I believe that NATO would benefit with Georgia being a member of NATO, and I think Georgia would benefit. And there's a way forward through the Membership Action Plan . . . And I'm a believer in the expansion of NATO. I think it's in the world's interest that we expand NATO’.
“(18) Following a meeting of NATO Foreign Ministers in New York on September 21, 2006, NATO Secretary General Jaap de Hoop Scheffer announced the launching of an Intensified Dialogue on membership between the Alliance and Georgia.
“(19) At the NATO-Ukraine Commission Summit in Brussels in February 2005, President of Ukraine Victor Yushchenko declared membership in NATO as the ultimate goal of Ukraine's cooperation with the Alliance and expressed Ukraine's desire to conclude a Membership Action Plan.
“(20) At the NATO-Ukraine Commission Foreign Ministerial meeting in Vilnius in April 2005, NATO and Ukraine launched an Intensified Dialogue on the potential membership of Ukraine in NATO.
“(21) At the Riga Summit of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization in November 2006, the Heads of State and Government of the member countries of NATO issued a declaration reaffirming that NATO's door remains open to new members, declaring that ‘all European democratic countries may be considered for MAP (Membership Action Plan) or admission, subject to decision by the NAC (North Atlantic Council) at each stage, based on the performance of these countries towards meeting the objectives of the North Atlantic Treaty. We direct that NATO Foreign Ministers keep that process under continual review and report to us. We welcome the efforts of Albania, Croatia, and the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia to prepare themselves for the responsibilities and obligations of membership. We reaffirm that the Alliance will continue with Georgia and Ukraine its Intensified Dialogues which cover the full range of political, military, financial and security issues relating to those countries’ aspirations to membership, without prejudice to any eventual Alliance decision. We reaffirm the importance of the NATO-Ukraine Distinctive Partnership, which has its 10th anniversary next year and welcome the progress that has been made in the framework of our Intensified Dialogue. We appreciate Ukraine's substantial contributions to our common security, including through participation in NATO-led operations and efforts to promote regional cooperation. We encourage Ukraine to continue to contribute to regional security. We are determined to continue to assist, through practical cooperation, in the implementation of far-reaching reform efforts, notably in the fields of national security, defence, reform of the defence-industrial sector and fighting corruption. We welcome the commencement of an Intensified Dialogue with Georgia as well as Georgia's contribution to international peacekeeping and security operations. We will continue to engage actively with Georgia in support of its reform process. We encourage Georgia to continue progress on political, economic and military reforms, including strengthening judicial reform, as well as the peaceful resolution of outstanding conflicts on its territory. We reaffirm that it is of great importance that all parties in the region should engage constructively to promote regional peace and stability.’.
“(22) Contingent upon their continued implementation of democratic, defense, and economic reform, and their willingness and ability to meet the responsibilities of membership in the North Atlantic Treaty Organization and a clear expression of national intent to do so, Congress calls for the timely admission of Albania, Croatia, Georgia, Macedonia (FYROM), and Ukraine to the North Atlantic Treaty Organization to promote security and stability in Europe.
“Congress—
“(1) reaffirms its previous expressions of support for continued enlargement of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization contained in the NATO Participation Act of 1994 [title II of Pub. L. 103–447, set out as a note below], the NATO Enlargement Facilitation Act of 1996 [section 101(c) [title VI] of div. A of Pub. L. 104–208, set out as a note below], the European Security Act of 1998 [title XXVII of div. G of Pub. L. 105–277, set out as a note below], and the Gerald B. H. Solomon Freedom Consolidation Act of 2002 [Pub. L. 107–187, set out as a note below];
“(2) supports the commitment to further enlargement of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization to include European democracies that are able and willing to meet the responsibilities of Membership, as expressed by the Alliance in its Madrid Summit Declaration of 1997, its Washington Summit Communique�AE1 of 1999, its Prague Summit Declaration of 2002, its Istanbul Summit Communique�AE1 of 2004, and its Riga Summit Declaration of 2006; and
“(3) endorses the vision of further enlargement of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization articulated by President George W. Bush on June 15, 2001, and by former President William J. Clinton on October 22, 1996, and urges our allies in the North Atlantic Treaty Organization to work with the United States to realize a role for the North Atlantic Treaty Organization in promoting global security, including continued support for enlargement to include qualified candidate states, specifically by entering into a Membership Action Plan with Georgia and recognizing the progress toward meeting the responsibilities and obligations of NATO membership by Albania, Croatia, Georgia, Macedonia (FYROM), and Ukraine.
“(a)
“(1)
“(2)
“(3)
“(4)
“(5)
“(b)
“(1) is in addition to the designation of Poland, Hungary, the Czech Republic, and Slovenia pursuant to section 606 of the NATO Enlargement Facilitation Act of 1996 (title VI of section 101(c) of title I of division A of Public Law 104–208; 22 U.S.C. 1928 note), the designation of Romania, Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, and Bulgaria pursuant to section 2703(b) of the European Security Act of 1998 (title XXVII of division G of Public Law 105–277; 22 U.S.C. 1928 note), and the designation of Slovakia pursuant to section 4(a) of the Gerald B. H. Solomon Freedom Consolidation Act of 2002 (Public Law 107–187; 22 U.S.C. 1928 note) as eligible to receive assistance under the program established under section 203(a) of the NATO Participation Act of 1994; and
“(2) shall not preclude the designation by the President of other countries pursuant to section 203(d)(2) of the NATO Participation Act of 1994 as eligible to receive assistance under the program established under section 203(a) of such Act.
“Of the amounts made available for fiscal year 2008 under section 23 of the Arms Export Control Act (22 U.S.C. 2763) such sums as may be necessary are authorized to be appropriated for assistance to the Republic of Albania, the Republic of Croatia, Georgia, the Republic of Macedonia (FYROM), and Ukraine.”
Pub. L. 108–136, div. A, title XII, §1231, Nov. 24, 2003, 117 Stat. 1654, provided that:
“(a)
“(1) At the meeting of the North Atlantic Council held in Prague in November 2002, the heads of states and governments of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) launched a Prague Capabilities Commitment and decided to create a NATO Response Force.
“(2) The Prague Capabilities Commitment is part of the continuing NATO effort to improve and develop new military capabilities for modern warfare in a high-threat environment. As part of this commitment, individual NATO allies have made firm and specific political commitments to improve their capabilities in the areas of—
“(A) chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear defense;
“(B) intelligence, surveillance, and target acquisition;
“(C) air-to-ground surveillance;
“(D) command, control, and communications;
“(E) combat effectiveness, including precision guided munitions and suppression of enemy air defenses;
“(F) strategic air and sea lift;
“(G) air-to-air refueling; and
“(H) deployable combat support and combat service support units.
“(3) The NATO Response Force is envisioned to be a technologically advanced, flexible, deployable, interoperable, and sustainable force that includes land, sea, and air elements ready to move quickly to wherever needed, as determined by the North Atlantic Council. The NATO Response Force is also intended to be a catalyst for focusing and promoting improvements in NATO's military capabilities. It is expected to have initial operational capability by October 2004, and full operational capability by October 2006.
“(b)
“(2) The annual report under this subsection shall include the following matters:
“(A) A description of the actions taken by NATO as a whole and by each member nation of NATO other than the United States to further the Prague Capabilities Commitment, including any actions taken to improve capability shortfalls in the areas identified for improvement.
“(B) A description of the actions taken by NATO as a whole and by each member nation of NATO, including the United States, to create the NATO Response Force.
“(C) A discussion of the relationship between NATO's efforts to improve capabilities through the Prague Capabilities Commitment and those of the European Union to enhance European capabilities through the European Capabilities Action Plan, including the extent to which they are mutually reinforcing.
“(D) A discussion of NATO decisionmaking on the implementation of the Prague Capabilities Commitment and the development of the NATO Response Force, including—
“(i) an assessment of whether the Prague Capabilities Commitment and the NATO Response Force are the sole jurisdiction of the Defense Planning Committee, the North Atlantic Council, or the Military Committee;
“(ii) a description of the circumstances which led to the defense, military, security, and nuclear decisions of NATO on matters such as the Prague Capabilities Commitment and the NATO Response Force being made in bodies other than the Defense Planning Committee;
“(iii) a description of the extent to which any member that does not participate in the integrated military structure of NATO contributes to each of the component committees of NATO, including any and all committees relevant to the Prague Capabilities Commitment and the NATO Response Force;
“(iv) a description of the extent to which any member that does not participate in the integrated military structure of NATO participates in deliberations and decisions of NATO on resource policy, contribution ceilings, infrastructure, force structure, modernization, threat assessments, training, exercises, deployments, and other issues related to the Prague Capabilities Commitment or the NATO Response Force;
“(v) a description and assessment of the impediments, if any, that would preclude or limit NATO from conducting deliberations and making decisions on matters such as the Prague Capabilities Commitment or the NATO Response Force solely in the Defense Planning Committee; and
“(vi) the recommendations of the Secretary of Defense on streamlining defense, military, and security decisionmaking within NATO relating to the Prague Capabilities Commitment, the NATO Response Force, and other matters, including an assessment of the feasibility and advisability of the greater utilization of the Defense Planning Committee for such purposes.
“(3) In the case of a report under this subsection after the first such report, the information submitted in such report under any of clauses (i) through (vi) of subparagraph (D) of paragraph (2) may consist solely of an update of any information previously submitted under that clause in a preceding report under this subsection.
“(4) Each report under this subsection shall be submitted in unclassified form, but may also be submitted in classified form if necessary.
“(5) The committees specified in this paragraph are—
“(A) the Committee on Armed Services and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate; and
“(B) the Committee on Armed Services and the Committee on International Relations [now Committee on Foreign Affairs] of the House of Representatives.”
Pub. L. 108–136, div. C, title XXXVI, §3623, Nov. 24, 2003, 117 Stat. 1824, provided that:
“(a)
“(b)
“(1) the recommendations of the Secretary;
“(2) a description of the threat such cooperation is intended to address; and
“(3) an assessment of possible benefits to ballistic missile defense programs of the United States.”
Pub. L. 107–187, June 10, 2002, 116 Stat. 590, provided that:
“This Act may be cited as the ‘Gerald B. H. Solomon Freedom Consolidation Act of 2002’.
“The Congress makes the following findings:
“(1) In the NATO Participation Act of 1994 (title II of Public Law 103–447; 22 U.S.C. 1928 note), Congress declared that ‘full and active participants in the Partnership for Peace in a position to further the principles of the North Atlantic Treaty and to contribute to the security of the North Atlantic area should be invited to become full NATO members in accordance with Article 10 of such Treaty at an early date . . .’.
“(2) In the NATO Enlargement Facilitation Act of 1996 (title VI of section 101(c) of title I of division A of Public Law 104–208; 22 U.S.C. 1928 note), Congress called for the prompt admission of Poland, Hungary, the Czech Republic, and Slovenia to NATO, and declared that ‘in order to promote economic stability and security in Slovakia, Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, Romania, Bulgaria, Albania, Moldova, and Ukraine . . . the process of enlarging NATO to include emerging democracies in Central and Eastern Europe should not be limited to consideration of admitting Poland, Hungary, the Czech Republic, and Slovenia as full members of the NATO Alliance’.
“(3) In the European Security Act of 1998 (title XXVII of division G of Public Law 105–277; 22 U.S.C. 1928 note), Congress declared that ‘Poland, Hungary, and the Czech Republic should not be the last emerging democracies in Central and Eastern Europe invited to join NATO’ and that ‘Romania, Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, and Bulgaria . . . would make an outstanding contribution to furthering the goals of NATO and enhancing stability, freedom, and peace in Europe should they become NATO members [and] upon complete satisfaction of all relevant criteria should be invited to become full NATO members at the earliest possible date’.
“(4) At the Madrid Summit of the NATO Alliance in July 1997, Poland, Hungary, and the Czech Republic were invited to join the Alliance in the first round of NATO enlargement, and the NATO heads of state and government issued a declaration stating ‘[t]he Alliance expects to extend further invitations in coming years to nations willing and able to assume the responsibilities and obligations of membership . . . [n]o European democratic country whose admission would fulfill the objectives of the [North Atlantic] Treaty will be excluded from consideration’.
“(5) At the Washington Summit of the NATO Alliance in April 1999, the NATO heads of state and government issued a communique declaring ‘[w]e pledge that NATO will continue to welcome new members in a position to further the principles of the [North Atlantic] Treaty and contribute to peace and security in the Euro-Atlantic area . . . [t]he three new members will not be the last . . . [n]o European democratic country whose admission would fulfill the objectives of the Treaty will be excluded from consideration, regardless of its geographic location . . .’.
“(6) In late 2002, NATO will hold a summit in Prague, the Czech Republic, at which it will decide which additional emerging democracies in Central and Eastern Europe to invite to join the Alliance in the next round of NATO enlargement.
“(7) In May 2000 in Vilnius, Lithuania, the foreign ministers of Albania, Bulgaria, Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, the Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Romania, Slovakia, and Slovenia issued a statement (later joined by Croatia) declaring that their countries will cooperate in jointly seeking NATO membership in the next round of NATO enlargement, that the realization of NATO membership by one or more of these countries would be a success for all, and that eventual NATO membership for all of these countries would be a success for Europe and NATO.
“(8) On June 15, 2001, in a speech in Warsaw, Poland, President George W. Bush stated ‘[a]ll of Europe's new democracies, from the Baltic to the Black Sea and all that lie between, should have the same chance for security and freedom—and the same chance to join the institutions of Europe—as Europe's old democracies have . . . I believe in NATO membership for all of Europe's democracies that seek it and are ready to share the responsibilities that NATO brings . . . [a]s we plan to enlarge NATO, no nation should be used as a pawn in the agenda of others . . . [w]e will not trade away the fate of free European peoples . . . [n]o more Munichs . . . [n]o more Yaltas . . . [a]s we plan the Prague Summit, we should not calculate how little we can get away with, but how much we can do to advance the cause of freedom’.
“(9) On October 22, 1996, in a speech in Detroit, Michigan, former President William J. Clinton stated ‘NATO's doors will not close behind its first new members . . . NATO should remain open to all of Europe's emerging democracies who are ready to shoulder the responsibilities of membership . . . [n]o nation will be automatically excluded . . . [n]o country outside NATO will have a veto . . . [a] gray zone of insecurity must not reemerge in Europe’.
“Congress—
“(1) reaffirms its previous expressions of support for continued enlargement of the NATO Alliance contained in the NATO Participation Act of 1994 [title II of Pub. L. 103–447, set out as a note below], the NATO Enlargement Facilitation Act of 1996 [section 101(c) [title VI] of div. A of Pub. L. 104–208, set out as a note below], and the European Security Act of 1998 [title XXVII of div. G of Pub. L. 105–277, set out as a note below];
“(2) supports the commitment to further enlargement of the NATO Alliance expressed by the Alliance in its Madrid Declaration of 1997 and its Washington Summit Communique of 1999; and
“(3) endorses the vision of further enlargement of the NATO Alliance articulated by President George W. Bush on June 15, 2001, and by former President William J. Clinton on October 22, 1996, and urges our NATO allies to work with the United States to realize this vision at the Prague Summit in 2002.
“(a)
“(b)
“(1) is in addition to the designation of Poland, Hungary, the Czech Republic, and Slovenia pursuant to section 606 of the NATO Enlargement Facilitation Act of 1996 (title VI of section 101(c) of title I of division A of Public Law 104–208; 22 U.S.C. 1928 note) and the designation of Romania, Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, and Bulgaria pursuant to section 2703(b) of the European Security Act of 1998 (title XXVII of division G of Public Law 105–277; 22 U.S.C. 1928 note) as eligible to receive assistance under the program established under section 203(a) of the NATO Participation Act of 1994; and
“(2) shall not preclude the designation by the President of other emerging democracies in Central and Eastern Europe pursuant to section 203(d)(2) of the NATO Participation Act of 1994 as eligible to receive assistance under the program established under section 203(a) of such Act.
“(a)
“(1) $6,500,000 is authorized to be available on a grant basis for Estonia;
“(2) $7,000,000 is authorized to be available on a grant basis for Latvia;
“(3) $7,500,000 is authorized to be available on a grant basis for Lithuania;
“(4) $8,500,000 is authorized to be available on a grant basis for Slovakia;
“(5) $4,500,000 is authorized to be available on a grant basis for Slovenia;
“(6) $10,000,000 is authorized to be available on a grant basis for Bulgaria; and
“(7) $11,500,000 is authorized to be available on a grant basis for Romania.
“(b)
Pub. L. 106–398, §1 [[div. A], title XII, §1221(b)–(d)], Oct. 30, 2000, 114 Stat. 1654, 1654A–328, provided that:
“(b)
“(1) the contributions to that operation made by each of the member nations of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization during that operation; and
“(2) the contributions that each of the member nations of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization are making or have pledged to make during any follow-on operation.
“(c)
“(d)
Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. B, title XXVII, Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–839, as amended by Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title II, §209(d)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–423, provided that:
“This title may be cited as the ‘European Security Act of 1998’.
“(a)
“(1) Poland, Hungary, and the Czech Republic should not be the last emerging democracies in Central and Eastern Europe invited to join NATO;
“(2) the United States should ensure that NATO continues a process whereby all other emerging democracies in Central and Eastern Europe that wish to join NATO will be considered for membership in NATO as soon as they meet the criteria for such membership;
“(3) the United States should ensure that no limitations are placed on the numbers of NATO troops or types of equipment, including tactical nuclear weapons, to be deployed on the territory of new member states;
“(4) the United States should reject all efforts to condition NATO decisions on review or approval by the United Nations Security Council;
“(5) the United States should clearly delineate those NATO deliberations, including but not limited to discussions on arms control, further Alliance enlargement, procurement matters, and strategic doctrine, that are not subject to review or discussion in the NATO-Russia Permanent Joint Council;
“(6) the United States should work to ensure that countries invited to join the Alliance are provided an immediate seat in NATO discussions; and
“(7) the United States already pays more than a proportionate share of the costs of the common defense of Europe and should obtain, in advance, agreement on an equitable distribution of the cost of NATO enlargement to ensure that the United States does not continue to bear a disproportionate burden.
“(b)
“(1)
“(2)
“(A) extending rights or imposing responsibilities on new NATO members different from those applicable to current NATO members, including rights or responsibilities with respect to the deployment of nuclear weapons and the stationing of troops and equipment from other NATO members;
“(B) limiting the ability of NATO to defend the territory of new NATO members by, for example, restricting the construction of defense infrastructure or limiting the ability of NATO to deploy necessary reinforcements;
“(C) providing any international organization, or any country that is not a member of NATO, with authority to delay, veto, or otherwise impede deliberations and decisions of the North Atlantic Council or the implementation of such decisions, including deliberations and decisions with respect to the deployment of NATO forces or the admission of additional members to NATO;
“(D) impeding the development of enhanced relations between NATO and other European countries that do not belong to the Alliance;
“(E) establishing a nuclear weapons-free zone in Central or Eastern Europe;
“(F) requiring NATO to subsidize Russian arms sales, service, or support to the militaries of those former Warsaw Pact countries invited to join the Alliance; or
“(G) legitimizing Russian efforts to link concessions in arms control negotiations to NATO enlargement.
“(3)
“(A) to demarcate and respect all its borders with neighboring states;
“(B) to achieve the immediate and complete withdrawal of any armed forces and military equipment under the control of Russia that are deployed on the territories of the independent states of the former Soviet Union without the full and complete agreement of those states;
“(C) to station its armed forces on the territory of other states only with the full and complete agreement of that state and in strict accordance with international law; and
“(D) to take steps to reduce further its nuclear and conventional forces in Kaliningrad.
“(4)
“(c)
“(1)
“(2)
“(3)
“(a)
“(b)
“(1)
“(2)
“(A) is in addition to the designation of other countries by law or pursuant to section 203(d)(2) of such Act as eligible to receive assistance under the program established under section 203(a) of such Act; and
“(B) shall not preclude the designation by the President of other emerging democracies in Central and Eastern Europe pursuant to section 203(d)(2) of such Act as eligible to receive assistance under the program established under section 203(a) of such Act.
“(3)
“(A) are to be commended for their progress toward political and economic reform and meeting the guidelines for prospective NATO members;
“(B) would make an outstanding contribution to furthering the goals of NATO and enhancing stability, freedom, and peace in Europe should they become NATO members; and
“(C) upon complete satisfaction of all relevant criteria should be invited to become full NATO members at the earliest possible date.
“(c)
“(1)
“(A) the procurement of items in support of these programs; and
“(B) the transfer of such items to countries participating in these programs.
“(2)
“(A) during any fiscal year under the NATO Participation Act of 1994 [Pub. L. 103–447, title II, set out as a note below] with respect to countries eligible for assistance under that Act; or
“(B) during fiscal year 1998 under any Act to carry out the Warsaw Initiative.
“(d)
“(e)
“It is the sense of Congress that no revisions to the Treaty on Conventional Armed Forces in Europe will be approved for entry into force with respect to the United States that jeopardize fundamental United States security interests in Europe or the effectiveness and flexibility of NATO as a defensive alliance by—
“(1) extending rights or imposing responsibilities on new NATO members different from those applicable to current NATO members, including rights or responsibilities with respect to the deployment of nuclear weapons and the stationing of troops and equipment from other NATO members;
“(2) limiting the ability of NATO to defend the territory of new NATO members by, for example, restricting the construction of defense infrastructure or limiting the ability of NATO to deploy necessary reinforcements;
“(3) providing any international organization, or any country that is not a member of NATO, with the authority to delay, veto, or otherwise impede deliberations and decisions of the North Atlantic Council or the implementation of such decisions, including deliberations and decisions with respect to the deployment of NATO forces or the admission of additional members to NATO; or
“(4) impeding the development of enhanced relations between NATO and other European countries that do not belong to the Alliance.
“(a)
“(b)
“(c)
“(1)
“(A) add one or more countries as State Parties to the ABM Treaty, or otherwise convert the ABM Treaty from a bilateral treaty to a multilateral treaty; or
“(B) change the geographic scope or coverage of the ABM Treaty, or otherwise modify the meaning of the term ‘national territory’ as used in Article VI and Article IX of the ABM Treaty.
“(2)
“(d)
“(1)
“(2)
“(3)
“(e)
“(1)
“(2)
[Memorandum of President of the United States, Mar. 3, 2000, 66 F.R. 3851, delegated to the Secretary of Defense the duties and responsibilities of the President under section 2705(d) of div. G of Pub. L. 105–277, set out above, with such duties and responsibilities to be exercised subject to the concurrence of the Secretary of State, authorized redelegation not lower than the Under Secretary level of the delegated reporting requirements, and provided that the Department of Defense was to obtain clearance on the report from the Office of Management and Budget prior to its submission to Congress.]
Pub. L. 105–261, div. A, title XII, §1221, Oct. 17, 1998, 112 Stat. 2152, provided that:
“(a)
“(1) the amount equal to 25 percent of those costs; or
“(2) $2,000,000,000.
“(b)
Pub. L. 105–261, div. A, title XII, §1223, Oct. 17, 1998, 112 Stat. 2154, as amended by Pub. L. 106–65, div. A, title X, §1067(3), Oct. 5, 1999, 113 Stat. 774, required the submission of reports by the Secretary of Defense on the development of the European Security and Defense Identity within the NATO Alliance, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 108–136, div. A, title X, §1031(g)(2), Nov. 24, 2003, 117 Stat. 1604.
Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(c) [title VI], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–121, 3009–173, provided that:
“This title may be cited as the ‘NATO Enlargement Facilitation Act of 1996’.
“The Congress makes the following findings:
“(1) Since 1949, the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) has played an essential role in guaranteeing the security, freedom, and prosperity of the United States and its partners in the Alliance.
“(2) The NATO Alliance is, and has been since its inception, purely defensive in character, and it poses no threat to any nation. The enlargement of the NATO Alliance to include as full and equal members emerging democracies in Central and Eastern Europe will serve to reinforce stability and security in Europe by fostering their integration into the structures which have created and sustained peace in Europe since 1945. Their admission into NATO will not threaten any nation. America's security, freedom, and prosperity remain linked to the security of the countries of Europe.
“(3) The sustained commitment of the member countries of NATO to a mutual defense has made possible the democratic transformation of Central and Eastern Europe. Members of the Alliance can and should play a critical role in addressing the security challenges of the post-Cold War era and in creating the stable environment needed for those emerging democracies in Central and Eastern Europe to successfully complete political and economic transformation.
“(4) The United States continues to regard the political independence and territorial integrity of all emerging democracies in Central and Eastern Europe as vital to European peace and security.
“(5) The active involvement by the countries of Central and Eastern Europe has made the Partnership for Peace program an important forum to foster cooperation between NATO and those countries seeking NATO membership.
“(6) NATO has enlarged its membership on 3 different occasions since 1949.
“(7) Congress supports the admission of qualified new members to NATO and the European Union at an early date and has sought to facilitate the admission of qualified new members into NATO.
“(8) Lasting security and stability in Europe requires not only the military integration of emerging democracies in Central and Eastern Europe into existing European structures, but also the eventual economic and political integration of these countries into existing European structures.
“(9) As new members of NATO assume the responsibilities of Alliance membership, the costs of maintaining stability in Europe should be shared more widely. Facilitation of the enlargement process will require current members of NATO, and the United States in particular, to demonstrate the political will needed to build on successful ongoing programs such as the Warsaw Initiative and the Partnership for Peace by making available the resources necessary to supplement efforts prospective new members are themselves undertaking.
“(10) New members will be full members of the Alliance, enjoying all rights and assuming all the obligations under the North Atlantic Treaty, signed at Washington on April 4, 1949 (hereafter in this Act referred to as the ‘Washington Treaty’).
“(11) In order to assist emerging democracies in Central and Eastern Europe that have expressed interest in joining NATO to be prepared to assume the responsibilities of NATO membership, the United States should encourage and support efforts by such countries to develop force structures and force modernization priorities that will enable such countries to contribute to the full range of NATO missions, including, most importantly, territorial defense of the Alliance.
“(12) Cooperative regional peacekeeping initiatives involving emerging democracies in Central and Eastern Europe that have expressed interest in joining NATO, such as the Baltic Peacekeeping Battalion, the Polish-Lithuanian Joint Peacekeeping Force, and the Polish-Ukrainian Peacekeeping Force, can make an important contribution to European peace and security and international peacekeeping efforts, can assist those countries preparing to assume the responsibilities of possible NATO membership, and accordingly should receive appropriate support from the United States.
“(13) NATO remains the only multilateral security organization capable of conducting effective military operations and preserving security and stability of the Euro-Atlantic region.
“(14) NATO is an important diplomatic forum and has played a positive role in defusing tensions between members of the Alliance and, as a result, no military action has occurred between two Alliance member states since the inception of NATO in 1949.
“(15) The admission to NATO of emerging democracies in Central and Eastern Europe which are found to be in a position to further the principles of the Washington Treaty would contribute to international peace and enhance the security of the region. Countries which have become democracies and established market economies, which practice good neighborly relations, and which have established effective democratic civilian control over their defense establishments and attained a degree of interoperability with NATO, should be evaluated for their potential to further the principles of the Washington Treaty.
“(16) Democratic civilian control of defense forces is an essential element in the process of preparation for those states interested in possible NATO membership.
“(17) Protection and promotion of fundamental freedoms and human rights is an integral aspect of genuine security, and in evaluating requests for membership in NATO, the human rights records of the emerging democracies in Central and Eastern Europe should be evaluated according to their commitments to fulfill in good faith the human rights obligations of the Charter of the United Nations, the principles of the Universal Declaration on Human Rights, and the Helsinki Final Act.
“(18) A number of Central and Eastern European countries have expressed interest in NATO membership, and have taken concrete steps to demonstrate this commitment, including their participation in Partnership for Peace activities.
“(19) The Caucasus region remains important geographically and politically to the future security of Central Europe. As NATO proceeds with the process of enlargement, the United States and NATO should continue to examine means to strengthen the sovereignty and enhance the security of United Nations recognized countries in that region.
“(20) In recognition that not all countries which have requested membership in NATO will necessarily qualify at the same pace, the accession date for each new member will vary.
“(21) The provision of additional NATO transition assistance should include those emerging democracies most ready for closer ties with NATO and should be designed to assist other countries meeting specified criteria of eligibility to move forward toward eventual NATO membership.
“(22) The Congress of the United States finds in particular that Poland, Hungary, and the Czech Republic have made significant progress toward achieving the criteria set forth in section 203(d)(3) of the NATO Participation Act of 1994 [Pub. L. 103–447, set out in a note below] and should be eligible for the additional assistance described in this Act.
“(23) The evaluation of future membership in NATO for emerging democracies in Central and Eastern Europe should be based on the progress of those nations in meeting criteria for NATO membership, which require enhancement of NATO's security and the approval of all NATO members.
“(24) The process of NATO enlargement entails the consensus agreement of the governments of all 16 NATO members and ratification in accordance with their constitutional procedures.
“(25) Some NATO members, such as Spain and Norway, do not allow the deployment of nuclear weapons on their territory although they are accorded the full collective security guarantees provided by Article 5 of the Washington Treaty. There is no a priori requirement for the stationing of nuclear weapons on the territory of new NATO members, particularly in the current security climate. However, NATO retains the right to alter its security posture at any time as circumstances warrant.
“It is the policy of the United States—
“(1) to join with the NATO allies of the United States to adapt the role of the NATO Alliance in the post-Cold War world;
“(2) to actively assist the emerging democracies in Central and Eastern Europe in their transition so that such countries may eventually qualify for NATO membership;
“(3) to support the enlargement of NATO in recognition that enlargement will benefit the interests of the United States and the Alliance and to consider these benefits in any analysis of the costs of NATO enlargement;
“(4) to ensure that all countries in Central and Eastern Europe are fully aware of and capable of assuming the costs and responsibilities of NATO membership, including the obligation set forth in Article 10 of the Washington Treaty that new members be able to contribute to the security of the North Atlantic area; and
“(5) to work to define a constructive and cooperative political and security relationship between an enlarged NATO and the Russian Federation.
“It is the sense of the Congress that in order to promote economic stability and security in Slovakia, Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, Romania, Bulgaria, Albania, Moldova, and Ukraine—
“(1) the United States should continue and expand its support for the full and active participation of these countries in activities appropriate for qualifying for NATO membership;
“(2) the United States Government should use all diplomatic means available to press the European Union to admit as soon as possible any country which qualifies for membership;
“(3) the United States Government and the North Atlantic Treaty Organization should continue and expand their support for military exercises and peacekeeping initiatives between and among these nations, nations of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization, and Russia; and
“(4) the process of enlarging NATO to include emerging democracies in Central and Eastern Europe should not be limited to consideration of admitting Poland, Hungary, the Czech Republic, and Slovenia as full members of the NATO Alliance.
“In view of the forcible incorporation of Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania into the Soviet Union in 1940 under the Molotov-Ribbentrop Pact and the refusal of the United States and other countries to recognize that incorporation for over 50 years, it is the sense of the Congress that—
“(1) Estonia, Latvia, and Lithuania have valid historical security concerns that must be taken into account by the United States; and
“(2) Estonia, Latvia, and Lithuania should not be disadvantaged in seeking to join NATO by virtue of their forcible incorporation into the Soviet Union.
“(a)
“(b)
“(c)
“(1) have expressed a clear desire to join NATO;
“(2) have begun an individualized dialogue with NATO in preparation for accession;
“(3) are strategically significant to an effective NATO defense; and
“(4) meet the other criteria outlined in section 203(d)(3) of the NATO Participation Act of 1994 (title II of Public Law 103–447; 22 U.S.C. 1928 note).
“(d)
“(a)
“(b)
“(1) not less than $20,000,000 shall be available for the cost, as defined in section 502(5) of the [Federal] Credit Reform Act of 1990 [2 U.S.C. 661a(5)], of direct loans pursuant to the authority of section 203(c)(4) of the NATO Participation Act of 1994 (relating to the ‘Foreign Military Financing Program’);
“(2) not less than $30,000,000 shall be available for assistance on a grant basis pursuant to the authority of section 203(c)(4) of the NATO Participation Act of 1994 (relating to the ‘Foreign Military Financing Program’); and
“(3) not more than $10,000,000 shall be available for assistance pursuant to the authority of section 203(c)(3) of the NATO Participation Act of 1994 (relating to international military education and training).
“(c)
“(a)
“(1) the procurement of items in support of these programs; and
“(2) the transfer of such items to countries participating in these programs.
“(b)
“(1) during any fiscal year under the NATO Participation Act of 1994 [Pub. L. 103–447, set out as a note below] with respect to countries eligible for assistance under that Act; or
“(2) during fiscal year 1997 under any Act to carry out the Warsaw Initiative.
“(a)
“(b)
“The Congress endorses efforts by the United States to modernize the defense capability of Poland, Hungary, the Czech Republic, Slovenia, and any other countries designated by the President pursuant to section 203(d) of the NATO Participation Act of 1994 [Pub. L. 103–447, set out in a note below], by exploring with such countries options for the sale or lease to such countries of weapons systems compatible with those used by NATO members, including air defense systems, advanced fighter aircraft, and telecommunications infrastructure.
“(a)
“(b)
“[Amended section 203 of Pub. L. 103–447, set out in a note below.]”
Pub. L. 105–85, div. A, title XII, §1221, Nov. 18, 1997, 111 Stat. 1935, as amended by Pub. L. 105–261, div. A, title XII, §1233, Oct. 17, 1998, 112 Stat. 2156; Pub. L. 106–398, §1 [[div. A], title X, §1087(e)(2)], Oct. 30, 2000, 114 Stat. 1654, 1654A–293, provided that:
“(a)
“(1) For any nation in which United States military personnel are assigned to permanent duty ashore, increase its financial contributions to the payment of the nonpersonnel costs incurred by the United States Government for stationing United States military personnel in that nation, with a goal of achieving by September 30, 2000, 75 percent of such costs. An increase in financial contributions by any nation under this paragraph may include the elimination of taxes, fees, or other charges levied on United States military personnel, equipment, or facilities stationed in that nation.
“(2) Increase its annual budgetary outlays for national defense as a percentage of its gross domestic product by 10 percent or at least to a level commensurate to that of the United States by September 30, 1999.
“(3) Increase its annual budgetary outlays for foreign assistance (to promote democratization, governmental accountability and transparency, economic stabilization and development, defense economic conversion, respect for the rule of law and internationally recognized human rights, and humanitarian relief efforts) by 10 percent or to provide such foreign assistance at an annual rate that is not less than one percent of its gross domestic product, by September 30, 1999.
“(4) Increase the military assets (including personnel, equipment, logistics, support and other resources) that it contributes or has pledged to contribute to multinational military activities worldwide by 10 percent by September 30, 1999.
“(b)
“(1) Reduce the end strength level of members of the Armed Forces assigned to permanent duty ashore in that nation.
“(2) Impose on that nation fees or other charges similar to those that such nation imposes on United States forces stationed in that nation.
“(3) Reduce (through rescission, impoundment, or other appropriate procedures as authorized by law) the amount the United States contributes to the NATO Civil Budget, Military Budget, or Security Investment Program.
“(4) Suspend, modify, or terminate any bilateral security agreement the United States has with that nation, consistent with the terms of such agreement.
“(5) Reduce (through rescission, impoundment or other appropriate procedures as authorized by law) any United States bilateral assistance appropriated for that nation.
“(6) Take any other action the President determines to be appropriate as authorized by law.
“(c)
“(1) steps taken by other nations to complete the actions described in subsection (a);
“(2) all measures taken by the President, including those authorized in subsection (b), to achieve the actions described in subsection (a);
“(3) the difference between the amount allocated by other nations for each of the actions described in subsection (a) during the period beginning on October 1, 1996, and ending on September 30, 1997, and during the period beginning on October 1, 1997, and ending on September 30, 1998, or, in the case of any nation for which the data for such periods is inadequate, the difference between the amounts for the latest periods for which adequate data is available; and
“(4) the budgetary savings to the United States that are expected to accrue as a result of the steps described under paragraph (1).
“(d)
“(A) The alliance requirements that are to be found in agreements between the United States and other countries.
“(B) The national security interests that support permanently stationing elements of the United States Armed Forces outside the United States.
“(C) The stationing costs associated with the forward deployment of elements of the United States Armed Forces.
“(D) The alternatives available to forward deployment (such as material prepositioning, enhanced airlift and sealift, or joint training operations) to meet such alliance requirements or national security interests, with such alternatives identified and described in detail.
“(E) The costs and force structure configurations associated with such alternatives to forward deployment.
“(F) The financial contributions that allies of the United States make to common defense efforts (to promote democratization, economic stabilization, transparency arrangements, defense economic conversion, respect for the rule of law, and internationally recognized human rights).
“(G) The contributions that allies of the United States make to meeting the stationing costs associated with the forward deployment of elements of the United States Armed Forces.
“(H) The annual expenditures of the United States and its allies on national defense, and the relative percentages of each nation's gross domestic product constituted by those expenditures.
“(2) The President shall submit to Congress a report on the review under paragraph (1). The report shall be submitted not later than March 1, 1999, in classified and unclassified form.”
[Pub. L. 105–261, div. A, title XII, §1233(a), Oct. 17, 1998, 112 Stat. 2156, provided that the amendments made by that section to section 1221(a) of Pub. L. 105–85, set out above, are effective Oct. 1, 1998.]
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior authorization act:
Pub. L. 104–201, div. A, title X, §1084, Sept. 23, 1996, 110 Stat. 2673, as amended by Pub. L. 108–136, div. A, title X, §1045(e), Nov. 24, 2003, 117 Stat. 1613.
Pub. L. 103–447, title II, Nov. 2, 1994, 108 Stat. 4695, as amended by Pub. L. 104–107, title V, §585, Feb. 12, 1996, 110 Stat. 752; Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(c) [title VI, §612], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–121, 3009–178; Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. B, title XXVII, §2703(e), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–842, provided that:
“This title may be cited as the ‘NATO Participation Act of 1994’.
“It is the sense of the Congress that—
“(1) the leaders of the NATO member nations are to be commended for reaffirming that NATO membership remains open to Partnership for Peace countries emerging from communist domination and for welcoming eventual expansion of NATO to include such countries;
“(2) full and active participants in the Partnership for Peace in a position to further the principles of the North Atlantic Treaty and to contribute to the security of the North Atlantic area should be invited to become full NATO members in accordance with Article 10 of such Treaty at an early date, if such participants—
“(A) maintain their progress toward establishing democratic institutions, free market economies, civilian control of their armed forces, and the rule of law; and
“(B) remain committed to protecting the rights of all their citizens and respecting the territorial integrity of their neighbors;
“(3) the United States, other NATO member nations, and NATO itself should furnish appropriate assistance to facilitate the transition to full NATO membership at an early date of full and active participants in the Partnership for Peace; and
“(4) in particular, Poland, Hungary, the Czech Republic, and Slovakia have made significant progress toward establishing democratic institutions, free market economies, civilian control of their armed forces, and the rule of law since the fall of their previous communist governments.
“(a)
“(b)
“(1) joint planning, training, and military exercises with NATO forces;
“(2) greater interoperability of military equipment, air defense systems, and command, control, and communications systems; and
“(3) conformity of military doctrine.
“(c)
“(1) The transfer of excess defense articles under section 516 of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2321j].
“(2) Assistance under chapter 5 of part II of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2347 et seq.] (relating to international military education and training).
“(3) Assistance under section 23 of the Arms Export Control Act [22 U.S.C. 2763] (relating to the ‘Foreign Military Financing Program’).
“(4) Assistance under chapter 4 of part II of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2346 et seq.] (relating to the Economic Support Fund).
“(5) Funds made available for the ‘Nonproliferation and Disarmament Fund’.
“(6) Assistance under chapter 6 of part II of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2348 et seq.] (relating to peacekeeping operations and other programs).
“(7) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, including section 516(e) of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2321j(e)], the President may direct the crating, packing, handling, and transportation of excess defense articles provided pursuant to paragraph (1) of this subsection without charge to the recipient of such articles.
“(d)
“(1)
“(2)
“(3)
“(A) has made significant progress toward establishing—
“(i) shared values and interests;
“(ii) democratic governments;
“(iii) free market economies;
“(iv) civilian control of the military, of the police, and of intelligence services, so that these organizations do not pose a threat to democratic institutions, neighboring countries, or the security of NATO or the United States;
“(v) adherence to the rule of law and to the values, principles, and political commitments set forth in the Helsinki Final Act and other declarations by the members of the Organization on Security and Cooperation in Europe;
“(vi) commitment to further the principles of NATO and to contribute to the security of the North Atlantic area;
“(vii) commitment to protecting the rights of all their citizens and respecting the territorial integrity of their neighbors;
“(viii) commitment and ability to accept the obligations, responsibilities, and costs of NATO membership; and
“(ix) commitment and ability to implement infrastructure development activities that will facilitate participation in and support for NATO military activities;
“(B) is likely, within five years of such determination, to be in a position to further the principles of the North Atlantic Treaty and to contribute to the security of the North Atlantic area; and
“(C) is not ineligible to receive assistance under section 552 of the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 1996 [110 Stat. 741], with respect to transfers of equipment to a country the government of which the Secretary of State has determined is a terrorist government for purposes of section 40(d) of the Arms Export Control Act [22 U.S.C. 2780(d)].
“(e)
“(f)
“(g)
“(a)
“(b)
“(c)
“The President shall include in the annual report required by section 514(a) of Public Law 103–236 (22 U.S.C. 1928 note) the following:
“(1) A description of all assistance provided under the program established under section 203(a), or otherwise provided by the United States Government to facilitate the transition to full NATO membership of Poland, Hungary, the Czech Republic, Slovakia, and any other country designated by the President pursuant to section 203(d).
“(2) A description, on the basis of information received from the recipients and from NATO, of all assistance provided by other NATO member nations or NATO itself to facilitate the transition to full NATO membership of Poland, Hungary, the Czech Republic, Slovakia, and any other country designated by the President pursuant to section 203(d).”
Pub. L. 103–337, div. A, title XIII, §1313(a)–(d), Oct. 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 2894, 2895, as amended by Pub. L. 110–417, [div. A], title XII, §1238(b), Oct. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 4644, provided that:
“(a)
“(b)
“(c)
“[(d) Redesignated (c).]”
Pub. L. 103–236, title V, §514, Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 467, provided that:
“(a)
“(b)
[Functions of President under section 514 of Pub. L. 103–236, set out above, delegated to Secretary of State by section 1 of Ex. Ord. No. 13313, July 31, 2003, 68 F.R. 46073, set out as a note under section 301 of Title 3, The President.]
Pub. L. 102–190, div. A, title X, §1046, Dec. 5, 1991, 105 Stat. 1466, as amended by Pub. L. 103–160, div. A, title XIV, §1412(b), Nov. 30, 1993, 107 Stat. 1829; Pub. L. 103–337, div. A, title XIII, §1313(e), Oct. 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 2895, provided that:
“(a)
“(2) The foreign nations referred to in paragraph (1) are—
“(A) each member nation of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (other than the United States); and
“(B) every other foreign nation with which the United States has a bilateral or multilateral defense agreement that provides for the assignment of combat units of the Armed Forces of the United States to permanent duty in the nation or the placement of combat equipment of the United States in the nation.
“(3) Each defense cost-sharing agreement entered into under paragraph (1) should provide that the foreign nation agrees to share equitably with the United States, through cash compensation or in-kind contributions, or a combination thereof, the costs to the United States that arise solely from the implementation of the provisions of the bilateral or multilateral defense agreement with that nation.
“(b)
“(c)
“(d)
“(1) cost-sharing contributions agreed to by the nation;
“(2) cost-sharing contributions delivered by the nation;
“(3) additional contributions by the nation to any commonly funded multilateral programs providing for United States participation in the common defense;
“(4) contributions by the United States to any such commonly funded multilateral programs;
“(5) contributions of all other nations to any such commonly funded multilateral programs; and
“(6) costs to the United States that arise solely from the implementation of the provisions of the bilateral or multilateral defense agreement with the nation.
“(e)
“(1) describing the efforts undertaken and the progress made by the President in carrying out subsections (a) and (c) during the period covered by the report;
“(2) specifying the accounting of defense cost-sharing contributions maintained under subsection (d) during that period;
“(3) assessing how equitably foreign nations not described in subsection (a) or excepted under subsection (b) are sharing the costs and burdens of implementing defense agreements with the United States and how those defense agreements serve the national security interests of the United States; and
“(4) specifying the incremental costs to the United States associated with the permanent stationing ashore of United States forces in foreign nations.
“(f)
Pub. L. 101–189, div. A, title IX, §912, Nov. 29, 1989, 103 Stat. 1523, directed Secretary of Defense to ensure that, for the next three years, the current ratio (expressed as a percentage) of U.S. active duty forces in Europe to allied active duty forces in Europe does not increase by more than a specified amount.
Pub. L. 100–456, div. A, title X, §1004, Sept. 29, 1988, 102 Stat. 2039, provided that:
“(a)
“(1) The security of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) alliance will continue for the foreseeable future to rely on a modern and credible nuclear deterrent.
“(2) NATO should make every effort to achieve the goal of raising the threshold for the use of nuclear weapons in the event of a conflict in Europe.
“(3) While recognizing that there is a critical need for improvements in conventional forces, Congress also recognizes that the United States will have to devote defense resources in the future to the continuing modernization of the theater nuclear capabilities of NATO.
“(4) The modernization of the theater nuclear capabilities of NATO is a continuing process and stems from the 1983 Montebello decision by NATO to reduce the stockpile of nuclear weapons in Europe while taking steps to ensure that the remaining nuclear weapons of the alliance are responsive, survivable, and effective.
“(5) Programs to modernize theater nuclear forces, which had a high priority for NATO before the ratification of the Intermediate-range Nuclear Forces (INF) Treaty, are at least as important following the ratification of that treaty in May 1988.
“(6) The NATO Nuclear Planning Group recently reaffirmed its endorsement of development by the United States of a new missile for delivery of theater nuclear weapons as a follow-on to the current Lance missile, with a view toward an eventual decision on deployment of such a follow-on missile.
“(b)
“(1) modernization of the theater nuclear capabilities of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization is essential to the deterrence strategy of the NATO alliance, particularly in light of the requirements of the Intermediate-range Nuclear Forces (INF) Treaty for the destruction of intermediate-range nuclear weapons;
“(2) continued modernization by the United States of theater nuclear capabilities should be undertaken in close consultation with other NATO member nations; and
“(3) the United States should proceed with ongoing activities to meet the identified requirement of the NATO alliance for development of a new missile for delivery of theater nuclear weapons as a follow-on to the Lance missile.”
Pub. L. 100–456, div. A, title X, §1009(b), Sept. 29, 1988, 102 Stat. 2041, provided that: “The Secretary of Defense shall include with the annual report submitted pursuant to section 1003 of Public Law 98–525 (22 U.S.C. 1928 note) a report on the Official Development Assistance program of the Government of Japan. Such report shall be prepared each year in coordination with the Secretary of State and the Administrator of the Agency for International Development and shall include a description of the amount and nature of spending under such program by recipient, including distinguishing between grant aid, loans, and credits.”
Pub. L. 99–93, title VIII, §812, Aug. 16, 1985, 99 Stat. 453, as amended by Pub. L. 103–236, title I, §139(14), Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 398, provided that:
“(a)
“(1) the Japan-United States security relationship is the foundation of the peace and security of Japan and the Far East, as well as a major contributor to the protection of the United States and of the democratic freedoms and economic prosperity enjoyed by both the United States and Japan;
“(2) the threats to our two democracies have increased significantly since 1976, principally through the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan, the expansion of Soviet armed forces in the Far East, the invasion of Cambodia by Vietnam, and the instability in the Persian Gulf region as signified by the continuing Iran-Iraq conflict;
“(3) in recognition of these and other threats, the United States has greatly increased its annual defense spending through sustained real growth averaging 8.8 percent yearly between fiscal 1981 and 1985, and cumulative real growth of 50 percent in that period;
“(4) the United States Government appreciates the May 1981 commitment by the Prime Minister of Japan that, pursuant to the Treaty of Mutual Cooperation and Security of 1960 between Japan and the United States, Japan, on its own initiative, would seek to make even greater efforts for improving its defense capabilities, and pursuant to Japan's own Constitution, it was national policy for his country to acquire and maintain the self-defense forces adequate for the defense of its land area and surrounding airspace and sealanes, out to a distance of 1,000 miles;
“(5) the United States Government applauds the policy of Japan to obtain the capabilities to defend its sea and air lanes out to 1,000 miles, expects that these capabilities should be acquired by the end of the decade, and recognizes that achieving those capabilities would significantly improve the national security of both Japan and the United States;
“(6) the United States Government appreciates the contribution already made by Japan through the Host Nation Support Program and its recent efforts to increase its defense spending; and
“(7) Japan, however, in recent years consistently has not provided sufficient funding and resources to meet its self-defense needs and to meet common United States-Japan defense objectives and alliance responsibilities.
“(b)
Pub. L. 98–525, title X, §1001, Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2574, provided that: “It is the sense of Congress that the President—
“(1) should call on the pertinent member nations of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization to meet or exceed their pledges for an annual increase in defense spending during fiscal years 1984 and 1985 of at least 3 percent real growth; and
“(2) should call on Japan to further increase its defense spending during fiscal years 1984 and 1985;
in furtherance of increased unity, equitable sharing of the common defense burden, and international stability.”
Similar provisions were contained in Pub. L. 98–473, title I, §101(e) [§127], (h) [title VIII, §8105], Oct. 12, 1984, 98 Stat. 1877, 1883, 1904, 1943.
Pub. L. 98–525, title X, §1002, Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2574, as amended by Pub. L. 99–145, title XI, §1101, Nov. 8, 1985, 99 Stat. 707; Pub. L. 101–189, div. A, title IX, §911(a), Nov. 29, 1989, 103 Stat. 1523; Pub. L. 101–510, div. A, title IV, §406, title XIII, §1312(c)(1), (2), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1546, 1670; Pub. L. 102–25, title VII, §704(a)(2), Apr. 6, 1991, 105 Stat. 118; Pub. L. 102–190, div. A, title X, §1042, Dec. 5, 1991, 105 Stat. 1462; Pub. L. 102–484, div. A, title XIII, §1303(a), Oct. 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 2546; Pub. L. 103–160, div. A, title XIV, §1412(a), Nov. 30, 1993, 107 Stat. 1828; Pub. L. 103–337, div. A, title XIII, §1303(a)–(c), Oct. 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 2889, 2890; Pub. L. 104–106, div. A, title XIII, §1334(a), title XV, §1502(c)(7), Feb. 10, 1996, 110 Stat. 484, 508; Pub. L. 106–65, div. A, title X, §§1032(b)(4), 1067(12), Oct. 5, 1999, 113 Stat. 751, 775, provided that:
“(a) The Congress finds—
“(1) that the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) should improve its conventional defense capability so as to lengthen the period of time that Western Europe can be defended by conventional forces without the necessity of resorting to the early use of nuclear weapons in the event of a non-nuclear attack on any NATO member country;
“(2) that fulfillment by NATO member nations of their goals and commitments to increase defense spending, improve conventional sustainability, and provide support facilities in Western Europe for rapid reinforcements from the United States is crucial to accomplishing that objective; and
“(3) that an increase over current United States military personnel levels in European member nations of NATO can be justified only if these goals and commitments are substantially met by NATO member nations (other than the United States).
“(b) The Congress urges the President and the Secretary of Defense to continue to encourage member nations of NATO (other than the United States) to work expeditiously to fulfill the following commitments they have undertaken:
“(1) To achieve and maintain an annual increase in their defense spending of at least 3 percent, after inflation.
“(2) To acquire a 30-day supply of air and ground munitions among those NATO members which have committed forces to the Northern, Center, and Southern Regions.
“(3) To construct the number of minimum essential and emergency operating facilities and semihardened aircraft shelters in Western Europe required by NATO Ministerial Guidance to support, under NATO/SHAPE standards, as a minimum, the annual commitment of United States reinforcing tactical aircraft.
“(c)(1) The end strength level of members of the Armed Forces of the United States assigned to permanent duty ashore in European member nations of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization may not exceed a permanent ceiling of approximately 100,000 in any fiscal year.
“(2) If the Secretary of Defense certifies to the Congress in writing during any fiscal year after fiscal year 1985 that during the previous fiscal year the member nations of NATO (other than the United States) have undertaken significant measures to improve their conventional defense capacity consistent with the goals set forth in subsection (b) which contributes to lengthening the time period between an armed attack on any NATO country and the time the Supreme Allied Commander, Europe, would have to request the release and use of nuclear weapons, the Congress would give strong consideration to authorizing an increase in the permanent ceiling prescribed in paragraph (1) for fiscal years after such fiscal year.
“(3) For purposes of this subsection, the following members of the Armed Forces are excluded in calculating the end strength level of members of the Armed Forces of the United States assigned to permanent duty ashore in European member nations of NATO:
“(A) Members assigned to permanent duty ashore in Iceland, Greenland, and the Azores.
“(B) Members performing duties in Europe for more than 179 days under a military-to-military contact program under section 168 of title 10, United States Code.
“[(d) Repealed. Pub. L. 106–65, div. A, title X, §1032(b)(4), Oct. 5, 1999, 113 Stat. 751.]
“(e)(1) The Congress finds that a viable ‘two-way street’ of defense procurement improves NATO interoperability and therefore is important to overall improvements in conventional defense.
“(2) In addition to any funds appropriated pursuant to the authorization contained in this Act for the activities of the Director of Operational Test and Evaluation, Defense, the Director may use an additional amount, not to exceed $50,000,000, to acquire certain types of weapons, subsystems, and munitions of European NATO manufacture for side-by-side testing with comparable United States manufactured items. Such additional amount shall be derived from any funds appropriated pursuant to an authorization contained in this Act. Items that may be acquired under this paragraph include submunitions and dispensers, anti-tank and anti-armor guided missiles, mines, runway-cratering devices, torpedoes, mortar systems, light armored vehicles, and high-velocity anti-tank guns.
“(f)(1) This section shall not apply in the event of a declaration of war or an armed attack on any NATO member country.
“(2) This section may be waived by the President if he declares an emergency and immediately informs the Congress of his action and the reasons therefor.”
[Section 1303(d) of Pub. L. 103–337 provided that: “The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending section 1002(c)(1) of Pub. L. 98–525, set out above] shall take effect on October 1, 1995.”]
[Section 1303(b) of Pub. L. 102–484, which provided that the amendment of section 1002(c)(1) of Pub. L. 98–525, set out above, by section 1303(a) of Pub. L. 102–484, take effect Oct. 1, 1995, was repealed by Pub. L. 103–337, div. A, title XIII, §1303(c), Oct. 5, 1994, 108 Stat. 2890.]
[Pub. L. 101–189, div. A, title IX, §911(b), Nov. 29, 1989, 103 Stat. 1523, which provided that the amendment of section 1002 of Pub. L. 98–525, set out above, by section 911(a) of Pub. L. 101–189, take effect on Sept. 30, 1991, was repealed by Pub. L. 101–510, div. A, title IV, §406(c), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1546.]
Pub. L. 98–525, title X, §1003, Oct. 19, 1984, 98 Stat. 2576, as amended by Pub. L. 101–510, div. A, title XIII, §1312(c)(3), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1670; Pub. L. 104–201, div. A, title X, §1084(e), Sept. 23, 1996, 110 Stat. 2675; Pub. L. 108–136, div. A, title X, §1045(e), Nov. 24, 2003, 117 Stat. 1613; Pub. L. 110–417, [div. A], title XII, §1238(a), Oct. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 4644, provided that:
“(a) In recognition of the increasing military threat faced by the Western World and in view of the growth, relative to the United States, in the economic strength of Japan, Canada, and a number of Western European countries which has occurred since the signing of the North Atlantic Treaty on April 4, 1949, and the Mutual Cooperation and Security Treaty between Japan and the United States on January 19, 1960, it is the sense of the Congress that—
“(1) the burdens of mutual defense now assumed by some of the countries allied with the United States under those agreements are not commensurate with their economic resources;
“(2) since May 1978, when each member nation of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) agreed to increase real defense spending annually in the range of 3 percent, most NATO members, except for the United States, have failed to meet the 3 percent real growth commitment consistently;
“(3) since May 1981, when the Government of Japan established its policy to defend the air and sea lines of communication out to 1,000 nautical miles from the coast of Japan, progress to develop the necessary self-defense capabilities to fulfill that pledge has been extremely disappointing;
“(4) Japan is the ally of the United States with the greatest potential for improving its self-defense capabilities and should, therefore, rapidly increase its annual defense spending to the levels required to fulfill that pledge and to enable Japan to be capable of an effective conventional self-defense capability by 1990, including the capability to carry out its 1,000-mile defense policy, a development that would be consonant not only with Japan's current prominent position in the family of nations but also with its unique sensibilities on the issues of war and peace, sensibilities that are recognized and respected by the people of the United States; and
“(5) the continued unwillingness of such countries to increase their contributions to the common defense to more appropriate levels will endanger the vitality, effectiveness, and cohesion of the alliances between those countries and the United States.
“(b) It is further the sense of the Congress that the President should seek from each signatory country (other than the United States) of the two treaties referred to in subsection (a) acceptance of international security responsibilities and an agreement to make contributions to the common defense which are commensurate with the economic resources of such country, including, when appropriate, an increase in host nation support.
“(c) The Secretary of Defense shall submit to the Committee on Armed Services of the Senate and the Committee on Armed Services of the House of Representatives each year, not later than March 1, a report containing a description of—
“(1) annual defense spending by each member nation of NATO, by each member nation of the Euro-Atlantic Partnership Council (EAPC), and by Japan, including available nominal budget figures and defense spending as a percentage of the respective nation's gross domestic product for the fiscal year immediately preceding the fiscal year in which the report is submitted;
“(2) activities of each NATO member nation, each EAPC member nation, and Japan to contribute to military or stability operations in which the United States Armed Forces are a participant;
“(3) any limitations that such nations place on the use of their national contributions described in paragraph (2); and
“(4) any actions undertaken by the United States Government to minimize those limitations described in paragraph (3).
“(d) The report required under subsection (c) shall be submitted in unclassified form, but may include a classified annex.”
[Pub. L. 108–136, div. A, title X, §1045(e), Nov. 24, 2003, 117 Stat. 1613, provided in part that: “The amendment made by the preceding sentence [amending section 1084(e) of 104–201, set out in the credit of the note above] shall take effect as if included in Public Law 104–201.”]
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior authorization act:
Pub. L. 98–94, title XI, §1102, Sept. 24, 1983, 97 Stat. 673.
Pub. L. 97–252, title XI, §1122, Sept. 8, 1982, 96 Stat. 755, provided that:
“(a) The Congress finds that—
“(1) the United States remains firmly committed to cooperating closely with its North Atlantic Treaty Organization (hereinafter in this section referred to as ‘NATO’) allies in protecting liberty and maintaining world peace;
“(2) the financial burden of providing for the defense of Western Europe and for the protection of the interests of NATO member countries in areas outside the NATO treaty area has reached such proportions that new cooperative approaches among the United States and its NATO allies are required to achieve and maintain an adequate collective defense at acceptable costs;
“(3) the need for a credible conventional deterrent in Western Europe has long been recognized in theory but has never been fully addressed in practice;
“(4) a more equitable sharing by NATO member countries of both the burdens and the technological and economic benefits of the common defense would do much to reinvigorate the North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance with a restored sense of unity and common purpose;
“(5) a decision to coordinate more effectively the enormous technological, industrial, and economic resources of NATO member countries will not only increase the efficiency and effectiveness of NATO military expenditures but also provide inducement for the Soviet Union to enter into a meaningful arms reduction agreement so that both Warsaw Pact countries and NATO member countries can devote more of their energies and resources to peaceful and economically more beneficial pursuits.
“(b) It is the sense of the Congress that the President should propose to the heads of government of the NATO member countries that the NATO allies of the United States join the United States in agreeing—
“(1) to coordinate more effectively their defense efforts and resources to create, at acceptable costs, a credible, collective, conventional force for the defense of the North Atlantic Treaty area;
“(2) to establish a cooperative defense-industrial effort within Western Europe and between Western Europe and North America that would increase the efficiency and effectiveness of NATO expenditures by providing a larger production base while eliminating unnecessary duplication of defense-industrial efforts;
“(3) to share more equitably and efficiently the financial burdens, as well as the economic benefits (including jobs, technology, and trade) of NATO defense; and
“(4) to intensify consultations promptly for the early achievement of the objectives described in clauses (1) through (3).”
Pub. L. 96–342, title X, §1006, Sept. 8, 1980, 94 Stat. 1120, as amended by Pub. L. 97–86, title IX, §919, Dec. 1, 1981, 95 Stat. 1132; Pub. L. 97–252, title XI, §1120, Sept. 8, 1982, 96 Stat. 754, provided that:
“(a) In recognition of the growth, relative to the United States, in the economic strength of Japan, Canada, and Western European countries which has occurred since the signing of the North Atlantic Treaty on April 4, 1949, and the Mutual Cooperation and Security Treaty between Japan and the United States on January 19, 1960, it is the sense of Congress that—
“(1) the burdens of mutual defense now assumed by the countries allied with the United States under those agreements are not commensurate with their economic resources; and
“(2) the continued unwillingness of those countries to increase their contributions to the common defense to more appropriate levels would endanger the vitality, effectiveness, and cohesiveness of the alliances between those countries and the United States.
“(b) It is further the sense of Congress that the President should seek from each signatory country (other than the United States) of the two treaties referred to in subsection (a) acceptance of international security responsibilities and agreement to make contributions to the common defense which are commensurate with the economic resources of such country, including, when appropriate, an increase in host nation support.
“(c)(1) The Secretary of Defense shall submit to the Congress not later than March 1, 1983, a report providing—
“(A) a comparison of the fair and equitable shares of the mutual defense burdens of these alliances that should be borne by the United States, by other member nations of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO), and by Japan, based upon economic strength and other relevant factors, and the actual defense efforts of each nation together with an explanation of disparities that currently exist and their impact on mutual defense efforts;
“(B) a description of efforts by the United States and of other efforts to eliminate existing disparities;
“(C) estimates of the real growth in defense spending in fiscal year 1983 projected for each NATO member nation compared to the annual real growth goal in the range of 3 percent set in May 1978;
“(D) a description of the defense-related initiatives undertaken by each NATO member nation within the real growth in defense spending of such nation in fiscal year 1983;
“(E) an explanation of those instances in which the commitments to real growth in defense spending and to the Long-Term Defense Program have not been realized and a description of efforts being made by the United States to ensure fulfillment of these important NATO commitments; and
“(F) a description of what additional actions the President plans to take should the efforts by the United States referred to in clauses (B) and (E) fail and, in those instances where such additional actions do not include consideration of the repositioning of elements of the Armed Forces of the United States, a detailed explanation as to why such repositioning is not being so considered.
“(2) If the report required by paragraph (1) as submitted to Congress is designated as having been classified, pursuant to Executive order, as requiring protection against unauthorized disclosure in the interest of national defense or foreign policy, then not later than thirty days after the submission of such report the Secretary shall submit to Congress a further report containing all the information in the initial report that does not require such protection.”
Pub. L. 93–155, title VIII, §812, Nov. 16, 1973, 87 Stat. 619, provided that:
“(a) The Congress finds that in order to achieve a more equitable sharing of the costs and expenses arising from commitments and obligations under the North Atlantic Treaty, the President should seek, through appropriate bilateral and multilateral arrangements, payments sufficient in amount to offset fully any balance-of-payment deficit incurred by the United States during the fiscal year ending June 30, 1974, as the result of the deployment of forces in Europe in fulfillment of the treaty commitments and obligations of the United States. This balance-of-payment deficit shall be determined by the Secretary of Commerce in consultation with the Secretary of Defense and the Comptroller General of the United States.
“(b) In the event that the North Atlantic Treaty Organization members (other than the United States) fail to offset the net balance-of-payment deficit described in subsection (a) prior to the expiration of eighteen months after the date of enactment of this section [Nov. 16, 1973], no funds may be expended after the expiration of twenty-four months following the date of enactment of this section [Nov. 16, 1973] for the purpose of maintaining or supporting United States forces in Europe in any number greater than a number equal to the average monthly number of United States forces assigned to duty in Europe during the fiscal year ending June 30, 1974, reduced by a percentage figure equal to the percentage figure by which such balance-of-payment deficit during such fiscal year was not offset.
“(c) The Congress further finds (1) that the other members of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization should, in order to achieve a more equitable sharing of the cost burden under the treaty, substantially increase their contributions to assist the United States in meeting those added budgeting expenses incurred as the result of maintaining and supporting United States forces in Europe, including, but not limited to, wages paid to local personnel by the United States, recurring expenses incurred in connection with the maintenance and operation of real property, maintenance facilities, supply depots, cold storage facilities, communications systems, and standby operations, and nonrecurring expenses such as the construction and rehabilitation of plants and facilities; (2) that the amount paid by the United States in connection with the North Atlantic Treaty infrastructure program should be reduced to a more equitable amount; and (3) that the President should seek, through appropriate bilateral and multilateral arrangements, a substantial reduction of the amounts paid by the United States in connection with those matters described in (1) and (2) above.
“(d) The President shall submit to the Congress within ninety days after the date of enactment of this Act [Nov. 16, 1973], and at the end of each ninety-day period thereafter, a written report informing the Congress of the progress that has been made in implementing the provisions of this section.”
Pub. L. 86–719, Sept. 7, 1960, 74 Stat. 818, as amended by Pub. L. 87–116, July 31, 1961, 75 Stat. 242, provided for a United States Citizens Commission on NATO to terminate on June 30, 1962, including the appointment of the Commission, vacancies, chairman and vice chairman, statement of purpose, conferences in NATO countries, representative status, authority of Commission, compensation and expenses, appropriations, and reports to Congress.
Ex. Ord. No. 11633. Dec. 3, 1971, 36 F.R. 23197, provided:
The United States now participates in the activities of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO), the South-East Asia Treaty Organization (SEATO), and the Central Treaty Organization (CENTO). The Security regulations of these three treaty organizations provide that each participating nation shall be responsible for the security screening and security clearance of its own citizens before they are authorized access to the Organization's TOP SECRET, SECRET, or CONFIDENTIAL information. There is no existing program, however, under which United States civilians who are hired directly by these organizations can be screened and cleared for access to such Organization's TOP SECRET, SECRET, or CONFIDENTIAL information while so employed. It is, of course, in the interest of the United States that United States citizens who participate in the activities of NATO, SEATO, and CENTO as direct hire employees of the civil or military agencies of those organizations be reliable, trustworthy, of good conduct and character, and of complete and unswerving loyalty to the United States. At the same time, it is a fundamental principle of our Government to protect against unreasonable or unwarranted encroachment on the freedom and privacy of individuals.
I have determined that the provisions and procedures prescribed by this Order are necessary to assure the preservation of the integrity of the classified information of NATO, SEATO, and CENTO, and to protect the national interest. I have also determined that these provisions and procedures recognize the rights of individuals affected thereby and provide maximum possible safeguards to protect such rights.
NOW, THEREFORE, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and statutes of the United States, and as Commander-in-Chief of the Armed Forces of the United States, it is ordered as follows:
Richard Nixon.
Determination of President of the United States, No. 91–37, May 29, 1991, 56 F.R. 25611, provided:
Memorandum for the Secretary of Defense
Consistent with section 406(b) of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 1991 (Public Law 101–510; 104 Stat. 1546) [amending section 1002 of Pub. L. 98–525, set out as a note above], I hereby authorize an end strength level of members of the Armed Forces assigned to permanent duty ashore in European member nations of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization in excess of 261,855 for fiscal year 1991, and determine that the national security interests of the United States require such authorization.
You are authorized and directed to notify the Congress of this determination and of the necessity therefor contained in the attached justification [not set out in the Code], and to publish this determination in the Federal Register.
George Bush.
Not to exceed twenty-four Members of Congress shall be appointed to meet jointly and annually with representative parliamentary groups from other NATO (North Atlantic Treaty Organization) members, for discussion of common problems in the interests of the maintenance of peace and security in the North Atlantic area. Of the Members of the Congress to be appointed for the purposes of this resolution (hereinafter designated as the “United States Group”), half shall be appointed by the Speaker of the House from Members of the House (not less than four of whom shall be from the Committee on Foreign Affairs), and half shall be appointed by the President of the Senate upon recommendations of the majority and minority leaders of the Senate from Members of the Senate. Not more than seven of the appointees from the Senate shall be of the same political party. The Chairman or Vice Chairman of the House delegation shall be a Member from the Foreign Affairs Committee, and, unless the President of the Senate, upon the recommendation of the Majority Leader, determines otherwise, the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Senate delegation shall be a Member from the Foreign Relations Committee. Each delegation shall have a secretary. The secretaries of the Senate and House delegations shall be appointed, respectively, by the chairman of the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate and the chairman of the Committee on Foreign Affairs of the House of Representatives.
(July 11, 1956, ch. 562, §1, 70 Stat. 523; Pub. L. 88–205, pt. IV, §406, Dec. 16, 1963, 77 Stat. 392; Pub. L. 95–45, §4(c), June 15, 1977, 91 Stat. 222; Pub. L. 100–204, title VII, §744(a), Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1396; Pub. L. 103–437, §9(a)(5), Nov. 2, 1994, 108 Stat. 4588.)
This section was not enacted as part of the Mutual Security Act of 1954 which comprises this chapter.
1994—Pub. L. 103–437 substituted “Foreign Affairs” for “International Relations” wherever appearing.
1987—Pub. L. 100–204 inserted at end “Each delegation shall have a secretary. The secretaries of the Senate and House delegations shall be appointed, respectively, by the chairman of the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate and the chairman of the Committee on Foreign Affairs of the House of Representatives.”
1977—Pub. L. 95–45 increased the size of the United States Group from eighteen to twenty-four, inserted requirement that not less than four of the appointees from the House of Representatives be from the Committee on International Relations, inserted requirement that the appointment of the Senate appointees by the President of the Senate be made upon recommendations of the majority and minority leaders of the Senate, substituted requirement that not more than seven of the appointees from the Senate be of the same political party for requirement which had provided that not more than five of the appointees from each of the respective Houses be of the same political party, and inserted provision that the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the House delegation be a Member from the International Relations Committee, and, unless the President of the Senate, upon the recommendation of the Majority Leader, determines otherwise, the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Senate delegation be a Member from the Foreign Relations Committee.
1963—Pub. L. 88–205 struck out “and when Congress is not in session” after “to meet jointly and annually”.
There is authorized to be appropriated annually (1) for the annual contribution of the United States toward the maintenance of the NATO Parliamentary Assembly, such sum as may be agreed upon by the United States Group and approved by such Assembly, but in no event to exceed for any year an amount equal to 25 per centum of the total annual contributions made for that year by all members of the NATO Parliamentary Treaty Organization toward the maintenance of such Assembly, and (2) $200,000, $100,000 for the House delegation and $100,000 for the Senate delegation, or so much thereof as may be necessary, to assist in meeting the expenses of the United States Group of the NATO Parliamentary Assembly for each fiscal year for which an appropriation is made, such appropriation to be dispersed on voucher to be approved by the Chairman of the House delegation and the Chairman of the Senate delegation.
(July 11, 1956, ch. 562, §2, 70 Stat. 523; Pub. L. 85–477, ch. V, §502(d), June 30, 1958, 72 Stat. 273; Pub. L. 90–137, pt. IV, §401(a), Nov. 14, 1967, 81 Stat. 463; Pub. L. 92–226, pt. IV, §405, Feb. 7, 1972, 86 Stat. 34; Pub. L. 100–202, §101(a) [title III, §303], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329, 1329–23; Pub. L. 100–204, title VII, §744(b), Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1396; Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title VII, §701(b)(1)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–459; Pub. L. 107–77, title IV, §408(b)(1), Nov. 28, 2001, 115 Stat. 790.)
This section was not enacted as part of the Mutual Security Act of 1954 which comprises this chapter.
2001—Pub. L. 107–77 substituted “$200,000” for “$100,000” and substituted “$100,000” for “$50,000” in two places.
1999—Pub. L. 106–113 substituted “NATO Parliamentary Assembly” for “North Atlantic Assembly” in two places.
1987—Pub. L. 100–204 which directed amendment of this section by increasing appropriation authorization to $75,000, with $50,000 for House delegation and $25,000 for Senate delegation, could not be executed because of prior amendment by Pub. L. 100–202.
Pub. L. 100–202 substituted “annually (1)” for “annually,”, “(2) $100,000, $50,000” for “$50,000, $25,000”, and “and $50,000” for “and $25,000”.
1972—Pub. L. 92–226 increased annual appropriations authorization for expenses of the United States Group of the North Atlantic Assembly, including the amount for the House and Senate delegations from $15,000 to $25,000.
1967—Pub. L. 90–137 substituted “North Atlantic Assembly” for “North Atlantic Treaty Organization Parliamentary Conference” and “North Atlantic Treaty Parliamentary Conference” and “Assembly” for “Conference” in two places, respectively.
1958—Pub. L. 85–477 substituted provisions authorizing an annual contribution towards the maintenance of the Conference of such sum as may be agreed upon but in no event to exceed for any year an amount equal to 25 per centum of the total annual contributions made for that year for maintenance, for provisions which authorized an annual contribution of $6,000 for maintenance.
Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title VII, §701(b)(3)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–459, provided that: “In the case of any provision of law having application on or after May 31, 1999 (other than a provision of law specified in subparagraphs (A) or (B) [probably should be “paragraphs (1) or (2)”, which amended this section and sections 276c–1, 1928c, and 1928d of this title]), any reference contained in that provision to the North Atlantic Assembly shall, on and after that date, be considered to be a reference to the NATO Parliamentary Assembly.”
A permanent appropriation to carry out cl. (2) of this section is contained in section 101(a) [title III, §303] of Pub. L. 100–202, as amended, set out as a note under section 276e of this title.
Annual appropriations to meet the obligations of membership in various international organizations were contained in acts listed in a note set out under section 269a of this title.
Section 702 of Pub. L. 86–108, ch. VII, July 24, 1959, 73 Stat. 258, authorized appropriations for expenses of 1959 annual meeting of North Atlantic Treaty Parliamentary Conference, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 87–195, pt. III, §642(a)(7), Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 460.
The United States Group of the NATO Parliamentary Assembly shall submit to the Congress a report for each fiscal year for which an appropriation is made, including its expenditures under such appropriation.
(July 11, 1956, ch. 562, §3, 70 Stat. 524; Pub. L. 90–137, pt. IV, §401(a)(2), Nov. 14, 1967, 81 Stat. 463; Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title VII, §701(b)(1)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–459.)
This section was not enacted as part of the Mutual Security Act of 1954 which comprises this chapter.
1999—Pub. L. 106–113 substituted “NATO Parliamentary Assembly” for “North Atlantic Assembly”.
1967—Pub. L. 90–137 substituted “North Atlantic Assembly” for “North Atlantic Treaty Parliamentary Conference”.
The certificate of the Chairman of the House delegation and the Senate delegation of the NATO Parliamentary Assembly shall on and after July 11, 1956, be final and conclusive upon the accounting officers in the auditing of the accounts of the United States Group of the NATO Parliamentary Assembly.
(July 11, 1956, ch. 562, §4, 70 Stat. 524; Pub. L. 90–137, pt. IV, §401(a)(2), Nov. 14, 1967, 81 Stat. 463; Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title VII, §701(b)(1)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–459.)
This section was not enacted as part of the Mutual Security Act of 1954 which comprises this chapter.
1999—Pub. L. 106–113 substituted “NATO Parliamentary Assembly” for “North Atlantic Assembly” in two places.
1967—Pub. L. 90–137 substituted “North Atlantic Assembly” for “North Atlantic Treaty Parliamentary Conference” in two places.
In addition to the amounts authorized by section 1928b of this title, there is authorized to be appropriated $50,000 for fiscal year 1977 to meet the expenses incurred by the United States group in hosting the twenty-second annual meeting of the North Atlantic Assembly. In addition to amounts authorized by section 1928b of this title, there is authorized to be appropriated $550,000 for fiscal year 1994 to meet the expenses incurred by the United States group in hosting the fortieth annual meeting of the North Atlantic Assembly. In addition to the amounts authorized by section 1928b of this title, there is authorized to be appropriated $450,000 for fiscal year 1984 to meet the expenses incurred by the United States group in hosting the thirty-first annual meeting of the North Atlantic Assembly. Amounts appropriated under this section are authorized to remain available until expended.
(July 11, 1956, ch. 562, §5, as added Pub. L. 94–350, title I, §107, July 12, 1976, 90 Stat. 824; amended Pub. L. 98–164, title I, §109(a), Nov. 22, 1983, 97 Stat. 1019; Pub. L. 102–138, title I, §168(g), Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 677.)
This section was not enacted as part of the Mutual Security Act of 1954 which comprises this chapter.
1991—Pub. L. 102–138 inserted after first sentence provisions authorizing appropriation of $550,000 for fiscal year 1994 to meet expenses of the United States group in hosting the fortieth annual meeting of the North Atlantic Assembly.
1983—Pub. L. 98–164 inserted provisions authorizing additional appropriations for fiscal year 1984 to meet the expenses of hosting the annual meeting.
Reference to North Atlantic Assembly considered to be reference to NATO Parliamentary Assembly, see section 1000(a)(7) [div. A, title VII, §701(b)(3)] of Pub. L. 106–113, set out as a note under section 1928b of this title.
Section, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §409, 68 Stat. 845; July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §8(g), 69 Stat. 286; July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §8(g), 70 Stat. 558; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §8(i), 71 Stat. 361; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. II, §205(g), 72 Stat. 267; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. II, §205(i), 73 Stat. 250; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. II, §204(i), 74 Stat. 137, authorized payment of ocean freight charges and provided for arrangements for free entry.
Section, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §410, 68 Stat. 846; July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §8(h), 69 Stat. 287; July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §8(h), 70 Stat. 558; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §8(j), 71 Stat. 361; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. II, §205(h), ch. V, §501(14), 72 Stat. 267, 271, authorized appropriations for carrying out objectives of Mutual Defense Assistance Control Act of 1951, section 1611 et seq. of this title.
Section, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §411, 68 Stat. 846; July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §8(i), 69 Stat. 287; July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §8(i), 70 Stat. 558; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §8(k), 71 Stat. 362; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. II, §205(i), ch. V, §501(15), 72 Stat. 267, 271; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. II, §205(k), 73 Stat. 250; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. II, §204(j), ch. V, §501(b), 74 Stat. 137, 140, related to payment of administrative and other expenses. See sections 2396(b), (f) and 2397 of this title.
Section, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §412, as added July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. II, §205(l), 73 Stat. 250, authorized appropriations for President's special education and training fund.
A prior section 412 of act Aug. 26, 1954, which authorized assistance to selected Chinese and Korean students for studying or teaching, or for research and related academic and technical activities in the United States, was repealed by Pub. L. 85–141, §8(l), Aug. 14, 1957, 71 Stat. 362.
Section, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §413, 68 Stat. 846; July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §8(j), (k), 70 Stat. 558; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. II, §205(j), 72 Stat. 267; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. II, §205(m), 73 Stat. 251, related to encouragement of free enterprise and private participation. See section 2351 of this title.
Section, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §414, 68 Stat. 848; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. II, §205(k), 72 Stat. 267; Oct. 18, 1962, Pub. L. 87–845, §5, 76A Stat. 698; Nov. 14, 1967, Pub. L. 90–137, pt. IV, §403, 81 Stat. 463; Dec. 17, 1973, Pub. L. 93–189, §27, 87 Stat. 732; Nov. 29, 1975, Pub. L. 94–141, title I, §150(a), 89 Stat. 760, related to authority of President to control export and import of arms, ammunition, and implements of war.
Section 212(b)(1) of Pub. L. 94–329 provided in part that: “Any reference to such section [this section] shall be deemed to be a reference to section 38 of the Arms Export Control Act [section 2778 of this title] and any reference to licenses issued under section 38 of the Arms Export Control Act shall be deemed to include a reference to licenses issued under section 414 of the Mutual Security Act of 1954.”
Section 212(b)(2) of Pub. L. 94–329 provided that: “All determinations, authorizations, regulations, orders, contracts, agreements, and other actions issued, undertaken, or entered into under section 414 of the Mutual Security Act of 1954 [this section] shall continue in full force and effect until modified, revoked, or superseded by appropriate authority.”
Ex. Ord. No. 11432, Oct. 22, 1968, 33 F.R. 15701, which amended section 301 of Ex. Ord. No. 10973, Nov. 6, 1961, 26 F.R. 10469, in regard to delegation of certain functions concerning arms control to the Department of the Treasury, was omitted in view of the subsequent amendment to section 301 by Ex. Ord. No. 11959, Jan. 18, 1977, 42 F.R. 4315.
Section 1935, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §415, 68 Stat. 849; July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §8(l), 70 Stat. 559, related to stockpiling of supplies.
Section 1936, acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §416, 68 Stat. 849; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §8(m), 71 Stat. 362, provided for facilitation and encouragement of travel.
Pursuant to section 1513(b)(6) 1 of this title, the disposition within Ireland of the unencumbered balance, in the amount of approximately 6,000,000 Irish pounds, of the special account of Irish funds established under article IV of the Economic Cooperation Agreement between the United States of America and Ireland, dated June 28, 1948, for the purposes of—
(1) scholarship exchange between the United States and Ireland;
(2) other programs and projects (including the establishment of an Agricultural Institute) to improve and develop the agricultural production and marketing potential of Ireland and to increase the production and efficiency of Irish industry; and
(3) development programs and projects in aid of the foregoing objectives,
is approved, as provided in the agreement between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Ireland, dated June 17, 1954.
(Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §417, 68 Stat. 849.)
Section 1513(b)(6) of this title, referred to in text, was repealed by section 542(a)(4) of act Aug. 26, 1954.
1 See References in Text note below.
Section, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, title IV, §418, as added July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §8(j), 69 Stat. 287, authorized the establishment of President's Fund for Asian Economic Development.
Section 1939, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §419, as added Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §8(n), 71 Stat. 362; amended June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. II, §205(l), 72 Stat. 267; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. II, §205(n), 73 Stat. 251; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. II, §204(l), 74 Stat. 138, related to atoms for peace. See section 2171(c) of this title.
Act July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §12, 70 Stat. 565, which was formerly classified to section 1939 of this title and authorized appropriations for atoms for peace, was repealed by Pub. L. 87–195, pt. III, §642(a)(4) Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 460.
Section 1940, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §420, as added Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §8(n), 71 Stat. 362; amended June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. II, §205(m), 72 Stat. 267, provided for a program of malaria eradication.
Section 1940a, act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. II, §421, as added May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. II, §204(m), 74 Stat. 138, related to loans to small farmers. See section 2175 of this title.
Section 1941, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. V, §501, July 24, 1959, 73 Stat. 255, provided for international cooperation in health. Subsec. (b) of section 501 of Pub. L. 86–108 was previously repealed by Pub. L. 86–472, ch. IV, §602, May 14, 1960, 74 Stat. 141.
(a) It is the sense of the Congress that—
(1) the historic, economic, political, and geographic relationships among the American Republics are unique and of special significance and, as appropriate, should be so recognized in future legislation;
(2) although governmental forms differ among the American Republics, the peoples of all the Americas are dedicated to the creation and maintenance of governments which will promote individual freedom;
(3) the interests of the American Republics are so interrelated that sound social and economic progress in each is of importance to all and that lack of it in any American Republic may have serious repercussions in others;
(4) for the peoples of Latin America to continue to progress within the framework of our common heritage of democratic ideals, there is a compelling need for the achievement of social and economic advance adequate to meet the legitimate aspirations of the individual citizens of the countries of Latin America for a better way of life;
(5) there is a need for a plan of hemispheric development, open to all American Republics which cooperate in such plan, based upon a strong production effort, the expansion of foreign trade, the creation and maintenance of internal financial stability, the growth of free economic and social institutions, and the development of economic cooperation, including all possible steps to establish and maintain equitable rates of exchange and to bring about the progressive elimination of trade barriers;
(6) mindful of the advantages which the United States has enjoyed through the existence of a large domestic market with no internal trade barriers, and believing that similar advantages can accrue to all countries, it is the hope of the people of the United States that all American Republics will jointly exert sustained common efforts which will speedily achieve that economic cooperation in the Western Hemisphere which is essential for lasting peace and prosperity; and
(7) accordingly, it is declared to be the policy of the people of the United States to sustain and strengthen principles of individual liberty, free institutions, private enterprise, and genuine independence in the Western Hemisphere through cooperation with all American Republics which participate in a joint development program based upon self-help and mutual efforts.
(b) In order to carry forward the above policy, the Congress hereby—
(1) urges the President through our constitutional processes to develop cooperative programs on a bilateral or multilateral basis which will set forth specific plans of action designed to foster economic progress and improvements in the welfare and level of living of all the peoples of the American Republics on the basis of joint aid, mutual effort, and common sacrifice;
(2) proposes the development of workable procedures to expand hemispheric trade and to moderate extreme price fluctuations in commodities which are of exceptional importance in the economies of the American Republics, and encourages the development of regional economic cooperation among the American Republics;
(3) supports the development of a more accurate and sympathetic understanding among the peoples of the American Republics through a greater interchange of persons, ideas, techniques, and educational, scientific, and cultural achievements;
(4) supports the strengthening of free democratic trade unions to raise standards of living through improved management-labor relations;
(5) favors the progressive development of common standards with respect to the rights and the responsibilities of private investment which flows across national boundaries within the Western Hemisphere;
(6) supports the consolidation of the public institutions and agencies of inter-American cooperation, insofar as feasible, within the structure of the Organization of American States and the strengthening of the personnel resources and authority of the Organization in order that it may play a role of increasing importance in all aspects of hemispheric cooperation; and
(7) declares that it is prepared to give careful and sympathetic consideration to programs which the President may develop for the purpose of promoting these policies.
(Pub. L. 86–735, §1, Sept. 8, 1960, 74 Stat. 869.)
This section was not enacted as part of the Mutual Security Act of 1954 which comprises this chapter.
Pub. L. 88–205, pt. IV, §401(a), Dec. 16, 1963, 77 Stat. 390, amended Pub. L. 86–735 to provide: “That this Act [enacting this section and sections 1943 to 1945 of this title and amending section 1753a of this title] may be cited as the ‘Latin American Development Act’.”
Pub. L. 93–189, §36, Dec. 17, 1973, 87 Stat. 734, as amended by Pub. L. 97–113, title VII, §734(a)(9), Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1560, provided that:
“(a) The President or his delegate shall seek, as soon as possible a revision of the Social Progress Trust Fund Agreement (dated June 19, 1961) between the United States and the Inter-American Development Bank. Such revision should provide for the—
“(1) periodic transfer of unencumbered capital resources of such trust fund, and of any future repayments or other accruals otherwise payable to such trust fund, to the Inter-American Foundation, to be administered by the Foundation for purposes of part IV of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1969 (22 U.S.C. 290f and following);
“(2) utilization of such unencumbered capital resources, future repayments, and other accruals by the Inter-American Development Bank for purposes of sections 1 and 2 of the Latin American Development Act (22 U.S.C. 1942 and 1943) in such a way that the resources received in the currencies of the more developed member countries are utilized to the extent possible for the benefit of the lesser developed member countries; or
“(3) both the transfer described in paragraph (1) and the utilization described in paragraph (2).
“(b) Any transfer or utilization under this section shall be in such proportions as may be agreed to between the United States and the Inter-American Development Bank.
“(c) Any transfer under subsection (a)(1) shall be in the amounts, and in available currencies, determined in consultation with the Inter-American Foundation, to be required for its program purposes.
“(d) The revision of the Social Progress Trust Fund Agreement pursuant to this section shall provide that the President or his delegate shall specify, from time to time, after consultation with the Inter-American Development Bank, the particular currencies to be used in making the transfer or utilization described in this section.
“(e) [Repealed. Pub. L. 97–113, title VII, §734(a)(9), Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1560].”
[Amendment of provisions of section 36 of Pub. L. 93–189, set out above, by Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(2) [title V, §586(h)(2)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1535, 1501A–120, did not become effective pursuant to section 1000(a)(2) [title V, §586] of div. B of Pub. L. 106–113, formerly set out as an Abolition of the Inter-American Foundation note under section 290f of this title.]
Memorandum of President of the United States, May 30, 2001, 66 F.R. 30629, provided:
Memorandum for the Secretary of State
By the authority vested in me by the Constitution and laws of the United States of America, including section 301 of title 3 of the United States Code, I hereby delegate to the Secretary of State the functions conferred upon the President by the Latin American Development Act of 1960, 22 U.S.C. 1942 et seq.
The functions delegated by this memorandum may be redelegated as appropriate.
You are authorized and directed to publish this memorandum in the Federal Register.
George W. Bush.
In order to carry out the purposes of section 1942 of this title, there is authorized to be appropriated to the President not to exceed $680,000,000, which shall remain available until expended, and which the President may use, subject to such further legislative provisions as may be enacted, in addition to other funds available for such purposes, on such terms and conditions as he may specify: Provided, That none of the funds made available pursuant to this section shall be used to furnish assistance to any country in Latin America being subjected to economic or diplomatic sanctions by the Organization of American States. The Secretary of State shall keep the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate and the Committee on Foreign Affairs of the House currently informed about plans and programs for the utilization of such funds.
(Pub. L. 86–735, §2, Sept. 8, 1960, 74 Stat. 870; Pub. L. 88–205, pt. IV, §401(b), Dec. 16, 1963, 77 Stat. 390.)
This section was not enacted as part of the Mutual Security Act of 1954 which comprises this chapter.
1963—Pub. L. 88–205 substituted “$680,000,000” for “$500,000,000”.
For delegation of certain functions of President under this section, see Memorandum of President of the United States, May 30, 2001, 66 F.R. 30629, set out as a note under section 1942 of this title.
There is authorized to be appropriated to the President not to exceed $100,000,000, which shall remain available until expended, for use, in addition to other funds available for such purposes, in the reconstruction and rehabilitation of Chile on such terms and conditions as the President may specify.
(Pub. L. 86–735, §3, Sept. 8, 1960, 74 Stat. 870.)
This section was not enacted as part of the Mutual Security Act of 1954 which comprises this chapter.
For delegation of certain functions of President under this section, see Memorandum of President of the United States, May 30, 2001, 66 F.R. 30629, set out as a note under section 1942 of this title.
(a) Funds appropriated under sections 1943 and 1944 of this title may be used for assistance under sections 1942 to 1945 of this title pursuant to such provisions applicable to the furnishing of such assistance contained in any successor Act to the Mutual Security Act of 1954, as amended, as the President determines to be necessary to carry out the purposes for which such funds are appropriated.
(b) Of the funds appropriated under section 1943 of this title not more than $800,000 shall be available only for assisting in transporting to and settling in Latin America selected immigrants from that portion of the Ryukyuan Archipelago under United States administration.
(Pub. L. 86–735, §4, as added Pub. L. 87–195, pt. IV, §706, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 463.)
The Mutual Security Act of 1954, referred to in text, is act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, 68 Stat. 832, as amended by acts July 8, 1955, ch. 301, 69 Stat. 283; July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §§2 to 11, 70 Stat. 555; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, 71 Stat. 355; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. 1, §§101 to 103, ch. II, §§201 to 205, ch. III, §301, ch. IV, §401, ch. V, §501, 72 Stat. 261; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, §2, ch. 1, §101, ch. II, §§201 to 205(a) to (i), (k) to (n), ch. III, §301, ch. IV, §401(a) to (k), (m), 73 Stat. 246; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. I to V, 74 Stat. 134, which was principally classified to chapter 24 (§1750 et seq.) of this title and which was repealed by act July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §8(m), 70 Stat. 559, Pub. L. 85–141, §§2(e), 3, 4(b), 11(d), Aug. 14, 1957, 71 Stat. 356, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. II, §§205(j), ch. IV, 401(1), July 24, 1959, 73 Stat. 250, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. II, §§203(d), 204(k), May 14, 1960, 74 Stat. 138, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. III, §642(a)(2), Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 460, Pub. L. 94–329, title II, §212(b)(1), June 30, 1976, 90 Stat. 745, Pub. L. 104–127, title II, §228, Apr. 4, 1996, 110 Stat. 963, except for sections 1754, 1783, 1796, 1853, 1928, and 1937 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1754 of this title and Tables.
This section was not enacted as part of the Mutual Security Act of 1954 which comprises this chapter.
Section 706 of Pub. L. 87–195, cited as a credit to this section was repealed by section 401 of Pub. L. 87–565, pt. IV, Aug. 1, 1962, 76 Stat. 263, except insofar as section 706 affected this section.
For delegation of certain functions of President under this section, see Memorandum of President of the United States, May 30, 2001, 66 F.R. 30629, set out as a note under section 1942 of this title.
Subsecs. (a) and (b), acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. III, §451(a), (b), 68 Stat. 843; July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §8(a), 69 Stat. 286; July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §8(a), 70 Stat. 557; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §8(b), 71 Stat. 360; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. III, §301, ch. V, §501(12)(B), 72 Stat. 268, 271; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. III, §301, 73 Stat. 252; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. III, §301, 74 Stat. 138, which related to the creation of the President's special authority and contingency fund authorized appropriations, were repealed by Pub. L. 87–195, pt. III, §642(a)(2), Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 460. See section 2261 of this title.
Subsec. (c), acts Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, ch. III, §451(c), 68 Stat. 843; July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §8(a), 69 Stat. 286; July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §8(a), 70 Stat. 557; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, §8(b), 71 Stat. 360; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. III, §301, ch. V, §501(12)(B), 72 Stat. 268, 271; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. III, §301, 73 Stat. 252; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. III, §301, 74 Stat. 138, related to declaration of purpose and use of funds in connection with right of self-determination for people subject to captivity of Communist despotism, and was repealed by Pub. L. 87–510, §6, June 28, 1962, 76 Stat. 124.
The President is authorized to cooperate with and assist any nation or group of nations in the general area of the Middle East desiring such assistance in the development of economic strength dedicated to the maintenance of national independence.
(Pub. L. 85–7, §1, Mar. 9, 1957, 71 Stat. 5.)
Pub. L. 85–7, §3, Mar. 9, 1957, 71 Stat. 5, authorized President to use, for balance of fiscal year 1957, funds not to exceed $200,000,000 for military and economic assistance for Middle East from appropriations available under Mutual Security Act of 1954, restricted availability of funds for military assistance to funds appropriated for military assistance and for economic assistance to funds appropriated for other than military assistance, and required that funds not be available until 15 days after reports on proposed use of funds be supplied to appropriate Congressional committees.
The President is authorized to undertake, in the general area of the Middle East, military assistance programs with any nation or group of nations of that area desiring such assistance. Furthermore, the United States regards as vital to the national interest and world peace the preservation of the independence and integrity of the nations of the Middle East. To this end, if the President determines the necessity thereof, the United States is prepared to use armed forces to assist any such nation or group of such nations requesting assistance against armed aggression from any country controlled by international communism: Provided, That such employment shall be consonant with the treaty obligations of the United States and with the Constitution of the United States.
(Pub. L. 85–7, §2, Mar. 9, 1957, 71 Stat. 5.)
The President should continue to furnish facilities and military assistance, within the provisions of applicable law and established policies, to the United Nations Emergency Force in the Middle East, with a view to maintaining the truce in that region.
(Pub. L. 85–7, §4, Mar. 9, 1957, 71 Stat. 6.)
The President shall whenever appropriate report to the Congress his action hereunder.
(Pub. L. 85–7, §5, Mar. 9, 1957, 71 Stat. 6; Pub. L. 87–195, pt. IV, §705, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 463.)
1961—Pub. L. 87–195 substituted “whenever appropriate” for “within the months of January and July of each year”.
Section 705 of Pub. L. 87–195, cited as a credit to this section, was repealed by section 401 of Pub. L. 87–565, pt. IV, Aug. 1, 1962, 76 Stat. 263, except insofar as section 705 affected this section.
This chapter shall expire when the President shall determine that the peace and security of the nations in the general area of the Middle East are reasonably assured by international conditions created by action of the United Nations or otherwise except that it may be terminated earlier by a concurrent resolution of the two Houses of Congress.
(Pub. L. 85–7, §6, Mar. 9, 1957, 71 Stat. 6.)
For the purposes of this chapter the term “vessel of the United States” shall mean any private vessel documented or certificated under the laws of the United States. Notwithstanding any other law, the documentation or certification of any such vessel shall not be considered to be affected, for the purposes of this chapter, in any manner or to any extent if at any time during any voyage for the purpose of fishing beyond the fishery conservation zone (as defined in section 1802(8) 1 of title 16), the vessel is commanded by other than a citizen of the United States.
(Aug. 27, 1954, ch. 1018, §1, 68 Stat. 883; Pub. L. 95–541, §14(a), Oct. 28, 1978, 92 Stat. 2057; Pub. L. 96–561, title II, §238(b), Dec. 22, 1980, 94 Stat. 3300; Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(a) [title II, §211(b)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009, 3009–41.)
Section 1802(8) of title 16, referred to in text, which defined “fishery conservation zone”, was repealed and section 1802(6) of Title 16, Conservation, defining the term “exclusive economic zone”, was added by Pub. L. 99–659, title I, §101(a), Nov. 14, 1986, 100 Stat. 3706. Section 1802 was subsequently amended and the term “exclusive economic zone” is defined elsewhere in that section.
1996—Pub. L. 104–208 made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to section 1802(8) of title 16.
1980—Pub. L. 96–561 made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to section 1802(8) of title 16.
1978—Pub. L. 95–541 provided that the documentation or certification of a vessel of the United States not be affected if at any time during the voyage for the purpose of fishing beyond the fishery conservation zone, the vessel is commanded by other than a citizen of the United States.
Section 101(a) [title II, §211(b)] of div. A of Pub. L. 104–208 provided that the amendment made by that section is effective 15 days after Oct. 11, 1996.
Section 238(b) of Pub. L. 96–561 provided that the amendment made by that section is effective 15 days after Dec. 22, 1980.
Section 14(b) of Pub. L. 95–541 provided that the amendment made by section 14(a) of Pub. L. 95–541, amending this section, was to take effect Jan. 1, 1978, prior to the general amendment by Pub. L. 104–227, title I, §107, Oct. 2, 1996, 110 Stat. 3042.
Pub. L. 106–450, title I, §101, Nov. 7, 2000, 114 Stat. 1941, provided that: “This title [amending section 1977 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Fishermen's Protective Act Amendments of 2000’.”
Pub. L. 90–482, §4, Aug. 12, 1968, 82 Stat. 730, provided that: “The Act of August 27, 1954 (68 Stat. 883; 22 U.S.C. 1971–1976), as amended by this Act [this chapter], may be cited as the ‘Fishermen's Protective Act of 1967’.”
1 See References in Text note below.
If—
(1) any vessel of the United States is seized by a foreign country on the basis of claims to jurisdiction that are not recognized by the United States, or on the basis of claims to jurisdiction recognized by the United States but exercised in a manner inconsistent with international law as recognized by the United States; 1
(2) any general claim of any foreign country to exclusive fishery management authority is recognized by the United States, and any vessel of the United States is seized by such foreign country on the basis of conditions and restrictions under such claim, if such conditions and restrictions—
(A) are unrelated to fishery conservation and management,
(B) fail to consider and take into account traditional fishing practices of vessels of the United States,
(C) are greater or more onerous than the conditions and restrictions which the United States applies to foreign fishing vessels subject to the exclusive fishery management authority of the United States (as established in title I of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act [16 U.S.C. 1811 et seq.]), or
(D) fail to allow fishing vessels of the United States equitable access to fish subject to such country's exclusive fishery management authority;
the Secretary of State, unless there is clear and convincing credible evidence that the seizure did not meet the requirements under paragraph (1) or (2), as the case may be, shall immediately take such steps as are necessary—
(i) for the protection of such vessel and for the health and welfare of its crew;
(ii) to secure the release of such vessel and its crew; and
(iii) to determine the amount of any fine, license, fee, registration fee, or other direct charge reimbursable under section 1973(a) of this title.
(Aug. 27, 1954, ch. 1018, §2, 68 Stat. 883; Pub. L. 92–569, §1, Oct. 26, 1972, 86 Stat. 1182; Pub. L. 94–265, title IV, §403(a)(1), Apr. 13, 1976, 90 Stat. 360; Pub. L. 96–561, title II, §238(b), Dec. 22, 1980, 94 Stat. 3300; Pub. L. 98–364, title III, §303(a), July 17, 1984, 98 Stat. 444; Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(a) [title II, §211(b)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009, 3009–41.)
The Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act, referred to in par. (2)(C), is Pub. L. 94–265, Apr. 13, 1976, 90 Stat. 331, as amended. Title I of the Act is classified generally to subchapter II (§1811 et seq.) of chapter 38 of Title 16, Conservation. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1801 of Title 16 and Tables.
1996—Par. (2)(C). Pub. L. 104–208 substituted “Magnuson-Stevens Fishery” for “Magnuson Fishery”.
1984—Pub. L. 98–364, in par. (1), substituted “any vessel of the United States is seized by a foreign country on the basis of claims to jurisdiction that are not recognized by the United States, or on the basis of claims to jurisdiction recognized by the United States but exercised in a manner inconsistent with international law as recognized by the United States;” for “any vessel of the United States is seized by a foreign country on the basis of claims in territorial waters or the high seas which are not recognized by the United States; or”, and in provisions following par. (2)(D), substituted “the Secretary of State, unless there is clear and convincing credible evidence that the seizure did not meet the requirements under paragraph (1) or (2), as the case may be, shall immediately take such steps as are necessary” for “and there is no dispute as to the material facts with respect to the location or activity of such vessel at the time of such seizure, the Secretary of State shall immediately take such steps as are necessary”.
1980—Par. (2)(C). Pub. L. 96–561 substituted “Magnuson Fishery Conservation and Management Act” for “Fishery Conservation and Management Act of 1976”.
1976—Pub. L. 94–265 redesignated existing subsecs. (a) and (b) as pars. (1) and (2), respectively, and, in par. (1) struck out reference to rights in territorial waters, and in par. (2) substituted provisions relating to any general claim of any foreign country, conditions, and restrictions of seizure, lack of dispute as to material facts, and steps authorized for Secretary of State upon seizure, for provisions relating to lack of dispute as to material facts and actions authorized for Secretary of State upon seizure.
1972—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 92–569 required the Secretary of State to take appropriate action to immediately ascertain the fees, fines, and other direct charges paid by a United States vessel owner to the seizing foreign country for the release of the vessel and its crew.
Section 101(a) [title II, §211(b)] of div. A of Pub. L. 104–208 provided that the amendment made by that section is effective 15 days after Oct. 11, 1996.
Section 303(c) of Pub. L. 98–364 provided that: “The amendments made by subsections (a) and (b) [amending this section and section 1974 of this title] apply with respect to seizures made after April 1, 1983, by foreign countries of vessels of the United States.”
Section 238(b) of Pub. L. 96–561 provided that the amendment made by that section is effective 15 days after Dec. 22, 1980.
Section 403(b) of Pub. L. 94–265 provided in part that the amendment made by section 403(a)(1) of Pub. L. 94–265 to this section was to take effect Mar. 1, 1977, prior to the general amendment of title IV of Pub. L. 94–265 by Pub. L. 104–297.
Section 6 of Pub. L. 92–569 provided that: “The amendments made by this Act [enacting section 1979 of this title and amending this section and sections 1973, 1975, and 1977 of this title] shall apply with respect to seizures of vessels of the United States occurring on or after the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 26, 1972]; except that reimbursements under section 3 of the Fishermen's Protective Act of 1967 [section 1973 of this title] (as in effect before such date of enactment [Oct. 26, 1972]) may be made from the fund established by the amendment made by section 5 of this Act [enacting section 1979 of this title] with respect to any seizure of a vessel occurring before such date of enactment [Oct. 26, 1972] and after December 31, 1970, if no reimbursement was made before such date of enactment [Oct. 26, 1972].”
1 So in original. Probably should be followed by “or”.
In any case where a vessel of the United States is seized by a foreign country under the conditions of section 1972 of this title and a fine, license fee, registration fee, or any other direct charge must be paid in order to secure the prompt release of the vessel and crew, the owners of the vessel shall be reimbursed by the Secretary of State in the amount determined and certified by him as being the amount of the fine, license fee, registration fee, or any other direct charge actually paid. For purposes of this section, the term “other direct charge” means any levy, however characterized or computed (including, but not limited to, any computation based on the value of a vessel or the value of fish or other property on board a vessel), which is imposed in addition to any fine, license fee, or registration fee. Any reimbursement under this section shall be made from the Fishermen's Protective Fund established pursuant to section 1979 of this title.
The Secretary of State shall make a determination and certification under subsection (a) of this section as soon as possible after he is notified pursuant to section 1972(b) of this title of the amounts of the fines, fees, and other direct charges which were paid by the owners to secure the release of their vessel and crew. The amount of reimbursement made by the Secretary of State to the owners of any vessel under subsection (a) of this section shall constitute a lien on the vessel which may be recovered in proceedings by libel in rem in the district court of the United States for any district within which the vessel may be. Any such lien shall terminate on the ninetieth day after the date on which the Secretary of State reimburses the owners under this section unless before such ninetieth day the United States initiates action to enforce the lien.
(Aug. 27, 1954, ch. 1018, §3, 68 Stat. 883; Pub. L. 90–482, §2, Aug. 12, 1968, 82 Stat. 730; Pub. L. 92–569, §2, Oct. 26, 1972, 86 Stat. 1182; Pub. L. 94–265, title IV, §403(a)(2), Apr. 13, 1976, 90 Stat. 360; Pub. L. 98–364, title III, §302(a), July 17, 1984, 98 Stat. 444.)
1984—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 98–364, §302(a)(1), substituted “Secretary of State in the amount determined and certified by him” for “Secretary of the Treasury in the amount certified to him by the Secretary of State”.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 98–364, §302(a)(2), inserted “determination and” before “certification” in first sentence, and substituted “State” for “the Treasury” in second and third sentences.
1976—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 94–265 inserted definition of “other direct charge”.
1972—Pub. L. 92–569 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), inserted provision that reimbursement under this section shall be made from the Fishermen's Protective Fund, and added subsec. (b).
1968—Pub. L. 90–482 inserted “, license fee, registration fee, or any other direct charge” after “fine” wherever appearing.
Section 403(b) of Pub. L. 94–265 provided in part that the amendment made by section 403(a)(2) of Pub. L. 94–265 to this section was to apply with respect to seizures of vessels of the United States occurring on or after Dec. 31, 1974, prior to the general amendment of title IV of Pub. L. 94–265 by Pub. L. 104–297.
Amendment by Pub. L. 92–569 applicable with respect to seizure of vessels of the United States occurring on or after Oct. 26, 1972, except that reimbursements under this section may be made from the fund established by section 1979 of this title with respect to seizure of vessels occurring after Dec. 31, 1970 and before Oct. 26, 1972 if no reimbursement was made before Oct. 26, 1972, see section 6 of Pub. L. 92–569, set out as a note under section 1972 of this title.
The provisions of this chapter shall not apply with respect to a seizure made by a country at war with the United States or a seizure made in accordance with the provisions of any applicable convention or treaty, if that treaty or convention was made with advice and consent to 1 the Senate and was in force and effect for the United States and the seizing country at the time of the seizure.
(Aug. 27, 1954, ch. 1018, §4, 68 Stat. 883; Pub. L. 98–364, title III, §303(b), July 17, 1984, 98 Stat. 444.)
1984—Pub. L. 98–364 substituted “any applicable convention or treaty, if that treaty or convention was made with advice and consent to the Senate and was in force and effect for the United States and the seizing country at the time of the seizure” for “any fishery convention or treaty to which the United States is a party”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 98–364 applicable with respect to seizures made after Apr. 1, 1983, by foreign countries of vessels of the United States, see section 303(c) of Pub. L. 98–364, set out as a note under section 1972 of this title.
1 So in original. Probably should be “of”.
The Secretary of State shall—
(1) immediately notify a foreign country of—
(A) any reimbursement made by him under section 1973 of this title as a result of the seizure of a vessel of the United States by such country,
(B) any payment made pursuant to section 1977 of this title in connection with such seizure, and
(2) take such action as he deems appropriate to make and collect claims against such foreign country for the amounts so reimbursed and payments so made.
If a foreign country fails or refuses to make payment in full on any claim made under subsection (a)(2) of this section within one hundred and twenty days after the date on which such country is notified pursuant to subsection (a)(1) of this section, the Secretary of State shall transfer an amount equal to such unpaid claim or unpaid portion thereof from any funds appropriated by Congress and programed for the current fiscal year for assistance to the government of such country under the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2151 et seq.] unless the President certifies to the Congress that it is in the national interest not to do so in the particular instance (and if such funds are insufficient to cover such claim, transfer shall be made from any funds so appropriated and programed for the next and any succeeding fiscal year) to (1) the Fishermen's Protective Fund established pursuant to section 1979 of this title if the amount is transferred with respect to an unpaid claim for a reimbursement made under section 1973 of this title, or (2) the separate account established in the Treasury of the United States pursuant to section 1977(c) of this title if the amount is transferred with respect to an unpaid claim for a payment made under section 1977(a) of this title. Amounts transferred under this section shall not constitute satisfaction of any such claim of the United States against such foreign country.
(Aug. 27, 1954, ch. 1018, §5, 68 Stat. 883; Pub. L. 90–482, §3, Aug. 12, 1968, 82 Stat. 730; Pub. L. 92–569, §3, Oct. 26, 1972, 86 Stat. 1182; Pub. L. 98–364, title III, §302(b), July 17, 1984, 98 Stat. 444.)
The Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, referred to in subsec. (b), is Pub. L. 87–195, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 424, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 32 (§2151 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2151 of this title and Tables.
1984—Subsec. (a)(1)(A). Pub. L. 98–364 substituted “him” for “the Secretary of the Treasury”.
1972—Pub. L. 92–569 substituted provisions that the Secretary of State notify the foreign country of reimbursements made under section 1973 of this title and payments made under section 1977 of this title, take appropriate action to make and collect claims against such foreign country and on failure to receive payment or on refusal to pay within 120 days after the notification, transfer an amount equal to the unpaid amount from funds programmed for assistance to that country to the Fishermen's Protective Fund or the separate account in the Treasury as the case may be, and in the case of inadequate funds programmed in the current fiscal year make the deduction from succeeding fiscal years, with exception that no such transfer be made when the President certifies to Congress that it is in the national interest not to do so, for provisions that the Secretary of State take appropriate action to collect claims against such foreign country and withhold amounts equal to the unpaid claims from the foreign assistance programmed for that fiscal year when such country fails or refuses to pay within 120 days of receipt of notice of claim.
1968—Pub. L. 90–482 inserted provisions authorizing the Secretary to act when payments are made pursuant to section 1977 of this title, and provisions authorizing the Secretary to withhold the amount of any unpaid claim against the foreign country from the foreign assistance funds programed for that country, such amounts withheld not to constitute satisfaction of any unpaid claim.
Amendment by Pub. L. 92–569 applicable with respect to seizures of vessels of the United States occurring on or after Oct. 26, 1972, see section 6 of Pub. L. 92–569, set out as a note under section 1972 of this title.
Ex. Ord. No. 11772, Mar. 21, 1974, 39 F.R. 10879, provided:
By virtue of the authority vested in me by the Fishermen's Protective Act of 1967, as amended (22 U.S.C. 1971, et seq.), and Section 301 of Title 3 of the United States Code, and as President of the United States of America, the Secretary of State is hereby designated and empowered to exercise, without ratification, or other action of the President, the function conferred upon the President by Section 5(b) of the Fishermen's Protective Act of 1967, as amended [22 U.S.C. 1975(b)], of certifying to the Congress that it is in the national interest not to transfer to the Fishermen's Protective Fund or to the separate account established under the Act, pursuant to that Section, amounts appropriated by the Congress and programmed for assistance under the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2151 et seq.].
Richard Nixon.
There are authorized to be appropriated such amounts as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this chapter.
(Aug. 27, 1954, ch. 1018, §6, 68 Stat. 883.)
The Secretary, upon receipt of an application filed with him at any time after the effective date of this section by the owner of any vessel of the United States which is documented or certificated as a commercial fishing vessel, shall enter into an agreement with such owner subject to the provision of this section and such other terms and conditions as the Secretary deems appropriate. Such agreement shall provide that, if said vessel is seized by a foreign country and detained under the conditions of section 1972 of this title, the Secretary shall guarantee—
(1) the owner of such vessel for all actual costs, except those covered by section 1973 of this title, incurred by the owner during the seizure and detention period and as a direct result thereof, as determined by the Secretary, resulting (A) from any damage to, or destruction of, such vessel, or its fishing gear or other equipment, (B) from the loss or confiscation of such vessel, gear, or equipment, or (C) from dockage fees or utilities;
(2) the owner of such vessel and its crew for the market value of fish caught before seizure of such vessel and confiscated or spoiled during the period of detention; and
(3) the owner of such vessel and its crew for not to exceed 50 per centum of the gross income lost as a direct result of such seizure and detention, as determined by the Secretary of State, based on the value of the average catch per day's fishing during the three most recent calendar years immediately preceding such seizure and detention of the vessel seized, or, if such experience is not available, then of all commercial fishing vessels of the United States engaged in the same fishery as that of the type and size of the seized vessel.
Payments made by the Secretary under paragraphs (2) and (3) of subsection (a) of this section shall be distributed by the Secretary in accordance with the usual practices and procedures of the particular segment of the United States commercial fishing industry to which the seized vessel belongs relative to the sale of fish caught and the distribution of the proceeds of such sale.
The Secretary shall from time to time establish by regulation fees which shall be paid by the owners of vessels entering into agreements under this section. Such fees shall be adequate (1) to recover the costs of administering this section, and (2) to cover a reasonable portion of any payments made by the Secretary under this section. All fees collected by the Secretary shall be credited to a separate account established in the Treasury of the United States which shall remain available without fiscal year limitation to carry out the provisions of this section. Those fees not currently needed for payments under this section shall be kept on deposit or invested in obligations of, or guaranteed by, the United States and all revenues accruing from such deposits or investments shall be credited to such separate account. If a transfer of funds is made to the separate account under section 1975(b)(2) of this title with respect to an unpaid claim and such claim is later paid, the amount so paid shall be covered into the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts. All payments under this section shall be made first out of such fees so long as they are available and thereafter out of funds which are hereby authorized to be appropriated to such account to carry out the provisions of this section.
All determinations made under this section shall be final. No payment under this section shall be made with respect to any losses covered by any policy of insurance or other provision of law.
The provisions of this section shall be effective until October 1, 2008; except that payments may be made under this section only to such extent and in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriation Acts.
For the purposes of this section—
(1) the term “Secretary” means the Secretary of State.
(2) the term “owner” includes any charterer of a commercial fishing vessel.
(Aug. 27, 1954, ch. 1018, §7, as added Pub. L. 90–482, §1, Aug. 12, 1968, 82 Stat. 729; amended Pub. L. 92–569, §4, Oct. 26, 1972, 86 Stat. 1183; Pub. L. 92–594, §§1, 2, Oct. 27, 1972, 86 Stat. 1313; Pub. L. 94–273, §3(17), Apr. 21, 1976, 90 Stat. 377; Pub. L. 95–194, §1, Nov. 18, 1977, 91 Stat. 1413; Pub. L. 95–376, §1, Sept. 18, 1978, 92 Stat. 714; Pub. L. 97–68, §1, Oct. 26, 1981, 95 Stat. 1040; Pub. L. 98–364, title III, §301, July 17, 1984, 98 Stat. 444; Pub. L. 99–659, title IV, §408, Nov. 14, 1986, 100 Stat. 3740; Pub. L. 100–151, §1, Nov. 3, 1987, 101 Stat. 884; Pub. L. 100–350, §2, June 27, 1988, 102 Stat. 660; Pub. L. 101–627, title III, §301, Nov. 28, 1990, 104 Stat. 4462; Pub. L. 104–43, title IV, §403, Nov. 3, 1995, 109 Stat. 390; Pub. L. 106–450, title I, §102, Nov. 7, 2000, 114 Stat. 1941; Pub. L. 107–228, div. A, title II, §209, Sept. 30, 2002, 116 Stat. 1365; Pub. L. 108–219, title III, §302, Apr. 13, 2004, 118 Stat. 616.)
2004—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 108–219 substituted “2008” for “2003”.
2002—Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 107–228 substituted “Secretary of State” for “Secretary of Commerce”.
2000—Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 106–450, §102(b), substituted “Secretary of Commerce” for “Secretary of the Interior”.
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 106–450, §102(a), substituted “2003” for “2000”.
1995—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 104–43, §403(a), struck out after second sentence “The amount fixed by the Secretary shall be predicated upon at least 331/3 per centum of the contribution by the Government.”
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 104–43, §403(b), substituted “October 1, 2000” for “October 1, 1993”.
1990—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 101–627 substituted “October 1, 1993” for “October 1, 1989”.
1988—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 100–350 substituted “October 1, 1989” for “October 1, 1988”.
1987—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 100–151 substituted “October 1, 1988” for “October 1, 1987”.
1986—Subsec. (f)(1). Pub. L. 99–659 substituted “Secretary of State” for “Secretary of Commerce”.
1984—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 98–364 substituted “October 1, 1987” for “October 1, 1984”.
1981—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 97–68, §1(1), inserted provision that fees not currently needed for payments under this section be kept on deposit or invested in obligations of, or guaranteed by, the United States and that all revenues accruing from such deposits or investments be credited to the separate account established in the Treasury of the United States to carry out the provisions of this section.
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 97–68, §1(2), substituted “October 1, 1984” for “October 1, 1981”.
1978—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 95–376 substituted “October 1, 1981; except that payments may be made under this section only to such extent and in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriation Acts” for “October 1, 1978”.
1977—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 95–194 substituted “October 1, 1978” for “October 1, 1977”.
1976—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 94–273 substituted “October” for “July”.
1972—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 92–569 inserted provision that amounts paid subsequent to transfer to the separate account be covered into the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts.
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 92–594, §1, extended provisions of this section until July 1, 1977, and struck out provisions relating to issuance of regulations.
Subsec. (f)(1). Pub. L. 92–594, §2, substituted “Secretary of Commerce” for “Secretary of the Interior”.
Section 408 of Pub. L. 99–659 provided that the amendment made by that section is effective Oct. 1, 1986.
Amendment by Pub. L. 92–569 applicable with respect to seizure of vessels of the United States occurring on or after Oct. 26, 1972, see section 6 of Pub. L. 92–569, set out as a note under section 1972 of this title.
(1) When the Secretary of Commerce determines that nationals of a foreign country, directly or indirectly, are conducting fishing operations in a manner or under circumstances which diminish the effectiveness of an international fishery conservation program, the Secretary of Commerce shall certify such fact to the President.
(2) When the Secretary of Commerce or the Secretary of the Interior finds that nationals of a foreign country, directly or indirectly, are engaging in trade or taking which diminishes the effectiveness of any international program for endangered or threatened species, the Secretary making such finding shall certify such fact to the President.
(3) In administering this subsection, the Secretary of Commerce or the Secretary of the Interior, as appropriate, shall—
(A) periodically monitor the activities of foreign nationals that may affect the international programs referred to in paragraphs (1) and (2);
(B) promptly investigate any activity by foreign nationals that, in the opinion of the Secretary, may be cause for certification under paragraph (1) or (2); and
(C) promptly conclude; and reach a decision with respect to; any investigation commenced under subparagraph (B).
(4) Upon receipt of any certification made under paragraph (1) or (2), the President may direct the Secretary of the Treasury to prohibit the bringing or the importation into the United States of any products from the offending country for any duration as the President determines appropriate and to the extent that such prohibition is sanctioned by the World Trade Organization (as defined in section 3501(8) of title 19) or the multilateral trade agreements (as defined in section 3501(4) of title 19).
Within sixty days following certification by the Secretary of Commerce or the Secretary of the Interior, the President shall notify the Congress of any action taken by him pursuant to such certification. In the event the President fails to direct the Secretary of the Treasury to prohibit the importation of fish products or wildlife products of the offending country, or if such prohibition does not cover all fish products or wildlife products of the offending country, the President shall inform the Congress of the reasons therefor.
It shall be unlawful for any person subject to the jurisdiction of the United States knowingly to bring or import into, or cause to be imported into, the United States any products prohibited by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to this section.
After making a certification to the President under subsection (a) of this section, the Secretary of Commerce or the Secretary of the Interior, as the case may be, shall periodically review the activities of the nationals of the offending country to determine if the reasons for which the certification was made no longer prevail. Upon determining that such reasons no longer prevail, the Secretary concerned shall terminate the certification and publish notice thereof, together with a statement of the facts on which such determination is based, in the Federal Register.
(1) Any person violating the provisions of this section shall be fined not more than $10,000 for the first violation, and not more than $25,000 for each subsequent violation.
(2) All products brought or imported into the United States in violation of this section, or the monetary value thereof, may be forfeited.
(3) All provisions of law relating to the seizure, judicial forfeiture, and condemnation of a cargo for violation of the customs laws, the disposition of such cargo or the proceeds from the sale thereof, and the remission or mitigation of such forfeitures shall apply to seizures and forfeitures incurred, or alleged to have been incurred, under the provisions of this section, insofar as such provisions of law are applicable and not inconsistent with this section.
(1) Enforcement of the provisions of this section prohibiting the bringing or importation of products into the United States shall be the responsibility of the Secretary of the Treasury.
(2) The judges of the United States district courts, and United States magistrate judges may, within their respective jurisdictions, upon proper oath or affirmation showing probable cause, issue such warrants or other process as may be required for enforcement of this chapter and regulations issued thereunder.
(3) Any person authorized to carry out enforcement activities hereunder shall have the power to execute any warrant or process issued by any officer or court of competent jurisdiction for the enforcement of this section.
(4) Such person so authorized shall have the power—
(A) with or without a warrant or other process, to arrest any persons subject to the jurisdiction of the United States committing in his presence or view a violation of this section or the regulations issued thereunder;
(B) with or without a warrant or other process, to search any vessel or other conveyance subject to the jurisdiction of the United States, and, if as a result of such search he has reasonable cause to believe that such vessel or other conveyance or any person on board is engaging in operations in violation of this section or the regulations issued thereunder, then to arrest such person.
(5) Such person so authorized, may seize, whenever and wherever lawfully found, all products brought or imported into the United States in violation of this section or the regulations issued thereunder. Products so seized may be disposed of pursuant to the order of a court of competent jurisdiction, or, if perishable, in a manner prescribed by regulations promulgated by the Secretary of the Treasury after consultation with the Secretary of Health and Human Services.
The Secretary of the Treasury, the Secretary of Commerce, and the Secretary of the Interior are each authorized to prescribe such regulations as he determines necessary to carry out the provisions of this section.
As used in this section—
(1) The term “person” means any individual, partnership, corporation, or association.
(2) The term “United States” means the several States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Northern Mariana Islands, American Samoa, Guam, the Virgin Islands, and every other territory and possession of the United States.
(3) The term “international fishery conservation program” means any ban, restriction, regulation, or other measure in effect pursuant to a bilateral or multilateral agreement which is in force with respect to the United States, the purpose of which is to conserve or protect the living resources of the sea, including marine mammals.
(4) The term “international program for endangered or threatened species” means any ban, restriction, regulation, or other measure in effect pursuant to a multilateral agreement which is in force with respect to the United States, the purpose of which is to protect endangered or threatened species of animals.
(5) The term “taking”, as used with respect to animals to which an international program for endangered or threatened species applies, means to—
(A) harass, harm, pursue, hunt, shoot, wound, kill, trap, capture, or collect; or
(B) attempt to harass, harm, pursue, hunt, shoot, wound, kill, trap, capture, or collect.
(Aug. 27, 1954, ch. 1018, §8, as added Pub. L. 92–219, Dec. 23, 1971, 85 Stat. 786; amended Pub. L. 90–578, title IV, §402(b)(2), Oct. 17, 1968, 82 Stat. 1118; Pub. L. 95–376, §2, Sept. 18, 1978, 92 Stat. 714; Pub. L. 96–61, §3(b), Aug. 15, 1979, 93 Stat. 408; Pub. L. 96–88, title V, §509(b), Oct. 17, 1979, 93 Stat. 695; Pub. L. 100–711, §8, Nov. 23, 1988, 102 Stat. 4772; Pub. L. 101–650, title III, §321, Dec. 1, 1990, 104 Stat. 5117; Pub. L. 102–582, title II, §201, Nov. 2, 1992, 106 Stat. 4904; Pub. L. 106–36, title I, §1002(d), June 25, 1999, 113 Stat. 133.)
1999—Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 106–36 substituted “World Trade Organization (as defined in section 3501(8) of title 19) or the multilateral trade agreements (as defined in section 3501(4) of title 19)” for “General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade”.
1992—Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 102–582, §201(a)(1), substituted “any products from the offending country for any duration” for “fish products (if the certification is made under paragraph (1)) or wildlife products (if the certification is made under paragraph (2)) from the offending country for such duration”.
Subsecs. (c), (e)(2). Pub. L. 102–582, §201(a)(2), (3), substituted “products” for “fish products or wildlife products”.
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 102–582, §201(a)(4), substituted “products” for “fish products and wildlife products” in pars. (1) and (5) and “Products” for “Fish products and wildlife products” in par. (5).
Subsec. (h)(2). Pub. L. 102–582, §201(b)(1), amended par. (2) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (2) read as follows: “The term ‘United States’, when used in a geographical sense, means the continental United States, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and the United States Virgin Islands.”
Subsec. (h)(3). Pub. L. 102–582, §201(b)(2), inserted “bilateral or” before “multilateral” and “, including marine mammals” before period at end.
Subsec. (h)(4). Pub. L. 102–582, §201(b)(3), (4), redesignated par. (5) as (4) and struck out former par. (4) which read as follows: “The term ‘fish products’ means any aquatic species (including marine mammals and plants) and all products thereof exported from an offending country, whether or not taken by fishing vessels of such country, or packed, processed, or otherwise prepared for export in such country or within the jurisdiction thereof.”
Subsec. (h)(5). Pub. L. 102–582, §201(b)(5), amended par. (5) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (5) read as follows: “The term ‘taking’ means—
“(A) for purposes of subsection (a)(2) of this section—
“(i) to harass, harm, pursue, hunt, shoot, wound, kill, trap, capture, or collect, or
“(ii) to attempt to engage in any such conduct with respect to,
animals to which an international program for endangered or threatened species applies; and
“(B) for purposes of paragraph (6), any conduct described in subparagraph (A)(i), whether or not such conduct is legal under the laws of the offending country, undertaken with respect to any wild animal.”
Pub. L. 102–582, §201(b)(4), redesignated par. (7) as (5). Former par. (5) redesignated (4).
Subsec. (h)(6). Pub. L. 102–582, §201(b)(3), struck out par. (6) which read as follows: “The term ‘wildlife products’ means fish (other than those to which paragraph (4) applies) and wild animals, and parts (including eggs) thereof, taken within an offending country and all products of any such fish and wild animals, or parts thereof, whether or not such products are packed, processed, or otherwise prepared for export in such country or within the jurisdiction thereof. Such term does not include any wild animal or fish if brought or imported into the United States for scientific research.”
Subsec. (h)(7). Pub. L. 102–582, §201(b)(4), redesignated par. (7) as (5).
1988—Subsec. (h)(4). Pub. L. 100–711 amended par. (4) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (4) read as follows: “The term ‘fish products’ means fish and marine mammals and all products thereof taken by fishing vessels of an offending country whether or not packed, processed, or otherwise prepared for export in such country or within the jurisdiction thereof.”
1979—Subsec. (a)(3), (4). Pub. L. 96–61, §3(b)(1), added par. (3) and redesignated former par. (3) as (4).
Subsecs. (d) to (h). Pub. L. 96–61, §3(b)(2), (3), added subsec. (d) and redesignated subsecs. (d) to (g) as (e) to (h), respectively.
1978—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 95–376, §2(1), designated existing provisions as par. (1), struck out a provision enabling the President, upon receipt of certification, to direct the Secretary of the Treasury to prohibit importation of fish products of the offending country for as long as he determines appropriate and to the extent such prohibition is sanctioned by the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, and added pars. (2) and (3).
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 95–376, §2(2), inserted “or the Secretary of the Interior” after “Secretary of Commerce” and inserted “or wildlife products” after “fish products” in two places.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 95–376, §2(3), inserted “or wildlife products” after “fish products”.
Subsecs. (d)(2), (e)(1). Pub. L. 95–376, §2(4), (5)(A), inserted “and wildlife products” after “fish products”.
Subsec. (e)(4)(B). Pub. L. 95–376, §2(5)(B), inserted “or other conveyance” after “vessel” wherever appearing.
Subsec. (e)(5). Pub. L. 95–376, §2(5)(A), (C), inserted “and wildlife products” after “all fish products”, and substituted “Fish products and wildlife products” for “Any fish products”.
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 95–376, §2(6), inserted references to the Secretary of Commerce and the Secretary of the Interior.
Subsec. (g)(3). Pub. L. 95–376, §2(7)(A), (B), substituted “in effect” for “in force”, and “which is in force with respect to the United States” for “to which the United States is a signatory party”.
Subsec. (g)(5) to (7). Pub. L. 95–376, §2(7)(C), added pars. (5) to (7).
“United States magistrate judges” substituted for “United States magistrates” in subsec. (f)(2) pursuant to section 321 of Pub. L. 101–650, set out as a note under section 631 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure. Previously “United States magistrates” substituted for “United States commissioners” pursuant to Pub. L. 90–578. See chapter 43 (§631 et seq.) of Title 28.
“Secretary of Health and Human Services” substituted for “Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare” in subsec. (f)(5) pursuant to section 509(b) of Pub. L. 96–88, which is classified to section 3508(b) of Title 20, Education.
There is created a Fishermen's Protective Fund which shall be used by the Secretary of State to reimburse owners of vessels for amounts determined and certified by him under section 1973 of this title. The amount of any claim or portion thereof collected by the Secretary of State from any foreign country pursuant to section 1975(a) of this title shall be deposited in the fund and shall be available for the purpose of reimbursing vessel owners under section 1973 of this title; except that if a transfer to the fund was made pursuant to section 1975(b)(1) of this title with respect to any such claim, an amount from the fund equal to the amount so collected shall be covered into the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts. There is authorized to be appropriated to the fund (1) the sum of $3,000,000 to provide initial capital, and (2) such additional sums as may be necessary from time to time to supplement the fund in order to meet the requirements of the fund.
(Aug. 27, 1954, ch. 1018, §9, as added Pub. L. 92–569, §5, Oct. 26, 1972, 86 Stat. 1183; amended Pub. L. 98–364, title III, §302(c), July 17, 1984, 98 Stat. 444.)
1984—Pub. L. 98–364 substituted “Secretary of State” for “Secretary of the Treasury” and “determined and certified by him” for “certified to him by the Secretary of State”.
Section applicable with respect to seizure of vessels of the United States occurring on or after Oct. 26, 1972, except that reimbursements under section 1973 of this title may be made from the fund established by this section with respect to seizure of vessels occurring after Dec. 31, 1970 and before Oct. 26, 1972, if no reimbursement was made before Oct. 26, 1972, see section 6 of Pub. L. 92–569, set out as an Effective Date of 1972 Amendment note under section 1972 of this title.
For purposes of this section—
(1) The terms “fishery”, “fishery conservation zone”, “fishing”, “fishing vessel”, “Secretary”, and “vessel of the United States” shall each have the same respective meaning as is given to such terms in section 3 of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (16 U.S.C. 1802).1
(2) The term “fishing gear” means any equipment or appurtenance which is necessary for the carrying out of fishing operations by a fishing vessel, whether or not such equipment or appurtenance is attached to such vessel.
(3) The term “fund” means the Fishing Vessel and Gear Damage Compensation Fund established under subsection (f) of this section.
(4) The term “resulting economic loss” means the gross income, as estimated by the Secretary, that a fishing vessel owner or operator who is eligible for compensation under this section for damage to, loss of, or destruction of, a fishing vessel or the fishing gear used with such vessel will lose by reason of not being able to engage in fishing, or having to reduce his fishing effort, during the period before the vessel or gear, or both, are repaired or replaced and available for use.
Subject to the provisions of this section, the owner or operator (hereinafter referred to as the “vessel owner”) of any fishing vessel which is a vessel of the United States is eligible for monetary compensation under this section for any damage to, loss of, or destruction of such vessel, or any fishing gear used with such vessel, or both, and for any resulting economic loss, if the damage, loss, or destruction—
(1) in the case of such vessel—
(A) occurs when such vessel is engaged in any fishery subject to the exclusive fishery management authority of the United States under the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act [16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.], and
(B) is attributable to any vessel (or its crew or fishing gear) other than a vessel of the United States; or
(2) in the case of such fishing gear—
(A) occurs when such fishing gear is being used for fishing in any fishery subject to such exclusive management authority, and
(B) is attributable to any other vessel, whether or not such vessel is a vessel of the United States.
For purposes of subparagraph (B), there shall be a rebuttable presumption that any damage, loss, or destruction of fishing gear is attributable to another vessel.
A vessel owner is not eligible for compensation under this section with respect to fishing vessel or fishing gear damage, loss, or destruction and resulting economic loss unless such owner—
(1) makes application to the Secretary for compensation under this section within 90 days after the day on which the damage, loss, or destruction occurred or was first noticed by the owner;
(2) pays upon making such application a reasonable administrative fee which the Secretary shall deposit into the fund;
(3) has, in such form as the Secretary shall prescribe by regulation, a current inventory or other evidence of possession of the fishery vessel or fishing gear concerned;
(4) has complied with all applicable regulations, if any, relating to the marking of, and (if appropriate) the notification of the location of, the fishing gear concerned; and
(5) is in compliance with such other regulations as may be prescribed by the Secretary to carry out this section.
(1) Application for compensation under this section shall be made in such form and manner, and include such documentation and other evidence relating to the cause and extent of the damage, loss, or destruction, and resulting economic loss, claimed, as the Secretary shall prescribe by regulation. The Secretary shall promptly, but not later than sixty days after receipt of an application, consider, and issue an initial determination with respect to, the application.
(2) The amount of compensation awarded to any vessel owner under this section shall be—
(A) the depreciated replacement cost, or the repair cost, whichever cost is less, of the fishing vessel or the fishing gear concerned; and
(B) 25 percent of any resulting economic loss.
Any amount determined pursuant to subparagraph (A) or (B) shall be reduced to the extent that evidence indicates that negligence by the vessel owner or operator contributed to the cause or the extent of the damage, loss, or destruction and shall be further reduced by the amount of compensation, if any, that the vessel owner or operator has received or will receive with respect to the damage, loss, destruction, or resulting economic loss through insurance, pursuant to any other provision of law, or otherwise.
(3) The initial determination made by the Secretary under paragraph (1) with respect to any application shall—
(A) if the application is disapproved, set forth the reasons therefor; or
(B) if the application is approved, set forth the amount of compensation to which the applicant is entitled and the basis on which such amount was determined.
(4) Any vessel owner who is aggrieved by any decision of the Secretary contained in the initial determination of the Secretary regarding such owner's application may, within thirty days after the date of issue of the initial determination, petition the Secretary for a review of the decision. If petition for review is not made to the Secretary within such thirty-day period regarding the initial determination, the initial determination shall be deemed to be the final determination on the application. Before undertaking any such review, the Secretary shall provide to the vessel owner opportunity to submit additional written or oral evidence relating to the decision. After review the Secretary shall issue a final determination with respect to the application.
(5) If compensation is awarded under the final determination on any application, the Secretary shall promptly pay from the fund to such owner the amount of compensation stated in the final determination. Upon the acceptance of such payment by the vessel owner, the United States shall be subrogated to all rights of the vessel owner with respect to which the payment is made.
In addition to any fee imposed under section 204(b)(10) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (16 U.S.C. 1824(b)(10)) with respect to any foreign fishing vessel for any year after 1978, the Secretary shall impose a surcharge in an amount not to exceed 20 percent of the amount of the fee imposed under such section for such year. The failure to pay any surcharge imposed under this subsection with respect to any foreign fishing vessel shall be treated by the Secretary as a failure to pay the fee for such vessel under such section 204(b)(10).
(1) There is established in the Treasury of the United States the Fishing Vessel and Gear Damage Compensation Fund. The fund shall be available without fiscal year limitation as a revolving fund for the purposes of administering, and paying compensation awarded under, this section.
(2) The fund shall consist of—
(A) all sums recovered by the United States in the exercise of rights subrogated to it under subsection (d)(5) of this section;
(B) all administrative fees collected under subsection (c)(2) of this section;
(C) all surcharges collected under subsection (e) of this section;
(D) revenues received from deposits or investments made under the last sentence of this paragraph; and
(E) any revenue acquired through the issuance of obligations under paragraph (3).
Sums may be expended from the fund only to such extent and in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriation Acts. Sums in the fund which are not currently needed for the purpose of paying such awards shall be kept on deposit or invested in obligations of, or guaranteed by, the United States.
(3) Whenever the amount in the fund is not sufficient to pay compensation under this section, the Secretary may issue, in an amount not to exceed $5,000,000, notes or other obligations to the Secretary of the Treasury, in such forms and denominations, bearing such maturities, and subject to such terms and conditions as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe. Such notices 2 or other obligations shall bear interest at a rate to be determined by the Secretary of the Treasury on the basis of the current average market yield on outstanding marketable obligations of the United States of comparable maturities during the month preceding the issuance of such notices 2 or other obligations. Moneys obtained by the Secretary under this paragraph shall be deposited in the fund and redemptions of any such notices 2 or other obligations shall be made from the fund. The Secretary of the Treasury shall purchase any such notes or other obligations, and for such purpose he may use as a public debt transaction the proceeds from the sale of any securities issued under chapter 31 of title 31. The Secretary of the Treasury may sell any such notices 2 or other obligations at such times and prices and upon such terms and conditions as he shall determine. All purchases, redemptions, and sales of such notes or other obligations by the Secretary of the Treasury shall be treated as public debt transactions of the United States. All borrowing authority contained herein shall be effective only to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriation Acts.
Any person who willfully makes any false or misleading statement or representation for the purpose of obtaining compensation under this section is guilty of a criminal offense and, upon conviction thereof, shall be punished by a fine of not more than $25,000, or by imprisonment for not more than one year, or both.
(Aug. 27, 1954, ch. 1018, §10, as added Pub. L. 95–194, §2, Nov. 18, 1977, 91 Stat. 1413; amended Pub. L. 95–376, §3(a), Sept. 18, 1978, 92 Stat. 715; Pub. L. 96–289, §4(b), June 28, 1980, 94 Stat. 606; Pub. L. 96–561, title II, §§238(b), 241, Dec. 22, 1980, 94 Stat. 3300, 3301; Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(a) [title II, §211(b)], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009, 3009–41.)
Section 3 of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (16 U.S.C. 1802), referred to in subsec. (a)(1), contained a prior par. (8) defining “fishery conservation zone” which was repealed and a new par. defining “exclusive economic zone” was added by Pub. L. 99–659, title I, §101(a), Nov. 14, 1986, 100 Stat. 3706.
The Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(1)(A), is Pub. L. 94–265, Apr. 13, 1976, 90 Stat. 331, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 38 (§1801 et seq.) of Title 16, Conservation. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1801 of Title 16 and Tables.
In subsec. (f)(3), “chapter 31 of title 31” substituted for “the Second Liberty Bond Act” on authority of Pub. L. 97–258, §4(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, the first section of which enacted Title 31, Money and Finance.
1996—Subsecs. (a)(1), (b)(1)(A), (e). Pub. L. 104–208 substituted “Magnuson-Stevens Fishery” for “Magnuson Fishery”.
1980—Subsec. (a)(1). Pub. L. 96–561, §238(b), substituted “Magnuson Fishery Conservation and Management Act” for “Fishery Conservation and Management Act of 1976”.
Subsec. (a)(4). Pub. L. 96–561, §241(1), added par. (4).
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 96–561, §§238(b), 241(2), inserted in provision preceding par. (1) “and for any resulting economic loss” after “or both,” substituted “Magnuson Fishery Conservation and Management Act” for “Fishery Conservation and Management Act of 1976”, struck out provision in par. (2)(B) permitting compensation in the case of fishing gear lost, damaged, or destroyed by an act of God, and inserted provision following par. (2)(B) establishing for purposes of subpar. (B) a rebuttable presumption that any damage, loss, or destruction of fishing gear is attributable to another vessel.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 96–561, §241(3), inserted in provision preceding par. (1) “and resulting economic loss” after “destruction”.
Pub. L. 96–289 substituted “90” for “sixty” in par. (1).
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 96–561, §241(4), inserted in par. (1) “, and resulting economic loss,” after “destruction” and in par. (2) included within the amount of compensation awarded to any vessel owner 25 percent of any resulting economic loss.
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 96–561, §238(b), substituted “Magnuson Fishery Conservation and Management Act” for “Fishery Conservation and Management Act of 1976”.
1978—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 95–376 substituted provisions defining “fishery”, “fishing conservation zone”, “fishing”, “fishing vessel”, “Secretary”, “vessel of the United States”, “fishing gear” and “fund” for provisions authorizing the Secretary to make a loan to an owner or operator whose commercial fishing vessel or its fishing gear was lost, damaged or destroyed by any vessel of a foreign nation.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 95–376 substituted provisions setting forth the causes of the damage, loss, or destruction of the vessel or its gear for which compensation is payable for provisions authorizing the Secretary to conduct an investigation of each incident of loss, damage or destruction for which the owner received a loan and allowing for repayment or cancellation of such loan depending on fault or nonfault of owner.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 95–376 substituted provisions setting forth the administrative provisions for making a claim for compensation for provisions directing the Secretary, with the assistance of the Attorney General, the Secretary of State, and the claimant, to take appropriate action to collect on any rights assigned to him, and directing how any sums recovered shall be dispensed.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 95–376 substituted provisions setting forth the form, manner and documentation of the application, the amount of compensation payable, procedure for review of the initial determination of eligibility and prompt payment upon finding of such eligibility for provisions defining “Secretary” as the “Secretary of Commerce”.
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 95–376 substituted provisions authorizing the imposition of a maximum 20 per cent surcharge in addition to any fee imposed under section 1824(b)(10) of title 16 for provisions authorizing the Secretary to establish by regulation fees to recover the cost of administering this section.
Subsecs. (f), (g). Pub. L. 95–376 added subsecs. (f) and (g).
Section 101(a) [title II, §211(b)] of div. A of Pub. L. 104–208 provided that the amendment made by that section is effective 15 days after Oct. 11, 1996.
Section 238(b) of Pub. L. 96–561 provided that the amendment made by that section is effective 15 days after Dec. 22, 1980.
Section 3(b) of Pub. L. 95–376 provided that: “The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall take effect January 1, 1979.”
Section 3(c) of Pub. L. 95–376 provided that: “Nothing in the amendment made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall be construed as affecting in any manner or to any extent any loan made under section 10 of the Fishermen's Protective Act of 1967 (as in effect before January 1, 1979) [this section], and, for purposes of the consideration by the Secretary of Commerce of any application for a loan under such section which was filed, but not acted on, before January 1, 1979, the amendment made by subsection (a) shall not be deemed to have been enacted.”
Section 240(a), (b)(1) of Pub. L. 96–561 provided that:
“(a)
“(1) any owner or operator of a fishing vessel who suffered, after September 17, 1978, and before the date of the enactment of this title [Dec. 22, 1980], damage to, or loss or destruction of, such vessel or fishing gear used with such vessel, but did not apply for compensation therefor under section 10 of the Fishermen's Protective Act of 1967 (22 U.S.C. 1980) within the 60-day period prescribed in subsection (c)(1) of such section; or
“(2) any commercial fisherman who suffered, after September 17, 1978, and before the date of the enactment of this title, damages compensable under title IV of the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act of 1978 (43 U.S.C. 1841 et seq.), but who did not timely file a claim therefor within the 60-day period prescribed in section 405(a) of such Act [43 U.S.C. 1845(a)];
such owner or operator may make application for compensation with respect to such damage, loss or destruction under such section 10 [this section], and such commercial fisherman may file a claim for, compensation for such damages under such title IV [43 U.S.C. 1841 et seq.], to the Secretary of Commerce, within the 60-day period beginning on the date of the enactment of this title [Dec. 22, 1980].
“(b)
“(A) any application or filing timely made under subsection (a) shall be treated by the Secretary of Commerce as an application timely made under such section 10(c)(1) [subsec. (c)(1) of this section], or as a filing timely made under such section 405(a) [43 U.S.C. 1845(a)], as the case may be, with respect to the damage, loss, or destruction claimed; and
“(B) any claim for fishing gear loss that was pending on June 1, 1980, before the United States-Union of Soviet Socialist Republics Fisheries Claims Board or the American-Spanish Fisheries Board shall be treated by the Secretary of Commerce as a timely application made, on the date of the enactment of this title [Dec. 22, 1980], under such section 10(c)(1) [subsec. (c)(1) of this section] for compensation for such loss.”
Section 4(a) of Pub. L. 96–289 provided that: “Notwithstanding the provisions of section 10(c)(1) of the Fishermens Protective Act of 1967 (22 U.S.C. 1980) [subsec. (c)(1) of this section] applications for compensation under such Act [this chapter], filed within 90 days after the date of enactment of this subsection [June 28, 1980] shall be deemed to be timely filed.”
1 See References in Text note below.
2 So in original. Probably should be “notes”.
In any case on or after June 15, 1994, in which a vessel of the United States exercising its right of passage is charged a fee by the government of a foreign country to engage in transit passage between points in the United States (including a point in the exclusive economic zone or in an area over which jurisdiction is in dispute), and such fee is regarded by the United States as being inconsistent with international law, the Secretary of State shall, subject to the availability of appropriated funds, reimburse the vessel owner for the amount of any such fee paid under protest.
In seeking such reimbursement, the vessel owner shall provide, together with such other information as the Secretary of State may require—
(1) a copy of the receipt for payment;
(2) an affidavit attesting that the owner or the owner's agent paid the fee under protest; and
(3) a copy of the vessel's certificate of documentation.
Requests for reimbursement shall be made to the Secretary of State within 120 days after the date of payment of the fee, or within 90 days after November 3, 1995, whichever is later.
Such funds as may be necessary to meet the requirements of this section may be made available from the unobligated balance of previously appropriated funds remaining in the Fishermen's Protective Fund established under section 1979 of this title. To the extent that requests for reimbursement under this section exceed such funds, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be needed for reimbursements authorized under subsection (a) of this section, which shall be deposited in the Fishermen's Protective Fund established under section 1979 of this title.
The Secretary of State shall take such action as the Secretary deems appropriate to make and collect claims against the foreign country imposing such fee for any amounts reimbursed under this section.
For purposes of this section, the term “owner” includes any charterer of a vessel of the United States.
(Aug. 27, 1954, ch. 1018, §11, as added Pub. L. 104–43, title IV, §402(a), Nov. 3, 1995, 109 Stat. 389.)
Section 401 of Pub. L. 104–43 provided that: “The Congress finds that—
“(1) customary international law and the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea guarantee the right of passage, including innocent passage, to vessels through the waters commonly referred to as the ‘Inside Passage’ off the Pacific Coast of Canada;
“(2) in 1994 Canada required all commercial fishing vessels of the United States to pay 1,500 Canadian dollars to obtain a ‘license which authorizes transit’ through the Inside Passage;
“(3) this action was inconsistent with international law, including the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea, and, in particular, Article 26 of that Convention, which specifically prohibits such fees, and threatened the safety of United States commercial fishermen who sought to avoid the fee by traveling in less protected waters;
“(4) the Fishermen's Protective Act of 1967 [22 U.S.C. 1971 et seq.] provides for the reimbursement of vessel owners who are forced to pay a license fee to secure the release of a vessel which has been seized, but does not permit reimbursement of a fee paid by the owner in advance in order to prevent a seizure;
“(5) Canada required that the license fee be paid in person in 2 ports on the Pacific Coast of Canada, or in advance by mail;
“(6) significant expense and delay was incurred by commercial fishing vessels of the United States that had to travel from the point of seizure back to one of those ports in order to pay the license fee required by Canada, and the costs of that travel and delay cannot be reimbursed under the Fishermen's Protective Act;
“(7) the Fishermen's Protective Act of 1967 should be amended to permit vessel owners to be reimbursed for fees required by a foreign government to be paid in advance in order to navigate in the waters of that foreign country if the United States considers that fee to be inconsistent with international law;
“(8) the Secretary of State should seek to recover from Canada any amounts paid by the United States to reimburse vessel owners who paid the transit license fee;
“(9) the United States should review its current policy with respect to anchorage by commercial fishing vessels of Canada in waters of the United States off Alaska, including waters in and near the Dixon Entrance, and should accord such vessels the same treatment that commercial fishing vessels of the United States are accorded for anchorage in the waters of Canada off British Columbia;
“(10) the President should ensure that, consistent with international law, the United States Coast Guard has available adequate resources in the Pacific Northwest and Alaska to provide for the safety of United States citizens, the enforcement of United States law, and to protect the rights of the United States and keep the peace among vessels operating in disputed waters;
“(11) the President should continue to review all agreements between the United States and Canada to identify other actions that may be taken to convince Canada that any reinstatement of the transit license fee would be against Canada's long-term interests, and should immediately implement any actions which the President deems appropriate if Canada reinstates the fee;
“(12) the President should continue to convey to Canada in the strongest terms that the United States will not now, nor at any time in the future, tolerate any action by Canada which would impede or otherwise restrict the right of passage of vessels of the United States in a manner inconsistent with international law; and
“(13) the United States should continue its efforts to seek expeditious agreement with Canada on appropriate fishery conservation and management measures that can be implemented through the Pacific Salmon Treaty to address issues of mutual concern.”
If the Secretary of State finds that the government of any nation imposes conditions on the operation or transit of United States fishing vessels which the United States regards as being inconsistent with international law or an international agreement, the Secretary of State shall certify that fact to the President.
Upon receipt of a certification under subsection (a) of this section, the President shall direct the heads of Federal agencies to impose similar conditions on the operation or transit of fishing vessels registered under the laws of the nation which has imposed conditions on United States fishing vessels.
For the purposes of this section, the term “fishing vessel” has the meaning given that term in section 2101(11a) of title 46.
It is the sense of the Congress that any action taken by any Federal agency under subsection (b) of this section should be commensurate with any conditions certified by the Secretary of State under subsection (a) of this section.
(Aug. 27, 1954, ch. 1018, §12, as added Pub. L. 104–43, title IV, §402(b), Nov. 3, 1995, 109 Stat. 390.)
Section 1981, acts July 1, 1947, ch. 203, §1, 61 Stat. 243; Mar. 14, 1955, ch. 11, 69 Stat. 11, defined terms used in sections 1981 to 1985 of this title. See section 716 of Title 10, Armed Forces.
Section 1982, act July 1, 1947, ch. 203, §2, as added Mar. 14, 1955, ch. 11, 69 Stat. 11, related to training, attendance, and participation, report to Congress, and to funds and equipment. See section 716 of Title 10.
Section 1983, act July 1, 1947, ch. 203, §3, as added Mar. 14, 1955, ch. 11, 69 Stat. 11, prescribed limitations on expenditure of funds, and related to use of appropriations. See section 716 of Title 10.
Sections 1984, 1985, act July 1, 1947, ch. 203, §§4, 5, as added Mar. 14, 1955, ch. 11, 69 Stat. 11, authorized payment of allowances, travel and transportation, and subsistence and quarters. See section 419 of Title 37, Pay and Allowances of the Uniformed Services.
Sections, act Aug. 1, 1956, ch. 811, §§2–12, 70 Stat. 778–780, related to international cultural exchange and trade fair participation. See section 2451 et seq. of this title.
Section 1991 stated purpose of chapter.
Section 1992 prescribed authority of President, and appointment and compensation of Commissioner General and principal representatives.
Section 1993 encouraged private participation and contributions of funds, property, and services.
Section 1994 authorized appropriations.
Section 1995 permitted utilization of other laws in carrying out chapter.
Section 1996 authorized expenditures for acquisition of exhibits.
Section 1997 related to performance of functions without regard to other laws.
Section 1998 required reports to Congress.
Section 1999 created Advisory Committee on Arts; prescribed qualifications, duties, terms of office and compensation of members; and provided for staff and secretarial services.
Section 2000 authorized creation of interagency committees.
Section 2001 prescribed extent of cultural program.
Continuation in full force and effect, and applicability to the appropriate provisions of the Mutual Educational and Cultural Exchange Act of 1961, set out as section 2451 et seq. of this title, until modified or superseded by appropriate authority, of all Executive orders, agreements, determinations, regulations, contracts, appointments, and other actions issued, concluded; or taken under authority of these sections, see section 111(b) of Pub. L. 87–256, set out as a note under section 2451 of this title.
The President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall appoint a representative and a deputy representative of the United States to the International Atomic Energy Agency (referred to in this chapter as the “Agency”), who shall hold office at the pleasure of the President. Such representative and deputy representative shall represent the United States on the Board of Governors of the Agency, may represent the United States at the General Conference, and may serve ex officio as United States representative on any organ of that Agency, and shall perform such other functions in connection with the participation of the United States in the Agency as the President may from time to time direct. The Representative of the United States to the Vienna office of the United Nations shall also serve as representative of the United States to the Agency.
The President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, may appoint or designate from time to time to attend a specified session or specified sessions of the General Conference of the Agency a representative of the United States and such number of alternates as he may determine consistent with the rules of procedure of the General Conference.
The President may also appoint or designate from time to time such other persons as he may deem necessary to represent the United States in the organs of the Agency. The President may designate any officer of the United States Government, whose appointment is subject to confirmation by the Senate, to act, without additional compensation, for temporary periods as the representative of the United States on the Board of Governors or to the General Conference of the Agency in the absence or disability of the representative and deputy representative appointed under subsection (a) of this section or in lieu of such representatives in connection with a specified subject matter.
All persons appointed or designated in pursuance of authority contained in this section shall receive compensation at rates determined by the President upon the basis of duties to be performed but not in excess of rates authorized by sections 401, 402, and 403 of the Foreign Service Act of 1980 [22 U.S.C. 3961, 3962, and 3963] for chiefs of mission, members of the Senior Foreign Service, and Foreign Service officers occupying positions of equivalent importance, except that no Member of the Senate or House of Representatives or officer of the United States who is designated under subsection (b) or subsection (c) of this section as a delegate or representative of the United States or as an alternate to attend any specified session or specified sessions of the General Conference shall be entitled to receive such compensation. Any person who receives compensation pursuant to the provisions of this subsection may be granted allowances and benefits not to exceed those received under the Foreign Service Act of 1980 [22 U.S.C. 3901 et seq.] by chiefs of mission, members of the Senior Foreign Service, and Foreign Service officers occupying positions of equivalent importance.
(Pub. L. 85–177, §2, Aug. 28, 1957, 71 Stat. 453; Pub. L. 96–465, title II, §2206(a)(7)(A), Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2161; Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title VII, §708(b)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–462.)
The Foreign Service Act of 1980, referred to in subsec. (d), is Pub. L. 96–465, Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2071, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 52 (§3901 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 3901 of this title and Tables.
1999—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 106–113 inserted at end “The Representative of the United States to the Vienna office of the United Nations shall also serve as representative of the United States to the Agency.”
1980—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 96–465 substituted “sections 401, 402, and 403 of the Foreign Service Act of 1980 for chiefs of mission, members of the Senior Foreign Service,” for “sections 866 and 867 of this title, for Chiefs of Mission” and “under the Foreign Service Act of 1980 by chiefs of mission, members of the Senior Foreign Service,” for “by Chiefs of Mission”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 106–113 applicable to individuals appointed on or after Nov. 29, 1999, see section 1000(a)(7) [div. A, title VII, §708(c)] of Pub. L. 106–113, set out as a note under section 287 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–465 effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Pub. L. 107–228, div. B, title XIII, §1341, Sept. 30, 2002, 116 Stat. 1451, provided that: “This subtitle [subtitle D (§§1341–1345) of title XIII of div. B of Pub. L. 107–228, enacting section 2027 of this title, amending section 2227 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as a note under this section] may be cited as the ‘Iran Nuclear Proliferation Prevention Act of 2002’.”
Section 1 of Pub. L. 85–177 provided that: “This Act [enacting this chapter and amending section 2074 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare] may be cited as the ‘International Atomic Energy Agency Participation Act of 1957’.”
Pub. L. 107–228, div. B, title XIII, §1344, Sept. 30, 2002, 116 Stat. 1452, required the Secretary of State to submit to Congress, beginning no later than 180 days after Sept. 30, 2002, and for five years thereafter, reports concerning assistance, nuclear materials and technology given by the International Atomic Energy Agency to Iran, Iranians in leadership positions at the Agency, the expected timeframe for the completion of the nuclear power reactors at the Bushehr nuclear power plant, and certain information on all programs and projects of the International Atomic Engery Agency in each country described in section 2227(a) of the title.
Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. B, title XXVIII, §2809(b), (c), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–850, provided that:
“(b)
“(1) Technical assistance programs or projects of the Agency at the Juragua Nuclear Power Plant near Cienfuegos, Cuba, and at the Pedro Pi Nuclear Research Center.
“(2) Any other program or project of the Agency in Cuba that is, or could become, a threat to the security of the United States.
“(c)
“(1)
“(2)
Entitlement of Agency to privileges, exemptions, and immunities as an international organization, see note set out under section 288 of this title.
Authority under this section to terminate if Senate refuses its advice and consent by a formal vote to an amendment to the Statute of the Agency, see section 2026 of this title.
The participation of the United States in the International Atomic Energy Agency shall be consistent with and in furtherance of the purposes of the Agency set forth in its Statute and the policy concerning the development, use, and control of atomic energy set forth in the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended [42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.]. The President shall, from time to time as occasion may require, but not less than once each year, make reports to the Congress on the activities of the International Atomic Energy Agency and on the participation of the United States therein. In addition to any other requirements of law, the Department of State and the Atomic Energy Commission shall keep the Committees on Energy and Commerce and on Foreign Affairs of the House of Representatives and the Committees on Energy and Natural Resources and on Foreign Relations of the Senate, as appropriate, currently informed with respect to the activities of the Agency and the participation of the United States therein.
(Pub. L. 85–177, §3, Aug. 28, 1957, 71 Stat. 453; Pub. L. 103–437, §9(b), Nov. 2, 1994, 108 Stat. 4588.)
Pub. L. 89–348, §1(20), Nov. 8, 1965, 79 Stat. 1311, repealed provisions of this section which directed President to report to Congress not less than once each year on activities of International Atomic Energy Agency and on participation of United States therein.
Statute, referred to in text, is the “Statute of the International Atomic Energy Agency”.
The Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, referred to in text, is act Aug. 1, 1946, ch. 724, as added by act Aug. 30, 1954, ch. 1073, §1, 68 Stat. 921, and amended, which is classified generally to chapter 23 (§2011 et seq.) of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2011 of Title 42 and Tables.
1994—Pub. L. 103–437 substituted “Committees on Energy and Commerce and on Foreign Affairs of the House of Representatives and the Committees on Energy and Natural Resources and on Foreign Relations of the Senate” for “Joint Committee on Atomic Energy, the House Committee on Foreign Affairs, and the Senate Committee on Foreign Relations”.
Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Commerce of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on Commerce of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred to Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
Atomic Energy Commission abolished and functions transferred by sections 5814 and 5841 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. See, also, Transfer of Functions notes set out under those sections.
Authority under this section to terminate if Senate refuses its advice and consent by a formal vote to an amendment to the Statute of the Agency, see section 2026 of this title.
The representatives provided for in section 2021 of this title, when representing the United States in the organs of the Agency, shall, at all times, act in accordance with the instructions of the President, and such representatives shall, in accordance with such instructions, cast any and all votes under the Statute of the International Atomic Energy Agency.
(Pub. L. 85–177, §4, Aug. 28, 1957, 71 Stat. 454.)
Authority under this section to terminate if Senate refuses its advice and consent by a formal vote to an amendment to the Statute of the Agency, see section 2026 of this title.
There is authorized to be appropriated annually to the Department of State, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, such sums as may be necessary for the payment by the United States of its share of the expenses of the International Atomic Energy Agency as apportioned by the Agency in accordance with paragraph (D) of article XIV of the Statute of the Agency, and for all necessary salaries and expenses of the representatives provided for in section 2021 of this title and of their appropriate staffs, including personal services without regard to the civil service laws and chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5; travel expenses without regard to the Standardized Government Travel Regulations, as amended, subchapter I of chapter 57 of title 5, and section 5731 of title 5, as amended; salaries as authorized by the Foreign Service Act of 1980 [22 U.S.C. 3901 et seq.], or as authorized by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended [42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.], and expenses and allowances of personnel and dependents as authorized by the Foreign Service Act of 1980; services as authorized by section 3109 of title 5; translating and other services, by contract; hire of passenger motor vehicles and other local transportation; printing and binding without regard to section 501 of title 44; official functions and courtesies; such sums as may be necessary to defray the expenses of United States participation in the Preparatory Commission for the Agency, established pursuant to annex I of the Statute of the Agency; and such other expenses as may be authorized by the Secretary of State.
(Pub. L. 85–177, §5, Aug. 28, 1957, 71 Stat. 454; Pub. L. 96–465, title II, §2206(a)(7)(B), Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2161.)
Paragraph (D) of article XIV of the Statute of the Agency, referred to in text, provides “The Board of Governors shall apportion the expenses referred to in subparagraph B–1 above, among members in accordance with a scale to be fixed by the General Conference. In fixing the scale the General Conference shall be guided by the principles adopted by the United Nations in assessing contributions of Member States to the regular budget of the United Nations”.
The Foreign Service Act of 1980, referred to in text, is Pub. L. 96–465, Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2071, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 52 (§3901 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 3901 of this title and Tables.
The Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, referred to in text, is act Aug. 1, 1946, ch. 724, as added by act Aug. 30, 1954, ch. 1073, §1, 68 Stat. 921, and amended, which is classified generally to chapter 23 (§2011 et seq.) of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2011 of Title 42 and Tables.
“Chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5”, “subchapter I of chapter 57 of title 5”, “section 5731 of title 5”, and “section 3109 of title 5” substituted in text for “the Classification Act of 1949, as amended”, “the Travel Expense Act of 1949, as amended”, “section 10 of the Act of March 3, 1933, as amended [5 U.S.C. 73b]”, and “section 15 of the Act of August 2, 1946 (5 U.S.C. 55a)”, respectively, on authority of Pub. L. 89–554, §7(b), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 631, the first section of which enacted Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
“Section 501 of title 44” substituted in text for “section II of the Act of March 1, 1919 (44 U.S.C. 111)” on authority of Pub. L. 90–620, §2(b), Oct. 22, 1968, 82 Stat. 1305, the first section of which enacted Title 44, Public Printing and Documents.
1980—Pub. L. 96–465 substituted references to the Foreign Service Act of 1980 for references to the Foreign Service Act of 1946.
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–465 effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
Authority under this section to terminate if Senate refuses its advice and consent by a formal vote to an amendment to the Statute of the Agency, see section 2026 of this title.
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, Executive order or regulation, a Federal employee who, with the approval of the Federal agency or the head of the department by which he is employed, leaves his position to enter the employ of the Agency shall not be considered for the purposes of subchapter III of chapter 83 of title 5, and chapter 87 of title 5, as separated from his Federal position during such employment with the Agency but not to extend beyond the first three consecutive years of his entering the employ of the Agency: Provided, (1) That he shall pay to the Director of the Office of Personnel Management within ninety days from the date he is separated without prejudice from the Agency all necessary deductions and agency contributions for coverage under subchapter III of chapter 83 of title 5 for the period of his employment by the Agency, and (2) That all deductions and agency contributions necessary for continued coverage under chapter 87 of title 5, shall be made during the term of his employment with the International Atomic Energy Agency. If such employee, within three years from the date of his employment with the Agency, and within ninety days from the date he is separated without prejudice from the Agency, applies to be restored to his Federal position, he shall within thirty days of such application be restored to such position or to a position of like seniority, status and pay.
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, Executive order or regulation, any Presidential appointee or elected officer who leaves his position to enter, or who within ninety days after the termination of his position enters, the employ of the Agency, shall be entitled to the coverage and benefits of subchapter III of chapter 83 of title 5, and chapter 87 of title 5, but not beyond the earlier of either the termination of his employment with the Agency or the expiration of three years from the date he entered employment with the Agency: Provided, (1) That he shall pay to the Director of the Office of Personnel Management within ninety days from the date he is separated without prejudice from the Agency all necessary deductions and agency contributions for coverage under subchapter III of chapter 83 of title 5 for the period of his employment by the Agency, and (2) That all deductions and agency contributions necessary for continued coverage under chapter 87 of title 5, shall be made during the term of his employment with the Agency.
The President is authorized to prescribe such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this section and to protect the retirement, insurance and such other civil service rights and privileges as the President may find appropriate.
(Pub. L. 85–177, §6, Aug. 28, 1957, 71 Stat. 454; 1978 Reorg. Plan No. 2, §102, eff. Jan. 1, 1979, 43 F.R. 36037, 92 Stat. 3783.)
Section 7 of Pub. L. 85–795, Aug. 28, 1958, 72 Stat. 962, provided that: “Section 6(a) of the International Atomic Energy Agency Participation Act of 1957 [subsec. (a) of this section], is repealed except that it shall be considered to remain in effect with respect to any employee subject thereto who is serving as an employee of the International Atomic Energy Agency on the date of enactment of this Act [Aug. 28, 1958] and who does not make the election referred to in section 6, and for the purposes of any rights and benefits vested thereunder prior to such date.”
Section 7 of Pub. L. 85–795, Aug. 28, 1958, 72 Stat. 962, was repealed by Pub. L. 89–554, §8(a), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 660. See section 8 of Pub. L. 89–554, set out as a note preceding section 101 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
In subsecs. (a) and (b), “subchapter III of chapter 83 of title 5” substituted for “the Civil Service Retirement Act, as amended” and “the Civil Service Retirement Act” in each subsection and “chapter 87 of title 5” substituted for “the Federal Employees’ Group Life Insurance Act of 1954, as amended” on authority of Pub. L. 89–554, §7(b), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 631, the first section of which enacted Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
“Director of the Office of Personnel Management” substituted for “Civil Service Commission” in subsecs. (a) and (b), pursuant to Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1978, §102, 43 F.R. 36037, 92 Stat. 3783, set out under section 1101 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, which transferred all functions vested by statute in the United States Civil Service Commission to the Director of the Office of Personnel Management (except as otherwise specified), effective Jan. 1, 1979, as provided by section 1–102 of Ex. Ord. No. 12107, Dec. 28, 1978, 44 F.R. 1055, set out under section 1101 of Title 5.
Ex. Ord. No. 10774, July 25, 1958, 23 F.R. 5681, as amended by Ex. Ord. No. 12107, Dec. 28, 1978, 44 F.R. 1055, which provided for protection of civil-service rights of Federal personnel who transfer to the International Atomic Energy Agency, was revoked in part by section 2 of Ex. Ord. No. 10804, Feb. 12, 1959, 24 F.R. 1147, and subsequently revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 12553, Feb. 25, 1986, 51 F.R. 7237.
In the event of an amendment to the Statute of the Agency being adopted in accordance with article XVIII–C of the Statute to which the Senate by formal vote shall refuse its advice and consent, upon notification by the Senate to the President of such refusal to advise and consent, all further authority under section 2021, 2022, 2023 and 2024 of this title, as amended, shall terminate: Provided, however, That the Secretary of State, under such regulations as the President shall promulgate, shall have the necessary authority to complete the prompt and orderly settlement of obligations and commitments to the Agency already incurred and pay salaries, allowances, travel expenses, and other expenses required for a prompt and orderly termination of United States participation in the Agency: And provided further, That the representative and the deputy representative of the United States to the Agency, and such other officers or employees representing the United States in the Agency, under such regulations as the President shall promulgate, shall retain their authority under this chapter for such time as may be necessary to complete the settlement of matters arising out of the United States participation in the Agency.
(Pub. L. 85–177, §8, Aug. 28, 1957, 71 Stat. 455.)
Article XVIII–C of the Statute, referred to in text, provides: “C. Amendments shall come into force for all members when: (i) Approved by the General Conference by a two-thirds majority of those present and voting after consideration of observations submitted by the Board of Governors on each proposed amendment, and (ii) Accepted by two-thirds of all the members in accordance with their respective constitutional processes. Acceptance by a member shall be effected by the deposit of an instrument of acceptance with the depositary Government referred to in paragraph C of Article XXI.”.
The Secretary shall undertake a comprehensive annual review of all programs and projects of the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) in the countries described in section 2227(a) of this title and shall determine if such programs and projects are consistent with United States nuclear nonproliferation and safety goals.
Not later than one year after September 30, 2002, and on an annual basis thereafter for five years, the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report containing the results of the review under paragraph (1).
The Secretary shall direct the United States representative to the International Atomic Energy Agency to oppose programs of the Agency that are determined by the Secretary under the review conducted under subsection (a)(1) of this section to be inconsistent with nuclear nonproliferation and safety goals of the United States.
(Pub. L. 107–228, div. B, title XIII, §1343, Sept. 30, 2002, 116 Stat. 1452.)
Section was enacted as part of the Iran Nuclear Proliferation Prevention Act of 2002, and also as part of the Security Assistance Act of 2002 and the Foreign Relations Authorization Act, Fiscal Year 2003, and not as part of the International Atomic Energy Agency Participation Act of 1957 which comprises this chapter.
For definition of “Secretary” as used in this section, see section 3 of Pub. L. 107–228, set out as a note under section 2651 of this title.
Sections, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. VI, §§601–603, July 24, 1959, 73 Stat. 256, 257, which directed the Secretary of State to submit to Congress before Jan. 3, 1960, a plan and program for the establishment in Hawaii of an educational institution, for grants, fellowships, and other payments to outstanding scholars and to qualified students from the nations of the East and West. See sections 2054 to 2057 of this title.
The purpose of this subchapter is to promote better relations and understanding between the United States and the nations of Asia and the Pacific (hereinafter referred to as “the East”) through cooperative study, training, and research, by establishing in Hawaii a Center for Cultural and Technical Interchange Between East and West where scholars and students in various fields from the nations of the East and West may study, give and receive training, exchange ideas and views, and conduct other activities primarily in support of the objectives of the United States Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948, as amended [22 U.S.C. 1431 et seq.], title III of chapter II of the Mutual Security Act of 1954, and other Acts promoting the international, educational, cultural, and related activities of the United States.
(Pub. L. 86–472, ch. VII, §702, May 14, 1960, 74 Stat. 141.)
The United States Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948, as amended, referred to in text, is act Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, 62 Stat. 6, as amended, which is classified generally to chapter 18 (§1431 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1431 of this title and Tables.
The Mutual Security Act of 1954, referred to in text, is act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, 68 Stat. 832, as amended by acts July 8, 1955, ch. 301, 69 Stat. 283; July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §§2 to 11, 70 Stat. 555; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, 71 Stat. 355; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. 1, §§101 to 103, ch. II, §§201 to 205, ch. III, §301, ch. IV, §401, ch. V, §501, 72 Stat. 261; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, §2, ch. 1, §101, ch. II, §§201 to 205(a) to (i), (k) to (n), ch. III, §301, ch. IV, §401(a) to (k), (m), 73 Stat. 246; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. I to V, 74 Stat. 134. Title III of chapter II of the Act was classified to sections 1891 to 1896, 1897, and 1898 of this title and was repealed by Pub. L. 87–195, pt. III, §642(a)(2), Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 460 and Pub. L. 86–472, ch. II, §203(d), May 14, 1960, 74 Stat. 136. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1754 of this title and Tables.
Section 701 of Pub. L. 86–472 provided that: “This chapter [enacting this subchapter] may be cited as the ‘Center for Cultural and Technical Interchange Between East and West Act of 1960’.”
All functions vested in the President, the Secretary of State, the Department of State, the United States Information Agency, or the Director thereof, under this chapter, were transferred to the Director of the International Communication Agency by Reorg. Plan No. 2 of 1977, §7(a)(7), 42 F.R. 62461, 91 Stat. 1637, set out under section 1461 of this title, effective on or before July 1, 1978, at such time as specified by the President. The International Communication Agency, and the Director thereof, were redesignated the United States Information Agency, and the Director thereof, by section 303 of Pub. L. 97–241, title III, Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 291, set out as a note under section 1461 of this title. United States Information Agency (other than Broadcasting Board of Governors and International Broadcasting Bureau) abolished and functions transferred to Secretary of State, see sections 6531 and 6532 of this title.
In order to carry out the purpose of this subchapter the Secretary of State (hereinafter referred to as the “Secretary”) shall provide for—
(1) the establishment and operation in Hawaii of an educational institution to be known as the Center for Cultural and Technical Interchange Between East and West, through arrangements with public, educational, or other nonprofit institutions;
(2) grants, fellowships, and other payments to outstanding scholars and authorities from the nations of the East and West as may be necessary to attract such scholars and authorities to the Center;
(3) grants, scholarships, and other payments to qualified students from the nations of the East and West as may be necessary to enable such students to engage in study or training at the Center; and
(4) making the facilities of the Center available for study or training to other qualified persons.
(Pub. L. 86–472, ch. VII, §703, May 14, 1960, 74 Stat. 141.)
In carrying out the provisions of this subchapter, the Secretary may utilize his authority under the provisions of the United States Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948, as amended [22 U.S.C. 1431 et seq.].
The Secretary may, in administering the provisions of this subchapter, accept from public and private sources money and property to be utilized in carrying out the purposes and functions of the Center. In utilizing any gifts, bequests, or devises accepted there shall be available to the Secretary the same authorities as are available to him in accepting and utilizing gifts, bequests, and devises to the George P. Shultz National Foreign Affairs Training Center under the provisions of section 2697 of this title. For the purposes of Federal income, estate, and gift taxes, any gift, devise, or bequest accepted by the Secretary under the authority of this subchapter shall be deemed to be a gift, devise, or bequest to or for the use of the United States.
The Director of the United States Information Agency shall make periodic reports, as he deems necessary, to the Congress with respect to his activities under the provisions of this subchapter, and such reports shall include any recommendations for needed revisions in this subchapter.
(Pub. L. 86–472, ch. VII, §704, May 14, 1960, 74 Stat. 141; Pub. L. 96–465, title II, §2206(a)(8), Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2162; Pub. L. 96–470, title II, §212(b), Oct. 19, 1980, 94 Stat. 2246; Pub. L. 97–241, title III, §303(b), Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 291; Pub. L. 107–132, §1(b), Jan. 16, 2002, 115 Stat. 2412.)
The United States Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948, as amended, referred to in subsec. (a), is act Jan. 27, 1948, ch. 36, 62 Stat. 6, as amended, which is classified generally to chapter 18 (§1431 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1431 of this title and Tables.
2002—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 107–132 substituted “George P. Shultz National Foreign Affairs Training Center” for “Foreign Service Institute”.
1980—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 96–465 substituted reference to section 2697 of this title for reference to section 809 of this title.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 96–470 substituted provision requiring the Director to make periodic reports, as he deems necessary, for provision requiring the Director to make an annual report.
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–465 effective Feb. 15, 1981, except as otherwise provided, see section 2403 of Pub. L. 96–465, set out as an Effective Date note under section 3901 of this title.
“Director of the United States Information Agency” substituted for “Director of the International Communication Agency” in subsec. (c), pursuant to section 303(b) of Pub. L. 97–241, set out as a note under section 1461 of this title which redesignated International Communication Agency, and Director thereof, as United States Information Agency, and Director thereof. United States Information Agency (other than Broadcasting Board of Governors and International Broadcasting Bureau) abolished and functions transferred to Secretary of State, see sections 6531 and 6532 of this title.
There are authorized to be appropriated, to remain available until expended, such amounts as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this subchapter.
(Pub. L. 86–472, ch. VII, §705, May 14, 1960, 74 Stat. 142.)
Sections, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. VIII, §§801, 802, May 14, 1960, 75 Stat. 142, related to Western Hemispheric Center, stated Congressional declaration of purpose and authorized preparation and submission of plan to Congress.
This section may be cited as the “Dante B. Fascell North-South Center Act of 1991” 1
The purpose of this section is to promote better relations between the United States and the nations of Latin America and the Caribbean and Canada through cooperative study, training, and research, by supporting in Florida a Center for Cultural and Technical Interchange Between North and South where scholars and students in various fields from the nations of the hemisphere may study, give and receive training, exchange ideas and views, and conduct other activities consistent with the objectives of the Mutual Educational and Cultural Exchange Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2451 et seq.] and other Acts promoting international, educational, cultural, scientific, and related activities of the United States.
In order to carry out the purpose of this section, the Director of the United States Information Agency shall provide for the operation in Florida of an educational institution which shall be known and designated as the Dante B. Fascell North-South Center, through arrangements with public, educational, or other nonprofit institutions.
The Director of the United States Information Agency, in carrying out this section, may utilize the authorities of the Mutual Educational and Cultural Exchange Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2451 et seq.]. Section 2056(b) of this title shall apply in the administration of this section. In order to carry out the purposes of this section, the Dante B. Fascell North-South Center is authorized to use funds made available under this section to acquire property and facilities, by construction, lease, or purchase.
There are authorized to be appropriated $5,000,000 for fiscal year 1992 and $10,000,000 for each subsequent fiscal year to carry out this section. Amounts appropriated under this section are authorized to be available until expended.
(Pub. L. 102–138, title II, §208, Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 694; Pub. L. 106–29, §1, May 21, 1999, 113 Stat. 54.)
The Mutual Educational and Cultural Exchange Act of 1961, referred to in subsecs. (b) and (d), is Pub. L. 87–256, Sept. 21, 1961, 75 Stat. 527, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 33 (§2451 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2451 of this title and Tables.
Section is comprised of section 208 of Pub. L. 102–138. Subsec. (f) of section 208 of Pub. L. 102–138 repealed a prior section 2075 of this title. See Prior Provisions note below.
A prior section 2075, Pub. L. 101–513, title II, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1984, was based on section 206 of title II of the House engrossed amendment (as passed the House of Representatives on May 24, 1990) to S. 2364, One Hundred First Congress, which was enacted into law by Pub. L. 101–513, and which was cited as the “Center for Cultural and Technical Interchange between North and South Act of 1990”, established a North-South Center in Florida to promote better relations between the United States and the nations of Latin America and the Caribbean and Canada through study, training, exchange of ideas and views, and other activities in support of the objectives of the United States Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948, prior to repeal, effective Oct. 1, 1991, by Pub. L. 102–138, title II, §208(f), Oct. 28, 1991, 105 Stat. 694.
1999—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 106–29, §1(1), added subsec. (a) and struck out heading and text of former subsec. (a). Text read as follows: “This section may be cited as the ‘North/South Center Act of 1991’.”
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 106–29, §1(2)(A), amended subsec. heading generally. Prior to amendment, heading read as follows: “North/South Center”.
Pub. L. 106–29, §1(2)(B), substituted “which shall be known and designated as the Dante B. Fascell North-South Center,” for “known as the North/South Center,”.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 106–29, §1(3), substituted “Dante B. Fascell North-South Center” for “North/South Center”.
Pub. L. 106–29, §2, May 21, 1999, 113 Stat. 54, provided that:
“(a)
“(b)
United States Information Agency (other than Broadcasting Board of Governors and International Broadcasting Bureau) abolished and functions transferred to Secretary of State, see sections 6531 and 6532 of this title.
1 So in original. Probably should be followed by a period.
The purpose of this section is to promote economic integration and the consolidation and strengthening of democratic institutions in the Western Hemisphere, and to commemorate the 500th anniversary of the discovery of the Americas by Christopher Columbus through the establishment of an institution of higher education, which shall be known as the “International University for the Americas”.
The Secretary of State, in consultation with other governments in the Western Hemisphere, shall determine the most appropriate location for the International University for the Americas. In making that determination, the Secretary shall ensure that—
(1) the location chosen is in the Americas and is easily accessible to all peoples in the region; and
(2) the relevant government—
(A) has demonstrated a commitment to economic integration and democratic values though 1 its policies and programs; and
(B) has expressed an interest in that location being chosen as a site and has agreed to contribute some amount of assistance, either in cash or kind, toward the costs of developing the institution.
In developing the bylaws of the International University for the Americas, the Secretary of State shall ensure that they contain provisions to ensure that faculty and students are drawn from all the nations in the Western Hemisphere, and that the curriculum is designed to develop expertise in fields that will promote the economic integration of the Americas and the consolidation of democracy throughout the Hemisphere.
The annual reports submitted pursuant to section 1738m of title 7 shall include a progress report on the selection of a site and design for the establishment of the International University for the Americas.
Of the funds that are allocated for assistance for Latin America and the Caribbean under chapter 1 of part I of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2151 et seq.] (relating to development assistance) and chapter 4 of part II of that Act [22 U.S.C. 2346 et seq.] (relating to the economic support fund), $500,000 may be made available to carry out the site location and design phase of the International University for the Americas.
(Pub. L. 102–549, title VI, §604, Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 3669; Pub. L. 110–246, title III, §3001(b)(1)(A), (2)(O), June 18, 2008, 122 Stat. 1820.)
The Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, referred to in subsec. (e), is Pub. L. 87–195, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 424, as amended. Chapter 1 of part I and chapter 4 of part II of the Act are classified generally to part I (§2151 et seq.) of subchapter I and part IV (§2346 et seq.) of subchapter II, respectively, of chapter 32 of this title. For provisions deeming references to part I of subchapter I to include a reference to section 2293 of this title, see section 2293(d)(1) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2151 of this title and Tables.
2008—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 110–246 made technical amendment to reference in original act which appears in text as reference to section 1738m of title 7.
Amendment by Pub. L. 110–246 effective May 22, 2008, see section 4(b) of Pub. L. 110–246, set out as an Effective Date note under section 8701 of Title 7, Agriculture.
1 So in original. Probably should be “through”.
There is established in the Treasury of the United States a trust fund to be known as the International Center for Middle Eastern-Western Dialogue Trust Fund. The income from the fund shall be used for operations of the International Center for Middle Eastern-Western Dialogue to promote dialogue and scholarship in the Middle East. The fund may accept contributions and gifts from public and private sources.
It shall be the duty of the Secretary of the Treasury to invest in full amounts made available to the fund. Such investments may be made only in interest-bearing obligations of the United States or in obligations guaranteed as to both principal and interest by the United States. The interest on, and the proceeds from the sale or redemption of, any obligations held in the fund shall be credited to and form a part of the fund and shall remain available without fiscal year limitation.
For each fiscal year, there is authorized to be appropriated from the fund for the operations of the International Center for Middle Eastern-Western Dialogue the total amount of the interest and earnings credited to the fund under subsection (b).
There are authorized to be appropriated to the International Center for Middle Eastern-Western Dialogue Trust Fund, without fiscal year limitation, such sums as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this section and to provide for the permanent endowment for the International Center for Middle Eastern-Western Dialogue established under this section.
The United States, through the Department of State, shall retain ownership of the Palazzo Corpi building in Istanbul, Turkey, and the Secretary of State shall be responsible for maintaining the International Center for Middle Eastern-Western Dialogue at such location.
(Pub. L. 108–199, div. B, title VI, §633, Jan. 23, 2004, 118 Stat. 100.)
Section is comprised of section 633 of div. B of Pub. L. 108–199. Subsec. (f) of section 633 of div. B of Pub. L. 108–199 amended section 1321(a) of Title 31, Money and Finance.
The President is authorized, through such department or agency in the executive branch of the Government as he may designate, to provide for United States participation in the Inter-American Cultural and Trade Center (hereinafter in this chapter referred to as “Interama”). In providing for United States participation, the President shall cooperate with the Inter-American Center Authority (an agency of the State of Florida). The purposes of Interama are—
(1) to provide a permanent international center which will serve as a meeting ground for the governments and industries of the Western Hemisphere and of other areas of the world;
(2) to facilitate broad and continuous exchanges of ideas, persons, and products through cultural, educational, and other exchanges; and
(3) by other appropriate means, to promote mutual understanding between the peoples of the Western Hemisphere and to strengthen the ties which unite the United States with other nations of the free world.
(Pub. L. 89–355, §1, Feb. 19, 1966, 80 Stat. 5.)
The President is authorized, by proclamation or in such other manner as he may deem proper, to invite the several States of the United States and foreign countries to take part in Interama, except that no Communist de facto government holding any people in subjugation shall be invited to participate.
(Pub. L. 89–355, §2(a), Feb. 19, 1966, 80 Stat. 6.)
Section 2(b) of Pub. L. 89–355 provided that the department or agency, designated by the President pursuant to section 2081 of this title, submit a report to the Senate Committees on Foreign Relations and Appropriations and the Speaker of the House, on the proposed nature, extent and cost of United States participation in Interama and of the extent of participation of foreign countries and private industries.
(a) There shall be in the designated department or agency a Commissioner for Interama who shall be appointed by the President. Subject to the direction of the head of the designated department or agency, the Commissioner for Interama shall perform such duties as the President may prescribe to carry out this chapter.
(b) In order to carry out the provisions of this chapter, the head of the designated department or agency is authorized—
(1) to appoint and fix the compensation of such persons as he deems necessary without regard to the civil service laws and chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5; except that no person so appointed shall receive compensation at a rate in excess of that received by persons under chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5 for the performance of comparable duties;
(2) to procure temporary and intermittent services in accordance with the provisions of section 3109 of title 5;
(3) to enter into contracts;
(4) to select, purchase, rent, construct, or otherwise acquire exhibits, including materials and equipment therefor, and to provide for the transportation, insurance, display, maintenance, and dismantling thereof;
(5) to incur such other expenses as may be necessary; and
(6) to accept donations of money, property, and services and the loan of property.
(Pub. L. 89–355, §3, Feb. 19, 1966, 80 Stat. 6; Pub. L. 90–83, §10(b), Sept. 11, 1967, 81 Stat. 224.)
In subsec. (b)(1), (2), “chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of title 5” and “section 3109 of title 5” substituted for “the Classification Act of 1949” and “section 15 of the Administrative Expenses Act of 1946 (5 U.S.C. 55a)”, respectively, on authority of Pub. L. 89–554, §7(b), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 631, the first section of which enacted Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
1967—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 90–83 struck out provision that Commissioner of Interama receive compensation at a rate prescribed for level IV of the Federal Executive Salary Schedule.
The head of each department, agency, or instrumentality of the Federal Government is authorized—
(1) to cooperate with the head of the designated department or agency with respect to determining the manner in which and the extent to which the United States shall be a participant in and an exhibitor at Interama; and
(2) to make available to the head of the designated department or agency, on a reimbursable basis, such personnel as may be necessary to assist him in carrying out his functions under this chapter.
(Pub. L. 89–355, §4, Feb. 19, 1966, 80 Stat. 6.)
(a) There is authorized to be appropriated not to exceed $7,500,000 to provide for United States participation in Interama under this chapter, of which not to exceed $250,000 shall be available for expenditure in connection with the preparation of the report required to be submitted to the Congress under section 2(b) of this Act. Sums appropriated under this subsection shall remain available until expended.
(b) In addition to the amount authorized in subsection (a) of this section, there is authorized to be appropriated not to exceed $1,000,000 annually for each of the fiscal years 1968 and 1969 for the maintenance of United States installations and activities at Interama.
(Pub. L. 89–355, §5, Feb. 19, 1966, 80 Stat. 7.)
Section 2(b) of this Act, referred to in subsec. (a), means section 2(b) of Pub. L. 89–355, which was set out as a note under section 2082 of this title.
It is the purpose of this chapter—
(1) to advance the status of the health sciences in the United States and thereby the health of the American people through cooperative endeavors with other countries in health research, and research training; and
(2) to advance the international status of the health sciences through cooperative enterprises in health research, research planning, and research training.
(Pub. L. 86–610, §2, July 12, 1960, 74 Stat. 364.)
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original “this joint resolution”, which enacted this chapter and section 308 of the Public Health Service Act (act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, 58 Stat. 682). Such section 308 was redesignated section 307 by Pub. L. 93–353, July 23, 1974, title I, §106, 88 Stat. 367, and is classified to section 242l of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.
Pub. L. 86–610 provided that:
“Whereas it is recognized that disease and disability are the common enemies of all nations and peoples, and that the means, methods, and techniques for combating and abating the ravages of disease and disability and for improving the health and health standards of man should be sought and shared, without regard to national boundaries and divisions; and
“Whereas advances in combating and abating disease and in the positive promotion of human health can be stimulated by supporting and encouraging cooperation among scientists, research workers, and teachers on an international basis, with consequent benefit to the health of our people and of all peoples; and
“Whereas there already exist tested means for international cooperation in matters relating to health, including the World Health Organization, the Pan American Health Organization, and the United Nations Children's Fund (UNICEF), with which the United States is identified and associated, and it is highly desirable that the United States establish domestic machinery for the maximum mobilization of its health research resources, the more efficiently to cooperate with and support the research, research-training and research-planning endeavors of such international organizations: Therefore be it * * *”.
Section 1 of Pub. L. 86–610 provided that: “This joint resolution [enacting this chapter and section 242l of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare] may be cited as the ‘International Health Research Act of 1960’.”
Pub. L. 94–302, title III, §301, May 31, 1976, 90 Stat. 596, provided that:
“(a) The Congress finds and declares that—
“(1) the problems posed by swine influenza transcend national and political boundaries;
“(2) no one country, or even one portion of the world, can singularly undertake the search for a worldwide solution to the problems posed by swine influenza;
“(3) the global nature of swine influenza demands international cooperation and coordination in the investigation and planning for effective control of swine influenza;
“(4) the Public Health Service of the United States has invited the World Health Organization of the United Nations and its International Influenza Reference Centers to participate in the investigation and planning for the control of swine influenza;
“(5) special collaboration has already been established among the United States, the United Kingdom, and Canada for mutual participation in the investigation and planning for the control of swine influenza;
“(6) the United States Department of State and the Public Health Service of the United States have joint programs to provide information to foreign countries on the nature and extent of swine influenza and the methods necessary to control it; and
“(7) the technology of the United States for the surveillance of virus disease and vaccine production should be made available to foreign countries.
“(b) It is the sense of the Congress that the President should furnish assistance to foreign countries and international organizations for the investigation and planning for the control of swine influenza.”
Ex. Ord. No. 13193, Jan. 18, 2001, 66 F.R. 7387, provided:
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, it is hereby ordered as follows:
(b) The Department of Health and Human Services’ (HHS) Role in Tobacco Trade Policy Deliberations. The HHS shall be included in all deliberations of interagency working groups, chaired by the United States Trade Representative (USTR), that address issues relating to trade in tobacco and tobacco products. Through such participation, HHS shall advise the USTR, and other interested Federal agencies, of the potential public health impact of any tobacco-related trade action that is under consideration. Upon conclusion of a trade agreement that includes provisions specifically addressing tobacco or tobacco products, the USTR shall produce and make publicly available a summary describing those provisions.
(c) International Tobacco Control Needs Assessment. The HHS, with the cooperation of the Departments of State, Commerce, and Agriculture, and in consultation with the appropriate national Ministry of Health, shall conduct a pilot assessment of tobacco use in a country other than the United States. Such assessment will be carried out through a compilation and review of surveys and other needs assessments already available and include:
(1) initial estimates of the burden of disease and other public health consequences of tobacco use;
(2) the status of tobacco control regulatory measures in place to curtail tobacco consumption and tobacco related disease; and
(3) an analysis of the marketing, distribution, and manufacturing practices of tobacco companies in given regions, and the impact of those practices on smoking rates, particularly among women and children. Such assessment shall be prepared and provided to interested agencies and other parties not later than December 31, 2001, and be updated as practicable.
(d) Research and Training in Tobacco Control. The HHS will develop a research and training program linking institutions in the United States and certain other countries in the field of tobacco control. Emphasis will be placed on the collection of standardized and comparable surveillance data; networks for communication, information and best practices; and the development and evaluation of culturally-targeted approaches to preventing tobacco use and increasing quit rates, especially among women and children.
(b) This order clarifies and strengthens Administration policy and does not create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law by a party against the United States, its officers or employees, or any other person.
William J. Clinton.
To carry out the purposes of clause (1) of section 2101 of this title, the Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare (hereafter referred to as the “Secretary”) may in the exercise of his responsibilities under the Vocational Rehabilitation Act, sections 191 to 194 of title 42, and any other provision of law, to conduct and support health research and research training, including research and research training relating to the rehabilitation of the handicapped, make such use of health research and research training resources in participating foreign countries as he may deem necessary and desirable.
To carry out his responsibilities under this section the Secretary may—
(1) establish and maintain fellowships in the United States and in participating foreign countries;
(2) make grants to public institutions or agencies and to nonprofit private institutions or agencies in the United States and in participating foreign countries for the purpose of establishing and maintaining fellowships;
(3) make grants or loans of equipment, medical, biological, physical, or chemical substances or other materials, for use by public institutions or agencies, or nonprofit private institutions or agencies, or by individuals, in participating foreign countries;
(4) participate and otherwise cooperate in any international health or medical research or research training meetings, conferences, or other activities;
(5) facilitate the interchange between the United States and participating foreign countries, and among participating foreign countries, of research scientists and experts who are engaged in experiments and programs of research or research training, and in carrying out such purpose may pay per diem compensation, subsistence, and travel for such scientists and experts when away from their places of residence at rates not to exceed those provided in section 5703 of title 5 for persons in the Government service intermittently employed; and
(6) procure, in accordance with the provisions of section 3109 of title 5, the temporary or intermittent services of experts or consultants; individuals so employed shall receive compensation at a rate to be fixed by the Secretary, but not in excess of $50 per diem, including travel time, and while away from their homes or regular places of business may be allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, as authorized by section 5703 of title 5 for persons in the Government service employed intermittently.
For the purposes of this section—
(1) The term “health research” shall include, but not be limited to, research, investigations, and studies relating to causes and methods of prevention of accidents, including but not limited to highway and aviation accidents.
(2) The term “participating foreign countries” means those foreign countries which cooperate with the United States in carrying out the purposes of this section.
(Pub. L. 86–610, §4, July 12, 1960, 74 Stat. 365.)
The Vocational Rehabilitation Act, referred to in subsec. (a), is act June 2, 1920, ch. 219, 41 Stat. 735, as amended, which was classified generally to chapter 4 (§31 et seq.) of Title 29, Labor, and was repealed by §500(a) of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Pub. L. 93–112, title V, Sept. 26, 1973, 87 Stat. 355. The Rehabilitation Act of 1973 is classified generally to chapter 16 (§701 et seq.) of Title 29. Section 500(a), classified to section 790 of Title 29, in part provided that references to the Vocational Rehabilitation Act in any other provision of law be deemed reference to the Rehabilitation Act of 1973.
In subsec. (b)(5), (6), “section 5703 of title 5” and “section 3109 of title 5” substituted for “section 5 of the Administrative Expenses Act of 1946 (5 U.S.C. 73b–2)” and “section 15 of the Administrative Expenses Act of 1946 (5 U.S.C. 55a)” respectively, on authority of Pub. L. 89–554, §7(b), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 631, the first section of which enacted Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
For transfer of functions and offices relating to the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 [see References in Text note above] of Secretary and Department of Health, Education, and Welfare to Secretary and Department of Education and redesignation of Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare as Secretary of Health and Human Services, see sections 3441 and 3508 of Title 20, Education.
It is the sense of Congress that the President should use his authority under the Constitution and laws of the United States to accomplish the purposes of section 2101 of this title and in accomplishing such purposes (1) use to the fullest extent practicable foreign currencies or credits available for utilization by the United States, (2) enter into agreements to use foreign currencies and credits available to other nations for use with the agreement of the United States, and (3) use any other foreign currencies and credits which may be made available by participating foreign countries.
To carry out the purposes of section 2101 of this title the President, in cooperation with participating foreign countries, is authorized to encourage, support, and promote the planning and conduct of, and training for, research investigations, experiments, and studies in the United States and in participating foreign countries relating to the causes, diagnosis, treatment, control, and prevention of diseases and impairments of mankind (including nutritional and other health deficiencies) or to the rehabilitation of the handicapped.
To carry out his responsibilities under this chapter the President may—
(1) establish and maintain fellowships in participating foreign countries;
(2) make financial grants to establish and maintain fellowships, and for other purposes, to public institutions and agencies and to nonprofit private institutions and agencies, and to individuals in participating foreign countries, or contract with such institutions, agencies, or individuals without regard to section 3324(a) and (b) of title 31 and section 6101 of title 41;
(3) make grants or loans of equipment, medical, biological, physical, or chemical substances or other materials, for use by such institutions, agencies, or individuals;
(4) furnish technical assistance and advice to such institutions or agencies and in carrying out such purposes may pay the compensation and expenses of scientists and experts from the United States and other participating foreign countries;
(5) facilitate the interchange among participating foreign countries of scientists and experts (including the payment of travel and subsistence for such scientists and experts when away from their places of residence);
(6) cooperate and assist in the planning and conduct of research, research planning, and research training programs and projects by groups engaged in, or concerned with, research or research training endeavors in the health sciences, and, through financial grants or other appropriate means, assist in special research, research planning, or research training projects conducted by or under the auspices of such groups where they can effectively carry out such activities contemplated by this joint resolution;
(7) encourage and support international communication in the sciences relating to health by means of calling or cooperating in the convening, and financing or contributing to the financing of the expenses of, international scientific meetings and conferences; and provide, or arrange for the provision of, translating and other services, and issue or finance publications, leading to a more effective dissemination of relevant scientific information with respect to research conducted in the United States or participating foreign countries.
The activities authorized in this section shall not extend to the support of public health, medical care, or other programs of an operational nature as contrasted with research and research training nor shall any of the grants authorized by this section include grants for the improvement or extension of public health administration in other countries except for necessary research and research training in the science of public health and public health administration.
The President is authorized, to the extent he deems it necessary to carry out the purposes of section 2101 of this title, to employ experts and consultants or organizations thereof, as authorized by section 3109 of title 5 and create a committee or committees to be composed entirely of persons who are citizens of the United States to advise him in the administration of this chapter, individuals so employed and members of committees shall be entitled to receive compensation at a rate to be fixed by the President, but not to exceed $50 per diem, including travel time, and while away from their homes or regular places of business they may be allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, as authorized by section 5703 of title 5 for persons in the Government service employed intermittently.
The President may delegate any authority vested in him by this section to the Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare. The Secretary may from time to time issue such regulations as may be necessary to carry out any authority which is delegated to him under this section, and may delegate performance of any such authority to the Surgeon General of the Public Health Service, the Director of the Office of Vocational Rehabilitation, the Chief of the Children's Bureau, or other subordinates acting under his direction.
In order to carry out the purposes of section 2101 of this title, and subject to section 1306 of title 31, the President may use or enter into agreements with foreign nations or organizations of nations to use the foreign currencies which accrue under title I of the Food for Peace Act [7 U.S.C. 1701 et seq.], and the Mutual Security Act of 1954, or which are otherwise available for utilization by the United States. The President is authorized to agree to the utilization by foreign nations, for programs designed to carry out the purposes of section 2101 of this title in cooperation with the United States, of amounts deposited in special accounts pursuant to section 142(b) 1 of the Mutual Security Act of 1954, to the extent that the amounts in such accounts exceed the requirements of other programs covered by such section 142(b). Such utilization of amounts in special accounts shall be without regard to the second proviso in clause (iii) of such section 142(b).
For the purposes of this section—
(1) the term “health research” shall include, but not be limited to, research, investigations, and studies relating to causes and methods of prevention of accidents, including but not limited to highway and aviation accidents.
(2) the term “participating foreign countries” means those foreign countries which cooperate with the United States in carrying out the purposes of this section.
(Pub. L. 86–610, §5, July 12, 1960, 74 Stat. 366; Pub. L. 105–362, title VI, §601(a)(2)(F), Nov. 10, 1998, 112 Stat. 3286; Pub. L. 110–246, title III, §3001(b)(1)(A), (2)(P), June 18, 2008, 122 Stat. 1820.)
This chapter, referred to in subsecs. (c) and (e), was in the original “this joint resolution”, which enacted this chapter and section 308 of the Public Health Service Act (act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, 58 Stat. 682). Such section 308 was redesignated section 307 by Pub. L. 93–353, July 23, 1974, title I, §106, 88 Stat. 367, and is classified to section 242l of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.
The Food for Peace Act, referred to in subsec. (g), is act July 10, 1954, ch. 469, 68 Stat. 454, which is classified generally to chapter 41 (§1691 et seq.) of Title 7, Agriculture. Title I of the Act is classified to subchapter II (§1701 et seq.) of chapter 41 of Title 7. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1691 of Title 7 and Tables.
The Mutual Security Act of 1954, referred to in subsec. (g), is act Aug. 26, 1954, ch. 937, 68 Stat. 832, as amended by acts July 8, 1955, ch. 301, 69 Stat. 283; July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §§2 to 11, 70 Stat. 555; Aug. 14, 1957, Pub. L. 85–141, 71 Stat. 355; June 30, 1958, Pub. L. 85–477, ch. 1, §§101 to 103, ch. II, §§201 to 205, ch. III, §301, ch. IV, §401, ch. V, §501, 72 Stat. 261; July 24, 1959, Pub. L. 86–108, §2, ch. 1, §101, ch. II, §§201 to 205(a) to (i), (k) to (n), ch. III, §301, ch. IV, §401(a) to (k), (m), 73 Stat. 246; May 14, 1960, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. I to V, 74 Stat. 134, which was principally classified to chapter 24 (§1750 et seq.) of this title and which was repealed by act July 18, 1956, ch. 627, §8(m), 70 Stat. 559, Pub. L. 85–141, §§2(e), 3, 4(b), 11(d), Aug. 14, 1957, 71 Stat. 356, Pub. L. 86–108, ch. II, §§205(j), ch. IV, 401(1), July 24, 1959, 73 Stat. 250, Pub. L. 86–472, ch. II, §§203(d), 204(k), May 14, 1960, 74 Stat. 138, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. III, §642(a)(2), Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 460, Pub. L. 94–329, title II, §212(b)(1), June 30, 1976, 90 Stat. 745, Pub. L. 104–127, title II, §228, Apr. 4, 1996, 110 Stat. 963, except for sections 1754, 1783, 1796, 1853, 1928, and 1937 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1754 of this title and Tables.
Section 142(b) of the Mutual Security Act of 1954, referred to in subsec. (g), was classified to section 1852 of this title, and was repealed by Pub. L. 87–195, pt. III, §642(a)(2), Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 460.
In subsec. (c)(2), “section 3324(a) and (b) of title 31 and section 6101 of title 41” substituted for “sections 3648 and 3709 of the Revised Statutes of the United States” on authority of Pub. L. 97–258, §4(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, which Act enacted Title 31, Money and Finance, and Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
In subsec. (e), “section 3109 of title 5” and “section 5703 of title 5” substituted for “section 15 of the Administrative Expenses Act of 1946 (5 U.S.C. 55a)” and “section 5 of the Administrative Expenses Act of 1946 (5 U.S.C. 73b–2)”, respectively, on authority of Pub. L. 89–554, §7(b), Sept. 6, 1966, 80 Stat. 631, which Act enacted Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
In subsec. (g), “section 1306 of title 31” substituted for “section 1415 of the Supplemental Appropriation Act, 1953” on authority of Pub. L. 97–258, §4(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, which Act enacted Title 31, Money and Finance.
2008—Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 110–246 substituted “Food for Peace Act” for “Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance Act of 1954”.
1998—Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 105–362 struck out subsec. (h) which read as follows: “The President shall transmit to the Congress at the beginning of each regular session, a report summarizing activities under this section and making such recommendations as he may deem appropriate.”
Amendment by Pub. L. 110–246 effective May 22, 2008, see section 4(b) of Pub. L. 110–246, set out as an Effective Date note under section 8701 of Title 7, Agriculture.
Office of Vocational Rehabilitation redesignated Vocational Rehabilitation Administration which by Department of Health, Education, and Welfare reorganization became Rehabilitation Services Administration. The Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. §701 et seq.) established Rehabilitation Services Administration in Office of Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare. Functions and offices of Secretary and Department of Health, Education, and Welfare relating to Rehabilitation Act of 1973 transferred to Secretary and Department of Education by section 3441 of Title 20, Education. The Secretary and Department of Health, Education, and Welfare redesignated Secretary and Department of Health and Human Services by section 3508(b) of Title 20, Education.
1 See References in Text note below.
Nothing in this chapter shall be construed to repeal or restrict authority vested in the President, the Secretary of State, the Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare, the Surgeon General of the Public Health Service, or any other officer or agency of the United States by any other provision of law.
(Pub. L. 86–610, §6, July 12, 1960, 74 Stat. 369.)
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original “this joint resolution”, which enacted this chapter and section 308 of the Public Health Service Act (act July 1, 1944, ch. 373, 58 Stat. 682). Such section 308 was redesignated section 307 by Pub. L. 93–353, July 23, 1974, title I, §106, 88 Stat. 367, and is classified to section 242l of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare.
See Transfer of Functions notes set out under sections 2102 and 2103 of this title.
(a) The Congress finds that—
(1) the tourism and recreation industries are important to the United States, not only because of the numbers of people they serve and the vast human, financial, and physical resources they employ, but because of the great benefits tourism, recreation, and related activities confer on individuals and on society as a whole;
(2) the Federal Government for many years has encouraged tourism and recreation implicitly in its statutory commitments to the shorter workyear and to the national passenger transportation system, and explicitly in a number of legislative enactments to promote tourism and support development of outdoor recreation, cultural attractions, and historic and natural heritage resources;
(3) as incomes and leisure time continue to increase, and as our economic and political systems develop more complex global relationships, tourism and recreation will become ever more important aspects of our daily lives; and
(4) the existing extensive Federal Government involvement in tourism, recreation, and other related activities needs to be better coordinated to effectively respond to the national interest in tourism and recreation and, where appropriate, to meet the needs of State and local governments and the private sector.
(b) There is established a national tourism policy to—
(1) optimize the contributions of the tourism and recreation industries to the position of the United States with respect to international competitiveness, economic prosperity, full employment, and the balance of payments;
(2) increase United States export earnings from United States tourism and transportation services traded internationally;
(3) ensure the orderly growth and development of tourism;
(4) coordinate and encourage the development of the tourism industry in rural communities which—
(A) have been severely affected by the decline of agriculture, family farming, or the extraction or manufacturing industries, or by the closing of military bases; and
(B) have the potential necessary to support and sustain an economy based on tourism;
(5) promote increased and more effective investment in international tourism by the States, local governments, and cooperative tourism marketing programs;
(6) make the opportunity for and benefits of tourism and recreation in the United States universally accessible to residents of the United States and foreign countries and insure that present and future generations are afforded adequate tourism and recreation resources;
(7) contribute to personal growth, health, education, and intercultural appreciation of the geography, history, and ethnicity of the United States;
(8) encourage the free and welcome entry of individuals traveling to the United States, in order to enhance international understanding and goodwill, consistent with immigration laws, the laws protecting the public health, and laws governing the importation of goods into the United States;
(9) eliminate unnecessary trade barriers to the United States tourism industry operating throughout the world;
(10) encourage competition in the tourism industry and maximum consumer choice through the continued viability of the retail travel agent industry and the independent tour operator industry;
(11) promote the continued development and availability of alternative personal payment mechanisms which facilitate national and international travel;
(12) promote quality, integrity, and reliability in all tourism and tourism-related services offered to visitors to the United States;
(13) preserve the historical and cultural foundations of the Nation as a living part of community life and development, and insure future generations an opportunity to appreciate and enjoy the rich heritage of the Nation;
(14) insure the compatibility of tourism and recreation with other national interests in energy development and conservation, environmental protection, and the judicious use of natural resources;
(15) assist in the collection, analysis, and dissemination of data which accurately measure the economic and social impact of tourism to and within the United States, in order to facilitate planning in the public and private sectors; and
(16) harmonize, to the maximum extent possible, all Federal activities in support of tourism and recreation with the needs of the general public and the States, territories, local governments, and the tourism and recreation industry, and to give leadership to all concerned with tourism, recreation, and national heritage preservation in the United States.
(Pub. L. 87–63, title I, §101, formerly §1, June 29, 1961, 75 Stat. 129; renumbered and amended Pub. L. 97–63, §2(a), Oct. 16, 1981, 95 Stat. 1011; Pub. L. 102–372, §5, Sept. 30, 1992, 106 Stat. 1175.)
1992—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 102–372, §5(1), amended par. (1) generally. Prior to amendment, par. (1) read as follows: “optimize the contribution of the tourism and recreation industries to economic prosperity, full employment, and the international balance of payments of the United States;”.
Subsec. (b)(2) to (16). Pub. L. 102–372, §5(2), (3), added pars. (2) to (5) and redesignated former pars. (2) to (12) as (6) to (16), respectively.
1981—Pub. L. 97–63 substituted provisions setting out a detailed 4-point recital of Congressional findings and establishing a 12-point national tourism policy for provisions setting out the former declaration of purpose of this chapter which was to strengthen the domestic and foreign commerce of the United States, and promote friendly understanding and appreciation of the United States by encouraging foreign residents to visit the United States and by facilitating international travel generally.
Section 6 of Pub. L. 97–63 provided that: “The amendments made by this Act [see Short Title of 1981 Amendment note below] shall take effect October 1, 1981.”
Pub. L. 104–288, §1, Oct. 11, 1996, 110 Stat. 3402, provided that: “This Act [enacting sections 2124 and 2141 to 2141f of this title, amending sections 2122 and 2124c of this title and section 4727 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, and repealing sections 2123 to 2123d, 2124 to 2124b, and 2126 to 2129 of this title] may be cited as the ‘United States National Tourism Organization Act of 1996’.”
Section 1(a) of Pub. L. 102–372 provided that: “This Act [enacting sections 2123a to 2123d and 2124c of this title, amending this section and sections 2122, 2123, 2124 to 2124b, and 2126 of this title, repealing sections 2123a and 2123b of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 2122 and 2124 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Tourism Policy and Export Promotion Act of 1992’.”
Section 1 of Pub. L. 97–63 provided that: “This Act [enacting sections 2123b, 2124a, and 2124b of this title, amending this section and sections 2122, 2123, 2123a, 2124, and 2126 of this title, repealing section 2128 of this title, and enacting, amending, and repealing provisions set out as notes under this section] may be cited as the ‘National Tourism Policy Act’.”
Section 1 of Pub. L. 87–63, as amended by Pub. L. 97–63, §2(a), Oct. 16, 1981, 95 Stat. 1011, provided: “That this Act [enacting this chapter] may be cited as the ‘International Travel Act of 1961’.”
Section 8, formerly §7, of Pub. L. 87–63, as renumbered Pub. L. 91–477, §5, Oct. 21, 1970, 84 Stat. 1072, which had formerly authorized the citation of Pub. L. 87–63 as the “International Travel Act of 1961”, was repealed by Pub. L. 97–63, §5(b), Oct. 16, 1981, 95 Stat. 1018.
Section 2 of Pub. L. 102–372 provided that: “The Congress finds that—
“(1) the travel and tourism industry is the second largest retail or service industry in the United States;
“(2) travel and tourism receipts make up over 6.7 percent of the United States gross national product;
“(3) in 1991, the travel and tourism industry generated about six million jobs directly and about two million five hundred thousand indirectly;
“(4) travel and tourism expenditures in 1991 were approximately $352,000,000,000;
“(5) forty-two million international visitors spent approximately $64,700,000,000 in the United States in 1991;
“(6) travel and tourism services ranked as the largest United States business services export in 1991, providing a United States travel trade balance of $16,800,000,000;
“(7) many local communities with significant tourism potential are unable to realize the economic and employment opportunities that tourism provides because they lack the necessary local resources and expertise needed to induce tourism trade;
“(8) increased efforts directed at the promotion of rural tourism will contribute to the economic development of rural America and further the conservation and promotion of natural, scenic, historic, scientific, educational, inspirational, and recreational resources for future generations of Americans and foreign visitors;
“(9) foreign tourists entering the United States are frequently faced with unnecessary delays at the United States border;
“(10) advanced technologies, industrial targeting, the industrialization of the Third World, and the flight of some United States manufacturing capacity to overseas locations have affected the international competitiveness of the United States;
“(11) exporting those goods and services which United States industry can produce at a comparative cost advantage, such as travel and tourism services, will be in the Nation's long-term strategic interest; and
“(12) the emergence of democratic governments in the formerly Communist nations of Eastern Europe and in the former Soviet Union provide new opportunities for United States firms engaged in both the inbound and outbound tourism markets.”
Pub. L. 91–477, §6, Oct. 21, 1970, 84 Stat. 1073, provided that:
“(a) [Establishment; membership]. There is established a commission to be known as the National Tourism Resources Review Commission (hereafter in this section referred to as the ‘Commission’) composed of fifteen members as follows:
“(1) One representative of the Department of Commerce designated by the Secretary of Commerce.
“(2) One representative of the Department of the Interior designated by the Secretary of the Interior.
“(3) One representative of the Department of State designated by the Secretary of State.
“(4) One representative of the Department of Transportation designated by the Secretary of Transportation.
“(5) Eleven individuals appointed by the President from private life who are informed about and concerned with the improvement, development, and promotion of United States tourism resources and opportunities or who are otherwise experienced in tourism research, promotion, or planning. The President shall designate one of the individuals appointed by him to serve as Chairman of the Commission.
“(b) [Study and investigation; report to President and Congress; recommendations; termination]. The Commission shall make a full and complete study and investigation for the purpose of—
“(1) determining the domestic travel needs of the people of the United States and of visitors from other countries at the present time and to the year 1980;
“(2) determining the travel resources of the United States available to satisfy such needs now and to the year 1980;
“(3) determining policies and programs which will insure that the domestic travel needs of the present and the future are adequately and efficiently met;
“(4) determining a recommended program of Federal assistance to the States in promoting domestic travel; and
“(5) determining whether a separate agency of the Government should be established, or whether an existing department, agency, or instrumentality within the Government should be designated, to consolidate and coordinate tourism research, planning, and development activities presently performed by different existing agencies of the Government.
The Commission shall submit a comprehensive report of its activities and the results of such study and investigation, together with its recommendations with respect thereto, to the President and to the Congress not later than two years after the first meeting of the Commission. The Commission shall cease to exist sixty days after the date of the submission of its comprehensive report. The comprehensive report of the Commission shall propose such legislative enactments and administrative actions as in its judgment are necessary to carry out its recommendations.
“(c) [Secretarial, clerical, and other assistance by Secretary of Commerce; information and assistance by Governmental departments and agencies]. The Secretary of Commerce shall make available to the Commission such secretarial, clerical, and other assistance as the Commission may require to carry out its functions under this section. The Commission is authorized to request from any department, agency, or independent instrumentality of the Government any information and assistance it deems necessary to carry out its functions under this section; and each such department, agency, and instrumentality is authorized to cooperate with the Commission and, to the extent permitted by law, to furnish such information and assistance to the Commission upon request made by its Chairman.
“(d) [Powers of Commission]. In order to carry out the provisions of this section, the Commission is authorized—
“(1) to make, promulgate, issue, rescind, and amend rules and regulations governing the manner of the operations of the Commission;
“(2) to appoint and fix the compensation of such officers and employees as are necessary to carry out the provisions of this section and to prescribe their authority and duties; and
“(3) to obtain the services of experts and consultants in accordance with section 3109 of title 5, United States Code.
“(e) [Compensation and travel expenses]. (1) Members of the Commission from private life, while engaged in the performance of their duties as members of the Commission, shall receive compensation at a rate to be fixed by the President, not to exceed $100 each day, including traveltime, and shall, while so serving away from their homes or regular places of business, be entitled to travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, as authorized by section 5703 of title 5, United States Code, for persons in the Government service employed intermittently.
“(2) Members of the Commission who are officers or employees of the United States shall serve without additional compensation, but shall be entitled to travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, as authorized by section 5703 of title 5, United States Code, for persons in the Government service employed intermittently.
“(f) [Authorization of appropriations]. There are authorized to be appropriated such sums, not to exceed $750,000, as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this section.”
In order to carry out the national tourism policy established in section 2121(b) of this title and by the United States National Tourism Organization Act of 1996, the Secretary of Commerce (hereafter in this chapter referred to as the “Secretary”) shall develop and implement a comprehensive plan to perform critical tourism functions which, in the determination of the Secretary, are not being carried out by the United States National Tourism Organization or other private sector entities or State governments. Such plan may include programs to—
(1) collect and publish comprehensive international travel and tourism statistics and other marketing information;
(2) design, implement, and publish international travel and tourism forecasting models;
(3) facilitate the reduction or elimination of barriers to international travel and tourism; and
(4) work with the United States National Tourism Organization, the Tourism Policy Council, State tourism agencies, and Federal agencies in—
(A) coordinating the Federal implementation of a national travel and tourism policy;
(B) representing the United States’ international travel and tourism interests to foreign governments; and
(C) maintaining United States participation in international travel and tourism trade shows and fairs until such activities can be transferred to such Organization and other private sector entities.
(Pub. L. 87–63, title II, §201, formerly §2, June 29, 1961, 75 Stat. 129; Pub. L. 93–623, §6, Jan. 3, 1975, 88 Stat. 2105; renumbered and amended Pub. L. 97–63, §3(b), (e)(1), Oct. 16, 1981, 95 Stat. 1012, 1013; Pub. L. 102–372, §6(a), Sept. 30, 1992, 106 Stat. 1175; Pub. L. 104–288, §10, Oct. 11, 1996, 110 Stat. 3407.)
The United States National Tourism Organization Act of 1996, referred to in text, is Pub. L. 104–288, Oct. 11, 1996, 110 Stat. 3407, as amended. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1996 Amendment note set out under section 2121 of this title and Tables.
1996—Pub. L. 104–288 amended section generally to narrow tourism-related duties of Secretary of Commerce, in view of creation of United States National Tourism Organization, with Secretary to focus on critical promotion functions which, in determination of Secretary, are not being carried out by new Organization or other private sector or State entities.
1992—Par. (2). Pub. L. 102–372, §6(3), added par. (2). Former par. (2) redesignated (3).
Par. (3). Pub. L. 102–372, §6(a)(1), (2), redesignated former par. (2) as (3) and substituted “receptive, linguistic, informational, currency exchange, meal, and package tour services required by the international market” for “tourist facilities, low cost unit tours, and other arrangements within the United States for meeting the requirements of foreign visitors”. Former par. (3) redesignated (4).
Pars. (4) to (6). Pub. L. 102–372, §6(a)(1), redesignated former pars. (3) to (5) as (4) to (6), respectively. Former par. (6) redesignated (7).
Par. (7). Pub. L. 102–372, §6(1), (4), redesignated former par. (6) as (7) and substituted “and the use of other United States providers of travel products and services; and” for period at end.
Par. (8). Pub. L. 102–372, §6(5), added par. (8).
1981—Pub. L. 97–63, §3(b), substituted “In order to carry out the national tourism policy established by section 2121(b) of this title” for “In order to carry out the purpose of this chapter”.
1975—Par. (6). Pub. L. 93–623 added par. (6).
Amendment by Pub. L. 97–63 effective Oct. 1, 1981, see section 6 of Pub. L. 97–63, set out as a note under section 2121 of this title.
Pub. L. 108–7, div. B, title II, §210, Feb. 20, 2003, 117 Stat. 78, provided that:
“(a) The Secretary of Commerce is authorized to award grants and make direct lump sum payments in support of an international advertising and promotional campaign developed in consultation with the private sector to encourage individuals to travel to the United States consisting of radio, television, and print advertising and marketing programs.
“(b) The United States Travel and Tourism Promotion Advisory Board (hereinafter ‘Board’) is established to recommend the appropriate coordinated activities to the Secretary for funding.
“(c) The Secretary shall appoint the Board within 30 days of enactment [Feb. 20, 2003] and shall include tourism-related entities he deems appropriate.
“(d) The Secretary shall consult with the Board and State and regional tourism officials on the disbursement of funds.
“(e) There is authorized to be appropriated $50,000,000, to remain available until expended, and $50,000,000 is appropriated to implement this section.”
Section 3 of Pub. L. 102–372 provided that: “The Secretary of Commerce, to the extent available resources permit, shall improve the survey of international air travelers conducted to provide the data needed to estimate the Nation's balance of payments in international travel by—
“(1) expanding the survey to cover travel to and from the Middle East, Africa, South America, and the Caribbean and enhancing coverage for Mexico, Oceania, the Far East, and Europe; and
“(2) improving the methodology for conducting on-board surveys by (A) enhancing communications, training, and liaison activities in cooperation with participating air carriers, (B) providing for the continuation of needed data bases, and (C) utilizing improved sampling procedures.
The Secretary of Commerce shall seek to increase the reporting frequency of the data provided by Statistics Canada and the Bank of Mexico on international travel trade between the United States and both Canada and Mexico. The Secretary shall improve the quarterly statistical report on United States international travel receipts and payments published in the Bureau of Economic Analysis document known as ‘The Survey of Current Services’ and heighten its visibility.”
Section 18 of Pub. L. 102–372 directed Secretary of Commerce, within 18 months after Sept. 30, 1992, to report to Congress on (1) status of actions required by section 3 of Pub. L. 102–372 and desirability and feasibility of publishing international travel receipts and payments on a monthly basis, (2) Secretary's actions under 22 U.S.C. 2122(8) regarding the inbound and outbound tourism trade between United States and emerging democracies of Eastern Europe and the former Soviet Union, (3) activities of Department of Commerce and other Federal agencies to increase tourism opportunities for, and encourage travel by, disabled persons, and (4) efforts undertaken under 22 U.S.C. 2123c to improve visitor facilitation and effect on United States travel and tourism as a result of those improvements.
There is established within the Department of Commerce an office to be known as the Office of Travel Promotion.
The Office shall be headed by a Director who shall be appointed by the Secretary.
The Director shall be a citizen of the United States and have experience in a field directly related to the promotion of travel to and within the United States.
The Director shall be responsible for ensuring the office is carrying out its functions effectively and shall report to the Secretary.
The Office shall—
(1) serve as liaison to the Corporation for Travel Promotion established by subsection (b) of section 11 of the Travel Promotion Act of 2009 1 and support and encourage the development of programs to increase the number of international visitors to the United States for business, leisure, educational, medical, exchange, and other purposes;
(2) work with the Corporation, the Secretary of State and the Secretary of Homeland Security—
(A) to disseminate information more effectively to potential international visitors about documentation and procedures required for admission to the United States as a visitor;
(B) to ensure that arriving international visitors are generally welcomed with accurate information and in an inviting manner;
(C) to collect accurate data on the total number of international visitors that visit each State; and
(D) enhance the entry and departure experience for international visitors through the use of advertising, signage, and customer service; and
(3) support State, regional, and private sector initiatives to promote travel to and within the United States.
Within a year after March 4, 2010, and periodically thereafter as appropriate, the Secretary shall transmit a report to the Senate Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation, the Senate Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs, the Senate Committee on Foreign Relations, the House of Representatives Committee on Energy and Commerce, the House of Representatives Committee on Homeland Security, and the House of Representatives Committee on Foreign Affairs describing the Office's work with the Corporation, the Secretary of State and the Secretary of Homeland Security to carry out subsection (c)(2).
(Pub. L. 87–63, title II, §202, as added Pub. L. 111–145, §9(g), Mar. 4, 2010, 124 Stat. 63.)
Subsection (b) of section 11 of the Travel Promotion Act of 2009, referred to in subsec. (c)(1), probably should be a reference to subsection (b) of the Travel Promotion Act of 2009, which is classified to section 2131(b) of this title.
A prior section 2123, Pub. L. 87–63, title II, §202, formerly §3, June 29, 1961, 75 Stat. 130; Pub. L. 91–477, §§1, 2, Oct. 21, 1970, 84 Stat. 1071, 1072; renumbered and amended Pub. L. 97–63, §3(c), (d), (e)(1), Oct. 16, 1981, 95 Stat. 1012, 1013; Pub. L. 102–372, §§4(n), 6(b), (c), 7, 8(b), Sept. 30, 1992, 106 Stat. 1174, 1176, 1178, enumerated duties of Secretary of Commerce in carrying out national tourism policy, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104–288, §9(a), Oct. 11, 1996, 110 Stat. 3407.
1 See References in Text note below.
The Office of Travel and Tourism Industries shall expand and continue its research and development activities in connection with the promotion of international travel to the United States, including—
(1) expanding access to the official Mexican travel surveys data to provide the States with traveler characteristics and visitation estimates for targeted marketing programs;
(2) expanding the number of inbound air travelers sampled by the Commerce Department's Survey of International Travelers to reach a 1 percent sample size and revising the design and format of questionnaires to accommodate a new survey instrument, improve response rates to at least double the number of States and cities with reliable international visitor estimates and improve market coverage;
(3) developing estimates of international travel exports (expenditures) on a State-by-State basis to enable each State to compare its comparative position to national totals and other States;
(4) evaluate the success of the Corporation in achieving its objectives and carrying out the purposes of section 2131 of this title; and
(5) research to support the annual reports required by section 2123(d) of this title.
There are authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary of Commerce for fiscal years 2010 through 2014 such sums as may be necessary to carry out this section.
(Pub. L. 87–63, title II, §203, as added Pub. L. 111–145, §9(h), Mar. 4, 2010, 124 Stat. 64.)
A prior section 2123a, Pub. L. 87–63, title II, §203, as added Pub. L. 102–372, §8(a), Sept. 30, 1992, 106 Stat. 1177, provided for program of financial assistance to cooperative tourism marketing programs, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104–288, §9(a), Oct. 11, 1996, 110 Stat. 3407.
Another prior section 2123a, Pub. L. 87–63, title II, §203, formerly §5, June 29, 1961, 75 Stat. 130; renumbered title II, §203, and amended Pub. L. 97–63, §3(e), Oct. 16, 1981, 95 Stat. 1013, directed Secretary to submit annual reports to President and Congress on activities under this chapter, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 102–372, §8(a), Sept. 30, 1992, 106 Stat. 1177. Section was formerly classified to section 2125 of this title prior to its renumbering by Pub. L. 97–63.
Section 2123b, Pub. L. 87–63, title II, §204, as added Pub. L. 102–372, §9, Sept. 30, 1992, 106 Stat. 1178, provided for program to identify and eliminate tourism trade barriers.
A prior section 2123b, Pub. L. 87–63, title II, §204, as added Pub. L. 97–63, §3(f), Oct. 16, 1981, 95 Stat. 1013, related to a regional tourism promotional and marketing program, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 102–372, §8(a), Sept. 30, 1992, 106 Stat. 1177.
Section 2123c, Pub. L. 87–63, title II, §205, as added Pub. L. 102–372, §10, Sept. 30, 1992, 106 Stat. 1178, directed Secretary of Commerce to take appropriate steps to prevent unnecessary delays when foreign tourists enter United States.
Section 2123d, Pub. L. 87–63, title II, §206, as added Pub. L. 102–372, §11, Sept. 30, 1992, 106 Stat. 1179, provided for measurement and evaluation of performance of United States Travel and Tourism Administration.
In order to ensure that the United States’ national interest in tourism is fully considered in Federal decision making, there is established a coordinating council to be known as the Tourism Policy Council (hereafter in this chapter referred to as the “Council”).
The Council shall consist of the following individuals:
(1) The Secretary of Commerce, who shall serve as the Chairman of the Council.
(2) The Under Secretary of Commerce for International Trade.
(3) The Director of the Office of Management and Budget.
(4) The Secretary of State.
(5) The Secretary of the Interior.
(6) The Secretary of Labor.
(7) The Secretary of Transportation.
(8) The Commissioner of the United States Customs Service.
(9) The President of the United States National Tourism Organization.
(10) The Commissioner of the Immigration and Naturalization Service.
(11) Representatives of other Federal agencies which have affected interests at each meeting as deemed appropriate and invited by the Chairman.
Members of the Council shall serve without additional compensation.
The Council shall conduct its first meeting not later than 6 months after October 11, 1996. Thereafter the Council shall meet not less than 2 times each year.
(1) The Council shall coordinate national policies and programs relating to international travel and tourism, recreation, and national heritage resources, which involve Federal agencies;
(2) The Council may request directly from any Federal department or agency such personnel, information, services, or facilities as deemed necessary by the Chairman and to the extent permitted by law and within the limits of available funds.
(3) Federal departments and agencies may, in their discretion, detail to temporary duty with the Council such personnel as the Chairman may request for carrying out the functions of the Council. Each such detail of personnel shall be without loss of seniority, pay, or other employee status.
Where necessary to prevent the public disclosure of non-public information which may be presented by a Council member, the Council may hold, at the discretion of the Chairman, a closed meeting which may exclude any individual who is not an officer or employee of the United States.
The Council shall submit an annual report for the preceding fiscal year to the President for transmittal to the Congress on or before December 31 of each year. The report shall include—
(1) a comprehensive and detailed report of the activities and accomplishments of the Council;
(2) the results of Council efforts to coordinate the policies and programs of member's agencies that have a significant effect on international travel and tourism, recreation, and national heritage resources, including progress toward resolving interagency conflicts and development of cooperative program activity;
(3) an analysis of problems referred to the Council by State and local governments, the tourism industry, the United States National Tourism Organization, the Secretary of Commerce, along with a detailed summary of any action taken or anticipated to resolve such problems; and
(4) any recommendation as deemed appropriate by the Council.
The membership of the President of the United States National Tourism Organization on the Council shall not in itself make the Federal Advisory Committee Act applicable to the Council.
(Pub. L. 87–63, title III, §301, as added Pub. L. 104–288, §11, Oct. 11, 1996, 110 Stat. 3408.)
The Federal Advisory Committee Act, referred to in subsec. (h), is Pub. L. 92–463, Oct. 6, 1972, 86 Stat. 770, as amended, which is set out in the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees.
A prior section 2124, Pub. L. 87–63, title III, §301, formerly §4, June 29, 1961, 75 Stat. 130; Pub. L. 88–426, title III, §305(29), Aug. 14, 1964, 78 Stat. 426; Pub. L. 91–477, §3(a), Oct. 21, 1970, 84 Stat. 1072; renumbered and amended Pub. L. 97–63, §4(a)(1)–(3), (b), (c)(2), Oct. 16, 1981, 95 Stat. 1014, 1015; Pub. L. 102–372, §§12–14, Sept. 30, 1992, 106 Stat. 1180, related to establishment of United States Travel and Tourism Administration, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 104–288, §9(a), Oct. 11, 1996, 110 Stat. 3407.
For transfer of functions, personnel, assets, and liabilities of the United States Customs Service of the Department of the Treasury, including functions of the Secretary of the Treasury relating thereto, to the Secretary of Homeland Security, and for treatment of related references, see sections 203(1), 551(d), 552(d), and 557 of Title 6, Domestic Security, and the Department of Homeland Security Reorganization Plan of November 25, 2002, as modified, set out as a note under section 542 of Title 6.
For abolition of Immigration and Naturalization Service, transfer of functions, and treatment of related references, see note set out under section 1551 of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality.
Section 2124a, Pub. L. 87–63, title III, §302, as added Pub. L. 97–63, §4(c)(2), Oct. 16, 1981, 95 Stat. 1015; amended Pub. L. 102–372, §15, Sept. 30, 1992, 106 Stat. 1181, provided for establishment of Tourism Policy Council. See section 2124 of this title.
Section 2124b, Pub. L. 87–63, title III, §303, as added Pub. L. 97–63, §4(c)(2), Oct. 16, 1981, 95 Stat. 1017; amended Pub. L. 102–372, §16, Sept. 30, 1992, 106 Stat. 1181, provided for establishment of Travel and Tourism Advisory Board.
In order to assist in the development and promotion of rural tourism, there is established a charitable and nonprofit corporation to be known as the Rural Tourism Development Foundation (hereafter in this section referred to as the “Foundation”).
The functions of the Foundation shall be the planning, development, and implementation of projects and programs which have the potential to increase travel and tourism export revenues by attracting foreign visitors to rural America. Initially, such projects and programs shall include—
(1) participation in the development and distribution of educational and promotional materials pertaining to both private and public attractions located in rural areas of the United States, including Federal parks and recreational lands, which can be used by foreign visitors;
(2) development of educational resources to assist in private and public rural tourism development; and
(3) participation in Federal agency outreach efforts to make such resources available to private enterprises, State and local governments, and other persons and entities interested in rural tourism development.
(A) The Foundation shall have a Board of Directors (hereafter in this section referred to as the “Board”) that—
(i) during its first two years shall consist of nine voting members; and
(ii) thereafter shall consist of those nine members plus up to six additional voting members as determined in accordance with the bylaws of the Foundation.
(B)(i) The Secretary of Commerce shall, within six months after September 30, 1992, appoint the initial nine voting members of the Board and thereafter shall appoint the successors of each of three such members, as provided by such bylaws.
(ii) The voting members of the Board, other than those referred to in clause (i), shall be appointed in accordance with procedures established by such bylaws.
(C) The voting members of the Board shall be individuals who are not Federal officers or employees and who have demonstrated an interest in rural tourism development. Of such voting members, at least a majority shall have experience and expertise in tourism trade promotion, at least one shall have experience and expertise in resource conservation, at least one shall have experience and expertise in financial administration in a fiduciary capacity, at least one shall be a representative of an Indian tribe who has experience and expertise in rural tourism on an Indian reservation, at least one shall represent a regional or national organization or association with a major interest in rural tourism development or promotion, and at least one shall be a representative of a State who is responsible for tourism promotion.
(D) Voting members of the Board shall each serve a term of six years, except that—
(i) initial terms shall be staggered to assure continuity of administration;
(ii) if a person is appointed to fill a vacancy occurring prior to the expiration of the term of the person's predecessor, that person shall serve only for the remainder of the predecessor's term; and
(iii) any such appointment to fill a vacancy shall be made within sixty days after the vacancy occurs.
The Secretary of Commerce and representatives of Federal agencies with responsibility for Federal recreational sites in rural areas (including the National Park Service, Bureau of Land Management, Forest Service, Corps of Engineers, Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tennessee Valley Authority, and such other Federal agencies as the Board determines appropriate) shall be nonvoting ex-officio members of the Board.
The Chairman and Vice Chairman of the Board shall be elected by the voting members of the Board for terms of two years.
The Board shall meet at the call of the Chairman and there shall be at least two meetings each year. A majority of the voting members of the Board serving at any one time shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The Foundation shall have an official seal, which shall be judicially noticed. Voting membership on the Board shall not be deemed to be an office within the meaning of the laws of the United States.
No compensation shall be paid to the members of the Board for their services as members, but they may be reimbursed for actual and necessary traveling and subsistence expenses incurred by them in the performance of their duties as such members out of Foundation funds available to the Board for such purposes.
The Foundation is authorized to accept, receive, solicit, hold, administer, and use any gifts, devises, or bequests, either absolutely or in trust, of real or personal property or any income therefrom or other interest therein for the benefit of or in connection with rural tourism, except that the Foundation may not accept any such gift, devise, or bequest which entails any expenditure other than from the resources of the Foundation. A gift, devise, or bequest may be accepted by the Foundation even though it is encumbered, restricted, or subject to beneficial interests of private persons if any current or future interest therein is for the benefit of rural tourism.
A gift, devise, or bequest accepted by the Foundation for the benefit of or in connection with rural tourism on Indian reservations, pursuant to section 451 of title 25, shall be maintained in a separate accounting for the benefit of Indian tribes in the development of tourism on Indian reservations.
Except as otherwise required by the instrument of transfer, the Foundation may sell, lease, invest, reinvest, retain, or otherwise dispose of or deal with any property or income thereof as the Board may from time to time determine. The Foundation shall not engage in any business, nor shall the Foundation make any investment that may not lawfully be made by a trust company in the District of Columbia, except that the Foundation may make any investment authorized by the instrument of transfer and may retain any property accepted by the Foundation.
The Foundation shall have perpetual succession, with all the usual powers and obligations of a corporation acting as a trustee, including the power to sue and to be sued in its own name, but the members of the Board shall not be personally liable, except for malfeasance.
The Foundation shall have the power to enter into contracts, to execute instruments, and generally to do any and all lawful acts necessary or appropriate to its purposes.
In carrying out the provisions of this section, the Board may adopt bylaws, rules, and regulations necessary for the administration of its functions and may hire officers and employees and contract for any other necessary services. Such officers and employees shall be appointed without regard to the provisions of title 5 governing appointments in the competitive service and may be paid without regard to the provisions of chapters 51 and 53 of such title relating to classification and General Schedule pay rates.
The Secretary of Commerce may accept the voluntary and uncompensated services of the Foundation, the Board, and the officers and employees of the Foundation in the performance of the functions authorized under this section, without regard to section 1342 of title 31 or the civil service classification laws, rules, or regulations.
Neither an officer or employee hired under paragraph (1) nor an individual who provides services under paragraph (2) shall be considered a Federal employee for any purpose other than for purposes of chapter 81 of title 5, relating to compensation for work injuries, and chapter 171 of title 28, relating to tort claims.
The Foundation and any income or property received or owned by it, and all transactions relating to such income or property, shall be exempt from all Federal, State, and local taxation with respect thereto. The Foundation may, however, in the discretion of the Board, contribute toward the costs of local government in amounts not in excess of those which it would be obligated to pay such government if it were not exempt from taxation by virtue of this subsection or by virtue of its being a charitable and nonprofit corporation and may agree so to contribute with respect to property transferred to it and the income derived therefrom if such agreement is a condition of the transfer. Contributions, gifts, and other transfers made to or for the use of the Foundation shall be regarded as contributions, gifts, or transfers to or for the use of the United States.
The United States shall not be liable for any debts, defaults, acts, or omissions of the Foundation.
The Foundation shall, as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year, transmit to the Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives an annual report of its proceedings and activities, including a full and complete statement of its receipts, expenditures, and investments.
As used in this section—
(1) the term “Indian reservation” has the meaning given the term “reservation” in section 1452(d) of title 25;
(2) the term “Indian tribe” has the meaning given that term in section 450b(e) of title 25;
(3) the term “local government” has the meaning given that term in section 3371(2) of title 5; and
(4) the term “rural tourism” has the meaning given that term by the Secretary of Commerce and shall include activities related to travel and tourism that occur on Federal recreational sites, on Indian reservations, and in the territories, possessions, and commonwealths of the United States.
(Pub. L. 102–372, §4, Sept. 30, 1992, 106 Stat. 1171; Pub. L. 104–288, §9(b), Oct. 11, 1996, 110 Stat. 3407.)
Section is comprised of section 4 of Pub. L. 102–372. Subsec. (n) of section 4 of Pub. L. 102–372 amended section 2123(a) of this title.
Section was enacted as part of the Tourism Policy and Export Promotion Act of 1992, and not as part of the International Travel Act of 1961 which comprises this chapter.
1996—Subsec. (c)(1)(B)(i), (2). Pub. L. 104–288 substituted “Secretary of Commerce” for “Under Secretary of Commerce for Travel and Tourism”.
Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives treated as referring to Committee on Commerce of House of Representatives by section 1(a) of Pub. L. 104–14, set out as a note preceding section 21 of Title 2, The Congress. Committee on Commerce of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Energy and Commerce of House of Representatives, and jurisdiction over matters relating to securities and exchanges and insurance generally transferred to Committee on Financial Services of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 5, One Hundred Seventh Congress, Jan. 3, 2001.
Section, Pub. L. 87–63, title II, §203, formerly §5, June 29, 1961, 75 Stat. 130, which related to annual reports to the President and Congress, was renumbered by Pub. L. 97–63, §3(e), Oct. 16, 1981, 95 Stat. 1013, transferred to section 2123a of this title, and subsequently repealed by Pub. L. 102–372, §8(a), Sept. 30, 1992, 106 Stat. 1177.
Section 2126, Pub. L. 87–63, title III, §304, formerly §6, June 29, 1961, 75 Stat. 130; Pub. L. 91–477, §4, Oct. 21, 1970, 84 Stat. 1072; Pub. L. 93–193, §1(a), Dec. 19, 1973, 87 Stat. 765; Pub. L. 94–55, §1, July 9, 1975, 89 Stat. 262; Pub. L. 96–85, §1, Oct. 10, 1979, 93 Stat. 655; renumbered and amended Pub. L. 97–63, §5(a), Oct. 16, 1981, 95 Stat. 1018; Pub. L. 102–372, §17, Sept. 30, 1992, 106 Stat. 1181, authorized appropriations to carry out this chapter.
Section 2127, Pub. L. 87–63, title III, §305, formerly §7, as added Pub. L. 91–477, §5, Oct. 21, 1970, 84 Stat. 1072, and renumbered Pub. L. 97–63, §5(b), Oct. 16, 1981, 95 Stat. 1018, defined terms used in this chapter.
Section 2128, Pub. L. 87–63, title III, §306, as added Pub. L. 101–508, title X, §10301(a), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388–395, provided for United States Travel and Tourism Administration Facilitation fee to be collected from each airline and cruise ship line transporting passengers to United States.
A prior section 2128, Pub. L. 87–63, §9, as added Pub. L. 96–85, §2, Oct. 10, 1979, 93 Stat. 655, related to reduction in number of employees of United States Travel Service in District of Columbia offices, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 97–63, §5(b), Oct. 16, 1981, 95 Stat. 1018, effective Oct. 1, 1981.
Section 2129, Pub. L. 87–63, title III, §307, as added Pub. L. 101–508, title X, §10301(b), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1388–396, provided civil penalties for nonpayment of Travel and Tourism Administration Facilitation fee.
This section may be cited as the “Travel Promotion Act of 2009”.
The Corporation for Travel Promotion is established as a nonprofit corporation. The Corporation shall not be an agency or establishment of the United States Government. The Corporation shall be subject to the provisions of the District of Columbia Nonprofit Corporation Act (D.C. Code, section 29–1001 et seq.), to the extent that such provisions are consistent with this subsection, and shall have the powers conferred upon a nonprofit corporation by that Act to carry out its purposes and activities.
The Corporation shall have a board of directors of 11 members with knowledge of international travel promotion and marketing, broadly representing various regions of the United States, who are United States citizens. Members of the board shall be appointed by the Secretary of Commerce (after consultation with the Secretary of Homeland Security and the Secretary of State), as follows:
(i) 1 shall have appropriate expertise and experience in the hotel accommodations sector;
(ii) 1 shall have appropriate expertise and experience in the restaurant sector;
(iii) 1 shall have appropriate expertise and experience in the small business or retail sector or in associations representing that sector;
(iv) 1 shall have appropriate expertise and experience in the travel distribution services sector;
(v) 1 shall have appropriate expertise and experience in the attractions or recreations sector;
(vi) 1 shall have appropriate expertise and experience as officials of a city convention and visitors’ bureau;
(vii) 2 shall have appropriate expertise and experience as officials of a State tourism office;
(viii) 1 shall have appropriate expertise and experience in the passenger air sector;
(ix) 1 shall have appropriate expertise and experience in immigration law and policy, including visa requirements and United States entry procedures; and
(x) 1 shall have appropriate expertise in the intercity passenger railroad business.
The members of the initial board of directors shall serve as incorporators and shall take whatever actions are necessary to establish the Corporation under the District of Columbia Nonprofit Corporation Act (D.C. Code, section 29–301.01 et seq.).
The term of office of each member of the board appointed by the Secretary shall be 3 years, except that, of the members first appointed—
(i) 3 shall be appointed for terms of 1 year;
(ii) 4 shall be appointed for terms of 2 years; and
(iii) 4 shall be appointed for terms of 3 years.
The Secretary of Commerce may remove any member of the board for good cause.
Any vacancy in the board shall not affect its power, but shall be filled in the manner required by this subsection. Any member whose term has expired may serve until the member's successor has taken office, or until the end of the calendar year in which the member's term has expired, whichever is earlier. Any member appointed to fill a vacancy occurring prior to the expiration of the term for which that member's predecessor was appointed shall be appointed for the remainder of the predecessor's term. No member of the board shall be eligible to serve more than 2 consecutive full 3-year terms.
Members of the board shall annually elect one of the members to be Chairman and elect 1 or 2 of the members as Vice Chairman or Vice Chairmen.
Notwithstanding any provision of law to the contrary, no member of the board may be considered to be a Federal employee of the United States by virtue of his or her service as a member of the board.
No member shall receive any compensation from the Federal government for serving on the Board. Each member of the Board shall be paid actual travel expenses and per diem in lieu of subsistence expenses when away from his or her usual place of residence, in accordance with section 5703 of title 5.
The Corporation shall have an executive director and such other officers as may be named and appointed by the board for terms and at rates of compensation fixed by the board. No individual other than a citizen of the United States may be an officer of the Corporation. The Corporation may hire and fix the compensation of such employees as may be necessary to carry out its purposes. No officer or employee of the Corporation may receive any salary or other compensation (except for compensation for services on boards of directors of other organizations that do not receive funds from the Corporation, on committees of such boards, and in similar activities for such organizations) from any sources other than the Corporation for services rendered during the period of his or her employment by the Corporation. Service by any officer on boards of directors of other organizations, on committees of such boards, and in similar activities for such organizations shall be subject to annual advance approval by the board and subject to the provisions of the Corporation's Statement of Ethical Conduct. All officers and employees shall serve at the pleasure of the board.
No political test or qualification shall be used in selecting, appointing, promoting, or taking other personnel actions with respect to officers, agents, or employees of the Corporation.
The Corporation shall have no power to issue any shares of stock, or to declare or pay any dividends.
No part of the income or assets of the Corporation shall inure to the benefit of any director, officer, employee, or any other individual except as salary or reasonable compensation for services.
The Corporation may not contribute to or otherwise support any political party or candidate for elective public office.
It is the sense of Congress that the Corporation should not engage in lobbying activities (as defined in section 1602(7) of title 2.1
The Corporation shall develop and execute a plan—
(i) to provide useful information to foreign tourists, business people, students, scholars, scientists, and others interested in traveling to the United States, including the distribution of material provided by the Federal government concerning entry requirements, required documentation, fees, processes, and information concerning declared public health emergencies, to prospective travelers, travel agents, tour operators, meeting planners, foreign governments, travel media and other international stakeholders;
(ii) to identify, counter, and correct misperceptions regarding United States entry policies around the world;
(iii) to maximize the economic and diplomatic benefits of travel to the United States by promoting the United States of America to world travelers through the use of, but not limited to, all forms of advertising, outreach to trade shows, and other appropriate promotional activities;
(iv) to ensure that international travel benefits all States and the District of Columbia and to identify opportunities and strategies to promote tourism to rural and urban areas equally, including areas not traditionally visited by international travelers; and
(v) to give priority to the Corporation's efforts with respect to countries and populations most likely to travel to the United States.
In order to carry out the purposes of this subsection, the Corporation may—
(i) obtain grants from and make contracts with individuals and private companies, State, and Federal agencies, organizations, and institutions;
(ii) hire or accept the voluntary services of consultants, experts, advisory boards, and panels to aid the Corporation in carrying out its purposes; and
(iii) take such other actions as may be necessary to accomplish the purposes set forth in this subsection.
The Corporation shall develop and maintain a publicly accessible website.
Meetings of the board of directors of the Corporation, including any committee of the board, shall be open to the public. The board may, by majority vote, close any such meeting only for the time necessary to preserve the confidentiality of commercial or financial information that is privileged or confidential, to discuss personnel matters, or to discuss legal matters affecting the Corporation, including pending or potential litigation.
The board may not authorize the Corporation to obligate or expend more than $25,000,000 on any advertising campaign, promotion, or related effort unless—
(A) the obligation or expenditure is approved by an affirmative vote of at least 2/3 of the members of the board present at the meeting;
(B) at least 6 members of the board are present at the meeting at which it is approved; and
(C) each member of the board has been given at least 3 days advance notice of the meeting at which the vote is to be taken and the matters to be voted upon at that meeting.
The Corporation shall establish as its fiscal year the 12-month period beginning on October 1.
The Corporation shall adopt a budget for each fiscal year.
The Corporation shall engage an independent accounting firm to conduct an annual financial audit of the Corporation's operations and shall publish the results of the audit. The Comptroller General of the United States may review any audit of a financial statement conducted under this paragraph by an independent accounting firm and may audit the Corporation's operations at the discretion of the Comptroller General. The Comptroller General and the Congress shall have full and complete access to the books and records of the Corporation.
Not later than 2 years after March 4, 2010, the Comptroller General shall conduct a review of the programmatic activities of the Corporation for Travel Promotion. This report shall be provided to appropriate congressional committees.
The Board shall establish annual objectives for the Corporation for each fiscal year subject to approval by the Secretary of Commerce (after consultation with the Secretary of Homeland Security and the Secretary of State). The Corporation shall establish a marketing plan for each fiscal year not less than 60 days before the beginning of that year and provide a copy of the plan, and any revisions thereof, to the Secretary.
The board shall transmit a copy of the Corporation's budget for the forthcoming fiscal year to the Secretary not less than 60 days before the beginning of each fiscal year, together with an explanation of any expenditure provided for by the budget in excess of $5,000,000 for the fiscal year. The Corporation shall make a copy of the budget and the explanation available to the public and shall provide public access to the budget and explanation on the Corporation's website.
The Corporation shall submit an annual report for the preceding fiscal year to the Secretary of Commerce for transmittal to the Congress on or before the 15th day of May of each year. The report shall include—
(A) a comprehensive and detailed report of the Corporation's operations, activities, financial condition, and accomplishments under this section;
(B) a comprehensive and detailed inventory of amounts obligated or expended by the Corporation during the preceding fiscal year;
(C) a detailed description of each in-kind contribution, its fair market value, the individual or organization responsible for contributing, its specific use, and a justification for its use within the context of the Corporation's mission;
(D) an objective and quantifiable measurement of its progress, on an objective-by-objective basis, in meeting the objectives established by the board;
(E) an explanation of the reason for any failure to achieve an objective established by the board and any revisions or alterations to the Corporation's objectives under paragraph (1);
(F) a comprehensive and detailed report of the Corporation's operations and activities to promote tourism in rural and urban areas; and
(G) such recommendations as the Corporation deems appropriate.
Amounts deposited in the Fund may not be used for any purpose inconsistent with carrying out the objectives, budget, and report described in this subsection.
There is hereby established in the Treasury a fund which shall be known as the Travel Promotion Fund.
The Secretary of the Treasury shall make available to the Corporation such sums as may be necessary, but not to exceed $10,000,000, from amounts deposited in the general fund of the Treasury from fees under section 1187(h)(3)(B)(i)(I) of title 8 to cover the Corporation's initial expenses and activities under this section. Transfers shall be made at least monthly, immediately following the collection of fees under section 1187(h)(3)(B)(i)(I) of title 8, on the basis of estimates by the Secretary, and proper adjustments shall be made in amounts subsequently transferred to the extent prior estimates were in excess or less than the amounts required to be transferred.
For each of fiscal years 2012 through 2015, from amounts deposited in the general fund of the Treasury during the preceding fiscal year from fees under section 1187(h)(3)(B)(i)(I) of title 8, the Secretary of the Treasury shall transfer not more than $100,000,000 to the Fund, which shall be made available to the Corporation, subject to paragraph (3) of this subsection, to carry out its functions under this section. Transfers shall be made at least quarterly on the basis of estimates by the Secretary, and proper adjustments shall be made in amounts subsequently transferred to the extent prior estimates were in excess or less than the amounts required to be transferred.
No amounts may be made available to the Corporation under this subsection after fiscal year 2011, except to the extent that—
(i) for fiscal year 2012, the Corporation provides matching amounts from non-Federal sources equal in the aggregate to 50 percent or more of the amount transferred to the Fund under paragraph (2); and
(ii) for any fiscal year after fiscal year 2012, the Corporation provides matching amounts from non-Federal sources equal in the aggregate to 100 percent of the amount transferred to the Fund under paragraph (2) for the fiscal year.
For the purpose of determining the amount received from non-Federal sources by the Corporation, other than money—
(i) the fair market value of goods and services (including advertising) contributed to the Corporation for use under this section may be included in the determination; but
(ii) the fair market value of such goods and services may not account for more than 80 percent of the matching requirement under subparagraph (A) for the Corporation in any fiscal year.
The Corporation may decline to accept any contribution in-kind that it determines to be inappropriate, not useful, or commercially worthless.
The Corporation may not obligate or expend funds in excess of the total amount received by the Corporation for a fiscal year from Federal and non-Federal sources.
Amounts transferred to the Fund under paragraph (2)(B) shall remain available until expended.
Any amount received by the Corporation from non-Federal sources in fiscal year 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, or 2015 that cannot be used to meet the matching requirement under paragraph (3)(A) for the fiscal year in which amount was collected may be carried forward and treated as having been received in the succeeding fiscal year for purposes of meeting the matching requirement of paragraph (3)(A) in such succeeding fiscal year.
Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, the Corporation may impose an annual assessment on United States members of the international travel and tourism industry (other than those described in subsection (b)(2)(A)(iii) or (H)) represented on the Board in proportion to their share of the aggregate international travel and tourism revenue of the industry. The Corporation shall be responsible for verifying, implementing, and collecting the assessment authorized by this subsection.
The Corporation may establish the initial assessment after March 4, 2010, at no greater, in the aggregate, than $20,000,000.
The Corporation may not impose an annual assessment unless—
(i) the Corporation submits the proposed annual assessment to members of the industry in a referendum; and
(ii) the assessment is approved by a majority of those voting in the referendum.
In conducting a referendum under this paragraph, the Corporation shall—
(i) provide written or electronic notice not less than 60 days before the date of the referendum;
(ii) describe the proposed assessment or increase and explain the reasons for the referendum in the notice; and
(iii) determine the results of the referendum on the basis of weighted voting apportioned according to each business entity's relative share of the aggregate annual United States international travel and tourism revenue for the industry per business entity, treating all related entities as a single entity.
The Corporation shall establish a means of collecting the assessment that it finds to be efficient and effective. The Corporation may establish a late payment charge and rate of interest to be imposed on any person who fails to remit or pay to the Corporation any amount assessed by the Corporation under this section.
The Corporation may bring suit in Federal court to compel compliance with an assessment levied by the Corporation under this section.
Pending disbursement pursuant to a program, plan, or project, the Corporation may invest funds collected through assessments, and any other funds received by the Corporation, only in obligations of the United States or any agency thereof, in general obligations of any State or any political subdivision thereof, in any interest-bearing account or certificate of deposit of a bank that is a member of the Federal Reserve System, or in obligations fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States.
(Pub. L. 111–145, §9, Mar. 4, 2010, 124 Stat. 56; Pub. L. 111–198, §5(b), July 2, 2010, 124 Stat. 1357.)
The District of Columbia Nonprofit Corporation Act, referred to in subsec. (b)(1), (2)(B), is Pub. L. 87–569, Aug. 6, 1962, 76 Stat. 265, which is not classified to the Code.
Section is comprised of section 9 of Pub. L. 111–145. Subsec. (e) of section 9 of Pub. L. 111–145 amended section 1187 of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality. Subsecs. (g) and (h) of section 9 of Pub. L. 111–145 enacted sections 2123 and 2123a of this title, respectively.
Section was enacted as part of the United States Capitol Police Administrative Technical Corrections Act of 2009, and not as part of the International Travel Act of 1961 which comprises this chapter.
2010—Subsec. (d)(2)(A). Pub. L. 111–198, §5(b)(1), (2), substituted “The” for “For fiscal year 2010, the” and “monthly, immediately following the collection of fees under section 1187(h)(3)(B)(i)(I) of title 8,” for “quarterly, beginning on January 1, 2010,”.
Subsec. (d)(2)(B). Pub. L. 111–198, §5(b)(3), substituted “fiscal years 2012 through 2015,” for “fiscal years 2011 through 2014,”.
Subsec. (d)(3)(A). Pub. L. 111–198, §5(b)(4), (5), substituted “fiscal year 2011,” for “fiscal year 2010,” in introductory provisions and “fiscal year 2012,” for “fiscal year 2011,” in cls. (i) and (ii).
Subsec. (d)(4)(B). Pub. L. 111–198, §5(b)(6), substituted “fiscal year 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, or 2015” for “fiscal year 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, or 2014”.
1 So in original. A closing parenthesis probably should precede the period.
Section, Pub. L. 104–288, §2, Oct. 11, 1996, 110 Stat. 3402, which stated findings of Congress and purpose of this chapter, was omitted because of the repeal of sections 2141a to 2141d of this title.
Section 2141a, Pub. L. 104–288, §3, Oct. 11, 1996, 110 Stat. 3403, related to establishment of United States National Tourism Organization.
Section 2141b, Pub. L. 104–288, §4, Oct. 11, 1996, 110 Stat. 3404, related to establishment of United States National Tourism Organization Board.
Section 2141c, Pub. L. 104–288, §5, Oct. 11, 1996, 110 Stat. 3406, related to design and use by Organization of symbols, emblems, trademarks, and names.
Section 2141d, Pub. L. 104–288, §6, Oct. 11, 1996, 110 Stat. 3406; Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. A, title XIII, §1335(o), Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–789, related to United States Government cooperation.
For effective date of repeal, see Codification note for former section 2141e of this title.
Sections are omitted from the Code because of the repeal of sections 2141a to 2141d of this title.
Section 2141e, Pub. L. 104–288, §7, Oct. 11, 1996, 110 Stat. 3407, provided for the repeal of sections 2141a to 2141d of this title if, within 2 years after Oct. 11, 1996, the United States National Tourism Organization Board had not developed and implemented a comprehensive plan for the long-term financing of the United States National Tourism Organization, and further provided that the Board could suspend or terminate the Organization if sufficient private sector and State or local government funds were not identified or made available to continue the Organization's operations. [The Board did not develop and implement such a plan within 2 years after Oct. 11, 1996.]
Section 2141f, Pub. L. 104–288, §12, Oct. 11, 1996, 110 Stat. 3410, defined the terms “Organization” and “Board” for purposes of this chapter.
The Congress finds that fundamental political, economic, and technological changes have resulted in the interdependence of nations. The Congress declares that the individual liberties, economic prosperity, and security of the people of the United States are best sustained and enhanced in a community of nations which respect individual civil and economic rights and freedoms and which work together to use wisely the world's limited resources in an open and equitable international economic system. Furthermore, the Congress reaffirms the traditional humanitarian ideals of the American people and renews its commitment to assist people in developing countries to eliminate hunger, poverty, illness, and ignorance.
Therefore, the Congress declares that a principal objective of the foreign policy of the United States is the encouragement and sustained support of the people of developing countries in their efforts to acquire the knowledge and resources essential to development and to build the economic, political, and social institutions which will improve the quality of their lives.
United States development cooperation policy should emphasize five principal goals:
(1) the alleviation of the worst physical manifestations of poverty among the world's poor majority;
(2) the promotion of conditions enabling developing countries to achieve self-sustaining economic growth with equitable distribution of benefits;
(3) the encouragement of development processes in which individual civil and economic rights are respected and enhanced;
(4) the integration of the developing countries into an open and equitable international economic system; and
(5) the promotion of good governance through combating corruption and improving transparency and accountability.
The Congress declares that pursuit of these goals requires that development concerns be fully reflected in United States foreign policy and that United States development resources be effectively and efficiently utilized.
Under the policy guidance of the Secretary of State, the agency primarily responsible for administering subchapter I of this chapter should have the responsibility for coordinating all United States development-related activities.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §101, formerly §102, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 424; Pub. L. 87–565, pt. I, §101, Aug. 1, 1962, 76 Stat. 255; Pub. L. 88–205, pt. I, §101(c), Dec. 16, 1963, 77 Stat. 379; Pub. L. 89–171, pt. I, §101, Sept. 6, 1965, 79 Stat. 653; Pub. L. 89–583, pt. I, §101, Sept. 19, 1966, 80 Stat. 796; Pub. L. 90–137, pt. I, §101, Nov. 14, 1967, 81 Stat. 445; Pub. L. 93–189, §2(2), Dec. 17, 1973, 87 Stat. 714; Pub. L. 94–161, title III, §301, Dec. 20, 1975, 89 Stat. 855; Pub. L. 95–88, title I, §§101, 113(b), Aug. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 533, 538; renumbered and amended Pub. L. 95–424, title I, §101, Oct. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 937; Pub. L. 106–309, title II, §203(a), Oct. 17, 2000, 114 Stat. 1091.)
References to subchapter I of this chapter are deemed to include parts IV (§2346 et seq.), VI (§2348 et seq.), and VIII (§2349aa et seq.) of subchapter II of this chapter, and references to subchapter II are deemed to exclude such parts. See section 202(b) of Pub. L. 92–226, set out as a note under section 2346 of this title, and sections 2348c and 2349aa–5 of this title.
2000—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 106–309 substituted “five principal goals” for “four principal goals” in introductory provisions of third paragraph and added par. (5).
1978—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 95–424, in setting forth a new declaration of policy generally substituted four principal goals of development cooperation policy, they being (1) the alleviation of the worst manifestations of poverty, (2) self-sustained economic growth, (3) respect for civil and economic rights, and (4) the integration of the developing countries into an open and equitable economic system, for former seven pars. relating to: (1) primary responsibility for development being in the less developed countries themselves; (2) the active involvement of many countries; (3) the encouragement of regional cooperation; (5) assistance being of such nature as to help United States balance of payments; (6) furnishing of assistance in such manner as to promote efficiency, and (7) the furnishing of agricultural commodities, etc., to complement assistance under this subchapter.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 95–424 substituted provisions relating to the responsibility of the agency primarily responsible for administering the program for coordination of all development related activities, for former seven criteria for restructuring relationships with less developed countries, those criteria being: (1) sharing of technical expertise; (2) focusing on critical problems affecting the majority of the people; (3) use of the private sector; (4) development goals as the responsibility of each sovereign nation; (5) priority to undertakings directly improving the lives of the poorest people; (6) private investment in development programs; and (7) responsibility for coordination of activities with the agency having primary responsibility for administering this part.
Subsecs. (c) to (e). Pub. L. 95–424 struck out subsecs. (c) to (e).
1977—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 95–88, §113(b)(1), inserted “environment and natural resources” to enumeration of fundamental needs of the people of less developed countries which development assistance must be used in meeting.
Subsec. (b)(2). Pub. L. 95–88, §113(b)(2), inserted “environment and natural resources;” after “population planning and health;”.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 95–88, §101(a), substituted provisions under which the President developed the criteria and factors to be used in assessing the commitment and progress of countries in meeting the objectives set forth in subsec. (c) and transmitted a report by Jan. 31, 1978, to the Speaker of the House and to the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate for provisions under which the President had established the criteria without Congressional involvement.
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 95–88, §101(b), added subsec. (e).
1975—Subsecs. (c), (d). Pub. L. 94–161 added subsecs. (c) and (d).
1973—Pub. L. 93–189 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and added subsec. (b).
1967—Pub. L. 90–137, in providing a new statement of policy, reaffirming basic foreign assistance principles, and recognizing new problems and need for new priorities, substituted five pars. concerned with (1) freedom, security, prosperity, aggression, subversion, ignorance, want, despair, and national security; (2) economic cooperation and trade among countries, etc. (a reenactment of former sixth par. less provision for resort to international law procedures in adjudication of issues among friendly countries in support of such economic cooperation, etc.); (3) seven principles pertaining to: self-help efforts and responsibility of the country, multilateral basis of involvement and cooperation, regional cooperation, food production and voluntary family planning, balance of payments, maximum dollar effectiveness, and coordination of overall assistance; (4) Permanent Peace in the Middle East; and (5) suspension of assistance after severance of diplomatic relations for former sixteen pars. relating to: (1) dignity and interdependence of man, and freedom; (2) resources development, living standards improvement, and aspirations for justice, education, etc., now covered in par. (1); (4) free economic institutions and flow of private investment capital; (5) investment guaranties; (6) economic cooperation and trade among countries, etc., as described for par. (2); (7) long-range continuity and disposal of surplus property and agricultural crops; (8) world peace, national security, and dangers of international communism; (9) countries sharing United States views on world crisis; (10) loan guarantees and related technical assistance and development program; (11) regional organizations for mutual assistance; (12) prohibition of assistance for short-term emergency purposes; (13) common undertaking of countries to meet goals; (14) discretionary assistance by the President to South Vietnam to gain victory in the war against communism and return to homeland of Americans from that struggle; (15) damage or destruction by mob action of United States property and termination of assistance, now covered in section 2370(j) of this title; and (16) use of United States Armed Forces, now covered in section 2409 of this title.
1966—Pub. L. 89–583 provided for termination of assistance to any foreign country which does not take appropriate measures to provide compensation for damage or destruction by mob action of United States property within such country and declared that furnishing assistance shall not be construed as creating a new commitment or as affecting any existing commitment to use armed forces of the United States for the defense of any foreign country.
1965—Pub. L. 89–171 added expressions of the sense of Congress that in furnishing assistance under this subchapter excess personal property shall be utilized wherever practicable in lieu of the procurement of new items for United States-assisted projects and programs and that assistance under this chapter and other statutes should be terminated to any country permitting damage to or destruction of U.S. property within such country by mob action or by failing to take adequate preventive measures.
1963—Pub. L. 88–205 declared that institution of full investment guaranty programs with all recipient countries would be regarded as a significant measure of self-help by such countries improving investment climate, that assistance to maintain freedom from communism “shall” rather than “should” emphasize long-range development, that in the administration of programs of assistance, every precaution be taken to assure that assistance is not diverted to any short-term emergency purpose or any purpose not essential to long-range economic development, that other industrialized free-world countries increase their contributions and assistance to more equitably share the burden, and the President should in his discretion, extend or withhold assistance from South Vietnam to further victory and the return home of Americans involved in the struggle there.
1962—Pub. L. 87–565 declared distinctions made by foreign nations between American citizens because of race, color, or religion, relating to rights available to such citizens, to be repugnant to our principals, required in the administration of these funds, that consideration be given those countries sharing our world views and which do not divert their resources to military or propaganda efforts, supported by the Soviet Union or Communist China, against the United States or countries receiving aid under this chapter, that the highest emphasis be given to programs for loans or loan guarantees for use by organizations in making low-interest loans to individuals in friendly countries for the purchase of small farms, purchase of homes, aiding or establishing small businesses, purchase of tools and equipment for an occupation or trade, or to obtain practical education in vocational skills, and to programs of technical assistance and development, each assisted country should be encouraged to recognize needs of the people in the preparation of national development programs, and declared that friendly nations are to be invited, where possible, to join in missions to consult with countries receiving assistance on the possibilities of joint action to assure effective development of economic development plans and effective use of assistance provided them, and that the President may request international financial institutions to assist in establishing such missions.
Pub. L. 96–53, title V, §512, Aug. 14, 1979, 93 Stat. 380, provided that:
“(a) Except as provided in subsection (b) of this section and in section 503(b) [set out as an Effective Date of 1979 Amendment note under section 2385a of this title] this Act [see Short Title of 1979 Amendments note below] shall take effect on October 1, 1979.
“(b) Sections 114(b) [not classified to the Code], 123 [amending a provision set out as a note below], 501 [not classified to the Code], and 509 [set out as a note below] of this Act shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act [Aug. 14, 1979].”
Section 605 of Pub. L. 95–424 provided that: “The amendments made by this Act [see Short Title of 1978 Amendment note below] shall take effect on October 1, 1978.”
Pub. L. 111–166, §1, May 17, 2010, 124 Stat. 1186, provided that: “This Act [amending sections 2151n and 2304 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Daniel Pearl Freedom of the Press Act of 2009’.”
Pub. L. 110–457, title IV, §401, Dec. 23, 2008, 122 Stat. 5087, provided that: “This title [enacting sections 2370c to 2370c–2 of this title, amending section 4028 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 2370c of this title] may be cited as the ‘Child Soldiers Prevention Act of 2008’.”
Pub. L. 110–417, [div. A], title XVI, §1601, Oct. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 4652, provided that: “This title [enacting sections 2368, 2734, and 2734a of this title and provisions set out as notes under sections 2368 and 2734a of this title] may be cited as the ‘Reconstruction and Stabilization Civilian Management Act of 2008’.”
Pub. L. 110–53, title XX, §2001, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 508, provided that: “This title [enacting section 6216 of this title, amending section 2228 of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 2228, 2375, 2452c, 2656, 6204, 6216, and 7511 of this title and section 2000dd of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, and amending provisions set out as a note under section 2452 of this title] may be cited as the ‘9/11 Commission International Implementation Act of 2007’.”
Pub. L. 109–472, §1(a), Jan. 11, 2007, 120 Stat. 3554, provided that: “This Act [enacting sections 288l, 2349bb–5, and 2349bb–6 of this title and section 118 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, amending sections 214, 288f–2, 2321h, 2349bb–2, and 4856 of this title, section 5924 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, and section 1356 of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality, enacting provisions set out as notes under section 2751 of this title and section 1714 of Title 8, and amending provisions set out as a note under section 6206 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Department of State Authorities Act of 2006’.”
Pub. L. 109–165, §1, Jan. 10, 2006, 119 Stat. 3574, provided that: “This Act [enacting and amending provisions set out as notes under section 2152 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Torture Victims Relief Reauthorization Act of 2005’.”
Pub. L. 109–95, §1, Nov. 8, 2005, 119 Stat. 2111, provided that: “This Act [enacting sections 2152f and 2152g of this title and provisions set out as notes under sections 2152f and 2152g of this title] may be cited as the ‘Assistance for Orphans and Other Vulnerable Children in Developing Countries Act of 2005’.”
Pub. L. 108–484, §1, Dec. 23, 2004, 118 Stat. 3922, provided that: “This Act [enacting sections 2211 to 2211d, 2214, and 2214a of this title, amending sections 2212 and 2213 of this title, transferring sections 2151f and 2152b of this title to sections 2212 and 2213, respectively, of this title, repealing section 2152a of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under section 2211 of this title, and amending provisions set out as a note under section 2212 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Microenterprise Results and Accountability Act of 2004’.”
Pub. L. 108–179, §1, Dec. 15, 2003, 117 Stat. 2643, provided that: “This Act [enacting and amending provisions set out as notes under section 2152 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Torture Victims Relief Reauthorization Act of 2003’.”
Pub. L. 108–158, §1, Dec. 3, 2003, 117 Stat. 1949, provided that: “This Act [amending sections 2193, 2194, 2195, 2198, and 2200 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Overseas Private Investment Corporation Amendments Act of 2003’.”
Pub. L. 107–246, §1, Oct. 23, 2002, 116 Stat. 1511, provided that: “This Act [amending sections 2295 and 2295b of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 2295 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Russian Democracy Act of 2002’.”
Pub. L. 107–228, div. A, title VI, §661, Sept. 30, 2002, 116 Stat. 1405, provided that: “This subtitle [subtitle E (§§661–665) of title VI of div. A of Pub. L. 107–228, enacting section 2151n–2 of this title, amending sections 2151n and 2304 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 2151n and 2151n–2 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Freedom Investment Act of 2002’.”
Pub. L. 107–228, div. B, title X, §1001, Sept. 30, 2002, 116 Stat. 1425, provided that: “This division [see Tables for classification] may be cited as the ‘Security Assistance Act of 2002’.”
Pub. L. 106–570, §1, Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3038, provided that: “This Act [enacting section 2151b–1 of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 2151b–1, 2517, 2656, and 6901 of this title, section 1701 of Title 50, War and National Defense, and preceding section 28101 of Title 49, Transportation] may be cited as the ‘Assistance for International Malaria Control Act’.”
Pub. L. 106–570, title I, §101, Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3039, provided that: “This title [enacting section 2151b–1 of this title and provisions set out as a note under section 2151b–1 of this title] may be cited as the ‘International Malaria Control Act of 2000’.”
Pub. L. 106–373, §1, Oct. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 1427, provided that: “This Act [amending sections 2220a to 2220c and 2220e of this title] may be cited as the ‘Famine Prevention and Freedom From Hunger Improvement Act of 2000’.”
Pub. L. 106–309, §1, Oct. 17, 2000, 114 Stat. 1078, provided that: “This Act [enacting sections 2152a to 2152c and 2462 of this title, amending this section and sections 287e–1, 2151–1, 2151f, 2151i, 2151aa, and 2395 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 2151f, 2151i, 2152b, 2152c, 2462, and 2517 of this title and section 402 of Title 10, Armed Forces] may be cited as the ‘Microenterprise for Self-Reliance and International Anti-Corruption Act of 2000’.”
Pub. L. 106–309, title I, §101, Oct. 17, 2000, 114 Stat. 1079, provided that: “This title [enacting sections 2152a and 2152b of this title, amending section 2151f of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 2151f and 2152b of this title] may be cited as the ‘Microenterprise for Self-Reliance Act of 2000’.”
Pub. L. 106–309, title II, §201, Oct. 17, 2000, 114 Stat. 1090, provided that: “This title [enacting section 2152c of this title, amending this section and sections 2151–1 and 2151aa of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 2152c of this title] may be cited as the ‘International Anti-Corruption and Good Governance Act of 2000’.”
Pub. L. 106–309, title IV, §401(a), Oct. 17, 2000, 114 Stat. 1096, provided that: “This section [amending section 2151i of this title and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 2151i of this title] may be cited as the ‘Support for Overseas Cooperative Development Act’.”
Pub. L. 106–280, §1(a), Oct. 6, 2000, 114 Stat. 845, provided that: “This Act [enacting part IX (§2349bb et seq.) of subchapter II of this chapter and sections 2305, 2347f, and 2347g of this title, amending sections 2302, 2318, 2321h, 2321j, 2349aa–4, 2415, 2776, 2778, 2797, and 6723 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 2305, 2797, and 2797b of this title] may be cited as the ‘Security Assistance Act of 2000’.”
Pub. L. 106–264, title II, §201, Aug. 19, 2000, 114 Stat. 758, provided that: “This title [amending section 2151b of this title and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 2151b of this title] may be cited as the ‘International Tuberculosis Control Act of 2000’.”
Pub. L. 106–158, §1, Dec. 9, 1999, 113 Stat. 1745, provided that: “This Act [enacting section 4727a of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, amending sections 2191a, 2193, 2195, and 2421 of this title and section 4727 of Title 15, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 2191a of this title] may be cited as the ‘Export Enhancement Act of 1999’.”
Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(2) [title V, §596(a)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1535, 1501A–123, provided that: “This section [enacting part XII of subchapter I of this chapter and amending sections 5812 and 5814 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Silk Road Strategy Act of 1999’.”
Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. B, title XII, §1201], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–497, provided that: “This title [amending sections 2321h, 2321j, 2367, 2753, 2761, 2762, 2776, and 2779a of this title and section 301 of Title 13, Census, and enacting provisions set out as notes under section 2551 of this title, sections 1 and 301 of Title 13, and section 2099 of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense] may be cited as the ‘Security Assistance Act of 1999’.”
Pub. L. 106–87, §1, Nov. 3, 1999, 113 Stat. 1301, provided that: “This Act [amending section 2152 of this title and provisions set out as a note under section 2152 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Torture Victims Relief Reauthorization Act of 1999’.”
Pub. L. 104–319, §1, Oct. 19, 1996, 110 Stat. 3864, provided that: “This Act [amending sections 277b, 2151n, and 2304 of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and section 2452 of this title, and amending provisions set out as notes under sections 1157 and 1255 of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality] may be cited as the ‘Human Rights, Refugee, and Other Foreign Relations Provisions Act of 1996’.”
Pub. L. 103–447, §1, Nov. 2, 1994, 108 Stat. 4691, provided that: “This Act [amending sections 2291, 2291a, 2291e, 2291f, 2291h to 2291k of this title, section 635 of Title 12, Banks and Banking, section 981 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, section 1616a of Title 19, Customs Duties, and section 881 of Title 21, Food and Drugs, repealing section 2291–2 of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under this section, sections 1928 and 2420 of this title, and section 1182 of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality, amending provisions set out as a note under section 5311 of Title 31, Money and Finance, and repealing provisions set out as notes under this section, sections 2291, 2291h, and 2420 of this title, section 701 of Title 41, Public Contracts, and section 1902 of Title 46, Appendix, Shipping] may be cited as the ‘International Narcotics Control Corrections Act of 1994’.”
Pub. L. 103–392, §1, Oct. 22, 1994, 108 Stat. 4098, provided that: “This Act [enacting section 2151t–1 of this title, amending sections 2191, 2195, and 2421 of this title and sections 4052 and 4728 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 4701 of Title 15] may be cited as the ‘Jobs Through Trade Expansion Act of 1994’.”
Pub. L. 102–583, §1, Nov. 2, 1992, 106 Stat. 4914, provided that Pub. L. 102–583 could be cited as the “International Narcotics Control Act of 1992”, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 103–447, title I, §103(a), Nov. 2, 1994, 108 Stat. 4693.
Pub. L. 102–549, §1, Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 3651, provided that: “This Act [enacting sections 2077, 2200b, 2421a to 2421e, and 2430 to 2430i of this title and section 4723a of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, amending sections 2191, 2191a, 2194, 2195, 2197 to 2199, 2200a, 2421, and 5401 of this title, section 5314 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, section 1738i of Title 7, Agriculture, and sections 635q to 635s of Title 12, Banks and Banking, repealing section 2296 of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 262s–2, 2296, 2421, and 2421a of this title, and amending provisions set out as a note under this section] may be cited as the ‘Jobs Through Exports Act of 1992’.”
Pub. L. 102–549, title VI, §601, Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 3664, provided that: “This title [enacting sections 2077 and 2430 to 2430i of this title, amending section 1738i of Title 7, Agriculture, repealing section 2296 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 2296 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Enterprise for the Americas Act of 1992’.”
Pub. L. 101–623, §1(a), Nov. 21, 1990, 104 Stat. 3350, provided that: “This Act [enacting section 2151x–1 of this title and section 3196 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, amending sections 2291c, 2321k, 2346c, and 2360 of this title and section 635 of Title 12, Banks and Banking, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 2291, 2291h, and 2360 of this title] may be cited as the ‘International Narcotics Control Act of 1990’.”
Pub. L. 101–240, §1(a), Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2492, provided that: “This Act [enacting sections 262m–7, 262p–4g to 262p–4k, 262r to 262r–2, 262s–1, 262t, 283z–5 to 283z–8, 286e–12, 286kk, 2281 to 2286, and 7901 to 7908 of this title and section 3904a of Title 12, Banks and Banking, amending sections 262d, 262m–7, 262p–1, 262p–5, 262s–2, 282b, 283b, 283cc, 284b, 285b, 286b, 286e–9, 286k–1, 286s, 290g–2, 290i–3, and 290k–5 of this title and sections 635 and 635i–3 of Title 12, transferring former section 262q of this title to section 262s of this title, and former section 4722 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, to section 262s–2 of this title, repealing sections 262i, 262m–6, 276c–3, 283i, 286b–1, and 286b–2 of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under this section, sections 262d, 283z–6, 2291, and 7901 of this title, and sections 635, 3901, and 3904a of Title 12, amending provisions set out as a note under section 262l of this title, and repealing provisions set out as notes under sections 262g–2 and 283 of this title] may be cited as the ‘International Development and Finance Act of 1989’.”
Pub. L. 101–240, title VII, §701, Dec. 19, 1989, 103 Stat. 2521, provided that: “This title [enacting sections 2281 to 2286 and 7901 to 7908 of this title and provisions set out as a note under section 7901 of this title of this title] may be cited as the ‘Global Environmental Protection Assistance Act of 1989’.”
Pub. L. 101–231, §1(a), Dec. 13, 1989, 103 Stat. 1954, provided that: “This Act [enacting section 2321k of this title, amending sections 2291, 2291a, 2708, and 2795 of this title and sections 2492 and 2495 of Title 19, Customs Duties, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 2291 and 2708 of this title] may be cited as the ‘International Narcotics Control Act of 1989’.”
Pub. L. 101–222, §1(a), Dec. 12, 1989, 103 Stat. 1892, provided that: “This Act [amending sections 1732, 2364, 2371, 2753, 2776, 2778, and 2780 of this title and section 2405 of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 2371 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Anti-Terrorism and Arms Export Amendments Act of 1989’.”
Pub. L. 100–690, title IV, §4001, Nov. 18, 1988, 102 Stat. 4261, provided that title IV of Pub. L. 100–690 could be cited as the “International Narcotics Control Act of 1988”, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 103–447, title I, §103(b), Nov. 2, 1994, 108 Stat. 4693.
Pub. L. 100–461, title V, §555 [H.R. 5263, title I, §101, and S. 2757, title I, §101], Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2268–36, provided that: “This title [amending sections 2191, 2194, 2194b, 2195, 2197, 2199, and 2200a of this title] may be cited as the ‘Overseas Private Investment Corporation Amendments Act of 1988’.”
Pub. L. 99–570, title II, §2001, Oct. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 3207–60, provided that title II of Pub. L. 99–570 could be cited as the “International Narcotics Control Act of 1986”, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 103–447, title I, §103(c), Nov. 2, 1994, 108 Stat. 4694.
Pub. L. 99–529, §1, Oct. 24, 1986, 100 Stat. 3010, provided that: “This Act [enacting section 2151p–1 of this title, amending sections 290f, 2151b, 2151p, 2151q, 2222, 2291a, 2427, and 3929 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 290f of this title] may be cited as the ‘Special Foreign Assistance Act of 1986’.”
Pub. L. 99–204, §1, Dec. 23, 1985, 99 Stat. 1669, provided that: “This Act [enacting sections 2191a and 2194b of this title, amending sections 2191, 2194, 2195, and 2197 to 2200a of this title and section 709 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, repealing section 2200b of this title, enacting provisions set out as a note under section 2191a of this title, and repealing provisions set out as a note under section 2200a of this title] may be cited as the ‘Overseas Private Investment Corporation Amendments Act of 1985’.”
Pub. L. 99–83, §1(a), Aug. 8, 1985, 99 Stat. 190, provided that: “This Act [enacting sections 2227, 2271 to 2276, 2291b, 2346 to 2346c, 2347c, 2347d, 2349aa–7 to 2349aa–9, 2511, 2521a, and 2770a of this title, section 469j of Title 16, Conservation, and sections 1356b and 1515a of former Title 49, Transportation, amending sections 290f, 290h–8, 290h–9, 2151–1, 2151a to 2151d, 2151f, 2151h, 2151s, 2151u, 2151x, 2151z, 2174, 2182, 2182a, 2184, 2201, 2222, 2291, 2291a, 2292a, 2304, 2311, 2312, 2314, 2321h, 2321i, 2346b, 2347a, 2348a, 2349aa–2, 2349aa–4, 2354, 2361, 2364, 2370, 2371, 2375, 2394, 2394–1, 2396, 2411, 2413, 2420, 2421, 2427, 2429a, 2501, 2502, 2504, 2506, 2510, 2522, 2523, 2752, 2753, 2761, 2763 to 2767, 2771, 2776, 2778, 2791, 2792, 2794, and 2795 of this title, sections 1431, 1721, 1722, 1727a, and 1736b of Title 7, Agriculture, section 7307 of Title 10, Armed Forces, and sections 1356, 1471, and 1515 of former Title 49, repealing sections 2293, 2294, 2346 to 2346c, 2346e to 2346i, and 2349aa–6 of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 2151–1, 2151b, 2151u, 2291, 2346, 2374, 2429a, 2506, 2511, 2751, and 2778 of this title, section 4011 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, and section 1515 of former Title 49, amending provisions set out as notes under sections 2370 and 2501 of this title, and repealing provisions set out as a note under section 2293 of this title] may be cited as the ‘International Security and Development Cooperation Act of 1985’.”
Pub. L. 99–83, title VI, §601, Aug. 8, 1985, 99 Stat. 228, provided that: “This title [enacting section 2291b of this title, amending sections 2151x, 2291, and 2291a of this title, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 2291 of this title] may be cited as the ‘International Narcotics Control Act of 1985’.”
Pub. L. 98–164, title VII, §701, Nov. 22, 1983, 97 Stat. 1045, provided that: “This title [enacting section 2151q of this title and amending section 2452 of this title] may be cited as the ‘International Environment Protection Act of 1983’.”
Pub. L. 98–151, §101(b)(2), Nov. 14, 1983, 97 Stat. 968, provided in part that: “Section 101(b)(2) of this joint resolution [enacting sections 2151f, and 2349aa to 2349aa–6 of this title, amending sections 2304, 2346a, 2403, and 2771 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 2349aa of this title] may be cited as the ‘International Security and Development Assistance Authorizations Act of 1983’.”
Pub. L. 97–113, §1, Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1519, provided that: “This Act [see Tables for classification] may be cited as the ‘International Security and Development Cooperation Act of 1981’.”
Pub. L. 97–65, §1, Oct. 16, 1981, 95 Stat. 1021, provided that: “This Act [enacting sections 2194a and 2200b of this title, amending sections 2191, 2193, 2194, 2195, 2197, 2198, 2199, and 2200a of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 2193 and 2200a of this title] may be cited as the ‘Overseas Private Investment Corporation Amendments Act of 1981’.”
Pub. L. 96–533, §1, Dec. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3131, provided: “This Act [enacting sections 290h to 290h–9, 2226, 2346a, 2346b, 2769, and 2778a of this title, amending sections 2151a to 2151d, 2151n, 2151s, 2151u, 2151v, 2174, 2221, 2222, 2291a, 2292, 2292a, 2292l, 2304, 2311, 2312, 2318, 2321h to 2321j, 2346, 2347a, 2348a, 2354, 2364, 2367, 2370, 2384, 2394, 2399d, 2403, 2411, 2421, 2427, 2502, 2514, 2753, 2761 to 2765, 2771, 2776 to 2779, 2791, 2794, and 3510 of this title, sections 1712 and 1733 of Title 7, Agriculture, sections 5041 and 5045 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, and section 2405 of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense, repealing sections 2151q, 2346c to 2346e, and 2348b of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 290h, 2151a, 2291a, 2293, 2370, and 3401 of this title, section 1522 of Title 8, Aliens and Nationality, and section 2667 of Title 10, Armed Forces, and repealing a provision set out as a note under section 2293 of this title] may be cited as the ‘International Security and Development Cooperation Act of 1980’.”
Pub. L. 96–257, §1, May 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 422, provided: “That this Act [enacting section 2346e of this title] may be cited as the ‘Special Central American Assistance Act of 1979’.”
Pub. L. 96–92, §1, Oct. 29, 1979, 93 Stat. 701, provided that: “This Act [enacting sections 2346d, 2767, and 2768 of this title, amending sections 2261, 2291, 2291a, 2304, 2312, 2318, 2321h to 2321j, 2346 to 2346c, 2347a, 2348, 2348a, 2403, 2753, 2761, 2765, 2771, 2773, 2776, 2778, 2792, and 2794 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 2321h, 2346c, 2771, 2776, and 3302 of this title] may be cited as the ‘International Security Assistance Act of 1979’.”
Pub. L. 96–53, §1, Aug. 14, 1979, 93 Stat. 359, provided that: “This Act [enacting sections 2151x, 2151y, 2374, and 3501 to 3513 of this title, and sections 1736g of Title 7, Agriculture, amending sections 2151–1, 2151a to 2151d, 2151i, 2151k, 2151n, 2151p, 2151q, 2151s, 2151u, 2151v, 2174, 2182, 2182a, 2183, 2220b, 2222, 2292a, 2292l, 2304, 2357, 2361, 2385a, 2395, 2399c, 2421, 2427, 2502, and 2506 of this title, sections 5314 to 5316 and 5924 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, and sections 1703, 1704, 1722, 1726, 1727, 1727a, 1727b, 1727d to 1727f, 1731, and 1734 of Title 7, and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 2151n, 2151y, 2312, 2385a, and 3201 of this title] may be cited as the ‘International Development Cooperation Act of 1979’.”
Section 1 of Pub. L. 95–424 provided that: “This Act [enacting sections 2151–1, 2151t, 2151u, 2151v, 2151w, 2201, 2292l, 2335a, 2393a, 2394–1, 2394–1a and 2395a of this title, amending this section and sections 2151a, 2151a–1, 2151b, 2151c, 2151d, 2151e, 2151g, 2151h, 2151k, 2151n, 2151p, 2151q, 2151r, 2174, 2181, 2182, 2182a, 2183, 2213, 2220a, 2220d, 2221, 2222, 2292, 2292a, 2292i, 2292k, 2351, 2357, 2358, 2361, 2370, 2381a, 2384, 2394, 2395, 2396, 2397, 2399c, 2403, 2421, and 2427 of this title and sections 1703, 1706, 1727c, and 1727d of Title 7, Agriculture, repealing sections 2151f, 2151l, 2151m, 2151o, 2161, 2162, 2164, 2167, 2168, 2171, 2172, 2175, 2176, 2177, 2178, 2180, 2180a, 2211, 2212, 2213, 2216, 2217, 2217a, 2219, 2219a, 2220, 2224, 2271, 2281, 2292d, 2292g, 2368, 2369, 2408, 2410, 2415, 2416, 2417, 2418, and 2425 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 2151v, 2151u, 2222, 2292d, and 2395 of this title and section 1711 of Title 7] may be cited as the ‘International Development and Food Assistance Act of 1978’.”
Pub. L. 95–384, §1, Sept. 26, 1978, 92 Stat. 730, provided that: “This Act [enacting sections 2348 to 2348c, 2373, 2417, 2428b, and 2766 of this title, amending sections 1754, 2261, 2291, 2291a, 2304, 2312, 2321b, 2321h to 2321j, 2346 to 2346c, 2347a, 2347b, 2360, 2372, 2413, 2429, 2429a, 2751, 2761, 2762, 2765, 2771, and 2776 of this title and section 2403 of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense, repealing sections 2441 to 2443 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 287c, 1754, 2291, 2311, 2346, 2346a, 2370, and 2751 of this title] may be cited as the ‘International Security Assistance Act of 1978’.”
Pub. L. 95–268, §1, Apr. 24, 1978, 92 Stat. 213, provided that: “This Act [enacting section 2200 of this title and amending sections 2191, 2194, 2195, 2197, 2199, and 2200a of this title] may be cited as the ‘Overseas Private Investment Corporation Amendments Act of 1978’.”
Pub. L. 95–92, §1, Aug. 4, 1977, 91 Stat. 614, provided that: “This Act [enacting sections 2294, 2346b, 2372, and 2429a of this title, amending sections 2261, 2291a, 2312, 2321h to 2321j, 2346, 2346a, 2347a, 2370, 2391, 2429, 2443, 2753, 2771, 2778, and 2792 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 2346, 2370, 2406, 2431, and 2751 of this title] may be cited as the ‘International Security Assistance Act of 1977’.”
Section 1 of Pub. L. 95–88 provided that: “This Act [enacting sections 2151o to 2151s, 2292k, and 2429b of this title and sections 1712, 1713, 1714, and 1727 to 1727f of Title 7, Agriculture, amending this section and sections 2151a, 2151b, 2151c, 2151d, 2151g, 2151h, 2151i, 2151k, 2151l, 2151m, 2151n, 2174, 2181, 2182, 2182a, 2183, 2222, 2225, 2292a, 2292h, 2357, 2370, 2384, 2385, 2386, 2399c, 2421, and 2427 of this title, section 5315 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, and sections 1427, 1431, 1692, 1702, 1703, 1706, 1711, 1721, 1722, 1723, 1726, 1731, and 1736b of Title 7, repealing section 2424 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 2151b, 2151i, 2174, 2357, and 2384 of this title and sections 1702, 1708, and 1722 of Title 7] may be cited as the ‘International Development and Food Assistance Act of 1977’.”
Pub. L. 94–329, §1, June 30, 1976, 90 Stat. 729, provided: “That this Act [enacting sections 2292h, 2292i, 2321j, 2347, 2347a, 2347b, 2371, 2394a, 2428, 2429, 2755, 2765, 2778, and 2779 of this title, amending sections 2183, 2222, 2261, 2291, 2291a, 2292f, 2304, 2312, 2314, 2318, 2321b, 2321h, 2321i, 2346a, 2370, 2382, 2383, 2384, 2386, 2392, 2394, 2396, 2403, 2415, 2416, 2417, 2441, 2443, 2751, 2751 note, 2752, 2753, 2761, 2762, 2763, 2771, 2776, 2791, 2792, and 2794 of this title, repealing sections 2321a, 2415 note, 2431, 2431 notes, 2432, 2432 note, 2433, 2433 note, 2434, and 2435, and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 2291, 2292, 2314, 2321a, 2321b, 2347, 2352, 2370, 2428, 2431, 2441, 2751, 2753, 2763, 2776, and 2778 of this title] may be cited as the ‘International Security Assistance and Arms Export Control Act of 1976’.”
Section 1 of Pub. L. 94–161 provided: “That this Act [redesignating as sections 2292c to 2292e former sections 2262, 2399–1a, and 2399–1b of this title, enacting sections 2151a–1, 2151d, 2151e, 2151n, 2220a to 2220e, 2292 to 2292b, 2292f, and 2425 to 2427 of this title and sections 1691a, 1711, 1726, and 1736f of Title 7, Agriculture, amending this section and sections 2151a, 2151b, 2151c, 2151h, 2151i, 2151k, 2169, 2174, 2181 to 2183, 2221, 2222, 2225, 2293, 2357 and 2421 of this title and sections 1691, 1703, 1706, 1709, 1721, 1736, 1736a, and 1736b of Title 7, repealing sections 2151d, 2151e, 2201, 2292, and 2399 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as a note under section 2220a of this title and as a note under section 1691a of Title 7] may be cited as the ‘International Development and Food Assistance Act of 1975’.”
Pub. L. 93–559, §1, Dec. 30, 1974, 88 Stat. 1795, provided: “That this Act [enacting sections 2151m, 2175a, 2182a, 2225, 2293, 2304, 2321h, 2321i, 2419 to 2424, 2435, and 2441 to 2443 of this title, amending sections 278, 2151a to 2151c, 2163, 2181, 2183, 2219a, 2222, 2261, 2312, 2318, 2321b, 2321f, 2346a, 2360, 2364, 2370, 2394, 2399, 2413, 2415, 2416, 2753, 2763, 2764, 2771, 2773, 2775, and 2776 of this title, repealing sections 2151j and 2200 of this title, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 2166, 2175, 2311, 2370, 2399, 2406, 2415, 2431 to 2433, 2551, and 2764 of this title, and repealing provisions set out as a note under this section] may be cited as the ‘Foreign Assistance Act of 1974’.”
Pub. L. 93–390, §1, Aug. 27, 1974, 88 Stat. 763, provided: “That this Act [amending sections 2191, 2194, 2195, 2197, 2199, 2200 and 2200a of this title] may be cited as the ‘Overseas Private Investment Corporation Amendments Act of 1974’.”
Pub. L. 93–333, §1, July 8, 1974, 88 Stat. 290, provided: “That this Act [enacting section 2292c of this title, amending section 2292d of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and section 2395 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Foreign Disaster Assistance Act of 1974’.”
Section 1 of Pub. L. 93–189 provided: “That this Act [enacting sections 2151a to 2151l, 2303, 2399–1a, 2399–1b, 2399c, 2399d, 2431 to 2434 and 2794 of this title, amending this section and sections 285n, 1934, 2163, 2171, 2174, 2181, 2183, 2195, 2199, 2200, 2212, 2219a, 2221, 2222, 2261, 2291, 2291a, 2311, 2312, 2314, 2318, 2321b, 2321f, 2346a, 2367, 2370, 2385, 2394, and section 2397 of this title, repealing sections 2314a, 2319 to 2321, 2321e, 2321g, and 2346a, of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 1942, 2163, 2220, 2415, and 2431 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Foreign Assistance Act of 1973’.”
Pub. L. 92–226, §1, Feb. 7, 1972, 86 Stat. 20, provided: “That this Act [enacting sections 2180a, 2291, 2292, 2321d to 2321g, 2346 to 2346b, and 2413 to 2418 of this title, amending sections 276, 290f, 1476, 1928b, 2162, 2163, 2169, 2172, 2174, 2181, 2183, 2198, 2199, 2200, 2212, 2219a, 2222, 2261, 2312, 2314, 2318, 2319, 2321b, 2370, 2384, 2394, 2397, 2403, 2411, 2684, 2771, 2773, and 2791 of this title and section 5314 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, repealing sections 2165 and 2241 to 2243 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 287e, 2411, 2417, and 2680 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Foreign Assistance Act of 1971’.”
Pub. L. 91–652, §1, Jan. 5, 1971, 84 Stat. 1942, provided: “That this Act [enacting section 2411 of this title, amending sections 2261 and 2242 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 2261, 2302, and 2411 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Special Foreign Assistance Act of 1971’.”
Pub. L. 91–175, §1, Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 805, provided that: “This Act [enacting sections 290f, 2179, 2180, 2194 to 2200a and 2321a of this title, amending sections 2162, 2163, 2172, 2174, 2181 to 2183, 2191 to 2193, 2212, 2219a, 2221, 2222, 2242, 2261, 2312, 2318, 2360, 2362, 2370, 2384, 2394, 2396, 2397 and 2402 of this title, section 846 of former Title 31, Money and Finance, and sections 3343, 3581, 3582 and 5314 to 5316 of Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, and enacting provision set out as a note under this section], may be cited as the ‘Foreign Assistance Act of 1969’.”
Pub. L. 90–554, §1, Oct. 8, 1968, 82 Stat. 960, provided: “That this Act [enacting sections 2381a, 2399b, and 2410 of this title and section 617 of Title 16, Conservation, amending sections 2161, 2162, 2171, 2172, 2174, 2181, 2184, 2212, 2218, 2219a, 2222, 2242, 2261, 2312, 2318–2320, 2354, 2357, 2370, 2381, 2385, 2396, and 2397 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as a note under this section] may be cited as the ‘Foreign Assistance Act of 1968’.”
Section 1 of Pub. L. 90–137 provided: “That this Act [enacting sections 2167 to 2169, 2178, 2219, 2219a, 2220, 2224, 2243, 2302, 2341 to 2345, and 2409 of this title, amending this section and sections 276, 276c–1, 1928b to 1928d, 1934, 2161, 2162, 2165, 2171, 2172, 2174, 2181 to 2184, 2192, 2211, 2212, 2218, 2221, 2222, 2241, 2242, 2261, 2271, 2301, 2302, 2311, 2312, 2314, 2318 to 2321, 2341 to 2345, 2351, 2358, 2360, 2361, 2364, 2384 to 2386, 2389, 2392, 2394 to 2397, 2399a, and 2403 of this title, repealing sections 2217b and 2317(a) of this title, and enacting provision set out as a note under section 2395 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Foreign Assistance Act of 1967’.”
Section 1 of Pub. L. 89–583 provided: “That this Act [enacting sections 2217 to 2217b, 2218, 2281, and 2322 of this title and amending this section and sections 2161, 2162, 2165, 2171, 2172, 2174, 2181, 2182, 2184, 2211, 2212, 2221, 2222, 2241, 2242, 2261, 2312, 2314, 2316, 2318, 2320, 2351, 2354, 2358, 2360, 2362, 2364, 2370, 2382, 2384, 2394, 2395, and 2397 of this title] may be cited as the ‘Foreign Assistance Act of 1966’.”
Section 1 of Pub. L. 89–171 provided: “That this Act [enacting sections 2166, 2399, 2399a and 2408 of this title, and amending this section and sections 2165, 2172, 2174, 2181 to 2184, 2212, 2221, 2222, 2242, 2261, 2311 to 2313, 2315 to 2320, 2355, 2362, 2363, 2370, 2382, 2384 to 2386, 2390, 2391, 2395 to 2398, 2403, and 2404 of this title, section 1707 of Title 7, Agriculture, and provisions set out as a note under this section] may be cited as the ‘Foreign Assistance Act of 1965’.”
Pub. L. 88–633, §1, Oct. 7, 1964, 78 Stat. 1009, provided: “That this Act [enacting sections 2177, 2321, and 2407 of this title, amending sections 276, 1754, 2161, 2172, 2174, 2176, 2181, 2184, 2192, 2212, 2222, 2242, 2261, 2311, 2312, 2315, 2317, 2318, 2320, 2351, 2362, 2370, 2385, 2386, and 2397 of this title, and enacting provisions set out as a note under this section] may be cited as the ‘Foreign Assistance Act of 1964’.”
Section 1 of Pub. L. 88–205 provided that: “This Act [enacting sections 816, 1138a, 2216, 2320, 2398, and 2684 of this title, amending sections 961, 1136, 1139, 1251, 1928a, 1943, 2161, 2162, 2172, 2174, 2181, 2182, 2184, 2201, 2211 to 2213, 2222, 2242, 2261, 2312, 2313, 2318, 2319, 2351, 2361, 2362, 2370, 2381, 2384, 2386, 2391, 2395 to 2397, 2403, and 2404 of this title, sections 1701, 1705, 1706, and 1722 of Title 7, Agriculture, and section 1861 of Title 19, Customs Duties, enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and section 1942 of this title, and section 1706 of Title 7, and repealing provisions set out as notes under this section and section 2301 of this title], may be cited as the ‘Foreign Assistance Act of 1963’.”
Section 1 of Pub. L. 87–565 provided: “That this Act [enacting sections 2211 to 2213 of this title, amending this section and sections 276, 2161, 2171, 2172, 2181, 2182, 2184, 2192, 2222, 2242, 2261, 2271, 2314, 2315, 2318, 2360, 2361, 2368, 2370, 2381, 2384, 2385, 2389, 2394, 2395, 2397, 2402 to 2404, 2452, and 2669 of this title, repealing section 2173 of this title, enacting provisions set out as a note under section 2452 of this title, and repealing Part IV of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961] may be cited as the ‘Foreign Assistance Act of 1962’.”
Section 1 of Pub. L. 87–195, as added by Pub. L. 87–329, title I, §111, Sept. 30, 1961, 75 Stat. 719, provided: “That this Act [enacting this chapter and sections 1613d and 1945 of this title, amending sections 276, 279a, 1041, 1112, 1136, 1148, 1157, 1754, 1783, 1925, 1951 and 1964 of this title, section 1704 of Title 7, Agriculture, and sections 1651 and 1701 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, enacting provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 276, 1613d, and 1925 of this title, and repealing sections 1750, 1750a, 1750b to 1753a, 1755 to 1759, 1760, 1761 to 1765, 1766a to 1766c, 1767a, 1768, 1781, 1782, 1784 to 1795, 1797, 1811, 1812 to 1817, 1841, 1851, 1852, 1854, 1870, 1871 to 1876, 1891 to 1896, 1897, 1920, 1921, 1923, 1924, 1926, 1927, 1929, 1931, 1933, 1935, 1936, 1939 to 1940a, 1941, 2051 to 2053, 2071 and 2072 of this title, Reorganization Plan No. 7 of 1953, and provisions set out as notes under sections 1753, 1783, 1922, 1928b, 1939 and 1951 of this title] may be cited as ‘The Foreign Assistance Act of 1961’.”
Section 101 of Pub. L. 87–195 which provided that this subchapter should be cited as the “Act for International Development of 1961” was repealed by section 101(b) of Pub. L. 88–205.
Pub. L. 87–195, pt. V, §801, as added by Pub. L. 105–214, §1, July 29, 1998, 112 Stat. 885, provided that: “This part [part V (§§801–813) of Pub. L. 87–195, enacting subchapter IV of this chapter] may be cited as the ‘Tropical Forest Conservation Act of 1998’.”
Section 642 of Pub. L. 87–195, as amended by Pub. L. 89–171, pt. III, §303(a), Sept. 6, 1965, 79 Stat. 661, provided that:
“(a) There are hereby repealed—
“(1) Reorganization Plan Numbered 7 of 1953 [formerly set out as a note under section 1785 of this title].
“(2) the Mutual Security Act of 1954, as amended [section 1750 et seq. of this title] (except sections 402, 405(a), 405(c), 405(d), 408, 414, 417, 451(c), 502(a), 502(b), 514, 523(d), and 536 [sections 1922, 1925(a), 1925(c), 1925(d), 1928, 1934, 1937, 1951(c), 1754(a), (b), 1766, 1783(d) and 1796 of this title]);
“(3) section 12 of the Mutual Security Act of 1955 [formerly set out as a note under section 1811 of this title];
“(4) sections 12, 13, and 14 of the Mutual Security Act of 1956 [section 1870 of this title and notes formerly set out under sections 1753 and 1939 of this title];
“(5) section 503 of the Mutual Security Act of 1958 [section 1750a of this title];
“(6) section 108 of the Mutual Security Appropriation Act, 1959 [formerly set out as a note under section 1922 of this title];
“(7) section 501(a), chapter VI, and sections 702 and 703 of the Mutual Security Act of 1959, as amended [sections 1941, and 2051 to 2053 of this title and notes formerly set out under sections 1928b and 1951 of this title]; and
“(8) section 604 and chapter VII of the Mutual Security Act of 1960 [sections 2071 and 2072 of this title and note formerly set out under section 1783 of this title].
“(b) References in law to the Acts, or provisions of such Acts, repealed by subsection (a) of this section shall hereafter be deemed to be references to this Act [see Short Title note for the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 above] or appropriate provisions of this Act.
“(c) The repeal of the Acts listed in subsection (a) of this section shall not be deemed to affect amendments contained in such Acts to Acts not named in that subsection.”
Any reference in this chapter to the agency primarily responsible for administering this subchapter, or to the Administrator of such agency, deemed reference to the United States Agency for International Development or to the Administrator of that agency, as appropriate, see section 1–200(a) of Ex. Ord. No. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 F.R. 56673, as amended, set out as a note under section 2381 of this title.
Pub. L. 111–172, May 24, 2010, 124 Stat. 1209, provided that:
“This Act may be cited as the ‘Lord's Resistance Army Disarmament and Northern Uganda Recovery Act of 2009’.
“Congress makes the following findings:
“(1) For over 2 decades, the Government of Uganda engaged in an armed conflict with the Lord's Resistance Army (LRA) in northern Uganda that led to the internal displacement of more than 2,000,000 Ugandans from their homes.
“(2) The members of the Lord's Resistance Army used brutal tactics in northern Uganda, including mutilating, abducting and forcing individuals into sexual servitude and forcing a large number of children and youth in Uganda, estimated by the Survey for War Affected Youth to be over 66,000, to fight as part of the rebel force.
“(3) The Secretary of State has placed the Lord's Resistance Army on the Terrorist Exclusion list pursuant to section 212(a)(3) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1182(a)(3)), and LRA leader Joseph Kony has been designated a ‘specially designated global terrorist’ pursuant to Executive Order 13224 [listed in a table under section 1701 of Title 50, War and National Defense].
“(4) In late 2005, according to the United Nations Office for Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs, the Lord's Resistance Army shifted their primary base of operations from southern Sudan to northeastern Democratic Republic of Congo, and the rebels have since withdrawn from northern Uganda.
“(5) Representatives of the Government of Uganda and the Lord's Resistance Army began peace negotiations in 2006, mediated by the Government of Southern Sudan in Juba, Sudan, and signed the Cessation of Hostilities Agreement on August 20, 2006, which provided for hundreds of thousands of internally displaced people to return home in safety.
“(6) After nearly 2 years of negotiations, representatives from the parties reached the Final Peace Agreement in April 2008, but Joseph Kony, the leader of the Lord's Resistance Army, refused to sign the Final Peace Agreement in May 2008 and his forces launched new attacks in northeastern Congo.
“(7) According to the United Nations Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Relief and the United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees, the new activity of the Lord's Resistance Army in northeastern Congo and southern Sudan since September 2008 has led to the abduction of at least 1,500 civilians, including hundreds of children, and the displacement of more than 540,000 people.
“(8) In December 2008, the military forces of Uganda, the Democratic Republic of Congo, and southern Sudan launched a joint operation against the Lord's Resistance Army's bases in northeastern Congo, but the operation failed to apprehend Joseph Kony, and his forces retaliated with a series of new attacks and massacres in Congo and southern Sudan, killing an estimated 900 people in 2 months alone.
“(9) Despite the refusal of Joseph Kony to sign the Final Peace Agreement, the Government of Uganda has committed to continue reconstruction plans for northern Uganda, and to implement those mechanisms of the Final Peace Agreement not conditional on the compliance of the Lord's Resistance Army.
“(10) Since 2008, recovery efforts in northern Uganda have moved forward with the financial support of the United States and other donors, but have been hampered by a lack of strategic coordination, logistical delays, and limited leadership from the Government of Uganda.
“It is the policy of the United States to work with regional governments toward a comprehensive and lasting resolution to the conflict in northern Uganda and other affected areas by—
“(1) providing political, economic, military, and intelligence support for viable multilateral efforts to protect civilians from the Lord's Resistance Army, to apprehend or remove Joseph Kony and his top commanders from the battlefield in the continued absence of a negotiated solution, and to disarm and demobilize the remaining Lord's Resistance Army fighters;
“(2) targeting assistance to respond to the humanitarian needs of populations in northeastern Congo, southern Sudan, and Central African Republic currently affected by the activity of the Lord's Resistance Army; and
“(3) further supporting and encouraging efforts of the Government of Uganda and civil society to promote comprehensive reconstruction, transitional justice, and reconciliation in northern Uganda as affirmed in the Northern Uganda Crisis Response Act of 2004 (Public Law 108–283) and subsequent resolutions, including Senate Resolution 366, 109th Congress, agreed to February 2, 2006, Senate Resolution 573, 109th Congress, agreed to September 19, 2006, Senate Concurrent Resolution 16, 110th Congress, agreed to in the Senate March 1, 2007, and House Concurrent Resolution 80, 110th Congress, agreed to in the House of Representatives June 18, 2007.
“(a)
“(b)
“(1) A plan to help strengthen efforts by the United Nations and regional governments to protect civilians from attacks by the Lord's Resistance Army while supporting the development of institutions in affected areas that can help to maintain the rule of law and prevent conflict in the long term.
“(2) An assessment of viable options through which the United States, working with regional governments, could help develop and support multilateral efforts to eliminate the threat posed by the Lord's Resistance Army.
“(3) An interagency framework to plan, coordinate, and review diplomatic, economic, intelligence, and military elements of United States policy across the region regarding the Lord's Resistance Army.
“(4) A description of the type and form of diplomatic engagement across the region undertaken to coordinate and implement United States policy regarding the Lord's Resistance Army and to work multilaterally with regional mechanisms, including the Tripartite Plus Commission and the Great Lakes Pact.
“(5) A description of how this engagement will fit within the context of broader efforts and policy objectives in the Great Lakes Region.
“(c)
“In accordance with section 491 of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 (22 U.S.C. 2292) and section 2 of the Migration and Refugee Assistance Act of 1962 (22 U.S.C. 2601), the President is authorized to provide additional assistance to the Democratic Republic of Congo, southern Sudan, and Central African Republic to respond to the humanitarian needs of populations directly affected by the activity of the Lord's Resistance Army.
“(a)
“(1) to assist internally displaced people in transition and returnees to secure durable solutions by spurring economic revitalization, supporting livelihoods, helping to alleviate poverty, and advancing access to basic services at return sites, specifically clean water, health care, and schools;
“(2) to enhance the accountability and administrative competency of local governance institutions and public agencies in northern Uganda with regard to budget management, provision of public goods and services, and related oversight functions;
“(3) to strengthen the operational capacity of the civilian police in northern Uganda to enhance public safety, prevent crime, and deal sensitively with gender-based violence, while strengthening accountability measures to prevent corruption and abuses;
“(4) to rebuild and improve the capacity of the justice system in northern Uganda, including the courts and penal systems, with particular sensitivity to the needs and rights of women and children;
“(5) to establish mechanisms for the disarmament, demobilization, and reintegration of former combatants and those abducted by the LRA, including vocational education and employment opportunities, with attention given to the roles and needs of men, women and children; and
“(6) to promote programs to address psychosocial trauma, particularly post-traumatic stress disorder.
“(b)
“(1) finalizing the establishment of mechanisms within the Office of the Prime Minister to sufficiently manage and coordinate the programs under the framework of the Peace Recovery and Development Plan for Northern Uganda (PRDP);
“(2) increasing oversight activities and reporting, at the local and national level in Uganda, to ensure funds under the Peace Recovery and Development Plan for Northern Uganda framework are used efficiently and with minimal waste; and
“(3) committing substantial funds of its own, above and beyond standard budget allocations to local governments, to the task of implementing the Peace Recovery and Development Plan for Northern Uganda such that communities affected by the war can recover.
“(c)
“(d)
“(a)
“(b)
“(1) a body to investigate the history of the conflict, inquire into human rights violations committed during the conflict by all sides, promote truth-telling in communities, and encourage the preservation of the memory of events and victims of the conflict through memorials, archives, commemorations, and other forms of preservation;
“(2) a special division of the High Court of Uganda to try individuals alleged to have committed serious crimes during the conflict, and a special unit to carry out investigations and prosecutions in support of trials;
“(3) a system for making reparations to victims of the conflict; and
“(4) a review and strategy for supporting transitional justice mechanisms in affected areas to promote reconciliation and encourage individuals to take personal responsibility for their conduct during the war.
“(a)
“(b)
“(1) a description and evaluation of actions taken toward the implementation of the strategy required under section 4;
“(2) a description of assistance provided under sections 5, 6, and 7;
“(3) an evaluation of bilateral assistance provided to the Republic of Uganda and associated programs in light of stated policy objectives;
“(4) a description of the status of the Peace Recovery and Development Plan for Northern Uganda and the progress of the Government of Uganda in fulfilling the steps outlined in section 6(b); and
“(5) a description of amounts of assistance committed, and amounts provided, to northern Uganda during the reporting period by the Government of Uganda and each donor country.
“(c)
“It is the sense of Congress that—
“(1) of the total amounts to be appropriated for fiscal year 2011 for the Department of State and foreign operations, up to $10,000,000 should be used to carry out activities under section 5; and
“(2) of the total amounts to be appropriated for fiscal year 2011 through 2013 for the Department of State and foreign operations, up to $10,000,000 in each such fiscal year should be used to carry out activities under section 7.
“In this Act:
“(1)
“(2)
“(3) LRA-
Pub. L. 110–417, [div. A], title XII, §1213, Oct. 14, 2008, 122 Stat. 4629, provided that:
“(a)
“(1) supporting the operational and strategic goals of the Multi-National Force–Iraq; and
“(2) developing the capacity of national, provincial, and local government and other civil institutions in Iraq to assume increasing responsibility for the formulation, implementation, and oversight of reconstruction and development activities.
“(b)
“(1) a mission statement and clearly defined objectives for United States-led PRTs as a whole;
“(2) a mission statement and clearly defined objectives for each United States-led PRT; and
“(3) measures of effectiveness and performance indicators for meeting the objectives of each United States-led PRT as described in paragraph (2).
“(c)
“(1)
“(2)
“(d)
“(1) the Committee on Armed Services, the Committee on Appropriations, and the Committee on Foreign Affairs of the House of Representatives; and
“(2) the Committee on Armed Services, the Committee on Appropriations, and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate.”
Pub. L. 110–53, title XX, §2021, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 513, provided that:
“(a)
“(1) civil society;
“(2) opportunities for political participation for all citizens;
“(3) protections for internationally recognized human rights, including the rights of women;
“(4) educational system reforms;
“(5) independent media;
“(6) policies that promote economic opportunities for citizens;
“(7) the rule of law; and
“(8) democratic processes of government.
“(b)
“(1)
“(2)
“(A)
“(B)
“(3)
“(c)
“(1)
“(2)
“(3)
“(d)
“(1) make the Foundation an agency or establishment of the United States Government, or to make the officers or employees of the Foundation officers or employees of the United States for purposes of title 5, United States Code; or
“(2) impose any restriction on the Foundation's acceptance of funds from private and public sources in support of its activities consistent with the purposes specified in subsection (a).
“(e)
“(f)
“(g)
“(1)
“(2)
“(3)
“(A)
“(B)
“(i) separate accounts with respect to the grant funds;
“(ii) records that fully disclose the use of the grant funds;
“(iii) records describing the total cost of any project carried out using grant funds; and
“(iv) the amount and nature of any funds received from other sources that were combined with the grant funds to carry out a project.
“(h)
“(1) the operations and activities of the Foundation that were carried out using funds provided under this section;
“(2) grants made by the Foundation to other entities with funds provided under this section;
“(3) other activities of the Foundation to further the purposes specified in subsection (a); and
“(4) the financial condition of the Foundation.
“(i)
“(j)
[For definition of “appropriate congressional committees” as used in section 2021 of Pub. L. 110–53, set out above, see section 2002 of Pub. L. 110–53, set out below.]
Pub. L. 109–456, Dec. 22, 2006, 120 Stat. 3384, provided that:
“This Act may be cited as the ‘Democratic Republic of the Congo Relief, Security, and Democracy Promotion Act of 2006’.
“Congress makes the following findings:
“(1) The National Security Strategy of the United States, dated September 17, 2002, concludes that ‘[i]n Africa, promise and opportunity sit side-by-side with disease, war, and desperate poverty. This threatens both a core value of the United States preserving human dignity and our strategic priority combating global terror. American interests and American principles, therefore, lead in the same direction: we will work with others for an African continent that lives in liberty, peace, and growing prosperity.’.
“(2) On February 16, 2005, the Director of the Central Intelligence Agency testified, ‘In Africa, chronic instability will continue to hamper counterterrorism efforts and pose heavy humanitarian and peacekeeping burdens.’.
“(3) According to the United States Agency for International Development, ‘Given its size, population, and resources, the Congo is an important player in Africa and of long-term interest to the United States.’.
“(4) The Democratic Republic of the Congo is 2,345,410 square miles (approximately ¼ the size of the United States), lies at the heart of Africa, and touches every major region of sub-Saharan Africa. Therefore, a secure, peaceful, and prosperous Democratic Republic of the Congo would have a profound impact on progress throughout Africa.
“(5) The most recent war in the Democratic Republic of the Congo, which erupted in 1998, spawned some of the world's worst human rights atrocities and drew in six neighboring countries.
“(6) Despite the conclusion of a peace agreement and subsequent withdrawal of foreign forces in 2003, both the real and perceived presence of armed groups hostile to the Governments of Uganda, Rwanda, and Burundi continue to serve as a major source of regional instability and an apparent pretext for continued interference in the Democratic Republic of the Congo by its neighbors.
“(7) A mortality study completed in December 2004 by the International Rescue Committee found that 31,000 people were dying monthly and 3,800,000 people had died in the previous six years because of the conflict in the Democratic Republic of the Congo and resulting disintegration of the social service infrastructure, making this one of the deadliest conflicts since World War II.
“(8) In 2004, Amnesty International estimated that at least 40,000 women and girls were systematically raped and tortured in the Democratic Republic of the Congo since 1998, and nearly two-thirds of ongoing abuses against women and girls are perpetrated by members of the security forces, particularly the Forces Armes de la Republique Democratique du Congo (FARDC) and the Police Nationale Congolaise (PNC).
“(9) According to the Department of State, ‘returning one of Africa's largest countries [the Democratic Republic of the Congo] to full peace and stability will require significant United States investments in support of national elections, the reintegration of former combatants, the return and reintegration of refugees and [internally displaced persons], establishment of central government control over vast territories, and promotion of national reconciliation and good governance’.
“It is the policy of the United States—
“(1) to help promote, reinvigorate, and support the political process in the Democratic Republic of the Congo in order to press all parties in the Transitional National Government and the succeeding government to implement fully and to institutionalize mechanisms, including national and international election observers, fair and transparent voter registration procedures, and a significant civic awareness and public education campaign created for the July 30, 2006, elections and future elections in the Democratic Republic of the Congo, to ensure that elections are carried out in a fair and democratic manner;
“(2) to urge the Government of the Democratic Republic of the Congo to recognize and act upon its responsibilities to immediately bring discipline to its security forces, hold those individuals responsible for atrocities and other human rights violations, particularly the rape of women and girls as an act of war, accountable and bring such individuals to justice;
“(3) to help ensure that, once a stable national government is established in the Democratic Republic of the Congo, it is committed to multiparty democracy, open and transparent governance, respect for human rights and religious freedom, ending the violence throughout the country, promoting peace and stability with its neighbors, rehabilitating the national judicial system and enhancing the rule of law, combating corruption, instituting economic reforms to promote development, and creating an environment to promote private investment;
“(4) to assist the Government of the Democratic Republic of the Congo as it seeks to meet the basic needs of its citizens, including security, safety, and access to health care, education, food, shelter, and clean drinking water;
“(5) to support security sector reform by assisting the Government of the Democratic Republic of the Congo to establish a viable and professional national army and police force that respects human rights and the rule of law, is under effective civilian control, and possesses a viable presence throughout the entire country, provided the Democratic Republic of the Congo meets all requirements for United States military assistance under existing law;
“(6) to help expedite planning and implementation of programs associated with the disarmament, demobilization, repatriation, reintegration, and rehabilitation process in the Democratic Republic of the Congo;
“(7) to support efforts of the Government of the Democratic Republic of the Congo, the United Nations Peacekeeping Mission in the Democratic Republic of the Congo (MONUC), and other entities, as appropriate, to disarm, demobilize, and repatriate the Democratic Forces for the Liberation of Rwanda and other illegally armed groups;
“(8) to make all efforts to ensure that the Government of the Democratic Republic of the Congo—
“(A) is committed to responsible and transparent management of natural resources across the country; and
“(B) takes active measures—
“(i) to promote economic development;
“(ii) to hold accountable individuals who illegally exploit the country's natural resources; and
“(iii) to implement the Extractive Industries Transparency Initiative by enacting laws requiring disclosure and independent auditing of company payments and government receipts for natural resource extraction;
“(9) to promote a viable civil society and to enhance nongovernmental organizations and institutions, including religious organizations, the media, political parties, trade unions, and trade and business associations, that can act as a stabilizing force and effective check on the government;
“(10) to help rebuild and enhance infrastructure, communications, and other mechanisms that will increase the ability of the central government to manage internal affairs, encourage economic development, and facilitate relief efforts of humanitarian organizations;
“(11) to help halt the high prevalence of sexual abuse and violence perpetrated against women and children in the Democratic Republic of the Congo and mitigate the detrimental effects from acts of this type of violence by undertaking a number of health, education, and psycho-social support programs;
“(12) to work aggressively on a bilateral basis to urge governments of countries contributing troops to the United Nations Peacekeeping Mission in the Democratic Republic of the Congo (MONUC) to enact and enforce laws on trafficking in persons and sexual abuse that meet international standards, promote codes of conduct for troops serving as part of United Nations peacekeeping missions, and immediately investigate and punish citizens who are responsible for abuses in the Democratic Republic of the Congo;
“(13) to assist the Government of the Democratic Republic of the Congo as undertakes steps to—
“(A) protect internally displaced persons and refugees in the Democratic Republic of the Congo and border regions from all forms of violence, including gender-based violence and other human rights abuses;
“(B) address other basic needs of vulnerable populations with the goal of allowing these conflict-affected individuals to ultimately return to their homes; and
“(C) assess the magnitude of the problem of orphans from conflict and HIV/AIDS in the Democratic Republic of the Congo, and work to establish a program of national support;
“(14) to engage with governments working to promote peace and security throughout the Democratic Republic of the Congo and hold accountable individuals, entities, and countries working to destabilize the country; and
“(15) to promote appropriate use of the forests of the Democratic Republic of the Congo in a manner that benefits the rural population in that country that depends on the forests for their livelihoods and protects national and environmental interests.
“(a)
“(b)
“(c)
“(a)
“(1) the Government of the Democratic Republic of the Congo must be committed to achieving the policy objectives described in section 102 if the efforts of the United States and other members of the international community are to be effective in bringing relief, security, and democracy to the country;
“(2) the Government of the Democratic Republic of the Congo should immediately exercise control over and discipline its armed forces, stop the mass rapes at the hands of its armed forces, and hold those responsible for these acts accountable before an appropriate tribunal;
“(3) the Government of the Democratic Republic of the Congo, in collaboration with international aid agencies, should establish expert teams to assess the needs of the victims of rape and provide health, counseling, and social support services that such victims need; and
“(4) the international community, through the United Nations peacekeeping mission, humanitarian and development relief, and other forms of assistance, is providing a substantial amount of funding that is giving the Government of the Democratic Republic of the Congo an opportunity to make progress towards accomplishing the policy objectives described in section 102, but this assistance cannot continue in perpetuity.
“(b)
“The Secretary of State is authorized to withhold assistance made available under the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 (22 U.S.C. 2151 et seq.), other than humanitarian, peacekeeping, and counterterrorism assistance, for a foreign country if the Secretary determines that the government of the foreign country is taking actions to destabilize the Democratic Republic of the Congo.
“(a)
“(b)
“(1) a description of any major impediments that prevent the accomplishment of the policy objectives described in section 102, including any destabilizing activities undertaken in the Democratic Republic of Congo by governments of neighboring countries;
“(2) an evaluation of United States policies and foreign assistance programs designed to accomplish such policy objectives; and
“(3) recommendations for—
“(A) improving the policies and programs referred to in paragraph (2); and
“(B) any additional bilateral or multilateral actions necessary to promote peace and prosperity in the Democratic Republic of the Congo.
“Not later than 60 days after the date of the enactment of this Act [Dec. 22, 2006], the President should appoint a Special Envoy for the Great Lakes Region to help coordinate efforts to resolve the instability and insecurity in Eastern Congo.
“The United States should use its voice and vote in the United Nations Security Council—
“(1) to address exploitation at the United Nations Peacekeeping Mission in the Democratic Republic of the Congo (MONUC) by continuing to urge, when credible allegations exist, appropriate investigation of alleged perpetrators and, as necessary, prosecution of United Nations personnel responsible for sexual abuses in the Democratic Republic of the Congo;
“(2) to conclude at the earliest possible date a Memorandum of Understanding relating to binding codes of conduct and programs for the prevention of sexual abuse and trafficking in persons to be undertaken by the United Nations for all countries that contribute troops to MONUC, to include the assumption of personal liability for the provision of victims assistance and child support, as appropriate, by those who violate the codes of conduct;
“(3) to strengthen the authority and capacity of MONUC by—
“(A) providing specific authority and obligation to prevent and effectively counter imminent threats;
“(B) clarifying and strengthening MONUC's rules of engagement to enhance the protection of vulnerable civilian populations;
“(C) enhancing the surveillance and intelligence-gathering capabilities available to MONUC;
“(D) where consistent with United States policy, making available personnel, communications, and military assets that improve the effectiveness of robust peacekeeping, mobility, and command and control capabilities of MONUC; and
“(E) providing MONUC with the authority and resources needed to effectively monitor arms trafficking and natural resource exploitation at key border posts and airfields in the eastern part of the Democratic Republic of the Congo;
“(4) to encourage regular visits of the United Nations Security Council to monitor the situation in the Democratic Republic of the Congo;
“(5) to ensure that the practice of recruiting and arming children in the Democratic Republic of the Congo is immediately halted pursuant to Security Council Resolutions 1460 (2003) and 1539 (2004);
“(6) to strengthen the arms embargo imposed pursuant to Security Council Resolution 1493 (2003) and ensure that violators are held accountable through appropriate measures, including the possible imposition of sanctions;
“(7) to allow for the more effective protection and monitoring of natural resources in the Democratic Republic of the Congo, especially in the eastern part of the country, and for public disclosure and independent auditing of natural resource revenues to help ensure transparent and accountable management of these revenues;
“(8) to press countries in the Congo region to help facilitate an end to the violence in the Democratic Republic of the Congo and promote relief, security, and democracy throughout the region; and
“(9) to encourage the United Nations Secretary-General to become more involved in completing the policy objectives described in paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 102 and ensure that recent fighting in North Kivu, which displaced over 150,000 people, as well as fighting in Ituri and other areas, does not create widespread instability throughout the country.
“(a)
“(b)
Pub. L. 109–293, title III, Sept. 30, 2006, 120 Stat. 1347, provided that:
“(a)
“(1) to support efforts by the people of Iran to exercise self-determination over the form of government of their country; and
“(2) to support independent human rights and peaceful pro-democracy forces in Iran.
“(b)
“(a)
“(1)
“(2)
“(b)
“(1) officially opposes the use of violence and terrorism and has not been designated as a foreign terrorist organization under section 219 of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1189) at any time during the preceding four years;
“(2) advocates the adherence by Iran to nonproliferation regimes for nuclear, chemical, and biological weapons and materiel;
“(3) is dedicated to democratic values and supports the adoption of a democratic form of government in Iran;
“(4) is dedicated to respect for human rights, including the fundamental equality of women;
“(5) works to establish equality of opportunity for people; and
“(6) supports freedom of the press, freedom of speech, freedom of association, and freedom of religion.
“(c)
“(1) funds available to the Middle East Partnership Initiative (MEPI), the Broader Middle East and North Africa Initiative, and the Human Rights and Democracy Fund; and
“(2) amounts made available pursuant to the authorization of appropriations under subsection (g).
“(d)
“(e)
“(1) support for a transition to democracy in Iran should be expressed by United States representatives and officials in all appropriate international fora;
“(2) officials and representatives of the United States should—
“(A) strongly and unequivocally support indigenous efforts in Iran calling for free, transparent, and democratic elections; and
“(B) draw international attention to violations by the Government of Iran of human rights, freedom of religion, freedom of assembly, and freedom of the press.
“(f)
“(g)
Pub. L. 108–175, Dec. 12, 2003, 117 Stat. 2482, provided that:
“This Act may be cited as the ‘Syria Accountability and Lebanese Sovereignty Restoration Act of 2003’.
“Congress makes the following findings:
“(1) On June 24, 2002, President Bush stated ‘Syria must choose the right side in the war on terror by closing terrorist camps and expelling terrorist organizations’.
“(2) United Nations Security Council Resolution 1373 (September 28, 2001) mandates that all states ‘refrain from providing any form of support, active or passive, to entities or persons involved in terrorist acts’, take ‘the necessary steps to prevent the commission of terrorist acts’, and ‘deny safe haven to those who finance, plan, support, or commit terrorist acts’.
“(3) The Government of Syria is currently prohibited by United States law from receiving United States assistance because it has repeatedly provided support for acts of international terrorism, as determined by the Secretary of State for purposes of section 6(j)(1) of the Export Administration Act of 1979 (50 U.S.C. App. 2405(j)(1)) and other relevant provisions of law.
“(4) Although the Department of State lists Syria as a state sponsor of terrorism and reports that Syria provides ‘safe haven and support to several terrorist groups’, fewer United States sanctions apply with respect to Syria than with respect to any other country that is listed as a state sponsor of terrorism.
“(5) Terrorist groups, including Hizballah, Hamas, Palestinian Islamic Jihad, the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine, and the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine—General Command, maintain offices, training camps, and other facilities on Syrian territory, and operate in areas of Lebanon occupied by the Syrian armed forces and receive supplies from Iran through Syria.
“(6) United Nations Security Council Resolution 520 (September 17, 1982) calls for ‘strict respect of the sovereignty, territorial integrity, unity and political independence of Lebanon under the sole and exclusive authority of the Government of Lebanon through the Lebanese Army throughout Lebanon’.
“(7) Approximately 20,000 Syrian troops and security personnel occupy much of the sovereign territory of Lebanon exerting undue influence upon its government and undermining its political independence.
“(8) Since 1990 the Senate and House of Representatives have passed seven bills and resolutions which call for the withdrawal of Syrian armed forces from Lebanon.
“(9) On March 3, 2003, Secretary of State Colin Powell declared that it is the objective of the United States to ‘let Lebanon be ruled by the Lebanese people without the presence of [the Syrian] occupation army’.
“(10) Large and increasing numbers of the Lebanese people from across the political spectrum in Lebanon have mounted peaceful and democratic calls for the withdrawal of the Syrian Army from Lebanese soil.
“(11) Israel has withdrawn all of its armed forces from Lebanon in accordance with United Nations Security Council Resolution 425 (March 19, 1978), as certified by the United Nations Secretary General.
“(12) Even in the face of this United Nations certification that acknowledged Israel's full compliance with Security Council Resolution 425, Syrian- and Iranian-supported Hizballah continues to attack Israeli outposts at Shebaa Farms, under the pretense that Shebaa Farms is territory from which Israel was required to withdraw by Security Counsel Resolution 425, and Syrian- and Iranian-supported Hizballah and other militant organizations continue to attack civilian targets in Israel.
“(13) Syria will not allow Lebanon—a sovereign country—to fulfill its obligation in accordance with Security Council Resolution 425 to deploy its troops to southern Lebanon.
“(14) As a result, the Israeli-Lebanese border and much of southern Lebanon is under the control of Hizballah, which continues to attack Israeli positions, allows Iranian Revolutionary Guards and other militant groups to operate freely in the area, and maintains thousands of rockets along Israel's northern border, destabilizing the entire region.
“(15) On February 12, 2003, Director of Central Intelligence George Tenet stated the following with respect to the Syrian- and Iranian-supported Hizballah: ‘[A]s an organization with capability and worldwide presence [it] is [al Qaeda's] equal if not a far more capable organization * * * [T]hey're a notch above in many respects, in terms of in their relationship with the Iranians and the training they receive, [which] puts them in a state-sponsored category with a potential for lethality that's quite great.’.
“(16) In the State of the Union address on January 29, 2002, President Bush declared that the United States will ‘work closely with our coalition to deny terrorists and their state sponsors the materials, technology, and expertise to make and deliver weapons of mass destruction’.
“(17) The Government of Syria continues to develop and deploy short- and medium-range ballistic missiles.
“(18) According to the December 2001 unclassified Central Intelligence Agency report entitled ‘Foreign Missile Developments and the Ballistic Missile Threat through 2015’, ‘Syria maintains a ballistic missile and rocket force of hundreds of FROG rockets, Scuds, and SS–21 SRBMs [and] Syria has developed [chemical weapons] warheads for its Scuds’.
“(19) The Government of Syria is pursuing the development and production of biological and chemical weapons and has a nuclear research and development program that is cause for concern.
“(20) According to the Central Intelligence Agency's ‘Unclassified Report to Congress on the Acquisition of Technology Relating to Weapons of Mass Destruction and Advanced Conventional Munitions’, released January 7, 2003: ‘[Syria] already holds a stockpile of the nerve agent sarin but apparently is trying to develop more toxic and persistent nerve agents. Syria remains dependent on foreign sources for key elements of its [chemical weapons] program, including precursor chemicals and key production equipment. It is highly probable that Syria also is developing an offensive [biological weapons] capability.’.
“(21) On May 6, 2002, the Under Secretary of State for Arms Control and International Security, John Bolton, stated: ‘The United States also knows that Syria has long had a chemical warfare program. It has a stockpile of the nerve agent sarin and is engaged in research and development of the more toxic and persistent nerve agent VX. Syria, which has signed but not ratified the [Biological Weapons Convention], is pursuing the development of biological weapons and is able to produce at least small amounts of biological warfare agents.’.
“(22) According to the Central Intelligence Agency's ‘Unclassified Report to Congress on the Acquisition of Technology Relating to Weapons of Mass Destruction and Advanced Conventional Munitions’, released January 7, 2003: ‘Russia and Syria have approved a draft cooperative program on cooperation on civil nuclear power. In principal, broader access to Russian expertise provides opportunities for Syria to expand its indigenous capabilities, should it decide to pursue nuclear weapons.’.
“(23) Under the Treaty on the Non-Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons (21 UST 483), which entered force on March 5, 1970, and to which Syria is a party, Syria has undertaken not to acquire or produce nuclear weapons and has accepted full scope safeguards of the International Atomic Energy Agency to detect diversions of nuclear materials from peaceful activities to the production of nuclear weapons or other nuclear explosive devices.
“(24) Syria is not a party to the Chemical Weapons Convention or the Biological Weapons Convention, which entered into force on April 29, 1997, and on March 26, 1975, respectively.
“(25) Syrian President Bashar Assad promised Secretary of State Powell in February 2001 to end violations of Security Council Resolution 661, which restricted the sale of oil and other commodities by Saddam Hussein's regime, except to the extent authorized by other relevant resolutions, but this pledge was never fulfilled.
“(26) Syria's illegal imports and transshipments of Iraqi oil during Saddam Hussein's regime earned Syria $50,000,000 or more per month as Syria continued to sell its own Syrian oil at market prices.
“(27) Syria's illegal imports and transshipments of Iraqi oil earned Saddam Hussein's regime $2,000,000 per day.
“(28) On March 28, 2003, Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld warned: ‘[W]e have information that shipments of military supplies have been crossing the border from Syria into Iraq, including night-vision goggles * * * These deliveries pose a direct threat to the lives of coalition forces. We consider such trafficking as hostile acts, and will hold the Syrian government accountable for such shipments.’.
“(29) According to Article 23(1) of the United Nations Charter, members of the United Nations are elected as nonpermanent members of the United Nations Security Council with ‘due regard being specially paid, in the first instance to the contribution of members of the United Nations to the maintenance of international peace and security and to other purposes of the Organization’.
“(30) Despite Article 23(1) of the United Nations Charter, Syria was elected on October 8, 2001, to a 2-year term as a nonpermanent member of the United Nations Security Council beginning January 1, 2002, and served as President of the Security Council during June 2002 and August 2003.
“(31) On March 31, 2003, the Syrian Foreign Minister, Farouq al-Sharra, made the Syrian regime's intentions clear when he explicitly stated that ‘Syria's interest is to see the invaders defeated in Iraq’.
“(32) On April 13, 2003, Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld charged that ‘busloads’ of Syrian fighters entered Iraq with ‘hundreds of thousands of dollars’ and leaflets offering rewards for dead American soldiers.
“(33) On September 16, 2003, the Under Secretary of State for Arms Control and International Security, John Bolton, appeared before the Subcommittee on the Middle East and Central Asia of the Committee on International Relations [now Committee on Foreign Affairs] of the House of Representatives, and underscored Syria's ‘hostile actions’ toward coalition forces during Operation Iraqi Freedom. Under Secretary Bolton added that: ‘Syria allowed military equipment to flow into Iraq on the eve of and during the war. Syria permitted volunteers to pass into Iraq to attack and kill our service members during the war, and is still doing so * * * [Syria's] behavior during Operation Iraqi Freedom underscores the importance of taking seriously reports and information on Syria's WMD capabilities.’.
“(34) During his appearance before the Committee on International Relations of the House of Representatives on September 25, 2003, Ambassador L. Paul Bremer, III, Administrator of the Coalition Provisional Authority in Iraq, stated that out of the 278 third-country nationals who were captured by coalition forces in Iraq, the ‘single largest group are Syrians’.
“It is the sense of Congress that—
“(1) the Government of Syria should immediately and unconditionally halt support for terrorism, permanently and openly declare its total renunciation of all forms of terrorism, and close all terrorist offices and facilities in Syria, including the offices of Hamas, Hizballah, Palestinian Islamic Jihad, the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine, and the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine—General Command;
“(2) the Government of Syria should—
“(A) immediately and unconditionally stop facilitating transit from Syria to Iraq of individuals, military equipment, and all lethal items, except as authorized by the Coalition Provisional Authority or a representative, internationally recognized Iraqi government;
“(B) cease its support for ‘volunteers’ and terrorists who are traveling from and through Syria into Iraq to launch attacks; and
“(C) undertake concrete, verifiable steps to deter such behavior and control the use of territory under Syrian control;
“(3) the Government of Syria should immediately declare its commitment to completely withdraw its armed forces, including military, paramilitary, and security forces, from Lebanon, and set a firm timetable for such withdrawal;
“(4) the Government of Lebanon should deploy the Lebanese armed forces to all areas of Lebanon, including South Lebanon, in accordance with United Nations Security Council Resolution 520 (September 17, 1982), in order to assert the sovereignty of the Lebanese state over all of its territory, and should evict all terrorist and foreign forces from southern Lebanon, including Hizballah and the Iranian Revolutionary Guards;
“(5) the Government of Syria should halt the development and deployment of medium- and long-range surface-to-surface missiles and cease the development and production of biological and chemical weapons;
“(6) the Governments of Lebanon and Syria should enter into serious unconditional bilateral negotiations with the Government of Israel in order to realize a full and permanent peace;
“(7) the United States should continue to provide humanitarian and educational assistance to the people of Lebanon only through appropriate private, nongovernmental organizations and appropriate international organizations, until such time as the Government of Lebanon asserts sovereignty and control over all of its territory and borders and achieves full political independence, as called for in United Nations Security Council Resolution 520; and
“(8) as a violator of several key United Nations Security Council resolutions and as a nation that pursues policies which undermine international peace and security, Syria should not have been permitted to join the United Nations Security Council or serve as the Security Council's President, and should be removed from the Security Council.
“It is the policy of the United States that—
“(1) Syria should bear responsibility for attacks committed by Hizballah and other terrorist groups with offices, training camps, or other facilities in Syria, or bases in areas of Lebanon occupied by Syria;
“(2) the United States will work to deny Syria the ability to support acts of international terrorism and efforts to develop or acquire weapons of mass destruction;
“(3) the Secretary of State will continue to list Syria as a state sponsor of terrorism until Syria ends its support for terrorism, including its support of Hizballah and other terrorist groups in Lebanon and its hosting of terrorist groups in Damascus, and comes into full compliance with United States law relating to terrorism and United Nations Security Council Resolution 1373 (September 28, 2001);
“(4) the full restoration of Lebanon's sovereignty, political independence, and territorial integrity is in the national security interest of the United States;
“(5) Syria is in violation of United Nations Security Council Resolution 520 (September 17, 1982) through its continued occupation of Lebanese territory and its encroachment upon Lebanon's political independence;
“(6) Syria's obligation to withdraw from Lebanon is not conditioned upon progress in the Israeli-Syrian or Israeli-Lebanese peace process but derives from Syria's obligation under Security Council Resolution 520;
“(7) Syria's acquisition of weapons of mass destruction and ballistic missile programs threaten the security of the Middle East and the national security interests of the United States;
“(8) Syria will be held accountable for any harm to Coalition armed forces or to any United States citizen in Iraq if the government of Syria is found to be responsible due to its facilitation of terrorist activities and its shipments of military supplies to Iraq; and
“(9) the United States will not provide any assistance to Syria and will oppose multilateral assistance for Syria until Syria ends all support for terrorism, withdraws its armed forces from Lebanon, and halts the development and deployment of weapons of mass destruction and medium- and long-range surface-to-surface ballistic missiles.
“(a)
“(1) the President shall prohibit the export to Syria of any item, including the issuance of a license for the export of any item, on the United States Munitions List or Commerce Control List of dual-use items in the Export Administration Regulations (15 CFR part 730 et seq.); and
“(2) the President shall impose two or more of the following sanctions:
“(A) Prohibit the export of products of the United States (other than food and medicine) to Syria.
“(B) Prohibit United States businesses from investing or operating in Syria.
“(C) Restrict Syrian diplomats in Washington, D.C., and at the United Nations in New York City, to travel only within a 25-mile radius of Washington, D.C., or the United Nations headquarters building, respectively.
“(D) Prohibit aircraft of any air carrier owned or controlled by Syria to take off from, land in, or overfly the United States.
“(E) Reduce United States diplomatic contacts with Syria (other than those contacts required to protect United States interests or carry out the purposes of this Act).
“(F) Block transactions in any property in which the Government of Syria has any interest, by any person, or with respect to any property, subject to the jurisdiction of the United States.
“(b)
“(c)
“(1) makes the determination that Syria meets the requirements described in paragraphs (1) through (4) of subsection (d) and certifies such determination to Congress in accordance with such subsection;
“(2) determines that substantial progress has been made both in negotiations aimed at achieving a peace agreement between Israel and Syria and in negotiations aimed at achieving a peace agreement between Israel and Lebanon; and
“(3) determines that the Government of Syria is strictly respecting the sovereignty, territorial integrity, unity, and political independence of Lebanon under the sole and exclusive authority of the Government of Lebanon through the Lebanese army throughout Lebanon, as required under paragraph (4) of United Nations Security Council Resolution 520 (1982),
then the President is authorized to provide assistance to Syria under chapter 1 of part I of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2151 et seq.] (relating to development assistance).
“(d)
“(1) the Government of Syria has ceased providing support for international terrorist groups and does not allow terrorist groups, such as Hamas, Hizballah, Palestinian Islamic Jihad, the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine, and the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine—General Command to maintain facilities in territory under Syrian control;
“(2) the Government of Syria ended its occupation of Lebanon described in section 2(7) of this Act;
“(3) the Government of Syria has ceased the development and deployment of medium- and long-range surface-to-surface ballistic missiles, is not pursuing or engaged in the research, development, acquisition, production, transfer, or deployment of biological, chemical, or nuclear weapons, has provided credible assurances that such behavior will not be undertaken in the future, and has agreed to allow United Nations and other international observers to verify such actions and assurances; and
“(4) the Government of Syria has ceased all support for, and facilitation of, all terrorist activities inside of Iraq, including preventing the use of territory under its control by any means whatsoever to support those engaged in terrorist activities inside of Iraq.
“(a)
“(1) Syria's progress toward meeting the conditions described in paragraphs (1) through (4) of section 5(d);
“(2) connections, if any, between individual terrorists and terrorist groups which maintain offices, training camps, or other facilities on Syrian territory, or operate in areas of Lebanon occupied by the Syrian armed forces, and terrorist attacks on the United States or its citizens, installations, or allies; and
“(3) how the United States is increasing its efforts against Hizballah and other terrorist organizations supported by Syria.
“(b)
“In this Act, the term ‘appropriate congressional committees’ means the Committee on International Relations [now Committee on Foreign Affairs] of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate.”
[For delegation of functions of President under section 5(b) of Pub. L. 108–175, set out above, see section 9 of Ex. Ord. No. 13338, May 11, 2004, 69 F.R. 26751, listed in a table under section 1701 of Title 50, War and National Defense.]
Pub. L. 109–234, title I, §1302(a), June 15, 2006, 120 Stat. 435, provided in part: “That notwithstanding section 2207(d) of Public Law 108–106 [set out below], requirements of section 2207 of Public Law 108–106 shall expire on October 1, 2008.”
Pub. L. 108–106, title II, §§2207, 2208, Nov. 6, 2003, 117 Stat. 1231, as amended by section 574(a) of H.R. 4818, One Hundred Eighth Congress, as passed by the House of Representatives on July 15, 2004, and as enacted into law by Pub. L. 108–309, §135, Sept. 30, 2004, 118 Stat. 1143, provided that:
“
“(1) The use of all funds on a project-by-project basis for which funds appropriated under such heading were obligated prior to the submission of the report, including estimates by the CPA of the costs required to complete each project.
“(2) The distribution of duties and responsibilities regarding such projects among the agencies of the United States Government.
“(3) Revenues to the CPA attributable to or consisting of funds provided by foreign governments and international organizations, disaggregated by donor, any obligations or expenditures of such revenues, and the purpose of such obligations and expenditures.
“(4) Revenues to the CPA attributable to or consisting of foreign assets seized or frozen, any obligations or expenditures of such revenues, and the purpose of such obligations and expenditures.
“(b) Any proposed new projects and increases in funding of ongoing projects shall be reported to the Committees on Appropriations in accordance with regular notification procedures.
“(c) The report required by subsection (a) shall be updated and submitted to the Committees on Appropriations every 3 months and shall include information on how the estimates and assumptions contained in previous reports have changed.
“(d) The requirements of this section shall expire on October 1, 2007.
“
Pub. L. 108–106, title II, §2215(a), Nov. 6, 2003, 117 Stat. 1232, provided that:
“(1) The Coalition Provisional Authority (CPA) shall, on a monthly basis until September 30, 2006, submit a report to the Committees on Appropriations which details, for the preceding month, Iraqi oil production and oil revenues, and uses of such revenues.
“(2) The first report required by this subsection shall be submitted not later than 30 days after enactment of this Act [Nov. 6, 2003].
“(3) The reports required by this subsection shall also be made publicly available in both English and Arabic, including through the CPA's Internet website.”
Pub. L. 108–11, title I, §1506, Apr. 16, 2003, 117 Stat. 580, provided that:
“(a)
“(1) The distribution of duties and responsibilities regarding such activities among agencies of the United States Government, including the Department of State, the United States Agency for International Development, and the Department of Defense (to be provided within 30 days of enactment of this Act).
“(2) A detailed plan describing the roles and responsibilities of foreign governments and international organizations including the United Nations, in carrying out activities related to post-conflict security, humanitarian assistance, governance, and reconstruction in Iraq.
“(3) A strategy for coordinating such activities among the United States Government, foreign governments and international organizations, including the United Nations.
“(4) An initial estimate of the costs expected to be associated with such activities.
“(5) A strategy for distributing the responsibility for paying costs associated with reconstruction activities in Iraq among the United States, foreign governments, and international organizations, including the United Nations, and an estimate of the revenue expected to be generated by Iraqi oil production that could be used to pay such costs.
“(b)
“(1) A list of significant United States Government-funded activities related to reconstruction in Iraq that, during the 90-day period ending 15 days prior to the date the report is submitted to the Committees on Appropriations—
“(A) were initiated; or
“(B) were completed.
“(2) A list of the significant activities related to reconstruction in Iraq that the President anticipates initiating during the 90-day period beginning on the date the report is submitted to the Committees on Appropriations, including:
“(A) Cost estimates for carrying out the proposed activities.
“(B) The source of the funds that will be used to pay such costs.
“(3) Updated strategies, if changes are proposed regarding matters included in the reports required under subsection (a).
“(4) An updated list of the financial pledges and contributions made by foreign governments or international organizations to fund activities related to humanitarian, governance, and reconstruction assistance in Iraq.”
Pub. L. 108–7, div. E, title V, §582, Feb. 20, 2003, 117 Stat. 214, provided that:
“(a)
“(b)
“(1) The Administrator of the United States Agency for International Development shall submit, at the time of submission of the agency's Congressional Budget Justification Document for fiscal year 2004, and annually thereafter, a report to the Committees on Appropriations describing the progress these programs are making toward improving police relations with the communities they serve and institutionalizing an effective community-based police program.
“(2) The requirements of paragraph (1) are in lieu of the requirements contains [sic] in section 587(b) of Public Law 107–115 [see Similar Provisions note below].
“(c)
Provisions similar to section 582(a), (c) of div. E of Pub. L. 108–7 were contained in the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 2006, Pub. L. 109–102, title V, §564, Nov. 14, 2005, 119 Stat. 2225, and were repeated in provisions of subsequent appropriations acts which are not set out in the Code. Similar provisions were also contained in the following prior appropriations acts:
Pub. L. 108–447, div. D, title V, §564, Dec. 8, 2004, 118 Stat. 3022.
Pub. L. 108–199, div. D, title V, §573, Jan. 23, 2004, 118 Stat. 199.
Pub. L. 107–115, title V, §587, Jan. 10, 2002, 115 Stat. 2173.
Pub. L. 107–99, Dec. 21, 2001, 115 Stat. 962, provided that:
“This Act may be cited as the ‘Zimbabwe Democracy and Economic Recovery Act of 2001’.
“It is the policy of the United States to support the people of Zimbabwe in their struggle to effect peaceful, democratic change, achieve broad-based and equitable economic growth, and restore the rule of law.
“In this Act:
“(1)
“(2)
“(a)
“(1) Through economic mismanagement, undemocratic practices, and the costly deployment of troops to the Democratic Republic of the Congo, the Government of Zimbabwe has rendered itself ineligible to participate in International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and International Monetary Fund programs, which would otherwise be providing substantial resources to assist in the recovery and modernization of Zimbabwe's economy. The people of Zimbabwe have thus been denied the economic and democratic benefits envisioned by the donors to such programs, including the United States.
“(2) In September 1999 the IMF suspended its support under a ‘Stand By Arrangement’, approved the previous month, for economic adjustment and reform in Zimbabwe.
“(3) In October 1999, the International Development Association (in this section referred to as the ‘IDA’) suspended all structural adjustment loans, credits, and guarantees to the Government of Zimbabwe.
“(4) In May 2000, the IDA suspended all other new lending to the Government of Zimbabwe.
“(5) In September 2000, the IDA suspended disbursement of funds for ongoing projects under previously-approved loans, credits, and guarantees to the Government of Zimbabwe.
“(b)
“(1)
“(2)
“(A) direct the United States executive director of each multilateral development bank to propose that the bank should undertake a review of the feasibility of restructuring, rescheduling, or eliminating the sovereign debt of Zimbabwe held by that bank; and
“(B) direct the United States executive director of each international financial institution to which the United States is a member to propose to undertake financial and technical support for Zimbabwe, especially support that is intended to promote Zimbabwe's economic recovery and development, the stabilization of the Zimbabwean dollar, and the viability of Zimbabwe's democratic institutions.
“(c)
“(1) any extension by the respective institution of any loan, credit, or guarantee to the Government of Zimbabwe; or
“(2) any cancellation or reduction of indebtedness owed by the Government of Zimbabwe to the United States or any international financial institution.
“(d)
“(1)
“(2)
“(A)
“(B)
“(3)
“(4)
“(5)
“(e)
“(a)
“(1) support an independent and free press and electronic media in Zimbabwe;
“(2) support equitable, legal, and transparent mechanisms of land reform in Zimbabwe, including the payment of costs related to the acquisition of land and the resettlement of individuals, consistent with the International Donors’ Conference on Land Reform and Resettlement in Zimbabwe held in Harare, Zimbabwe, in September 1998, or any subsequent agreement relating thereto; and
“(3) provide for democracy and governance programs in Zimbabwe.
“(b)
“(1) $20,000,000 is authorized to be available to provide the assistance described in subsection (a)(2); and
“(2) $6,000,000 is authorized to be available to provide the assistance described in subsection (a)(3).
“(c)
“It is the sense of Congress that the President should begin immediate consultation with the governments of European Union member states, Canada, and other appropriate foreign countries on ways in which to—
“(1) identify and share information regarding individuals responsible for the deliberate breakdown of the rule of law, politically motivated violence, and intimidation in Zimbabwe;
“(2) identify assets of those individuals held outside Zimbabwe;
“(3) implement travel and economic sanctions against those individuals and their associates and families; and
“(4) provide for the eventual removal or amendment of those sanctions.”
Provisions similar to those contained in section 4(c) of Pub. L. 107–99, set out above, were contained in the following appropriation acts:
Pub. L. 111–117, div. F, title VII, §7070(i)(1), Dec. 16, 2009, 123 Stat. 3388.
Pub. L. 111–8, div. H, title VII, §7070(e)(1), Mar. 11, 2009, 123 Stat. 902.
Pub. L. 110–161, div. J, title VI, §673, Dec. 26, 2007, 121 Stat. 2356.
Pub. L. 109–102, title V, §572, Nov. 14, 2005, 119 Stat. 2229.
Pub. L. 108–447, div. D, title V, §580, Dec. 8, 2004, 118 Stat. 3030.
Pub. L. 108–199, div. D, title V, §557, Jan. 23, 2004, 118 Stat. 190.
Pub. L. 108–7, div. E, title V, §556, Feb. 20, 2003, 117 Stat. 202.
Pub. L. 107–115, title V, §560, Jan. 10, 2002, 115 Stat. 2162.
Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. B, title XXVIII, §2805, Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–846, as amended by Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title II, §209(c)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1536, 1501A–423, provided that: “In order to provide Congress with the necessary information by which to evaluate the relationship between the United States and Vietnam, the Secretary of State shall submit a report to the appropriate congressional committees [Committee on Foreign Affairs of House of Representatives and Committee on Foreign Relations of Senate], not later than 90 days after the date of enactment of this Act [Oct. 21, 1998] and every 180 days thereafter during the period ending September 30, 2001, on the extent to which—
“(1) the Government of the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is cooperating with the United States in providing the fullest possible accounting of all unresolved cases of prisoners of war (POWs) or persons missing-in-action (MIAs) through the provision of records and the unilateral and joint recovery and repatriation of American remains;
“(2) the Government of the Socialist Republic of Vietnam has made progress toward the release of all political and religious prisoners, including Catholic, Protestant, and Buddhist clergy;
“(3) the Government of the Socialist Republic of Vietnam is cooperating with requests by the United States to obtain full and free access to persons of humanitarian interest to the United States for interviews under the Orderly Departure (ODP) and Resettlement Opportunities for Vietnamese Refugees (ROVR) programs, and in providing exit visas for such persons;
“(4) the Government of the Socialist Republic of Vietnam has taken vigorous action to end extortion, bribery, and other corrupt practices in connection with such exit visas; and
“(5) the Government of the United States is making vigorous efforts to interview and resettle former reeducation camp victims, their immediate families including unmarried sons and daughters, former United States Government employees, and other persons eligible for the ODP program, and to give such persons the full benefit of all applicable United States laws including sections 599D and 599E of the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act of 1990 (Public Law 101–167) [8 U.S.C. 1157 note, 1255 note].”
Pub. L. 105–338, Oct. 31, 1998, 112 Stat. 3178, as amended by Pub. L. 108–11, title I, §1309(b), Apr. 16, 2003, 117 Stat. 568, provided that:
“This Act may be cited as the ‘Iraq Liberation Act of 1998’.
“The Congress makes the following findings:
“(1) On September 22, 1980, Iraq invaded Iran, starting an 8 year war in which Iraq employed chemical weapons against Iranian troops and ballistic missiles against Iranian cities.
“(2) In February 1988, Iraq forcibly relocated Kurdish civilians from their home villages in the Anfal campaign, killing an estimated 50,000 to 180,000 Kurds.
“(3) On March 16, 1988, Iraq used chemical weapons against Iraqi Kurdish civilian opponents in the town of Halabja, killing an estimated 5,000 Kurds and causing numerous birth defects that affect the town today.
“(4) On August 2, 1990, Iraq invaded and began a 7 month occupation of Kuwait, killing and committing numerous abuses against Kuwaiti civilians, and setting Kuwait's oil wells ablaze upon retreat.
“(5) Hostilities in Operation Desert Storm ended on February 28, 1991, and Iraq subsequently accepted the ceasefire conditions specified in United Nations Security Council Resolution 687 (April 3, 1991) requiring Iraq, among other things, to disclose fully and permit the dismantlement of its weapons of mass destruction programs and submit to long-term monitoring and verification of such dismantlement.
“(6) In April 1993, Iraq orchestrated a failed plot to assassinate former President George Bush during his April 14–16, 1993, visit to Kuwait.
“(7) In October 1994, Iraq moved 80,000 troops to areas near the border with Kuwait, posing an imminent threat of a renewed invasion of or attack against Kuwait.
“(8) On August 31, 1996, Iraq suppressed many of its opponents by helping one Kurdish faction capture Irbil, the seat of the Kurdish regional government.
“(9) Since March 1996, Iraq has systematically sought to deny weapons inspectors from the United Nations Special Commission on Iraq (UNSCOM) access to key facilities and documents, has on several occasions endangered the safe operation of UNSCOM helicopters transporting UNSCOM personnel in Iraq, and has persisted in a pattern of deception and concealment regarding the history of its weapons of mass destruction programs.
“(10) On August 5, 1998, Iraq ceased all cooperation with UNSCOM, and subsequently threatened to end long-term monitoring activities by the International Atomic Energy Agency and UNSCOM.
“(11) On August 14, 1998, President Clinton signed Public Law 105–235 [112 Stat. 1538], which declared that ‘the Government of Iraq is in material and unacceptable breach of its international obligations’ and urged the President ‘to take appropriate action, in accordance with the Constitution and relevant laws of the United States, to bring Iraq into compliance with its international obligations.’.
“(12) On May 1, 1998, President Clinton signed Public Law 105–174 [see Tables for classification], which made $5,000,000 available for assistance to the Iraqi democratic opposition for such activities as organization, training, communication and dissemination of information, developing and implementing agreements among opposition groups, compiling information to support the indictment of Iraqi officials for war crimes, and for related purposes.
“It should be the policy of the United States to support efforts to remove the regime headed by Saddam Hussein from power in Iraq and to promote the emergence of a democratic government to replace that regime.
“(a)
“(1)
“(B) There is authorized to be appropriated to the United States Information Agency $2,000,000 for fiscal year 1999 to carry out this paragraph.
“(2)
“(B) The aggregate value (as defined in section 644(m) of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2403(m)]) of assistance provided under this paragraph may not exceed $97,000,000.
“(C) The aggregate value (as defined in section 644(m) of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2403(m)]) of assistance provided under this paragraph may not exceed $86,500,000 in fiscal year 2003.
“(b)
“(c)
“(d)
“(e)
“(1)
“(2)
“(f)
“(2) Amounts authorized to be appropriated under this section are in addition to amounts otherwise available for the purposes described in this section.
“(g)
“(a)
“(b)
“(c)
“(1) include a broad spectrum of Iraqi individuals, groups, or both, opposed to the Saddam Hussein regime; and
“(2) are committed to democratic values, to respect for human rights, to peaceful relations with Iraq's neighbors, to maintaining Iraq's territorial integrity, and to fostering cooperation among democratic opponents of the Saddam Hussein regime.
“(d)
“Consistent with section 301 of the Foreign Relations Authorization Act, Fiscal Years 1992 and 1993 (Public Law 102–138 [105 Stat. 707]), House Concurrent Resolution 137, 105th Congress (approved by the House of Representatives on November 13, 1997), and Senate Concurrent Resolution 78, 105th Congress (approved by the Senate on March 13, 1998), the Congress urges the President to call upon the United Nations to establish an international criminal tribunal for the purpose of indicting, prosecuting, and imprisoning Saddam Hussein and other Iraqi officials who are responsible for crimes against humanity, genocide, and other criminal violations of international law.
“It is the sense of the Congress that once the Saddam Hussein regime is removed from power in Iraq, the United States should support Iraq's transition to democracy by providing immediate and substantial humanitarian assistance to the Iraqi people, by providing democracy transition assistance to Iraqi parties and movements with democratic goals, and by convening Iraq's foreign creditors to develop a multilateral response to Iraq's foreign debt incurred by Saddam Hussein's regime.
“Nothing in this Act shall be construed to authorize or otherwise speak to the use of United States Armed Forces (except as provided in section 4(a)(2)) in carrying out this Act.”
Determination of President of the United States, No. 03–05, Dec. 7, 2002, 67 F.R. 78121, provided:
Memorandum for the Secretary of State
Pursuant to the authority vested in me as President of the United States, including under section 5 of the Iraq Liberation Act of 1998 (Public Law 105–338) (”the Act”) [set out in a note above], I hereby determine that each of the following groups is a democratic opposition organization and that each satisfies the criteria set forth in section 5(c) of the Act: the Assyrian Democratic Movement; the Iraqi Free Officers and Civilians Movement; the Iraqi National Front; the Iraqi National Movement; the Iraqi Turkmen Front; and the Islamic Accord of Iraq. I hereby designate each of these organizations as eligible to receive assistance under section 4 of the Act.
You are authorized and directed to report this determination and designation to the Congress and to arrange for its publication in the Federal Register.
George W. Bush.
Determination of President of the United States, No. 99–13, Feb. 4, 1999, 64 F.R. 6781, provided:
Memorandum for the Secretary of State
Pursuant to the authority vested in me as President of the United States, including under section 5 of the Iraq Liberation Act of 1998 (Public Law 105–338) (the “Act”) [set out in a note above], I hereby determine that each of the following groups is a democratic opposition organization and that each satisfies the criteria set forth in section 5(c) of the Act: the Iraqi National Accord, the Iraqi National Congress, the Islamic Movement of Iraqi Kurdistan, the Kurdistan Democratic Party, the Movement for Constitutional Monarchy, the Patriotic Union of Kurdistan, and the Supreme Council for the Islamic Revolution in Iraq. I hereby designate each of these organizations as eligible to receive assistance under section 4 of the Act.
You are authorized and directed to report this determination and designation to the Congress and arrange for its publication in the Federal Register.
William J. Clinton.
Pub. L. 104–319, title II, §202, Oct. 19, 1996, 110 Stat. 3866, provided that:
“(a)
“(1) the enactment of anti-slavery laws that provide appropriate punishment for violators of such laws; and
“(2) the rigorous enforcement of such laws.
“(b)
“(1)
“(2)
“(A) assistance under chapter 2 of part II of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 (22 U.S.C. 2311 et seq.; relating to military assistance), including the transfer of excess defense articles under sections 516 through 519 of that Act (22 U.S.C. 2321j through 2321m);
“(B) assistance under chapter 5 of part II of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 (22 U.S.C. 2347 et seq.; relating to international military education and training);
“(C) assistance under the ‘Foreign Military Financing Program’ under section 23 of the Arms Export Control Act (22 U.S.C. 2763); or
“(D) the transfer of defense articles, defense services, or design and construction services under the Arms Export Control Act (22 U.S.C. 2751 et seq.), including defense articles and defense services licensed or approved for export under section 38 of that Act (22 U.S.C. 2778).”
Pub. L. 103–447, title I, §106, Nov. 2, 1994, 108 Stat. 4694, provided that:
“(a)
“(b)
“(1)
“(2)
[Functions of President under section 106 of Pub. L. 103–447, set out above, delegated to Secretary of State by Memorandum of President of the United States, Apr. 4, 1995, 60 F.R. 19153.]
Pub. L. 103–381, Oct. 19, 1994, 108 Stat. 3513, provided that:
“This Act may be cited as the ‘African Conflict Resolution Act’.
“(a)
“(1) It is in the national interest of the United States to help build African capability in conflict resolution. A relatively small investment of assistance in promoting African conflict resolution—
“(A) would reduce the enormous human suffering which is caused by wars in Africa;
“(B) would help the United States avoid huge future expenditures necessitated by Somalia-like humanitarian disasters; and
“(C) would reduce the need for United Nations intervention as African institutions develop the ability to resolve African conflicts.
“(2) Africa, to a greater extent than any other continent, is afflicted by war. Africa has been marred by more than 20 major civil wars since 1960. Rwanda, Somalia, Angola, Sudan, Liberia, and Burundi are among those countries that have recently suffered serious armed conflict.
“(3) In the last decade alone, between 2,000,000 and 4,000,000 Africans have died because of war. There were 5,200,000 refugees and 13,100,000 displaced people in Africa in 1993.
“(4) Millions more Africans are currently at risk of war-related death. Looming or ongoing conflicts in Zaire, Angola, Sudan, Rwanda, and other countries threaten Africa's future.
“(5) War has caused untold economic and social damage to the countries of Africa. Food production is impossible in conflict areas, and famine often results. Widespread conflict has condemned many of Africa's children to lives of misery and, in certain cases, has threatened the existence of traditional African cultures.
“(6) Conflict and instability in Africa, particularly in large, potentially rich countries such as Angola, Sudan, and Zaire, deprive the global economy of resources and opportunities for trade and investment. Peace in these countries could make a significant contribution to global economic growth, while creating new opportunities for United States businesses.
“(7) Excessive military expenditures threaten political and economic stability in Africa while diverting scarce resources from development needs. Demobilization and other measures to reduce the size of African armies, and civilian control of the military under the rule of law are in the interest of international security and economic development.
“(8) Conflict prevention, mediation, and demobilization are prerequisites to the success of development assistance programs. Nutrition and education programs, for example, cannot succeed in a nation at war. Billions of dollars of development assistance have been virtually wasted in war-ravaged countries such as Liberia, Somalia, and Sudan.
“(9) Africans have a long tradition of informal mediation. This tradition should be built upon to create effective institutions through which Africans can resolve African conflicts.
“(10) The effectiveness of U.S. support for conflict resolution programs requires coordination and collaboration with multilateral institutions and other bilateral donors.
“(11) African institutions are playing an active role in conflict resolution and mediation utilizing the experience of elder statesmen. Groups such as the All African Council of Churches have assisted in defusing conflicts. The Economic Community of West African States (ECOWAS) has sought to address the conflict in Liberia by deploying an African peacekeeping force. The Southern African states have been working to prevent a crisis in Lesotho. The Intergovernmental Authority on Desertification and Drought (IGADD) has been engaged in attempting to resolve the conflict in Sudan.
“(12) The Organization of African Unity, under the leadership of Secretary General Salim Salim, has established a conflict resolution mechanism and has been active in mediation and conflict resolution in several African countries.
“(b)
“(a)
“(1) Funds may be provided to the Organization of African Unity for use in supporting its conflict resolution capability, including providing technical assistance.
“(2) Funds may be used for expenses of sending individuals with expertise in conflict resolution to work with the Organization of African Unity.
“(b)
“(a)
“(1) Funds may be provided to such organizations for use in supporting their conflict resolution capability, including providing technical assistance.
“(2) Funds may be used for the expenses of sending individuals with expertise in conflict resolution to work with such organizations.
“(b)
“(a)
“(b)
“(a)
“(1) provide assistance for the encampment and related activities for the purpose of demobilization of such forces; and
“(2) provide assistance for the reintegration of demobilized military personnel into civilian society through activities such as retraining for civilian occupations, creation of income-generating opportunities, their reintegration into agricultural activities, and the transportation to the home areas of such personnel.
“(b)
“(c)
“(a)
“(b)
“(a)
“(b)
“(1) The type, purpose, amount, and duration of assistance that is planned to be provided to conflict resolution units in sub-Saharan Africa.
“(2) The type and amount of assistance that is planned to be provided for the demobilization of military personnel of countries of sub-Saharan Africa, including—
“(A) a list of which countries will receive such assistance and an explanation of why such countries were chosen for such assistance; and
“(B) a list of other countries and international organizations that are providing assistance for such demobilization.
“(3) The type and amount of assistance that is planned to be provided to nongovernmental organizations that are engaged in mediation and reconciliation efforts in sub-Saharan Africa.
“(4) A description of proposed training programs for Africans in conflict resolution and peacekeeping under section 7, including a list of prospective participants and plans to expand such programs.
“(5) The mechanisms to be used to coordinate interagency efforts to administer the plan.
“(6) Efforts to seek the participation of other countries and international organizations to achieve the objectives of the plan.
“(c)
“(a)
“(b)
“The President shall consult with the appropriate congressional committees prior to providing assistance under sections 3 through 7.
“For purposes of this Act, the term ‘appropriate congressional committees’ means the Committee on Foreign Affairs and the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Foreign Relations and the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate.”
[Functions of President under sections 8 and 9 of Pub. L. 103–381, set out above, delegated to Administrator of the Agency for International Development by Memorandum of President of the United States, June 6, 1995, 60 F.R. 30771.]
Pub. L. 104–164, title I, §133, July 21, 1996, 110 Stat. 1430, provided that: “For each of the fiscal years 1996 and 1997, narcotics-related assistance under part I of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 (22 U.S.C. 2151 et seq.) may be provided notwithstanding any other provision of law that restricts assistance to foreign countries (other than section 490(e) or section 502B of that Act (22 U.S.C. 2291j(e) and 2304)) if, at least 15 days before obligating funds for such assistance, the President notifies the appropriate congressional committees (as defined in section 481(e) of that Act (22 U.S.C. 2291(e))) in accordance with the procedures applicable to reprogramming notifications under section 634A of that Act (22 U.S.C. 2394–1).”
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior acts:
Pub. L. 103–447, title I, §105, Nov. 2, 1994, 108 Stat. 4694.
Pub. L. 102–583, §8, Nov. 2, 1992, 106 Stat. 4933, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 103–447, title I, §103(a), Nov. 2, 1994, 108 Stat. 4693.
Pub. L. 102–583, §11(b), Nov. 2, 1992, 106 Stat. 4935, provided that as used in Pub. L. 102–583, the term “appropriate congressional committees” had the definition given that term by section 481(e)(6) of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 (22 U.S.C. 2291(e)(6)), prior to repeal by Pub. L. 103–447, title I, §103(a), Nov. 2, 1994, 108 Stat. 4693.
Pub. L. 102–549, title VIII, §801, Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 3671, provided that: “No funds made available to carry out any provision of this Act [see Short Title of 1992 Amendments note above] or the amendments made by this Act may be obligated or expended for any financial incentive to a business enterprise currently located in the United States for the purpose of inducing such an enterprise to relocate outside the United States, if such incentive or inducement is likely to reduce the number of employees in the United States because United States production is being replaced by such enterprise outside the United States.”
Pub. L. 102–549, title VIII, §802, Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 3671, provided that: “No funds made available to carry out any provision of this Act [see Short Title of 1992 Amendments note above] or the amendments made by this Act may be obligated or expended for any project or activity that contributes to the violation of internationally recognized workers rights, as defined in section 502(a)(4) of the Trade Act of 1974 [19 U.S.C. 2462(a)(4)], of workers in the recipient country, including any designated zone in that country.”
Pub. L. 102–274, Apr. 21, 1992, 106 Stat. 115, as amended by Pub. L. 110–246, title III, §3001(b)(1)(A), (2)(R), June 18, 2008, 122 Stat. 1820, known as the Horn of Africa Recovery and Food Security Act, provided findings of Congress concerning the Horn of Africa (the region comprised of Ethiopia, Somalia, Sudan, and Djibouti), stated policy regarding individual countries, authorized a relief and rehabilitation program, provided for a peace initiative and a food security and recovery strategy, prohibited security assistance to Ethiopia, Somalia, or Sudan for fiscal year 1992 or 1993 absent a certification by the President, required the President to submit a report to Congress on the efforts and progress in carrying out Pub. L. 102–274 not later than 180 days after Apr. 21, 1992, and required additional reports.
Pub. L. 102–270, Apr. 16, 1992, 106 Stat. 106, as amended by Pub. L. 104–107, title V, §573(a), Feb. 12, 1996, 110 Stat. 749, provided: That (a) the Congress—
“(1) strongly supports the peace process for Liberia initiated by the Yamoussoukro peace accord;
“(2) urges all parties to abide by the terms of the Yamoussoukro agreement;
“(3) commends and congratulates the governments of the Economic Community of West African States (ECOWAS) for their leadership in seeking peace in Liberia; and
“(4) extends particularly praise to President Babangida of Nigeria, President Houphouet-Boigny of Cote d'Ivoire, and President Diouf of Senegal for their efforts to resolve this conflict.
“(b)
“(1) nonpartisan election and democracy-building assistance to support democratic institutions in Liberia, and
“(2) assistance for the resettlement of refugees, the demobilization and retraining of troops, and the provision of other appropriate assistance:
Provided, That the President determines and so certifies to the Committee on Foreign Relations and the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate and the Committee on Foreign Affairs and the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives that Liberia has made significant progress toward democratization and that the provision of such assistance will assist that country in making further progress and is otherwise in the national interest of the United States. A separate determination and certification shall be required for each fiscal year in which such assistance is to be provided.”
Pub. L. 101–246, title IX, §902, Feb. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 83, as amended by Pub. L. 102–549, title II, §202(e), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 3658, provided that:
“(a)
“(1)
“(2)
“(3)
“(B) The suspension set forth in subparagraph (A) shall not apply to systems and components designed specifically for inclusion in civil products and controlled as defense articles only for purposes of export to a controlled country, unless the President determines that the intended recipient of such items is the military or security forces of the People's Republic of China.
“(4)
“(5)
“(6)
“(i) application for a license under the Export Administration Act of 1979 [50 U.S.C. App. 2401 et seq.] for the export to the People's Republic of China for use in a nuclear production or utilization facility of any goods or technology which, as determined under section 309(c) of the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Act of 1978 [42 U.S.C. 2139a(c)], could be of significance for nuclear explosive purposes, or which, in the judgment of the President, is likely to be diverted for use in such a facility, for any nuclear explosive device, or for research on or development of any nuclear explosive device, shall be suspended,
“(ii) application for a license for the export to the People's Republic of China of any nuclear material, facilities, or components subject to the Agreement shall be suspended,
“(iii) approval for the transfer or retransfer to the People's Republic of China of any nuclear material, facilities, or components subject to the Agreement shall not be given, and
“(iv) specific authorization for assistance in any activities with respect to the People's Republic of China relating to the use of nuclear energy under section 57b.(2) of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 [42 U.S.C. 2077(b)(2)] shall not be given,
until the conditions specified in subparagraph (B) are met.
“(B) Subparagraph (A) applies until—
“(i) the President certifies to the Congress that the People's Republic of China has provided clear and unequivocal assurances to the United States that it is not assisting and will not assist any nonnuclear-weapon state, either directly or indirectly, in acquiring nuclear explosive devices or the materials and components for such devices;
“(ii) the President makes the certifications and submits the report required by Public Law 99–183 [Dec. 16, 1985, 99 Stat. 1174]; and
“(iii) the President makes a report under subsection (b)(1) or (2) of this section.
“(C) For purposes of this paragraph, the term ‘Agreement’ means the Agreement for Cooperation Between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the People's Republic of China Concerning Peaceful Uses of Nuclear Energy (done on July 23, 1985).
“(7)
“(i) the implementation of bulk licenses for exports to the People's Republic of China; and
“(ii) the raising of the performance levels of goods or technology below which no authority or permission to export to the People's Republic of China would be required.
“(B) The President shall oppose any liberalization by the Coordinating Committee of controls which is described in subparagraph (A)(ii), until the end of the 6-month period beginning on the date of enactment of this Act [Feb. 16, 1990] or until the President makes a report under subsection (b)(1) or (2) of this section, whichever occurs first.
“(b)
“(1) that the Government of the People's Republic of China has made progress on a program of political reform throughout the country, including Tibet, which includes—
“(A) lifting of martial law;
“(B) halting of executions and other reprisals against individuals for the nonviolent expression of their political beliefs;
“(C) release of political prisoners;
“(D) increased respect for internationally recognized human rights, including freedom of expression, the press, assembly, and association; and
“(E) permitting a freer flow of information, including an end to the jamming of Voice of America and greater access for foreign journalists; or
“(2) that it is in the national interest of the United States to terminate a suspension under subsection (a)(1), (2), (3), (4), or (5), to terminate a suspension or disapproval under subsection (a)(6), or to terminate the opposition required by subsection (a)(7), as the case may be.
“(c)
“(1) any steps taken by the Government of China to achieve the objectives described in subsection (b)(1);
“(2) the effect of multilateral sanctions on political and economic developments in China and on China's international economic relations;
“(3) the impact of the President's actions described in section 901(a)(9) [Pub. L. 101–246, title IX, Feb. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 80] and of the suspensions under subsection (a) of this section on—
“(A) political and economic developments in China;
“(B) the standard of living of the Chinese people;
“(C) relations between the United States and China; and
“(D) the actions taken by China to promote a settlement in Cambodia which will ensure Cambodian independence, facilitate an act of self-determination by the Cambodian people, and prevent the Khmer Rouge from returning to exclusive power;
“(4) the status of programs and activities suspended under subsection (a); and
“(5) the additional measures taken by the President under section 901(c) if repression in China deepens.”
[Certification of President under section 902(a)(6)(B)(i) of Pub. L. 101–246, set out above, provided in Determination of President of the United States, No. 98–10, Jan. 12, 1998, 63 F.R. 3447.]
Pub. L. 100–456, div. A, title XIII, §1302, Sept. 29, 1988, 102 Stat. 2060, provided that:
“(a)
“(1) that no armed forces of the Soviet Union, the Republic of Cuba, or the Republic of Nicaragua are present in the Republic of Panama (other than military attache�AE1s accredited to the Republic of Panama); and
“(2) that General Manuel Noriega has relinquished command of the Panamanian Defense Force and no longer holds any official position of leadership (either military or civilian) in the Republic of Panama.
“(b)
“(1) the defense of the Panama Canal,
“(2) the collection of intelligence,
“(3) the maintenance of United States Armed Forces in the Republic of Panama, or
“(4) the protection of United States interests in the Republic of Panama.
“(c)
“(1) whether (and to what extent) military, paramilitary, or intelligence personnel of the Soviet Union, Cuba, or Nicaragua are present in the Republic of Panama; and
“(2) whether (and to what extent) the Panamanian Defense Force has coordinated with, cooperated with, supported, or received support from, any such personnel.”
Pub. L. 99–83, title XIII, §1302, Aug. 8, 1985, 99 Stat. 280, as amended by Pub. L. 101–246, title I, §108, Feb. 16, 1990, 104 Stat. 21, provided that:
“(a)
“(b)
Pub. L. 98–369, div. B, title IX, §2907, July 18, 1984, 98 Stat. 1210, provided that: “It is the sense of the Congress that no funds heretofore or hereafter appropriated in any Act of Congress shall be obligated or expended for the purpose of planning, directing, executing, or supporting the mining of the ports or territorial waters of Nicaragua.”
Pub. L. 98–164, title X, §1005, Nov. 22, 1983, 97 Stat. 1058, provided that:
“(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, none of the funds authorized to be appropriated by this Act or any other Act may be obligated or expended for the purpose or with the effect of promoting, sustaining, or augmenting, directly or indirectly, the capacity of the Khmer Rouge or any of its members to conduct military or paramilitary operations in Kampuchea or elsewhere in Indochina.
“(b) All funds appropriated before the date of enactment of this section [Nov. 22, 1983] which were obligated but not expended for activities having the purpose or effect described in subsection (a) shall be deobligated and shall be deposited in the Treasury of the United States as miscellaneous receipts.
“(c) This section shall not be construed as limiting the provision of food, medicine, or other humanitarian assistance to the Kampuchean people.”
Pub. L. 97–113, title VII, §734(c), Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1561, provided that: “Except as otherwise explicitly provided by their terms, amendments to the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [see Short Title note above] and the Arms Export Control Act [see Short Title note set out under section 2751 of this title] which are applicable only to a single fiscal or calendar year or which require reports or other actions on a nonrecurring basis shall be deemed to have expired and shall be removed from law upon the expiration of the applicable time periods for the fulfillment of the required actions.”
Pub. L. 101–167, title V, §561, Nov. 21, 1989, 103 Stat. 1239, prohibited United States assistance for programs, projects, or activities which would assist or lend support for the Noriega regime or ministries of government under the control of the Noriega regime, prohibited use of appropriated funds to finance any participation of the United States in joint military exercises conducted in Panama during the fiscal year 1990, and directed the Secretary of the Treasury to instruct the United States Executive Directors to the International Financial Institutions to vote against any loan to Panama unless the President had certified that certain conditions had been met.
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation acts:
Pub. L. 100–461, title V, §564, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2268–40.
Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title V, §570], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–174.
Pub. L. 96–92, §28, Oct. 29, 1979, 93 Stat. 711. [Repealed by Pub. L. 97–113, title VII, §734(a)(11), Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1560.]
Pub. L. 95–426, title VII, §705, Oct. 7, 1978, 92 Stat. 992, as amended by Pub. L. 97–241, title V, §505(a)(2), (b)(2), Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 299, provided that: “The President shall continue to take all possible steps to obtain a final accounting of all Americans missing in action in Vietnam.” Similar provisions were contained in the following acts:
Pub. L. 95–105, title V, §505, Aug. 17, 1977, 91 Stat. 858, as amended by Pub. L. 97–241, title V, §505(a)(3), (b)(2), Aug. 24, 1982, 96 Stat. 299.
Pub. L. 95–88, title I, §132, Aug. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 544, as amended by Pub. L. 97–113, title VII, §734(a)(6), Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1560.
Section 133 of Pub. L. 95–88, as amended by Pub. L. 96–53, title I, §123, Aug. 14, 1979, 93 Stat. 366; Pub. L. 97–113, title VII, §734(a)(6), Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1560, provided that:
“(a) The Administrator of the agency primarily responsible for administering part I of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [this subchapter] shall prepare and transmit to the Congress, not later than 30 days after the date of enactment of this Act [Aug. 3, 1977], a detailed plan for the establishment of a section on minority business within such agency.
“(b) Such plan shall include, but shall not be limited to—
“(1) a description of where the section on minority business will be located in such agency's organizational structure and what relevant lines of authority will be established;
“(2) a listing of the specific responsibilities that will be assigned to the section on minority business to enable it to increase, in a rational and effective manner, participation of minority business enterprises in activities funded by such agency;
“(3) a design for a time-phase system for bringing about expanded minority business enterprise participation, including specific recommendations for percentage allocations of contracts by such agency to minority business enterprises;
“(4) a proposed reporting system that will permit objective measuring of the degree of participation of minority business enterprises in comparison to the total activities funded by such agency;
“(5) a detailed projection of the administrative budgetary impact of the establishment of the section on minority business; and
“(6) a detailed set of objective criteria upon which determinations will be made as to the qualifications of minority business enterprises to receive contracts funded by such agency.
“(c)(1) Upon the enactment of the International Development Cooperation Act of 1979 [Aug. 14, 1979], the section on minority business established pursuant to subsection (a) shall be redesignated as the Minority Resource Center (hereafter in this section referred to as the ‘Center’) which shall be responsible for increasing the participation of economically and socially disadvantaged business enterprises in contract, procurement, grant, and research and development activities funded by the agency primarily responsible for administering part I of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [this subchapter] (hereafter in this section referred to as the ‘agency’).
“(2) The Center shall—
“(A) establish, maintain, and disseminate information to, and otherwise serve as an information clearinghouse for, economically and socially disadvantaged business enterprises regarding business opportunities in development assistance programs funded by the agency;
“(B) design and conduct programs to encourage, promote, and assist economically and socially disadvantaged business enterprises to secure direct contracts, host country contracts, operation expatriate contracts, indefinite quantity contracts, subcontracts, projects, grants, and research and development contracts in order for such enterprises to participate in such development assistance programs;
“(C) conduct market research, planning, economic and business analyses, and feasibility studies to identify business opportunities in such development assistance programs;
“(D) develop support mechanisms which will enable socially and economically disadvantaged businesses to take advantage of business opportunities in such development assistance programs; and
“(E) enter into such contracts (to such extent or in such amounts as are provided in appropriation Acts), cooperative agreements, or other transactions as may be necessary in the conduct of its functions under this section.
“(3) The Administrator of the agency and the Secretary of State shall provide the Center with such relevant information, including procurement schedules, bids, and specifications with respect to development assistance programs funded by the agency, as may be requested by the Center in connection with the performance of its functions under this section.
“(4) There shall be a Director of the Center who shall be the chief executive officer of the Center. The Director shall be appointed by the Administrator of the agency.
“(5)(A) For the purposes of this section, the term ‘economically and socially disadvantaged enterprise’ means a business—
“(i) which is at least 51 percent owned by one or more socially and economically disadvantaged individuals or, in the case of a publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the stock of which is owned by one or more socially and economically disadvantaged individuals; and
“(ii) whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more such individuals.
“(B) Socially disadvantaged individuals are those who have been subjected to racial or ethnic prejudice or cultural bias because of their identity as a member of a group without regard to their individual qualities.
“(C) Economically disadvantaged individuals are those socially disadvantaged individuals whose ability to compete in the free enterprise system has been impaired due to diminished capital and credit opportunities as compared to others in the same business area who are not socially disadvantaged. In determining the degree of diminished credit and capital opportunities, the Administrator of the agency shall consider, but not be limited to, the assets and net worth of the socially disadvantaged individual.
“(6) [Repealed. Pub. L. 97–113, title VII, §734(a)(6), Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1560.]
“(7) Of the funds available to the agency for operating expenses, up to $950,000 for fiscal year 1980 may be allocated to the Center to carry out its functions under this section.
“(8) If the Administrator of the agency determines that such a consolidation would significantly further the purposes of this section and would eliminate unnecessary duplication of activity, the Administrator may consolidate the Center with the Office of Small and Disadvantaged Business Utilization established in the agency by section 15(k) of the Small Business Act [section 644(k) of Title 15, Commerce and Trade]. Any such consolidation shall ensure that all the functions specified in paragraph (2) of this subsection continue to be carried out. Before implementing any such consolidation, the Administrator shall submit to the Congress a detailed report setting forth the reasons for the proposed consolidation.”
[Amendment by Pub. L. 96–53 (adding subsec. (c) to section 133 of Pub. L. 95–88) effective Aug. 14, 1979, see section 512(b) of Pub. L. 96–53, set out as an Effective Date of 1979 Amendment note above.]
Section 40 of Pub. L. 93–189 provided that: “Effective July 1, 1974, no amount of any foreign currency (including principal and interest from loan repayments) which accrues in connection with any sale for foreign currency under any provision of law may be used under any agreement entered into after the date of the enactment of this Act [Dec. 17, 1973], or any revision or extension entered into after such date of any prior or subsequent agreement, to provide any assistance to any foreign country to procure equipment, materials, facilities, or services for the common defense, including internal security, unless such agreement is specifically authorized by legislation enacted after such date.”
Pub. L. 88–633, pt. V, §501, Oct. 7, 1964, 78 Stat. 1015, provided that: “It is the sense of the Congress that the United States deeply believes in the freedom of religion for all people and is opposed to infringement of this freedom anywhere in the world. The Congress condemns the persecution of any persons because of their religion. It is further the sense of Congress that all persons should be permitted the free exercise of religion and the pursuit of their culture.”
Pub. L. 91–194, title I, §105, Feb. 9, 1970, 84 Stat. 7, related to Congressional opposition to the seating in the United Nations of the Communist regime in China as the representative of China, and requested the President, in the event of the seating of representatives of the Chinese Communist regime in the Security Council or the General Assembly of the United Nations, to inform the Congress of the implications of the seating upon the foreign policy of the United States. Similar provisions were contained in the following prior acts:
Oct. 17, 1968, Pub. L. 90–581, title I, §105, 82 Stat. 1139.
Jan. 2, 1968, Pub. L. 90–249, title I, §105, 81 Stat. 938.
Oct. 15, 1966, Pub. L. 89–691, title I, §105, 80 Stat. 1020.
Oct. 20, 1965, Pub. L. 89–273, title I, §105, 79 Stat. 1003.
Oct. 7, 1964, Pub. L. 88–634, title I, §105, 78 Stat. 1017.
Jan. 6, 1964, Pub. L. 88–258, title I, §105, 77 Stat. 858.
Oct. 23, 1962, Pub. L. 87–872, title I, §105, 76 Stat. 1164.
Sept. 30, 1961, Pub. L. 87–329, title I, §107, 75 Stat. 718.
Sept. 2, 1960, Pub. L. 86–704, title I, §107, 74 Stat. 779.
Sept. 28, 1959, Pub. L. 86–383, title I, §112, 73 Stat. 720.
Aug. 28, 1958, Pub. L. 85–853, §105, 72 Stat. 1101.
Sept. 3, 1957, Pub. L. 85–279, §109, 71 Stat. 604.
July 31, 1956, ch. 803, §108, 70 Stat. 735.
July 8, 1955, ch. 301, §12, 69 Stat. 290 (repealed by Pub. L. 87–195, pt. III, §642(a)(3), Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 460).
Pub. L. 110–53, title XX, §2002, Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 508, provided that: “In this title [see Short Title of 2007 Amendment note above], except as otherwise provided, the term ‘appropriate congressional committees’—
“(1) means—
“(A) the Committee on Foreign Affairs and the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives; and
“(B) the Committee on Foreign Relations and the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate; and
“(2) includes, for purposes of subtitle D [subtitle D (§§2041–2043) of title XX of Pub. L. 110–53, enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 2375, 2656, and 7511 of this title], the Committees on Armed Services of the House of Representatives and of the Senate.”
Pub. L. 107–228, div. B, title X, §1002, Sept. 30, 2002, 116 Stat. 1425, provided that: “In this division [see Tables for classification]:
“(1)
“(2)
“(3)
The Congress finds that the efforts of developing countries to build and maintain the social and economic institutions necessary to achieve self-sustaining growth and to provide opportunities to improve the quality of life for their people depend primarily upon successfully marshalling their own economic and human resources. The Congress recognizes that the magnitude of these efforts exceeds the resources of developing countries and therefore accepts that there will be a long-term need for wealthy countries to contribute additional resources for development purposes. The United States should take the lead in concert with other nations to mobilize such resources from public and private sources.
Provision of development resources must be adapted to the needs and capabilities of specific developing countries. United States assistance to countries with low per capita incomes which have limited access to private external resources should primarily be provided on concessional terms. Assistance to other developing countries should generally consist of programs which facilitate their access to private capital markets, investment, and technical skills, whether directly through guarantee or reimbursable programs by the United States Government or indirectly through callable capital provided to the international financial institutions.
Bilateral assistance and United States participation in multilateral institutions shall emphasize programs in support of countries which pursue development strategies designed to meet basic human needs and achieve self-sustaining growth with equity.
The Congress declares that the principal purpose of United States bilateral development assistance is to help the poor majority of people in developing countries to participate in a process of equitable growth through productive work and to influence decisions that shape their lives, with the goal of increasing their incomes and their access to public services which will enable them to satisfy their basic needs and lead lives of decency, dignity, and hope. Activities shall be emphasized that effectively involve the poor in development by expanding their access to the economy through services and institutions at the local level, increasing their participation in the making of decisions that affect their lives, increasing labor-intensive production and the use of appropriate technology, expanding productive investment and services out from major cities to small towns and rural areas, and otherwise providing opportunities for the poor to improve their lives through their own efforts. Participation of the United States in multilateral institutions shall also place appropriate emphasis on these principles.
Assistance under this part should be used not only for the purpose of transferring financial resources to developing countries, but also to help countries solve development problems in accordance with a strategy that aims to insure wide participation of the poor in the benefits of development on a sustained basis. Moreover, assistance shall be provided in a prompt and effective manner, using appropriate United States institutions for carrying out this strategy. In order to achieve these objectives and the broad objectives set forth in section 2151 of this title and in subsection (a) of this section, bilateral development assistance authorized by this chapter shall be carried out in accordance with the following principles:
(1) Development is primarily the responsibility of the people of the developing countries themselves. Assistance from the United States shall be used in support of, rather than substitution for, the self-help efforts that are essential to successful development programs and shall be concentrated in those countries that take positive steps to help themselves. Maximum effort shall be made, in the administration of subchapter I of this chapter, to stimulate the involvement of the people in the development process through the encouragement of democratic participation in private and local governmental activities and institution building appropriate to the requirements of the recipient countries.
(2) Development planning must be the responsibility of each sovereign country. United States assistance should be administered in a collaborative style to support the development goals chosen by each country receiving assistance.
(3) United States bilateral development assistance should give high priority to undertakings submitted by host governments which directly improve the lives of the poorest of their people and their capacity to participate in the development of their countries, while also helping such governments enhance their planning, technical, and administrative capabilities needed to insure the success of such undertakings.
(4) Development assistance provided under this part shall be concentrated in countries which will make the most effective use of such assistance to help satisfy basic human needs of poor people through equitable growth, especially in those countries having the greatest need for outside assistance. In order to make possible consistent and informed judgments in this respect, the President shall assess the commitment and progress of countries in moving toward the objectives and purposes of this part by utilizing criteria, including but not limited to the following:
(A) increase in agricultural productivity per unit of land through small-farm, labor-intensive agriculture;
(B) reduction of infant mortality;
(C) control of population growth;
(D) promotion of greater equality of income distribution, including measures such as more progressive taxation and more equitable returns to small farmers;
(E) reduction of rates of unemployment and underemployment;
(F) increase in literacy; and
(G) progress in combating corruption and improving transparency and accountability in the public and private sector.
(5) United States development assistance should focus on critical problems in those functional sectors which affect the lives of the majority of the people in the developing countries; food production and nutrition; rural development and generation of gainful employment; population planning and health; environment and natural resources; education, development administration, and human resource development; and energy development and production.
(6) United States assistance shall encourage and promote the participation of women in the national economies of developing countries and the improvement of women's status as an important means of promoting the total development effort.
(7) United States bilateral assistance shall recognize that the prosperity of developing countries and effective development efforts require the adoption of an overall strategy that promotes the development, production, and efficient utilization of energy and, therefore, consideration shall be given to the full implications of such assistance on the price, availability, and consumption of energy in recipient countries.
(8) United States cooperation in development should be carried out to the maximum extent possible through the private sector, including those institutions which already have ties in the developing areas, such as educational institutions, cooperatives, credit unions, free labor unions, and private and voluntary agencies.
(9) To the maximum extent practicable, United States private investment should be encouraged in economic and social development programs to which the United States lends support.
(10) Assistance shall be planned and utilized to encourage regional cooperation by developing countries in the solution of common problems and the development of shared resources.
(11) Assistance efforts of the United States shall be planned and furnished to the maximum extent practicable in coordination and cooperation with assistance efforts of other countries, including the planning and implementation of programs and projects on a multilateral and multidonor basis.
(12) United States bilateral development assistance should be concentrated on projects which do not involve large-scale capital transfers. However, to the extent that such assistance does involve large-scale capital transfers, it should be furnished in association with contributions from other countries working together in a multilateral framework.
(13) United States encouragement of policy reforms is necessary if developing countries are to achieve economic growth with equity.
(14) Development assistance should, as a fundamental objective, promote private sector activity in open and competitive markets in developing countries, recognizing such activity to be a productive and efficient means of achieving equitable and long term economic growth.
(15) United States cooperation in development should recognize as essential the need of developing countries to have access to appropriate technology in order to improve food and water, health and housing, education and employment, and agriculture and industry.
(16) United States assistance should focus on establishing and upgrading the institutional capacities of developing countries in order to promote long term development. An important component of institution building involves training to expand the human resource potential of people in developing countries.
(17) Economic reform and development of effective institutions of democratic governance are mutually reinforcing. The successful transition of a developing country is dependent upon the quality of its economic and governance institutions. Rule of law, mechanisms of accountability and transparency, security of person, property, and investments, are but a few of the critical governance and economic reforms that underpin the sustainability of broad-based economic growth. Programs in support of such reforms strengthen the capacity of people to hold their governments accountable and to create economic opportunity.
The Congress, recognizing the desirability of overcoming the worst aspects of absolute poverty by the end of this century by, among other measures, substantially lowering infant mortality and birth rates, and increasing life expectancy, food production, literacy, and employment, encourages the President to explore with other countries, through all appropriate channels, the feasibility of a worldwide cooperative effort to overcome the worst aspects of absolute poverty and to assure self-reliant growth in the developing countries by the year 2000.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §102, as added Pub. L. 95–424, title I, §101, Oct. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 938; amended Pub. L. 96–53, title I, §104(a), Aug. 14, 1979, 93 Stat. 360; Pub. L. 99–83, title III, §301, Aug. 8, 1985, 99 Stat. 213; Pub. L. 106–309, title II, §203(b), Oct. 17, 2000, 114 Stat. 1092.)
This chapter, referred to in subsec. (b), was in the original “this Act”, meaning Pub. L. 87–195, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 424, as amended, known as the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2151 of this title and Tables.
References to subchapter I of this chapter are deemed to include parts IV (§2346 et seq.), VI (§2348 et seq.), and VIII (§2349aa et seq.) of subchapter II of this chapter, and references to subchapter II are deemed to exclude such parts. See section 202(b) of Pub. L. 92–226, set out as a note under section 2346 of this title, and sections 2348c and 2349aa–5 of this title.
2000—Subsec. (b)(4)(G). Pub. L. 106–309, §203(b)(1), added subpar. (G).
Subsec. (b)(17). Pub. L. 106–309, §203(b)(2), added par. (17).
1985—Subsec. (b)(13) to (16). Pub. L. 99–83 added pars. (13) to (16).
1979—Subsec. (b)(5). Pub. L. 96–53, §104(a)(1), inserted applicability to energy development and production.
Subsec. (b)(7). Pub. L. 96–53, §104(a)(2), inserted applicability to promotion of development and production of energy.
Section 1301 of Pub. L. 99–83 provided that: “Except as otherwise provided in this Act, this Act [see Short Title of 1985 Amendment note set out under section 2151 of this title] shall take effect on October 1, 1985.”
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–53 effective Oct. 1, 1979, see section 512(a) of Pub. L. 96–53, set out as a note under section 2151 of this title.
Section effective Oct. 1, 1978, see section 605 of Pub. L. 95–424, set out as an Effective Date of 1978 Amendment note under section 2151 of this title.
For delegation of functions of President under this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 F.R. 56673, as amended, set out as a note under section 2381 of this title.
(1) In recognition of the fact that the great majority of the people of developing countries live in rural areas and are dependent on agriculture and agricultural-related pursuits for their livelihood, the President is authorized to furnish assistance, on such terms and conditions as he may determine, for agriculture, rural development, and nutrition—
(A) to alleviate starvation, hunger, and malnutrition;
(B) to expand significantly the provision of basic services to rural poor people to enhance their capacity for self-help; and
(C) to help create productive farm and off-farm employment in rural areas to provide a more viable economic base and enhance opportunities for improved incomes, living standards, and contributions by rural poor people to the economic and social development of their countries.
(2) There are authorized to be appropriated to the President for purposes of this section, in addition to funds otherwise available for such purposes, $760,000,000 for fiscal year 1986 and $760,000,000 for fiscal year 1987. Of these amounts, the President may use such amounts as he deems appropriate to carry out the provisions of section 316 of the International Security and Development Cooperation Act of 1980. Amounts appropriated under this section are authorized to remain available until expended.
(3) Of the amounts authorized to be appropriated in paragraph (2) for the fiscal year 1987, not less than $2,000,000 shall be available only for the purpose of controlling and eradicating amblyomma variegatum (heartwater) in bovine animals in the Caribbean.
(1) Assistance provided under this section shall be used primarily for activities which are specifically designed to increase the productivity and income of the rural poor, through such means as creation and strengthening of local institutions linked to the regional and national levels; organization of a system of financial institutions which provide both savings and credit services to the poor; stimulation of small, labor-intensive enterprises in rural towns; improvement of marketing facilities and systems; expansion of rural infrastructure and utilities such as farm-to-market roads, water management systems, land improvement, energy, and storage facilities; establishment of more equitable and more secure land tenure arrangements; and creation and strengthening of systems to provide other services and supplies needed by farmers, such as extension, research, training, fertilizer, water, forestry, soil conservation, and improved seed, in ways which assure access to them by small farmers.
(2) In circumstances where development of major infrastructure is necessary to achieve the objectives set forth in this section, assistance for that purpose should be furnished under this part in association with significant contributions from other countries working together in a multilateral framework. Infrastructure projects so assisted should be complemented by other measures to ensure that the benefits of the infrastructure reach the poor.
(3) The Congress recognizes that the accelerating loss of forests and tree cover in developing countries undermines and offsets efforts to improve agricultural production and nutrition and otherwise to meet the basic human needs of the poor. Deforestation results in increased flooding, reduction in water supply for agricultural capacity, loss of firewood and needed wood products, and loss of valuable plants and animals. In order to maintain and increase forest resources, the President is authorized to provide assistance under this section for forestry projects which are essential to fulfill the fundamental purposes of this section. Emphasis shall be given to community woodlots, agroforestry, reforestation, protection of watershed forests, and more effective forest management.
The Congress finds that the greatest potential for significantly expanding availability of food for people in rural areas and augmenting world food production at relatively low cost lies in increasing the productivity of small farmers who constitute a majority of the agricultural producers in developing countries. Increasing the emphasis on rural development and expanded food production in the poorest nations of the developing world is a matter of social justice and a principal element contributing to broadly based economic growth, as well as an important factor in alleviating inflation in the industrialized countries. In the allocation of funds under this section, special attention shall be given to increasing agricultural production in countries which have been designated as “least developed” by the United Nations General Assembly.
Assistance provided under this section shall also be used in coordination with programs carried out under section 2151b of this title to help improve nutrition of the people of developing countries through encouragement of increased production of crops with greater nutritional value; improvement of planning, research, and education with respect to nutrition, particularly with reference to improvement and expanded use of indigenously produced foodstuffs; and the undertaking of pilot or demonstration programs explicitly addressing the problem of malnutrition of poor and vulnerable people. In particular, the President is encouraged—
(1) to devise and carry out in partnership with developing countries a strategy for programs of nutrition and health improvement for mothers and children, including breast feeding; and
(2) to provide technical, financial, and material support to individuals or groups at the local level for such programs.
Local currency proceeds from sales of commodities provided under the Food for Peace Act [7 U.S.C. 1691 et seq.] which are owned by foreign governments shall be used whenever practicable to carry out the provisions of this section.
The Congress finds that the efforts of developing countries to enhance their national food security deserves encouragement as a matter of United States development assistance policy. Measures complementary to assistance for expanding food production in developing countries are needed to help assure that food becomes increasingly available on a regular basis to the poor in such countries. Therefore, United States bilateral assistance under this chapter and the Food for Peace Act [7 U.S.C. 1691 et seq.], and United States participation in multilateral institutions, shall emphasize policies and programs which assist developing countries to increase their national food security by improving their food policies and management and by strengthening national food reserves, with particular concern for the needs of the poor, through measures encouraging domestic production, building national food reserves, expanding available storage facilities, reducing postharvest food losses, and improving food distribution.
(1) In order to carry out the purposes of this section, the President may continue United States participation in and may make contributions to the International Fund for Agricultural Development.
(2) Of the aggregate amount authorized to be appropriated to carry out subchapter I of this chapter, up to $50,000,000 for fiscal year 1986 and up to $50,000,000 for fiscal year 1987 may be made available, by appropriation or by transfer, for United States contributions to the second replenishment of the International Fund for Agricultural Development.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §103, as added Pub. L. 93–189, §2(3), Dec. 17, 1973, 87 Stat. 715; amended Pub. L. 93–559, §2, Dec. 30, 1974, 88 Stat. 1795; Pub. L. 94–161, title III, §302, Dec. 20, 1975, 89 Stat. 856; Pub. L. 95–88, title I, §102, Aug. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 534; Pub. L. 95–424, title I, §103(a), Oct. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 943; Pub. L. 96–53, title I, §101, Aug. 14, 1979, 93 Stat. 359; Pub. L. 96–533, title III, §301, Dec. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3145; Pub. L. 97–113, title III, §301(a), (c), Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1531, 1532; Pub. L. 99–83, title III, §302, title X, §1001, Aug. 8, 1985, 99 Stat. 214, 270; Pub. L. 99–399, title XIII, §1304, Aug. 27, 1986, 100 Stat. 898; Pub. L. 110–246, title III, §3001(b)(1)(A), (2)(Q), June 18, 2008, 122 Stat. 1820.)
Section 316 of the International Security and Development Cooperation Act of 1980, referred to in subsec. (a)(2), is section 316 of Pub. L. 96–533, title III, Dec. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3149, set out as a note below.
The Food for Peace Act, referred to in subsecs. (e) and (f), is act July 10, 1954, ch. 469, 68 Stat. 454, which is classified generally to chapter 41 (§1691 et seq.) of Title 7, Agriculture. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1691 of Title 7 and Tables.
This chapter, referred to in subsec. (f), was in the original “this Act”, meaning Pub. L. 87–195, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 424, known as the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2151 of this title and Tables.
References to subchapter I of this chapter are deemed to include parts IV (§2346 et seq.), VI (§2348 et seq.), and VIII (§2349aa et seq.) of subchapter II of this chapter, and references to subchapter II are deemed to exclude such parts. See section 202(b) of Pub. L. 92–226, set out as a note under section 2346 of this title, and sections 2348c and 2349aa–5 of this title.
2008—Subsecs. (e), (f). Pub. L. 110–246 substituted “Food for Peace Act” for “Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance Act of 1954”.
1986—Subsec. (a)(3). Pub. L. 99–399 added par. (3).
1985—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 99–83, §302, substituted “$760,000,000 for fiscal year 1986 and $760,000,000 for fiscal year 1987. Of these amounts, the President may use such amounts as he deems appropriate to carry out the provisions of section 316 of the International Security and Development Cooperation Act of 1980.” for “$700,000,000 for the fiscal year 1982 and $700,000,000 for the fiscal year 1983, of which up to $1,000,000 for each such fiscal year shall be available only to carry out section 316 of the International Security and Development Cooperation Act of 1980.”
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 99–83, §1001, amended subsec. (g) generally. Prior to amendment, subsec. (g) read as follows: “In order to carry out the purposes of this section, the President may continue to participate in and may provide, on such terms and conditions as he may determine, up to $180,000,000 to the International Fund for Agricultural Development. There are authorized to be appropriated to the President for the purposes of this subsection $180,000,000, except that not more than $40,500,000 may be appropriated under this subsection for the fiscal year 1982. Amounts appropriated under this subsection are authorized to remain available until expended.”
1981—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 97–113, §301(a), substituted “$700,000,000 for the fiscal year 1982 and $700,000,000 for the fiscal year 1983, of which up to $1,000,000 for each such fiscal year shall be available only to carry out section 316 of the International Security and Development Cooperation Act of 1980” for “$713,500,000 for the fiscal year 1981”.
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 97–113, §301(c), added subsec. (g).
1980—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 96–533 substituted appropriations authorization of $713,500,000 for fiscal year 1981 for such authorization of $659,000,000 for fiscal year 1980.
1979—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 96–53, §101(a), substituted provisions authorizing appropriations of $659,000,000 for fiscal year 1980, for provisions authorizing appropriations of $665,213,000 for fiscal year 1979.
Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 96–53, §101(b), added par. (3).
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 96–53, §101(c), added subsec. (f).
1978—Pub. L. 95–424 amended section generally, updating and clarifying the purposes of assistance to more accurately reflect the range of activities authorized by this section.
1977—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 95–88, §102(a), struck out provisions authorizing appropriations of $291,000,000 for the fiscal year 1974, $500,000,000 for the fiscal year 1975, and $618,800,000 for the fiscal year 1976, and inserted provisions authorizing the appropriation of $580,000,000 for the fiscal year 1978.
Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 95–88, §102(b), added subsec. (h).
1975—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 94–161, §302(1), authorized appropriation of $618,800,000 and $745,000,000 for fiscal years 1976 and 1977, respectively.
Subsecs. (c) to (g). Pub. L. 94–161, §302(2), added subsecs. (c) to (g).
1974—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 93–559, §2(1), (2), designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and increased appropriations authorization for fiscal year 1975 to $500,000,000 from $291,000,000.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 93–559, §2(3), added subsec. (b).
Amendment by Pub. L. 110–246 effective May 22, 2008, see section 4(b) of Pub. L. 110–246, set out as an Effective Date note under section 8701 of Title 7, Agriculture.
Amendment by Pub. L. 99–83 effective Oct. 1, 1985, see section 1301 of Pub. L. 99–83, set out as a note under section 2151–1 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–53 effective Oct. 1, 1979, see section 512(a) of Pub. L. 96–53, set out as a note under section 2151 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 95–424 effective Oct. 1, 1978, see section 605 of Pub. L. 95–424, set out as a note under section 2151 of this title.
For delegation of functions of President under this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 F.R. 56673, as amended, set out as a note under section 2381 of this title.
Pub. L. 108–199, div. D, title V, §577, Jan. 23, 2004, 118 Stat. 201, provided that: “The Secretary of the Treasury may, to fulfill commitments of the United States, contribute on behalf of the United States to the sixth replenishment of the resources of the International Fund for Agricultural Development. The following amount is authorized to be appropriated without fiscal year limitation for payment by the Secretary of the Treasury: $45,000,000 for the International Fund for Agricultural Development.”
Section 316 of Pub. L. 96–533 provided:
“(a) In order to further the purposes of section 103 of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [this section], the Director of the United States International Development Cooperation Agency shall encourage the ongoing work of private and voluntary organizations to deal with world hunger problems abroad. To this end, the Director shall help facilitate widespread public discussion, analysis, and review of the issues raised by the Report of the Presidential Commission on World Hunger of March 1980, especially the issues raised by the Commission's call for increased public awareness of the political, economic, technical, and social factors relating to hunger and poverty.
“(b) As a means of carrying out subsection (a), and to ensure the effectiveness of private and voluntary organizations in dealing with world hunger abroad, the Director is urged to provide assistance to private and voluntary organizations engaged in facilitating public discussion of hunger and other related issues.”
[For abolition of United States International Development Cooperation Agency (other than Agency for International Development and Overseas Private Investment Corporation), transfer of functions, and treatment of references thereto, see sections 6561, 6562, and 6571 of this title.]
Section 317 of Pub. L. 96–533 provided: “It is the sense of the Congress that—
“(1) the President should reaffirm the policy of the United States Government to support the goal established by the United Nations General Assembly of reducing by 50 percent postharvest losses of food in developing countries; and
“(2) the President, acting through the Agency for International Development, should increase substantially the proportion of funds made available under the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [see Short Title note set out under section 2151 of this title] for the purpose of assisting, together with other donor countries and with developing countries, in the reduction of postharvest losses of food in developing countries.”
Agricultural research carried out under this chapter shall (1) take account of the special needs of small farmers in the determination of research priorities, (2) include research on the interrelationships among technology, institutions, and economic, social, environmental, and cultural factors affecting small-farm agriculture, and (3) make extensive use of field testing to adapt basic research to local conditions. Special emphasis shall be placed on disseminating research results to the farms on which they can be put to use, and especially on institutional and other arrangements needed to assure that small farmers have effective access to both new and existing improved technology.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §103A, as added Pub. L. 94–161, title III, §303, Dec. 20, 1975, 89 Stat. 857; amended Pub. L. 95–424, title I, §103(d), Oct. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 945.)
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original “this Act”, meaning Pub. L. 87–195, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 424, as amended, known as the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2151 of this title and Tables.
1978—Pub. L. 95–424 inserted “environmental” after “social” in cl. 2.
Amendment by Pub. L. 95–424 effective Oct. 1, 1978, see section 605 of Pub. L. 95–424, set out as a note under section 2151 of this title.
The Congress recognizes that poor health conditions and uncontrolled population growth can vitiate otherwise successful development efforts.
Large families in developing countries are the result of complex social and economic factors which change relatively slowly among the poor majority least affected by economic progress, as well as the result of a lack of effective birth control. Therefore, effective family planning depends upon economic and social change as well as the delivery of services and is often a matter of political and religious sensitivity. While every country has the right to determine its own policies with respect to population growth, voluntary population planning programs can make a substantial contribution to economic development, higher living standards, and improved health and nutrition.
Good health conditions are a principal element in improved quality of life and contribute to the individual's capacity to participate in the development process, while poor health and debilitating disease can limit productivity.
In order to increase the opportunities and motivation for family planning and to reduce the rate of population growth, the President is authorized to furnish assistance, on such terms and conditions as he may determine, for voluntary population planning. In addition to the provision of family planning information and services, including also information and services which relate to and support natural family planning methods, and the conduct of directly relevant demographic research, population planning programs shall emphasize motivation for small families.
(1) In order to contribute to improvements in the health of the greatest number of poor people in developing countries, the President is authorized to furnish assistance, on such terms and conditions as he may determine, for health programs. Assistance under this subsection shall be used primarily for basic integrated health services, safe water and sanitation, disease prevention and control, and related health planning and research. This assistance shall emphasize self-sustaining community-based health programs by means such as training of health auxiliary and other appropriate personnel, support for the establishment and evaluation of projects that can be replicated on a broader scale, measures to improve management of health programs, and other services and supplies to support health and disease prevention programs.
(2)(A) In carrying out the purposes of this subsection, the President shall promote, encourage, and undertake activities designed to deal directly with the special health needs of children and mothers. Such activities should utilize simple, available technologies which can significantly reduce childhood mortality, such as improved and expanded immunization programs, oral rehydration to combat diarrhoeal diseases, and education programs aimed at improving nutrition and sanitation and at promoting child spacing. In carrying out this paragraph, guidance shall be sought from knowledgeable health professionals from outside the agency primarily responsible for administering subchapter I of this chapter. In addition to government-to-government programs, activities pursuant to this paragraph should include support for appropriate activities of the types described in this paragraph which are carried out by international organizations (which may include international organizations receiving funds under part III of this subchapter) and by private and voluntary organizations, and should include encouragement to other donors to support such types of activities.
(B) In addition to amounts otherwise available for such purpose, there are authorized to be appropriated to the President $25,000,000 for fiscal year 1986 and $75,000,000 for fiscal year 1987 for use in carrying out this paragraph. Amounts appropriated under this subparagraph are authorized to remain available until expended.
(C) Appropriations pursuant to subparagraph (B) may be referred to as the “Child Survival Fund”.
(3) The Congress recognizes that the promotion of primary health care is a major objective of the foreign assistance program. The Congress further recognizes that simple, relatively low cost means already exist to reduce incidence of communicable diseases among children, mothers, and infants. The promotion of vaccines for immunization, and salts for oral rehydration, therefore, is an essential feature of the health assistance program. To this end, the Congress expects the agency primarily responsible for administering subchapter I of this chapter to set as a goal the protection of not less than 80 percent of all children, in those countries in which such agency has established development programs, from immunizable diseases by January 1, 1991. Of the aggregate amounts made available for fiscal year 1987 to carry out paragraph (2) of this subsection (relating to the Child Survival Fund) and to carry out subsection (c) of this section (relating to development assistance for health), $50,000,000 shall be used to carry out this paragraph.
(4)
(1) Assistance under this part shall be administered so as to give particular attention to the interrelationship between (A) population growth, and (B) development and overall improvement in living standards in developing countries, and to the impact of all programs, projects, and activities on population growth. All appropriate activities proposed for financing under this part shall be designed to build motivation for smaller families through modification of economic and social conditions supportive of the desire for large families, in programs such as education in and out of school, nutrition, disease control, maternal and child health services, improvements in the status and employment of women, agricultural production, rural development, and assistance to the urban poor, and through community-based development programs which give recognition to people motivated to limit the size of their families. Population planning programs shall be coordinated with other programs aimed at reducing the infant mortality rate, providing better nutrition for pregnant women and infants, and raising the standard of living of the poor.
(2) Since the problems of malnutrition, disease, and rapid population growth are closely related, planning for assistance to be provided under subsections (b) and (c) of this section and under section 2151a of this title shall be coordinated to the maximum extent practicable.
(3) Assistance provided under this section shall emphasize low-cost integrated delivery systems for health, nutrition, and family planning for the poorest people, with particular attention to the needs of mothers and young children, using paramedical and auxiliary medical personnel, clinics and health posts, commercial distribution systems, and other modes of community outreach.
(1) Health and population research and analysis carried out under this chapter shall—
(A) be undertaken to the maximum extent practicable in developing countries by developing country personnel, linked as appropriate with private and governmental biomedical research facilities within the United States;
(B) take account of the special needs of the poor people of developing countries in the determination of research priorities; and
(C) make extensive use of field testing to adapt basic research to local conditions.
(2) The President is authorized to study the complex factors affecting population growth in developing countries and to identify factors which might motivate people to plan family size or to space their children.
(1) None of the funds made available to carry out subchapter I of this chapter may be used to pay for the performance of abortions as a method of family planning or to motivate or coerce any person to practice abortions.
(2) None of the funds made available to carry out subchapter I of this chapter may be used to pay for the performance of involuntary sterilizations as a method of family planning or to coerce or provide any financial incentive to any person to undergo sterilizations.
(3) None of the funds made available to carry out subchapter I of this chapter may be used to pay for any biomedical research which relates, in whole or in part, to methods of, or the performance of, abortions or involuntary sterilization as a means of family planning.
(1) There are authorized to be appropriated to the President, in addition to funds otherwise available for such purposes—
(A) $290,000,000 for fiscal year 1986 and $290,000,000 for fiscal year 1987 to carry out subsection (b) of this section; and
(B) $205,000,000 for fiscal year 1986 and $180,000,000 for fiscal year 1987 to carry out subsection (c) of this section.
(2) Funds appropriated under this subsection are authorized to remain available until expended.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §104, as added Pub. L. 93–189, §2(3), Dec. 17, 1973, 87 Stat. 715; amended Pub. L. 93–559, §4(1), Dec. 30, 1974, 88 Stat. 1795; Pub. L. 94–161, title III, §304, Dec. 20, 1975, 89 Stat. 857; Pub. L. 95–88, title I, §103(a)–(c), Aug. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 534; Pub. L. 95–424, title I, §104(a), Oct. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 945; Pub. L. 96–53, title I, §102, Aug. 14, 1979, 93 Stat. 360; Pub. L. 96–533, title III, §302, Dec. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3145; Pub. L. 97–113, title III, §302, Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1532; Pub. L. 98–473, title I, §101(1) [title V, §541(a)], Oct. 12, 1984, 98 Stat. 1884, 1903; Pub. L. 99–83, title III, §§303–305(a), Aug. 8, 1985, 99 Stat. 214; Pub. L. 99–529, title I, §103, title IV, §404(1), Oct. 24, 1986, 100 Stat. 3011, 3019; Pub. L. 106–264, title I, §111(a), title II, §203, Aug. 19, 2000, 114 Stat. 751, 759; Pub. L. 108–25, title III, §§301(a)(1), 303(c), May 27, 2003, 117 Stat. 728, 737.)
The Consolidated Appropriations Resolution, 2003, referred to in subsec. (c)(4), is Pub. L. 108–7, Feb. 20, 2003, 117 Stat. 11. Provisions under the heading “Child Survival and Health Programs Fund” in Pub. L. 108–7 appear at 117 Stat. 161 and are not classified to the Code.
This chapter, referred to in subsec. (e)(1), was in the original “this Act”, meaning Pub. L. 87–195, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 424, as amended, known as the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2151 of this title and Tables.
References to subchapter I of this chapter are deemed to include parts IV (§2346 et seq.), VI (§2348 et seq.), and VIII (§2349aa et seq.) of subchapter II of this chapter, and references to subchapter II are deemed to exclude such parts. See section 202(b) of Pub. L. 92–226, set out as a note under section 2346 of this title, and sections 2348c and 2349aa–5 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 98–473 is based on section 303 of H.R. 5119, Ninety-eighth Congress, as passed by the House of Representatives May 10, 1984, which was enacted into permanent law by Pub. L. 98–473.
2003—Subsec. (c)(4) to (7). Pub. L. 108–25 added par. (4) and struck out former pars. (4) to (7), which related to coordination between governments and organizations to prevent vertical transmission of HIV, prioritization of HIV/AIDS in foreign assistance program efforts, appropriation of funds for fiscal years 2001 and 2002, and coordination in developing a comprehensive tuberculosis program.
2000—Subsec. (c)(4) to (7). Pub. L. 106–264 added pars. (4) to (7).
1986—Subsec. (c)(2)(B). Pub. L. 99–529, §103(b), substituted “$75,000,000 for fiscal year 1987” for “$25,000,000 for fiscal year 1987”.
Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 99–529, §103(a), inserted provision allocating $50,000,000 of the amounts available for fiscal year 1987 for carrying out par. (3).
Subsec. (g)(1)(B). Pub. L. 99–529, §404(1), substituted “$180,000,000 for fiscal year 1987” for “$205,000,000 for fiscal year 1987”.
1985—Subsec. (c)(2)(B). Pub. L. 99–83, §304, inserted provisions authorizing specific appropriations for fiscal years 1986 and 1987.
Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 99–83, §305(a), added par. (3).
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 99–83, §303, in amending subsec. (g) generally, substituted in par. (1) provision authorizing appropriations of $290,000,000 and $205,000,000 to carry out subsecs. (b) and (c), respectively, for fiscal years 1986 and 1987 for provisions authorizing $211,000,000 and $133,405,000 to carry out such subsecs. for fiscal years 1982 and 1983, and in par. (2) struck out provision that not less than 16 percent of available subsec. (b) appropriations or $38,000,000, whichever amount is less, be available in fiscal years 1982 an 1983 only for the United Nations Fund for Population Activities.
1984—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 98–473 designated existing provisions as par. (1) and added par. (2).
1981—Subsec. (f)(3). Pub. L. 97–113, §302(b), added par. (3).
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 97–113, §302(a), substituted provision authorizing appropriations of $211,000,000 and $133,405,000 to carry out subsecs. (b) and (c) for fiscal years 1982 and 1983 for provision authorizing $238,000,000 and $145,300,000 to carry out such subsections for fiscal year 1981 and provision that not less than 16 percent of available subsec. (b) appropriations or $38,000,000, whichever amount is less, be available in fiscal years 1982 and 1983 only for the United Nations Fund for Population Activities for provision making minimum of $3,000,000 available in fiscal year 1981 only to support the World Health Organization's Special Program of Research, Development and Research Training in Human Reproduction.
1980—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 96–533, §302(a), made provision for information and services relating to and supporting natural family planning methods.
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 96–533, §302(b), substituted in par. (1) appropriations authorization of $238,000,000 for fiscal year 1981 for authorization of $201,000,000 for fiscal year 1980 and made $3,000,000 available for World Health Organization's Special Human Reproduction Program, and in par. (2) appropriations authorization of $145,300,000 for fiscal year 1981 for authorization of $141,000,000 for fiscal year 1980, which made $4,000,000 available for development of John Sparkman Center for International Public Health Education at University of Alabama at Birmingham.
1979—Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 96–53, §102(b), inserted provisions respecting use of community-based development programs.
Subsec. (g)(1). Pub. L. 96–53, §102(a), substituted provisions authorizing appropriations of $201,000,000 for fiscal year 1980, for provisions authorizing appropriations of $224,745,000 for fiscal year 1979.
Subsec. (g)(2). Pub. L. 96–53, §102(a), substituted provisions authorizing appropriations of $141,000,000 for fiscal year 1980, for provisions authorizing appropriations of $148,494,000 for fiscal year 1979, and inserted provisions relating to the Sparkman Center for International Public Health Education.
1978—Pub. L. 95–424 amended section generally placing greater emphasis on programs and efforts to change social and economic conditions which produce high birth rates.
1977—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 95–88, §103(a), transferred to subsec. (b) provisions covering the President's authority to furnish assistance for health purpose and, in the provisions covering population planning remaining in subsec. (a), struck out provisions authorizing the appropriations of $145,000,000 for fiscal year 1974, $165,000,000 for fiscal year 1975, $243,100,000 for fiscal year 1976, and $275,600,000 for fiscal year 1977, struck out provisions requiring that not less than 67 percent of the funds made available under this section be used for population planning, and inserted provisions authorizing an appropriation of $167,000,000 for fiscal year 1978.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 95–88, §103(a), added subsec. (b), consisting of provisions transferred from subsec. (a) covering the President's authority to furnish assistance for health purposes, inserted references to disease prevention and environmental sanitation, and inserted provisions authorizing an appropriation of $107,700,000 for fiscal year 1978. Former subsec. (b) redesignated (c).
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 95–88, §103(b), redesignated former subsec. (b) as (c).
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 95–88, §103(c), added subsec. (d).
1975—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 94–161, §304(1)–(3), designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), authorized appropriations of $243,100,000 and $275,600,000 for fiscal years 1976 and 1977, and prescribed minimum percentage (67) of funds available for any fiscal year to be used for population planning, either in separate programs or as an element of health programs.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 94–161, §304(4), added subsec. (b).
1974—Pub. L. 93–559 increased appropriations authorization for fiscal year 1975 to $165,000,000 from $145,000,000.
Amendment by Pub. L. 99–83 effective Oct. 1, 1985, see section 1301 of Pub. L. 99–83, set out as a note under section 2151–1 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–53 effective Oct. 1, 1979, see section 512(a) of Pub. L. 96–53, set out as a note under section 2151 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 95–424 effective Oct. 1, 1978, see section 605 of Pub. L. 95–424, set out as a note under section 2151 of this title.
Section 103(d) of Pub. L. 95–88 provided that: “The amendment made by subsection (a) of this section [amending this section] shall take effect on October 1, 1977.”
For delegation of functions of President under this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 F.R. 56673, as amended, set out as a note under section 2381 of this title.
Pub. L. 106–264, title II, §202, Aug. 19, 2000, 114 Stat. 758, provided that: “Congress makes the following findings:
“(1) Since the development of antibiotics in the 1950s, tuberculosis has been largely controlled in the United States and the Western World.
“(2) Due to societal factors, including growing urban decay, inadequate health care systems, persistent poverty, overcrowding, and malnutrition, as well as medical factors, including the HIV/AIDS epidemic and the emergence of multi-drug resistant strains of tuberculosis, tuberculosis has again become a leading and growing cause of adult deaths in the developing world.
“(3) According to the World Health Organization—
“(A) in 1998, about 1,860,000 people worldwide died of tuberculosis-related illnesses;
“(B) one-third of the world's total population is infected with tuberculosis; and
“(C) tuberculosis is the world's leading killer of women between 15 and 44 years old and is a leading cause of children becoming orphans.
“(4) Because of the ease of transmission of tuberculosis, its international persistence and growth pose a direct public health threat to those nations that had previously largely controlled the disease. This is complicated in the United States by the growth of the homeless population, the rate of incarceration, international travel, immigration, and HIV/AIDS.
“(5) With nearly 40 percent of the tuberculosis cases in the United States attributable to foreign-born persons, tuberculosis will never be controlled in the United States until it is controlled abroad.
“(6) The means exist to control tuberculosis through screening, diagnosis, treatment, patient compliance, monitoring, and ongoing review of outcomes.
“(7) Efforts to control tuberculosis are complicated by several barriers, including—
“(A) the labor intensive and lengthy process involved in screening, detecting, and treating the disease;
“(B) a lack of funding, trained personnel, and medicine in virtually every nation with a high rate of the disease;
“(C) the unique circumstances in each country, which requires the development and implementation of country-specific programs; and
“(D) the risk of having a bad tuberculosis program, which is worse than having no tuberculosis program because it would significantly increase the risk of the development of more widespread drug-resistant strains of the disease.
“(8) Eliminating the barriers to the international control of tuberculosis through a well-structured, comprehensive, and coordinated worldwide effort would be a significant step in dealing with the increasing public health problem posed by the disease.”
Section 305(b) of Pub. L. 99–83 provided that: “Each annual report required by section 634 of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2394] shall describe the progress achieved during the preceding fiscal year in carrying out section 104(c)(3) of such Act [22 U.S.C. 2151b(c)(3)].”
The Administrator of the United States Agency for International Development, in coordination with the heads of other appropriate Federal agencies and nongovernmental organizations, shall provide assistance for the establishment and conduct of activities designed to prevent, treat, control, and eliminate malaria in countries with a high percentage of malaria cases.
In providing assistance pursuant to paragraph (1), the Administrator should consider the interaction among the epidemics of HIV/AIDS, malaria, and tuberculosis.
Activities referred to in paragraph (1) shall include the dissemination of information relating to the development of vaccines and therapeutic agents for the prevention of malaria (including information relating to participation in, and the results of, clinical trials for such vaccines and agents conducted by United States Government agencies) to appropriate officials in such countries.
There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out subsection (a) of this section $50,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 2001 and 2002.
Amounts appropriated pursuant to the authorization of appropriations under paragraph (1) are authorized to remain available until expended.
(Pub. L. 106–570, title I, §103, Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3039.)
Section was enacted as part of the Assistance for International Malaria Control Act and also as part of the International Malaria Control Act of 2000, and not as part of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 which comprises this chapter.
Pub. L. 106–570, title I, §102, Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3039, provided that: “Congress makes the following findings:
“(1) The World Health Organization estimates that there are 300,000,000 to 500,000,000 cases of malaria each year.
“(2) According to the World Health Organization, more than 1,000,000 persons are estimated to die due to malaria each year.
“(3) According to the National Institutes of Health, about 40 percent of the world's population is at risk of becoming infected.
“(4) About half of those who die each year from malaria are children under 9 years of age.
“(5) Malaria kills one child each 30 seconds.
“(6) Although malaria is a public health problem in more than 90 countries, more than 90 percent of all malaria cases are in sub-Saharan Africa.
“(7) In addition to Africa, large areas of Central and South America, Haiti and the Dominican Republic, the Indian subcontinent, Southeast Asia, and the Middle East are high risk malaria areas.
“(8) These high risk areas represent many of the world's poorest nations.
“(9) Malaria is particularly dangerous during pregnancy. The disease causes severe anemia and is a major factor contributing to maternal deaths in malaria endemic regions.
“(10) ‘Airport malaria’, the importing of malaria by international aircraft and other conveyances, is becoming more common, and the United Kingdom reported 2,364 cases of malaria in 1997, all of them imported by travelers.
“(11) In the United States, of the 1,400 cases of malaria reported to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention in 1998, the vast majority were imported.
“(12) Between 1970 and 1997, the malaria infection rate in the United States increased by about 40 percent.
“(13) Malaria is caused by a single-cell parasite that is spread to humans by mosquitoes.
“(14) No vaccine is available and treatment is hampered by development of drug-resistant parasites and insecticide-resistant mosquitoes.”
Congress recognizes that the alarming spread of HIV/AIDS in countries in sub-Saharan Africa, the Caribbean, Central Asia, Eastern Europe, Latin America and other developing countries is a major global health, national security, development, and humanitarian crisis.
It is a major objective of the foreign assistance program of the United States to provide assistance for the prevention and treatment of HIV/AIDS and the care of those affected by the disease. It is the policy objective of the United States, by 2013, to—
(A) assist partner countries to—
(i) prevent 12,000,000 new HIV infections worldwide;
(ii) support—
(I) the increase in the number of individuals with HIV/AIDS receiving antiretroviral treatment above the goal established under section 7672(a)(3) 1 of this title and increased pursuant to paragraphs (1) through (3) of section 7673(d) 1 of this title; and
(II) additional treatment through coordinated multilateral efforts;
(iii) support care for 12,000,000 individuals infected with or affected by HIV/AIDS, including 5,000,000 orphans and vulnerable children affected by HIV/AIDS, with an emphasis on promoting a comprehensive, coordinated system of services to be integrated throughout the continuum of care;
(iv) provide at least 80 percent of the target population with access to counseling, testing, and treatment to prevent the transmission of HIV from mother-to-child;
(v) provide care and treatment services to children with HIV in proportion to their percentage within the HIV-infected population of a given partner country; and
(vi) train and support retention of health care professionals, paraprofessionals, and community health workers in HIV/AIDS prevention, treatment, and care, with the target of providing such training to at least 140,000 new health care professionals and paraprofessionals with an emphasis on training and in country deployment of critically needed doctors and nurses;
(B) strengthen the capacity to deliver primary health care in developing countries, especially in sub-Saharan Africa;
(C) support and help countries in their efforts to achieve staffing levels of at least 2.3 doctors, nurses, and midwives per 1,000 population, as called for by the World Health Organization; and
(D) help partner countries to develop independent, sustainable HIV/AIDS programs.
The United States and other countries with the sufficient capacity should provide assistance to countries in sub-Saharan Africa, the Caribbean, Central Asia, Eastern Europe, and Latin America, and other countries and regions confronting HIV/AIDS epidemics in a coordinated global strategy to help address generalized and concentrated epidemics through HIV/AIDS prevention, treatment, care, monitoring and evaluation, and related activities.
The United States Government's response to the global HIV/AIDS pandemic and the Government's efforts to help countries assume leadership of sustainable campaigns to combat their local epidemics should place high priority on—
(A) the prevention of the transmission of HIV;
(B) moving toward universal access to HIV/AIDS prevention counseling and services;
(C) the inclusion of cost sharing assurances that meet the requirements under section 2151h of this title; and
(D) the inclusion of transition strategies to ensure sustainability of such programs and activities, including health care systems, under other international donor support, or budget support by respective foreign governments.
Consistent with section 2151b(c) of this title, the President is authorized to furnish assistance, on such terms and conditions as the President may determine, for HIV/AIDS, including to prevent, treat, and monitor HIV/AIDS, and carry out related activities, in countries in sub-Saharan Africa, the Caribbean, Central Asia, Eastern Europe, Latin America, and other countries and areas, particularly with respect to refugee populations or those in postconflict settings in such countries and areas with significant or increasing HIV incidence rates.
It is the sense of Congress that the President should provide an appropriate level of assistance under paragraph (1) through nongovernmental organizations (including faith-based and community-based organizations) in countries in sub-Saharan Africa, the Caribbean, Central Asia, Eastern Europe, Latin America, and other countries and areas affected by the HIV/AIDS pandemic, particularly with respect to refugee populations or those in post-conflict settings in such countries and areas with significant or increasing HIV incidence rates..2
The President shall coordinate the provision of assistance under paragraph (1) with the provision of related assistance by the Joint United Nations Programme on HIV/AIDS (UNAIDS), the United Nations Children's Fund (UNICEF), the World Health Organization (WHO), the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP), the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria and other appropriate international organizations (such as the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development), relevant regional multilateral development institutions, national, state, and local governments of partner countries, other international actors,,2 appropriate governmental and nongovernmental organizations, and relevant executive branch agencies within the framework of the principles of the Three Ones.
Assistance provided under subsection (c) of this section shall, to the maximum extent practicable, be used to carry out the following activities:
Prevention of HIV/AIDS through activities including—
(A) programs and efforts that are designed or intended to impart knowledge with the exclusive purpose of helping individuals avoid behaviors that place them at risk of HIV infection, including integration of such programs into health programs and the inclusion in counseling programs of information on methods of avoiding infection of HIV, including delaying sexual debut, abstinence, fidelity and monogamy, reduction of casual sexual partnering and multiple concurrent sexual partnering,,2 reducing sexual violence and coercion, including child marriage, widow inheritance, and polygamy, and where appropriate, use of male and female condoms;
(B) assistance to establish and implement culturally appropriate HIV/AIDS education and prevention programs that are designed with local input and focus on helping individuals avoid infection of HIV/AIDS, implemented through nongovernmental organizations, including faith-based and community-based organizations, particularly those locally based organizations that utilize both professionals and volunteers with appropriate skills, experience, and community presence;
(C) assistance for the purpose of encouraging men to be responsible in their sexual behavior, child rearing, and to respect women;
(D) assistance for the purpose of providing voluntary testing and counseling (including the incorporation of confidentiality protections with respect to such testing and counseling) and promoting the use of provider-initiated or “opt-out” voluntary testing in accordance with World Health Organization guidelines;
(E) assistance for the purpose of preventing mother-to-child transmission of the HIV infection, including medications to prevent such transmission and access to infant formula and other alternatives for infant feeding;
(F) assistance to—
(i) achieve the goal of reaching 80 percent of pregnant women for prevention and treatment of mother-to-child transmission of HIV in countries in which the United States is implementing HIV/AIDS programs by 2013; and
(ii) promote infant feeding options and treatment protocols that meet the most recent criteria established by the World Health Organization;
(G) medical male circumcision programs as part of national strategies to combat the transmission of HIV/AIDS;
(H) assistance to ensure a safe blood supply and sterile medical equipment;
(I) assistance to help avoid substance abuse and intravenous drug use that can lead to HIV infection;
(J) assistance for the purpose of increasing women's access to employment opportunities, income, productive resources, and microfinance programs, where appropriate.3
(K) assistance for counseling, testing, treatment, care, and support programs, including—
(i) counseling and other services for the prevention of reinfection of individuals with HIV/AIDS;
(ii) counseling to prevent sexual transmission of HIV, including—
(I) life skills development for practicing abstinence and faithfulness;
(II) reducing the number of sexual partners;
(III) delaying sexual debut; and
(IV) ensuring correct and consistent use of condoms;
(iii) assistance to engage underlying vulnerabilities to HIV/AIDS, especially those of women and girls;
(iv) assistance for appropriate HIV/AIDS education programs and training targeted to prevent the transmission of HIV among men who have sex with men;
(v) assistance to provide male and female condoms;
(vi) diagnosis and treatment of other sexually transmitted infections;
(vii) strategies to address the stigma and discrimination that impede HIV/AIDS prevention efforts; and
(viii) assistance to facilitate widespread access to microbicides for HIV prevention, if safe and effective products become available, including financial and technical support for culturally appropriate introductory programs, procurement, distribution, logistics management, program delivery, acceptability studies, provider training, demand generation, and postintroduction monitoring.
The treatment and care of individuals with HIV/AIDS, including—
(A) assistance to establish and implement programs to strengthen and broaden indigenous health care delivery systems and the capacity of such systems to deliver HIV/AIDS pharmaceuticals and otherwise provide for the treatment of individuals with HIV/AIDS, including clinical training for indigenous organizations and health care providers;
(B) assistance to strengthen and expand hospice and palliative care programs to assist patients debilitated by HIV/AIDS, their families, and the primary caregivers of such patients, including programs that utilize faith-based and community-based organizations;
(C) assistance for the purpose of the care and treatment of individuals with HIV/AIDS through the provision of pharmaceuticals, including antiretrovirals and other pharmaceuticals and therapies for the treatment of opportunistic infections, pain management, nutritional support, and other treatment modalities;
(D) as part of care and treatment of HIV/AIDS, assistance (including prophylaxis and treatment) for common HIV/AIDS-related opportunistic infections for free or at a rate at which it is easily affordable to the individuals and populations being served; 4
(E) as part of care and treatment of HIV/AIDS, assistance or referral to available and adequately resourced service providers for nutritional support, including counseling and where necessary the provision of commodities, for persons meeting malnourishment criteria and their families; 5
(A) With particular emphasis on specific populations that represent a particularly high risk of contracting or spreading HIV/AIDS, including those exploited through the sex trade, victims of rape and sexual assault, individuals already infected with HIV/AIDS, and in cases of occupational exposure of health care workers, assistance with efforts to reduce the risk of HIV/AIDS infection including post-exposure pharmaceutical prophylaxis, and necessary pharmaceuticals and commodities, including test kits, condoms, and, when proven effective, microbicides.
(B) Bulk purchases of available test kits, condoms, and, when proven effective, microbicides that are intended to reduce the risk of HIV/AIDS transmission and for appropriate program support for the introduction and distribution of these commodities, as well as education and training on the use of the technologies.
The monitoring of programs, projects, and activities carried out pursuant to paragraphs (1) through (3), including—
(A) monitoring to ensure that adequate controls are established and implemented to provide HIV/AIDS pharmaceuticals and other appropriate medicines to poor individuals with HIV/AIDS;
(B) appropriate evaluation and surveillance activities;
(C) monitoring to ensure that appropriate measures are being taken to maintain the sustainability of HIV/AIDS pharmaceuticals (especially antiretrovirals) and ensure that drug resistance is not compromising the benefits of such pharmaceuticals;
(D) monitoring to ensure appropriate law enforcement officials are working to ensure that HIV/AIDS pharmaceuticals are not diminished through illegal counterfeiting or black market sales of such pharmaceuticals;
(E) carrying out and expanding program monitoring, impact evaluation research and analysis, and operations research and disseminating data and findings through mechanisms to be developed by the Coordinator of United States Government Activities to Combat HIV/AIDS Globally, in coordination with the Director of the Centers for Disease Control, in order to—
(i) improve accountability, increase transparency, and ensure the delivery of evidence-based services through the collection, evaluation, and analysis of data regarding gender-responsive interventions, disaggregated by age and sex;
(ii) identify and replicate effective models; and
(iii) develop gender indicators to measure outcomes and the impacts of interventions; and
(F) establishing appropriate systems to—
(i) gather epidemiological and social science data on HIV; and
(ii) evaluate the effectiveness of prevention efforts among men who have sex with men, with due consideration to stigma and risks associated with disclosure.
The procurement of HIV/AIDS pharmaceuticals, antiviral therapies, and other appropriate medicines, including medicines to treat opportunistic infections.
Mechanisms to ensure that such HIV/AIDS pharmaceuticals, antiretroviral therapies, and other appropriate medicines are quality-controlled and sustainably supplied.
Subject to subparagraph (B), mechanisms to ensure that safe and effective pharmaceuticals, including antiretrovirals and medicines to treat opportunistic infections, are purchased at the lowest possible price at which such pharmaceuticals may be obtained in sufficient quantity on the world market, provided that such pharmaceuticals are approved, tentatively approved, or otherwise authorized for use by—
(i) the Food and Drug Administration;
(ii) a stringent regulatory agency acceptable to the Secretary of Health and Human Services; or
(iii) a quality assurance mechanism acceptable to the Secretary of Health and Human Services.
The distribution of such HIV/AIDS pharmaceuticals, antiviral therapies, and other appropriate medicines (including medicines to treat opportunistic infections) to qualified national, regional, or local organizations for the treatment of individuals with HIV/AIDS in accordance with appropriate HIV/AIDS testing and monitoring requirements and treatment protocols and for the prevention of mother-to-child transmission of the HIV infection.
The conduct of related activities, including—
(A) the care and support of children who are orphaned by the HIV/AIDS pandemic, including services designed to care for orphaned children in a family environment which rely on extended family members;
(B) improved infrastructure and institutional capacity to develop and manage education, prevention, and treatment programs, including training and the resources to collect and maintain accurate HIV surveillance data to target programs and measure the effectiveness of interventions;
(C) vaccine research and development partnership programs with specific plans of action to develop a safe, effective, accessible, preventive HIV vaccine for use throughout the world; and 6
(D) coordinated or referred activities to—
(i) enhance the clinical impact of HIV/AIDS care and treatment; and
(ii) ameliorate the adverse social and economic costs often affecting AIDS-impacted families and communities through the direct provision, as necessary, or through the referral, if possible, of support services, including—
(I) nutritional and food support;
(II) safe drinking water and adequate sanitation;
(III) nutritional counseling;
(IV) income-generating activities and livelihood initiatives;
(V) maternal and child health care;
(VI) primary health care;
(VII) the diagnosis and treatment of other infectious or sexually transmitted diseases;
(VIII) substance abuse and treatment services; and
(IX) legal services;
(E) coordinated or referred activities to link programs addressing HIV/AIDS with programs addressing gender-based violence in areas of significant HIV prevalence to assist countries in the development and enforcement of women's health, children's health, and HIV/AIDS laws and policies that—
(i) prevent and respond to violence against women and girls;
(ii) promote the integration of screening and assessment for gender-based violence into HIV/AIDS programming;
(iii) promote appropriate HIV/AIDS counseling, testing, and treatment into gender-based violence programs; and
(iv) assist governments to develop partnerships with civil society organizations to create networks for psychosocial, legal, economic, or other support services;
(F) coordinated or referred activities to—
(i) address the frequent coinfection of HIV and tuberculosis, in accordance with World Health Organization guidelines;
(ii) promote provider-initiated or “opt-out” HIV/AIDS counseling and testing and appropriate referral for treatment and care to individuals with tuberculosis or its symptoms, particularly in areas with significant HIV prevalence; and
(iii) strengthen programs to ensure that individuals testing positive for HIV receive tuberculosis screening and to improve laboratory capacities, infection control, and adherence; and
(G) activities to—
(i) improve the effectiveness of national responses to HIV/AIDS;
(ii) strengthen overall health systems in high-prevalence countries, including support for workforce training, retention, and effective deployment, capacity building, laboratory development, equipment maintenance and repair, and public health and related public financial management systems and operations; and
(iii) encourage fair and transparent procurement practices among partner countries; and
(iv) promote in-country or intra-regional pediatric training for physicians and other health professionals, preferably through public-private partnerships involving colleges and universities, with the goal of increasing pediatric HIV workforce capacity.
The establishment and operation of public-private partnership entities within countries in sub-Saharan Africa, the Caribbean, and other countries affected by the HIV/AIDS pandemic that are dedicated to supporting the national strategy of such countries regarding the prevention, treatment, and monitoring of HIV/AIDS. Each such public-private partnership should—
(A) support the development, implementation, and management of comprehensive HIV/AIDS plans in support of the national HIV/AIDS strategy;
(B) operate at all times in a manner that emphasizes efficiency, accountability, and results-driven programs;
(C) engage both local and foreign development partners and donors, including businesses, government agencies, academic institutions, nongovernmental organizations, foundations, multilateral development agencies, and faith-based organizations, to assist the country in coordinating and implementing HIV/AIDS prevention, treatment, and monitoring programs in accordance with its national HIV/AIDS strategy;
(D) provide technical assistance, consultant services, financial planning, monitoring and evaluation, and research in support of the national HIV/AIDS strategy; and
(E) establish local human resource capacities for the national HIV/AIDS strategy through the transfer of medical, managerial, leadership, and technical skills.
The development of compacts or framework agreements, tailored to local circumstances, with national governments or regional partnerships in countries with significant HIV/AIDS burdens to promote host government commitment to deeper integration of HIV/AIDS services into health systems, contribute to health systems overall, and enhance sustainability, including—
(A) cost sharing assurances that meet the requirements under section 2151h of this title; and
(B) transition strategies to ensure sustainability of such programs and activities, including health care systems, under other international donor support, or budget support by respective foreign governments.
Congress makes the following findings:
(A) The congressionally mandated Institute of Medicine report entitled “PEPFAR Implementation: Progress and Promise” states: “The next strategy [of the U.S. Global AIDS Initiative] should squarely address the needs and challenges involved in supporting sustainable country HIV/AIDS programs, thereby transitioning from a focus on emergency relief.”.
(B) One mechanism to promote the transition from an emergency to a public health and development approach to HIV/AIDS is through compacts or framework agreements between the United States Government and each participating nation.
Compacts on HIV/AIDS authorized under subsection (d)(8) shall include the following elements:
(A) Compacts whose primary purpose is to provide direct services to combat HIV/AIDS are to be made between—
(i) the United States Government; and
(ii)(I) national or regional entities representing low-income countries served by an existing United States Agency for International Development or Department of Health and Human Services presence or regional platform; or
(II) countries or regions—
(aa) experiencing significantly high HIV prevalence or risk of significantly increasing incidence within the general population;
(bb) served by an existing United States Agency for International Development or Department of Health and Human Services presence or regional platform; and
(cc) that have inadequate financial means within such country or region.
(B) Compacts whose primary purpose is to provide limited technical assistance to a country or region connected to services provided within the country or region—
(i) may be made with other countries or regional entities served by an existing United States Agency for International Development or Department of Health and Human Services presence or regional platform;
(ii) shall require significant investments in HIV prevention, care, and treatment services by the host country;
(iii) shall be time-limited in terms of United States contributions; and
(iv) shall be made only upon prior notification to Congress—
(I) justifying the need for such compacts;
(II) describing the expected investment by the country or regional entity; and
(III) describing the scope, nature, expected total United States investment, and time frame of the limited technical assistance under the compact and its intended impact.
(C) Compacts shall include provisions to—
(i) promote local and national efforts to reduce stigma associated with HIV/AIDS; and
(ii) work with and promote the role of civil society in combating HIV/AIDS.
(D) Compacts shall take into account the overall national health and development and national HIV/AIDS and public health strategies of each country.
(E) Compacts shall contain—
(i) consideration of the specific objectives that the country and the United States expect to achieve during the term of a compact;
(ii) consideration of the respective responsibilities of the country and the United States in the achievement of such objectives;
(iii) consideration of regular benchmarks to measure progress toward achieving such objectives;
(iv) an identification of the intended beneficiaries, disaggregated by gender and age, and including information on orphans and vulnerable children, to the maximum extent practicable;
(v) consideration of the methods by which the compact is intended to—
(I) address the factors that put women and girls at greater risk of HIV/AIDS; and
(II) strengthen elements such as the economic, educational, and social status of women, girls, orphans, and vulnerable children and the inheritance rights and safety of such individuals;
(vi) consideration of the methods by which the compact will—
(I) strengthen the health care capacity, including factors such as the training, retention, deployment, recruitment, and utilization of health care workers;
(II) improve supply chain management; and
(III) improve the health systems and infrastructure of the partner country, including the ability of compact participants to maintain and operate equipment transferred or purchased as part of the compact;
(vii) consideration of proposed mechanisms to provide oversight;
(viii) consideration of the role of civil society in the development of a compact and the achievement of its objectives;
(ix) a description of the current and potential participation of other donors in the achievement of such objectives, as appropriate; and
(x) consideration of a plan to ensure appropriate fiscal accountability for the use of assistance.
(F) For regional compacts, priority shall be given to countries that are included in regional funds and programs in existence as of July 30, 2008.
(G) Amounts made available for compacts described in subparagraphs (A) and (B) shall be subject to the inclusion of—
(i) cost sharing assurances that meet the requirements under section 2151h of this title; and
(ii) transition strategies to ensure sustainability of such programs and activities, including health care systems, under other international donor support, and budget support by respective foreign governments.
In entering into a compact on HIV/AIDS authorized under subsection (d)(8), the Coordinator of United States Government Activities to Combat HIV/AIDS Globally shall seek to ensure that the government of a country—
(A) takes into account the local perspectives of the rural and urban poor, including women, in each country; and
(B) consults with private and voluntary organizations, including faith-based organizations, the business community, and other donors in the country.
Not later than 10 days after entering into a compact authorized under subsection (d)(8), the Global AIDS Coordinator shall—
(A) submit a report containing a detailed summary of the compact and a copy of the text of the compact to—
(i) the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate;
(ii) the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate;
(iii) the Committee on Foreign Affairs of the House of Representatives; and
(iv) the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives; and
(B) publish such information in the Federal Register and on the Internet website of the Office of the Global AIDS Coordinator.
Not later than January 31 of each year, the President shall submit to the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate and the Committee on Foreign Affairs of the House of Representatives a report on the implementation of this section for the prior fiscal year.
Each report shall include—
(A) a description of efforts made by each relevant executive branch agency to implement the policies set forth in this section, section 2151b–3 of this title, and section 2151b–4 of this title;
(B) a description of the programs established pursuant to such sections;
(C) a detailed breakdown of funding allocations, by program and by country, for prevention activities; and
(D) a detailed assessment of the impact of programs established pursuant to such sections, including—
(i)(I) the effectiveness of such programs in reducing—
(aa) the transmission of HIV, particularly in women and girls;
(bb) mother-to-child transmission of HIV, including through drug treatment and therapies, either directly or by referral; and
(cc) mortality rates from HIV/AIDS;
(II) the number of patients receiving treatment for AIDS in each country that receives assistance under this chapter;
(III) an assessment of progress towards the achievement of annual goals set forth in the timetable required under the 5-year strategy established under section 7611 of this title and, if annual goals are not being met, the reasons for such failure; and
(IV) retention and attrition data for programs receiving United States assistance, including mortality and loss to follow-up rates, organized overall and by country;
(ii) the progress made toward—
(I) improving health care delivery systems (including the training of health care workers, including doctors, nurses, midwives, pharmacists, laboratory technicians, and compensated community health workers, and the use of codes of conduct for ethical recruiting practices for health care workers);
(II) advancing safe working conditions for health care workers; and
(III) improving infrastructure to promote progress toward universal access to HIV/AIDS prevention, treatment, and care by 2013;
(iii) a description of coordination efforts with relevant executive branch agencies to link HIV/AIDS clinical and social services with non-HIV/AIDS services as part of the United States health and development agenda;
(iv) a detailed description of integrated HIV/AIDS and food and nutrition programs and services, including—
(I) the amount spent on food and nutrition support;
(II) the types of activities supported; and
(III) an assessment of the effectiveness of interventions carried out to improve the health status of persons with HIV/AIDS receiving food or nutritional support;
(v) a description of efforts to improve harmonization, in terms of relevant executive branch agencies, coordination with other public and private entities, and coordination with partner countries’ national strategic plans as called for in the “Three Ones”;
(vi) a description of—
(I) the efforts of partner countries that were signatories to the Abuja Declaration on HIV/AIDS, Tuberculosis and Other Related Infectious Diseases to adhere to the goals of such Declaration in terms of investments in public health, including HIV/AIDS; and
(II) a description of the HIV/AIDS investments of partner countries that were not signatories to such Declaration;
(vii) a detailed description of any compacts or framework agreements reached or negotiated between the United States and any partner countries, including a description of the elements of compacts described in subsection (e);
(viii) a description of programs serving women and girls, including—
(I) HIV/AIDS prevention programs that address the vulnerabilities of girls and women to HIV/AIDS;
(II) information on the number of individuals served by programs aimed at reducing the vulnerabilities of women and girls to HIV/AIDS and data on the types, objectives, and duration of programs to address these issues;
(III) information on programs to address the particular needs of adolescent girls and young women; and
(IV) programs to prevent gender-based violence or to assist victims of gender based violence as part of, or in coordination with, HIV/AIDS programs;
(ix) a description of strategies, goals, programs, and interventions to—
(I) address the needs and vulnerabilities of youth populations;
(II) expand access among young men and women to evidence-based HIV/AIDS health care services and HIV prevention programs, including abstinence education programs; and
(III) expand community-based services to meet the needs of orphans and of children and adolescents affected by or vulnerable to HIV/AIDS without increasing stigmatization;
(x) a description of—
(I) the specific strategies funded to ensure the reduction of HIV infection among injection drug users;
(II) the number of injection drug users, by country, reached by such strategies; and
(III) medication-assisted drug treatment for individuals with HIV or at risk of HIV;
(xi) a detailed description of program monitoring, operations research, and impact evaluation research, including—
(I) the amount of funding provided for each research type;
(II) an analysis of cost-effectiveness models; and
(III) conclusions regarding the efficiency, effectiveness, and quality of services as derived from previous or ongoing research and monitoring efforts;
(xii) building capacity to identify, investigate, and stop nosocomial transmission of infectious diseases, including HIV and tuberculosis; and
(xiii) a description of staffing levels of United States government 7 HIV/AIDS teams in countries with significant HIV/AIDS programs, including whether or not a full-time coordinator was on staff for the year.
Of the funds made available to carry out this section in any fiscal year, not more than 7 percent may be used for the administrative expenses of the United States Agency for International Development in support of activities described in section 2151b(c) of this title, this section, section 2151b–3 of this title, and section 2151b–4 of this title. Such amount shall be in addition to other amounts otherwise available for such purposes.
In this section:
The term “AIDS” means acquired immune deficiency syndrome.
The term “HIV” means the human immunodeficiency virus, the pathogen that causes AIDS.
The term “HIV/AIDS” means, with respect to an individual, an individual who is infected with HIV or living with AIDS.
The term “relevant executive branch agencies” means the Department of State, the United States Agency for International Development, the Department of Health and Human Services (including its agencies and offices), and any other department or agency of the United States that participates in international HIV/AIDS activities pursuant to the authorities of such department or agency or this chapter.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §104A, as added Pub. L. 108–25, title III, §301(a)(2), May 27, 2003, 117 Stat. 728; amended Pub. L. 110–293, title III, §301(a)–(e), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2945–2953.)
Section 7672(a)(3) of this title and section 7673(d) of this title, referred to in subsec. (b)(1)(A)(ii)(I), were in the original references to sections 402(a)(3) and 403(d), respectively, and were translated as meaning sections 402(a)(3) and 403(d), respectively, of Pub. L. 108–25, to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
This chapter, referred to in subsecs. (f)(2)(D)(i)(II) and (h)(4), was in the original “this Act”, meaning Pub. L. 87–195, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 424, known as the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2151 of this title and Tables.
2008—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 110–293, §301(a)(1), inserted “Central Asia, Eastern Europe, Latin America” after “Caribbean,”.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 110–293, §301(a)(2), amended subsec. (b) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: “It is a major objective of the foreign assistance program of the United States to provide assistance for the prevention, treatment, and control of HIV/AIDS. The United States and other developed countries should provide assistance to countries in sub-Saharan Africa, the Caribbean, and other countries and areas to control this crisis through HIV/AIDS prevention, treatment, monitoring, and related activities, particularly activities focused on women and youth, including strategies to protect women and prevent mother-to-child transmission of the HIV infection.”
Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 110–293, §301(b)(1), substituted “Central Asia, Eastern Europe, Latin America, and other countries and areas, particularly with respect to refugee populations or those in postconflict settings in such countries and areas with significant or increasing HIV incidence rates” for “and other countries and areas”.
Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 110–293, §301(b)(2), substituted “Central Asia, Eastern Europe, Latin America, and other countries and areas affected by the HIV/AIDS pandemic, particularly with respect to refugee populations or those in post-conflict settings in such countries and areas with significant or increasing HIV incidence rates.” for “and other countries and areas affected by the HIV/AIDS pandemic”.
Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 110–293, §301(b)(3), substituted “partner countries, other international actors,” for “foreign countries” and inserted “within the framework of the principles of the Three Ones” before the period at end.
Subsec. (d)(1)(A). Pub. L. 110–293, §301(c)(1)(A), inserted “and multiple concurrent sexual partnering,” after “casual sexual partnering” and substituted “male and female condoms” for “condoms”.
Subsec. (d)(1)(B). Pub. L. 110–293, §301(c)(1)(B), substituted “programs that are designed with local input and” for “programs that” and “those locally based organizations” for “those organizations”.
Subsec. (d)(1)(D). Pub. L. 110–293, §301(c)(1)(C), inserted “and promoting the use of provider-initiated or ‘opt-out’ voluntary testing in accordance with World Health Organization guidelines” before the semicolon at end.
Subsec. (d)(1)(F) to (K). Pub. L. 110–293, §301(c)(1)(D)–(G), added subpars. (F), (G), and (K) and redesignated former subpars. (F) to (H) as (H) to (J), respectively.
Subsec. (d)(2)(C) to (E). Pub. L. 110–293, §301(c)(2), inserted “pain management,” after “opportunistic infections,” in subpar. (C) and added subpars. (D) and (E).
Subsec. (d)(4)(E), (F). Pub. L. 110–293, §301(c)(3), added subpars. (E) and (F).
Subsec. (d)(5)(C), (D). Pub. L. 110–293, §301(c)(4), added subpar. (C) and redesignated former subpar. (C) as (D).
Subsec. (d)(6). Pub. L. 110–293, §301(c)(5)(A), substituted “Related and coordinated activities” for “Related activities” in heading.
Subsec. (d)(6)(D) to (G). Pub. L. 110–293, §301(c)(5)(B)–(D), added subpars. (D) to (G).
Subsec. (d)(8). Pub. L. 110–293, §301(c)(6), added par. (8).
Subsecs. (e), (f). Pub. L. 110–293, §301(d), added subsec. (e) and redesignated former subsec. (e) as (f). Former subsec. (f) redesignated (g).
Subsec. (f)(1). Pub. L. 110–293, §301(e)(1), substituted “Committee on Foreign Affairs” for “Committee on International Relations”.
Subsec. (f)(2)(C), (D). Pub. L. 110–293, §301(e)(2), added subpars. (C) and (D) and struck out former subpar. (C) which required a detailed assessment of the impact of programs established under this section and sections 2151b–3 and 2151b–4 of this title.
Subsecs. (g), (h). Pub. L. 110–293, §301(d)(1), redesignated subsecs. (f) and (g) as (g) and (h), respectively.
For delegation of functions of President under this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 F.R. 56673, as amended, set out as a note under section 2381 of this title.
1 See References in Text note below.
3 So in original. The period probably should be “; and”.
4 So in original. The word “and” probably should appear.
5 So in original. The semicolon probably should be a period.
6 So in original. The “and” probably should not appear.
7 So in original. Probably should be capitalized.
Congress makes the following findings:
(1) Congress recognizes the growing international problem of tuberculosis and the impact its continued existence has on those countries that had previously largely controlled the disease.
(2) Congress further recognizes that the means exist to control and treat tuberculosis through expanded use of the DOTS (Directly Observed Treatment Short-course) treatment strategy, including DOTS-Plus to address multi-drug resistant tuberculosis, and adequate investment in newly created mechanisms to increase access to treatment, including the Global Tuberculosis Drug Facility established in 2001 pursuant to the Amsterdam Declaration to Stop TB and the Global Alliance for TB Drug Development.
It is a major objective of the foreign assistance program of the United States to control tuberculosis. In all countries in which the Government of the United States has established development programs, particularly in countries with the highest burden of tuberculosis and other countries with high rates of tuberculosis, the United States should support the objectives of the Global Plan to Stop TB, including through achievement of the following goals:
(1) Reduce by half the tuberculosis death and disease burden from the 1990 baseline.
(2) Sustain or exceed the detection of at least 70 percent of sputum smear-positive cases of tuberculosis and the successful treatment of at least 85 percent of the cases detected in countries with established United States Agency for International Development tuberculosis programs.
(3) In support of the Global Plan to Stop TB, the President shall establish a comprehensive, 5-year United States strategy to expand and improve United States efforts to combat tuberculosis globally, including a plan to support—
(A) the successful treatment of 4,500,000 new sputum smear tuberculosis patients under DOTS programs by 2013, primarily through direct support for needed services, commodities, health workers, and training, and additional treatment through coordinated multilateral efforts; and
(B) the diagnosis and treatment of 90,000 new multiple drug resistant tuberculosis cases by 2013, and additional treatment through coordinated multilateral efforts.
To carry out this section and consistent with section 2151b(c) of this title, the President is authorized to furnish assistance, on such terms and conditions as the President may determine, for the prevention, treatment, control, and elimination of tuberculosis.
In carrying out this section, the President shall coordinate with the World Health Organization, the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis, and Malaria, and other organizations with respect to the development and implementation of a comprehensive tuberculosis control program.
In furnishing assistance under subsection (c), the President shall give priority to—
(1) direct services described in the Stop TB Strategy, including expansion and enhancement of Directly Observed Treatment Short-course (DOTS) coverage, rapid testing, treatment for individuals infected with both tuberculosis and HIV, and treatment for individuals with multi-drug resistant tuberculosis (MDR–TB), strengthening of health systems, use of the International Standards for Tuberculosis Care by all providers, empowering individuals with tuberculosis, and enabling and promoting research to develop new diagnostics, drugs, and vaccines, and program-based operational research relating to tuberculosis; and
(2) funding for the Global Tuberculosis Drug Facility, the Stop Tuberculosis Partnership, and the Global Alliance for TB Drug Development.
In carrying out this section, the President, acting through the Administrator of the United States Agency for International Development, is authorized to provide increased resources to the World Health Organization and the Stop Tuberculosis Partnership to improve the capacity of countries with high rates of tuberculosis and other affected countries to implement the Stop TB Strategy and specific strategies related to addressing multiple drug resistant tuberculosis (MDR–TB) and extensively drug resistant tuberculosis (XDR–TB).
The President shall submit an annual report to Congress that describes the impact of United States foreign assistance on efforts to control tuberculosis, including—
(1) the number of tuberculosis cases diagnosed and the number of cases cured in countries receiving United States bilateral foreign assistance for tuberculosis control purposes;
(2) a description of activities supported with United States tuberculosis resources in each country, including a description of how those activities specifically contribute to increasing the number of people diagnosed and treated for tuberculosis;
(3) in each country receiving bilateral United States foreign assistance for tuberculosis control purposes, the percentage provided for direct tuberculosis services in countries receiving United States bilateral foreign assistance for tuberculosis control purposes;
(4) a description of research efforts and clinical trials to develop new tools to combat tuberculosis, including diagnostics, drugs, and vaccines supported by United States bilateral assistance;
(5) the number of persons who have been diagnosed and started treatment for multidrug-resistant tuberculosis in countries receiving United States bilateral foreign assistance for tuberculosis control programs;
(6) a description of the collaboration and coordination of United States anti-tuberculosis efforts with the World Health Organization, the Global Fund, and other major public and private entities within the Stop TB Strategy;
(7) the constraints on implementation of programs posed by health workforce shortages and capacities;
(8) the number of people trained in tuberculosis control; and
(9) a breakdown of expenditures for direct patient tuberculosis services, drugs and other commodities, drug management, training in diagnosis and treatment, health systems strengthening, research, and support costs.
In this section:
The term “DOTS” or “Directly Observed Treatment Short-course” means the World Health Organization-recommended strategy for treating tuberculosis including—
(A) low-cost and effective diagnosis, treatment, and monitoring of tuberculosis;
(B) a reliable drug supply;
(C) a management strategy for public health systems;
(D) health system strengthening;
(E) promotion of the use of the International Standards for Tuberculosis Care by all care providers;
(F) bacteriology under an external quality assessment framework;
(G) short-course chemotherapy; and
(H) sound reporting and recording systems.
The term “DOTS-Plus” means a comprehensive tuberculosis management strategy that is built upon and works as a supplement to the standard DOTS strategy, and which takes into account specific issues (such as use of second line anti-tuberculosis drugs) that need to be addressed in areas where there is high prevalence of multi-drug resistant tuberculosis.
The term “Global Alliance for Tuberculosis Drug Development” means the public-private partnership that brings together leaders in health, science, philanthropy, and private industry to devise new approaches to tuberculosis and to ensure that new medications are available and affordable in high tuberculosis burden countries and other affected countries.
The term “Global Tuberculosis Drug Facility (GDF)” means the new initiative of the Stop Tuberculosis Partnership to increase access to high-quality tuberculosis drugs to facilitate DOTS expansion.
The term “Stop TB Strategy” means the 6-point strategy to reduce tuberculosis developed by the World Health Organization, which is described in the Global Plan to Stop TB 2006–2015: Actions for Life, a comprehensive plan developed by the Stop TB Partnership that sets out the actions necessary to achieve the millennium development goal of cutting tuberculosis deaths and disease burden in half by 2015.
The term “Stop Tuberculosis Partnership” means the partnership of the World Health Organization, donors including the United States, high tuberculosis burden countries, multilateral agencies, and nongovernmental and technical agencies committed to short- and long-term measures required to control and eventually eliminate tuberculosis as a public health problem in the world.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §104B, as added Pub. L. 108–25, title III, §302(a), May 27, 2003, 117 Stat. 734; amended Pub. L. 110–293, title III, §302(a)–(e), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2957–2959.)
2008—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 110–293, §302(a), amended subsec. (b) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: “It is a major objective of the foreign assistance program of the United States to control tuberculosis, including the detection of at least 70 percent of the cases of infectious tuberculosis, and the cure of at least 85 percent of the cases detected, not later than December 31, 2005, in those countries classified by the World Health Organization as among the highest tuberculosis burden, and not later than December 31, 2010, in all countries in which the United States Agency for International Development has established development programs.”
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 110–293, §302(b), amended subsec. (e) generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: “In furnishing assistance under subsection (c) of this section, the President shall give priority to activities that increase Directly Observed Treatment Short-course (DOTS) coverage and treatment of multi-drug resistant tuberculosis where needed using DOTS-Plus, including funding for the Global Tuberculosis Drug Facility, the Stop Tuberculosis Partnership, and the Global Alliance for TB Drug Development. In order to meet the requirement of the preceding sentence, the President should ensure that not less than 75 percent of the amount made available to carry out this section for a fiscal year should be expended for antituberculosis drugs, supplies, direct patient services, and training in diagnosis and treatment for Directly Observed Treatment Short-course (DOTS) coverage and treatment of multi-drug resistant tuberculosis using DOTS-Plus, including substantially increased funding for the Global Tuberculosis Drug Facility.”
Subsecs. (f) to (h). Pub. L. 110–293, §302(c), (d), added subsecs. (f) and (g) and redesignated former subsec. (f) as (h).
Subsec. (h)(1). Pub. L. 110–293, §302(e)(1), substituted “tuberculosis including—” for “tuberculosis.” and added subpars. (A) to (H).
Subsec. (h)(5), (6). Pub. L. 110–293, §302(e)(2), (3), added par. (5) and redesignated former par. (5) as (6).
For delegation of functions of President under this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 F.R. 56673, as amended, set out as a note under section 2381 of this title.
Congress finds that malaria kills more people annually than any other communicable disease except tuberculosis, that more than 90 percent of all malaria cases are in sub-Saharan Africa, and that children and women are particularly at risk. Congress recognizes that there are cost-effective tools to decrease the spread of malaria and that malaria is a curable disease if promptly diagnosed and adequately treated.
It is a major objective of the foreign assistance program of the United States to provide assistance for the prevention, control, treatment, and cure of malaria.
To carry out this section and consistent with section 2151b(c) of this title, the President is authorized to furnish assistance, on such terms and conditions as the President may determine, for the prevention, treatment, control, and elimination of malaria.
In carrying out this section, the President shall coordinate with the World Health Organization, the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis, and Malaria, the Department of Health and Human Services (the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the National Institutes of Health), and other organizations with respect to the development and implementation of a comprehensive malaria control program.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §104C, as added Pub. L. 108–25, title III, §303(a), May 27, 2003, 117 Stat. 736; amended Pub. L. 110–293, title III, §303(a), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2960.)
2008—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 110–293 inserted “treatment,” after “control,”.
For delegation of functions of President under this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 F.R. 56673, as amended, set out as a note under section 2381 of this title.
In order to reduce illiteracy, to extend basic education and to increase manpower training in skills related to development, the President is authorized to furnish assistance on such terms and conditions as he may determine, for education, public administration, and human resource development. There are authorized to be appropriated to the President for the purposes of this section, in addition to funds otherwise available for such purposes, $180,000,000 for fiscal year 1986 and $180,000,000 for fiscal year 1987, which are authorized to remain available until expended.
Assistance provided under this section shall be used primarily to expand and strengthen nonformal education methods, especially those designed to improve productive skills of rural families and the urban poor and to provide them with useful information; to increase the relevance of formal education systems to the needs of the poor, especially at the primary level, through reform of curricula, teaching materials, and teaching methods, and improved teacher training; and to strengthen the management capabilities of institutions which enable the poor to participate in development. Assistance under this section shall also be provided for advanced education and training of people of developing countries in such disciplines as are required for planning and implementation of public and private development activities.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §105, as added Pub. L. 93–189, §2(3), Dec. 17, 1973, 87 Stat. 715; amended Pub. L. 93–559, §5, Dec. 30, 1974, 88 Stat. 1796; Pub. L. 94–161, title III, §305, Dec. 20, 1975, 89 Stat. 858; Pub. L. 95–88, title I, §104, Aug. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 535; Pub. L. 95–424, title I, §105, Oct. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 947; Pub. L. 96–53, title I, §§103, 122, Aug. 14, 1979, 93 Stat. 360, 366; Pub. L. 96–533, title III, §303, Dec. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3145; Pub. L. 97–113, title III, §303, Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1532; Pub. L. 99–83, title III, §306, title XII, §1211(a)(1), Aug. 8, 1985, 99 Stat. 215, 279; Pub. L. 99–440, title II, §201(a), Oct. 2, 1986, 100 Stat. 1094; Pub. L. 99–631, §1(b)(1), Nov. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 3519; Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(d)(1), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2031.)
1990—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 101–513 struck out par. (1) designation and par. (2) which authorized use of appropriations to finance education and training for victims of apartheid, for scholarships for students pursuing secondary school education in South Africa, and to provide in-service teacher training programs in South Africa.
1986—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 99–440, §201(a), designated existing provisions as par. (1) and added par. (2).
Subsec. (b)(2)(C)(i). Pub. L. 99–631 substituted “in-service” for “inservice”.
1985—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 99–83, §306, substituted “for the purposes of this section, in addition to funds otherwise available for such purposes, $180,000,000 for fiscal year 1986 and $180,000,000 for fiscal year 1987” for “for purposes of this section, in addition to funds otherwise available for such purposes, $103,600,000 for the fiscal year 1982 and $103,600,000 for the fiscal year 1983”.
Pub. L. 99–83, §1211(a)(1), struck out provisions relating to scholarships for South African students for fiscal years 1982 and 1983.
1981—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 97–113 substituted appropriations authorizations of $103,600,000 for fiscal years 1982 and 1983 for such authorization of $101,000,000 for fiscal year 1981 and inserted provision for financing of South African scholarships for education in the United States.
1980—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 96–533 substituted appropriations authorization of $101,000,000 for fiscal year 1981 for such authorization of $105,000,000 for fiscal year 1980.
1979—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 96–53, §103(a), substituted provisions authorizing appropriations of $105,000,000 for fiscal year 1980, for provisions authorizing appropriations of $109,036,000 for fiscal year 1979.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 96–53, §103(b), inserted provisions relating to assistance for advanced education and training.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 96–53, §122, struck out subsec. (c) which authorized availability of appropriations for fiscal years 1977, and 1978 for educational assistance for southern Africa.
1978—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 95–424 substituted “$109,036,000 for the fiscal year 1979, which amount is” for “$101,800,000 for the fiscal year 1977 and $84,900,000 for the fiscal year 1978, which amounts are”.
1977—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 95–88, §104(a), struck out provisions authorizing appropriations of $90,000,000 for fiscal year 1974, $92,000,000 for fiscal year 1975, and $89,200,000 for fiscal year 1976, and inserted provisions authorizing an appropriation of $84,900,000 for fiscal year 1978.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 95–88, §104(b), inserted “for the fiscal year 1977, and not less than $1,647,000 shall be available for the fiscal year 1978,” after “shall be available”.
1975—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 94–161, §305(a)(1), (2), designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and authorized appropriation of $89,200,000 and $101,800,000 for fiscal years 1976 and 1977, respectively.
Subsecs. (b), (c), Pub. L. 94–161, §305(a)(3), added subsecs. (b) and (c).
1974—Pub. L. 93–559 increased appropriations authorization for fiscal year 1975 to $92,000,000 from $90,000,000.
Section 1(c) of Pub. L. 99–631 provided that: “The amendments made by subsections (a) and (b) [amending this section and sections 2151n, 2346d, 5001, 5012 to 5016, 5019, 5034, 5035, 5039, 5053, 5056, 5059, 5062 to 5064, 5067 to 5072, 5081, 5082, 5091, 5092, 5095, 5100, 5101, and 5112 of this title] shall be deemed to have taken effect upon the enactment of the Comprehensive Anti-Apartheid Act of 1986 [Oct. 2, 1986].”
Amendment by Pub. L. 99–83 effective Oct. 1, 1985, see section 1301 of Pub. L. 99–83, set out as a note under section 2151–1 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–53 effective Oct. 1, 1979, see section 512(a) of Pub. L. 96–53, set out as a note under section 2151 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 95–424 effective Oct. 1, 1978, see section 605 of Pub. L. 95–424, set out as a note under section 2151 of this title.
For delegation of functions of President under this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 F.R. 56673, as amended, set out as a note under section 2381 of this title.
(1)(A) The Congress finds that energy development and production are vital elements in the development process, that energy shortages in developing countries severely limit the development process in such countries, that two-thirds of the developing countries which import oil depend on it for at least 90 percent of the energy which their economies require, and that the dramatic increase in world oil prices since 1973 has resulted in considerable economic hardship for many developing countries. The Congress is concerned that the value and purpose of much of the assistance provided to developing countries under sections 2151a, 2151b, and 2151c of this title are undermined by the inability of many developing countries to satisfy their energy requirements. Unless the energy deficit of the developing countries can be narrowed by more fully exploiting indigenous sources of energy such as oil, natural gas, and coal, scarce foreign exchange will increasingly have to be diverted to oil imports, primarily to the detriment of long-term development and economic growth.
(B) The Congress recognizes that many developing countries lack access to the financial resources and technology necessary to locate, explore, and develop indigenous energy resources.
(C) The Congress declares that there is potential for at least a moderate increase by 1990 in the production of energy for commercial use in the developing countries which are not members of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries. In addition, there is a compelling need for vigorous efforts to improve the available data on the location, scale, and commercial exploitability of potential oil, natural gas, and coal reserves in developing countries, especially those which are not members of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries. The Congress further declares that there are many benefits to be gained by the developing countries and by the United States and other developed countries through expanded efforts to expedite the location, exploration, and development of potential sources of energy in developing countries. These benefits include, but are not limited to, the following:
(i) The world's energy supply would be increased and the fear of abrupt depletion would be lessened with new energy production. This could have a positive impact upon energy prices in international markets as well as a positive effect upon the balance of payments problems of many developing countries.
(ii) Diversification of the world's supplies of energy from fossil fuels would make all countries, developing and developed, less susceptible to supply interruptions and arbitrary production and pricing policies.
(iii) Even a moderate increase in energy production in the developing countries would improve their ability to expand commercial trade, foreign investment, and technology transfer possibilities with the United States and other developed countries.
(D) Assistance for the production of energy from indigenous resources, as authorized by subsection (b) of this section, would be of direct benefit to the poor in developing countries because of the overwhelming impact of imported energy costs upon the lives of the poor and their ability to participate in development.
(2) The Congress also finds that energy production from renewable, decentralized sources and energy conservation are vital elements in the development process. Inadequate access by the poor to energy sources as well as the prospect of depleted fossil fuel reserves and higher energy prices require an enhanced effort to expand the energy resources of developing countries through greater emphasis on renewable sources. Renewable and decentralized energy technologies have particular applicability for the poor, especially in rural areas.
(1) In order to help developing countries alleviate their energy problems by improving their ability to use indigenous energy resources to produce the energy needed by their economies, the President is authorized to furnish assistance, on such terms and conditions as he may determine, to enable such countries to prepare for and undertake development of their energy resources. Such assistance may include data collection and analysis, the training of skilled personnel, research on and development of suitable energy sources, and pilot projects to test new methods of energy production.
(2) The President is authorized to furnish assistance under this part for cooperative programs with developing countries in energy production and conservation, through research on and development and use of small-scale, decentralized, renewable energy sources for rural areas carried out as integral parts of rural development efforts in accordance with section 2151a of this title. Such programs shall also be directed toward the earliest practicable development and use of energy technologies which are environmentally acceptable, require minimum capital investment, are most acceptable to and affordable by the people using them, are simple and inexpensive to use and maintain, and are transferable from one region of the world to another. Such programs may include research on and the development, demonstration, and application of suitable energy technologies (including use of wood); analysis of energy uses, needs, and resources; training and institutional development; and scientific interchange.
The agency primarily responsible for administering subchapter I of this chapter and the Department of Energy shall coordinate with one another, to the maximum extent possible, the planning and implementation of energy programs under this part.
The President is authorized to furnish assistance, on such terms and conditions as he may determine, for the following activities, to the extent that such activities are not authorized by sections 2151a, 2151b, and 2151c of this title:
(1) programs of technical cooperation and development, particularly the development efforts of United States private and voluntary agencies and regional and international development organizations;
(2) programs of research into, and evaluation of, the process of economic development in less developed countries and areas, into the factors affecting the relative success and costs of development activities, and into the means, techniques, and such other aspects of development assistance as the President may determine in order to render such assistance of increasing value and benefit;
(3) programs of reconstruction following natural or manmade disasters and programs of disaster preparedness, including the prediction of and contingency planning for natural disasters abroad;
(4) programs designed to help solve special development problems in the poorest countries and to make possible proper utilization of infrastructure and related projects funded with earlier United States assistance; and
(5) programs of urban development, with particular emphasis on small, labor intensive enterprises, marketing systems for small producers, and financial and other institutions which enable the urban poor to participate in the economic and social development of their country.
(1) There are authorized to be appropriated to the President for purposes of this section, in addition to funds otherwise available for such purposes, $207,000,000 for fiscal year 1986 and $207,000,000 for fiscal year 1987.
(2) Amounts appropriated under this section are authorized to remain available until expended.
Of the amounts authorized to be appropriated to carry out this part, $5,000,000 for fiscal year 1986 and $5,000,000 for fiscal year 1987 shall be used to finance cooperative projects among the United States, Israel, and developing countries.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §106, as added Pub. L. 94–161, title III, §306(2), Dec. 20, 1975, 89 Stat. 858; amended Pub. L. 95–88, title I, §105, Aug. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 535; Pub. L. 95–424, title I, §106, Oct. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 947; Pub. L. 96–53, title I, §§104(b), 105, Aug. 14, 1979, 93 Stat. 360, 362; Pub. L. 96–533, title III, §304(b)–(f), Dec. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3146; Pub. L. 97–113, title III, §304, Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1533; Pub. L. 99–83, title III, §307, title XII, §1211(a)(2), Aug. 8, 1985, 99 Stat. 215, 279.)
References to subchapter I of this chapter are deemed to include parts IV (§2346 et seq.), VI (§2348 et seq.), and VIII (§2349aa et seq.) of subchapter II of this chapter, and references to subchapter II are deemed to exclude such parts. See section 202(b) of Pub. L. 92–226, set out as a note under section 2346 of this title, and sections 2348c and 2349aa–5 of this title.
A prior section 2151d, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §106, as added Pub. L. 93–189, §2(3), Dec. 17, 1973, 87 Stat. 715, authorized additional appropriations of $53,000,000 for fiscal years 1974, and 1975, for assistance to solve selected development problems in such fields as transportation, power, industry, urban development, and export development, prior to repeal by section 306(1) of Pub. L. 94–161.
1985—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 99–83, §1211(a)(2), struck out par. (A) designation, and struck out par. (B) which related to use of funds in fiscal year 1981 for geological and geophysical survey work.
Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 99–83, §307(a), amended par. (1) generally, substituting provisions authorizing appropriations of $207,000,000 for fiscal years 1986 and 1987 for provisions authorizing appropriations of $147,200,000 for fiscal years 1982 and 1983.
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 99–83, §307(b), added subsec. (f).
1981—Subsec. (d)(3). Pub. L. 97–113, §304(a), authorized assistance for programs of disaster preparedness, including the prediction of and contingency planning for natural disasters abroad.
Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 97–113, §304(b), substituted appropriations of $147,200,000 for fiscal years 1982 and 1983, for appropriations of $140,000,000 for fiscal year 1981.
1980—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 96–533, §304(b), designated existing provisions as subpar. (1)(A), substituted subpar. (B), (C), and (D) for par. (2), (3), and (4) designations, substituted in subpar. (C), cl. (i), (ii), and (iii) for (A), (B), and (C) designations, and added par. (2).
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 96–533, §304(c), (d), designated existing provisions as subpar. (1)(A), substituted subpar. (B) for par. (2) designation, substituted in subpar. (1)(B) “fiscal year 1981 shall be used for purposes of subparagraph (A)” for “fiscal year 1980 shall be used for purposes of paragraph (1)” and added par. (2).
Subsecs. (c) to (e). Pub. L. 96–533, §304(d)–(f), added subsec. (c), redesignated former subsecs. (c) and (d) as (d) and (e), respectively, and in subsec. (e) designated text as pars. (1) and (2), and in par. (1) as so designated, substituted appropriations authorization of “$140,000,000 for the fiscal year 1981” for such appropriation of “$125,000,000 for the fiscal year 1980”.
1979—Subsecs. (a), (b). Pub. L. 96–53, §104(b)(2), (3), added subsecs. (a) and (b). Former subsecs. (a) and (b) redesignated (c) and (d), respectively.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 96–53, §104(b)(1), (2), redesignated former subsec. (a) as (c), struck out par. (2), relating to programs to increase energy production and conservation, and redesignated pars. (3) to (6) as (2) to (5), respectively.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 96–53, §§104(b)(2), 105, redesignated former subsec. (b) as (d) and substituted provisions authorizing appropriations for fiscal year 1980 of $125,000,000, for provisions authorizing appropriations for fiscal year 1979 of $126,244,000, and setting forth requirements for appropriations available to private voluntary agencies of the United States.
1978—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 95–424 substituted “$126,244,000 for the fiscal year 1979, which amount is” for “$104,500,000 for the fiscal year 1977 and $105,000,000 for the fiscal year 1978, which amounts are”.
1977—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 95–88 struck out provisions authorizing an appropriation of $99,550,000 for fiscal year 1976 and inserted provisions authorizing an appropriation of $105,000,000 for fiscal year 1978.
Amendment by Pub. L. 99–83 effective Oct. 1, 1985, see section 1301 of Pub. L. 99–83, set out as a note under section 2151–1 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–53 effective Oct. 1, 1979, see section 512(a) of Pub. L. 96–53, set out as a note under section 2151 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 95–424 effective Oct. 1, 1978, see section 605 of Pub. L. 95–424, set out as a note under section 2151 of this title.
For delegation of functions of President under this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 F.R. 56673, as amended, set out as a note under section 2381 of this title.
(a) In carrying out activities under this part, the President shall place special emphasis on the use of relatively smaller, cost-saving, labor-using technologies that are generally most appropriate for the small farms, small businesses, and small incomes of the poor.
(b) Funds made available to carry out this part should be used to the extent practicable for activities in the field of appropriate technology, including support of an expanded and coordinated private effort to promote the development and dissemination of appropriate technology in developing countries.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §107, as added Pub. L. 94–161, title III, §306(2), Dec. 20, 1975, 89 Stat. 859; amended Pub. L. 95–424, title I, §107, Oct. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 947.)
A prior section 2151e, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §107, as added Pub. L. 93–189, §2(3), Dec. 17, 1973, 87 Stat. 715, authorized additional appropriations of $39,000,000 for fiscal years 1974, and 1975, for assistance to select countries and organizations in support of general economy of recipient countries as for development programs conducted by private international organizations, prior to repeal by section 306(1) of Pub. L. 94–161. See section 2151d of this title.
1978—Pub. L. 95–424 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), substituted provisions mandating that the President place special emphasis on the use of relatively smaller, cost-saving, labor-using technologies generally more appropriate for small farms, small businesses and small incomes of the poor, for provisions authorizing the use of $20,000,000 for activities in the field of intermediate technology, directing the Agency for International Development to prepare a proposal to carry out this section and to keep Congress informed, and to implement such proposal, and added subsec. (b).
Amendment by Pub. L. 95–424 effective Oct. 1, 1978, see section 605 of Pub. L. 95–424, set out as a note under section 2151 of this title.
For delegation of functions of President under this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 F.R. 56673, as amended, set out as a note under section 2381 of this title.
Section, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §108, as added Pub. L. 98–151, §101(b)(2), Nov. 14, 1983, 97 Stat. 972 and amended, which related to microenterprise development credits, was renumbered section 256 of Pub. L. 87–195 by Pub. L. 108–484, §4(a), (b), Dec. 23, 2004, 118 Stat. 3926, 3927, and transferred to section 2212 of this title.
A prior section 2151f, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §108, as added Pub. L. 93–189, §2(3), Dec. 17, 1973, 87 Stat. 715, related to application of subpart I, II, or X of part II of this subchapter to assistance under this part, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 95–424, title I, §102(g)(2)(K)(i), Oct. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 943, eff. Oct. 1, 1978.
Whenever the President determines it to be necessary for the purposes of this part, not to exceed 15 per centum of the funds made available for any provision of this part may be transferred to, and consolidated with, the funds made available for any other provision of this part, and may be used for any of the purposes for which such funds may be used, except that the total in the provision for the benefit of which the transfer is made shall not be increased by more than 25 per centum of the amount of funds made available for such provision. The authority of sections 2360(a) and 2364(a) of this title may not be used to transfer funds made available under this part for use for purposes of any other provision of this chapter, except that the authority of such sections may be used to transfer for the purposes of section 2427 of this title not to exceed five per centum of the amount of funds made available for section 2427(a)(1) of this title.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §109, as added Pub. L. 93–189, §2(3), Dec. 17, 1973, 87 Stat. 716; amended Pub. L. 95–88, title I, §129(b), Aug. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 543; Pub. L. 95–424, title I, §102(g)(2)(K)(ii), Oct. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 943.)
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original “this Act”, meaning Pub. L. 87–195, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 424, as amended, known as the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2151 of this title and Tables.
1978—Pub. L. 95–424 substituted “Whenever” for “Notwithstanding section 2151f of this title, whenever”.
1977—Pub. L. 95–88 provided that the authority under sections 2360(a) and 2364(a) of this title may be used to transfer for the purposes of section 2427 of this title not to exceed five per centum of the amount of funds made available for section 2427(a)(1) of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 95–424 effective Oct. 1, 1978, see section 605 of Pub. L. 95–424, set out as a note under section 2151 of this title.
For delegation of functions of President under this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 F.R. 56673, as amended, set out as a note under section 2381 of this title.
No assistance shall be furnished by the United States Government to a country under sections 2151a through 2151d of this title until the country provides assurances to the President, and the President is satisfied, that such country will provide at least 25 per centum of the costs of the entire program, project, or activity with respect to which such assistance is to be furnished, except that such costs borne by such country may be provided on an “inkind” basis.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §110, as added Pub. L. 93–189, §2(3), Dec. 17, 1973, 87 Stat. 716; amended Pub. L. 94–161, title III, §307, Dec. 20, 1975, 89 Stat. 859; Pub. L. 95–88, title I, §106, Aug. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 535; Pub. L. 95–424, title I, §112(b), Oct. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 949; Pub. L. 99–83, title XII, §1211(a)(3), Aug. 8, 1985, 99 Stat. 279.)
References to sections 2151a through 2151d of this title are deemed to include a reference to section 2293 of this title. See section 2293(d)(1) of this title.
1985—Pub. L. 99–83 struck out subsec. (a) designation, and struck out subsec. (b) which set forth funding limits for grant assistance under sections 2151a to 2151d of this title.
1978—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 94–424 struck out provision, following “on an ‘in-kind’ basis”, relating to waiver by the President of cost-sharing requirement in case of a project or activity in a country determined to be relatively least developed by the agency primarily responsible for administering subchapter I of this chapter.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 95–424 substituted “No” for “Except for grants to countries determined to be relatively least developed based on the United Nations Conference on Trade and Development list of ‘relatively least developed countries’, no”.
1977—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 95–88, §106(1), substituted “sections 2151a through 2151d” for “sections 2151a through 2151e”.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 95–88, §106(2), inserted provisions creating an exception for grants to countries determined to be relatively least developed based on the United Nations Conference on Trade and Development list of “relatively least developed countries” and substituted “sections 2151a through 2151d” for “sections 2151a through 2151e”.
1975—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 94–161 authorized Presidential waiver of cost-sharing as a condition for being furnished project or activity assistance in the case of a relatively least developed country.
Amendment by Pub. L. 99–83 effective Oct. 1, 1985, see section 1301 of Pub. L. 99–83, set out as a note under section 2151–1 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 95–424 effective Oct. 1, 1978, see section 605 of Pub. L. 95–424, set out as a note under section 2151 of this title.
For delegation of functions of President under this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 F.R. 56673, as amended, set out as a note under section 2381 of this title.
In order to strengthen the participation of the rural and urban poor in their country's development, high priority shall be given to increasing the use of funds made available under this chapter for technical and capital assistance in the development and use of cooperatives in the less developed countries which will enable and encourage greater numbers of the poor to help themselves toward a better life. In meeting the requirement of the preceding sentence, specific priority shall be given to the following:
Technical assistance to low income farmers who form and develop member-owned cooperatives for farm supplies, marketing and value-added processing.
The promotion of national credit union systems through credit union-to-credit union technical assistance that strengthens the ability of low income people and micro-entrepreneurs to save and to have access to credit for their own economic advancement.
The support of rural electric and telecommunication cooperatives for access for rural people and villages that lack reliable electric and telecommunications services.
The promotion of community-based cooperatives which provide employment opportunities and important services such as health clinics, self-help shelter, environmental improvements, group-owned businesses, and other activities.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §111, as added Pub. L. 93–189, §2(3), Dec. 17, 1973, 87 Stat. 716; amended Pub. L. 94–161, title III, §308, Dec. 20, 1975, 89 Stat. 859; Pub. L. 95–88, title I, §107(a), Aug. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 535; Pub. L. 96–53, title I, §122, Aug. 14, 1979, 93 Stat. 366; Pub. L. 106–309, title IV, §401(c)(2), Oct. 17, 2000, 114 Stat. 1097.)
This chapter, referred to in text, was in the original “this Act”, meaning Pub. L. 87–195, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 424, as amended, known as the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2151 of this title and Tables.
2000—Pub. L. 106–309 inserted at end “In meeting the requirement of the preceding sentence, specific priority shall be given to the following:” and pars. (1) to (4).
1979—Pub. L. 96–53 struck out provisions relating to availability of funds for fiscal year 1978 for technical assistance.
1977—Pub. L. 95–88 substituted “technical and capital assistance in the development and use of cooperatives” for “assistance in the development of cooperatives” and “$10,000,000 of the funds made available under this chapter for the fiscal year 1978 may be used only for technical assistance” for “$20,000,000 of such funds shall be used during the fiscal years 1976 and 1977, including the period from July 1, 1976, through September 30, 1976, only for technical assistance”.
1975—Pub. L. 94–161 earmarked not less than $20,000,000 for technical assistance during fiscal years 1976 and 1977, including period from July 1, 1976, through Sept. 30, 1976, and deleted similar provision making such minimum sum available for use during fiscal years 1974 and 1975.
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–53 effective Oct. 1, 1979, see section 512(a) of Pub. L. 96–53, set out as a note under section 2151 of this title.
Section 107(b) of Pub. L. 95–88 provided that: “The amendments made by subsection (a) [amending this section] shall take effect on October 1, 1977.”
Pub. L. 106–309, title IV, §401(b), Oct. 17, 2000, 114 Stat. 1096, provided that: “The Congress makes the following findings:
“(1) It is in the mutual economic interest of the United States and peoples in developing and transitional countries to promote cooperatives and credit unions.
“(2) Self-help institutions, including cooperatives and credit unions, provide enhanced opportunities for people to participate directly in democratic decision-making for their economic and social benefit through ownership and control of business enterprises and through the mobilization of local capital and savings and such organizations should be fully utilized in fostering free market principles and the adoption of self-help approaches to development.
“(3) The United States seeks to encourage broad-based economic and social development by creating and supporting—
“(A) agricultural cooperatives that provide a means to lift low income farmers and rural people out of poverty and to better integrate them into national economies;
“(B) credit union networks that serve people of limited means through safe savings and by extending credit to families and microenterprises;
“(C) electric and telephone cooperatives that provide rural customers with power and telecommunications services essential to economic development;
“(D) housing and community-based cooperatives that provide low income shelter and work opportunities for the urban poor; and
“(E) mutual and cooperative insurance companies that provide risk protection for life and property to under-served populations often through group policies.”
Pub. L. 106–309, title IV, §401(c)(1), Oct. 17, 2000, 114 Stat. 1096, provided that: “The Congress supports the development and expansion of economic assistance programs that fully utilize cooperatives and credit unions, particularly those programs committed to—
“(A) international cooperative principles, democratic governance and involvement of women and ethnic minorities for economic and social development;
“(B) self-help mobilization of member savings and equity and retention of profits in the community, except for those programs that are dependent on donor financing;
“(C) market-oriented and value-added activities with the potential to reach large numbers of low income people and help them enter into the mainstream economy;
“(D) strengthening the participation of rural and urban poor to contribute to their country's economic development; and
“(E) utilization of technical assistance and training to better serve the member-owners.”
Pub. L. 106–309, title IV, §401(d), Oct. 17, 2000, 114 Stat. 1097, provided that: “Not later than 6 months after the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 17, 2000], the Administrator of the United States Agency for International Development, in consultation with the heads of other appropriate agencies, shall prepare and submit to Congress a report on the implementation of section 111 of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 (22 U.S.C. 2151i), as amended by subsection (c).”
Section, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §112, as added Pub. L. 93–189, §2(3), Dec. 17, 1973, 87 Stat. 716, related to police training prohibition. See section 2420 of this title.
In recognition of the fact that women in developing countries play a significant role in economic production, family support, and the overall development process of the national economies of such countries, subchapter I of this chapter shall be administered so as to give particular attention to those programs, projects, and activities which tend to integrate women into the national economies of developing countries, thus improving their status and assisting the total development effort.
(1) Up to $10,000,000 of the funds made available each fiscal year under this part and part X of this subchapter shall be used, in addition to funds otherwise available for such purposes, for assistance on such terms and conditions as the President may determine to encourage and promote the participation and integration of women as equal partners in the development process in the developing countries. These funds shall be used primarily to support activities which will increase the economic productivity and income earning capacity of women.
(2) Nothing in this section shall be construed to authorize the establishment of a separate development assistance program for women.
Not less than $500,000 of the funds made available under this part for the fiscal year 1982 shall be expended on international programs which support the original goals of the United Nations Decade for Women.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §113, as added Pub. L. 93–189, §2(3), Dec. 17, 1973, 87 Stat. 716; amended Pub. L. 94–161, title III, §309, Dec. 20, 1975, 89 Stat. 860; Pub. L. 95–88, title I, §108, Aug. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 536; Pub. L. 95–424, title I, §108, Oct. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 947; Pub. L. 96–53, title I, §122, Aug. 14, 1979, 93 Stat. 366; Pub. L. 97–113, title III, §305, Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1533; Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(d)(2), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2031.)
References to subchapter I of this chapter are deemed to include parts IV (§2346 et seq.), VI (§2348 et seq.), and VIII (§2349aa et seq.) of subchapter II of this chapter, and references to subchapter II are deemed to exclude such parts. See section 202(b) of Pub. L. 92–226, set out as a note under section 2346 of this title, and sections 2348c and 2349aa–5 of this title.
1990—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 101–513 inserted “and part X of this subchapter” after “this part”.
1981—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 97–113 added subsec. (c).
1979—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 96–53 redesignated subsec. (d) as (b), and repealed former subsec. (b) which related to Presidential report to Congress on the impact of development programs, etc., on the economic integration of women.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 96–53 repealed subsec. (c) which required the report under former subsec. (b) to be submitted not later than one year after Aug. 3, 1977.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 96–53 redesignated subsec. (d) as (b).
1978—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 95–424 added subsec. (d).
1977—Pub. L. 95–88 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), inserted provisions relating to a recognition of the fact that women in developing countries play a significant role in economic production, family support, and the overall development process of the national economies of such countries, and added subsecs. (b) and (c).
1975—Pub. L. 94–161 substituted “This subchapter” for “Sections 2151a through 2151e of this title”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–53 effective Oct. 1, 1979, see section 512(a) of Pub. L. 96–53, set out as a note under section 2151 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 95–424 effective Oct. 1, 1978, see section 605 of Pub. L. 95–424, set out as a note under section 2151 of this title.
For delegation of functions of President under this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 F.R. 56673, as amended, set out as a note under section 2381 of this title.
Section 2151l, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §114, as added Pub. L. 93–189, §2(3), Dec. 17, 1973, 87 Stat. 716; amended Pub. L. 95–88, title I, §109, Aug. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 536, prohibited use of funds for performance of abortions or involuntary sterilizations.
Section 2151m, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §115, as added Pub. L. 93–559, §20, Dec. 30, 1974, 88 Stat. 1800; amended Pub. L. 95–88, title I, §110, Aug. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 536, prohibited use of funds available under this part for any countries to which assistance is furnished under part IV of subchapter II of this chapter or under subchapter V of this chapter without specific authorization from Congress.
Repeal effective Oct. 1, 1978, see section 605 of Pub. L. 95–424, set out as an Effective Date of 1978 Amendment note under section 2151 of this title.
No assistance may be provided under subchapter I of this chapter to the government of any country which engages in a consistent pattern of gross violations of internationally recognized human rights, including torture or cruel, inhuman, or degrading treatment or punishment, prolonged detention without charges, causing the disappearance of persons by the abduction and clandestine detention of those persons, or other flagrant denial of the right to life, liberty, and the security of person, unless such assistance will directly benefit the needy people in such country.
In determining whether this standard is being met with regard to funds allocated under subchapter I of this chapter, the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate or the Committee on Foreign Affairs of the House of Representatives may require the Administrator primarily responsible for administering subchapter I of this chapter to submit in writing information demonstrating that such assistance will directly benefit the needy people in such country, together with a detailed explanation of the assistance to be provided (including the dollar amounts of such assistance) and an explanation of how such assistance will directly benefit the needy people in such country. If either committee or either House of Congress disagrees with the Administrator's justification it may initiate action to terminate assistance to any country by a concurrent resolution under section 2367 of this title.
No assistance may be provided to any government failing to take appropriate and adequate measures, within their means, to protect children from exploitation, abuse or forced conscription into military or paramilitary services.
In determining whether or not a government falls within the provisions of subsection (a) of this section and in formulating development assistance programs under subchapter I of this chapter, the Administrator shall consider, in consultation with the Assistant Secretary of State for Democracy, Human Rights, and Labor and in consultation with the Ambassador at Large for International Religious Freedom—
(1) the extent of cooperation of such government in permitting an unimpeded investigation of alleged violations of internationally recognized human rights by appropriate international organizations, including the International Committee of the Red Cross, or groups or persons acting under the authority of the United Nations or of the Organization of American States;
(2) specific actions which have been taken by the President or the Congress relating to multilateral or security assistance to a less developed country because of the human rights practices or policies of such country; and
(3) whether the government—
(A) has engaged in or tolerated particularly severe violations of religious freedom, as defined in section 6402 of this title; or
(B) has failed to undertake serious and sustained efforts to combat particularly severe violations of religious freedom (as defined in section 6402 of this title), when such efforts could have been reasonably undertaken.
The Secretary of State shall transmit to the Speaker of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate, by February 25 of each year, a full and complete report regarding—
(1) the status of internationally recognized human rights, within the meaning of subsection (a) of this section—
(A) in countries that receive assistance under subchapter I of this chapter, and
(B) in all other foreign countries which are members of the United Nations and which are not otherwise the subject of a human rights report under this chapter;
(2) wherever applicable, practices regarding coercion in population control, including coerced abortion and involuntary sterilization;
(3) the status of child labor practices in each country, including—
(A) whether such country has adopted policies to protect children from exploitation in the workplace, including a prohibition of forced and bonded labor and policies regarding acceptable working conditions; and
(B) the extent to which each country enforces such policies, including the adequacy of the resources and oversight dedicated to such policies;
(4) the votes of each member of the United Nations Commission on Human Rights on all country-specific and thematic resolutions voted on at the Commission's annual session during the period covered during the preceding year;
(5) the extent to which each country has extended protection to refugees, including the provision of first asylum and resettlement;
(6) the steps the Administrator has taken to alter United States programs under subchapter I of this chapter in any country because of human rights considerations;
(7) wherever applicable, violations of religious freedom, including particularly severe violations of religious freedom (as defined in section 6402 of this title);
(8) wherever applicable, a description of the nature and extent of acts of anti-Semitism and anti-Semitic incitement that occur during the preceding year, including descriptions of—
(A) acts of physical violence against, or harassment of 2 Jewish people, and acts of violence against, or vandalism of 2 Jewish community institutions, including schools, synagogues, and cemeteries;
(B) instances of propaganda in government and nongovernment media that attempt to justify or promote racial hatred or incite acts of violence against Jewish people;
(C) the actions, if any, taken by the government of the country to respond to such violence and attacks or to eliminate such propaganda or incitement;
(D) the actions taken by such government to enact and enforce laws relating to the protection of the right to religious freedom of Jewish people; and
(E) the efforts of such government to promote anti-bias and tolerance education;
(9) wherever applicable, consolidated information regarding the commission of war crimes, crimes against humanity, and evidence of acts that may constitute genocide (as defined in article 2 of the Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of the Crime of Genocide and modified by the United States instrument of ratification to that convention and section 2(a) of the Genocide Convention Implementation Act of 1987);
(10) for each country with respect to which the report indicates that extrajudicial killings, torture, or other serious violations of human rights have occurred in the country, the extent to which the United States has taken or will take action to encourage an end to such practices in the country;
(11)(A) wherever applicable, a description of the nature and extent—
(i) of the compulsory recruitment and conscription of individuals under the age of 18 by armed forces of the government of the country, government-supported paramilitaries, or other armed groups, and the participation of such individuals in such groups; and
(ii) that such individuals take a direct part in hostilities;
(B) what steps, if any, taken by the government of the country to eliminate such practices;
(C) such other information related to the use by such government of individuals under the age of 18 as soldiers, as determined to be appropriate by the Secretary; and
(12) wherever applicable—
(A) a description of the status of freedom of the press, including initiatives in favor of freedom of the press and efforts to improve or preserve, as appropriate, the independence of the media, together with an assessment of progress made as a result of those efforts;
(B) an identification of countries in which there were violations of freedom of the press, including direct physical attacks, imprisonment, indirect sources of pressure, and censorship by governments, military, intelligence, or police forces, criminal groups, or armed extremist or rebel groups; and
(C) in countries where there are particularly severe violations of freedom of the press—
(i) whether government authorities of each such country participate in, facilitate, or condone such violations of the freedom of the press; and
(ii) what steps the government of each such country has taken to preserve the safety and independence of the media, and to ensure the prosecution of those individuals who attack or murder journalists.
The President is authorized and encouraged to use not less than $3,000,000 of the funds made available under this part, part X of this subchapter, and part IV of subchapter II of this chapter for each fiscal year for studies to identify, and for openly carrying out programs and activities which will encourage or promote increased adherence to civil and political rights, including the right to free religious belief and practice, as set forth in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, in countries eligible for assistance under this part or under part X of this subchapter, except that funds made available under part X of this subchapter may only be used under this subsection with respect to countries in sub-Saharan Africa. None of these funds may be used, directly or indirectly, to influence the outcome of any election in any country.
(1) The report required by subsection (d) of this section shall include the following:
(A) A description of the nature and extent of severe forms of trafficking in persons, as defined in section 7102 of this title, in each foreign country.
(B) With respect to each country that is a country of origin, transit, or destination for victims of severe forms of trafficking in persons, an assessment of the efforts by the government of that country to combat such trafficking. The assessment shall address the following:
(i) Whether government authorities in that country participate in, facilitate, or condone such trafficking.
(ii) Which government authorities in that country are involved in activities to combat such trafficking.
(iii) What steps the government of that country has taken to prohibit government officials from participating in, facilitating, or condoning such trafficking, including the investigation, prosecution, and conviction of such officials.
(iv) What steps the government of that country has taken to prohibit other individuals from participating in such trafficking, including the investigation, prosecution, and conviction of individuals involved in severe forms of trafficking in persons, the criminal and civil penalties for such trafficking, and the efficacy of those penalties in eliminating or reducing such trafficking.
(v) What steps the government of that country has taken to assist victims of such trafficking, including efforts to prevent victims from being further victimized by traffickers, government officials, or others, grants of relief from deportation, and provision of humanitarian relief, including provision of mental and physical health care and shelter.
(vi) Whether the government of that country is cooperating with governments of other countries to extradite traffickers when requested, or, to the extent that such cooperation would be inconsistent with the laws of such country or with extradition treaties to which such country is a party, whether the government of that country is taking all appropriate measures to modify or replace such laws and treaties so as to permit such cooperation.
(vii) Whether the government of that country is assisting in international investigations of transnational trafficking networks and in other cooperative efforts to combat severe forms of trafficking in persons.
(viii) Whether the government of that country refrains from prosecuting victims of severe forms of trafficking in persons due to such victims having been trafficked, and refrains from other discriminatory treatment of such victims.
(ix) Whether the government of that country recognizes the rights of victims of severe forms of trafficking in persons and ensures their access to justice.
(C) Such other information relating to trafficking in persons as the Secretary of State considers appropriate.
(2) In compiling data and making assessments for the purposes of paragraph (1), United States diplomatic mission personnel shall consult with human rights organizations and other appropriate nongovernmental organizations.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §116, as added Pub. L. 94–161, title III, §310, Dec. 20, 1975, 89 Stat. 860; amended Pub. L. 95–88, title I, §111, Aug. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 537; Pub. L. 95–105, title I, §109(a)(2), Aug. 17, 1977, 91 Stat. 846; Pub. L. 95–424, title I, §109, Oct. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 947; Pub. L. 96–53, title I, §106, title V, §504(a), Aug. 14, 1979, 93 Stat. 362, 378; Pub. L. 96–533, title III, §305, title VII, §701(a), Dec. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3147, 3156; Pub. L. 97–113, title III, §306, Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1533; Pub. L. 98–164, title X, §1002(a), Nov. 22, 1983, 97 Stat. 1052; Pub. L. 99–440, title II, §202, Oct. 2, 1986, 100 Stat. 1095; Pub. L. 99–631, §1(b)(2), Nov. 7, 1986, 100 Stat. 3519; Pub. L. 100–204, title I, §127(1), Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1342; Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §§562(d)(3), 599D, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2031, 2066; Pub. L. 103–149, §4(a)(3)(B), Nov. 23, 1993, 107 Stat. 1505; Pub. L. 103–236, title I, §162(e)(1), Apr. 30, 1994, 108 Stat. 405; Pub. L. 103–437, §9(a)(6), Nov. 2, 1994, 108 Stat. 4588; Pub. L. 104–319, title II, §201(a), Oct. 19, 1996, 110 Stat. 3866; Pub. L. 105–277, div. G, subdiv. B, title XXII, §2216, Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–815; Pub. L. 105–292, title I, §102(d)(1), title IV, §421(a), title V, §501(b), Oct. 27, 1998, 112 Stat. 2794, 2809, 2811; Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §§1000(a)(2) [title V, §597], 1000(a)(7) [div. A, title VIII, §806(a)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1535, 1536, 1501A–126, 1501A–471; Pub. L. 106–386, div. A, §104(a), Oct. 28, 2000, 114 Stat. 1471; Pub. L. 107–228, div. A, title VI, §§665(a), 683(a), Sept. 30, 2002, 116 Stat. 1406, 1410; Pub. L. 108–332, §6(a)(1), Oct. 16, 2004, 118 Stat. 1285; Pub. L. 111–166, §2(1), May 17, 2010, 124 Stat. 1186.)
Section 2(a) of the Genocide Convention Implementation Act of 1987, referred to in subsec. (d)(8), probably means section 2(a) of the Genocide Convention Implementation Act of 1987 (the Proxmire Act), Pub. L. 100–606, Nov. 4, 1988, 102 Stat. 3045, which enacted chapter 50A (§1091 et seq.) of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure.
References to subchapter I of this chapter are deemed to include parts IV (§2346 et seq.), VI (§2348 et seq.), and VIII (§2349aa et seq.) of subchapter II of this chapter, and references to subchapter II are deemed to exclude such parts. See section 202(b) of Pub. L. 92–226, set out as a note under section 2346 of this title, and sections 2348c and 2349aa–5 of this title.
The amendment by section 102(d)(1) of Pub. L. 105–292 was executed before the amendment by Pub. L. 105–277 to reflect the probable intent of Congress.
2010—Subsec. (d)(12). Pub. L. 111–166 added par. (12).
2004—Subsec. (d)(8) to (11). Pub. L. 108–332 added par. (8) and redesignated former pars. (8) to (10) as (9) to (11), respectively.
2002—Subsec. (d)(9). Pub. L. 107–228, §665(a), added par. (9).
Subsec. (d)(10). Pub. L. 107–228, §683(a), added par. (10).
2000—Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 106–386 amended subsec. (f) generally, substituting present provisions for provisions listing information required for report under subsec. (d) of this section, providing for consultation with human rights and other appropriate nongovernmental organizations in compiling data for required information, and defining “trafficking” and “victims of trafficking” for purposes of subsection.
1999—Subsec. (d)(8). Pub. L. 106–113, §1000(a)(7) [div. A, title VIII, §806(a)], added par. (8).
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 106–113, §1000(a)(2) [title V, §597], added subsec. (f).
1998—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 105–292, §421(a)(1), inserted “and in consultation with the Ambassador at Large for International Religious Freedom” after “Labor” in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (c)(3). Pub. L. 105–292, §421(a)(2)–(4), added par. (3).
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 105–277, §2216(1), substituted “February 25” for “January 31” in introductory provisions.
Subsec. (d)(3) to (5). Pub. L. 105–277, §2216(2), (3), added par. (3) and redesignated former pars. (3) and (4) as (4) and (5), respectively. Former par. (5) redesignated (6).
Subsec. (d)(6). Pub. L. 105–277, §2216(2), redesignated par. (5) as (6). Former par. (6) redesignated (7). See Codification note above.
Pub. L. 105–292, §102(d)(1), added par. (6). See Codification note above.
Subsec. (d)(7). Pub. L. 105–277, §2216(2), redesignated par. (6) as (7). See Codification note above.
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 105–292, §501(b), inserted “, including the right to free religious belief and practice” after “adherence to civil and political rights”.
1996—Subsec. (d)(3) to (5). Pub. L. 104–319 added pars. (3) and (4) and redesignated former par. (3) as (5).
1994—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 103–437 substituted “Foreign Affairs” for “International Relations” in subsec. (b) relating to submittal of information to Congress.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 103–236 substituted “Assistant Secretary of State for Democracy, Human Rights, and Labor” for “Assistant Secretary for Human Rights and Humanitarian Affairs” in introductory provisions.
1993—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 103–149 struck out “(1)” before “The President is authorized” and struck out par. (2) which authorized grants to nongovernmental organizations in South Africa promoting political, economic, social, juridical, and humanitarian efforts to foster a just society and to help victims of apartheid.
Subsecs. (f), (g). Pub. L. 103–149 struck out subsec. (f) which authorized assistance to political detainees and prisoners and support for black-led community organizations in South Africa and subsec. (g) which authorized assistance to families of victims of violence in South Africa.
1990—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 101–513, §599D, added subsec. (b) prohibiting assistance to governments failing to protect children from exploitation, abuse or conscription.
Subsec. (e)(1). Pub. L. 101–513, §562(d)(3), inserted “, part X of this subchapter,” after “available under this part” and “or under part X of this subchapter, except that funds made available under part X of this subchapter may only be used under this subsection with respect to countries in sub-Saharan Africa” before period at end of first sentence.
1987—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 100–204 added par. (2) and redesignated former par. (2) as (3).
1986—Subsec. (e)(2)(A). Pub. L. 99–440, §202(a), inserted authorization of appropriations of $1,500,000 for fiscal year 1986 and for each fiscal year thereafter.
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 99–440, §202(b), added subsec. (f).
Subsec. (f)(2)(B). Pub. L. 99–631 substituted “subsection” for “paragraph”.
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 99–440, §202(b), added subsec. (g).
1983—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 98–164, §1002(a), designated existing provisions as par. (1), substituted “$3,000,000 of the funds made available under this part and part IV of subchapter II of this chapter for each fiscal year” for “$1,500,000 of the funds made available under this part for each of the fiscal years 1982 and 1983”, and added par. (2).
1981—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 97–113 substituted “each of the fiscal years 1982 and 1983” for “the fiscal year 1981”.
1980—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 96–533, §701(a), prohibited assistance for government of any country causing the disappearance of persons by the abduction and clandestine detention of those persons.
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 96–533, §305, substituted “1981” for “1980”.
1979—Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 96–53, §504(a), designated existing provisions as cl. (A) and added cl. (B).
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 96–53, §106, substituted “1980” for “1979”.
1978—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 95–424 substituted “The President is authorized and encouraged to use not less than $1,500,000 of” for “Of”, and “1979” for “1978, not less than $750,000 may be used only”.
1977—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 95–105 substituted “Assistant Secretary” for “Coordinator”.
Pub. L. 95–88, §111(a), inserted references to the formulation of development assistance programs under this subchapter and the consultation of the Administrator with the Coordinator for Human Rights and Humanitarian Affairs in the introductory provisions, designated the remainder of the existing provisions as par. (1), and added par. (2).
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 95–88, §111(a), substituted provisions directing the Secretary of State to transmit to the Speaker of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate, by January 31 of each year, a full and complete report regarding the status of internationally recognized human rights in countries that receive development assistance and the steps which the Administrator has taken to alter United States development assistance programs in any country because of human rights considerations for provisions directing the President to transmit to the Speaker of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate, in the annual presentation materials on proposed economic development assistance programs, a full and complete report regarding the steps he has taken to carry out the provisions of this section.
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 95–88, §111(b), added subsec. (e).
Pub. L. 108–332, §6(c), Oct. 16, 2004, 118 Stat. 1286, provided that:“The amendments made by subsections (a) and (b) [amending this section and sections 2304 and 6412 of this title] shall apply beginning with the first report under sections 116(d) and 502B(b) of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 (22 U.S.C. 2151n(d) and 2304(b)) and section 102(b) of the International Religious Freedom Act of 1998 (22 U.S.C. 6312(b) [6412(b)]) submitted more than 180 days after the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 16, 2004].”
Amendment by Pub. L. 103–236 applicable with respect to officials, offices, and bureaus of Department of State when executive orders, regulations, or departmental directives implementing the amendments by sections 161 and 162 of Pub. L. 103–236 become effective, or 90 days after Apr. 30, 1994, whichever comes earlier, see section 161(b) of Pub. L. 103–236, as amended, set out as a note under section 2651a of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 99–631 effective Oct. 2, 1986, see section 1(c) of Pub. L. 99–631, set out as a note under section 2151c of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–53 effective Oct. 1, 1979, see section 512(a) of Pub. L. 96–53, set out as a note under section 2151 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 95–424 effective Oct. 1, 1978, see section 605 of Pub. L. 95–424, set out as a note under section 2151 of this title.
For delegation of functions of President under this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 F.R. 56673, as amended, set out as a note under section 2381 of this title.
Pub. L. 107–228, div. A, title VI, §665(c), Sept. 30, 2002, 116 Stat. 1407, as amended by Pub. L. 110–53, title XXI, §2121(b), (d), Aug. 3, 2007, 121 Stat. 532, provided that: “The information to be included in the report required by sections 116(d) and 502B(b) of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2151n(d), 2304(b)] pursuant to the amendments made by subsections (a) and (b) [amending this section and section 2304 of this title] may be submitted by the Secretary as a separate report entitled the Annual Report on Advancing Freedom and Democracy. If the Secretary elects to submit such information as a separate report, such report shall be submitted not later than 90 days after the date of submission of the report required by section [sic] 116(d) and 502B(b) of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961.”
[For definition of “Secretary” as used in section 665(c) of Pub. L. 107–228, set out above, see section 3 of Pub. L. 107–228, set out as a note under section 2651 of this title.]
Pub. L. 107–228, div. A, title VI, §702, Sept. 30, 2002, 116 Stat. 1420, provided that: “Not later than December 31 of each year or 60 days after the second United States-Vietnam human rights dialogue meeting held in a calendar year, whichever is earlier, the Secretary shall submit to the appropriate congressional committees a report covering the issues discussed at the previous two meetings and describing to what extent the Government of Vietnam has made progress during the calendar year toward achieving the following objectives:
“(1) Improving the Government of Vietnam's commercial and criminal codes to bring them into conformity with international standards, including the repeal of the Government of Vietnam's administrative detention decree (Directive 31/CP).
“(2) Releasing political and religious activists who have been imprisoned or otherwise detained by the Government of Vietnam, and ceasing surveillance and harassment of those who have been released.
“(3) Ending official restrictions on religious activity, including implementing the recommendations of the United Nations Special Rapporteur on Religious Intolerance.
“(4) Promoting freedom for the press, including freedom of movement of members of the Vietnamese and foreign press.
“(5) Improving prison conditions and providing transparency in the penal system of Vietnam, including implementing the recommendations of the United Nations Working Group on Arbitrary Detention.
“(6) Respecting the basic rights of indigenous minority groups, especially in the central and northern highlands of Vietnam.
“(7) Respecting the basic rights of workers, including working with the International Labor Organization to improve mechanisms for promoting such rights.
“(8) Cooperating with requests by the United States to obtain full and free access to persons who may be eligible for admission to the United States as refugees or immigrants, and allowing such persons to leave Vietnam without being subjected to extortion or other corrupt practices.”
[For definitions of “Secretary” and “appropriate congressional committees” as used in section 702 of Pub. L. 107–228, set out above, see section 3 of Pub. L. 107–228, set out as a note under section 2651 of this title.]
Pub. L. 105–292, title V, §501(a), Oct. 27, 1998, 112 Stat. 2811, provided that: “Congress makes the following findings:
“(1) In many nations where severe violations of religious freedom occur, there is not sufficient statutory legal protection for religious minorities or there is not sufficient cultural and social understanding of international norms of religious freedom.
“(2) Accordingly, in the provision of foreign assistance, the United States should make a priority of promoting and developing legal protections and cultural respect for religious freedom.”
Pub. L. 102–391, title V, §511(b), Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1658, as amended by Pub. L. 106–429, §101(a) [title V, §590], Nov. 6, 2000, 114 Stat. 1900, 1900A–59, provided that: “The Secretary of State shall also transmit the report required by section 116(d) of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2151n(d)] to the Committees on Appropriations each year by the date specified in that section: Provided, That each such report submitted pursuant to such section shall (1) include a review of each country's commitment to children's rights and welfare as called for by the Declaration of the World Summit for Children; [(2) Repealed. Pub. L. 106–429, §101(a) [title V, §590], Nov. 6, 2000, 114 Stat. 1900, 1900A–59;] (3) describe the extent to which indigenous people are able to participate in decisions affecting their lands, cultures, traditions and the allocation of natural resources, and assess the extent of protection of their civil and political rights.”
Section 504(b) of Pub. L. 96–53, which required Secretary of State to report by Nov. 15, 1979, foreign relations impact made by reports of human rights violations of foreign governments, was repealed by Pub. L. 97–113, title VII, §734(a)(3), Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1560.
1 So in original. Two subsecs. (b) have been enacted.
2 So in original. Probably should be followed by a comma.
Section, Pub. L. 95–105, title I, §108, Aug. 17, 1977, 91 Stat. 846, directed Secretary of State to report annually to Congress about American citizens in foreign jails.
There is established a Human Rights and Democracy Fund (in this section referred to as the “Fund”) to be administered by the Assistant Secretary of State for Democracy, Human Rights, and Labor.
The purposes of the Fund shall be—
(1) to support defenders of human rights;
(2) to assist the victims of human rights violations;
(3) to respond to human rights emergencies;
(4) to promote and encourage the growth of democracy, including the support for nongovernmental organizations in foreign countries; and
(5) to carry out such other related activities as are consistent with paragraphs (1) through (4).
Of the amounts made available to carry out chapter 4 of part II of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2346 et seq.] for fiscal year 2003, $21,500,000 is authorized to be available to the Fund for carrying out the purposes described in subsection (b) of this section. Amounts made available to the Fund under this paragraph shall also be deemed to have been made available under section 116(e) of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 (22 U.S.C. 2151n(e)).
Of the amount authorized to be available to the Fund under paragraph (1) for fiscal year 2003, $1,000,000 is authorized to be available for the Documentation Center of Cambodia for the purpose of collecting, cataloguing, and disseminating information about the atrocities committed by the Khmer Rouge against the Cambodian people.
Of the amount authorized to be available to the Fund under paragraph (1) for fiscal year 2003, $500,000 is authorized to be available to advance the extraordinary work and values of Father John Kaiser with respect to solving ethnic conflict and promoting government accountability and respect for human rights. The amount made available under this paragraph may be referred to as the “Father John Kaiser Memorial Fund”.
(Pub. L. 107–228, div. A, title VI, §664, Sept. 30, 2002, 116 Stat. 1406.)
The Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, referred to in subsec. (c)(1), is Pub. L. 87–195, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 424, as amended. Chapter 4 of part II of the Act is classified generally to part IV (§2346 et seq.) of subchapter II of this chapter. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2151 of this title and Tables.
Section was enacted as part of the Freedom Investment Act of 2002, and also as part of the Department of State Authorization Act, Fiscal Year 2003 and the Foreign Relations Authorization Act, Fiscal Year 2003, and not as part of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 which comprises this chapter.
Pub. L. 107–228, div. A, title VI, §662, Sept. 30, 2002, 116 Stat. 1405, provided that: “The purposes of this subtitle [subtitle E (§§661–665) of title VI of div. A of Pub. L. 107–228, see Short Title of 2002 Amendments note set out under section 2151 of this title] are the following:
“(1) To underscore that promoting and protecting human rights is in the national interests of the United States and is consistent with American values and beliefs.
“(2) To establish a goal of devoting one percent of the funds available to the Department under ‘Diplomatic and Consular Programs’, other than such funds that will be made available for worldwide security upgrades and information resource management, to enhance the ability of the United States to promote respect for human rights and the protection of human rights defenders.”
[For definition of “Department” as used in section 662 of Pub. L. 107–228, set out above, see section 3 of Pub. L. 107–228, set out as a note under section 2651 of this title.]
Section, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §117, as added Pub. L. 99–440, title II, §201(b), Oct. 2, 1986, 100 Stat. 1094, related to assistance for disadvantaged South Africans.
A prior section 2151o, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. 1, §117, as added Pub. L. 95–88, title I, §112, Aug. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 537, related to a strategy for programs of nutrition and health improvement for mothers and children, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 95–424, title I, §103(c), Oct. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 945, eff. Oct. 1, 1978.
The Congress finds that if current trends in the degradation of natural resources in developing countries continue, they will severely undermine the best efforts to meet basic human needs, to achieve sustained economic growth, and to prevent international tension and conflict. The Congress also finds that the world faces enormous, urgent, and complex problems, with respect to natural resources, which require new forms of cooperation between the United States and developing countries to prevent such problems from becoming unmanageable. It is, therefore, in the economic and security interest of the United States to provide leadership both in thoroughly reassessing policies relating to natural resources and the environment, and in cooperating extensively with developing countries in order to achieve environmentally sound development.
In order to address the serious problems described in subsection (a) of this section, the President is authorized to furnish assistance under subchapter I of this chapter for developing and strengthening the capacity of developing countries to protect and manage their environment and natural resources. Special efforts shall be made to maintain and where possible to restore the land, vegetation, water, wildlife, and other resources upon which depend economic growth and human well-being, especially of the poor.
(1) The President, in implementing programs and projects under this part and part X of this subchapter, shall take fully into account the impact of such programs and projects upon the environment and natural resources of developing countries. Subject to such procedures as the President considers appropriate, the President shall require all agencies and officials responsible for programs or projects under this part and part X of this subchapter—
(A) to prepare and take fully into account an environmental impact statement for any program or project under this part and part X of this subchapter significantly affecting the environment of the global commons outside the jurisdiction of any country, the environment of the United States, or other aspects of the environment which the President may specify; and
(B) to prepare and take fully into account an environmental assessment of any proposed program or project under this part and part X of this subchapter significantly affecting the environment of any foreign country.
Such agencies and officials should, where appropriate, use local technical resources in preparing environmental impact statements and environmental assessments pursuant to this subsection.
(2) The President may establish exceptions from the requirements of this subsection for emergency conditions and for cases in which compliance with those requirements would be seriously detrimental to the foreign policy interests of the United States.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §117, formerly §118, as added Pub. L. 95–88, title I, §113(a), Aug. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 537; amended Pub. L. 95–424, title I, §110, Oct. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 948; Pub. L. 96–53, title I, §122, Aug. 14, 1979, 93 Stat. 366; Pub. L. 97–113, title III, §307, Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1533; renumbered §117 and amended Pub. L. 99–529, title III, §301(1), (2), Oct. 24, 1986, 100 Stat. 3014; Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(d)(4), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2031.)
References to subchapter I of this chapter are deemed to include parts IV (§2346 et seq.), VI (§2348 et seq.), and VIII (§2349aa et seq.) of subchapter II of this chapter, and references to subchapter II are deemed to exclude such parts. See section 202(b) of Pub. L. 92–226, set out as a note under section 2346 of this title, and sections 2348c and 2349aa–5 of this title.
Other sections 117 of Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, were classified to section 2151o of this title prior to repeal by Pub. L. 95–424 and Pub. L. 103–149.
1990—Subsec. (c)(1). Pub. L. 101–513 inserted “and part X of this subchapter” after “this part” wherever appearing.
1986—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 99–529, §301(2), struck out subsec. (d) relating to loss of tropical forests in developing countries. See section 2151p–1 of this title.
1981—Pub. L. 97–113 amended section generally, substituting subsecs. (a) to (d) for former subsecs. (a) and (b) which authorized President to furnish assistance under this subchapter for developing and strengthening capacity of less developed countries to protect and manage their environment and natural resources and directed President to take into consideration environmental consequences of development actions in carrying out this part.
1979—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 96–53 repealed subsec. (c) which related to studies and report to Congress by the President on the identification of major environmental and natural resource problems.
1978—Pub. L. 95–424 designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and added subsecs. (b) and (c).
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–53 effective Oct. 1, 1979, see section 512(a) of Pub. L. 96–53, set out as a note under section 2151 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 95–424 effective Oct. 1, 1978, see section 605 of Pub. L. 95–424, set out as a note under section 2151 of this title.
For delegation of functions of President under this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 F.R. 56673, as amended, set out as a note under section 2381 of this title.
Pub. L. 107–228, div. A, title VI, subtitle D, Sept. 30, 2002, 116 Stat. 1402, provided that:
“This subtitle may be cited as the ‘Clean Water for the Americas Partnership Act of 2002’.
“In this subtitle:
“(1)
“(2)
“(3)
“(4)
“(5)
“The President is authorized to establish a program which shall be known as the ‘Clean Water for the Americas Partnership’.
“The President is authorized to conduct a comprehensive assessment of the environmental problems in the region to determine—
“(1) which environmental problems threaten human health the most, particularly the health of the urban poor;
“(2) which environmental problems are most threatening, in the long-term, to the region's natural resources;
“(3) which countries have the most pressing environmental problems; and
“(4) whether and to what extent there is a market for United States environmental technology, practices, knowledge, and innovations in the region.
“(a)
“(b)
“(c)
“Subject to the availability of appropriations, the President is authorized to provide matching grants to United States associations and United States nonprofit entities for the purpose of promoting water quality, water treatment systems, and energy efficiency in the region. The grants shall be used to support joint projects, including professional exchanges, academic fellowships, training programs in the United States or in the region, cooperation in regulatory review, development of training materials, the establishment and development in the region of local chapters of the associations or nonprofit entities, and the development of online exchanges.
“(a)
“(1)
“(2)
“(b)
“(c)
“(d)
“(1)
“(2)
“(a)
“(b)
“(c)
“(a)
“(b)
“Eighteen months after the establishment of the program pursuant to section 643, the President shall submit a report to the appropriate congressional committees containing—
“(1) an assessment of the progress made in carrying out the program established under this subtitle; and
“(2) any recommendations for the enactment of legislation to make changes in the program established under this subtitle.
“(a)
“(b)
“This subtitle shall take effect 90 days after the date of enactment of this Act [Sept. 30, 2002].”
[For definition of “appropriate congressional committees” as used in subtitle D of title VI of div. A of Pub. L. 107–228, set out above, see section 3 of Pub. L. 107–228, set out as a note under section 2651 of this title.]
In enacting section 2151a(b)(3) of this title the Congress recognized the importance of forests and tree cover to the developing countries. The Congress is particularly concerned about the continuing and accelerating alteration, destruction, and loss of tropical forests in developing countries, which pose a serious threat to development and the environment. Tropical forest destruction and loss—
(1) result in shortages of wood, especially wood for fuel; loss of biologically productive wetlands; siltation of lakes, reservoirs, and irrigation systems; floods; destruction of indigenous peoples; extinction of plant and animal species; reduced capacity for food production; and loss of genetic resources; and
(2) can result in desertification and destabilization of the earth's climate.
Properly managed tropical forests provide a sustained flow of resources essential to the economic growth of developing countries, as well as genetic resources of value to developed and developing countries alike.
The concerns expressed in subsection (a) of this section and the recommendations of the United States Interagency Task Force on Tropical Forests shall be given high priority by the President—
(1) in formulating and carrying out programs and policies with respect to developing countries, including those relating to bilateral and multilateral assistance and those relating to private sector activities; and
(2) in seeking opportunities to coordinate public and private development and investment activities which affect forests in developing countries.
In providing assistance to developing countries, the President shall do the following:
(1) Place a high priority on conservation and sustainable management of tropical forests.
(2) To the fullest extent feasible, engage in dialogues and exchanges of information with recipient countries—
(A) which stress the importance of conserving and sustainably managing forest resources for the long-term economic benefit of those countries, as well as the irreversible losses associated with forest destruction, and
(B) which identify and focus on policies of those countries which directly or indirectly contribute to deforestation.
(3) To the fullest extent feasible, support projects and activities—
(A) which offer employment and income alternatives to those who otherwise would cause destruction and loss of forests, and
(B) which help developing countries identify and implement alternatives to colonizing forested areas.
(4) To the fullest extent feasible, support training programs, educational efforts, and the establishment or strengthening of institutions which increase the capacity of developing countries to formulate forest policies, engage in relevant land-use planning, and otherwise improve the management of their forests.
(5) To the fullest extent feasible, help end destructive slash-and-burn agriculture by supporting stable and productive farming practices in areas already cleared or degraded and on lands which inevitably will be settled, with special emphasis on demonstrating the feasibility of agroforestry and other techniques which use technologies and methods suited to the local environment and traditional agricultural techniques and feature close consultation with and involvement of local people.
(6) To the fullest extent feasible, help conserve forests which have not yet been degraded, by helping to increase production on lands already cleared or degraded through support of reforestation, fuelwood, and other sustainable forestry projects and practices, making sure that local people are involved at all stages of project design and implementation.
(7) To the fullest extent feasible, support projects and other activities to conserve forested watersheds and rehabilitate those which have been deforested, making sure that local people are involved at all stages of project design and implementation.
(8) To the fullest extent feasible, support training, research, and other actions which lead to sustainable and more environmentally sound practices for timber harvesting, removal, and processing, including reforestation, soil conservation, and other activities to rehabilitate degraded forest lands.
(9) To the fullest extent feasible, support research to expand knowledge of tropical forests and identify alternatives which will prevent forest destruction, loss, or degradation, including research in agroforestry, sustainable management of natural forests, small-scale farms and gardens, small-scale animal husbandry, wider application of adopted traditional practices, and suitable crops and crop combinations.
(10) To the fullest extent feasible, conserve biological diversity in forest areas by—
(A) supporting and cooperating with United States Government agencies, other donors (both bilateral and multilateral), and other appropriate governmental, intergovernmental, and nongovernmental organizations in efforts to identify, establish, and maintain a representative network of protected tropical forest ecosystems on a worldwide basis;
(B) whenever appropriate, making the establishment of protected areas a condition of support for activities involving forest clearance or degradation; and
(C) helping developing countries identify tropical forest ecosystems and species in need of protection and establish and maintain appropriate protected areas.
(11) To the fullest extent feasible, engage in efforts to increase the awareness of United States Government agencies and other donors, both bilateral and multilateral, of the immediate and long-term value of tropical forests.
(12) To the fullest extent feasible, utilize the resources and abilities of all relevant United States Government agencies.
(13) Require that any program or project under this part significantly affecting tropical forests (including projects involving the planting of exotic plant species)—
(A) be based upon careful analysis of the alternatives available to achieve the best sustainable use of the land, and
(B) take full account of the environmental impacts of the proposed activities on biological diversity,
as provided for in the environmental procedures of the Agency for International Development.
(14) Deny assistance under this part for—
(A) the procurement or use of logging equipment, unless an environmental assessment indicates that all timber harvesting operations involved will be conducted in an environmentally sound manner which minimizes forest destruction and that the proposed activity will produce positive economic benefits and sustainable forest management systems; and
(B) actions which significantly degrade national parks or similar protected areas which contain tropical forests or introduce exotic plants or animals into such areas.
(15) Deny assistance under this part for the following activities unless an environmental assessment indicates that the proposed activity will contribute significantly and directly to improving the livelihood of the rural poor and will be conducted in an environmentally sound manner which supports sustainable development:
(A) Activities which would result in the conversion of forest lands to the rearing of livestock.
(B) The construction, upgrading, or maintenance of roads (including temporary haul roads for logging or other extractive industries) which pass through relatively undegraded forest lands.
(C) The colonization of forest lands.
(D) The construction of dams or other water control structures which flood relatively undegraded forest lands.
Whenever feasible, the President shall accomplish the objectives of this section through projects managed by private and voluntary organizations or international, regional, or national nongovernmental organizations which are active in the region or country where the project is located.
Each country development strategy statement or other country plan prepared by the Agency for International Development shall include an analysis of—
(1) the actions necessary in that country to achieve conservation and sustainable management of tropical forests, and
(2) the extent to which the actions proposed for support by the Agency meet the needs thus identified.
Each annual report required by section 2394(a) of this title shall include a report on the implementation of this section.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §118, as added Pub. L. 99–529, title III, §301(3), Oct. 24, 1986, 100 Stat. 3014.)
A prior section 118 of Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, was renumbered section 117 and is classified to section 2151p of this title.
For delegation of functions of President under this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 F.R. 56673, as amended, set out as a note under section 2381 of this title.
The Congress finds the survival of many animal and plant species is endangered by over-hunting, by the presence of toxic chemicals in water, air and soil, and by the destruction of habitats. The Congress further finds that the extinction of animal and plant species is an irreparable loss with potentially serious environmental and economic consequences for developing and developed countries alike. Accordingly, the preservation of animal and plant species through the regulation of the hunting and trade in endangered species, through limitations on the pollution of natural ecosystems, and through the protection of wildlife habitats should be an important objective of the United States development assistance.
In order to preserve biological diversity, the President is authorized to furnish assistance under subchapter I of this chapter, notwithstanding section 2420 of this title, to assist countries in protecting and maintaining wildlife habitats and in developing sound wildlife management and plant conservation programs. Special efforts should be made to establish and maintain wildlife sanctuaries, reserves, and parks; to enact and enforce anti-poaching measures; and to identify, study, and catalog animal and plant species, especially in tropical environments.
For fiscal year 1987, not less than $2,500,000 of the funds available to carry out subchapter I of this chapter (excluding funds made available to carry out section 2151b(c)(2) of this title, relating to the Child Survival Fund) shall be allocated for assistance pursuant to subsection (b) of this section for activities which were not funded prior to fiscal year 1987. In addition, the Agency for International Development shall, to the fullest extent possible, continue and increase assistance pursuant to subsection (b) of this section for activities for which assistance was provided in fiscal years prior to fiscal year 1987.
Each country development strategy statement or other country plan prepared by the Agency for International Development shall include an analysis of—
(1) the actions necessary in that country to conserve biological diversity, and
(2) the extent to which the actions proposed for support by the Agency meet the needs thus identified.
To the fullest extent possible, projects supported under this section shall include close consultation with and involvement of local people at all stages of design and implementation.
Whenever feasible, the objectives of this section shall be accomplished through projects managed by appropriate private and voluntary organizations, or international, regional, or national nongovernmental organizations, which are active in the region or country where the project is located.
The Administrator of the Agency for International Development shall—
(1) cooperate with appropriate international organizations, both governmental and nongovernmental;
(2) look to the World Conservation Strategy as an overall guide for actions to conserve biological diversity;
(3) engage in dialogues and exchanges of information with recipient countries which stress the importance of conserving biological diversity for the long-term economic benefit of those countries and which identify and focus on policies of those countries which directly or indirectly contribute to loss of biological diversity;
(4) support training and education efforts which improve the capacity of recipient countries to prevent loss of biological diversity;
(5) whenever possible, enter into long-term agreements in which the recipient country agrees to protect ecosystems or other wildlife habitats recommended for protection by relevant governmental or nongovernmental organizations or as a result of activities undertaken pursuant to paragraph (6), and the United States agrees to provide, subject to obtaining the necessary appropriations, additional assistance necessary for the establishment and maintenance of such protected areas;
(6) support, as necessary and in cooperation with the appropriate governmental and nongovernmental organizations, efforts to identify and survey ecosystems in recipient countries worthy of protection;
(7) cooperate with and support the relevant efforts of other agencies of the United States Government, including the United States Fish and Wildlife Service, the National Park Service, the Forest Service, and the Peace Corps;
(8) review the Agency's environmental regulations and revise them as necessary to ensure that ongoing and proposed actions by the Agency do not inadvertently endanger wildlife species or their critical habitats, harm protected areas, or have other adverse impacts on biological diversity (and shall report to the Congress within a year after October 24, 1986, on the actions taken pursuant to this paragraph);
(9) ensure that environmental profiles sponsored by the Agency include information needed for conservation of biological diversity; and
(10) deny any direct or indirect assistance under this part for actions which significantly degrade national parks or similar protected areas or introduce exotic plants or animals into such areas.
Each annual report required by section 2394(a) of this title shall include, in a separate volume, a report on the implementation of this section.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §119, as added Pub. L. 98–164, title VII, §702, Nov. 22, 1983, 97 Stat. 1045; amended Pub. L. 99–529, title III, §302, Oct. 24, 1986, 100 Stat. 3017; Pub. L. 101–167, title V, §533(d)(4)(A), Nov. 21, 1989, 103 Stat. 1227.)
References to subchapter I of this chapter are deemed to include parts IV (§2346 et seq.), VI (§2348 et seq.), and VIII (§2349aa et seq.) of subchapter II of this chapter, and references to subchapter II are deemed to exclude such parts. See section 202(b) of Pub. L. 92–226, set out as a note under section 2346 of this title, and sections 2348c and 2349aa–5 of this title.
A prior section 2151q, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §119, as added Pub. L. 95–88, title I, §114, Aug. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 538; amended Pub. L. 95–424, title I, §111, Oct. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 948; Pub. L. 96–53, title I, §§104(c), 107, Aug. 14, 1979, 93 Stat. 362, related to renewable and unconventional energy technologies, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 96–533, title III, §304(g), Dec. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3147.
1989—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 101–167 inserted “, notwithstanding section 2420 of this title,” after “subchapter I of this chapter”.
1986—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 99–529 added subsec. (c) and struck out former subsec. (c) which read as follows: “The Administrator of the Agency for International Development, in conjunction with the Secretary of State, the Secretary of the Interior, the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency, the Chairman of the Council on Environmental Quality, and the heads of other appropriate Government agencies, shall develop a United States strategy, including specific policies and programs, to protect and conserve biological diversity in developing countries.”
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 99–529 added subsec. (d) and struck out former subsec. (d) which read as follows: “Each annual report required by section 2394(a) of this title shall include, in a separate volume, a report on the implementation of this subsection. Not later than one year after November 22, 1983, the President shall submit a comprehensive report to the Speaker of the House of Representatives and the chairman of the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate on the United States strategy to protect and conserve biological diversity in developing countries.”
Subsecs. (e) to (h). Pub. L. 99–529 added subsecs. (e) to (h).
For short title of title VII of Pub. L. 98–164, which enacted this section and amended section 2452 of this title, as the “International Environment Protection Act of 1983”, see section 701 of Pub. L. 98–164, set out as a Short Title of 1983 Amendment note under section 2151 of this title.
For delegation of functions of President under this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 F.R. 56673, as amended, set out as a note under section 2381 of this title.
Pub. L. 100–530, Oct. 25, 1988, 102 Stat. 2651, provided that Congress supports United States efforts, consistent with 22 U.S.C. 2151q(g), to initiate discussions to develop an international agreement to preserve biological diversity and calls upon the President to continue exerting United States leadership in order to achieve the earliest possible negotiation of an international convention to conserve biological diversity, and directed the President to submit a report to Congress on progress toward goal of negotiating such convention not later than one year after Oct. 25, 1988.
The Congress reaffirms its support of the initiative of the United States Government in undertaking consultations and planning with the countries concerned, with other nations providing assistance, with the United Nations, and with other concerned international and regional organizations, toward the development and support of a comprehensive long-term African Sahel development program.
The President is authorized to develop a long-term comprehensive development program for the Sahel and other drought-stricken nations in Africa.
In developing this long-term program, the President shall—
(1) consider international coordination for the planning and implementation of such program;
(2) seek greater participation and support by African countries and organizations in determining development priorities; and
(3) begin such planning immediately.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §120, formerly pt. III, §639B, as added Pub. L. 93–189, §20, Dec. 17, 1973, 87 Stat. 725; renumbered pt. I, §494B and amended Pub. L. 94–161, title I, §101(5), (7), Dec. 20, 1975, 89 Stat. 850; renumbered pt. I, §120 and amended Pub. L. 95–88, title I, §115(1), (2), Aug. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 539; Pub. L. 95–424, title V, §502(d)(1), Oct. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 959.)
Section was formerly classified to sections 2292e and 2399–1b of this title.
1978—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 95–424 struck out subsec. (d) authorizing appropriations for development of a long-term African Sahel development program.
1977—Pub. L. 95–88, §115(2), substituted “Sahel” for “African” in section catchline.
1975—Pub. L. 94–161, §101(7)(A), struck out “Sahel” after “African” in section catchline.
Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 94–161, §101(7)(B), (C), designated existing provisions as subsec. (a) and substituted “Congress reaffirms its support of” for “Congress supports”.
Subsecs. (b) to (d). Pub. L. 94–161, §101(7)(D), added subsecs. (b) to (d).
Amendment by Pub. L. 95–424 effective Oct. 1, 1978, see section 605 of Pub. L. 95–424, set out as a note under section 2151 of this title.
For delegation of functions of President under this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 F.R. 56673, as amended, set out as a note under section 2381 of this title.
Section, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §121, as added Pub. L. 95–88, title I, §115(3), Aug. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 539; amended Pub. L. 96–53, title I, §108, Aug. 14, 1979, 93 Stat. 363; Pub. L. 96–533, title III, §306, Dec. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3147; Pub. L. 97–113, title III, §308, Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1535; Pub. L. 99–83, title VIII, §809, Aug. 8, 1985, 99 Stat. 263, related to Sahel development program.
In order to carry out the purposes of this part, the President is authorized to furnish assistance, on such terms and conditions as he may determine, to countries and areas through programs of grant and loan assistance, bilaterally or through regional, multilateral, or private entities.
The President is authorized to make loans payable as to principal and interest in United States dollars on such terms and conditions as he may determine, in order to promote the economic development of countries and areas, with emphasis upon assisting long-range plans and programs designed to develop economic resources and increase productive capacities. The President shall determine the interest payable on any loan. In making loans under this part, the President shall consider the economic circumstances of the borrower and other relevant factors, including the capacity of the recipient country to repay the loan at a reasonable rate of interest, except that loans may not be made at a rate of interest of less than 3 per centum per annum commencing not later than ten years following the date on which the funds are initially made available under the loan, during which ten-year period the rate of interest shall not be lower than 2 per centum per annum, nor higher than the applicable legal rate of interest of the country in which the loan is made.
Dollar receipts paid during any fiscal year from loans made under subchapter I of this chapter or from loans made under predecessor foreign assistance legislation shall be deposited in the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts.
Not to exceed $10,000,000 of the funds made available each fiscal year for the purposes of this part may be used for assistance, on such terms and conditions as the President may determine, to research and educational institutions in the United States for the purpose of strengthening their capacity to develop and carry out programs concerned with the economic and social development of developing countries.
The President shall establish an interagency Development Loan Committee, consisting of such officers from such agencies of the United States Government as he may determine, which shall, under the direction of the President, establish standards and criteria for lending operations under this part in accordance with the foreign and financial policies of the United States. Except in the case of officers serving in positions to which they were appointed by the President by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, officers assigned to the Committee shall be so assigned by the President by and with the advice and consent of the Senate.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §122, as added Pub. L. 95–424, title I, §102(a), (b)(1), (c)(1), (d), Oct. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 940, 941.)
References to subchapter I of this chapter are deemed to include parts IV (§2346 et seq.), VI (§2348 et seq.), and VIII (§2349aa et seq.) of subchapter II of this chapter, and references to subchapter II are deemed to exclude such parts. See section 202(b) of Pub. L. 92–226, set out as a note under section 2346 of this title, and sections 2348c and 2349aa–5 of this title.
Subsec. (b) of this section consists of provisions formerly contained in subsections (b), (c), and (d) of section 2161 of this title. Subsec. (e) of this section consists of provisions formerly contained in section 2164 of this title.
Section effective Oct. 1, 1978, see section 605 of Pub. L. 95–424, set out as an Effective Date of 1978 Amendment note under section 2151 of this title.
For delegation of functions of President under this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 F.R. 56673, as amended, set out as a note under section 2381 of this title.
In carrying out part I of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2151 et seq.] and other relevant foreign assistance laws, the President, acting through the Administrator of the United States Agency for International Development, shall establish a program of training and other technical assistance to assist foreign countries in—
(1) developing and strengthening laws and regulations to protect intellectual property; and
(2) developing the infrastructure necessary to implement and enforce such laws and regulations.
The Administrator of the United States Agency for International Development—
(1) shall utilize the expertise of the Patent and Trademark Office and other agencies of the United States Government in designing and implementing the program of assistance provided for in this section;
(2) shall coordinate assistance under this section with efforts of other agencies of the United States Government to increase international protection of intellectual property, including implementation of international agreements containing high levels of protection of intellectual property; and
(3) shall consult with the heads of such other agencies in determining which foreign countries will receive assistance under this section.
(Pub. L. 103–392, title V, §501, Oct. 22, 1994, 108 Stat. 4103.)
The Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, referred to in subsec. (a), is Pub. L. 87–195, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 424. Part I of the Act is classified generally to subchapter I (§2151 et seq.) of this chapter. For provisions deeming references to subchapter I to include parts IV (§2346 et seq.), VI (§2348 et seq.), and VIII (§2349aa et seq.) of subchapter II of this chapter, see section 202(b) of Pub. L. 92–226, set out as a note under section 2346 of this title, and sections 2348c and 2349aa–5 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2151 of this title and Tables.
Section was enacted as part of the Jobs Through Trade Expansion Act of 1994, and not as part of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 which comprises this chapter.
The Congress finds that the participation of rural and urban poor people in their countries’ development can be assisted and accelerated in an effective manner through an increase in activities planned and carried out by private and voluntary organizations and cooperatives. Such organizations and cooperatives, embodying the American spirit of self-help and assistance to others to improve their lives and incomes, constitute an important means of mobilizing private American financial and human resources to benefit poor people in developing countries. The Congress declares that it is in the interest of the United States that such organizations and cooperatives expand their overseas development efforts without compromising their private and independent nature. The Congress further declares that the financial resources of such organizations and cooperatives should be supplemented by the contribution of public funds for the purpose of undertaking development activities in accordance with the principles set forth in section 2151–1 of this title and, if necessary and determined on a case-by-case basis, for the purpose of sharing the cost of developing programs related to such activities. The Congress urges the Administrator of the agency primarily responsible for administering subchapter I of this chapter, in implementing programs authorized under subchapter I of this chapter, to draw on the resource of private and voluntary organizations and cooperatives to plan and carry out development activities and to establish simplified procedures for the development and approval of programs to be carried out by such private and voluntary organizations and cooperatives as have demonstrated a capacity to undertake effective development activities.
In order to further the efficient use of United States voluntary contributions for development, relief, and rehabilitation of friendly peoples, the President is authorized to use funds made available for the purposes of this part and part X of this subchapter to pay transportation charges on shipments by the American National Red Cross and by United States voluntary agencies registered with the Agency for International Development.
Reimbursement under this section may be provided for transportation charges on shipments from United States ports, or in the case of excess or surplus property supplied by the United States from foreign ports, to ports of entry abroad or to points of entry abroad in cases (1) of landlocked countries, (2) where ports cannot be used effectively because of natural or other disturbances, (3) where carriers to a specified country are unavailable, or (4) where a substantial savings in costs or time can be effected by the utilization of points of entry other than ports.
Where practicable, the President shall make arrangements with the receiving country for free entry of such shipments and for the making available by the country of local currencies for the purpose of defraying the transportation costs of such shipments from the port or point of entry of the receiving country to the designated shipping point of the consignee.
Prohibitions on assistance to countries contained in this chapter or any other Act shall not be construed to prohibit assistance by the agency primarily responsible for administering subchapter I of this chapter in support of programs of private and voluntary organizations and cooperatives already being supported prior to the date such prohibition becomes applicable. The President shall take into consideration, in any case in which statutory prohibitions on assistance would be applicable but for this subsection, whether continuation of support for such programs is in the national interest of the United States. If the President continues such support after such date, he shall prepare and transmit, not later than one year after such date, to the Speaker of the House of Representatives and to the chairman of the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate a report setting forth the reasons for such continuation.
For each of the fiscal years 1986 through 1989, funds in an amount not less than thirteen and one half percent of the aggregate amount appropriated for that fiscal year to carry out sections 2151a(a), 2151b(b), 2151b(c), 2151c, 2151d, 2151s,1 and 2292 of this title shall be made available for the activities of private and voluntary organizations, and the President shall seek to channel funds in an amount not less than 16 percent of such aggregate amount for the activities of private and voluntary organizations. Funds made available under part IV of subchapter II of this chapter for the activities of private and voluntary organizations may be considered in determining compliance with the requirements of this subsection.
The Congress recognizes that, in addition to their role in social and economic development, cooperatives provide an opportunity for people to participate directly in democratic decisionmaking. Therefore, assistance under this part shall be provided to rural and urban cooperatives which offer large numbers of low- and middle-income people in developing countries an opportunity to participate directly in democratic decisionmaking. Such assistance shall be designed to encourage the adoption of self-help, private sector cooperative techniques and practices which have been successful in the United States.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §123, as added Pub. L. 95–424, title I, §102(e), Oct. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 941; amended Pub. L. 96–53, title I, §121, Aug. 14, 1979, 93 Stat. 366; Pub. L. 96–533, title III, §307, Dec. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3147; Pub. L. 97–113, title III, §309, Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1535; Pub. L. 99–83, title III, §§309, 310, Aug. 8, 1985, 99 Stat. 215; Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(d)(6), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2031; Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(d) [title II], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–150, 2681–156.)
This chapter, referred to in subsec. (e), was in the original “this Act”, meaning Pub. L. 87–195, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 424, as amended, known as the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2151 of this title and Tables.
Section 2151s of this title, referred to in subsec. (f), was repealed by Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(d)(5), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2031.
References to subchapter I of this chapter are deemed to include parts IV (§2346 et seq.), VI (§2348 et seq.), and VIII (§2349aa et seq.) of subchapter II of this chapter, and references to subchapter II are deemed to exclude such parts. See section 202(b) of Pub. L. 92–226, set out as a note under section 2346 of this title, and sections 2348c and 2349aa–5 of this title.
1998—Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 105–277 struck out subsec. (g) which read as follows: “After December 31, 1984, funds made available to carry out section 2151a(a), 2151b(b), 2151b(c), 2151c, 2151d, 2292, or 2293 of this title may not be made available for programs of any United States private and voluntary organization which does not obtain at least 20 percent of its total annual financial support for its international activities from sources other than the United States Government, except that this restriction does not apply with respect to programs which, as of that date, are receiving financial support from the agency primarily responsible for administering subchapter I of this chapter. The Administrator of the agency primarily responsible for administering subchapter I of this chapter may, on a case-by-case basis, waive the restriction established by this subsection, after taking into account the effectiveness of the overseas development activities of the organization, its level of volunteer support, its financial viability and stability, and the degree of its dependence for its financial support on the agency primarily responsible for administering subchapter I of this chapter.”
1990—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 101–513, §562(d)(6)(A), inserted “and part X of this subchapter” after “this part”.
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 101–513, §562(d)(6)(B), substituted “2292, or 2293” for “2191s, or 2292”.
1985—Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 99–83, §309(a), substituted “one year” for “thirty days”.
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 99–83, §309(b)(1), substituted “1986 through 1989” for “1982, 1983, and 1984”.
Pub. L. 99–83, §309(b)(2), which directed the substitution of “thirteen and one half” for “twelve” was executed by making the substitution for “12” as the probable intent of Congress because “twelve” did not appear in text.
Pub. L. 99–83, §309(b)(3), inserted provisions relating to funds for determining compliance with subsec. (f).
Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 99–83, §310, added subsec. (h).
1981—Subsecs. (f), (g). Pub. L. 97–113, §309, added subsecs. (f) and (g).
1980—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 96–533, §307(1), (2), provided for contribution of public funds to private and voluntary organizations and cooperatives for purpose of sharing cost of developing programs related to development activities and encouraged establishment of simplified procedures for development of programs to be carried out by such entities having a capacity for undertaking effective development programs.
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 96–533, §307(3), added subsec. (e).
1979—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 96–53 substituted “Agency for International Development” for “Advisory Committee on Voluntary Foreign Aid”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 99–83 effective Oct. 1, 1985, see section 1301 of Pub. L. 99–83, set out as a note under section 2151–1 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–53 effective Oct. 1, 1979, see section 512(a) of Pub. L. 96–53, set out as a note under section 2151 of this title.
Section effective Oct. 1, 1978, see section 605 of Pub. L. 95–424, set out as an Effective Date of 1978 Amendment note under section 2151 of this title.
For delegation of functions of President under this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 F.R. 56673, as amended, set out as a note under section 2381 of this title.
Pub. L. 108–199, div. D, title V, §502, Jan. 23, 2004, 118 Stat. 166, which prohibited any funds appropriated or otherwise made available by div. D of Pub. L. 108–199 from being made available to any United States private and voluntary organization, except any cooperative development organization, which obtained less than 20 percent of its total annual funding for international activities from sources other than the United States Government, with certain exceptions, was from the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 2004, and was not repeated in subsequent appropriation acts. Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation acts:
Pub. L. 108–7, div. E, title V, §502(a), Feb. 20, 2003, 117 Stat. 180.
Pub. L. 107–115, title V, §502(a), Jan. 10, 2002, 115 Stat. 2139.
Pub. L. 106–429, §101(a) [title II], Nov. 6, 2000, 114 Stat. 1900, 1900A–8.
Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(2) [title II], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1535, 1501A–68.
Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(d) [title II], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–150, 2681–156.
Pub. L. 105–118, title II, Nov. 26, 1997, 111 Stat. 2390.
Pub. L. 104–208, div. A, title I, §101(c) [title II], Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009–121, 3009–126.
Pub. L. 104–107, title II, Feb. 12, 1996, 110 Stat. 708.
Pub. L. 103–306, title II, Aug. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 1612.
Pub. L. 103–87, title II, Sept. 30, 1993, 107 Stat. 935.
Pub. L. 102–391, title II, Oct. 6, 1992, 106 Stat. 1642.
Pub. L. 101–513, title II, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1987.
Pub. L. 101–167, title II, Nov. 21, 1989, 103 Stat. 1204.
Pub. L. 100–461, title II, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2268–9.
Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title II], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–139.
Pub. L. 99–500, §101(f) [title II], Oct. 18, 1986, 100 Stat. 1783–213, 1783–218, and Pub. L. 99–591, §101(f) [title II], Oct. 30, 1986, 100 Stat. 3341–214, 3341–218.
Pub. L. 99–190, §101(i) [title II], Dec. 19, 1985, 99 Stat. 1291, 1296.
Pub. L. 98–473, title I, §101(1) [title II], Oct. 12, 1984, 98 Stat. 1884, 1889; repealed by Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(d) [title II], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–150, 2681–156.
Pub. L. 108–199, div. D, title V, §534(f), Jan. 23, 2004, 118 Stat. 182, provided that: “During fiscal year 2004 and each fiscal year thereafter, of the amounts made available by the United States Agency for International Development to carry out the provisions of section 123(b) of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [this section], funds may be made available to nongovernmental organizations for administrative costs necessary to implement a program to obtain available donated space on commercial ships for the shipment of humanitarian assistance overseas.”
Similar provisions were contained in the following prior appropriation acts:
Pub. L. 108–7, div. E, title V, §534(g), Feb. 20, 2003, 117 Stat. 194.
Pub. L. 107–206, title I, §602, Aug. 2, 2002, 116 Stat. 859.
Section 311 of Pub. L. 99–83 provided that:
“(a)
“(1) an analysis of the percentage of development assistance allocated to governmental and nongovernmental programs;
“(2) an analysis of structural impediments, within both the United States and foreign governments, to additional use of nongovernmental programs; and
“(3) an analysis of the comparative economic benefits of governmental and nongovernmental programs.
“(b)
Section 122 of Pub. L. 95–424, as amended by Pub. L. 97–113, title VII, §734(a)(5), Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1560, provided that:
“(a) The Congress declares that the United States should place higher priority on the formulation and implementation of policies and programs to enable the people of African nations to develop their potential, fulfill their aspirations, and enjoy better, more productive lives. In furtherance of these objectives, the Congress finds that additional support is needed for community-based self-help activities in Africa and that an African Development Foundation, organized to further the purposes set forth in section 123 of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [this section], can complement current United States development programs in Africa.
“(b) [Repealed. Pub. L. 97–113, title VII, §734(a)(5), Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1560.]”
1 See References in Text note below.
Relatively least developed countries (as determined on the basis of criteria comparable to those used for the United Nations General Assembly list of “least developed countries”) are characterized by extreme poverty, very limited infrastructure, and limited administrative capacity to implement basic human needs growth strategies. In such countries special measures may be necessary to insure the full effectiveness of assistance furnished under subchapter I of this chapter.
For the purpose of promoting economic growth in these countries, the President is authorized and encouraged to make assistance under this part available on a grant basis to the maximum extent that is consistent with the attainment of United States development objectives.
(1) The Congress recognizes that the relatively least developed countries have virtually no access to private international capital markets. Insofar as possible, prior assistance terms should be consistent with present grant assistance terms for relatively least developed countries. Therefore, notwithstanding section 2370(r) of this title and section 321 of the International Development and Food Assistance Act of 1975 but subject to paragraph (2) of this subsection, the President on a case-by-case basis, taking into account the needs of the country for financial resources and the commitment of the country to the development objectives set forth in sections 2151 and 2151–1 of this title—
(A) may permit a relatively least developed country to place amounts, which would otherwise be paid to the United States as payments on principal or interest on liability incurred by that country under subchapter I of this chapter (or any predecessor legislation) into local currency accounts (in equivalent amounts of local currencies as determined by the official exchange rate for United States dollars) for use by the relatively least developed country, with the concurrence of the Administrator of the agency primarily responsible for administering subchapter I of this chapter, for activities which are consistent with section 2151–1 of this title; and
(B) may waive interest payments on liability incurred by a relatively least developed country under subchapter I of this chapter (or any predecessor legislation) if the President determines that that country would be unable to use for development purposes the equivalent amounts of local currencies which could be made available under subparagraph (A).
(2) The aggregate amount of interest waived and interest and principal paid into local currency accounts under this subsection in any fiscal year may not exceed the amount approved for such purpose in an Act appropriating funds to carry out this part for that fiscal year, which amount may not exceed the amount authorized to be so approved by the annual authorizing legislation for development assistance programs. Amounts due and payable during fiscal year 1981 to the United States from relatively least developed countries on loans made under this subchapter (or any predecessor legislation) are authorized to be approved for use, in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (1) of this subsection, in an amount not to exceed $10,845,000.
(3) In exercising the authority granted by this subsection, the President should act in concert with other creditor countries.
The President may on a case-by-case basis waive the requirement of section 2151h(a) of this title for financial or “in kind” contributions in the case of programs, projects, or activities in relatively least developed countries.
Section 2151h(b) of this title shall not apply with respect to grants to relatively least developed countries.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §124, as added Pub. L. 95–424, title I, §112(a)(1), Oct. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 948; amended Pub. L. 96–53, title I, §109, Aug. 14, 1979, 93 Stat. 363; Pub. L. 96–533, title III, §308, Oct. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3147.)
Section 321 of the International Development and Food Assistance Act of 1975, referred to in subsec. (c)(1), is section 321 of Pub. L. 94–161, Dec. 20, 1975, 89 Stat. 868, which is set out as a note under section 2220a of this title.
References to subchapter I of this chapter are deemed to include parts IV (§2346 et seq.), VI (§2348 et seq.), and VIII (§2349aa et seq.) of subchapter II of this chapter, and references to subchapter II are deemed to exclude such parts. See section 202(b) of Pub. L. 92–226, set out as a note under section 2346 of this title, and sections 2348c and 2349aa–5 of this title.
1980—Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 96–533 substituted “fiscal year 1981” and “$10,845,000” for “fiscal year 1980” and “$18,800,000”, respectively.
1979—Subsec. (c)(2). Pub. L. 96–53 inserted provisions respecting use of funds due and payable during fiscal year 1980 to the United States.
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–53 effective Oct. 1, 1979, see section 512(a) of Pub. L. 96–53, set out as a note under section 2151 of this title.
Section 112(a)(2) of Pub. L. 94–424 provided that: “The authority granted by section 124(c) of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [subsec. (c) of this section] shall not become effective until October 1, 1979.”
Section effective Oct. 1, 1978, see section 605 of Pub. L. 95–424, set out as an Effective Date of 1978 Amendment note under section 2151 of this title.
For delegation of functions of President under this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 F.R. 56673, as amended, set out as a note under section 2381 of this title.
Pub. L. 100–461, title V, §572, Oct. 1, 1988, 102 Stat. 2268–44, provided that during fiscal years 1990 and 1991, President could use authority of paragraphs (A) and (B) of subsection (c)(1) of this section with respect to such aggregate amounts of principal and interest payable during each of those fiscal years as President determined, or at any time after Sept. 30, 1989, President could, if he determined it was in national interest to do so, use authority of those paragraphs with respect to such aggregate amounts of outstanding principal and interest payable at any time after that date, and that such authority could be exercised with respect to specified countries, and be exercised notwithstanding subsection (c)(2) of this section.
(a) The Administrator of the agency primarily responsible for administering subchapter I of this chapter is directed to improve the assessment and evaluation of the programs and projects carried out by that agency under this part. The Administrator shall consult with the appropriate committees of the Congress in establishing standards for such evaluations.
(b) Repealed. Pub. L. 97–113, title VII, §734(a)(1), Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1560.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §125, as added Pub. L. 95–424, title I, §113, Oct. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 950; amended Pub. L. 97–113, title VII, §734(a)(1), Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1560.)
References to subchapter I of this chapter are deemed to include parts IV (§2346 et seq.), VI (§2348 et seq.), and VIII (§2349aa et seq.) of subchapter II of this chapter, and references to subchapter II are deemed to exclude such parts. See section 202(b) of Pub. L. 92–226, set out as a note under section 2346 of this title, and sections 2348c and 2349aa–5 of this title.
1981—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 97–113 struck out subsec. (b) which required an annual Presidential report on actions taken by the international financial institutions and the United Nations Development Program to improve the evaluation of their own programs.
Section effective Oct. 1, 1978, see section 605 of Pub. L. 95–424, set out as an Effective Date of 1978 Amendment note under section 2151 of this title.
The Congress recognizes that illicit narcotics cultivation is related to overall development problems and that the vast majority of all individuals employed in the cultivation of illicit narcotics reside in the developing countries and are among the poorest of the poor in those countries and that therefore the ultimate success of any effort to eliminate illicit narcotics production depends upon the availability of alternative economic opportunities for those individuals, upon other factors which assistance under this part could address, as well as upon direct narcotics control efforts.
(1) In planning programs of assistance under this part, and part X of this subchapter, and under part IV of subchapter II of this chapter for countries in which there is illicit narcotics cultivation, the agency primarily responsible for administering subchapter I of this chapter should give priority consideration to programs which would help reduce illicit narcotics cultivation by stimulating broader development opportunities.
(2) The agency primarily responsible for administering subchapter I of this chapter may utilize resources for activities aimed at increasing awareness of the effects of production and trafficking of illicit narcotics on source and transit countries.
In furtherance of the purposes of this section, the agency primarily responsible for administering subchapter I of this chapter shall cooperate fully with, and share its expertise in development matters with, other agencies of the United States Government involved in narcotics control activities abroad.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §126, as added Pub. L. 96–53, title I, §110, Aug. 14, 1979, 93 Stat. 363; amended Pub. L. 99–83, title VI, §603, Aug. 8, 1985, 99 Stat. 228; Pub. L. 101–513, title V, §562(d)(7), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2031.)
References to subchapter I of this chapter are deemed to include parts IV (§2346 et seq.), VI (§2348 et seq.), and VIII (§2349aa et seq.) of subchapter II of this chapter, and references to subchapter II are deemed to exclude such parts. See section 202(b) of Pub. L. 92–226, set out as a note under section 2346 of this title, and sections 2348c and 2349aa–5 of this title.
1990—Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 101–513 inserted “, and part X of this subchapter,” after “this part”.
1985—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 99–83 designated existing provisions as par. (1), inserted reference to part IV of subchapter II of this chapter, and added par. (2).
Amendment by Pub. L. 99–83 effective Oct. 1, 1985, see section 1301 of Pub. L. 99–83, set out as a note under section 2151–1 of this title.
Section effective Oct. 1, 1979, see section 512(a) of Pub. L. 96–53, set out as an Effective Date of 1979 Amendment note under section 2151 of this title.
For the purpose of reducing dependence upon the production of crops from which narcotic and psychotropic drugs are derived, the President may provide assistance to a foreign country under chapter 1 of part I of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 (22 U.S.C. 2151 and following; relating to development assistance) and chapter 4 of part II of that Act (22 U.S.C. 2346 and following; relating to the economic support fund) to promote the production, processing, or the marketing of products or commodities, notwithstanding any other provision of law that would otherwise prohibit the provision of assistance to promote the production, processing, or the marketing of such products or commodities.
Subsection (a) of this section applies with respect to funds made available for fiscal year 1991 or any fiscal year thereafter.
(Pub. L. 101–623, §6, Nov. 21, 1990, 104 Stat. 3355.)
The Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, referred to in subsec. (a), is Pub. L. 87–195, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 424, as amended. Chapter 1 of part I and chapter 4 of part II of the Act are classified generally to part I (§2151 et seq.) of subchapter I and part IV (§2346 et seq.) of subchapter II, respectively, of this chapter. For provisions deeming references to part I of subchapter I to include a reference to section 2293 of this title, see section 2293(d)(1) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2151 of this title and Tables.
Section was enacted as part of the International Narcotics Control Act of 1990, and not as part of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 which comprises this chapter.
For the purpose of reducing dependence upon the production of crops from which narcotic and psychotropic drugs are derived, the President may provide economic assistance for a country which, because of its coca production, is a major illicit drug producing country (as defined in section 481(i)(2) 1 of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 (22 U.S.C. 2291(i)(2))) to promote the production, processing, or the marketing of products which can be economically produced in such country, notwithstanding the provisions of law described in subsection (b) of this section.
The provisions of law made inapplicable by subsection (a) of this section are any other provisions of law that would otherwise restrict the use of economic assistance funds with respect to the production, processing, or marketing of agricultural commodities (or the products thereof) or other products, including sections 521, 546, and 547 (but excluding section 510) of the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 1990, and comparable provisions of subsequent Acts appropriating funds for foreign operations, export financing, and related programs.
As used in this section, the term “economic assistance” means assistance under chapter 1 of part I of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 (22 U.S.C. 2151 and following; relating to development assistance) and assistance under chapter 4 of part II of that Act (22 U.S.C. 2346 and following; relating to the economic support fund).
(Pub. L. 101–624, title XV, §1544, Nov. 28, 1990, 104 Stat. 3695.)
The Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 1990, referred to in subsec. (b), is Pub. L. 101–167, Nov. 21, 1989, 103 Stat. 1195. Sections 510, 521, 546, and 547 of that Act are not classified to the Code.
The Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, referred to in subsecs. (a) and (c), is Pub. L. 87–195, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 424, as amended. Chapter 1 of part I and chapter 4 of part II of the Act are classified generally to part I (§2151 et seq.) of subchapter I and part IV (§2346 et seq.) of subchapter II, respectively, of this chapter. For provisions deeming references to part I of subchapter I to include a reference to section 2293 of this title, see section 2293(d)(1) of this title. Subsec. (i) of section 481 of the Act was redesignated (e) by Pub. L. 102–583, §6(b)(3), Nov. 2, 1992, 106 Stat. 4932. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2151 of this title and Tables.
Section was enacted as part of the Agricultural Development and Trade Act of 1990, and also as part of the Food, Agriculture, Conservation, and Trade Act of 1990, and not as part of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 which comprises this chapter.
1 See References in Text note below.
The Administrator of the agency primarily responsible for administering subchapter I of this chapter shall conduct an annual review of bilateral concessional loan balances and shall determine and identify those countries whose financial resources make possible accelerated loan repayments. In particular, European countries that were recipients of concessional loans by predecessor agencies to the agency primarily responsible for administering subchapter I of this chapter shall be contacted to negotiate accelerated repayments. The criteria used by the Administrator in making these determinations shall be established in conjunction with the Committee on Foreign Affairs of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §127, as added Pub. L. 96–53, title V, §508(a), Aug. 14, 1979, 93 Stat. 379.)
References to subchapter I of this chapter are deemed to include parts IV (§2346 et seq.), VI (§2348 et seq.), and VIII (§2349aa et seq.) of subchapter II of this chapter, and references to subchapter II are deemed to exclude such parts. See section 202(b) of Pub. L. 92–226, set out as a note under section 2346 of this title, and sections 2348c and 2349aa–5 of this title.
Section effective Oct. 1, 1979, see section 512(a) of Pub. L. 96–53, set out as an Effective Date of 1979 Amendment note under section 2151 of this title.
Section 508(b) of Pub. L. 96–53, which related to loan repayment provisions in reports, was repealed by Pub. L. 97–113, title VII, §734(a)(3), Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1560.
The President shall use poverty measurement standards, such as those developed by the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, and other appropriate measurements in determining target populations for United States development assistance, and shall strengthen United States efforts to assure that a substantial percentage of development assistance under this part directly improves the lives of the poor majority, with special emphasis on those individuals living in absolute poverty.
To the maximum extent possible, activities under this part that attempt to increase the institutional capabilities of private organizations or governments, or that attempt to stimulate scientific and technological research, shall be designed and monitored to ensure that the ultimate beneficiaries of these activities are the poor majority.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §128, as added Pub. L. 97–377, title I, §101(b)(2), Dec. 21, 1982, 96 Stat. 1832; amended Pub. L. 99–83, title III, §312(a), Aug. 8, 1985, 99 Stat. 216.)
1985—Pub. L. 99–83, in amending section generally, designated existing provisions as subsec. (a), substituted provisions setting overall guidelines and principles for determination of target populations and strengthening United States assistance, for provisions relating to Presidential responsibility in carrying out this part in fiscal year 1983 for targeting assistance for those living in absolute poverty, and added subsec. (b).
Amendment by Pub. L. 99–83 effective Oct. 1, 1985, see section 1301 of Pub. L. 99–83, set out as a note under section 2151–1 of this title.
For delegation of functions of President under this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 F.R. 56673, as amended, set out as a note under section 2381 of this title.
Section 101(b)(2) of Pub. L. 97–377 provided in part: “That within six months after the date of approval of this joint resolution [Dec. 21, 1982], the Administrator of the Agency for International Development shall report to Congress on the implementation of this provision [this section], the types of projects determined to meet these requirements, and the effect on the overall United States foreign assistance program.”
Not later than 150 days after October 21, 1998, the Secretary of the Treasury, after consultation with the Secretary of State and the Administrator of the United States Agency for International Development, is authorized to establish a program to provide technical assistance to foreign governments and foreign central banks of developing or transitional countries.
The Secretary of State shall provide foreign policy guidance to the Secretary to ensure that the program established under this subsection is effectively integrated into the foreign policy of the United States.
In carrying out the program established under subsection (a) of this section, the Secretary shall provide economic and financial technical assistance to foreign governments and foreign central banks of developing and transitional countries by providing advisers with appropriate expertise to advance the enactment of laws and establishment of administrative procedures and institutions in such countries to promote macroeconomic and fiscal stability, efficient resource allocation, transparent and market-oriented processes and sustainable private sector growth.
To the extent practicable, such technical assistance shall be designed to establish—
(A) tax systems that are fair, objective, and efficiently gather sufficient revenues for governmental operations;
(B) debt issuance and management programs that rely on market forces;
(C) budget planning and implementation that permits responsible fiscal policy management;
(D) commercial banking sector development that efficiently intermediates between savers and investors; and
(E) financial law enforcement to protect the integrity of financial systems, financial institutions, and government programs.
Such technical assistance shall include elements designed to combat anti-competitive, unethical, and corrupt activities, including protection against actions that may distort or inhibit transparency in market mechanisms and, to the extent applicable, privatization procedures.
In carrying out the program established under subsection (a) of this section, the Secretary—
(1) shall establish a methodology for identifying and selecting foreign governments and foreign central banks to receive assistance under the program;
(2) prior to selecting a foreign government or foreign central bank to receive assistance under the program, shall receive the concurrence of the Secretary of State with respect to the selection of such government or central bank and with respect to the cost of the assistance to such government or central bank;
(3) shall consult with the heads of appropriate Executive agencies of the United States, including the Secretary of State and the Administrator of the United States Agency for International Development, and appropriate international financial institutions to avoid duplicative efforts with respect to those foreign countries for which such agencies or organizations provide similar assistance;
(4) shall ensure that the program is consistent with the International Affairs Strategic Plan and Mission Performance Plan of the United States Agency for International Development;
(5) shall establish and carry out a plan to evaluate the program.
In carrying out the program established under subsection (a) of this section, the Secretary shall have the following administrative authorities:
(1) The Secretary may provide allowances and benefits under chapter 9 of title I of the Foreign Service Act of 1980 (22 U.S.C. 4081 et seq.) to any officer or employee of any agency of the United States Government performing functions under this section outside the United States.
(2)(A) The Secretary may allocate or transfer to any agency of the United States Government any part of any funds available for carrying out this section, including any advance to the United States Government by any country or international organization for the procurement of commodities, supplies, or services.
(B) Such funds shall be available for obligation and expenditure for the purposes for which such funds were authorized, in accordance with authority granted in this section or under authority governing the activities of the agency of the United States Government to which such funds are allocated or transferred.
(3) Appropriations for the purposes of or pursuant to this section, and allocations to any agency of the United States Government from other appropriations for functions directly related to the purposes of this section, shall be available for—
(A) contracting with individuals for personal services abroad, except that such individuals shall not be regarded as employees of the United States Government for the purpose of any law administered by the Office of Personnel Management;
(B) the purchase and hire of passenger motor vehicles, except that passenger motor vehicles may be purchased only—
(i) for use in foreign countries; and
(ii) if the Secretary or the Secretary's designee has determined that the vehicle is necessary to accomplish the mission;
(C) the purchase of insurance for official motor vehicles acquired for use in foreign countries;
(D)(i) the rent or lease outside the United States, not to exceed 5 years, of offices, buildings, grounds, and quarters, including living quarters to house personnel, consistent with the relevant interagency housing board policy, and payments therefor in advance;
(ii) maintenance, furnishings, necessary repairs, improvements, and alterations to properties owned or rented by the United States Government or made available for use to the United States Government outside the United States; and
(iii) costs of insurance, fuel, water, and utilities for such properties;
(E) expenses of preparing and transporting to their former homes or places of burial the remains of foreign participants or members of the family of foreign participants, who may die while such participants are away from their homes participating in activities carried out with funds covered by this section;
(F) notwithstanding any other provision of law, transportation and payment of per diem in lieu of subsistence to foreign participants engaged in activities of the program under this section while such participants are away from their homes in countries other than the United States, at rates not in excess of those prescribed by the standardized Government travel regulations;
(G) expenses in connection with travel of personnel outside the United States, including travel expenses of dependents (including expenses during necessary stop-overs while engaged in such travel), and transportation of personal effects, household goods, and automobiles of such personnel when any part of such travel or transportation begins in one fiscal year pursuant to travel orders issued in that fiscal year, notwithstanding the fact that such travel or transportation may not be completed during the same fiscal year, and cost of transporting automobiles to and from a place of storage, and the cost of storing automobiles of such personnel when it is in the public interest or more economical to authorize storage; and
(H) grants to, and cooperative agreements and contracts with, any individual, corporation, or other body of persons, nonprofit organization, friendly government or government agency, whether within or without the United States, and international organizations, as the Secretary determines is appropriate to carry out the purposes of this section.
(4) Whenever the Secretary determines it to be consistent with the purposes of this section, the Secretary is authorized to furnish services and commodities on an advance-of-funds basis to any friendly country or international organization that is not otherwise prohibited from receiving assistance under this chapter. Such advances may be credited to the currently applicable appropriation, account, or fund of the Department of the Treasury and shall be available for the purposes for which such appropriation, account, or fund is authorized to be used.
The Secretary is authorized to issue such regulations with respect to personal service contractors as the Secretary deems necessary to carry out this section.
Nothing in this section shall be construed to infringe upon the powers or functions of the Secretary of State (including the powers or functions described in section 4802 of this title) or of any chief of mission (including the powers or functions described in section 207 of the Foreign Service Act of 1980 (22 U.S.C. 3927)).
The Secretary shall conclude assistance activities for a recipient foreign government or foreign central bank under the program established under subsection (a) of this section if the Secretary, after consultation with the appropriate officers of the United States, determines that such assistance has resulted in the enactment of laws or the establishment of institutions in that country that promote fiscal stability and administrative procedures, efficient resource allocation, transparent and market-oriented processes and private sector growth in a sustainable manner.
Not later than 3 months after October 21, 1998, and every 6 months thereafter, the Secretary shall prepare and submit to the appropriate congressional committees a report on the conduct of the program established under this section during the preceding 6-month period.
In this subsection, the term “appropriate congressional committees” means—
(A) the Committee on International Relations and the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives; and
(B) the Committee on Foreign Relations and the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate.
In this section:
The term “developing or transitional country” means a country eligible to receive development assistance under this part.
The term “international financial institution” means the International Monetary Fund, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, the International Finance Corporation, the Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency, the Asian Development Bank, the African Development Bank, the African Development Fund, the Inter-American Development Bank, the Inter-American Investment Corporation, the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, and the Bank for Economic Cooperation and Development in the Middle East and North Africa.
The term “Secretary” means the Secretary of the Treasury.
The term “technical assistance” includes—
(A) the use of short-term and long-term expert advisers to assist foreign governments and foreign central banks for the purposes described in subsection (b)(1) of this section;
(B) training in the recipient country, the United States, or elsewhere for the purposes described in subsection (b)(1) of this section;
(C) grants of goods, services, or funds to foreign governments and foreign central banks;
(D) grants to United States nonprofit organizations to provide services or products which contribute to the provision of advice to foreign governments and foreign central banks; and
(E) study tours for foreign officials in the United States or elsewhere for the purpose of providing technical information to such officials.
The term “foreign participant” means the national of a developing or transitional country that is receiving assistance under the program established under subsection (a) of this section who has been designated to participate in activities under such program.
There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section $5,000,000 for fiscal year 1999.
Amounts authorized to be appropriated under paragraph (1) are authorized to remain available until expended.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §129, as added Pub. L. 105–277, div. A, §101(d) [title V, §589(a)], Oct. 21, 1998, 112 Stat. 2681–150, 2681–205; amended Pub. L. 106–309, title II, §204, Oct. 17, 2000, 114 Stat. 1092.)
The Foreign Service Act of 1980, referred to in subsec. (d)(1), is Pub. L. 96–465, Oct. 17, 1980, 94 Stat. 2071, as amended. Chapter 9 of title I of the Foreign Service Act of 1980 is classified generally to subchapter IX (§4081 et seq.) of chapter 52 of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 3901 of this title and Tables.
This chapter, referred to in subsec. (d)(4), was in the original “this Act”, meaning Pub. L. 87–195, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 424, as amended, known as the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2151 of this title and Tables.
Another section 129 of Pub. L. 87–195 was renumbered section 130 and is classified to section 2152 of this title.
2000—Subsec. (b)(3). Pub. L. 106–309 added par. (3).
Committee on International Relations of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Foreign Affairs of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Tenth Congress, Jan. 5, 2007.
The President is authorized to provide assistance for the rehabilitation of victims of torture.
Such assistance shall be provided in the form of grants to treatment centers and programs in foreign countries that are carrying out projects or activities specifically designed to treat victims of torture for the physical and psychological effects of the torture.
Such assistance shall be available—
(1) for direct services to victims of torture; and
(2) to provide research and training to health care providers outside of treatment centers or programs described in subsection (b) of this section, for the purpose of enabling such providers to provide the services described in paragraph (1).
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §130, formerly §129, as added Pub. L. 105–320, §4(a), Oct. 30, 1998, 112 Stat. 3017; renumbered §130, Pub. L. 106–87, §6(a), Nov. 3, 1999, 113 Stat. 1302.)
For delegation of functions of President under this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 F.R. 56673, as amended, set out as a note under section 2381 of this title.
Pub. L. 109–165, §2, Jan. 10, 2006, 119 Stat. 3574, provided that: “It is the policy of the United States—
“(1) to ensure that, in its support abroad for programs and centers for the treatment of victims of torture, particular incentives and support should be given to establishing and supporting such programs and centers in emerging democracies, in post-conflict environments, and, with a view to providing services to refugees and internally displaced persons, in areas as close to ongoing conflict as safely as possible; and
“(2) to ensure that, in its support for domestic programs and centers for the treatment of victims of torture, particular attention should be given to regions with significant immigrant or refugee populations.”
Pub. L. 105–320, Oct. 30, 1998, 112 Stat. 3016, as amended by Pub. L. 106–87, §6(b), Nov. 3, 1999, 113 Stat. 1302; Pub. L. 108–179, §§2(a), 3(a), Dec. 15, 2003, 117 Stat. 2643; Pub. L. 109–165, §§3, 4, Jan. 10, 2006, 119 Stat. 3574, provided that:
“This Act may be cited as the ‘Torture Victims Relief Act of 1998’.
“Congress makes the following findings:
“(1) The American people abhor torture by any government or person. The existence of torture creates a climate of fear and international insecurity that affects all people.
“(2) Torture is the deliberate mental and physical damage caused by governments to individuals to destroy individual personality and terrorize society. The effects of torture are long term. Those effects can last a lifetime for the survivors and affect future generations.
“(3) By eliminating the leadership of their opposition and frightening the general public, repressive governments often use torture as a weapon against democracy.
“(4) Torture survivors remain under physical and psychological threats, especially in communities where the perpetrators are not brought to justice. In many nations, even those who treat torture survivors are threatened with reprisals, including torture, for carrying out their ethical duty to provide care. Both the survivors of torture and their treatment providers should be accorded protection from further repression.
“(5) A significant number of refugees and asylees entering the United States have been victims of torture. Those claiming asylum deserve prompt consideration of their applications for political asylum to minimize their insecurity and sense of danger. Many torture survivors now live in the United States. They should be provided with the rehabilitation services which would enable them to become productive members of our communities.
“(6) The development of a treatment movement for torture survivors has created new opportunities for action by the United States and other nations to oppose state-sponsored and other acts of torture.
“(7) There is a need for a comprehensive strategy to protect and support torture victims and their treatment providers, together with overall efforts to eliminate torture.
“(8) By acting to heal the survivors of torture and protect their families, the United States can help to heal the effects of torture and prevent its use around the world.
“As used in this Act, the term ‘torture’ has the meaning given the term in section 2340(1) of title 18, United States Code, and includes the use of rape and other forms of sexual violence by a person acting under the color of law upon another person under his custody or physical control.
“(a)
“(b)
“(1)
“(2)
“(c)
“(a)
“(1) Services for the rehabilitation of victims of torture, including treatment of the physical and psychological effects of torture.
“(2) Social and legal services for victims of torture.
“(3) Research and training for health care providers outside of treatment centers, or programs for the purpose of enabling such providers to provide the services described in paragraph (1).
“(b)
“(1)
“(2)
“(a)
“(1)
“(2)
“(b)
“(c)
“(1) request the Fund—
“(A) to find new ways to support and protect treatment centers and programs that are carrying out rehabilitative services for victims of torture; and
“(B) to encourage the development of new such centers and programs;
“(2) use the voice and vote of the United States to support the work of the Special Rapporteur on Torture and the Committee Against Torture established under the Convention Against Torture and Other Cruel, Inhuman or Degrading Treatment or Punishment; and
“(3) use the voice and vote of the United States to establish a country rapporteur or similar procedural mechanism to investigate human rights violations in a country if either the Special Rapporteur or the Committee Against Torture indicates that a systematic practice of torture is prevalent in that country.
“(a)
“(1) the identification of torture;
“(2) the identification of the surrounding circumstances in which torture is most often practiced;
“(3) the long-term effects of torture upon a victim;
“(4) the identification of the physical, cognitive, and emotional effects of torture, and the manner in which these effects can affect the interview or hearing process; and
“(5) the manner of interviewing victims of torture so as not to retraumatize them, eliciting the necessary information to document the torture experience, and understanding the difficulties victims often have in recounting their torture experience.
“(b)
[Pub. L. 108–179, §2(b), Dec. 15, 2003, 117 Stat. 2643, provided that: “The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending section 5(b)(1) of Pub. L. 105–320, set out above] shall take effect October 1, 2003.”]
[Pub. L. 108–179, §3(b), Dec. 15, 2003, 117 Stat. 2643, provided that: “The amendment made by subsection (a) [amending section 4(b)(1) of Pub. L. 105–320, set out above] shall take effect October 1, 2003.”]
Section, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §131, as added Pub. L. 106–309, title I, §105, Oct. 17, 2000, 114 Stat. 1082; amended Pub. L. 108–31, §3, June 17, 2003, 117 Stat. 776, related to microenterprise development grant assistance.
Section, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §132, as added Pub. L. 106–309, title I, §107(a), Oct. 17, 2000, 114 Stat. 1086, which related to United States Microfinance Loan Facility, was renumbered section 257 of Pub. L. 87–195 by Pub. L. 108–484, §5(a), (b), Dec. 23, 2004, 118 Stat. 3927, and transferred to section 2213 of this title.
The President is authorized to establish programs that combat corruption, improve transparency and accountability, and promote other forms of good governance in countries described in paragraph (2).
A country described in this paragraph is a country that is eligible to receive assistance under subchapter I of this chapter (including part IV of subchapter II of this chapter) or the Support for East European Democracy (SEED) Act of 1989 [22 U.S.C. 5401 et seq.].
In carrying out paragraph (1), the President shall give priority to establishing programs in countries that received a significant amount of United States foreign assistance for the prior fiscal year, or in which the United States has a significant economic interest, and that continue to have the most persistent problems with public and private corruption. In determining which countries have the most persistent problems with public and private corruption under the preceding sentence, the President shall take into account criteria such as the Transparency International Annual Corruption Perceptions Index, standards and codes set forth by the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Monetary Fund, and other relevant criteria.
Assistance provided for countries under programs established pursuant to paragraph (1) may be made available notwithstanding any other provision of law that restricts assistance to foreign countries. Assistance provided under a program established pursuant to paragraph (1) for a country that would otherwise be restricted from receiving such assistance but for the preceding sentence may not be provided directly to the government of the country.
Subparagraph (A) does not apply with respect to—
(i) section 2371 of this title or any comparable provision of law prohibiting assistance to countries that support international terrorism; or
(ii) section 907 of the Freedom for Russia and Emerging Eurasian Democracies and Open Markets Support Act of 1992.
The programs established pursuant to subsection (a) of this section shall include, to the extent appropriate, projects and activities that—
(1) support responsible independent media to promote oversight of public and private institutions;
(2) implement financial disclosure among public officials, political parties, and candidates for public office, open budgeting processes, and transparent financial management systems;
(3) support the establishment of audit offices, inspectors general offices, third party monitoring of government procurement processes, and anti-corruption agencies;
(4) promote responsive, transparent, and accountable legislatures and local governments that ensure legislative and local oversight and whistle-blower protection;
(5) promote legal and judicial reforms that criminalize corruption and law enforcement reforms and development that encourage prosecutions of criminal corruption;
(6) assist in the development of a legal framework for commercial transactions that fosters business practices that promote transparent, ethical, and competitive behavior in the economic sector, such as commercial codes that incorporate international standards and protection of intellectual property rights;
(7) promote free and fair national, state, and local elections;
(8) foster public participation in the legislative process and public access to government information; and
(9) engage civil society in the fight against corruption.
Projects and activities under the programs established pursuant to subsection (a) of this section may include, among other things, training and technical assistance (including drafting of anti-corruption, privatization, and competitive statutory and administrative codes), drafting of anti-corruption, privatization, and competitive statutory and administrative codes, support for independent media and publications, financing of the program and operating costs of nongovernmental organizations that carry out such projects or activities, and assistance for travel of individuals to the United States and other countries for such projects and activities.
The Secretary of State, in consultation with the Secretary of Commerce and the Administrator of the United States Agency for International Development, shall prepare and transmit to the Committee on International Relations and the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Foreign Relations and the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate a biennial report on—
(A) projects and activities carried out under programs established under subsection (a) of this section for the preceding two-year period in priority countries identified pursuant to subsection (a)(3) of this section; and
(B) projects and activities carried out under programs to combat corruption, improve transparency and accountability, and promote other forms of good governance established under other provisions of law for the preceding two-year period in such countries.
The report required by paragraph (1) shall contain the following information with respect to each country described in paragraph (1):
(A) A description of all United States Government-funded programs and initiatives to combat corruption and improve transparency and accountability in the country.
(B) A description of United States diplomatic efforts to combat corruption and improve transparency and accountability in the country.
(C) An analysis of major actions taken by the government of the country to combat corruption and improve transparency and accountability in the country.
Amounts made available to carry out the other provisions of subchapter I of this chapter (including part IV of subchapter II of this chapter) and the Support for East European Democracy (SEED) Act of 1989 [22 U.S.C. 5401 et seq.] shall be made available to carry out this section.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §133, as added Pub. L. 106–309, title II, §205(a), Oct. 17, 2000, 114 Stat. 1092; amended Pub. L. 107–228, div. A, title VI, §672(a), Sept. 30, 2002, 116 Stat. 1407.)
The Support for East European Democracy (SEED) Act of 1989, referred to in subsecs. (a)(2) and (e), is Pub. L. 101–179, Nov. 28, 1989, 103 Stat. 1298, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 63 (§5401 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 5401 of this title and Tables.
Section 907 of the Freedom for Russia and Emerging Eurasian Democracies and Open Markets Support Act of 1992, referred to in subsec. (a)(4)(B)(ii), is section 907 of Pub. L. 102–511, which is set out as a note under section 5812 of this title.
References to subchapter I of this chapter are deemed to include parts IV (§2346 et seq.), VI (§2348 et seq.), and VIII (§2349aa et seq.) of subchapter II of this chapter, and references to subchapter II are deemed to exclude such parts. See section 202(b) of Pub. L. 92–226, set out as a note under section 2346 of this title, and sections 2348c and 2349aa–5 of this title.
2002—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 107–228, §672(a)(1), substituted “Biennial reports” for “Annual report” in heading.
Subsec. (d)(1). Pub. L. 107–228, §672(a)(2), substituted “a biennial report” for “an annual report” in introductory provisions and “preceding two-year period” for “prior year” in subpars. (A) and (B).
Committee on International Relations of House of Representatives changed to Committee on Foreign Affairs of House of Representatives by House Resolution No. 6, One Hundred Tenth Congress, Jan. 5, 2007.
For delegation of functions of President under this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 F.R. 56673, as amended, set out as a note under section 2381 of this title.
Pub. L. 107–228, div. A, title VI, §672(b), Sept. 30, 2002, 116 Stat. 1408, provided that: “The first biennial report under section 133(d) of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 (22 U.S.C. 2152c(d)), as amended by subsection (a), is required to be submitted not later than two years after the date of submission of the last annual report required under such section 133 (as in effect before the date of enactment of this Act [Sept. 30, 2002]).”
Pub. L. 106–309, title II, §202, Oct. 17, 2000, 114 Stat. 1090, provided that:
“(a)
“(1) Widespread corruption endangers the stability and security of societies, undermines democracy, and jeopardizes the social, political, and economic development of a society.
“(2) Corruption facilitates criminal activities, such as money laundering, hinders economic development, inflates the costs of doing business, and undermines the legitimacy of the government and public trust.
“(3) In January 1997 the United Nations General Assembly adopted a resolution urging member states to carefully consider the problems posed by the international aspects of corrupt practices and to study appropriate legislative and regulatory measures to ensure the transparency and integrity of financial systems.
“(4) The United States was the first country to criminalize international bribery through the enactment of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 [Pub. L. 95–213, title I, see Tables for classification] and United States leadership was instrumental in the passage of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) Convention on Combatting Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions.
“(5) The Vice President, at the Global Forum on Fighting Corruption in 1999, declared corruption to be a direct threat to the rule of law and the Secretary of State declared corruption to be a matter of profound political and social consequence for our efforts to strengthen democratic governments.
“(6) The Secretary of State, at the Inter-American Development Bank's annual meeting in March 2000, declared that despite certain economic achievements, democracy is being threatened as citizens grow weary of the corruption and favoritism of their official institutions and that efforts must be made to improve governance if respect for democratic institutions is to be regained.
“(7) In May 1996 the Organization of American States (OAS) adopted the Inter-American Convention Against Corruption requiring countries to provide various forms of international cooperation and assistance to facilitate the prevention, investigation, and prosecution of acts of corruption.
“(8) Independent media, committed to fighting corruption and trained in investigative journalism techniques, can both educate the public on the costs of corruption and act as a deterrent against corrupt officials.
“(9) Competent and independent judiciary, founded on a merit-based selection process and trained to enforce contracts and protect property rights, is critical for creating a predictable and consistent environment for transparency in legal procedures.
“(10) Independent and accountable legislatures, responsive political parties, and transparent electoral processes, in conjunction with professional, accountable, and transparent financial management and procurement policies and procedures, are essential to the promotion of good governance and to the combat of corruption.
“(11) Transparent business frameworks, including modern commercial codes and intellectual property rights, are vital to enhancing economic growth and decreasing corruption at all levels of society.
“(12) The United States should attempt to improve accountability in foreign countries, including by—
“(A) promoting transparency and accountability through support for independent media, promoting financial disclosure by public officials, political parties, and candidates for public office, open budgeting processes, adequate and effective internal control systems, suitable financial management systems, and financial and compliance reporting;
“(B) supporting the establishment of audit offices, inspectors general offices, third party monitoring of government procurement processes, and anti-corruption agencies;
“(C) promoting responsive, transparent, and accountable legislatures that ensure legislative oversight and whistle-blower protection;
“(D) promoting judicial reforms that criminalize corruption and promoting law enforcement that prosecutes corruption;
“(E) fostering business practices that promote transparent, ethical, and competitive behavior in the private sector through the development of an effective legal framework for commerce, including anti-bribery laws, commercial codes that incorporate international standards for business practices, and protection of intellectual property rights; and
“(F) promoting free and fair national, state, and local elections.
“(b)
Pub. L. 106–309, title II, §205(b), Oct. 17, 2000, 114 Stat. 1094, provided that: “The initial annual report required by section 133(d)(1) of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2152c(d)(1)], as added by subsection (a), shall be transmitted not later than 180 days after the date of the enactment of this Act [Oct. 17, 2000].”
The President is authorized to provide assistance to foreign countries directly, or through nongovernmental and multilateral organizations, for programs, projects, and activities designed to meet the minimum standards for the elimination of trafficking (as defined in section 7102 of this title), including—
(1) the drafting of laws to prohibit and punish acts of trafficking;
(2) the investigation and prosecution of traffickers, including investigation of individuals and entities that may be involved in trafficking in persons involving sexual exploitation;
(3) the creation and maintenance of facilities, programs, projects, and activities for the protection of victims; and
(4) the expansion of exchange programs and international visitor programs for governmental and nongovernmental personnel to combat trafficking.
Amounts made available to carry out the other provisions of subchapter I of this chapter (including part IV of subchapter II of this chapter) and the Support for East European Democracy (SEED) Act of 1989 [22 U.S.C. 5401 et seq.] shall be made available to carry out this section. Assistance may be provided under this section notwithstanding section 2420 of this title.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §134, as added Pub. L. 106–386, div. A, §109, Oct. 28, 2000, 114 Stat. 1481; amended Pub. L. 108–193, §6(f), Dec. 19, 2003, 117 Stat. 2883; Pub. L. 110–457, title I, §103(b), Dec. 23, 2008, 122 Stat. 5046.)
The Support for East European Democracy (SEED) Act of 1989, referred to in subsec. (b), is Pub. L. 101–179, Nov. 28, 1989, 103 Stat. 1298, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 63 (§5401 et seq.) of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 5401 of this title and Tables.
References to subchapter I of this chapter are deemed to include parts IV (§2346 et seq.), VI (§2348 et seq.), and VIII (§2349aa et seq.) of subchapter II of this chapter, and references to subchapter II are deemed to exclude such parts. See section 202(b) of Pub. L. 92–226, set out as a note under section 2346 of this title, and sections 2348c and 2349aa–5 of this title.
2008—Subsec. (a)(2). Pub. L. 110–457 inserted “, including investigation of individuals and entities that may be involved in trafficking in persons involving sexual exploitation” before semicolon at end.
2003—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 108–193 inserted at end “Assistance may be provided under this section notwithstanding section 2420 of this title.”
For delegation of functions of President under this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 F.R. 56673, as amended, set out as a note under section 2381 of this title.
The President, acting through the Administrator of the United States Agency for International Development, is authorized, under such terms and conditions as the President may determine, to carry out a program to improve building construction codes and practices in Ecuador, El Salvador, and other Latin American countries (in this section referred to as the “program”).
The program shall be in the form of grants to, or contracts with, organizations described in paragraph (2) to support the following activities:
Training of appropriate professionals in Latin America from both the public and private sectors to enhance their understanding of building and housing codes and standards.
Translating and distributing in the region detailed construction manuals, model building codes, and publications from organizations described in paragraph (2), including materials that address zoning, egress, fire and life safety, plumbing, sewage, sanitation, electrical installation, mechanical installation, structural engineering, and seismic design.
Offering other relevant assistance as needed, such as helping government officials develop seismic micro-zonation maps or draft pertinent legislation, to implement building codes and practices that will help improve the resistance of buildings and housing in the region to seismic activity and other natural disasters.
Grants and contracts provided under this section shall be carried out through United States organizations with expertise in the areas described in paragraph (1), including the American Society of Testing Materials, the Underwriters Laboratories, the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, the American Society of Civil Engineers, the American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers, the International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials, the International Code Council, and the National Fire Protection Association.
(Pub. L. 107–228, div. A, title VI, §688, Sept. 30, 2002, 116 Stat. 1413.)
Section was enacted as part of the Department of State Authorization Act, Fiscal Year 2003, and also as part of the Foreign Relations Authorization Act, Fiscal Year 2003, and not as part of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 which comprises this chapter.
Congress finds the following:
(1) There are more than 143,000,000 orphans living 1 sub-Saharan Africa, Asia, Latin America, and the Caribbean. Of this number, approximately 16,200,000 children have lost both parents.
(2) The HIV/AIDS pandemic has created an unprecedented orphan crisis, especially in sub-Saharan Africa, where children have been hardest hit. The pandemic is deepening poverty in entire communities, and is jeopardizing the health, safety, and survival of all children in affected countries. It is estimated that 14,000,000 children have lost one or both parents to AIDS.
(3) The orphans crisis in sub-Saharan Africa has implications for human welfare, development, and political stability that extend far beyond the region, affecting governments and people worldwide.
(4) Extended families and local communities are struggling to meet the basic needs of orphans and vulnerable children by providing food, health care including treatment of children living with HIV/AIDS, education expenses, and clothing.
(5) Famines, natural disasters, chronic poverty, ongoing conflicts, and civil wars in developing countries are adversely affecting children in these countries, the vast majority of whom currently do not receive humanitarian assistance or other support from the United States.
(6) The United States Government administers various assistance programs for orphans and other vulnerable children in developing countries. In order to improve targeting and programming of resources, the United States Agency for International Development should develop methods to adequately track the overall number of orphans and other vulnerable children receiving assistance, the kinds of programs for such children by sector and location, and any other such related data and analysis.
(7) The United States Agency for International Development should improve its capabilities to deliver assistance to orphans and other vulnerable children in developing countries through partnerships with private volunteer organizations, including community and faith-based organizations.
(8) The United States Agency for International Development should be the primary United States Government agency responsible for identifying and assisting orphans and other vulnerable children in developing countries.
(9) Providing assistance to such children is an important expression of the humanitarian concern and tradition of the people of the United States.
In this section:
The term “AIDS” has the meaning given the term in section 2151b–2(g)(1) 2 of this title.
The term “children” means persons who have not attained 18 years of age.
The term “HIV/AIDS” has the meaning given the term in section 2151b–2(g)(3) 2 of this title.
The term “orphan” means a child deprived by death of one or both parents.
The term “psychosocial support” includes care that addresses the ongoing psychological and social problems that affect individuals, their partners, families, and caregivers in order to alleviate suffering, strengthen social ties and integration, provide emotional support, and promote coping strategies.
The President is authorized to provide assistance, including providing such assistance through international or nongovernmental organizations, for programs in developing countries to provide basic care and services for orphans and other vulnerable children. Such programs should provide assistance—
(1) to support families and communities to mobilize their own resources through the establishment of community-based organizations to provide basic care for orphans and other vulnerable children;
(2) for school food programs, including the purchase of local or regional foodstuffs where appropriate;
(3) to increase primary school enrollment through the elimination of school fees, where appropriate, or other barriers to education while ensuring that adequate resources exist for teacher training and infrastructure;
(4) to provide employment training and related services for orphans and other vulnerable children who are of legal working age;
(5) to protect and promote the inheritance rights of orphans, other vulnerable children, and widows;
(6) to provide culturally appropriate psychosocial support to orphans and other vulnerable children; and
(7) to treat orphans and other vulnerable children with HIV/AIDS through the provision of pharmaceuticals, the recruitment and training of individuals to provide pediatric treatment, and the purchase of pediatric-specific technologies.
To maximize the sustainable development impact of assistance authorized under this section, and pursuant to the strategy required in section 4 of the Assistance for Orphans and Other Vulnerable Children in Developing Countries Act of 2005, the President shall establish a monitoring and evaluation system to measure the effectiveness of United States assistance to orphans and other vulnerable children.
The monitoring and evaluation system shall—
(A) establish performance goals for the assistance and expresses 3 such goals in an objective and quantifiable form, to the extent feasible;
(B) establish performance indicators to be used in measuring or assessing the achievement of the performance goals described in subparagraph (A); and
(C) provide a basis for recommendations for adjustments to the assistance to enhance the impact of assistance.
The Secretary of State, in consultation with the Administrator of the United States Agency for International Development, shall appoint a Special Advisor for Assistance to Orphans and Vulnerable Children.
At the discretion of the Secretary of State, the authority to appoint a Special Advisor under subparagraph (A) may be delegated by the Secretary of State to the Administrator of the United States Agency for International Development.
The duties of the Special Advisor for Assistance to Orphans and Vulnerable Children shall include the following:
(A) Coordinate assistance to orphans and other vulnerable children among the various offices, bureaus, and field missions within the United States Agency for International Development.
(B) Advise the various offices, bureaus, and field missions within the United States Agency for International Development to ensure that programs approved for assistance under this section are consistent with best practices, meet the requirements of this chapter, and conform to the strategy outlined in section 4 of the Assistance for Orphans and Other Vulnerable Children in Developing Countries Act of 2005.
(C) Advise the various offices, bureaus, and field missions within the United States Agency for International Development in developing any component of their annual plan, as it relates to assistance for orphans or other vulnerable children in developing countries, to ensure that each program, project, or activity relating to such assistance is consistent with best practices, meets the requirements of this chapter, and conforms to the strategy outlined in section 4 of the Assistance for Orphans and Other Vulnerable Children in Developing Countries Act of 2005.
(D) Coordinate all United States assistance to orphans and other vulnerable children among United States departments and agencies, including the provision of assistance relating to HIV/AIDS authorized under the United States Leadership Against HIV/AIDS, Tuberculosis, and Malaria Act of 2003 (Public Law 108–25) [22 U.S.C. 7601 et seq.], and the amendments made by such Act (including section 102 of such Act, and the amendments made by such section, relating to the coordination of HIV/AIDS programs).
(E) Establish priorities that promote the delivery of assistance to the most vulnerable populations of orphans and children, particularly in those countries with a high rate of HIV infection among women.
(F) Disseminate a collection of best practices to field missions of the United States Agency for International Development to guide the development and implementation of programs to assist orphans and vulnerable children.
(G) Administer the monitoring and evaluation system established in subsection (d) of this section.
(H) Prepare the annual report required by section 2152g of this title.
There is authorized to be appropriated to the President to carry out this section such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2006 and 2007.
Amounts made available under paragraph (1) are authorized to remain available until expended.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §135, as added Pub. L. 109–95, §3, Nov. 8, 2005, 119 Stat. 2113.)
Section 2151b–2(g) of this title, referred to in subsec. (b)(1), (3), was redesignated section 2151b–2(h) of this title by Pub. L. 110–293, title III, §301(d)(1), July 30, 2008, 122 Stat. 2951.
Section 4 of the Assistance for Orphans and Other Vulnerable Children in Developing Countries Act of 2005, referred to in subsecs. (d)(1) and (e)(2)(B), (C), is section 4 of Pub. L. 109–95, which is set out as a note under this section.
This chapter, referred to in subsec. (e)(2)(B), (C), was in the original “this Act”, meaning Pub. L. 87–195, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 424, as amended, known as the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2151 of this title and Tables.
The United States Leadership Against HIV/AIDS, Tuberculosis, and Malaria Act of 2003, referred to in subsec. (e)(2)(D), is Pub. L. 108–25, May 27, 2003, 117 Stat. 711, as amended, which is classified principally to chapter 83 (§7601 et seq.) of this title. Section 102 of the Act enacted section 7612 of this title and amended section 2651a of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 7601 of this title and Tables.
Another section 135 of Pub. L. 87–195 is classified to section 2152h of this title.
Pub. L. 109–95, §2, Nov. 8, 2005, 119 Stat. 2111, provided that: “Congress makes the following findings:
“(1) As of July 2004, there were more than 143,000,000 children living in sub-Saharan Africa, Asia, Latin America, and the Caribbean who were identified as orphans, having lost one or both of their parents. Of this number, approximately 16,200,000 children were identified as double orphans, having lost both parents—the vast majority of whom died of AIDS. These children often are disadvantaged in numerous and devastating ways and most households with orphans cannot meet the basic needs of health care, food, clothing, and educational expenses.
“(2) It is estimated that 121,000,000 children worldwide do not attend school and that the majority of such children are young girls. According to the United Nations Children's Fund (UNICEF), orphans are less likely to be in school and more likely to be working full time.
“(3) School food programs, including take-home rations, in developing countries provide strong incentives for children to remain in school and continue their education. School food programs can reduce short-term hunger, improve cognitive functions, and enhance learning, behavior, and achievement.
“(4) Financial barriers, such as school fees and other costs of education, prevent many orphans and other vulnerable children in developing countries from attending school. Providing children with free primary school education, while simultaneously ensuring that adequate resources exist for teacher training and infrastructure, would help more orphans and other vulnerable children obtain a quality education.
“(5) The trauma that results from the loss of a parent can trigger behavior problems of aggression or emotional withdrawal and negatively affect a child's performance in school and the child's social relations. Children living in families affected by HIV/AIDS or who have been orphaned by AIDS often face stigmatization and discrimination. Providing culturally appropriate psychosocial support to such children can assist them in successfully accepting and adjusting to their circumstances.
“(6) Orphans and other vulnerable children in developing countries routinely are denied their inheritance or encounter difficulties in claiming the land and other property which they have inherited. Even when the inheritance rights of women and children are spelled out in law, such rights are difficult to claim and are seldom enforced. In many countries it is difficult or impossible for a widow, even if she has young children, to claim property after the death of her husband.
“(7) The HIV/AIDS pandemic has had a devastating affect on children and is deepening poverty in entire communities and jeopardizing the health, safety, and survival of all children in affected areas.
“(8) The HIV/AIDS pandemic has increased the number of orphans worldwide and has exacerbated the poor living conditions of the world's poorest and most vulnerable children. AIDS has created an unprecedented orphan crisis, especially in sub-Saharan Africa, where children have been hardest hit. An estimated 14,000,000 orphans have lost 1 or both parents to AIDS. By 2010, it is estimated that over 25,000,000 children will have been orphaned by AIDS.
“(9) Approximately 2,500,000 children under the age of 15 worldwide have HIV/AIDS. Every day another 2,000 children under the age of 15 are infected with HIV. Without treatment, most children born with HIV can expect to die by age two, but with sustained drug treatment through childhood, the chances of long-term survival and a productive adulthood improve dramatically.
“(10) Few international development programs specifically target the treatment of children with HIV/AIDS in developing countries. Reasons for this include the perceived low priority of pediatric treatment, a lack of pediatric health care professionals, lack of expertise and experience in pediatric drug dosing and monitoring, the perceived complexity of pediatric treatment, and mistaken beliefs regarding the risks and benefits of pediatric treatment.
“(11) Although a number of organizations seek to meet the needs of orphans or other vulnerable children, extended families and local communities continue to be the primary providers of support for such children.
“(12) The HIV/AIDS pandemic is placing huge burdens on communities and is leaving many orphans with little support. Alternatives to traditional orphanages, such as community-based resource centers, continue to evolve in response to the massive number of orphans that has resulted from the pandemic.
“(13) The AIDS orphans crisis in sub-Saharan Africa has implications for political stability, human welfare, and development that extend far beyond the region, affecting governments and people worldwide, and this crisis requires an accelerated response from the international community.
“(14) Although section 403(b) of the United States Leadership Against HIV/AIDS, Tuberculosis, and Malaria Act of 2003 (22 U.S.C. 7673(b)) establishes the requirement that not less than 10 percent of amounts appropriated for HIV/AIDS assistance for each of fiscal years 2006 through 2008 shall be expended for assistance for orphans and other vulnerable children affected by HIV/AIDS, there is an urgent need to provide assistance to such children prior to 2006.
“(15) Numerous United States and indigenous private voluntary organizations, including faith-based organizations, provide assistance to orphans and other vulnerable children in developing countries. Many of these organizations have submitted applications for grants to the Administrator of the United States Agency for International Development to provide increased levels of assistance for orphans and other vulnerable children in developing countries.
“(16) Increasing the amount of assistance that is provided by the Administrator of the United States Agency for International Development through United States and indigenous private voluntary organizations, including faith-based organizations, will provide greater protection for orphans and other vulnerable children in developing countries.
“(17) It is essential that the United States Government adopt a comprehensive approach for the provision of assistance to orphans and other vulnerable children in developing countries. A comprehensive approach would ensure that important services, such as basic care, psychosocial support, school food programs, increased educational opportunities and employment training and related services, the protection and promotion of inheritance rights for such children, and the treatment of orphans and other vulnerable children with HIV/AIDS, are made more accessible.
“(18) Assistance for orphans and other vulnerable children can best be provided by a comprehensive approach of the United States Government that—
“(A) ensures that Federal agencies and the private sector coordinate efforts to prevent and eliminate duplication of efforts and waste in the provision of such assistance; and
“(B) to the maximum extent possible, focuses on community-based programs that allow orphans and other vulnerable children to remain connected to the traditions and rituals of their families and communities.”
Pub. L. 109–95, §4, Nov. 8, 2005, 119 Stat. 2116, provided that:
“(a)
“(b)
“(1) will not impede the efficiency of implementing assistance programs for orphans and vulnerable children; and
“(2) addresses the specific needs of indigenous populations.
“(c)
“(1) the identity of each agency or department of the Federal Government that is providing assistance for orphans and vulnerable children in foreign countries;
“(2) a description of the efforts of the head of each such agency or department to coordinate the provision of such assistance with other agencies or departments of the Federal Government or nongovernmental entities;
“(3) a description of a coordinated strategy, including coordination with other bilateral and multilateral donors, to provide the assistance authorized in section 135 of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [22 U.S.C. 2152f], as added by section 3 of this Act;
“(4) an analysis of additional coordination mechanisms or procedures that could be implemented to carry out the purposes of such section;
“(5) a description of a monitoring system that establishes performance goals for the provision of such assistance and expresses such goals in an objective and quantifiable form, to the extent feasible; and
“(6) a description of performance indicators to be used in measuring or assessing the achievement of the performance goals described in paragraph (5).”
[For definition of “appropriate congressional committees” as used in section 4 of Pub. L. 109–95, set out above, see section 6 of Pub. L. 109–95, set out as a note under section 2152g of this title.]
1 So in original. Probably should be “living in”.
2 See References in Text note below.
3 So in original. Probably should be “express”.
Not later than one year after the date on which the President transmits to the appropriate congressional committees the strategy required by section 4(a), and annually thereafter, the President shall transmit to the appropriate congressional committees a report on the implementation of this Act and the amendments made by this Act.
The report shall contain the following information for grants, cooperative agreements, contracts, contributions, and other forms of assistance awarded or entered into under section 2152f of this title:
(1) The amount of funding, the name of recipient organizations, the location of programs and activities, the status of progress of programs and activities, and the estimated number of orphans and other vulnerable children who received direct or indirect assistance under the programs and activities.
(2) The results of the monitoring and evaluation system with respect to assistance for orphans and other vulnerable children.
(3) The percentage of assistance provided in support of orphans or other vulnerable children affected by HIV/AIDS.
(4) Any other appropriate information relating to the needs of orphans and other vulnerable children in developing countries that could be addressed through the provision of assistance authorized in section 2152f of this title or under any other provision of law.
(Pub. L. 109–95, §5, Nov. 8, 2005, 119 Stat. 2117.)
Section 4(a), referred to in subsec. (a), is section 4(a) of Pub. L. 109–95, which is set out as a note under section 2152f of this title.
This Act, referred to in subsec. (a), is Pub. L. 109–95, Nov. 8, 2005, 119 Stat. 2111, known as the Assistance for Orphans and Other Vulnerable Children in Developing Countries Act of 2005, which enacted this section and section 2152f of this title and enacted provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 2151 and 2152f of this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title of 2005 Amendment note set out under section 2151 of this title and Tables.
Section was enacted as part of the Assistance for Orphans and Other Vulnerable Children in Developing Countries Act of 2005, and not as part of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 which comprises this chapter.
Pub. L. 109–95, §6, Nov. 8, 2005, 119 Stat. 2118, provided that: “In this Act [see Short Title of 2005 Amendment note set out under section 2151 of this title], the term ‘appropriate congressional committees’ means the Committee on Appropriations and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate and the Committee on Appropriations and the Committee on International Relations [now Committee on Foreign Affairs] of the House of Representatives.”
The purposes of assistance authorized by this section are—
(1) to promote good health, economic development, poverty reduction, women's empowerment, conflict prevention, and environmental sustainability by providing assistance to expand access to safe water and sanitation, promoting integrated water resource management, and improving hygiene for people around the world;
(2) to seek to reduce by one-half from the baseline year 1990 the proportion of people who are unable to reach or afford safe drinking water and the proportion of people without access to basic sanitation by 2015;
(3) to focus water and sanitation assistance toward the countries, locales, and people with the greatest need;
(4) to promote affordability and equity in the provision of access to safe water and sanitation for the very poor, women, and other vulnerable populations;
(5) to improve water efficiency through water demand management and reduction of unaccounted-for water;
(6) to promote long-term sustainability in the affordable and equitable provision of access to safe water and sanitation through the creation of innovative financing mechanisms such as national revolving funds, and by strengthening the capacity of recipient governments and communities to formulate and implement policies that expand access to safe water and sanitation in a sustainable fashion, including integrated planning;
(7) to secure the greatest amount of resources possible, encourage private investment in water and sanitation infrastructure and services, particularly in lower middle-income countries, without creating unsustainable debt for low-income countries or unaffordable water and sanitation costs for the very poor; and
(8) to promote the capacity of recipient governments to provide affordable, equitable, and sustainable access to safe water and sanitation.
To carry out the purposes of subsection (a) of this section, the President is authorized to furnish assistance for programs in developing countries to provide affordable and equitable access to safe water and sanitation.
Assistance provided under subsection (b) of this section shall, to the maximum extent practicable, be used to—
(1) expand affordable and equitable access to safe water and sanitation for underserved populations;
(2) support the design, construction, maintenance, upkeep, repair, and operation of water delivery and sanitation systems;
(3) improve the safety and reliability of water supplies, including environmental management; and
(4) improve the capacity of recipient governments and local communities, including capacity-building programs for improved water resource management.
The President may use payments made in local currencies under an agreement made under title I of the Food for Peace Act (7 U.S.C. 1701 et seq.) to provide assistance under this section.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §135, as added Pub. L. 109–121, §5(a), Dec. 1, 2005, 119 Stat. 2536; amended Pub. L. 110–246, title III, §3001(b)(1)(A), (2)(Q), June 18, 2008, 122 Stat. 1820.)
The Food for Peace Act, referred to in subsec. (d), is act July 10, 1954, ch. 469, 68 Stat. 454. Title I of the Act is classified generally to subchapter II (§1701 et seq.) of chapter 41 of Title 7, Agriculture. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 1691 of Title 7 and Tables.
Another section 135 of Pub. L. 87–195 is classified to section 2152f of this title.
2008—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 110–246 substituted “Food for Peace Act” for “Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance Act of 1954”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 110–246 effective May 22, 2008, see section 4(b) of Pub. L. 110–246, set out as an Effective Date note under section 8701 of Title 7, Agriculture.
Pub. L. 109–121, Dec. 1, 2005, 119 Stat. 2533, provided that:
“This Act may be cited as the ‘Senator Paul Simon Water for the Poor Act of 2005’.
“Congress makes the following findings:
“(1) Water-related diseases are a human tragedy, killing up to five million people annually, preventing millions of people from leading healthy lives, and undermining development efforts.
“(2) A child dies an average of every 15 seconds because of lack of access to safe water and adequate sanitation.
“(3) In the poorest countries in the world, one out of five children dies from a preventable, water-related disease.
“(4) Lack of access to safe drinking water, inadequate sanitation, and poor hygiene practices are directly responsible for the vast majority of diarrheal diseases which kill over two million children each year.
“(5) At any given time, half of all people in the developing world are suffering from one or more of the main diseases associated with inadequate provision of water supply and sanitation services.
“(6) Over 1.1 billion people, one in every six people in the world, lack access to safe drinking water.
“(7) Nearly 2.6 billion people, two in every five people in the world, lack access to basic sanitation services.
“(8) Half of all schools in the world do not have access to safe drinking water and basic sanitation.
“(9) Over the past 20 years, two billion people have gained access to safe drinking water and 600 million people have gained access to basic sanitation services.
“(10) Access to safe water and sanitation and improved hygiene are significant factors in controlling the spread of disease in the developing world and positively affecting worker productivity and economic development.
“(11) Increasing access to safe water and sanitation advances efforts toward other development objectives, such as fighting poverty and hunger, promoting primary education and gender equality, reducing child mortality, promoting environmental stability, improving the lives of slum dwellers, and strengthening national security.
“(12) Providing safe supplies of water and sanitation and hygiene improvements would save millions of lives by reducing the prevalence of water-borne diseases, water-based diseases, water-privation diseases, and water-related vector diseases.
“(13) Because women and girls in developing countries are often the carriers of water, lack of access to safe water and sanitation disproportionately affects women and limits women's opportunities at education, livelihood, and financial independence.
“(14) Between 20 percent and 50 percent of existing water systems in developing countries are not operating or are operating poorly.
“(15) In developing world water delivery systems, an average of 50 percent of all water is lost before it gets to the end-user.
“(16) Every $1 invested in safe water and sanitation would yield an economic return of between $3 and $34, depending on the region.
“(17) Developing sustainable financing mechanisms, such as pooling mechanisms and revolving funds, is necessary for the long-term viability of improved water and sanitation services.
“(18) The annual level of investment needed to meet the water and sanitation needs of developing countries far exceeds the amount of Official Development Assistance (ODA) and spending by governments of developing countries, so facilitating and attracting greater public and private investment is essential.
“(19) Meeting the water and sanitation needs of the lowest-income developing countries will require an increase in the resources available as grants from donor countries.
“(20) The long-term sustainability of improved water and sanitation services can be advanced by promoting community level action and engagement with civil society.
“(21) Target 10 of the United Nations Millennium Development Goals is to reduce by half the proportion of people without sustainable access to safe drinking water by 2015.
“(22) The participants in the 2002 World Summit on Sustainable Development, held in Johannesburg, South Africa, including the United States, agreed to the Plan of Implementation of the World Summit on Sustainable Development which included an agreement to work to reduce by one-half ‘the proportion of people who are unable to reach or afford safe drinking water,’ and ‘the proportion of people without access to basic sanitation’ by 2015.
“(23) At the World Summit on Sustainable Development, the United States announced the Water for the Poor Initiative, committing $970 million for fiscal years 2003 through 2005 to improve sustainable management of fresh water resources and accelerate and expand international efforts to achieve the goal of cutting in half by 2015 the proportion of people who are unable to reach or to afford safe drinking water.
“(24) United Nations General Assembly Resolution 58/217 (February 9, 2004) proclaimed ‘the period from 2005 to 2015 the International Decade for Action, “Water for Life”, to commence on World Water Day, 22 March 2005’ for the purpose of increasing the focus of the international community on water-related issues at all levels and on the implementation of water-related programs and projects.
“(25) Around the world, 263 river basins are shared by two or more countries, and many more basins and watersheds cross political or ethnic boundaries.
“(26) Water scarcity can contribute to insecurity and conflict on subnational, national, and international levels, thus endangering the national security of the United States.
“(27) Opportunities to manage water problems can be leveraged in ways to build confidence, trust, and peace between parties in conflict.
“(28) Cooperative water management can help resolve conflicts caused by other problems and is often a crucial component in resolving such conflicts.
“(29) Cooperative water management can help countries recover from conflict and, by promoting dialogue and cooperation among former parties in conflict, can help prevent the reemergence of conflict.
“It is the policy of the United States—
“(1) to increase the percentage of water and sanitation assistance targeted toward countries designated as high priority countries under section 6(f) of this Act;
“(2) to ensure that water and sanitation assistance reflect an appropriate balance of grants, loans, contracts, investment insurance, loan guarantees, and other assistance to further ensure affordability and equity in the provision of access to safe water and sanitation for the very poor;
“(3) to ensure that the targeting of water and sanitation assistance reflect an appropriate balance between urban, periurban, and rural areas to meet the purposes of assistance described in section 135 of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [this section], as added by section 5(a) of this Act;
“(4) to ensure that forms of water and sanitation assistance provided reflect the level of existing resources and markets for investment in water and sanitation within recipient countries;
“(5) to ensure that water and sanitation assistance, to the extent possible, supports the poverty reduction strategies of recipient countries and, when appropriate, encourages the inclusion of water and sanitation within such poverty reduction strategies;
“(6) to promote country and local ownership of safe water and sanitation programs, to the extent appropriate;
“(7) to promote community-based approaches in the provision of affordable and equitable access to safe water and sanitation, including the involvement of civil society;
“(8) to mobilize and leverage the financial and technical capacity of businesses, governments, nongovernmental organizations, and civil society in the form of public-private alliances;
“(9) to encourage reforms and increase the capacity of foreign governments to formulate and implement policies that expand access to safe water and sanitation in an affordable, equitable, and sustainable manner, including integrated strategic planning; and
“(10) to protect the supply and availability of safe water through sound environmental management, including preventing the destruction and degradation of ecosystems and watersheds.
“It is the sense of Congress that—
“(1) in order to make the most effective use of amounts of Official Development Assistance for water and sanitation and avoid waste and duplication, the United States should seek to establish innovative international coordination mechanisms based on best practices in other development sectors; and
“(2) the United States should greatly increase the amount of Official Development Assistance made available to carry out section 135 of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [this section], as added by section 5(a) of this Act.
“(a)
“(b)
“(a)
“(b)
“(c)
“(d)
“(e)
“(1) an assessment of the activities that have been carried out, or that are planned to be carried out, by all appropriate Federal departments and agencies to improve affordable and equitable access to safe water and sanitation in all countries that receive assistance from the United States;
“(2) specific and measurable goals, benchmarks, and timetables to achieve the objective described in subsection (a);
“(3) an assessment of the level of funding and other assistance for United States water and sanitation programs needed each year to achieve the goals, benchmarks, and timetables described in paragraph (2);
“(4) methods to coordinate and integrate United States water and sanitation assistance programs with other United States development assistance programs to achieve the objective described in subsection (a);
“(5) methods to better coordinate United States water and sanitation assistance programs with programs of other donor countries and entities to achieve the objective described in subsection (a); and
“(6) an assessment of the commitment of governments of countries that receive assistance under section 135 of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, as added by section 5(a) of this Act, to policies or policy reforms that support affordable and equitable access by the people of such countries to safe water and sanitation.
“(f)
“(1) countries in which the need for increased access to safe water and sanitation is greatest; and
“(2) countries in which assistance under such section can be expected to make the greatest difference in promoting good health, economic development, poverty reduction, women's empowerment, conflict prevention, and environmental sustainability.
“(g)
“(1)
“(2)
“(A)
“(B)
“(3)
“(A) the Committee on International Relations [now Committee on Foreign Affairs] and the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives; and
“(B) the Committee on Foreign Relations and the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate.
“The Secretary of State and the Administrator of the United States Agency for International Development shall monitor the implementation of assistance under section 135 of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [this section], as added by section 5(a) of this Act, to ensure that the assistance is reaching its intended targets and meeting the intended purposes of assistance.
“It is the sense of Congress that the Secretary of State should expand current programs and develop new programs, as necessary, to train local water and sanitation managers and other officials of countries that receive assistance under section 135 of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [this section], as added by section 5(a) of this Act.
“It is the sense of the Congress that—
“(1) the United States should further support, as appropriate, water and sanitation activities of United Nations agencies, such as the United Nations Children's Fund (UNICEF), the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP), and the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP); and
“(2) the Secretary of the Treasury should instruct each United States Executive Director at the multilateral development banks (within the meaning of section 1701(c) of the International Financial Institutions Act [22 U.S.C. 262r(c)]) to encourage the inclusion of water and sanitation programs as a critical element of their development assistance.
“(a)
“(b)
“(a)
“(b)
“(c)
Section 2161, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §201, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 426; Pub. L. 87–565, pt. I, §102, Aug. 1, 1962, 76 Stat. 256; Pub. L. 88–205, pt. I, §102(a), Dec. 16, 1963, 77 Stat. 380; Pub. L. 88–633, pt. I, §101, Oct. 7, 1964, 78 Stat. 1009; Pub. L. 89–583, pt. I, §102(a), Sept. 19, 1966, 80 Stat. 796; Pub. L. 90–137, pt. I, §102(a), (b), Nov. 14, 1967, 81 Stat. 447; Pub. L. 90–554, pt. I, §101(a), Oct. 8, 1968, 82 Stat. 960, related to the establishment by the President of the Development Loan Fund. See section 2151(b) of this title.
Section 2162, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §202, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 426; Pub. L. 88–205, pt. I, §102(b), Dec. 16, 1963, 77 Stat. 380; Pub. L. 89–583, pt. I, §102(b), Sept. 19, 1966, 80 Stat. 796; Pub. L. 90–137, pt. I, §102(c), Nov. 14, 1967, 81 Stat. 447; Pub. L. 90–554, pt. I, §101(b), Oct. 8, 1968, 82 Stat. 960; Pub. L. 91–175, pt. I, §101(a), Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 805; Pub. L. 92–226, pt. I, §101(a), Feb. 7, 1972, 86 Stat. 21, related to authorization of appropriations, availability of funds, and encouragement of development through private enterprise.
Repeal effective Oct. 1, 1978, see section 605 of Pub. L. 95–424, set out as an Effective Date of 1978 Amendment note under section 2151 of this title.
Section, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §203, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 427; Pub. L. 91–175, pt. I, §101(b), Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 805; Pub. L. 92–226, pt. I, §101(b), Feb. 7, 1972, 86 Stat. 21; Pub. L. 93–189, §3(a), Dec. 17, 1973, 87 Stat. 717; Pub. L. 93–559, §6, Dec. 30, 1974, 88 Stat. 1796, authorized use of not more than 50 per centum of dollar receipts scheduled to be paid during each of the fiscal years 1974 and 1975 from loans made under this subchapter and predecessor foreign assistance legislation for making loans under part I of this subchapter for each such fiscal year, and disposition of dollar receipts paid on and after July 1, 1975.
Repeal effective July 1, 1975, see section 3(b) of Pub. L. 93–189.
Section, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §204, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 427, related to the establishment, duties and appointment of officers of the Development Loan Committee. The provisions of this section were redesignated as subsec. (e) of section 2151t of this title by section 102(d)(1), (2) of Pub. L. 95–424.
Repeal effective Oct. 1, 1978, see section 605 of Pub. L. 95–424, set out as an Effective Date of 1978 Amendment note under section 2151 of this title.
Section, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §205, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 427; Pub. L. 89–171, pt. I, §102(a), Sept. 6, 1965, 79 Stat. 653; Pub. L. 89–583, pt. I, §102(c), Sept. 19, 1966, 80 Stat. 797; Pub. L. 90–137, pt. I, §102(d), Nov. 14, 1967, 81 Stat. 447, provided for use of international lending organizations.
The President is requested to seek and to take appropriate action, in cooperation and consultation with African and other interested nations and with international development organizations, to further and assist in the advancement of African regional development institutions, including the African Development Bank, with the view toward promoting African economic development.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §206, as added Pub. L. 89–171, pt. I, §102(b), Sept. 6, 1965, 79 Stat. 653.)
For delegation of functions of President under this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 F.R. 56673, as amended, set out as a note under section 2381 of this title.
Pub. L. 93–559, §49, Dec. 30, 1974, 88 Stat. 1816, which related to Presidential review and report on African assistance policy, was repealed by Pub. L. 97–113, title VII, §734(a)(8), Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1560.
Pub. L. 93–559, §50, Dec. 30, 1974, 88 Stat. 1816, as amended by Pub. L. 97–113, title VII, §734(a)(8), Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1560, provided that:
“(a)(1) Congress finds that the Government of Portugal's recognition of the right to independence of the African territories of Angola, Mozambique, and Guinea-Bissau marks a significant advance toward the goal of self-determination for all the peoples of Africa, without which peace on the continent is not secure.
“(2) Congress finds that progress toward independence for the Portuguese African territories will have a significant impact on the international organizations and the community of nations.
“(3) Congress commends the Portuguese Government's initiatives on these fronts as evidence of a reaffirmation of that Government's support for her obligations under both the United Nations Charter and the North Atlantic Treaty Organization.
“(b) Therefore, Congress calls upon the President and the Secretary of State to take the following actions designed to make clear United States support for a peaceful and orderly transition to independence in the Portuguese African territories:
“(1) An official statement should be issued of United States support for the independence of Angola, Mozambique and Guinea-Bissau, and of our desire to have good relations with the future governments of the countries.
“(2) It should be made clear to the Government of of Portugal that we view the efforts toward a peaceful and just settlement of the conflict in the African territories as consistent with Portugal's obligations under the North Atlantic Treaty Organization partnership.
“(3) The United States should encourage United Nations support for a peaceful transition to independence, negotiated settlement of all differences, and the protection of human rights of all citizens of the three territories.
“(4) The United States should open a dialog with potential leaders of Angola, Mozambique, and Guinea-Bissau and assure them of our commitment to their genuine political and economic independence.
“(5) The economic development needs of the three territories will be immense when independence is achieved. Therefore, it is urged that the United States Agency for International Development devote attention to assessing the economic situation in Angola, Mozambique, and Guinea-Bissau and be ready to cooperate with the future governments in providing the kind of assistance that will help make their independence viable. In addition, the United States Government should take the initiative among other donors, both bilateral and multilateral, in seeking significant contribution of development assistance for the three territories.
“(6) In light of the need of Angola, Mozambique, and Guinea-Bissau for skilled and educated manpower, a priority consideration should be given to expanding current United States programs of educational assistance to the territories as a timely and substantive contribution to their independence.
“(c) [Repealed. Pub. L. 97–113, title VII, §734(a)(8), Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1560.]”
Ex. Ord. No. 12599, June 23, 1987, 52 F.R. 23779, which established the Coordinating Committee for Sub-Saharan Africa and assigned its functions in order to establish procedures for development of a common long-term goal for all United States economic programs and policies in Sub-Saharan Africa, was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 13118, §10(3), Mar. 31, 1999, 64 F.R. 16598.
Section 2167, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §207, as added Pub. L. 90–137, pt. I, §102(e), Nov. 14, 1967, 81 Stat. 448, related to placement of emphasis on democratic institutions, agriculture, education, public health and other needs, in the furnishing of development assistance.
Section 2168, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §208, as added Pub. L. 90–137, pt. I, §102(e), Nov. 14, 1967, 81 Stat. 448, related to the taking into account, in determining to what extent United States should furnish assistance, of country's own efforts to aid itself.
Repeal effective Oct. 1, 1978, see section 605 of Pub. L. 95–424, set out as an Effective Date of 1978 Amendment note under section 2151 of this title.
The Congress recognizes that the planning and administration of development assistance by, or under the sponsorship of the United Nations, multilateral lending institutions, and other multilateral organizations may contribute to the efficiency and effectiveness of that assistance through participation of other donors in the development effort, improved coordination of policies and programs, pooling of knowledge, avoidance of duplication of facilities and manpower, and greater encouragement of self-help performance.
It is further the sense of the Congress (1) that where problems or opportunities are common to two or more countries in a region, in such fields as agriculture, education, transportation, communications, power, watershed development, disease control, and establishment of development banks, these countries often can more effectively resolve such problems and exploit such opportunities by joining together in regional organizations or working together on regional programs, (2) that assistance often can be utilized more efficiently in regional programs than in separate country programs, and (3) that to the maximum extent practicable consistent with the purposes of this chapter assistance under this chapter should be furnished so as to encourage less developed countries to cooperate with each other in regional development programs.
It is the sense of the Congress that the President should increase, to the extent practicable, the funds provided by the United States to multilateral lending institutions and multilateral organizations in which the United States participates for use by such institutions and organizations in making loans to foreign countries.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §209, as added Pub. L. 90–137, pt. I, §102(e), Nov. 14, 1967, 81 Stat. 449; amended Pub. L. 92–226, pt. I, §101(c), Feb. 7, 1972, 86 Stat. 21; Pub. L. 94–161, title III, §311(1), Dec. 20, 1975, 89 Stat. 860; Pub. L. 106–429, §101(a) [title VIII, §804], Nov. 6, 2000, 114 Stat. 1900, 1900A–67.)
This chapter, referred to in subsec. (b), was in the original “this Act”, meaning Pub. L. 87–195, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 424, as amended, known as the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title note set out under section 2151 of this title and Tables.
2000—Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 106–429 struck out subsec. (d) which read as follows: “In furtherance of the provisions of subsection (a) of this section, any funds appropriated under subchapter I of this chapter may be transferred by the President to the International Development Association, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Finance Corporation, the Asian Development Bank or other multilateral lending institutions and multilateral organizations in which the United States participates for the purpose of providing funds to enable any such institution or organization to make loans to foreign countries.”
1975—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 94–161 substituted provision for increase of Federal funds to multilateral lending institutions and multilateral organizations for making loans to foreign countries for prior provision for reduction of loans under the bilateral lending programs to attain a total amount not to exceed $100,000,000 not later than June 30, 1975.
1972—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 92–226, §101(c)(1), in amending subsec. (a) generally, provided for United Nations sponsorship of development assistance and substituted “may contribute” for “may, in some instances, contribute”.
Subsecs. (c), (d). Pub. L. 92–226, §101(c)(2), added subsecs. (c) and (d).
For delegation of functions of President under this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 F.R. 56673, as amended, set out as a note under section 2381 of this title.
Pub. L. 95–481, title VI, §610, Oct. 18, 1978, 92 Stat. 1602, provided that: “The President shall initiate wide international consultations beginning with the member nations of the Organization of Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD), designed to develop a viable standard governing the allocation of development assistance for the production and export of commodities. Such consultations shall relate to commodities which are in surplus in the world market and if produced for export would cause substantial harm to producers of the same, similar or competing products. Not later than one year after the enactment of this Act [Oct. 18, 1978] the President shall report to the President of the Senate, the Speaker of the House of Representatives, and the Chairmen of the House and Senate Appropriations Committees on the progress made in carrying out this section.”
Pub. L. 93–559, §55(a), Dec. 30, 1974, 88 Stat. 1819, provided that: “The United Nations has designated thirty-two countries as ‘Most Seriously Affected’ by the current economic crisis. These are countries without the internal food production capability or the foreign exchange availability to secure food to meet their immediate food requirements. The Congress calls upon the President and Secretary of State to take the following actions designed to mobilize appropriate resources to meet the food emergency:
“(1) Review and make appropriate adjustments in the level of programming of our food and fertilizer assistance programs with the aim of increasing to the maximum extent feasible the volume of food and fertilizer available to those countries most seriously affected by current food shortages.
“(2) Call upon all traditional and potential new donors of food, fertilizer, or the means of financing these commodities to immediately increase their participation in efforts to address the emergency food needs of the developing world.
“(3) Make available to these most seriously affected countries the maximum feasible volume of food commodities, with appropriate regard to the current domestic price and supply situations.
“(4) Maintain regular and full consultation with the appropriate committees of the Congress and report to the Congress and the Nation on steps which are being taken to help meet this food emergency. In accordance with this provision, the President shall report to the Congress on a global assessment of food needs for fiscal year 1975, specifying expected food grain deficits and currently planned programming of food assistance, and steps which are being taken to encourage other countries to increase their participation in food assistance or the financing of food assistance. Such report should reach the Congress promptly and should be supplemented quarterly for the remainder of fiscal year 1975.
“(5) The Congress directs that during the fiscal year ending June 30, 1975, not more than 30 percent of concessional food aid should be allocated to countries other than those which are most seriously affected by current food shortages, unless the President demonstrates to the appropriate Committees of the Congress that the use of such food assistance is solely for humanitarian food purposes.
“(6) The Congress calls upon the President to proceed with the implementation of resolutions and recommendations adopted by the World Food Conference. The Congress believes that it is incumbent upon the United States to take a leading role in assisting in the development of a viable and coherent world food policy which would begin the task of alleviating widespread hunger and suffering prevalent in famine-stricken nations. The President shall report to the Congress within 120 days of enactment of this Act [Dec. 30, 1974] on the implementation of the resolutions and the extent to which the United States is participating in the implementation of resolutions adopted at the World Food Conference.”
Section 2171, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §211, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 427; Pub. L. 87–565, pt. I, §103(a), Aug. 1, 1962, 76 Stat. 256; Pub. L. 89–583, pt. I, §103(a), Sept. 19, 1966, 80 Stat. 797; Pub. L. 90–554, pt. I, §102(a), Oct. 8, 1968, 82 Stat. 960; Pub. L. 93–189, §4(1), Dec. 17, 1973, 87 Stat. 717, related to general authority of President to furnish assistance and considerations to be taken into account.
Section 2172, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §212, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 428; Pub. L. 87–565, pt. I, §103(b), Aug. 1, 1962, 76 Stat. 256; Pub. L. 88–205, pt. I, §103(a), Dec. 16, 1963, 77 Stat. 381; Pub. L. 88–633, pt. I, §102(b), Oct. 7, 1964, 78 Stat. 1009; Pub. L. 89–171, pt. I, §103(a), Sept. 6, 1965, 79 Stat. 654; Pub. L. 89–583, pt. I, §103(b), Sept. 19, 1966, 80 Stat. 797; Pub. L. 90–137, pt. I, §103(b), Nov. 14, 1967, 81 Stat. 449; Pub. L. 90–554, pt. I, §102(b), Oct. 8, 1968, 82 Stat. 960; Pub. L. 91–175, pt. I, §102, Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 805; Pub. L. 92–226, pt. I, §102(a), Feb. 7, 1972, 86 Stat. 22, related to authorization of appropriations.
Repeal effective Oct. 1, 1978, see section 605 of Pub. L. 95–424, set out as an Effective Date of 1978 Amendment note under section 2151 of this title.
Section, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §213, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 428, related to peaceful use of atomic energy outside United States. See section 2171 of this title.
The President is authorized to furnish assistance, on such terms and conditions as he may specify, to schools and libraries outside the United States founded or sponsored by United States citizens and serving as study and demonstration centers for ideas and practices of the United States.
The President is authorized, notwithstanding the provisions of the Mutual Defense Assistance Control Act of 1951 [22 U.S.C. 1611 et seq.], to furnish assistance, on such terms and conditions as he may specify, to institutions referred to in subsection (a) of this section, and to hospital centers for medical education and research outside the United States, founded or sponsored by United States citizens.
(1) To carry out the purposes of this section, there are authorized to be appropriated to the President $35,000,000 for fiscal year 1986 and $35,000,000 for fiscal year 1987.
(2) Amounts appropriated under paragraph (1) are authorized to remain available until expended.
Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (b) of this section, funds appropriated under this section may be used for assistance to centers for pediatric plastic and reconstructive surgery established by Children's Medical Relief International, except that assistance may not be furnished for the domestic operations of any such center located in the United States, its territories or possessions.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §214, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 428; Pub. L. 88–205, pt. I, §103(b), Dec. 16, 1963, 77 Stat. 381; Pub. L. 88–633, pt. I, §102(c), Oct. 7, 1964, 78 Stat. 1009; Pub. L. 89–171, pt. I, §103(b), Sept. 6, 1965, 79 Stat. 654; Pub. L. 89–583, pt. I, §103(c), Sept. 19, 1966, 80 Stat. 798; Pub. L. 90–137, pt. I, §103(c), Nov. 14, 1967, 81 Stat. 450; Pub. L. 90–554, pt. I, §102(c), Oct. 8, 1968, 82 Stat. 960; Pub. L. 91–175, pt. I, §103, Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 805; Pub. L. 92–226, pt. I, §102(b), Feb. 7, 1972, 86 Stat. 22; Pub. L. 93–189, §4(2), Dec. 17, 1973, 87 Stat. 717; Pub. L. 94–161, title III, §311(2), Dec. 20, 1975, 89 Stat. 861; Pub. L. 95–88, title I, §116(a), Aug. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 539; Pub. L. 95–424, title I, §114, Oct. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 950; Pub. L. 96–53, title I, §111, Aug. 14, 1979, 93 Stat. 363; Pub. L. 96–533, title IV, §401, Dec. 16, 1980, 94 Stat. 3149; Pub. L. 97–113, title V, §501, Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1538; Pub. L. 99–83, title IV, §401, Aug. 8, 1985, 99 Stat. 217.)
The Mutual Defense Assistance Control Act of 1951, referred to in subsec. (b), is act Oct. 26, 1951, ch. 575, 65 Stat. 644, as amended, which was classified generally to chapter 20A (§1611 et seq.) of this title prior to its supersedure by section 2416(e) of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Tables.
1985—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 99–83 amended subsec. (c) generally, designating existing provisions as pars. (1) and (2) and substituting provisions authorizing appropriations of $35,000,000 for fiscal years 1986 and 1987 for provisions authorizing appropriations of $20,000,000 for fiscal years 1982 and 1983.
1981—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 97–113 substituted appropriations of $20,000,000 for fiscal years 1982 and 1983, for appropriation of $30,000,000 for fiscal year 1981.
1980—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 96–533 substituted appropriations authorization of $30,000,000 for the fiscal year 1981 for such authorization of $25,000,000 for the fiscal year 1980.
1979—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 96–53 extended authorization of appropriations from fiscal year 1979 to fiscal year 1980.
1978—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 95–424 substituted “$25,000,000 for the fiscal year 1979, which amount is” for “for the fiscal year 1977, $25,000,000, and for the fiscal year 1978, $25,000,000, which amounts are”.
Subsecs. (d) to (f). Pub. L. 95–424 struck out subsec. (d) relating to authorization of appropriations, and subsec. (e) relating to submission of recommendations to Congress by the Secretary of State concerning assistance, and redesignated former subsec. (f) as (d).
1977—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 95–88, §116(a)(1), struck out provisions authorizing appropriations of $19,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 1974 and 1975 and $25,000,000 for fiscal year 1976 and inserted provisions authorizing an appropriation of $25,000,000 for fiscal year 1978.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 95–88, §116(a)(2), struck out provisions authorizing appropriations of $6,500,000 for each of the fiscal years 1974 and 1975 and an appropriation of $7,000,000 for fiscal year 1976 and inserted provisions authorizing an appropriation of $7,000,000 for fiscal year 1978.
Subsec. (f). Pub. L. 95–88, §116(b), added subsec. (f).
1975—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 94–161, §311(2)(A), authorized appropriation of $25,000,000 for fiscal years 1976 and 1977.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 94–161, §311(2)(B), authorized additional appropriation of $7,000,000 for fiscal years 1976 and 1977.
1973—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 93–189 substituted provisions authorizing appropriations for the fiscal years 1974 and 1975, for provisions authorizing appropriations for the fiscal years 1972 and 1973 and directing that any amounts appropriated for the fiscal year 1970 be available for expenditure solely in accordance with the allocations set forth on pages 25 and 26 of House Report No. 91–611 and on page 23 of Senate Report No. 91–603.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 93–189 substituted provisions authorizing the appropriation in fiscal years 1974 and 1975 of $6,500,000 in foreign currencies which the Secretary of the Treasury determines to be in excess to the normal requirements of the United States, for provisions authorizing the appropriation for the purposes of subsec. (b) of this section, in addition to funds otherwise available for such purposes, for the fiscal year 1970, of $3,000,000 in foreign currencies which the Secretary of the Treasury determines to be in excess of the normal requirement of the United States and directing that foreign currencies thus appropriated be available for expenditure solely in accordance with the allocation set forth on page 23 of Senate Report No. 91–603.
Subsec. (e). Pub. L. 93–189 added subsec. (e).
1972—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 92–226 authorized appropriations of $30,000,000 for fiscal years 1972 and 1973, and struck out provision for authorization of $25,900,000 for fiscal year 1970, and $12,900,000 for fiscal year 1971.
1969—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 91–175, §103(1), substituted authorization of $25,900,000 for the fiscal year 1970 and $12,900,000 for the fiscal year 1971, for sum of $14,600,000 for the fiscal year 1969, and inserted provision making amounts appropriated under this subsection for the fiscal year 1970 available for expenditure solely in accordance with the allocations set forth on pages 25 and 26 of House Report No. 91–611 and on page 23 of Senate Report No. 91–603.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 91–175, §103(2), (3), substituted authorization of $3,000,000 for fiscal year 1970, for sum of $5,100,000 for fiscal year 1969, and inserted provision making foreign currencies appropriated under this subsection available for expenditure solely in accordance with the allocation set forth on page 23 of Senate Report No. 91–603.
1968—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 90–554, §102(c)(1), substituted authorization of $14,600,000 for fiscal year 1969, for sum of $14,000,000 for fiscal year 1968.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 90–554, §102(c)(2), substituted authorization of $5,100,000 for fiscal year 1969, for sum of $2,986,000 for fiscal year 1968.
1967—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 90–137, §103(c)(1), substituted authorization of $14,000,000 for fiscal year 1968 for sum of $10,989,000 for fiscal year 1967.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 90–137, §103(c)(2), substituted authorization of $2,986,000 for fiscal year 1968 for sum of $1,000,000 for fiscal year 1967.
1966—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 89–583, §103(c)(1), substituted “to institutions referred to in subsection (a) of this section, and to hospital centers for medical education and research outside the United States, founded or sponsored by United States citizens” for “to hospitals outside the United States founded or sponsored by United States citizens and serving as centers for medical education and research”.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 89–583, §103(c)(2), substituted authorization of $10,989,000 for fiscal year 1967 for sum of $7,000,000 for fiscal year 1966.
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 89–583, §103(c)(3), added subsec. (d).
1965—Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 89–171, §103(b)(1), substituted “medical education and research” for “medical treatment, education, and research”.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 89–171, §103(b)(2), substituted “1966, $7,000,000” for “1965, $18,000,000”.
1964—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 88–633 substituted “1965, $18,000,000” for “1964, $19,000,000” and struck out “Of the sums authorized to be appropriated under this subsection, not to exceed $2,200,000 shall be available for direct dollar costs in carrying out subsection (b) of this section and $4,700,000 shall be available solely for the purchase of foreign currencies accruing to the United States Government under any Act.”
1963—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 88–205, §103(b)(1), substituted “furnish” for “use, in addition to other funds available for such purposes, funds made available for the purpose of section 2171 of this title for”.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 88–205, §103(b)(2), substituted “to furnish” for “foreign currencies accruing to the United States Government under any Act, for purposes of subsection (a) of this section and for”, and struck out “to use” before “notwithstanding”.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 88–205, §103(b)(3), added subsec. (c).
Amendment by Pub. L. 99–83 effective Oct. 1, 1985, see section 1301 of Pub. L. 99–83, set out as a note under section 2151–1 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–53 effective Oct. 1, 1979, see section 512(a) of Pub. L. 96–53, set out as a note under section 2151 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 95–424 effective Oct. 1, 1978, see section 605 of Pub. L. 95–424, set out as a note under section 2151 of this title.
Section 116(b) of Pub. L. 95–88 provided that: “The amendment made by subsection (a)(3) [amending this section] shall not apply to funds appropriated before the date of enactment of this Act [Aug. 3, 1977].”
For delegation of functions of President under this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 F.R. 56673, as amended, set out as a note under section 2381 of this title.
Section, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §215, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 428, related to loans to small farmers.
Repeal effective Oct. 1, 1978, see section 605 of Pub. L. 95–424, set out as an Effective Date of 1978 Amendment note under section 2151 of this title.
Section, Pub. L. 93–559, §3, Dec. 30, 1974, 88 Stat. 1795, imposed a ceiling on aid to South Vietnam for procurement of fertilizers. See section 2370(f) of this title.
Section 2176, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §216, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 429; Pub. L. 88–633, pt. I, §102(d), Oct. 7, 1964, 78 Stat. 1009, related to payment by the United States of transportation charges of the American Red Cross and United States voluntary nonprofit relief agencies.
Section 2177, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §217, as added Pub. L. 88–633, pt. I, §102(e), Oct. 7, 1964, 78 Stat. 1009, related to a determination of the feasibility of establishing programs for the furnishing to less developed countries of used tools, machinery, etc., to be donated by private enterprise.
Section 2178, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §218, as added Pub. L. 90–137, pt. I, §103(a), Nov. 14, 1967, 81 Stat. 450, related to the demonstration of the use of fish and other protein concentrates as a means of reducing nutritional deficiencies in less developed countries.
Repeal effective Oct. 1, 1978, see section 605 of Pub. L. 95–424, set out as an Effective Date of 1978 Amendment note under section 2151 of this title.
In furtherance of the purposes of subchapter I of this chapter and for the purpose of improving existing, and developing and advancing new, technology and experience in the design, construction, and operation of large-scale desalting plants of advanced concepts which will contribute materially to low-cost desalination in all countries, including the United States, the President, if he determines it to be feasible, is authorized to participate in the development of a large-scale water treatment and desalting prototype plant and necessary appurtenances to be constructed in Israel as an integral part of a dual-purpose power generating and desalting project. Such participation shall include financial, technical, and such other assistance as the President deems appropriate to provide for the study, design, construction, and, for a limited demonstration period of not to exceed five years, operation and maintenance of the water treatment and desalting facilities of the dual-purpose project.
Any agreement entered into under subsection (a) of this section shall include such terms and conditions as the President deems appropriate to insure, among other things, that all information, products, uses, processes, patents, and other developments obtained or utilized in the development of this prototype plant will be available without further cost to the United States for the use and benefit of the United States throughout the world, and to insure that the United States, its officers, and employees have a permanent right to review data and have access to such plant for the purpose of observing its operations and improving science and technology in the field of desalination.
In carrying out the provisions of this section, the President may enter into contracts with public or private agencies and with any person without regard to section 3324(a) and (b) of title 31 and section 6101 of title 41.
Nothing in this section shall be construed as intending to deprive the owner of any background patent or any right which such owner may have under that patent.
In carrying out the provisions of this section, the President may utilize the personnel, services, and facilities of any Federal agency.
The United States costs, other than its administrative costs, for the study, design, construction, and operation of a prototype plant under this section shall not exceed either 50 per centum of the total capital costs of the facilities associated with the production of water, and 50 per centum of the operation and maintenance costs for the demonstration period, or $20,000,000, whichever is less. There are authorized to be appropriated, subject to the limitations of this subsection, such sums as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this section, including administrative costs thereof. Such sums are authorized to remain available until expended.
No funds appropriated for the Office of Water Research and Technology pursuant to the appropriation authorized by the Act of July 11, 1969 (83 Stat. 45, Public Law 91–43), or prior authorization Acts, shall be used to carry out the purposes of this section.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §219, as added Pub. L. 91–175, pt. I, §104, Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 806.)
Act of July 11, 1969, referred to in subsec. (g), is Pub. L. 91–43, July 11, 1969, 83 Stat. 45, which is not classified to the Code.
References to subchapter I of this chapter are deemed to include parts IV (§2346 et seq.), VI (§2348 et seq.), and VIII (§2349aa et seq.) of subchapter II of this chapter, and references to subchapter II are deemed to exclude such parts. See section 202(b) of Pub. L. 92–226, set out as a note under section 2346 of this title, and sections 2348c and 2349aa–5 of this title.
In subsec. (c), “section 3324(a) and (b) of title 31 and section 6101 of title 41” substituted for “sections 3648 and 3709 of the Revised Statutes of the United States (31 U.S.C. 529 and 41 U.S.C. 5)” on authority of Pub. L. 97–258, §4(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1067, which Act enacted Title 31, Money and Finance, and Pub. L. 111–350, §6(c), Jan. 4, 2011, 124 Stat. 3854, which Act enacted Title 41, Public Contracts.
Office of Water Research and Technology formed through merger of Office of Saline Water and Office of Water Resources Research by order of Secretary of the Interior, Ord. No. 2966, July 26, 1974.
For delegation of functions of President under this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 F.R. 56673, as amended, set out as a note under section 2381 of this title.
Section 2180, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §220, as added Pub. L. 91–175, pt. I, §104, Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 807, related to programs for peaceful communications using television, etc., for educational, health, etc., purposes.
Section 2180a, Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §220A, as added Pub. L. 92–226, pt. I, §102(c), Feb. 7, 1972, 86 Stat. 22, related to assistance in the reopening of the Suez Canal.
Repeal effective Oct. 1, 1978, see section 605 of Pub. L. 95–424, set out as an Effective Date of 1978 Amendment note under section 2151 of this title.
The Congress recognizes that shelter, including essential urban development services, is among the most fundamental of human needs. Shelter for most people in the developing countries consists largely of domestic materials assembled by local labor. While recognizing that most financing for such shelter must come from domestic resources, the Congress finds that carefully designed programs involving United States capital and expertise can increase the availability of domestic financing for improved shelter and related services for low-income people by demonstrating to local entrepreneurs and institutions that providing low-cost shelter can be financially viable. The Congress reaffirms, therefore, that the United States should continue to assist developing countries in marshalling resources for low-cost shelter. Particular attention should be given to programs which will support pilot projects for low-cost shelter or which will have a maximum demonstration impact on local institutions and national policy. The Congress declares that the long run goal of all such programs should be to develop domestic construction capabilities and to stimulate local credit institutions to make available domestic capital and other management and technological resources required for effective low-cost shelter programs and policies.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §221, as added Pub. L. 91–175, pt. I, §105, Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 807; amended Pub. L. 92–226, pt. I, §103(a), Feb. 7, 1972, 86 Stat. 22; Pub. L. 93–189, §5(1), Dec. 17, 1973, 87 Stat. 717; Pub. L. 93–559, §7(1), Dec. 30, 1974, 88 Stat. 1796; Pub. L. 94–161, title III, §311(3), Dec. 20, 1975, 89 Stat. 861; Pub. L. 95–88, title I, §117(a)(1), Aug. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 540; Pub. L. 95–424, title I, §115(a), Oct. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 950; Pub. L. 98–473, title I, §101(1) [title V, §541(a)], Oct. 12, 1984, 98 Stat. 1884, 1903.)
Amendment by Pub. L. 98–473 is based on section 311(a) of H.R. 5119, Ninety-eighth Congress, as passed by the House of Representatives May 10, 1984, which was enacted into permanent law by Pub. L. 98–473.
A prior section 221 of Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 429, as amended by Pub. L. 87–565, pt. I, §104(a), Aug. 1, 1962, 76 Stat. 256; Pub. L. 88–205, pt. I, §104(a), Dec. 16, 1963, 77 Stat. 381; Pub. L. 88–633, pt. I, §103(a), Oct. 7, 1964, 78 Stat. 1009; Pub. L. 89–171, pt. I, §104(a), (b), Sept. 6, 1965, 79 Stat. 654; Pub. L. 89–583, pt. I, §104(a), Sept. 19, 1966, 80 Stat. 798; Pub. L. 90–137, pt. I, §104(a), Nov. 14, 1967, 81 Stat. 450; Pub. L. 90–554, pt. I, §103, Oct. 8, 1968, 82 Stat. 960, related to general authority for foreign investment guaranties by the President, prior to the general reorganization of this subpart by Pub. L. 91–175, pt. I, §105, Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 807.
1984—Pub. L. 98–473 substituted “, including essential urban development services, is” for “requirements are” after “The Congress recognizes that shelter” and, in the remainder of the section substituted “shelter” for “housing” wherever appearing.
1978—Pub. L. 95–424 generally revised the statement of policy to clarify that in developing countries, financing, materials and labor for most housing must be obtained from local sources, while United States capital and technical expertise can increase the availability of housing and related services for low-income people by demonstrating financial viability of credit systems for low-cost housing.
1977—Pub. L. 95–88 struck out provisions that the total face amount of guaranties issued under this section outstanding at any one time not exceed $430,000,000 and added section 2182(c) of this title to the enumeration of sections setting out the conditions under which guaranties shall be issued.
1975—Pub. L. 94–161 substituted “$430,000,000” for “$355,000,000”.
1974—Pub. L. 93–559 substituted “$355,000,000” for “$305,000,000”.
1973—Pub. L. 93–189 substituted “$305,000,000” for “$205,000,000”.
1972—Pub. L. 92–226 substituted “$205,000,000” for “$130,000,000”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 95–424 effective Oct. 1, 1978, see section 605 of Pub. L. 95–424, set out as a note under section 2151 of this title.
Pub. L. 90–249, title I, §120, Jan. 2, 1968, 81 Stat. 941, provided that: “Hereafter, none of the funds obtained or authorized to be obtained from the sale of notes under authority of paragraph 111(c)(2) of the Economic Cooperation Act of 1948 [section 1509(c)(2) of this title] or paragraph 413(b)(4)(F) of the Mutual Security Act of 1954 [section 1933(b)(4)(F) of this title] may be used for the purposes of discharging liabilities under any guaranties (exclusive of informational media guaranties) issued under sections 221(b) and 224 of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [subsec. (b) of this section and section 2184 of this title], sections 202(b) and 413(b)(4) of the Mutual Security Act of 1954 [sections 1872(b) and 1933(b)(4) of this title] and section 111(b)(3) of the Economic Cooperation Act of 1948 [section 1509(b)(3) of this title]. Any portion of the funds in the reserve established pursuant to section 222(e) of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 [section 2182(e) of this title] which are attributable to the funds realized from the sale of notes specified in the preceding sentence shall be transferred to the general fund of the Treasury. The Secretary of the Treasury shall cancel all such notes and sums owing and unpaid thereon, including interest to date of cancellation.”
To carry out the policy of section 2181 of this title, the President is authorized to issue guaranties to eligible investors (as defined in section 2198(c) of this title) assuring against losses incurred in connection with loans made for projects meeting the criteria set forth in section 2181 of this title. The total principal amount of guaranties issued under this subpart or heretofore issued under prior housing guaranty authorities, which are outstanding at any one time, shall not exceed $2,558,000,000. The authority of this section shall continue through September 30, 1992. The President may issue regulations from time to time with regard to the terms and conditions upon which such guaranties shall be issued and the eligibility of lenders.
Activities carried out under this section shall emphasize—
(1) projects which provide improved home sites to poor families on which to build shelter, and related services;
(2) projects comprised of expandable core shelter units on serviced sites;
(3) slum upgrading projects designed to conserve and improve existing shelter;
(4) shelter projects for low-income people designed for demonstration or institution building purposes; and
(5) community facilities and services in support of projects authorized under this section to improve the shelter occupied by the poor.
In issuing guaranties under this section with respect to projects in a country which require the use or conservation of energy, the President shall give consideration to the use of solar energy technologies, where such technologies are economically and technically feasible. Technologies which may be used include solar hot water systems, solar heating and cooling, passive solar heating, biomass conversion, photovoltaic and wind applications, and community-scale solar thermal applications.
The total principal amount of guaranties issued under this section for each of the fiscal years 1986 and 1987 shall be comparable to the total principal amount of such guaranties issued for fiscal year 1984, subject to the dollar limitations on the issuance of guaranties under this section which are contained in subsection (a) of this section and in appropriation Acts.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §222, as added Pub. L. 91–175, pt. I, §105, Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 807; amended Pub. L. 94–161, title III, §311(4), Dec. 20, 1975, 89 Stat. 861; Pub. L. 95–88, title I, §117(a)(2), Aug. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 540; Pub. L. 95–424, title I, §115(a), Oct. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 950; Pub. L. 96–53, title I, §112(a), Aug. 14, 1979, 93 Stat. 363; Pub. L. 97–113, title III, §310(a), Dec. 29, 1981, 95 Stat. 1535; Pub. L. 98–473, title I, §101(1) [title V, §541(a)], Oct. 12, 1984, 98 Stat. 1884, 1903; Pub. L. 99–83, title III, §313(a)–(c), Aug. 8, 1985, 99 Stat. 216, 217; Pub. L. 100–202, §101(e) [title II, §201], Dec. 22, 1987, 101 Stat. 1329–131, 1329–142; Pub. L. 101–167, title II, Nov. 21, 1989, 103 Stat. 1205; Pub. L. 101–302, title II, May 25, 1990, 104 Stat. 224; Pub. L. 101–513, title II, Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 1989.)
Amendment by Pub. L. 98–473 is based on section 311(b) of H.R. 5119, Ninety-eighth Congress, as passed by the House of Representatives May 10, 1984, which was enacted into permanent law by Pub. L. 98–473.
A prior section 222 of Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, Sept. 4, 1961, 75 Stat. 430, as amended by Pub. L. 87–565, pt. I, §104(b), Aug. 1, 1962, 76 Stat. 257; Pub. L. 88–205, pt. I, §104(b)–(f), Dec. 16, 1963, 77 Stat. 381, 382; Pub. L. 89–171, pt. I, §104(c), Sept. 6, 1965, 79 Stat. 654; Pub. L. 89–583, pt. I, §104(b), Sept. 19, 1966, 80 Stat. 798; Pub. L. 90–137, pt. I, §104(b), Nov. 14, 1967, 81 Stat. 451, contained general provisions concerning foreign investment guaranties, prior to the general reorganization of this subpart by Pub. L. 91–175, pt. I, §105, Dec. 30, 1969, 83 Stat. 807.
1990—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 101–513 substituted “1992” for “1991”.
Pub. L. 101–302 substituted “$2,558,000,000” for “$2,158,000,000”.
1989—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 101–167 substituted “1991” for “1990”.
1987—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 100–202 substituted “1990” for “1988”.
1985—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 99–83, §313(a), (b), substituted “$2,158,000,000” for “$1,958,000,000” and “1988” for “1986”.
Subsec. (k). Pub. L. 99–83, §313(c), added subsec. (k).
1984—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 98–473 substituted “$1,958,000,000” for “$1,718,000,000” and “1986” for “1984”.
1981—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 97–113 increased limitation on total principal amount of outstanding guarantees to $1,718,000,000 from $1,555,000,000 and extended termination date for exercise of guarantee authority to Sept. 30, 1984, from Sept. 30, 1982.
1979—Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 96–53 substituted “$1,555,000,000” for “$1,180,000,000”, and “through September 30, 1982” for “until September 30, 1980”.
1978—Pub. L. 95–424 amended section generally to provide a new consolidated section which provides a single authorization for the worldwide housing guarantee program, a new list of the types of programs to be emphasized, increased the worldwide authorization to $1,180,000,000, and encourages officials and governments in developing countries to consider the use of solar energy in housing projects.
1977—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 95–88 inserted “or under section 2181 of this title” after “Latin American housing guaranty authority repealed by the Foreign Assistance Act of 1969” and substituted “$1,030,000,000” for “$600,000,000”.
1975—Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 94–161 substituted “$600,000,000” for “$550,000,000”.
Amendment by Pub. L. 99–83 effective Oct. 1, 1985, see section 1301 of Pub. L. 99–83, set out as a note under section 2151–1 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 96–53 effective Oct. 1, 1979, see section 512(a) of Pub. L. 96–53, set out as a note under section 2151 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 95–424 effective Oct. 1, 1978, see section 605 of Pub. L. 95–424, set out as a note under section 2151 of this title.
For delegation of functions of President under this section, see Ex. Ord. No. 12163, Sept. 29, 1979, 44 F.R. 56673, as amended, set out as a note under section 2381 of this title.
1 So in original. No subsecs. (d) to (j) have been enacted.
It is the sense of the Congress that in order to stimulate the participation of the private sector in the economic development of less-developed countries, the authority conferred by this section should be used to establish pilot programs to encourage private banks, credit institutions, similar private lending organizations, cooperatives, and private nonprofit development organizations to make loans on reasonable terms to organized groups and individuals residing in a community for the purpose of enabling such groups and individuals to carry out agricultural credit and self-help community development projects for which they are unable to obtain financial assistance on reasonable terms. Agricultural credit and assistance for self-help community development projects should include, but not be limited to, material and such projects as wells, pumps, farm machinery, improved seed, fertilizer, pesticides, vocational training, food industry development, nutrition projects, improved breeding stock for farm animals, sanitation facilities, and looms and other handicraft aids.
To carry out the purposes of subsection (a) of this section, the agency primarily responsible for administering subchapter I of this chapter is authorized to issue guaranties, on such terms and conditions as it shall determine, to private lending institutions, cooperatives, and private nonprofit development organizations assuring against loss of not to exceed 50 per centum of the portfolio of such loans made by any lender to organized groups or individuals residing in a community to enable such groups or individuals to carry out agricultural credit and self-help community development projects for which they are unable to obtain financial assistance on reasonable terms. In no event shall the liability of the United States exceed 75 per centum of any one loan.
The total face amount of guaranties issued under this section outstanding at any one time shall not exceed $20,000,000. Not more than 10 per centum of such sum shall be provided for any one institution, cooperative, or organization.
The Inter-American Foundation shall be consulted in developing criteria for making loans eligible for guaranty coverage in Latin America under this section.
Not to exceed $3,000,000 of the guaranty reserve established under section 2183(b) of this title shall be available to make such payments as may be necessary to discharge liabilities under guaranties issued under this section or any guaranties previously issued under section 2200 of this title.
Funds held by the Overseas Private Investment Corporation pursuant to section 2196 of this title may be available for meeting necessary administrative and operating expenses for carrying out the provisions of this section through June 30, 1976.
The Overseas Private Investment Corporation shall, upon enactment of this subsection, transfer to the agency primarily responsible for administering subchapter I of this chapter all obligations, assets, and related rights and responsibilities arising out of, or related to the predecessor program provided for in section 2200 of this title.
The authority of this section shall continue through September 30, 1988.
Notwithstanding the limitation in subsection (c) of this section, foreign currencies owned by the United States and determined by the Secretary of the Treasury to be excess to the needs of the United States may be utilized to carry out the purposes of this section, including the discharge of liabilities under this subsection. The authority conferred by this subsection shall be in addition to authority conferred by any other provision of law to implement guaranty programs utilizing excess local currency.
(Pub. L. 87–195, pt. I, §222A, as added Pub. L. 93–559, §8(a)(2), Dec. 30, 1974, 88 Stat. 1796; amended Pub. L. 95–88, title I, §117(b)(1), Aug. 3, 1977, 91 Stat. 540; Pub. L. 95–424, title I, §115(b), title V, §502(d)(1), Oct. 6, 1978, 92 Stat. 951, 959; Pub. L. 96–53, title I, §112(b), Aug. 14, 1979, 93 Stat. 364; Pub. L. 97–438, Jan. 8, 1983, 96 Stat. 2286; Pub. L. 98–473, title I, §101(1) [title V, §541(a)], Oct. 12, 1984, 98 Stat. 1884, 1903; Pub. L. 99–83, title III, §313(d), Aug. 8, 1985, 99 Stat. 217; Pub. L. 106–113, div. B, §1000(a)(2) [title V, §586(h)(3)], Nov. 29, 1999, 113 Stat. 1535, 1501A–120.)
Section 2200 of this title, referred to in subsecs. (e) and (g), was in the original a reference to section 240 of this Act, meaning section 240 of Pub. L. 87–195, as added by section 105 of Pub. L. 91–175, which was repealed by section 8(b) of Pub. L. 93–559, and was replaced by this section. Another section 240 of Pub. L. 87–195, as added by section 9 of Pub. L. 95–268, was enacted Apr. 24, 1978, and is classified to section 2200 of this title.
References to subchapter I of this chapter are deemed to include parts IV (§2346 et seq.), VI (§2348 et seq.